Skip to main content

Full text of "History of the Homoeopathic Medical College of Pennsylvania : the Hahnemann Medical College and Hospital of Philadelphia"

See other formats 


Ij)  .  \j  *  Aj^O 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

Open  Knowledge  Commons  and  Harvard  Medical  School 


http://www.archive.org/details/historyofhomoeopOObrad 


1646 


"^^ 


^ 


HISTORY 


OF 


The  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of 
Pennsylvania ; 

The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  and 
Hospital  of  Philadelphia. 


BY 

THOMAS  LINDSLEY  BRADFORD,  M.  D„ 

Author  of  Homoeopathic  Bibliography  ;   Life  of  Hahnemann  ;   History 

of  the  Provers  ;    L/ibrarian  and  Lecturer  on  History  of 

Medicine  at  Hahnemann  Medical  College  ; 

Senior  of  American  Institute  of 

Homoeopathy,   Etc. 


Phii^adeIvPHIA  : 

BOERICKE  &  TAFEL. 

1898. 


COPYRIGHT 

BY 

BOERICKE  &  TAFEIv. 


T.    B.    &    H.    B.    COCHRAN,    PRINTERS, 
LANCASTER,    PA. 


1  o  the  "Alumni 


of 


1  he    Jiomoeopathic  JVleclical   (Sollege  of  Isennsylvania, 


and 


1  lie  jiahnemann   JVledical  (College  and   jiospital 
of  Ishiladelphia, 


0 


reetinc 


"  In  poison  there  is  physic  ;  and  these  news, 
Having  been  well,  that  would  have  made  me  sick  ; 
Being  sick  have  in  some  measure  made  me  well." 

— Shakespeare. 


PREFACE. 


This  book  has  been  prepared  because  it  seemed  evident  to 
the  compiler  that  in  no  way  could  the  Fiftieth  Anniversary  of 
the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  be  more 
fittingly  commemorated  than  by  presenting  to  its  alumni  a 
carefully  prepared  account  of  its  early  struggles,  its  educa- 
tional growth,  and  its  present  superior  position  as  a  medical 
school. 

The  endeavor  has  been  to  describe  the  advancement  of  the 
College  from  its  first  session,  in  the  one  room  in  the  rear  of 
635  Arch  street,  to  chronicle  the  changeful  years  and  vicissi- 
tudes in  the  old  building  at  1105  Filbert  street,  and  to  give  as 
correct  a  pen-picture  as  possible  of  the  present  extensive  and 
perfected  Institution  on  Broad  street,  with  its  commodious 
college  building,  containing  a  practical  museum,  a  great 
library,  rooms  arranged  for  modern  bacteriological  and  his- 
tological teaching,  and  ample  lecture  rooms;  the  practically 
arranged  dispensary  with  its  ten  departments;  the  splendidly 
equipped  hospital  with  its  corps  of  physicians  and  surgeons; 
its  superior  Nurse  School;  its  Maternity  Hospital.  All  these 
very  plainly  illustrate  the  incalculable  influence  that  Old 
Hahnemann  has  exerted  in  the  extension  and  upbuilding  of 
American  Homoeopathy. 

The  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  now 
by  a  change  of  charter  bearing  the  honored  name — Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  and  Hospital  of  Philadelphia — is  the 
oldest  homoeopathic  college  in  the  world,  and  the  first,  with 
one  exception — the  Allentown  Academy — the  mother  school 
of  Homoeopathy.  Founded  when  it  needed  real  courage  to 
brave  the  opinions  of  the  great  body  of  the  medical  prac- 
titioners of  the  day,  and  the  bigotry  of  many  of  the  laity. 
Founded  at  a  time  when  it  was  possible  to  get  the  sig- 
natures of  seventy-eight  prominent  citizens  of  Philadelphia 


VI  PREFACE. 

to  the  following  remarkable  statements  regarding  Homce- 
opathy:  "  We,  the  subscribers,  having  been  eye  witnesses  to 
the  frauds  and  deceptions  practiced  upon  the  credulous  and 
illiterate  inhabitants  of  the  city  of  Philadelphia  and  its 
vicinity,  by  that  unfortunate  class  of  men  who  have,  through 
want  of  better  information,  fancied  they  could  restore  the 
afflicted  by  a  species  of  treatment  invented  some  fifty  years 
since  by  an  imposter  of  the  name  of  Homceopathia.  We  find 
that  this  system,  like  a  pestilential  disease,  when  it  is  subdued 
and  exhausted  in  one  neighborhood  breaks  out  in  another; 
and  we  find  also  that  it,  like  a  loathsome  disease,  lurks  about 
the  dark  places  of  cities  longer  than  in  country  villages, 
owing,  as  is  plain  to  be  seen,  to  the  silly,  ignorant  and  super- 
stitious foreigners  who  are  located  in  these  places.  *  *  * 
We  find  these  men  breaking  out  and  imposing  their  decep- 
tions upon  the  industrious  and  virtuous  inhabitants  of  the 
country."  At  such  time,  when  every  effort  was  made  to 
arrest  the  progress  of  Homoeopathy,  this  college  was  formed. 

Then,  its  teachers  consisted  of  seven  enthusiastic  believers 
in  the  law  of  the  similars,  who,  despite  the  flattering  picture 
just  quoted,  were  graduates  in  medicine  of  more  than  ordinary 
ability,  and  who,  having  thoroughly  investigated  this  new 
medical  doctrine,  were  glad  to  be  the  exponents  of  its  further 
progress.  Now,  after  fifty  years  of  continual  advancement, 
Hahnemann  College  has  sixteen  professors,  fourteen  lecturers, 
four  instructors  and  six  demonstrators;  a  hospital  corps  of 
thirty-eight  physicians  and  surgeons;  a  dispensary  corps  of 
seventy. 

The  preparation  of  this  book  has  not  been  easy;  only  one 
who  has  attempted  such  a  labor  can  understand  how  difficult 
it  is  to  get  reliable  information,  and,  in  fact,  oftentimes  any 
at  all.  The  earlier  records  of  the  College  are  very  meagre, 
and  in  some  instances  none  can  be  found.  Such  records  as 
are  extant  have  been  very  carefully  collated  and  the  interest- 
ing data  extracted  from  them.  If  there  have  been  errors  of 
omission  or  commission  it  has  been  unintentional.  The  en- 
deavor has  been  to  give  due  credit  to  everyone. 

In  compiling  the  list  of  graduates  the  original  College 
records  and  the  printed  lists  of  the  announcements  have  been 


PREFACE.  VU 

followed.  Professors  Pemberton  Dudley,  Charles  Mohr,  John 
E.  James,  and  Drs.  W.  W.  Van  Baun,  Carter  and  Edward  M. 
Gramm  have  very  kindly  assisted  in  revising  the  list  of  gradu- 
ates and  the  members  of  the  Faculty. 

It  may  be  stated  that  the  list  here  published  of  2,372  names 
tallies  perfectly  with  that  published  in  the  last  announcement; 
it  is  thought  that  this  list  is  absolutely  correct. 

The  book  has  greatly  overrun  its  estimated  size,  but  the 
omission  of  any  of  the  sections  certainly  would  have  lessened 
its  usefulness. 

It  is  doubtful  if  this  book  would  have  been  published  had  not 
the  College  authorities  assumed  a  certain  amount  of  the  finan- 
ciall  risk,  and  the  alumni  also  responded  at  the  first  appeal. 

But  if  these  printed  pages  only  recall  the  past,  the  hal- 
cyon college  days,  the  days  of  quiz  and  midnight  study,  of 
anxiety  and  of  careless  pleasure  to  the  memory  of  some  care- 
worn, busy,  white-haired  doctor;  if  the  record  herein  set  down 
but  make  the  heart  of  one  alumnus  think  with  pride  of  his 
Alma  Mater;  if  this  history  be  the  means  of  upholding  to  the 
non-professional  world  the  fact  that  ' '  Old  Hahnemann  ' '  leads 
the  van  in  medical  education  and  has  been  largely  instru- 
mental in  extending  Homoeopathy,  then  my  task  has  been  a 
happ5'  one. 

Philadelphia,  Sept.  26,  18 p8. 


RAH  !  RAH  !  RAH  ! 
RAH  !  RAH  !  RAH  ! 
HAHNEMANN,  HAHNEMANN  ! 
SIS  !  BOOM  !  AH  ! " 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


History  of  Coi<i,sge 1-301 

CHAPTER  I.   (1848.) 
Meeting  at  Dr.  Jeanes;  Charter  of  Allentown  Academy;  Ameri- 
can Institute  of  Homoeopathy  founded;   American   Medical 
Association;    attitude  of  medical  colleges  to   Homoeopathy; 
Dr.  Coe  to  Dr.  Davis;  need  of  a  homoeopathic  college  .  1-6 

CHAPTER  H.   (1848.) 
Doubts  of  success  of  a  college,  7;  Dr.  Dudley  on  the  first  meet- 
ing, 7;  origin  of  college,  by  Dr.   Williamson,  8;    petition  to 
Legislature,  8;  Act  of  Incorporation,  10;  Meeting  of  Corpora- 
tors, 10;  report  of  Committee  on  Constitution,  11 7-12 

CHAPTER  HI.  (1848.) 
Dr.  Kirby  on  the  new  College,  13;  first  meeting  of  officers,  14; 
professors  elected,  15;  rooms  rented  at  229  Arch  street.  15; 
dispensary  to  be  opened,  15;  Rademacher  apothecary  to  dis- 
pensary, 15;  first  announcement,  16;  introductory  lecture, 
18 13-18 

CHAPTER  IV.   (i848-'49.) 

Amended  constitution,   19;  memorial  to  legislature  for  degree 

M.  D.  and  H.  M.  D.,  23 19-23 

CHAPTER  V.   (1849.) 
First  commencement,  24;    reports  of  College  in  homoeopathic 
journals,  24;  Dr.  Dudley  on  Dr.  Jeanes'  resignation,  25;  first 
finance  report,  26 I9~29 

CHAPTER  VI.   (1S49.) 
Report  regarding  building  on  Filbert  street,  30;  finance  report, 

1849 30-33 

CHAPTER  VII.   ( 1849. ) 

Description  of  Filbert  street  College 34-38 

CHAPTER  VIII.   (1849.) 
Second  announcement,  39;  regulations  of  College,  41;  medical 

requirements  in  1852,  43     .    .        39-44 


X  TABI.B;   OF   CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  IX.   (i849-'50.) 
Second  session,  45;  introductory  by  Dr.  Small,  45;  second  com- 
mencement, 45;  assessments  to  corporators,  47;  constitution 
printed,  47;  Storm  Rosa  in  Eclectic  Institute,  Cincinnati,  47; 
educational  aims  of  new  College,  50 45-52 

CHAPTER  X.  (i85o-'5i.) 
First  report  of  Faculty  meeting,  53;  By-Laws  for  Faculty,  53; 
Committee  on  History  of  College,  54;  tickets  for  clergymen, 
54;  money  divided  by  faculty,  55;  death  of  Dr.  Matthews,  56; 
College  lease,  57 53-58 

CHAPTER  XI. 

Report  on  College  journal,  Philadelphia  Journal  of  Homoe- 
opathy,59;  modification  of  Constitution,  60;  changes  in  Faculty, 
60;  homoeopathic  hospital  on  Chestnut  street,  61;  visit  of  Dr. 
Kirby  to  College,  62;  division  of  funds,  62;  rules  of  balloting 
for  candidates,  63;  resignation  of  Dr.  Helmuth,  Dr.  Hum- 
phreys elected  to  chair  of  practice,  63;  rent  of  college,  64;  de- 
mand for  diplomas  from  England,  64;  death  of  Dr.  Loomis, 

65 59-65 

CHAPTER  XII.  (i853-'55.) 

Beneficiaries,  or  students  half  prices,  66;  curriculum  of  instruc- 
tion, 66;  investigation  of  case  of  Dr.  Humphreys,  67;  inde- 
pendent medical  school,  69;  lectures  by  Drs.  Hering  and 
Lippe,  69;  purchase  of  College  building,  69;  money  raised  by 
scrip,  70 - 66-70 

CHAPTER  XIII  (i855-'56.) 
Copy  of  certificate  of  stock,  71;  liberal  advertising,  72;  College 
journal  discontinued,  72;  theses  to  be  preserved,  73;  honorary 
degrees,  73;  scrip  to  be  issued  to  professors,  74;  debts  of  Col- 
lege, 75;  Brolasky's  note,  74;  students  entertained,  76;  3500 
announcements  printed,  76;  Dr.  W.  S.  Helmuth's  letter  of 
thanks  for  honorary  degree,  76 66-77 

CHAPTER  XIV.  (i857-'59.) 
Second  mortagage  on  buildings  called  in,  78;  introductories,  78; 
lower  lecture  room  granted  for  the  County  Medical  Society, 
79;  diploma  lithographed,  79;  rules  for  election  of  candidates, 
for  graduation,  80;  final  settlement  for  College  lot,  81;  resolu- 
tions at  Dr.  Williamson's  resignation  as  Professor  of  Obstetrics, 
81 78-82 

CHAPTER  XV.   (i859-'6o.) 
Notes  received  for  tuition,  83;  professors  assist  in  college  pay- 
ments, 84;    cost  of  anatomical  subjects,  85;  re-organization  of 
College  on  a  permanent  basis,  84;  death  of  Mr.  Yeager,  the 


TABLE   OF   CONTENTS.  XI 

Janitor,  84;  last  record  in  Faculty  book  under  old  regimen,  85; 
case  of  Messrs.  Jones,  Reed  and  Ehrmann,  85;  change  and  re- 
organization of  Faculty,  85;  all  moneys  to  be  paid  to  a  receiver 
in  trust  for  treasurer,  86;  Finance,  Supply  and  Building  Com- 
mittees appointed,  87;  dental  clinic  by  Dr.  Griffiths,  88;  let- 
ter from  Faculty  to  managers  regarding  notes  of  hand  of  stu- 
dents, 88;  chair  of  medical  jurisprudence  first  held  by  a 
lawyer,  89 83-90 

CHAPTER  XVI.  (i86i-'64.) 
General  votes  of  thanks,  91;  changes  in  Faculty,  91;  Professors 
to  receive  scrip  for  payments  made  by  them  on  building,  92; 
prize  for  best  essay,  92;  professors  to  resign  only  in  March, 
92;  anatomical  lecture-room  improved,  93;  hospital  opened, 
93;  financial  report,  93;  chair  of  Institutes  and  Practice  to 
form  two  chairs — Practice  and  Semeiology  and  Diagnostics, 
94;  organization  of  a  new  Faculty,  95 91-96 

CHAPTER  XVII.     (1865.) 
Session  of  i864-'65  begins  a  new  era,  97;  new  charter  obtained, 

97 97-103 

CHAPTER  XVIII.  (i865-'68.) 
Hahnemannian  Monthly  published,  104;  ladies  to  listen  to  lec- 
tures, 104;  letter  to  Hering  from  Madame  Hahnemann,  105; 
financial  report,  105;  complete  list  of  graduates  to  be  stereo- 
typed, 106;  sets  of  journals  purchased,  106;  standard  pharma- 
copoeia to  be  prepared  by  Dr.  Boericke,  106;  plan  for  publish- 
ing characteristics  by  Dr.  Hering,  107;  secretary  instructed  to 
sell  the  allopathic  journals  in  library,  107;  Faculty  entertained 
at  Dr.  Hering's,  107;  critical  period,  107;  control  of  stock  by 
Dr.  Lippe,  107;  efforts  to  abolish  chair  of  Pathology,  108;  with- 
drawal of  Dr.  Hering  and  Dr.  Raue  from  Faculty,  108;  new 
professors  elected,  108;  Faculty  of  1 867-' 68,  no;  formation  of 
Hahnemann  College,  in;  status  of  medical  education  in  the 
United  States  in  1867,  III;  changes  in  professors,  113;  invi- 
tation from  Hahnemann  for  joint  commencement,  114    ..    •  104-114 

CHAPTER  XIX.  (i868-'69.) 
Strained  relations  between  the  two  Colleges,  115;  circular  issued 
by  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  115;  an- 
swer from  Hahnemann  College,  119;  resignation  of  Dr.  Ivippe, 
120;  finances,  120;  disposal  of  notes  of  hand  of  students,  120; 
last  meeting  of  Faculty  of  old  College,  120       115-121 

CHAPTER  XX.     (i868-'69.) 
Dr.  Dudley's  lecture  on  this  period  of  College  history,  122;  agree- 
ment between  Drs.  Lippe  and  Guernsey,  125;    transfer  of  Col- 
lege stock  to  Dr.  Hering,  125 122-126 


XH  TABLE   OF   CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  XXI.     (i867-'69.) 
History  of   Hahnemann  College,  127;  Act   of  Incorporation  of 
Washington  Medical  College,   127;  name  changed  to  Hahne- 
mann College,    i27-'8;     further  organization,    128;     statutes, 
128;  three  governing  boards,  128;  Corporation  Trustees,  128; 
Professorial  Trustees,  128;  Board  of  Curators,  128 127-133 

CHAPTER  XXII.   (1867-69.) 
Prospectus  of  Hahnemann  College,   134;  first  Faculty  meeting, 
135;  Faculty,  136;  dispensary  to  be  opened,  136;  building  rented 
on  Chestnut  street,  136;  first  announcement,  136;  regulations  of 
College,  139;  College  seal,  140 134--141 

CHAPTER  XXIII.  (i867-'69.) 
Museum  and  library  formed,  142;  dispensary  opened,  143;  Journal 
of  Homoeopathic  Clinics,  143;  American  Journal  Homoeopathic 
Materia  Medica,  143;  first  course,  143;  practical  anatomy  taught 
at  Dr.  Keen's  rooms,  143;  names  of  first  Faculty,  144;  rules  for 
examination  of  candidates,  144;  removal  to  rooms  on  Tenth 
street,  145 142-145 

CHAPTER  XXIV.   (i 868-' 69.) 
Circular  announcement,  146;   Dr.  Thomas  on  the  success  of  the 
new  institution,  147;  first  commencement  at  Academy  of  Music, 
149 146-149 

CHAPTER  XXV.  (1869.) 
Efforts  to  unite  the  old  and  new  Colleges,  150;  Act  of  Consolida- 
tion, 151;  supplement  to  Act,  152;  removal  to  Filbert  street 
College,  153;  prospectus  of  summer  course,  153;  Dr.  Dudley  on 
the  union,  154;  Dr.  Helmuth  on  the  union,  155;  Helmuth's 
"  Memories  of  Twenty  Years  Ago,"  155;  curious  letter  by  Dr. 
Koch,  157;  exchange  of  diplomas,  157 150-157 

CHAPTER  XXVI.  (i869-'7o.) 
Announcement  of  the  union  between  the  Colleges,  158;  synopsis 
of  College  history,  158;  tables  of  previous  Faculties  of  Colleges, 
160;  explanation  of  previous  troubles,  160;  announcement 
proper,  161;  appendix  regarding  a  three  years'  course,  162; 
special  degrees,  164;  college  regulations,  165;  Faculty,  166; 
popular  lectures  by  Drs.  Thomas  and  Koch,  167;  acceptance  by 
stockholders  and  by  Board  of  Trustees,  of  the  Act  of  Merger, 
168;  Dr.  Morgan's  protest,  168 158--169 

CHAPTER  XXVII.    (1870.) 
Accusation  of  sale  of  diplomas,  170;  property  held  by  D.  T.  Pratt 
in  trust,  172;  Statutes  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of 
Philadelphia,  173 170-181 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS.  Xlll 

CHAPTER  XXVIII.  (iSyo-'ys.) 
Money  raised  for  Hospital,  182;  announcement  for  iSyo-'yi  on 
the  advancement  of  medical  education,  182;  lectures  to  women, 
183;  presentation  of  Dr.  Williamson's  portrait  to  the  College, 
184;  resignation  of  Drs.  Hering  and  Raue,  185;  changes  in 
Boards  of  Trustees,  185;  Letter  from  Dr.  Dunham  about  a 
graded  course,  186;  case  of  Dr.  Haseler,  188;  retrospect  of  Col- 
lege in  N.  E.  Medical  Gazette,  188;  honorable  mention  of 
students,  190;  banquet  by  Faculty  to  class  at  Continental  hotel, 
190;  verses  of  L.  C.  Morse,  191;  establishment  of  quiz-masters, 
191;  resolutions  concerning  E.  Houard,  191 182-192 

CHAPTER  XXIX.  (i873-'79.) 
Corps  of  quizmasters,  193;  legal  opinion  of  J.  T.  Pratt  as  to 
power  of  College  to  confer  degree  after  one  course  of  lectures, 
194;  resignation  of  Dr.  H.  N.  Guernsey,  195;  College  prizes 
first  offered,  195;  objection  made  by  a  member  of  Faculty  to 
certain  students  graduating,  196;  written  opinion  of  Benj. 
Harris  Brewster  regarding  the  cases,  197;  presentation  of 
prizes,  199;  final  examinations,  202;  sons  of  clergymen  at  half 
price,  203;  lecture  by  Hirman  Corson,  203;  Hahnemann 
medals,  203;  death  of  Howard  Malcom,  D.  D.,  205 193-206 

CHAPTER  XXX.  (i879-'82.) 
Visit  of  Dr.  T.  C.  Duncan  to  the  College,  207;  death  of  Dr. 
Hering,  208;  presentation  of  portrait  of  Dr.  Hering  to  Col- 
lege, 209;  need  of  a  new  College,  210;  difficulty  between  Hos- 
pital and  College,  210;  memorial  regarding  the  need  of  new 
and  more  commodious  buildings  for  College  and  Hospital, 
210;  the  board  of  Professorial  Trustees  to  the  Corporation 
Trustees  in  regard  to  new  buildings  and  settlement  of  difiicul- 
ties,  212;  resolution  adopted  by  Professorial  Trustees  for  sep- 
aration of  Hospital  and  College,  216;  circular  regarding  a  new 
College,  219    . 207-220 

CHAPTER  XXXI.  (i882-'83.) 
Ground  bought  for  new  Hospital  and  College  Buildings,  221; 
money  advanced  by  Faculty,  221;  Dr.  Dudley  on  the  subject, 
221;  lectures  still  held  on  Filbert  street,  223;  flowers  at  Com- 
mencement abolished,  224;  death  of  Dr.  McClatchey,  224;  ac- 
count of  new  purchases  for  College  in  Hahne^nannian  3Io?ithly, 
224;  ground  broken  for  College,  226;  sale  of  old  College  prop- 
erty, 226  221-226 

CHAPTER  XXXII.     !i884-'85.) 
Circular    asking  subscriptions   to   College   and  Hospital,    227; 
pamphlet  of  description  of  buildings,  228;    plans  of  the  new 


XIV  TABI^E   OF   CONTENTS. 

buildings,  231;  first  printed  rule  for  preliminary  examina- 
tions, 236;  report  of  Intercollegiate  Committee  of  American 
Institute  of  Homoeopathy,  236;  laying  cornerstone,  237;  de- 
scription of  ceremonies,  238;    location  of  corner-stone,  240  .  227-240 

CHAPTER  XXXIII.     (1885.) 
Last  session  for  theses,  241;    settlement  of  difificulties  between 
College   and   Hospital   Trustees,    241;    circular   explanatory, 
241;  charter  of  the  Hahnemann  College   and  Hospital,  243; 
statutes,  249 241-255 

CHAPTER  XXXIV.     (1885.) 
Fire  in   old  College,  256;    historical  note  in  announcement  for 
i885-'6,  256;    description  of  new  buildings,  259;    death  of  Dr. 
Farrington,  261;    last  Commencement  in  old  College,  261  .    .  256-261 

CHAPTER  XXXV.     (1886.) 
Dedication  week,  262      262-269 

CHAPTER  XXXVI.  (i886-'94.) 
Opening  lecture  in  new  College,  270;  fate  of  old  College,  270; 
Hotel  Hilton,  270;  Reading  R.  R.  covers  College  grounds,  270; 
verses  by  Dr.  Bayley  about  old  College,  271;  enlargement  of 
Faculty,  271;  petition  from  Women's  Medical  Club  that 
College  be  opened  for  women,  272;  three  }rears'  course  ren- 
dered obligatory,  272;  theses,  272;  term  examinations,  273; 
policy  of  non-endorsement  of  diplomas  adopted,  274;  first 
mention  of  graded  four  years'  course,  275;  Y.  M.  C.  A.  room 
furnished  in  College,  277;  illustrated  catalogue  published,  278; 
reception  tendered  to  World's  Homoeopathic  Congress  by 
Faculty,  278;  Hahnemann  College  parade,  279 270-280 

CHAPTER  XXXVII.     (1894.) 
Four  years'  course  obligatory,  281;  studies  of  four  years'  course, 

281;  requirements,  etc.,  282;  text-books,  283 281-184 

CHAPTER  XXXVIII.  (i894-'97.) 
Division  of  classes,  285;  death  of  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas,  286;  cir- 
cular regarding  clinics,  287 ;  pamphlet — ' '  The  Medical  Stu- 
dent,"  288;  Dr.  Thomas  on  clinical  instruction,  288;  report  of 
Dean  Dudley,  1897,  288;  additions  to  Faculty,  293;  list  of  as- 
sistants to  Faculty,  293;  requirements  in  i897-'8,  294;  im- 
provements in  College  building  in  1896  and  1897,  298;  fiftieth 

year,  301;  student  volunteer  movement,  301 285-301 

BioGRAPHiCAi,  Sketches  of  Professors 303-402B 

Biographies  oe  Drs.  Sempi,e  and  Sims 402A-402B 

Hospital 405-571 


TABLE   OF   CONTENTS.  XV 

CHAPTER  I.     (i852-'64.) 
First  record  of  hospital,  405;     Chestnut   Street  Hospital,  405; 
cholera  hospital  of  Dr.  Bute,  407;  soldiers'  hospital,  1862,  408; 
aid  asked  for  Hospital  in  1863,  411 405-413 

CHAPTER  n.     (i865-'69.) 
Plans  to  raise  money  for  a  large  Hospital,  414;    Hospital  Fair 

of  1869,  415;  circulars  issued,  418 414-420 

CHAPTER  HI.     (1870.) 
Accounts  of  Hospital  Fair,  421;    purchase  of  College  property 
with  Hospital  fund,  425;  Hospital  building  erected  on  Filbert 
street,  428 421-430 

CHAPTER  IV.  (i87i-'72.) 
New  Hospital  opened,  431,  financial  report,  432;  Hospital  man- 
agers organize,  433;  Hospital  to  be  made  independent  of  Col- 
lege, 434;  Act  of  Incorporation  for  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of 
Philadelphia,  435;  Dr.  Morgan  protests,  436;  testimony  be- 
fore the  Court,  437;  report  of  Hospital  matter  in  Hahne- 
mannian  Monthly,  439 431-441 

CHAPTER  V.   (i873-'74.) 
Mass  meeting  to  secure  large  general  Hospital,  442;  charter  of 
Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Pennsylvania,  444;   resolutions  of 
Boards  of  Trustees,  450;  malicious  attack  on  Hospital  in  news- 
papers, 452 442-453 

CHAPTER  VI.   (i875-'8i.) 
Strained  relations  between  College  and  Hospital  authorities,  454; 
circular  regarding  a  new  Hospital,  454;   entertainments  in  aid 
of  Hospital,  459;  bequests  of  Mr.  I.  V.  Williamson  and  Dr.  J. 
Jeanes,  460;  further  efforts  for  new  Hospital 454-465 

CHAPTER  VII.  (i882-'86.) 
Correspondence  between  Hospital  and  College  boards,  466;  sever- 
ance of  relations  between  College  and  Hospital,  468;  corner- 
stone of  College  laid,  468;  Hospital  closed,  468;  new  merger  of 
College  and  Hospital,  469;  consolidation  under  name — Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  and  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,  469; 
Women's  Hospital  Association  organized,  470;  Constitution  of, 
470;  officers,  managers  and  members  of,  472 466-477 

CHAPTER  VIII.   (1886.) 
Merger  of  Children's  Hospital  of  Pennsylvania  with  Hahnemann, 

479;  appeals  for  aid,  4S6;  opening  of  Hospital,  48S 47S-490 


XVI  TABLB   OF   CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  IX.  (i886-'97.) 
Cuthbert  street  Hospital  closed,  491;  entertainments  by  Ladies' 
Association,  491;  State  Legislature  inspects  new  Hospital,  496; 
appeals  for  Legislative  appropriations,  497;  dispensary  in  base- 
ment of  College,  498;  description  of  Hospital  buildings,  499; 
contract  price,  501;  dedication  of  Hospital,  501;  opening  of 
Hospital,  501;  memorial  ward  to  Dr.  Hering,  501;  A.  R. 
Tbomas  free  bed,  504;  diet  kitchen,  506;  Junior  Auxiliary  As- 
sociation, 506;   Hospital   Tidings,  506;   list  of  endowed  beds, 

507    .....  491-508 

CHAPTER  X.   (1898.) 

Rules  governing  Hospital  and  dispensary 509 

CHAPTER  XL 

Hospital  staff  from  1871  to  1898 543 

CHAPTER  XII. 
Contributors,  life  patrons,  etc.,  548;  financial  exhibit,  554  .    .    .  548-555 

CHAPTER  XIII. 
Training  School  for  Nurses,  556;  rules  governing,  557;  nurse 

commencements,  562;  list  of  nurse  graduates,  566 555-5^9 

CHAPTER  XIV. 
Maternity  Hospitai. 57o 

The  Dispensary 572 

First  opened,  572;  at  Johnstown,  568;  account  in  Hahnemannian, 
582;   clinical   instruction,  583;   rules   of,  584;   physicians  and 

surgeons  to,  586 572-596 

The  Museum 597 

The  Library 613 

The  A1.UMNI  Association •  627 

CHAPTER  I.   (i857-'83.) 
First  organizations  of  alumni 627 

CHAPTER  II.  (i884-'86.) 
Organization  of  present  Association,  634;  constitution,  636;  first 
annual  meeting,  639;  second  meeting,  641;  poem  by  Helmuth, 
642;  reunion  during  dedication  week,  645 634-645 

CHAPTER  III.  (i887-'9i.) 
Third  meeting,  646;  fourth  meeting,  648;  fifth  meeting,  649;  re- 
vised constitution,  649;  medical  examiner's  bill  endorsed,  650; 
sixth  meeting,  651;  resolutions  on  death  of  Dr.  Trites,  651; 
Washington  Alumni,  653;  seventh  meeting,  654;  International 
Congress,  657 646-657 


TABLB   OF   CONTENTS.  XVll 

CHAPTER  IV.   (iSgr.) 
Poem,  "My  First  Patient,"  by  Dr.  Helmuth 658 

CHAPTER  V.    (iS92-'93.) 
Eighth  meeting,  662;  meeting  at  Washington,  665;  ninth  meet- 
ing, 667 662-669 

CHAPTER  Vr.  (1894.) 
Tenth  meeting,  670;  Thomas  free  bed,  670;  Dr.  Talbot's  address, 

671;  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas's  address,  674;  College  yell,  674  .    .    .  670-680 

CHAPTER  Vn.   (i895-'97.) 
Growth  of  Association,  681;  eleventh  meeting,  681;  letter  of  con- 
dolence  to  Dr.  Thomas,  682;  twelfth  meeting,  685;  death  of  Dr. 
A.  R.  Thomas,  685;  thirteenth  meeting,  689;  Buffalo  Kniepe, 
693 681-697 

CHAPTER  VHI.   (1898.) 

Golden  Jubilee  Reunion 698 

New  members,  698;   letters  of   greeting,  Drs.  Adams,   Cresson, 

Wood,  700;  Alumni  banquet,  702;  letter  from  Dr.  Verdi,  705; 

Dr.  Van  Baun's  address,  705  ;  address  by  Dr.  Guernsey,  708  ; 

Dr.  Goodno,  710;   Mr.  Joel  Cook,  712;   Dr.  Harper,  715;   Dr.  J. 

N.  Mitchell,  717;   Hon.  Chas.  F.  Warwick,  718;   Dr.    W.   H. 

Hanchett,  719;  members  present,  722 648-726 

CHAPTER  IX. 

IvisT  OF  Officers  and  Members  of  Alumni 727 

Washington  City  Auxiliary 763 

Hahnemannian  Institute 765 

Alpha  Sigma  Order 772 

Complete  L,ist  of  College  Graduates 776 

List  of  Officers  of  the  College 841 

List  of  Faculty  and  Lecturers 852 

Synopsis  of  College  Commencements 861 

Dates  of  Introductory  Lectures 868 

Rosters 870 

Golden  Jubilee  op  1898 879 


PICTURES. 


Frontispice,  The  Founders. 

Homceopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania, 34 

Hall  and  Stairway  of  College, 262 

Lecture  Room,  i, 270 

Chemical  Laboratory, 274 

Students'  Y.  M.  C.  A.  Room, 276 

Anatomical  Amphitheatre, 278 

Lecture  Room,  2 284 

Dissecting  Room, 286 

'Eye  Department, 290 

Rooms  in  Histological  Laboratory, 296,  300 

E.  A.  Farrington, 318 

H.  N.  Guernsey, 328 

C.J.  Hempel, 336 

Ad.  Lippe, 349 

C.  G.  Raue,       370 

A.  R.  Thomas,  ...                376 

Matthew  Semple, 402 

First  Homceopathic  Hospital,  Chestnut  Street, .    .  405 

Cuthbert  Street  Hospital, 405 

Hospital  on  Fifteenth  Street, 488 

Children's  Ward  in  Hospital, 492 

Private  Room  in  Hospital, ...  492 

General  Ward  in  Hospital, 556 

Nurses'  Parlor,     .    , 556 

Clinical  Amphitheatre, 582 

Clinical  Amphitheatre, 308 

Hahnemann  College  Building, 224 

The  Museum, 598 

Dissection  of  Nervous  System, 607 

Alumni  Hall, 627 


PART  I. 


History  of  the  College. 
Biographies  of  the  Professors. 


"  Nothing  is  more  estimable  than  a  physician  who,  having 
studied  nature  from  his  youth,  knows  the  properties  of  the 
human  bod)',  the  diseases  which  assail  it,  the  remedies  which 
will  benefit  it,  exercises  his  art  with  caution,  and  pa5's  equal 
attention  to  the  rich  and  the  poor." 

—  Voltaire,  Philosophical  Dictionary. 


V'*^ 


HISTORY  OF  THE  COLLEGE. 


CHAPTER  I. 

1848. 

The  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  re- 
sulted from  a  meeting  held  one  evening  in  February,  1848,  at 
the  house  of  Dr.  Jacob  Jeanes,  situated  on  the  northwest 
corner  of  Juliana  and  Vine  streets,  Philadelphia.  Three  men 
were  present,  Drs.  Constantine  Hering,  Walter  Williamson 
and  Jacob  Jeanes. 

At  this  time  there  was  no  institution  in  the  world  where 
Homoeopathy  was  taught;  for  the  most  part  its  practitioners 
were  converts  from  the  ranks  of  the  allopathic  school  and 
those  who  wished  to  enter  upon  the  study  of  medicine  with 
the  intention  of  practising  Homoeopathy  were  compelled  to 
enter  and  graduate  from  the  colleges  of  that  day,  supplement- 
ing this  by  a  course  of  study  under  the  supervision  of  a 
physician  of  the   New  School,  as  it  was  then  called. 

It  is  true  that  the  AUentown  Academy  had  been  established 
thirteen  years  before  at  AUentown,  Pa.,  largel^^  through  the 
influence  of  Dr.  Constantine  Hering.  It  had  been  chartered 
by  the  Legislature  of  Pennsylvania,  at  an  extra  session  held 
June  17,  1836,  as:  "The  North  American  Academy  of  the 
Homoeopathic  Healing  Art, ' '  and  was  entitled  to  confer  the 
degree  of  Doctor  of  Homceopathia  upon  its  graduates.  But 
this  Institution,  where  the  instruction  was  in  German,  was 
continued  but  a  few  years,  when  the  college  was  disbanded 
and  the  buildings  sold  to  liquidate  a  mortgage  upon  them.* 

*  For  a  history  of  this  Institution  see  Trans.  World's  Horn.  Conven- 
tion, held  at  Philadelphia,  1876,  vol.  2,  p.  773. 
2 


2  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCeOPATHIC 

There  had  been  a  number  of  graduates,  most  of  them  also 
holding  diplomas  from  other  medical  colleges. 

In  1844  the  Homoeopathic  physicians  of  the  United  States 
had  formed  a  National  Society,  called  the  American  Institute 
of  Homoeopathy,  The  sj'stem  was  becoming  more  popular 
and  the  idea  of  having  a  college  entirely  devoted  to  Homoeop- 
athy had  been  discussed  again  and  again. 

At  this  time  medical  education  in  the  United  States  was 
very  different  from  what  it  is  to-day.  The  3'oung  man  then 
entered  the  of&ce  of  the  family  physician,  often  dividing  the 
study  of  the  bones  with  the  work  of  general  utility  man 
about  the  dingy  old  office.  When  winter  came  the  student 
was  furnished  with  a  certificate  to  the  fact  of  his  studies,  and 
selecting  some  medical  college  went  thither.  There  were  no 
preliminary  examinations;  on  payment  of  the  matriculation 
and  lecture  fees  the  youth  was  admitted  as  a  medical  student. 
Only  two  courses,  and  even  in  some  instances  but  one,  were 
required  for  graduation. 

No  difference  was  made  between  the  student  of  the  allo- 
path and  the  homoeopath  previous  to  1835. 

The  allopathic  physician  of  that  day  had  not  yet  consti- 
tuted himself  the  conservator  of  medical  opinions;  a  physician 
was  allowed  to  follow  the  freedom  of  his  own  judgment;  and 
provided  he  held  a  diploma  from  a  legally  constituted  medical 
college,  he  could  practice  as  his  own  education  and  experi- 
ence prompted  him. 

In  1846  a  National  Medical  Convention  was  organized, 
meeting  yearly.  At  the  meeting  in  May,  1847,  certain  reso- 
lutions were  passed  tending  to  prevent  the  spread  of  Homoe- 
opathy in  the  United  States.  It  was  resolved  that  the  certifi- 
cate of  any  irregular  practitioner  should  not  be  received  by 
the  medical  schools  and  the  follower  of  Hahnemann  was  de- 
cided to  be  very  irregular. 

At  the  meeting  in  1848,  when  the  Convention  gave  itself  a 
name  and  became  the  present  American  Medical  Association, 
the  committee  on  medical  education  among  other  things 
recommended*  ' '  That  the  fourth  and   seventh  of  the  resolu- 

*Traus.  Am.  Med.  Assoc,  vol.  i,  p.  245.     (1848.) 


MEDICAL  COIvLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  3 

tions  of  the  committee  last  mentioned,  the  former  recom- 
mending that  the  certificate  of  no  irregular  practitioner  shall 
be  received  at  the  medical  schools,  and  the  latter  urging  the 
importance  of  clinical  instruction  and  attendance  upon  hos- 
pital practice,  should  be  again  brought  to  the  notice  of  the 
medical  faculties  of  the  several  institutions." 

This,  of  course,  was  a  direct  blow  to  the  education  of  the 
future  homceopath.  The  young  man  who  wished  to  study- 
Homoeopathy  must  either  enter  himself  with  some  physician, 
receive  his  certificate  and  graduate  from  the  schools  of  the 
time,  studying  Homoeopathy  in  secret,  or  run  the  risk  of 
being  rejected  should  he  go  to  college  armed  with  a  certifi- 
cate from  an}^  physician  practising  Homoeopathy,  although 
for  the  most  part  the  homoeopathic  physicians  of  the  time 
were  men  of  previous  experience  in  the  allopathic  practice, 
graduates  from  the  allopathic  colleges,  who  had  turned  from 
the  horrors  of  bleeding,  blistering  and  mercurialization  to  the 
mild  and  successful  methods  of  Hahnemann. 

Hence  the  necessity,  when  it  was  known  that  such  a  resolu- 
tion had  been  decided  upon,  that  the  friends  of  Homoeopathy 
should  either  establish  a  school  of  homoeopathic  medicine 
where  its  tenets  could  all  be  taught  in  freedom,  or  of  risking 
the  influence  of  the  powerful  and  popular  old  school  on  the 
student  and  young  physician,  with  the  danger  of  his  losing 
under  such  powerful  educational  pressure,  the  opinions  he 
had  before  entertained  favorable  to  Homoeopathy. 

As  a  sample  of  the  attitude  of  the  allopathic  profession 
towards  Homoeopathy  at  this  time  the  following  correspond- 
ence explains  itself:  * 

"Dr.  Shipman:  During  the  session  of  1849  ^.nd  1850  I  attended  a 
course  of  lectures  at  the  Rush  Medical  College  in  Chicago,  and  was 
desirous  of  attending  the  ensuing  course  and  receiving  the  honors  of 
the  college,  as  I  should  have  been  entitled  to  do,  had  none  but  the  ordi- 
nary tests  of  qualification  been  applied  to  me.  But  wishing  to  have 
the  matter  fully  understood  previous  to  securing  tickets  for  another 
course,  I  addressed  the  following  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Faculty,  and 
received  the  accompan3-ing  reply: 

"St.  Charles,  Ili^.,  Sept.  12,  1850. 
"  Dr.  N.  S.  Davis — Sir:  I  am  a  Homoeopathist,  from  a  conviction 

*N.  W.  Jour.  Horn.,  vol.  3,  p.  19. 


4  HISTORY  OV  THK  HOMCEOPATHIC 

of  the  truth  of  the  principles  and  the  efficacy  of  the  practice  of  Homoe_ 
opathy.  With  these  views  will  you  graduate  me  if  I  comply  with  the 
ordinary  requisitions  of  the  Faculty  ? 

"Yours,  &c., 

"M.  Daniei,  Coe." 

"  Chicago,  Sept.  i6,  1850. 
"  M.  DanieIv  Coe — Dear  Sir :  I  am  directed  to  inform  you  that  the 
Faculty  of  Rush  Medical  College  will  not  recommend  you  to  the 
Trustees  for  a  degree  so  long  as  they  have  reason  to  suppose  that  you 
entertain  the  doctrines  and  intend  to  trifle  with  human  life  on  the  prin- 
ciples you  avow  in  your  letter.  To  do  otherwise  would  involve  both 
parties  in  the  grossest  inconsistency. 

' '  Very  respectfully  yours, 

"N.  S.  Davis, 
"  Secretary  of  the  Faculty  of  Rush  College." 

The  physicians  of  the  homoeopathic  school  had  for  some 
years  before  this  seen  the  great  advantage,  even  necessity,  of 
the  establishment  of  an  institution  where  Homoeopathy  might 
be  taught.  In  the  Homceopathic  Pioneer  for  August,  1845, 
appears  the  following  editorial: 

"Importance  op  a  Homceopathic  School. — All  who 
embrace  the  doctrines  of  Hahnemann  cannot  but  be  sensible 
of  the  importance  of  a  homoeopathic  school  to  the  unadulter- 
ated prosperity  and  success  of  the  science.  That  it  would  be 
a  herculean  task  to  establish  a  school  of  this  nature  at  this 
time,  and  that  the  effort  would  be  attended  with  much  per- 
plexity and  perhaps  pecuniary  loss  to  its  founders,  can  hardly 
be  doubted.  That  they  would  ultimately  reap  a  rich  harvest 
in  the  high  position  which  such  a  school  would  do  much 
toward  giving  the  science  —  if  not  in  a  pecuniary  point  of 
view  —  hardly  admits  of  a  doubt. 

' '  A  school  devoted  to  teaching  Homoeopathy  in  its  purity, 
if  ably  conducted,  would  give  the  profession  that  importance 
which  such  great  truths  so  richly  merit  —  and  which,  not- 
withstanding all  the  opposition  it  has  met  with,  both  in 
Europe  and  America,  is  destined  at  no  distant  period  to  be 
awarded  to  it,  even  by  those  who  now  look  upon  it  (as  they 
say)  as  a  sheer  humbug,  unworthy  the  attention  of  any  but 
enthusiasts  or  ignorant  and  unsuccessful  practitioners. 

' '  A  school  well  conducted  would  effectually  shut  out  the 


MEDICAL  COI.LEGE  OP  PENNSYLVANIA.  5 

danger  of  an  amalgamation  of  Homoeopathy  and  Allopathy, 
at  which  an  effort  is  already  being  made  by  many  of  our 
opponents,  at  least  in  profession  if  not  in  practice.  It  is  true 
there  is  no  danger  of  such  a  result  with  any  who  have  the 
talents  and  industry  to  examine  the  principles  and  give  the 
same  a  fair  test  in  practice;  for  all  such  unhesitatingly  em- 
brace the  doctrine,  and  discard  a  system  which  at  least  is  all 
doubt  and  uncertainty.  Those,  on  the  contrary,  who  are  too 
indolent  to  trace  Nature  and  read  from  her  vast  volume  the 
great  truths  there  recorded  for  the  benefit  of  Man,  will  en- 
deavor to  gain  by  misrepresentation  what  can  only  be  deep, 
constant  and  unremitting  thought. 

' '  A  homoeopathic  school  would  at  once  open  a  field  for  the 
exploration  of  the  hundreds  of  students  who  are  now  slowly 
wending  their  way  through  the  deep  and  dark  labyrinths  of 
Allopathy  —  to  all  of  whom  at  this  period  of  their  professional 
career  we  would  award  the  candor  of  at  least  desiring  truth, 
but  whose  prejudices  are  but  too  soon  aroused  against  any- 
thing which  would  cause  them  to  depart  from  the  old  and 
beaten  paths  that  have  been  trodden  for  centuries  by  their 
forefathers. 

"It  would  give  to  all  such  who  might  desire  it,  an  op- 
portunity of  at  once  becoming  acquainted  with  the  funda- 
mental truths  of  Hahnemann,  and  qualify  them  to  judge  of 
their  merits. 

"  Much  might  be  said  in  favor  of  establishing  such  a 
school;  it  is,  however,  apparent  to  all.  No  difference  of 
opinion  can  exist  among  its  friends,  excepting  in  the  mode  of 
procedure.  Some  would  suppose  it  desirable  first  to  obtain 
a  charter,  making  it  a  corporate  body  invested  with  certain 
powers  and  privileges.  This,  however,  cannot  be  obtained  in 
the  present  state  of  the  public  mind,  although  Homoeopathy  is 
extensively  and  successfully  practised  in  the  United  States. 
Yet  it  meets  with  too  powerful  opposition  to  obtain  at  present 
a  charter  from  any  Legislative  body.  For  ourselves,  we 
believe  a  school  established  independent  of  any  chartered 
privileges,  relying  entirely  on  its  own  indomitable  energies 
for  support,  will  soon  procure  for  itself  a  place  and  standing 
in  the  public  opinion  which  will  ere  long  induce  the  L,egisla- 


6  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

ture  to  grant  those  privileges  now  denied  to  all  except  the 
self-styled  scientific  schools  of  Allopathic  doubts  and  uncer- 
tainties." 

In  the  December  number,  1845,  of  the  same  Journal  we 
find  the  following: 

"HOMCEOPATHIC  MEDICAL  COLLEGE. — We  would respect- 
fully suggest  to  those  gentlemen  having  charge,  in  the  various 
counties,  of  memorials  for  this  object  the  expediency  of  ob- 
taining full  expressions  from  their  respective  vicinities,  and 
of  securing  the  same  an  early  presentation  at  the  approaching 
session  of  our  Legislature.  Though  slight  the  relation  of 
this  measure  in  any  respect  to  the  pecuniary  interests  of  prac- 
ticing homcEopaths,  yet  as  one  tending  to  faciliate  the  estab- 
lishing and  diffusion  of  medical  truth,  and  to  extend  it  to 
those  through  whom  mankind  may  most  directly  realize  its 
practical  benefits,  the  object  cannot  but  warmly  commend 
itself  to  the  general  regard  of  our  friends.  With  the  rapidly 
increasing  interest  upon  Homoeopathy  prevailing  among  those 
preparing  for  the  profession,  and  the  character  and  ability 
which  the  Faculty  of  the  proposed  institution  would  present 
to  the  public,  its  instructions  could  not  but  be  reciprocally 
profitable,  as  well  as  eminently  creditable  to  our  cause  and 
beneficial  to  society." 


MEDICAI.  COLIvKGE  OP  PENNSYLVANIA.  f 


CHAPTER  II. 


Hence  the  meeting  at  the  house  of  Dr.  Jeanes,  when  him- 
self, Drs.  Hering  and  WilHamson,  all  men  of  experience  in  the 
allopathic  school  previous  to  their  conversion  to  the  law  of 
Similia,  sought  to  find  some  way  by  means  of  which  the 
young  men  whose  faces  were  turned  toward  the  old  philoso- 
pher of  Coethen,  whose  shibboleth  was,  prove  before  condemn- 
ing, could  be  free  to  follow  the  dictates  of  their  own  con- 
sciences without  let  or  hindrance. 

This  matter  was  talked  of  by  others  among  the  homoeopaths 
of  Philadelphia;  some  opposed  it,  thinking  the  time  was  not 
yet  come  for  such  a  venture;  that  the  cause  was  not  yet  strong 
enough  to  sustain  a  college.  Dr.  Kitchen  in  the  last  weeks 
of  his  life  said  that  he  opposed  this  risk,  that  he  did  not  think 
the  college  could  be  supported,  that  the  time  had  not  come. 
He  was  then  a  zealous  homceopath,  and  after  the  school  was 
started  aided  it  in  every  manner  possible,  but  he  was  fearful 
of  failure,  which  might  at  that  time  have  had  a  very  disastrous 
effect  on  the  future  of  Homoeopathy  in  America  and  in  fact 
throughout  the  world. 

But  braver  counsels  prevailed:  we  can  well  understand  the 
fiery  ardor  of  Dr.  Hering,  eager  then,  as  always,  to  advance 
the  cause  to  which  he  devoted  his  life.  Dr.  Pemberton  Dudley 
in  writing  of  this  subject  says:  ' '  There  have  been  few  subjects 
in  the  history  of  medicine  more  worthy  of  the  artist's  pencil 
than  that  of  those  three  men  sitting  in  that  council  chamber 
with  the  tremendous  responsibilities  of  that  hour  pressing 
down  upon  them.  We  can  almost  picture  to  ourselves  their 
appearance  as  they  sat  in  that  council  of  destiny.  Hering, 
forty-eight  years  of  age;  Jeanes,  forty-seven;  Williamson, 
thirty-seven;  all  past  the  reckless  enthusiasm  of  youth  and  in 
the  full  vigor  of  ripe  and  matured  manhood;    the  German 


8  HISTORY  Ol?  THK  HOMCEOPATHIC 

scholar,  the  Philadelphia  Quaker,  and  the  descendant  of  the 
Pennsylvania  pioneer;  unlike,  yet  strong,  typical,  representa- 
tive; each  supporting  and  supplementing  the  others,  they  sit 
with  thoughtful  brow  and  firm  set  lip  and  unflinching  pur- 
pose, as  if  they  knew  of  the  toil,  the  anxiety  and  the  self- 
sacrifice  which  their  act  involved;  but  knew  also  that  from  it 
should  spring  the  only  safety  for  medical  progress,  the  only 
guarantee  for  liberty  of  medical  thought  and  liberty  of  medi- 
cal conscience,  to  their  age  and  the  ages  to  come. ' ' 

the  Legislature  was  then  in  session  and  a  petition  was  pre- 
pared, and  in  two  days  it  had  been  signed  by  eighteen 
physicians  and  numerous  laymen  asking  for  an  Act  incor- 
porating the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania, 
with  all  the  rights  and  powers  belonging  to  other  medical 
colleges  in  the  Commonwealth,  including  the  right  to  confer 
the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Homoeopathic  Medicine.* 

It  seemed  at  one  time  that  the  bill  was  not  likely  to  pass 
and  its  supporters  became  very  discouraged.  But  Dr.  Jeanes 
now  asked  the  influence  of  the  Hon.  Charles  Brown,  a  brother 
of  Mrs.  Jeanes,  who  was  then  in  Congress,  but  had  recently 
been  a  member  of  the  State  Legislature.  He  wrote  from 
Washington  to  his  former  colleagues  and  friends  at  Harris- 
burg  and  secured  their  hearty  support  to  the  measure. 

The  bill  passed  the  House  February  12th,  the  Senate  April 
5th,  and  was  signed  by  the  Governor  on  April  8th,  1848. 

At  the  banquet  of  the  members  of  the  American  Institute 
of  Homoeopathy,  held  on  the  evening  of  June  9th,  1870,  in  the 
Tremont  House,  Chicago,  Dr.  Walter  Williamson,  in  answer- 
ing to  the  toast,  "  Our  Medical  Colleges,"  gave  a  short  history 
of  the  origin  of  the  College.     He  said: 

"There  was  a  time,  within  my  recollection,  when  we  had  no  hom- 
oeopathic medical  colleges.  At  that  tirae  we  had  a  number  of  homoeo- 
pathic physicians.  We  also  had  a  few,  and  that  few  constantly  increas- 
ing in  numbers,  of  homoeopathic  students.  These  students  had  to  gain 
their  knowledge  of  Homoeopathy,  of  our  literature  and  of  our  science 
under  very  great  disadvantages,  if  they  gained  it  at  all. 

' '  This  matter  of  medical  colleges  had  perhaps  been  thought  of  by  a 
number  of  practitioners  of  that  school  in  the  United  States  before  any 

*See  Kirby's  Am.  Jl.  Hom.,  vol.  3,  p.  12. 


MEDICAL  COIvIvEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  9 

action  was  inaugurated  upon  the  subject.  I  remember  well,  of  a  Tues- 
day evening,  three  earnest  men  in  this  cause  met  together  in  the  per- 
formance of  the  labor  which  had  been  assigned  them  by  the  American 
Institute  of  Homoeopathy.  Three  members,  at  least,  of  the  Central 
Bureau,  appointed  by  the  Institute  of  Homoeopathy,  met  in  an  oiEce, 
or  rather  in  the  parlor,  of  one  of  their  number,  and  the  subject  of  med- 
ical colleges  was  brought  under  discussion. 

"  It  was  agreed  by  these  three  that  application  should  be  made  to  the 
Legislature  of  Pennsylvania  for  a  charter.  This  was  probably  about 
the  middle  of  February.  The  Legislature  would  adjourn  in  the  latter 
end  of  March  or  the  beginning  of  April.  The  question  was  asked, 
'When  shall  application  be  made?'  'Oh,  we  will  consult  with  our 
friends?'  One  of  the  three  called  for  a  pen  and  ink  and  some  paper, 
sat  down  and  said,  '  What  shall  I  write?'  '  Oh,  we  can't  make  applica- 
tion now.'  The  one  who  waited  said  application  should  be  made,  and 
unless  made  at  that  time  it  would  be  impossible  to  get  the  act  of  incor- 
poration for  the  institution  or  college  at  that  present  Legislature.  On 
that  evening,  which  was  Tuesday  evening,  the  petition  was  written  out. 
On  the  next  morning  it  was  shown  to  a  few  friends,  and  by  Thursday  it 
was  sent  to  Harrisburg,  the  capital  of  the  State  of  Pennsylvania,  with 
hundreds  of  signatures;  petition  after  petition,  copies  of  petition  after 
petition,  with  long  lists  of  signatures  appended  to  them,  were  sent  up 
within  the  two  following  weeks,  until  a  letter  came  from  Harrisburg 
saying:  '  We  have  got  enough.' 

' '  I  mention  this  circumstance  merely  to  show  that  this  great  revolu- 
tion, commenced  with  the  people  was  carried  out  by  the  people,  and 
we,  as  homoeopathic  physicians,  are  put  forward  and  sustained  now  by 
the  people,  by  the  friends  of  Homoeopathy,  by  the  friends  of  progress, 
by  the  friends  of  advancement;  and  you  will  generally  find  the  friends 
of  Homoeopathy  amongst  the  most  enterprising,  well  educated  and 
determined  portion  of  the  community.  This  was  the  commencement 
of  the  application  for  that  college.  On  the  8th  of  April,  1848,  it  received 
the  signature  of  the  Governor  and  of  the  clerk — I  have  forgotten  his 
name.  Within  two  weeks  a  Constitution  was  formed;  and  about  the 
1st  of  October,  in  the  fall  of  1848,  as  near  as  I  can  recollect  the  date, 
the  first  lectures  were  delivered  upon  Homoeopathy  in  any  chartered 
institution.  Lectures  had  been  delivered  upon  Homoeopathy  before. 
I  believe  to  Dr.  Gray,  of  New  York,  belongs  the  honor  of  delivering 
the  first  course  of  lectures  upon  Practice.  In  Philadelphia  a  few  lec- 
tures were  delivered,  some  upon  homoeopathic  principles  and  some 
upon  the  Materia  Medica." 

The  first  meeting  of  the  Corporators  was  held  on  Hahne- 
mann's birthday,  April  ro,  1848,  in  the  Athenaeum  Building, 
on  the  southeast  corner  of  Sixth  and  Adelphi  streets,  opposite 
Washington  Square. 


lO  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

At  this  meeting  Judge  Anson  V.  Parsons  was  called  to  the 
Chair,  and  Dr.  Francis  Sims  appointed  Secretary.  The 
names  of  the  Corporators  were  then  called  and  the  following 
gentlemen  were  present:  Anson  V.  Parsons,  Daniel  Deal, 
Edward  M.  Davis,  Charles  Neidhard,  H.  J.  Boiler,  WilHam 
H.  Moore,  H.  P.  Lloyd,  William  Rhoads,  A.  B.  Justice, 
Thomas  Mott,  Edwin  Greble,  WilHam  C.  Milligan,  Thomas 
R.  Peterson,  Walter  Williamson,  Caleb  B.  Matthews,  WaUer 
Ward,  William  P.  Esrey,  Samuel  R.  Dubs,  T.  G.  Pherson, 
Joseph  Berens,  Edmund  Deacon,  William  H.  Eove,  John  C. 
Da  Costa,  John  M.  Kennedy,  I.  S.  Waterman,  Joseph  Jeanes, 
John  Riehle,  George  Peterson,  William  T.  Wainwright,  Mc- 
Pherson  Saunders,  Joshua  L.  Hallowell,  Alfred  A.  Carter, 
Constantine  Hering,  Richard  Gardiner,  William  S.  Helmuth, 
Francis  Sims,  R.  M.  Taylor,  F,  A.  Server. 

The  Act  of  Incorporation  was  then  read  and  approved.  It 
is  as  follows  :  * 

Act  to  Incorporate  the  Homceopathic  Medical  College  of  Penn- 
sylvania in  Philadelphia. 

Section  I.  Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representa- 
tives of  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  in  General  Assembly  met, 
and  it  is  enacted  by  the  same:  That  John  B.  Myers,  Anson  V.  Parsons, 
Edwin  L,ewis,  Daniel  Deal,  Edward  M.  Davis,  Charles  Neidhard,  James 
M.  Broom,  Henry  J.  Boiler,  Joseph  N.  Withers,  William  H.  Moore, 
Henry  P.  Lloyd,  William  Rhoads,  Alfred  B.  Justice,  Thomas  Mott, 
Edwin  Greble,  William  C.  Milligan,  Thomas  K.  Peterson,  Walter 
Williamson,  John  M.  Patten,  Samuel  Freedley,  James  Kitchen,  Caleb 
B.  Matthews,  Walter  Ward,  William  P.  Esrey,  Edward  M.  Srnith, 
Samuel  R.  Dubs,  John  G.  Peterson,  Coburn  Whitehead,  Stillwell  S. 
Bishop,  Joseph  Berens,  Joseph  B.  Myers,  William  C.  Mcintosh,  Robert 
V.  Massey,  Edmund  Deacon,  William  H.  Dove,  Charles  Keen,  John  C. 
Da  Costa,  John  M.  Kennedy,  Isaac  S.  Waterman,  Joseph  Jeanes,  John 
Riehle,  Joseph  Dea,  Charles  Brown,  George  Peterson,  William  J.  Wain- 
wright, McPherson  Saunders,  Jacob  Jeanes,  Jacob  Snider,  Jr.,  Thomas 
S.  Cavender.  William  Geisse,  Joseph  D.  Hallowell,  Alfred  A.  Carter, 
Isaac  R.  Davis,  Constantine  Hering,  Richard  Gardiner,  William  A. 
Gardiner,  William  S.  Helmuth,  Francis  Sims,  Richard  M.  Taylor, 
Benjamin  R.  Miller,  Fred.  A.  Sower,  George  Piper,  Timothy  Ives,  and 
their  associates  and  successors,  be  and  they  are  hereby  made  and 
created  a  body  politic  and  corporate  in  law  and  in  fact,  by  the  name  and 
Style  of  the  "  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  Phila- 

*L,aws  of  General  Assembly  of  Penna.,  1848,  p.  394.      (Act  No.  300.) 


MEDICAIv  COIvLBGE  OF  PB;nnSYI,VANIA.  1 1 

delphia,"  and  by  the  same  name  shall  have  perpetual  succession,  and 
ma)-  sue  and  be  sued,  have  a  common  seal,  purchase  and  hold  and  con- 
vey all  lands  and  tenements,  moneys,  goods,  chattels,  and  effects, 
make  all  by-laws  necessary  or  proper  for  the  uses  of  a  medical  college, 
and  immediately  connected  therewith,  not  contrary  to  the  laws  and 
Constitution  of  the  Commonwealth,  and  do  all  and  every  other  matter 
and  thing  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  which  any  corporation  or  body 
politic  may  or  can  do:  Provided,  that  said  corporation  shall  hold  no 
more  real  estate  than  the  buildings  and  fixtures  necessary  for  a  course 
of  medical  instruction. 

Section  II.  Said  corporation  shall  have  power  to  elect  such  officers 
as  may  be  necessary  for  the  administration  thereof,  and  to  enact  by- 
laws for  the  government,  admission,  and  expulsion  of  members. 

Section  III.  Said  college  shall  have  power  to  grant  the  degree  of 
doctor  of  homoeopathic  medicine  to  any  such  person  as  shall  have  at- 
tended two  courses  of  medical  lectures,  and  completed  a  course  of 
study,  and  possess  the  qualifications  now  usually  required  of  candidates 
for  the  degree  of  doctor  of  medicine  in  other  medical,  colleges  in  this 
State,  and  also  a  knowledge  of  Homoeopathy. 

Section  IV.  The  Legislature  may  at  any  time  alter,  amend,  or  re- 
peal the  privileges  hereby  granted. 

WiivLiAM  F.  Packer, 
Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives. 

Wii^i^iAM  Williamson, 
Speaker  of  the  Senate. 

Approved  this  eighth  day  of  April,  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and 
forty-eight.  Frs.  R.  Shunk. 

It  was  decided  at  this  meeting  that  fifteen  members  should 
constitute  a  quorum  at  any  future  meeting.  A  committee  of 
nine  was  appointed  to  draft  a  constitution  and  by-laws,  con- 
sisting of  Drs.  Walter  Williamson,  Jacob  Jeanes,  Judge 
Anson  V.  Parsons,  Mr.  John  M.  Kennedy,  Mr.  Isaac  S. 
Waterman,  Dr.  Charles  Neidhard,  Mr.  Henry  J.  Boiler,  Mr. 
Isaac  R.  Davis  and  Dr.  Constantine  Hering. 

A  vote  of  thanks  was  proposed  and  unamiously  adopted,  to 
Gideon  I.  Ball,  Esq. ,  of  Erie,  and  to  Dr.  Coburn  Whitehead, 
of  Harrisburg,  for  their  zealous  and  disinterested  exertions  in 
bringing  this  bill  in  time  before  the  House  and  Senate. 

At  the  next  meeting,  held  April  27,  the  Committee  on 
Constitution  reported  as  follows: 

The  Constitution  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College,  of  Pennsyl- 
vania in  Philadelphia,  adopted  by  the  Corporators  of  Said  College  duly 


12  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

assembled  in  the  Atheuaeum  Building,  corner  of  Adelphi  and  Sixth 
streets,  in  the  City  of  Philadelphia,  on  the  27th  day  of  April,  1848.  By 
virtue  of  an  Act  of  Icorporation  passed  the  8th  day  of  April,  A.  D. 
1848,  entitled:  "An  Act  to  Incorporate  the  Homoeopathic  Medical 
College  of  Pennsylvania  in  Philadelphia." 

ArTicIvE  I.  The  officers  of  said  College  to  be  elected  under  and  by 
virtue  of  this  Constitution  shall  consist  of  a  President,  five  Vice  Presi- 
dents, Recording  Secretary,  Corresponding  Secretary,  Treasurer,  Com- 
mitte  on  Membership,  Committee  on  Finance  and  Buildings,  Commit- 
tee on  Dispensary,  Committee  on  Medical  Education,  composed  of  at 
least  five  members  on  each  committee.  All  of  vphom  shall  be  elected 
annually,  on  the  first  Monday  of  May  in  each  year,  from  the  Corpora- 
tors composing  said  College.  And  the  Corporators  shall  hereafter  have 
authority  to  appoint  such  other  committees  as  shall  be  deemed  necessary 
for  the  better  conducting  of  the  affairs  of  the  College ,  either  by  resolu- 
tion or  by  By-Law. 

ArTici^e;  II.  At  any  general,  stated  or  special  meeting  of  the  Cor- 
porators eighteen  in  number  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  trans- 
action of  any  business,  and  all  acts  done  by  them  shall  be  as  binding 
and  effectual  upon  the  Corporation  as  if  a  majority  of  the  vphole 
number  of  Corporators  were  personally  present. 

The  usual  duties  of  the  officers  are  then  stated;  each  com- 
mittee had  control  in  its  own  department;  stated  meetings 
were  to  be  held  quarterly.  This  constitution  was  soon  re- 
vised, the  revision  being  given  further  on. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  1 3 


CHAPTER  III. 


In  the  American  Journal  of  Homoeopathy  for  May  1st, 
1848,  Dr.  Kirby  thus  writes  of  the  new  college:  "Experi- 
ence as  well  as  theory  proves  a  combination  of  pure  Allopathy 
and  pure  Homoeopathy  incompatible;  the  result  of  such  an 
effort  is  a  sort  of  mongrel  art  in  medicine,  which  is  without 
true  physiological,  pathological  and  therapeutical  principles, 
and  directly  or  indirectly  hurtful  to  human  life.  Homoe- 
opathy is  exclusive  in  its  character  and  so  is  Allopathy. 
They  cannot  be  otherwise.  In  the  former  we  are  not  deal- 
ing with  conventional  rules  which  may  be  changed  at  the 
will  of  their  authors,  but  with  nature's  laws,  which  do  not 
change.  Therefore  allopathic  colleges  do  not  pretend  to  nor 
cannot  impart  instruction  to  aid  students  in  the  attainment  of 
a  knowledge  of  the  science  and  art  of  Homoeopathy.  This 
must  be  accomplished  by  means  of  schools  and  colleges  of  our 
own. 

"  We  rejoice  to  learn  that  the  Legislature  of  Pennsylvania 
have  granted  a  charter  for  a  college  entitled:  '  The  Homoeo- 
pathic Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  in  Philadelphia.' 
This  marks  a  new  era  in  the  history  of  our  school,  and  we 
shall  no  longer  be  compelled  to  urge,  as  has  been  done,  the 
appointment  of  professorships  of  Homoeopathy  in  allopathic 
colleges,  a  scheme  we  never  could  sanction.  Having,  there- 
fore, a  regularly  chartered  College,  it  is  essential  in  its  organi- 
zation to  introduce  every  necessary  reform,  which  the  differ- 
ent branches  of  the  healing  art  and  the  profession  have  long 
demanded.  There  should  be  no  imitation  of  anything  in  ex- 
isting colleges  that  does  not  tend  to  qualify  students  to  per- 
form their  duties  truly  and  faithfully  in  the  character  of 
accomplished  physicians  and  surgeons.  Such  will  receive  the 
full  confidence  of  an  intelligent  community;  and  with  such 


14  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHTC 

there  can  be  competition  with  quacks  and  quackery.  Truth, 
religion,  life,  health,  human  happiness,  professional  honor 
and  professional  usefulness  demand  the  propagation  of  pure 
Homoeopathy  by  means  of  instruction  by  competent  teachers 
in  schools  and  colleges  under  the  auspices  of  homooepathic 
physicians,  and  the  friends  of  Homoeopathy." 

In  the  September  number  of  the  same  year  Dr.  Kirby 
continues:  ' '  We  congratulate  the  friends  of  true  medical 
science  on  the  establishment  of  the  college.  The  very  modest 
circular  (the  first),  which  we  publish  in  another  column,  in- 
dicates that  the  course  of  studies  will  be  superior  to  any 
similar  institution  in  America." 

The  first  stated  meeting  under  the  constitution  was  held  on 
May  ist,  1848,  at  the  Assembly  Building,  Tenth  and  Chest- 
nut Sts.  The  following  of&cers  were  elected:  President,  A. 
V.  Parsons;  Vice-Presidents,  James  M.  Boom,  William  Geisse, 
Charles  Brown,  Jacob  Snider,  Jr.;  Recording  Secretary, 
Francis  Sims;  Corresponding  Secretary,  Charles  Neidhard; 
Treasurer,  William  Rhoads.  The  following  committees  were 
then  elected:  Membership,  John  M.  Kennedy,  James  Kay, 
John  Hicks,  Hector  Tyndale,  H.  P.  Lloyd;  Finance  and 
Buildings,  Edwin  M.  Lewis,  Daniel  Deal,  Robert  V.  Massey, 
John  C.  Da  Costa,  Joseph  Jeanes,  Isaac  Elliott,  Joseph  S. 
Burnett,  J.  H.  Hoeckley,  F.  King,  M.  E-  Hallowell,  C.  G. 
Sower;  Medical  Education,  Jacob  Jeanes,  Const.  Hering,  E. 
M.  Davis,  Samuel  Freedley,  James  Kitchen,  Caleb  B.  Mat- 
thews, William  P.  Esrey,  E.  M.  Smith,  George  Peterson, 
William  J.  Wainwright,  I.  S.  Waterman;  Dispensary,  Charles 
Neidhard,  William  C.  Milligan,  Walter  WilHamson,  Walter 
Ward,  Samuel  R.  Dubs,  Joseph  Berens,  Alfred  A.  Carter, 
Richard  Gardiner,  Benj.  R.  Miller,  Augustus  Koch,  Alvan 
E.  Small,  John  M.  Kennedy. 

At  a  meeting  held  May  27th,  1848,  it  was  decided  to  in- 
crease the  committee  on  finance  and  buildings  from  five  to 
eleven  members.  At  this  meeting  the  other  committees  made 
partial  reports.  Dr.  Hering  resigned  from  the  committee  of 
education.  The  financial  committee  was  instructed  to  report 
at  an  adjourned  meeting  on  the  expediency  of  creating  a  cap- 
ital stock  and  the  proper  amount  thereof,  and  on  the  general 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OP  PENNSYLVANIA.  1 5 

means  to  defray  the  college  expenses.  At  a  meeting  on  June 
loth  the  report  of  the  committee  on  education  was  presented 
in  sections.  It  was  accepted  and  the  committee  was  instructed 
to  draft  By-Laws  in  unison  with  their  report,  and  also  to  formu- 
late a  plan  for  nomination  and  the  election  of  professors. 

The  meeting  of  August  31st  was  an  important  one.  It  was 
decided  to  open  a  dispensary;  and  at  the  meeting  on  Septem- 
ber 7th  they  voted  to  seek  subscriptions  to  raise  the  sum  of 
$1500.00  for  establishing  a  clinical  department,  and  that  the 
friends  of  Homoeopathy  be  asked  to  contribute  not  less  than 
$5.00  each  for  that  purpose. 

With  the  exception  of  the  meeting  held  on  May  ist,  1848, 
at  the  Assembly  Buildings,  Tenth  and  Chestnut  Sts.,  all  the 
meetings  were  held  in  the  Athenaeum,  until  on  September 
28th,  1848,  we  find  a  record  of  a  meeting  in  the  college 
building,  at  229  Arch  St.,  where  they  were  afterwards  held. 
At  the  meeting  September  7th  the  following  professors  were 
elected : 

Principles  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  Jacob  Jeanes;  Pa- 
thology, Charles  Neidhard;  Midwifery,  Walter  Williamson; 
Botany,  Samuel  Freedley;  Surgery,  Francis  Sims;  Materia 
MediCa,  Const.  Hering;  Chemistry,  Matthew  Semple. 

At  a  meeting  held  September  i6th,  Wm.  A.  Gardiner  was 
elected  to  the  chair  of  Anatomy  and  Physiology.  The. 
committee  on  buildings  reported  that  arrangements  had  been 
made  for  renting  rooms  at  No.  229  Arch  St.  for  the  use  of  the 
dispensary  and  college.  The  committee  were  authorized  to 
make  alterations  not  to  exceed  in  cost  $800. 

It  was  decided  to  separate  the  chair  of  Anatomy  and  Physi- 
ology, and  to  add  the  words — -Diseases  of  Women  and  Children 
to  the  chair  of  Midwifery.  At  the  next  meeting,  September 
28th,  Dr.  C.  B.  Matthews  was  elected  to  the  chair  of  Materia 
Medica.  C.  ly.  Rademacher  was  elected  apothecary  to  the 
dispensary.  It  was  resolved:  "That  the  various  professors 
which  have  been  elected,  and  who  may  hereafter  be  elected, 
have  power  to  open  the  college  b^  commencing  lectures  or 
such  other  medical  instruction  as  the  said  professors  or  a 
majority  of  them  shall  deem  most  for  the  interests  of  the 
college;  issue  circulars  and  adopt  such  other  means  as  they 


1 6  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

shall  think  best  for  the  proper  organization  of  the  institution 
for  medical  instruction." 

There  were  several  changes  in  this  first  faculty  before  the 
lectures  commenced.  Dr.  Hering  resigned  from  the  chair  of 
Materia  Medica  the  next  meeting  after  he  was  elected.  Dr. 
Neidhard  also  resigned  from  the  chair  of  Pathology  before 
the  lectures  commenced  at  the  meeting  of  October  9th.  At 
the  opening  of  the  first  course  of  lectures  seven  chairs  were 
filled  and  two  were  vacant.  But  although  the  chairs  of 
Physiology  and  Pathology  were  not  filled  by  the  managers 
until  March  8th,  1849,  it  is  probable  that  Dr.  Alvan  K. 
Small  lectured  on  Physiology  and  Pathology. 

It  may  be  that  Dr.  Walter  Ward  shared  the  chair  of  Physi- 
ology. In  a  footnote  to  a  history  of  the  College  in  the  Trans- 
actions of  the  World's  Convention,  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas  says:* 
"  Walter  Ward,  M.  D.,  examined  on  Physiology  and  signed 
the  diplomas  of  the  first  class  of  graduates. ' ' 

The  first  Announcement  of  the  College  was  only  a  Circular 
upon  which  the  following  was  printed:  f 

HOMCEOPATHIC  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania. 
College  Building,  located  in  the  rear  of  229  Arch  St.,  Philadelphia. 
Preliminary  Instructions  will  commence  on  Monday,  the  i6th  day  of 

October,  1848. 

The  Regular  Course  will  begin  on  Monday,  the  6th  day  of  November, 

and  continue  until  the  first  of  March  ensuing. 

Jacob  Jeanes,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Principles  and  Practice  of  Medi- 
cine. 

Caleb  B.  Matthews,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Materia  Medica. 

Walter  Williamson,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Midwifery  and  the  Diseases  of 
Women  and  Children. 

Francis  Sims,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Surgery. 

Samuel  Freedley,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Botany. 

Matthew  Semple,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

William  A.  Gardiner,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Anatomy. 

The  Chairs  of  Physiology  and  Pathology  remain  to  be  filled. 

Clinical  Instruction  in  Medicine  and  Surgery  will  be  given  at  the  Col- 
lege. 

Lectures  will  be  delivered  throughout  the  year,  but  the  wmter  course 
only  will  be  obligatory— attendance  on  the  summer  course  being  at 
the  option  of  the  student. 

*  Trans.  World's  Horn.  Convention,  1876,  vol.  2,  p.  787. 
t  A  framed  copy  may  be  seen  in  the  College  Library. 


MEDICAL  COIvIvEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  1 7 

Standard  works  on  Homoeopathy  and  such  books  as  are  generally  used 

in  other  medical  schools  can  be  used  as  text-books. 
Students  who  have  attended  a  full  course  of  lectures  in  another  medi- 
cal school  can,  after  attending  the  winter  course   of  this  college, 
graduate  next  spring  if  their  attainments  justify  it. 

Fee  for  a  Full  Course, f  100  00 

Practical  Anatomy, 10  00 

Graduation  Fee, .      30  00 

W.  WiLlvlAMSON,  M.  D., 

Dean  of  the  Faculty, 
No.  80  North  Eleventh  St.,  Philadelphia. 

In  a  note  to  a  copj^  of  this,  probably  written  by  Dr.  Walter 
Williamson,  it  is  stated:  "  Alvan  E.  Small,  M.  D.,  was  sub- 
sequently appointed  to  the  Chair  of  Physiology." 

This  modest  announcement  was  also  published  in  the  No- 
vember number,  1848,  of  Kirby's  American  Journal  of  Homoe- 
opathy. * 

Throughout  the  summer  of  1 848  the  members  of  the  various 
committees  were  very  busy,  especially  committee  on  finance 
and  buildings.  But  it  was  not  until  September  20th  that  a 
suitable  building  was  found.  On  that  date  the  rear  portion 
of  a  large  building  located  at  No.  229  Arch  St.  was  rented  at 
a  quarterly  rental  of  $75.00.  This  had  been  the  school  room 
of  Maskell  M.  Carll.  It  was  also  used  as  a  meeting  room  of 
the  New  Jerusalem  Church  (Swedenborgian).  The  approach 
was  by  an  alley  leading  from  Arch  St.  The  present  number 
of  this  building  is  635  Arch  St.  And  after  the  College  was 
removed  it  was  for  many  years  the  headquarters  for  homoeo- 
pathic pharmacy  in  Philadelphia.  In  fact  it  was  in  1848  that 
Jacob  Sheek  entered  into  partnership  with  Charles  ly.  Rade- 
macher  and  located  in  the  store  at  635  Arch  St. ,  while  the 
College  was  in  the  rear.     The  building  is  still  standing. 

Even  at  this  early  day  of  the  College  its  courtesies  were 
extended  to  the  homoeopathic  profession  of  Philadelphia.  At 
a  meeting  of  the  corporators  held  on  the  evening  of  October 
9th,  1848,  and  before  there  had  been  any  lectures,  it  was  voted 
to  allow  the  homoeopathic  physicians  of  Philadelphia  to  hold 
meetings  in  the  college  building.     At  this  meeting  a  commit- 

*  American  Journal  of  Homoeopathy,  New  York,   1848,  vol.  3,  p.  3. 
Southwestern  Horn.  Jour,  and  Review,  vol.  3,  No.  2,  p.  63. 
3 


1 8  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCeOPATHIC 

tee  was  appointed  consisting  of  Judge  Parsons,  Dr.  Richard 
Gardiner  and  Mr.  E.  M.  I<ewis  to  prepare  the  design  for  a  seal 
for  the  College.     The  president  then  appointed  Drs.  R.  Gard- 
iner, S.  Freedley,  Walter  Williamson,  Jacob  Jeanes,  and  James 
Kitchen  to  draft  a  diploma  in  the  English  language  for  the 
future  graduates  of  the  College.     It  may  be  stated  here  that 
at  a  meeting  held  January   22d,  1849,  this  committee  pre- 
sented a  form  for  a  diploma,  in  English  which  was  accepted. 
And  now  the  day  drew  near;  by  means  of  advertisements 
and   by   the   circular   announcement   previously   given,   the 
young  men  who  favored  Homoeopathy  were  informed  of  the 
daring  venture  of  the  Philadelphia  ph5^sicians.     Fifteen  gen- 
tlemen responded  to  the  call,  and  on  the  evening  of  Monday, 
October  i6th,  1848,  the  introductory  lecture  was  delivered  in 
the  new  College  building  to  an  assemblage  of  ladies  and  gen- 
tlemen interested  in  Homoeopathy,  and  to  the  following  fifteen 
students:    John  G.  Shultz,   Henry  F.  Davis,   D.  R.  Euyties, 
Frederic  Humphreys,  Samuel  O.  Scudder,  Nathan  S.  Engle, 
Joseph  K.  Clark,  J.  Eoxley  Rhees,  E.  Bently  Hall,  M.  D., 
John  L.  Jahvens,  Daniel  R.  Gardiner,  Frederic  Sheek,  J.  H, 
P.   Frost,   Thomas  S.   Rodman,    M.   D.,   Charles  G.   Raue. 
After  this  lectures  were  regularly  given  according  to  a  pre- 
pared roster,  and  the  homoeopaths  of  the  United  States  could 
give  their  students  a  legal  diploma  entirely  independent  of 
the  existing  schools  of  medicine.     For  this  new  College  was 
equipped  to  teach  all  the  branches  of  a  medical  education  as 
completely  as  any  college  of  that  time,  with  the  exception  of 
practical  clinical  work,  which  was  of  course  not  yet  estab- 
lished.     And,  in  addition,  students  could  be  grounded  care- 
fully in  the  new  medical  faith  and  properly  taught  the  princi- 
ples of  Hahnemann.     It  may  be  of  interest  to  mention  that 
no  matriculation  fees  were  charged  for  the  session  of  1848-49. 


MEDICAIv  COI^LEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  IQ 


CHAPTER  IV. 

1848-49. 

Not  long  after  the  lectures  commenced  the  corporators  real- 
ized the  necessity  of  making  certain  changes  in  the  regulation 
of  college  affairs. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  corporators  on  October  20th,  1848,  a 
circular  was  presented  addressed  to  them  remonstrating  against 
the  organization  of  the  College  as  it  was  at  that  time,  and 
it  was  signed  by  twelve  of  the  corporators.  It  was  referred  to 
the  committee  on  Medical  Education. 

On  January  22,  1849,  this  circular  was  adopted  and  its 
suggestions  resulted  in  the  appointment  of  a  committee  of 
five  lay  members  to  report  a  new  constitution  and  by-laws. 
On  January  22,  1849,  the  chairman,  James  Kay,  appointed 
the  following  five  members:  K.  M.  Lewis,  A.  V.  Parsons, 
James  Kay,  H.  P.  Lloyd,  John  M.  Kennedy. 

On  March  8th,  1849,  the  corporators  adopted  the  following 
amended  Constitution: 

Constitution  of  the  Homceopathic  College  of  Pennsylvania. 

The  amended  Constitution  of  the  "  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of 
Pennsylvania,  in  Philadelphia,"  adopted  by  the  Corporators,  for  the 
government  of  said  College,  at  a  meeting  held  by  them  on  the  eighth 
day  of  March,  A.  D.  1849,  at  the  College  Building,  by  virtue  of  an  Act 
of  Assembly,  passed  on  the  eighth  day  of  April,  A.  D.  1848,  entitled  an 
"  Act  to  incorporate  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania, 
in  Philadelphia. 

Art.  I.  The  officers  of  said  College  shall  consist  of  a  President,  a 
Recording  Secretary,  a  Corresponding  Secretary,  a  Treasurer,  and 
Twelve  Managers,  none  of  which  members  shall  be  medical  men;  to 
e  elected  on  the  second  Monday  of  April  next  by  the  Corporators; 
and  on  the  second  Monday  in  April  annually  thereafter:  who  shall  hold 
said  offices  for  one  year,  and  until  their  successors  are  duly  elected. 

Art.  II.  The  President  and  the  Twelve  Managers  shall  constitute  a 
Board  of  Managers  of  said  College;  and  shall  have  power  to  control  and 


20  HISTORY  OF  THB  HOMCEOPATHIC 

manage  the  active  affairs  of  the  same,  and  properly  to  organize  said 
College  for  the  purposes  of  medical  instruction.  Said  Board  of  Man- 
agers shall  have  authority  to  provide  a  suitable  building  for  the  Insti- 
tution, to  appoint  all  the  professors,  or  medical  instructors  to  be  em- 
ployed; to  fix  their  salaries,  and  the  price  of  tuition  to  be  paid  by  the 
students;  to  establish  and  regulate  the  Clinical  Department;  and  to 
confer  on  the  professors,  or  medical  instructors,  such  authority  for  the 
regulation  of  medical  instruction,  and  provide  for  the  examination  of 
students,  and  the  conferring  of  degrees,  in  such  manner  as  they  shall 
think  best;  and  to  adopt  such  Rules  and  By-Laws  as  they  shall  deem 
expedient  for  the  control  of  said  professors,  or  medical  instructors,  the 
students,  and  others  attached  to  the  medical  department  thereof,  as  are 
not  inconsistent  with  the  Act  of  Incorporation,  or  this  Constitution. 

Art.  III.  Said  Board  of  Managers  shall  hold  a  stated  meeting  at  the 
college  building,  on  the  first  Thursday  in  every  month,  and  oftener  if 
necessary,  and  seven  members  of  the  Board  shall  constitute  a  quorum 
for  the  transaction  of  business.  They  shall  appoint  one  of  their  num- 
ber a  secretary,  and  shall  keep  a  full  and  fair  record  or  minutes  of  all 
their  proceedings;  and  make  a  semi-annual  report  to  the  corporators  of 
all  their  transactions,  at  a  regular  semi-annual  meeting  to  be  held  as 
hereinafter  provided.  They  shall  also  have  the  control  of  all  the  finan- 
cial affairs  of  the  College,  and  regulate  the  payment  or  disbursement 
of  all  monies  paid  by  the  treasurer;  and  have  full  authority  to  do  all 
things  needful  and  necessary  for  the  good  government  and  efl&cient 
regulation  of  the  College;  and  from  time  to  time  nominate  such  per- 
sons as  they  may  think  suitable  for  Corporators,  to  be  elected  at  any  of 
the  meetings  of  said  Corporators. 

Art.  IV.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  President  to  preside  at  all  meet- 
ings of  the  Corporators,  if  present;  and  in  his  absence  those  present 
may  elect  a  president,  pro  tempore,  for  that  meeting.  The  President 
shall  sign  all  copies  of  resolutions,  or  other  papers  of  the  Corporation, 
necessary  to  be  certified  under  the  seal  of  the  same;  confer  all  degrees; 
sign  all  diplomas,  and  perform  all  other  duties  which  are  or  shall  be 
hereafter  enjoined  upon  him. 

Art.  V.  The  Recording  Secretary  shall  keep  fair  and  correct  min- 
utes of  all  the  proceedings  of  every  meeting  of  the  Corporators;  always 
registering  the  names  of  the  Corporators  present,  and  record  all  such 
proceedings  in  a  book  to  be  provided  for  that  purpose;  keep  the  seal  of 
the  corporation,  and  attach  it  to  such  papers  as  require  the  same,  with 
his  attestation,  after  being  signed  by  the  President,  and  perform  such 
other  duties  as  shall  be  enjoined  upon  him. 

Art.  VI.  The  Corresponding  Secretary  shall  conduct  the  correspond- 
ence for  and  on  behalf  of  the  Corporation;  preserving  copies  of  all  com- 
munications he  shall  make,  and  report  such  letters  and  papers  as  he 
shall  from  time  to  time  receive,  which  are  deemed  important  or  re- 
quired by  the  Corporators  or  Board  of  Managers. 


MEDICAI.  COLI.KGK  OF  PKNNSYI^VANIA.  2  1 

Art.  VII.  The  Treasurer  shall  collect,  receive  and  disburse  all  the 
money  of  the  Corporation,  in  such  manner  as  shall  be  directed  by  the 
Board  of  Managers;  and  keep  correct  and  fair  accounts  of  the  same,  and 
make  report  thereof  to  the  Board  of  Managers  and  Corporators  when 
required;  and  when  demanded,  give  bonds  in  such  sum  as  shall  be  re- 
quired by  the  Board  of  Managers. 

Art.  VIII.  At  any  general,  stated,  or  special  meeting  of  the  Cor- 
porators, eighteen  in  number  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  trans- 
action of  business,  and  all  acts  done  by  them  shall  be  as  binding  and 
eflfectual  upon  the  Corporators,  as  if  a  majority  of  the  whole  number 
were  present. 

Art.  IX.  There  shall  be  a  semi-annual  meeting  held  by  the  Cor- 
porators at  the  College  Building,  on  the  second  Thursday  of  September 
and  March,  in  each  year;  and  special  meetings  may  be  called  by  the 
President  on  giving  three  days'  previous  notice  to  the  Corporators,  on 
the  application  of  the  Board  of  Managers  by  resolution,  or  on  a  peti- 
tion in  writing,  signed  by  twenty  Corporators;  in  both  instances  the 
object  of  the  special  meeting  shall  be  clearly  stated,  and  no  business 
shall  be  transacted  at  such  meeting  but  that  mentioned  in  the  applica- 
tion and  call  for  the  same,  except  the  election  of  new  Corporators. 
And  at  each  semi-annual  meeting  of  the  Corporators,  the  Board  of 
Managers  shall  make  a  full  and  correct  report  of  all  their  proceedings 
during  the  previous  six  months,  and  present,  if  required,  the  record  of 
their  proceedings  to  the  Corporators  for  their  inspection. 

Art.  X.  All  nominations  for  new  Corporators  shall  be  made  by  the 
Board  of  Managers,  and  every  Corporator,  on  his  admission,  shall  pay 
five  dollars  for  the  use  of  the  Corporation;  and  all  Corporators  now  be- 
longing, and  all  who  shall  hereafter  be  elected,  shall  annually,  on  or 
before  the  second  Monday  in  April,  pay  two  dollars  for  the  use  and 
support  of  the  Dispensary  and  other  expenses  of  the  Corporation. 

Art.  XL  No  Corporator  shall  be  expelled  except  at  a  stated  meet- 
ing, nor  until  he  has  had  one  month's  notice  of  the  charges  against 
him,  and  a  full  opportunity  of  being  heard  before  the  Corporators,  or  a 
committee  duly  constituted  to  investigate  the  case. 

Art.  XII.  The  Corporators  may  from  time  to  time  adopt  such  By- 
Laws  as  they  shall  think  best  for  their  own  government  and  the  de- 
spatch of  business;  provided,  they  are  not  inconsistent  with  the  Act  of 
Incorporation,  or  this  Constitution. 

Art.  XIII.  All  officers,  or  corporators  whose  election  is  provided 
for  by  this  Constitution,  shall  be  elected  by  ballot;  and  if  a  vacancy 
shall  occur  b}^  death,  resignation,  or  otherwise  during  the  year,  such 
vacancy  shall  be  filled  by  an  election  at  any  meeting  of  the  Corpora- 
tors; and  the  person  so  elected  shall  hold  office  until  the  next  aunual 
election,  and  a  successor  be  duly  elected. 

Art.  XIV.  The  Constitution  adopted  by  this  Corporation  on  the 
27th  day  of  April,  A.  D.  1848,  so  far  as  it  is  inconsistent  with  this,  is 


22  HISTORY  OF  THK  HOMCEOPATHIC 

now  repealed  and  annulled,  and  this  in  all  its  parts  shall  be  hereafter 
the  Constitution  of  the  ' '  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylva- 
nia, in  Philadelphia,"  until  altered  or  amended  as  hereinafter  provided. 

Art  XV.  The  Constitution  shall  not  be  altered  or  amended  except 
at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Corporators,  on  the  second  Monday  in 
April,  nor  then  unless  the  proposed  alterations  or  amendments  are  sub- 
mitted in  writing,  at  least  three  months  before  at  a  meeting  of  the 
Corporators  for  their  examination,  and  adopted  at  said  annual  meeting 
by  a  vote  of  the  members  present. 

Art.  XVI.  The  officers  now  holding  offices  in  said  College  shall 
continue  to  hold  their  respective  stations  until  the  second  Monday  in 
April  next,  until  their  successors  are  elected  under  this  amended  Con- 
stitution. 


Resolutions  adopted  at  a  meeting  of  the  Corporators,  held  the  four- 
teenth day  of  March,  A.  D.  1850,  viz: — 

First — Resolved,  That  every  Corporator  who  shall  refuse  or  neglect 
to  pay  the  annual  assessment  of  two  dollars,  with  the  arrearages  to  the 
Treasurer,  by  the  second  Monday  of  April,  shall  not  be  allowed  to  vote 
for  officers  at  the  election. 

Second — Resolved,  That  when  a  Corporator  refuses  or  neglects  to 
pay  the  annual  assessment  of  two  dollars,  together  with  arrearages  of 
three  successive  years,  it  shall  be  considered  ground  for  expulsion. 

Third — Resolved,  That  the  above  resolutions  be  signed  by  the  Presi- 
dent and  Secretary,  and  a  copy  sent  to  each  member  of  the  College. 


By-Laws  of  the  Board  of  Managers. 

Resolved,  That  there  be  the  following  Standing  Committees  —  to 
consist  of  three  members  each  —  whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  report  their 
proceedings  to  each  monthly  meeting  of  the  Board,  and  oftener  if  re- 
quired, viz: — 

A  Committee  on  Finance,  to  have  charge  of  and  examine  the  financial 
affairs  of  the  College. 

A  Committee  on  the  Dispensary  and  Clinical  Department  of  the 
College. 

A  Committee  on  nomination  of  Corporators. 

A  Committee  on  Buildings. 

The  Treasurer  of  the  College  shall  keep  two  separate  accounts;  one 
of  the  money  received  for  the  Dispensary,  and  another  of  the  sums 
received  from  students  for  tuition,  &c. 

The  admission  fees  and  the  annual  subscriptions  paid  by  the  Cor- 
porators shall  be  applied  towards  defraying  the  expenses  of  the  Dis- 
pensary, as  well  as  all  sums  subscribed  for  that  purpose  under  the  by- 
laws this  day  adopted,  or  otherwise  appropriated  thereto. 

All  sums  received  for  tuition,  &c.,  shall  be  first  appropriated  towards 


MKDICAL  COIvIyEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  23 

the  payment  of  the  rent  of  the  College,  the  expenses  of  light,  fuel  and 
Janitor,  and  the  balance  to  the  Professors. 

The  Board  of  Managers  shall  designate  what  portion  of  the  fund  set 
apart  for  the  Dispensary  shall  be  applied  towards  the  rent  of  the  Col- 
lege Building,  and  also  what  proportion  of  the  two  funds  above  men- 
tioned shall  be  applied  towards  paying  the  Janitor  of  the  College. 

All  money  shall  be  drawn  from  the  Treasury  by  a  resolution  of  the 
Board,  and  the  order  shall  be  signed  by  the  Chairman  of  the  Committee 
on  Finance. 

All  sums  required  to  be  paid  for  a  diploma  shall  be  paid  to  the  Dean, 
and  by  him  handed  over  to  the  Treasurer,  to  be  credited  like  all  other 
sums  to  the  appropriate  fund. 


Resolved,  That  the  Faculty  of  the  College  have  authority  to  invite 
medical  gentlemen  of  respectable  standing  to  deliver  gratuitous  lec- 
tures at  the  College,  on  such  occasions  as  shall  be  designated  by  them; 
provided,  that  such  lectures  shall  not  interfere  with  the  regular  course 
required  to  be  delivered  to  the  students. 


Resolved,  That  this  Board  will,  on  the  recommendation  of  the  Fac- 
ulty, elect  such  gentlemen,  Fellows  and  Corresponding  Members  of  the 
College,  as  are  deemed  worthy  of  the  station. 

At  a  Corporators'  meeting,  Jan.  8,  1849,  it  was  voted  that 
the  oflScers  of  the  College  memorialize  the  Legislature  to 
grant  the  College  the  power  of  granting  the  degree  of  Doctor 
of  Medicine  generally,  and  Doctor  of  Homoeopathic  Medicine. 


24  HISTORY  OF  THEJ  HOMCEOPATHIC 


CHAPTER  V. 


The  first  public  Commencement  was  held  on  Thursday- 
March  15,  1849,  in  the  Musical  Fund  Hall,  and  the  degree  of 
the  College  was  conferred  by  the  President,  the  Hon.  A.  V. 
Parsons,  upon  the  following  gentlemen,  who  presented  theses 
on  these  subjects:  Joseph  K.  Clark,  of  Massachusetts, 
Homoeopathy;  Henry  F.  Davis,  of  Ohio,  Symptoms  of  the 
Ear;  Nathan  S.  Kngle,  New  Jersey,  Menstruation;  Daniel 
E.  Gardiner  Pennsylvania,  Pleuritis;  E.  Bently  Hall,  New 
Jersey;  Samuel  O.  Scudder,  New  York,  Evils  of  Excessive 
Indulgence  in  Venery,* 

The  diplomas  were  in  English  and  were  signed  by  the  nine 
professors. 

The  purpose  of  the  three  enthusiasts  had  been  fulfilled;  the 
HomcEOpathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  was  an  accom- 
plished fact;  a  session  had  been  held  successfully,  and  of  the 
fifteen  gentlemen  who  had  attended  lectures,  six,  who  had 
already  attended  lectures  elsewhere,  received  the  degree  of 
Doctor  of  Homoeopathic  Medicine. 

The  somewhat  scanty  periodical  literature  of  our  school 
noticed  this  triumph,  articles  were  published  in  Kirby's 
American  Journal  of  Homoeopathy ;  in  the  Qtcarterly  Homoeo- 
pathic Journal;  in  the  Southwestern  Homoeopathic  Journal 
and  Review;  in  Shipman's  North  Western  Journal  of  Homoe- 
opathia.  The  British  Journal  of  Homoeopathy  mentioned  it, 
and  the  Homoeopathic  Times,  London,  also  praised  the  bold 
success  of  the  American  Brotherhood. 

The  British  fournal  of  Homoeopathy  for  1849  contains  the 
following  notice  of  the  new  college:!  "  Few  of  our  readers 

*  In  the  third  Ann'm't  the  title  of  Dr.  Hall's  thesis  is  not  given. 
fBrit.  Jl.  Hem.,  vol.  vii,  p.  544. 


MEDICAI.  COIvI^EGB  OF  PKNNSYI.VANIA.  25 

are  probably  aware  that  our  transatlantic  brethren  are  so  far 
in  advance  of  us,  that  not  only  do  there  exist  in  the  United 
States,  several  homoeopathic  societies  that  can  number  their 
members  by  fifties  and  hundreds,  and  that  hold  frequent  and 
numerously  attended  meetings,  but  that  tnere  now  exists  a 
College  in  Philadelphia  which  holds  its  charter  from  the 
lyCgislature  of  Pennsylvania,  has  its  regularly  appointed  pro- 
fCvSSors,  who  indoctrinate  the  rising  generation  in  all  the 
branches  of  medical  science,  and  confers  its  degree  of  M.  D. 
on  those  who  give  proofs  of  their  proficiency  on  examination." 
A  report  of  the  regulations  of  the  College  then  follows. 

At  a  meeting  on  April  9,  1849,  Dr.  Jacob  Jeanes  resigned 
his  professorship.  Dr.  Dudley,  in  his  lecture  upon  the 
Old  College,  thus  mentions  this  event:  "Another  im- 
portant change  that  occurred  shortly  after  the  close  of  the 
first  session  was  the  resignation  of  Professor  Jeanes.  This 
resignation  seems  to  have  been  prompted  solely  by  the  press- 
ure of  other  duties  and  the  care  of  an  exceedingly  extensive 
private  practice.  Few  events  in  the  College  history  have 
been  occasion  of  more  lasting  regret.  Dr.  Jeanes'  influence 
upon  the  young  college  had  been  both  stimulant  and  con- 
servative. He  seems  to  have  understood,  even  better  than 
most  of  his  colleagues,  the  necessities  of  the  times,  and  the 
dangers  to  which  the  college  was  exposed,  and  those  dangers, 
as  seen  from  our  present  standpoint,  were  far  more  imminent 
and  numerous  than  the  college  authorities  supposed.  Not 
only  his  high  professional  attainments,  but  his  personal  quali- 
ties, his  religious  views,  and  even  his  political  conceptions, 
imparted  to  him  a  fitness  possessed  by  few  of  his  contempo- 
raries for  the  peculiar  requirements  of  his  position.  Genial 
and  forbearing,  resolute  and  uncompromising,  he  could  pro- 
fess and  practice  a  real  friendship  for  his  allopathic  foe,  but 
neither  threats  nor  ridicule,  neither  argument  nor  diplomacy, 
could  3'oke  his  conscience  nor  fetter  his  thought.  Some  of  us 
can  remember  when,  more  than  twenty  years  afterwards,  he 
stood  up  in  the  County  Society,  and  holding  up  his  venerable 
hands  said,  '  no  man  shall  rivit  gyves  on  these  wrists.'  The 
American  Medical  Association  might  and  did  place  a  yoke 
where  all  the  military  power  of  England  could  not  —  upon 


26  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMGeOPATHIC 

the  neck  of  the  United  States  Government,  but  was  too 
contemptibly,  puny  and  weak  to  fetter  the  medical  opinion  and 
action  of  Dr.  Jacob  Jeanes.  He  was  a  man  for  his  times  and 
medicine  needed  him  —  oh  !  how  urgently  ! 

' '  Notwithstanding  his  withdrawal  from  the  active  duties  of 
the  professorship  he  continued  to  give  his  influence  and  his 
help  to  the  Institution,  and  even  when  he  could  not  approve 
of  all  its  policy  he  still  gave  to  it  the  full  measure  of  his  con- 
scientious support,  and  this  continued  throughout  the  twenty - 
eight  years  of  his  remaining  life. ' ' 

Dr.  Jeanes  was  also  appointed  one  of  the  eighteen  dis- 
pensary physicians,  but  declined  the  honor. 

On  May  17,  1849,  Dr.  William  S.  Helmuth  was  elected  to 
take  the  place  made  vacant  by  Dr.  Jeanes'  resignation.  And 
he  was  requested  to  meet  a  committee  of  the  Board  at  the 
College  to  assist  in  an  early  organization  of  the  dispensary. 

It  may  be  mentioned  that  when  Dr.  Helmuth  died,  in  1880, 
the  Faculty  of  that  time  passed  resolutions  of  regret. 

The  first  report  of  the  Treasurer  was  presented  to  the 
Finance  Committee  on  May  18,  1849. 

The  following  report  of  the  Finance  Committee  gives  us 
the  state  of  the  finances  of  the  new  institution  soon  after  the 
close  of  the  first  session: 

Report  of  Committke  of  Finance  Ending  June  7,  1849. 
The  Board  of  Managers  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  having- 
by  a  Resolution  of  loth  of  May,  1849,  requested  the  Committee  of 
Finance  to  report  to  the  Board  a  system  for  collecting  and  distribut" 
ing  the  funds  of  the  Corporation  and  also  to  ascertain  the  present  con- 
dition of  the  Finances  of  the  College 

The  said  Committee,  having  examined  into  the  matter  entrusted  to 
them,  beg  leave  to  make  the  following  report: 

An  examination  into  the  condition  of  the  Finances  of  the  College 
produces  the  following  view  of  the  whole  movement  of  the  same  to 
this  period  and  of  the  outstanding  claims  and  indebtedness. 
The  Treasurer  by  his  account  dated  18th  May,  1849, 

received  from  Contributors  the  sum  of,  ...    .  $355  00 

And  from  Dr.  W.  Williamson,  cash 300  00 

And  Dr.    W.    Williamson  by  his  account  herewith, 

dated   i6th  and  29th  May,  1849,   received  cash 

from  students  for  tickets  and  graduation  fees,  .    670  00 
From  two  contributors, 10  00 

680  00 


MEDICAIv  COLIvKGE  OF  PKNNSYI.VANIA.  27 

Deduct  paid  as  above  to  Treasurer, 300  00        380  00 

Making  actual  cash  receipts,  $1035  00 

And  the  Treasurer  paid  by  his  account, $66 1  39 

Dr.  W.  Williamson  paid  as  follows: 
For  two  quarters  rent  to  20th  March,  on  account, 

|75  00,     I150  00 

Six  months  wages  to  Janitor  to  9th,   on  account, 

$25  00, 150  00 

Carpenters'  work,  etc.,  as  per  account 231  86        531  86 

I1193  25 
Showing  a  deficiency  in  cash  of  I158  25. 

Of  which  there  is  due  to  Dr.  Williamson, 151  86 

"       "  "      "     "     "  the  Treasurer, 6  39 

It  may  be  mentioned  that  the  sum  of  $23  or  balance  due  to  Dr.  Jeanes 
has  been  liberally  given  by  that  gentleman  as  a  life  subscription  to  the 
College,  or  to  be  placed  to  his  credit  on  accotmt  of  his  annual  contri- 
bution as  per  his  letter  of  May  16,  1849. 

The  outstanding  claims  appear  to  be  as  follows: 

In  the  hands  of  E-  Vallette,  collector,  $25  00,  valued  at  $20  00. 

In  notes  of  hand  of  students  of  which  it  is  supposed  that  $100  may 
possibly  be  collected,  $240  no  value. 

Thirty-nine  Corporators  have  not  yet  paid  their  contribution  of  $5  oo 
each,  f  195  valued  at  $150  00. 

Total  outstanding  claims  I460,  Value  fiyo  00. 

Which  if  collected  to  the  amount  of  the  estimated  value  would  be 
sufficient  to  meet  the  cash  deficiency. 

The  indebtedness  consists  of  sundry  bills  for  drugs,  etc.,  etc.,  as  per 
Dr.  Williamson's  account  referred  to,  amounting  to,  $283  06. 

The  demands  for  some  of  the  said  bills  are  said  to  be  quite  pressing. 

The  total  indebtedness  is  therefore — 

For  cash  advanced, $158  25 

And  for  above  bills, 283  06 

Amounting, 441  31 

To  this  must  be  added  the  following  current  expendi- 
tures to  October  next,  during  which  time  the 
College  can  of  course  earn  nothing: 

One  quarter's  rent  due  20th  June  next, $  75  00 

"  "  "       "    2oth  Sept., 75  00 

Janitor's  wages  to  9th  of  Oct.  next,  five  months  on  ac- 
count, I25  00, 125  00 

Gas  bill  to  Oct.  next,  say, 25  00      300  00 


Making  a  total  of, ^741  31 


28  HISTORY  OP  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

To  be  positivel}^  provided  for,  without  taking  into  account  the  claims 
of  the  Dispensary  for  the  same  period,  or  incidental  expenses  connected 
with  the  necessary  preparations  for  the  ensuing  winter's  course  of  the 
College. 

Such,  then,  may  be  deemed  to  be  the  present  condition  of  the 
finances. 

Before  proceeding  in  the  attempt  to  fulfill  the  remainder  of  their  duty 
under  the  resolution,  the  committee  present  the  following  data  gathered 
from  the  foregoing  exhibit  and  accompanying  documents: 

8i  Contributors  paid  the  sum  of, I405  00 

39  Corporators  have  yet  not  paid, 195  00 

|6oo  00 

Receipts  of  the  College  in  cash, $670  00 

Due  by  Students  and  unpaid, 240  00     I910  00 

Expenditures  paid  by  and  for  the  College, $ii93  25 

Bills  due  and  unpaid, 283  06 

Rent  accruing  to  October  next, 300  00 

I1776  31 
Indebted  to  October  next,  say, $750  00 

With  these  data  before  us  the  Committee  beg  leave  to  fur i her  report: 

That  assuming  the  earnings  of  the  College  to  be  as  much  as  last  year, 
and  all  in  cash,  say  f  1000.00,  there  would  be  deficit  at  the  end  of  the 
ensuing  year  an  amount  equal  to  the  last,  say  ^750.00,  making  alto- 
gether I1500.00  to  be  provided  for. 

As  by  the  Constitution  the  annual  subscription  of  each  Corporator  is 
fixed  at  f2.oo,  and  as  the  number  of  Corporators  seems  to  be  only  120, 
the  sum  so  raised  would  amount  to  but  ^240.00. 

Add  to  this  the  amount  probably  yet  collectable  from  Corporators, 
estimated  at  I170.00,  and  we  have  but  about  I400.00  towards  satisfying 
our  necessities.  A  moderate  increase  of  success  in  the  College  would 
easily  do  this.  Your  Committee  cannot  doubt  that  the  success  of  the 
College  will  be  equal  to  all  our  reasonable  wishes,  but  while  so  believ- 
ing they  cannot  advise  an  entire  dependence  upon  its  strength  in  this 
early  stage  of  its  existence,  deeming  it  better  that  we  should  act  towards 
it  the  part  of  a  parent  now,  to  be  amply  repaid  for  our  care  of  its  youth 
by  its  early  vigorous  maturity. 

In  the  opinion  of  your  Committee  it  will  accordingly  be  the  duty  of 
the  Corporators  and  friends  of  the  College  to  raise  a  sum  sufficient  to 
pay  off  at  least  the  present  arrearage  and  leave  a  small  balance  in  the 
Treasury,  and  they  think  that  the  sum  of  six  hundred  dollars  in  addi- 
tion to  the  four  hundred  dollars  above  alluded  to,  making  in  all  one 
thousand  dollars,  will  effect  this  object. 

Your  Committee  therefore  in  first  discharge  of  their  present  duty 


me;dicaIv  coIvIvEGe  of  Pennsylvania.  29 

respectfully  submit  the  following  resolutions  for  the  consideration  of 
the  Board: 

Resolved,  That  the  Finance  Committee  be  directed  to  appoint  a  col- 
lector who  shall,  under  their  instructions,  proceed  at  once  to  the  col- 
lection of  the  remaining  unpaid  contributions. 

Resolved,  That  the  annual  contribution  of  $2.00  for  the  year  1849  is 
now  due,  and  that  said  Committee  be  requested  to  direct  the  immediate 
collection  of  the  same. 

Resolved,  That  the  Managers,  Dispensary  Physicians,  Corporators 
and  other  friends  of  the  College,  individually,  be  requested  to  procure 
names  for  nomination  to  membership  of  the  College  to  be  nominated 
and  elected  under  the  provisions  of  the  Constitution. 

Resolved,  That  the  Finance  Committee  be  authorized  to  procure  sub- 
scriptions to  a  loan  for  a  sum  not  exceeding  six  hundred  dollars,  payable 
in  six  months,  or  sooner  if  in  funds,  without  interest,  and  that  Certifi- 
cates in  form  of  a  receipt  to  be  signed  by  the  Secretary  of  this  Board 
with  the  seal  of  the  Corporation  afl&xed  thereto  be  issued  accordingly 
therefor. 

Philadelphia,  Jim e  "/,  1849. 

All  which  is  respectfully  submitted, 

Henry  J.  Boller, 
W.  M.  Kennedy. 


30  HISTORY  OF  THE;  HOMOEOPATHIC 


CHAPTER  VI. 


But  one  course  of  lectures  was  given  in  the  building  on  Arch 
street.  The  College  records  show  that  a  meeting  was  held  in 
the  College  Building,  rear  of  229  Arch  street,  on  September 
13,  1849.  This  was  the  last  assembly  of  the  Faculty  on  Arch 
street.  The  next  record  appearing  on  the  book  is  of  a  meet- 
ing held  March  14,  1850,  in  the  College  Building,  Filbert 
street,  above  nth  street. 

A  communication,  dated  July  3,  1849,  was  addressed  to  the 
Board  of  Managers  of  the  College  in  regard  to  a  change  of 
building: 

Your  Faculty,  during  the  first  session  of  the  College,  having  ex- 
perienced much  difficulty  and  inconvenience  in  the  discharge  of  the 
duties  of  their  respective  chairs  on  account  of  inadequate  accommoda- 
tions in  the  building  now  occupied,  and  believing  that  more  suitable 
apartments  would  not  only  add  to  the  comfort  and  convenience  both  of 
the  professors  and  students,  but  also  to  the  numbers  of  the  latter,  at 
least  commensurate  with  any  increased  expenditure;  therefore,  beg 
leave  to  call  the  attention  of  the  Board  to  the  building  recently  in  the 
occupancy  of  the  Pennsylvania  Medical  College,  which  is  now  for  rent 
and  in  every  way  adapted  to  the  purposes  of  a  medical  school. 

The  Faculty  will  be  gratified  should  you  deem  it  expedient  to  let 
said  building,  the  cost  of  which,  all  things  considered,  will  not  in  all 
probability  greatly  exceed  that  of  our  present  location,  and  it  is  to  be 
hoped  that  an  opportunity  so  favorable  to  the  interests  of  the  Institu- 
tion will  not  be  suffered  to  pass  unimproved. 

July  3,  1849.  Very  respectfully, 

M.  Semple,  Com   Faculty,  H.  M.  C. 

The  above  premises  may  be  had  for  about  f  800  00.  Rent  at  present 
is  $300.00.  An  income  for  use  of  lecture  room  on  Sabbaths,  $300.00. 
Rent  of  Janitor's  house,  $100.00.     Difference  in  rent,  $100.00. 

On  September  13,  1849,  the  Committee  on  Building  re- 
ported: 

That  they  have   taken   the  building  now  occupied  by  the  Penn- 


MEDICAI,  COIvIvEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  3 1 

sylvania  College  of  Medicine,  of  M.  Newkirk,  for  eighteen  months,  at 
a  reat  of  one  thousand  dollars  per  year,  he  making  a  donation  of  two 
hundred  dollars,  personal  security  being  given  for  the  rent  of  said 
building.* 

They  also  report  that  they  have  purchased  of  the  Faculty  of  the 
Pennsylvania  College  the  cases,  gas  fixtures,  hydrants  in  the  building, 
curtains,  benches  in  upper  lecture  room,  etc.,  and  the  unexpired  lease 
until  November,  for  the  sum  of  seven  hundred  (I700.00)  dollars,  to  be 
paid  all  in  cash  in  the  month  of  October,  or  a  note  for  five  hundred 
dollars  at  ninety  days  and  the  balance  in  cash. 

H:ENRY  p.  I^i^oyd,  Chairman. 

In  an  article  published  in  September,  1849,  Dr.  Kirby  thus 
speaks  of  the  new  College,  then  about  to  enter  upon  its  second 
course  under  circumstances  of  increased  promise:! 

' '  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Penns^dvania.  This 
Institution  is  now  regularly  organized,  as  may  be  seen  by  its 
advertisement  in  another  column  of  this  journal.  We  have 
conversed  with  students  who  attended  the  course  of  lectures 
in  1848-9,  and  they  expressed  entire  satisfaction  with  the 
Faculty  and  their  mode  of  teaching.  It  will  be  perceived 
that  a  more  complete  course  of  lectures  on  all  the  branches 
of  medicine  and  surgery  is  not  likely  to  be  delivered  in  any 
other  college  in  this  country.  Those  of  the  Faculty  with 
whom  we  are  measurably  acquainted,  we  do  not  doubt,  are 
qualified  for  the  duties  they  have  undertaken.  The  Homoeo- 
pathic Medical  School  of  Pennsylvania  must  be  sustained,  for 
the  interest  of  our  school  and  of  every  practitioner  of  our  art 
is  more  or  less  identified  with  its  prosperity.  From  this  col- 
lege we  may  expect  the  pure  stream  of  medical  truth  to  flow; 
and  hundreds  of  young  men  may  here  quench  their  thirst  for 
a  genuine  medical  science  and  art. 

' '  It  affords  us  a  high  degree  of  gratification  that  we  have 
a  medical  school  of  our  own,  and  that  it  is  no  longer  necessary 
for  students  of  medicine  to  be  deprived  of  the  opportunity  of 
thoroughly  learning  the  doctrine  and  practice  of  that  great 
luminary  in  medicine  —  Hahnemann.  In  this  college  there 
are  men  who  are  not  only  learned  in  all  that  has  heretofore 

*  This  building  vs^as  originally  built  by  Mr.  Matthew  Newkirk  for  the 
Philadelphia  Institute  for  the  Instruction  of  Young  Men. 

tKirby's  Am.  Jour.  Horn.,  New  York:  Dean,  1849,  vol.  4,  p.  76, 


32  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

pertained  to  accomplished  physicians  and  surgeons,  but  they 
also  understand  and  are  skilled  in  the  practice  of  Homoe- 
opathia.  After  a  while,  when  the  graduates  of  this  institu- 
tion begin  to  move  among  the  people  in  the  practice  of  their 
profession,  the  diploma  from  the  Homoeopathic  College  will 
command  a  degree  of  confidence  that  has  never  been  secured 
by  any  similar  establishment  in  our  country.  The  Faculty 
have  it  in  their  power  to  accomplish  this  most  desirable  object, 
and  from  our  knowledge  of  them  we  believe  they  will  secure 
it." 

In  the  same  number  is  an  advertisement  of  the  second  ses- 
sion, of  1849-50. 

One  year  after  the  opening  of  the  college  the  finances 
were  as  follows: 

Finance  Report,  Oct.  4,  1849. 

The  Committee  of  Finance  report  that  in  their  report  of  7th  of 

June  there  appeared  a  balance  due  the  Treasurer  of     ...  |    6  39 

The  Collector,  Mr.  Vallette,  subsequently  paid  him  collections 

made  to  13th  of  June  last 23  00 

L,eaving  a  balance  in  treasury  of ^1661 

The  Treasurer  further  reports  to  the  Committee  a  balance  in 

favor  of  Dispensary  of $121  80 

Making $138  41 

And  a  balance  against  the  College  account  since  June  13  of   .    .  fug  55 

Showing  balance  in  his  hands  of $  18  86 

The  actual  collections  paid  to  the  Treasurer,  and  embodied  in  the 
above  statement,  were: 

Donations  from  13th  of  June  to  loth  of  Sept $  38  19 

Donations  from  loth  of  Sept.  to  this  date 92  50 

Annual  subscriptions,  1848-49 34  00 

Ivife  subscriptions 52  00 

|2i6  69 
The   Committee  would  further  report,  that  two  life  subscrip- 
tions have  been   made,  but  not  yet  paid  in,  amounting 

each  to  I25.00 $  50  00 

And  the  subscriptions  to  loan  authorized  by  Managers    ....    775  00 
Of  the  appropriations  authorized,  the  following  have  been  paid  by 
draft  on  the  Treasurer,  viz. : 


MEDICAL  COLIvEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  33 

E.  Jackson I  19  §9 

B.  Mayo,  rent  to  20th  of  June 75  00 

Moyer  &  Hazard 89  55 

Miller  &  Roberts 20  00 


$204  44 
Leaving  of  the  appropriations,  it  is  believed,  but  |io.oo  unpaid. 
As  the  subscriptions  to  loan  already  exceed  the  amount  authorized  to 
be  borrowed  by  resolution  of  the  Managers  on  7th  of  June  last,  and 
will  no  doubt  still  increase,  the  Committee  suggest  an  amendment  to 
that  resolution  concerning  their  power  to  borrow ^2,000 instead  of  |6oo. 
They  also  suggest  that  a  committee  to  examine  the  Treasurer's  ac- 
count, &c.,  be  appointed. 

All  which  is  respectfully  submitted, 

Henry  J.  BollER,  Chrn. 

Finance  Report,  December  6,  1849. 

The  Committee  on  Finance  report  that  of  the  loan  of  $2000.00  author- 
ized, $975.00  has  been  subscribed,  for  $875.00  of  which  paid  in  certifi- 
cates have  been  duly  issued.  Since  last  report,  October  4th,  $164.00 
has  been  received  in  donations  and  life  and  annual  subscriptions  to  the 
Dispensary.  The  appropriation  authorized  at  meeting  of  October  5th, 
were  paid  as  follows: 

Capewell  Bros., $  64  75 

Weaver  &  Volkman, 30  81 

Union  of  Associationists, 49  50 

R.  J.  Framway, 6  42 

Daily  News, 10  00 

Dr.  W.  "Williamson, 106  33 

Also  a  former  appropriations  to  H.  Wetherald, 10  00 


?277.8i 


The  sum  of  seven  hundred  dollars  was  also  paid  for  cases  and  fixtures 
as  authorized  to  and  on  the  order  of  Dr.  H.  S.  Patterson,  Registrar  of 
the  Pennsylvania  College,  from  whom  the  same  had  been  purchased. 

The  balance  in  hands  of  the  Treasurer  is  $90.05,  after  above  receipt 
and  payments. 

The  Committee  have  appointed  Mr.  E.  Vallette  collector  of  subscrip- 
tions, etc.,  from  whom  no  report  is  yet  received. 

The  Committee  suggest  that  more  evidence  in  the  shape  of  a  receipt 
or  certificate  should  be  given  to  those  who  have  paid  Life  subscriptions 
to  the  Dispensary. 

All  of  which  is  respectfully  submitted, 

H.  J.  BoLLER,  Chairman. 

Phila.,  Dec.  6,  i84g. 


34  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 


CHAPTER  VII. 


The  new  building  into  which  the  interests  of  our  new  Col- 
lege were  transferred  in  September,  1849,  was  situated  on  the 
upper  or  north  side  of  Filbert  street,  between  nth  and  12th 
streets,  at  No.  11 05.  It  was  a  square  stone  building  four 
stories  high  and  with  a  basement.  It  had  been  occupied  by 
the  old  Pennsylvania  Medical  College  and  previous  to  that  by 
a  church. 

In  the  centre  fronting  on  Filbert  street  a  double  row  of 
steps  jutted  out  from  the  wall  ;  they  ended  in  a  broad  stone 
platform  or  doorstep.  Entrance  could  thus  be  gained  to  the 
College  from  the  West  or  from  the  East.  These  steps  and 
platform  were  protected  by  an  iron  railing  that  extended  the 
length  of  the  steps  on  either  side.  The  entrance  to  the  old 
College  was  almost  exactly  similar  to  the  present  side  entrance 
to  the  College  building  on  Broad,  street. 

From  the  sidewalk  immediateiy  in  front  of  the  platform 
descending  two  or  three  steps  and  passing  under  the  huge 
raised  doorstep  one  entered  the  basement  of  the  College. 
Here,  on  the  left  when  entering,  was  the  dispensary,  and  on 
the  right  a  waiting  room  for  patients.  In  the  rear  was  a  room 
for  practical  surgery,  the  arrangements  for  heating,  and  rooms 
and  conveniences  for  the  preparation  and  storage  of  anatomical 
material.  Ascending  on  either  side,  the  outside  steps,  one  en- 
tered by  a  folding  door,  that  was  always  open  during  the  day, 
into  a  hall  or  shallow  entry  extending  the  width  of  the  build- 
ing. In  each  front  corner  of  this  vestibule  there  was  a  spiral 
staircase  winding  upward  to  the  fourth  story.  To  the  right 
as  one  entered  was  the  little  closet  built  under  the  angle  of 
the  staircase,  which  was  used  by  the  janitor  as  headquarters, 
where  he  kept  his  keys,  his  few  books,  and  from  whence  he 
delivered  letters  to  the  students.     A  door  on  each  side  of  the 


^ 

< 

< 
> 

i-r 

w 

Ah 

rn 

w 

y, 

« 

I-r 

Ph 

ffi 

Ph 

Ph 

H 

o 

h 

W 

w 

O 

w 
Pi 

o 

W 

p 

w 

f1 

r/j 

I-r 

w 

H 

o 

a 

Pi 

u 

o 

w 

kT 

CJ 

I-r 

0 

(J 

Q 

O 

M 

W 

i-i 

tj 

^ 

m 

% 

H 

'A 

< 

< 

cu 

p. 

o 

o   < 


MEDICAL  COIvLEGK  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  35 

rear  wall  of  this  entry  opened  into  the  lower  lecture  room. 
In  the  centre  of  the  wall  there  was  a  large  folding  door  that 
was  never  opened.  On  the  inside  of  this  door  hung  copies  of 
the  College  diploma. 

Near  the  janitor's  den  and  the  right  hand  door  was  the 
College  blackboard  bearing  on  its  grimy  face  the  many  medi- 
cal legends  and  scraps  of  college  news,  notices  of  books  for 
sale,  college  meetings;  many  a  busy  doctor  remembers  that 
old  blackboard. 

On  the  right  was  a  square  hole  in  the  floor  on  a  line  with 
the  circle  made  b}^  the  winding  stairway.  A  long  rope  at- 
tached to  a  windlass  at  the  top  story  descended  into  the  celllar 
through  this  trap-hole,  and  subjects  were  by  this  means 
taken  up  into  the  dissecting  room. 

The  right  door  was  the  popular  entrance  door  for  the  stu- 
dents, it  was  near  the  janitor's  room,  and  just  within  in  the 
wall  behind  the  blackboard  was  the  grateful  flue  of  the  great 
heater,  where  on  frosty  mornings  the  students  gathered  before 
the  first  lecture. 

This  first  room  was  the  principal  lecture  room  of  the  col- 
lege. It  extended  over  the  entire  area  of  the  college  build- 
ing. The  ceiling  was  lofty;  and  in  both  walls  were  numerous 
windows;  for  the  college  being  isolated  on  both  sides  by  an 
alley  could  use  both  its  walls  for  light.  From  the  entrance 
the  floor  extended  downward  by  means  of  long  steps.  In  the 
middle  was  a  block  of  long  slips  or  pews  having  sloping  backs 
and  each  being  capable  of  seating  ten  or  twelve  persons.  A 
partition  ran  down  the  middle  of  this  block,  thus  making  two 
divisions  of  pews,  and  the  entrance  to  each  division  was  from 
the  end.  An  aisle  extended  down  the  outside  on  each  side  of 
the  room  and  between  these  aisles  and  the  walls  was  another 
block  of  pews  set  against  either  side  wall. 

How  many  a  white  haired  man  will  recognize  this  descrip- 
tion of  the  old  lecture  room  with  the  hard  wooden  benches 
and  the  pitiless  slope  of  their  backs,  the  round  mahogany 
top-rail  with  its  tower  marks  from  the  student's  knife  ?  Then 
there  were  four  posts  set  in  the  centre  of  the  room  used  as 
supports  to  the  floor  above,  and  the  delight  of  getting  a  seat 


3J5  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

against  one  of  these  round  pillars,  as  then  one  had  some  rest 
for  the  back  above  the  lumbar  vertebrae. 

This  rounded  moulding  extended  on  the  tops  of  the  seats 
and  the  partitions  throughout  the  room.  The  last  time  the 
writer  saw  the  old  room  nearly  all  this  moulding  had  been 
torn  from  the  tops  of  the  seats  and  carried  away  as  relics  by 
students  and  alumni;  this  was  just  about  the  time  when  the 
College  was  finally  given  up. 

In  the  old  days  there  were  no  cushions  on  the  seats,  but  in 
the  record  of  a  meeting  of  the  faculty,  held  June  12th,  1873, 
appears  the  following:  On  motion,  the  Dean  and  Dr.  A.  R. 
Thomas  were  appointed  a  committee  to  provide  cushions  for 
the  seats  in  the  two  lecture  rooms,  and  a  carpet  for  the  faculty 
room.  These  cushions  were  of  hair,  covered  with  oil-cloth. 
This  afforded  the  students  an  excellent  opportunity  to  demon- 
strate their  skill  with  the  knife,  so  that  it  was  not  long  before 
the  pelves  of  the  embryonic  medics  were  again  seated  on  the 
hard  wood.  Another  innovation  from  the  old  times  was  that  in 
1875  a  railing  was  placed  in  front  of  the  rostrum  to  protect  it 
from  the  approach  of  the  students.  The  faculty  were  given 
keys  to  this  railing. 

Below  the  central  pews  and  separated  from  the  lower  of 
them  by  a  narrow  passage  there  was  a  low  platform,  and  on 
this,  extending  its  length  and  nearly  the  length  of  the  double 
row  of  seats,  was  the  desk,  behind  which  the  professors 
stood.  On  this  desk  was  placed  the  lecturer's  stand  or 
manuscript  holder.  On  either  side  was  a  room;  the  west  one 
was  separated  from  the  lecture  room  by  a  partition  of  glass 
in  small  window  sashes.  This  was  the  laboratory  of  the  Col- 
lege, and  one  could  see  through  the  partition  the  heterogeneous 
collection  of  glassware  and  instruments  for  chemical  experi- 
mentation. On  the  east  side  was  an  oblong  glass  closet  also 
filled  with  apparatus,  the  back  being  of  wood.  Behind  this 
was  a  retiring  place  or  ante-room  for  the  lecturer.  From  this 
a  staircase  led  to  the  basement,  and  behind  the  rear  wall  of 
the  rostrum  was  a  door  leading  from  the  building. 

In  this  room  the  lectures  on  Materia  Medica,  Chemistry, 
Practice,  Physiology  and  Medical  Jurisprudence  were  given, 
and  here  also  were  held  the  clinics  before  the  class,  daily.    The 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  37 

seating  capacity  was  about  six  hundred.  Here  for  many  years 
were  held,  monthly,  the  meetings  of  the  Philadelphia  County 
Medical  Society;  here  also  were  convened  all  the  meetings  of 
the  homcEOpathic  fraternity,  held  for  other  reasons.  The 
walls  have  echoed  to  the  voices  of  many  of  the  best  in  our 
bead-roll  of  the  departed,  Hering,  Williamson,  Helmuth, 
Jeanes,  Neidhard,  Raue,  Gardiner,  Lippe,  Guernsey,  Mc- 
Clatchey,  lyce.  Kitchen,  Farrington,  and  many  others  The 
number  of  students  who  sat  in  the  lecture  room  in  the  old 
days  counts  nearly  a  thousand. 

Looking  at  the  outside  of  the  college  building  it  appeared 
as  if  two  oblong  blocks  were  placed  together,  one  upon  the 
other,  the  lower  one  containing  the  basement  and  the  first 
lecture  room,  the  higher  block  containing  the  three  upper 
stories.  The  front  wall  was  composed  of  blocks  of  greyish 
stone,*  squared  and  built  up  like  brick-work.  One  sees  the 
double  staircase,  the  door  of  the  college,  and  below  the  door 
to  the  basement  under  the  staircase  to  the  College  entrance. 
The  front  of  the  top  block,  however,  displays  a  different 
architecture.  Four  fluted  columns  rise  from  the  bottom  of  the 
block  or  the  roof  of  the  first  story,  two  on  a  side,  to  the  top  of 
the  building,  supporting  an  entablature;  the  roof  is  flat. 
Between  these  double  rows  of  columns  there  was  an  alcove  or 
sunken  balcony  extending  to  the  top  of  the  pillars.  In  this 
story  was  the  Museum,  and  windows  opened  from  it  upon  the 
sombre  and  illy  lighted  balcony.  Passing  up  the  winding 
stair,  the  left  or  western  one,  the  student's  stairway,  the 
professors  used  the  other  one,  we  reached  the  second  story. 
On  this  floor  was  the  Museum  and  some  smaller  rooms  at 
the  front  corners,  used  by  the  professors.  The  Museum, 
which  dates  from  the  opening  of  the  College,  covered  this 
entire  story.  The  room  in  which  it  was  situated  was  large, 
being  fifty-two  feet  long  by  forty-five  in  width,  and  the 
ceiling  was  very  high.  Ranged  around  the  walls  were  glass 
cases;  cases  also  extended  down  the  middle  of  the  room. 
Some  of  these  cases  are  still  in  the  Museum  at  the  present 
College   building.     The  fourth   announcement  says  of  this 

*  Sanded  brick. 


38  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

room:  The  Museum  of  the  College,  though  yet  in  its  infancy, 
contains  ample  materials  for  study  in  wax  models,  anatomical 
preparations,  morbid  and  healthy  specimens,  both  in  a  dry 
and  wet  state,  a  very  large  collection  of  anatomical,  surgi- 
cal and  obstetrical  plates  in  life-size,  a  cabinet  of  minerals, 
specimens  of  the  Materia  Medica,  philosophical  instruments, 
etc.  I^ater  on  a  library  was  commenced  in  the  same  room  as 
the  Museum.  During  the  last  years  in  the  College  a  small 
lecture  room  was  made  in  the  Filbert  street  end  of  the 
Museum  room. 

Passing  up  another  flight  of  the  winding  stairs  and  along  a 
passageway  beside  the  west  wall  we  reach  the  top  of  the 
amphitheatre.  It  was  semi-circular  and  in  the  half-circle  below 
was  a  long  table  that  revolved  upon  a  pivot;  an  articulated 
skeleton  hung  at  each  side,  near  enough  to  the  seats  of  the 
boys  in  the  lower  row  that  they  were  able  in  odd  moments  of 
waiting  before  the  lecture  commenced  to  take  grotesque 
liberties  with  those  relics  of  departed  humanity. 

In  this  room  were  given  the  lectures  on  anatomy,  surgery 
and  obstetrics.  About  1877  the  Dispensary  was  moved  from 
the  basement  to  the  top  of  the  building  and  then  the  spaces 
behind  and  under  the  seats  were  used  as  waiting  rooms  for 
the  various  patients  who  were  brought  before  the  students 
at  clinic.  And  after  the  hospital  opened  patients  were  taken 
directly  from  the  hospital  into  the  old  amphitheatre. 

Still  another  winding  flight;  a  narrow  door  admits  us  to  a 
room  extending  from  one  end  of  the  building  to  the  other  and 
as  wide  as  the  walls  themselves.  This  is  the  dissecting  room 
and  is  well  equipped  with  customary  tables.  It  was  in  the 
upper  floor  of  the  building.  Sometime  about  1870  that  room 
was  made  smaller;  the  rear  half  of  it  was  taken  to  make  a 
higher  wall  for  the  amphitheatre  and  the  dissecting  room 
was  confined  to  the  front  half  of  the  fourth  floor. 


MEDICAI,  COLLEGE  OP  PENNSYLVANIA.  39 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


The  second  announcement  was  a  great  improvement  from 
the  little  one-paged  circular  of  1848.  It  is  an  octavo  pamphlet 
of  sixteen  pages,  containing  the  names  of  the  officers  of  the 
College,  the  names  of  the  eighteen  dispensary  physicians,  with 
the  obstetrician,  the  Facultj^  of  Medicine,  the  report  of  the 
Session  of  1848-9.  Then  follows  an  introduction,  which  we 
quote: 

' '  It  may  not  be  improper  to  accompany  the  second  annual 
announcement  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Penn- 
sylvania with  a  few  explanatory  remarks. 

' '  Since  the  intelligence  of  the  community  has  been  awak- 
ened to  an  investigation  of  the  peculiarities  of  Homoeopathy, 
as  a  consequent  result  there  has  been  an  imperative  demand 
for  physicians  thoroughly  educated  in  this  branch  of  medical 
science,  as  well  as  in  all  other  useful  learning  pertaining  to 
the  profession. 

' '  To  insure  the  attainment  of  an  end  so  desirable,  and  to 
render  equal  justice  both  to  the  profession  and  to  Society, 
under  an  Act  of  Incorporation  by  the  lyCgislature  of  our  State 
has  the  charter  of  the  College  been  obtained. 

' '  The  course  of  instruction  in  this  Institution  will  em- 
brace as  wide  a  range  as  in  any  other  medical  school  in  the 
country;  and  in  addition  thereto  instruction  will  be  given  in 
Homoeopathy,  which  unfolds  the  great  central  principal  of 
remedial  action. 

' '  The  evidence  of  Homoeopathy,  being  a  great  central 
truth  in  medicine,  is  so  conclusive  that  no  additional  testi- 
mony is  needed  in  its  defence.  In  every  enlightened  country 
it  has  its  advocates  among  men  of  the  most  distinguished  at- 
tainments and  of  the  most  undoubted  integrity,  who  by  fair 
experiment  have  tested  the  truth  of  its  practical  advantages. 


40  HISTORY  OP  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

' '  Homoeopathy  is  by  no  means  an  arbitrary  term  expressive 
of  a  sectarian  faith  in  medicine,  but  a  classic  and  significant 
appellation  of  a  universal  law  of  medicine,  briefly  expressed 
in  the  phrase  ^  Siinitia  siniilibus  curajitur.'  Attraction  and 
gravitation  bear  about  the  same  relation  to  matter  that  Homoe- 
opathy bears  to  all  remedial  agents,  whether  administered  by 
one  physician  or  another. 

' '  The  great  discovery  of  Newton  elicited  about  the  same 
opposition  from  the  learned  of  his  time,  as  Homoeopathy  re- 
ceives in  our  day  from  the  Allopathic  school,  and  in  the  latter 
instance  the  chance  of  a  successful  warfare  is  as  great,  but  no 
greater  than  in  the  former. 

"  If  due  attention  were  paid  to  the  subject  no  practitioner 
of  any  school  whatever,  would  ever  witness  a  curative  effect 
of  the  medicine  he  prescribes,  unless  '  similia  similibus  '  is 
written  on  the  successful  result. 

' '  It  will  be  perceived  that  any  medical  education  would  be 
incomplete  without  a  knowledge  of  this  law  of  remedial  ac- 
tion, and  we  may  state  moreover  that  all  attempts  to  practice 
in  any  of  the  departments  of  the  profession,  whether  in 
surgery,  midwifery,  or  the  ordinary  treatment  of  the  sick, 
without  reference  to  the  facilities  which  the  light  of  this  great 
truth  may  shed  upon  such  efforts,  would  be  groping  in  the 
dark. 

"  If  Homoeopathy  is  a  veritable  science  (and  we  cherish  no 
doubts  on  this  score)  it  is  destined  to  diffuse  new  light  into  all 
of  the  departments  of  medicine,  to  divest  them  of  obscurities, 
that  will  lead  to  the  detection  of  abuses  and  promote  a  desir- 
able reform.  It  is  by  no  means  sufl&clent  that  Homoeopathy 
as  applied  to  the  ordinary  practice  of  medicine  should  be 
taught,  while  the  mind  of  the  student  is  constantly  biased  by 
allopathic  instruction  in  surgery,  midwifery,  etc.  It  is  neces- 
sary that  the  course  of  medical  instruction  should  be  such  as 
effectually  to  guard  against  abuses  of  this  character,  for  if  the 
great  central  principle  of  our  medical  faith  be  true  there  is 
nothing  more  absurd  than  the  idea  of  our  students  being 
necessarily  placed  in  a  position  to  have  their  confidence  im- 
paired with  regard  to  its  practical  advantages.  A  Homoeo- 
pathic School  then  is  necessary,  in  which  all  the  branches  are 


MKDICAI,  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  4I 

taught  in  harmonious  order.  Though  the  merely  mechanical 
parts  of  surgery  and  midwifery  may  be  the  same  in  one 
school  as  the  other,  yet  be  it  remembered,  Homoeopathy  is  as 
applicable  in  the  medical  treatment  of  these  departments  as  in 
the  treatment  of  ordinary  diseases;  and,  besides,  it  has  been 
clearly  ascertained  that  by  far  the  greater  proportion  of  what 
are  usually  denominated  surgical  diseases  can  be  entirely 
eradicated  by  the  internal  administration  of  homoeopathic 
remedies,  without  any  dexterous  handling  of  the  gorget  or 
scalpel;  and  further,  many  such  cases,  by  no  means  curable 
by  an  operation,  are  perfectly  so  under  homoeopathic  treat- 
ment. 

"  Physiology  and  pathology,  and  all  the  collateral  branches, 
are  severally  renewed  and  made  to  wear  a  new  aspect  when 
viewed  in  the  noon- day  light,  which  the  discovery  of  the 
law  '  si7mlia  similibus  '  has  shed  upon  the  profession  of  medi- 
cine. 

' '  It  wall  be  the  effort  of  the  Homoeopathic  College  to 
demonstrate  the  truthfulness  of  the  foregoing  remarks,  by 
rendering  the  student  familiar  with  practical  illustrations. 
To  effect  this  desirable  object  the  more  readily,  and  in  a  more 
effectual  manner  than  can  be  learned  from  books,  a  dispensary 
based  on  a  broad  foundation  has  been  connected  with  the 
College.  In  this  department  students  will  have  the  advantage 
of  clinical  instruction  in  all  the  practical  departments  of  the 
profession;  and,  at  the  same  time,  opportunity  will  be  afforded 
for  witnessing  the  practice  of  a  large  number  of  the  homoeo- 
pathic physicians." 

REGUI.ATIONS   OF  THE   COLI.EGE. 

The  affairs  of  the  Institution  are  under  the  control  of  a  Board  of 
Managers,  consisting  of  the  President  of  the  College  and  twelve  gen- 
tlemen, elected  annually  by  the  Corporation,  which  is  comprised  of  one 
hundred  and  six  members. 

The  Faculty  shall  have  authority  to  elect  their  own  officers,  consist- 
ing of  a  President  and  Dean,  hold  meetings  for  the  purpose  of  arrang- 
ing and  conducting  the  business  of  their  department,  and  for  the 
preservation  of  order  and  decorum  among  the  medical  students. 

The  Winter  Course  of  Medical  Lectures  will  begin  annually  on  the 
first  Monday  in  October,  and  end  about  the  first  of  March  ensuing. 

Graduates  of  respectable  medical  schools  shall  be  permitted  to  attend 


42  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

the  lectures  of  the  College,  free  of  expense,  except  the  payment  of  the 
matriculation  fee. 

A  candidate  for  graduation  must  be  of  good  moral  character,  and  be 
possessed  of  sufficient  preliminary  education,  have  attained  the  age  of 
twenty-one  years,  have  applied  himself  to  the  study  of  medicine  for 
three  years,  attended  two  courses  of  medical  lectures,  the  last  of  which 
must  have  been  in  this  Institution;  and  have  been  during  that  time,  the 
private  pupil,  for  two  years,  of  a  respectable  practitioner  of  medicine. 

Students  who  have  attended  one  complete  course  of  lectures  in  an- 
other medical  school  where  the  same  branches  are  taught  as  in  this, 
may  become  candidates  by  attendance  upon  one  full  course  in  this  In- 
stitution. 

The  candidate,  when  making  an  application  for  "an  examination, 
must  exhibit  his  tickets  to  the  Dean,  or  give  other  satisfactory  evidence 
to  the  Faculty,  to  prove  that  the  above  regulations  have  been  complied 
with. 

Special  examinations  in  particular  cases  may  be  had,  with  the  con- 
sent of  the  Faculty. 

The  examination  of  the  candidates  for  graduation  will  begin  about 
the  middle  of  March;  and  the  Commencement  for  conferring  the  Degree 
of  the  College,  shall  be  held  by  a  special  mandamus  of  the  Board  of 
Managers,  as  soon  after  the  close  of  the  lectures  as  practicable. 

The  candidate,  on  or  before  the  first  of  February,  must  deliver  to  the 
Dean  of  the  Faculty  a  thesis  composed  by  himself,  and  in  his  own 
handwriting,  on  some  medical  subject,  which  shall  be  referred  to  one 
of  the  professors  for  examination. 

The  essay  must  be  written  on  thesis  paper,  of  a  uniform  size,  the  al- 
ternate pages  being  left  blank. 

General  bad  spelling,  or  inattention  to  the  rules  of  grammar,  will 
preclude  the  candidate  from  an  examination  for  a  degree. 

A  thesis  may  be  published  by  the  candidate,  permission  of  the  Medi- 
cal Faculty  being  first  obtained. 

The  candidate  shall  pay  the  fees  of  graduation  at  the  time  of  pre- 
senting his  thesis,  and  in  the  event  of  his  rejection,  the  money  shall  be 
returned  to  him.  The  order  of  the  examinations  of  the  candidates  shall 
be  determined  numerically  by  lot. 

The  examinations  shall  be  conducted  in  private  by  each  professor, 
and  the  voting  in  the  case  of  every  candidate  shall  be  by  ballot. 

A  student  receiving  two-thirds  of  the  whole  vote  of  the  Faculty, 
shall  be  considered  as  having  passed. 

If  in  the  opinion  of  the  Faculty  a  candidate  would  be  very  much 
benefited  by  attending  another  course  of  lectures,  of  which  the  Dean 
will  inform  him,  he  may  withdraw  his  thesis  without  being  considered 
as  rejected. 

If  a  candidate  should  not  be  successful  in  the  first  ballot,  and  one  or 
more  of  the  professors  have  any  remark  to  make  in  relation  to  his  qual- 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  43 

ifications,  they  shall  be  heard,  and  if  the  case  demands  it,  a  second  vote 
may  be  taken.  In  unsatisfactor}^  cases,  the  candidate  may  avail  him- 
self of  a  second  examination,  before  the  whole  Faculty,  with  their  con- 
sent. 

Formal  notice  of  the  successful  examination  shall  be  given  by  the 
Dean  to  the  passed  candidates,  each  of  whom  shall  record  his  name  and 
address  upon  the  Register  of  Graduates,  with  the  title  of  his  thesis. 

The  names  of  the  passed  candidates  are  to  be  reported  by  the  Dean  to 
the  President,  who  will  communicate  such  report  to  the  Board  of  Man- 
agers, in  order,  if  approved  of  by  them,  their  mandamus  be  issued  for 
conferring  the  degree. 

A  passed  candidate  may  not  absent  himself  from  the  commencement 
without  the  permission  of  the  Faculty. 

Amount  of  fees  for  a  full  course  of  lectures     .    .    .  |ioo  00 

Matriculation  fee  (paid  once  only) 5  00 

Practical  anatomy 10  00 

Graduation  fee 30  00 

Fee  for  students  who  have  attended  two  full  courses 

in  another  medical  school 30  00 

Admission  to  the  practice  of  the  dispensary  is  without  charge. 
The  matriculation  ticket  must  first  be  obtained  of  the  Dean,  before 
any  other  tickets  can  be  purchased. 

The  tickets  must  be  taken  by  the  first  Monday  in  November,  except 
in  special  cases,  to  constitute  a  full  course. 

Students  who  have  attended  two  full  courses  of  instruction  in  this 
Institution,  or  one  full  course  in  this  school,  and  one  or  more  in  another 
respectable  medical  school,  shall  be  admitted  to  the  subsequent  courses 
of  the  College  without  further  charge. 

The  Medical  Faculty  shall  have  authority  to  consider  and  decide 
upon  cases  of  special  application  for  admission  to  the  lectures. 

W.    WlI^IvIAMSON,  M.  D., 
No.  80  North  Eleventh  Street,  Philadelphia, 

Dean  of  the  Medical  Faculty. 
Philadelphia,  Jtme  J2th,  1849. 

lu  1852  the  requirements  for  graduation  in  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania  were:  "  Candidate  must  be  twenty-one  years 
old;  have  studied  medicine  three  years  and  during  two  years 
of  that  time  been  the  private  pupil  of  a  respectable  practi- 
tioner of  medicine;  two  full  courses  of  lectures  in  that  Insti- 
tution on  the  following  subjects:  Theory  and  Practice  of 
Medicine,  Anatomy,  Materia  Medica  and  Pharmacy,  Chemis- 
try, Surgery,  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Chil- 
dren, Institutes  of  Medicine.     Must  have  attended  one  course 


44  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

of  clinical  instruction  in  the  Pennsylvania   Hospital  or  some 
other  approved  Institution.     Also  present  a  thesis." 

The  rules  at  the  Jefferson  were  the  same;  and  also  at  the 
Harvard  Medical  School.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  new  hom- 
oeopathic college  was  quite  abreast  of  the  other  medical 
schools  of  the  day. 

The  following  report  of  the  first  session  was  published  in 
the  second  Announcement: 

Rkport  of  Session  1848-9. 

There  were  fifteen  gentlemen  in  attendance  on  the  first  course  of 
Lectures,  session  1848-9. 

Six  of  the  number  who  had  previously  attended  courses  of  instruc- 
tion in  other  Medical  Schools,  received  the  Diploma  of  the  College,  at 
a  Public  Commencement  held  March  15th,  1849,  viz.: 

Joseph  K.  Ci^ark,  of  Massachusetts, 

Henry  F.  Davis,  of  Ohio, 

Nathan  S.  Engle,  of  New  Jersey, 

Daniel  R.  Gardiner,  of  Pennsylvania, 

E.  BenTly  HaIvL,  of  New  Jersey, 

Samuel  O.  Scudder,  of  New  York. 


MSDICAIv  COI.I.EGE  OF  P^NNSYI^VANIA.  45 


CHAPTER  IX. 

1849-50. 

The  second  session  of  the  new  college  began  under  very 
much  more  favorable  circumstances  than  the  first  one.  The 
experiment  had  been  tried  and  proven  a  success.  It  was  not 
too  soon  for  the  members  of  the  homoeopathic  profession  to 
have  a  college  of  their  own  faith.  But  one  year  had  elapsed 
since  the  first  lecture  in  the  house  on  Arch  street,  and  now 
the  college  had  its  home  in  a  large,  comfortable  and  properly 
equipped  building,  with  every  prospect  of  soon  becoming  self- 
sustaining. 

There  were  some  changes  in  the  Faculty  from  the  first  ses- 
sion. Dr.  Ward  withdrew  altogether;  Dr.  A.  E.  Small  ac- 
cepted the  Chair  of  Physiology  and  Pathology,  Dr.  Charles 
Neidhard  that  of  Clinical  Medicine.  Dr.  W.  S.  Helmuth  was 
appointed  to  the  Chair  of  Practice. 

The  introductory  lecture  of  the  course  was  delivered  on  the 
evening  of  October  ist,  1849,  by  Dr.  A.  E.  Small.  It  was 
afterwards  issued  in  pamphlet  form  and  also  published  in  the 
Quarterly  Horn.  Journal  oi  Boston,  Vol.  I.,  p.  525.  The  lec- 
ture was  an  elucidation  of  the  circumstances  leading  to  the 
establishment  of  the  college  and  the  methods  it  pledged  itself 
to  pursue  in  medical  teaching.  The  number  of  matriculants 
was  fifty-five.  They  represented  nearly  all  the  Middle  and 
Eastern  States,  and  three  were  from  Michigan,  one  from  Vir- 
ginia, and  one  from  England. 

The  course  was  a  successful  one  and  the  second  commence- 
ment occurred  on  March  2d,  1850,  at  the  Musical  Fund  Hall. 
The  degree  was  conferred  upon  twenty  graduates.  Twenty 
against  six  at  the  end  of  the  first  session.  Dr.  Kirby  pub- 
lished an  account  of  this  in  the  American  Joicrnal  of  Homce- 
opathy,  saying:   "The  course  of  study  in  this  college  is  far 


46  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

more  extended  than  any  other  in  the  country.  Everything 
is  taught  as  in  allopathic  colleges,  so  that  the  student  may 
not  be  ignorant  of  the  errors  which  are  inculcated  in  medicine 
and  surgery,  and  he  is  also  made  acquainted  with  the  theory 
and  practice  of  Homoeopathy." 

The  Southwestern  Homoeopathic  Journal  and  Review ^  of  St. 
Louis,  of  April  15th,  1850,  thus  speaks  of  the  new  college: 
"The  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  has 
closed  its  second  session.  During  the  past  session  there  were 
forty-five  matriculates,  twenty  of  whom  were  graduated  at 
the  public  commencement,  held  on  March  2d,  1850.  We  are 
distinct  from  the  Old  School  in  principle;  we  should  be  so  in 
fact;  all  patronage  ought  to  be  drawn  from  it  and  bestowed 
upon  our  own  schools.  Without  the  vigilance  and  aid  of  the 
advocates  of  the  new  system  the  object  cannot  be  accom- 
plished. To  succeed  in  any  enterprise  harmony  of  action  is 
necessary;  let  our  efforts  then  be  united  and  failure  is  impos- 
sible. The  number  of  homoeopathic  physicians  in  the  United 
States  is  considerable,  and  daily  on  the  increase;  their  influ- 
ence will  doubtless  be  used  in  fostering  schools  of  their  own 
founding,  whose  scope  and  aim  will  be  to  disseminate  true 
homoeopathic  literature.  It  is  not  to  be  understood  we  favor 
a  multiplicity  of  colleges,  it  is  quite  otherwise;  the  wants  of 
the  profession  are  known,  its  strength  is  also  known;  if  di- 
vided, weakness  of  effort  must  follow  and  ultimately  terminate 
in  disaster.  It  is  sufficient  to  say,  in  relation  to  the  course  of 
study,  the  same  branches  are  taught  in  it  as  in  the  best  allo- 
pathic colleges  of  America;  of  course,  the  chair  of  Theory 
and  Practice  is  unlike  the  other,  being  in  character  with  the 
peculiarity  of  nature  of  the  system." 

Further  on  in  the  same  journal  is  another  item  copied  from 
the  Bosto7i  Sentinel:  "  HomcEOPaThy:  The  second  annual 
commencement  of  the  Homoeopathic  College  of  Pennsylvania 
was  really  a  brilliant  affair,  notwithstanding  the  ipecacuanish 
looks  of  the  allopathic  fraternity.  It  was  held  at  the  Musical 
Fund  Hall,  and  the  large  saloon  was  filled  (of  course)  with 
the  beauty  and  fashion  of  the  city.  The  valedictory  address 
was  delivered,  not  in  Latin,  but  in  Anglo-Saxon;  the  same 
vulgar  tongue  being  used  in  all  the  exercises.     The  degree  of 


MEDICAL  COI^IvEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  47 

Doctor  of  Medicine  was  conferred  upon  twenty  young  stu- 
dents, who  were  duly  authorized  to  pill  and  powder  to  an  in- 
finitesimal extent.  The  matriculating  class  of  this  session 
numbered  fifty-five." 

By  reference  to  the  Report  of  Finances  of  June  7th,  1849,  it 
may  be  seen  that  each  corporator  was  expected  to  pay  an  an- 
nual assessment  to  the  college  of  $2.00.  It  must  have  been  that 
they  were  very  slow,  for  at  a  corporators'  meeting,  held  March 
14th,  1850,  it  was  voted  that  any  corporator  who  failed  to  pay 
the  assessment  and  the  arrearages  by  the  second  Monday  in 
April  would  not  be  allowed  to  vote  for  officers.  That  if  any 
corporator  refused  to  pay  the  annual  assessment  of  $2.00 
together  with  arrearages  for  three  successive  years  it  would 
be  considered  grounds  for  expulsion.  A  printed  copy  of 
these  resolutions  was  sent  to  each  member.     It  was  as  follows: 

Phii,adei<phia,  March  I5tli,  1850. 

At  a  semi-annual  meeting  of  the  corporators  of  the  Homoeopathic 
Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  held  March  14th,  1850,  the  following 
resolutions  were  passed: 

1st.  Resolved^  That  every  corporator  who  shall  refuse  or  neglect  to 
pay  the  annual  assessment  of  two  dollars,  with  arrearages,  to  the  treas- 
urer by  the  second  Monday  of  April,  shall  not  be  allowed  to  vote  for 
officers  at  the  election. 

2d.  Resolved,  That  when  a  corporator  refuses  or  neglects  to  pay  the 
annual  assessment  of  two  dollars,  together  with  arrearages,  for  three 
successive  years,  it  shall  be  considered  ground  for  expulsion. 

3d.  Resolved,  That  the  above  resolutions  be  signed  by  the  President 
and  Secretary,  and  a  copy  of  them  sent  to  each  member  of  the  College. 

A.  V.  Parsons,  Pr'esident. 

Francis  Sims,  Secretary. 

At  this  same  meeting  it  was  decided  to  have  printed  an  edi- 
tion of  500  of  the  new  constitution  and  by-laws  adopted 
March  8th,  1849.  A  letter  of  resignation  from  Mr.  John 
Sartain,  the  eminent  engraver,,  was  also  received;  he  gives  as 
his  only  reason  that  he  cannot  possibly  be  present  at  the 
meetings.* 

It  may  not  be  amiss  to  mention  here  that  Dr.  Storm  Rosa 
lectured  on  Homoeopathy  in  the  Eclectic  Medical  Institute  of 
Cincinnati  during  the  session  of  1849-50.    The  Chair  of  Hom- 

*Mr.  Sartain  died  on  October  25th,  1897,  at  the  age  of  89.  He  was 
the  only  remaining  one  of  the  first  Trustees  of  the  College. 


48  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMOEOPATHIC 

ceopathy,  as  it  was  called,  continued  but  the  one  session. 
Some  letters  upon  this  subject  may  be  found  in  the  American 
Journal  of  Homoeopathy ,  vol.  4;  N.  W.  Jl.  Hom.,  vol.  i,  p. 
260. 

The  chair  was  abolished  at  a  meeting  held  August  22d, 
1850.* 

The  third  announcement  appeared.  There  was  no  change 
made  from  the  last  session  in  the  printed  names  of  the  Faculty; 
the  name  of  J.  R.  Petherbridge  was  added  as  Demonstrator 
of  Anatomy.  In  this  pamphlet  were  the  following  intro- 
ductory remarks: 

' '  When  the  idea  of  establishing  a  Homoeopathic  Medical 
College  in  Philadelphia  was  first  started,  different  sentiments 
were  expressed  as  to  the  best  mode  of  organizing  such  an 
institution. 

' '  Some  sought  to  found  the  College  on  an  entirely  new 
basis  in  accordance  with  the  spirit  of  the  great  law  to  which 
it  owed  its  origin;  others  wished  the  medical  education  to 
conform  to  the  statutes  and  general  mode  of  management  of 
the  existing  medical  institutions  of  the  country.  The  cer- 
tainly answerable  plea  of  the  latter  was,  that  these  medical 
institutions  had  all  succeeded,  and  that  to  follow  a  new  track 
in  medical  education  with  relation  to  Homoeopathy  before 
that  new  one  could  with  any  degree  of  certainty  be  shown  of 
superior  efficacy  might  lead  to  the  failure  of  the  whole  under- 
taking. 

"  If  by  succeeding,  the  safe  financial  position  of  the  allo- 
pathic colleges  was  meant,  and  the  great  concourse  of  students 
attracted  to  them,  no  objection  could  be  made  to  the  present 
institutions,  which  are  fully  answering  these  conditions;  if 
we,  however,  regard  the  superior  education  of  the  physicians, 
the  old  method  might  undoubtedly  admit  of  many  changes 
with  advantage. 

"The  physicians  representing  the  other  view,  to  which 
several  members  of  the  present  college  belong,  were  of  opinion 
that  the  College  should  be  established  on  the  principle  of  per- 

*  Article  on  this  by  a  Trustee  in  the  American  Jl.  of  Horn.    (Kirby), 
vol.  5,  pp.  87,  89. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OP  PENNSYLVANIA.  49 

feet  liberty  with  regard  to  the  students.  Every  one  was  to  be 
free  to  acquire  his  medical  information  wherever  he  pleased, 
either  with  the  regular  professors  of  this  College  or  with 
others,  or  even  by  his  own  private  studies,  without  being 
denied  an  examination  before  an  independent  board  of  ex- 
aminers elected  by  the  College,  and  if  found  qualified  a  degree 
should  not  be  denied  him,  even  if  he  never  had  attended  one 
course  of  lectures. 

' '  That  there  are  very  strong  arguments  in  favor  of  basing 
the  College  on  these  principles  no  one  can  deny,  but  the 
majority  thought  those  in  favor  of  the  present  plan  much 
stronger.  Besides  the  charter  prescribed  a  certain  course  of 
studies  from  which  the  College  was  not  at  liberty  to  deviate. 
The  advocates  of  Homoeopathy,  anxious  for  the  success  of 
the  College,  were  determined  to  commence  at  any  rate.  At 
some  future  period,  if  found  expedient,  such  alterations  and 
improvements  might  be  introduced,  as  the  force  of  public 
opinion  as  well  as  the  more  matured  views  of  the  professors 
would  themselves  demand. 

' '  It  was  far  from  the  intention  of  the  College  to  produce  a 
monopoly  in  teaching  Homoeopathy.  The  area  of  the  Col- 
lege was  constantly  to  be  kept  open  to  new  aspirants.  Those, 
however,  who  took  all  the  initiatory  steps  and  pains  in  found- 
ing the  institution  would  naturally  wish  that  some  regard 
should  be  paid  to  them. 

"  All  the  guarantee  that  the  state  and  the  public  require  is, 
that  the  graduates  receiving  their  degrees  from  the  College 
should  be  properly  qualified.  And  it  is  yet  to  be  proved  that 
a  board  of  examiners,  consisting  mostly  of  physicians  engaged 
in  the  daily  routine  of  practice  and  not  cultivating  a  particular 
branch  of  medicine,  would  constitute  a  better  board  of  ex- 
aminers than  those  who  have  devoted  their  lives  to  some 
particular  branch.  As  to  the  greater  independence  and  dis- 
interestedness of  the  former  over  the  latter  in  granting  the 
degree  it  will,  after  all,  depend  upon  the  honesty  of  the  indi- 
vidual examiner;  and  the  members  constituting  the  board  of 
examiners  would  be  as  likely  to  have  their  favorites  as  the 
Professors  of  the  Homoeopathic  School. 

' '  In  establishing  the  Homoeopathic  College  in  its  present 
5 


50  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMOSOPATHIC 

form  the  framers  of  its  constitution  were  also  influenced  by  an 
important  consideration,  viz. :  If  students  were  educated  by 
the  Professors  of  the  Old  School,  would  they  not  at  an  age 
when  the  mind  is  so  easily  moulded  naturally  adopt  views  and 
opinions  which  would  militate  against  the  central  homoeo- 
pathic truth,  which  was  to  be  their  guiding  star  through 
life  ?  For  let  us  remember  that  the  homoeopathic  law  of  cure 
does  not  merely  govern  us  in  the  practice  of  medicine  or  the 
Materia  Medica,  but  is  also  capable  of  revolutionizing  the 
practice  of  surgery  and  midwifery.  Men,  therefore,  who  are 
not  fully  imbued  with  the  true  spirit  of  Homoeopathy,  are  not 
the  proper  educators  of  the  students  of  a  Homoeopathic  Col- 
lege of  Medicine. 

' '  That  the  education  in  the  Homoeopathic  College  should 
be  based  on  a  Homoeopathic  Hospital,  as  the  practical  school; 
there  are  now,  we  believe,  no  dissenting  voices,  and  we  are 
happy  to  announce  that  a  charter  for  a  hospital  has  already 
been  obtained. 

"  It  will  be  the  aim  of  the  College  to  base  the  instruction,  to 
be  received  within  its  walls,  upon  a  practical  foundation.  In 
the  polyclinical  institution,  as  well  as  the  hospital,  the  student 
will  become  familiar  with  the  nature  of  disease,  its  diagnosis, 
pathology  and  treatment,  and  above  all  with  a  knowledge  of 
the  proper  homoeopathic  examination  of  each  particular  case, 
on  which  the  whole  success  of  the  practitioner  will  depend; 
at  the  same  time  these  important  branches  will  be  minutely 
expounded  by  several  professors.  The  importance  of  diag- 
nosis, pathology,  materia  medica,  therapeutics  and  clinical 
medicine,  has  incited  the  College  to  establish  four  professor- 
ships for  these  branches  alone,  which  in  the  Homoeopathic 
School  are  much  more  intimately  connected  with  each  other 
than  in  the  Old.  The  devotion  of  so  many  teachers  to  ap- 
parently the  same  sciences  will  give  the  student  an  oppor- 
tunity to  view  the  homoeopathic  practice  in  a  more  diversi- 
fied aspect.  The  peculiar  and  often  diverging  views  of  the 
individual  professors  will  be  thus  more  brought  to  light,  to 
the  manifest  advantage  of  the  student.  Still  each  lecturer 
will  chiefly  confine  himself  to  "the  main  characteristic  features 
of   his  department.     In  the  lectures  on  the  Institutes  and 


'^^x 


MIJDICAI.  COLIvEGE  OF  PENNSYI^VANIA.  5 1 

Practice  of  Medicine  a  more  full  description  of  the  whole 
history  and  symptomatology  of  diseases  will  be  given  than  in 
those  of  clinical  medicine,  where  diagnosis,  the  essential  char- 
acteristics of  the  disease,  the  homoeopathic  examination  of 
the  patient,  will  form  prominent  points  of  interest.  In  the 
former  the  pathological  phenomena  and  the  proper  remedies 
according  to  their  general  indications  will  be  more  adverted 
to,  whilst  in  the  latter,  plates  containing  delineations  of  the 
physiognomy  of  diseases  will  form  a  part  of  the  course. 

' '  In  the  lectures  on  the  Materia  Medica,  besides  the  minute 
description  of  the  different  substances  composing  it,  a  com- 
plete pathogenesis  of  each  remedy  will  be  given,  with  its 
most  decided  specific  action  on  the  diseased  organ.  Wher- 
ever in  cases  of  poisonings  structural  morbid  changes  have 
been  produced  by  any  remedy,  they  will  be  mentioned  under 
the  head  of  that  remedial  agent. 

"  Nor  will  the  student  be  less  deeply  grounded  in  surgery 
and  midwifery,  which  in  their  therapeutical  part  will  be 
entirely  reformed  or  at  least  greatly  modified  by  the  homoeo- 
pathic doctrine,  so  that  one-half  of  all  the  surgical  operations 
may  be  dispensed  with.  By  means  of  a  judicious  treatment 
of  woman's  ailments  before  labor  and  by  means  of  strength- 
ening her  constitution,  the  act  of  parturition  will  become 
more  and  more  natural,  so  that  the  mechanical  and  forcible 
means  which  have  to  be  resorted  to  at  the  present  may,  in 
future,  mostly  be  set  aside.  But  the  necessary  mechanical 
proceedings  in  their  most  approved  form  will  not  be  over- 
looked in  the  lectures  on  this  subject. 

"  Even  Anatomy,  Physiology  and  Chemistry,  which  at  first 
sight  would  seem  to  have  to  be  studied  independently,  are 
nevertheless  revived  by  the  all-pervading  homoeopathic  law. 
In  the  microscopical  anatomy  and  physiology,  we  shall  be 
able  to  trace  the  deeper  law  of  Homoeopathy,  and  the  cultiva- 
tion of  chemistry  will  teach  us  the  limits  of  dynamic  action; 
and  often  the  union  of  both  chemical  and  physiological,  on 
the  same  platform;  for  the  so-called  isomorphic  bodies  are 
very  similar  in  their  pathogeneses. 

"  With  regard  to  Botany  it  will  be  a  great  deal  more  indis- 
pensable to  the  Homoeopathist  than  to  the  Old  School  physi- 


52  HISTORY  OF  THE^  HOMCEOPATHIC 

cian,  for  the  constant  accession  of  new  plants  will  make  it 
incumbent  upon  him  to  be  intimately  acquainted  with  this 
attractive  science. 

"  In  a  word,  whilst  contemplating  the  homoeopathic  law  and 
its  vast  influence  upon  the  other  branches  of  medicine,  the 
Synthesis  of  all  sciences  becomes  more  strikingly  apparent." 

This  has  been  quoted  in  full  because  it  so  plainly  shows  the 
opinions  that  guided  the  new  College  just  as  it  had  fairly 
established  itself.  This  was  also  published  in  full  in  the 
Homoeopathic  Times,  vol.  2,  p.  J20.   (L,ondon,  1852.) 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  53 


CHAPTER  X. 

1850-51. 

The  first  report  of  a  Faculty  Meeting  to  be  found  in  the 
College  Records  bears  date  of  September  3d,  1850.  It  is 
unfortunate  that  the  earlier  meetings  of  the  Faculty  are  not 
recorded,  although  a  space  is  left  in  the  book,  doubtless  for 
their  transcription.  There  were  present  Drs.  Matthews,  Small, 
Williamson,  Semple,  Sims  and  Gardiner.  The  Dean  was 
authorized  to  have  an  iron  railing  constructed  around  the 
arena  of  the  anatomical  lecture  room. 

Dr.  W.  A.  Gardiner  reported  the  following  By-Laws  for  the 
government  of  the  Faculty,  and  they  were  adopted: 

Art.  I.  The  officers  of  the  Faculty  shall  consist  of  a  President,  Dean 
and  Register,  all  of  whom  shall  be  elected  annually  by  ballot  on  the 
stated  meeting  in  September. 

Art.  II.  The  President  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of  the  Faculty, 
and  direct  the  following  order  of  business: 

Reading  of  Minutes.  Unfinished  Business.  Reports  of  Committees. 
New  Business. 

A  Chairman  shall  be  chosen,  pro  tern.,  in  the  absence  of  the  Presi- 
dent. 

Art.  III.  The  Dean  shall  be  the  executive  officer  of  the  Faculty; 
shall  receive  and  report  to  the  Faculty  all  correspondence  and  what- 
ever other  business  appertains  to  the  interest  of  the  College.  Shall 
preserve  all  records  and  property  of  the  Faculty  and  have  supervision 
and  control  over  the  same.  Shall  receive  all  money  belonging  to  the 
Faculty  and  yield  a  report  of  the  receipts  and  expenditures  on  the  first 
of  January,  April,  July,  and  October  of  each  year.  Shall  issue  the 
matriculation  ticket  and  have  authority  to  call  special  meetings  of  the 
Faculty. 

Art.  IV.  The  Register  shall  keep  a  correct  record  of  the  proceedings 
of  the  Faculty  in  a  book  provided  for  the  purpose  and  have  the  minute 
book  at  all  the  meetings  of  the  Faculty. 

Art.  V.  Stated  meetings  shall  be  held  on  the  First  Tuesday  of  each 
month. 


54  HISTORY  OF  THK  HOMCEOPATHIC 

Art.  VI.  A  majority  of  the  Faculty  shall  constitue  a  quorum  for  the 
transaction  of  business. 

Art.  VII.  All  bills  or  liabilities  contracted  by  order  of  the  Faculty 
shall  be  presented  to  the  Dean  for  payment,  who  shall  report  the  same 
at  the  next  stated  meeting. 

Art.  VIII.  No  matriculation  ticket  shall  be  issued  by  the  Dean 
unless  the  required  amount  be  paid  at  the  time;  he  shall  have  authority, 
however,  to  place  the  name  of  any  gentleman  on  the  list  of  matricu- 
lants, the  same  not  receiving  a  ticket. 

Art.  IX.  These  by-laws  can  be  amended  or  rescinded  at  any  stated 
meeting  of  the  Faculty,  provided  one  month's  previous  notice  be  given. 

After  the  by-laws  were  adopted  the  following  ofl&cers  were 
chosen: 

President,  William  S.  Helmuth;  Dean,  Walter  William- 
son; Register,  William  A.  Gardiner. 

Drs.  Williamson,  Sims  and  Gardiner  were  appointed  a  com- 
mittee to  draft  a  history  of  the  College  and  an  abstract  of  the 
proceedings  of  the  Faculty,  to  be  placed  on  record  in  the 
minute  book.* 

At  the  next  two  meetings  of  the  Faculty  this  committee 
on  history  reported  progress;  at  the  meeting  on  October  29th, 
1850,  the  committee  presented  their  report,  which  was  adopted, 
and  "  the  Register  was  instructed  to  transcribe  it  into  the 
minute  book."  Unfortunately  this  transcription  was  never 
made.  Or  if  made  the  record  has  been  lost;  it  is  not  among 
the  papers. 

At  a  meeting  held  October  ist,  1850,  it  was  decided  that 
any  clergyman  applying  to  the  Dean  and  paying  matricula- 
tion fee  should  receive  a  general  ticket  of  admission  to  the 
entire  course  of  lectures;  this  ticket  did  not  entitle  the  bearer 
to  become  a  candidate  for  the  diploma  of  the  college.  The 
first  account  of  a  minister  applying  under  this  rule  is  found  in 
the  records  of  December  20th,  1858.  Rev.  Charles  W.  Tor- 
rey,  of  Cleveland,  Ohio,  applied,  and  if  desiring  to  graduate 
was  to  be  allowed  the  tickets  of  the  course  on  payment  of  the 
fees.  In  1862  the  Rev.  Francis  C.  Hoffmann,  prospective  mis- 
sionary to  India,  was  admitted  to  the  course  gratuitously.  In 
October,  1863,  the  Rev.  J.   H.  Beckwith,  also  a  missionary 

*  This  refers  presumably  to  the  record  of  the  meetings  before  this 
one  of  September  3d.     They  never  were  recorded. 


MEDICAI,  COLIvEGK  OF  PENNSYLVANIA,  55 

preacher,  was  allowed  to  enter  on  paying  the  matriculation 
fee. 

At  a  meeting  on  October  ist,  1850,  the  Faculty  decided  that 
$12.00  be  the  price  for  attendance  at  each  of  the  professor's 
lectures,  when  the  ticket  or  tickets  are  taken  apart  from  a 
free  course.  An  amateur  desiring  to  attend  a  course  on  any 
one  branch  was  not  required  to  matriculate. 

During  the  course  of  1850-51  the  lecture  room  was  given 
to  the  students  on  Sunday  evening  for  religious  purposes.  In 
the  early  days  of  the  College  the  Faculty  met  at  the  houses 
of  the  different  Professors. 

During  this  year  of  1850  the  subscribers  to  the  support  of 
the  college  were  rather  slow  in  payment;  thus  in  the  report 
of  the  Finance  Committee  of  October  7th,  1850,  we  read: 
"There  are  still  nearly  half  of  the  dues  for  1849  from  sub- 
scribers due  and  unpaid,  the  books  for  the  collection  of  which 
have  been  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  janitor  under  the  super- 
intendence of  the  Dean.  The  dues  for  1850  have  not  yet 
been  authorized  to  be  collected."  The  Dean  reported  a  bal- 
ance in  his  hands  of  $242.06. 

The  second  announcement  advertises  that  lectures  com- 
mence the  first  Monday  in  October,  but  on  the  fourth,  and 
subsequent  years  they  commenced  on  the  second  Monday  in 
October. 

The  third  session,  1850-51,  opened  on  the  evening  of  Mon- 
day, November  4th,  1850;  the  introductory  lecture  was  de- 
livered by  Professor  Caleb  Bentley  Matthews.  The  number  of 
matriculants  had  increased  to  seventy.  We  now  find  that  the 
Faculty  had  some  surplus  money  to  divide.  In  the  minutes 
of  October  ist,  1850,  Drs.  Williamson,  Matthews  and  Gardi- 
ner were  appointed  a  committee  to  devise  a  plan  for  the  dis- 
bursement of  the  surplus  funds  of  the  College  among  the 
professors.  After  postponement  of  this  report  for  two  meet- 
ings it  was  withdrawn  at  the  third,  and  the  following  amend- 
ment was  adopted,  the  whole  report  being  as  follows: 

1.  That  sufficient  money  be  retained  by  the  Dean  to  pay 
the  current  expenses  of  the  College. 

2.  That  on  the  first  of  December  and  April  whatever  money 
remains  in  the  treasury,  after  deducting  a  sufficient  sum  to 


56  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

meet  the  expenses  of  the  College,  shall  be  divided  amongst 
the  professors  according  to  the  following  rate,  each  professor 
to  defray  the  incidental  expenses  of  his  chair.  Every  one 
hundred  dollars  to  be  apportioned  as  follows: 

Dr.  C.  B.  Matthews  to  receive $ii  oo 


W.  S.  Helmuth 
S.  Freedley 
C.  Neidhard 
W.  Williamson 
A.  E.  Small 
M.  Semple 
F.  Sims 
W.  A.  Gardiner 


I  I  CO 
7  GO 
7  GO 

II  GO 

II  oo 

14  GO 

13  00 

15  GO 


On  December  17th,  1850,  notice  was  received  from  the 
Board  of  Managers  that  $2ggg.gg  had  been  appropriated  to 
the  professors  which  was  divided  as  follows:  C.  B.  Matthews, 
$22G.gg;  W.  S.  Helmuth,  $220.00;  S.  Freedley,  $140.00;  C. 
Neidhard,  $140.00;  W.  Williamson,  $220.00;  A.  E.  Small, 
$220. go;  M.  Semple,  $280.00;  F.  Sims,  $260.00;  W.  A. 
Gardiner,  $300.00.  On  April  10,  185 1,  another  $1000.00 
was  divided. 

The  professors  were  modest  in  those  early  days;  in  Feb- 
ruary the  class  asked  the  members  of  the  Faculty  to  each 
have  a  lithograph  likeness  taken.  This  request  was  declined. 
On  February  nth,  1851,  the  Dean  was  instructed  to  procure 
a  Latin  seal  for  the  use  of  the  College. 

The  commencement  of  the  third  session  was  held  in  the 
Musical  Fund  Hall  on  March  3d,  1851.  Dr.  Walter  William- 
son delivered  the  valedictory  address,  and  twenty-nine  were 
graduated. 

Soon  after  this  came  the  first  death  in  the  College  Brother- 
hood, Dr.  C.  B.  Matthews,  who  died  of  phthisis  pul.  on  May 
27th,  1 85 1.  On  the  29th  of  May  the  Faculty  held  a  meeting 
at  which  resolutions  of  respect  were  passed,  and  Prof.  Semple 
was  appointed  to  write  and  deliver  a  eulogy  on  his  life  and 
character.  The  proceedings  of  this  meeting,  with  the  resolu- 
tions, were  published  in  the  Philadelphia  Evening  Bulletin 
and  the  Inquirer.  Dr.  Small  was  appointed  to  write  an 
obituary  notice  for  publication  in  the  homoeopathic  journals. 


MEDICAI.  COLI.EGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  57 

At  a  special  meeting  of  the  Faculty  on  May  lytli,  1851,  the 
Dean,  Dr.  Walter  Williamson,  resigned  and  Dr.  William  A. 
Gardiner  was  chosen  in  his  place. 

At  a  meeting  on  August  5th,  1 851,  Dr.  J.  G.  Loomis  was 
appointed  Register.  In  July  a  special  meeting  of  the  Board 
of  Managers  was  called  and  Dr.  Walter  Williamson  was 
elected  in  place  of  Dr.  Matthews. 

At  a  Faculty  meeting  held  July  2d,  1851,  it  was  reported 
that  the  course  of  lectures  had  been  noticed  in  the  Carlisle 
(Pa.)  papers,  and  it  was  decided  to  continue  this  advertise- 
ment for  six  months  longer.  Also  to  advertise  in  the  North 
American  Journal  of  Honiceopathy  and  in  the  North  Western 
Journal  of  Hom(£opathy ,  and  in  such  other  papers  and  jour- 
nals as  the  Dean  might  think  proper.  On  November  4th  it 
was  decided  to  have  an  advertisement  inserted  in  ' '  Philadel- 
phia as  It  Is,"  and  that  the  expenses  be  settled  by  the  Dean. 

The  introductory  lecture  of  the  fourth  session  was  delivered 
on  Monday,  October  i6th,  1 851,  by  Dr.  William  A.  Gardiner. 
The  matriculants  numbered  ninety-three.  The  Faculty  was 
the  same  as  during  the  previous  session,  excepting  that  Dr. 
Williamson  took  Dr.  Matthews'  chair  of  Materia  Medica  and 
Therapeutics,  and  Dr.  Joseph  G.  Loomis  took  Dr.  William- 
son's former  chair  of  Obstetrics,  and  Diseases  of  Women  and 
Children.  Dr.  Matthews'  name  appears  in  the  announcement 
for  1851-52,  but  a  sHp  was  afterwards  inserted  giving  the 
changes  as  above. 

At  a  Faculty  meeting  held  November  11,  185 1,  a  communi- 
cation was  received  from  the  Board  of  Managers  requesting 
that  a  committee  be  appointed  to  confer  with  the  committee 
on  buildings  in  reference  to  leasing  the  College  building  for 
another  year,  or  for  a  term  of  years,  and  Drs.  Semple  and 
Williamson  were  appointed.  At  a  meeting  on  January 
6th,  1852,  the  committee  on  building  was  instructed  to  offer 
$1000.00  per  annum  rent  for  five  years,  for  the  use  of  the 
building,  provided  it  be  put  in  good  repair,  and  to  intimate 
that  if  these  terms  were  not  accepted  a  suitable  building 
would  be  sought  elsewhere.  At  the  next  meeting  held  on 
January  13th,  1852,  it  was  decided  that  Mr.  Waterman  be 
instructed  to  negotiate  with  Mr.  Newkirk,  who  was  the  Presi- 


58  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

dent  of  the  old  Philadelphia  College,  and  who  owned  the 
Filbert  street  building,  for  the  building  at  as  good  a  rate  as 
possible,  the  sum  agreed  upon  to  be  the  same  from  year  to 
year,  certain  repairs  to  be  demanded.  And  at  a  meeting 
February  3d,  1852,  this  committee  reported  that  they  had 
secured  a  lease  for  one  year  for  $1100.00. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  59 


CHAPTER  XI. 

1851-53- 

At  a  Faculty  meeting  held  December  gth,  1851,  a  commit- 
tee of  two,  consisting  of  A.  E.  Small  and  M.  Semple,  was  ap- 
pointed to  report  upon  the  propriety  of  publishing  a  medical 
journal  in  Philadelphia.  At  the  meeeting  of  December  23d, 
this  committee  reported  as  follows: 

1st.  That  a  journal  of  Homoeoopathic  Medicine  is  much  needed  in 
Philadelphia. 

2d.  That  it  is  expedient  that  a  journal  be  published  in  Philadelphia 
which  shall  fairly  represent  the  Homoeopathic  College. 

3d.  It  is  ascertained  that  a  journal  can  be  published  if  the  College 
will  appoint  two  out  of  the  four  editors  who  will  take  charge  of  as 
many  departments  in  the  journal,  German,  French,  English  and 
American,  and  provided  the  College  will  take  fifty  copies  or  subscribe 
|ioo  for  the  support  of  the  journal  the  first  year. 

The  College  to  have  the  privilege  of  advertising  and  inserting 
notices  concerning  the  College. 

Said  journal  to  be  published  monthly  and  each  number  to  contain 
48  pages,  80  independently  of  the  cover  or  advertising  sheet  and  to  be 
published  at  $3  per  annum. 

On  January  6th,  1852,  Drs.  Kitchen  and  Helmuth  were 
appointed,  by  the  College,  editors  of  the  new  journal,  but 
there  is  no  record  that  they  so  acted. 

The  matter  was  pushed  and  in  April,  1852,  the  first 
number  of  the  new  journal  was  issued.  It  was  called  "  The 
Philadelphia  Journal  of  Homoeopathy,'"  was  an  80  of  48  pages 
and  monthly.  The  editor-in-chief  was  William  A.  Gardiner 
and  he  was  assisted  by  eleven  contributors.  It  was  printed 
by  Sherman  &  Co.  At  this  time  there  were  already  eight 
journals  in  the  United  States  devoted  to  the  interests  of 
Homoeopathy. 

The  fourth  commencement  was  held  at  Musical  Fund  Hall 
on  Monday,  March  ist,  1852.     The  valedictory  was  delivered 


6o  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

by  Prof.  A.  E.  Small  and  the  number  of  graduates  was  thirty- 
one. 

At  a  Corporator's  meeting,  held  March  nth,  1852,  it  was 
decided  to  somewhat  modify  Articles  ist,  2d,  8th,  9th  of  the 
Constitution. 

I  St.  That  the  Board  of  Managers  shall  consist  of  but  six 
members  who  are  to  be  elected  annually.  That  the  president 
of  the  College  with  the  six  managers  shall  constitute  a  Board 
of  Managers,  four  of  whom  shall  constitute  a  quorum. 

Art,  8.  It  shall  not  require  eighteen  Corporators  to  make 
a  quorum  but  any  number  of  them,  duly  notified  and  attend- 
ing a  meeting,  shall  be  able  to  transact  business. 

But  one  meeting  of  the  Corporators  was  to  be  held  yearly, 
on  the  second  Monday  in  April,  for  the  election,  reports  of 
Board  of  Managers  and  other  business. 

In  the  Philadelphia  Directory  for  1852  may  be  found  a  full 
page  cut  of  the  College  Building.  The  authorities  of  the 
College  were  for  extensive  advertising  in  those  early  days,  as 
indeed  they  still  are. 

This  picture  is  the  same  as  appeared  on  the  announcements 
of  that  period. 

At  a  meeting  held  May  nth,  1852,  the  Faculty  decided  to 
meet  a  committee  from  the  Board  of  Managers  to  take  into 
consideration  the  present  condition  and  future  wants  of  the 
College.  Some  changes  were  imminent.  It  was  the  wish  of 
many  that  a  homoeopathic  hospital  be  now  established,  as  the 
one  thing  in  which  the  Institution  did  not  compare  favorably 
was  in  clinical  teaching;  and  it  seemed  very  essential  that  the 
students  should  be  enabled  to  study  the  effect  of  Homoe- 
opathy at  the  hospital-bedside. 

An  account  of  the  establishment  of  the  hospital  may  be 
found  in  Section  II. 

About  this  time  there  were  certain  changes  in  the  Faculty. 

In  the  spring  of  1852  Dr.  W.  S.  Helmuth  resigned  from 
the  chair  of  Institutes,  Pathology  and  Practice  which  he  had 
held  since  the  opening  of  the  second  session.  But  he  was 
needed,  and  the  Board  of  Managers  wrote  him  a  letter  asking 
him  to  reconsider  his  resignation,  which  he  did.     Soon  after, 


MEDIC AI.  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  6 1 

Dr.  Freedley  resigned  from  the  chair  of  Botany,  saying  that 
he  thought  it  would  be  for  the  interest  of  the  College. 

Dr.  W.  Ashton  Reed  took  the  place  of  Dr.  Petherbridge  as 
Demonstrator  of  Anatomy.  Quoting  from  the  announcement 
for  1852-53:  "Since  the  close  of  last  session  the  Board  of 
Managers  have  made  several  alterations  in  the  course  of  in- 
struction. Owing  to  the  establishment  of  a  hospital  the 
chair  of  Clinical  Medicine  so  ably  and  satisfactorily  filled  b}^ 
Dr.  C.  Neidhard  has  been  dispensed  with  in  the  College;  it 
being  the  intention  of  the  Board  of  Managers  of  the  Hospital 
to  afford  facilities  for  clinical  instruction  in  that  Institution. 
The  chair  of  Botany  and  Medical  Jurisprudence  which  has 
been  creditably  filled  by  Dr.  S.  Freedley  has  likewise  been 
disposed  of,  by  connecting  the  latter  branch  with  that  of 
Physiology,  while  that  of  Pathology  has  been  added  to  the 
Chair  of  Practice.  It  being  thought  impracticable  to  teach 
Botany  during  the  winter  season — Dr.  Freedley  resigned  from 
this  Chair — thus  reducing  the  number  of  Chairs  to  seven," 

During  the  summer  of  1852  a  building  had  been  leased  on 
Chestnut  St.,  near  the  bridge,  and  opened  as  a  homoeopathic 
hospital.  On  the  back  of  the  announcement  for  1852-53  there 
is  a  picture  of  this  building. 

Dr.  Kirby  in  his  journal  says  of  the  new  Institution:  "  We 
must  admit  that  the  Faculty  and  the  friends  of  the  College 
have  achieved  in  an  unusually  short  time,  more,  much  more, 
than  we  had  anticipated  at  the  commencement  of  the  enter- 
prise. Notwithstanding  the  prosperity  of  the  Homoeopathic 
Medical  College  there  are  yet,  as  usual,  croakers  even  among 
homoeopathists,  but  their  voice  is  weak  and  grows  weaker 
every  year,  and  finally  will  not  be  heard  at  all.  It  is  surpris- 
ing how  few  among  physicians  in  this  age  of  light  understand 
the  principle  and  practice  of  toleration.  If  it  were  thoroughly 
studied  and  habitually  practiced  it  would  save  us  a  world  of 
trouble;  but  there  are  minds  so  warped  and  crisped  that  no 
scheme,  no  enterprise,  however  commendable,  can  prevent 
them  from  snapping  and  snarling,  growling  and  grumbling 
because  everybody  don't  see  with  their  eyes  and  fall  in  with 
their  intolerant  spirit  and  impracticable  plans. 

' '  In  this  country  we  are  in  the  habit  of  forming  a  favor- 


62  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

able  opinion  of  that  which  is  successful  in  practice.  If  we 
judge  the  College  under  notice  by  this  rule,  then  we  must 
conclude  that  it  is  managed  with  skill,  and  its  faculty  must 
be  worthy  of  the  confidence  of  physicians,  students  and  the 
public. 

' '  In  looking  over  the  names  of  the  professors  we  perceive 
that  we  have  the  honor  of  a  personal  acquaintance  with  all 
of  them  with  but  a  single  exception,  and  we  are  happy  in 
knowing  that  they  are  all  sound  in  the  faith,  and  imbued 
with  the  spirits  of  \h&  Doctrines  of  Ho?nceopathy,  as  taught  by 
Hahnemann.*  There  is  not  a  mongrel  nor  an  Eclectic  among 
them,  and  for  this  reason  alone  we  should  think  that  every 
true  homoeopathist  would  use  his  influence  in  favor  of  the 
Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania.  It  is  to  our 
mind  worthy  of  notice  that  the  management  of  this  College 
composed,  we  believe,  altogether  of  laymen,  should  have 
formed  a  faculty  of  seven  professors  so  harmonious  in  their 
views  of  Homoeopathy  and  so  fraternal  in  their  feelings  to 
each  other.  They  are  men  of  great  industry,  of  pure  morals, 
and  of  talents  of  the  right  stamp  for  the  present  age,  being 
more  practical  than  ornamental." 

Dr.  Kirby  paid  a  visit  to  the  College  during  the  session  of 
1854-55  s'^d  mentions  the  lectures  with  much  praise. f 

The  October  number  of  the  Philadelphia  Journal  of  Hom- 
oeopathy iox  1852  contains  an  editorial  upon  the  success  and 
policy  of  the  new  College. 

At  a  meeting  held  August  31st,  1852,  the  Faculty  decided 
to  ask  the  Board  of  Managers  for  the  sum  of  $84.00  from  the 
fee  of  each  and  every  student  when  paid  in  advance  to  be  re- 
tained in  the  hands  of  the  Faculty  and  divided  as  they  should 
agree  among  themselves.  At  a  meeting  on  September  7th  it 
was  reported  that  this  request  was  granted. 

It  was  decided  to  divide  the  funds  as  follows:  Each  mem- 
ber of  the  Faculty  was  to  receive  for  his  individual  ticket 
$12.00.  The  Faculty  was  to  be  divided  into  three  divisions 
and  the  members  of  each  division  were  to  exchange  payments 

*Am.  Jl.  Horn.,  vol.  7,  p.  49. 

t  Am.  Jl.  Horn.,  vol.  8,  p.  154;  Phila.  J.  Horn.,  vol.  i,  p.  329. 


MKDICAL  COIvLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  63 

with  each  other  until  the  schema  reads  as  follows:  "  Of  the 
funds  to  be  divided  the  Faculty  are  to  receive  of  every  $84.00 
as  follows:  Dr.  Helmuth  to  receive  $11.00;  Dr.  Sims,  $13.00; 
Dr.  Williamson,  $11.00;  Dr.  Semple,  $13.00;  Dr.  Small, 
$11.00;  Dr.  Gardiner,  $14.00;  Dr.  lyoomis,  $11.00. 

On  the  5th  of  October,  just  as  the  session  was  commencing, 
it  was  decided  to  give  Mr.  B.  B.  Gumpert  the  sum  of  $50.00 
for  acting  as  assistant  to  the  professor  of  chemistry  in  the 
forthcoming  session. 

Dr.  William  S.  Helmuth  gave  the  introductory  to  the  fifth 
session  on  the  evening  of  Monday,  October  nth,  1852.  There 
were  103  matriculants.  The  term  opened  under  very  favor- 
able circumstances;  the  Homoeopathic  College  of  Pennsylvania 
was  no  longer  an  experiment;  it  had  come  to  stay.  The  Old 
School  no  longer  had  the  power  to  cripple  Homoeopathy  by 
the  prevention  of  the  graduation  of  homoeopathic  students. 
And  all  this  had  been  accomplished  in  the  short  space  of  five 
years.  The  Commencement  for  1853  was  held  at  the  Musical 
Fund  Hall,  on  Tuesday,  March  ist,  the  valedictory  being  de- 
livered by  Prof.  Semple.     There  were  fifty-six  graduates. 

At  a  faculty  meeting  on  January  25th,  1853,  it  was  decided 
that  the  candidates  for  graduation  be  divided  into  seven 
classes,  each  class  to  go  before  some  one  of  the  members  of 
the  Faculty  every  evening  at  eight,  and  so  continue  until  the 
examinations  were  completed.  This  custom  was  continued 
until  the  close  of  the  College,  in  1869.  The  writer  of  this  so 
passed  his  examination  in  1869. 

At  the  end  of  the  session,  on  April  5th,  1853,  Dr.  W.  S. 
Helmuth  resigned,  stating  that  it  was  on  account  of  ill  health 
and  intended  absence  from  the  city.  In  his  letter  he  says: 
' '  I  have  always  entertained  and  trust  will  ever  experience  a 
deep  interest  in  the  prosperity  of  the  College.  The  honor  of 
having  held  the  position  of  a  teacher  in  the  Institution  will 
be  among  the  proudest  circumstances  of  my  life. ' ' 

On  April  17th,  1853,  Dr.  Sims  also  resigned  from  the  Chair 
of  Surgery. 

Dr.  Frederick  Humphreys,  of  Utica,  N.  Y.,  was  chosen  to 
fill  the  Chair  of  Institutes,  Pathology  and  Practice  of  Medi- 


64  HISTORY  OF  THK  HOMCEOPATHIC 

cine,  and  Dr.  Jacob  Beaklej^  of  New  York,  was  elected  Pro- 
fessor of  Surgery. 

At  a  stated  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Managers  of  the 
Homoeopathic  College,  held  on  May  5th,  1853,  the  resigna- 
tion of  Dr.  Helmuth  from  the  Chair  of  Pathology  and  Prac- 
tice of  Medicine,  in  the  College,  was  received  and  read. 
Whereupon  it  was  resolved: 

"  That  the  Board  of  Managers  have  received  with  deep  re- 
gret the  resignation  of  Dr.  W.  S.  Helmuth,  and  are  only 
inclined  to  receive  it  from  the  statements  made  in  his  com- 
munication, of  his  ill  health,  and  intention  of  leaving  the  city, 
and  that,  therefore,  the  same  be  accepted,  the  Board  tender- 
ing to  Dr.  Helmuth  their  thanks  for  the  distinguished  ability 
with  which  he  has  filled  the  chair  to  which  he  was  elected  by 
this  Board. 

' '  Resolved,  That  the  Secretary  be  requested  to  furnish  Dr. 
Helmuth  a  copy  of  these  proceedings. ' ' 

The  rent  of  the  College  was  a  matter  that  was  somewhat 
troublous  in  those  days.  On  April  28th,  1853,  the  Committee 
on  Building  reported  that  Mr.  Newkirk  would  give  a  lease  for 
three  years  at  the  following  terms:  $1200  for  the  first  year; 
^1300  for  the  second  year;  $1400  for  the  third  year.  The 
committee  were  then  instructed  to  offer  him  $3600  for  the 
three  years. 

It  was  not  long  after  the  College  was  opened  before  our 
fellows  of  the  homoeopathic  faith  from  over  the  water  began 
to  look  towards  the  new  Institution  with  thoughts  of  a  diploma. 
Thus,  on  October  28th,  1851,  the  Dean  read  a  letter  from  Dr. 
Dudgeon,  of  Edinburgh,  in  relation  to  granting  a  diploma  to 
Mr.  Alfred  Crosby  Pope,  who  had  been  refused  a  degree  of 
M.  D.  by  the  Edinburgh  Medical  College,  although  he  had 
passed  a  satisfactory  examination,  for  the  reason  that  he  re- 
fused to  promise  that  he  would  practice  upon  the  principles  of 
the  Old  School.  The  matter  after  some  discussion  was  post- 
poned. On  the  meeting  of  November  4th  it  was  decided  to 
hear  the  case  of  Mr.  Pope,  and  the  Secretary  was  authorized 
to  correspond  with  Dr.  Dudgeon  in  relation  to  the  case.  On 
February  1.7th,  1852,  the  name  of  Alfred  C.  Pope  was  recom- 


MEDICAL  COLLKGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  65 

mended  to  the  President  to  receive  the  Special  Degree  of  the 
College.* 

On  January  25th,  1853,  it  was  resolved  that  James  D.  Blake, 
of  England,  be  recommended  to  the  President  for  the  Special 
Degree  of  the  College. 

At  the  next  meeting,  February  ist,  1853,  a  communica- 
tion was  received  from  Mr.  C.  Fischer,  of  London,  requesting 
the  Faculty  to  grant  him  the  diploma  of  the  College.  The 
Dean  was  requested  to  inform  Mr.  Fischer  that  on  conform- 
ing to  the  rules  of  the  College  this  would  be  granted. 

On  February  17th,  1853,  the  name  of  James  John  Garth 
Wilkinson  was  recommended  for  a  Special  Degree. 

The  sixth  session  of  the  College  opened  on  October  12th, 
1853,  the  Introductory  being  by  Prof.  William  A.  Gardiner. 
There  were  ninety-one  matriculants.  Hardly  had  the  course 
commenced  when  the  Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of 
Women  and  Children,  Dr.  Joseph  G.  lyOomis,  died.  He  had 
been  connected  with  the  College  but  two  years.  He  had  deliv- 
ered no  lecture  during  the  session,  and  died  at  his  home,  in 
Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  on  October  25th,  1853.  Dr.  Isaac  M.  Ward 
took  his  place.  At  a  meeting  of  the  Faculty,  held  November 
ist,  1853,  resolutions  of  respect  were  adopted.  On  January 
12th,  1854,  Or.  A.  E.  Small  delivered  before  the  class  an 
eulogium  on  his  life  and  character,  that  was  afterwards  pub- 
lished in  the  Philadelphia  Journal  of  Homoeopat/iy ,  the  Pe?i7is- 
ylvania  Inquirer  and  the  Syracuse  Evening  Chronicle.  Dr. 
lyoomis  was  greatly  esteemed  by  the  classes  and  by  his  pro- 
fessional brethren.  He  became  a  convert  from  the  Allopathic 
school. 

The  commencement  of  this  term  was  held  as  usual  at  the 
Musical  Fund  Hall,  on  Wednesday,  March  ist,  1854.  Prof. 
Jacob  Beakley  was  the  valedictorian.  There  were  thirtj^-nine 
graduates. 

*See  also  Trans.  World's  Horn.  Convention,  Vol.  2. 


66  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 


CHAPTER  XII. 

1853-55- 

From  the  earliest  years  of  the  College,  there  are  records 
of  certain  students,  who,  recommended  as  worthy  by  some 
physician,  were  classed  as  "beneficiaries"  of  the  College, 
and  for  whom  the  fees  were  greatly  reduced. 

In  the  7th  announcement,  1853-54,  appears  the  following: 
' '  In  order  to  afford  facilities  to  students  who  are  unable  to  pay 
the  full  amount  of  fees  for  a  full  course  of  lectures,  five  bene- 
ficiary students  will  be  received  and  entitled  to  a  full  course 
of  lectures  by  paying  fifty  dollars  each.  The  application  to 
be  made  to  the  Faculty  previous  to  the  first  of  September  in 
each  year,  and  to  be  endorsed  by  at  least  two.,  reputable 
Homoeopathic  physicians,  testifying  to  the  good  moral 
character  and  worthiness  of  the  candidate  for  such  favor,  and 
his  inability  to  pay."  The  records  show  that  this  privilege 
was  largely  used. 

But  at  a  Faculty  meeting  held  March  23d,  1858;  it  was 
voted  that  in  the  forthcoming  announcements  the  provision 
for  beneficiaries  be  stricken  out.  This  notice  regarding  bene- 
ficiaries only  appears  in  the  7th,  8th,  9th  and  loth  Announce- 
ments. The  beneficiary  system  was,  however,  quietly  con- 
tinued for  some  years. 

The  seventh  session  commenced  on  October  9th,  1854,  the 
introductory  was  delivered  by  Jacob  Beakley.  There  were 
ninety-one  matriculants.  The  Faculty  remained  the  same. 
The  curriculum  of  instruction  as  published  in  the  announce- 
ment was  as  follows: 

1.  Anatomy  (Descriptive). 

2.  Histology. 

3.  Surgical  Anatomy. 

4.  Comparative  Anatomy. 

5.  Physiology  or  Biology. 

6.  Medical  Jurisprudence. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OP  PENNSYLVANIA.  67 

7.  Pathological  Anatomy. 

8.  Surgery. 

9.  Chemistry  and  Toxicology. 

10.  Organic  Chemistry  (Vegetable  and  Animal), 

11.  Materia  Medica. 

12.  Medical  Botany. 

13.  Hygiene. 

14.  Therapeutics. 

15.  Semeology. 

16.  General  and  Special  Therapeutics. 

17.  Institutes  of  Homoeopathy. 

18.  Practice  of  Medicine. 

19.  Obstetrics. 

20.  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

21.  Embryology,  etc. 

It  was  not  long  after  the  opening  of  the  session  that  a 
Faculty  meeting  was  called  to  investigate  reports  against 
Dr.  Humphreys  implicating  him  in  the  manufacture  and  sale 
of  "  New  Era  Medicines."  A  committee  was  appointed  and 
in  a  few  days  presented  a  report  in  writing  to  the  Board  of 
Managers.  It  was  claimed  that  Dr.  Humphreys  had  ' '  in- 
vented and  put  forth  a  medicine  under  the  term,  Blessings  for 
the  Multitude,  for  diarrhoea,  summer  complaint,  dysentery, 
cholera  infantum.  Price,  twenty-five  cents  per  box;  that 
around  the  box  were  printed  directions  in  the  usual  form  in 
which  nostrums  were  sold."  There  was  also  testimony  from 
certain  persons  and  students  regarding  the  matter.  Dr. 
Humphreys  was  asked  to  deny  his  agency  in  the  sale  of  the 
New  Era  Medicines,  or  otherwise  to  make  such  an  explana- 
tion as  might  effectually  quiet  the  excitement  upon  the  sub- 
ject and  enable  his  colleagues  to  defend  both  him  and  them- 
selves against  the  seeming  imputation  that  one  of  their 
number  was  the  aider  and  abettor  in  the  manufacture  and  sale 
of  quack  nostrums.* 

Dr.  Humphreys  said,  in  reply,  that  he  had  never  authorized 
the  use  of  his  name  in  connection  with  the  New  Era 
Medicines;  that  he  had  never  derived  any  profit  from  them; 
that  about  two  years  before  his  connection  with  the  college 
he  was  in  the  habit  of  prescribing  a  certain  remedy  for  diar- 

*See  Quarterly  Hom.  Magazine,  Cleveland,  October,  1854. 


68  HISTORY  OF  THK  HOMCEOPATHIC 

rhoeas,  summer  complaints,  cholera  infantum,  etc.,  and  found 
it  so  effectual  that  he  was  induced  to  have  the  remedy  put  up 
in  the  form  of  globules  little  larger  than  a  good  sized  shot ,  in 
boxes  with  printed  labels  and  directions.  He  stated  that  he 
did  not  regard  this  as  a  departure  from  legitimate  homoeo- 
pathic practice;  but  it  had  occurred  before  he  left  Utica  and 
had  discontinued  before  he  became  a  professor  in  the  College. 
That  after  his  first  course  he  had  given  to  a  friend  a  prescrip- 
tion for  the  preparation  of  twelve  kinds  of  pills,  but  his  name 
had  not  been  connected  with  the  enterprise.  The  Faculty 
who  had  listened  to  his  explanation,  stated  that  it  was  not 
their  object  to  prefer  charges  or  meddle  with  his  individual  pro- 
ceedings, only  so  far  as  the  interests  of  the  College  were  con- 
cerned; that  they  had  no  wish  to  abridge  his  rights  as  a  man 
and  physician,  or  to  question  the  propriety  of  his  acts,  only  so 
far  as  they  infringed  upon  the  rights  of  the  other  members  of 
the  Faculty,  and  the  interests  of  the  college.  This  committee 
then  stated  the  facts  and  summed  up  by  saying  that  they 
were  aggrieved,  and  that  these  things  would  inevitably  give 
rise  to  evil  reports  capable  of  indefinite  exaggeration,  creat- 
ing distrust  and  discontentment  in  the  minds  of  the  students 
and  a  deep  feeling  of  regret  on  the  part  of  those  interested  in 
the  college.  This  was  signed  by  the  Faculty.  On  the  25th 
of  November,  Dr.  Humphreys  sent  his  resignation  to  Judge 
Parsons,  the  President  of  the  College. 

Dr.  Humphreys  always  maintained  that  his  Specifics  greatly 
aided  the  spread  of  Homoeopathy. 

It  is  probable  that  Dr.  Small  took  the  place  of  Dr.  Humph- 
reys as  a  lecturer  on  Institutes  and  Practice,  as  we  find  in  the 
report  of  the  Faculty  meeting  held  in  December,  1854,  that 
the  Dean  announced  the  chair  of  Physiology  and  Medical 
Jurisprudence  temporarily  abolished.  This  was  Dr.  Small's 
chair.  This  occurred  at  the  same  meeting  in  which  Dr. 
Humphreys'  resignation  was  received,  to  take  effect  imme- 
diately, so  that  he  did  not  lecture  after  November,  1854.  In 
1854  Dr.  Small  was  the  Registrar  of  the  Faculty. 

Drs.  Small  and  Beakley  examined  the  students  in  February 
of  this  session  on  Materia  Medica,  on  account  of  the  illness  of 
Dr.  Williamson. 


MEDICAL  COI.I.KGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  69 

The  commencement  was  held  March  ist,  1855,  at  Musical 
Fund  Hall,  the  valedictory  being  delivered  by  William  A. 
Gardiner.     There  were  forty-one  graduates. 

After  the  session  was  over  Dr.  Williamson  resigned  from 
the  chair  of  Materia  Medica,  which  he  had  held  for  three 
sessions. 

It  is  diflScult  to  say  what  the  College  would  have  done  in 
several  of  its  emergencies  had  it  not  been  for  Dr.  Williamson. 
He  was  transferred  from  one  chair  to  another  in  order  to 
fill  vacancies,  always  working  willingly  for  the  good  of  the 
Institution,  always  ready  to  work  wherever  he  was  most 
needed. 

It  was  in  1854  that  an  attempt  was  made  on  the  part  of 
some  physicians  in  Philadelphia  to  open  an  ' '  Independent 
Medical  School."  A  circular  was  issued,  but  we  believe  no 
lectures  were  given.  Dr.  Hering,  however,  gave  lectures  on 
the  method  of  studying  the  Materia  Medica  on  Tuesday, 
Thursday  and  Saturday  at  8:30  a.  m.  at  his  house  74  North 
12th  street.  Dr.  Ad.  I^ippe  also  lectured  three  times  a  week. 
Drs.  Hering  and  Lippe  published  the  Homceopathic  News, 
which  was  continued  for  nine  numbers.  The  lectures  and 
new  school  were  advertised  in  this  paper. 

In  the  spring  of  1855  the  College  building  that  had  been 
rented  from  Mr.  Newkirk  for  from  $800.00  to  $1100.00 
yearly,  was  bought  by  the  Board  of    Managers. 

In  an  editorial  in  the  Philadelphia  Journal  of  Homoeopathy 
for  August,  1855,  it  is  stated  that:  "to  insure  the  permanency 
of  the  Institution,  the  college  building  on  Filbert  street  above 
Eleventh  has  been  purchased  by  the  college  corporation  to- 
gether with  two  dwellings  adjoining,  which  will  ultimately 
furnish  ample  means  for  sustaining  a  clinical  department. ' ' 

Part  of  the  purchase  money  was  paid  down  and  part 
remained  on  mortgage. 

The  College  gave  Dr.  Matthew  Semple  a  note  for  $4000.00 
for  ninety  days,  but  was  unable  to  pay  it  at  the  time,  and  it 
was  renewed  again  and  again  and  various  arrangements  were 
made.     It  was  not  paid  till  1858. 

A  second  mortgage  of  $5000.00  was  given  to  Mr.  S.  Brolo- 
sky,  which  became  due  May  5th,  1856. 


70  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

111  order  to  raise  money,  certificates  of  stock  on  the  College 
were  issued  called  "  scrip."  At  a  corporator's  meeting  held 
June  1 6,  1855,  the  following  resolution  was  passed: 

"  Resolved,  That  for  the  purpose  of  meeting  the  various  payments  as 
they  become  due  and  payable  for  the  purchase  of  the  College  building 
in  Filbert  street,  above  Eleventh,  it  is  expedient  to  issue  scrip  or  an 
adequate  agreement  or  obligation  to  pay  in  the  sums  of  not  less  than 
fifty  dollars,  each  bearing  an  interest  of  six  per  cent,  and  payable  semi- 
annually and  redeemable  at  any  time  within  five  years. 

' '  Resolved^  That  the  Board  of  Managers  be  authorized  to  issue  such 
scrip  or  promise  to  pay  in  such  form  and  manner  as  they  shall  by  reso- 
lution think  best,  to  be  signed  by  the  President  and  countersigned  by 
their  Secretary,  with  the  seal  of  the  corporation  affixed  thereto. 

' '  Resolved,  That  the  Board  of  Managers  be  also  requested  to  keep  a 
fair  record  of  the  scrip  as  it  shall  be  issued,  and  annually  report  to  the 
corporators  the  various  sums  they  shall  issue  under  these  resolutions. 

' '  Resolved,  That  the  corporators  approve  and  ratify  the  purchase  of 
the  College  building  on  Filbert  street  by  the  Board  of  Managers,  and 
the  manner  and  form  they  have  stipulated  and  provided  for  payment  of 
the  same." 

At  a  Faculty  meeting  held  August  14th,  1855,  it  was 
resolved,  on  motion  of  Dr.  Semple:  "  That  the  sum  of  twelve 
hundred  dollars  and  the  income  of  the  house  back  of  the  Col- 
lege building,  and  also  the  fees  of  five  beneficiary  students  be 
appropriated  for  the  payment  of  interest,  expenses,  and  taxes 
on  buildings  and  the  redemption  of  scrip." 

At  a  Faculty  meeting  held  June  i6th,  1855,  it  was  voted 
that  each  one  of  the  professors  agree  to  dispose  of  $500.00 
worth  of  ' '  scrip. ' ' 


MEDICAIv  COIvIvEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  7 1 


CHAPTER  XIII. 


1855-56. 

The  following  is  a  copy  of  the  certificate  of  stock  issued  by 
the  College: 

The  HoMceoPATHic  Medicai.  Coli,kge  OS'  Pennsyi^vania. 

(Picture  of  College  Building.) 

No.  47.  |ioo.oo. 

This  is  to  certify  that is  entitled  to  one  share  of  the  value 

of  One  Hundred  Dollars  of  the  Scrip  and  indebtedness  of  the  HomcEO- 
paThic  Medicai<  C01.1.EGE  OE  Pennsyi^vania,  payable  in  five  years, 
with  interest  payable  semi-annually,  on  the  first  days  of  January  and  July 
in  each  year,  from  the  first  day  of  May,  1856,  with  the  right  of  redeeming 
the  same  at  any  time  before  the  said  day  of  payment.  The  scrip  trans- 
ferable in  person  or  by  power  of  attorney  on  the  surrender  of  this  Cer- 
tificate. 

Witness  the  seal  of  said  corporation  attested  by  the  signature  of  the 
President  and  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Managers  at  Philadelphia  this 
first  day  of  May,  A.  D.  1856. 

A.  V.  Parsons,  President. 

W.  G.  E.  Agnew,  Secretary. 

The  stamp  or  seal  of  the  corporation  is  visible  on  this,  the 
head  of  Hahnemann  only  showing. 

In  the  announcement  for  1855-6,  it  is  stated:  "Since 
the  close  of  the  last  session  the  Board  of  Managers  and 
the  Faculty  of  the  College  have  been  untiring  in  their 
efforts  to  secure  the  permanency  and  progress  of  the  Institu- 
tion. They  have  purchased  the  College  edifice  in  Filbert 
street  above  Eleventh,  where  the  lectures  in  the  various 
departments  have  been  given  for  the  past  six  years,  and  in 
addition  they  have  purchased  two  commodious  dwellings 
adjoining  for  the  purpose  of  opening  as  soon  as  practicable  a 
department  of  clinical  instruction  in  connection  with  the  Col- 
lege. Measures  are  also  being  taken  to  refit  the  building  so 
as  to  render  it  in  all  respects  suitable  for  the  purposes  of  the 
College. 


72  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

On  October  31,  1855,  the  Secretary  reported  that  he  had 
disposed  of  scrip  to  the  value  of  $3600.00, 

In  1855  the  College  pursued  a  liberal  course  in  the 
way  of  advertising.  In  a  Faculty  meeting,  it  was  "voted 
that  the  Dean  be  requested  or  instructed  to  advertise  the 
ensuing  course  of  lectures  in  the  college  in  the  following 
papers:"  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal ;  Maine  Farmer; 
Eastern  Argus;  The  Statesman,  in  New  Hampshire;  in  Ver- 
mont, Sentinel,  at  Burlington,  The  Patriot,  at  Montpelier;  in 
Connecticut,  at  Hartford,  The  Courant,  Palladium,  Chronicle; 
in  Massachusetts,  Boston  Weekly  Advertiser,  American  Citi- 
zen, Springfield  Republican;  Rhode  Island,  The  Post;  New 
York,  Syracuse  Standard,  Utica  Herald,  Rochester  Democrat, 
Buffalo  Democrat,  I^ockport  Courier;  in  New  Jersey,  Newark 
Sentinel;  Pennsylvania,  Pittsburg  Gazette,  New  Church 
Herald,  Philadelphia;  New  Church  Messenger,  New  York; 
Harrisburg  Telegraph;  Delaware  Evening  Post,  Delaware 
State  Journal;  Ohio,  Columbian  Herald,  Cincinnati  Gazette; 
Iowa,  Iowa  State  Journal;  Illinois  Tribune;  Michigan — one 
paper;  Louisville  (Ky.)  Journal;  The  Intelligencer  of  Mis- 
souri; The  Courier,  at  Savannah,  Ga.;  Montgomery  Mail, 
Ala.;  The  Mercury  of  South  Carolina;  and  a  paper  in  Mem- 
phis, Tenn.,  and  one  in  Hagerstown,  Md."  At  a  meeting  on 
August  14,  1855,  it  was  decided  to  advertise  the  lectures  of 
the  College  in  Hanover,  N.  H. 

For  four  years  the  College  Journal,  the  Philadelphia  Journal 
of  Homoeopathy,  had  been  published  monthly,  but  it  was  not 
a  paying  experiment  and  at  a  meeting  held  on  January  1 1 , 
1856,  a  committee,  consisting  of  Drs.  Small,  Gardiner  and 
Dake,  as  appointed  to  draw  up  a  statement  concerning  it. 
At  this  meeting  Drs.  Gardiner,  Dake  and  Reed  were  made  a 
committee  to  make  inquiries  concerning  expenses  and  practi- 
cability of  publishing  a  homoeopathic  journal.  The  last 
number  issued  of  the  Philadelphia  Journal  was  dated  Feb- 
ruary, 1856.  The  editorial  in  the  last  number,  written  by 
one  of  the  editors.  Dr.  John  F.  Geary,  gave  the  reasons  for 
its  abandonment. 

There  were  some  changes  made  in  the  Faculty  during  this 
interregnum   of  college  life.      Dr.   Williams.on   resigned  his 


MEDICAL  COIvIvEGE  OF  PENNSYI^VANIA.  73 

chair  on  account  of  ill  health,  and  Dr.  J.  P.  Dake,  of  Pitts- 
burg, was  elected  to  fill  his  place.  Dr.  Williamson  was 
made  Emeritus  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine.  The  chair  of 
Physiology  and  Jurisprudence,  which  had  been  temporarily 
abolished  at  the  time  Dr.  Humphreys  resigned,  was  re- 
sumed and  Dr.  William  Ashton  Reed  was  elected  to  fill  it.  Dr. 
A.  K.  Small  continued  as  Professor  of  Homoeopathic  Institutes 
and  Practice,  as  he  had  done  during  the  last  term  (he  took  Dr. 
Humphreys'  place).  Dr.  Asa  S.  Couch  was  appointed  demon- 
strator of  Anatomy. 

The  introductory  lecture  was  delivered  on  Monday,  October 
10,  1855,  t>y  the  new  professor  from  over  the  Alleghenies,  Dr. 
Jabez  P.  Dake.     The  number  of  matriculants  was  102. 

At  the  beginning  of  this  session  each  professor  delivered  an 
introductory  lecture  in  the  evening  of  the  opening  week. 

At  a  meeting  held  November  15,  1855,  it  was  decided  to 
hold  no  lectures  on  Wednesday  and  Saturday  mornings,  in 
order  that  the  students  might  be  enabled  to  attend  clinics  at 
the  hospital.  During  this  session  the  Faculty  meetings  were 
sometimes  held  at  the  College  building  and  sometimes  at  the 
houses  of  the  members  of  the  Faculty. 

In  December,  1855,  Dr.  Gardiner  resigned  from  the  office 
of  Dean  and  Dr.  Walter  Williamson  was  elected  to  take  his 
place. 

In  the  Faculty  record  for  February  12,  1856,  we  find  it 
noted  that  the  Dean  be  requested  to  collect  the  theses  of  the 
Alumni  of  the  Institution  and  have  them  bound  in  volumes. 
It  may  here  be  stated  that  this  plan  was  followed  until  the 
practice  of  writing  theses  was  abolished,  and  these  theses  are 
now  preserved  in  bound  volumes  in  the  College  library,  form- 
ing an  immense  array  of  graduate  wisdom.  This  system  of 
theses  was  abolished  with  the  session  1884-85.  None  have 
since  been  required. 

The  Commencement  was  held  on  Saturday,  March,  1856,  as 
usual,  at  the  Musical  Fund  Hall.  The  Valedictory  was  de- 
livered by  Prof.  Isaac  M.  Ward.  The  number  of  the  graduat- 
ing class  was  37.  Honorary  degrees  were  conferred  on  Drs. 
Jacob  Jeanes,  James  Kitchen,  and  N.  H.  Warner,  of  Buffalo, 
N.  Y. 


74  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

During  the  summer  there  were  several  changes  in  the 
Facult5\  On  July  3d  Dr.  Gardiner,  who  had  been  Professor 
of  Anatomy  since  the  opening  of  the  Institution,  sent  two 
letters  to  the  Board  of  Managers.  In  the  one  he  presented  a 
collection  of  diseased  bones  and  pathological  contributions  to 
the  College  Museum,  saying  that  they  were  in  the  museum 
and  marked  with  his  name.  The  other  letter  was  a  resigna- 
tion as  Professor  of  Anatomy. 

Dr.  Gardiner's  resignation  was  announced  at  a  Faculty 
meeting  held  on  July  8th,  and  the  names  of  several  candi- 
dates were  mentioned  for  the  chair  of  Anatomy. 

At  this  same  meeting  the  Dean  announced  that  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  at  Washington  had  offered  to  give  the  Col- 
lege certain  apparatus  provided  the  College  would  send  a 
history  of  its  organization. 

On  July  17th,  the  name  of  William  Tod  Helmuth  was 
unanimously  recommended  to  the  Board  of  Managers  to  fill 
the  vacant  chair  of  Anatomy.  The  announcement  for  1856- 
57  had  been  printed  before  Dr.  Gardiner  resigned  and  his 
name  appears  on  the  list  as  professor  of  Anatomy,  but  a 
printed  slip  was  inserted  in  this  catalogue  stating:  "The 
chair  of  Anatomy  having  been  recently  vacated  by  the  resig- 
nation of  Dr.  William  A.  Gardiner  (who  has  so  satisfactorily 
and  successfully  filled  that  important  post  since  the  founda- 
tion of  the  College),  the  Board  of  Managers,  at  a  meeting 
held  July  17th,  1856,  unanimously  elected  Dr.  William  Tod 
Helmuth,  of  this  City,  Professor  of  Anatomy." 

At  the  meeting  of  September  12th,  1856,  the  resignation  of 
Dr.  Small  from  the  chair  of  Institutes,  Pathology  and  Prac- 
tice was  received,  and  it  was  decided  that  until  a  professor 
could  be  elected  Dr.  Williamson  fill  the  place  temporarily. 

The  introductory  lecture  was  given  on  October   13th. 

At  a  Faculty  meeting  on  October  15th,  1856,  the  finances 
of  the  College  were  discussed  and  subscriptions  towards  the 
scrip  were  determined  upon  by  individual  members  of  the 
Faculty.  On  November  nth  it  was  resolved  that  the  scrip 
be  issued  by  the  College  to  each  professor  for  the  amount  of 
property  in  the  museum  purchased  and  paid  for  by  the  earn- 
ings of  the  College. 


MEDICAL  COIvIvEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  75 

And  on  November  17th  Drs.  Temple  and  Beakley  were 
instructed  to  attend  a  sale  of  $500  worth  of  the  College  scrip, 
and  to  bid  for  it  up  to  $150.  At  the  next  meeting,  November 
25th,  the  committee  reported  the  purchase  of  the  stock. 

Even  in  these  earlier  days  of  the  College,  apparatus  was 
provided  for  the  use  of  the  chemical  and  anatomical  work. 
On  October  28th,  1856,  it  was  voted  to  provide  such  apparatus 
for  the  Chemical  I^aboratory  as  the  Professor  of  Chemistry 
might  suggest. 

The  College  was  in  debt  to  several  persons  at  this  period. 
There  is  a  record  of  Dr.  Gardiner  borrowing  for  the  use  of 
the  College  of  Mr.  Chas.  C.  Cresson  $700,  and  again  $250. 
In  January  the  widow  of  Prof.  IvOomis  applied,  through  her 
lawyer,  for  payment  of  a  note  held  against  the  Institution  and 
due  the  August  previous.  And  Dr.  Walter  Williamson  was 
ever  ready  to  aid  the  College  financially,  as  he  quietly  did  a 
number  of  times. 

On  January  31st,  1857,  Dr.  J.  P.  Dake,  who  had  been  for 
two  years  professor  of  Materia  Medica,  resigned  on  account  of 
ill  health  and  the  necessities  of  a  practice  in  Pittsburg  that  he 
could  no  longer  neglect. 

This  resignation  was  received  by  the  Faculty  on  February 
loth,  1857,  3^ii<i  the  same  evening  Dr.  C.  J.  Hempel  was 
elected  to  take  his  place^ 

At  this  same  meeting  Dr.  Williamson,  who  had  been 
patiently  serving  in  the  chair  of  Practice  where  he  had  been 
temporarily  placed  at  the  beginning  of  the  session,  resigned, 
saying  that  he  would  cheerfully  perform  the  duties  of  the 
chair  until  the  end  of  the  session  and  until  his  successor  was 
appointed.  The  next  week  Dr.  Williamson  was  elected  Dean 
and  Dr.  Wm.  Tod  Helmuth  Register. 

The  financial  condition  of  the  College  was  not  in  the  best 
condition.  A  short  time  previous  Mr.  Brolasky's  note  had 
been  renewed,  and  during  the  spring  of  1857  there  was  some 
correspondence  between  the  Board  of  Managers  and  Dr.  Sem- 
ple  regarding  his  loan  to  the  institution,  as  yet  unpaid.  The 
shares  of  scrip  were  being  offered  for  sale  and  met  purchasers 
among  the  friends  of  the  College,  but  the  interest  on  them 


76  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

was  quite  an  item.  In  February,  1857,  the  secretary  reported 
having  paid  interest  on  stock  amounting  to  $6,129.25. 

On  February  19,  1857,  it  was  resolved  at  a  meeting  of  the 
Faculty  that  an  entertainment  be  given  to  the  students  of  the 
College  on  Thursday,  February  26th  (the  day  previous  to 
commencement),  and  that  it  be  at  the  Girard  House  at  4:30 
o'clock  p.  M.  Drs.  Williamson  and  Beakley  were  appointed 
the  committee  for  said  dinner  to  extend  invitations  not  to 
exceed  100. 

This  is  the  first  banquet  of  which  any  mention  is  made  in 
the  record  of  the  Faculty. 

At  this  same  eventful  Faculty  meeting  of  February  19th, 
when  the  banquet  was  decided  upon  and  the  graduation  of 
students  balloted  for,  Dr.  John  Redman  Coxe,  Jr.,  was  nomi- 
nated to  fill  the  vacant  chair  of  Practice. 

At  the  opening  of  the  last  session  there  had  been  several 
evening  lectures  by  the  different  professors,  but  at  a  meeting 
on  February  27,  1857,  it  was  resolved  that  each  professor  at 
the  coming  session  deliver  a  lecture  as  introductory  to  his 
course. 

At  this  same  meeting  it  was  decided  to  print  3,500  of  the 
announcements  for  the  coming  session  and  to  have  them  pub- 
lished before  the  meeting  of  the  American  Institute  of  Hom- 
oeopathy, in  June.  It  may  be  here  mentioned  that  at  the 
last  session,  during  the  summer  of  1897,  there  were  11,500 
announcements  printed.  Doubtless,  in  1857,  3,500  was  con- 
sidered a  very  large  number. 

The  commencement  this  year  was  held  as  usual  in  the 
Musical  Fund  Hall  on  February  27th,  1857.  Valedictory 
was  by  J.  P.  Dake.  The  number  of  graduates  was  forty. 
Special  degrees  were  conferred  on  six,  and  the  honorary 
degree  on  Drs.  Wm.  S.  Helmuth  and  B.  F.  Joslin. 

Dr.  Coxe,  having  been  confirmed  as  professor  of  Practice, 
sent  his  letter  of  acceptance  on  March  5th,  1857. 

The  following  letter  shows  how  much  Dr.  Helmuth  appre- 
ciated the  honor  conferred  by  the  special  degree  at  the  com- 
mencement, 1857: 

Phii,adei.phia,  April  11,  1857. 
To  the  Managers  of  the  Homoeopathic  College  of  Pennsylvania. 
Gentlemen:  Permit  me  to  express  to  you  how  truly  I  appreciate  the 


MEDICAt  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  77 

honor  of  having  had  conferred  iipon  me,  at  the  annual  commencement 
of  the  College  in  February  last,  an  honorary  degree. 

In  my  estimation  there  is  no  title  within  the  range  of  medicine  that 
can  surpass  it;  inasmuch  as  in  Homoeopathy  alone  is  found  a  true  basis 
for  practical  medicine,  and  the  bestowal  of  distinction  by  such  an  Insti- 
tution is  not  an  empty  compliment  but  a  solemn  declaration  that 
acknowledges  and  proclaims  a  great  truth  and  recognizes  in  the  recipi- 
ent an  individual  who  practically  sustains  it.  Assuring  you,  gentle- 
men, of  the  sincerity  of  my  wishes  for  the  prosperity  of  the  Institution 
which  you  so  judiciously  manage,  I  remain  with  great  respect,  your 
Obdt.  Servt. 

WlIvIvIAM   S.  HEIvMUTH. 


78  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 


CHAPTER  XIV. 

1857-59- 

Before  the  opening  of  the  session  of  1857-58,  Dr.  Robert 
J.  McClatchey  was  elected  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy.  Dr. 
Hempel  had  taken  the  chair  of  Materia  Medica  in  place  of 
Dr.  Dake.  Dr.  J.  R.  Coxe  had  taken  Dr.  Williamson's  place 
in  the  chair  of  Practice.  The  second  mortgage  of  $5,000  was 
called  in  the  fall  of  1857;  and  it  seems  that  the  managers 
hardly  knew  where  to  turn  for  the  money,  for  in  spite  of  the 
scrip  and  the  moneys  received  from  the  students  it  had  been 
up-hill  work  since  the  College  was  bought.  The  following 
resolution  explains  itself: 

At  a  Faculty  meeting  on  October  i,  1857,  ^  resolution  was 
adopted  that,  Whereas,  the  payment  of  the  second  mortgage 
of  $5,000  on  the  College  buildings  has  been  peremptorily 
demanded,  and  the  same  must  be  paid. 

Resolved,  That  the  entire  income  of  the  College  after  the 
payment  of  the  necessary  expenses  be  directed  to  the  pay- 
ment of  the  said  mortgage,  the  registrar  being  instructed  to 
furnish  a  copy  of  the  above  preamble  and  resolution  to  Prof. 
Ward. 

But  at  another  Faculty  meeting  held  October  21st  of  the 
same  year  it  was  resolved:  That  in  consideration  of  the 
monetary  crisis  now  prevailing  that  the  resolution  passed 
October  i,  and  reading  "that  the  entire  income  of  the 
College  after  the  payment  of  the  necessary  expenses  be 
devoted  to  the  payment  of  the  mortage  of  $5,000,  held  on  the 
College  buildings  by  the  Pratt  estate,"  be  rescinded. 

The  following  introductories  were  decided  on  at  a  meeting 
of  the  Faculty  October  8th,  1857: 

Monday,  October  12,  at  7:30  p.  m,,  C.  J.  Hempel. 

Monday,  October  12,  at  8:30  p.  m.,  J.  R.  Coxe,  Jr. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  79 

Tuesday,  October  13,  at  7:30  p.  m.,  M.  Semple. 

Tuesday,  October  13,  at  8:30  p.  m.,  J.  Beakley. 

Wednesday,  October  14,  at  7:30  p.  m.,  W.  A.  Reed. 

Wednesday,  October  14,  at  8:30  p.  m.,  Wm.  Tod  Helmuth. 

At  this  same  meeting  it  was  decided  to  hold  two  sessions 
daily,  from  10  to  2  and  from  4  to  6. 

The  session  of  1857-58  opened  on  the  evening  of  October 
12th,  as  has  been  stated.  Dr.  Hempel  delivering  the  first 
lecture.  There  were  sixty-eight  matriculants.  At  a  meet- 
ing held  October  23,  1857,  we  find  that  the  request  of  Dr.  Lee, 
of  West  Philadelphia,  asking  the  lower  lecture  room  of  the 
College  for  the  use  of  a  county  medical  society  was  acceded 
to.  The  County  Society  for  many  years  held  its  monthly 
meetings  in  the  lower  lecture  room  and  its  walls  echoed  to 
the  voices  of  many  of  the  best  and  wisest,  long  gone  to  the 
Great  Rest.  The  room  was  thus  used  as  long  as  the  College 
remained. 

On  the  29th,  of  October  Dr.  Ward  tendered  his  resignation. 
He  lived  at  the  time  in  Newark  and  felt  that  he  could  not 
give  his  services  gratutiously,  having  to  live  temporarily  in 
the  city  while  lecturing.  At  a  meeting  on  November  4th, 
Dr.  Williamson  was  unainmously  elected  to  fill  the  chair  thus 
made  vacant. 

As  has  been  before  stated,  the  draft  of  a  diploma  in  English 
had  been  presented  by  a  committee  appointed  for  the  purpose 
and  accepted  on  January  22,  1849.  It  is  not  likely  that  this 
first  diploma  was  lithographed,  for  in  a  record  of  a  Faculty 
meeting  held  November  11,  1856,  we  find  that  Dr.  William- 
son was  instructed  to  procure  suitable  stones  for  diplomas  for 
the  College.  At  a  Faculty  meeting  February  2,  1857,  it  was 
reported  by  Dr.  Helmuth  that  the  lithographic  stones  for  the 
two  diplomas, 'the  general  and  the  special,  were  completed  and 
the  Dean  was  authorized  to  have  fifty  copies  of  the  regular 
diploma  and  twenty  of  the  special  lithographed. 

It  was  at  this  same  meeting  of  February  2d,  that  Dr.  Reed 
was  authorized  to  procure  a  new  matrix  for  the  College  seal. 

Since  the  opening  of  the  College  the  commencements  had 
been  held  at  Musical  Fund  Hall  on  Locust  street.  But  this 
5^ear  of  1858  there  was  a  new  departure.   At  a  meeting  under 


8o  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMOEOPATHIC 

date  of  January  5,  1858,  Dr.  Reed  was  appointed  a  commit- 
tee to  inquire  of  Mr.  Marshall  concerning  the  hiring  of  the 
Academy  of  Music  for  the  morning  of  commencement.  But 
nothing  seems  to  have  been  done  about  it  as  the  commence- 
ment occurred  in  the  old  place,  Musical  Fund  Hall,  on  Tues- 
day, March  2,  1858.  Dr.  Wm.  A.  Reed  was  Valedictorian 
and  there  were  twenty-seven  graduates.  There  were  also 
five  special  and  an  honorary  degree. 

In  the  meantime  Dr.  Wm.  Tod  Helmuth  had  gone  to  St. 
Louis,  with  the  intention  to  settle  there  which  would  again 
make  the  chair  of  Anatomy  vacant.  The  day  following  the 
commencement  the  Faculty  met  and  nominated  Dr.  Thomas 
Moore  to  the  chair  of  Anatomy.  On  March  13th,  Dr. 
Helmuth  sent  from  St.  Louis  his  letter  of  resignation  to  the 
Faculty,  which  letter  was  presented  on  March  23d.  Dr. 
Helmuth  lectured  during  the  session  1857-58  and  acted  as 
Registrar;  the  College  records  are  signed  by  him. 

In  those  early  days  the  janitor  received  $25.00  per  month 
and  was  also  given  the  rent  of  a  house  in  the  rear  of  the 
College,  that  belonged  to  the  College  property. 

At  the  Faculty  meeting  of  March  23,  1858,  on  motion,  it 
was  agreed  that  in  ballotting  for  candidates  for  a  degree  each 
professor  should  hereafter  cast  five  votes  for  each  candi- 
date, and  that  twenty-five  affirmative  votes  should  be  neces- 
sary for  an  election;  also,  that  less  than  twenty  afiirmative 
votes  should  preclude  a  re-examination.  On  April  15,  1858, 
Dr.  Semple  resigned  from  the  chair  of  Chemistry,  and  Dr. 
Lemuel  Stevens,  who  was  afterward  so  long  connected  with 
the  College,  offered  his  services  as  a  lecturer  on  that  branch; 
but  at  a  meeting  held  on  August  6th,  Dr.  A.  H.  Flanders,  of 
Danville,  Ky. ,  was  nominated  for  the  vacant  chair  of  Chem- 
istry and  Toxicology,  and  at  the  next  meeting  of  the  Board 
of  Managers  he  was  elected. 

New  Faculty  officers  were  elected  on  September  7,  1858: 
President,  Dr.  Beakley;  Dean,  Dr.  Williamson;  Register,  Dr. 
Reed.  The  introductory  course  was  advertised  this  year  from 
October  9th  to  16th  in  the  Philadelphia  Ledger,  the  Inquirer, 
the  Press  and  the  Bulletin. 

At  this  time  Dr.  Flanders  was  authorized  to  make  extensive 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  8 1 

purchases  of  glass  and  chemicals  for  the  laboratory  and 
museum.  He  was  also  to  purchase  electrical  apparatus  for 
$50.00,  giving  the  old  apparatus,  which  was  to  be  taken  at  a 
valuation  of  $5.00,  in  exchange.  And  at  this  time  an  appro- 
priation of  $100.00  was  made  to  furnish  him  an  assistant. 
And  Dr.  Moore  was  authorized  to  have  the  skeletons  repaired. 
The  records  show  that  by  a  vote,  at  a  meeting  October  19, 

1858,  it  was  decided  that  a  practical  anatomy  ticket  from  an- 
other medical  college  and  proof  of  previous  dissection  of  three 
parts  free  the  student  from  the  obligation  of  taking  up  practi- 
cal anatomy. 

The  Dean,  on  November  2d,  reported  the  final  settlement 
for  the  College  lot. 

At  a  Faculty  meeting,  on  November  23,  1858,  Dr.  William- 
son resigned  from  the  office  of  Dean,  which  he  held  for  three 
years.  Thanks  were  tendered  him.  The  President  of  the 
Faculty  acted  as  Dean  after  his  resignation  until,  on  April  26, 

1859,  Dr.  Beakley  was  elected. 

Commencement  was  held  on  March  3,  1859,  at  the  Musical 
Fund  Hall.  The  Valedictory  was  by  John  Redman  Coxe, 
jr.  There  were  twenty-three  who  graduated,  and  three 
others  took  the  special  degree  of  the  College. 

On  March  8,  1859,  Dr.  Williamson  tendered  his  resignation 
as  Professor  of  Obstetrics.  At  the  next  meeting,  March  2  ist, 
the  following  resolutions  were  passed: 

"  Resolved,  That  by  the  resignation  of  Prof.  Williamson,  M.  D.,  from 
the  Chair  of  Obstetrics,  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children  and  Medical 
Jurisprudence,  the  College  loses  its  oldest  teacher  and  one  of  its  ablest 
supporters,  the  Faculty  an  experienced  and  useful  member,  and  each 
individual  professor  an  honored  colleague. 

' '  Resolved,  That  we  view  with  regret  any  circumstances  that  have 
compelled  our  fellow-laborer  to  remove  from  our  midst,  and  that  we 
earnestly  pray  for  his  health,  his  happiness  and  renewed  success  in  his 
future  field  of  labors. 

"  Resolved,  That  to  this  we  individually  subscribe  our  names." 

(Copy  signed  and  sent  to  Dr.  Williamson. ) 

On  April  19th  Dr.  Isaac  M.  Ward,  of  Newark,  N.  J.,  was 
unanimously  elected  to  the  chair  of  Obstetrics,  left  vacant  by 
Dr.  Williamson's  resignation,  and  Drs.  Beakley,  Hempel  and 
Reed  were  appointed  a  committee  to  inform  him  of  the  fact. 


82  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

At  this  meeting  it  was  decided  to  hold  the  Faculty  meetings 
in  the  future  in  the  evening.  April  26th,  Dr.  Beakley  was 
elected  Dean;  Dr.   Hempel,  President. 

On  June  7,  1859,  Dr.  Flanders  sent  his  resignation  as  in- 
cumbent of  the  chair  of  Chemistry  from  New  York,  where 
he  was  living.  Dr.  Matthew  Semple  was  unanimously  nomi- 
nated to  fill  the  vacancy  and  was  at  once  elected  by  the  Board 
of  Managers.  And  on  September  27th  the  Board  appropriated 
$100.00  to  the  chair  of  Chemistry  to  pay  for  an  assistant. 


MKDICAI.  COLLEGE  OP  PENNSYLVANIA.  83 


CHAPTER  XV. 

1859-60. 

At  this  time,  1858-59,  there  seems  to  have  been  a  sort  of 
go-as-you-please  method  in  regard  to  the  admission  of  students. 
Notes  were  taken  for  different  sums.  Though  the  beneficiary 
Hst  was  then  suspended,  yet  students  were  admitted  on  much 
the  same  terms.  In  the  record  of  a  Faculty  meeting,  held 
November  8,  1859,  we  find  the  following:  "The  Dean  pre- 
sented to  the  Faculty  a  communication  from  the  Board  of 
Managers,  reminding  the  Faculty  of  the  following  resolutions, 
which  had  passed  said  Board  at  the  time  mentioned: 

"  Resolutions  passed  by  the  Board  of  Managers,  September  2,  1852. 

' '  Resolved,  That  the  fees  for  a  full  course  of  lectures  shall  be  as  here- 
tofore, one  hundred  dollars,  of  which  sixteen  dollars  shall  be  paid  into 
the  treasury  to  meet  the  expenses  of  the  College  and  the  residue  to  be 
apportioned  to  the  Faculty. 

''Resolved,  That  the  matriculation  fee  of  five  dollars  (each  student), 
the  cost  of  diplomas  and  fee  for  same,  all  notes,  and  all  other  broken 
fees  for  tuition,  not  disposed  of  in  the  above  resolution,  shall  be  paid 
over  to  the  Treasurer  for  the  use  of  the  College. 

"  Resolved,  That  if  in  this  appropriation  of  fees  it  shall  be  found  that 
the  expenses  of  the  Institution  be  not  met  the  Professors  shall  make 
good  the  deficiency. ' ' 

"  Preamble  and  resolutions  passed  the  Board  of  Managers,  November 
3,  1859: 

"  Whreas,  In  consequence  of  the  calculation  made  by  the  Board  of 
Managers  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  it  has 
been  found  that  it  will  require  the  amount  of  ^tSoo  to  meet  the  ex- 
penses of  the  College  till  the  first  of  October,  i860,  therefore, 

' '  Resolved,  That  the  Dean  be  requested  to  pay  over  to  the  Treasurer 
the  sum  of  |i8oo  out  of  the  funds  received  from  the  students,  and  that 
the  residue  be  and  is  hereby  at  the  disposal  of  the  professors." 

The  resolution  passed  at  the  meeting  of  November  ist  was 
rescinded. 

On  December  3,  1859,  it  was  resolved:    "  That  the  several 


84  HISTORY  OF  THK  HOMCEOPATHIC 

professors  loan  each  $62.00  to  the  Dean  to  enable  him  to  make 
certain  payments  necessary  to  be  made  on  January  ist,  said 
loan  to  be  refunded  as  soon  as  $434.00  of  graduation  fees  shall 
have  been  paid  into  the  treasury." 

The  announcement  for  the  session  of  1859-60  thus  men- 
tions Dr.  Williamson :  "  It  is  with  regret  that  we  announce 
the  resignation  of  Professor  Williamson  from  the  chair  of  Ob- 
stetrics. His  successful  teaching  in  this  chair  in  the  Institu- 
tion's infancy,  and  at  a  subsequent  period  in  the  chair  of 
Materia  Medica,  is  well  known  to  many  a  disciple  of  our 
school.  Few  men  have  labored  more  earnestly  or  more  suc- 
cessfully for  the  cause  of  our  noble  science.  We  wish  him  all 
the  happiness  in  his  retirement  that  flows  from  well  doing." 

Just  before  the  opening  of  the  session  of  1859  the  janitor, 
Mr.  Yeager,  who  had  been  appointed  but  a  short  time  previ- 
ously, died  and  the  Faculty  decided,  as  a  token  of  respect,  to 
attend  the  funeral  in  a  body  in  carriages.  Mr  Robert  McEwen 
was  elected  janitor  at  a  salary  of  $25.00  per  month  and  house 
rent. 

The  introductory  lecture  of  the  session  1859-60  was  de- 
livered on  the  evening  of  October  14th  by  Jacob  Beakley. 
The  number  of  matriculates  was  seventy-three. 

On  October  20th,  Dr.  C.  J.  Hempel  was  elected  President, 
Dr.  Beakley,  Dean,  and  Dr.  Reed,  Register. 

On  November  ist  it  was  decided  that  each  member  of  the 
Faculty  be  assessed  $100.00  to  be  retained  by  the  Dean  from 
future  fees,  for  which  the  Faculty  receive  corporation  scrip. 

Subjects  cost  $15.00  in  those  days.  The  record  of  January 
1 6th,  i860,  tells  that  a  bill  was  presented  by  Prof.  Moore  for 
repairing  skeleton  $15.00,  and  for  a  subject  $15.00. 

We  now  reach  an  important  resolution  in  the  history  of  the 
College.  At  the  Faculty  meeting  held  on  January  i6th, 
1859,  it  was  resolved,  on  motion  of  Dr.  Hempel,  that,  believ- 
ing that  it  is  not  only  important  but  indispensable  to  re- 
organize this  College  upon  a  basis  which  shall  secure  it  a 
permanent  existence  and  progressive  development.  Resolved, 
That  a  committee  be  appointed  to  confer  with  a  like  commit- 
tee from  the  Board  of  Managers  to  consider  the  best  mode  of 
effecting  this  object  and  to  report  at  the  next  regular  meeting 


MEDICAI.  COLIvEGE  OF  PKNNSYI,VANIA.  85 

of  the  Faculty.  The  chair  appointed  (Dr.  Ward  being  in  the 
chair  temporarily)  Drs.  Hempel,  Beakley  and  Reed. 

On  February  6th  we  find  the  managers  calling  attention  to 
an  error  in  payment  to  the  Faculty  of  broken  fees,  and  it  was 
resolved,  that  as  $28.00  of  broken  fees  have  been  paid  in  error 
by  the  Dean  to  each  professor,  said  $28.00  be  refunded  to  the 
Dean. 

On  February  17th  the  Dean  was  authorized  to  have  a  new 
seal-press  procured;  three  thousand  invitations  to  commence- 
ment and  1,500  copies  of  the  valedictory  address  printed. 

The  last  record  in  the  Facult}^  book  under  the  old  regimen 
is  dated  February  25th,  i860.  The  next  record  bears  date 
of  June  1 6th,  i860,  and  is  the  beginning  of  a  new  era. 

At  the  end  of  this  session  there  was  some  difference  of 
opinion  concerning  the  graduation  of  Messrs.  Jones,  Reed 
and  Ehrmann. 

The  matter  is  fully  explained  in  a  pamphlet  published  at 
the  time  by  Drs.  Jones,  and  Reed,  and  Ehrmann,  under  the 
title,  "Who,  Which,  What  and  Wherefore,"  Philadelphia, 
i860. 

Dr.  Jones  often  mentions  this  in  his  caustic  writings.  (See 
Am.  Hom.  Observer.) 

There  does  not  seem  to  have  been  any  reason  why  Messrs. 
Jones,  Reed,  Jr.,  and  Ehrmann  should  not  have  received 
the  degree  of  the  College.  But  it  was  not  granted  to  them. 
The  next  year,  February  22d,  1861,  they  were  each  given  a 
special  diploma,  and  a  few  years  later  their  names  were  placed 
on  the  regular  list  of  graduates.  This  trouble  resulted  in  the 
resignation  of  Dr.  Thomas  Moore,  who  had  espoused  the 
cause  of  the  students. 

The  commencement  was  held  in  the  Musical  Fund  Hall 
on  March  ist.  The  valedictory  was  delivered  by  Dr.  Matthew 
Semple.     There  were  twenty-six  graduates. 

We  now  come  to  a  new  era  in  College  affairs.  Between 
the  sessions  of  1859-60  and  1860-61  there  was  a  complete 
change  and  reorganization  of  the  members  of  the  Faculty. 

Drs.  Beakley,  Ward,  Reed,  Coxe,  Hempel  and  Moore 
retired  from  the  Faculty.  As  reorganized  it  consisted  of  Drs, 
Semple,  W.  A.  Gardiner,  S.  S,  Brooks,  G.  R.  Starkey,  A.  H, 


86  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHTC 

Ashton,  J,   K.  L,ee,  O.  B.  Gause.     Dr.  Semple  was  elected 
Dean. 

At  a  Faculty  meeting  held  September  13,  i860,  a  commit- 
tee from  the  Board  of  Managers  presented  a  series  of  resolu- 
tions that  they  had  adopted.  At  a  meeting  on  September 
17th  these  resolutions  were  endorsed  and  adopted.  They 
are  as  follows: 

"  Resolutions  of  the  Board  of  Managers  passed  September  13th,  i860. 

'■'Resolved,  That  all  monies  received  by  this  Institution  for  educa- 
tional purposes  in  any  way  shall  be  paid  into  the  hands  of  a  receiver 
appointed  by  this  Board,  who  shall  be  required  to  pay  the  same  into  the 
hands  of  the  Treasurer  weekly. 

"■Resolved,  That  S.  S.  Brooks,  M.  D.,  is  appointed  a  Receiver  by  this 
Board  to  receive  all  tuition  fees  from  students,  who  shall  report  monthly 
to  the  Board  the  various  sums  paid  to  him  with  the  names  of  the  indi- 
viduals from  whom  the  same  was  received,  and  pay  the  money  weekly 
to  the  Treasurer,  whose  receipt  shall  be  a  sufficient  voucher  to  him  for 
the  same. 

'■'■Resolved,  That  the  receipt  of  the  Receiver  shall  authorize  the 
students  to  obtain  the  necessary  tickets  to  attend  the  course  of  lectures. 
■  ' '  Resolved^  That  all  monies  paid  to  the  various  professors  of  the  Col- 
lege for  their  services  shall  be  drawn  by  an  order  signed  by  the  chair- 
man of  the  Committee  of  Finance  upon  the  Treasurer.  The  various 
amounts  due  each  shall  be  determined  by  the  Faculty  and  Committee 
of  Finance. 

' '  Resolved,  That  no  person  whatever  shall  have  authority  to  contract 
any  debt  for  r^airs  or  anything  necessary  for  the  College  but  the  Com- 
mittee of  Finance. 

"  Resolved,  That  all  resolutions  or  By-Laws  heretofore  passed  by  this 
College  inconsistent  with  the  above  resolutions  or  authorizing  the  pay- 
ment of  monies  in  any  other  way  to  any  other  person,  be  and  the  same 
are  hereby  repealed. 

'■'■Resolved,  That  the  Secretary  be  directed  to  furnish  a  copy  of  the 
above  to  the  Faculty." 

On  behalf  of  the  Faculty  Dr.  Gardiner  then  offered  the  fol- 
lowing preamble  and  resolutions,  which  were  unanimously 
adopted: 

Whereas.  The  financial  and  other  business  affairs  of  the  College,  as 
heretofore  conducted,  have  resulted  in  producing  an  impoverished 
treasury  and  have  had  a  tendency  to  embarrass  very  much  the  opera- 
tions of  the  Board  of  Managers  and  Faculty;  therefore,  for  the  better 
and  more  satisfactory  regulation  of  the  financial  and  other  interests  of 
the  College, 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OP  PENNSYLVANIA.  87 

Resolved^  That  a  Committee  of  Finance  be  appointed  consisting  of 
three  members  of  the  Faculty,  who  shall  act  in  conjunction  with  the 
Finance  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Managers  in  conducting  the  finan- 
cial affairs  of  the  College. 

All  bills,  debts  or  liabilities  contracted  by  order  of  the  Faculty  shall 
be  audited  by  the  Committee  of  Finance,  reported  to  the  Faculty  and 
presented  to  the  Board  of  Managers  for  payment. 

Resolved,  That  a  Building  Committee  be  appointed,  consisting  of  two 
members  of  the  Faculty,  who  shall  act  with  the  Building  Committee  of 
the  Board  of  Managers. 

They  shall  have  charge  of  the  College  building  and  all  other  property 
belonging  to  the  corporation. 

As  soon  as  practicable  they  shall  take  an  inventory  of  all  the  appa- 
ratus, instruments,  preparations  and  other  articles  used  for  illustration 
and  demonstration  in  the  several  departments  of  medical  instruction 
now  belonging  to  the  corporation,  or  which  it  may  acquire  by  future 
purchase  or  donation. 

Said  inventory  shall  be  recorded  in  a  suitable  book  to  be  procured  for 
the  purpose. 

The  Building  Committee  shall  recommend  and  superintend  all  suit- 
able repairs  and  improvements.  They  shall  procure  all  assistance  nec- 
essary for  the  College,  reporting  all  appointments  and  dismissals  to  the 
Faculty  for  confirmation. 

Resolved,  That  a  Committee  of  Supplies  be  appointed,  consisting  of 
two  members  of  the  Faculty,  who  shall  make  all  purchase  of  imple- 
ments and  apparatus  necessary  for  the  use  of  the  Professors,  and 
materials  required  for  the  College.  At  a  Faculty  meeting  held  October 
16,  i860,  it  was  decided  that  each  Professor  be  allowed  to  purchase 
necessary  articles  for  his  lectures,  not  exceeding  I5.00  in  amount. 

All  bills  for  said  articles  shall  be  audited  by  the  Committee  of 
Finance,  reported  to  the  Faculty  and  presented  to  the  Board  of  Man- 
agers for  payment. 

Resolved,  That  each  of  the  above  committees  report  at  each  stated 
meeting  of  the  Faculty,  and  oftener  if  necessary. 

The  following  members  were  then  appointed  by  the  Presi- 
dent and  the  appointment  ratified  by  the  Faculty: 

Committee  of  Finance,  Drs.  Gardiner,  L,ee,  Brooks. 

Building  Committee,  Drs.  Semple,  Starkey. 

Committee  of  Supplies,  Drs.  Ashton,  Gause. 

These  committees  at  once  entered  upon  their  several  duties. 
The  condition  of  the  College  building  was  looked  into;  the 
Finance  Comittee  were  instructed  to  report  the  estimated  ex- 
penses of  running  the  College  for  the  ensuing  year  from 
October  i ,  i860.     And  at  the  same  time  to  report  the  liabilities 


88  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

and  assets  and  what  portion  of  the  assets  are  at  once  avail- 
able. 

It  was  decided  to  ask  Dr.  Griffiths  to  give  a  dental  clinic, 
and  a  dental  chair  was  ordered  to  be  procured.  The  hour 
from  I  to  2  p.  M.  on  Wednesday  was  assigned  to  Dr.  Griffiths. 

As  the  dental  chair  was  sold  to  Mr.  Detwiler,  in  February, , 
1 86 1,  it  seems  that  the  dental  clinic  was  not  a  great  success. 

Advertisements  of  the  coming  session  were  inserted  in  the 
Inquirer,  Evening  Bulletin  and  Ledger.  At  a  meeting  held 
October  2,  i860,  it  was  decided  that  the  introductories  be 
delivered  as  follows: 

Monday  evening,  7:30,  Dr.  Semple;  8:30,  Dr.  Lee;  Tues- 
day evening,  7:30,  Dr.  Brooks;  8:30,  Dr.  Starkey;  Thurs- 
day evening,  7:30,  Dr.  Gause;  8:30,  Dr.  Ashton;  Friday 
evening,  7:30,  Dr.  Gardiner. 

Dr.  Starkey 's  lecture  was,  however,  delivered  on  Wednes- 
day evening.  Although  Dr.  Ashton' s  name  appears  in  the 
announcements  for  1860-61,  as  Professor  of  Obstetrics,  he  did 
not  lecture.  In  the  minutes  of  a  Faculty  meeting  held 
October  5,  i860,  we  find  that  Dr.  Ashton  resigned  from  the 
chair  of  Obstetrics.  At  a  meeting  the  next  day,  October  6th, 
Dr.  Thomas  Moore  was  elected  to  take  the  place  of  Professor 
of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children.  At  this 
same  meeting  Dr.  Semple  resigned  from  the  Deanship  and  Dr. 
S.  S.  Brooks  was  elected  to  take  his  place. 

Mr.  H.  R.  Warriner  was,  on  October  23d,  elected  a  lecturer 
on  the  subject  of  Medical  Jurisprudence. 

On  October  30,  i860,  the  Faculty  addressed  a  letter,  signed 
by  Dr.  Moore,  the  Dean,  and  Dr.  Starkey,  the  Secretary,  to 
the  Board  of  Managers.     It  explains  itself  and  is  as  follows: 

Phii<adei<phia,  October  30,  i860. 
To  the  Board  of  Managers  of  the  Homosopathic  Medical  College  of 

Pennsylvania. 

GENTI.EMEN:  The  Faculty  beg  leave  to  submit  for  your  consideration 
the  following  communication.  In  the  organization  of  the  present 
Board  of  Instructors  of  the  College  two  objects  were  in  view: 

1st.  There  should  be  appointed  to  the  different  chairs  gentlemen  who 
were  qualified  to  fill  their  respective  positions. 

2d.  To  organize  a  Faculty  that  would  work  harmoniously  together 
and  bring  into  exercise  their  energies  and  abilities  to  build  the  Institu- 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  89 

tion,  and  offer  to  the  students  in  attendance  the  greatest  facilities  for 
acquiring  a  proper  and  competent  knowledge  of  the  science  and  art  of 
medicine.  These  two  objects,  we  believe,  have  thus  far  been  obtained; 
what  the  final  result  may  be,  of  course,  remains  to  be  seen.  Therefore, 
in  presenting  the  items  of  this  communication  to  the  Board  the  Faculty- 
acknowledged  their  subordinate  position,  but  are  desirous  that  the  busi- 
ness affairs  of  the  College  should  be  conducted  in  a  just  and  impartial 
manner,  so  that  dissatisfaction  and  discord  may  be  avoided  in  the  future. 

It  is  well  known  to  the  Board  of  Managers  and  the  Faculty  that  at 
every  session  of  the  College  it  has  been  customary  for  the  Dean  to  ac- 
cept, as  the  agent  and  on  behalf  of  the  College,  notes  of  hand  from 
students  for  a  portion  or  the  whole  amount  of  tuition  fees,  and  accord- 
ing to  the  Regulations  of  the  Managers,  adopted  some  years  since,  these 
notes  were  properly  the  property  of  the  College  and  belonged  to  the 
Treasury.  So  that  the  Faculty,  collectively  or  individually,  had  no 
claim  whatever  upon  the  amount  of  money  realized  from  their  payment. 

The  books  of  the  Dean  show  that  a  number  of  notes  were  accepted 
for  tuition  one  year  ago,  and  previous  to  that  date,  that  mature  this  ses- 
sion, and  the  amount  realized  from  their  collection  belongs  to  the  treas- 
ury of  the  College,  and  it  also  appears  that  these  notes  have  been  ab- 
stracted from  the  book  of  the  College  without  the  knowledge  'either  of 
Managers  or  the  Faculty.  So  that  at  the  present  time  it  is  impossible 
to  ascertain  without  investigation  where  they  are  deposited  or  who  has 
them  in  possession,  and  inasmuch  as  there  are  a  number  of  bills  now 
due  and  owing  by  the  College  for  sundries  furnished  for  the  session  of 
1859-60  it  seems  nothing  more  than  an  act  of  justice  to  the  present 
Faculty  that  the  amount  realized  from  the  collection  of  these  claims 
should  be  appropriated  to  the  liquidation  of  these  bills,  and  the  Faculty 
do  most  earnestly  call  upon  the  Board  of  Managers  to  investigate  the 
matter  and  have  the  financial  affairs  of  the  College  properly  adjusted, 
so  that  harmony  and  unity  of  action  may  still  continue  to  characterize 
all  the  doings  of  the  Institution.  Believing  it  to  be  an  act  of  justice, 
not  only  to  the  Corporation,  but  also  to  the  present  Faculty,  to  give  im- 
mediate attention  to  this  suggestion,  so  that  the  funds  of  the  Institution 
shall  not  be  appropriated  in  any  other  than  a  legitimate  manner  when 
it  is  necessary  to  husband  resources  to  relieve  it  from  present  embar- 
rassment. 

Yours  respectfully, 

THOS.  MOORE, 
President  of  the  Faculty. 
G.  R.  Starkey, 

Secretary  of  the  Faculty. 

Before  this  time  the  chair  of  Medical  Jurisprudence  had 
been*an  adjunct  of  some  other  chair  held  by  a  physician,  but 
now  it  was  decided  that  it  be  held  as  an  independent  chair 
by  a  lawyer. 


90  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMOEOPATHIC 

As  has  been  stated  the  Faculty  elected,  on  October  23d, 
Mr.  H.  R.  Warriner  as  lecturer  on  Medical  Jurisprudence. 
On  the  24th  of  October  a  letter,  signed  by  the  Dean,  Dr. 
Brooks,  was  addressed  to  the  Board  of  Managers,  as  follows: 

Philadelphia,  10  mo.  24,  i860. 
To  the  Board  of  Managers  of  the  Hoinoeopathic  Medical  College  of 

Pensylvania. 

Gentlemeri :  The  Faculty  have  just  completed  the  arrangements  for 
having  H.  Warriner,  Esq.,  to  deliver  one  lecture  a  week  on  Medical 
Jurisprudence.  His  compensation  to  be  his  share  of  the  profits,  or  the 
same  proportion  as  ourselves;  so  that  if  we  receive  anything  he  will  also 
get  his  portion  of  what  may  be  divided  among  us. 

Arrangement  has  also  been  made  with  Dr.  J.  J.  Griffiths,  to  demon- 
strate some  of  the  operations  upon  the  teeth. which  would  be  likely  to 
be  required  by  a  physician  in  country  practice.  He  kindly  offered,  for 
the  benefit  of  the  College,  to  render  a  weekly  service  for  nothing,  pro- 
vided we  would  furnish  him  with  a  dental  chair  to  facilitate  his  opera- 
tions. 

We  have  bought  a  chair  for  f  10.00  and  he  will  commence  to-day,  if 
he  has  patients,  which  he  says  we  can  have  in  future  if  he  will  give  a 
little  information  by  circulating  cards  among  the  present  dispensary 
patients  and  others. 

But  as  the  Faculty  desires  to  do  nothing  without  the  approbation  and 
counsel  of  the  Board  of  Managers,  I  was  desired  to  give  this  informa- 
tion and  state  that  both  arrangements  are,  and  have  been  made,  subject 
to  your  consent  and  approval. 

Very  respectfully, 

SILAS  S.  BROOKS, 

Dean. 


MEDICAL  COIvLEGE  OF  PENNSYI.VANIA.  91 


CHAPTER  XVI. 

1861-64. 

The  Commencement  occurred  on  March  i,  1 861,  at  Musical 
Fund  Hall.  The  valedictory  was  by  Dr.  Thomas  Moore. 
There  were  twenty-five  graduates,  and  six  special  degrees 
were  granted. 

At  the  first  Faculty  meeting  after  the  Commencement,  held 
March  5th,  there  was  a  general  thanksgiving  in  votes.  Thanks 
were  voted  to  J.  J.  Griffith,  for  the  very  faithful  and  very 
satisfactory  performance  of  his  duties  in  dentistry;  to  Mr. 
Warriner  for  his  labors  in  jurisprudence;  to  Rev.  R.  A.  Carden 
for  acting  chaplain  at  the  Commencement;  to  Dr.  "WTS.  Hel- 
muth  for  services  as  President  of  the  College  rendered  at  the 
last  Commencement;  the  Registrar  was  ordered  to  furnish  the 
gentlemen  with  a  copy  of  these  votes. 

The  announcement  (2,500  copies)  was  issued  in  June. 
By  the  record  of  a  meeting  held  July  29,  1861,  we  find  that 
some  changes  were  made.  The  Faculty  accepted  the  resig- 
nation of  Dr.  Gardiner  from  the  chair  of  Surgery;  of  Dr. 
Starkey  from  that  of  Anatomy;  of  Dr.  Moore  from  that  of 
Obstetrics;  Dr.  Starkey  was  elected  to  fill  the  chair  of  Sur- 
gery; Dr.  Moore  to  Anatomy,  and  Dr.  H.  N.  Guernsej'  to 
fill  that  of  Obstetrics.  But  on  the  records  of  a  meeting  on 
August  30,  1 86 1,  we  find  that  Dr.  P.  S.  Hitchens  was  elected 
to  fill  the  chair  of  Anatomy,  vice  Dr.  Moore,  resigned.  On 
September  3d,  Dr.  S.  S.  Brooks  was  elected  Dean. 

So  that  while  the  printed  announcement  gives  as  Faculty, 
Drs.  Semple,  Gardiner,  Brooks,  Starkey,  &c. ,  the  actual  pro- 
fessors for  the  session  of  1861-62  were:  M.  Semple,  Chemistry 
and  Toxicology;  G.  R.  Starkey,  Surgery;  S.  S.  Brooks, 
Institutes  and  Practice;  P.  S.  Hitchens,  Anatomy;  H.  N. 
Guernsey,  Obstetrics;  J.  K.  I^ee,  Mat'eria  Medica;  O.  B. 
Gause,  Physiology. 


92  HISTORY  OF  THK  HOMCEOPATHIC 

The  introductory  was  delivered  on  the  evening  of  Wednes- 
day, October  14,  1 861,  by  Dr.  O.  B.  Gause.  There  were 
thirty-four  matriculants.  The  war  times  had  disturbed  the 
Colleges  of  our  land. 

The  question  of  scrip  now  appears  on  the  minutes.  On 
October  11,  1861,  it  was  voted  that  Drs.  Brooks  and  Kitchens 
be  a  committee  to  draw  up  a  form  of  petition  to  the  Board  of 
Managers  to  appropriate  to  the  Professors  certificates  of  scrip 
for  the  surplus  receipts  to  the  College  over  the  current  ex- 
penses of  each  year.  On  December  13th  Dr.  Brooks  recom- 
mended a  form  of  memorial  to  the  Board  of  Managers  that 
the  Professors  receive  scrip  for  debts  paid  by  them  on  the 
building. 

Drs.  Semple,  Brooks,  and  the  President  were  appointed  a 
committee  to  mature  a  plan  for  granting  a  prize  for  the  best 
essay  to  be  delivered  under  specified  conditions. 

The  commencement  was  held  on  March  3,  1862,  in  Musical 
Fund  Hall,  the  Valedictory  being  delivered  by  Dr.  J.  K.  Lee. 
There  were  but  twelve  graduates. 

A  resolution  was  at  this  meeting  unanimously  adopted  by 
the  Professors  as  follows: 

Resolved,  That  the  following  article  of  argreement  be  entered  upon 
our  Book  of  Minutes,  and  that  each  of  the  Faculty  sign  it;  and  also 
that  their  successors  be  requested  to  do  the  same  on  entering  the 
College  as  professors. 

Article  of  agreement. 

We  hereby  severally  agree  that  when  we  resign  our  positions  as  Pro- 
fessors in  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvenia,  we  will 
do  so  only  in  the  month  of  March;  unless  it  be  in  case  of  sickness  or 
accident  which  may  prevent  our  attending  to  the  duties  of  our  respective 
chairs,  or  when  we  may  be  transferred  from  one  chair  to  another. 

This  appears  on  the  record  book  but  it  has  no  signatures 
whatever. 

It  was  decided  to  revise  the  Constitution  so  that  it  be  in  ac- 
cord with  the  printed  rules  of  the  announcements. 

The  session  of  1862-63  was  opened  on  the  evening  of 
October  13,  1862,  the  introductory  lecture  being  delivered 
by  Dr.  G.  R.  Starkey.  The  number  of  matriculants  was 
forty-one. 

Before  this  session  Dr.  W.  C.  Hamilton  was  made  Demon- 
strator of  Anatomy. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  93 

During  the  summer  of  1862  the  anatomical  or  upper  lecture 
room  was  greatly  improved;  a  sky  light  was  added;  a  hospital 
was  also  opened  in  the  rear  of  the  College  and  connected  with 
this  amphitheatre. 

The  students  had,  however,  for  some  j^ears  been  attending 
the  other  hospitals  of  the  city.  The  commencement  was  held 
at  Musical  Fund  Hall  on  March  3,  1863.  The  Valedictory 
was  by  Prof.  S.  S.  Brooks.     The  graduates  were  eighteen. 

During  this  session  just  passed  the  Faculty  presented  to 
the  Managers  the  following  document: 
To  the  Honorable  Board  of  Managers  of  the  Hoinosopathic  Medical 

College  of  Pennsylvania. 

Gentleine7i:  The  Faculty  of  the  Institution  would  respectfully  beg 
leave  to  state  that  it  is  well  pleased  with  the  appropriation  of  a  portion 
of  the  surplus  funds  or  profits  of  the  College  towards  the  liquidation 
of  the  old  debts  of  the  establishment;  and  would  hereby  petition  your 
body,  that,  from  year  to  year,  as  payments  of  this  kind  are  made,  you 
issue  certificates  of  scrip  or  stock  to  the  different  professors;  to  each  a 
like  share,  for  the  amount  of  indebtedness  thus  paid.  (Signed.)  M. 
Semple,  S.  S.  Brooks,  G.  R.  Starkey,  H.  N.  Guernsey,  P.  H.  Kitchens, 
O.  B.  Gause,  J.  K.  Lee. 

The  Board  of  Managers  report  on  April  13,  1863,  the 
financial  condition  of  the  College.  When  the  Board  entered 
upon  its  duties,  there  was  upon  the  property  a  mortgage  debt 
of  $14,000.00  and  a  floating  debt  of  about  $7,500.  Against 
this  there  was  in  the  treasury  $401.02.  Since  which  time 
there  have  been  received  from  all  sources  $4,172.26,  and  ex- 
pended during  the  same  period  $4,519.85.  Leaving  a  balance 
in  the  treasury  of  $53.43.  Included  in  the  payments  is  about 
$1,400  of  the  floating  debt,  leaving  a  little  over  $6,000. 

They  also  reported  that  owing  to  this  debt  the  Faculty  had 
given  their  labors  gratuitously. 

On  June  6th,  1863,  the  resignation  of  Dr.  Semple  from  the 
chair  of  Chemistry  occurred,  and  Dr.  I,ee  from  that  of  Materia 
Medica. 

The  introductory  lecture  of  session  1863-64  was  delivered 
on  October  12th  by  Peter  S.  Kitchens.  There  were  thirty- 
six  matriculants. 

In  November,  1863,  the  Board  of  Managers  reported  to  the 
Faculty  that  they  had  elected  Dr.  Charles  Heermann  to  the 


94  HISTORY  OP  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

chair  of  Pharmacy,  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics,  and 
Prof.  lyemuel  Stephens  to  that  of  Chemistry. 

On  February  20th,  1864,  it  was  voted  by  the  Faculty  that 
Dr.  Kitchens  be  appointed  a  committee  to  send  special  invita- 
tions to  the  ' '  pioneers ' '  of  Homoeopathy  to  attend  the  cere- 
monies of  the  next  commencement. 

This  commencement  was  held  at  Musical  Fund  Hall  on 
March  2d,  1864,  the  valedictorian  being  Dr.  Henry  N. 
Guernsey.     There  were  fifteen  graduates. 

At  a  Faculty  meeting  held  March  2d,  1864,  it  was  voted 
that  the  Faculty  respectfully  request  the  Board  of  Managers 
that  they  appoint  and  empower  a  trusty  and  competent  agent 
who  shall  on  the  part  of  this  Institution  solicit  and  collect 
from  its  friends  funds  to  pay  off  the  mortgages  resting  upon  it. 

On  March  17th  the  dean's  account  was  reported.  He  had 
received  for  the  term  $3,110.00,  which  had  been  paid  to  the 
Treasurer  of  Board  of  Managers. 

The  records  of  May  7,  [864,  of  the  Faculty  meeting  show 
that  Drs.  C.  Hering,  A.  L,ippe,  H.  N.  Guernsey,  P.  Wilson, 
G.  R.  Starkey,  Chas.  Heermann,  L.  Stephens,  having  met  at 
Dr.  Hering' s,  presented  their  respective  credentials  from  the 
Board  of  Managers  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  to 
the  following  chairs: 

Dr.  Hering,  Practice  of  Medicine;  Dr.  lyippe,  Materia 
Medica;  Dr.  Guernsey,  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women 
and  Children;  Dr.  Starkey,  Surgery;  Dr.  Wilson,  Anatomy; 
Dr.  Heermann,  Physiology;  Prof.  Stephens,  Chemistry. 

Hence  constituting  collectively  the  Faculty  of  the  Homoeo- 
pathic Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania.  Dr.  Guernsey  was 
elected  President />/^  tein.,  Dr.  Heermann  Secretary /re*  tern. 
The  following  officers  were  then  elected:  President,  Dr.  H. 
N.  Guernsey;  Dean,  Dr.  Chas.  Heermann;  Recording  Secre- 
tary, G.  R.  Starkey. 

Dr.  Hering  then  submitted  to  the  Faculty  the  following: 
Whereas,  the  vast  field  of  Institutes  and  Practice  of  Medicine 
can  not  be  properly  gone  over  by  any  one  member  of  the 
Faculty  in  one  session,  the  Faculty  devise  some  means  of 
either  making  an  aid  or  vicar  for  his  chair  or  divide  the  duties 
of  his  chair  into  distinct  provinces. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  95 

Dr.  Heermann  moves  the  chair  be  split  in  two,  ist,  Chair 
of  Practice  of  Medicine  issued  to  Dr.  Hering.  2d,  Chair  of 
Semiology  and  Diagnostics  allotted  to  Dr.  Raue.  Dr.  Wilson 
objects  to  a  split  chair,  and  moves  to  amend  that  two  distinct 
chairs  be  formed.  On  question  of  the  necessity  of  another 
distinct  chair  it  is  suggested  that  Dr.  Raue  can  not  accept  any 
position  that  is  not  on  an  equality  with  that  of  other  members 
of  the  Faculty.  Dr.  Hering  amended  that  the  emoluments 
of  the  two  chairs  be  alike.  As  names  of  the  two  chairs,  Dr. 
Starkey  suggested: 

1.  Institutes  of  Homoeopathy  and  Practice  of  Medicine  to 
be  occupied  by  Dr.  Hering. 

2.  Chair  of  Natural  History  of  Diseases,  Diagnostics  and 
Clinical  Medicine  to  be  occupied  by  Dr.  Raue. 

But  Dr.  Hering  objects  to  the  name  of  the  second  chair, 
urging  that  as  diseases  change  according  to  individualities 
and  reigning  type  there  can  be  no  generic  names  adhered  to, 
or  we  fall  into  the  routine  of  old  school  practice,  fitting  medi- 
cines not  to  symptoms  but  to  names  of  diseases.  Dr.  Hering 
suggests  that  the  name  of  Special  Pathology  and  Diagnostics 
covers  all  the  ground  of  the  other  title. 

The  title  was  finally  selected — Special  Pathology  and  Diag- 
nostics. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Starkey  the  president  was  authorized  to 
notify  the  dean  of  the  old  Faculty  of  the  Homoeopathic  Col- 
lege of  the  organization  of  the  new  Faculty  in  order  that  the 
books  and  papers  pertaining  to  the  ofiice  be  handed  over  to 
the  present  incumbent. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Heermann,  an  appeal  to  the  Alumni  of 
the  College  and  one  to  the  public,  approved  of  by  a  joint 
committee  of  the  former  board,  was  then  read.  I^ts  purport 
was  the  relief  of  the  College  from  debt.  The  Faculty  object- 
ing to  the  despondent  tone  of  the  same,  Dr.  Starkey  was, 
upon  motion,  appointed  a  committee  to  revise  the  same  and 
present  it  for  approval  at  the  next  meeting. 

At  a  meeting,  May  14th,  it  was  decided  to  ask  the  Board  of 
Managers  how  many  of  the  professors  had  accepted  their  elec- 
tion as  made  at  the  last  meeting  of  the  Board.  The  appeals 
to  the  public  and  the  Alumni,  as  amended,  were  then  adopted. 


96         •  HISTORY  OP  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

Meeting  May  27tli,  1864,  a  letter  was  read  from  Mr.  E. 
Erskine  Harper,  of  Scotland,  who  requested  a  diploma.  It 
was  directed  that  he  be  informed  that  his  request  may  be 
granted  provided  he  procures  and  forwards  a  recommendation 
from  Dr.  D.  Wilson,  of  London,  and  deposits  in  the  Bank  of 
England  ^50.  July  26th  Dr.  Wilson  was  appointed  the  rep- 
resentative of  the  College  in  Great  Britain,  and  the  special 
degree  of  the  College  was  granted  him. 

September  loth  it  was  voted  that  the  reading  room  be  sup- 
plied with  all  the  homoeopathic  journals  published  in  the 
world. 

The  College  still  pursued  its  liberal  course  in  advertising. 
It  had  cards  in  the  principal  homoeopathic  journals,  and  the 
announcements  and  commencements  were  advertised  in  the 
Philadelphia  papers.  During  this  fall  the  Faculty  meetings 
were  at  the  house  of  Dr.  Hering.  The  session  of  1864-65, 
under  a  new  regimen,  with  a  new  Faculty  and  new  expecta- 
tions of  usefulness,  was  opened  on  the  evening  of  October 
loth.     The  introductory  was  delivered  by  Chas.  Heermann. 


MEDICAIv  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  97 


CHAPTER  XVII. 

1865-. 

From  the  time  that  the  College  was  bought,  in  1855,  the 
corporation  had  struggled  under  a  load  of  debt,  and  although 
scrip  of  stock  had  been  issued  and  other  means  used  to  raise 
money,  yet  in  1864  members  of  the  old  management  were 
about  discouraged.  So  it  happened  that  the  Faculty  was 
entirely  reorganized,  new  men  came  into  it  and  the  session  of 
1864-65  was  the  beginning  of  a  new  era.  But  the  old  system 
of  things  in  the  way  of  the  Board  of  Managers  of  laymen,  the 
old  debts,  the  old  mortgage,  all  held  in  power.  It  was  then 
thought  advisable  to  adopt  some  plan  to  set  the  College  upon 
a  firmer  basis.  In  the  records  of  a  Faculty  meeting  held 
November  19th,  1864,  we  find,  "On  motion,  Dr.  lyippe  was 
appointed  a  committee  with  power  to  select  a  coadjutor  to 
present  to  the  Faculty  an  informal  draft  of  an  Act  of  Incor- 
poration." 

During  the  session  the  matter  was  pushed  at  Harrisburg. 
On  February  nth,  1865,  the  dean  was  asked  to  request  the 
Board  of  Managers  to  divide  the  surplus  money  with  the 
Faculty. 

The  commencement  was  held  at  Musical  Fund  Hall  on 
March  4th,  1865.  The  Valedictory  was  by  Prof.  G.  R. 
Starkey.     There  were  nineteen  graduates. 

Before  the  College  had  closed  a  new  charter  had  been 
obtained.     It  is  as  follows: 

Charter  of  the  Homceopathic  Medicai,  Coi^IvEGE  of  Penn- 
sylvania, Located  in  the  City  of  Philadei^phia. 

An  Act  to  Incorporate  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pettnsyl- 

vania. 

Section  i.  Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representa- 
tives of  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  in  General  Assembly  met. 


98  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

and  is  hereby  enacted  by  the  authority  of  the  same.  That  John  M. 
Kennedy,  John  P.  Brock,  Alfred  R.  Potter,  Nicholas  E.  Thouron, 
Henry  Homer,  Henry  B.  Keene,  George  Burnham,  Samuel  Anderson, 
Joseph  Grubb,  Amos  B.  Keith,  L,ouis  C.  Madeira,  S.  Rodman  Morgan, 
William  Colder  and  S.  T.  Charlton,  and  their  associates  and  successors, 
be  and  they  are  hereby  created  and  erected  into  a  body  politic  and  cor- 
porate in  fact  and  in  law,  by  the  name  and  style  of  the  Homoeopathic 
Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  to  be  located  in  the  City  of  Philadel- 
phia, and  by  that  name  shall  have  perpetual  succession,  shall  be  able 
to  sue  and  liable  to  be  sued,  shall  have  a  common  seal,  shall  be  capable 
in  law  or  equity  to  take,  purchase  and  hold  and  grant  and  convey  lands, 
tenements,  moneys,  goods,  chattels  and  effects,  shall  have  power  and 
authority  to  make  all  by-laws  necessary  or  proper  for  the  government 
and  uses  of  a  Medical  College,  and  for  the  government  of  the  Hospital 
hereinafter  mentioned,  not  contrary  to  the  constitution  and  laws  of  the 
United  States  and  of  this  Commonwealth;  and  shall  have  full  power  to 
do  all  and  ever}-  other  matter  and  thing  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act, 
which  any  corporation  or  body  politic  may  or  can  do,  provided  that  the 
said  corporation  shall  not  hold  more  real  estate  than  may  be  necessary 
and  proper  for  the  uses,  benefit  and  support  of  a  Medical  College  and 
the  Hospital  hereinafter  authorized  to  be  by  said  corporation  erected 
or  provided  and  established. 

Section  2.  Said  corporation  shall  have  power  to  elect  a  President, 
'Secretary  and  Treasurer,  and  all  officers  necessary  for  the  administra- 
tion thereof,  and  to  enact  by-laws  for  the  government,  admission  and 
expulsion  of  members  and  pupils. 

Section  3.  That  the  capital  stock  of  said  corporation  consist  of 
Sixty  Thousand  Dollars,  to  be  divided  into  three  thousand  shares  of 
twenty  dollars  each,  and  the  said  corporation  shall  have  authority 
to  borrow  money  not  exceeding  in  amount  at  any  time  fifty  thousand 
dollars,  to  be  secured  by  bonds  and  mortgages  of  the  real  estate  of 
the  corporation. 

Section  4.  Said  College  shall  have  the  power  to  grant  the  degree 
of  Doctor  of  Medicine,  and  especially  of  Homoeopathic  Medicine,  to 
any  such  person  as  shall  have  attended  two  courses  of  medical  lectures 
and  completed  a  course  of  study,  and  possess  the  qualifications  usually 
required  of  candidates  for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine  in  other 
Medical  Colleges  in  this  State,  and  also  a  knowledge  of  Homoeopathy. 
Section  5.  Said  corporation  shall  have  full  power  and  authority  to 
raise,  by  loan  or  otherwise,  a  sum  not  exceeding  fifty  thousand  dollars, 
and  to  expend  the  same  in  the  purchase  of  a  lot  or  lots  of  ground  in 
said  city,  and  the  erection  thereon  of  a  suitable  building  for  a  Hospital, 
or  to  purchase  or  rent  such  building  for  said  Hospital,  and  the  said 
Hospital  shall  be  under  the  government  of  the  said  Medical  College. 

Section  6.  That  said  corporation  shall  have  power  to  receive  and 
hold  appropriations,  donations  or  legacies,  either  by  grant,  gift,  devise 


MEDICAI.  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  99 

or  otherwise,  either  for  the  use  and  benefit  of  the  Medical  College  or 
Hospital,  provided  that  when  such  appropriations,  donations  or  legacies, 
shall  be  specifically  granted  or  given  for  the  use  and  benefit  of  the 
College  or  for  the  Hospital,  the  corporation  shall  use  or  apply  the  same 
for  the  object  or  institution  named  in  such  gift,  grant  or  devise. 

Section  7.  The  said  corporators  named  in  the  first  section  of  this 
Act,  or  a  majority  of  them,  are  hereby  authorized  to  meet  on  a  day  to 
be  designated  by  them  at  a  convenient  place  in  the  City  of  Philadel- 
phia, for  the  purpose  of  choosing  a  President,  Secretary,  Treasurer  and 
seven  Trustees,  who  shall  hold  their  offices  until  the  day  fixed  for  the  next 
annual  election,  and  in  case  of  failure  to  elect  on  that  day,  they  shall 
hold  over  until  an  election  be  held  within  three  months  thereafter,  and 
that  the  annual  elections  and  other  meetings  of  the  corporation  shall 
be  held  at  such  times  and  places  and  on  such  notice,  as  may  be  pre- 
scribed by  the  by-laws,  provided  that  in  the  election  of  all  officers  each 
share  of  stock  shall  be  entitled  to  one  vote. 

ARTHUR  G.  OLMSTED, 

Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives . 
JVM.  f.   TURRELL, 

Speaker  of  the  Senate. 

Approved  the  ijth  day  of  February,  Anno  Domini  one  thousand 
eight  hundred  and  sixty-five. 

A.  G.  CUR  TIN. 

Office  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Commonwealth, 
Harrisburg,  March  j,  A.  D.  186^. 

PENNSYIvVANIA,  ss. 

r — ' — >  I  do  hereby  certify,  that  the  foregoing  and  annexed  is  a 

(full,  true  and  correct  copy  of  the  original  Act  of  the  Gen- 
eral  Assembly,  entitled  "  An  Act  to  incorporate  the  Homoeo- 
v__.^.^      pathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,"  as  the  same  re- 
mains on  file  in  this  office. 
In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand,  and  caused  the 
seal  of  the  Secretary's  office  to  be  affixed,  the  day  and   year  above 
written. 

W.  H.  ARMSTRONG, 

Deputy  Secretary  of  the  Commonwealth. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Corporators  held  on  the  29th  day  of  April,  A.  D. 
1865,  in  the  City  of  Philadelphia,  the  Charter  was  unanimously  ac- 
cepted and  adopted;  and  at  the  same  meeting  the  College  was  duly 
organized  by  the  unanimous  election  of  the  following  gentlemen  as 
Officers  and  Trustees  thereof: 

Officers. 
President,  Ai^fred  R.  Potter;  Secretary,  Henry  E.  Keene;  Treas- 
urer, Richard  S.  Brock;   Trustees,   M.   W.  Bai^dwin,  John  Penn 


lOO  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

Brock,   Nicholas  E.  Thouron,   George   Burnham,   S.   Rodman 
Morgan,  T.  S.  Arthur,  Louis  C.  Madeira. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  held  on  the  loth  day  of  May 
A.  D.  1865,  the  following  By-I^aws,  prepared  by  the  Board,  were  unani- 
mously passed  and  adopted : 

By-IvAws. 

Art.  I.  The  Board  of  the  Corporation  shall  consist  of  the  President, 
the  Secretary  and  the  Seven  Trustees,  who  shall  be  elected  annually, 
on  the  first  Monday  of  March,  by  the  Stockholders,  and  in  such  elec- 
tions each  share  of  stock  shall  be  entitled  to  one  vote,  which  may  be 
given  in  person  or  by  proxy. 

Art.  II.  The  Stated  Meetings  of  the  Board  shall  be  held  on  the  first 
Mondays  of  February,  May,  August  and  November,  unless  otherwise 
directed  by  the  Board,  and  adjournments  of  such  meetings  may  be 
made  when  necessary. 

Art.  III.  Five  members  of  the  Board  shall  be  necessary  to  form  a 
quorum  for  the  appointment  of  the  Faculty  of  said  College,  for  the 
enacting,  altering  or  repealing  By-L,aws,  for  disposing  of  money  or 
other  property  exceeding  one  thousand  dollars  in  amount  or  value,  and 
for  the  appointment  of  Annual  Committees;  but  for  the  transaction  of 
ordinary  business,  four  members  shall  be  a  quorum. 

Art.  IV.  The  Board  shall  appoint  the  Faculty  of  the  College,  and  a 
Hospital  Committee  of  three  persons,  a  Committee  on  Finance  of  three 
persons,  and  a  Committee  on  Buildings  of  one  person;  and  it  shall  be 
the  duty  of  said  Committees  to  make  report  of  their  proceedings,  in 
writing,  semi-annually,  on  the  last  Monday  of  February  and  August, 
and  oftener,  when  required  by  the  Board. 

Art.  V.  The  Board  shall,  by  election,  fill  all  vacancies  in  the  Board 
which  may  happen  by  death,  resignation  or  otherwise,  and  the  of&cers 
so  elected  shall  continue  in  office  until  the  next  Annual  Election;  and 
the  Board  shall,  by  appointment,  fill  any  vacancies  of  the  Faculty  of 
the  College,  or  of  any  of  the  Committees,  which  may  happen  by  death, 
resignation  or  otherwise. 

Art.  VI.  The  Board  shall  have  the  power  to  make  all  rules  and 
regulations  necessary  or  proper  for  the  uses  of  the  Medical  College  and 
Hospital,  and  to  make  all  By-L,aws  necessary  to  carry  into  effect  any  of 
powers  granted  by  the  Charter  of  the  College;  Provided,  That  no  By- 
Law  shall  be  altered,  amended  or  repealed,  and  no  new  By-Law  shall 
be  made  or  adopted,  except  by  a  vote  of  two-thirds  of  the  members  of 
the  Board,  and  each  member  of  the  Board  shall  be  notified  in  writing, 
ten  days  preceding  the  meeting  of  the  Board,  of  any  proposed  altera- 
tion, amendment  or  repeal,  of  any  By-Law,  or  of  any  addition  thereto. 

Art.  VII.  The  Board  shall  confer  Medical  degrees  upon  such  per- 
sons only  as  shall  be  recommended  by  the  Faculty  of  the  College;  and 
the  Commencement,  for  the  conferring  of  Medical  Degrees,  shall  be 
held  annually,  in  the  month  of  March. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  lOI 

Art.  VIII.  The  Secretary  shall  attend  the  Board  at  their  meetings. 
It  shall  be  his  duty  to  keep  fair  minutes  and  records  of  their  proceed- 
ings, to  issue  notices  to  the  members  of  all  meetings,  to  prepare,  or 
cause  to  be  prepared,  all  Diplomas,  at  the  expense  of  the  College,  to 
cause  the  seal  of  the  Institution  to  be  affixed  thereto  and  to  attest  the 
same,  to  furnish  the  Faculty  of  the  College  with  a  copy  of  every  regu- 
lation and  rule  which  shall  be  made  by  the  Board  respecting  the  College 
and  Hospital,  and  he  shall  perform  all  the  reasonable  and  customary 
duties  incident  to  office  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Board. 

Art.  IX.  The  Treasurer  shall  give  security,  to  be  approved  by  the 
Board,  in  the  sum  of  ten  thousand  dollars.  He  shall,  upon  the  full  pay- 
ment to  him  of  twenty  dollars  for  each  share  of  stock  of  the  corporation, 
issue  certificates  therefor,  signed  by  the  President  and  Secretary,  and 
countersigned  by  him.  He  shall  receive  all  moneys  paid  by  the  stu- 
dents to  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty,  all  donations  made  to,  rents,  interest, 
moneys  and  other  revenues  belonging  to  the  Corporation.  He  shall, 
out  of  the  revenues  received  by  him,  first  pay  all  expenses,  interest  and 
such  other  outlay  as  the  Board  may  direct,  and  six  per  cent,  upon  all 
stock  paid  in  full  and  for  which  certificates  shall  have  been  issued,  and 
then  divide  the  surplus  equally  among  the  seven  Professorships  of  the 
Faculty,  namely,  Institutes  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  Pathology  and 
Diagnostics,  Materia  Medica,  Obstetrics,  Diseases  of  Women  and  Chil- 
dren, Surgery,  Anatomy,  Physiology  and  Chemistry.  He  shall  pay  all 
claims  against  the  Corporation,  upon  warrants  signed  by  the  Committee 
on  Finance,  or  when  directed  by  a  resolution  of  the  Board,  and  shall 
take  and  keep  proper  vouchers  for  such  payments.  He  shall  prepare 
and  submit  to  the  Committee  on  Finance,  on  the  last  Monday  of  Febru- 
ary and  August  in  every  year,  a  correct  statement  of  the  receipts  and 
expenditures  of  the  preceding  half-year,  and  of  the  funds  remaining  in 
his  hands.  He  shall  deposit  all  money  received  on  account  and  for  the 
use  of  the  Medical  College  and  Hospital,  in  such  bank  as  may  be  desig- 
nated by  the  Committee  on  Finance,  to  his  credit  as  "Treasurer  of  the 
Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania;"  and  all  checks  drawn 
upon  such  bank  shall  contain  the  name  or  names  of  the  person  or  per- 
sons to  whom  the  money  so  drawn  is  to  be  paid.  He  shall  keep  regular 
books  of  accounts  of  all  receipts  and  expenditures,  and  the  debts  and 
credits  of  the  Corporation,  one  of  which  books  shall  contain  all  receipts 
and  expenditures  of  the  College  only,  and  the  other  of  the  said  books 
shall  contain  all  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  Hospital,  which  books 
shall,  at  all  reasonable  times,  be  open  to  the  inspection  and  examination 
of  the  Committee  on  Finance,  or  of  any  member  of  the  Board.  And, 
generally,  he  shall  faithfully  perform  all  duties  concerning  the  estates 
and  revenues  of  the  Corporation,  which  may  be  necessary  to  the  prudent 
and  economical  management  thereof,  and  may  be  required  by  the  Board 
or  by  the  Committee  on  Finance. 

Art.  X.     The  Faculty  of  the  College  shall  have  power  to  make  all 


I02  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

rules  and  regulations  necessary  or  proper  for  the  government  of  each 
professorial  department  of  the  College,  and  for  the  admission,  govern- 
ment and  expulsion  of  Students,  and  to  adopt  such  rules  as  may  pro- 
mote the  welfare  and  usefulness  of  the  College,  which  rules  and  regula- 
tions shall  be  subject  to  these  By-Laws,  or  others  which  may  be  estab- 
lished by  the  Board,  and  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Board.  The 
Facultj'  shall,  in  conjunction  with  the  Committee  of  the  Hospital,  make 
all  necessary  rules  and  regulations  for  the  government  of  the  Hospital, 
and  for  the  admission  and  treatment  of  patients  therein.  And  the 
Faculty  shall  appoint  one  of  their  own  members  to  act  as  Dean,  who 
shall  arrange  and  conduct  the  business  of  examining  the  candidates  for 
Medical  Degrees,  and  who  shall  receive  and  pay  over  forthwith  to  the 
Treasurer  such  money  as  shall  be  paid  by  the  Students  or  Graduates. 

Art.  XI.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Faculty  to  make  reports  to  the 
Board  at  their  Stated  Meetings  in  February,  May,  August  and  Novem- 
ber, upon  the  state  of  the  Medical  Department,  stating  the  names  and 
residences  of  such  Students  as  have  been  admitted  into  the  College, 
with  such  remarks  as  they  maj'  deem  expedient. 

Art.  XII.  The  Committee  on  the  Hospital  are  authorized  to  solicit 
subscriptions,  donations  or  gifts,  for  the  said  Hospital,  and  upon  the 
receipt  by  them  of  any  subscription,  donation  or  gift,  they  shall  forth- 
with pay  the  same  to  the  Treasurer,  and  all  moneys  paid  by  the  Treas- 
urer to  said  Committee  shall  be  for  the  exclusive  use  of  the  Hospital, 
and  the  Committee  shall  render  to  the  Board  quarterly  accounts  of  the 
receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  Hospital.  The  Committee  shall  ap- 
point seven  Lady  Managers,  who  shall  have  charge  of  the  domestic 
affairs  of  the  Hospital.  The  Lady  Managers  shall  be  authorized  to 
solicit  and  collect  subscriptions,  and  disburse  the  same  in  the  mainte- 
nance and  support  of  the  Hospital;  and  they  shall  render  to  the  Com- 
mittee monthly  accounts  of  the  receipts  and  expenditures. 

Art.  XIII.  Any  stockholder  who  shall  hold  fifty  shares  of  stock  may, 
upon  relinquishing  all  claim  to  interest  for  any  year,  have  the  right  to 
enter  one  Student  to  attend  all  the  lectures  in  such  year,  without  any 
fees  or  charges. 

Art.  XIV.  The  President  shall  be  a  member,  ex-officio,  of  all  Com- 
mittees. 

The  following  gentlemen  have  been  appointed  by  the  President  on 
the  following  Committees: 

Committee  on  Finance,  Messrs.  Brock,  Madeira  and  Morgan;  Com- 
mittee of  the  Hospital,  Messrs.  Brock,  Arthur  and  Burtiham;  Com- 
mittee on  Buildings,  Nicholas  E.  Thouron. 

The  Financial  Committee  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of 
Pennsylvania,  located  in  the  City  of  Philadelphia,  have  been  directed 
to  present  the  Charter,  By-Laws,  and  the  names  of  the  officers  and 
Faculty,  with  the  view  of  obtaining  subscriptions  to  the  stock  of  the 
Institution. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  103 

The  College  has  been  duly  organized  with  an  able  and  active  corps  of 
Professors. 

The  capital  stock  of  the  Corporation  consists  of  sixty  thousand  dol- 
lars, divided  into  three  thousand  shares  at  twenty  dollars  each. 

It  is  designed  that  the  investment  shall  yield  six  per  cent,  per  annum. 
The  earnings  of  the  Faculty  will  also  be  pledged  for  that  purpose. 

The  funds  derived  from  the  stock  will  be  applied  to  the  payment  for 
the  suitable  buildings  purchased,  and  the  balance  towards  the  neces- 
sary arrangements  for  conducting  a  Medical  College. 

By  Article  XIII.  of  the  By-Laws,  the  holder  of  fifty  shares  of  stock  is 
entitled  to  send  one  Student  for  tuition  to  the  College,  free  of  charge, 
as  long  as  he  relinquishes  his  claim  to  receive  interest  on  the  stock. 

JOHN  PENN  BROCK, 
LOUIS  C.  MADEIRA, 
S.  RODMAN  MORGAN, 

Finance  Committee . 
Philadelphia,  June  8,  i86§. 


I04  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 

1865-68. 

When  the  College  was  commenced  under  the  new  charter 
and  the  new  share-stock-scheme  it  was  thought  advisable  to 
publish  a  medical  magazine.  Consequently  in  August,  1865, 
the  first  number  of  the  Hahnemannian  Monthly  was  issued. 
Drs.  Hering,  L^ippe  and  Frost  were  appointed  a  Committee 
of  Publication.  A  stock  subscription  was  opened  and  the 
shares  were  fixed  at  $10.00.  It  was  issued  monthly.  In  the 
prospectus  among  other  things  appears  the  following:  "The 
Faculty  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsyl- 
vania having  been  reorganized,  and  all  the  different  members 
holding  collectively  the  same  views  of  Homoeopathy,  it  was 
unanimously  resolved  that  the  Faculty  should  publish  a  new 
periodical  under  the  title  of  the  Hahnemannian  Monthly." 
It  was  intended  to  print  lectures  and  other  points  of  interest 
occurring  in  the  College.  In  fact  it  was  to  be  the  College 
organ. 

On  April  5th,  1865,  Dr.  Heermann  resigned  as  Dean  on 
account  of  his  removal  from  the  city.  It  will  be  remembered 
that  his  chair  was  that  of  Materia  Medica.  At  the  same 
meeting  Dr.  H.  N.  Guernsey  was  elected  Dean. 

On  May  loth  the  Board  of  Trustees  elected  a  Faculty,  and 
on  June  3d,  1865,  this  Faculty  met  as  usual  at  the  house  of 
Dr.  Hering.  Drs.  Hering,  Ad.  Lippe,  H.  N.  Guernsey,  C.  G. 
Raue,  Pusey  Wilson,  J.  H.  P.  Frost,  and  lycmuel  Stephens, 
the  elected  Faculty,  were  present.  They  then  proceeded  to 
organize.  Dr.  Ad.  I^ippe  was  elected  President;  Dr.  J.  H. 
P.  Frost,  Secretary;  Dr.  H.  N.  Guernsey,  Dean. 

At  a  meeting  on  September  23,  1865,  it  was  voted  by  the 
Faculty  to  allow  ladies  to  sit  in  the  ante-room  to  listen  to  the 
lectures.  This  is,  I  think,  the  first  concession  made  to  women 
by  the  College. 


MEDICAIv  COIvIvKGE  OP  PENNSYI^VANIA.  I05 

At  this  meeting  Dr.  David  Wilson,  of  London,  accepted  his 
appointment  as  agent  in  England  for  the  College. 

The  introductory  lecture  was  delivered  on  the  evening  of 
October  loth,  by  Dr.  J.  H.  P.  Frost.  The  number  of  the 
matriculants  was  eighty-eight. 

Soon  after  the  opening  of  the  session  Dr.  Wilson,  the  Pro- 
fessor of  Surgery,  was  taken  seriously  ill,  and  Dr.  John  C. 
Morgan,  who  was  Professor  of  Anatomy,  was  invited  to  lec- 
ture temporarily  on  Surgery.  This  was  on  October  i6th, 
1865.  This  Faculty  meeting  is  also  notable  from  the  fact 
that  a  letter  from  Madame  Hahnemann  to  Dr.  Hering  was 
presented,  regarding  the  possible  publication  of  the  Organon 
of  her  husband. 

Dr.  Wilson  continued  ill,  and  at  a  meeting  held  December 
27th,  1865,  this  resolution  was  passed:  The  Faculty  of  the 
Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of.  Pennsylvania,  deeply  re- 
gretting the  ill  health  of  Prof.  Wilson,  and  feeling  that  he 
cannot  possibly  recover  unless  he  rests  and  takes  care  of  him- 
self, for  his  own  good  relieve  him  from  the  duty  of  lecturing 
during  the  remainder  of  the  present  session,  and  will  provide 
a  substitute  to  fill  his  chair  in  the  meantime. 

And  inasmuch  as  Dr.  ly.  H.  Willard  had  been  desired  by 
Prof.  Wilson  to  assist  him  in  instructing  the  class  and  had 
met  the  class  in  evening  meetings,  and  had  also  filled  the 
regular  lecture  hour  of  Dr.  Wilson  in  his  absence  with  good 
satisfaction,  it  was  voted  to  invite  Dr.  Willard  to  give  the 
lectures  on  Surgery  during  the  remainder  of  the  session. 

For  the  coming  commencement  of  the  session  of  1865-66, 
Dr.  Hering  reported  at  Faculty  meeting  held  on  February 
17th  having  engaged  Musical  Fund  Hall.  And  he  also 
reported  engaging  Johnson's  Band.  At  this  meeting  of  Feb- 
ruary 17th,  1866,  the  President  spoke  of  the  dividend  of  the 
funds  of  the  College  and  suggested,  in  lieu,  the  taking  of  the 
stock. 

The  commencement  took  place  March  ist,  Prof.  Ad.  lyippe 
delivering  the  Valedictory.     There  were  forty-five  graduates. 

On  March  3d  a  Faculty  meeting  was  held  at  Dr.  Hering' s 
house  for  the  purpose,  it  was  stated,  of  settling  up  the  College 
accounts  for  the  year  just  ended.     The  President  stated  that 


I06  HISTORY  OP  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

the  treasury  contained  money  enough  to  pay  all  the  current 
bills  and  liabilities  and  still  have  sufficient  for  current  ex- 
penses. That  the  principal  part  of  the  College  funds  having 
been  employed  for  the  purpose  of  paying  for  and  refitting  the 
College  buildings,  it  was  proposed  to  issue  stock  instead  at 
six  per  cent,  interest.  That  the  gross  amount  available  for 
such  division  was  about  $4,000,  which  would  therefore  give 
to  each  chair  the  sum  of  $500.00  in  stock. 

On  motion,  seconded  by  Dr.  Wilson,  it  was  decided  to  give 
Dr.  Willard,  who  had  done  the  work  of  lecturing  on  Surgery, 
half  the  proceeds  accruing,  that  the  avails  of  the  surgical 
chair  be  equally  divided  between  Drs.  Wilson  and  Willard. 

On  April  i8th,  1866,  as  Prof.  Wilson  had  decided  to  remove 
to  New  Jersey,  it  was  unanimously  voted  to  recommend  Dr. 
George  F.  Foote,  of  New  York  City,  to  the  Board  of  Man- 
agers to  fill  the  chair  of  Surgery. 

At  this  meeting  Dr.  Hering  was  appointed  a  Committee  on 
Revision  in  the  Form  of  the  Diploma. 

Dr.  T.  P.  Wilson  sent  a  letter  proposing  a  union  of  action 
in  the  Homoeopathic  Colleges,  and  Dr.  Frost  was  appointed 
to  confer  with  him. 

It  was  on  May  26th  decided  to  print  5,000  copies  of  the 
announcement  for  1866-67,  ^^d  to  have  the  part  containiilg 
the  complete  list  of  graduates  of  the  College  from  its  begin- 
ning stereotyped,  and  it  was  voted  to  send  this  announcement 
to  all  the  other  colleges  and  literary  institutions. 

Faculty  meeting  September  15th,  1866,  Mr.  Just  presented 
an  account  of  the  purchase  of  complete  sets  of  the  American 
Journal  of  Medical  Sciences  and  British  and  Foreign  Medico- 
Chirurgical  Review,  121  Vols. 

On  September  28th,  1866,  Dr.  Koch  was  appointed  De- 
monstrator of  Anatomy,  and  also  to  the  duties  of  Prosecutor 
of  Anatomy  and  Surgery.  A  note  says  that  after  the  ad- 
journment Dr.  Koch  was  invited  into  the  Faculty  room  and 
congratulated  by  the  members  of  the  Faculty  on  his  appoint- 
ment. 

On  the  15th  of  September  Dr.  Hering  proposed  that  Dr.  F. 
E.  Boericke  be  authorized  to  prepare  a  standard  Homoeopathic 
Pharmacopoeia  which  should  present  both  the  original  methods 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  107 

of  preparing  the  various  homoeopathic  medicines  and  the 
modern  improvements. 

The  College  session  of  1866-67  opened  on  the  evening  of 
October  8th,  the  Introductory  being  delivered  by  Dr.  George 
F.  Foote.     There  were  ninety-seven  matriculants. 

With  the  exception  of  Dr.  Foote  the  Faculty  was  the  same 
as  during  the  last  session. 

At  a  meeting  on  December  15,  1866,  Dr.  Hering  spoke  of 
a  plan  of  publishing  Characteristics  or  Therapeutic  Hints, 
and  asked  the  co-operation  of  his  colleagues.  He  was  also 
made  recording  secretary  for  the  preservation  of  such  key- 
notes as  might  be  furnished  by  the  members  of  the  Faculty. 

At  this  meeting  it  was  voted  that  the  Secretary  be  a  com- 
mittee to  sell  at  not  less  than  ccst  the  allopathic  medical 
journals  in  the  Library.  It  may  be  mentioned  that  the  old 
school  journals  were  not  sold,  and  at  the  present  time  there 
are  sets  of  the  leading  journals  of  that  school  in  the  library 
and  that  they  form  a  valuable  addition  to  its  practical  useful- 
ness. A  careful  revision  is  made  of  the  many  journals  con- 
stantly coming  to  the  library,  and  the  standard  ones  are  bound 
and  placed  on  the  shelves.  A  vote  of  thanks  was  extended 
to  Boericke  &  Tafel  for  having  presented  to  the  Dispensary 
copies  of  Gross'  Comparative  Materia  Medica  and  L,ippe's 
Text  Book  of  Materia  Medica. 

The  nineteenth  commencement  was  held  in  the  Musical 
Fund  Hall  on  March  2,  1867.  The  Valedictorian  was  John 
C.  Morgan.  The  number  of  graduates  was  forty-two.  The 
same  evening  after  the  exercises  the  Faculty  were  entertained 
by  Dr.  Hering.  This  is  the  last  record  on  the  minutes  of  the 
Faculty  of  a  meeting  before  the  retirement  of  Dr.  Hering. 
We  now  reach  a  critical  period  in  the  history  of  the  College. 
As  may  be  remembered,  the  new  charter  really  made  the  Insti- 
tion  a  sort  of  joint  stock  company,  in  which  the  person  hold- 
ing the  majority  of  the  stock  could  control  the  entire  College. 
At  the  close  of  the  session  of  1866-67,  Dr.  Adolph  lyippe 
thus  held  the  ruling  power  and  the  most  stock,  and  could 
virtually  control  the  destinies  of  the  College. 

After  the  close  of  the  session  he  said  that  the  chair  of 
Pathology    and   Diagnostics  was  unnecessary,    that   it    was 


Io8  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

contrary  to  pure  Homceopathy,  that  the  homoeopathic  phy- 
sician did  not  need  pathology,  but  only  the  power  to  prescribe 
according  to  the  methods  of  Hahnemann  from  the  totality  of 
symptoms.  But  when  it  came  to  a  question  of  overthrowing 
the  chair  of  Dr.  Hering's  bosom  friend,  Dr.  Raue,  of  cutting 
off  the  very  necessary  study  of  pathology  and  diagnostics 
from  the  students,  Dr.  Hering  said:  "  No;  I  will  leave 
the  College  if  Dr.  Lippe  is  to  have  his  own  autocratic  way  in 
this  matter. ' '  Dr.  Hering  realized  that  the  study  of  pathology 
and  diagnosis  was  very  essential  to  the  proper  equipment  of 
the  homoeopathic  physician,  as  w^ell  as  to  his  brother  of  the 
old  school.  Dr.  Lippe,  of  course,  maintained  control  of  the 
destinies  of  the  College.  Dr.  Hering  withdrew.  Efforts  were 
made  to  patch  up  the  breach  and  to  induce  Dr.  Hering  to 
return,  by  the  other  members  of  the  Faculty,  but  they  were 
not  successful. 

The  Minutes  of  the  College  give  no  record  of  any  meeting 
between  March  2  and  April  6,  1867.  The  resignation  of  Dr. 
Hering  must  have  taken  place  between  those  dates.  A  new 
Faculty  was  collected ,  and  a  new  college  organized  by  Dr.  Her- 
ing; the  old  college  was  also  continued;  all  this  will  be  men- 
tioned in  due  time.  Let  us  now  follow  the  fortunes  of  the 
old  school. 

The  Faculty  of  the  old  College  met  at  the  College  building 
on  Saturday,  April  6,  1867,  at  7:30?.  m.,  pursuant  to  the  fol- 
lowing request: 

258  South  3d  St.,  April  6,  1867. 
ADOLPHUS  IvIPPE,  M.  D. 

Dear  Sir :  I  beg  to  inform  you  that  the  following  professors  of  the 
College,  elected  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  on  the  25th  of  March,  viz. : 
H.  N.  Guernsey,  M.  D.;  Geo.  F.  Foote,  M.  D.;  H.  N.  Martin,  M.  D., 
and  Lemuel  Stephens,  M.  D.,  have  accepted  the  professorships  to  which 
they  were  elected,  and  as  you  have  also  accepted  the  professorship  to 
which  you  were  elected  your  number  is  sufficient  to  organize  as  the 
professors  and  Faculty  of  the  College  for  the  ensuing  year.  I  have, 
therefore,  to  request  that  you  will  at  once  organize,  and,  after  delibera- 
tion, furnish  the  Board  with  the  name  of  some  gentleman  to  fill  the 
chair  of  the  College  which  C.  Hering  declines  to  accept. 

Yours  truly, 

HENRY  E.  KEENE, 
Secretary. 


MEDICAL  COI.I.EGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  lOQ 

Drs.  Lippe,  Guernsey,  Stephens  and  Martin  were  present. 
On  motion  of  Dr.  Guernsey  Dr.  lyippe  took  the  chair.  Dr. 
Martin  was  appointed  Secretary  pro  tern. ;  Dr.  Lippe  was 
elected  President;  Dr.  H.  N.  Martin,  Secretary;  Dr.  H.  N. 
Guernsey,  Dean. 

Dr.  Guernsey  moved  the  postponement  of  the  appointment 
of  a  professor  in  the  place  of  Dr.  Hering,  and  suggested  that 
he  (Dr.  Hering)  be  heard  from.  Dr.  Martin  then  announced 
that  he  was  authorized  by  Dr.  Hering  to  lay  before  the  Faculty 
the  condition  upon  which  he  would  accept  the  chair. 

The  following  communication  to  the  Trustees  was  unani- 
mously adopted: 

April  6,  1867. 
HknryE.  Keenk,  Esq.,  Secretary,  etc. 

Dear  Sir :  In  accordance  with  your  request,  under  date  of  to-day,  the 
members  of  the  Faculty  who  have  accepted  the  professorships  to  which 
they  have  been  elected  have  held  a  meeting,  at  which  meeting  all  were 
present  except  Dr.  Geo.  F.  Foote. 

We  have  to  communicate  that  we  deplore  the  non-acceptance  of  Dr. 
Hering,  and  in  consideration  of  his  valuable  services  to  the  Institution 
and.  his  high  professional  position  we  beg  leave  to  postpone  the  naming 
of  a  gentleman  to  fill  that  chair. 

Having  received  a  communication  from  Dr.  Hering  proposing  such 
changes  in,  and  addition  to  the  Faculty,  as  he  thinks  would  best  further 
the  interests  of  the  Institution,  we  call  your  attention  to  his  proposi- 
tion. If,  in  your  judgment,  it  can  be  accomplished,  we  believe  it  would 
induce  Dr.  Hering  to  accept  the  chair,  and  also  insure  the  success  of  the 
College. 

The  meeting  then  adjourned.  The  communication  of  Dr. 
Hering  is  not  on  the  minutes. 

In  the  meantime  matters  could  not  be  adjusted  with  Dr. 
Hering  and  negotiations  were  ended.  At  the  next  meeting, 
held  at  the  College  on  April  13,  Drs.  Lippe,  Guernsey, 
Stephens,  Foote  and  Martin  were  present.  Dr.  A.  R. 
Morgan  was  unanimously  nominated  to  fill  the  chair  declined 
by  Dr.  C.  Hering. 

The  several  professorships  were  then  announced  as  follows: 
Dr.  Ad.  Lippe,  Materia  Medica;  H.  N.  Guernsey,  Obstetrics 
and  Diseases  of  Women;  George  F,  Foote,  Surgery;  A.  R. 
Morgan,  Institutes  and  Practice;  L.  Stephens,  Chemistry; 
H.  N.  Martin,  Physiology. 


no  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

The  next  meeting  of  interest  was  one  held  at  the  house  of 
Dr.  Frost,  September  17,  1867,  when  the  resignation  of 
Dr.  Foote  was  announced  and  the  following  resolution  was 
presented : 

Resolved,  That  we  learn  with  deep  regret  the  declining  health  of  our 
much  esteemed  colleague  and  Professor  of  Surgery,  Dr.  George  F. 
Foote,  and  of  his  purpose  to  change  his  residence,  compelling  him  to 
resign  the  chair  of  Surgery  accepted  by  him. 

And  we  further  present  the  name  of  Malcolm  Macfarlan,  M.  D.,  late 
Surgeon  I^.  S.  A.,  as  a  very  suitable  person  to  fill  the  vacancy  thus 
created,  and  we  recommend  him  to  your  honorable  Board  for  appoint- 
ment. 

Dr.  Martin  and  Dr.  Lemuel  Stephens  withdrew  from  the 
old  college  and  had  in  the  meantime  joined  the  College  Dr. 
Hering  was  forming,  so  that  the  chair  of  Physiology  was  left 
vacant  and  certain  changes  were  rendered  necessary  in  the 
Faculty.  At  a  meeting  on  October  4th,  Drs.  Arrowsmith  and 
Macfarlan  were  appointed  a  committee  to  wait  on  Dr.  R.  J. 
McClatchey  and  make  some  arrangements  with  him  to  deliver 
lectures  on  Anatomy  during  the  coming  session.  At  a  meet- 
ing the  next  day,  October  5th,  Dr.  Macfarlan  reported  as  fol- 
lows: That  Dr.  McClatchey  if  elected  to  the  chair  of  Anatom}^ 
would  deliver  as  many  lectures  as  necessary,  provided  that  at 
present  he  be  assisted  by  Dr.  Macfarlan  in  lecturing  on  the 
bones. 

Dr.  McClatchey  was  then  recommended  to  the  Board  of 
Trustees  for  the  Professorship.  The  following  resolutions 
were  adopted  to  be  sent  to  the  Board  of  Trustees:  The  resig- 
nations of  Drs.  Foote  and  Frost  render  it  desirable  that  the 
following  changes  be  made:  ist.  The  transfer  of  Dr.  Arrow- 
smith  from  the  chair  of  Anatomy  to  that  of  Physiology.  2d. 
The  election  of  Dr.  Robert  J.  McClatchey  to  the  chair  of 
Anatomy.  3d.  A  change  in  the  By-Laws  of  your  honorable 
Board,  creating  the  chair  of  Pathology.  4th.  The  election  of 
Dr.  Frost  to  fill  the  chair  of  Pathology. 

The  Faculty  who  lectured  during  the  session  of  1867-68 
was  as  follows: 

Institutes  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  A.  R.  Morgan;  Materia 
Medica,  Ad.  Lippe;  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and 
Children,   H.    N,   Guernsey;    Surgery,    Malcolm  Macfarlan; 


MEDICAL  COI.LEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA,  1 1 1 

Anatomy,  R.  J.  McClatchey;  Physiology,  W.  L.  Arrow- 
smith;  Chemistry,  George  G.  Percival;  General  Pathology, 
J.  H.  P.  Frost. 

The  introductory  lecture  was  held  on  the  evening  of 
October  14,  1867,  by  Prof.  W.  L,.  Arrowsmith.  There  were 
sixt3^-five  matriculants. 

The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  had  also 
been  commenced  in  October  and  there  was  considerable 
rivalry  between  the  two  Institutions. 

To  form  some  estimate  of  the  condition  of  medical  educa- 
tion in  the  United  States  in  1867  we  quote:*  "There  are 
twent5^-one  allopathic  medical  colleges  in  the  United  States. 
Besides  Anatomy,  Physiology,  Surgery,  Practice,  Materia 
Medica  and  Obstetrics,  taught  in  all  of  them,  only  seven  teach 
Military  Surgery  and  Hj^giene;  eleven,  Forensic  Medicine; 
Microscopy  in  six;  Ophthalmic  and  Aural  Surgery,  three; 
Pathology  separately,  in  only  two;  Histology,  one;  Diseases 
of  the  Regions,  twelve;  Botany,  Practical  Chemistrj^, 
Dentistry  and  Cutaneous  Diseases  are  taught  in  none.  In 
all  the  Homoeopathic  Colleges,  Anatomy,  Physiology,  Sur- 
gery, Practice,  Materia  Medica,  Obstetrics,  Diseases  of 
Women,  and  Chemistry  are  taught.  Diseases  of  Infancy  and 
Childhood,  as  a  separate  branch,  is  taught  in  five  of  them; 
Surgical  Anatomy  in  three;  Pathology  Anatomy  in  one; 
Microscopic  Anatomy  in  two;  Pathology  alone,  in  one;  in  the 
rest  it  is  taught  in  connection  with  Physiology  or  Diagnosis. 
Medical  Botany  is  taught  in  only  one;  Post-mortems,  in  only 
one;  Forensic  Medicine  in  only  five;  Insanity  in  one;  I^ife 
Assurance  in  one;  Diagnosis  alone,  in  only  two;  Histology 
in  one,  and  Natural  Philosophy  in  one." 

' '  The  following  appeared  in  the  American  Homoeopathic 
Observer  for  October,  1867:  "  The  Board  of  Trustees  of  the 
Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  in  their 
annual  announcement,  refer  with  great  satisfaction  to  the 
evidences  of  their  growing  prosperity.  The  matriculating 
and  graduating  classes  of  the  session  of  1866-67,  were  larger 
than  those  of  the  year  preceding.     And  there  will  be  observed 

*Med.  Investigator,  vol.  5,  p.  93. 


112  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

among  the  lists  of  the  attendants  upon  the  College  lectures, 
the  names  of  many  who  had  already  graduated  in  other 
medical  schools.  Not  a  few  of  these  physicians  are  known 
to  have  left  important  fields  of  labor,  at  a  very  considerable 
pecuniary  sacrifice  to  themselves,  in  order  to  review  their 
former  studies  and  make  themselves  better  acquainted  with 
the  principles  and  practice  of  pure  Homoeopathy. 

"  The  Faculty  of  the  College  will  continue,  as  hitherto,  to 
teach  Homoeopathy  in  its  simplicity  and  puritj^  its  principles 
and  its  practice;  and  the  Hahnemannian  Monthly  will  con- 
tinue to  represent  the  doctrines  taught  in  the  school.  No 
pains  will  be  spared,  and  no  means  unsupplied,  to  impart  to 
the  students  a  thorough  medical  education;  and  every  ad- 
vantage will  be  afforded  to  enable  them  to  become  truly  prac- 
tical, scientific  and  successful  physicians.  H.  N.  Guernsey, 
M.  D.,  Dean." 

The  Medical  Investigator  for  August,  1867,  thus  men- 
tions the  old  college:  "This  aged  Institution  enjoys  great 
prosperity.  It  has  a  long  list  of  graduates.  The  great  stress 
it  lays  on  teaching  pure  Homoeopathy,  which  means  similia 
similibus  curentur,  single  remedy  and  high  attenuation,  has 
placed  on  its  graduating  list  some  physicians.  '  No  pains 
will  be  spared  and  no  means  unsupplied  to  impart  to  the 
students  a  thorough  medical  education.'  Thorough  •medical 
education  taught  by  only  seven  professors.  Possibly  they  are 
thorough  as  far  as  they  go.  We  miss  from  the  Faculty  men 
who  were  wont  to  give  character  to  this  Institution.  Students 
will  regret  and  feel  this  loss." 

Below  this  is  a  notice  of  the  new  Hahnemann  College  just 
about  to  be  opened,  as  follows:  A  new  College.  Why?  We 
glean,  because  Philadelphia  obtains  a  large  number  of  stu- 
dents, who,  although  taught  pure  Homoeopathy,  are  not 
posted  in  "  general  medical  science." 

Why  not  unite  these  two  corps  of  professors,  and  give  us  a 
College  with  a  complete  medical  staff?  The  purists  refuse. 
Then  give  complete  information  on  all  the  nineteen  branches 
that  form  your  curriculum,  and  success  awaits  you.  Candi- 
didates  for  examination  are  to  be  thoroughly  examined. 
Some  of  the  best  minds  in  the  profession  form  the  Faculty. 


MKDICAIv  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  II3 

February  26th,  1868,  the  Hahnemannian  Institute  invited 
the  Faculty  of  the  College  to  sit  on  the  platform  at  the  com- 
mencement of  the  Institute,  and  the  offer  was  accepted. 

The  commencement  was  held  at  noon  on  Friday,  February 
28th,  1868,  at  the  Musical  Fund  Hall.  The  Valedictory  was 
by  Dr.  A.  R.  Morgan.  There  were  twenty-eight  graduates, 
and  two  received  the  special  degree. 

In  the  spring  of  1868,  Drs.  Frost  and  Lippe,  who  had  been 
editors  of  the  College  journal,  the  Hahnemannian  Monthly, 
resigned,  and  Dr.  R.  J.  McClatchey  was  appointed  editor. 
The  name  of  A.  J.  Tafel,  publisher,  was  taken  from  the  cover 
and  ' '  Published  by  the  Faculty  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical 
College  of  Pennsylvania  ' '  substituted. 

On  March  28th,  1868,  Dr.  Frost  resigned  from  the  chair  of 
Pathology,  and  on  April  i8th,  Prof.  Percival,  who  had  been 
lecturing  on  Chemistry,  also  resigned.  On  July  20th,  Dr.  A. 
R.  Morgan  also  resigned  from  Institutes  and  Practice,  and 
the  names  of  Dr.  T.  Dwight  Stowe  for  the  chair  of  Institutes 
and  Practice  and  Dr  .Pemberton  Dudley  for  that  of  Chemistry 
were  forwarded  to  the  Board  of  Managers.  On  October  ist, 
1868,  Dr,  Arrowsmith's  letter  declining  the  chair  of  Physio- 
logy was  presented  to  the  Faculty. 

The  Hahnemannian  Monthly  had  not  been  a  paying  vent- 
ure, and  Dr.  I,ippe  was  appointed  to  wait  on  the  Board  of 
Managers  to  determine  what  steps  to  take  to  pay  its  indebt- 
edness. 

On  October  9th,  1868,  the  name  of  Dr.  E.  G.  Dalton  was 
presented  to  the  Faculty  for  the  chair  of  Physiology. 

The  Faculty  of  1868-69  was  as  follows: 

Materia  Medica,  Ad,  L,ippe;  Homceopathic  Institutes,  Path- 
ology and  Practice,  T.  D.  Stowe;  Obstetrics,  H.  N.  Guernsey; 
Physiology  and  Pathology,  E.  G.  Dalton;  Surgery,  M,  Mac- 
farlan;  Anatomy,  R.  J,  McClatchey;  Chemistry,  P.  Dudley; 
Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  C.  J,  Wiltbank  (after  New  Year's 
T,  L,.  Bradford).  Dr.  Wiltbank  lectured  on  Physiology,  Dr. 
Dalton  resigning. 

The  introductory  lecture  was  delivered  on  the  evening  of 
October  12th,  by  Dr.  R.  J.  McClatchey.  There  were  forty- 
six  matriculants. 


114  HISTORY  OF  THK  HOMCEOPATHIC 

Dr.  Dalton  only  lectured  until  the  holidaj-s.  After  this 
such  lectures  as  were  delivered  were  by  Dr.  C.  J.  Wiltbank. 
A  few  weeks  before  the  close  of  the  session  Dr.  lyippe  resigned. 
Dr.  Guernsey  examined  the  students  on  Materia  Medica.  At 
the  last  part  of  the  session  of  1868-69,  the  lectures  were  very 
irregular. 

Dr.  McClatchey  resigned  the  editorship  of  the  Hahneman- 
nian  Monthly.  On  November  19th,  1868,  Dr.  Macfarlan, 
one  of  a  committee  appointed  to  confer  on  Dr.  McClatchey 's 
claim  with  the  Board  of  Trustees,  reported  that  he  had  in- 
formed the  Secretary  that  unless  the  money  promised  was 
paid  it  would  be  the  means  of  breaking  up  the  College,  as  he 
and  also  the  other  members  would  resign.  On  December  7th, 
1868,  the  Faculty  voted  to  advance  pro  rata  the  money  due 
Dr.  McClatche}^  as  editor  of  the  Hahnem^nnian  Monthly. 

At  the  next  meeting,  December  14th,  Dr.  McClatchey  said 
that  if  he  were  paid  $100.00  by  the  loth  of  January,  1869,  he 
would  edit  the  journal  to  the  end  of  the  volume.  On  Decem- 
ber 28th,  1868,  the  name  of  C.  J.  Wiltbank  was  sent  to  the 
Board  of  Trustees  as  Professor  of  Physiology,  vice  Dr.  Dalton, 
who  resigned.  Dr.  Stowe  resigned,  and  on  December  28th, 
Dr.  Lippe  was  appointed  a  committee  to  wait  on  Dr.  Richard 
Gardiner  and  offer  him  the  chair  of  Practice. 

On  January  i6th,  1869,  a  communication  was  received  from 
the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  inviting  the  Faculty  and 
students  of  the  old  college  to  unite  with  them,  free  of  cost,  in 
holding  commencement.  It  was  voted  to  accept  provided  the 
Homoeopathic  College  be  allowed  to  pay  its  pro  rata  share  of 
expenses  according  to  the  number  of  the  graduating  class, 
and  not  taking  into  consideration  a  certain  sum  contributed 
by  students  of  Hahnemann  College  to  procure  the  Academy 
of  Music  at  an  increase  of  expense  to  the  Musical  Fund  Hall. 
This  plan  was  not  followed,  and  it  was  therefore  decided  to 
hold  a  commencement  as  usual  at  Musical  Fund  Hall"  on  Sat- 
urday, February  27th,  at  noon,  independent  of  the  Hahne- 
mann. The  students  sent  a  report  to  the  Faculty  condemn- 
ing the  action  of  the  Hahnemann  College  in  wishing  a  double 
commencement  and  refusing  the  invitation  to  attend  their 
lectures.  At  a  meeting  on  February  17th,  Dr.  Guernsey  was 
appointed  to  examine  on  Materia  Medica  and  Dr.  McClatchey 
on  Practice. 


MEDICAI,  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  II5 


CHAPTER  XIX. 

1868-69. 

During  this  session  of  1868-69  there  were  no  very  cordial 
relations  between  the  students  of  the  two  rival  colleges.  It 
was  claimed  that  the  management  of  the  new  college  sought 
to  draw  away  the  students  of  the  older  institution,  and  during 
the  winter  of  1868-69  the  following  circular  was  posted  on  the 
College  blackboard,  circulated  among  the  students,  and  it  is 
said  that  a  copy  was  posted  on  the  blackboard  of  the  new  col- 
lege. As  it  may  show  somewhat  the  feeling  existing  it  is 
here  given.     It  was  published  anonymously. 

To  THK  Profession,  Medical  Students  and  Others: 

There  is  a  point  at  which  the  poet  has  declared  forbearance  ceases 
to  be  a  virtue,  and  when  that  point  is  reached  continued  patience  be- 
comes degradation.  In  view  of  this  the  Faculty  of  the  Homoeopathic 
College  of  Pennsylvania  feel  that  they  can  no  longer  permit  the  repre- 
sentations and  false  statements  of  the  so-called  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  of  Philadelphia  to  pass  unnoticed,  and  retain  that  self-respect 
which  should  belong  to  every  member  of  a  learned  and  dignified  pro- 
fession. 

Through  circulars  and  journals,  but  principally  by  verbal  statements, 
the  Institution  in  which  we  have  the  honor  to  teach  has  been  wilfully 
traduced  and  continually  placed  in  a  false  light  for  the  purpose  of  in- 
fluencing the  minds  of  members  of  the  profession  and  of  medical  stu- 
dents with  a  view  to  securing  their  influence  in  favor  of  and  their  coop- 
eration with  the  Institution  represented  by  these  detractors. 

Many  of  these  detractions  are  of  a  nature  so  insignificant  as  to  be  not 
even  worthy  of  contempt,  but  there  are  not  a  few  that  if  tacitly  received 
would  seriously  derogate  from  the  honor,  the  dignity  and  the  useful- 
ness of  our  institution.  It  is  simply  proposed,  therefore,  to  meet  in  a 
fair  manner  these  grave  charges,  to  show  the  motives  which  lead  to 
their  utterance,  and  to  place  both  Institutions  fairly  upon  the  record. 

I.  It  is  charged  as  an  element  of  weakness  that  the  Faculty  of  the 
Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  undergoes  frequent 
change.  It  is  to  be  lamented  that  this  charge  is,  in  itself,  partially 
true,  and  that  since  the  organization  of  the  College — twenty-one  years 


ri6  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMOEOPATHIC 

ago — a  great  many  changes  in  its  Faculty  have  occurred.  These  have 
resulted  from  the  death  or  removal  of  incumbents  of  the  various  chairs, 
from  their  loss  of  health  in  the  service,  and  from  resignations  prompted 
by  other  motives.  We  do  not  complain  of  the  publication  of  these 
facts,  vi^hich  form  a  part  of  the  history  of  all  medical  colleges,  which 
are  patent  to  the  homoeopathic  community,  and  which  have  never  been 
concealed.  We  do  complain,  however,  and  justly  that  this  charge  is 
made  with  a  malicious  purpose  and  by  men  whose  secession  from  our 
school  in  which  they  held  positions,  and  which  secession  resulted  in 
the  establishment  of  Hahnemann  College,  was  mainly  occasioned  by 
their  disappointment  at  being  unable  to  create  a  vacancy  in  a  chair  in 
order  to  place  therein  another  member  of  the  Faculty,  and  thereby 
effect  a  change  in  what  was  thought  a  permanent  Faculty.  Hahne- 
mann College  claims  superiority  for  its  system  by  which  professors  are 
elected  for  life,  and  are  not  subject  to  the  caballing  of  a  ring,  when 
Hahnemann  College  owes  its  very  existence  mainly  to  the  attempt  of  a 
ring  to  force  one  man  out  and  to  force  another  into  his  place.  It 
claims  that  a  member  of  its  Faculty  cannot  be  removed  except  by  a 
resort  to  the  harsh  measure  of  impeachment.  It  yet  remains  to  be 
demonstrated  that  a  system  by  which  an  incompetent  or  imbecile  pro- 
fessor must  be  retained  is  the  best  that  can  possibly  be  devised. 

2.  An  attack  has  been  made  on  our  school,  in  public  and  in  private, 
to  the  effect  that  our  claim  to  be  the  oldest  Institution  of  the  kind  is  a 
false  one,  and  that  by  reason  of  a  change  of  name  and  of  charter  it  is 
the  youngest  (excepting  Hahnemann  College).  It  is  a  matter  of  no 
moment  whether  our  College  be  the  oldest  of  its  kind  or  not  If  young- 
ness  is  a  demerit,  it  is  possessed  in  a  greater  degree  by  our  detractor. 
We  claim  to  represent  the  parent  homoeopathic  college  of  the  world, 
however,  and  our  claim  has  never  before  been  disputed  by  the  profes- 
sion. The  charge  is  not  made  for  any  legitimate  purpose  such  as  the 
arguing  of  a  disputed  question;  but  as  the  cuttle  fish  throws  out  its 
murky  fluid  to  darken  the  surrounding  water  that  it  may  the  more 
readily  escape,  this  diversion  has  been  made  for  the  purpose  of  hiding 
from  view  the  suspicious  character  of  the  charter  of  Hahnemann  Col- 
lege. Our  charter  is  valid,  is  open  to  all  who  may  desire  to  inspect  it, 
and  by  it  the  corporation  is  empowered  to  confer  on  those  who  apply 
for,  and  are  worthy  to  receive  them,  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine 
(M.  D.)  and  the  special  and  additional  degree  of  Doctor  of  Homoeo- 
pathic Medicine  (M.  H.  D.),  and  these  degrees  have  ever  been  recog- 
nized as  passports  to  professional  standing  and  success. 

It  has  never  been  charged  by  our  Institution  that  Hahnemann  College 
had  no  valid  charter;  but  grave  doubts  have  been  entertained  and  freely 
expressed  by  members  of  the  profession,  who  are  acquainted  with  the 
case,  as  to  the  validity  of  the  instrument  claimed  to  be  the  Act  of  Incor- 
poration of  that  College.  It  was  obtained  by  purchase  from  Professor 
Paine,  a  well-known  Eclectic  Physician  of  Philadelphia,  who  had  pro- 


MKDICAI,  COI^IvEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA,  1 1 7 

cured  it  from  the  Legislature  of  Pennsylvania  some  years  (15)  before 
as  the  charter  of  "  The  Washington  Medical  College."  Through  the 
application  of  Professor  Hering  to  the  proper  Court,  the  name  "  Wash- 
ington "  was  changed  to  "  Hahnemann." 

As  the  charter  had  never  been  accepted  by  the  organization  of  the 
originally  named  Corporators,  but  had  lain,  for  many  years,  as  a  dead 
letter  of  law  in  the  hands  of  Professor  Paine,  it  is  not  unfair  to  enter- 
tain doubts  of  its  validity;  and  from  the  entertainment  of  doubts,  to 
the  expression  of  them,  is  a  natural  and  rapid  transition.  That  the 
change  of  name  by  the  Court  renews  the  power  of  the  instrument,  if 
that  power  has  been  lost,  as  has  been  claimed,  is  a  proposition  not  to 
be  entertained,  as  the  question  brought  before  the  tribunal  simply  re- 
garded a  change  of  name  and  not  the  validity  or  invalidity  of  a  charter. 
Again,  the  charter  of  H.  C,  whether  valid  or  invalid,  is  intended  to 
confer,  and  if  valid  does  confer,  on  its  holders  all  the  rights,  privileges, 
etc.,  that  pertain  to  an  allopathic  college,  and  none  others.  The  ques- 
tion then  becomes  a  pertinent  one  and  may  be  asked,  whether  in  teach- 
ing Homoeopathy  and  granting  degrees,  under  that  charter,  to  avowed 
homoeopathists,  these  are  not  done  in  contravention  of  the  provisions 
of  the  Act  incorporating  "  Washington  "  Medical  College;  and,  there- 
fore, whether  the  said  Act  is  not  hereby  annulled.  We  have  reason  to 
believe  that  it  is  to  conceal  these  apparent  weaknesses,  and  to  throw  a 
thick  veil  over  these  doubts,  that  the  inexcusable  attack  on  our  Institu- 
tion, in  the  above  regard,  was  and  is  made. 

3.  By  the  charter  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsyl- 
vania its  Faculty  is  expressly  obligated  to  teach  Homoeopathy,  and  it 
is  avowedly  a  homoeopathic  Institution ;  granting  diplomas  evidencing 
the  fact  that  those  who  are  educated  within  its  walls  have  been  thor- 
oughly instructed,  not  only  in  the  collateral  branches  of  a  common 
medical  education,  but,  as  well,  in  Homoeopathic  Theory  and  Practice. 
Hahnemann  College,  on  the  contrary,  is  in  no  sense  a  Homoeopathic 
College,  except  that  the  members  of  the  Faculty  claim  to  be  homoeo- 
pathic physicians.  They  are  not  obligated  to  teach  Homoeopathy,  and 
they  openly  declare  that  they  teach  "  a  variety  of  opinions,"  and  leave 
to  the  student  the  task  of  selecting  from  the  immense  heaps  of  chaff 
the  grains  of  good  seed  that  may  fall  before  the  windy  machine  that 
refuses  nothing.  In  this  connection  it  is  charged  against  the  Faculty 
of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  that  they  teach 
the  dogma  of  high  potencies  being  necessary  to  the  cure  of  diseases 
homoeopathically,  and  denounce  as  mongrels  all  who  do  not  agree  with 
them.  This  slander  has  been  refuted  time  after  time,  but,  like  Monsieur 
Tonson,  comes  again.  There  are  no  members  of  the  profession  more 
thoroughly  aware  of  its  falsity  than  are  the  professors  of  Hahnemann 
College;  and  it  may  be  said  to  come  with  a  very  ill-fitting  grace  from 
men  of  whose  number  one  is  recognized  as  the  most  aggressive  and  tho- 
roughly proscriptive  high  potentist  in  the  profession,  and  another,  who, 


Il8  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

in  a  criticism  on  a  recent  work  on  Obstetrics  (Guernsey's),  charged  the 
author  with  being  derelict  in  duty  in  not  "  standing  up  "  for  high  poten- 
cies. Our  Motto  is,  that  of  things  certain  there  should  be  unity  of 
sentiment;  of  things  unsettled  or  doubtful,  liberality  of  sentiment;  and 
of  all  things  there  should  be  charitable  sentiment.  As  the  question  of 
dose  and  potency  is  regarded  by  our  College  as  an  open  one  and  belong- 
ing to  ' '  things  unsettled  or  doubtfull, ' '  we  do  not  discuss  the  matter,  but 
hopefully  look  forward  to  the  period  of  its  final  adjustment.  While 
some  of  our  members  use  so-called  "  high  potencies  "  in  their  private 
practice  and  before  the  class,  others  use,  privately  and  publicly,  the  so- 
called  "  low  preparations,"  and  all  regard  the  question  of  dose  and 
potency  with  the  largest  liberality  of  sentiment.  We  do  teach — as  our 
charter  demands  of  us — HomcEOPathy,  and  by  that  we  only  under- 
stand similia  similibu!,  curentur,  pure,  simple  and  undefiled  by  any 
admixture  with  human  dogmatism  and  consequent  human  liability  to 
error. 

4.  By  a  circular  recently  issued  from  Hahneimann  College  a  sweeping 
charge  is  made  against  every  other  medical  school  in  the  world,  and, 
as  well,  against  every  physician  holding  a  diploma  which  does  not  bear 
the  seal  of  this  self-imposed  immaciilacy.  By  implication  every  College 
(excepting  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia)  is  charged  with  the  "  sale  of 
diplomas,''''  and  every  graduate  practitioner  (excepting  the  twenty -four 
alumni  of  Hahnemann  College)  holds  his  diploma  under  a  suspicion 
that  it  has  been  procured  in  a  reprehensible  manner.  We  take  this  oc- 
casion to  assert  that  we  do  not  believe  that  ' '  several ' '  candidates  for 
the  diploma  of  Hahnemann  College  were  rejected — it  remains  to  be 
shown  that  there  was  a  single  rejection — that  we  do  not  believe  that  any 
candidate  "rejected"  by  Hahnemann  College  "received  a  diploma 
elsewhere;"  and,  further,  that  we  repudiate  entirely,  so  far  as  our  own 
College  is  concerned,  the  stigma  that  is  attempted  to  be  fixed  on  it. 
We  have  rules  and  regulations  regarding  candidates  for  graduation,  and 
while  they  are  very  liberal  they  are  fair  and  are  rigidly  adhered  to  in 
every  instance.  The  sole  object  of  our  self-sacrificing  and  unrenumer- 
ated  labor  is  to  advance  the  science  of  pure  Homoeopathy,  and,  with 
that  view,  to  elevate  and  render  more  efficient  the  standard  of  medical 
education. 

These  statements  are  submitted  with  great  regret,  on  our  part,  for 
their  necessity.  They  are  not  thus  made  for  the  purpose  of  inducing 
students  to  come  to  us  through  our  mere  representation,  but  simply  be- 
cause there  is  no  member  of  our  Faculty  who  regards  himself  as  com- 
petent to  do  dirty  work  of  "button-holing"  and  cajoling  medical 
students  and  others,  and  of  pouring  into  their  ears  fulsome  self-praise 
and  detraction  of  neighbors;  and  because  we  feel  it  incumbent  on  us,  as 
a  duty  we  owe  to  the  Institution  we  represent,  to  no  longer  permit  false 
statements  and  malicious  slanders  to  be  continuously  made,  without 
some  attempt  at  refutation. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  II 9 

This  was  a  four-paged  circular  with  the  last  page  blank, 
and  the  Hahnemann  College  authorities  caused  the  following 
answer  to  be  printed: 
To  THE  Profession: 

A  circular  has  recently  been  issued  by  the  Faculty  of  the  Homoeo- 
pathic Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  evidently  intended  to  injure 
the  reputation  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  but 
for  one  or  two  statements  contained  in  it  we  would  make  no  reply,  for 
the  document  carries  with  it  its  own  antidote. 

The  validity  of  our  charter  is  attacked,  and  it  is  asserted  that  we 
purchased  it  of  Dr.  Wm.  Paine,  an  Eclectic  physician  of  this  city. 

They  had  but  to  have  asked  Dr.  Paine  to  have  found  that  he  never 
knew  there  was  such  a  charter,  and,  consequently,  could  not  have  sold 
what  he  never  possessed.  The  truth  is,  our  charter  never  was  bought, 
but  some  of  the  original  corporators  —  of  whom  Dr.  Paine  never  was 
one  —  are  now  Trustees  of  the  College. 

The  old  Trustees,  together  with  the  new,  who  were  elected  in  legal 
form,  appointed  the  present  Faculty,  and  the  statutes  of  the  College, 
which  were  printed  for  distribution  last  spring,  are  the  statutes  originally 
(with  slight  modifications)  adopted  by  the  first  Board  of  Trustees,  after 
the  acceptance  of  the  charter  by  the  Corporators  The  building  now 
occupied  by  us  is  the  one  originally  intended  for  the  College  fifteen 
years  ago. 

As  the  assertion  of  disbelief  in  our  statement,  that  ' '  several  whose 
applications  were  rejected  by  us,  last  winter,  found  no  difficulty  in  ob- 
taining their  diplomas  elsewhere,"  and  since  they  have  thought  it  neces- 
sary to  deny  what  the  article  in  question  did  not  accuse  them  of,  we 
have  to  say:  That  we  did  reject  several  candidates  for  our  diploma,  and 
that  these  same  candidates  did  afterwards  receive  their  diplomas  from 
the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania. 

Our  reasons  for  rejecting  them  were:  In  two  cases  the  candidates  had 
attended  but  one  course  of  lectures  and  desired  our  diploma  for  the 
money.  Both  of  these  gentlemen  found  no  difficulty  in  getting  a 
diploma  at  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  and  we 
have  in  our  possession  a  certificate  from  a  respectable  physician,  who 
saw  their  diploma  hanging  in  the  office  of  one  of  the  gentlemen,  signed 
the  29th  day  of  October  1867.  This  date  is  within  ten  days  after  he 
was  rejected  by  us.  There  are  other  similar  cases,  but  these  vdll  suffice. 

All  other  allegations  in  the  document  are  of  too  low  a  nature  to  re- 
quire an  answer.  We  shall  under  no  circumstance  descend  into  the 
arena  of  mud  to  meet  our  assailants. 

Anyone  desiring  the  proofs  of  our  assertions  can  obtain  them  by  ap- 
pl}dng  to  our  Registrar. 

By  Order  of  the  Faculty. 

R.  KOCH,  Registrar, 

No.  33  N.  Twelfth  St. 
Philadelphia,  October  14,  r868. 


I20  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

On  February  25tli,  appears  a  notice  of  the  resignation  of 
Dr.  Ad.  lyippe  from  the  chair  of  Materia  Medica.  A 
memorial  was  addressed  to  the  Trustees  nominating  Dr.  Walter 
Williamson  in  his  place.  Dr.  Williamson  signed  the  diplomas. 
Wm.  McGeorge  was  appointed  to  act  as  President  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees.  The  commencement  was  held  at  noon  on 
Saturday,  February  27,  1869,  at  the  Musical  Fund  Hall. 
The  last  commencement  of  the  old  Homoeopathic  Medical 
College  of  Pennsylvania.  The  Valedictory  was  delivered  by 
Dr.  P.  Dudley.     The  number  of  graduates  was  thirty-one. 

On  the  evening  of  the  same  day  there  was  a  Faculty  meet- 
ing at  which  the  Dean,  Dr.  Guernsey,  presented  his  account 
as  follows: 
Cash  receipts  from  lecture  tickets,    .    .    .  I2699  37 

Thesis  fees, 840  00 

Matriculation  fees, 135  00 

I3674  37 

Money  paid  Mr,  Madeira,  Treasurer,  .    .  I1834  37 

Bills  paid  by  Dr.  G. , 1352  04 

Habermehl's  bill.  Janitor, 37  98 

3224  39 


Money  from  Mr,  Porter, 75  00 

I524  98 

This  amount  of  $524.98  it  was  unanimously  voted  to  be 

paid  to  Dr.  McClatchey  for  the  conduct  of  the  Hahnemannian 

to  the  end  of  the  volume,  he  to  give  a  written  guarantee  not 

to  demand  any  more  money  from  the  Faculty. 

A  list  of  notes  amounting  to  $1830.00  is  to  be  found  in  the 
records  against  students  for  their  tuition  fees.  It  was  moved 
that  Dr.  Macfarlan  be  a  committee  to  memorialize  the  Board 
of  Trustees  of  the  College,  to  the  effect  that  the  notes  now  on 
hand  be  divided  among  the  Faculty.  It  was  also  unanimously 
voted  that  all  notes  drawn  previous  to  and  during  term  of 
1866-67  be  given  Dr.  Guernsey;  all  given  for  term  of  1867- 
68,  equally  among  three,  viz.,  Drs.  Guernsey,  McClatchey 
and  Macfarlan;  and  during  term  1868-69,  Dr.  Guernsey,  f; 
Dr.  McClatchey,  |;  Dr.  Macfarlan,  f;  Dr.  Dudley,  f,  and 
Dr.  Wiltbank,  ^.     This  was  the  last  meeting  ever  held  by 


MEDICAI,  COIvI^KGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  121 

the  Faculty  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. It  was  voted  at  this  last  meeting  that  its  Secretary, 
Malcolm  Macfarlan,  retain  the  records  permanently. 

The  original  records  are  now,  through  the  courtesy  of  Dr. 
Macfarlan,  among  the  archives  of  the  College. 


122  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 


CHAPTER  XX. 

1868-69. 

Before  commencing  the  history  of  the  new  College,  the 
Hahnemann  which  existed  two  terms,  let  us  see  what  an  eye 
witness  says  of  this  matter  of  the  split  in  the  colleges,  the 
retirement  of  Dr.  Hering  and  the  union  of  the  Hahnemann 
and  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania. 

Dr.  Pemberton  Dudley  in  a  lecture  says  of  this  period  in  the 
College  history:  ' '  The  first  Constitution  was  changed  after  the 
first  session  of  the  College.  This  (the  new  Constitution)  was 
a  decided  improvement,  but  it  involved  one  serious  mistake, 
namely,  it  provided  that  the  Board  of  Managers  should  be 
composed  exclusively  of  laymen,  about  as  judicious  a  measure 
as  to  exclude  lawyers  from  the  conduct  of  a  law  school, 
clergymen  from  the  direction  of  a  theological  seminary  or 
business  men  from  the  management  of  a  business  college.  As 
under  this  provision  the  College  did  not  meet  with  serious 
disaster,  it  must  have  been  due  to  a  remarkable  discretion  on 
the  part  of  the  Managers,  or  a  remarkable  devotion  on  the 
part  of  the  professors,  perhaps  to  both. 

"  But  in  1865  a  more  radical  change  was  adopted.  A  new 
Charter  was  secured,  by  which  a  stock  company  was  formed, 
and  a  sale  of  the  College  property  was  made;  the  College 
being  reorganized  upon  the  stock  plan  and  the  property  be- 
ing purchased  by  individuals  who,  thus,  became  not  only 
the  directors,  but  the  owners  of  the  College  franchises.  Here- 
tofore the  Trustees  were  elected  by  the  Corporators,  but  under 
the  new  Charter  the  stockholders  were  to  elect  at  their  an- 
nual meeting  a  Board  of  Trustees  to  serve  for  one  year,  and 
these  in  turn  were  to  elect  a  Faculty  also  to  serve  one  year. 
Thus  the  possession  of  a  majority  of  stock,  in  other  words, 
the  ownership  of  that  particular  building  carried  with  it  the 
ownership  of  the  entire  concern,  Charter,  Franchises,  Museum, 


MEDICAI,  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  1 23 

Library,  Professors  and  all.  How  such  an  organization  could 
have  been  devised,  except  with  a  deliberate  purpose  to  ruin 
the  Institution,  we  are  unable  to  conceive. 

"  It  was  supremely  absurd  in  many  respects;  it  left  even 
the  best  of  teachers  liable  to  be  set  aside  at  any  time,  with  or 
without  cause;  it  took  from  the  inexperienced  instructor  all 
encouragement  to  specially  qualify  himself  for  his  work;  it 
discouraged  the  work  of  improving  the  curriculum,  the 
museum,  the  library,  or  the  modes  of  instruction;  but  more 
than  all  it  left  the  College  liable  to  pass  under  the  control  of 
a  single  individual,  who  could  easily  employ  his  power  in  the 
accomplishment  of  unworthy  designs. 

"  This  last  contingency  actually  at  last  did  occur,  and  very 
speedily.  A  single  individual  became  possessed  of  a  majority  of 
the  stock,  and  being  himself  a  member  of  the  Faculty  he  pre- 
sently began  to  intimate  his  purpose  to  have  the  teaching  in 
all  the  chairs  to  conform  more  or  less  precisely  to  his  own 
particular  views.  I  do  not  like  in  this  connection  to  mention 
this  individual's  name,  but  lest  5^ou  might  be  mislead  into 
censuring  the  wrong  person  I  may  say  that  it  was  not  Dr. 
Hering,  nor  Dr.  Guernsey,  nor  Dr.  Raue. 

"The  manifestation  of  this  individual  dictum  finally 
reached  so  far  as  to  demand,  in  the  Spring  of  1867,  that  the 
chair  of  Special  Pathology  and  Diagnostics  should  be  abol- 
ished. This  was  the  chair  held  by  Professor  Raue.  Thus 
the  College,  and  the  profession,  yes,  and  the  public,  lost  the 
services  of  this  distinguished  teacher.  Dr.  Hering  indig- 
nantly declined  to  continue  his  relations  to  the  chair  of  Insti- 
tutes and  Practice,  and  thus  the  College  was  still  further 
crippled. 

"  The  prospect  was  gloomy,  but  it  was  destined  to  become 
gloomier  still.  Dr.  Hering,  aided  and  endorsed  by  large 
numbers  of  his  professional  brethren,  determined  that  the 
doctrines  of  Hahnemann  should  not  be  left  thus  mercilessly 
exposed  to  the  personal  designs  of  any  one  individual,  pro- 
cured a  charter  and  organized  a  new  Institution  under  the 
corporate  name  and  style  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College 
of  Philadelphia. 

' '  The  two   Colleges  ran  side  by  side  for  two  years.     That 


124  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

jealousies  and  rivalries  were  aroused  was  inevitable,  yet  even 
these  were  kept  much  in  abeyance  by  the  general  knowledge 
of  the  fact  that  the  professors  of  the  old  college,  with  but  one 
exception,  firmly  believed  that  Dr.  Hering  was  fully  justified 
in  the  course  he  had  adopted  and  were  earnestly  hoping  for 
and  expecting  the  time  when  the  two  colleges  be  reunited  as 
one  institution.  The  time  came  even  sooner  than  was  antici- 
pated. 

'  ■  Whenever  a  certain  individual  was  absent  from  Faculty 
meetings,  the  subject  of  a  possible  reunion  of  the  two  colleges 
became  a  topic  of  conversation.  At  last  it  was  learned  that 
the  holder  of  the  stock  had  offered  to  sell  it.  Communicatiori 
was  instantly  established  between  certain  members  of  the  two 
Faculties;  a  gentleman  not  connected  with  either  college 
waited  upon  the  stockholder,  struck  a  bargain,  made  a  pay- 
ment on  account,  took  a  receipt  including  a  promise  to  trans- 
fer the  stock  on  a  certain  day,  and  left,  perfectly  satisfied. 

' '  Before  the  transfer  day  came  around  the  owner  of  the 
stock  learned  that  it  was  to  be  immediately  turned  over  to 
Dr.  Hering  and  his  friend,  and  that  his  own  Faculty  had  full 
knowledge  of  and  sympathy  with  the  whole  transaction,  and 
his  wrath  knew  no  bounds.  He  is  said  to  have  declared  his 
purpose  to  refuse  to  make  the  transfer,  but  afterwards  con- 
cluded to  yield  without  the  intervention  of  a  law-suit.  The 
College  commencement  was  close  at  hand,  but  he  forthwith 
resigned  his  chair  in  the  Faculty  and  Dr.  Walter  Williamson 
was  elected  to  the  vacant  professorship  just  in  season  to  sign 
the  diplomas  of  the  graduating  class. 

' '  Thus  ended  the  first  and  probably  the  last  attempt  to 
place  Homoeopathic  medical  education  in  Philadelphia  under 
the  dictum  of  a  single  individual.  If  the  peril  to  Homoe- 
opathy was  imminent  and  desperate,  the  measures  for  its 
abatement  were  summary  and  heroic.  The  result  settled, 
once  and  forever,  the  question,  whether  Pathology  and  Diag- 
nostics were  to  constitute  a  part  of  a  homoeopathic  medical 
education,  and  settled  it  as  Hahnemann,  the  homoeoathic  pro- 
fession, and  the  interests  of  humanity  would  have  it;  and  for 
the  grand  results  of  this  victory,  preventing  the  practice  of 
Homoeopathy   from  degenerating  into   quackery,   we  twine 


MEGICAI.  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  1 25 

another  laurel  branch  in  the  wreath  with  which  we  crown  the 
memory  of  Dr.  Hering. ' ' 

The  professor  of  the  old  college  who  approached  Dr.  Lippe 
for  the  purpose  of  buying  his  college  stock  was  Dr.  H.  N. 
Guernsey.  Of  course,  being  a  brother  professor,  Dr.  Lippe 
did  not  have  any  suspicion  of  his  motive  in  so  doing.  The 
following  is  a  copy  of  the  agreement  made  by  Dr.  Lippe  to 
Dr.  Guernsey: 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents,  That  I,  the  undersigned,  for  value 
received,  do  hereby  irrevocably  sell,  assign  and  transfer  to  H.  N.  Guern- 
sey, M.  D.,  of  the  City  of  Philadelphia,  one  hundred  and  eighty-five 
shares  in  the  capital  stock  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of 
Pennsylvania,  consisting  of  the  following  certificates  of  stock  *  *  * 
******-x-*  standing  on  the  books  of  the  said  corporation 
at  their  office  in  the  City  of  Philadelphia  under  the  names  designated 
on  the  above  enumerated  certificates  of  stock,  and  I  do  hereby  consti- 
tute and  appoint  H.  N.  Guernsey  my  true  and  lawful  attorney  irrevo- 
cably for  me  and  in  my  name  and  stead,  but  to  his  use  to  sell,  assign, 
transfer  and  set  over  all  or  any  part  of  said  shares,  and  for  that  purpose 
to  make  and  execute  all  the  necessary  acts  of  assignment  and  transfer, 
and  one  or  more  persons  to  substitute  with  like  full  power,  hereby  sat- 
isfying and  confirming  all  that  this  said  attorney  or  his  substitute  or 
substitutes  shall  lawfully  do  by  virtue  thereof. 

In  witness  thereof  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  seal  the  12th 
day  of  January,  1869. 

Ad.  Lippe.     [seal.] 

Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  in  the  presence  of  Alfred  R.  Potter. 

On  the  2 2d  of  January  Dr.  Guernsey  transferred  these 
shares  of  the  stock  to  Dr.  Hering  by  means  of  the  following 
instrument: 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents,  That  I,  Henry  N.  Guernsey,  of  the 
City  of  Philadelphia,  in  the  State  of  Pennsylvania,  Doctor  of  Medicine, 
do  hereby  make,  constitute  and  appoint  Constantine  Hering,  of  said  city. 
Doctor  of  Medicine,  my  true  and  lawful  attorney,  for  me  and  in  my 
name  and  stead,  to  transfer  to  him,  the  said  Constantine  Hering,  or  to 
such  other  person  as  the  said  Constantine  Hering  may  desire  so  to  do, 
all  or  any  number  of  those  certain  one  hundred  and  eighty-five  shares 
of  the  stock  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania, 
which  Adolph  Lippe,  M.  D.,  by  a  certain  instrument  of  writing  bearing 
date  the  twelfth  day  of  January,  A.  D.  1869,  transferred  to  me  or  con- 
stituted me  his  true  and  lawful  attorney  for  the  purpose  of  transferring 
the  same  to  myself  or  to  such  other  person  as  I  might  desire. 


126  HISTORY  OF  THK  HOMEOPATHIC 

In  witness  whereof  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  seal  this  twenty- 
second  day  of  January,  A.  D.  1869. 

H,  N.  Guernsey,     [seai..] 
Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  in  the  presence  of  Malcolm  Macfarlan, 
M.  D.,  Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr. 

■  Be  it  remembered  that  on  the  twenty-second  day  of  January,  A.  D. 
1869,  before  me  the  subscriber,  a  Notary  Public  for  the  Commonwealth 
of  Pennsjdvania  residing  in  the  City  of  Philadelphia,  personally  ap- 
peared the  said  Henry  N.  Guernsey  who,  in  due  form  of  law,  acknowl- 
edged the  above  written  letter  of  attorney  to  be  his  act  and  deed,  and 
that  the  same  was  made  for  a  valuable  consideration. 

Witness  my  hand  and  notarial  seal  the  day  and  year  aforesaid. 
[SEAI.ED.]  Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr., 

Notary  Public. 

And  this  is  the  reason  that  the  chair  of  Materia  Medica 
became  vacant  in  the  old  college  in  the  spring  of  1869,  and 
why  Dr.  Lippe  did  not  sign  the  diplomas. 


MEDICAI,  COIvIvEGE  OP  PENNSYLVANIA.  127 


CHAPTER  XXI. 


1867-69. 

Let  us  now  turn  to  the  history  of  the  medical  school  formed 
by  the  seceders  from  the  old  college  in  the  summer  of  1867. 

Dr.  Hering  secured  the  charter  of  the  old  Eclectic  Wash- 
ington Medical  College  that  had  been  granted  in  1853.  This 
he  had  the  Courts  change  to  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College 
of  Philadelphia.     The  original  documents  are  as  follows: 

An  Act  to  Incorporate  the  Washi7igto7i  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia. 

Section  i  .  Be  it  enacted  b}^  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives 
of  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  in  General  Assembly  met,  and 
it  is  hereby  enacted  by  the  authority  of  the  same,  that  William  S. 
Ernst,  F.  A.  Fickhardt,  D.  C.  McKibben,  W.  J.  Smith,  Samuel  Rhem, 
William  C.  Foster,  Michael  Brovpn,  Charles  N.  Robinson,  William  J. 
McCamman,  James  B.  Reed,  John  K.  Zeilin,  John  E.  L,atta,  David  C. 
McCamman,  Henry  Bley,  John  B.  Woodward,  Washington  Wurts, 
Edward  S.  Lawrence,  and  Jacob  S.  Roberts,  be  and  they  are  hereby  in- 
corporated into  a  body  politic,  under  the  name  and  style  of  the  Wash- 
ington Medicai,  Coi^IvEGE  of  Philadei^phia,  for  the  purpose  of 
instruction  in  Medicine,  Surgery  and  all  the  branches  appertaining 
thereto;  the  said  college  to  have  the  power  of  granting  degrees  and 
giving  diplomas  to  all  those  who  may  comply  with  the  rules  and  regu- 
lations thereof,  and  also  to  give  a  summer  and  winter  course  of  lectures 
on  the  science  of  medicine;  the  said  college  to  have  all  the  immunities, 
rights  and  privileges  granted  to  the  allopathic  colleges  in  the  State  of 
Pennsylvania  not  inconsistent  with  the  laws  and  constitution  thereof. 

W.  P.  Schell,  Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives;  John  C. 
Kunkel,  Speaker  of  the  Senate. 

Approved  the  second  day  of  May,  A.  D.  eighteen  hundred  and  fifty- 
three,  Wm.  Bigler. 

The  record  of  the  Philadelphia  Court  is  as  follows: 

In  the  Court  of  Quarter  Sessions  of  the  Peace  of  the  County  of  Phila- 
delphia. 
In  the  matter  of  "  The  Washington  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia." 

Sur  petition  to  change  the  name  to  "  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College 

of  Philadelphia." 


128  HISTORY  OF  THE)  HOMCEOPATHIC 

And  now,  to  wit,  June  the  ist,  1867,  on  consideration  of  the  petition 
filed,  it  is  ordered  and  decreed  by  the  'Court  that  the  prayer  of  the 
petition  be  granted,  and  that  the  name,  style  and  title  of  said  corpora- 
tion shall  be  henceforth  "The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Phila- 
delphia." 

I  certify  that  the  foregoing  is  a  true  copy  of  the  whole  record  in  the 
case  there  stated,  as  the  same  now  remains  in  the  ofiice  of  the  said  Court 
of  Quarter  Sessions,  etc. 

Witness  my  hand  and  the  seal  of  said  Court  this  17th  day  of  July,  A. 
D.  1867. 

J.  P.  Gai^Ton,     [seai,.] 
Pro.  Clerk. 

The  further  organization  of  the  new  College  was  as  follows: 

Statutes  of  the  Hahnemann  Medicai,  Coi<i.ege  of  Phii<adei,phia, 

The  Three  Boards. 

I.  The  powers,  the  franchises,  immunities,  rights  and  privileges, 
conferred  by  the  charter  of  this  College  shall  be  divided  among  the  fol- 
lowing bodies,  viz: 

1 .  A  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees  consisting  of  twelve  mem- 
bers. 

2.  A  Medical  Faculty  of  not  less  than  seven  professors,  who  shall 
constitute  a  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees. 

3.  A  Board  of  Curators,  not  less  than  three  members,  who 
shall  be  medical  graduates,  and  who  shall  constitute  an  ad- 
visory Board  of  Examination. 

II.  The  number  of  members  of  either  of  the  above-named  bodies 
may  be  increased  by  concurrent  resolution  of  the  two  Boards  of  Trus- 
tees. 

III.  The  members  of  the  several  bodies  hereinbefore  mentioned 
shall  hold  office  respectively  at  their  own  will  and  pleasure.  In  case  of 
any  vacancy  occurring  in  either,  it  shall  be  filled  by  concurrent  action 
of  the  Boards  of  Corporation  and  Professorial  Trustees;  only  residents 
of  the  city  of  Philadelphia  shall  be  eligible  to  any  such  appointment. 

IV.  There  shall  be  held  annually,  at  least  one  joint-meeting  of  the 
three  Boards,  at  such  time  after  the  spring  commencement  as  the 
ofi&cers  of  the  same  may  agree  upon.  At  this  meeting  the  general 
interests  of  the  College  shall  be  taken  into  careful  consideration;  and  as 
a  basis  therefore,  each  of  the  three  Boards  shall  present  a  separate  re- 
port of  their  actions  during  the  preceding  year.  At  all  joint-meetings, 
an  aggregate  attendance  equal  to  a  quorum  of  each  of  the  bodies  repre- 
sented, shall  constitute  a  quorum.  All  other  meetings  shall  be  held  at 
the  call  of  the  officers  of  the  several  bodies,  due  notice  being  given  to 
all  the  members  thereof. 

V.  Extra  tneetings  of  either  Board  of  Trustees  may  be  called  by 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  1 29 

their  respective  officers,  on  the  written  request  of  three  members  of 
either;  by  individual  notices,  served  three  days  in  advance. 

VI.  The  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees  shall  have  the  care  and 
supervision  of  all  real  estate,  endowment  funds,  and  other  permanent 
property  of  the  corporation,  together  with  such  other  powers  as  shall 
be  specified  by  these  by-laws. 

VII.  Five  members  of  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees  shall  con- 
stitute a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business. 

VIII.  There  shall  be  a  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trus- 
tees, who  shall  be  selected  by  them  from  among  their  own  number,  and 
who  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of  the  Board.  He  shall  hold  office  for 
the  term  of  four  years.  He  shall  sign  all  contracts  on  behalf  of  the 
Board,  and  perform  such  other  duties  as  may  be  assigned  him. 

IX.  There  shall  be  a  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees, 
to  be  elected  by  the  Board  at  their  annual  session.  He  shall  record  their 
proceedings,  attest  all  contracts  on  behalf  of  the  Board,  append  the 
seal  of  the  College  when  ordered,  and  shall  perform  such  other  duties 
as  shall  be  assigned  him. 

X.  The  members  of  the  Board  of  Curators  shall  attend  the  meet- 
ings of  the  Medical  Faculty,  when  invited  by  their  chairman  so  to  do; 
they  shall,  on  the  invitation  of  the  President  of  the  College,  attend  the 
joint-meetings  of  the  two  Boards  of  Trustees;  and  may  take  part  in  the 
deliberations  of  the  same;  but  shall  not  have  the  right  to  vote,  except 
on  questions  concerning  graduation,  in  cases  where  candidates  have 
demanded  their  action.  Any  candidate  shall  have  the  privilege  of 
making  such  demand;  and  in  such  case  shall  be  examined  by  them,  in 
the  stead  of  any  portion  of  the  Faculty  specified  therein. 

XL  The  Medical  Faculty  shall  annually  deliver  at  least  one  course 
of  lectures,  comprising  the  following  subjects,  viz. :  Natural  Philosophy, 
Chemistry,  Botany,  Anatomy,  Physiology,  Pathology,  Institutes  and 
Practice,  Surgery,  Midwifery,  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children, 
Forensic  Medicine,  Materia  Medica  and  Clinical  Medicine  and  Surgery. 

XII.  A  majority  of  the  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees  shall  consti- 
tute a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of'  business. 

XIII.  The  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees  shall  select  from  among 
their  number  a  Chairman,  who  shall  preside  at  all  their  meetings,  and 
who  shall  be  also  the  Dean  of  the  Facility.  He  shall  hold  office  for 
the  term  of  four  years.  He  shall  sign  all  contracts  on  behalf  of  the 
Board,  and  shall  perform  such  other  duties  as  may  be  assigned  him. 

XIV.  The  Medical  Faculty  shall  appoint  a  Registrar,  who  shall  act 
as  Secretary  of  the  same,  and  of  all  joint-meetings  of  the  several  bodies 
herein  provided  for;  shall  keep  accurate  records  of  the  proceedings, 
and  shall  attest  all  orders  drawn  upon  the  Treasurer,  concerning  current 
receipts  and  expenditures. 

XV.  They  shall  also  make  rules  and  regulations  respecting  the  ad- 
mission of  students,  terms  and  times  of  attendance  upon  lectures,  con- 

10 


130  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

duct  and  examination,  and  respecting  all  other  matters  not  otherwise 
provided  for,  connected  with  the  interests  and  prosperity  of  the  College; 
provided  such  rules  and  regulations  do  not  conflict  with  this  statute. 

XVI.  The  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees  shall  provide  for  all  the 
financial  concerns  of  the  College,  not  herein  assigned  to  the  Board  of 
Corporation  Trustees. 

XVII.  The  matriculation  and  graduation  fees  shall,  after  defraying 
the  expenses  of  the  diplomas  and  commencements,  constitute  a  fund 
for  the  purchase  and  enlargement  of  a  museum  and  apparatus,  and  to 
meet  such  contigent  expenses  of  lecturing  as  the  Professorial  Trustees 
shall  think  proper,  with  the  concurrence  of  the  Corporation  Trustees. 

XVIII.  The  Boards  of  Corporation  and  Professorial  Trustees  shall, 
by  concurrent  action,  elect  a  President  of  the  College,  who  shall  preside 
at  all  joint-meetings  of  the  several  Boards  herein  named,  and  also  at 
the  public  commencements;  shall  sign  all  diplomas,  and  all  contracts 
made  by  concurrent  action  of  the  two  Boards  of  Trustees;  and  shall 
draw  all  orders  on  the  Treasurer,  duly  attested  by  the  Registrar,  or  by 
the  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees,  for  the  several 
bodies  to  which  they  belong;  and  shall  hold  his  ofi&ce  for  the  term  of 
five  years. 

XIX.  The  Boards  of  Corporation  and  Professorial  Trustees  shall,  by 
concurrent  action,  appoint  a  Treasurer,  to  whom  all  funds  shall  be  paid 
over  as  soon  as  received  by  the  Dean  or  other  officers.  He  shall  pay 
all  orders,  duly  drawn  and  attested,  as  provided  in  these  statutes;  shall 
keep  an  account  in  bank,  by  the  style  and  title  of  "Treasurer  of  the 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia;"  shall  make  an  exhibit 
of  his  accounts  at  each  annual  joint-meeting  of  the  several  Boards;  shall 
give  such  bonds  as  may  be  required  of  him  for  the  faithful  performance 
of  his  duties;  and  shall  receive  such  compensation  for  his  responsibility 
as  may  be  agreed  on. 

XX.  The  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees  shall,  at  the  close  of  each 
session,  provide  for  the  payment  of  all  current  expenses  for  the  pre- 
ceding year;  the  surplus  remaining  thereafter,  from  the  fees  received 
for  the  same,  shall  be  divided  among  the  members  of  the  Medical 
Faculty;  payment  to  be  made  by  the  Treasurer  on  orders  drawn  by  the 
President  of  the  College,  attested  by  the  Registrar. 

XXI.  All  matters  of  record  shall,  at  all  times,  be  open  to  the  inspec- 
tion of  the  Corporation  and  Professorial  Trustees. 

XXII.  The  following  named  physicians  are  hereby  constituted  Pro- 
fessors in  the  Medical  Faculty,  and  members  of  the  Board  of  Profes- 
sorial Trustees: 

Constantine  Hering, 
Chas.  G.  Raue, 
fohn  C.  Morgan, 
Henry  Noah  Martin, 
Richard  Koch 


MEDICAI,  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  I3I 

A.  R.  Thomas, 
Lemuel  Stephens, 
O.  B.  Gause, 

XXIII.  The  Demonstrators  and  Assistants  of  Anatomy,  Chemistry, 
Surgery  and  other  departments,  shall  be  appointed  by  the  respective 
Professors,  with  the  concurrence  of  the  Faculty. 

XXIV.  The  Faculty,  as  elected,  shall  divide  among  themselves  the 
several  branches  of  medical  and  collateral  sciences  named  in  these 
statutes,  to  be  taught  in  the  College,  according  to  their  own  judgement ; 
but  no  Professor  once  assigned  to  a  particular  chair  shall  be  removed 
or  transferred  to  another,  without  his  consent,  except  by  verdict  of  im- 
peachment; they  shall  employ  such  special  lecturers  as  they  may  think 
necessary;  and  shall  provide  for  the  payment  of  the  same  in  accordance 
with  such  terms  as  may  be  agreed  on. 

XXV.  The  Commencements  shall  be  held  at  the  close  of  the  respec- 
tive sessions  of  the  College;  at  which  time  the  Degree  of  Doctor  of 
Medicine  shall  be  conferred  upon  such  candidates  as  may  be  recom- 
mended b}'  the  Medical  Faculty  and  such  members  of  the  Board  of 
Curators  as  may  have  acted  as  examiners,  and  confirmed  by  the  Board 
of  Corporation  Trustees. 

XXVI.  Upon  such  degree  being  conferred,  the  Secretary  of  the 
Board  of  Corporation  Trustees  shall  affix  the  seal  of  the  College  to  a 
proper  Diploma,  which  shall  be  signed  by  the  President  of  the  College, 
by  the  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees,  by  all  the  Pro- 
fessors, and  such  members  of  the  Board  of  Curators  as  may  have  taken 
part  in  the  examination. 

XXVII.  Honorary  Degrees  shall  be  conferred  on  distinguished 
practitioners,  according  to  the  recommendations  of  the  Faculty  and 
Board  of  Curators. 

XXVIII.  Special  Degrees  shall  be  conferred  on  such  candidates  only 
as  shall  have  been  examined  by  the  Faculty  of  this  College,  unless  they 
shall  be  graduates  of  some  other  respectable  Medical  College,  when  the 
Degree  may  be  conferred  upon  the  certificate  of  a  duly  appointed  ex- 
amining board  of  a  regularly  organized  county  or  State  Homoeopathic 
Medical  Society,  and  under  seal  of  the  same,  accompanied  by  satis- 
factory testimonials  of  good  moral  character  and  professional  standing. 
A  thesis  will  be  required  of  every  candidate  for  a  special  degree. 

XXIX.  No  one  of  the  officers  of  the  College  shall  be  removed  from 
said  office,  except  by  impeachjiient;  some  member  of  the  Board  of  Cor- 
poration Trustees  or  the  Medical  Faculty  preferring  charges  against  him 
in  writing;  he  being  furnished  with  a  copy  of  the  same,  at  least  two- 
weeks  prior  to  trial  of  the  impeachment;  and  a  proper  hearing  shall  be 
afforded,  before  the  two  Boards  of  Trustees  in  joint-meeting  assembled. 
A  proper  record  of  the  testimony  shall  be  kept,  and  upon  due  considera- 
tion thereof,  after  the  hearing,  the  two  Boards  shall  (a  quorum  of  each 
being  present),  by  separate  concurring  votes  of  two-thirds  of  the  same, 


132  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

remove  such  officer;  provided  that  nothing  herein  is  to  be  construed  to 
prevent  the  resignation  of  such  officer  without  a  trial. 

XXX.  Any  person  impeached  and  condemned  by  the  action  afore- 
said, may  appeal  to  a  joint  convention  of  the  two  'Boards  of  Trustees 
and  the  Board  of  Curators,  whose  decision,  after  a  proper  hearing,  shall 
be  final. 

XXXI.  These  statutes  shall  not  be  altered  or  amended  at  any  future 
time,  except  by  concurrent  resolution  of  two-thirds  of  the  members 
present  at  a  regular  or  duly  called  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Corporation 
Trustees,  and  of  the  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees,  respectively;  notice 
having  been  publicly  given  at  least  one  month  previously,  either  at  a 
lawful  meeting  of  the  Board  or  by  written  notices  mailed. 

This  statute  shall  apply  equally  to  any  and  every  other  statute  which 
may  hereafter  be  added  to  the  foregoing. 

XXXII.  All  donations  or  endoivments  to  which  the  donor  assigns 
no  special  direction,  shall  be  appropriated  by  the  concurrent  action  of 
the  two  Boards  of  Trustees,  for  the  benefit  of  the  College. 

XXXIII.  A  system  of  permanent  endowment  by  means  of  scholar- 
ships shall  be  adopted  and  carried  out,  according  to  the  following  pro- 
visions. 

XXXIV.  Kfund  {of  not  less  than  125,000)  is  hereby  authorized,  and 
required  to  be  provided  for,  for  such  permanent  endowment  of  the  Col- 
lege; and  which  shall  be  applied  to  the  purchase  and  erection  of  a  suit- 
able building,  with  proper  apparatus  and  museum;  and  no  change  in 
the  statutes  shall  ever  affect  the  disposition  of  the  same  without  the 
consent  of  the  holders  of  the  Certificates  of  Scholarship  hereinafter  de- 
scribed. 

XXXV.  There  shall  be  issued  a  number  of  scholarships  of  the  value 
of  $1,000  each,  equal  in  the  aggregate  to  the  amount  of  the  endowment 
hereinbefore  authorized.  Every  person  who  shall  deposit  $1,000  with 
the  Treasurer  of  the  College,  or  with  any  trustee  of  his  or  her  own 
choice,  for  the  benefit  of  the  College,  shall  receive  a  Certificate  of 
Scholarship.  All  moneys  so  contributed,  and  not  otherwise  directed  by 
the  donor,  shall  be  applied  to  the  purpose  aforesaid;  but  any  contributor 
may,  at  his  or  her  option,  direct  a  permanent  investment  of  the  same 
to  be  made;  the  interest  thereon  to  be  regularly  paid  into  the  common 
treasury  of  the  College. 

XXXVI.  Each  Certificate  of  Scholarship  shall  entitle  the  holder 
thereof,  and  his  or  her  heirs  or  assigns  forever,  to  receive  a  ticket  of  ad- 
mission for  one  student  annually,  to  attend  all  the  regular  lectures  of 
the  Medical  Faculty. 

XXXVII.  Each  such  Certificate  shall  also  invest  such  holders  with 
the  rights  of  a  member  of  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees. 

XXXVIII.  Every  person  who  shall  pay  over  to  the  Treasurer  for 
the  endowment  of  the  College  the  sum  of  five  hundred  dollars  shall 
receive  a  certificate  entitling  him  or  her,  or  his  or  her  heirs  or  assigns, 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  1 33 

to  send  one  student  for  two  consecutive  years;  and,  with  equal  inter- 
vals, for  similar  periods,  forever. 

XXXIX.  Bvery  person  who  shall  in  like  manner  pay  five  hundred 
dollars,  and  his  or  her  heirs  and  assigns,  shall  receive  annually,  forever, 
twelve  preferred  tickets  of  admission  to  the  privileges  of  the  medical, 
surgical  and  obstetrical  dispe^sar}^ 

XL.  Every  person  of  either  of  these  classes,  who  shall,  by  annual 
or  other  additions  to  a  former  contribution,  reach  the  aggregate  sum  of 
$1,000,  shall,  at  his  option,  be  entitled  to  receive,  in  lieu  of  such  rights, 
a  full  Certificate  of  Scholarship. 

N.  B. — All  laws  aud  parts  of  laws  inconsistent  or  conflicting  with 
these  laws  are  repealed. 

Under  this  constitution  the  following  officers  were  then 
selected : 

President,  Jason  L.  Fe;nimore;  Secretary,  John  A.  Marshali,; 
Treasurer,  John  W.  Sexton. 

Corporation  Trustees. 

Edv^^ard  S.  Lawrence,  Chairman, 

Attorney-at-Law. 


George  M.  Troutman, 
President  Central  National  Bank. 

Jason  L.  Fenimore. 
John  A.  Marshale, 

Attorn  ey-at-Law. 
John  T.  Midnight, 

Manufacturer. 
Augustus  W.  Koch,  M.  D. 


John  W.  Sexton, 

Firm  of  Jay  Cooke  &  Co. 
Rev.  Howard  Maecom,  D.  D. 
Byron  Woodward, 

Attorney-at-Law. 
James  B.  Read, 

Artist. 
F.  E.  BcERiCKE,  M.  D. 


T.  Guilford  Smith, 
Firm  of  Morris  Davis  &  Co.,  successors  to  Jos.  S.  Lovering  &  Co. 


Curators. 


Richard  Gardiner,  M.  D. 
James  Kitchen,  M.  D. 
H.  S.  LenTz,  M.  D. 


Walter  Williamson,  M.  D. 
Charles  Neidhard,  M.  D. 
O.  B.  Gause,  M.  D. 


J.  G.  HouARD,  M.  D. 


134  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 


CHAPTER  XXII. 

1867-69. 

Soon  after  the  following  prospectus  was  issued: 

Prospectus  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of 
Philadelphia. 

Upon  organizing  a  new  medical  school,  we  deem  it  important  to  in- 
form the  profession  and  such  as  may  take  advantage  of  its  facilities, 
what  \h.& principles  are  upon  which  it  will  be  conducted;  more  particu- 
larly as  there  is  another  homoeopathic  college  already  in  existence  in 
Philadelphia. 

We,  therefore,  announced  to  the  profession  the  objects  as  well  as  the 
basis  of  this  Institution.  We  wish  it  to  be  understood,  however,  that 
these  principles  are  published,  not  for  the  purpose  of  alluring  students 
to  our  school,  to  be  afterward  disappointed  by  hearing  lectures  from  the 
various  chairs  of  a  tenor  contrary  to  their  expectatiotis,  but  in  order 
that  the  profession  and  the  students  may  know  the  convictions  of  the 
faculty. 

These  objects  and  principles  are: 

I.  To  obviate  the  necessity  of  sending  homoeopathic  students  to  allo- 
pathic colleges  under  the  plea  of  better  medical  instruction. 

We  believe  a  thorough  medical  education  to  be  even  more  important 
to  a  homoeopath  than  to  an  old-school  practitioner,  on  account  of  the 
deeper  and  more  scientific  principles  of  Homoeopathy,  and  therefore 
shall  make  the  utmost  efforts  to  give  instruction  in  all  medical  branches, 
equally  efficient  with  any  allopathic  or  homoeopathic  school. 

II.  To  teach  pure  Homoeopathy. 

By  this  we  mean  the  exclusion  of  eclecticism,  and  the  sustaining  of 
that  homoeopathic  principle  by  which  Hahnemann  and  all  eminent  and 
learned  homoeopathic  practitioners  have  been  and  are  yet  guided. 

III.  To  prevent  the  threatened  split  in  our  profession,  by  allowing 
the  utmost  freedom  on  disputed  points,  particularly  the  question  of  the 
dose. 

It  shall  be  our  aim,  never  vilely  to  denounce  the  opinions  of  others, 
believing  that  a  good  cause  is  not  best  sustained  by  calling  our  oppo- 
nents hard  names,  and  wherever  they  shall  differ  from  our  own,  the 
student  shall  have  full  liberty  to  adopt  for  himself  what  he  thinks  to 
be  true  and  best,  for  this   is   his   right  and  privilege  if  he  be  compe- 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  1 35 

tent  to  assume  the  responsibilities  of  a  physician.  The  members  of 
the  faculty,  however,  reserve  for  themselves  the  privilege  to  recom- 
mend their  individual  views,  whenever  they  think  them  well  fonnded 
on  experience  and  scientific  principles. 

IV.  To  prevent  the  issuing  of  degrees  to  unworthy  applicants. 

The  faculty  are  persuaded  that  the  cause  of  Homoeopathy,  as  well  as 
the  public,  suffers  much  injury  from  practitioners  who  have  been 
licensed  by  some  institutions  upon  insufficient  grounds.  No  mercenary 
motives,  nor  eagerness  for  increasing  the  list  oi graduates  shall  induce 
us  to  grant  the  degree  to  any  but  those  vpho  give  evidence  of  their 
fitness. 

It  gives  us  pain  to  perceive  that  insinuations  have  been  industriously 
circulated  in  certain  quarters,  prejudicial  to  truth  and  to  our  cause — 
and  calculated  to  mislead  physicians  and  students  proposing  to  attend 
homoeopathic  lectures  during  the  coming  winter,  to  the  effect  that  one 
or  more  members  of  our  faculty  will  not  lecture  in  the  course,  or  that 
such  may  lean  towards  eclecticism.  It  is  no  less  painful  to  be  com- 
pelled to  make  formal  denial  or  explanation  of  such  clandestine  or 
public  charges.  But  that  there  remain  no  misapprehension  on  these 
points,  it  will  be  sufficient  to  say,  that  every  member  of  the  faculty  is 
also  a  member  in  good  standing  of  the  ' '  Philadelphia  County  Homceo- 
pathic  Medical  Society;"  has  given  his  written  acceptance  of  his  ap- 
pointment, and  has  since  actively  engaged  in  the  duties  of  his  ofiice, 
preparatory  to  the  coming  session. 

The  Preliminary  Course  will  begin  September  30th,  1867,  and  consist 
of  instructive  lectures  by  the  faculty  and  others.  The  regular  course 
will  begin  on  the  second  Monday  in  October  ensuing. 

Drs.  Gray,  Wells  and  Fincke  of  New  York,  and  Drs.  Williamson, 
Neidhard  and  Gause  of  Philadelphia,  as  well  as  other  prominent  men, 
have  volunteered  to  lecture  during  the  Preliminary  Course. 

Medical  and  Surgical  clinics  will  commence  regularly  on  September 
1st,  and  the  dissecting  room  will  also  be  open  at  that  time. 

For  further  particulars  address 

C.  Hering,  M.  D.,  Dean,  No.  114  North  Twelfth  street,  or  Richard 
■  Koch,  M.  D.,  Registrar,  No.  33  North  Twelfth  street. 

Then  follows  a  list  of  the  Faculty. 

The  first  meeting  of  the  Faculty  recorded  was  held  on  the 
evening  of  Wednesday,  May  8,  1867,  at  114  North  12th  St.,  the 
residence  of  Dr.  Hering.  All  the  meetings  of  the  Faculty  were 
held  at  Dr.  Hering's  house.  Present,  Drs.  Hering,  Raue,  J. 
C.  Morgan,  Martin  and  Koch.  Dr.  C.  Hering  was  unani- 
mously elected  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  Dean  of  the  Fac- 
culty,  and  Dr.  Koch  was  elected  Registrar.  Drs.  Martin  and 
Morgan  were  appointed  to  draft  a  suitable  announcement   of 


136  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

the  new  College.  All  the  members  of  the  Board  were  ap- 
pointed a  committee  of  the  whole  to  look  for  a  suitable  build- 
ing for  the  College.  Drs.  Raue  and  Koch  were  to  find  suit- 
able rooms  for  a  dispensary,  and  Dr.  Hering  was  to  make 
arrangements  for  the  dispensary  and  to  find  a  dispensary 
physician.  At  this  meeting  a  distribution  of  the  chairs  was 
made  as  follows: 

Institutes  of  Homoeopathy,  Materia  Medica  and  Botany, 
Dr.  C,  Hering. 

Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children,  H.  N. 
Guernsey. 

Practice  of  Homoeopathic  Medicine,  including  Special 
Pathology  and  Diagnostics,  Dr.  C.  G.  Raue. 

Surgery,  Dr.  John  C.  Morgan. 

Clinical  Medicine,  Dr.  H.  N.  Martin. 

Anatomy,  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas. 

Chemistry  and  Natural  Philosophy,  Dr.   Lemuel  vStephens. 

Dr.  R.  H.  Warriner  was  elected  lecturer  on  Forensic  Medi- 
cine. 

At  the  next  meeting,  a  week  later.  Dr.  Guernsey  resigned 
from  the  chair  of  Obstetrics  and  Dr.  H.  N.  Martin  was  ap- 
pointed to  fill  his  place,  and  also  to  lecture  on  Clinical  Medi- 
cine. It  was  decided  to  open  a  dispensary  at  loth  and  Ship- 
pen  Sts.,  at  a  rental  of  $100  per  annum.  This  dispensary  was 
opened  soon  afterwards. 

June  I,  1867.  Faculty  met  at  9  p.  M.  Committee  reported 
that  the  second  and  third  stories  of  a  building  at  1307  Chest- 
nut Street  had  been  rented  at  $1,200  per  annum.  Dr.  Hering 
was  appointed  to  represent  the  College  and  Dr.  Martin  the 
dispensary  at  the  coming  meeting  of  the  American  Institute 
of  Homoeopathy. 

The  first  announcement  was  as  follows: 

Announcement  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of 
Philadelphia. 

In  originating  a  new  Institution  for  the  education  of  Homoeopatliic 
physicians,  the  Trustees  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Phila- 
delphia deem  it  expedient  to  state  the  reasons  which  establish  the  neces- 
sity and  public  importance  of  the  enterprise. 

First. — The  City  of  Philadelphia  being  the  acknowledged  medical 
metropolis  of  North  America,  is  also  the  natural  centre  of  influence  of 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA,  1 37 

the  Homoeopathic  school;  and,  according  to  her  standard,  Homoeopathy 
must  take  rank  over  the  whole  country,  just  as  the  standard  of  her  Al- 
lopathic institutions  affects  the  position  of  all  others. 

Second  — A  large  number  of  Homoeopathic  physicians  are  in  the 
habit  of  recommending  their  students  to  attend  one  or  all  their  courses 
of  lectures  at  the  Allopathic  schools;  alleging  that  general  medical  sci- 
ence, as  well  as  surgery — in  short,  all  except  the  bare  matter  of  Homoe- 
opathy itself — can  be  successfully  acquired  only  in  that  way. 

Third.— The  high  standard  of  scientific  attainment  requisite  to  con- 
stitute a  thorough  medical  education  demands  most  careful  attention; 
for  Homoeopathy,  however  pure,  if  not  based  upon  general  medical 
science,  must,  in  common  with  all  other  modes  of  practice,  end  only  in 
quackery. 

Fourth. — The  promising  field  presented  to  our  school  in  the  domain 
of  surgery,  its  vast  importance,  as  illustrated  during  the  late  war,  and 
the  claims  of  humanity  upon  us  in  this  direction,  give  special  force  to 
the  universal  demand  for  surgical  knowledge. 

Fifth. — By  regarding  the  wishes  of  the  profession  and  public  in 
these  respects,  we  hope  to  obviate  the  alleged  necessity  for  the  educa- 
tion of  Homoeopathic  practitioners  in  Allopathic  schools. 

We  believe  that  general  medical  knowledge,  even  including  that  per- 
taining to  the  practical  tenets  of  other  systems,  may  be  as  faithfully 
communicated  from  a  Homoeopathic  standpoint  as  from  any  other;  and 
we  are  firmly  of  the  opinion,  that  when  received  by  the  student  from 
Allopathic  teachers,  mingled  with  ridicule  of  Homoeopathy,  they  be- 
come the  sources  of  doubt  and  of  error,  in  all  the  after-life  of  the  phy- 
sician. We  also  believe  it  to  be  the  duty,  as  well  as  privilege,  of  all 
Homoeopathic  physicians,  to  see  to  it  that  their  Colleges  shall  be  the 
equals  of  any;  and,  at  the  same  time,  to  maintain  and  support  them 
by  their  active  efforts. 

If  it  be  asked  why  we  do  not  co-operate  with  the  existing  Homoeo- 
pathic College  of  this  city,  we  have  to  reply,  without  regret,  that  our 
co-operation  has  been  declined,  when  tendered  in  the  only  form  in 
which  it  could  be  rendered  available.  We  are  well  aware  of  the  re- 
sponsibility which  we  thus  assume  in  our  relation  to  the  friends  of 
Homoeopathy;  and  that  the  profession  may  not  be  inconvenienced  in 
any  way,  have  decided  to  admit  the  graduates  of  the  old  college  to  the 
same  privileges  as  our  own  Alumni. 

In  order  to  the  perfect  accomplishment  of  our  design,  we  have  estab- 
lished a  system  of  permanent  scholarships,  in  lieu  of  the  onerous  one  of 
interest-bearing  stocks  so  common  in  medical  colleges.  Temporary 
accommodations  adapted  to  the  purposes  of  teaching,  and  all  necessary 
apparatus,  have  been  secured,  and  will  be  opened  for  a  preliminary 
course  of  lectures,  on  September  30th,  1867.  This  course  will  be  gra- 
tuitous. 

We  are  gratified  to  announce  to  the  profession  that,  in  accordance 
with  the  enlightened  spirit  of  the  age,  the  Legislature  of  this  State  has 


138  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

enacted  a  law,  whereby  dissection  is  legalized,  and  the  expense  of  ma- 
terial reduced  to  the  mere  cost  of  transportation. 

The  study  of  Practical  Anatomy  may  be  commenced  in  September, 
if  desired.  It  is  recommended  that  students  familiarize  themselves,  so 
far  as  possible,  with  the  anatomy  of  the  skeleton,  while  yet  at  home,  so 
that  on  reaching  the  city,  they  may  at  once  enter  upon  this  important 
branch  of  study,  which  is,  by  the  rules  of  the  College,  obligatory 

Attendance  upon  clinical  instruction  is  acknowledged  to  be  essential 
to  the  complete  preparation  of  the  physician  and  surgeon.  Our  plan 
embraces  the  future  establishment  of  a  large  homoeopathic  hospital; 
but  for  the  present  a  lectureship  on  Clinical  Medicine  has  been  insti- 
tuted to  supply  this  want,  and  will  be  ably  filled  and  abundantly  sup- 
plied with  means  of  illustration. 

Clinical  Pathology  and  Surgery  being  equally  necessary,  special  pro- 
vision has  been  made  in  this  direction.  The  regular  college  clinics  will 
be  well  supplied  with  illustrations  in  these  departments;  and,  that  noth- 
ing maj'  be  wanting  to  make  the  instruction  as  thorough  as  possible, 
every  second-course  student  and  candidate  for  the  degree  will  receive^ 
at  the  expense  of  the  College,  a  ticket  to  the  clinics  and  medical  library 
of  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  which  is  located  at  a  short  distance  from  the 
College. 

Medical  Jurisprudence,  which  has  become  a  most  important  element 
of  medical  instruction,  will  be  taught  by  a  gentleman  whose  past  suc- 
cess in  this,  his  favorite  branch,  is  a  guarantee  for  the  future. 

For  the  double  purpose  of  assuring  the  public  and  the  profession  of 
the  fitness  of  graduates  to  practice  medicine,  and  of  securing  to  every 
candidate  for  a  degree  a  fair  and  impartial  inquiry  into  his  attainments, 
a  Board  of  Curators  have  been  appointed,  consisting  of  gentlemen  well 
known  to  the  Homoeopathic  School,  who  will,  as  the  By-Laws  of  the 
College  require,  constitute  an  advisory  Board  of  Examination.  Their 
service  is,  however,  at  the  option  of  the  candidates,  so  far  as  direct 
examinations  are  concerned. 

The  following  extracts  from  the  By-Laws  regarding  special  degrees, 
abolishes  the  too  prevalent  practice  of  granting  such  upon  insufficient 
grounds,  whilst  meritorious  physicians  are  placed  in  a  position  to  secure 
the  desired  honors. 

XXVII.  Honorary  degrees  shall  be  conferred  on  distinguished  prac- 
titioners, according  to  the  recommendation  of  the  Faculty  and  Board 
of  Curators. 

XXVIII.  Special  degrees  shall  be  conferred  on  such  candidates  only 
as  shall  be  recommended  by  a  duly  appointed  examining  committee  of 
a  regularly  organized  County  or  State  Homoeopathic  Medical  Society, 
under  seal  of  the  same,  whether  the  candidate  be  a  graduate  of  another 
Medical  College  or  not. 

A  Thesis  will  be  required  from  candidates  for  special  degrees. 
The  College  Dispensary  is  now  open,  and  in  successful  operation. 
The  Surgical,  Medical  and  Obstetrical  clinics  will  be  opened  on  the 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  1 39 

First  of  September.     The  Anatomical  rooms  will  also  be  opened  at  the 
same  time. 

The  Introductory  Address  will  be  delivered  by  Professor  Koch,  at 
twelve  o'clock  noon,  of  the  second  Monday  in  October;  and  the  course 
of  lectures  will  begin  at  ten  o'clock  the  next  morning. 

Surgical,  Medical  and  Obstetrical  clinics,  connected  with  the  College 
Dispensary,  are  held  on  Wednesday  and  Saturday  of  each  week  during 
the  session.  They  afford  to  the  student  admirable  opportunities  to 
familiarize  himself  with  the  practical  principles  taught  from  the  respec- 
tive chairs;  and  among  the  multitude  of  poor  who  apply  for  aid,  cases 
of  Obstetrics  are  procured  for  the  members  of  the  graduating  class. 

The  Registrar  will  be  prepared  to  give  to  the  students  information 
relative  to  board,  etc. 

All  letters  relative  to  the  affairs  of  the  College  should  be  addressed 
either  to  the  Dean  or  Registrar. 

Jason  L.  Fenimore,  President. 

John  A.  Marshall,  Secretary. 

Regulations  of  the  College. 

The  regular  Course  of  Lectures  will  begin  on  the  second  Monday  in 
October,  and  end  about  the  first  of  March  ensuing. 

The  fee  for  the  course  of  lectures  must  be  paid  to  the  Dean,  on  ma- 
triculating, who  will  give  the  Matriculant  the  full  ticket  of  the  entire 
Faculty. 

To  constitute  a  full  course,  the  full  ticket  must  be  taken  by  the  first 
Monday  in  November,  except  in  special  cases. 

Students  who  have  attended  two  full  courses  of  instruction  in  this 
Institution  shall  be  admitted  to  the  subsequent  courses  of  the  College 
without  further  charge. 

Students  may  become  candidates  for  Graduation  who  have  attended 
two  full  courses  of  instruction  in  this  Institution;  or  one  course  only,  in 
case  they  have  attended  one  or  more  full  courses  in  another  respectable 
Medical  College. 

A  candidate  must  be  at  least  twenty-one  years  of  age,  of  good  moral 
character,  possessed  of  sufficient  preliminary  education,  have  applied 
himself  to  the  study  of  medicine  for  three  years,  and  have  been  the 
private  pupil  for  two  years  of  a  respectable  practitioner  of  medicine; 
and  must  have  attended  at  least  one  course  of  Practical  Anatomy. 

When  applying  for  examination,  he  must  first  exhibit  his  tickets  to 
the  Dean  of  the  Faculty,  or  give  other  satisfactory  evidence  of  having 
complied  with  the  regulations. 

He  must,  on  or  before  the  ist  of  February,  deliver  to  the  Dean  of  the 
Faculty  an  essay  or  thesis  in  his  own  handwriting,  composed  by  him- 
self on  some  medical  subject,  at  which  time  he  will  pay  the  fee  of  grad- 
uation; if  rejected,  the  money  will  be  refunded. 

The  thesis  may  be  written  in  English,  Latin,  German,  French  or 
Spanish,  at  the  option  of  the  candidate. 


140  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

The  examination  for  graduation  will  begin  about  the  last  of  Febru- 
ary, and  the  commencement  for  conferring  the  degrees  of  the  College 
will  be  held  as  soon  after  the  close  of  the  lectures  as  practicable. 

The  examination  will  be  conducted  in  private  by  each  professor,  and 
the  voting,  in  the  case  of  every  candidate,  shall  be  by  ballot. 

Special  examinations  may,  with  the  consent  of  the  Faculty,  be  held 
in  particular  cases. 

In  unsatisfactory  cases,  the  candidate  may,  with  the  consent  of  the 
Faculty,  avail  himself  of  a  second  examination  before  the  Faculty  and 
the  Board  of  Curators. 

Formal  notice  of  each  satisfactory  examination  shall  be  given  by  the 
Dean  to  the  successful  candidate,  who  shall  record  his  name  and  address 
upon  the  register  of  graduates,  with  the  title  of  his  thesis. 

The  names  of  the  successful  candidates  are  to  be  reported  by  the  Dean 
to  the  President  of  the  College,  who  will  communicate  such  report  to 
the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees,  in  order  that,  if  confirmed  by  them, 
the  degree  may  be  conferred. 

A  successful  candidate  shall  not  absent  himself  from  the  public  com- 
mencement without  the  permission  of  the  Faculty. 

A  thesis  may  be  published  by  the  candidate,  permission  of  the 
Faculty  being  first  obtained. 

Fees. 

Matriculation  (paid  once  only;  students  who  have  matriculated 
at  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  will 

not  be  required  again  to  pay  the  fee  in  this) $5  00 

Practical   Anatomy    (ticket   perpetual;  tickets   of   the   Homoeo- 
pathic Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  heretofore  issued 

will  be  received  at  this  College) 10  00 

Graduation 30  00 

Amount  for  a  full  Course  of  Lectures 100  00 

For  Students  who  have  attended  two  full  courses  in  other  Medi- 
cal Colleges 50  00 

For  such  as  have  attended  one  course  in  other  Medical  Colleges  .  100  00 

Graduates  of  other  Medical  Colleges 30  00 

Graduates  of   the  Homoeopathic   Medical   College   of   Pennsyl- 
vania— no  charge. 

Address 

C.  Hering,  M.  D.,  Dean, 
Or,  No.  114  North  Twelfth  St. 

Richard  Koch,  M.  D.,  Registrar, 

No.  33  North  Twelfth  St. 

In  August,  1867,  the  seal  of  the  College  was  procured. 
It  is  somewhat  larger  than  a  silver  dollar,  the  letters  are 
impressed  in  the  paper.     It  bears  the  legend:    Hahnemann 


MEDICAL  COIvLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  I4I 

Medical  College,  of  Philadelphia,  1853;  this  is  surrounded 
by  a  wreath  and  around  this  at  the  outside  of  the  medal  is  the 
legend:  In  certis  unitas,  in  dubiis  libertas,  in  omnibus  charitas. 
Dr.  Hering  designed  it. 


142  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 


CHAPTER  XXIII. 

1867-69. 

During  the  summer  of  1867.  efforts  were  made  to  establish 
both  a  museum  and  a  library  at  the  new  College.  A  circular, 
dated  July  15,  1867,  reads  as  follows: 

Dear  Sir:  The  Faculty  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College,  of 
Philadelphia,  are  gratified  to  announce  the  large  degree  of  success 
which  has  thus  far  attended  the  steps  taken  in  forming  the  Museum 
and  Library  of  the  College. 

It  is  believed  that  the  Anatomical  department  is  already  as  well  pro- 
vided as  in  the  most  favored  of  our  colleges;  but  desiring  to  know  no 
standard  short  of  perfection,  we  have  decided  to  issue  this  circular  to 
physicians  favorable  to  our  cause. 

Many  have  books,  and  pathological  and  other  specimens,  plates  and 
apparatus  which  are,  to  them,  a  source  of  inconvenience  from  the  space 
they  occupy,  but  who  would  be  glad  to  deposit  them  in  a  safe  place, 
such  as  our  Museum  affords. 

All  such  will  be  cordially  accepted  by  us,  and  preserved  in  the  name 
of  the  contributors,  who  will  please  state  whether  each  article  is  desig- 
nated as  an  absolute  donation,  or  only  as  a  deposit.  All  will  be  made 
subservient  to  the  great  end  we  have  in  view — the  elevation  of  the 
standard  of  Homoeopathic  education  and  the  thorough  preparation  of 
the  rising  generation  of  homoeopathic  physicians. 

It  is  also  believed  that  within  the  range  of  practice  of  the  physicians 
.  in  this  vicinity,  large  numbers  of  surgical  cases  may  be  found,  sufficient 
to  secure  a  creditable  surgical  clinic  to  the  students,  and  especially  to 
elevate  the  surgical  fame  of  our  school.  We  confidently  ask  your  co- 
operation. 

In  regard  to  surgical  cases,  please  communicate  names  and  addresses 
of  patients  to  J.  C.  Morgan,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Surgery,  1700  Chestnut 
street.  Books  and  specimens  will  be  received  by  C.  Hering,  M.  D.,  114 
North  Twelfth  street,  or  R.  Koch,  M.  D.,  33  North  Twelfth  street. 

lyiberal  responses  were  made  both  to  the  museum  and 
library.  In  June,  1867,  Dr.  Thomas  had  laid  the  foundation 
for  a  museum  by  the  purchase  of  an  anatomical  museum.  On 
September  loth,  the  lyibrary  Committee  reported  that  there 
had  been  donations  of  from  400  to  500  volumes. 


MEDICAIv  COIvLKGE  OF  PKNNSYIvVANIA.  1 43 

A  dispensary  was  opened  at  Tenth  and  Shippen  streets  in 
June,  1867;  this  was  discontinued  in  September,  after  a  dis- 
pensary was  opened  in  the  College  building.  The  hours  at 
Shippen  street  were  2  to  4  p.  m. 

During  the  summer  of  1867  it  was  deemed  advisable  to 
start  a  homoeopathic  journal.  This  was  done;  it  was  called 
at  first  the  Journal  of  Homoeopathic  Clinics,  but  later  became 
the  American  Journal  of  Homoeopathic  Materia  Medica.  In 
a  record  of  September  28,  1867,  a  long  list  of  rules  appears 
for  the  conduct  of  this  journal.  Rule  i  states  that  the  first 
part  of  the  journal,  containing  the  Materia  Medica,  shall  be 
under  the  sole  contf-ol  of  Dr.  C.  Hering,  and  at  the  comple- 
tion of  a  volume  he  shall  be  entitled  to  the  copyright.  Rule 
2  states  that  the  second  part  of  the  journal  is  to  be  devoted  to 
the  publication  of  cases  under  the  supervision  of  both  editors 
(Drs.  Hering  and  Martin)  and  subject  to  the  dictum  of  an 
Advisory  Committee.  This  committee  consisted  of  Drs.  Raue, 
Morgan  and  Koch.  Rule  3  reads:  The  third  part,  the  char- 
acteristics, shall  without  exception  be  first  laid  before  the 
whole  Faculty  and  a  vote  taken  on  each  one  of  them,  which 
shall  be  a  regular  part  of  the  business  at  each  session  of  the 
Faculty  before  they  adjourn.  The  4th  part,  the  periscope, 
was  to  be  furnished  by  the  Faculty.  The  Faculty  could  at 
any  time  change  the  editors,  who  were  to  be  paid  from  the 
profits  of  the  journal.  At  the  end  of  the  record  of  every 
meeting  of  the  Faculty  appears  the  following:  "After  passing 
some  characteristics  for  the  journal,  the  board  adjourned." 

The  preliminary  course  was  commenced  at  the  College 
building,  1307  Chestnut  street,  on  September  30th.  This 
was  free.  The  introductory  to  the  regular  course  was  de- 
livered at  12  o'clock,  noon,  on  Monday,  October  13th,  by 
Prof.  Richard  Koch.  There  were  sixty-one  matriculants. 
Introductories  were  also  delivered  during  the  week  by  the 
other  professors,  some  being  afterwards  printed. 

During  the  first  session  of  the  College  it  was  impossible  to 
find  a  room  suitable  for  practical  anatomy,  and  an  arrange- 
ment was  made  with  Dr.  Keen  that  the  students  should  dis- 
sect at  his  Rooms  for  Practical  Anatomy,  at  College  avenue 
(near  Jefferson  College). 


144  HISTORY  OP  the;  homceopathic 

The  first  Faculty  was  as  follows: 

Constantine  Hering,  M.  D.,  114  North  Twelfth  street,  Professor  of 
Institutes  and  Materia  Medica. 

Chas.  G.  Raue,  M.  D.,  121  North  Tenth  street,  Professor  of  Practice 
of  Medicine,  Special  Pathology  and  Diagnosis. 

John  C.  Morgan,  M.  D.,  1700  Chestnut  street,  Professor  of  Surgery. 

Henry  N.  Martin,  M.  D.,  526  Spruce  street.  Professor  of  Midwifery, 
Diseases  of  Women  and  Children,  and  Lecturer  on  Clinical  Medicine. 

Richard  Koch,  M.  D.,  33  North  Twelfth  street,  Professor  of  Physi- 
ology, General  Pathology,  General  and  Microscopic  Anatomy. 

A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  1506  Chestnut  street.  Professor  of  Anatomy. 

Ivemuel  Stephens,  M.  D.,  616  Sansom  street,  Professor  of  Natural 
Philosophy,  Chemistry,  and  Toxicology. 

H.  Ryland  Warriner,  Esq.,  26  North  Seventh  street.  Lecturer  or 
Forensic  Medicine. 

C.  H.  Von  Tagen,  M.  D.,  1135  Spruce  street,  Demonstrator  and  Lec- 
turer on  Surgical  Anatomy. 

Dr.  Martin  resigned  from  the  chair  of  Obstetrics  and  Dr.  O. 
B.  Gause  was  appointed  in  his  place  on  October  21,  1867. 
On  October  30th,  Dr.  Martin  was  elected  to  the  chair  of 
Clinical  Medicine  as  a  member  of  the  Faculty. 

On  January  4,  1868,  Dr.  F.  E.  Boericke  was  elected  Lec- 
turer on  Homceopathic  Pharmacy.  On  January  29,  1868, 
Dr.  B.  W.  James  was  appointed  Lecturer  on  Diseases  of  the 
Eye  and  Ear. 

The  rules  for  examination  of  candidates  were  decided  on 
at  a  meeting  held  January  29,  1868.  Every  thesis  was  to 
be  sent  for  examination  to  the  professor  representing  the 
branch  on  which  it  was  written,  "  The  highest  number  of 
votes  that  can  be  cast  for  each  branch  shall  be  five,  making 
for  eight  branches  forty  votes,  and  five-eighths  of  this,  or 
twenty- five  votes  shall  be  the  lowest  number  which  can  entitle 
a  candidate  for  recommendation  for  a  degree  by  the  faculty. 
It  shall  be  considered  a  breach  of  trust  for  any  professor  to 
divulge  the  vote  cast."  At  a  subsequent  meeting  the  num- 
ber of  votes  was  changed  from  five  to  ten  for  each  chair. 
Later,  after  the  union  of  the  colleges,  the  total  vote  was  one 
hundred,  with  sixty  necessary  for  graduation. 

The  first  commencement  of  the  new  College,  1867-8, 
was  held  at  Musical  Fund  Hall,  on  March  4,  1868,  at  noon. 
Prof  O.  B.  Gause  delivered  the  valedictory.  There  were 
twenty-six  graduates. 


MEDICAL  COLIvEGK  OF  PENNSYI^VANIA.  145 

The  building  on  Chestnut  street  was  inadequate  for  the 
uses  of  the  College,  and  soon  after  the  close  of  the  first  ses- 
sion the  question  came  up  of  renting  or  making  arrangements 
•to  buy  a  permanent  College  building.  At  a  meeting  held  May 
23,  1868,  it  was  decided  to  accept  the  proposition  of  French, 
Richards  &Co.,  and  remove  the  College  to  Nos.  16  and  18 
North  Tenth  street  (S.  W.  corner  of  Hunter  street).  The 
Registrar  was  empowered  to  negotiate,  and  Drs.  Martin  and 
Koch  were  appointed  to  superintend  the  moving.  The  re- 
moval was  made.  The  announcement  for  1868-69  gives,  how- 
ever, the  address  as  1307  Chestnut  street. 

A  summer  course  was  also  delivered.  It  commenced  on  the 
first  Monday  in  April,  1868,  and  continued  until  June  27, 
1868.  Complimentary  tickets  were  sent  to  each  of  the  recent 
graduates.     Lectures  were  as  follows: 

C.  Hering,  Hausroans'  Conditions  and  Causes  of  Disease. 

John  C.  Morgan,  Diseases  of  the  Eye  and  Ear. 

Henry  Noah  Martin,  Clinical  Medicine. 

Richard  Koch,  Diseases  of  the  Mind;  also  Microscopic  Anatomy. 

A.  R.  Thomas,  Comparative  Anatomy. 

O.  B.  Gause,  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

C.  H.  Von  Tagen,  Surgical  Anatomy. 

,  Botany. 

For  the  full  course,  I30.00. 

For  graduates  of  this  College,  |io.oo. 

I20.00  will  apply  on  the  price  of  the  winter  course  to  those  who  wish 
to  attend  the  regular  sessions  of  1868-69.  Students  who  choose  to  avail 
themselves  of  this  opportunity  get  the  whole  summer  and  winter 
course  for  f  110.00. 


146  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

CHAPTER  XXIV. 

1868-69. 

During  the  summer  of  1868  the  following  circular  was 
issued: 

Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  No.  18  North 
Tenth  street,  near  Market  street. 

The  Faculty  take  pleasure  in  announcing  to  the  profession  that  the 
new  College  building,  on  Tenth  street,  just  above  Market,  is  now  com- 
pleted in  its  internal  arrangements,  and  physicians  are  cordially  invited 
to  visit  the  College  —  where  the  Janitor  is  in  daily  attendance  from  9 
A.  M.  to  6  p.  M.  — and  view  the  lecture  rooms,  museum,  etc. 

It  is  with  pride  and  pleasure  that  we  point  to  the  success  of  the  past 
winter's  session,  as  an  evidence  that  we  were  not  mistaken  in  the  signs 
of  the  times  when  we  predicted  the  necessity  of  a  new  College  upon 
the  demand  of  the  profession  for  more  thorough  scientific  and  medical 
acquirements. 

A  brief  communication  of  our  principles  may  not  now  be  out  of 
place.  We  propose  to  give  the  most  thorough  instruction  in  all  branches 
of  medicine,  whether  practical  or  theoretical,  believing  that  a  thorough 
medical  education  is  the  foundation  upon  which  homoeopathic  physi- 
cians must  stand  and  defend  their  cause;  and. 

We  are  determined  that  the  profession  shall  have  no  more  valid  ex- 
cuses for  sending  their  students  to  Allopathic  schools.  While  we  may 
radically  differ  in  our  methods  of  teaching  and  practice  from  others, 
we  seek,  and  will  have,  quarrels  with  none. 

We  teach  pure  Homoeopathy,  and  certain  great  underl5dng  princi- 
ples upon  which  the  profession  are  a  unit.  "  In  cf  rtis  unitas,"  while 
bigotry  and  intolerance  shall  find  no  place  in  our  instructions  The 
student  is,  therefore,  after  having  been  enlightened  as  to  the  various 
opinions  of  the  profession  on  disputed  points,  left  to  follow  the  dictates 
of  his  judgement.  "  In  dubiis  libertas."  In  the  true  spirit  of  charity 
we  shall  not  denounce  those  who  show  an  ignorant,  bigoted  or  intoler- 
ant spirit,  whether  members  of  the  Allopathic  or  Homoeopathic 
Schools.  Out  of  ignorance  comes  bigotry  and  out  of  bigotry  intolerance. 
The  unfortunate  possessor  is  but  an  object  of  pity.  "In  omnibus 
charitas." 

Disgraceful  as  it  may  appear  to  the  profession,  we  are  obliged  to  an- 
nounce that  the  applications  for  the  purchase  of  our  diploma  have  been 
numerous.     We  cannot  but  think  that  if  diplomas  had  not  been  sold 


MEDIC AI.  COIvLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  1 47 

heretofore  by  medical  colleges,  applications  would  not  be  so  numerous 
now. 

We,  therefore,  publicly  announce  that  our  diploma  positively  cannot 
be  bought.  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  several,  whose  applications  were 
rejected  by  us  last  winter,  found  no  difficalty  in  obtaining  their  di- 
plomas elsewhere.  This  alarming  state  of  looseness  in  medical  morality 
ought  to  be  severely  frowned  down  by  all  those  who  have  any  regard 
for  the  credit  of  Homoeopathy. 

The  increased  convenience  of  the  new  building;  a  library  of  over  six 
hundred  volumes  of  medical  and  scientific  works;  and  an  unsurpassed 
anatomical  museum,  double  the  size  of  the  one  in  the  old  building;  free 
attendance  upon  the  numerous  hospitals  of  Philadelphia;  a  strict  ad- 
herence to  our  principles  and  a  permanent  faculty  ( our  f acult}' is  the 
same  as  last  year) ,  will  no  doubt  insure  a  large  class  at  the  coming 
session.  *  *  *  *  -;<■  -;«•  *  * 

A  preliminary  course  was  held,  commencing  on  Monday, 
September  29,  i868,«  and  continuing  until  October  loth. 
Three  lectures  daily  were  delivered  by  the  professors  of  the 
College  and  by  invited  physicians. 

The  introductory  to  the  regular  course  was  given  at  the 
College  on  Saturday,  October  12,  1868,  at  noon,  by  Dr.  A.  R. 
Thomas.  The  corps  of  professors  was  the  same  as  the  previ- 
ous year.  Dr.  Gause  took  the  chair  of  Midwifery.  Dr. 
Martin  was  professor  of  Clinical  Medicine.  Dr.  F.  E. 
Boericke  became  lecturer  on  Homoeopathic  Pharmaceutics. 

Prof.  George  Yeager  became  adjunct  professor  of  Chemistry. 
During  this  session  Drs.  Farrington,  Kneass  and  Underwood 
acted  as  quiz  masters. 

Dr.  Thomas  in  his  inaugural  address  thus  spoke  of  the 
success  of  the  Institution: 

A  little  over  one  year  has  now  passed  since  the  completion 
of  the  organization  of  this  Institution,  and  here  let  us  take  a 
brief  retrospective  view  of  the  period;  let  us  notice  what  has 
been  accomplished  within  the  interval,  observe  the  present 
condition  of  the  College,  and  thus  endeavor  to  make  a  prog- 
nosis for  the  future. 

The  several  committees  of  the  Faculty  and  Board  of  Trus- 
tees, immediately  upon  the  organization  of  the  same,  setting 
themselves  vigorouslj^  to  work,  soon  procured  rooms  and 
commenced  preparing  them  for  the  use  of  the  College.  A 
large  collection  of  anatomical  and  other  objects  for  a  museum 


148  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMOEOPATHIC 

was  soon  accumulated;  many  volumes  of  medical  works  were 
brought  together,  forming  thus  the  nucleus  of  a  library. 
Chemical  and  philosophical  apparatus  procured;  a  large  col- 
lection of  plates  and  diagrams  prepared,  and  in  the  middle  of 
September,  a  year  ago,  the  College  opened  for  a  preliminary 
course  of  lectures.  On  the  13th  day  of  October  following, 
the  introductory  to  the  regular  course  was  given  by  Prof. 
Koch  to  a  class  which  rapidily  increased  to  a  size  surpassing 
the  expectations  of  the  most  sanguine  of  our  number,  and 
giving  us  a  matriculation  list  of  sixty-one  students.  After  a 
most  harmonious,  pleasant  and,  we  have  reason  to  believe,  to 
the  class  a  most  acceptable  course  of  lectures,  we  had  the 
pleasure,  on  the  4th  of  March  last,  of  conferring  the  honors 
of  the  Institution  on  twenty-six  as  deserving  candidates  as 
ever  received  the  title  of  Doctor  of  Medicine. 

The  unexpected  size  of  the  class  the  past  year,  with  the 
encouraging  prospects  for  a  still  further  increase  for  the  year 
to  come,  made  it  apparent  that  more  ample  provisions  must 
be  made  for  its  accommodation;  hence,  we  to-day  welcome 
you  to  these  new  and  commodious  lecture  rooms,  which  we 
now  dedicate  to  the  cause  of  medical  education,  and  to  the 
promotion  of  the  interests  of  true  Homoeopathy.  Should  we 
find  at  the  end  of  the  present  course  of  lectures  that  our  class 
has  again  outgrown  its  accommodations,  we  should  be  as 
ready,  as  in  the  past,  to  take  another  advancing  step;  ex- 
pense nor  trouble  being  for  a  moment  weighed  against  the 
interest  of  the  Institution. 

The  library  of  the  College  we  find  at  the  present  time  in- 
cluding about  600  bound  volumes  and  1,000  pamphlets, 
among  which  may  be  found  works  upon  nearly  every  branch 
of  medicine,  and  its  cognate  sciences;  and  many  of  which  are 
of  great  value  and  rarity.  Our  museum,  which  is  constantly 
and  rapidly  increasing  in  size  and  value,  we  find  at  the  present 
time  including  nearly  1,500  different  objects,  amply  illustrat- 
ing Anatomy,  Physiology,  Obstetrics,  Surgery,  Materia 
Medica  and  Pathology. 

The  semi-weekly  clinics  have  afforded  ample  material  for 
the  practical  illustration  of  the  principles  inculcated  by  the 
professors  of  Surgery  and  Practice  of  Medicine,    while  the 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  1 49 

dispensary,  under  the  most  efficient  management  of  Dr.  W.  J. 
Earhardt,  and  open  daily  for  the  examination  and  treatment 
of  patients,  has  reached  a  most  flourishing  condition. 

The  second  commencement  was  held  for  the  first  time  in 
the  history  of  either  of  the  colleges  in  the  Academy  of  Music 
at  12  o'clock,  noon,  on  Wednesday,  March  3d,  1869.  The 
Valedictory  was  delivered  by  Henry  Noah  Martin.  There 
were  thirty-five  graduates.     This  was  the  last  session  held. 

A  dividend  of  $135.00  was  declared  to  each  of  the  members 
of  the  Faculty. 


150  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 


CHAPTER  XXV. 

1869. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  by  means  of  Dr.  Guernsey  the 
stock  of  the  old  College  or  a  controlling  share  had,  in  Janu- 
ary, 1869,  passed  into  the  hands  of  Dr,  Hering.  So  that  in 
accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  old  College,  Dr.  Hering 
really  controlled  its  destinies  at  the  time  of  the  commence- 
ments of  each.  It  was  now  the  wish  to  unite  the  two  institu- 
tions and  to  form  one  strong,  permanent  College  free  from  the 
vicissitudes  that  had  previously  characterized  the  original  In- 
stitution.    But  how  to  do  this  ? 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Faculty  of  the  Hahnemann  held  as 
usual  at  Dr.  Hering's  home  on  March  6th,  1869,  Dr.  Hering 
read  the  minutes  of  the  last  stockholders'  meeting  of  the 
Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsjdvania,  which  was 
held  March  ist,  1869.  Dr.  Martin  then  read  the  petition  of 
the  two  homoeopathic  colleges  to  the  Legislature  to  have  their 
charters  united.  The  question  arose  whether  it  would  be 
advisable  for  the  stockholders  to  sell  the  College  building  on 
Filbert  street,  or  whether  the  trustees  of  Hahnemann  College 
should  rent  the  same,  and  it  was  decided  to  adopt  the  latter 
course.  Drs.  Koch  and  Thomas  were  appointed  a  committee 
to  sublet  the  building  on  Hunter  street  and  to  ascertain  the 
rent  of  the  Filbert  street  building. 

That  it  was  known  as  early  as  January,  1869,  that  the 
colleges  would  become  united  in  the  near  future  is  evidenced 
by  the  following,  published  in  the  Nezv  Eiigland  Medical 
Gazette  for  February,  i86g:  "We  learn  that  the  Homoeopathic 
Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  and  the  Hahnemann  Medical 
College,  of  Philadelphia,  have  made  arrangements  by  which 
the  two  colleges  will  be  united.  This  has  been  brought 
about  for  the  purpose  of  advancing  the  cause  of  Homoeopathy 
generally,  and  the  trustees  of  the  new  Institution  will  be 
guided  in  the  choice  of  name,  etc.,  only  by  considerations  as 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  15I 

to  what  will  be  good  for  the  whole  cause.  Both  colleges, 
however,  will  preserve  their  separate  organizations  till  after 
their  annual  commencements  in  March  next.  We  are  glad 
to  note  the  returning  reason  of  our  Philadelphia  brethren, 
and  hope  that  a  harmonious  and  able  faculty  will  be  selected 
from  the  abundant  material  which  that  city  affords  and  that 
a  college  will  be  established  which  will  command  the  respect 
and  confidence  of  the  entire  profession.  We  are  sure  that  we 
speak  the  wishes  of  the  hundreds  of  its  alumni  in  hoping  that 
the  name  and  legal  existence  of  the  first  chartered  college  in 
the  world  maj^  be  continued." 

Again  the  Legislature  was  appealed  to  and  the  following 
Act  was  passed: 

AN  ACT 

TO  MERGE  AND   CONSGI^IDATE  "THE   HAHNEMANN   MEDICAL  COLLEGE 

OF  PHILADEI.PHIA  "  AND  "THE  HOMOEOPATHIC  MEDICAI,  COLLEGE 

OF  PENNSYLVANIA"  INTO   ONE  CORPORATION. 

Whereas,  The  Trustees  and  Faculty  of  said  Colleges  have  petitioned 
the  Legislature  to  merge  and  consolidate  them  into  one  corporation: 

And  Whereas,  The  said  ' '  The  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of 
Pennsylvania  ' '  was  incorporated  by  the  Legislature  of  Pennsylvania  by 
an  Act  approved  the  seventeenth  day  of  February,  Anno  Domini  one 
thousand  eight  hundred  and  sixty-five  (see  Pamphlet  Laws,  session  of 
1865,  page  181): 

And  Whereas,  "  The  Washington  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  " 
was  incorporated  by  the  Legislature  of  Pennsylvania  by  an  Act  ap- 
proved the  second  day  of  May,  Anno  Domini  one  thousand  eight  hun- 
dred and  fifty-three  (see  Pamphlet  Laws,  session  of  1853,  page  658): 

And  Whereas,  By  decree  of  the  Court  of  Quarter  Sessions  of  the 
Peace  of  the  County  of  Philadelphia,  made  the  first  day  of  June,  one 
thousand  eight  hundred  and  sixty-seven,  the  name,  stj'le  and  title  of 
the  said  ' '  The  Washington  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  ' '  was 
changed  to  the  corporate  name,  style  and  title  of  "The  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  of  Philadelphia:" 

Section  i  .  Be  it  enacted  by  the  Seriate  and  House  of  Representatives 
of  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  in  General  Assembly  met,  and 
it  is  hereby  enacted  by  the  authority  of  the  same.  That  the  said:  "  The 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia"  and  the  said  "The 
Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  "  shall  be  and  the  same 
are  hereby  merged  and  consolidated  into  one  corporation,  by  the  name, 
style  and  title  of  "  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia." 

Section  2.  That  the  said  Act,  entitled  "An  Act  to  incorporate  the 
Washiugtou   Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,"   approved  the  second 


152  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

day  of  May,  Anno  Domini  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  fifty-three, 
and  all  proceedings  had  thereupon,  shall  apply  to  and  govern  in  all  re- 
spects this  consolidated  corporation,  in  the  same  manner  and  with  the 
same  power,  force  and  effect  as  if  the  same  had  been  especially  re-enacted 
for  the  purposes  of  this  consolidated  corporation:  Provided,  however. 
That  the  words  "  the  Allopathic  Colleges  "  in  said  Act  shall  be  struck 
out,  and  said  Act  shall  be  amended  by  inserting  the  words  "  any  Medi- 
cal College,"  in  lieu  of  the  said  words  stricken  out. 

Section  3.  That  the  said  Act,  entitled  "  An  Act  to  incorporate  the 
Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,"  approved  as  afore- 
said, shall  apply  to  and  govern  in  all  respects  this  consolidated  corpora- 
tion, in  the  same  manner  and  with  the  same  power,  force  and  effect  as 
if  the  same  had  been  especially  re-enacted  for  the  purpose  of  said  con" 
solidated  corporation,  except  such  parts  of  said  last  mentioned  Act  as 
shall  be  and  are  hereby  repealed. 

Section  4.  That  sections  three  and  seven  of  said  last-mentioned  Act 
shall  be  and  are  hereby  repealed. 

Section  5.  That  section  four  of  said  last-mentioned  Act  shall  be 
amended  by  striking  out  the  word  ' '  especially  ' '  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  the  word  "also,"  and  also  by  adding  the  letters  "  es  "  to  the 
word  ",'possess,"  so  as  to  make  the  word  "  possess  "  read  possesses. 

Section  6.  That  section  five  of  said  last  mentioned  Act  shall  be 
amended  by  striking  out  the  word  "  fifty  "  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
the  words  "  one  hundred." 

John  Ci.ark, 

Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives. 

WlI^WAM  WORTHINGTON, 

Speaker  of  the  Senate. 

Approved  the  second  day  of  April,  Anno  Domini  one  thousand  eight 
hundred  and  sixty  nine. 

John  W.  Geary. 

A  SUPPI.EMENT. 

To  an  Act  to  merge  and  consolidate  the  Hahnemann  Medi- 
cal College  of  Philadelphia  and  the  Homoeopathic  Medical 
College  of  Pennsylvania  into  one  corporation,  approved  the 
second  day  of  April,  Anno  Domini  one  thousand  eight  hun- 
dred and  sixty-nine. 

Section  i.  Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Rep- 
resentatives of  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  in  Gen- 
eral Assembly  met,  and  it  is  hereby  enacted  by  the  authority 
of  the  same,  That  in  case  of  the  acceptance  of  the  provisions 
of   this   Act  of   Assembly,  and   of  the   Act   to   which   this 


MBDICAI.  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  1 53 

is  a  supplement,  b^^  the  Homceopathic  Medical  College  of 
Pennsylvania  and  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Phila- 
delphia, the  Trustees,  Medical  Faculty  and  Curators  of  the 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  and  the  Presi- 
dent, Secretary  and  Trustees  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical 
College  of  Pennsylvania,  may  convene  in  joint  meeting  for 
the  purpose  of  electing  officers  and  preparing  by-laws  and 
regulations  for  the  consolidated  corporation  provided  for  by 
the  Act  to  which  this  is  a  supplement. 

Butler  B.  Strang, 
Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives. 

Charles  H  Stinson, 

Speaker  of  the  Senate, 

Approved  the  eleventh  day  of  March,  Anno  Domini  one 
thousand  eight  hundred  and  seventy. 

Jno.  W.  Geary. 

Possession  was  ^t  once  taken  of  the  old  College  Building 
on  Filbert  street.  The  Evening  Star  of  March  26,  1869,  has 
the  following  notice: 

Free  Clinic.  Diseases  of  the  Eye  and  Ear,  and  Surgical 
Cases  treated  free,  on  Wednesdays  and  Saturdays,  between  the 
hours  of  12  and  2,  at  the  Hahnemann  (Homoeopathic)  Medi- 
cal College,  1 105  Filbert  street. 

In  March,  1869,  the  following  prospectus  was  issued. 

Prospectus  of  Summer  Course  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of 
Philadelphia,  No.  1105  Filbert  street. 

This  course  of  lectures  is  not  obligatory  upon  those  intending  to 
graduate,  but  it  is,  nevertheless,  deemed  of  great  importance.  The 
course  will  commence  on  Monday,  April  5th,  and  end  July  ist,  1869. 

Faculty  of  Summer  Course. 
Prof.  C.  Hering,  M.  D.,  History  of  Medicine;  Malcolm  Macfarlan, 
Ophthalmic  and  Aural  Surgery;  Henry  Noah  Martin,  Clinical  Medi- 
cine; A.  R.  Thomas,  Comparative  Anatomy;  Richard  Koch,  General 
Pharmacology;  F.  A.  Farrington,  Forensic  Medicine;  Aug.  Korn- 
doerfer,  Minor  Surgery;  T.  B.  Miller,  Botany. 

Terms  for  the  Course. 
Matriculants  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania 
and  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  ^5.00. 


154  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC 

Non-Matriculants,  f  lo.oo. 
Graduates  of  either  College,  free. 

For  information,  tickets,  etc.,  apply  to  E.  A.  Farrington,  M.  D., 
Dean  of  Summer  Faculty,  No.  1616  Mt.  Vernon  St. 

To  the  minds  of  those  interested  in  the  establishment  of  a 
good  and  lasting  college  in  Philadelphia  this  merging  of  the 
two  institutions  was  a  very  delicate  matter.  Dr.  Dudley 
says:  "  But  now  the  College  authorities  were  confronted  by 
a  task  of  a  very  difficult  and  delicate  nature.  How  to  merge 
the  two  colleges  into  a  single  institution  was  not  a  very  diffi- 
cult problem,  but  to  do  this  in  such  a  manner  as  to  give  the 
least  possible  cause  of  offense  and  dissatisfaction  to  the  alumni 
and  other  friends  of  the  Colleges  required  the  exercise  of  all 
the  wisdom  and  discretion  that  could  be  employed.  Evi- 
dently they  felt  the  full  measure  of  the  task  imposed  upon 
them."  *  *  *  *  Dr.  Dudley,  after  describing  the  legis- 
lative proceedings,  continues:  "Thus  we  see  that  the  con- 
solidated College  came  under  the  government  and  direction 
of  both  charters  in  their  entirety.  It  was  as  if  two  shining 
metals  had  been  run  together  to  form,  not  a  mixture,  but  an 
amalgam,  to  exist  no  longer  as  mercury,  no  longer  as  silver, 
yet  both  present  with  their  material  and  properties  undis- 
turbed. It  was  as  if  two  crystal  currents  had  met  and  flowed 
together  into  one,  each  branch  flowing  onward  still  in  the 
united  stream. 

' '  But  there  were  many,  as  might  have  been  expected,  who 
could  not  help  feeling  grieved  that  the  7ianie  of  the  pioneer 
College  had  been  changed.  To  a  larger  proportion  of  the 
older  Alumni  it  was  almost  as  if  their  Alma  Mater  had  ceased 
to  exist.  I  confess  to  having  been  myself  among  the  number 
who,  for  a  time,  felt  that  their  mother  college  was  dead,  and 
that  her  children  were  orphaned.  Yet  since  I  have,  during 
my  official  connection  with  the  consolidated  College,  been 
forced  to  study  her  relations  in  all  their  aspects,  I  have 
learned  beyond  all  doubt  that  in  the  combined  and  consoli- 
dated Institution  the  old  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of 
Pennsylvania  is  continued  and  perpetuated,  and  that  I  am 
not  merely  in  law,  but  in  ver)^  fact  a  graduate  of  the  College 
as  it  exists  to-day,  though  under  a  different  name. ' ' 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  1 55 

In  1 87 1  Dr.  William  Tod  Helniuth,  responding  to  a  toast  at 
a  banquet  of  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy,  said: 

"Mr.  President,  Ladies  and  Gentlemen:  I  rise  to- 
night, in  the  presence  of  this  august  assemblage,  to  lay  claim 
to  a  new  relationship.  I  assert  myself  to  be  a  step-son  of 
Hahnemann,  and  I  believe  I  shall  be  able  to  prove  to  you  the 
absolute  truth  of  my  position. 

"  In  the  year  185 1,  now  twenty  years  ago,  I  enrolled  myself 
as  a  student  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Penn- 
sylvania. She  became  my  Alma  Mater,  and  I  one  of  her 
most  unworthy  sons.  She  rendered  me  every  facility  for 
acquiring  a  good  education;  and  having  a  large  and  rapidly 
increasing  family,  she  sent  me  forth  to  gain  my  livelihood, 
having,  however,  presented  me  with  a  document  (which,  I 
am  happy  to  say,  I  still  hold  in  my  possession),  which,  in 
case  of  necessity,  would  prove  mj^  direct  relationship  to  her. 
Shortly  after  this  occurrence,  and  for  reasons  which  I  could 
never  distinctly  understand,  and  which  I  have  never  been 
enabled  to  draw  from  her  or  any  of  the  younger  members  of 
the  family,  she  saw  fit  to  change  her  name  (many  young 
ladies,  yea,  and  old  ones  too,  appear  to  delight  in  similar 
transformations),  and  took  that  of  Hahnemann. 

' '  Now  I  would  most  respectfully  inquire,  if  my  mother, 
being  free  from  all  marital  ties,  should,  with  all  due  legality  of 
form,  take  upon  herself  the  name  of  a  man  whom  she  has 
openly  professed  to  revere  and  admire  for  years,  would  not 
that  man  be  my  step-father,  and  would  not  I  be  his  step-son  ? 
Therefore,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  I  claim,  as  I  said  before,  to 
be  a  step-son  of  Hahnemann,  and  a  son  of  the  Homoeopathic 
Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania.  Being  called  upon  to  reply 
to  a  sentiment  given  in  her  honor,  I  will,  with  your  permis- 
sion, repeat  to  you — 

"THE  MEMORIES  OF  TWENTY  YEARS  AGO." 
The  world  moves  on:  the  years  roll  slowly  by; 
Youth  conies  of  age;  the  aged  decay  and  die: 
New  faces  crowd  the  ever-bustling  scene, 
And  tell  to  us  what  we  ourselves  have  been; 
Our  oldest  friends  are  wrinkled,  bald,  and  gray, 
And  we,  advancing,  grow  as  old  as  they; 
Yet — here  to-night  our  thoughts  will  backward  flow, 
And  memories  rise  of — twenty  years  ago! 


156  HISTORY  OF  THE  HOMCEOPATHIC. 

Here,  where  my  Alma  Mater  proudly  rears 
Her  noble  head,  the  pride  of  rolling  years 
Of  glory  setting  on  her  peaceful  brow, 
I  stand  to  offer  her  my  homage  now. 
First  of  her  race  who,  fearless,  dared  proclaim 
"■  Siinilia^'  in  the  Master's  name! 
First  of  the  schools  that  to  a  skeptic  world 
The  banner  of  a  mighty  truth  unfurled! 
I  love  her  yet,  and  may  affection  grow 
Which  budded  here  just  twenty  years  ago! 

Ah!  oft,  when  busy  recollection  plays 
'Mid  bygone  scenes  of  happy  student  days, 
What  faces  rise,  familiar  to  the  call. 
What  memories  all  my  faculties  enthral. 
What  visions  of  that  careless,  motley  crew, 
Who  studied  medicine,  and  mischief,  too, 
Before  my  mind  come  flitting  to  and  fro. 
Just  as  they  used  to  twenty  years  ago. 

Where  are  they  now?     Why  some  have  risen  high. 

Aiming  their  arrows  ever  at  the  sky: 

Some  were  too  wayward,  and  have  gone  astray; 

Some  hold  the  even  tenor  of  their  way; 

Some  are  recording  an  immortal  name 

With  gilded  letters  on  the  scroll  of  fame; 

Some  have  departed  hence  and  laid  them  low. 

And  some  remain  from  twenty  years  ago. 

Among  the  dead,  the  last  lamented  one. 
Whom  God  called  home  was  Walter  Williamson. 
Firm  at  his  post,  a  soldier  in  the  cause. 
Nor  age,  nor  reputation  bade  him  pause; 
Onward  his  march,  in  search  of  golden  truth, 
Friend  to  the  aged.  Mentor  to  the  youth. 
Ardent  and  earnest  in  the  paths  he  trod — 
An  honest  man — the  noblest  work  of  God! 
He  was  my  friend,  and  he  has  told  me  so, 
E'en  when  a  student — twenty  years  ago. 

Ah,  Alma  Mater!  as  our  hair  grows  gray. 
And  spirits  ebbing,  gradually  portray 
The  march  of  years — we  honor  thee  the  more, 
Connecting  thee  with  pleasant  days  of  yore. 
I  sought  thy  classic  precincts,  mother  dear; 
I  wore  thy  benches  smooth  year  after  year; 
My  tubera  ischii  have  ached  and  borne 
A  body  weary  and  a  mind  forlorn, 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA.  157 

While  learning  of  our  human  aches  and  ills, 
Which  may  be  cured  and  which  more  surely  kills. 
I've  heard  from  reverend  lips  thy  precepts  flow, 
And  scribbled  notes  currente  calamo, 
Laughed  o'er  the  dead  in  "parlors  of  the  sky," 
Carved  bone  and  muscle,  nerve  and  artery, 
"  Crammed  "  for  each  quiz,  applauded  with  my  feet, 
And  cut  my  name  upon  "a  chosen  seat; 
'T  was  the  right-hand  corner  of  the  second  row, — 
I  cut  it  there  just  twenty  years  ago. 

These  are  my  sins,  O  mother,  I  avow, 
And  ask  thy  pardon  for  my  foibles  now; 
And  may  I  wish  thee  in  the  conjoint  name 
Of  all  thy  children  an  immortal  fame; 
Thy  portals  fair  may  knowledge  ever  crown, 
May  wisdom  lend  thee  glory  and  renown; 
Forth  from  thy  gates  may  truth  o'erflow  in  streams. 
The  Sun  of  Progress  lighting  with  its  beams; 
And  as  the  years  roll  by  we  seek  in  turns 
"  That  bourne  from  which  no  traveler  returns," 
And  other  sons,  upon  our  festal  days, 
Shall  sweetly  sing,  O  mater!  in  thy  praise; 
Then  may  they  speak,  while  wit  and  wisdom  flow, 
Of  some  who  met  here  twenty  years  ago 

Rather  a  curious  letter  is  found  among  those  written  by 
Dr.  Koch  in  the  summer  of  1869.  It  was  in  answer  to  a 
physician  asking  about  the  changes  in  the  Colleges. 

Philadelphia,  July  30,  1869. 
Dear  Doctor  :  In  reply  to  yours  allow  me  to  state  that  the  Legis- 
lature has  reconfirmed  all  the  Acts  (therefore  also  diplomas)  of  both  the 
Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  and  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  and  therefore  the  change  is  only  in  the 
name.  The  Faculty  is,  however,  desirous  of  meeting  the  wishes  of  those 
alumni  who  may  consider  the  name  of  value,  and  shall  at  the  next  Trus- 
tee Meeting  ask  the  Boards  to  be  allowed  to  exchange  the  old  diplomas 
for  new  ones  at  a  small  cost,  say  cost  of  parchment,  printing,  a  fee  for 
messenger,  who  carries  the  document  to  the  various  signers — probably 
not  above  f  10.00. 

(Signed)  R.  KocH. 

During  this  summer  letters  were  written  to  a  great  many 
of  the  prominent  graduates  of  the  old  College  inviting  them 
to  lecture  in  the  preliminary  course. 


158  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 


CHAPTER  XXVI. 

1869-70. 

The  expression  of  mind  of  the  Faculty  may  be  found 
in  the  announcement,  issued  during  the  summer  of  1869-70, 
after  the  reunion. 

In  presenting  this,  our  Annual  Announcement,  we  have  also  to  an- 
nounce an  event  in  connection  with  education  in  our  school  of  medicine, 
which  is  fraught  with  peculiar  interest  to  the  whole  profession.  We 
refer  to  the  retirement  of  the  Faculty  working  under  the  charter  of  the 
HomcEopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  and  the  election  by  the 
Trustees,  of  the  members  of  the  Faculty  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  into  the  several  vacated  chairs,  thus  virtually  merging  the  two 
institutions  into  one. 

By  this  act  of  the  Trustees  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of 
Pennsylvania,  a  new  responsibility  has  been  laid  upon  the  Trustees  and 
Faculty  of  the  Hahnemann  College.  With  an  earnest  desire  to  do  what 
was  best  for  the  cause,  we  sought  counsel  of  those  who,  from  their  ex- 
perience and  known  zeal  in  behalf  of  thorough  medical  education,  were 
most  likely  to  advise  wisely;  and  now  we  lay  before  the  profession  the 
results  of  our  deliberations,  with  the  hope  that  our  action  may  meet 
their  approval. 

The  question  which  met  us  and  required  practical  solution  was,  how 
shall  we  unite  the  two  colleges  into  an  organic  one.,  so  as  to  heal  the  dis" 
sensions  heretofore  existing,  prevent  them  in  the  future,  perpetuate  the 
welfare  of  all,  and  further  the  highest  interests  of  Homoeopathy,  vnth 
the  least  cause  of  offence  or  grief  to  the  Alumni  of  either  institution. 

By  legislative  enactment,  prompted  by  separate  petitions  from  the 
Trustees  and  Faculties  of  each  College,  the  two  charters  were  consoli- 
dated under  the  name  and  style  of  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of 
Philadelphia. 

By  this  Act  we  have  added  to  the  previous  charter  of  the  The  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  the  power  to  confer  the  Degree  of  Doctor  of 
Homoeopathic  Medicine,  heretofore  inhering  in  the  Homoeopathic  Medi- 
cal College  of  Pennsylvania,  together  with  the  Charter  of  the  Homoeo- 
pathic Hospital. 

By  this  legislation,  the  present.  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of 
Philadelphia,  holds  in  perpetuity  the  former  institutions  in  an  organic 
one,  and  guarantees  to  the  Alumni  of  each,  all  the  rights,  privi- 
leges, itnmunities  and  honors  heretofore  bestowed,  as  set  forth  in  the 
Diplomas  certifying  thereto. 


MEDICAL  college;  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  1 59 

In  order  that  the  profession  may  have  a  clear  conception  of  the  whole 
matter,  and  especially  that  the  Alumni  of  The  Homoeopathic  Medical 
College  of  Pennsylvania  may  not  feel  aggrieved,  or  think  that  we  have 
injured  them  in  the  person  of  their  Alma  Mater,  we  propose,  as  an  in- 
troduction to  this  Annual  Announcement,  to  give  a  brief  historical 
statement  of  the  old  College,  and  set  forth  the  steps  in  its  career  which 
at  length  culminated  in  the  present  Institution,  which  is,  as  already 
stated  the  actual  and  legal  representative  of  both  The  Homoeopathic 
Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  and  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College 
of  Philadelphia,  as  they  heretofore  existed. 

Up  to  the  year  1848,'  there  had  never  been  a  fully  organized  medical 
college  in  which  the  law  of  cure  as  expressed  by  the  formula,  Similia 
Similibus  Curantur,  had  formed  a  basis  of  instruction.  Prior  to  this 
period,  the  practical  exponents  of  this  law,  were  either  medical  men, 
who  had  received  (like  Samuel  Hahnemann  himself)  their  medical  edu- 
cation in  Allopathic  Colleges,  or  men  who  had  received  no  medical 
education  at  all. 

As  a  matter  of  course,  this  latter  class  formed  a  fair  and  vulnerable 
mark  for  the  shafts  of  ridicule,  which  the  members  of  the  old  school 
were  but  too  ready  to  point. 

The  members  of  the  Allopathic  school  of  practice  were  unwilling  to 
accept  the  formula  as  a  possible  expression  of  a  fundamental  law  of 
cure,  or  to  test  the  efficacy  of  potentized  drugs  upon  the  sick  Not  only 
were  they  unwilling  to  do  so  themselves,  but  they  effectually  shut  and 
barred  the  doors  of  their  medical  colleges  against  any  who  dared  avow 
their  acceptance  of  the  law.  Not  content  with  thus  stopping  the  car  of 
medical  progress,  they  issued  anathemas  against  any,  who,  having 
already  received  a  medical  education,  presumed  so  far  to  exercise  the 
inalienable  right  to  private  judgment,  as  to  administer  to  those  who 
desired  it,  medicine  in  accordance  with  the  formula. 

They  hoped  by  their  ridicule,  by  exclusion  from  their  colleges,  and 
by  bulls  of  excommunication,  to  crush  in  its  incipiency  the  rising  medi- 
cal heresy  (so-called). 

A  few  earnest  medical  men,  who  had  nobly  dared  and  endured  the 
excommunication  and  opprobrium  of  their  Allopathic  colleagues,  deter- 
mined to  devise  means  by  which  the  rapidly  increasing  demand  by  the 
community  for  Homoeopathic  treatment,  should  be  met  by  educated 
practitioners,  and  thereby  do  away  with  the  cause  of  reproach,  growing 
out  of  the  practice  of  uneducated  men. 

These  gentlemen,  at  a  meeting  held  in  the  office  of  Jacob  Jeanes, 
M.  D.,  in  the  City  of  Philadelphia,  in  the  year  1848,  resolved  to  apply 
to  the  Legislature  of  Pennsylvania  for  a  charter  for  a  medical  college, 
with  the  express  proviso  of  teaching  Homoeopathy.  Their  petition  was 
heard,  and  to  the  lasting  honor  of  that  Legislature  be  it  said)  a  charter 
was  granted  for  a  medical  college,  in  which  should  be  taught  it)  addi- 
tion to  the  ordinary  branches  of  a  medical  curriculum  of  the  Allopathic 
colleges,  the  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics  according  to  the  Law  of 
Similia,  and  drugs  proved  upon  the  body. 


l6o  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

The  work  was  happily  conceived,  and  duly  considered,  but  by  a  most 
singular  oversight,  they  failed  to  give  any  specific  name  to  the  new 
Institution,  simply  using  the  adjective  homoeopathic;  this  was  the  more 
singular  from  the  fact  that  the  charter  required  full  instruction  in  all 
the  branches  usually  taught  in  other  medical  colleges,  and  upon  this 
basis  empowered  the  conferring  the  degree  of  M.  D.,  and  also  by  reason 
of  the  additional  instructions  in  the  new  principles  as  developed  by 
Samuel  Hahnemann,  the  charter  empowered  the  conferring  of  the 
degree  of  Doctor  of  Homoeopathic  Medicine. 

We  cannot  but  regard  the  style  of  the  college  as  unfortunate  in  that 
it  is  only  partially  true  in  its  adjective  sense  and  scarcely  a  name  at  all. 
We  refer  to  this  at  this  time,  for  the  reason  that  some  persons  have  sug- 
gested the  idea  that  by  giving  the  name  which  we  have  to  the  consoli- 
dated colleges,  we  "  z^/// //i^  o/rf  (To//^^-^."  This  is  an  error,  a  miscon- 
ception. The  style  neither  gave  to  the  old,  nor  would  it  perpetuate  the 
loyalty  of  this  Institution.  We  represent  a  medical  college,  one  in 
which  will  be  taught  all  the  arts  and  sciences  appertaining  to  a  medical 
education ;  and  that  necessarily  at  this  day  embraces  the  Law  of  Similia 
Similibus  Curantur,  and  the  therapeutics  of  proved  drugs;  and  we  claim 
that  every  medical  college  that  fails  to  teach  these,  fails  by  so  much  in 
giving  to  their  students  the  latest  developments  in  the  science  and  arts 
of  medicine.  We,  therefore,  claim  to  educate  men  for  physicians  and 
not  merely  homoeopathic  doctors. 

We  trust  this  explanation  will  satisfy  the  most  captious,  as  we  are 
sure  it  will  every  liberal-minded  alumnus  of  the  old  college,  especially 
as  we  have  chosen  a  name  equally  dear  to  all — a  name  which  honors  us, 
and  that  we  can  only  honor  by  a  strict  adherence  to  the  law  he  pointed 
out,  and  an  earnest  endeavor  to  fathom  all  the  intricacies  of  diseased 
action  which  it  will  remedy. 

Tables  of  the  Faculty  from  year  to  year  are  next  given. 
After  the  Faculty  for  1859-60  we  find: 

About  the  close  of  this  session  occurred  the  first  general  serious 
trouble  that  had  taken  place  in  the  college.  The  Trustees,  immediately 
after  the  annual  commencement,  declared  all  the  Chairs  vacant — Dr.  W. 
Williamson  having  previously  resigned. 

One  result  of  this  was  the  establishment  of  the  New  York  College. 
The  trustees  proceeded  to  fill  the  chairs  with  new  men. 

During  the  session  of  1863-64  new  antagonism  arose,  but  did  not  ex- 
tend beyond  the  circle  of  the  Faculty,  so  that  the  lectures  were  delivered 
until  the  close  of  the  session,  and  the  annual  commencement  held  as 
usual.  The  students  dispersed  to  their  homes  without  any  suspicion  of 
intestine  trouble  in  their  Alma  Mater. 

The  crisis  soon  came,  and  the  college  was  again  without  a  faculty. 

A  new  charter  was  obtained  in  1865 — thus  radically  reorganizing  the 
entire  Institution.     By  this  charter  a  stock  company  was  formed,  with 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  l6l 

permission  to  increase  the  capital  |;6o,ooo,  for  hospital  purposes.  A  sale 
of  the  college  property  was  effected  and  organized  upon  the  stock  plan. 
Heretofore  the  trustees  were  elected  by  the  corporators;  upon  the  new 
plan  the  stockholders  were  to  elect,  at  their  annual  meeting,  a  board  of 
trustees,  to  serve  one  year,  and  these  trustees  elected  a  faculty  to  serve 
one  year. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  controlling  power  resided  in  the  stockholders, 
and  if  by  chance  the  majority  of  stock  should  be  owned  by  one  indi- 
vidual, he  could  govern  the  affairs  according  to  his  individual  dictum. 

This  really  became  the  case,  and,  as  a  matter  of  course,  the  prosperity 
and  usefulness  of  the  college  at  once  began  to  decline. 

After  the  close  of  the  session  of  1866-67  there  was  a  mani- 
festation of  an  individual  dictum  upon  the  part  of  the  con- 
troller of  the  stocks,  which  did  not  meet  the  views  of  the 
majority  of  the  Faculty.  When  this  reached  the  point  of 
abolishing  the  Chair  of  Diagnosis  and  Special  Pathology,  then 
Dr.  Hering  resigned  and  refused  to  remain  in  the  service  of 
the  College.  We  make  this  explicit  statement  so  that  the 
profession  may  know  exactly  the  cause  of  the  last  rupture  — 
the  result  of  which  was  the  establishment  of  the  new  enter- 
prise. After  the  resignation  of  Dr.  Hering  there  had  to  be 
a  new  organization.  In  the  meantime  the  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  was  organized. 

After  this  statement  is  the  announcement  proper.  It  com- 
mences as  follows: 

The  Trustees  desire  to  congratulate  the  profession  upon  the  favorable 
auspices  of  the  College. 

The  very  material  increase  in  all  the  facilities  for  thorough  instruc- 
tion, will  inspire  the  Faculty  to  renewed  zeal  and  energy,  and  it  is  hoped 
that  the  unwavering  purpose  manifested  by  each  board  of  managers  to 
meet  all  the  demands  of  the  age,  will  receive  the  most  liberal  support. 
We  are  determined  that  earnest  and  ambitious  men  shall  have  no  reason 
to  enter  Allopathic  medical  colleges  on  the  plea  of  better  facilities  for 
obtaining  thorough  instruction.  We  are  prepared  to  offer  first-class 
instruction  in  every  department. 

The  basis  of  doctrinal  teaching  will  be  found  concisely  stated  in  our 
motto,  " /w  cettis  unitas,  in  dubiis  libertas,  in  omnibus  charitas.''^  The 
first  part  embraces  the  law  of  cure;  the  second,  the  dose;  the  third 
looks  to  the  future  and  the  possible  developments  yet  to  be  made,  and 
means  that  every  honest,  earnest  effort  to  realize  the  undiscovered  should 
have  full  liberty  and  cordial  approbation. 

The  Trustees  feel  convinced  of  the  vital  importance  of  practical 
knowledge  in  medical  education,  and  they,  with  the  Faculty,  deter- 
12 


1 62  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

mined  at  the  very  commencement  of  their  operations,  whilst  giving  due 
importance  to  didactic,  to  make  demonstrative  teaching  the  basis  of 
their  system.  This  object  has  been  in  some  measure  attained,  during 
the  past  session,  both  in  the  medical  and  surgical  branches. 

The  curriculum  will  embrace  eight  distinct  branches,  together  with 
Forensic  Medicine,  Pharmacology,  Hygiene  and  Dietetics,  each  of 
which  will  be  taught  by  different  and  competent  teachers. 

After  the  rules,  etc. ,  are  given,  a  complete  list  of  the  gradu- 
ates follows,  from  1848  to  1869.  There  is  then  an  Appendix 
concerning  a  three  years'  course.     This  is  as  follows: 

Three  Years'  Course. 

There  is  an  increasing  demand  for  more  thoroughly  educated  physir 
cians — men  whose  knowledge  is  not  confined  to  the  rigid  demands  of  a 
strictly  medical  curriculum — but  extends  to  an  acquaintance  with  the 
practical  sciences,  which  are  really  collateral  to  medical  science.  This 
very  just  demand  cannot  be  met  by  extending  the  curriculum  within 
the  two  years,  for  as  it  now  stands  a  man  must  put  forth  his  utmost 
exertions  and  apply  himself  to  a  degree  that  frequently  impairs  his 
health,  in  order  to  obtain  the  degree  with  credit.  It  can  only  be  met 
by  extending  the  time  to  three  years'  lectures.  This,  the  management 
of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  feel  desirous  of  doing,  and  will  do, 
as  soon  as  the  profession  come  forward  and  give  it  their  support. 

It  is  proposed  to  institute  an  optional  three  years'  course  of  instruc- 
tion, so  that  those  who  prefer  to  divide  their  studies  into  three  years 
instead  of  two  can  do  so,  and  at  the  same  time  receive  additional  in- 
struction in  other  collateral  branches  of  medical  science. 

A  student  who  attends  this  course  will  be  required  to  pass  an  examina- 
tion after  having  attended  the  first,  or  Philosophical  class,  before  he  can 
be  admitted  to  the  lectures  of  the  second,  or  Theoretical  class.  Those 
who  desire  to  enter  immediately  upon  the  studies  of  the  second,  or  Theo- 
retical class,  can  do  so  by  passing  an  examination  for  advanced  stand- 
ing. So,  also,  any  student  who  can  successfully  pass  the  first  and 
second  classes  can  immediately  enter  the  Practical  or  third  class. 

There  are,  in  yearly  attendance,  young  men  who  are  abundantly  en- 
dowed with  every  natural  characteristic  for  success  in  the  medical  pro- 
fession— men  who  are  full  of  a  worthy  ambition  to  excel — but  who, 
from  lack  of  a  proper  educational  foundation,  are  shut  out  from  any 
thing  like  the  success  that  but  for  this  they  would  certainly  attain.  To 
such,  this  course  offers  just  what  they  need  to  ensure  them  a  brilliant 
career. 

There  are  also  many  young  men  who  do  not  design  to  follow  the  call- 
ing of  medicine,  who  would  be  richly  rewarded  for  the  money,  time  and 
study  which  an  attendance  upon  such  a  course  would  involve.  The  age 
demands  scientific  farmers,  mechanics,  merchants,  teachers,  lawyers 
and  clergymen,  and  above  all,  scientific  physicians. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  1 63 

We  cannot,  at  present,  make  it  obligatory  upon  every  medical  student 
who  seeks  to  graduate  at  our  college— but  it  would  hasten  very  mate- 
rially the  ultimate  and  complete  triumph  of  Homoeopathy  if  we  could 
demand  that  each  candidate  for  graduation  should  be  possessed  of  the 
knowledge  which  this  course  will  impart.  We  therefore  urge  its  im- 
portance upon  the  attention  of  the  profession,  with  the  hope  that  each 
physician  who  honestly  and  truly  desires  to  aid  forward  the  work  of 
real  progress  in  our  school,  will  endeavor  to  influence  every  student  who 
seeks  his  advice,  to  avail  himself  of  the  advantages  thus  offered  for  a 
thorough  preparation  for  the  practice  of  his  profession.  By  it  he  will 
be  one  year  longer  at  his  studies— but  he  will  gain  what  would  other- 
wise require  years  to  attain,  if  ever  attained,  and  admit  of  his  beginning 
his  professional  life  upon  an  elevated  plane  which  would  at  once  com- 
mand the  respect  and  confidence  of  the  intelligent  laity. 

The  course  will  embrace  three  classes:  First,  the  Philosophical  Class; 
second,  the  Theoretical  Class;  third,  the  Practical  Class;  and  will  com- 
mence on  the  second  Monday  in  October.  Candidates  for  the  second 
or  Philosophical  Class  will  be  examined  on  the  first  three  days  of  the 
week  previous  to  the  opening  of  the  session,  and  the  examination  of 
candidates  for  the  Practical  Class  on  the  last  three  days  of  the  same 
week. 

Students  who  have  been  engaged  in  private  studies,  or  who  have  at- 
tended lectures  at  any  other  respectable  medical  college,  can  enter  any 
of  the  above-mentioned  classes  by  passing  a  satisfactory  examination 
at  the  same  time  with  other  students  as  hereinbefore  mentioned.  Grad- 
uates of  other  respectable  medical  colleges  may  obtain  general  tickets 
for  all  the  branches  taught  in  the  various  sessions  at  a  reduced  rate, 
hereinafter  mentioned,  and  they  are  not  obliged  to  pass  an  examination 
before  entering  the  college. 

The  final  examination  for  the  degree  will  be  upon  the  following 
named  subjects:  Anatomy,  descriptive  and  topographical;  Natural 
Philosophy,  Chemistry  and  Toxicology;  Physiology  and  Microscopic 
Anatomy;  General  Pathology;  Materia  Medica,  including  Medical 
Botany;  Practice  of  Homoeopathic  Medicine,  including  special  Pathol- 
ogy and  Diagnosis;  Principles  and  Practice  of  Surgery;  Midwifery 
and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children;  Clinical  Medicine  and  CHnical 
Surgery.     The  branches  to  be  taught  will  be  divided  as  follows: 

1st  Session. — Philosophical  Class. — Anatomy,  general  and  descrip- 
tive; Natural  Philosophy  and  Chemistry;  Physiology  and  Microscopic 
Anatomy;  Pharmacy  and  Botany.     Fees  for  this  Session,  I75. 

2d  Session. — Theoretical  Class. — Comparative  Anatomy,  Topo- 
graphical and  Surgical  Anatomy,  including  Dissecting;  Institutes  of 
Homoeopathy;  General  Pathology;  ist  part  of  Practice  of  Medicine, 
etc.;  1st  part  of  Materia  Medica;  Clinical  Medicine;  Clinical  Surgery. 
Fees  for  this  Session,  $85. 

3d  Session. — Practical  Class. — 2d  part  of  Practice  of  Medicine, 
Special  Pathology  and  Diagnosis;  2d  part  of  Materia  Medica;  Surgery; 


164  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

Clinical  Surgery;  Clinical  Medicine;  Midwifery  and  Diseases  of  Women 
and  Children;  Toxicology  and  Medical  Jurisprtidence.  Tickets  for  this 
class  will  be  $go. 

Fee  for  general  ticket  for  graduates  of  other  respectable  medical 
colleges,  I50. 

Students  of  either  class  have  free  admission  to  the  lectures  of  any  of 
the  classes  through  which  they  have  passed.  By  adding  to  our  staff 
of  lecturers  a  sufficient  number  of  adjuncts,  such  a  course  of  studies 
may  be  pursued  without  interfering  with  the  regular  course  as  now  con- 
ducted. 

We  place  this  plan  before  the  profession,  and  ask  their  hearty  co- 
operation. 

After  this  the  announcement  contains  copies  of  the  various 
Acts  of  Corporation,  with  the  exception  of  the  original  one 
of  1847.  The  Charter  of  the  Washington  College,  the 
Charter  of  1865  of  the  Homoeopathic  of  Pennsylvania.  The 
change  by  the  Court  of  Philadelphia  in  1867,  and  finally  the 
Act  to  Merge  and  Consolidate  of  1869. 

It  should  be  here  mentioned  that  this  optional  graded 
course  of  three  years  originated  with  the  Hahnemann  College. 
It  was  in  this  the  pioneer  in  the  advancement  of  medical 
education. 

The  following  appears  in  this  announcement  regarding 
special  degrees: 

The  following  extracts  from  the  By-Laws  regarding  special  degrees 
abolishes  the  too  prevalent  practice  of  granting  such  upon  insufficient 
grounds,  whilst  meritorious  physicians  are  placed  in  a  position  to  secure 
the  desired  honors: 

XXVII.  Honorary  degrees  shall  be  conferred  on  distinguished  prac- 
titioners, according  to  the  recommendation  of  the  Faculty  and  Board  of 
Curators. 

XXVIII.  Special  degrees  shall  be  conferred  on  such  candidates  only 
as  shall  have  been  examined  by  the  Faculty  of  this  College,  unless  they 
shall  be  graduates  of  some  other  respectable  Medical  College,  when  the 
degree  may  be  conferred  upon  the  certificate  of  a  duly  appointed  ex- 
amining board  of  a  regularly  organized  county  or  state  Homoeopathic 
Medical  Society,  and  under  seal  of  the  same,  accompanied  by  satis- 
factory testimonials  of  good  moral  character  and  professional  standing. 
A  thesis  will  be  required  of  every  candidate  for  a  special  degree. 

The  Board  of  Curators,  under  certain  conditions,*  may  examine  can- 

*  Curators. — The  members  of  \.\\eL  Board  of  Curators  shall  attend  the  meetings  of 
the  Medical  Faculty,  when  invited  by  their  chairman  to  do  so;  they  shall,  on  the 
invitation  of  the  President  of  the  College,  attend  the  joint  meetings  of  the  two 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  I  65 

didates  for  graduation;  and  acts  as  a  Board  of  Council  in  the  affairs  of 
the  College.  It  is  proper  to  add  that  the  Curators  have  no  interest  in 
the  Institution,  inconsistent  with  the  advanctuient  of  medical  education 
and  the  welfare  of  the  medical  profession. 

REGUIvATions  of  the  C01.EEGE. 

The  regular  course  of  lectures  will  begin  on  the  second  Monday  in 
October,  and  end  about  the  first  of  Maixli  ensuing. 

To  constitute  a  full  course,  the  full  ticket  must  be  taken  by  the  first 
Monday  in  November. 

Students  who  have  attended  two  full  courses  of  instruction  in  this 
Institution  shall  be  admitted  to  the  subsequent  courses  of  the  College 
without  further  charge. 

Students  may  become  candidates  for  graduation  who  have  attended 
two  full  courses  of  instruction  in  this  Institution;  or  one  course  only,  in 
case  they  have  attended  one  or  more  full  courses  in  another  respectable 
Medical  College. 

A  candidate  must  be  at  least  twenty-one  years  of  age,  of  good  moral 
character,  possessed  of  sufficient  preliminary  education,  have  applied 
himself  to  the  study  of  medicine  for  three  years,  and  have  been  the 
private  pupil  for  two  years  of  a  respectable  practitioner  of  medicine; 
and  must  have  attended  at  least  one  course  of  Practical  Anatomy. 

When  applying  for  examination  he  must  first  exhibit  his  ticket  to  the 
Registrar  of  the  Faculty,  or  give  other  satisfactory  evidence  of  having 
complied  with  the  regulations. 

He  must,  on  or  before  the  ist  of  February,  deliver  to  the  Registrar  of 
the  Faculty  an  essay  or  thesis  in  his  own  handwriting,  composed  by 
himself,  on  some  medical  subject,  at  which  time  he  will  pay  the  fee  of 
graduation;  if  rejected  the  money  will  be  refunded. 

The  thesis  may  be  written  in  English,  Latin,  German,  French,  or 
Spanish,  at  the  option  of  the  candidates,  and  must  be  written  on  one 
side  of  the  sheet  only. 

The  examination  for  graduation  will  begin  about  the  last  of  Febru- 
ary, and  the  commencement  for  conferring  the  degrees  of  the  College 
will  be  held  as  soon  after  the  close  of  the  lectures  as  practicable. 

The  examination  will  be  conducted  in  private  by  each  professor,  and 
the  voting,  in  the  case  of  every  candidate,  shall  be  by  ballot. 

In  unsatisfactory  cases  the  candidate  may,  with  the  consent  of  the 
Faculty,  avail  himself  of  a  second  examination  before  the  Faculty  or 
the  Board  of  Curators. 

Formal  notice  of  each  satisfactory  exajiination  shall  be  given  by  the 
Dean  to  the  successful  candidate,  who  shall  record  his  name  and  address 
upon  the  register  of  graduates,  with  the  title  of  his  thesis. 

Boards  of  Trustees;  and  may  take  part  in  the  deliberations  of  the  same;  but  shall 
not  have  the  right  to  vote,  except  on  questions  concerning  graduation,  in  cases 
where  candidates  have  demanded  their  action.  Any  candidate  shall  have  the  priv- 
ilege of  making  such  demand;  and  in  such  case  shall  be  examined  by  them,  in  the 
stead  of  any  portion  of  the  Faculty  specified  therein. 


1 66  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

The  names  of  the  successful  candidates  are  to  be  reported  by  the 
Dean  to  the  President  of  the  College,  who  will  communicate  such  report 
to  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees,  in  order  that  if  confirmed  by  them, 
the  degree  may  be  conferred. 

A  successful  candidate  shall  not  absent  himself  from  the  public  com- 
mencement without  the  permission  of  the  Faculty. 

A  thesis  may  be  published  by  the  candidate,  permission  of  the  Faculty 
being  first  obtained.  Address  C.  Hering,  M.  D.,  Dean,  No.  114  North 
Twelfth  street;  or,  Richard  Koch,  M.  D.,  Registrar,  No.  33  North 
Twelfth  Street. 

Fees. 

Matriculation,  paid  once  only $5  00 

Practical  Anatomy  (ticket  perpetual) 10  00 

Graduation                         .        -    •    ■  30  00 

Amount  for  a  full  Course  of  Lectures 100  00 

For  Students  who  have  attended  two  full  courses  in  other  Med- 
ical Colleges              50  00 

For  such  as  have  attended  one  course  in  other  Medical  Col- 
leges       100  00 

Graduates  of  other  Medical  Colleges ...  30  00 

Of  course  the  Facultj^  was  reorganized.    It  was,  at  the  com- 
mencement of  the  session  of   1869-70  as  follows: 

Walter  WiUiamson,  M.  D.,  corner  Eleventh  and  Filbert  Streets, 
Emeritus  Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

Coustantine  Hering,  M.  D.,  114  North  Twelfth  Street,  Professor  of 
Institutes  and  Materia  Medica. 

Chas.  G.  Raue,  M.  D.,  121  North  Tenth  Street,  Professor  of  Practice 
of  Medicine,  Special  Pathology  and  Diagnosis. 

John  C.  Morgan,  M.  D.,  1700  Chestnut  Street,  Professor  of   Surgery. 

Henry  Noah  Martin,  M.  D.,  630  Spruce  Street,  Professor  of  Clinical 
Medicine. 

Richard  Koch,  M.  D.,  33  North  Twelfth  Street,  Professor  of  Physi- 
ology, General  Pathology  and  Microscopic  Anatomy. 

A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  937  Spruce  Street,  Professor  of  Anatomy. 

Lemuel  Stephens,  M.  D. ,  Girard  College,  Professor  of  Natural  Phil- 
osophy, Chemistry  and  Toxicology. 

O.  B.  Gause,  M.  D.,  N.  W.  corner  Twelfth  and  Arch  Streets,  Professor 
of  Midwifery  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

Malcolm  Macfarlau,  M.  D.,  1721  Chestnut  Street,  Professor  of  Clin- 
ical Surgery. 

F.  E.  Boericke,  M.  D.,  635  Arch  Street,  Lecturer  on  Homoeopathic 
Pharmaceutics. 

N.  W.  Kneass,  M.  D.,  350  South  Fifteenth  Street,  Demonstrator  of 
Anatomy. 

Francis  E.  Habermehl,  Janitor. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  1 67 

It  will  be  remembered  that  Dr.  Macfarlan  had  occupied  the 
same  position  in  the  old  college.  He  was  the  only  professor 
of  that  school  who  was  retained  in  the  new  faculty. 

There  was  a  preliminary  course  extending  from  September 
27th,  two  weeks.     The  following  is  the  announcement: 

This  course  will  commence  on  the  27th  of  September,  and  continue 
two  weeks.  In  addition  to  the  Faculty  of  the  College,  the  following 
named  well-known  gentlemen  will  lecture: 

Dr.  S.  Lilienthal,  of  New  York;  Dr.  Henry  Minton,  of  Brooklyn;  Dr. 
Sam'l  A.  Jones,  of  Englewood,  N.  J.;  Dr.  C.  H.  Haeseler,  of  Pottsville, 
Pa.;  and  Dr.  J.J.  Detwiller,  of  Easton,  Pa.  Also  Drs.  Walter  William- 
son, J.  K.  Lee  and  Rob'tJ.  McClatchey,  of  Philadelphia. 

During  the  winter  Dr.  Carroll  Dunham,  of  New  York,  will  give  a 
course  of  lectures  on  the  principles  of  Homoeopathy,  and  Dr.  T.  F. 
Allen,  surgeon  to  the  N.  Y.  Ophthalmic  Hospital,  on  diseases  of  the  eye. 

We  desire  to  call  the  attention  of  the  profession  to  the  unsurpassed 
advantages  for  clinical  instruction  afforded  by  this  Institution. 

Students  are  admitted  on  tickets  furnished  by  the  College,  free,  to 
the  Medical  and  Surgical  Clinics  of  the  Pennsjdvania  and  Blockley 
Hospitals,  and  to  the  Eye  Clinics  at  Will's  Hospital. 

These  clinics  are  valuable  for  the  study  of  Pathology  and  Diagnosis. 
Medical  and  Surgical  Clinics  are  also  held  at  the  College,  and  the  Sur- 
gical Wards  connected  therewith,  admit  the  performance  in  the  College 
amphitheatre  of  operations  of  any  magnitude. 

All  those  intending  to  avail  themselves  of  the  lectures  of  the  winter 
course  are  advised  to  attend  the  preliminary  course. 

For  particulars  address  R  Koch,  M.  D.,  Registrar,  No.  33  N.  Twelfth 
street,  Philadelphia. 

The  introductory  lecture  of  the  regular  course  was  delivered 
at  the  college  building  at  noon  on  Monday,  October  nth,  by 
Prof.  Lemuel  Stephens.     There  were  132  matriculants. 

In  December  there  was  given  a  course  of  popular  lectures 
on  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  by  Drs.  A.  R.  Thomas  and 
R.  Koch.  They  were  held  on  Monday  and  Friday  from 
December  27th  to  February  4th,  1870.  They  were  illustrated 
by  models.  The  tickets  admitting  tw^o  persons  for  the  twelve 
lectures  were  fixed  at  $5.00. 

It  was  during  the  fall  of  1 869  that  efforts  were  made  for  a 
hospital,  and  a  fair  in  its  aid  was  held  in  November.  These 
matters  will  be  fully  discussed  in  the  chapter  on  the  hospital. 

On  February  7th,  1870,  the  stockholders  of  the  College 
sent  the  following  communication  to  the  Trustees: 


1 68  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

Philadelphia,  February  7th,  1870. 

Resolved,  By  the  stockholders,  that  the  Act  passed  by  the  Legislature 
entitled,  an  Act  to  merge  and  consolidate  the  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  of  Philadelphia  and  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of 
Pennsylvania  into  one  Corporation,  be  and  the  same  is  hereby  accepted. 

Resolved^  That  a  copy  of  this  resolution  be  transmitted  to  the  Board 
of  Trustees,  with  instructions  to  give  efficacy  to  the  same  by  a  Declara- 
tion of  Merger  into,  with,  and  under  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College, 
thus  to  form  the  Corporation  in  accordance  with  said  Act  of  Legis- 
lature. 

Signed,  Constantine  Hering,  Henry  N.  Guernsey,  C.  G.  Raue,  Lem- 
uel Stephens,  H.  R.  Warriner;  Constantine  Hering  as  Dean. 

This  was  sent  to  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

The  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  Col- 
lege of  Pennsylvania  met  for  the  last  time,  and  passed  the  fol- 
lowing resolutions: 

Resolved,  That  the  communication  from  the  Stockholders  just  re- 
ceived be  entered  upon  the  Minutes  of  the  Board. 

Resolved,  That  in  accordance  with  the  request  of  the  Stockholders 
and  in  obedience  to  their  instructions,  this  Board  do  now  declare  that 
the  Act  to  merge  and  consolidate  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of 
Philadelphia  and  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania 
into  one  Corporation,  be  and  the  said  Act  is  hereby  accepted  by  this 
Board. 

Resolved,  That  this  Board  do  now  further  declare  that  the  Homoeo- 
pathic Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  is  hereby  merged  and  consoli- 
dated into,  with,  and  under  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Phila- 
delphia, and  the  government  thereof  in  pursuance  of  said  Act  of  merger 
and  consolidation. 

Resolved,  That  the  Secretary  and  Treasurer  of  the  Homoeopathic 
Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  is  hereby  requested  and  directed  to 
deliver  over  to  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  all 
books,  papers  and  archives  of  said  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of 
Pennsylvania,  which  may  be  in  their  possession  or  the  possession  of 
either  of  them. 

Resolved,  That  this  Board  do  now  adjourn  sine  die. 

At  a  called  meeting  held  at  the  College  building,  May  27th, 
1870,  Dr.  Morgan  protested  against  the  informality  of  the 
meeting  on  the  ground  that  the  supplement  to  the  consoli- 
dated Act  had  not  been  accepted  by  the  Professorial  Trustees. 
Dr.  Koch  then  offered  the  following  preamble  and  resolutions: 

Whereas,  The  convention  of  the  corporators  of  both  the 
Homoeopathic    Medical    College    of    Pennsylvania   and    the 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  1 69 

Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  when  complet- 
ing the  consolidation  of  the  above  colleges  inadvertently 
omitted  to  receive  the  acceptance  of  the  supplement  to  the 
Legislative  Act  of  Consolidation  by  the  Professorial  Trustees 
of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia;  therefore, 

Resolved,  That  the  Professorial  Trustees  of  this  College 
hereby  confirm  the  acceptance  by  the  Corporation  Trustees  of 
an  Act,  being  a  supplement  to  an  Act  to  merge  and  consolidate 
the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  with  the 
Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  into  one  Cor- 
poration, approved  second  day  of  April,  A.  D.  1869;  and, 

Resolved,  That  in  communicating  this  acceptance  and  con- 
firmation to  the  Corporation  Trustees  we  ask  for  a  formal 
recognition  of  the  right  of  the  Professorial  Trustees  to  vote 
on  a  proposition  for  or  acceptance  of  all  legislative  Acts. 

This  resolution  was  accepted  and  unanimously  carried. 


lyo  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 


CHAPTER  XXVII. 

1870. 

In  1870  the  College  was  accused  of  selling  diplomas,  and 
the  following  correspondence  fully  acquits  Old  Hahnemann  of 
any  such  practice: 

In  the  Medical  Investigator  for  February,  1870,  a  letter 
was  published  from  a  medical  student  relating  to  the  sale  of 
diplomas  by  certain  Philadelphia  Medical  Colleges.  In  the 
April  number  of  the  same  journal  appeared  the  following  edi- 
torial: 

' '  The  diploma  business  which  we  exposed  in  a  recent  issue 
has  raised  the  just  indignation  of  the  whole  profession.  Our 
article  has  been  extensively  copied  into  the  medical  and  secu- 
lar press.  The  Morning  Post  (Philadelphia)  has  taken  the 
matter  in  hand  and  has  succeeded  in  ferreting  out  the  guilty 
parties  in  that  city.  A  couple  of  spies  interviewed  them  and 
elicited  much  important  information,  the  following  among  the 
rest: 

' '  '  We  then  inquired  if  we  could  obtain  a  diploma  from  the 
Homoeopathic  College  (Philadelphia),  and  on  his  replyhig  in 
the  affirjnative ,  one  of  us  concluded  to  take  one  from  that  In- 
stitution. But  upon  looking  over  his  stock  he  discovered  that 
he  had  sent  the  last  one  to  a  party  in  New  York,  and,  under 
the  circumstances,  it  would  be  necessary  to  apply  to  the 
Faculty.  -'^  ^^  *  The  doctor  (A.  J.  Hale)  read  a  note 
from  a  ?nember  of  the  Faadty  of  the  Homoeopathic  College, 
informing  him  that  his  application  would  be  considered  at  the 
next  meeting  of  the  Board,  which  would  take  place  next 
Monday;  consequently  we  could  not  obtain  a  diploma  before 
that  time;  but  the  doctor  assured  us  that  he  would  send  it  to 
our  address. ' 

"  Here  is  a  little  matter  that  needs  attention  and  explana- 
tion. It  would  be  well  to  learn  whom  this  New  York 
Homoeopathic  physician  is.   We  hope  for  the  honor  of  Homoe- 


MEDICAI,  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  171 

opathy  that  oiir  Philadelphia  College  can  clear  its  skirts  of  any 
implication  in  this  diploma  traffic.  We  cannot  believe  this 
Faculty  is  guilty  of  selling  diplomas." 

This  brought  a  letter  from  Dr.  Koch  to  Dr.  Duncan,  to 
which  Dr.  Duncan,  the  editor  of  the   Investigator,  made  the 

following  reply: 

Chicago,  May  23,  1870. 
R.  Koch,  M.  D. 

My  Dear  Doctor :  Yours  of  20th  received.  M3'  object  was  simply 
to  get  at  the  facts.  You  must  admit  that  the  quotation  as  it  stands 
would  convey  the  idea  that  your  college  sold  diplomas. 

I  shall  be  happy  to  publish  your  letter  to  set  you  right  —  all  right. 
Am  too  glad  Homoeopathic  skirts  are  clean.  *  *  * 

Dr.  Koch  sent  the  following  article,  which  was  printed  in 
the  August  number  of  the  Investigator: 

Philadelphia,  May  20,  1870. 

My  Dear  Dndor  :  In  the  April  number  of  the  Investigator  I  noticed, 
with  regret,  a  quotation  from  the  Philadelphia  Morning  Post,  with  your 
comments,  which,  if  left  unnoticed,  will  convey  the  impression  that 
the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  is  a  diploma  shop.  The  esteem  I  have 
for  you  induces  me  to  believe  that  you  have  copied  the  Morning  Post, 
not  in  a  spirit  of  rivalry,  but  for  the  good  of  our  cause  in  eliciting  truth. 

The  facts  of  the  case  are  these:  We  had  been  informed  from  different 
quarters  of  the  United  States,  that  spurious  homoeopathic  diplomas 
were  sold  and  circulated,  which  were  said  to  emanate  from  Philadel- 
delphia.  We  set  the  "  Detectives"  to  work,  who  found  that  a  Negro 
Medical  College  and  an  Eclectic  Medical  College,  headed  hy  unscrupu- 
lous M.  D's.,  sold  their  diplomas  to  ignorant  men,  representing  them 
to  be  homceopathic  diplomas,  which  these  men,  not  understanding 
Latin,  took  in  good  faith.  In  order  to  expose  these  pseudo-colleges, 
we  caused  the  article  which  you  quote  to  be  inserted  in  the  Morning 
Post.  Subsequent  articles,  as  well  as  our  answer  to  the  first  in  next 
morning's  issue,  clearly  demonstrate  my  assertion  and  had  the  desired 
effect  to  expose  these  scandalous  institutions.  Their  leader  has  been 
obliged  to  change  his  residence  to  avoid  difficulties. 

I  can  assure  you  personally,  as  well  as  officially,  that  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  has  never  given  its  diplomas  to  an}' 
one,  who  has  not  passed  before  them  an  examination  equally  as  severe 
and  strict  as  that  required  from  our  regular  graduates.  In  regard  to 
the  severity  and  strictness  of  such  an  examination,  we  refer  you  to  any 
of  our  graduates. 

I  remain  sincerel}^  3^ours, 
Richard  Koch, 
Registrar  of  Hahnonaiin  Medical  College  of  Phila. 

We  are  pleased  to  give  space  to  the  above.  We  did  not  believe  that 
our  Philadelphia  School  could  be  guilty  of  selling  Diplomas. — Ed. 


172  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

The  Commencement  of  the  22d  session  was  held  on  Wednes- 
day, March  9,  T870,  at  12  High-Noon,  at  the  Academy  of 
Music.  The  Valedictory  was  by  Dr.  C.  G.  Raue.  There 
were  49  graduates.  Drs.  Carroll  Dunham  and  T.  F.  Allen 
received  Honorary  Degrees. 

In  the  evening  the  Faculty  tendered  a  banquet  to  the  grad- 
uating class  at  the  Continental  Hotel. 

In  the  address  Dr.  Raue  spoke  of  American  Homoeopathy 
as  a  girl-baby  who  had  cut  her  incisor  teeth  in  Allentown  in 
1834,  her  molars  in  1844,  when  the  American  Institute  of 
Homoeopathy  was  instituted,  her  eye  and  stomach  teeth  in 
1848,  when  the  Homoeopathic  College  was  instituted.  She 
had  after  that  for  some  time  to  suffer  with  convulsions,  but 
now  had  a  full  set. 

This  Commencement  was  advertised  in  the  Evening  Bul- 
letin of  March  8,  1870. 

On  April  4,  1870,  the  President  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
sent  the  following  letter  to  the  Faculty  : 

No.  108  South  4TH  St.,  PhiIvAde;i.phia,  April  4th,  1870. 
To  the  Medical  Faculty  of  the  Hahneman^i  Medical  College  of  Phila. 

Gentlemen  :  The  stockholders  having  conveyed  to  me  "in  trust" 
the  property  now  occupied  b}^  the  College,  and  which  has  heretofore 
been  under  lease  to  your  body,  it  becomes  necessary  that  new  arrange- 
ments shall  be  entered  into  for  its  future  occupancy. 

To  this  end  I  invite  a  communication  expressing  the  terms  and  con- 
ditions that  it  would  be  agreeable  to  you  to  enter  into  for  a  continuance 
of  such  occupancy. 

Very  truly  yours, 

D.  T.  Pratt. 

At  this  time  there  was  a  mortgage  of  $10,000.00  on  the 
College,  which  was  held  in  trust  for  the  trustees  b}^  H. 
Sloan. 

This  matter  is  fully  explained  in  the  Section  on  Hospital. 

At  a  meeting  held  June  27,  1870,  it  was  moved  "  that  the 
By-Laws  as  they  are  inscribed  in  the  book  of  records  after 
these  minutes  be  hereb3^  ratified. "  The  Secretary  of  the  Cor- 
poration Trustees  then  communicated  a  Resolution  by  which 
that  Board  recognized  formally  the  right  of  voice  of  the  Pro- 
fessorial Trustees  in  all  proposed  legislative  Acts  or  their 
acceptance.     The  following  are  the  Statutes  as  then  adopted: 


MEDICAL  COI.I.EGE  OF  PHILADEIvPHIA.  1 73 

STATUTES 

OF  THE 

HAHNEMANN  MEDICAL  COLLEGE, 

OF  PHILADELPHIA. 


THE  THREE  BOARDS. 

Art.  I.— The  powers,  franchises,  immunities,  rights  and  privileges 
conferred  by  the  Charter  of  this  College,  shall  be  divided  among  the 
following  bodies,  viz  : 

1.  A  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees,  consisting  of  not  less  than  fifteen 
nor  more  than  twenty-five  members. 

2.  A  Medical  Faculty  of  not  less  than  seven  professors,  who  shall 
constitute  a  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees. 

3.  A  Board  of  Curators,  not  less  than  five  members,  who  shall  be 
medical  graduates,  and  who  shall  constitute  an  advisory  Board  of  Ex- 
amination in  the  cases  hereafter  provided. 

Art.  II. — The  members  of  the  several  Boards  shall  be  elected  by 
concurrent  resolution  of  the  two  Boards  of  Trustees,  two-thirds  of  each 
Board  at  a  duly  called  meeting  voting  in  the  affirmative  ;  Provided,  at 
least  one  week's  notice  be  given  of  the  proposed  election  of  the  same, 
and  that  the  name  of  each  candidate  be  therein  specified.  The  Presi- 
dent, Secretary  and  Treasurer  of  the  College  shall  be  elected  in  like 
manner. 

Art.  III. — The  members  of  the  several  bodies  hereinbefore  men- 
tioned, shall  hold  office  respectively  at  their  option  for  life,  unless 
removed  as  provided  for  in  Article  XXX.,  Sec.  i.  In  case  of  any 
vacancy  occurring  in  either  body,  it  shall  be  filled  by  concurrent  action 
of  the  Board  of  Corporation  and  Professorial  Trustees  ;  Provided,  how- 
ever, that  propositions  for  membership  in  either  board,  shall  originate 
in  the  same  ;  Provided,  also,  that  no  member  of  the  Board  of  Profes- 
sorial Trustees  shall  be  at  liberty  to  resign  at  any  time  during  the 
regular  sessions  of  the  College,  except  in  case  of  sickness  or  other 
unavoidable  circumstances.  Only  residents  of  the  City  of  Philadel- 
phia shall  be  eligible  to  any  such  appointment. 

Article  IV. 

Sec.  I.  There  shall  be  called  annually  at  least  one  joint  meeting  of 
the  Board  of  Corporation  and  Professorial  Trustees,  at  such  time  after 
the  Spring  Commencement  as  the  officers  of  the  same  may  agree  upon. 
At  this  meeting  the  general  interests  of  the  College  shall  be  taken  into 
careful  consideration,  and  as  a  basis  thereof  each  of  the  two  Boards 
shall  present  a   separate  report  of  their  actions  during  the  preceding 


174  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

year.  At  all  joint  meetings,  a  quorum  of  each  of  said  Boards  shall  be 
necessary  to  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business.  All 
other  meetings  shall  be  held  at  the  call  of  the  officers  of  the  several 
bodies,  due  notice  being  given  to  all  the  members  thereof. 

Sec.  2.  At  all  joint  meetings  of  the  two  Boards,  the  President  of  the 
College  shall  preside  and  the  Secretary  of  the  College  shall  be  the  Sec- 
retary thereof;  or  in  case  of  the  absence  of  either  their  places  shall  be 
temporarily  filled  b}'  vote  of  the  joint  body. 

Sec.  3.  The  following  subjects  only  shall  be  considered  at  any  joint 
meeting,  viz  :  The  Annual  Announcement,  and  Recommendations  of 
Policy  or  Action  for  separate  deliberation  of  the  two  Boards. 

Article  V. 

The  Chairman  of  either  Board  may  convene  special  meetings  of  the 
same  at  any  time,  or  shall  be  required  so  to  do  upon  the  written  request 
of  three  members  of  their  respective  Boards.  Of  these  meetings  each 
member  shall  receive  individual  notice. 

ArTici^e  VI. 

Sec.  I.  The  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees  shall  have  the  care  and 
supervision  of  all  real  estate,  endowment  funds  and  other  permanent 
property  of  the  corporation,  together  with  all  real  and  personal  prop- 
erty held  in  trust  for  the  Hospital. 

Sec.  2.  All  other  matters  connected  with  the  general  interests  and 
prosperity  of  the  College,  not  otherwise  provided  for  by  these  statutes, 
shall  be  exercised  by  concurrent  action  of  the  two  Boards  of  Trustees. 

ART1CI.E  VII. 

Five  members  of  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees  shall  constitute  a 
quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business. 

ArTici,e  VIII. 

There  shall  be  a  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees, 
who  shall  be  selected  by  them  from  among  their  own  number,  and  who 
shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of  the  Board.  He  shall  hold  office  for 
the  term  of  four  years.  He  shall  sign  all  contracts  on  behalf  of  the 
Board,  and  perform  such  other  duties  as  may  be  assigned  him. 

ARTICI.E  IX. 

There  shall  be  a  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees,  to 
be  elected  by  the  Board,  who  shall  hold  office  for  one  year,  or  until  his 
successor  is  elected.  He  shall  record  their  proceedings,  attest  all  con- 
tracts on  behalf  of  the  Board, and  shall  perform  such  other  duties  as  shall 
be  assigned  him. 

ARTICI.E  X. 

The  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees  shall  be  convened  in  annual 
meetings  on  the  call  of  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty  for  the  purpose  of 


MEDICAL  COI.I.EGE  OF  PHILADEIvPHIA.  1 75 

conferring  degrees,  and  for  the  transaction  of  such  other  business  as 
may  be  necessary. 

CURATORS. 

Article  XI. 

Skc.  I.  The  Dean  of  the  Faculty  shall  convene  the  Board  of  Cura- 
tors to  be  present  at  and,  if  need  be,  to  conduct  the  examination  of  any 
candidate  for  graduation  in  any  particular  branch,  upon  the  written  re- 
quest of  any  such  candidate  desiring  him  so  to  do,  made  to  him  at  or 
before  the  time  fixed  for  holding  the  examination,  and  during  such 
examination,  which  shall  be  conducted  by  the  Professor  occupying  said 
Chair,  if  he  so  desires  ;  any  member  of  the  said  Board  of  Curators  shall 
have  the  right  to  propound  such  questions  to  the  candidate  as  shall 
seem  proper  ;  and  if  the  student  so  examined  by.  the  Board  of  Curators 
shall  be  passed  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the  members  of  said  Board 
present  at  such  examination,  and  shall  have  fully  complied  with  such 
other  requirements  as  the  Faculty  shall  have  thereto  ordained  to  entitle 
a  student  to  graduation,  then  the  President  of  said  Board  of  Curators, 
or  such  other  member  thereof  as  may  be  designated  by  said  Board  so  to 
do,  shall  sign  the  Diploma  of  said  stxident,  in  the  place  and  stead  of 
the  Professor  teaching  the  subject  in  which  they  have  conducted  the 
examination  as  aforesaid  ;  Provided,  however,  that  no  student  shall 
have  the  right  to  appeal  from  more  than  three  Professors  at  any  one 
examination. 

Sec.  2.  The  services  of  the  Board  of  Curators  shall  in  like  manner  be 
required  on  the  written  demand  of  any  Professor,  when,  in  his  judg- 
ment, the  welfare  of  the  College  may  suffer  through  pursuance  of  the 
ordinary  course  in  examination  and  graduation  of  any  candidate. 

Sec.  3.  Nothing  herein  shall  be  so  construed  as  to  prevent  any  Pro- 
fessor from  signing  any  diploma. 

PROFESSORIAL  TRUSTEES. 

Article  XII. 

The  Medical  Faculty  shall  annually  deliver  at  least  one  course  of 
lectures,  comprising  the  following  subjects,  viz.:  Natural  Philosophy, 
Chemistry,  Anatomy,  Physiology,  Pathology,  Materia  Medica,  Insti- 
tutes and  Practice,  Surgery,  Midwifery,  Diseases  of  Women  and  Chil- 
dren, Clinical  Medicine,  Clinical  Surgery  and  Forensic  Medicine. 

Article  Xlll. 

A  majority  of  the  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees  shall  constitute  a 
quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business. 

Article  XIV. 

The  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees  shall  elect  from  among  their  own 
number  a  Chairman,  who  shall  preside  at  all  their  meetings  and  who 


176  HISTORY  OF  THK  HAHNEMANN 

shall  be  also  Dean  of  the  Faculty.  He  shall  hold  office  for  the  term  of 
four  years,  he  shall  sign  all  contracts  on  behalf  of  the  Board,  and  shall 
perform  such  other  duties  as  may  be  assigned  to  him. 

Article  XV. 

The  Medical  Faculty  shall  appoint  a  Registrar,  who  shall  act  as 
Secretary  of  the  same,  shall  keep  accurate  records  of  their  proceedings, 
and  shall  attest  all  orders  drawn  upon  the  Treasurer  concerning  current 
receipts  and  expenditures.  He  shall  hold  office  for  one  year,  or  until 
his  successor  is  elected. 

Article  XVI. 

Sec.  I.  They  shall  make  rules  and  regulations  respecting  the  ad- 
mission of  students,  terms  and  times  of  attendance  upon  lectures,  con- 
duct and  examination,  and  upon  all  other  matters  connected  with  the 
educational  department  of  the  College. 

Sec.  2.  The  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees  shall  have  the  care  and 
supervision  of  the  museum,  apparatus,  casing  and  other  movable  prop- 
erty of  the  corporation. 

Article  XVII. 

The  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees  shall  provide  for  all  the  financial 
concerns  of  the  College,  not  herein  assigned  the  Board  of  Corporation 
Trustees. 

Article  XVIII. 

The  matriculation  and  graduation  fees  shall,  after  defraying  the  ex- 
penses of  the  Diplomas  and  commencements,  constitute  a  fund  for  the 
purchase  of  apparatus  and  enlargement  of  the  museum,  and  to  meet 
such  contingent  expenses  of  lecturing,  as  the  Professorial  Trustees 
shall  think  proper. 

PRESIDENT  AND  TREASURER. 

Article  XIX. 

The  Boards  of  Corporation  and  Professorial  Trustees  shall,  by  con- 
current action,  elect  a  President  of  the  College  who  shall  hold  his  office 
for  five  years,  and  who  shall  preside  at  all  joint  meetings  of  the  said 
Boards,  and  also  at  the  public  commencements  ;  he  shall  sign  all 
diplomas  and  all  contracts  made  by  concurrent  action  of  said  Boards  of 
Trustees,  and  shall  draw  all  orders  on  the  Treasurer,  duly  attested  by 
the  Registrar  or  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees 
respectively. 

Article  XX. 

The  Board  of  Corporation  and  Professorial  Trustees  shall,  by  con- 
current action,  elect  a  Treasurer  who  shall  hold  his  office  for  four  years, 
or  until  his  successor  shall  have  been  elected,  he  shall  be  the  custodian 


MEDICAI,  COLI.EGK  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  177 

of  all  the  funds  of  the  College,  shall  keep  an  account  in  bank  by  the 
style  and  title  of  "Treasurer  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  Col- 
lege of  Philadelphia,"  and  shall  out  of  the  revenues  received  by  him, 
first  pay  all  such  expenses,  interest,  rent  and  such  other  outlay  as  the 
respective  Boards  of  Trustees  may  direct,  as  concerning  the  funds 
respectively  under  their  supervision,  and  such  only  upon  orders  duly 
attested  as  hereinbefore  provided,  and  the  balance  of  funds  remaining 
in  his  hands  at  the  end  of  any  fiscal  year  shall  apply  in  such  way  as  the 
Boards  severally  may  order.  He  shall  make  an  exhibit  of  his  accounts 
at  each  annual  joint  meeting,  and  shall  give  such  bonds  for  the  faithful 
performance  of  his  duties  as  may  be  required  of  him. 

Article  XXI. 

The  Boards  of  Corporation  and  Professorial  Trustees  shall  by  con- 
current action  elect  a  Secretary  of  the  College,  who  shall  hold  his 
office  for  four  years,  or  until  his  successor  shall  have  been  elected.  He 
shall  have  supervision  of  the  College  archives,  shall  append  his  signa- 
ture and  the  seal  of  the  College  to  Diplomas  and  other  official  docu- 
ments, when  directed  so  to  do  by  concurrent  or  joint  action  of  the  two 
Boards,  and  shall  countersign  all  contracts  which  shall  have  required 
the  signature  of  the  President,  and  shall  act  as  Secretary  of  all  joint 
meetings  of  the  two  Boards. 

RECORDS. 

Article  XXII. 

All  matters  of  record  shall,  at  all  times,  be  open  to  the  inspection  of 
the  Corporation  and  Professorial  Trustees. 

FACULTY. 
Article  XXIII. 

The  Faculty  shall  divide  among  themselves  the  several  branches  of 
medical  and  collateral  sciences  named  in  these  statutes,  to  be  taught  in 
the  College,  according  to  their  own  judgment  ;  but  no  Professor  once 
assigned  to  a  particular  chair  shall  be  transferred  to  any  other  ;  nor 
shall  the  duties  of  the  same,  as  usually  performed  by  him,  be  divided, 
assigned  to  any  other  person,  or  in  any  other  way  modified,  without 
his  consent.  They  shall  employ  such  special  lecturers  as  they  may 
think  necessary,  and  shall  provide  for  the  payment  of  the  same  in  ac- 
cordance with  such  terms  as  may  be  agreed  upon. 

Article  XXIV. 

The  Demonstrators  and  Assistants  of  Anatomy,  Chemistry,  Surgery 
and  other  Departments,  shall  be  appointed  by  the  respective  Professors 
wi  h  the  concurrence  of  the  Faculty. 

13 


1 78  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

COMMENCEMENT.— DIPLOMA; 

ArTicIvE  XXV. 

The  Commencement  shall  be  held  at  the  close  of  the  respective  ses- 
sions of  the  College;  at  which  time  the  Degrees  of  Doctor  of  Medicine 
and  Doctor  of  Homoeopathic  Medicine  shall  be  conferred  upon  such 
candidates  as  shall  have  passed  a  successful  examination,  as  decided 
by  concurrent  vote  of  the  two  Boards,  and  of  the  Curators  in  cases  in 
which  they  have  acted  as  examiners;  and  who  shall  have  fulfilled  the 
requisites  thereto. 

Article  XXVI. 

Upon  such  degrees  being  conferred,  the  Secretary  of  the  College  shall 
af&x  the  seal  of  the  College  to  a  proper  Diploma,  which  shall  be  signed 
by  the  President  of  the  College,  by  t^e  Secretary  of  the  College,  by 
each  Professor,  and  by  the  President  of  the  Board  of  Curators,  or  such 
member  thereof,  as  may  have  been  directed  so  to  do  when  and  as  pre- 
scribed in  Article  XL  ,  of  these  Statutes. 

Article  XXVII. 

Honorary  Degrees  may  be  conferred  on  distinguished  medical  prac- 
titioners on  the  recommendation  of  the  Faculty  and  Board  of  Curators 
assembled  in  joint  meeting. 

SPECIAL  DEGREES. 

Article  XXVIII. 

Special  degrees  shall  be  conferred  on  such  candidates  only  as  shall 
have  been  examined  by  the  Faculty  of  this  College,  unless  they  shall 
be  graduates  of  some  other  respectable  Medical  College,  when  the 
Degree  may  be  conferred  upon  the  certificate  of  a  duly  appointed 
examining  board  of  a  regularly  organized  county  or  State  Homoeo- 
pathic Medical  Society,  and  under  seal  of  the  same,  accompanied 
by  satisfactory  testimonials  of  good  moral  character  and  professional 
standing.  A  thesis  will  in  all  cases  be  required  of  every  candidate  for 
a  special  degree. 

Article  XXIX. 

Graduates  of  this  College,  and  other  physicians  who  may  have  dis- 
tinguished themselves  in  medical  science,  may  be  elected  Fellows  of 
the  College,  by  unanimous  vote  by  ballot  of  each  Board,  and  of 
the  Board  of  Curators.  Each  Fellow  so  elected  shall  .receive  an 
engrossed  certificate  of  the  same,  signed  by  the  President  and  Secre- 
tary of  the  College,  and  the  Dean  and  Registrar  of  the  Faculty, 
and  the  Chairman  and  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Curators.  Such 
certificates  shall  state  the  reasons  upon  which  said  election  is  based, 
and  shall  be  held  sacred  to  the  purpose  of  giving  public  testimony  to 


MKDICAL  COLLKGK  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  1 79 

distinguished  merit.     A  copy  of  this  statute  shall  appear  on  said  en- 
grossed certificate. 

ArTicIvE  XXX. 

Sec.  I.  No  officer  or  member  of  either  Board  of  the  College  shall 
be  removed,  except  by  verdict  on  impeachment;  charges  must 
be  preferred  in  writing  by  three  members  of  the  body  to  which  he 
belongs  and  sent  to  the  President  of  the  College,  who  shall  thereupon 
convene  the  two  Boards  of  Trustees  in  joint  meeting  to  investigate  the 
said  charges.  If  the  President  shall  fail  or  refuse  to  convene  such 
joint  meeting,  then  the  said  three  members  preferring  the  charges 
may  themselves  convene  said  joint  meeting  to  investigate  said  charges. 
Written  notice  of  this  joint  meeting  shall  be  given  to  each  and  every 
member  of  both  Boards,  and  also  to  the  accused  officer,  or  member,  at 
least  two  weeks  before  the  same,  which  notice  shall  contain  a  statement 
of  the  object  of  meeting,  including  the  name  of  the  officer  or  member 
and  the  charges  against  him.  After  a  due  hearing  of  such  evidence  on 
both  sides  as  a  majority  of  the  joint  meeting  shall  decide  to  admit,  a 
record  in  detail  of  the  testimony  being  kept,  the  vote  upon  the  reten- 
tion or  removal  of  the  accused  officer  or  member  shall  betaken;  the 
two  Boards,  however,  voting  separately,  and  if  two-thirds  of  the  whole 
number  of  votes  cast  at  said  joint  meeting  shall  be  for  the  removal  of 
the  accused  party,  he  shall  thereupon  cease  to  hold  office  or  member- 
ship; Provided,  that  two-thirds  of  the  votes  of  the  members  of  his  own 
Board,  present  at  such  joint  meeting,  shall  be  necessary  to  his  removal . 

Sec  2.  Any  person  impeached  and  condemned  by  the  action  afore- 
said, may  appeal  to  a  joint  convention  of  the  two  Boards  of  Trustees 
and  the  Board  of  Curators.  The  vote  of  two-thirds  of  this  convention 
(a  quorum  of  each  Board  being  present),  shall  be  final. 

MANAGEMENT  OF  HOSPITAL. 
ARTICI.E  XXXI. 

Sec.  I.  The  members  of  the  Boards  of  Corporation  and  Professorial 
Trustees  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  shall  constitute  the  Board 
of  Managers  of  the  Hospital  —  and  at  all  meetings  of  said  Board  no 
business  except  such  as  appertains  to  the  Hospital  shall  be  introduced, 
acted  upon  or  discussed. 

Sec.  2.  Five  members  of  this  Board  shall  constitute  a  quorum  of  a 
duly  called  meeting. 

Sec.  3.  The  President,  Secretary  and  Treasurer  of  the  Corporation 
are  hereby  constituted  officers  of  this  Board,  in  their  several  capacities. 

Sec.  4.  The  said  Board  of  Managers  shall  have  power  to  make  all 
needful  rules  and  regulations  for  the  government  of  the  Hospital. 


l8o  HISTORY  OF  THK  HAHNEMANN 

DONATIONS. 

Article  xxxil. 

All  donations  and  endowments  to  which  the  donor  assigns  no  special 
direction,  shall  be  appropriated  by  the  concurrent  action  of  the  two 
Boards  of  Trustees,  for  the  benefit  of  the  College;  but,  when  a  donor 
shall  designate  any  particular  purpose  to  which  his  gift  shall  be  ap- 
plied, his  donation,  if  accepted,  shall  be  applied  only  to  such  purpose. 

SCHOLARSHIP. 

Article  XXXIII. 

A  system  of  permanent  endowment  by  means  of  Scholarships  shall 
be  adopted  and  carried  out  according  to  the  following  provisions. 

Article  XXXIV. 

There  shall  be  issued  a  number  of  Scholarships  of  the  value  of  |i,ooo 
each,  equal  in  the  aggregate  to  the  amount  of  one  hundred  thousand 
dollars.  Every  person  who  shall  deposit  |i,ooo  with  the  Treasurer  of 
the  College,  for  the  benefit  of  the  College,  shall  receive  a  certificate  of 
Scholarship  for  each  and  every  year,  or  on  payment  of  I500,  shall 
receive  such  a  certificate  for  every  alternate  two  years.  Such  con- 
tributor may,  at  his  or  her  option,  direct  the  principal  sum  so  donated 
by  him  or  her  to  be  applied  to  the  general  benefit  of  the  College, 
or  that  the  same  be  invested,  and  the  interest  thereon  be  specifi- 
cally appropriated  as  directed,  or  be  regularly  paid  into  the  common 
treasury  of  the  College;  and  the  annual  interest  of  all  such  scholar- 
ships shall  be  regularly  credited  to  the  account  of  the  Medical  Faculty 
by  the  Treasurer. 

Article  XXXV. 

Each  certificate  of  Scholarship  shall  entitle  the  holder  thereof,  and 
his  or  her  heirs  and  assigns  forever,  to  receive  a  ticket  of  admission, 
for  one  student  annually  to  attend  all  the  regular  lectures  of  the  Medi- 
cal Faculty. 

Article  XXXVI. 

Every  person  who  shall  pay  over  to  the  Treasurer  for  the  use  of  the 
Hospital  Fund  the  sum  of  five  hundred  dollars,  shall  receive  a  certifi- 
cate entitling  him  or  her,  or  his  or  her  heirs  or  assigns,  to  a  free  bed  in 
hospital  for  three  months  annually,  and  all  funds  so  donated  or 
bequeathed,  shall  be  securely  invested,  and  the  interest  only  applied 
to  defray  the  expense  of  such  free  bed,  and  to  that  purpose  only. 

Article  XXXVII. 

The  Treasurer  shall  keep  the  several  accounts  herein  named,  dis- 
tinct, so  far  as  necessary  to  the  proper  application  of  the  funds. 


MEDICAL  COLIvEGK  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  l8l 

ALTERATION  OF  STATUTES. 

ARTICI.E  XXXVIII. 

These  Statutes  shall  not  be  altered  or  amended  at  any  future  time 
except  by  concurrent  resolution  of  two-thirds  of  the  members  present 
at  a  regular  or  duly  called  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trus- 
tees and  of  the  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees  respectively,  notice  hav- 
ing been  publicly  given,  at  least  one  month  previously,  either  at  a  law- 
ful meeting  of  the  Board  or  by  written  notices  mailed. 


1 82  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 


CHAPTER  XXVIII. 

1870-73. 

During  the  years  1870  and  1871  money  was  raised  by  a  Fair 
for  the  establishment  of  a  homoeopathic  hospital.  The  hos- 
pital money  was  used  to  buy  the  College  property,  and  the 
buildings  in  the  rear  of  the  College  were  remodeled  into  a 
hospital.  This  matter  is  fully  described  in  the  history  of  the 
hospital. 

The  announcement  for  the  session  of  1870-71  was  devoted 
to  an  idea  that  was  interesting  the  faculty,  the  advancement 
of  Medical  Education.     We  quote  from  it: 

In  presenting  the  regular  annual  announcement  of  this  in- 
stitution (the  twenty-third  of  the  Philadelphia  School),  the 
Trustees  would,  in  the  first  place,  take  occasion  to  tender  to 
the  profession  and  the  public  their  sincere  acknowledgment 
of  the  cordiality  with  which  this  attempt  to  elevate  homoeo- 
pathic medical  education  has  been  met.  Of  our  own  success 
in  the  fulfilment  of  our  purpose  during  the  past  few  years, 
the  rapid  and  unprecedented  increase  of  our  matriculation 
lists  gives  encouraging  indication  and  at  the  same  time  stands 
as  our  monitor  that  still  greater  effort  on  our  part  is  expected 
in  the  future.  The  Faculty  are  fully  determined  that  nothing 
shall  be  wanting  in  their  several  departments  to  the  realiza- 
tion, during  the  ensuing  session,  of  this  expectation. 

It  may  be  well  to  state  here,  that  the  peculiar  organization 
of  this  College  constitutes  the  Medical  Faculty,  a  concurrent 
Board  of  Professorial  Trustees,  who  have  sole  direction  of  its 
medical  affairs,  except  as  to  coyifirmation  of  successful  candi- 
dates for  graduation,  by  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees; 
and  to  the  examination  of  candidates  by  the  Board  of  Cura- 
tors in  special  cases.  This  fact,  with  the  life-tenure  of  office, 
devolves  the  educational  responsibility  upon  those  best  fitted 


MBDICAL  COIvLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  1 83 

to  understand  the  case;  being,  at  the  same  time,  a  standing 
guarantee  and  stimulus  to  every  member  of  the  teaching 
body. 

Accordingly,  we  present  to-day  the  same  unbroken  front  as 
heretofore — the  only  changes  which  have  occurred  since  the 
first  session  of  the  Hahnemann  College  being  the  death  of  its 
President,  Hon.  Jason  L,.  Fenimore,  the  election  of  his  suc- 
cessor, C.  F.  Norton,  Esq.,  and  the  appointment  of  special 
lecturers,  etc  ,  from  time  to  time. 

A  summer  course  of  lectures  was  held,  commencing  April 
ist  and  continuing  during  April,  May,  June  and  September. 
It  was  conducted  by  Drs.  Koch  and  Macfarlan.  Students 
were  quizzed  two  hours  daily  on  Medicine,  Surgery,  Chem- 
istry, Natural  Philosophy,  Materia  Medica,  Practical  Surgery, 
Midwifer5^  There  was  also  dissecting.  The  fee  was  $25.00, 
exclusive  of  dissecting.  The  course  did  not  count  for  grad- 
uation. 

The  preliminary  course  was  commenced  on  September  26, 
at  ID  A.  M.,  in  the  College  building.     It  lasted  two  weeks. 

The  Introductory  Address  to  the  regular  session  was  held 
on  Monday,  October  10,  at  noon,  by  Dr.  J.  C.  Morgan,  his 
subject  being  "Philosophy  in  Medicine."  The  lectures 
commenced  the  next  morning.  There  were  134  matricu- 
lants. Dr.  R.  B.  Weaver  was  appointed  Demonstrator  of 
Anatomy.  Previous  to  this  session  the  Faculty  was  the  same. 
Soon  after  the  opening  of  this  session  of  1870-71,  an  applica- 
tion was  received  by  the  Dean,  Dr.  Guernsey,  from  a  lady  in 
Ohio  for  admission  as  a  student.  This  lady  had  been  in  prac- 
tice for  some  years,  but  her  application  was  refused. 

In  the  American  Journal  of  Homoeopathic  Materia  Medica 
for  February,  1872,  there  is  an  editorial  as  follows:  "The 
Medical  Education  of  Women."  In  compliance  with  the 
demands  of  the  progressive  spirit  of  the  age,  as  well  as  from 
the  numerous  applications  by  women  for  an  opportunity  for 
acquiring  a  knowledge  of  Homoeopathy,  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  as  announced  in  the  last 
number  of  this  journal,  has  resolved  upon  giving  hereafter, 
during  the  spring  and  early  summer  months,  a  full  course  of 
medical  lectures,  expressly  for  women. 


184  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

The  Trustees  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  have 
been  influenced  to  provide  a  separate  course  for  women  for 
the  following  reasons,  viz. : 

I  St.  By  uniting  the  two  classes  the  lecture  rooms  and  other 
accommodations  would  be  too  small;  all  would  be  uncom- 
fortably crowded,  and  few  could  receive  the  full  benefit  of 
the  course. 

2d.  The  milder  weather  of  the  spring  and  early  summer 
would  make  attendance  upon  lectures  more  pleasant  in  the 
fall  and  winter. 

3d.  The  other  medical  schools  of  the  city  not  being  in  ses- 
sion, anatomical  material  would  be  abundant  and  easily  ob- 
tained. 

No  lectures  were  held.  It  is  said  that  when  the  new  Col- 
lege was  designed  the  subject  was  discussed  and  that  the 
small  stairs  leading  from  the  main  floor  to  the  third  story 
were  placed  there  for  the  use  of  women,  if  they  should  be 
adthitted  in  the  future. 

At  a  meeting  July  29,  1871,  a  letter  was  read  from  Dr. 
Williams  in  regard  to  the  admission  of  women  students.  The 
Registrar  was  instructed  to  inform  Dr.  Williams  that  no 
women  would  be  admitted  the  next  term. 

In  November,  187 1,  this  subject  was  again  discussed,  and 
Dr.  J.  C.  Morgan  was  appointed  a  committee  to  draw  up  an 
announcement  for  a  summer  course  for  women.  On  December 
1 1  he  reported,  and  the  Registrar  was  authorized  to  advertise 
such  a  course  in  the  homoeopathic  journals.  Drs.  Morgan 
and  Thomas  were  appointed  a  committee  to  attend  to  having 
the  announcement  printed  in  the  next  number  of  the  College 
Journal.  Dr.  C.  C.  Smith  was  appointed  to  deliver  the  in- 
troductory lecture  to  this  course. 

The  Commencement  was  held  on  Friday,  March  10, 
187 1,  at  11:30,  in  the  Academy  of  Music.  The  Valedictory 
was  delivered  by  Prof.  Koch.  There  were  54  graduates,  and 
Dr.  F.  A.  Rockwith  received  the  honorary  degree.  A  note- 
worthy event  was  the  presentation  of  a  beautiful  and  life-like 
portrait  of  the  late  Walter  Williamson,  M.  D.,  formerly 
Emeritus  Professor  to  the  Institution,  by  the  graduat- 
ing    class.     The    presentation    address    was     very     appro- 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OE  PHILADELPHIA.  1 85 

priately  rendered  by  Dr.  George  H.  Hackett,  of  Belmont, 
N.  H.,  and  the  portrait  was  received  in  behalf  of  the  Faculty 
by  Prof.  O.  B.  Gause. 

In  the  evening  a  banquet  was  tendered  the  graduating 
class  b}^  the  Faculty  at  the  Continental  Hotel. 

Soon  after  the  close  of  the  session  Drs.  Hering  and  Raue 
resigned  from  the  Chairs  of  Materia  Medica  and  Practice  and 
Pathology. 

On  February  4th,  1871,  Dr.  Hering  wrote  a  letter  announc- 
ing his  and  Dr.  Raue's  resignation  at  the  close  of  the  term. 
At  a  Faculty  meeting  at  the  College  Building,  February  4tli, 
187 1,  the  following  resolutions  were  passed  : 

Resolved,  That  the  Faculty  have  learned  with  much  regret 
the  decision  of  Profs.  Hering  and  Raue  to  retire  from  their, 
respective  Chairs  ;  and  in  view  of  the  result  of  their  past 
labors  in  behalf  of  the  college,  we  desire  hereb}^  to  express 
our  appreciation  of  the  same  ;  and  we  also  tender  to  each 
of  them  our  sincere  and  warmest  regards,  and  our  best  wishes 
for  their  future  welfare  and  happiness. 

Resolved,  That  Profs.  Hering  and  Raue  be  hereby  declared 
Bmeritus  Professors  in  their  respective  branches,  and. 

Resolved,  That  the  Emeritus  Professors  be  hereby  invited 
to  deliver  each  a  short  course  of  lectures  in  the  curriculum 
on  such  subjects  as  they  may  designate. 

At  the  next  meeting,  however,  a  letter  was  received  from 
Dr.  Raue  declining  for  himself  and  Dr.  Hering  the  Emtritus 
professorships,  and  although  a  committee  was  appointed  to 
wait  upon  the  glentlemen  and  request  them  to  reconsider  their 
resolution  it  was  in  vain.  Their  association  with  the  College 
as  professors  ceased  from  this  time. 

Dr.  C.  C.  Smith  accepted  the  Chair  of  Practice  on  April  3d, 
but  resigned  it  on  April  7th,  "  for  reasons  which  I  consider 
sufficient." 

Dr.  Smith's  name  appears  in  the  pamphlet  statutes  pub- 
lished in  187 1. 

In  187 1,  the  changes  in  the  Hospital  and  College  relations 
rendered  it  necessary  to  make  some  changes  also  in  the  Boards 
of  Trustees.  The  announcement  of  1871-72  says  :  It  may  be 
well  to  state  here,  that  the  peculiar  organization  of  this  Col- 


1 86  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

lege  constitutes  the  Medical  Faculty  a  concurrent  Board  of 
Professorial  Trustees,  who  have  sole  direction  of  its  medical 
affairs,  except  as  to  confirmation  of  successful  candidates  for 
graduation,  by  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees  ;  and  to 
the  examination  of  candidates  by  the  Board  of  Curators  in 
special  cases.  This  fact,  with  the  life-tenure  of  office,  de- 
volves the  educational  responsibility  upon  those  best  fitted  to 
understand  the  case  ;  being,  at  the  same  time,  a  standing 
guarantee  and  stimulus  to  every  member  of  the  teaching 
body. 

In  September,  1870,  Dr.  Carroll  Dunham  again  wrote  an  offi- 
cial letter  as  Dean  of  the  New  York  Homoeopathic  College  in 
regard  to  the  question  of  the  graded  course.     It  is  as  follows: 

68  E.  I2TH  St.,  New  York,  September  15,  iSjo. 
C.  Hering,  M.  D.,  Dean  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia: 

My  Dear  Colleague  : 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Faculty  of  the  New  York  Homoeopathic  Medical 
College,  on  the  12th  inst.,  I  was  instructed  to  write  to  the  Dean  of  the 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  to  ask  the  views  and  in- 
tentions of  your  Faculty  respecting  an  attempt  to  carr}'  out  the  recom- 
mendations of  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy  respecting  a 
graded  course  of  study;  to  state  the  purpose  of  the  New  York  College, 
and  to  ascertain  whether,  and  how  far,  you  will  cooperate  with  us. 

The  laws  of  the  State  of  New  York  prescribe  the  number  of  years  of 
study  and  of  courses  of  lectures  requisite  for  graduation  in  our  col- 
leges, and  this  makes  it  somewhat  difficult  for  us  to  comply  with  the 
recommendations  of  the  Institute.  We  have  also  met  with  some  diffi- 
culties arising  from  the  recent  date  at  which  the  College  came  under 
the  control  of  the  present  Faculty. 

For  the  session  of  1870-71,  therefore,  we  shall  be  able  to  do  no  more 
than  the  following: 

To  first-course  students  we  shall  direct  that  they  give  exclusive  at- 
tention to  Anatomy,  Chemistry  and  Physiology,  giving  them  the 
option  of  a  final  examination  in  these  branches  at  the  end  of  the  ses- 
sion. In  their  second  session  these  students  will  attend  to  the  remain- 
ing branches  of  the  curriculum.  During  their  third  lecture  session 
they  will  attend  a  full  course,  constituting  their  second  "complete 
course." 

We  should  like  to  hear  from  our  colleagues  in  Philadelphia  on  this 
subject 

A  portion  of  our  Faculty  will  constitute  a  Board  of  tutors  for  the 
more  particular  benefit  of  the  first-course  students. 

Yours  truly, 

Carroll  Dunham,  Dean. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  1 87 

The  names  of  this  Board  appear  in  the  Announcement  for 
1871-72,  and  in  the  Charter  and  Statutes  pubHshed  in   1871. 

On  April  3,  1871,  Dr.  Dunham,  the  Dean  of  the  New- 
York  Homoeopathic  College,  sent  the  following  official  letter 
to  Hahnemann  College  : 

68  E.  12TH  St.,  New  York,  April  3,  1871. 
R.  KoCH,  M.  D.,  Registrar  Hahnemann  Med.  College  of  Philadelphia: 

Dear  Colleague:  The  Faculty  of  the  New  York  Homoeopathic  Medi- 
cal College  have  instructed  me  to  inform  the  Faculties  of  other  ho- 
mcEopathic  colleges  in  the  United  States  that  they  have  under  consid- 
eration the  following  proposition,  and  to  ask  whether  other  colleges 
will  unite  with  them  in  carrying  it  into  operation,  or  whether  they 
propose  any  similar  modification  of  the  methods  of  teaching  hitherto 
practised. 

The  proposition  is  as  follows: 

To  have  a  graded  course,  in  compliance  with  the  recommendations 
of  the  Institute.  The  student  to  attend  three  sessions  (or  winters). 
The  first  session  to  be  devoted  to  Anatomy,  Chemistry,  Physiology, 
Histology  and  Dissections.  The  second  session  to  Surgery,  Obstetrics, 
Gynecology,  Practice,  Materia  Medica,  Jurisprudence  and  Dissections, 
with  quizzes.  An  examination  optional  at  the  end  of  tho  second  year, 
in  every  Department  except  Surgery  and  Practice. 

The  third  year  to  be  a  complete  course,  with  clinics  and  quizzes. 
This  graded  course  to  be  optional  with  the  students.  The  inducement 
to  take  it  is  a  pecuniary  one  (in  addition  to  the  advantage  of  getting  a 
better  education),  as  follows: 

If  a  student  choose  to  complete  his  education  in  two  complete 
courses  of  lectures  as  at  present,  the  charge  to  be  the  same  as  in  allo- 
pathic colleges  (we  ought  not  to  admit  our  inferiority  to  these  by 
charging  a  smaller  fee,  as  we  now  do),  viz.,  for  each  course.  But  if  a 
student  will  take  the  graded  course,  let  him  have  his  tickets  for  the 
first  session  (partial  course)  for  $60;  and  those  for  the  second  session 
(partial  course  for  f6o;  and  those  for  the  third  session  (complete 
course)  for  |ioo,  making  the  total  lecture  fee  for  the  graded  course 
$220  against  I280  for  the  two  years'  course. 

You  will  perceive  that  this  proposition  contemplates  an  increase  in 
lecture  fees  throughout,  and  we  are  of  opinion  that  the  homoeopathic 
medical  colleges  ought  not  to  underbid  the  allopathic  colleges,  and  by 
so  doing  admit  an  inferiority  which  does  not  exist. 

Please  favor  us  with  as  early  a  response  as  is  practicable  and  believe 
me.  Yours  sincerely,  Carroi,Iv  Dunham,  Dean. 

Dr.  H.  N.  Guernsey  was  elected  to  the  Chair  of  Homoeo- 
pathic Institutes  and  Materia  Medica,  from  which  Dr.  Hering 
had  retired,  and  Dr.  Charles  H.  Haeseler,  of  Pottsville,  Pa., 


1 88  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

was  elected  to  the  Chair  of  Practice,  Special  Pathology  and 
Diagnostics,  left  vacant  by  Dr.  Raue. 

Dr.  Haeseler  had  delivered  a  lecture  during  the  prelimi- 
nary course,  and  was  asked  to  remove  to  Philadelphia  and 
accept  the  professorship. 

This  he  did,  but  early  in  the  session.  Some  difference  of 
opinion  occurred  between  the  Faculty  and  Dr.  Haeseler  re- 
garding certain  previous  methods  of  practice  on  his  part 
which  the  Faculty  declared  were  not  strictly  homoeopathic. 
The  matter  ended  in  the  resignation  of  Dr.  Haeseler,  in  a 
letter  dated  November  23,  187 1. 

At  a  Faculty  meeting  held  December  2,  1871,  after  Dr. 
Haeseler' s  resignation,  the  following  resolution   was   passed: 

Resolved,  That  the  Faculty  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical 
College,  regretting  the  apparent  necessity  for  Prof.  Haeseler' s 
resignation  from  the  College,  do  hereby  extend  to  him  the 
assurance  of  their  earnest  wishes  for  his  future  usefulness  and 
prosperity  and  of  their  personal  and  professional  friendship. 

Dr.  H.  N.  Martin  lectured  in  his  place  during  the  rest  of 
the  session. 

In  the  New  England  Medical  Gazette  for  September,  187 1, 
appears  the  following  : 

The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia. 

It  is  with  no  little  pride  that  the  friends  of  this  institution 
point  to  its  history,  present  condition,  and  future  prospects. 
The  oldest  homoeopathic  medical  school  in  the  world,  it  enters 
upon  its  twenty-fourth  year  with  the  most  ample  facilities  for 
instruction,  with  a  united  and  harmonious  faculty,  and  with 
prospects  for  the  future  of  the  most  flattering  character. 

Since  the  organization  of  the  school  in  1849,  there  have  ap- 
peared on  the  catalogue  of  its  faculty  the  following  well- 
known  names  :  Jacob  Jeanes,  Walter  Williamson,  Matthew 
Semple,  W.  A.  Gardiner,  A.  E.  Small,  Charles  Neidhard, 
I.  M.  Ward,  C.  J.  Hempel,  W.  Tod  Helmuth,  C.  Hering,  C. 
G.  Raue,  Ad.  Lippe,  and  A.  R.  Morgan,  with  others  scarcely 
less  distinguished;  while  the  present  faculty  includes  the  names 
of  many  men  who  have  had  a  long  experience  in  teaching, 
and  all  of  them  feel  that  interest  and  enthusiasm  in  their  sev- 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  189 

eral  branches  which  is  so  essential  for  reaching  the  highest 
success. 

The  alumni  of  the  institution  have  grown  to  be  a  faculty 
of  over  eight  hundred.  Among  them  are  not  only  many  who 
become  distinguished  as  physicians  and  surgeons,  but  several 
who  have  acquired  well-earned  reputations  as  editors,  authors, 
and  professors. 

From  the  accumulations  and  additions  of  nearly  a  quarter- 
century,  the  museum,  including  the  apparatus  and  material 
for  illustration  of  lectures,  has  become  so  ample  as  to  leave 
little  more  to  be  desired.  For  chemical  and  philosophi- 
cal experiments,  the  recent  addition  of  the  most  approved 
batteries  and  electrical  apparatus,  together  with  instruments 
which  are  the  property  of  the  professor,  give  the  most  ample 
facilities  ;  and  it  will  be  seen  by  a  glance  at  the  published 
catalogue  that  the  anatomical  museum  is  equalled  by  few 
among  the  older  institutions.  Here  are  catalogued  nearly 
five  thousand  specimens,  embracing  wet  and  dry  preparations 
of  every  portion  of  the  body,  over  nine  hundred  osteological 
specimens  and  pathological  illustrations,  many  of  the  latter 
being  in  wax  and  papier  mache,  and  a  set — sixty-eight 
pieces — of  the  celebrated  Auzaux  clastic  anatomical  models, 
from  Paris.  These  last  are  marvels  of  beautj^  of  finish  and 
and  accuracy  of  detail. 

The  materia  medica  department  contains  four  hundred  and 
twenty-eight  specimens  of  crude  drugs,  which,  with  a  large 
number  of  plates,  furnish  the  fullest  illustration  of  this 
branch. 

Lastly,  there  is  at  the  disposal  of  the  students  a  library  of 
nearly  one  thousand  volumes,  the  advantages  of  which  are 
sure  to  be  appreciated. 

The  session  of  1871-72,  commenced  with  a  preliminary 
course  on  Monday,  September25,  1871,  at  loA.  m.  The  intro- 
ductory lecture  of  the  regular  course  was  delivered  on  Mon- 
day, October  9,  by  Dr.  C.  H.  Haeseler.  There  were  124 
matriculants.  Dr.  C.  M.  Thomas  was  appointed  assistant 
Demonstrator  of  Anatomy  and  Curator  of  the  Museum.  He 
made  a  catalogue  of  the  Museum  and  Library,  which  is  of 
great  value  and  which  was  published  in  pamphlet  form. 


igo  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

The  Commencement  was  held  at  the  Academy  of  Music  on 
Monday,  March  ii,  1872,  at  11:30  a.  m.  The  Valedictory 
was  delivered  by  Dr.  A,  R.  Thomas.  There  were  51  grad- 
uates. As  was  customary  at  that  time,  the  new  doctors  be- 
came the  proud  recipients  of  flowers  galore,  and  presents  of 
books,  cases,  and  other  medical  paraphernalia. 

At  a  meeting  held  February  3,  1872,  it  was  decided  that 
honorable  mention  of  these  be  discontinued,  each  student 
should  be  informed  of  his  average  of  examination,  and  that 
every  student  receiving  above  an  average  of  80  "  shall  have 
honorable  mention  as  distinguished." 

So  far  as  the  compiler  has  been  able  to  discover  this  was 
done  onl}^  in  the  years  1872  and  1873. 

In  the  evening  the  Faculty  gave  a  banquet  to  the  Class 
at  the  Continental  Hotel.  Among  other  sentiments  the  re- 
sponse by  Dr.  ly.  C.  Morse  of  the  graduating  class  is  of  note. 
After  the  usual  retrospection  he  said  : 

' '  Our  lecture  days  are  over  now,  the  quizzing  all  is  past, 

The  climbing  of  those  winding  stairs  is  finished  now  at  last ; 

But  oft  amidst  the  struggles  of  busy  toilsome  life. 

Our  thoughts  shall  hurry  backward  from  out  the  weary  strife. 

To  those  old  college  lecture  rooms,  where  we  shall  sit  no  more. 

Where  other  crowds  shall  gather  to  drink  in  healing  lore. 

A  picture  then  of  anxious  days  shall  rise  within  each  mind. 

Of  points  so  tough  to  comprehend,  no  answer  could  we  find  ; 

Of  ghostly  drugs  and  ghostlier  names  with  "  keynotes"  in  their  train, 

All  mingled  in  one  whirling  maze  of  our  poor  troubled  brain. 

During  the  summer  of  1872-73  certain  changes  occurred  in 
the  Faculty.  Soon  after  the  close  of  the  session  it  was  deter- 
mined to  divide  some  of  the  chairs.  The  chair  of  Physiology, 
General  Pathology  and  Microscopic  Anatomy  had  been  held 
by  Dr.  Koch,  but  it  was  now  divided  and  a  chair  of  Physi- 
ology and  Microscopic  Anatomy  offered  to  Dr.  R.  J.  Mc- 
Clatchey,  who  declined.  Dr.  Koch  then  was  continued  in 
his  original  chair,  as  during  the  previous  session. 

But  the  chair  of  Practice  of  Medicine,  Special  Pathology 
and  Diagnosis,  from  which  Dr.  Haeseler  had  resigned,  was 
now  divided  into  two  chairs — that  of  Practice  and  Clinical 
Medicine,  and  that  of  Special  Pathology  and  Diagnostics. 
Professor  H.  N.  Martin,  who  had  the  chair  of  Clinical  Medi- 


MEDICAL  COLI.EGK  OP  PHII.ADELPHIA.  I91 

cine,  now  took  also  that  of  Practice  and.  Clinical  Medicine. 
Dr.  C.  C.  Smith  took  the  chair  of  Special  Pathology  and 
Diagnostics. 

There  were  also  appointed  for  the  first  time  a  corps  of 
quiz-masters,  as  follows  : 

Recitations.    Quiz-masters.    Assistants. 

Believing  that  regular  recitations  under  competent  quiz-masters  are 
essential  to  a  high  order  of  scholarship,  and  having,  by  resolution, 
abolished  all  private  quiz-classes;  and  realizing  the  obligation  to  pro- 
vide for  this  need  without  additional  expense  to  the  student,  the  Fac- 
ulty have  elected  the  gentlemen  named  as  quiz-masters  for  their  respec- 
tive chairs.  They,  as  employees  of  the  College,  will  give  their 
services  gratis  to  the  class.  The  quiz  will  be  attended  daily,  at  9  a.  m. 
Proficiency  in  the  same  will  be  noted  by  the  quiz-masters,  and  fairly 
considered  in  estimating  the  standing  of  the  students;  who  will  receive 
such  notice  of  their  success  as  may  from  time  to  time  seem  fitting. 

The  following  is  the  constitution  of  the  corps  of  quiz-masters  who  will 
also  act  as  assistants  to  the  several  professors,  in  the  preparation  of 
their  lectures;  and  as  demonstrators,  to  the  class. 

Institutes  and  Materia  Medica,  Joseph  C.  Guernsey,  M.  D.;  Surgery, 
Aug.  Korndcerfer,  M.  D.;  Practice  and  Clinical  Medicine,  B.  F.  Betts, 
M.  D.;  Special  Pathology  and  Diagnostics,  Wm.  O.  Griggs,  M.  D.; 
Anatomy,  Wm.  H.  Keim,  M.  D.;  Natural  Philosophy,  Chemistry, 
and  Toxicology,  Walter  M.  James,  M.  D.;  A.  C.  Rembaugh,  M.  D.; 
Midwifery  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children,  M.  S.  Williamson, 
M.  D. ;  Clinical  Surgery,  D.  H.  Bradley,  M.  D.;  Physiology,  General 
Pathology,  and  Microscopic  Anatomy,  Wm,  H.  Bigler,  M.  D. 

Previous  to  this  there  had  been  private  quizzes,  but  they 
were  now  abolished  and  these  quiz-masters  were  paid  by  the 
College. 

The  following  notable  Resolution  appears  at  a  Faculty 
meeting  held  August  30,  1872: 

Whereas,  Our  colleague,  E.  Houard,  M.  D.,  late  of 
Cuba,  after  great,  and,  as  we  believe,  undeserved  sufferings, 
has  arrived  in  this  city,  therefore. 

Resolved,  That  the  Faculty  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  of  Philadelphia  hereby  tender  to  Dr.  E.  Houard  their 
steadfast  sympathy  in  his  trials,  and  respectfully  invite  him 
to  visit  our  College  and  Hospital  at  his  convenience,  and  also 
to  deliver  one  or  more  lectures  during  the  ensuing  prelimi- 
nary course  of  the  College  on  such  subjects  as  he  may 
select. 


192  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

The  preliminary  session  of  1872-73  commenced  on  Sep- 
tember 30,  at  10  A.  M.  by  a  lecture  by  Dr.  Koch  on  the 
Physiology  of  Plants. 

This  course  continued  until  October  12.  The  regular 
course  was  inaugurated  on  Monday,  October  14,  at  noon, 
the  introductory  lecture  being  delivered  by  Dr.  C.  C.  Smith. 
There  were  no  matriculants.  Dr.  W.  H.  Keini  now  became 
assistant  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  with  Dr.  CM.  Thomas 
as  Curator  of  the  Museum,  Dr.  M.  S.  Williamson  as  I^ibrarian. 

The  Commencement  was  held  at  the  Academy  of  Music,  as 
usual,  on  Monday,  March  10,  1873,  at  noon.  The  Valedic- 
tory was  by  Malcolm  Macfarlan.     There  were  47  graduates. 

According  to  a  recent  rule  decided  upon  by  the  Faculty 
the  names  of  twenty  of  the  graduates  were  read  as  distin- 
guished from  having  received  an  average  of  over  85  voted 
for  graduation  in  a  possible  average  of  90. 

So  large  was  the  audience  at  this  commencement  that 
many  were  obliged  to  go  away,  every  seat  being  filled. 


MEDICAL  COLIvEGE  OF  PHII^ADELPHIA,  1 93 


CHAPTER  XXIX. 

1873-79. 

As  has  previously  been  stated,  the  Hospital  question  en- 
tered largely  into  the  histor}^  of  the  College  during  the  years 
1871,  '72  and  '73.  This  will  be  mentioned  in  the  chapter 
on  the  Hospital. 

During  the  summer  of  1873  some  changes  were  made  in 
the  Faculty.  Dr.  Richard  Koch,  Professor  of  Physiology, 
retired  from  the  Faculty  and  from  the  College. 

Dr.  B.  F.  Betts,  but  a  short  time  before  returned  from  Eu- 
rope, took  the  Chair  of  Physiology  and  Microscopic  Anatomy. 
Dr.  E.  A.  Farrington,  who  had  lectured  on  Forensic  Medi- 
cine, now  assumed  the  Chair  of  General  and  Special  Path- 
ology and  Diagnosis.  Dr.  H.  N.  Martin's  Chair  now  in- 
cluded Practice  of  Medicine  and  Diseases  of  Children.  Dr. 
C.  C.  Smith's  Chair  was  called  Institutes  and  Clinical  Medi- 
cine. J.  T.  Pratt,  Esq.,  was  appointed  Lecturer  on  Forensic 
Medicine.  Dr.  J.  N.  Mitchell  was  appointed  Assistant  Dem- 
onstrator of  Anatomy. 

The  corps  of  quiz-masters  was  as  follows: 

Materia  Medica,  Joseph  C.  Guernsey,  M.  D. ;  Surgery,  William  O. 
Griggs,  M.  D. ;  Practice  of  Medicine  and  Diseases  of  Children  (to  be 
filled);  Anatomy,  J.  N.  Mitchell,  M.  D.;  Natural  Philosophy,  Chemis- 
try, and  Toxicology,  E.  B.  Stephens,  M.  D.;  Midwifery  and  Diseases 
of  Women  and  Infants  (to  be  filled);  Clinical  Surgery,  George  H. 
Clark,  M.  D.;  Institutes  and  Clinical  Medicing  (to  be  filled);  General 
and  Special  Pathology  and  Diagnosis  (to  be  filled);  Physiology  and 
Microscopic  Anatomy,  David  M.  Castle,  M.  D. 

An  interesting  opinion  in  regard  to  the  powers  of  Hahne- 
mann College  was  asked  of  Mr.  Pratt,  just  before  the  open- 
ing of  this  session.     His  answer  explains: 

PHILADKI.PHIA,  October  i,  1873. 
My  Dear  Sir:  I  have  been  waiting  to  hear  from  you  again  respect- 
ing the  question  referred  to  me  by  you  some  time  since  with  reference 
14 


194  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

to  the  power  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  to  confer  the  degree 
of  Doctor  of  Medicine  upon  a  person  who  has  taken  only  one  course 
of  Lectures,  but  who  is  able  now  to  pass  with  credit  all  the  examina- 
tions required  of  a  second-course  student  up  for  final  examination.  I 
have  consulted  with  care  the  various  Acts  of  Assembly  from  which  you 
derive  all  your  authority  and  beyond  which  you  cannot  legally  go.  It 
is  a  well-settled  principle,  that  in  ascertaining  the  powers  of  a  corpora- 
tion, the  charter  must  be  strictly  construed,  and  if  there  is  any  doubt 
as  to  whether  or  not  a  certain  power  is  conferred,  the  doubt  operates 
against  the  corporation  and  against  the  exercise  of  such  questionable 
privilege.  As  you  know,  the  charter  of  your  Institution  was  made  by 
merging  the  Washington  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  afterwards 
the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  and  the  Homoeo- 
pathic Medical  College.  The  former  was  incorporated  in  1852  and  the 
name  changed  in  1867.  The  latter  was  incorporated  in  1865,  and  the 
Act  merging  the  two  Institutions  was  approved  April,  1869.  Afterwards, 
in  1870,  there  was  a  supplement  passed,  whereby  the  Trustees^  etc.,  of 
the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  the  Trustees  of  the  Homoeopathic 
College  should  convene  to  elect  permanent  officers  and  prepare  by-laws, 
etc.  It  is  by  virtue  of  these  various  Acts  that  your  Institution  derives 
all  its  authority.  In  the  charter  of  the  Washington  Medical  College 
great  powers  were  conferred.  That  Institution  could  grant  degrees 
and  give  diplomas  ad  libitum,  no  especial  qualification  being  required, 
only  a  compliance  with  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Institution, 
which,  of  course,  the  College  had  powers  to  make  for  itself.  The  Ho- 
moeopathic Medical  College,  by  Section  IV  of  the  Act  of  Incorporation, 
could  confer  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine  upon  any  such  person  as 
shall  have  attended  two  courses  of  Lectures  in  Medicine,  completed  a 
course  of  study,  and  who  possesses  the  qualifications  usually  required 
of  candidates  for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine  in  other  medical  col- 
leges, as  also  from  Homoeopathy.  In  the  Act  of  1869,  combining  these 
last-mentioned  Institutions,  especial  mention  is  made  of  the  fourth 
section  of  the  Act  of  1865,  modifying  it  somewhat,  but  by  making  ref- 
erence thereto  it  would  appear  that  the  intention  of  the  Legislature 
was  to  especially  re-enact  the  particular  section,  and  even  if  no  such 
special  reference  was  made,  the  effect  of  combining  the  provisions  of 
two  Acts  of  Assembly  somewhat  contradictory  in  their  provisions 
would  be  that  the  last  Act  would  be  authoritative  in  construing  the  two 
together.  I  am  therefore  of  opinion  that  you  cannot  legally  grant  the 
degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine  to  any  person  unless  such  person  shall 
have  attended  two  courses  of  Medical  Lectures,  completed  a  course  of 
study,  and  unless,  in  addition,  he  shall"  possess  the  qualifications  re- 
quired of  candidates  for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine  in  other 
medical  colleges  of  the  State  and  a  knowledge  of  Homoeopathy;  all 
being  indispensable  and  are  under  your  discretion,  but  the  first  requi- 
site, that  such  person  shall  attend  two  courses  of  Medical  Lectures  be- 
fore receiving  the  degree,  is  essential,. and  to  grant  the  degree  without 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  1 95 

this  prerequisite  would  be  without  authority,  and  would,  if  it  were 
known,  endanger  your  corporate  privileges.     Very  respectfully, 

J.  T.  Pratt. 

As  usual,  there  was  a  preliminary  course,  the  first  lecture 
of  which  was  delivered  September  29th,  at  10  a.  m. 

The  Regular  Course  of  the  session  of  i873-'4  was  opened 
by  Prof.  O.  B.  Gause,  his  introductory  address  being  deliv- 
ered at  noon  on  Monday,  October  13,  1873. 

The  Commencemont  was  held  at  the  Academy  of  Music  on 
Tuesday,  March  10,  1874,  at  11  o'clock.  The  Valedictory 
was  by  Dr.  John  C.  Morgan.  There  were  27  graduates.  In 
the  evening  a  banquet  was  given  at  the  Continental  Hotel. 

In  June,  1874,  the  resignation  of  Dr.  Henry  N.  Guernsey 
was  accepted.  Dr.  Guernsey  retired  from  the  Chair  of  Ma- 
teria Medicaand  from  the  office  of  Dean,  and  was  made  Emer- 
itus Professor  of  Materia  Medica.  Dr.  E.  A.  Farrington 
was  elected  to  the  Chair  of  Materia  Medica  in  his  place. 

A  Circular  Announcement  was  issued  early  in  the  summer. 
In  this,"  notice  was  given  of  the  following  prizes.  It  was  the 
first  time  prizes  had  been  offered  by  the  College: 

Prizes. 

The  following  prizes  will  be  given  to  students  passing  the  best  ex- 
amination in  all  branches; 

First  prize,  microscope,  |8o;  second  prize,  an  office  case  of  medi- 
cines, 200th  potencies,  $50;  third  prize,  a  case  of  surgical  instruments, 
f  20;  Professor  Martin  offers  a  prize  for  the  best  essay  on  Morbus 
Brig/itii,  Yalue  $2s;  Professor  Thomas  offers  a  prize  for  the  best  dis- 
section, value  $25;  Professor  Gause  offers  three  prizes,  obstetrical  for- 
ceps, one  to  each  of  the  three  students  who  shall  pass  the  best  exami- 
ination  in  his  branch;  Professor  Farrington  offers  a  prize  for  the  best 
essay  on  any  medicine  in  the  Materia  Medica,  value  $25.  No  prizes 
will  be  granted  except  for  Superior  Merit. 

The  List  of  Prizes  also  appeared  in  the  regular  announce- 
ment.    The  quiz-masters  were  as  follows: 

They,  as  employes  of  the  College,  will  give  their  services  gratis,  to 
the  class.     The  quiz  will  be  attended  daily,  at  9  A.  m. 

The  following  is  the  constitution  of  the  corps  of  quiz-masters,  who  will 
also  act  as  assistants  to  the  several  professors,  in  the  preparation  of 
their  lectures,  and  as  demonstrators,  to  the  class: 

Surgery,  William  O.  Griggs,  M.  D. ;    Practice  of  Medicine,  General 


196  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

and  Special  Pathology  and  Diagnosis,  Wm.  M.  Zerns,  M.  D.;  Anat- 
omy, J.  N.  Mitchell,  M.  D.;  Natural  Philosophy,  Chemistry  and  Toxi- 
cology, E.  B.  Stephens,  M.  D.;  Midwifery  and  Diseases  of  Women  and 
Children,  David  M.  Castle,  M.  D.;  Clinical  Surgery,  Institutes  and  Clin- 
ical Medicine  (to  be  filled);  Materia  Medica,  T.  S.  Dunning,  M.  D.; 
Physiology  and  Microscopic  Anatomy  (to  be  filled). 

It  was  during  this  summer  that,  on  the  retirement  of  Dr. 
H.  N.  Guernsey,  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas  was  appointed  Dean,  a 
position  he  very  worthily  filled  until  his  death  in  1895. 

The  Preliminary  Session  commenced  on  Monday,  Septem- 
ber 28,  1874,  at  10  A.  M.,  at  the  College  building.  The  in- 
itial lecture  of  the  Regular  Course  was  delivered  by  Prof.  E. 
A.  Farrington,  on  Monday  noon  of  October  12,  at  the  Col- 
lege.    There  were  138  matriculants. 

On  September  21,  1874,  the  Faculty  issued  "An  Impor- 
tant Announcement. ' '  It  was  of  the  following  Corps  of  Sur- 
geons: John  C.  Morgan,  Uterine  Surgery;  M.  Macfarlan, 
Clinical  Surgery,  including  Therapeutics;  J.  Hamilton  Mac- 
Cormac,  Principles  of  Surgery;  Charles  M.  Thomas,  Demon- 
strative Surgery. 

During  this  summer  Dr.  J.  C.  Morgan  resigned  from  the 
chair  of  Surgery  and  his  resignation  was  accepted  by  the 
Faculty,  and  arrangements  were  made  with  Dr.  J.  C.  Mac- 
Cormac  to  lecture  on  surgery,  but  Dr.  Morgan  was  asked  in 
November  to  deliver  the  lectures  and  did  so,  and  examined 
the  students. 

To  Dr.  Martin's  chair  was  added  that  of  Dr.  Farrington  of 
the  previous  year — so  that  it  became — Practice  of  Medicine, 
General  and  Special  Pathology  and  Diagnostics.  Diseases  of 
Children  was  assigned  to  the  chair  of  Obstetrics. 

At  a  meeting  on  March  6,  1875,  held  for  the  purpose  of 
ballotting  on  candidates  for  graduation,  objection  was  made 
by  one  member  of  the  Faculty  to  conferring  the  degree  of 
the  College  upon  Messrs.  F.  F.  F.,  C.  A.  J.,  J.  A. 
O.,  S.  M.  C.  He  said  that  he  had  refused  to  examine 
these  men  upon  their  presenting  a  permit  from  the  Dean, 
and  that  his  reasons  were  that  they  had  not  complied 
with  the  regulations  of  the  College,  in  that  they  had  not  at- 
tended the  required  course  or  courses  of  lectures. 

The  Dean  and  members  of  the  Faculty  stated  that  these 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  1 97 

gentlemen  had  complied  with  the  spirit  of  the  regulations  and 
that  in  all  the  eight  branches  in  which  they  had  been  exam- 
ined they  had  proved  themselves  proficient. 

The  matter  was  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  eminent  lawyer, 
Benjamin  Harris  Brewster,  and  after  getting  his  opinion  the 
gentlemen  were  given  the  regular  degree  of  the  College. 

Among  the  College  papers  is  a  check  drawn  to  Mr. 
Brewster's  order  for  $50.  This  check  is  dated  March  8, 
1875.     The  following  is  the  opinion  : 

Cases  Submitted.     Statements. 
ist.  C.  A.  J. 

(a)  Has  had  two  courses  in  the  Medical  Department  of  the  University 
of  Vermont,  not  graduating,  however. 

(b)  Has  been  in  practice  for  two  years. 

(c)  Announced  his  desire,  early  in  September  last,  to  matriculate  and 
his  intention  of  so  doing  by  January  ist. 

(d)  Was  unable  to  leave  his  practice  until  February  ist. 

(e)  Paid  all  fees  on  February  3d. 

(f)  Passed  a  satisfactory  examination. 

Objection  :  That  said  J.  has  attended  but  one  month's  lectures. 


Case  II. 
F.  F.  F.  ■ 

(a)  Graduated  regularly  at  Jefferson   Medical  College   of  this   city 
five  years  ago. 

(b)  Matriculated   at   Hahnemann  Medical    College    on    September 
2Sth. 

(c)  Paid  lecture  fees  in  October. 

(d)  Passed  a  satisfactory  examination. 

Objection  :    That  he  has  been  personally  present  at   but  a  dozen 
lectures,  more  or  less. 


Case  'III. 
J.  A.  O. 

(a)  Matriculated  for  first  course  on  September  ist,  1873.      Paid   full 
fees  for  same. 

(b)  Matriculated  for  second  course  and  paid  full  fees  October  27th, 
1874. 

(c)   Passed  a  satisfactory  examination. 


198  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

Objection  :  That  during  the  course  of  1873-' 74  he  did  not  attend  more 
than  half  a  dozen  of  lectures. 

Admitted:  That  his  attendance  during  the  2d  course  has  been  con- 
stant. 


Case  IV. 
S.  M.  C. 

(a)  Matriculated  and  paid  full  fees  for  first  course,  October  31st,  1873. 

(b)  Matriculated  and  paid  full  fees  for  second  course,  October  17th, 
1874. 

(c)  Passed  a  satisfactory  examination. 

Objection:  That  during  the  course  of  1 873-' 74  he  did  not  attend 
more  than  half  a  dozen  of  lectures. 

Admitted:  That  his  attendance  during  the  2d  course  has  been  con- 
stant. 


Queries. 

1st.  Can  the  College  lawfully  confer  the  regular  degree  of  M.  D.  on 
either  or  all  of  the  above  ? 

2d.  Can  the  Special  Degree  (by  Article  XXVIII. )  be  conferred  on 
either  or  all  of  the  above  ? 

3d.  If  the  right  of  the  college  is  clear  to  present  either  or  all  of  the 
above  students  for  examination,  has  any  single  professor  (being  in  the 
minority)  a  right  to  refuse  said  examination  to  said  student  or  stu- 
dents ? 

4th.  In  case  any  professor  persists  in  a  refusal  to  examine  any  stu- 
dent or  students  sent  before  him  by  the  faculty,  what  are  the  rights  of 
the  faculty  against  such  professor  ? 

5th.  What  rights  has  the  injured  student  against  such  professor — 
since  his  recusancy  works  to  the  student's  personal  injury  ? 

6th.  What  rights  has  the  refused  student  against  the  faculty,  if  they 
fail  to  compel  the  recusant  professor  to  conform  to  their  order  for  ex- 
amination ? 


To  the  above  cases  are  questions  I  answer  as  follows  : 
To  the  first  question  :  It  can. 
To  the  second  question  :  It  can. 

To  the  third  question  :  It  is  the  duty  of  all  the  professors  to  examine 
said  students. 

To  the  fourth  question  :    If  a  professor  should  persist  in  refusing  to 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  I99 

examine  said  students  the  other  professors  can  bestow  the  degree, 
wholly  disregarding  his  refusal. 

To  the  fifth  question  I  answer  :  If  the  faculty  shall  bestow  the  degree 
notwithstanding  the  refusal  of  a  professor  then  the  student  will  have  no 
occasion  for  further  remedy. 

To  the  sixth  question  I  answer  :  In  such  an  event  the  student  could 
oblige  the  faculty  by  legal  proceedings  to  accord  him  his  rights. 

Benjamin  Harris  Brewster. 
Monday,  8th  March,  '75. 

The  Commencement  of  1875  was  held  at  the  Academy  of 
Music  on  Wednesday,  March  loth,  at  11  o'clock.  The  Val- 
edictorian was  Dr.  O.  B.  Gause.  There  were  fifty-one  grad- 
uates. For  the  first  time  prizes  were  awarded  from  the  stage 
as  follows  :  First  prize,  a  valuable  microscope,  presented  to 
Dr,  George  W.  Dietz,  of  Prussia.  Second  prize,  an  office 
case  of  medicines,  to  George  A.  Evans,  M.  D.,  of  Minnesota. 
Third  prize,  a  case  of  surgical  instruments,  to  Dr.  Robert  Iv. 
Dartt,  of  Pennsylvania. 

Prof.  Gause  presented  obstetrical  forceps  to  the  following 
gentlemen,  respectively,  for  excellent  written  examinations 
in  obstetrics  :  Geo.  A.  Evans,  M.  D.,  of  Minnesota;  Samuel 
M.  Cleveland,  M.  D.,  of  Philadelphia,  and  Robert  h.  Dartt, 
M.  D,,  of  Pennsylvania. 

Prof.  Martin's  prize,  a  case  of  diagnostic  instruments,  was 
awarded  to  E.  S.  Breyfogle,  M.  D.,  of  Ohio. 

Prof.  Thomas'  prize,  a  post-mortem  case  of  instruments, 
was  presented  to  James  H.  Hamer,  M.  D.,  of  Pennsylvania. 

In  the  evening  the  faculty  gave  their  usual  annual  banquet 
at  the  Continental  Hotel,  at  which  about  one  hundred  were 
present. 

There  is  some  difference  in  the  appearance  of  the  treas- 
urer's account  now  from  that  of  the  first  j'ears  of  the  college. 
The  account  for  1875  figures  $10,693.85. 

During  this  summer  Dr.  C.  B.  Knerr  was  appointed  Lec- 
turer on  Physical  Diagnosis  and  lyaryngoscopy.  Dr.  C.  M. 
Thomas  became  Demonstrator  of  Surgery.  Dr.  J.  C.  Morgan 
was  made  Emeritus  Professor  of  Surgery.  Dr.  A.  Varona, 
of  New  York,  delivered  lectures  on  the  Principles  of  Surgery. 

The  Summer  Course  is  advertised  in  the  Announcement  for 
1 875-' 76  as  follows  : 


200  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

Several  members  of  the  regular  Faculty,  together  with  their  assist- 
ants, all  of  whom  have  had  experience  as  teachers,  have  volunteered 
to  organize  and  conduct  a  Summer  Course  of  Instruction,  commencing 
the  last  of  March,  and  ending  the  last  of  June,  upon  such  branches  as 
the  limited  time  allowed  for  the  winter  session  renders  it  impossible 
to  properly  elucidate. 
The  subjects  taught  in  this  course  will  embrace  the  following  : 
Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Organs  of  Sense. — By  A.  R.  Thomas, 
M.  D.;  Diseases  of  the  Larynx.— By  C.  B.  Knerr,  M.  D.;  Ophthal- 
mology.— By  Charles  M.  Thomas,  M.  D.;  Diseases  of  the  Skin. — By 
Matthew  S.  Williamson,  M.  D.;  O.  B.  Cause,  M.  D.,  and  J.  N. 
Mitchell,  M.  D.;  Diseases  of  Women.— By  H.  Noah  Martin,  M.  D., 
and  D.  M.  Castle,  M.  D.;  Materia  Medica.— By  E.  A.  Far- 
rington,  M.  D.,  and  T.  S.  Dunning,  M.  D.;  Clinical  Sur- 
gery.— By  M.  Macfarlan,  M.  D.;  Clinical  Medicine.— By  C.  C.  Smith, 
M.  D.;  Botany. — By  G.  W.  Dietz,  M.  D.  The  department  of  Practical 
Anatomy  will  be  under  the  charge  of  D/-.  R.  B.  Weaver,  the  Demon 
strator,  as  during  the  winter  course. 

FkES. 

Registration  Fee,  to  all  persons  including  Graduates  .    .    .    .  $  5  oo 

Undergraduates,  in  addition, 10  00 

Graduates  of  other  schools, 10  00 

For  other  particulars,  Address, 

A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  Dean, 

No.  937  Spruce  Street, 
or,  O.  B.  Gause,  M.  D.,  Registrar, 

No.  140  North  Twelfth  Street. 

The  professors  at  the  summer  course  of  1875  each  received 
the  munificent  sum  of  from  $5.85  to  $11.70. 
The  quizmasters  of  1 875-' 76  were  as  follows  : 
Surgery,  Chas.  M.  Thomas,  M.  D.;  Practice  of  Medicine,  Pathology 
and  Diagnostics,  Wm.  M.  Zerns,  M.  D. ;  Anatomy,  Geo.  W.  Dietz, 
M.  D.;  Natural  Philosophy,  Chemistry  and  Toxicology,  (to  be  filled); 
Midwifery  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children,  David  M.  Castle, 
M.  D. ;  Clinical  Surgery,  (to  be  filled);  Institutes  and  Clinical  Medicine, 
Chas.  Mohr,  Jr.,  M.  D.;  Materia  Medica,  T.  S.  Dunning,  M.  D.; 
Physiology  and  Microscopic  Anatomy,  Wm.  J.  Griffith,  M.  D. 

The  prizes  offered  were  : 

First  prize,  Hahnemann  gold  medal  ;  second  prize,  Hahnemann 
silver  medal  ;  third  prize,  Hahnemann  bronze  medal. 

Prof.  Martin  offers  a  prize  for  the  best  essay  on  Angina  Pectoris. 
Value  I25. 

Prof.  Thomas  offers  a  prize  of  a  case  of  surgiral  instruments  for  the 
best  dissection. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  20I 

The  Preliminary  Course  commenced  Monday,  September 
27,  at  the  usual  hour  of  10  o'clock.  The  first  lecture  was  by 
Dr.  J.  K.  Lee.  The  regular  session  opened  at  noon  on  Mon- 
day, October  nth,  1875.  The  Introductory  was  by  Dr.  B. 
Frank  Betts.     There  were  133  matriculants. 

The  Commencement  of  1876  was  held  in  the  Academy  of 
Music  on  Thursday,  March  9th,  at  11  o'clock.       Dr.  E.  A. 
Farrington  delivered  the  Valedictory.     There  were  54  grad- 
uates and  3  honorary. 

Three  College  prizes  were  awarded  by  the  Faculty,  and 
presented  by  Prof.  O.  B.  Gause  :  ist,  a  Hahnemann  gold 
medal  to  George  S  Adams,  of  Massachusetts  ;  Hahnemann 
silver  medal  to  Francis  T.  Burck,  of  Maryland  ;  Hahnemann 
bronze  medal  to  Frank  A.  Bishop,  New  York.  Dr.  W.  H. 
Bigler  then  presented  the  prize  offered  by  Dr.  A .  R  Thomas 
for  the  best  dissection,  a  case  of  surgical  instruments,  to  Horace 
G.  Griffith,  of  Pennsylvania.  Dr.  Varona  distributed  the 
bouquets  and  gifts. 

Instead  of  the  banquet  at  the  Continental  Hotel  there  was 
a  reception  to  the  students  at  the  residence  of  Dr.  H.  N. 
Martin. 

At  the  end  of  this  session  there  were  certain  changes  in  the 
Faculty.  Dr.  J.  C.  Morgan,  who  had  the  previous  session 
become  Emeritus  Professor  of  Surgery,  retired  altogether. 

Dr.  J.  H.  McClelland,  of  Pittsburgh,  was  appointed  Pro- 
fessor of  Principles  of  Surgery  and  Clinical  Surgery,  while 
Dr.  C.  M.  Thomas,  became  Lecturer  on  Clinical  and  Opera- 
tive Surgery.  Dr.  H.  N.  Martin  retired  from  Practice  of 
Medicine,  Pathology  and  Diagnosis,  and  Dr.  J.  P.  Dake,  of 
Pittsburgh,  took  the  chair  which  was  called  Pathology,  and 
Principles  and  Practice  of  Medicine.  Dr.  Macfarlan,  who 
had  been  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery,  retired,  and  his  chair 
was  united  with  that  of  Surgery  under  Dr.  McClelland.  Dr. 
C.  C.  Smith's  Chair  of  Institutes  and  Clinical  Medicine  was 
abolished  ;  Dr.  Hering  became  Emeritus  Professor  of  Insti- 
tutes and  Materia  Medica,  and  Dr.  Aug.  Korndoerfer  became 
Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine. 

Dr.  B.  F.  Betts,  who  had  lectured  on  Physiology  and 
Microscopic  Anatomy,  now  assumed  the  chair  of  Gynaecology. 


202  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

Dr.  Pemberton  Dudley  was  elected  to  the  Chair  of  Physi- 
ology and  Microscopic  Anatomy.  Dr.  J.  H.  Warrington  be- 
came Demonstrator  of  Chemistry,  Dr.  J.  N.  Mitchell,  Demon- 
strator of  Obstetrics;  Dr.  CM.  Thomas,  Lecturer  on  Opera- 
tive and  Clinical  Surgery. 

The  Summer  Course  of  1876  commenced  on  Monday, 
March  27th,  ended  and  June  i8th.    To  quote: 

Several  members  of  the  regular  Faculty,  together  with  their  assist- 
ants, all  of  whom  have  had  experience  as  teachers,  have  volunteered  to 
organize  and  conduct  a  summer  course  of  instruction,  commencing  the 
last  of  March,  and  ending  the  last  of  June,  upon  such  branches  as  the 
limited  time  allowed  for  the  winter  session  renders  it  impossible  to 
properly  elucidate. 

The  subjects  taught  in  this  course  will  embrace  the  following  : 

Comparative  Anatomy — By  A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D.;  Diseases  of  the 
Larynx  and  Ear— By  M.  M.  Walker,  M.  D.;  Ophthalmology  and  Clin- 
ical Surgery — By  Charles  M.  Thomas,  M.  D. ;  Diseases  of  Women — By 
J.  N.  Mitchell,  M.  D.;  Diseases  of  Children— By  D.  M.  Castle,  M.  D.; 
Materia  Medica — By  E.  A.  Farrington,  M.  D.,  and  T.  S.  Dunning, 
M.  D.;  Clinical  Medicine— By  H.  N.  Martin,  M.  D. ,  Botany— By  Prof. 
E.  M.  Howard  ;  Toxicology — By  Prof.  J.  H.  Warrington.  The  depart- 
ment of  Practical  Anatomy  will  be  under  the  charge  of  Dr.  R.  B. 
Weaver,  the  Demonstrator,  as  during  the  wdnter  course. 

Fees. 

Registration  Fee,  to  all  persons,  including  graduates,  .    .    ■  $  5  00 

Under-graduates,  in  addition, .    .     10  00 

Graduates  of  other  schools,         10  00 

The  quiz- masters  of  this  session  were  as  follows  : 

The  following  is  the  constitution  of  the  corps  of  quiz-masters,  who 
will  also  act  as  assistants  to  the  several  professors  in  the  preparation  of 
their  lectures,  and  as  Demonstrators  to  the  class  : 

Surgery,  G.  S.  Adams,  M.  D.;  Pathology  and  Principles  and  Practice 
of  Medicine,  Wra.  M.  Zerns,  M.  D. ;  Anatomy,  J.  H.  Hamer,  M.  D.; 
Natural  Philosophy,  Chemistry  and  Toxicology,  Prof  J.  H.  Warring- 
ton ;  Obstetrics,  David  M.  Castle,  M.  D.;  Clinical  Surgery,  Chas. 
Mohr,  Jr.,  M.  D.;  Institutes  and  Materia  Medica,  T.  S.  Dunning,  M.  D.; 
Physiology,  J.  B.  S.  Egee,  M.  D.;  Gynecology,  Geo.  F.  Parke,  M.  D 

It  was  decided,  at  a  meeting  September  30,  1876,  that  at 
the  close  of  a  student's  first  or  second  course  of  lectures  he 
could  receive  a  final  examination,  the  percentage  of  his 
standing  in  Anatomy,  Physiology,  Chemistry  and  Pharmacy 
being  marked  upon  his  tickets. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  203 

At  this  same  meeting  it  was  decided  to  admit  the  deserving 
sons  of  poor  clergymen  for  one-half  the  usual  lecture  fees. 

The  College  journal,  the  American  Jour7ial  of  Homoeo- 
pathic Materia  Medica,  that  had  not  been  a  paying  venture 
was  given  up  during  this  summer,  virtually  being  absorbed 
in  the  Hahneman7iian  Monthly,  with  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas  as 
associate  editor  of  that  journal. 

The  Preliminary  Course  was  opened  on  September  27, 
1876,  by  a  lecture  by  Prof.  Hiram  Corson,  of  Cornell  Univer- 
sity. The  title  was  "  The  Claims  of  Literary  Culture,"  and  it 
was  afterwards  printed.  It  deals  with  the  advantage  of  prelimi- 
narj-  education  for  the  physician  and  is  .sound  and  of  consid- 
erable use  to  students.  This  Preliminary  Course  occupied 
but  one  week  instead  of  two,  as  heretofore.  The  Regular 
Course  commenced  on  Monday,  October  2,  1876,  at  8  p.  m. 
The  Introductory  was  delivered  by  Prof.  J.  P.  Dake.  There 
were  154  matriculates. 

The  Commencement  occurred  on  Thursday,  March  8,  1877, 
at  the  Academy  of  Music,  at  11  o'clock  a.  m.  Prof.  B.  F. 
Betts  was  Valedictorian.  There  were  5 1  graduates  and  Drs. 
Clotar  Miiller  and  Richard  Hughes  received  honorary  de- 
grees. 

Dr.  J.  P.  Dake  presented  the  Hahnemann  Gold  medal  to 
Dr.  E.  R.  Corson,  the  Hahnemann  Silver  medal  to  Dr.  George 
Allen,  and  the  Hahnemann  Bronze  medal  to  Dr.  E.  M. 
Howard. 

The  Spring  Course  commenced  on  Monday,  March  12  and 
continued  until  Saturday,  June  2,  1877.  The  tickets  for 
full  Course  were  $15.00. 

The  quiz-masters  for  the  session  of  i877-'78  were  as  follows: 

The  Faculty  have  secured  the  assistance  of  the  following-named 
physicians,  who  will  act  as  quizzators  during  the  session:  Anatomy, 
W.  M.  GrifHth,  M.  D.;  Chemistry,  J.  H.  Warrington,  M.  D. ;  Obstet- 
rics, E.  M.  Howard,  M.  D. ;  Institutes  and  Materia  Medica  *  *  *  ; 
Gj'nsecology,  Geo.  F.  Parke,  M.  D.;  Practice  of  Medicine,  Wm.  M. 
Zerns,  M.  D.;  Clinical  Medicine,  Chas.  Mohr.,  Jr.,  M.  D.;  Physiology, 
G.  W.  Smith,  M.  D. ;  Surgery  and  Clinical  Surgery,  G.  S.  Adams, 
M.  D. 

Dr.  J.  P.  Dake,  on  account  of  the  ill  health  of  his  wife, 
resigned  at  the  end  of  the  session.     Dr.  J.  R.  McClatchey 


204  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

was  elected  to  the  vacant  Chair  of  Pathology  and  Practice  of 
Medicine.  Dr.  J.  E.  James  became  Adjunct  to  the  Chair  of 
Surgery.  Dr.  A.  C.  Cowperthwait,  I^ecturer  on  Diseases  of 
the  Mind  and  Nervous  System. 

The  Introductory  to  the  session  1 877-' 78  was  delivered  by 
Dr.  J.  H.  McClelland,  October  i,  1877,  at  3:30  p.  m. 

The  Commencement  of  the  session  of  i877-'78,  was  held  at 
the  Academy  of  Music,  on  Monday,  March  11,  1878,  at  noon, 
Dr.  Aug.  Korndoerfer  being  Valedictorian.  There  were 
53  graduates.  The  Hahnemann  prize  medals  were  awarded 
as  follows:  Gold  medal  to  Dr.  David  R.  Harris,  Virginia;  Silver 
medal  to  Dr.  Frank  P.  McKinstrey,  Pennsylvania;  Bronze 
medal  to  Dr.  Simon  P.  Starrett,  Minnesota.  The  day  after 
this  Dr.  J.  H.  McClelland  resigned  from  the  Chair  of  Surgery, 
his  professional  engagements  being  such  at  his  home  in  Pitts- 
burg that  he  could  not  give  the  time  required.  The  Chair  of 
Surgery  was  now  divided. 

Dr  CM.  Thomas  was  appointed  to  the  Chair  of  Operative 
and  Clinical  Surgery  and  Ophthalmology,  and  Dr.  John  E. 
James  to  that  of  Principles  of  Surgery  and  Clinical  Surgery. 
Drs.  W.  L.  Goodno  and  W.  H.  Keim  became  Demonstrators 
of  Surgery. 

As  usual,  there  was  a  Spring  Course  from  March  to  June. 
This  Spring,  or  Supplementary  Course  was  intended  for  the 
two-year  students,  particularly. 

In  the  Announcement  for  1 878-' 79  there  is  no  mention  of 
quiz-masters. 

The  Announcement  for  1 878-' 79  contains  a  very  carefully 
prepared  alphabetical  list  of  graduates  from  1849  to  1878. 
This  was  compiled  by  Dr.  Percy  O.  B.  Gause. 

The  Preliminary  Course  of  1 878-' 79  commenced,  as  usual, 
in  September,  the  week  preceding  the  Regular  Course. 

The  Introductory  Lecture  to  the  Regular  Course  was  de- 
livered by  Dr.  R.  J.  McClatchey,  on  September  31,  1878. 
There  were  192  matriculates. 

On  the  previous  Friday  a  banquet  was  given  to  the  Fac- 
ulty by  the  graduating  class  at  the  Continental  Hotel. 

The  Commencement  was  held  at  the  Academy  of  Music  at 
II  o'clock  on   Monday,    March   19,    1879.     Praf.  Pemberton 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  205 

Dudley  delivered  the  Valedictory.  There  were  61  graduates. 
Prizes  were  awarded:  A  Gold  medal  to  Dr.  John  L.  Ferson,  of 
Pittsburg,  Pa. ;  Silver  medal  to  Dr.  J.  Robert  Mansfield,  Phila- 
delphia; Bronze  medal  to  Dr.  Willard  B  Carpenter,  Washing- 
ton Court  House,  Ohio. 

The  Spring  Course  commenced  on  March  15,  1879,  contin- 
uing until  June  i.  There  was  no  change  in  the  Faculty.  Mr. 
W.  S.  Roney  became  Demonstrator  of  Chemistry  and  Lec- 
turer on  Medical  Jurisprudence;  Dr.  Charles  Mohr,  lyccturer 
on  Pharmacy.  The  College  lost  a  good  friend  this  spring. 
The  Rev.  Howard  Malcom,  D.  D.,  who  had  been  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Board  of  Trustees  since  1871,  died  and  the  Trus-" 
tees,  at  a  meeting,  prepared  the  following  resolutions: 

IN  MEMORIAM. 

Rev.  Dr.  Mai,com. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Trustees  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College, 
held  on  Friday,  the  28th  inst.  (March),  the  following  minute  was 
adopted : 

Whereas,  The  Rev.  Howard  Malcom,  D.  D.,  LL.  D.,  the  late  hon- 
ored President  of  this  College,  has  departed  this  life  in  the  fulness  of 
years,  respected  and  esteemed  by  all  who  knew  him;  therefore, 

Resolved,  That  in  his  death  this  Institution  has  lost  a  wise  coun- 
selor, a  faithful  officer,  and  we  a  kind  and  loving  friend,  with  whom  it 
was  always  a  pleasure  to  be  associated. 

Resolved,  That  this  Board,  deeply  sympathizing  with  the  family  of 
our  departed  friend  in  this  their  bereavement,  trust  that  the  memory  of 
his  long  and  useful  life,  and  the  consciousness  of  his  full  preparation 
and  eager  desire  for  this  change,  will  serve  to  lighten  their  grief. 

Resolved,  That  this  minute  be  set  forth  at  length  on  the  records  of 
the  College,  and  that  the  secretary  furnish  a  copy  thereof  to  the  fam- 
ily of  the  deceased.     Attest,  D.  T.  PraTT,  Secretary. 

This  was  published  in  the  Philadelphia  evening  papers,  the 
l^elegraph  and  Bulletin. 

William  McGeorge,  Esq.,  was  elected  President  in  the  place 
of  Dr.  Malcom. 

During  the  summer  of  1879  some  changes  were  made  in 
the  College.  The  amphitheatre  was  remodelled,  new  seats 
placed  therein,  the  skylight  was  enlarged,  and  other  minor 
improvements  were  made. 

During  this  summer  an  announcement  of  the  College  was 


206  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

issued   in  the  Spanish    language,    for  circulation    in  South 
America  and  Cuba. 

The  Preliminary  Course  commenced  on  September  22  and 
continued  to  the  opening  of  the  Regular  Course,  which  oc- 
curred on  Monday,  September  29,  1879.  The  Introductory 
Lecture  was  delivered  by  Dr.  Charles  M.  Thomas.  There 
were  208  matricfulaets. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  207 


CHAPTER  XXX. 

1879-82. 

In  1880  Dr.  T.  C.  Duncan,  editor  of  the  United  States  Med- 
ical Investigator,  visited  all  the  colleges  of  our  school.  He  says 
of  the  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia:*  "  Little  did  our  octo- 
genarian, Hering,  imagine,  when  he  started  the  Allentown 
Academy  of  Homoeopathy,  that  he  would  see  nearlj^  200  stu- 
dents crowd  into  a  medical  college  that  carries  the  banner  Sim - 
ilia  Similibus  Gurantur!  Nor  did  his  wildest  fancy  dream  that 
its  alumni  would  ever  number  over  1,000,  and  that  our  Quill 
would  waft  the  tidings  all  the  world  around. 

We  found  the  ampitheatre  of  the  oldest  Homoeopathic  col- 
lege packed  with  a  fine  body  of  enthusiastic  students.  Dean 
Thomas  held  them  enrapt  on  the  dry  bones — and  the  sphenoid, 
at  that.  His  table  was  loaded  down  with  skulls,  in  all  sorts  of 
sections,  painted  a  variety  of  colors,  to  show  sutures,  sinuses, 
arteries,  articulations,  etc.  As  these  were  passed  in  panoramic 
view  the  sphenoid  came  out,  a  gay  butterfly.  The  lecturer 
makes  anatomy  a  most  fascinating  study,  and  we  did  not 
wonder  at  the  esteem  with  which  Prof.  Thomas  is  held  by  all 
the  students.  *  H«  *  We  made  a  tour  of  the  college  and 
found  it  well  furnished  and  equipped,  but  much  too  small  for 
the  crowd  of  students.  In  the  evening  we  met  most  of  the 
Faculty  and  many  of  the  profession  at  Dr.  Thomas's  resi- 
dence." 

The  thirty-second  Commencement  was  held  at  the  Acad- 
emy of  Music  on  Wednesday,  March  10,  1880,  at  11  a.  m. 
Dr.  R.  J.  McClatchey  delivered  the  Valedictory  address. 
There  were  75  in  the  graduating  class.  The  Gold  medallist 
was  Dr.  William  B.  Van  Lennep,  of  Massachusetts.  The  Silver 
medal  was  conferred  upon  Dr.  Frank  F.  Laird,  of  New  York, 
and  the  Bronze  medal  upon  Dr.  William  H.  Baker,  of  Pennsyl- 

*  U.  S.  Med.  Lives.,  Vol.  IX,  p.  29  (Jan.,  1S80). 


208  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

vania.  Twenty  members  were  announced  as  ' '  distinguished  ' ' 
by  having  received  a  high  vote  for  graduation. 

The  Spring  Session  of  1880  commenced  on  Monday,  March 
15,  and  was  continued  for  ten  weeks. 

Dr.  Constantine  Hering  died  J-uly  23,  1880.  He  had  been 
very  intimately  related  to  the  interests  of  the  College,  having 
been  one  of  its  first  professors,  and  at  intervals  having  filled 
various  chairs  since  that  time.  At  the  time  of  his  death  he 
was  Emeritus  Professor  of  Materia  Medica.  He  always  was 
true  to  his  Materia  Medica.  Dr.  C  G.  Raue,  in  speak- 
ing to  the  compiler  of  this,  said,  in  reference  to  Dr.  Hering: 
"  He  rambled  from  one  science  to  another,  as  a  bee  did 
among  flowers,  but  he  always  stuck  to  his  Materia  Medica." 

Quite  a  number  of  his  former  professorial  associates  were 
pall-bearers,  and  at  the  Philadelphia  memorial  meeting  Dr. 
O.  B.  Gause,  for  the  College,  presented  the  following:  "We 
have  contemplated  the  death  of  our  venerable  friend  and  co- 
laborer,  Constantine  Hering,  M.D.,  Emeritus  Professor  of  Ho- 
moeopathic Institutes  and  Materia  Medica,  with  unfeigned 
sorrow,  believing  that  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  has 
lost  its  brightest  light,  and  the  homoeopathic  school  its  most 
profound  and  learned  exponent." 

Dr.  W.  C.  Goodno,  who  had  been  Demonstrator  of  Surgery, 
now  became  Lecturer  on  Microscopy,  Histology  and  Morbid 
Anatomy.  Dr.  William  H.  Bigler  became  Lecturer  on  Diseases 
of  the  Ej'^e  and  Ear,  and  Dr.  W.  B.  Trites  Lecturer  on  Venereal 
Diseases. 

The  usual  Preliminary  Course  was  given.  The  Regular 
Course  opened  on  Monday,  September  27,  1880,  with  an  In- 
troductory by  Dr.  John  E.  James.  There  were  199  matricu- 
lants. At  this  time  Dr.  Dudley's  Chair  of  Physiology  and 
Microscopic  Anatomy  was  changed  to  Physiology  and  Sani- 
tary Science. 

The  33d  Annual  Commencement  was  held  on  Thursday, 
March  10,  1881,  at  the  Academy  of  Music,  at  ii  o'clock  A.  m. 
The  Valedictorian  was  Dr.  O.  B.  Gause.  There  were  83 
graduates. 

The  following  College  prizes  were  awarded  :  Hahnemann 
Gold  medal  to  Dr.  Anson  C.  Alexander,  of  Lancaster,  N.  H. ; 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  209 

Hahnemann  Silver  medal  to  Dr.  John  C.  Lingle,  of  Harrisburg, 
Pa. ;  Hahnemannr  Bonze  medal  to  Dr.  Percival  O.  B.  Gause,  of 
Philadelphia.  Surgical  prize  of  Erichson's  Surgery  in  two 
volumes  to  Dr.  Wm.  H.  Barnes,  of  lya  Fox,  111.,  for  the  best 
examination  in  practical  surgery. 

A  noteworthy  event  in  connection  with  this  ceremony  was 
the  presentation  to  the  Faculty  of  a  beautiful  portrait  in  oil 
and  of  life  size,  painted  by  Miss  Warren,  of  Dr.  Constantine 
Hering,  who  had  died  the  previous  year.  Dr.  Percy  O.  B. 
Gause  made  the  presentation  for  the  class,  who  gave  it  to  the 
College.  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas  responded  for  the  Faculty.  This 
portrait  is  now  in  the  Alumni  Hall. 

The  Spring  Course  commenced  March  14th,  and  continued 
ten  weeks.  As  usual  tickets  for  this  course  were  $15  00. 
Dr.  Augustus  Korndoerfer  retired  at  the  end  of  the  session  of 
i88o-'8i,  from  the  Chair  of  Institutes  and  Clinical  Medicine. 
Dr.  Farrington  added  the  Institutes  to  his  Chair  of  Materia 
Medica,  and  Dr.  C.  Mohr,  who  had  for  several  years  been  lec- 
turing on  Pharmacy,  became  Decturer  on  Clinical  Medicine 
and  Physical  Diagnosis. 

The  Preliminary  Course  commenced  September  26. 

The  Introductory  L<ecture  of  the  Regular  Course  was  given 
by  Dr.  Pemberton  Dudley  on  "  The  Medicine  of  the  Future," 
on  Monday  evening,  October  3d,  1881.  There  were  148 
matriculates. 

During  the  session  of  1881-82,  Dr.  S.  H.  Talcott,  of  the 
Middletown  (N.  Y.)  Asylum,  delivered  a  course  of  ten  Lec- 
tures on  Insanity. 

The  Commencement  of  1882  was  held  at  the  Academy  on 
Tuesda}^  March  14,  at  11  o'clock.  The  Valedictory  was  by 
Dr.  Chas.  M.  Thomas.  There  were  57  graduates.  No  College 
prizes  were  given,  the  system  being  abolished.  Dr.  Talcott 
gave  a  prize  of  $50  for  the  best  report  of  his  lectures  of  the 
winter.  This  was  gained  by  Dr.  O.  E.  Janney,  of  Baltimore. 
Dr.  Keim,  in  his  department,  offered  Erichson's  Surgery  and 
this  was  carried  off  by  Dr.  Geo.  E.  Murray,  of  Hagerstown, 
Md. 

For  some  years  it  had  been  evident  that  the  College  building 
on  Filbert  St.  was  entirely  inadequate  to  the  wants  of  the  grow- 
15 


2IO  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

ing  college.  A  hospital  had  been  established  in  the  rear  since 
1870,  the  old  building  on  Cuthbert  St.  having  been  repaired 
and  rebuilt  for  that  purpose.  But  it  was  in  a  back  street, 
it  was  built  over  a  sewer  and  its  accommodations  were  but 
scanty  for  a  first-class  hospital. 

At  a  meeting  in  January,  1877,  it  was  resolved  that  a  com- 
mittee of  three  be  appointed  to  inquire  into  the  expediency 
and  practibility  of  securing  a  building  better  adapted  to  the 
needs  of  the  College,  and  more  worthy  of  the  homoeopathic 
medical  profession  than  the  one  in  present  use.  Drs.  Thomas, 
Dudley  and  Korndoerfer  were  appointed. 

In  1882,  after  the  close  of  the  session,  the  matter  was  taken 
in  hand  more  systematically. 

There  was  at  this  time,  also,  some  difficulty  between  the 
Hospital  and  the  College.  Some  time  before,  the  Hospital 
Corporation  had  bought  the  college  buildings.  It  was  in  1871 , 
and  this  will  be  found  fully  explained  in  the  history  of  the 
Hospital.  The  Faculty  had  since  that  time  rented  the  Col- 
lege from  the  Hospital  Corporation  at  a  yearly  rental  of 
$1600.  But  the  Faculty  of  the  College  wished  to  obtain  suf- 
ficient control  of  the  Hospital  that  an  ampitheatre  might  be 
built  in  it  and  opportunities  given  for  proper  clinical  instruc- 
tion to  the  students.  This  the  Hospital  authorities  opposed, 
saying  that  the  profession  wanted  the  Hospital  to  be  independ- 
ent of  the  College.  The  feeling  was  the  result  of  the 
trouble  of  1871.  Thus  the  Faculty  of  the  College  were  con- 
fronted with  these  problems  :  a  new  college  and  either  admis- 
sion to  the  Hospital  to  teach  or  the  necessity  of  another  hos- 
pital in  conjunction  with  the  College. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Faculty  of  the  College  held  in  Feb- 
ruary, 1882,  the  following  resolutions  were  adopted,  and 
were  issued  in  the  form  of  a  Memorial,  as  follows  : 

A  Memorial  adopted  lananimously  by  the  Faculty  of  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  at  a  meeting  held  February  13th,  1882, 
and  ordered  to  be  printed  and  furnished  to  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the 
College  and  to  every  member  thereof,  at  and  prior  to  a  meeting  of  said 
Trustees,  to  be  holden  at  a  time  to  be  hereafter  fixed,  and  as  soon  as 
may  be  deemed  convenient,  for  considering  and  taking  action  on  the 
condition  and  affairs  of  the  College. 

We,  the  undersigned,  the  Faculty  of  the  Hahnemann   Medical  Col- 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  211 

lege  of  Philadelphia,  and  by  reason  of  that  position,  your  Co-Trustees, 
respectfiilly  represent  as  follows  : 

The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  by  and  through 
its  predecessor,  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania, 
was  organized  and  instituted  in  Philadelphia  in  the  year  1848,  and 
since  that  date,  having  varying  and  alternating  periods  of  comparative 
prosperity  and  marked  depression,  through  the  earnest,  persistent  and 
self-sacrificing  labor  of  the  homoeopathic  physicians  composing  its 
Facility,  at  length  attained  a  position  of  some  eminence  among  the 
educational  institutions  of  our  country,  and  stood,  in  many  if  not  most 
respects,  second  to  none  of  its  class,  and  its  diploma  is  now  looked 
pon  as  an  evidence  of  ability  and  attainments,  and  is  regarded  as  an 
honor  in  the  homoeopathic  medical  profession.  In  consequence  of  all 
this,  of  late  years  especially,  large  classes  of  young  men  have  been 
drawn  to  the  College  from  all  parts  of  the  United  States  and  Canada, 
and  from  South  America,  Mexico  and  Europe.  The  session  last  passed, 
viz  ,  that  of  i88o-'8i,  was,  in  point  of  numbers  of  matriculates  and  grad- 
uates, the  best  the  school  has  ever  had. 

The  undersigned  also  represent  that  the  college  of  which  you,  jointly 
with  us,  are  the  trustees  and  guardians,  in  order  to  continue  this 
course  and  occupy  this  high  position,  must  be  able  to  successfully  com- 
pete with  rival  medical  colleges  of  similar  character  in  other  cities, 
notably  New  York,  Boston  and  Chicago,  and  we  feel  sure  that  unless 
we  are  able  in  all  ways  to  equal  and  even  excel  them,  in  educational 
measures  (a  subject  of  vital  importance  to  the  welfare  of  the  homoeo- 
pathic community),  mere  reputation  and  prestige  will  not  save  us 
from  certain  decline  in  popularity  and  usefulness.  In  fact,  your 
Faculty  feel  that  this  decline  has  been  inaugurated  already.  Anxiety 
in  regard  to  the  continued  usefulness  of  the  Institution  they  have 
the  honor  and  pleasure  to  serve,  and  the  honors  and  successes  of  which 
they,  jointly  with  you,  are  the  custodians,  are  greatly  grieved  at  this 
decline,  and  it  naturally  has  led  to  their  making  very  careful  investi- 
gations as  to  the  cause,  or  causes,  and  means  of  their  removal.  As  a 
result  of  these  investigations,  they  are  now  prepared  to,  and  do,  repre- 
sent them  to  be  as  follows  :  First,  the  want  of  a  sufficiently  commodious, 
comfortable  and  well  adapted  building,  wherein  instruction  can  be  im- 
parted, didactically  and  clinically,  in  accordance  with  the  only  true 
method  of  educating  medical  men  to-day  ;  and  secondly,  the  want  of 
hospital  facilities,  by  and  through  which,  only,  can  physicians  be  edu- 
cated in  such  a  manner  to  be  competent  to  meet  and  treat  all  diseases, 
both  medical  and  surgical,  from  the  outstart  of  their  professional 
course  ;  in  fact,  such  facilities  as  are  afforded  by  nearly  every  medical 
college  in  the  United  States,  with  which  the  college  of  which  you  are 
trustees  must  be  able  to  compete,  or  else  fail  to  come  up  to  the  require- 
ments of  the  times  ;  requirements  on  the  part  of  both  the  profession 
and  the  public. 

Your  Faculty  would  further  represent  that  the  building   known  as 


212  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

the  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,  on  Cuthbert  St.,  was 
erected  and  its  Association  organized  many  years  after  the  College  had 
been  inaugurated  in  1848,  and  was  thus  erected  at  the  instance  of  and 
to  facilitate  medical  education  by  the  then  Faculty,  and  as  an  appanage 
of  and  aid  to  the  College  ;  the  want  of  such  a  clinical  hospital  having 
been  severely  felt,  even  at  that  time. 

And  they  desire  to  represent  further  and  iinally,  that  they  naturally 
turn  to  the  trustees  of  the  College,  who  are  trustees  of  the  Hospital  as 
well,  since  they  have  in  their  keeping,  as  a  sacred  trust,  the  progress 
and  welfare  of  the  College,  and  ask  their  aid  and  assistance,  in  all  pos- 
sible ways,  to  make  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  what  it  should 
be,  and  what,  of  course,  you  would  be  glad  and  proud  to  see  it,  viz., 
capable  of  educating  homoeopathic  physicians  in  accordance  with  the 
advanced  standard  and  methods  of  the  times.  Your  Faculty  would 
beg  leave  to  suggest  that  this  may  be  done  in  the  following  ways  : 
First.  That  immediate  steps  be  taken  for  the  erection  of  a  new  college 
building,  that  shall  furnish  every  modern  facility  for  thorough  didactic 
and  practical  instruction.  Second.  By  making  the  hospital  in  reality  a 
part  of  the  educational  system  of  the  school,  a  clinical  hospital  in  fact, 
and  by  placing  its  medical  control  entirely  in  the  hands  of  the 
professors  of  the  College. 

All  of  which  is  respectfully  submitted. 

A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  Dean, 
O.  B.  Gause,  M.  D.,  Registrar, 
IvEMUEi,  Stephens,  M.  D., 
E-  A.  Farrington,  M.  D., 
Robert  J.  McClatchey,  M.D., 
Pemberton  Dudley,  M.  D., 
C.  M.  Thomas,  M.  D., 
B   F.  Betts,  M.  D., 
John  K.  James,  M.  D. 

The  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees  at  a  meeting  held  De- 
cember 15,  1882,  received  a  committee  from  the  Board  of 
Corporation  Trustees,  at  which  meeting  the  affairs  of  the  Col- 
lege and  its  relation  to  the  Hospital  were  discussed.  The 
Professorial  Trustees  proposed  two  distinct  methods  of  ar- 
ranging the  difficulty.  The  Board  of  Corporators  proposed 
a  separation  between  College  and  Hospital. 

The  following  circular  was  issued  about  this  time: 

To  the  Board  of  Corporatioti  Trustees  of  the  Hahnetnann  Medical  Col- 
lege of  Ph  iladelph  ia : 

Gentlemen:  The  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees  of  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  respectfully  and  earnestly  solicit  your 
careful  consideration  of  the  facts  and  suggestions  set  forth  in  the  fol- 
lowing communication: 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  213 

The  necessity  for  a  new  college  building  and  for  better  clinical  facili- 
ties for  the  instruction  of  our  students,  so  often  urged  upon  your  con- 
sideration, is  becoming  more  apparent  and  more  urgent  with  each  suc- 
ceeding session.  The  building  is  located  in  proximity  with  the  largest 
market  in  the  city,  and  with  a  fish  market  directly  opposite  its  doors. 
Its  lecture-rooms,  one  and  all,  are  too  small,  inconvenient,  and  badly 
heated,  lighted  and  ventilated.  The  use  of  the  museum  is  restricted 
because  of  the  overcrowded  condition  of  its  cases  and  the  impossibility 
of  finding  more  room  within  the  college.  The  valuable  library  is 
nearly  useless,  because  it  cannot  be  properly  arranged  nor  provided 
with  a  reading-room  for  students  or  professors.  The  dissecting- 
room  is  too  small,  a  portion  of  its  ceiling  being  less  than  six  feet  high, 
and  it  does  not  furnish  half  the  accommodation  needed  b}'  our  classes. 
The  chemical  laboratory  is  too  small,  imperfectly  lighted,  execrably 
heated,  and  is  unavoidably  exposed  to  intrusion.  The  room  for  practi- 
cal surgery  is  located  in  the  cellar,  without  daylight  and  without  ven- 
tilation, and  reeking  with  a  sickening  stench  from  the  adjoining  tank 
room.  The  same  room  must  be  used  for  practical  obstetrics,  to  the 
great  disadvantage  and  inconvenience  of  both  students  and  teachers. 
The  practical  study  of  microscopy  is  carried  on  in  one  of  the  lecture- 
rooms  that  cannot  be  properly  adapted  to  the  work.  There  is  abso- 
lutely no  room  in  the  college  that  can  be  used  for  the  proper  study  of 
practical  chetnistry  or  practical  physiology,  branches  that  should  be 
taught  well  and  thoroughly.  There  are  no  rooms  'in  the  building  for 
the  Faculty  or  Trustees  to  hold  meetings,  no  room  for  the  Demonstra- 
tor of  Anatomy  or  iox  the  Prosector  of  Surgery,  no  room  for  the 
teachers  of  microscopy,  no  place  to  store  valuable  apparatus,  no  wash- 
room, no  water-closet,  and  not  a  single  private  room  for  any  one  of  the 
ten  professors.  The  Avater  apparatus  throughout  the  building  is  inade- 
quate and  badh^  arranged.  The  arrangements  for  warming  the  build- 
ing are  of  such  a  character  that  the  heaters  draw  their  supply  oi  fresh 
air  from  the  cellar,  in  which  are  necessarily  stored  chemicals  and 
bodies  awaiting  dissection,  thereby  endangering  the  health  of  every 
student  and  teacher  in  the  college.  A  portion  of  the  cellar  floor  is 
composed  of  boards  raised  a  few  inches  above  the  ground,  beneath 
which  decomposing  matters  accumulate,  and  still  further  pollute  the 
atmosphere  of  the  rooms  above.  The  cellar  receives  its  air  supply 
from  small  side  windows  that  let  in  the  vapors  from  adjoining  urinals 
and  deposits  of  garbage. 

The  dispensary,  also,  is  a  proper  subject  for  criticism.  First,  it  is  out 
of  place  anywhere  inside  the  college  building.  Again,  it  is  reached  by 
a  narrow,  winding  staircase  of  .about  forty  steps,  broken  only  by  a  sin- 
gle narrow  landing,  and  this  stairway  must  be  climbed  by  all  the  pa- 
tients, however  sick  or  debilitated,  or  old  or  crippled.  The  dispensary 
rooms  are  small,  close,  inconveniently  arranged,  badly  lighted  and 
ventilated,  and  not  provided  with  adequate  conveniences  for  private 
examinations  and  treatment.     It  is  not  possible  for  us  to  add   to  our 


214  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

facilities  in  this  department,  while  there  is  no  more  space  to  be  had  in- 
side the  building. 

A  few  words  upon  the  subject  of  the  College  Clinics.  The  history  of 
our  long  and  energetic,  yet  unsuccessful,  efforts  to  secure  proper  clini- 
cal or  bedside  instruction  of  our  students,  and  the  advances  made  by 
other  American  colleges  in  this  direction,  would  seem  to  reflect  on  us 
as  being  indifferent  to  our  duty  in  this  most  important  matter,  and  yet 
we  have  thus  far  been  almost  helpless,  for  while  our  dispensary  clinics 
have  become  valuable  in  a  meisure,  they  comprise  only  such  patients 
as  possess  the  strength  t  >  travel  a  greater  or  less  distance  in  cars  or  on 
foot,  and  mount  a  flight  of  forty  winding  steps.  The  more  serious  cases, 
and  such  as  a  physician  meets  in  his  daily  practice,  never  appear  in  our 
clinics,  nor  can  such  cases  appear  in  any  dispensary  clinic.  Our  college 
cannot  give  to  any  student  the  opportunity  to  follow  the  homoeopathic 
management  of  cases  of  pneumonia, peritonitis,  dysentery, typhoid  fever, 
fracture  or  dislocation,  or  any  other  form  of  serious  disease  or  accident. 
Nor  can  this  be  accomplished  without  homceopathic  hospital  clinics. 

There  is  another  feature  of  this  subject  to  which  we  must  ask  your 
attention.  In  1865  the  authorities  of  the  college  publicly  avowed  the 
necessity  of  a  college  hospital  for  the  clinical  instruction  of  students, 
by  applying  for,  and  securing,  a  provision  in  the  charter  for  the  estab- 
lishment of  such  an  institution.  This  provision  remains  a  part  of  our 
college  charter.  Thus  it  appears  that  our  duty  to  provide  bedside  in- 
struction and  hospital  clinical  facilities  has  been  acknowledged  for  sev- 
enteen years,  and  for  that  length  of  time  has  been  neglected. 

In  our  homceopathic  community  there  is  an  almost  unanimous  con- 
viction of  the  urgent  necessity  tor  a  new  college  building,  and  for  hos- 
pital clinics  as  an  essential  portion  of  medical  teaching.  And  the  view 
has  been  verj'  widely  expressed  that  a  properly  organized  effort  to  se- 
cure them  would  meet  with  brilliant  success.  The  number  of  our  peo- 
ple likely  to  encourage  such  a  movement  is  very  great,  because  we 
have  so  few  homoeopathic  institutions  to  d'vert  contributions  of  this 
class  of  citizens  into  other  channels  of  benevolence. 

If  these  impressions  of  the  public  sentiment  are  correct,  the  responsi- 
bility for  failure  to  place  homoeopathic  medical  education  in  Philadel- 
phia upon  an  honorable  footing  rests  with  the  trustees  and  professors 
of  Hahnemann  College. 

In  order  to  aid  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees  of  the  college  in 
deciding  upon  some  definite  plan  of  action,  the  Board  of  Professorial 
Trustees  respectfully  offers  the  following  three  suggestions  or  proposi- 
tions. It  is  hoped  that  one  of  these,  or  some  modification  thereof,  may 
be  satisfactory  to  both  boards,  or  else  that  the  Board  of  Corporation 
Trustees  may  be  able  to  suggest  some  other  method: 

I.  We  suggest  that  "'Section  j  "  of  the  college  charter,  approved 
February  17,  1865,  and  repealed  April  2,  1869,  be  revived,  either  in  its 
original  or  in  some  modified  form.     The  section  reads  as  follows: 

"Section  j.  That  the   capital  stock    of   said  corporation  consist   of 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  215 

sixty  thousand  dollars,  to  be  divided  into  three  thousand  shares  of 
twenty  dollars  each,  and  the  said  corporation  shall  have  authority  to 
borrow  money,  not  exceeding  in  amount  at  any  time  fifty  thousand 
dollars,  to  be  secured  by  bonds  and  mortgages  of  the  real  estate  of  the 
corporation." 

Further,  we  suggest  that  the  hospital  charter  be  allowed  to  remain 
unchanged,  and  that  the  By-Laws  be  so  amended  as  to  constitute  the 
professorial  trustees  of  the  college  a  Medical  Board,  whose  duty  shall 
be  to  care  for  the  sanitary  and  medical  interests  of  the  hospital,  appoint 
the  resident  and  dispensary  staff,  and  visiting  physicians  and  surgeons, 
subject  to  confirmatory  action  by  the  Board  of  Managers.  Provided, 
that  the  said  Medical  Board  shall  have  no  authority  to  expend  money, 
except  for  such  specified  purposes,  and  in  such  sums  as  may  be  desig- 
nated and  appropriated  by  the  Board  of  Managers. 

Also,  that  the  attending  physicians  and  surgeons  be  empowered  to 
give  clinical  lectures  in  the  amphitheatre  of  the  hospital,  and  to  intro- 
duce small  classes  of  students  into  the  public  wards  for  purposes  of  in- 
dividual instruction,  all  of  which  shall  be  subject  to  such  reasonable 
rules  and  restrictions  as  may  be  adopted  by  the  Medical  Board. 

Also,  that  no  change  in  the  By-Laws  affecting  these  duties  and  pow- 
ers shall  be  adopted  except  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the  corporators,  and 
after  due  notice  of  such  intended  change. 

We  think  that  this  '  'FIRST  proposition  "  or  suggestion  will  commend 
itself  to  your  Board,  not  only  as  the  best  and  most  practicable  way  out 
of  the  difficulties  that  now  environ  our  college,  but  also  as  being  per- 
fectly reasonable  and  just  in  all  its  provisions,  and  in  no  respect  calcu- 
lated to  impair  the  usefulness  of  either  the  college  or  the  hospital,  but 
rather  to  enhance  the  value  of  both;  and  the  professorial  trustees  ask 
for  no  powers  in  the  management  except  such  as  they  are  presumably 
best  qualified  to  exercise. 

In  case  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees  decides  finally  against  this 
''  FIRST  PROPOSITION,"  or  against  some  modification  thereof,  then  we 
suggest  and  recommend  their  consideration  of  the  following: 

II.  We  suggest  that  Section  j  of  the  old  college  charter  be  revived  as 
set  forth  in  our  first  proposition. 

That  the  college  trustees  proceed  to  organize  a  "  College  Hospital," 
in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Section  5  of  the  college  charter, 
which  reads  as  follow  s: 

''Section  5.  Said  corporation  shall  have  full  power  and  authority  to 
raise,  by  loan  or  otherwise,  a  sum  not  exceeding  one  hundred  thousand 
dollars,  and  to  expend  the  same  in  the  purchase  of  a  lot  or  lots  of 
ground  in  said  city,  and  the  erection  thereon  of  a  suitable  building  for 
a  hospital,  or  to  purchase  or  rent  such  building  for  said  hospital,  and 
the  said  hospital  shall  be  under  the  government  of  the  said  Medical 
College." 

Also,  that  in  the  government  and  use  of  the  said  hospital  when  es- 


2l6  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

tablished,  the  professorial  trustees  shall  have  such  powers  and  duties  as 
are  set  forth  in  our  first  proposition. 

If  our  second  proposition  should  also  fail  to  receive  the  approval  of 
the  corporation  trustees,  andif  said  trustees  should  be  unable  to  suggest 
any  other  and  better  course,  then  we  finally  suggest  as  follows: 

III.  We  suggest  that  if  no  alternative  presents  itself,  the  present 
hospital  should  be  placed  entirely  in  the  hands  of  the  gentlemen  com- 
posing the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees,  lo  be  managed  by  them  alone, 
the  gentlemen  composing  the  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees  surrender- 
ing all  right  to  any  voice  in  its  management  and  control. 

Also,  that  the  college  franchises  and  personal  property  be  placed  en- 
tirely in  the  hands  of  the  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees,  to  be  managed 
by  them  alone,  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees  surrendering  all 
further  right  to  any  voice  in  its  management  and  control. 

Also,  that  each  Board  shall  aid  the  other  in  securing  such  changes 
in  the  charters  of  the  respective  institutions  as  shall  enable  them  to 
carry  out  the  intent  of  this  proposition. 

These  three  propositions  inckide  the  only  practicable  methods  of 
overcoming  our  difficulties  that  have  suggested  themselves  to  us  after 
long  and  careful  deliberation.  We  earnestly  hope  they  may  receive 
the  same  thoughtful  consideration  of  your  Board,  to  the  end  that  some 
determination  satisfactory  to  all  of  us  may  be  reached. 

In  conclusion,  we  would  direct  the  attention  of  your  Board  to  the 
fact  that  the  medical  profession  hold  us — the  professorial  trustees — 
alone  responsible  for  any  deficiency  in  the  medical  education  of  their 
students.  Nor  will  any  failure  on  the  part  of  your  Board  to  provide 
the  needed  facilities  be  accepted  by  our  medical  brethren  as  absolving 
us  from  this  responsibility. 

By  order  of  the  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees. 

A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  Chairman. 

O.  B.  Gause,  M.  D.,  Secretary. 

At  a  meeting  held  on  January  2,  1883,  the  Professorial 
Trustees  adopted  the  following  resolutions: 

Whereas,  The  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees  of  the  Hah- 
nemann Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  has  proposed  that  all 
organic  connection  between  the  said  college  and  the  Homoe- 
opathic Hospital  of  Philadelphia  should  be  absolutely  severed, 
and  has  requested  the  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees  to  con- 
sider said  proposition  ;  and, 

Whereas,  It  is  thought  that  such  separation  and  disasso- 
ciation,  while  involving  certain  disadvantages  to  one  or 
both  institutions,  in  an  equal  or  greater  degree,  especially  by 
allowing  the  more  rapid  development  of  each  when  unre- 
strained by  the  interests  of  the  other: 


MEDICAI.  COIvLEGK  OF  PHII,ADEIvPHIA.  217 

Therefore,  by  the  Board  of  Professional  Trustees  of  the 
said  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  the 
Board  of  Corporation  Trustees  concurring,  it  is  hereby 

Resolved,  That  the  President  and  Secretary  or  other  proper 
ofl&cers  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia 
be  and  they  are  hereby  authorized,  empowered  and  directed 
to  unite  with  the  proper  officers  of  the  Homoeopathic  Hos- 
pital of  Philadelphia,  and  of  the  Board  of  Officers  of  said 
Hospital  to  execute,  in  due  legal  form,  an  agreement  for  the 
absolute  separation  and  disassociation  of  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  and  the  Homceopathic  Hos 
pital  of  Philadelphia,  upon  substantially  the  following  terms: 

First.  The  Charter  of  the  Hospital  to  be  amended  as  the 
Corporators  now  constituting  the  Board  of  Corporation 
Trustees  of  the  College  may  desire,  the  Corporators,  now 
constituting  the  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees  of  said  college, 
relinquishing  and  surrendering  all  right,  title,  claim,  to  hold 
the  position  of  Corporators  of  said  hospital,  and  uniting  with 
and  aiding  the  Corporation  Trustees  in  applying  for  such 
amendments  to  the  Charter  of  said  Hospital. 

Second.  The  Charter  or  Statutes  of  the  College  to  be 
altered  or  amended  as  the  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees  may 
desire  ;  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees  to  concur  in  such 
amendments  to  the  Statutes,  and  to  unite  with  and  aid  the 
Board  of  Professorial  Trustees  in  applying  for  such  amend- 
ments to  the  Charter. 

Third.  When  the  Charter  and  Statutes  of  the  College  and 
of  the  Hospital  shall  have  been  thus  amended,  the  Corpora- 
tion Trustees  of  the  College  to  resign  one  by  one  and  to  elect 
as  Trustees  of  the  College  such  persons  as  may  be  designated 
by  the  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees. 

Fourth.  The  authorities  of  the  Hospital  to  bind  themselves 
and  their  successors  not  to  allow  the  educational  facilities  of 
the  Hospital  to  be  used  by  any  person  or  persons,  unless 
similar  and  equal  privileges  are  at  the  same  time  allowed  to 
the  Faculty  and  the  students  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  of  Philadelphia. 

Fifth.  The  authorities  of  the  Hospital  to  restore  to  the 
College,  in  which  it  originally  vested,  all  right,  and  title  to 


2l8  HISTORY  OF  the;  HAHNEMANN 

the  control  and  supervision  of  the  Dispensary  and  of  its 
officers,  and  to  agree  not  to  estabHsh  or  maintain  or  allow  to 
be  established  or  maintained  a  medical  or  surgical  dispensary 
in  the  present  College  building  until  one  year  shall  have 
elapsed  after  the  vacation  of  said  College  building  by  the 
present  tenants — the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Phila- 
delphia. 

Sixth.  The  authorities  of  the  Hospital  to  lease  and  rent  to 
the  Trustees  of  the  College  the  present  College  property  and 
appurtenances,  including  the  right  to  place  clinical  patients 
in  the  wards  of  the  Hospital,  as  heretofore,  for  a  period  of 
six  months  from  May  i,  1883. 

And  give  to  said  College  Trustees  the  privilege  of  renew- 
ing said  lease  for  a  further  period  of  twelve  months  at  the 
rate  of  sixteen  hundred  dollars  per  annum. 

Seventh.  The  Hospital  authorities  to  formally  recognize 
and  concede  to  the  College  its  ownership  of  the  College 
Museum,  including  its  specimens,  models,  plates,  diagrams, 
portraits,  &c.,  together  with  the  cases,  shelves,  tables,  and 
other  furniture  ;  also  of  the  library  with  its  cases,  furniture 
and  appurtenances,  the  laboratories  with  their  apparatus,  ma- 
terials, furniture,  &c.,  the  operating  and  dissecting  tables, 
basins,  tanks,  and  all  other  apparatus,  furniture,  materials, 
&c. ,  upon  the  College  premises,  except  the  gas  fixtures,  the 
heaters,  and  the  benches  in  the  lower  lecture  room. 

Eighth.  The  College  Charter,  seal,  and  all  books,  papers, 
&c.,  and  other  property  of  the  College  Corporation  in  the 
custody  of  the  Corporation  Trustees  to  be  turned  over  to  the 
new  Board  of  Trustees  as  soon  as  elected  and  qualified. 

Ninth.  Both  boards  and  the  individual  members  thereof  to 
use  all  reasonable  diligence  in  order  to  carry  this  agreement 
into  effect  at  the  earliest  practicable  date. 

This  document  in  the  original  is  signed  by  Drs.  A.  R. 
Thomas,  Dean,  and  O.  B.  Gause,  Registrar. 

These  terms  were  accepted  and  the  College  authorities 
began  to  look  about  for  a  suitable  place. 

The  following  circular  was  next  issued,  addressed  to  the 
profession,  especially: 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  219 

To  the  Homceopathic  Profession  of  Philadelphia  and  vicitiiiy.froni  the 

Faculty  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia. 

The  Faculty  of  the  Hahuemann  Medical  College  propose  to  erect  at 
as  early  a  day  as  possible  a  new  College  building,  that  shall  in  all  re- 
spects meet  the  requirements  of  a  first-class  Medical  School. 

In  the  adoption  of  plans  for  meeting  these  requirements,  ample  pro- 
vision must  be  made  for  the  practical  and  clinical  instruction  of 
students  as  an  essential  part  oi  ihQQoW&g^&^MorV.  The  Homoeopathic 
profession  of  our  city  and  its  vicinity  cannot  consistently  sanction,  nor 
heartily  support,  any  plan  or  policy  for  the  future  of  the  College  which 
does  not  contemplate  a  thorough  and  comprehensive  course  of  clinical 
study,  including  not  only  lectures  in  the  clinical  amphitheatre,  but 
practical  bed-side  study  in  hospital  wards.  In  fact,  a  clinical  hospital 
must  be  provided.  This  necessity  constitutes  the  most  serious  difficulty 
the  Faculty  has  to  encounter,  and  it  is  this  which  impels  us  to  come 
before  our  professional  brethren  for  counsel. 

The  building  now  known  as  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  build- 
ing belongs  to  the  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadelphia.  The 
Faculty  rents  this  building  of  the  Hospital  Corporation  at  a  price  which 
adds  sixteen  hundred  dollars  annually  to  the  revenue  of  the  Hospital, 
besides  keeping  the  College  building  insured  and  in  repair. 

The  Faculty  has  suggested  to  the  Hospital  Corporation  to  sell  the 
College  and  Hospital  buildings,  and  use  the  proceeds  in  the  erection 
and  maintenance  of  such  a  Hospital  building  in  a  prominent  location 
as  shall  be  a  credit  to  Homoeopathy.  It  has  asked  to  be  allowed  to 
build  a  Clinical  Amphitheatre  adjoining  this  Hospital  building,  in 
which  the  College  clinics  can  be  held  ;  thus  avoiding  the  bad  practice 
of  having  surgical  operations  perf<  rmed  in  a  college  building  contami- 
nated by  subjects  for  dissection,  etc.  And,  furthermore,  it  has  asked 
to  have  secured  to  it  in  the  future  the  privilege  of  visiting  the  public 
wards  of  the  Hospital  with  small  classes  of  students  for  the  purpose  of 
imparting  bed-side  instruction 

The  Charter  of  the  present  Hospital  Corporation  states  that  the  ob- 
jects of  the  organization  are  : 

"■First.  To  maintain  a  suitable  place  for  the  cure  and  treatment  of 
patients  in  accordance  with  the  homoeopathic  practice  of  medicine. 

'^Second.  To  afford  greater  facilities  to  the  Faculty  of  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  in  giving  instruction  in  Clinical 
Medicine  and  Surgery." 

When  the  Faculty  asks  for  the  increased  facilities  mentioned  above, 
and  which  the  necessities  of  medical  students  demand,  it  is  met  with 
the  objection  that  the  physicians  of  this  city  desire  the  Hospital  to  be 
separate  and  distinct  from  the  College,  without  any  connection  or 
affiliation  with  it  whatever,  and  that  the  money  obtained  from  the  pro- 
ceeds of  a  fair,  held  in  Horticultural  Hall  several  years  ago,  was  never 
intended  to  be  devoted  to  the  construction  of  a  Hospital  to  be  used  by 
the  College  in  the  manner  contemplated  by  the  Faculty. 


220  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

If  such  is  the  desire  of  the  profession,  we  have  no  alternative  but  to 
provide  another  hospital  for  college  purposes.  This  alternative  vpill  give 
to  our  city  tvpo  general  Homoeopathic  hospitals  instead  of  one,  but  the 
unavoidable  competition  between  them  will  prevent  either  from  attain- 
ing any  very  high  degree  of  prosperity  or  efficiency  for  many  years  to 
come,  or  adding  much  to  the  honor  of  the  Homceopathic  profession  in 
our  city  and  state.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  the  profession  does  7tot 
object  to  have  the  present  Hospital  used  as  a  clinical  institution,  there 
seems  no  good  reason  why  it  should  not  be  made  to  subserve  all  the 
purposes  of  an  independent  hospital,  including  the  reception  of  patients 
to  be  treated  by  their  own  physicians  when  they  desire  it,  while,  at  the 
same  time,  supplying  the  needs  of  students  for  practical  clinical  instruc- 
tion. Nor  would  this  method  prevent  the  organization  of  an  indepen- 
dent hospital  at  such  time  as  the  profession  might  feel  the  need  of 
such  an  institution. 

Such  appear  to  be  the  facts  of  the  case.  And  now  the  Faculty  re- 
spectfully petitions  that  each  physician  who  may  receive  a  copy  of  this 
address  will  give  it  the  most  sesious  and  prompt  consideration. 

Please  designate  upon  the  inclosed  postal  card  your  preference  for 
one  or  the  other  of  the  following  propositions,  and  kindly  mail  it  as 
addressed  : 

P)'Opositio7i  ist.  That  the  present  Hospital  Corporation  shall  secure 
to  the  Faculty  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  the 
clinical  facilities  they  require,  by  permitting  the  erection  of  a  clinical 
amphiteatre  and  the  introduction  of  small  classes  of  students  into  the 
public  wards,  in  charge  of  clinical  teachers  selected  by  the  Faculty;  or, 

Proposition  2d.  That  the  present  Hospital  should  be  made  a  distinct 
institution,  and  that  the  Faculty  should  establish  another  hospital  for 
the  exclusive  purpose  of  clinical  instruction. 

Respectfully,  A.  R.  Thomas,  Lemuel  Stephens,  O.  B.  Gause,  E.  A. 
Farrington,  B.  F.  Betts,  Pemberton  Dudley,  R.  J.  McClatchey,  C.  M, 
Thomas,  J.  E.  James. 


MEDICAI.  COLIvEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA. 


CHAPTER  XXXI. 

i882-'83. 

Efforts  were  at  once  made  to  find  a  situation  suitable  for 
the  erection  of  both  college  and  hospital  buildings,  and 
finally  a  plot  of  ground  was  selected  on  Broad  St.,  between 
Race  and  Vine  Sts.,  and  extending  from  Broad  to  15th  St. 
It  was  occupied  by  quite  a  number  of  properties.  For  the 
ground  located  by  the  numbers  233,  235,  237  North  Fifteenth 
St.,  $10,350.00  was  paid,  subject  to  a  ground  rent.  It  was 
bought  of  Mr.  L^atham  Blee.  The  premises  on  Azalia  Court, 
below  15th  (it  ran  east  from  233  N.  15th  St.),  belonged  to  two 
ladies,  Elizabeth  H.  Wesley  and  Margaret  Johnson,  and  the 
price  was  $12,000.  The  premises  on  Broad  St.,  including  the 
numbers  221-232  North  Broad  St.,  were  bought  from  the 
Gavit  Estate  for  $70,000.00,  subject  to  ground  rent. 

This  property  was  acquired  in  1882  and  1883.  The  houses 
were  vacated,  either  by  ejection,  as  in  some  of  the  houses  in 
Azalia  Court,  or  by  peaceable  removal  during  the  latter  part 
of  October,  November  and  December,  of  1883,  and  at  different 
times  up  to  December,  1884. 

At  a  Faculty  meeting  held  September  24,  1882,  the  Faculty 
donated  $3000  of  the  income  of  the  College  toward  the  pur- 
chase of  the  propert}^  on  Broad  St.  They  had  already  ad- 
vanced $1,000  to  bind  the  bargain. 

The  entire  lot  embraced  one  and  one-eighth  acres.  Dr. 
Pemberton  Dudley  thus  mentions  this  period  in  the  College 
History  : 

"About  the  3'ear  1878  or  '79  a  new  element  came  in  to  render 
the  hospital  question  more  complicated.  The  College  Faculty 
was  being  graduall}^  forced  to  the  conviction  that  a  new  Col- 
lege building  was  becoming  an  urgent  necessity  to  the  proper 
prosecution  of  their  educational  work.  The  old  building  was 
becoming   inadequate  to  accommodate   the  growing   classes 


222  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

and  was  iu  no  respect  adapted  to  the  enlarged  curriculum  of 
recent  years.  Moreover,  in  its  sanitary  condition  it  had  be- 
come well  nigh  unfit  for  human  habitation. 

On  this  subject  the  Faculty  reasoned  as  follows:  The  new 
College  building,  when  erected,  must  be  of  a  size  sufficient  to 
accommodate  the  classes  of  ten,  twenty  or  thirty  years  hence, 
and  provide  all  needed  conveniences  for  the  improved  medi- 
cal instruction  of  the  coming  years.  It  must  be  provided 
with  ample  facilities  for  clinical  instruction;  in  other  words,  it 
must  have  a  well-located,  well-constructed,  well-equipped  and 
well-maintained  hospital.  In  that  hospital  the  clinical  teachers 
must  be  clothed  with  some  corporate  authority,  and  not  be 
subject  to  the  changing  whims  and  opinions  of  an  ever- 
changing  board  of  managers.  Without  a  good  College  hos- 
pital good  clinical  teaching  would  be  impossible;  without 
good  clinical  teaching  the  college  could  not  receive  much 
professional  support,  the  Faculty  could  not  maintain  a  good 
college  building,  and  without  a  better  college  building  than 
the  old  one  the  institution  in  a  few  j^ears  must  close  its  doors. 
This  was  the  alternative  that  the  Faculty  endeavored  to  im- 
press upon  the  minds  of  the  Corporate  Trustees. 

And  with  what  result  ?  For  some  three  or  four  years  abso- 
lutely none — none  except  to  work  up  the  mind  of  the  Fac- 
ulty to  a  pretty  high  pitch  of  impatience  and  determination. 
One  member  of  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees,  with  such 
backing  as  he  could  get  from  a  few  others,  succeeded  in  ob- 
structing the  work  of  college  improvement  during  all  this  long 
period.  I  need  not  describe  his  various  means  and  methods. 
He  was  a  man  of  resources,  and  he  was  always  successful. 

The  members  of  the  Faculty  at  last  grew  desperate.  They 
felt  sure  of  the  support  and  sympathy  of  some  of  the  Corpora- 
tion Trustees,  but  it  could  avail  them  little,  so  long  as  affairs 
maintained  their  present  status.  They  finally  determined  to 
suggest  to  the  Board  that  they,  the  Trustees,  should  take  the 
hospital  charter,  the  hospital  property  and  the  college  build- 
ing and  do  what  they  pleased  with  them,  and  that  the  Fac- 
ulty should  take  the  college  charter  and  its  personal  property 
and  go  out  to  complete  their  organization  and  undertake  the 
work  of  college  improvement  in  their  own  way. 


MEDICAL  COIvIvEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  223 

It  happened,  however,  that  while  the  Faculty  delayed  (for 
reasons  known  to  themselves),  a  similar  leaven  was  working 
in  the  Board  of  Trustees,  and  presently  that  identical  proposi- 
tion reached  the  Faculty  from  the  Trustees.  Of  course,  it 
was  promptly  accepted,  and  the  division  was  quickly  con- 
summated. And  so,  in  the  spring  of  1884,  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  stripped  herself  of  her  accumulated  posses- 
sions, save  only  her  library  and  her  museum,  and  without  a 
dollar  in  her  treasury  started  out  from  the  home  that  had 
sheltered  her  for  thirty-six  years.  Yet  she  carried  with  her 
her  stainless  reputation,  her  cherished  faith,  her  indomitable 
purpose.  Some  of  the  members  of  the  old  board  known  to 
be  in  hearty  sympathy  with  the  college  plans  and  enterprises 
were  invited  and  kindly  consented  to  serve  in  the  new  organ- 
ization. Other  prominent  and  public-spirited  men  of  busi- 
ness were  secured,  besides  several  homoeopathic  physicians. 

A  careful  revision  of  the  charter  and  statutes  of  the  college 
was  made,  and  then  a  lot  comprising  i}4,  acres  of  ground  on 
Broad  street  and  Fifteenth  street  was  purchased  for  the  insti- 
tution."    *     *     * 

In  the  meantime  the  lectures  and  sessions  were  still  held 
in  the  old  Filbert  Street  College.  The  Spring  Course  of  1882 
commenced  in  March  and  continued  the  usual  time. 

The  Preliminary  Course  commenced  the  week  before  the 
Regular  Session,  the  last  week  in  September. 

The  Introductory  to  the  session  of  1 882-' 83  was  delivered 
by  Dr.  I^emuel  Stephens  on  Monday  evening,  October  ist, 
1 88 1.  There  were  147  matriculates.  Dr.  Selden  H.  Talcott, 
during  this  session,  delivered  a  course  of  lectures  on  ' '  In- 
sanity. ' ' 

The  Commencement  occurred  at  the  Academy  of  Music  on 
Tuesday,  March  13,  1883,  at  11  A.  m.  The  Valedictory  w^as 
by  Dr.  John  E.  James.  There  were  52  graduates. 

The  two  prizes  offered  by  Dr.  Talcott  for  the  best  synopsis 
of  his  course  of  lectures  on  "  Insanity  "  were  conferred,  the 
first,  a  prize  of  $30. 00 in  money,  upon  Dr.  Daniel  P.  Maddux, 
Chester,  Pa.;  the  second,  of  $20.00,  upon  Dr.  J.  Pearson  Iliff, 
Kennett  Square,  Pa.  In  connection  with  the  awarding  of 
these   prizes  a  touching  incident  occurred.       Dr.   Maddux, 


224  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

upon  receiving  his  prize,  requested  that  it  be  handed  to  Dr. 
Reuben  Owen,  of  Philadelphia,  the  father  of  Mr.  Elbert  J. 
Owen,  the  student  who  lost  his  life  while  bathing  during  the 
summer  of  1882,  and  who,  had  he  lived,  "would,  beyond 
doubt,"  as  Dr.  Maddux  expressed  it,  have  secured  the  prize, 
"  since  his  synopsis  last  year  was  superior  to  any  other."  It 
was  afterwards  learned  that  Mr.  Maddux,  knowing  that  Mr. 
Owen  fully  expected  to  compete  for  the  prize  this  year,  de- 
termined, after  Mr.  Owen's  sad  death,  to  secure  it  himself,  if 
possible,  in  order  that  he  might  honor  the  memory  of  his 
friend. 

There  were  no  flowers  this  year.  The  practice  of  distrib- 
uting flowers  had  been  the  means  of  taking  so  much  time 
that  it  was  deemed  wise  to  abolish  it. 

During  the  session  of  i882'-83  the  death  of  Dr.  R.  J. 
McClatche}'-  occurred.  He  suddenly  passed  away  on  January 
13,  1883,  after  an  illness  of  but  a  few  hours.  A  special  meet- 
ing of  the  Faculty  was  called  and  resolutions  of  regret  were 
passed.  Dr.  W.  C.  Goodno,  w^ho  had  been  lecturer  on  Mi- 
croscopy, Histology  and  Morbid  Anatomy,  filled  his  chair 
for  the  rest  of  the  term. 

The  Spring  Course  of  1883  commenced  on  Monday,  March 
19th,  and  ended  June  ist. 

Previous  to  the  opening  of  the  winter  session  there  were 
some  changes  in  the  Faculty.  Dr.  Goodno  was  elected  to  the 
chair  of  Pathology  and  Practice  of  Medicine.  Dr.  W.  K.  In- 
gersoll  taking  his  former  lectureship  on  Microscopy,  Histology 
and  Morbid  Anatomy  in  place  of  the  lectureship  of  Clinical 
Medicine  and  Phj^sical  Diagnosis,  which  had  been  occupied  by 
Dr.  Chas.  Mohr,  a  new  chair  of  Clinical  Medicine  and  Physi- 
cal Diagnosis  was  formed,  to  which  Dr.  Mohr  was  appointed. 

The  Hah7iema7i7iian  Monthly  of  September,  1883,  contains 
the  following  about  the  new  College  : 

The  Hahnemann  Medicaid  ColIvEGE  op  Phii^adel.- 
PHiA. — The  trustees  of  the  Philadelphia  College  have  just 
purchased  a  large  lot  of  ground,  on  which  they  intend  to 
erect  new  college,  dispensar}^  and  hospital  buildings.  The 
ground  is  situated  two  squares  north  of  the  new  Public  Build- 
ings, near  the  business  centre  of  the  city.      It  extends  from 


HAHNEMANN   MEDICAL  COLLEOE. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  225 

Broad  street  (north  of  Race  street)  westward  to  Fifteenth 
street,  having  a  frontage  of  one  hundred  and  six  feet  on 
Broad  street  and  one  hundred  forty-two  feet  six  inches  on 
Fifteenth  street.  The  entire  length  of  the  lot  is  three  hun- 
dred and  ninety-six  feet.  The  cost  of  this  magnificent  site  is 
$104,500. 

It  is  the  intention  of  the  trustees,  as  soon  as  actual  posses- 
sion of  the  property  is  obtained,  to  commence  the  erection  of 
buildings  thoroughly  adapted  in  all  respects  to  the  needs  of  a 
first-class  medical  college.  It  is  proposed  to  erect  the  main 
college  building  on  the  Broad  street  front  of  the  college 
grounds.  This  building  will  contain  the  lecture-rooms  for 
didactic  instruction,  the  museum,  practical  anatomy  rooms, 
and  the  various  laboratories  for  the  professors  and  for  prac- 
tical work  by  the  students  in  the  departments  of  General  and 
Medical  Chemistry,  Physiology,  Microscopy,  Normal  and 
Pathological  Histology,  etc.,  together  with  suitable  rooms 
for  practical  exercises  in  the  various  manipulations  of  Sur- 
gery, Obstetrics,  etc.  Commodious  apartments  will  also  be 
provided  to  be  used  as  library,  reading,  study  and  recitation 
rooms,  and  also  for  the  convenience  and  comfort  of  the  stu- 
dents and  teachers. 

Contiguous  to  the  college  building,  and  between  it  and  the 
hospital,  will  be  the  Dispensary  and  Polyclinic.  This  build- 
ing will,  of  course,  include  the  clinical  amphitheatre,  so  ar- 
ranged as  to  secure  light  from  all  sides,  and  will  communicate 
directly  with  the  hospital  as  well  as  with  the  dispensary. 
Here  will  be  provided  reception  and  general  prescribing 
rooms,  besides  rooms  for  special  examinations  in  private 
cases  and  for  the  management  of  all  cases  occurring 
under  the  various  specialties.  There  will  also  be  con- 
venient apartments  for  the  clinical  professors,  anaesthetic 
and  recovery  rooms,  and  rooms  for  special  clinical  instruc- 
tion, demonstration  and  practice  for  individual  students 
and  for  small  classes,  especially  in  Gynaecology,  Ophthal- 
mology, Laryngology,  etc.,  and  in  general  physical  and 
chemical  exploration. 

The  Hospital  will  front  on  Fifteenth  street.  It  will  prob- 
ably consist  of  a  central  building  and  two  parallel  pavilions. 
16 


226  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

Ample  room  can  be  provided  on  the  grounds  for  a  hospital  to 
accommodate  two  hundred  and  fifty  to  three  hundred 
patients.  The  building  will  doubtless  be  erected  in  sections, 
and  will  be  so  constructed  as  to  illustrate  the  highest  and  best 
principles  of  modern  sanitary  science,  and  provided  with 
every  convenience  for  the  highest  welfare  of  the  patients  and 
the  greatest  educational  advantages  of  the  students. 

The  Faculty  have  succeeded  in  enlisting,  in  behalf  of  the 
College,  the  warm  interest  of  a  large  number  of  the  most 
active,  influential  and  wealthy  business  men  of  Philadelphia  ; 
and  it  is  to  the  public  and  humanitarian  spirit  and  the  busi- 
ness sagacity  of  these  gentlemen  that  the  College  owes  its 
present  exceedingly  flattering  prospects.  At  last  the  alumni  of 
the  Philadelphia  school,  from  the  class  of  '49  to  that  of  '83, 
are  to  have  an  institution  in  which  they  may  feel  a  good  deal 
of  pride.  For  it  is  the  full  purpose  of  the  Faculty  and 
Trustees  to  place  the  institution  upon  such  a  basis  as  that,  in 
point  of  efficiency ,  it  shall  be,  in  no  single  particular,  second 
to  any  medical  school  in  America. 

This  was  also  published  in  N.  E.  Med.  Gazette,  September,. 
1883. 

The  Commencement  of  the  session  of  i883-'84  took  place 
at  the  Academy  of  Music  on  Wednesday,  April  2,  1884,  at 
noon.  The  Valedictory  was  by  Dr.  Chas.  Mohr.  There 
were  41  graduates.     No  prizes. 

The  usual  Summer  Course  commenced  April  3,  1884. 

This  was  an  important  summer  in  the  history  of  the  Dear  Old 
College.  The  ground  for  the  New  College  was  broke  in  1884. 
Money  was  raised  by  subscriptions.  The  old  college  prop- 
erty was  sold  to  the  Hilton  Hotel  Company  for  $35,000, 
subject  to  the  $10,000  mortgage. 

The  plans  were  made  by  the  architects,  Geo.  W.  and  Wm. 
D.  Hewett  and  the  contract  for  building  was  awarded  to 
Messrs.  Wm.  Kemp  and  John  Garrison,  who  were  to  build 
the  college  building  for  $73,695.  Pa3^ments  were  to  be  made 
in  installments  during  the  building. 

During  the  summer  of  1884  the  excavations  for  the  build- 
ing were  rapidlj'  made  and  the  cellars  and  foundations  care- 
fully laid. 

There  were  no  changes  made  in  the  Faculty  from  the  pre- 
^  ious  session. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  227 


CHAPTER  XXXII. 

i884-'85. 

Soon  after  the  close  of  the  session  1 883-' 84  the  following 
circular  and  pamphlet  were  published  : 

Phii,adei.phia,  April,  1884. 

Dear  Doctor  :  —  From  the  accompanying  pamphlet,  you  will  learn 
that  the  Trustees  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College,  of  Philadelphia, 
with  the  view  of  placing  the  institution  in  a  position  for  exerting  the 
influence  and  commanding  the  respect  which  its  importance  should 
entitle  it,  and  for  furnishing  its  students  with  every  facility  demanded 
by  the  present  advanced  condition  of  medical  science,  have  secured  a 
most  desirable  lot  of  ground  on  Broad  Street,  and  have  completed 
plans  for  the  erection  thereon  of  new  College  and  Hospital  buildings. 
By  an  examination  of  the  accompanying  plans  and  elevations,  you  will 
notice  that  the  College  building  is  not  only  imposing  in  its  exterior, 
but  that  in  its  internal  arrangement  it  offers  every  convenience  and 
advantage  that  a  medical  college  of  the  present  day  should  possess. 
The  Hospital  buildings  also,  when  constructed,  will  be  ample  in  size, 
and  complete  in  every  detail. 

It  is  anticipated  that  the  new  [Hospital  will  give  such  a  supply  of 
clinical  material,  that  increased  prominence  ma)'  be  given  to  clinical 
teaching  in  the  College  curriculum.  The  Trustees,  being  disposed  to 
adopt  a  liberal  policy  in  the  Hospital  management,  propose  in  the  or- 
ganization of  the  Medical  and  Surgical  Staff,  as  well  as  the  corps  of 
clinical  instructors,  to  draw  freely  upon  the  services  of  the  general  pro- 
fession. Provision  will  also  be  made,  by  which  pay.  patients  who  may 
be  provided  with  private  rooms  in  a  separate  building  may  select  their 
ph5'sician,  either  from  the  Hospital  Staff  or  from  the  profession  out- 
side. 

Nothing  will  be  better  calculated  to  advance  the  interests  of  Homoe- 
opathy than  an  early  consummation  of  this  enterprise.  The  College 
and  Dispensary  should  be  completed  during  the  present  year,  and  the 
other  buildings  within  the  next  one  or  two  years. 

The  entire  outlay  for  lot  and  the  completion  of  all  the  contemplated 
buildings  will  be  not  less  than  feoo.ooo.  Although  the  same  liberal 
aid  is  anticipated  from  the  State  that  has  been  given  to  the  Uni- 
versity and  Jefferson  Hospitals,  yet  a  large  proportion  of  this  amount 
must  first  come  direct  froni  the  friends  of  Homoeopathy.  From  the 
promptness  with  which  contributions  have  thus  far  been  made,  it  is 


228  HISTORY  OP  THK  HAHNEMANN 

felt  that  our  purpose  can  be  readily  accomplished,  provided  the  profes- 
sion take  hold  of  the  matter  with  the  earnestness  which  its  importance 
demands. 

It  should  be  clearly  ujiderstood ,  that  all  money  invested  in  the  Col- 
lege building  becomes  an  endowment  for  the  Hospital,  the  Faculty 
engaging  to  pay  a  rent  equal  to  the  interest  on  the  money  so  invested. 
By  this  arrangement,  the  Hospital  is  secured  a  permanent  income  for 
its  support. 

In  view  of  the  importance  of  this  matter,  we  would  urge  upon  you  : 

pirst. — To  make  promptly,  such  a  donation  as  you  may  feel  that  your 
circumstances  will  permit. 

Second. — Call  on  your  patrons  and  endeavor  to  interest  them,  by 
exhibiting  the  plans  of  our  lot  and  buildings,  and  solicit  from  them 
subscriptions  in  large  or  small  amounts. 

Third. — If  you  are  a  member  of  a  County  Society  or  Club,  strive  to 
incite  its  members  to  some  concerted  action  in  this  matter,  with  the 
view  ot  securing,  if  possible,  a  fund  sufficient  for  endowing  a  bed,  thus 
giving  your  community  benefits  in  the  Hospital  for  all  time. 

Finally. — Endeavor  to  act  promptly  in  this  good  work,  and  lose  no 
opportunity  for  stimulating  the  interest  of  j'our  medical  brethren  and 
of  the  friends  of  Homoeopathy  generally. 

The  accompanying  circular  should  be  widely  distributed.  For  an 
additional  supply,  or  for  subscription  book,  apply  to  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas, 
or  any  member  of  the  Finance  Committee. 

Geo.  C.  Thomas, 

Chairman  of  Board  of  Trustees. 
A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D., 
Dean  of  Faculty. 


HAHNEMANN  COLLEGE  AND  HOSPITAL. 

The  site  secured  for  the  new  Hahnemann  College  and  Hospital  is 
believed  to  be  in  all  respects  the  most  eligible  that  could  have  been 
selected  within  the  City  of  Philadelphia.  Located  on  Broad  street,  the 
great  thoroughfare  of  the  city,  in  the  centre  of  the  square  between 
Race  and  Vine  streets,  and  extending  through  to  Fifteenth  street, 
within  two  squares  of  the  new  City  Hall  and  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad 
Station,  near  the  great  manufactories  of  Philadelphia,  and  midway  be- 
tween the  large  hospitals  of  the  northern,  southern  and  western 
portions  of  the  city,  it  presents  every  advantage  that  could  be  desired. 

In  dimensions  (see  folded  Plate)  the  lot  has  a  frontage  on  Broad 
street  of  io6  feet,  extending  west  this  width  to  a  depth  of  200  feet, 
when  it  widens  142^  feet,  extending  further  west  196  feet  to  Fifteenth 
street,  making  a  total  depth  of  396  feet.  The  cost  has  been  about 
^103,000. 

Hospital  Buildings. 

It  is  proposed  to  place  the  College  building  on  the  east,  or  Broad 


MEDICAL  COLIvEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  229 

street  end  of  the  lot,  to  the  north  of  the  centre  of  the  same,  leaving  a 
side  yard  of  25  feet  on  the  south,  through  which  the  Hospital  buildings 
maj^  be  seen  from  Broad  street.  Fronting  on  Fifteenth  street  will  be 
the  main  buil  ling  of  Hospital,  fitted  up  in  handsome  style,  -with  many 
private  wards,  to  be  occupied  mainl}'-  by  private  patients.  In  the  rear  of 
this  will  be  a  separate  building  with  large  public  wards,  connected  with 
the  first  building  by  covered  corridors,  and  consisting  of  an  administra- 
tion building,  running  east  and  west,  and  male  and  female  pavilion 
wards  extending  north  and  south.  Between  the  latter  building  and 
the  College  will  be  erected  a  third  building  about  50  feet  square,  with 
heating  apparatus  and  laundry  in  the  basement,  dispensary  rooms  on 
the  first  floor,  and  clinical  amphitheatre  above,  capable  of  seating  400. 
This  will  be  connected  with  the  public  wards  of  the  Hospital  by  a 
covered  way,  so  that  patients  may  be  brought  into  the  clinical  amphi- 
theatre direct  from  the  Hospital  as  well  as  from  the  dispensary  in  the 
same  building.  It  is  proposed  to  erect  the  latter  building  at  once,  in 
connection  with  the  College  building,  and  to  place  a  few  beds  in  the 
same,  that  it  may  serve  as  a  temporary  Hospital  until  the  other  build- 
ings are  completed. 

Coi,i,KGE  Buildings. 

Plans  for  the  college  building  have,  after  long  and  careful  study, 
been  completed  by  the  architects,  Geo.  W.  and  Wm.  D.  Hewitt,  and 
are  now  in  the  hands  of  contractors. 

The  building,  in  its  general  dimensions,  has  a  frontage  of  70  feet  on 
Broad  street  and  a  depth  of  96  feet,  and  is  four  stories  high.  It  is  set 
back  from  the  line  sufficiently  to  allow  of  an  entrance  approach  by 
broad  stone  steps  8  feet  in  width  from  both  sides,  instead  of  directly 
from  the  front,  having  a  broad  platform  or  rest  midway  between  pave- 
ment and  sill  on  either  side.  The  entrance  being  in  the  centre  of  front, 
is  made  the  principal  feature,  and  "  emphasized"  by  having  its  jamb 
heavily  moulded  and  flanked  by  coupled  columns  of  stone  with 
richly  carved  capitals  and  deeply  recessed  arches  above.  This  feature 
of  the  front  projects  from  the  facade  line  about  4  feet;  this  break  is 
carried  up  and  rises  above  the  cornice  line  in  the  form  of  a  tower  sur- 
mounted by  a  spire,  the  apex  of  which  will  be  about  120  feet  above  the 
pavement.  On  either  side  of  the  tower,  the  front  is  divided  in  the 
lower  stories  into  three  bays  or  openings,  which  at  the  third  story  are 
arched  in  gothic  form,  and  where  these  openings  are  intersected  by  the 
floors,  broad  panels  of  cusped  and  moulded  work  are  introduced,  mak- 
ing an  ornamental  band,  as  it  were,  across  the  entire  front.  These 
arches  spring  from  ornamental  pilasters,  with  capitals,  forming  the 
divisions  between  the  windows.  In  the  upper  story  of  the  building 
three  openings,  arched  over,  take  the  place  of  the  single  arched  open- 
ings below,  these  smaller  openings  being  separated  by  small  columns 
with  ornamental  capitals.  Above  these  the  main  cornice  of  the  build- 
ings is  corbelled  out  with  heavy  projections  below,  and  a  cresting  band 


230  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

in  low  relief  pattern  above.  The  chimneys  throughout  are  carried  well 
up  above  the  roof,  and,  made  of  ornamental  character,  are  important 
features  in  the  general  effect.  In  the  return  fronts  and  rear  of  the  build- 
ing the  same  general  treatment  is  adopted,  but  with  less  elaboration  of 
detail.  The  material  throughout  will  be  principally  brick,  the  orna- 
mental features,  such  as  string  courses,  capitals,  spandrels,  etc. ,  to  be  of 
red  terra  cotta.  The  base  of  the  building  on  Broad  street  from  the 
pavement  line  to  the  first  floor  line  will  be  built  of  Hummelstown  stone, 
laid  in  heavy  courses  of  broken  range  rock  work.  The  window  sills, 
platforms,  columns  of  main  entrance,  and  wherever  stone  steps  is  used, 
will  be  of  Connecticut  brown  stone.  The  roof  will  be  of  purple  slate, 
with  borders  of  red  Vermont  slate;  the  crestings  and  gutters  of  copper. 

The  building  will  contain  in  all  about  fifty  rooms,  including  three 
lecture  rooms,  library,  museum,  room  for  society  meetings.  Faculty 
room,  the  several  laboratories,  private  rooms  for  professors,  janitor's 
rooms,  etc. 

In  the  basement,  which  will  be  7  feet  above  ground  and  3  below,  will 
be  placed  the  chemical  laboratory  with  chemical  store  rooms,  reading 
room,  coat  room,  smoking  room  and  water  closets  for  students;  green 
room  for  the  preparation  of,  and  tank  room  for  the  storage  of  anatomical 
material;  animal  room,  etc.  Commencing  in  the  basement  will  be  an 
elevator,  extending  to  the  dissecting  room  on  the  fourth  floor. 
.  The  first  or  main  floor  will  be  entered  from  broad  steps  at  centre  of 
front,  through  -  a  vestibule  and  hall  14  feet  wide.  On  the  south  front 
will  be  another  entrance  to  a  spacious  hall  16  feet  wide,  and  intersecting 
the  hall  from  the  eastern  front.  At  this  point  will  be  placed  the  main 
stairs  leading  to  the  upper  stories.  These  will  be  fireproof,  being  made 
of  marble  with  iron  supports.  On  the  south  side  of  the  hall  on  the 
Broad  street  front  will  be  a  room  25x34  feet  and  14  feet  high  for 
library.  This  will  be  handsomely  finished  in  hard  wood,  and  with 
fireplace  and  mantel  directly  opposite  the  door  of  entrance  from  the 
hall.*  On  the  opposite  side  of  the  hall  will  be  a  room  of  same  size  as 
library,  for  Society  and  other  meetings,  or  for  other  classes  of  students. 
Back  of  this.will  be  placed  a  room  for  Faculty  meetings.  On  the  south- 
west corner  of  this  floor  will  be  one  of  the  general  lecture  rooms  40 
square  feet  and  24  feet  high,  with  a  seating  capacity  of  about  300.  The 
seats  of  this  room  will  be  raised  at  such  a  pitch  as  to  give  beneath,  on 
the  south  side,  small  private  rooms  for  the  professors,  storage,  etc.  On 
the  north  side  of  the  building  will  be  fireproof  private  stairs  to  upper 
stories,  with  waiting  room  and  private  laboratory  for  the  professor  of 
chemistry.  A  private  entrance  on  the  north  side  of  the  building  com- 
municates with  the  private  stairway  on  this  floor. 

The  second  story  gives  a  lecture  room  over  the  library  and  hall, 
34x40  and  15  feet  high,  with  seats  for  200.  Beneath  the  seats  of  this 
room  are  rooms  for  the  Professor  of  Physiology  and  for  practical  physio- 

*AUimni  Hall. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  23 1 

logical  work.  In  the  northeast  corner  of  this  floor  will  be  a  room 
25x25  for  general  microscopic  work,  including  histology  and  morbid 
anatomy,  with  an  adjoining  room  for  the  Demonstrator  of  Microscopy, 
and  for  storage  of  microscopes  and  microscopic  material  and  apparatus. 
On  this  floor  will  also  be  a  suite  of  rooms  reached  by  private  stairs  for 
the  janitor's  family. 

The  third  floor  of  the  building  will  contain  the  museum,  25x34  feet 
and  24  feet  high,  with  gallery  and  skylight.  The  amphitheatre  for 
anatomical,  surgical  and  other  lectures  will  be  on  this  floor  also,  with 
rooms  for  professors  and  curator  of  museum.  The  amphitheatre  will 
be  25  feet  high,  with  large  skylight  and  seats  for  300. 

In  the  fourth  floor  will  be  placed  the  dissecting  room,  34x40  feet, 
with  abundance  of  side  and  skylight,  with  large  rooms  for  practical 
surgery  and  obstetrics. 

As  in  the  graded  course  of  study  adopted  by  the  Faculty,  the  class  is 
always  divided  (except  in  the  clinics)  not  more  than  two-thirds  of  the 
students  ever  being  together,  the  building  will  furnish  accommodations 
for  over  400  students. 

Particular  care  and  attention  will  be  given  to  lighting,  heating  and 
ventilation,  and  water  will  be  introduced  in  every  room  where  it  may 
be  required.  In  short,  no  pains  will  be  spared  to  make  this  building 
all  that  the  present  state  of  medical  science  may  demand,  and  second 
to  none  in  the  country. 

The  Faculty  of  the  Hahnemann  College  have  engaged  to  pay  a  rent 
for  the  use  of  the  college  building,  equal  to  the  interest  of  the  money 
invested  in  the  same,  thus  giving  a  permanent  income  for  the  support 
of   the  hospital. 

It  is  the  purpose  of  the  Trustees  to  break  ground  at  an  early  day,  and 
have  the  college  and  dispensary  building  with  the  clinical  amphithe- 
atre ready  for  occupancy  by  the  first  of  January,  1885. 

Subscriptions  received  by  Geo.  C.  Thomas,  Esq.,  of  Drexel  &  Co., 
Chairman  of  Finance  Committee,  or  Jno.  W.  Sexton,  Esq.,  Treasurer, 
138  S.  Third  street. 

Building  Committee:  A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  Chairman;  E.  B.  War- 
ren, Pemberton  Dudley,  M.  D. ,  Lemuel  Coffin,  John  E.  James,  M.  D. 

This  pamphlet  also  contained  plans  of  the  future  college 
and  hospital. 

In  the  Halmemannian  Monthly  for  September,  1884,  ap- 
peared the  following  : 

The  New  College  Building  in  Philadelphia. 

Messrs.  Kemp  and  Garrison,  the  contractors  engaged  in 
the  erection  of  the  new  building  for  the  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  of  Philadelphia,  are  forwarding  their  work  energet- 


232  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

ically,  and  the  building  will  be  urged  to  its  completion  as 
rapidly  as  may  be  consistent  with  safety  and  with  a  view  to 
the  highest  quality  of  workmanship  and  materials  in  all  parts 
of  the  structure. 

The  college  authorities  have  been  wonderfully  fortunate  in 
being  able  to  secure,  probably,  the  very  best  location  for  a 
medical  college  and  hospital  that  the  city  of  Philadelphia 
affords.  Broad  street,  on  which  the  building  is  located,  must 
always  be  the  grandest  thoroughfare  in  the  city,  and  the  real 
estate  of  the  College  Corporation  must  become  more  and 
more  valuable  for  an  indefinite  period.  That  particular  por- 
tion of  this  broad  avenue  on  which  the  College  is  situated 
seems  to  be  in  special  demand  for  buildings  of  a  public  char- 
acter. Only  two  squares  south  is  the  new  City  Hall — a 
building  of  magnificent  proportions,  now  rapidly  nearing 
completion,  and  whose  tower  will  be  the  tallest  artificial 
structure  in  the  world.  Just  above  the  City  Hall  stands  the 
Masonic  Temple,  one  of  the  finest  and  most  imposing  archi- 
tectural piles  in  America.  Still  nearer  to  the  College  is  the 
Academy  of  the  Fine  Arts,  while  to  the  northward  and 
within  a  short  distance  are  the  new  First  Regiment  Armory, 
the  Philadelphia  and  Reading  R.  R.  Depot  and  the  Central 
High  School,  with  numerous  handsome  church  buildings 
both  up  and  down  the  street.  The  erection  of  still  other 
important  buildings  is  contemplated,  and  some  of  these 
will  be  completed  in  the  near  future.  At  the  same 
distance  as  the  City  Hall  is  the  Broad  Street  Station 
of  the  Pennsylvania  R.  R. ,  from  which  point  railway  com- 
munication is  had  direct  with  its  New  York  Division,  its  Main 
Line  to  the  West ;  also  with  Wilmington,  Baltimore,  Wash- 
ington and  the  far  South  and  Southwest,  and  by  very  fre- 
quent trains  with  nearly  all  the  towns  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Philadelphia.  The  United  States  Mint,  Mercantile  Library, 
Academy  of  Music,  Union  League,  Hall  of  the  Y.  M.  C  A., 
several  of  the  principal  hotels  and  other  places  of  interest  are 
all  within  ten  minutes'  walk  of  the  College.  The  Pennsyl- 
vania and  Blockly  Hospitals  are  easily  communicated  with 
by  convenient  street-car  lines,  and,  indeed,  are  not  by  most 
students  considered  too  distant  for  a  pleasant  walk  ;  the  time 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  233 

required  to  reach  the  first  named  being  about  twenty  minutes, 
and  the  other  thirty  minutes  on  foot. 

One  of  the  most  valuable  advantages  secured  by  the  new 
college  location  is  the  contiguit}^  of  a  large  district  adapted  to 
furnish  an  immense  supply  of  clinical  material  for  the  College 
Dispensary  and  Hospital.  The  experience  of  the  past,  it  is 
true,  shows  that  vast  numbers  of  patients  seek  the  benefits  of 
the  College  clinics  from  all  parts  of  the  city  and  indeed  from 
the  surrounding  towns,  cities  and  rural  districts.  But  the 
great  mass  of  such  cases  from  a  large  and  densely  populated 
district  lying  between  Broad  street  and  the  Schuylkill  River, 
and  extending  north  from  Market  street,  together  with  the 
great  proportion  of  those  from  the  still  larger  northeastern 
area  will  naturally  seek  the  location  occupied  by  the  new 
College.  Vast  as  is  the  supply  at  the  Old  College  Dispensary, 
it  is  destined  to  be  far  surpassed  in  the  new  buildings.  Besides 
this  advantage  of  location,  the  immense  manufactories  in  the 
immediate  neighborhood  will  find  in  the  college  hospital  the 
most  convenient  facilities  for  the  prompt  treatment  and  care 
of  accident  cases  ;  while  those  of  a  similar  nature  arriving 
over  both  the  Pennsylvania  and  Reading  R.  R.  lines  can  be 
more  quickl}^  and  comfortably  transferred  to  this  hospital 
than  to  any  other  in  the  city. 

The  general  and  detailed  arrangements  of  the  interior  of 
the  college  building  have  been  the  subject  of  careful  research, 
study  and  calculation  by  members  of  the  Faculty  for  several 
years.  In  this  work  all  the  merits  and  advantages  presented 
by  the  most  modern  structures  of  the  kind  were  laid  under 
contribution,  and  all  the  suggestions,  furnished  by  years  of 
college  experience,  were  duly  considered.  No  department 
of  the  teaching  work,  either  present  or  prospective,  was 
omitted  from  these  carefully  formed  plans,  and  no  one 
of  them  was  allowed  to  be  thrust  aside  as  of  only  minor  im- 
portance. Such  having  been  the  facts,  there  is  nothing  at 
all  surprising  in  the  statement,  which  we  may  make  without 
reservation,  that  the  new  Hahnemann  College  building  now 
in  process  of  erection  in  Philadelphia  will  be  the  best  medical 
college  building  in  the  world,  though  it  will  not  be,  by  any 
means,  the  most  costly. 


234  HISTORY  OF  THE)  HAHNEMANN 

Reserving,  for  some  future  time,  a  detailed  description  of 
the  building,  we  may  mention  some  features  of  the  general 
interior  arrangements.  First  of  all,  as  to  the  lecture-rooms. 
Of  these  there  will  be  four,  two  on  the  first  floor,  one  on  the 
second  and  one  on  the  third.  Three  of  these  lecture-rooms 
extend  up  through  two  stories  each,  thus  securing  abundant 
light  as  well  as  abundant  air-space.  The  seats  in  all  these 
rooms  are  so  elevated,  one  above  another,  that  each  student 
can  have  an  unobstructed  view,  not  only  of  all  charts,  pic- 
tures, blackboards,  etc..  used,  but  also  of  the  lecturer's  table 
and  of  all  the  demonstrative  processes  conducted  thereon. 
The  remaining  room  will  have  a  level  floor  with  movable 
seats,  and  will  be  chiefly  used  for  certain  special  lectures  to 
the  senior  classes,  and  for  society  meetings,  etc.  This  room 
is  on  the  first  floor  front.  Directly  opposite,  and  separated 
by  a  hall  fourteen  feet  wide,  is  the  library.  This  room  is 
twenty-five  by  thirty-four  feet,  and  fourteen  feet  high,  and 
can  be  fitted  up  with  at  least  twelve  hundred  feet  of  shelving, 
capable  of  accommodating,  if  necessary,  a  collection  of  ten 
thousand  volumes.  A  students'  reading-room,  of  the  same 
size  as  the  library,  is  located  in  the  basement  story.  This 
room  is  to  be  provided  with  every  appliance  for  the  comfort 
and  convenience  of  its  occupants. 

The  rooms  and  facilities  for  practical  work  and  for  experi- 
mental study  and  manipulations  will  constitute  a  prominent 
and  important  feature.  On  the  basement  floor  there  will  be 
a  well-lighted  and  well- ventilated  chemical  laboratory, twenty- 
four  by  forty  feet  in  dimensions,  and,  communicating  with  it, 
two  large  rooms  for  the  storage  of  chemical  materials  and  ap- 
paratus. Here  every  student  will  be  made  practically  famil- 
iar with  this  vitally  important,  but  too  much  neglected, 
branch  of  medical  culture.  The  private  laboratory  of  the 
Professor  of  Chemistry  is  on  the  first  floor  and  communicates 
directly  with  the  lecture  platform.  On  the  second  floor  front 
we  enter  another  airy  apartment,  twenty-five  feet  in  each  di- 
mension, to  be  used  as  a  microscopical  laboratory,  a  depart- 
ment of  practical  study,  which  this  college  has  long  regarded 
as  absolutely  essential  to  the  proper  educational  equipment  of 
the  young  physician.     Communicating  with  this  laboratory 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  235 

there  will  be  a  cabinet  for  the  storage  of  microscopes  and  ac- 
cessories, materials  and  mounted  specimens.  Facilities  will 
also  be  provided  here  for  practical  work  in  micro-pho- 
tograph}-. 

On  the  same  floor  a  room  will  be  provided  for  practical 
exercise  in  the  manipulations  of  obstetrics — a  valuable  pre- 
liminary to  that  still  more  practical  work  which  the  college 
furnishes  each  student,  at  the  bedside  of  the  lying-in  woman. 
This  also  has  for  many  years  formed  an  important  part  of 
the  college  course  of  instruction.  On  the  upper  floor,  a  large 
room  twenty-five  by  thirty-two  feet  will  be  set  apart  for 
practical  manipulations  in  surgery,  bandaging,  the  applica- 
tion of  splints  and  dressings,  operations  on  the  cadaver,  etc. 
The  dissecting  room  on  the  same  floor  will  be  forty-six  by 
thirty-four,  nearly  twenty  feet  in  height,  abundantly  lighted 
by  windows  on  two  sides,  by  large  skylights  above,  and  by 
^as  jets  or  electric  lights  for  evening  work.  Connected  with 
the  departments  of  Practical  Anatomy  and  Practical  Surgery 
there  will  be  a  "demonstration  room,"  fitted  up  with  seats 
for  some  twenty  or  thirty  students,  and  with  a  revolving 
demonstration-table.  This  room  is  for  the  use  of  the  Demon- 
strators, in  exhibiting  and  describing  at  frequent  intervals 
during  the  course  the  anatomy  of  the  brain,  the  hernial 
fasciae  and  other  important  structures,  and  also  for  giving 
special  instruction  on  various  points  in  practical  surgery. 

Practical  work  in  Gynecology,  Ophthalmology,  Otology, 
Laryngology,  Phj^sical  Diagnosis,  etc.,  and  in  pathological 
laboratory  studies,  will  be  suitably  provided  for  in  the  hos- 
pital and  dispensary  buildings,  the  study  of  these  branches 
being  almost  exclusively  clinical  in  character. 

The  Museum  will  be  twenty-five  by  thirty-four  feet  and 
two  stories  in  height,  a  gallery  being  constructed  at  the  level 
of  the  upper  story.  If  there  is  any  part  of  the  new  building 
likely  to  be  overcrowded,  the  museum  is  that  one.  The 
room  provided  in  the  old  building  is  by  no  means  a  small  one, 
yet  it  is  literally  packed  with  the  multitudinous  array  of 
specimens,  models,  drawings,  etc. ,  etc  ,  now  in  possession  of 
the  college.  The  proper  disposal  of  this  vast  accumulation 
will  demand  nearly  or  quite  all  the  space  provided  for  its  re- 


236  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

ception  in  the  new  building.  It  is  likely,  however,  that  in 
time  much  of  this  material  will  be  stored  in  other  rooms  con- 
tiguous to  the  different  lecture  rooms  and  laboratories,  and 
thus,  space  for  the  future  growth  of  the  Museum  will  be  se- 
cured. 

Each  professor  will  be  furnished  with  a  private  room  ad- 
joining the  lecture  room  in  which  his  instructions  are  given. 
In  some  of  these  rooms,  also,  special  instructions  may  per- 
haps be  given  to  individual  students  or  to  small  sub-classes. 
Numerous  other  apartments  for  the  comfort  and  convenience 
of  all  connected  with  the  Institution  are  included  in  the  build- 
ing. 

The  completion  of  the  college  and  of  its  hospital  will  an- 
nounce a  new  era  in  the  status  and  progress  of  Homceopathy 
in  Philadelphia.  At  once  it  will  place  each  and  all  its  prac- 
titioners upon  an  exact  social,  and  we  believe  also,  political 
level  with  their  more  favored  and  petted  allopathic  brothers. 
Hitherto  we  have  too  tamely  submitted  to  rebuff  and  imposi- 
tion, particularly  at  the  hands  of  those  who  handle  taxpayers* 
money.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  day  is  close  at  hand  when 
the  display  of  this  supercilious  buffoonery  by  any  public  offi- 
cial will  be  the  signal  for  his  prompt  and  ignominious  over- 
throw. All  it  needs  is  a  little  more  Calc.  phos.  in  the  spinal 
columns  of  our  homoeopathic  physicians. 

During  September,  1884,  there  was,  as  usual  the  week  of 
preliminary  lectures.  The  Regular  Session  commenced  on 
Monday,  September  29,  1884,  at  8:30  p.  m.  The  Introduc- 
tory was  delivered  by  Dr.  O.  B.  Gause.  There  were  184 
matriculants. 

In  the  announcement  for  the  session  of  i884-'5  appears  the 
first  printed  rule  for  a  preliminary  examination  at  the  time 
of  matriculation.  The  matter  had  for  some  years  been  dis- 
cussed. At  the  meeting  of  the  American  Institute  of  Ho- 
meopathy, held  in  1884,  the  Intercollegiate  Committee,  rep- 
resenting the  homoeopathic  colleges  of  the  United  States,  pre- 
sented the  following  report: 

To  the  Homoeopathic  Physicians  of  the  United  States:  By  vote  of  the 
Inter-Collegiate  Committee  of  the  American  Institute,  it  has  been  de- 
cided that  after  the  session  of   i8S4-'85  all  colleges  represented  on  that 


MEDICAI.  COLIvEGE  OF  PHIIvADELPHIA.  237 

■committee,  and  therefore  in  the  Institute,  shall  require  an  entrance 
examination  previous  to  matriculation.  This  examination  shall  in- 
clude : 

1.  Creditable  certificates  of  good  moral  character. 

2.  A  diploma,  certificate,  or  other  proof  of  graduation  from  a  col- 
lege, academy  or  high  school,  or  a  State  or  county  teacher's  certificate, 
or,  lacking  this, 

3.  A  thorough  examination  in  the  branches  of  a  good  English  edu- 
cation, including  elementary  mathematics,  English  composition  and 
elementary  physics  or  natural  philosophy. 

Thus,  while  a  liberal  education  form^  the  best  basis  for  professional 
study,  it  will  be  seen  that  all  the  reputable  homoeopathic  colleges  in  the 
United  States  unite  in  requiring  that  there  shall  be  no  serious  disquali- 
fications allowed  to  those  entering  upon  the  study  of  medicine,  and 
they  desire  earnestl}-  to  impress  upon  preceptors,  before  receiving 
students,  to  see  that  they  have  the  proper  moral  and  literary  qualifica- 
tions. It  is  often  the  case  that  a  year  or  more  spent  in  an  academy  or 
high  school  may  be  necessary  to  meet  the  minimum  requirements  to 
enter  upon  the  study  of  medicine — a  profession  which  should  aim  to 
secure  in  its  ranks  the  highest  standard  of  moral  and  mental  attain- 
ments. If,  by  this  step,  an  occasional  student  should  be  diverted  from 
an  already  crowded  profession,  or  delayed  in  entering  it  by  a  more 
thorough  preparation,  the  whole  profession  would  be  improved  and 
elevated  thereby. 

The  colleges  ask  the  assistance  and  co-operation  of  every  physician 
in  the  rigid  enforcement  of  this  resolusion. 

On  motion,  the  report  was  adopted,  and  the  secretary  instructed  to 
furnish  a  copy  of  same  to  the  medical  journals  for  publication. 

Attest:  J.  C.  Burgher, 
Sec.  Am.  Inst.  Horn. 

The  requirements  of  this  report  were  at  once  adopted  by 
the  Hahnemann  College.  Under  Regulations  of  the  College 
1884-5  the  requirements  for  matriculation  were  that  each 
student  must,  as  had  been  the  rule,  present  a  preceptor's 
certificate,  and  must  give  evidence  of  a  good  education  and 
pass  a  satisfactory  examination  in  elementary  mathematics, 
composition  and  elementary  physics  or  natural  philosophy. 

The  very  important  ceremony  of  laying  the  corner-stone  of 
the  new  college  occurred  soon  after  the  session  commenced. 
A  pamphlet  containing  the  Masonic  ceremonies  was  published, 
and  on  its  cover  it  was  stated  that  the  ceremony  would  take 
place  on  Thursday,  October  30,  1884,  at  3  p.  m.  It  was  so 
advertised  elsewhere.     But  there  came  up  a  very  severe  rain- 


238  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

storm  and  the  ceremony  was  postponed  for  a  week.  It  act- 
ually occurred  on  Thursday,  November  6,  1884,  at  3  p.  m. 
The  following  account  is  taken  from  the  Hahnemannian 
Monthly  for  December,  1884: 

Laying  the  Corner-Stone  op  Hahnemann  College. — 
The  Masonic  ceremonies  attending  the  laying  of  the  corner- 
stone of  the  new  building  of  Hahnemann  Medical  College,  of 
Philadelphia,  occurred  on  the  afternoon  of  November  6,  1884, 
having  been  postponed  fi^m  October  30th,  because  of  a 
heavy  rain-storm  prevailing  at  that  time  The  ceremony  was 
performed  by  Conrad -B.  Day,  Right  Worshipful  Grand  Mas- 
ter, assisted  by  other  officers  of  the  Grand  Lodge  of  Free  and 
Accepted  Masons  of  Pennsylvania,  in  the  presence  of  a  large 
number  of  physicians  and  other  friends  of  the  college.  Upon 
the  conclusion  of  the  impressive  ceremonies,  an  address  was 
delivered  by  Hon.  Robert  E.  Pattison,  Governor  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. The  following  poem,  prepared  for  the  occasion,  was 
then  read  by  the  venerable  Charles  K.  Toothaker,  M.  D., 
of  Philadelphia: 

In  Union  There  is  Strength. 

And  all  the  wall  was  joined  together.  For  the  people  had  a  mind  to 
work. — Nehemiah  iv.,  6. 

Thy  broken  walls,  Jerusalem, 

Lay  desolate  and  bare, 
x\nd  charred  with  fire  thy  lofty  gates, 

Were  ne'er  the  gateman's  care. 
Thy  turrets  high,  thy  towers  strong 

Lay  scattered  o'er  the  ground, 
And  heaps  of  rubbish  only  told 

The  where  thy  place  was  found. 
The  prophet  stood.     He  looked  upon 

Thy  ruins  as  they  lay; 
He  saw  thy  walls  of  massive  stone 

P'ast  crumbling  to  decay. 
His  heart  was  moved.     He  cried  aloud, 

"  God's  people  fly  to  save 
The  city  of  his  Israel, 

The  city  of  the  brave!" 
His  cry  was  heard.     Thy  people  long 

In  anguish  and  despair 
Had  brooded  o'er  those  broken  walls. 

Nor  felt  their  God  was  there. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  239 

We  come!  we  come!  they  shout  aloud, 

Nor  do  the}'  long  delay, 
Prepare  their  shoulders  for  the  work. 

Their  armor  for  the  fray. 
Each  against  each,  now  labors  well; 

New  walls  of  strength  to  raise. 
The  merchants  with  the  merchants  vie, 

And  servants  vie  with  slaves. 
All  arts,  all  trades  together  join, 

All  labor  is  as  one. 
Thy  daughters  e'en,  to  build  thy  walls. 

Leave  household  cares  undone. 
See  there  the  goldsmith,  who  was  wont 

To  work  at  costly  ore; 
He  leaves  his  jewels  and  his  gold, 

To  turn  the  granite  o'er. 

The  druggist,  too,  has  left  his  drugs. 

The  tradesman  left  his  trade. 
'Tis  thus  the  city's  wall  is  built. 

And  her  foundations  laid. 
With  joy  they  labor,  and  the  wall 

Is  with  such  speed  repaired. 
That  all  employed  together  there. 

This  commendation  shared — 
' '  The  people  had  a  tnind  to  ^ork , 

Therefore  the  work  begun. 
The  people  had  a  mind  to  work, 

Therefore  the  work  is  done. ' ' 

And  so  may  every  homoeopath 

Each  prejudice  forego. 
And  build  the  wall  of  truth  and  right, 

'Gainst  every  guileful  foe; 
And  e'er  within  these  college  walls. 

May  every  virtue  reign, 
And  liberty  and  law  unite. 

And  truth  our  cause  maintain. 
For  never  with  detraction's  breath. 

Shall  we  be  proved  to  be, 
Tl>e  followers  of  Hahnemann, 

Champion  of  Liberty. 

The  exercises  were  concluded  by  the  singing  of  Nahum 
Tate's  grand  doxology,  beginning: 

"  With  one  consent  let  all  the  earth 
To  God  their  cheerful  voices  raise," 

a  hymn  which  has  furnished  a  theme  of  Christian  praise  for 


240  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

a  hundred  and  ninety  years.  The  singing  was  led  by  the 
students  of  the  college,  the  whole  audience  joining  in  the  in- 
spiring notes  of  "  Old  Hundred." 

The  corner-stone  is  i^ocated  ' '  at  the  northeast 
angle  op  the  foundation,"  on  a  level  with  the 
upper  portion  of  the  basement-window.  it  has  no 
external  mark  or  appearance  to  distinguish  it.  it 
contains  the  following  articles: 

I.  Portrait  of  Samuel  Hahnemann.  2.  Bronze  Medal  of 
Samuel  Hahnemann.  3.  Organon  of  Homoeopathy,  by  Sam- 
uel Hahnemann.  4.  Charter  and  Statutes  of  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  and  Hospital.  5.  Thirty-seventh 
Annual  Announcement  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College, 
with  list  of  Officers  and  Faculty.  6.  List  of  Alumni  of 
Hahnemann  Medical  College.  7.  Copies  of  the  Hahne- 
MANNIAN  Monthly  and  Homoeopathic  Physician.  8.  Views 
of  the  Old  College  and  Hospital  Buildings.  9.  Histor}^  of 
Homoeopathy  in  Pennsylvania,  as  presented  to  the  World's 
Convention  held  in  Philadelphia  in  1876.  10.  Copy  of 
Ground  Plans  and  Elevations,  with  descriptions  of  the  new 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  Hospital  Buildings.  11. 
Public  Ledger  Almanac  for  1884,  with  list  of  Officers  of  City 
of  Philadelphia,  and  Government  of  State  of  Pennsylvania 
and  of  the  United  States.   12.    The  Keystone  (Masonic  paper). 

13.  Copies  of  Philadelphia  daily  papers  for  October  30,  1884. 

14.  Programme  of  Proceedings  of  lyaying  Corner-stone,  with 
list  of  Officers  of  Masonic  Order  of  Pennsylvania.  15.  Med- 
als in  Commemoration  of  the  Centennial  Exhibition  of  1876, 
and  of  the  Electrical  Exhibition  of  1884.  16.  Coinage  of 
United.  States  Mint  for  1884. 

The  year  1884  is  especially  memorable  in  college  history, 
from  the  fact  that  it  is  the  year  in  which  the  Alumni  Asso- 
ciation of  the  College  was  organized.  On  December  4,  1884, 
a  permanent  organization  was  formed,  which  now  numbers 
over  1000  members  of  the  graduates  of  Old  Hahnemann  and 
holds  jovial  meetings  annually  at  Commencement  Week.  This 
organization  is  fully  described  in  another  chapter. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  24 1 


CHAPTER  XXXIII. 


The  commencement  of  the  session  of  1 884-' 85  took  place 
on  Thursday,  April  3,  1885,  at  the  Academy  of  Music  at  11 
A.  M.  The  Valedictory  was  delivered  by  Dr.  William  C. 
Goodno.     There  were  48  graduates. 

This  was  the  last  session  in  which  theses  were  required. 

Soon  after  this  there  was  a  settlement  of  the  difficulties 
that  had  existed  between  the  Hospital  and  College  Boards  of 
Trustees,  and,  as  has  previously  been  said,  the  Hospital  au- 
thorities relinquished  all  claim  to  the  Hospital  and  the  prop- 
erty on  Filbert  street.  Now  there  was  some  new  legislation 
that  resulted  in  the  granting  a  new  charter  under  which  the 
Institution  was  called  ' '  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  and 
Hospital  of  Philadelphia. ' '  The  following  pamphlet  published 
at  this  time,  the  spring  of  1885,  explains  the  matter  very 
fully: 

By  recent  action  of  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas  of  Philadelphia, 
the  Charier  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  that  of  the  Ho- 
moeopathic Hospital  of  Philadelphia  have  been  merged  and  consoli- 
dated, thereb}'  concentrating  and  uniting  the  interests  and  friends  of 
the  two  institutions. 

A  careful  reading  of  the  new  Charter  and  By-Laws,  as  hereinafter 
published,  will  show  several  important  changes  in  the  organization, 
providing  : — 

First,  for  the  voting  of  contributors  at  all  annual  meetings,  for  elec- 
tion of  Trustees  and  Officers. 

Second,  an  equal  representation  on  the  Board  of  Trustees,  of  the 
profession  at  large,  and  of  the  Faculty  of  the  College. 

Third,  at  all  times,  a  representation  of  the  profession  at  large  in  the 
corps  of  Clinical  Teachers,  and  consulting  and  visiting  Physicians  and 
Surgeons. 

The  Hahnemann  College,  by  authority  of  its  original  Charter,  was 

empowered  to  erect  and  maintain  a  general   Hospital,  and,  with  this 

end  in  view,  a  commodious  lot  was  secured  on  Broad  street,  above  Race, 

extending  through  to  Fifteenth  street,  giving  ample  room  for  a  college 

17 


242  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

and  a  series  of  hospital  buildings.  As  two  general  hospitals  were  scarcely 
needed  in  Philadelphia  at  the  present  time,  it  was  deemed  wise  to  con- 
solidate the  two  institutions,  as  has  been  recently  accomplished. 

The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  organized  and 
chartered  in  1848,  is  the  oldest  college  of  its  kind  in  the  world,  and 
may  be  looked  upon  as  the  parent  of  the  dozen  other  Homoeopathic 
Colleges  now  in  the  United  States.  Her  alumni  number  nearly  1600, 
and  may  be  found  in  every  State  of  the  Union,  and  in  every  civilized 
country  on  the  globe.  Her  curriculum  of  study  has  been  widened  and 
enlarged,  until  it  is  now  thorough  and  complete.  The  new  college 
building,  now  in  course  of  erection,  with  the  new  hospital,  will  offer 
every  facility  for  imparting  a  thorough  medical  education,  and  every 
modern  device  for  the  comfort  and  convenience  of  its  class  of 
students  and  corps  of  instructors. 

The  Faculty  of  the  College  having  contracted  to  pay  a  rent  for  the 
use  of  the  College  building,  equal  to  five  per  cent,  on  the  cost  of  the 
same,  the  money  thus  invested  becomes  a  permanent  endowment  for 
the  future  support  of  the  Hospital. 

The  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,  consolidated  with  the 
College  as  before  mentioned,  was  organized  and  opened  in  Cuthbert 
street,  above  Eleventh,  in  January,  1871.  With  its  limited  facilities,  it 
has  done  an  important  charitable  work  ;  over  40,000  patients  have 
received  treatment  in  its  wards  and  out-department,  while  in  the  Dis- 
pensary, organized  in  1848,  quite  200,000  poor  have  received  gratuitous 
treatment.  The  support  of  the  Hospital  during  these  years,  with  the 
exception  of  $5000  from  the  State,  has  been  mainly  from  private  volun- 
tary contributions. 

The  new  Hospital  buildings  will  include:  First,  a  main  building, 
100  X  45  feet,  fronting  on  Fifteenth  street,  and  devoted  mainly  to  pri- 
vate wards  ;  second,  an  administration  building,  connected  by  corridor 
with  the  former,  in  which  will  be  kitchen,  laundry,  etc.,  etc.;  third, 
two  pavilion  wards,  26  x  60  feet  and  three  stories  high,  connected  by 
corridor  with  the  administration  building;  and  fourth,  an  out-depart- 
ment building,  50  x  55  feet,  for  dispensary  and  clinical  amphitheatre, 
and  connected  with  the  public  wards  by  covered  way. 

The  arrangement  of  these  buildings  is  such  as  to  allow  of  their  being 
erected  in  succession,  as  funds  may  permit,  and  yet  give  good  hospital 
accommodations  from  the  start.  Care  will  be  observed  to  have  these 
buildings,  in  all  their  sanitary  arrangements,  equal  to  the  best  of  the 
present  day. 

For  the  completion  of  this  enterprise,  large  sums  of  money  will  be 
required.  About  $50,000  has  already  been  subscribed.  It  is  hoped  to 
realize  $25, 000  from  sale  of  the  old  property.  |50,ooo  has  been  appro- 
priated by  the  Legislature,  and  an  effort  will  be  made  to  raise  an  addi- 
tional 150,000  during  the  next  six  months. 

An  earnest  appeal  is  made  to  the  generous  and  charitable  of  all 
classes,  with  the  confident  hope  of  a  liberal  response  for  so  worthy  an 
object. 


MEDICAL  COLLEOE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  243 

Subscriptions  may  be  made  payable  quarterly,  annually,  or  at  such 
stated  times  as  may  suit  the  convenience  of  the  donor. 

A  contribution  of  $5000  in  one  payment,  by  an  individual,  town,  firm, 
society,  corporation,  or  other  organization,  will  entitle  the  same  to  the 
control  of  a  bed  in  perpetuity,  to  be  known  by  the  name  of  the  donor. 

$1000  will  entitle  to  a  free  bed  for  two  months  every  year  in  per- 
petuity. 

I500  will  entitle  to  a  free  bed  for  one  month  every  year  in  perpetuity. 

1500  will  entitle  to  a  free  bed  for  one  full  year  only. 

Further  information  may  be  had  by  addressing  any  member  of  the 
Finance  Committee. 

Charter  of  the  Hahnemann  Medicai,  Coi,i,ege  and  Hospital  of 
Philadelphia.    A  Consolidated  Corporation. 

To  the  Ho7iorable  the  Judges  of  the  Court  of  Common   Pleas  No.  2, 

for  the  City  and  County  of  Philadelphia: — 

The  Petition  of  "  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  " 
and  "  The  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadelphia," 

Respectfully  Represents: — 

That  "The  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania"  was 
incorporated  by  the  Legislature  of  Pennsylvania  by  an  Act  approved 
the  seventeenth  day  of  February,  A.  D.  1865.* 

That  "  The  Washington  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  "  was  in- 
corporated by  the  Legislature  of  Pennsylvania  by  an  Act  approved  the 
second  day  of  May,  A.  D.  1853. 

That  by  decree  of  the  Court  of  Quarter  Sessions  of  the  Peace  of  the 
County  of  Philadelphia,  made  the  first  day  of  June,  A.  D.  1867,  the 
corporate  name,  style  and  title  of  the  said  "  The  Washington  Medical 
College  of  Philadelphia  "  was  changed  to  the  corporate  name,  style 
and  title  of  "  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia." 

That  the  Legislature  of  Pennsylvania,  by  an  Act  approved  the  second 
day  of  April,  A.  D  1869,  merged  and  consolidated  the  said  "The 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  "  and  "  The  Homoeo- 
pathic College  of  Pennsylvania"  into  one  corporation,  by  the  name, 
style  and  title  of  "The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia." 

That  by  the  last-recited  Act  it  was  provided  that  the  said  Act,  en- 
titled "  An  Act  to  incorporate  the  Washington  Medical  College  of 
Philadelphia,"  second  hereinabove  recited,  should  apply  to  and  govern 
the  consolidated  corporation,  except  that  the  words  "  the  Allopathic 
Colleges  "  in  said  Act  should  be  struck  out,  and  the  words,  "  any  Med- 
ical College  "  inserted  in  lieu  therof;  and  further,  that  the  said  Act  en- 
titled "  An  Act  to  incorporate  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of 
Pennsylvania,"  first  hereinabove  recited,  should  apply  and  govern  the 
consolidated   corporation,   except    that  Sections  3   and   7  of  said  Act 

*  The  original  charter  incorporating  the  Homceopathic  Medical  College  of  Penn- 
sylvania was  issued  April  8th,  A.  D.  1848. 


244  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

should  be  repealed,  that  Section  4  of  said  Act  should  be  amended 
by  striking  out  the  word  "especially,"  and  inserting  the  word 
"also"  in  lieu  thereof,  and  by  adding  the  letters  "  es "  to  the 
word  "possess,"  so  as  to  make  the  same  read  "possesses,"  and 
that  Section  5  of  the  said  Act  should  be  amended  by  striking  out  the 
word  "  fifty,"  and  inserting  the  words  "one  hundred  "  in  lieu  thereof. 

That  the  Legislature  of  Pennsylvania,  by  an  Act  approved  the 
eleventh  day  of  March,  A.  D.  1870,  authorized  a  joint  meeting  of  the 
Trustees,  Faculty,  and  officers  of  the  said  two  colleges  so  consolidated, 
for  the  purpose  of  electing  officers  and  preparing  By-laws  for  said  con- 
solidated corporations. 

That  at  a  Court  of  Common  Pleas  of  the  City  and  County  of  Phila- 
delphia, held  at  Philadelphia  on  the  seventh  day  of  December,  A.  D. 
1874,  the  Court  approved  the  charter  of  "  The  Homoeopathic  Hospital 
of  Philadelphia,"  which  was  duly  recorded  in  the  office  of  the  Recorder 
of  Deeds  for  the  City  and  County  of  Philadelphia,  in  Charter  Book  F. 
T.  W.,  No.  I,  page  514,  whereby  the  said  "The  Homoeopathic  Hospi- 
tal of  Philadelphia  "  became  a  body  corporate  in  law. 

That  the  Charter  of  the  said  "  The  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Phila- 
delphia" was  amended  by  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas  No.  3,  for  the 
said  County,  on  the  twenty-fourth  day  of  March,  A.  D.  1883,  which 
amendments  are  recorded  at  Philadelphia,  in  Chapter  Book  No.  7,  page 
471,  etc. 

That  the  said  "  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia" 
and  "The  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadelphia"  desire  to  consoli- 
date and  merge  with  each  other,  and  are  entitled  to  do  so  by  the  pro- 
visions of  the  Act  of  Assembly  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania, 
approved  the  twenty-ninth  day  of  April,  A.  D.  1874,  entitled  "  An  Act 
to  provide  for  the  incorporation  and  regulation  of  certain  Corpora- 
tions," and  the  Supplements,  both  of  said  corporations  being  corpora- 
tions not  for  profit. 

That  a  joint  committee  having  been  appointed  by  the  said  two  corpor- 
ations made  report  to  the  respective  Boards  of  Trustees  of  the  said 
two  corporations  in  favor  of  such  consolidation  or  merger,  upon  the 
terms,  limitations  and  powers  hereinafter  expressed  and  set  forth, 
which  report  was  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  said  ' '  The 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,"  on  the  fifth  day  of 
January,  A.  D.  1885,  and  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  said  "The 
Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,"  on  the  sixth  day  of  January, 
A.  D.  1885. 

The  terms,  limitations  and  powers  on  which  the  consolidation  and 
merger  of  the  said  two  corporations  is  applied  for  are  as  follows: — 

I.  The  name  of  the  consolidated  corporation  is  "  The  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  and  Hospital  of  Philadelphia." 

II.  The  purposes  for  which  the  said  consolidated  corporation  is 
formed  are: — 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  245 

1.  Instruction  in  Medicine,  Surgery,  and  all  the  branches  appertain, 
ing  thereto. 

2.  The  maintenance  of  a  suitable  place  for  the  care  and  treatment  of 
patients  in  accordance  with  the  Homoeopathic  practice  of  medicine, 
thus  affording  greater  facilities  to  the  I^aculty  in  giving  instruction  in 
clinical  medicine  and  suigery. 

3.  The  maintenance  of  a  training-school  for  nurses. 

HI.  The  business  of  the  said  consolidated  corporation  shall  be  trans- 
acted in  the  City  of  Philadelphia. 

IV.  The  said  consolidated  corporation  shall  have  perpetual  existence. 

V.  The  rights,  powers  and  franchises  of  the  consolidated  corpora- 
tion for  the  year  one  thousadd  eight  hundred  and  eighty-five  shall  be 
vested  in  and  exercised  by  the  following-named  persons,  chosen  from 
the  Boards  of  Trustees  of  the  two  corporations,  and  from  the  medical 
profession  at  large  in  the  City  of  Philadelphia,  to  wit: — 

William  H.  Brown,  George  C.  Thomas,  Dr.  Amos  R.  Thomas, 
George  Burnham,  Dr.  B.  Frank  Betts.  E.  Burgess  Warren,  William  K. 
Ramborger,  Dr.  Pemberton  Dudley,  Richard  A.  Lewis,  Francis  W. 
Kennedy,  Dr.  John  E.  James,  Lemuel  Coffin,  John  B.  Stevenson,  Dr. 
Charles  Mohr,  William  C.  Hannis,  James  W.  McAllister,  Dr.  Matthew 
S.  Williamson,  Richard  G.  Oellers,  John  Hunter,  Dr.  William  B. 
Trites,  John  Dick,  Dr.  Caleb  S.  Middleton,  Dr.  [oseph  C.  Guernsey,  Dr. 
Ralph  C  Smith  and  William  McGeorge,  Jr.,  all  of  the  City  of  Phila- 
delphia, who  shall  be  designated  Trustees. 

VI.  At  the  first  meeting  of  the  said  Trustees  after  the  granting  of 
this  Charter  by  the  Court  they  shall  divide  themselves  into  classes  of 
of  five  each,  the  first  class  to  serve  one  year,  the  second  class  to  serve 
two  years,  the  third  class  to  serve  three  years,  the  fourth  class  to  serve 
four  years  and  the  fifth  class  to  serve  five  years;  it  being  also  arranged 
that  in  each  of  these  classes  shall  be  one  of  the  Faculty  of  the  College 
and  one  from  the  profession  at  large;  of  the  members  chosen  from  the 
Faculty,  four  shall  be  elected,  while  the  fifth  shall  be  the  Dean,  who 
shall  be  a  member  of  the  Board  ex  officio. 

VI  [.  After  the  division  of  the  Board  into  classes  they  shall  electa 
President,  Secretary  and  Treasurer,  who  shall  serve  for  one  year,  or 
until  their  successors  are  elected. 

VIII.  All  vacancies  in  the  Board,  by  death  or  otherwise,  shall  be 
filled  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Contributors,  unless  such  vacancies 
shall  occur  more  than  six  months  before  the  next  annual  meeting, 
when  the  same  may  be  filled  by  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

IX.  The  nominations  for  filling  all  vacancies  in  the  Faculty  of  the 
College  shall  be  made  by  the  Faculty,  and  nominations  for  filling 
vacancies  in  the  Corps  of  Clinical  Teachers  and  of  Resideut  or  Visiting 
Physicians  and  Surgeons  in  the  Hospital  and  Dispensary  shall  be  made 
by  the  ten  physicians  in  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

X.  At  all  times  there  shall  be  in  the  Corps  of  Clinical  Teachers  and 


246  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

Consulting  and  Visiting  Physicians  and  Surgeons  representatives  from 
the  profession  at  large. 

XI.  The  rents  and  revenues  of  the  consolidated  corporation  shall  be 
from  time  to  time  applied  for  the  maintenance  and  support  of  the  said 
College  and  Hospital,  and  in  the  erection  and  necessary  repairs  of  the 
Hospital  and  other  buildings  which  now  do  or  shall  hereafter  belong 
to  the  said  corporation,  and  to  no  other  use  or  purpose  whatsoever. 

XII.  The  said  consolidated  corporation  shall  have  all  the  powers, 
privileges  and  immunities  as  to  the  granting  of  the  degree  of  Doctor 
of  Medicine  and  of  Homoeopathic  Medicine,  and  as  to  all  other  matters 
as  are  conferred  by  the  Acts  of  Assembly  and  the  Decrees  of  the  Court 
hereinbefore  recited,  upon  the  said  "  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College 
of  Philadelphia  "  and  "  The  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadelphia," 
or  either  of  them.* 

XIII.  When  appropriations,  donations  or  legacies  shall  be  specifi- 
cally granted  or  given  for  the  use  and  benefit  of  the  College  or  for  the 
Hospital,  the  corporation  shall  use  or  apply  the  same  for  the  object  or 
institution  named  in  such  gift,  grant  or  devise. 

XIV.  The  consolidated  corporation  shall  have  full  power  and  au- 
thority to  raise,  by  loan  or  otherwise,  a  sum  not  exceeding  one  hun- 
dred thousand  dollars,  and  to  expend  the  same  in  the  purchase  of  a 
lot  or  lots  of  ground  in  said  city  and  the  erection  thereon  of  a  suitable 
building  or  buildings  for  a  College  and  Hospital,  or  to  purchase  or  rent 
such  buildings  for  said  College  and  Hospital. 

The  petitioners  therefore  pray  this  Honorable  Court  to  make  a 
Decree  that  the  said  "The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadel- 
phia ' '  and  ' '  The  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadelphia  ' '  be  and  the 
same  are  consolidated  and  merged  into  one  corporation  by  the  name, 
style  and  title  of  "  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  Hospital  of 
Philadelphia,"  upon  the  terms  and  limitations  and  with  the  powers 
stated  in  this  application. 

*  The  only  powers,  privileges  and  immunities  possessed  by  the  two  corporations, 
referred  to  in  Article  XII  above  mentioned,  which  are  not  specifically  set  forth  in 
the  foregoing  Charter,  are  as  follows: — 

By  Act  of  Assembly  of  May  2,  1853  (Pamphlet  Laws,  658),  amended  by  Act  of 
April  2,  1869,  it  is  provided  as  follows: — "  The  said  College  to  have  all  the  immuni- 
ties, right,  and  privileges  granted  to  any  medical  college  in  the  State  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, not  inconsistent  with  the  laws  and  constitution  thereof." 

By  Act  of  Assembly  of  February  17,  1865  (Pamphlet  Laws,  181),  amended  by  Act 
of  April  2,  1869,  it  is  provided  as  follows: — 

"Section  4.  Said  College  shall  have  power  to  grant  the  degree  of  Doctor  of 
Medicine,  and  also  of  Homoeopathic  Medicine,  to  any  such  person  as  shall  have 
attended  two  courses  of  medical  lectui'es,  and  completed  a  course  of  study,  and 
possesses  the  qualifications  usually  required  of  candidates  for  the  degree  of  Doctor 
of  Medicine  in  other  medical  colleges  in  this  State,  and  also  a  knowledge  of 
Homoeopathy." 

(Signed)     Wm.  C.  Hannis. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  247 

(Signed)     Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr., 

President.  [Seal.] 

Attest,  (Signed)     Wm.  C.  Hannis, 

Secretary. 
(Signed)     Wm.  Hobart  Brown, 

President.  [Seal.] 

Atte.st,  (Signed)     Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr., 

Secretary. 

City  of  Philadelphia,  55..- 

This  sixth  day  of  April,  A.  D.  1885,  before  me,  the  subscriber,  a 
notary  public  for  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania, residing  in  the  City 
of  Philadelphia,  personally  appeared  William  C.  Hannis,  Secretary  of 
"The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,"  and  being  duly 
sworn,  says  that  he  was  personally  present  at  the  execution  of  the 
above- written  instrument,  and  saw  the  common  seal  of  the  said  ' '  The 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia"  duly  afl&xed  thereto, 
and  that  the  seal  so  affixed  thereto  is  the  common  and  cor- 
porate seal  of  the  said  corporation,  and  the  above-written  ap- 
plication for  consolidation  and  merger  of  said  corporation  with 
"The  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadelphia"  was  duly  signed 
and  executed  by,  as  and  for  the  act  and  deed  of  the  said  "  The  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  of  Philadelphia, ' '  in  pursuance  of  a  resolution 
adopted  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  said  corporation,  on  the  fifth 
day  of  January,  1885,  and  that  the  name  of  William  McGeorge,  Junior, 
President  of  said  corporation,  and  of  this  deponent  as  Secretary  thereof, 
subscribed  to  the  same  in  attestation  of  the  due  execution  thereof,  is  of 
their  own  proper  and  respective  handwriting. 

(Signed)     Wm.  C.  Hannis. 

Sworn  and  subscribed  before  me  the  day  and  year  aforesaid. 

(Signed)     Walter  C.  Rodman, 
[Notarial  Seal.]  Notary  Public. 


City  of  Philadelphia,  ss.: 

This  sixth  day  of  April,  A.  D.  1885,  before  me,  the  subscriber,  a  notary 
public  for  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania,  residing  in  the  City  of 
Philadelphia,  personally  appeared  William  McGeorge,  Junior,  Secretary 
of  "  The  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,"  and  being  duly  af- 
firmed, says  that  he  was  personally  present  at  the  execution  of  the  above- 
written  instrument,  and  saw  the  common  seal  of  the  said  "The  Homoe- 
opathic Hospital  of  Philadelphia  duly  affixed  thereto,  and  that  the  seal  so 
affixed  thereto  is  the  common  and  corporate  seal  of  the  said  corporation, 
and  the  above-written  application  for  consolidation  and  merger  of  said 
corporation  with  "The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  " 
was  duly  signed  and  executed  by,  as  and  for  the  act  and  deed  of  the 


248  HISTORY  OF  The;  HAHNEMANN 

said  "  The  Homceopatliic  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,"  in  pursuance  of  a 
resolution  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  said  corporation  on  the 
sixth  day  of  January,  1885,  and  that  the  name  of  William  Hobart  Brown, 
President  of  the  said  corporation,  and  of  this  affiant  as  Secretary  there- 
of, subscribed  to  the  same  in  attestation  of  the  due  execution  thereof, 
is  of  their  proper  and  respective  handwriting. 

(Signed)  Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr., 

Secretary. 
Affirmed  and  subscribed  before  me  the  day  and  year  aforesaid. 

(Signed)  Wai,ter  C.  Rodman, 
[Notarial  Seal.]  Notary  Public. 


In  the  Court  of  Common  Pi,eas  No.  2,  for  the  County  of  Phii,a- 

DEJvPHIA. 

And  now,  this  seventh  day  of  April,  A.  D.  1885,  the  within  petition 
for  the  consolidation  and  merger  of  ' '  The  Hahnemann  Medical  Col- 
lege of  Philadelphia  "  and  "  The  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadel- 
phia "  into  one  corporation  under  the  name,  style  and  title  of  "  The 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,"  upon  the 
terms,  limitations  and  with  the  powers  therein  set  forth,  having  been 
presented  to  the  Court,  and  it  appearing  that  such  consolidation  and 
merger  as  aforesaid  is  lawful  and  beneficial,  and  that  said  terms,  lim- 
itations and  powers  do  not  conflict  with  the  requirements  of  the  Act  of 
the  General  Assembly  of  this  Commonwealth,  entitled  "  An  Act  to 
provide  for  the  Incorporation  and  Regulation  of  certain  Corporations," 
approved  the  twenty-ninth  day  of  April,  A.  D.  1874,  and  its  Supple- 
ments, nor  with  the  Constitution  of  this  State,  it  is  hereby  ordered  and 
decreed  that  notice  thereof  shall  be  given  by  publication,  in  accord- 
ance with  the  Statute  in  such  case  made  and  provided. 

(Signed)  D.  Newi<in  Fei,i,. 


In  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas  No.  2,  for  the   County  of 
Philadelphia. 

And  now,  this  sixteen  da)' of  May,  A.  D.  1885,  the  within  applica- 
tion for  the  consolidation  and  merger  of  ' '  The  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  of  Philadelphia"  and  "The  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of 
Philadelphia"  into  one  corporation,  having  been  presented  to  the 
Court,  accompanied  by  due  proof  of  publication  of  notice  thereof,  and 
no  cause  having  been  shown  to  the  contrary,  it  is,  on  motion  of  Will- 
iam C.  Hannis,  Esq.,  ordered  and  decreed  that,  upon  recording  of  the 
same,  the  said  two  corporations  shall  merge  and  be  consolidated  into 
one  corporation,  under  the  name,  style  and  title  of  "  The  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  and  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,"  on  the  terms,  limita- 
tions and  powers  set  forth  in  the  within  application. 
[Seal  of  Court.]  (Signed)  D.  Newlin  Fell. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  249 

Recorded  in  the  office  for  the  Recording  of  Deeds  in  and  for  the  City 
and  County  of  Philadelphia,  in  Chorter  Book  No.  10,  page  306,  etc.,  on 
the  tenth  day  of  June,  A.  D.  1885.  Jos.  K.  Fletcher, 

Deputy  Recorder  of  Deeds. 


STATUTES  AND  By-Laws  of  <the  Hahnemann   Medicai,   College 
AND  Hospital  of  Philadelphia. 

I. — Contributing  Members. — All  members  who  may  at  any  time  have 
contributed  the  sum  of  at  least  I250  to  the  funds  of  the  Hospital,  either 
for  its  erection  or  for  its  support,  shall  have  the  right  to  vote  at  all  annual 
elections.  All  other  persons  vi^ho  shall  in  any  one  year  contribute  the 
sum  of  $10,  shall  have  the  right  to  participate  in  the  election  of  that 
year;  Provided,  however,  that  no  person  shall  so  participate  who  shall 
not  have  paid  his  contribution  at  least  three  months  prior  to  the  time 
of  holding  such  election. 

II. — Annual  Meetings. — The  contributors  shall  hold  an  annual  meet- 
ing on  the  first  Monday  of  May  in  each  year.  At  each  annual  meeting 
they  shall  elect  by  ballot  five  trustees,  to  serve  for  the  term  of  five 
years,  and  until  the  election  of  their  successors — three  of  whom  shall 
be  laymen,  one  shall  be  chosen  from  the  Faculty,  and  one  from  the 
medical  profession  at  large.  Vacancies  occurring  more  than  six 
months  before  the  annual  meeting  of  contributors  may  be  filled  by  the 
Board  of  Trustees  at  any  stated  or  special  meeting  after  one  week's 
notice  of  such  intended  election. 

III. — Board  of  Trustees. — Section  i.  The  Board  of  Trustees  shall 
consist  of  twenty-five  members,  five  thereof  shall  be  chosen  from  the 
Faculty,  five  from  the  medical  profession  at  large,  and  fifteen  thereof 
shall  be  laymen. 

Sec  2.  There  shall  be  held  an  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Trus- 
tees on  the  first  Monday  in  May  of  each  year.  Stated  meetings  of  the 
Board  shall  be  held  on  the  second  Monday  of  October,  and  the  second 
Monday  of  January  of  each  year.  Special  meetings  may  be  called  by 
the  President  of  the  Board,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Secretary  to 
call  special  meetings  upon  the  written  request  of  three  trustees,  said 
request  and  call  specifying  the  object  of  said  meeting.  Seven  members 
of  the  Board  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business  ; 
Provided,  that  a  quorum  shall  always  include  at  least  four  lay  trustees. 
A  number  less  than  a  quorum  may  adjourn  from  time  to  timej  No 
motion  shall  be  declared  adopted  unless  it  receives  the  vote  of  a 
majority  of  the  physicians  and  a  majority  of  the  laymen  present  at  the 
meeting. 

President. — Sec.  3.  There  shall  be  elected  by  the  Board  of  Trustees 
a  President,  who  shall  hold  his  office  for  the  term  of  one  year,  or  until 
his  successor  shall  have  been  elected.  He  shall  preside  at  its  meetings 
and  at  the  public  commencements,  and  confer  the  degrees  of  the  col- 


250  HISTORY  OP    THE    HAHNEMANN 

lege,  and  shall  affix  his  signature  to  all  diplomas  issued  by  its  authority. 
He  shall  sign  all  contracts,  and  perform  such  other  duties  as  the  Board 
may  assign  to  him. 

Vice-President. — Sec.  4.  There  shall  be  elected  by  the  Board  of 
Trustees  a  Vice-President,  who  shall  hold  his  office  for  the  term  of  one 
year,  or  until  his  successor  be  elected.  He  shall  perform  all  the  duties 
of  the  President  in  the  absence  of  the  latter. 

Secretary. — SEC.  5.  The  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  shall 
keep  careful  and  accurate  records  of  the  business  of  its  meetings,  attest 
all  orders  drawn  upon  the  Treasurer,  and  perform  such  other  duties  as 
the  Board  may  assign  to  him.  He  shall  also  affix  his  signature  and  the 
seal  of  the  corporation  to  all  diplomas  issued  by  its  authority. 

Treasurer. — Sec.  6.  The  Treasurer  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  shall  have 
the  custody  of  all  the  funds  received  from  any  source  whatever,  and  all 
deeds,  bonds,  mortgages,  etc.,  belonging  to  the  corporation,  and  shall 
properly  care  for  the  same.  He  shall  keep  an  account  in  such  bank, 
banking  house,  or  trust  company  as  the  Board  of  Trustees  may  direct,  by 
the  style  and  title  of  "  Treasurer  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College 
and  Hospital  of  Philadelphia. "  He  shall,  out  of  the  revenues  received, 
pay  all  rents,  interest,  taxes  and  insurance  due  upon  the  corporate 
property,  and  afterwards  shall  disburse  the  funds  of  the  corporation  as 
the  Board  of  Trustees  may  direct  and  upon  orders  duly  attested.  He 
shall  keep  a  separate  account  of  all  moneys  received  and  disbursed  for 
the  Hospital,  shall  make  a  report  and  exhibit  his  accounts  and  vouchers 
at  each  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  and  of  the  contribu- 
tors. All  investments  or  changes  of  investments  shall  be  made  by  the 
Treasurer  only  by  authority  of  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

Sec.  7.  The  Board  of  Trustees  shall  have  the  care  and  supervision  of 
all  real  estate,  endowment  funds  and  other  permanent  property  of  the 
corporation,  together  with  all  real  and  personal  property  held  by  the 
corporation  for  the  use  of  the  Hospital. 

IV.  —  The  Advisory  Board. — The  members  of  the  Advisory  Board 
shall  be  appointed  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  from  time  to  time,  and 
shall  continue  in  office  for  the  term  of  five  years.  They  shall,  upon  the 
request  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  or  Faculty,  confer  with  and  advise 
them  respecting  the  educational  work  and  general  management  of  the 
College  and  Hospital.  They  shall  have  free  access  to  the  institution  in 
all  its  departments,  for  the  purpose  of  acquaiating  themselves  with  its 
facilities  and  resources,  the  extent  and  thoroughness  of  its  educational 
requirements,  its  modes  of  instruction,  and  with  any  and  all  other  mat- 
ters pertaining  to  its  conduct  and  management. 

V. — Records. — All  matters  of  record  in  relation  to  the  business  of  the 
corporation  shall  at  all  times  be  open  to  the  inspection  of  any  com- 
mittee of  the  members  of  the  official  boards. 

VI. —  The  Faculty. — Section  i. — The  Faculty  shall  consist  of  not 
less  than  seven  professors,  to  wit:  A.  R.  Thomas.,  M.  D.,  Lemuel 
Stephens,  M.  D.,  O.  B   Gause,  M.  D.,   E.  A.  Farrington,  M.  D.,   B.   F. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  25 1 

Betts,  M.  D.,  Pemberton  Dudley,  M.  D.,  Charles  M.  Thomas,  M.  D., 
John  E.  James,  M.  D.,  Charles  Mohr,  M.  D.,  and  William  C. 
Goodno,  M.  D.,  and  their  associates  and  successors.  They  shall  hold 
office  at  their  option  during  life,  unless  removed  in  the  manner  herein- 
after provided.  Vacancies  in  the  Faculty  shall  be  filled  by  the  Board  of 
Trustees,  candidates  being  nominated  by  the  Faculty.  The  Faculty 
shall  have  full  power  to  appoint  such  Lecturers,  Demonstrators  and 
other  assistant  instructors  and  subordinate  officers  of  the  College  as 
they  may  deem  necessary. 

Sec.  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Faculty  to  give  at  least  one  course 
of  instruction  annually  upon  the  following  subjects,  viz.:  Natural  Phil- 
osophy, Chemistry,  Toxicology,  Anatomy,  Physiology,  Pathology, 
Diagnostics,  Materia  Medica,  Institutes,  Practice,  Surgery,  Midwifery, 
Diseases  of  Women,  Diseases  of  Children,  Clinical  Medicine,  Clinical 
Surgery,  and  Medical  Jurisprudence. 

Sec.  3.  A  majority  of  the  Faculty  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the 
transaction  of  business,  but  a  smaller  number  may  adjourn  from  time 
to  time. 

Sec.  4.  The  Faculty  shall  elect  from  ajiong  their  own  number  a 
Dean,  who  shall  hold  his  office  for  the  term  of  five  years,  or  until  his 
successor  shall  have  been  elected.  He  shall  act  as  the  Chairman  of  the 
Faculty,  preside  at  its  meetings,  sign  all  contracts  on  its  behalf,  and 
perform  such  other  duties  as  may  be  assigned  him  by  the  Faculty. 

Sec.  5.  The  Faculty  shall  elect  from  among  their  own  number  a  Reg" 
istrar,  who  shall  hold  his  office  for  the  term  of  five  years,  or  until  his 
successor  shall  have  been  elected.  He  shall  act  as  the  Secretary  of  the 
Faculty,  keep  accurate  records  of  its  proceedings,  attest  all  orders 
drawn  concerning  current  expenditures,  and  perform  such  other  duties 
as  the  Faculty  may  assign  him. 

Sec.  6.  The  Faculty  shall  have  the  care  and  supervision  of  the 
Museum,  Library,  Casing,  Furniture,  Apparatus,  and  other  movable 
property  of  the  College.  They  shall  have  power  to  enact  By-Laws  for 
their  own  government;  Provided^  the  same  be  not  in  conflict  with  the 
Charter  or  with  these  Statutes.  They  shall  also  adopt  Rules  and  Reg- 
ulations concerning  the  admission  of  students,  terms  and  times  of  at- 
tendance upon  lectures,  conduct  and  examination,  and  upon  all  other 
matters  connected  with  the  educational  interest  of  the  College. 

Sec  7.  The  Professors  shall  divide  among  themselves  the  several 
branches  of  medicine  and  the  collateral  sciences  named  in  these  Stat- 
utes to  be  taught  in  the  College,  according  to  their  own  judgment.  But 
no  professor  once  assigned  to  a  particular  chair  shall  be  transferred  to  any 
other,  nor  the  duties  of  the  same  as  usually  performed  by  him  be  di- 
vided or  assigned  to  any  other  person,  or  in  any  way  modified,  without 
his  consent.  No  professor  shall  be  removed  from  office  except  by  a 
vote  of  two-thirds  of  the  members  of  the  Faculty,  concurred  in,  after  a 
hearing  of  both  parties,  by  a  vote  of  two-thirds  of  the  Board  of  Trus- 
tees. 


252  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

Sec.  8.  The  Faculty,  for  and  in  consideration  of  the  possession  and 
use  of  the  College  property,  shall  pay  annually  to  the  Treasurer  of  the 
corporation,  a  sum  equal  to  five  per  cent,  on  the  cost  of  the  same,  and, 
in  addition  thereto,  shall  pay  all  taxes,  water  rents,  and  all  ordinary  re- 
pairs. 

Sec.  9.  The  commencement  shall  be  held  at  the  close  of  the  regular 
winter  sessions  of  the  College,  at  which  time  the  degrees  of  "  Doctor  of 
Medicine"  and  "  Doctor  of  Homoeopathic  Medicine  "  shall  be  con- 
ferred upon  such  candidates  as  shall  have  complied  with  the  regula- 
tions of  the  College,  passed  successfully  the  final  examination  by  the 
Faculty,  and  received  the  vote  of  a  majority  of  the  Trustees  present  at 
the  meeting. 

Sec.  10.  Each  candidate  upon  whom  the  Degree  of  the  College  is 
conferred  shall  be  furnished  with  a  proper  diploma,  signed  by  the 
President  and  Secretary,  and  by  all  the  Professors,  and  certified  by  the 
seal  of  the  corporation. 

Sec.  II.  Honorary  Degrees  may  be  conferred  upon  distinguished 
medical  graduates,  upon  the  recommendations  of  the  Faculty  and  the 
concurrence  of  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

VII. — Hospital  and  Dispensary. — Sec.  i.  The  Board  of  Trustees 
shall  have  supervision  of  all  the  financial  concerns  of  the  Hospital,  ap- 
point its  steward  and  matron,  and  appropriate  from  time  to  time  for 
the  use  and  care  of  the  Hospital  and  Dispensary  such  sums  as  in  their 
judgment  may  be  required,  and  the  condition  of  the  Treasury  may 
warrant. 

Sec.  2.  The  Medical  and  Surgical  Staff  of  the  Hospital,  together 
with  the  Visiting  Managers  for  the  time  being,  shall  have  the  super- 
vision of  the  medical,  surgical  and  sanitary  concerns  of  the  Hospital 
and  Dispensary,  establish  regulations  for  the  government  of  these  ofii- 
cers,  direct  the  educational  uses  of  the  institutions,  and  make  such 
sanitary,  dietetic  and  medical  rules  as  in  their  judgment  the  interests 
of  the  patients  may  require.  They  shall  present  to  the  Board  of  Trus- 
tees at  each  annual  meeting  a  detailed  report  of  the  work  of  the  Hos- 
pital and  Dispensary  during  the  year. 

Sec.  3.  The  funds  belonging  to  the  Hospital  previous  to  the  merger 
with  the  College,  or  derived  from  a  sale  of  the  property,  shall  be  ap- 
propriated either  to  the  erection  of  a  Hospital  building  or  to  the  crea- 
tion of  an  endowment  for  the  Hospital. 

Sec.  4.  The  Trustees  may  appoint  an  Auxiliary  Board  of  Lady  Man- 
agers, who  shall  aid  and  advise  with  the  Board  in  all  matters  pertain- 
ing to  the  domestic  affairs  of  the  Hospital  and  the  comfort  of  the  in- 
mates. 

Sec.  5.  The  Board  of  Trustees  shall  from  time  to  time  appoint  five  of 
its  members,  to  serve  for  the  term  of  two  months,  to  be  styled  Visiting 
Managers,  one  only  of  whom  shall  be  of  the  Faculty,  and  one  only 
from  the  physicians  on  the  Board,  who  are  required  to  meet  at  the  Hos- 
pital on  Wednesday  afternoons  of  each  week,  for  the  purpose  of  trans- 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF   PHILADELPHIA.  253 

acting  the  current  business  of  the  Hospital,  deciding  upon  applications 
for  admissions  and  dismissals  therefrom,  auditing  the  accounts  and 
bills,  and  providing  for  weekly  current  expenses.  The  Visiting  Man- 
agers shall  appoint  the  nurses,  and  make  report  of  their  actions  to  the 
stated  meetings  of  the  Board. 

Sec.  6.  In  the  division  of  trustees  into  committees,  the  Faculty,  the 
profession  at  large,  and  the  lay  trustees,  shall  be  represented  in  the 
proportion  that  each  class  bears  to  the  whole  number  of  Trustees. 

VIII. —  Visitins^  Physicians  and  Surgeons. — Sec.  i.  The  Visiting 
Physicians  shall  appoint  one  or  more  of  their  number  to  visit  and  pre- 
scribe for  the  patients  in  the  Hospital,  at  least  once  in  the  forenoon  of 
each  day,  and  at  such  other  times  as  may  be  necessary  for  the  faithful 
performance  of  their  duties. 

Sec.  2.  No  important  surgical  operation  shall  be  performed  without 
previous  consultation,  of  which  all  the  attending  surgeons  shall  have 
due  notice,  unless  delay  would  imperil  the  life  of  the  patient;  and  no 
capital  operation  shall  be  performed  contrary  to  the  will  of  the  patient. 
Autopsies  may  be  made  by  the  Visiting  Physicians  and  Surgeons  when 
no  objection  is  made  by  the  relatives  of  the  deceased. 

Sec.  3.  Women  physicians  may  be  eligible  as  Resident  or  Visiting 
Physicians  or  Surgeons. 

IX. — Resideyit  Physicians. — Sec.  i.  The  Resident  Physicians  shall 
have  charge  of  the  wards,  shall  regularly  visit  the  patients  under  their 
charge  every  morning  and  evening,  and  oftener  if  necessity  shall  re- 
quire, and  to  the  best  of  their  skill  administer  to  their  relief,  shall  accom- 
pany the  Visiting  Physicians  and  Surgeons  on  their  daily  visits,  and 
shall  report  to  them  all  admissions  and  dismissals,  and  shall  regulate 
the  practice  according  to  their  orders. 

Sec.  2.  They  shall  keep  a  record  of  the  name,  age,  place  of  nativity, 
occupation,  whether  married  or  single,  disease  or  accident,  treatment, 
and  the  time  of  admission  and  discharge,  of  every  patient.  They  shall 
have  general  superintendence  of  the  Hospital,  and  shall  have  charge 
and  be  accountable  for  all  instruments,  which  they  shall  have  con- 
stantly kept  in  order. 

Sec.  3.  The  Resident  Physicians  shall  make  a  weekly  report  to  the 
Visiting  Managers  of  all  the  admissions  and  discharges  to  and  from  the 
Hospital  during  the  week,  with  the  number  in  the  Hospital  at  the  time 
of  making  such  report,  and  all  such  other  matters  connected  with  their 
duties  as  may  from  time  to  time  be  required  of  them. 

Sec.  4.  Resident  Physicians  and  Surgeons  shall  not  engage  in  out- 
side practice  during  their  terms  of  service  except  in  cases  of  emergency, 
and  shall  continue  such  services  only  during  the  existence  of  the 
emergency;  Provided,  that  this  By-Law  shall  not  take  effect  until  the 
opening  of  the  new  Hospital  building  on  Fifteenth  street. 

X. — Matron.— '$>%Q.  i.  The  Matron  shall  have  care  of  the  Wards  and 
other  apartments,  as  to  their  cleanliness,  and  the  good  order  of  the 
bedding  and  clothing  used  therein,    subject  to  the   directions  of  the 


254  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

Physicians  and  Auxiliary  Board  of  Lady  Maeagers;  shall  superintend 
the  preparation  and  distribution  of  the  food  and  diet  of  the  patients, 
and  shall  see  that  they  are  well  treated  and  attended  to  by  the  nurses. 

Sec.  2.  The  Matron  also  shall  have  charge  of  the  appointment  and 
dismissal  of  servants 

Sec.  3.  The  Matron  shall  also  keep  a  correct  account  of  the  expenses 
of  the  house,  and  report  the  same  weekly  to  the  Visiting  Managers. 

XI. — Nurses  and  Servants.— ^'EC  i.  The  nurses  shall  obey  implicitly 
the  directions  of  the  Visiting  and  Resident  Physicians  and  Surgeons  in 
regard  to  the  patients  under  their  charge;  shall  see  that  they  observe 
the  rules  of  the  Hospital  and  behave  with  propriety;  and  shall  report 
any  irregularity  to  the  Visiting  or  Resident  Physicians  and  Surgeons. 

Sec.  2.  And  nurse  who  shall  refuse  or  neglect  to  follow  the  direc- 
tions of  the  Visiting  or  Resident  Physicians  and  Surgeons  as  above 
specified,  or  who  shall  be  inattentive  or  negligent  to  his  or  her  duty,  or 
of  their  personal  cleanliness,  shall  be  suspended  by  the  Resident  Phy- 
sician, with  the  consent  of  the  Visiting  Physicians  or  Surgeons,  who 
shall  forthwith  report  his  action  and  h's  reason  therefore  to  the  next 
meeting  of  the  Visiting  Managers,  who  shall  have  power  to  affirm  or 
annul  his  action. 

XII. — Patients — Their  Admission  and  Discharge. — Sec.  i.  The  pa- 
tients must  conduct  themselves  with  decorum  towards  each  other,  and 
the  officers  of  the  Hospital,  nurses  or  servants.  Any  patient  reported  for 
conduct  or  language  prejudicial  to  the  good  order  and  discipline  of  the 
house  shall  be  discharged  by  the  Visiting  Physicians  or  Surgeons  in 
attendance.  Such  patient  shall  not  again  be  admitted,  except  on  special 
application,  and  b}^  and  with  the  consent  of  the  Visiting  Managers  for 
the  time  being. 

Sec.  2.  Friends  of  the  patients  shall  not  furnish  them  with  liquors, 
medicines,  or  provisions  of  any  kind,  except  by  and  with  the  consent 
of  the  Visiting  Physicians  and  Surgeons.  Smoking  shall  in  no  case  be 
permitted  in  the  public  wards. 

Sec.  3.  No  patient  shall  be  allowed  to  leave  the  Hospital  while  under 
treatment,  except  by  special  permission  of  the  Resident  Physician  and 
Surgeon  in  charge. 

Sec.  4.  Persons  wounded  or  injured  by  accident  shall  be  received  at 
all  hours  withoiit  certificate  or  permit;  Provided,  they  are  brought  to 
the  Hospital  within  twenty-four  hours  after  the  occurrence  of  the  in- 
jury. 

Sec  5.  Persons  having  infectious  or  contagious  diseases  shall  not  be 
admitted  to  the  Hospital. 

Sec.  6.  Persons  having  chronic  or  incurable  diseases  shall  not  be  ad- 
mitted as  charity  patients,  but  may  be  admitted  by  paying  a  stipulated 
amount  for  board  and  attendance. 

Sec.  7.  Whenever  possible,  security  must  be  obtained  for  the  re- 
moval of  patients  when  discharged,  and  for  the  expenses  of  board  and 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  255 

attendance  of  pay  patients.  No  admission  shall  in  any  case  be  made 
without  the  consent  of  the  Visiting  Managers,  except  accident  cases, 
as  aforesaid,  or  cases  from  the  College  Clinics. 

Sec.  8.  All  patients  shall  be  discharged  as  soon  as  pronounced  cured 
by  the  Visiting  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  and  in  case  of  chronic  dis- 
eases, whether  pay  or  otherwise,  if  found  to  be  incurable,  may  be  dis- 
charged by  the  Attending  Physician  and  Surgeon. 

Sec.  9.  No  patient  of  the  Hospital,  whether  charity  or  pay,  shall  be 
compelled  to  go  before  the  class  for  treatment  or  examination  against 
his  or  her  consent. 

Sec.  10.  Pay  patients  may  be  admitted  by  the  Visiting  Managers,  to 
be  attended  by  their  own  physicians,  whether  members  of  the  Hos- 
pital staff  or  not.  Such  patients  and  their  physicians  must  in  all  prac- 
ticable ways  conform  to  the  general  rules  of  the  Hospital,  including 
the  furnishing  of  complete  records  of  treatment,  etc.,  upon  the  Hos- 
pital books. 

XH. —  Visitors  and  General  Rules  of  Order. — Visitors  to  patients, 
nurses  and  domestics,  will  be  admitted  on  Monday  and  Thursda}'  of 
each  week,  between  the  hours  of  2  p.  M.  and  sunset;  on  other  days,  a 
special  order  for  admission  from  a  Manager  or  Visiting  Physician  or 
Surgeon  will  be  required.  They  shall  not  be  admitted  to  any  part  of 
the  house  except  to  that  occupied  by  the  person  visited. 

XIV. — Amendtnents. — These  Statutes  may  be  altered  or  amended  by 
a  two-thirds  vote,  at  any  Annual  or  Stated  Meeting  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees,  notice  having  been  given  to  all  the  members  at  least  one 
month  previous,  either  at  a  meeting  of  the  Board  or  by  a  written  notice 
mailed.  Provided,  that  the  clauses  hereinbefore  contained  required  to  be 
inserted  by  the  terms  of  merger  and  consolidation  shall  not  be  subject 
to  this  Article. 

And  on  the  last  cover  the  following: 

FORM  OF  BEQUEST. 
/  give  and  bequeath  to  the  Trustees  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  Col- 
lege of  Philadelphia,  Dollars, 

(or,  if  real  estate,  here  describe  the  property. ) 
for  them  to  use  in  any  inanner  that  may  best  promote  the  objects  and 
interest  of  the  said  corporation . 


256  HISTORY  OF  the;  HAHNEMANN 


CHAPTER  XXXIV. 


Just  as  the  old  building  on  Filbert  Street  was  about  to  be 
abandoned  it  came  very  near  to  destruction  by  fire. 

The  Hahnemannian  Monthly  for  August,  1885,  contains 
the  following:  A  slight  fire,  fortunately  involving  a  loss  of 
less  than  one  hundred  dollars,  occurred  in  the  old  Filbert  street 
building  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  recently.  The 
newspapers  reported  that  the  museum  was  badly  damaged, 
but  we  are  glad  to  state  that  the  flames  were  confined  to  the 
topmost  story,  and  did  not  affect  the  museum  at  all. 

During  the  summer  of  1885  there  were  no  changes  in  the 
Faculty,  although  Dr.  Talcott  did  not  lecture  during  the 
session  of  1 885-' 86.  The  Preliminary  Course  commenced  as 
usual  a  week  before  the  regular  session. 

The  session  of  1 885-' 86,  the  last  held  in  the  Old  College, 
commenced  on  Monday  evening,  October  5,  the  Introductory 
being  delivered  by  Prof.  B.  F.  Betts.  There  were  16  r 
matriculates. 

The  Announcement  for  this  session  of  1 885-' 86  opened  as 
follows: 

Historical  Note. 

Organization  and  Incorporation. — This  College  was  incorporated 
and  organized  in  1848,  and  is  consequently  the  oldest  institution  of 
its  kind  in  existence.  Under  its  first  Charter,  its  style  and  title 
was  "The  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania."  Among 
those  who  aided  in  its  establishment  or  labored  as  professors  during  the 
earlier  years  of  its  history  were  many  of  those  who  then  and  in  after 
years  were  the  acknowledged  leaders  in  Homoeopathy  and  its  collateral 
sciences.  Amid  varying  fortunes,  the  College  maintained  its  hard 
struggle  for  existence  until,  in  1867,  a  schism  occurred  and  a  new  in- 
stitution was  organized  under  the  name  of  "  The  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  of  Philadelphia."  The  two  rival  institutions  were  conducted 
for  two  years,  until  the  Spring  of  1869,  when,  by  the  concerted  action 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  257 

of  members  of  the  two  Faculties,  a  reunion  was  effected.  The  re-con- 
solidated College  chose  the  Name  of  the  younger  school  in  honor  of 
the  founder  of  the  modern  system  of  Therapeutics,  but  adopted,  with 
some  important  modifications,  the  Charter  o/the  older  one,  and,  under 
the  new  order  of  things,  rapidly  advanced  toward  its  present  high 
degree  of  efficiency  and  prosperity.  The  Faculty  and  Board  of  Trustees 
became  more  united  and  harmonious  and  underwent  less  frequent 
changes,  so  that  the  teaching  corps  came  into  possession  of  a  larger  ex- 
perience than  had  before  been  possible.  A  careful  census  of  the  present 
Faculty  of  the  College  shows  that  its  members  have  had  an  average  ex- 
perience of  at  \&&s'i  fourteen  years  in  the  work  of  medical  instruction. 
Moreover,  and  partly  as  a  result  of  this  extended  experience,  the 
methods  of  imparting  instruction  have  undergone  a  complete  revolu- 
tion, and  instead  of  a  dependence  upon  the  old  routine  of  didactic 
lectures  only,  the  usa  of  recitations,  illustrations,  laboratory  work  and 
manipulative  drills — in  short,  all  methods  which  can  more  thoroughly 
equip  the  young  physician  for  the  practice  of  his  Art,  are  freely  drawn 
upon. 

The  first  session  of  the  College  opened  October  i6th,  1848,  in  a  small 
building  in  the  rear  of  what  is  now  "No.  627  "  Arch  street,  and  which 
was  subsequently  occupied  by  "The  Woman's  Medical  College  of 
Pennsylvania."  At  the  close  of  the  Session,  six  students  received  the 
Degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine.  Before  the  beginning  of  the  second 
session,  the  College  was  transferred  to  the  building  on  the  north  side 
of  Filbert  Street,  west  of  Eleventh  Street,  in  which  thirty-six  annual 
courses  of  instruction  have  been  given,  and,  including  those  of  the  first 
session,  1577  candidates  have  received  the  College  Degree. 

Origin  of  the  Three  Years'  Graded  Course . — During  the  first  twenty 
years  of  the  College's  existence,  its  course  of  study  and  its  require- 
ments for  graduation  were  almost  precisely  like  those  of  the  best  class 
of  American  allopathic  schools,  consisting  of  the  old-time  seven  lecture 
departments,  with  two  medical  and  two  surgical  clinics  per  week  and 
a  course  in  Practical  Anatomy.  This  two-years'  course  required  the 
student  to  begin  his  practical  studies  coincidently  with  the  rudimentary 
and  fundamental  branches.  The  absurdity  of  such  a  method  of  teach- 
ing had  forcibly  impressed  itself  upon  the  college  authorities,  and 
therefore,  in  1869,  they  adopted  the  "  Graded  System  "  extending  over 
a  period  of  three  collegiate  years.*  Within  the  two  subsequent  years 
this  system  was  announced  by  at  least  two  other  homoeopathic  colleges, 
and  shortly  afterwards  the  two  most  celebrated  allopathic  schools  of 
the  United  States  followed  the  example  thus  furnished  by  the  Hahne- 
mann College  of  Philadelphia.  In  connection  with  the  graded  system, 
this  College  also  adopted  a  more  comprehensive  curriculum,  and  soon 

*Not  obligatory  until  iSSd-'Sy.  Previous  to  this  there  were  both  the  Two  Years  and 
the  Three  Years  or  Graded  Course,  although  the  Three  Years'  Graded  Course  was 
recommended,  and  the  Summer  Course  was  intended  in  a  measure  for  the  students 
w^ho  took  but  the  course  of  two  years. 
18 


258  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

afterwards  included  in  it  all  those  practical  studies  now  universally- 
regarded  as  essential  parts  of  the  physician's  education.  In  this  par- 
ticular also  she  was  a  leader  among  the  colleges,  being  one  of  the 
earliest,  if  not  the  very  first,  to  require  a  course  in  Practical  Surgery  as 
a  pre-requisite  to  graduation.  The  course  of  instruction  has,  at  the 
same  time,  been  made  more  and  more  thorough,  so  that  while  the 
"standard  of  graduation  "  has  been  raised,  the  standard  of  education 
has  been  correspondingly  elevated. 

Need  of  a  New  College  Building.— '\I^xy  soon  after  the  adoption  of 
the  new  and  more  extended  system  of  instruction,  the  Faculty  became 
aware  that  their  College  building,  ample  as  it  had  been  for  the  old 
methods,  was  entirely  inadequate  to  meet  the  later  and  vastly  increased 
requirements.  This  deficiency  was  most  seriously  felt  in  the  laboratory 
work  and  manipulative  exercises  of  the  course,  and  the  necessity  for 
better  accommodations  became  more  and  more  urgent.  Finally  an 
eligible  lot  of  ground  was  secured  on  North  Broad  Street  above  Race, 
extending  west  to  Fifteenth  Street,  and  large  enough  to  accommodate 
all  the  buildings  needed  for  a  modern  first-class  medical  college,  with 
Dispensary,  Clinical  Amphitheatre  and  General  Clinical  Hospital. 
Here  the  work  of  erecting  a  new  College  building  was  begun  in  the 
autumn  of  1884,  and  the  structure  is  now  (August,  1885,)  nearlj'  com- 
pleted. 

Organization  and  Growth  of  the  Hospital. — So  early  as  iS,s5,  the 
College  recognized  the  necessity  for  clinical  instruction  in  hospital 
wards  as  an  essential  part  of  the  proper  equipment  of  the  medical  grad- 
uate, and  secured  such  changes  in  the  Charter  as  would  permit  of  the 
establishment  of  a  College  Hospital.  Little,  however,  was  done  unttl 
about  1862,  when  the  Trustees  organized  a  small  hospital  in  the  rear  of 
the  College  building  and  communicating  with  its  amphitheatre,  in 
which  there  were  treated,  during  the  civil  war,  a  considerable  number 
of  soldiers  discharged  uncured  from  the  military  hospitals.  This  work 
was  continued  until  after  the  close  of  the  war.  When  the  two  colleges 
were  consolidated  in  1869,  an  effort  was  made  to  place  the  hospital 
upon  a  more  extended  basis,  and  resulted  in  greatly  enlarging  the 
building  and  providing  accommodations  for  about  forty  beds.  Thou- 
ands  of  cases  have  since  been  treated  therein,  representing  every  phase 
and  variety  of  disease  and  accident,  and  furnishing  to  the  College 
classes  illustrations  of  the  forms  of  treatment  required,  both  medical 
and  surgical.  It  has  been  found  necessary,  however,  to  provide  a 
larger  institution,  one  in  which  a  greater  variety  of  cases  could  be 
treated  during  each  session,  and  one  possessed  of  every  facility  for  prac- 
tical clinical  instruction  to  small  classes  or  to  individual  students. 
This  important  need  is  also  being  met  in  the  new  buildings  for  the  hos- 
pital and  dispensary  to  be  erected  in  connection  with  the  College. 

The  Thirty-eighth  Annual  Session  of  the  College  inaugurates  an  era 
in  its  history  far  more  prosperous  than  the  one  just  closed.  Possessed  of 
one  of  the  best  college  buildings  in  existence,  with  a  name  free  from 


MEDICAL  COLLEGK  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  259 

stain  or  blot,  with  a  united  local  profession  beside  her,  with  an  experi- 
enced, enthusiastic  and  harmonious  Faculty,  with  her  alumni  scattered 
over  all  civilization,  honored  for  their  learning  and  trusted  for  their 
skill,  and  filling  the  highest  positions  of  public  and  professional  respon- 
sibility, she  enters  upon  her  broader  and  higher  work  in  full  confidence 
of  that  professional  support  that  must  still  further  enhance  her  useful- 
ness and  honor. 

COI.LEGE   BUIIvDING. 

The  new  building  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  is  located  on 
the  west  side  of  Broad  Street,  above  Race  Street,  midway  between  the 
Pennsylvania  R.  R.  and  the  Reading  R.  R.  Stations,  and  five  minutes' 
walk  from  either.  It  is  two  squares  north  of  the  New  City  Hall  and 
within  convenient  distance,  by  street  cars  or  foot  travel,  of  the  immense 
hospitals  for  which  Philadelphia  is  famous,  and  to  which  the  students 
of  all  her  great  medical  schools  have  access  for  clinical  instruction. 
The  College  Building  has  a  front  of  seventy  and  a  depth  of  one  hun- 
dred feet,  and  is  four  stories  high,  with  an  airy  and  well-lighted  base- 
ment story.  The  basement  contains  a  large,  comfortable  and  conveni- 
ent chemical  laboratory,  for  the  use  of  the  class.  The  room  will  be 
fitted  up  in  the  best  manner  and  provided  with  every  necessary  appli- 
ance Two  large  store  rooms  communicate  with  the  apartment.  On 
the  same  floor  there  is  a  large  reading  room  for  the  exclusive  use  of 
students.  On  th&  first  floor  there  are,  at  the  front  of  the  building,  a 
large  room  for  the  accommodation  of  the  library,  and  a  small  lecture 
room  providing  seats  for  about  one  hundred  and  twenty  students. 
Back  of  these  rooms  a  capacious  hall  extends  across  the  building,  and 
beyond  it  are  the  private  laboratory  of  the  Professor  of  Chemistry  and 
a  large  Chemical  Lecture  Room  with  a  seating  capacity  of  above  three 
hundred.  The  second  floor  contains  a  third  lecture  room,  provided 
with  sittings  for  two  hundred  and  forty  students;  also  a  commodious 
laboratory  for  work  in  Practical  Microscopy  and  the  special  study  of 
Normal  and  Pathological  Histology.  This  department  is  also  thor- 
oughly equipped  for  its  important  work.  Connected  with  the  lecture 
room  on  this  floor  are  smaller  apartments  for  the  preparation  of 
demonstrations  to  illustrate  the  subject  of  Physiology  and  such  other 
branches  as  may  be  taught  therein.  On  the  same  floor,  rooms  are  also 
provided  for  the  Janitor.  On  the  third  floor  rests  the  base  of  the  An- 
atomical Amphitheatre,  which,  like  two  of  the  other  lecture  rooms 
mentioned,  extends  upward  through  two  stories,  giving  an  abundance 
of  light  and  air  space.  The  arena  of  the  amphitheatre  communicates 
directly  with  the  private  rooms  of  the  Professors  of  Anatomy  and  of 
Operative  Surgery  and  with  the  Cadaver  Room.  '  Apartments  for  other 
professors  are  also  convenient  of  access.  The  College  Museum, 
with  its  imm2nse  accumulations  of  nearly  forty  years,  regularly  ar- 
ranged, occupies  a  portion  of  this  third  floor,  but  also  extends  upwards 
through  the  fourth  story  as  well,  a  gallery  being  provided  which  ex- 


26o  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

tends  around  the  room  on  a  level  with  the  fourth  floor  of  the  building. 
The  Curator's  work-room  communicates  with  the  lower  floor  of  the 
museum,  and  next  to  it  is  a  large  apartment  for  manipulative  exer- 
cises in  Obstetrics,  supplied  with  abundant  apparatus  for  thorough  and 
systematic  drill  in  the  mechanical  work  of  the  accoucheur,  t^^^  fourth 
floor,  besides  accommodating  the  upper  portion  of  the  Museum  and 
Amphitheatre,  also  contains  a  large,  lofty  and  abundantly  lighted  Dis- 
secting Room,  with  a  special  arrangement  for  the  Demonstration  of 
important  anatomical  parts,  and  another  large  room  for  Practical 
Surgery.  This  department  also  is  liberally  supplied  with  all  necessary 
apparatus.  Throughout  the  building  other  rooms  are  provided  for  the 
use  of  students  and  teachers,  and  every  arrangement  is  made  for  their 
convenience  and  comfort. 

During  this  session  the  Faculty  and  the  students  met  with 
a  sad  loss  in  the  death  of  Prof.  Earnest  A.  Farrington,  who 
died  on  December  17,  1885.  Dr.  Farrington  had  done  much 
for  the  advancement  of  Materia  Medica,  the  chair  of  which 
he  filled.  At  a  Faculty  meeting  held  December  17,  1885, 
resolutions  of  respect  were  passed.  Dr.  Chas.  Mohr  took  his 
place. 

The  38th  Commencement  exercises  of  this  institution  took 
place  at  the  Academy  of  Music  on  Wednesday,  March  3rst, 
1886,  at  noon.  Though  the  weather  was  unpleasant,  the 
vast  auditorium  was  well  filled,  Lhere  being  probably  over 
twenty-five  hundred  people  present.  The  stage  was  occupied 
by  the  Trustees,  Advisory  Board,  College  Faculty  and  many 
of  the  prominent  physicians  of  Philadelphia  and  its  vicinity, 
and  some  distinguished  visitors  from  a  distance.  Bastert's 
Orchestra  enlivened  the  proceedings  with  some  choice  musical 
selections. 

The  Valedictory  to  the  graduates  was  delivered  by  A.  R. 
Thomas,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Anatomy  and  Dean  of  the  Col- 
lege. He  began  by  addressing  himself  to  the  general  audi- 
ence, and  mentioned  that  the  present  class  increases  the  list 
of  the  College's  alumni  to  a  total  of  sixteen  hundred  and 
twenty.  He  gave  a  brief  history  of  the  early  effort  to  estab 
lish  a  homoeopatliic  school  at  Allentown,  and  followed  it  with 
an  account  of  the  origin  and  progress  of  the  Philadelphia  in- 
stitution, alluding  also  to  the  twelve  other  schools  now  in 
successful  operation  in  the  United  States.     He  drew  a  com- 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  26 1 

parison  between  the  condition  and  status  of  Homceopathy,  its 
schools,  literature,  societies,  hospitals,  etc.,  in  1848  and  in 
1886,  showing  its  almost  marvelous  growth  and  progress. 
Professor  Thomas  next  described  the  efforts  of  the  College  to 
establish  a  hospital  in  connection  with  its  teaching  work,  the 
progress  thus  far  made,  and  the  brilliant  prospects  now  open- 
ing before  it  as  a  result  of  the  recently-effected  organization 
of  the  "  Women's  Hospital  Association," — a  .society  compris- 
ing hundreds  of  the  most  prominent  and  actively  benevolent 
ladies  of  Philadelphia. 

Addressing  the  graduates.  Dr.  Thomas  spoke  of  the  honor- 
able and  responsible  nature  of  the  duties  in  which  they  were 
about  to  engage,  and  enjoined  them  not  to  be  discouraged  by  the 
delays  and  disappointments  incident  to  the  life  of  the  young 
physician.  He  referred  feelingly  to  the  loss  which  they 
had  sustained  in  the  decease  of  Professor  E.  A.  Farrington, 
and  paid  a  glowing  tribute  to  his  worth  as  a  man,  his  zeal  as 
a  Christian,  his  skill  as  a  phy.sician,  and  his  distinguished 
success  as  a  student  and  as  a  teacher  of  the  Materia  Medica. 
In  closing  his  address,  the  speaker  drew  attention  to  some  of 
the  high  moral  principles  upon  which  the  ethics  of  the  med- 
ical profession  rest,  and  urged  upon  his  hearers  a  conscien- 
tious compliance  with  their  requirements  as  the  only  basis 
of  an  honorable  professional  career. 

The  President  of  the  College,  Hon.  William  B.  Hanna, 
D.C.  ly.,  then  conferred  the  Degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine. 

This  was  the  last  commencement  held  from  the  old  college, 
and  is  especially  notable  from  the  fact  that  Dr.  Thomas  in  the 
course  of  his  address  introduced  the  class  of  graduates  to  the 
great  audience. 


262  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 


CHAPTKR  XXXV. 

1886. 

The  Announcement  for  i886-'87  contained  the  following 
notice: 

Dedication  Week. 

In  place  of  the  usual  "  Preliminary  Lectures,"  the  week  beginning 
September  20th  will  be  devoted  to  exercises  incident  to  the  opening  of 
the  new  College  Building  and  the  out-patient  department  of  the  Hos- 
pital. These  exercises  will  occupy  the  entire  week,  and  will  be  made 
the  occasion  for  the  Annual  Session  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical 
Society  of  the  State  of  Pennsylvania,  and  for  a  Reunion  of  the  Alumni. 
All  practitioners  of  medicine  and  medical  students  are  invited  and 
urged  to  be  present  at  these  exercises.  A  programme  will  be  duly 
issued. 

This  Announcement  also  contains  a  complete  List  of  the 
graduates  of  the  College  from  1848  to  the  present  time. 

The  following  is  the  pamphlet  that  was  issued  announcing 
this  Dedication  Week: 

Dedication   Week   Hahnemann    MedicaIv    Coi.i,ege    and    Hos- 

PITAI,  OF    PhIIvADEI<PHIA,     MONDAY     TO     SATURDAY,     SEPTEMBER 
20-25,   1886. 

The  exercises  will  include  the  dedication  of  the  new  College  Build- 
ing, an  inspection  of  the  Building  by  physicians,  a  reunion  of  the  grad- 
uates, 1849-1886,  a  reception  to  visiting  physicians,  a  general  recep- 
tion, and  the  twenty-second  annual  session  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medi- 
cal Society  of  Pennsylvania. 

The  Board  of  Trustees  extends  this  invitation  to  all  graduates  of  the 
College,  and  all  homoeopathic  physicians,  and  to  the  students  of  the 
Session  of  i886-'S7. 

Board  of  Trustees.— ^va..  B.  Hanna,  D.  C.  L.,  President;  W.  Mc- 
George,  Jr.,  Esq.,  Vice-President;  Wm.  C.  Hannis,  LIv.B.,  Secretary; 
J.  W.  McAllister,  Treasurer;  Wm.  H.  Brown;  A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D.; 
Lemuel  Coffin;  Geo.  C.  Thomas;  B.  F.  Bstts,  M.  D.;  Richard  A.  Lewis; 
Jos.  C.  Guernsey,  M.  D.;  John  E.James,  M.  D.;  Richard  G.  Oellers; 
Ralph  C.  Smith,   M.  D.;    Chas.  M^hr.   M.  D.;    Geo.  Burnham;    W.  B. 


o 
o 
i-r 

o 

> 
< 

CO 
« 

< 
<j 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  263 

Trites,  M.  D.;  John  Hunter;  M.  S.  Williamson,  M.  D.;  Francis  W. 
Kennedy;  C.  S.  Middleton,  M.  D.;  John  Dick;  E.  Burgess  Warren; 
Pemberton  Dudley,  M.  D.;  John  B.  Stevenson. 

Building  Committee. — A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D. ;  Lemuel  Coffin;  Pem- 
berton Dudley,  M.  D.;  E.  Burgess  Warren;  John  E.  James,  M.  D. 

Architects.— Q,.  W.  &  W.  D.  Hewitt. 

Builders. — Kemp  &  Garrison. 

Committee  of  Arrafigenieuts  (Appointed  by  the  Board  of  Trustees). 
—A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D.;  W.  Hobart  Brown;  Jos.  C.  Guernsey,  M.  D.; 
Francis  W.  Kennedy;  Pemberton  Dudley,  M.  D.  (Appointed  by  the 
County  Medical  Society). — Horace  F.  Ivins,  M.  D.;  Clarence  Bartlett, 
M.  D.;  Wm.  W.  Van  Baun,  M.  D.  (Appointed  by  the  Alumni  Associa- 
tion).—John  K.  Lee,  M.  D.;  I.  G.  Smedley,  M.  D.;  Wm.  W.  Van  Baun, 
M.  D. 

Reception  Committee  (Appointed  by  the  Board  of  Trustees). — John 
E.James,  M.  D.,  Chairman;  Dan'l  Karsner,  M.  D.;  I.  G.  Smedley,  M. 
D.;  Wm.  J.  Giles,  M.  D.;  H.  I.  Jessup,  M.  D.;  J.  N.  Mitchell,  M.  D.; 
O.  S.  Haines,  M.  D.;  E.  L.  Oatley,  M.  D.,  E.  R.  Snader,  M.  D.  (Ap- 
pointed by  the  Women's  Hospital  Association). — Mrs.  John  Roberts, 
Mrs.  J.  W.  Burling,  Mrs.  Israel  Maule,  Miss  E.  McVickar,  Mrs.  S.  B. 
Stitt,  Mrs.  W.  C.  Goodno,  Mrs.  Chapman  Biddle,  Mrs.  C.  M.  Thomas, 
Mrs.  Fuguet,  Mrs.  O.  B.  Gause,  Mrs.  Constantine  Hering,  Mrs.  J.  C. 
Guernsey. 

Invited  Guests. — His  Excellency,  the  Governor  of  Pennsylvania; 
the  State  Board  of  Public  Charities;  Members  of  the  State  Legislature; 
His  Honor,  the  Mayor  of  Philadelphia;  the  Presidents  of  Select  and 
Common  Councils;  the  President  of  the  Board  of  Public  Education;  the 
Superintendent  of  Public  Schools;  the  Principal  of  the  Boys'  and 
Girls'  High  Schools;  the  Provost  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania; 
the  President  of  Girard  College;  the  President  and  Actuary  of  the 
Franklin  Institute;  Henry  Detwiller,  M.  D.,  of  Easton,  Pa.,  the  First 
Homoeopathic  Physician  of  Pennsylvania;  the  President  and  President- 
elect, the  Chairman  of  the  Intercollegiate  Committee,  and  the  Commit- 
tee on  Medical  Education  of  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy; 
the  Homoeopathic  Medical  Society  of  Pennsylvania  and  Guests;  Presi- 
dents of  other  State  Homoeopathic  Medical  Societies;  Editors  of  Ho- 
moeopathic Journals;  Ex-Governor  Jas.  Pollock,  formerly  President  of 
the  College;  former  Members  of  the  College  Faculty;  Professors  in 
other  Homoeopathic  Colleges;  Homoeopathic  Physicians  of  Philadelphia; 
Women's  Hospital  Association  of  Hahnemann  College;  Directors  and 
Lady  Managers  of  Children's  Homoeopathic  Hospital;  Officers  of  the 
Homoeopathic  Maternity;  the  Students  of  the  College,  Session  of 
i886-'87;  Jas.  Kitchen,  M.  D.  (Univ.  of  Pa,  Class  of  '22  ;  Daniel  R. 
Gardiner,  M.  D.,  '49;  Sam'l  O.  Scudder,  M.  D.,  '49;  Mrs.  Dr.  C.  Her- 
ing, Mrs.  Dr.  W.  Williamson,  Mrs.  Dr.  Jacob  Jeanes,  Mrs.  Dr.  H.  N. 
Guernsey,  Mrs.  Dr.  Sam'l  Freedley,  Mrs.  Dr.  E.  A..  Farrington,  Mrs. 
Dr.  R.  J.  McClatchey,    Mrs.  Rebecca  Hornor,    Miss  Jeanes,  Coleman 


264  HISTORY  OP  THE  HAHNEMANN 

Sellers,  Mrs.  Ada  E.  M.  Thomas,  J.  Barlow  Moorhead,  Bishop  H.  W. 
Warren,  D.  D.;  Alfred  M.  Collins,  J.  Lewis  Crozer,  R.  H.  Downing, 
Henry  C.  Townsend,  Esq.;  C.  J.  Harrah,  Jr.;  Joel  Cook,  Chas.  D. 
Reed,  Caleb  Milne,  Joseph  Jeanes,  Emanuel  Hey,  Justus  Strawbridge, 
I.  V.  Williamson,  Geo.  W.  Childs,  Joel  J.  Bailey,  John  Wanamaker,  E. 
W.  Clark,  A.  J.  Tafel,  Samuel  Jeanes,  Hamilton  Disston,  A.J.  Drexel, 
Jas.  Whitall,  F.  E.  Boericke,  Rt.  Rev.  Bishop  Stevens,  Most  Rev. 
Archbishop  Ryan,  Geo.  Dana  Boardman,  D.  D.;  Rev.  Chauncey 
Giles,  A.  K.  McClure,  Hon.  Chas.  O'Neill,  Rt.  Rev.  Bishop  Nicholson, 
Wm.  K.  Ramborger,  W.  H.  Furness,  D.  D.;  Hon.  D.  Newlin  Fell, 
Hon.  Wm.  D.  Kelley,  Gen.  H.  G.  Sickel,  Hon.  E.  M.  Paxon,  Jacob 
Disston,  Rev.  Ign.  Horstmann,  D.  D.;  Major  M.  Veale,  Wm.  M.  Sin- 
gerly,  Hon.  Daniel  M.  Fox,  Chas.  Emory  Smith,  Wm.  T.  Carter,  Seth 
B.  Stitt,  B.  H.  Bartol,  Thos.  C.  Hill,  Hon.  W.  S.  Stokley,  H.  H.  Fur- 
ness, John  F.  Smith,  John  Blakeley,  John  Sartain,  Wm.  V.  Mckean, 
P-ev.  Thos.  Hoyt,  D.  D.;  Rev.  W.  W.  Worcester.  Willis  P.  Hazard, 
Robert  Porter,  Mahlon  H.  Dickinson,  Hon.  E.  A.  Armstrong,  V.  E. 
Archambault,  Chaplain  F.  B.  Rose,  U.  S.  N.,  Chas.  Webb,  Thomas  B. 
Belfield,  Rev.  Wm.  McVickar,  D.  D.,  Sam'l  F.  Flood,  Orlando  Crease, 
Rev.  W.  B.  Greene,  Wm.  M.  Runk,  Wm.  Penn  Cresson,  Jno.  R.  Gil- 
pin, Rev.  J.  B.  G.  Pidge,  Geo.  D.  Gideon,  Lewis  F.  Redner,  Albert  H. 
Dingee,  Fred'k  Sylvester,  Aaron  B.  Ivins,  Thomas  S.  Ayres,  Walter 
Garrett,  Rev.  Wm.  M.  Jeffries,  D.  D.,  Miss  Biddle,  Joseph  Allen,  Lydia 
Morris,  J.  F.  Morris,  Mrs.  L,.  Laws,  Mrs.  J.  W.  McAllister,  Mrs.  H. 
Towland,  Mrs.  Powers,  Mrs.  J.  S.  Lovering,  E.  H.  Coates,  J.  F.  Breuil, 
Miss  Sallie  Wain,  Croft  &  Allen,  Mrs.  Simon  Wain,  J.  R.  Hinckley, 
H.  C.  Gibson,  Joshua  L.  Bailey,  J.  H.  Greer,  Rev.  W.  W.  Everts,  H. 
Lewis,  J.  B.  McCullough,  D.  D.,  W.  H.  Harned,  Andrew  C.  Sinn,  Rev. 
J.  F.  Crouch,  Capt.  G.  B.  White,  U.  S.  N.,  Conrad  B.  Day,  Edw.  Ma- 
gill,  Commodore  B.  Gherardi,  U.  S.  N. 

Monday,  September  20th,  jo  a.  ni.  to  jo  p.  m.:  Inspection  of  the  New 
College  Building.  Cards  of  Admission  will  be  duly  mailed  to  Phila- 
delphia physicians,  irrespective  of  school,  and  the  Reception  Com- 
mittee will  be  in  attendance.  8  to  10:30  o'clock,  opening  Session  of 
the  Homoeopathic  Medical  Society  of  Pennsylvania.  The  business 
will  include  the  Address  of  the  the  President,  David  Cowley,  M.  D., 
Pittsburg;  reports  of  officers  and  committees,  reception  of  new  mem- 
bers, etc. 

Tuesday y  September  21st,  9.30  d.  m.  to  j  p.  m.:  Session  of  the  State 
Medical  Society,  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Ophthalmology,  Otology  and 
Laryngology,  discussion;  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Materia  Medica, 
discussion.  3  to  6  p.  m..  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Obstetrics,  discus- 
sion; Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Gynecology,  discussion. 

Tuesday  evening,  September  21st,  8  p.  m.:  Dedication  of  the  New 
College  Building,  North  Broad  Street.  In  the  President's  absence,  the 
Vice-President,  Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr.,  Esq.,  will  occupy  the  chair.  A. 
R.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  Dean,  Master  of  Ceremonies.  Music  by  Bastert's 
Orchestra. 


MEDICAI.  COLIvEGE  OF  PHII^ADELPHIA.  265 

Programme. — Part  i — Music;  March,  "  Calico,"  Wiegand;  Over- 
ture, "  Berlin  in  Smiles  and  Tears,"  Conradi;  Selection,  "'Amorita," 
Czibulka;  Invocation;  Address,  Professor  A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  Chair- 
man of  the  Building  Committee;  Address,  V/m.  McGeorge,  Jr.,  Esq., 
Vice-President  of  the  College;  Dedicatory  Prayer,  Rev.  Wm.  N.  Mc- 
Vickar,  D.  D.,  Rector  of  the  Church  of  the  Holy  Trinity;  Music,  "  De- 
votion," W*^^.;  Presentation  of  a  Life-size  Portrait  of  Samuel  Hahne- 
mann, by  Joseph  C.  Guernsey,  M.  D. ,  on  behalf  of  the  Heirs  of 
the  late  Prof.  H.  N.  Guernsey,  M.  D. ;  Address — Hon.  James  Pollock, 
formerly  President  of  the  College. 

Part  2 — Music,  Selected;  Address,  O.  S.  Runnels,  M.  D.,  Indianap- 
olis, President  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy;  Address,  Prof. 
Alvan  E.  Small,  M.  D.,  Chicago,  member  of  the  first  Faculty  of  the 
College;  Music,  Selection,  "  Black  Hussar,"  Milloecker;  Address, 
Prof.  I.  Tisdale  Talbot,  M.  D.,  Boston,  Chairman  Intercollegiate  Com- 
mittee, A.  I.  H. ;  Address,  Jas.  H.  McClelland,  M.  D.,  Pittsburg,  Presi- 
dent of  the  Alumni  Association;  Address,  W.  B.  Trites,  M.  D.,  Phila- 
delphia; Music,  Selected;  Benediction;  Finale. 

Wednesday,  September  22d,  9.30  a.  m..  to  i  p.  m.:  Session  of  the  State 
Medical  Society;  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Surgery,  discussson.  3  to  6 
P.  M.,  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Clinical  Medicine,  discussion. 

8:30  p.  M.,  Alumni  Reunion,  under  the  Auspices  of  the  Alumni  Asso- 
ciation. Programme — Address  of  Welcome,  A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D., 
Dean  of  the  College;  Response,  J.  H.  McClelland,  M.  D., '67,  Pitts- 
burg, President  of  the  Alumni  Association;  Poem,  Wm.  Tod  Helmuth, 
M.  D.,  '53,  New  York  City;  the  Alumni,  I,  "  Past,"  J.  P.  Dake,  M.  D., 
'51,  Nashville;  II.  "  Present,"  I.T.Talbot,  M.  D.,  '53,  Boston;  III. 
"Future,"  T.  G.  Comstock,  M.  D.,  '51,  St.  Louis;  Reminiscences,  J. 
W.  Dowling,  M.  D.,  '57,  New  York  City;  refreshments.  Wm.  W. 
Van  Baiin,  M.  D.,  '80,  Secretary,  419  Pine  street,  Philadelphia. 

Thvrsday,  Septem.ber  23d,  9.J0  a.  ni.  to  i p  in.:  Session  of  the  State 
Medical  Society;  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Sanitary  Science,  discussiou; 
Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Paedology,  discussion.  3  to  6  P.  M.,  Report  of 
the  Bureau  of  Pathology  and  Pathological  Anatomy,  discussion;  Un- 
finished Business;  New  Business;  Election  of  Officers;  Announcement 
of  Bureaus  and  Committees;  Adjournment. 

8:30  p.  M.,  Bauquet  at  St.  George  Hotel  to  the  State  Medical  Society 
and  its  guests  by  the  physicians  of  Philadelphia;  conversazione,  10  to 
II  p.  M,  Committee,  Horace  F.  Ivins,  M.  D.;  Clarence  Bartlett,  M.  D.; 
Wm.  W.  Van  Baun,  M.  D. 

Friday  and  Saturday,  September  24th  and  25th,  10  a.  m.  to  10  p.  m. 
each  day:  General  Reception  by  the  Women's  Hospital  Association 
with  a  concert  on  Friday  evening  at  8  o'clock.  A  Bazaar  and  Cafe  will 
be  open  during  the  Reception  in  aid  of  the  Hospital  Fund.  Visitors 
will  be  afforded  an  opportunity  to  inspect  the  bulding.  The  Reception 
Committee  will  be  in  attendance. 


266  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

Monday,  September  2jth:  The  General  Introductory  of  the  Regu- 
lar Course  of  Lectures  will  be  delivered  at  8  o'clock  p.  M.,  by  Pember- 
ton  Dudley,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Physiology  and  Sanitary  Science,  sub- 
ject, "  History  of  Hahnemann  Medical  College."  All  physicians  and 
medical  students  are  invited. 

Tuesday,  September  28th,  at  10  o'clock  a.  m.:  Opening  of  the  Regu- 
lar Course  of  Lectures,  Session  of  i886-'87.— A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D., 
Dean  of  the  Faculty,   1733  Chestnut  street. 

NOTICE  TO   VISITING   PHYSICIANS. 

The  Homceopathic  Medicai,  Society  of  Pennsylvania  invites 
the  attendance  of  homoeopathic  physicians  from  outside  the  State,  and 
the  Physicians  of  Philadelphia  will  cordially  welcome  all  who  come. 

Headquarters  for  visiting  physicians  will  be  at  St.  George  Hotel, 
corner  Broad  and  Walnut  streets,  where  first-class  accommodations  can 
be  secured  at  II2.50  per  day. 

The  Pennsylvania  and  the  Philadelphia  and  Reading  Railroad  will 
sell  tickets  at  their  usual  Summer  Excursion  Rates  (about  two 
thirds  the  regular  fare ) ,  over  their  main  lines  and  branches.  These 
"  Summer  Excursion  "  tickets  are  good  until  November  ist. 

Physicians  who  contemplate  being  present  during  ^^  Dedication 
Week  "  will  confer  a  favor  by  notifying  the  undersigned. 

Committee  of  the  County  Society:  Horace  F.  Ivins,  M.  D.,  Chair- 
man, 1319  Arch  street;  Clarence  Bartlett,  M.  D. ;  Wm.  W.  Van 
Baun,  M.  D. 

Iri  the  Hahtemannian  Monthly  for  October,  1886,  appeared 
the  following  account  from  the  pen  of  Dr.  Pemberton  Dudley 
of  the  Dedication  of  this  fine  College  : 

Dedication  Week  at  the  Hahnemanii  Medical  College  of  Phil- 
adelphia.— The  new  and  handsome  building  of  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  was  thrown  open  for  the  inspection  of 
visitors  on  Monday,  September  20th,  1886.  Invitations  to  be 
present  at  the  exercises  of  the  week  had  been  sent  to  every 
homoeopathic  physician  of  the  country,  and  to  all  of  the  old 
school  physicians  of  Philadelphia.  Visitors  were  entertained 
by  a  reception  committee,  consisting  of  Drs.  John  E.  James, 
Daniel  Karsner,  I.  G.  Smedley,  J.  William  Giles,  H.  I. 
Jessup,  J.  N.  Mitchell,  O.  S.  Haines,  E.  L.  Oatley,  E.  R. 
Snader,  and  several  ladies  appointed  by  the  Woman's  Asso- 
ciation of  the  Hahnemann  College  Hospital. 

At  the  dedication  exercises  which  were  held  on  the  evening 
of  September  21st  fully  fifteen  hundsed  persons  were  in  the 
building.       The   exercises  went    on    in    the   lower   lecture- 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  267 

'room,  but  hundreds  of  guests,  despairing  of  getting  an 
inch  of  space  in  there,  found  plenty  to  interest  them 
in  wandering  through  the  building  and  inspecting  its  well- 
equipped  departments.  William  McGeorge,  Vice-President 
of  the  College  Trustees,  presided.  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas,  Dean 
of  the  Faculty,  was  master  of  ceremonies.  After  an  excellent 
orchestra  of  strings  had  played  some  lively  music,  the  Re\'. 
William  Everest,  D.  D.,  offered  up  a  prayer,  Mr.  McGeorge 
made  an  address,  congratulating  the  College  on  the  growth  of 
Homoeopathy,  and  then  the  Rev.  Dr.  McVickar,  of  "  Holy 
Trinity, ' '  made  the  dedicatory  prayer.  After  some  music,  Dr. 
Joseph  C.  Guernsey  presented  the  College  with  a  portrait  of 
Hahnemann,  that  had  been  in  possession  of  his  father,  a  former 
Dean  of  the  College  Faculty,  the  late  Dr.  H.  N.  Guernsey, 
for  twenty  years.  There  was  music  again,  and  after  that 
addresses  were  delivered  by  ex-Governor  Pollock,  President 
of  the  Board  of  Trustees  thirty  years  ago;  Professor  I.  Tisdale 
Talbot,  of  Boston,  and  Dr.  James  H.  McClelland,  President  of 
the  Alumni  Association. 

lyetters  of  regret  from  Gov.  R.  E.  Pattison,  Dr.  F.  H. 
Orme  and  numerous  others  were  read.  Among  those  present 
were,  George  C.  Thomas,  Lemuel  Coffin,  Mrs.  Joseph  Eover- 
ing,  Mrs.  J.  H.  Burling,  W.  B.  Stoever,  Mrs.  V.  E.  Brad- 
ford, Rev.  William  M.  Jefferis,  Joel  J.  Baily,  Charles  Spencer, 
Mrs.  Spencer,  John  Sartain,  Speaker  E.  A.  Armstrong,  of 
the  New  Jersey  House  of  Assembly,  Rev.  W.  C.  Rommel, 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  C.  Boldt,  Conrad  B.  Day,  John  F. 
Smith,  John  E.  Baird,  Dr.  David  Cowley,  Pittsburgh;  Dr.  J. 
F.  Cooper,  Allegheny;  Dr.  T.  E.  Brown,  Binghamton;  Will- 
iam Spencer,  Germantown;  Rev.  Dr.  J.  B.  McCullough, 
Rev.  J.  T.  Satchell,  Dr.  J.  B.  Wood,  West  Chester;  Dr.  C. 
H.  Eawton,  Wilmington;  Commodore  Gherardi,  Dr.  James 
Kitchen,  Mrs.  Dr.  R.  J.  McClatchey,  Mrs.  Dr.  Samuel 
Freedley,  B.  H.  Bartol,  J.  Eewis  Crozer,  Dr.  G.  B.  Peck, 
Providence;  Mrs.  Dr.  Hering,  Judge  Fell,  Mrs  Dr.  William- 
son, Mrs.  Dr.  H.  N.  Guernsey,  Mrs.  Dr.  E.  A.  Farrington, 
Dr.  E.  H.  Willard,  Allegheny;  Dr.  W.J.  Martin,  Pittsburgh; 
Dr.  Z.  T.  Miller,  Pittsburgh;  Dr.  Hugh  Pitcairn,  Harris- 
burg;   Dr.   E.   Cranch,  Erie;   Dr    A.    P.    Bowie,    Uniontown; 


268  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

J.  Barton  Moorhead,  Rev.  George  Dana  Boardman,  D.  D., 
Thomas  C.  Hill,  Mrs.  Ada  E.  M.  Thomas,  F.  E.  Boericke, 
Lewis  F.  Redner,  Frederick  Sylvester,  Mrs.  J.  W.  McAllister, 
Mrs.  Simon  Wain,  Miss  Sallie  Wain,  Rev.  J.  F.  Crouch, 
Edward  Magill,  Mrs.  J.  S.  lyovering,  Rev.  W.  W.  Evarts, 
William  M.  Runk. 

The  Committee  of  Arrangements  comprised  Dr.  A.  R. 
Thomas,  W.  Hobart  Brown,  Dr.  J.  C.  Guernsey,  Francis  W. 
Kennedy,  Dr.  Pemberton  Dudley,  Dr.  Horace  F.  Ivins,  Dr. 
Clarence  Bartlett,  Dr.  W.  W.  Van  Baun,  Dr.  John  K.  Eee, 
and  Dr.  I.  G.  Smedley. 

On  Wednesday  evening,  September  22d,  the  Alumni  Asso- 
ciation held  a  reunion.  The  President  of  the  Association, 
Dr.  J.  H.  McClelland,  of  Pittsburgh,  occupied  the  chair.  Dr. 
McClelland  introduce  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas,  Dean  of  the  College 
Faculty,  who  delivered  the  address  of  welcome.  He  urged 
the  members  of  the  society  to  put  forth  every  effort  to  influ- 
ence the  State  Board  of  Charities  and  the  State  Legislature 
to  secure  to  the  homoeopathic  school  of  practice  a  fair 
share  of  the  State  aid  which  is  extended  to  the  hospitals  of 
other  schools. 

Dr.  McClelland  made  a  short  and  hearty  address  in  re- 
sponse to  the  Dean's  speech,  in  which  he  spoke  with  pride  of 
his  connection  with  the  Hahnemann  College,  and,  speaking 
for  the  Alumni,  pledged  them  to  come  to  the  help  and  pecu- 
niary support  of  the  College. 

Remarks  that  had  been  prepared  for  delivery  by  Prof.  J.  P. 
Dake  were  read,  in  the  absence  of  that  gentleman,  by  Prof. 
Pemberton  Dudley.  The  speaker  referred  to  the  early  his- 
tory of  the  College  and  to  its  influence  on  Homoeopathy  all 
over  the  world.  In  closing,  he  rendered  the  highest  praise 
and  sincerest  thanks  to  those  who  founded  and  those  who 
have  matured  and  enlarged  "  our  Alma  Mater,"  "  The  Ho- 
moeopathic College  of  Pennsylvania,"  now  known  and 
honored  as  ' '  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadel- 
phia." 

Prof.  I.  T.  Talbot,  of  Boston,  was  next  introduced  inmost 
fitting  terms  by  President  McClelland,  who  told  of  Prof. 
Talbot's  great  work  as  an  organizer  in  the  American  Insti- 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  269 

tute,  and  of  his  arduous  labors  in  behalf  of  Homoeopathy  in 
Massachusetts.  Dr.  Talbot  replied  in  a  neat  and  happily 
worded  address  on  the  ' '  Alumni  of  the  Present. ' ' 

Dr.  William  W.  Van  Baun,  of  Philadelphia,  Secretary  of 
the  Alumni,  then  read  an  address  written  by  Prof.  T.  G. 
Comstock,  M.  D.,  of  St.  Ivouis,  in  which  was  forecast  what 
the  writer  believed  to  be  the  future  destiny  of  the  homoe- 
opathic school  of  practice. 

The  exercises  in  the  lecture-room  closed  with  an  address 
b}^  Professor  J.  W.  Dowling,  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical 
College  of  New  York.  As  the  representative  of  the  New  York 
College  Faculty  he  congratulated  the  Philadelphia  Faculty  on 
their  fine  building  and  its  excellent  appointments.  He  then 
alluded  in  a  feeling  and  touching  manner  to  his  early  experi- 
ences as  a  medical  student,  among  which  he  told  of  his  first 
meeting  with  his  life-long  friend.  Prof.  Helmuth,  of  New 
York.  Dr.  Dowling  was  loudly  applauded  at  the  close  of  his 
remarks. 

President  McClelland  then  proposed  three  cheers  for  the 
New  College.  These  were  given  with  a  will,  after  which 
those  assembled  adjourned  to  the  society  room  for  refresh- 
ments. 


270  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 


CHAPTER  XXXVI. 


5-  94. 


The  self-sacrificing  efforts  of  the  officers,  Faculty,  and 
friends  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia 
were  at  last  crowned  with  success.  The  students  who  came 
to  attend  lectures  in  the  September  of  1886  came  to  a  magnifi- 
cent building,  situated  on  one  of  the  world's  finest  streets. 
The  regular  lectures  were  opened  by  the  address  of  Dr.  Pem- 
berton  Dudley,  on  the  evening  of  September  27th,  in  lyccture 
Room  No.  I,  his  subject  being  the  History  of  Hahnemann 
College.  There  were  173  matriculates.  The  next  morning 
the  lectures  commenced,  the  first  to  be  delivered  in  the  new 
College. 

The  old  College  building  on  Filbert  Street  had  been  sold  to 
a  Hotel  Company  for  $35,000.  The  front  was  entirely  changed, 
the  building  remodeled  and  a  hotel  known  as  the  Hotel  Hil- 
ton opened. 

The  Reading  Railroad  afterwards  bought  the  property  and 
the  great  Terminal  Depot  of  the  ' '  Reading ' '  now  covers 
the  grounds  on  Filbert  Street  where  the  old  College  used  to 
stand. 

The  memory  of  that  building,  with  its  time-honored  rooms, 
from  whence  so  many  bright  men  have  gone  forth  to  their 
life-work  of  healing,  still  remains.  Few  of  those  who  sat  on 
those  hard  benches  pass  the  place  now  without  a  recollection, 
often  tinged  with  sadness,  of  the  old  student  days.  The  sen- 
timent is  well  expressed  in  a  little  poem  by  Dr.  W.  D.  Bayley, 
published  in  the  College  paper,  The  Institute,  for  October, 
1886,  and  written  at  the  time  when  the  College  was  removed 
from  Filbert  to  Broad  Street. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  27  I 

■    Fare  thee  well !  thou  homely  building, 
With  thy  gray  and  crumbling  walls. 
Think  not  that  we  go  rejoicing 
From  the  old  familiar  halls. 

We  recall  thy  clumsy  stairways 

Winding  up  on  either  side; 
The  balusters — whate'r  befel  them, 

Which  we  students  used  to  ride  ? 

Hark  !  the  echoes  faintly  answer, 

"  The  balusters  no  more  remain; 
Would  you  know  where  they  have  wandered, 

Ask  yon  golden-headed  cane." 

This  first  year  in  the  new  home  is  also  noteworthy  for  the 
fact  that  certain  changes  were  made  in  the  Faculty  of  the 
College.  Since  the  union  of  the  Colleges  there  had  been  in 
addition  to  the  Faculty  proper  certain  demonstrators  and 
lecturers.  With  this  session  the  number  of  lecturers  was 
greatly  increased.  In  place  of  five  demonstrators  and  four 
lecturers  during  the  last  session  at  the  old  College,  there  were 
now  ten  lecturers  and  four  demonstrators  on  the  staff.  Dr. 
I^emuel  Stevens,  who  had  for  many  years  been  connected  with 
the  College  as  Professor  of  Natural  Philosophy,  Chemistry  and 
Toxicology,  resigned  (Dr.  Stephens'  resignation  had  been 
previously  accepted  by  the  Faculty  on  September  29,  1884, 
to  take  effect  at  the  end  of  the  session  of  1 884-' 85),  and  Dr. 
Charles  Stockton  Gauntt  was  appointed  to  a  chair  of  Natural 
Philosophy,  General  and  Medical  Chemistry.  Dr.  Charles 
Mohr,  who  had  been  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine  and 
Physical  Diagnosis,  and  who  had  delivered  lectures  on 
Materia  Medica  after  the  death  of  Dr.  Farrington  in  Decem- 
ber, 1885,  was  now  appointed  to  the  chair  of  Materia  Medica 
and  Therapeutics. 

To  Dr.  B.  F.  Betts'  chair  of  Gynecology  was  added  the  sub- 
ject of  Paedology.  Dr.  J.  N.  Mitchell,  who  had  been  Demon- 
strator of  Obstetrics,  was  now  appointed  Adjunct  Professor  of 
Obstetrics.  There  were,  as  h:is  been  stated,  a  number  of  lec- 
tureships on  various  medical  subjects.* 

*See  complete  list  of  Faculty. 


272  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

In  1886  the  Women's  Medical  Club  of  Philadelphia  asked 
that  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  be  opened  to  women. 
This  Medical  Club  is  composed  of  distinguished  practitioners 
of  Homoeopathy.  A  meeting  was  held  on  November  18, 
1886,  at  which  were  present  quite  a  number  of  prominent 
physicians,  and  at  this  meeting  each  gave  his  opinion.  It 
was  decided  that  although  in  the  new  College  building  some 
arrangement  had  been  made  for  the  possible  admission  of 
women,  yet  it  was  a  wiser  policy  not  to  admit  them  at  that 
time.  A  very  courteous  letter  was  sent  to  the  ladies  explain- 
ing the  refusal. 

With  the  Session  of  1 886-' 8 7  the  three  years'  course  was 
also  rendered  obligatory.  The  Announcement  for  1 886-' 87 
has  the  following: 

The  course  of  study  pursued  in  this  College  is  known  as  the  Three 
Years'  Graded  Course.  In  this  course  the  subjects  of  Anatomy,  Physi- 
ology, Chemistry  and  Histology  take  precedence,  the  study  of  Materia 
Medica  is  commenced,  and  some  minor  subjects  are  also  pursued.  But 
the  five  branches  named,  including  practical  manual  exercises  in  the  dis- 
secting rooms  and  laboratories,  occupy  most  of  the  student's  attention 
during  the  first  year.  An  examination  in  General  Chemistry,  Toxi- 
cology, Pharmacy,  Institutes,  Histology  and  General  Pathology  will  be 
held  at  the  close  of  the  first  term.  All  the  remaining  principal  subjects 
are  taken  up  at  the  beginning  of  the  second  year  and  pursued  steadily 
throughout  the  remainder  of  the  course.  Final  examinations  in 
Anatomy,  Physiology  and  Medical  Chemistry  are  held  at  the  end  of 
the  second  term.  During  the  third  year  and  when  the  student  is  no 
longer  occupied  with  Anatomy,  Physiology  and  Chemistry,  certain 
minor  practical  studies  are  also  pursued,  and  the  various  specialties 
may  be  then  taken  up  and  followed  to  advantage.  This  is  believed  to 
be  the  only  wise  method  of  grading  medical  studies — first  the  funda- 
mental branches,  next  the  general  practical  studies,  and  the  specialties 
last  of  all. 

As  has  been  mentioned,  the  rule  that  each  student  at  grad- 
uation should  present  a  thesis  on  some  medical  subject  was 
abolished  in  1885.  The  last  theses  were  presented  in  that 
year.  This  was  a  paper  in  the  handwriting  of  the  student, 
and  was  referred  for  examination  to  the  professor  of  the 
branch  about  which  the  essay  was  written.  At  a  few  com- 
mencements about  1869-71  honorable  mention  was  made  of 
exceptionably  good  theses.     After  the  removal  to  the  new 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  273 

College  no  more  of  them  were  required.  These  theses  have 
been  bound  in  year-volumes  and  are  in  the  I^ibrary  of  the 
College. 

The  Commencement  of  the  session  i886-'87  was  held  at  the 
Academy  of  Music,  Thursday,  April  7,  1887,  at  11  a.  m. 
The  Valedictory  was  by  Dr.  B.  F.  Betts.  There  were  48  grad- 
uates. In  the  evening  the  Alumni  Association  held  a  meet- 
ing in  the  new  College,  after  which  a  reception  was  held  in 
Alumni  Hall  to  the  graduating  class. 

There  was  as  usual  a  Spring  Course  which  commenced  on 
Monday,  April  11,  and  continued  until  the  end  of  May. 

Preliminary  lectures  commenced  on  Monday,  September 
26,  at  II  A.  M.,  by  a  lecture  on  Zoology  by  Dr.  A.  R. 
Thomas. 

The  Introductory  lyccture  was  by  Dr.  Chas.  M.  Thomas, 
and  was  held  on  the  evening  of  Monday,  October  3,  1887. 
There  were  184  matriculates. 

The  announcement  for  1887-' 88,  mentions  term  examina- 
tions as  follows: 

Throughout  the  course  repeated  examinations  or  "  quizzes  "  are  held 
by  all  the  instructors,  thus  aiding  the  student's  memory  and  assuring 
his  continued  advancement. 

The  final  examination  of  the  first-year  students  in  General  Chemistry, 
Toxicology,  Pharmacy,  Institutes  and  Histology  will  be  held  during 
the  last  week  of  the  term.  The  final  examination  of  second-year  stu- 
dents in  Anatomy,  Physiology,  Medical  Chemistry  and  General 
Pathology  will  be  held  during  the  same  week.  The  examination  of 
candidates  for  the  Degree,  on  all  branches  not  theretofore  satisfactorily 
passed,  will  occur  the  week  following  the  close  of  lectures. 

Under  the  old  course  of  two  years  the  studies  were  all  pur- 
sued together  by  the  students,  and  there  were  no  examina- 
tions, except  the  final  one  at  the  end  of  each  term,  of  the  stu- 
dents who  wished  to  graduate.  With  the  graded  course  of 
three  years  final  examinations  in  certain  branches  were  held 
at  the  close  of  each  session.  Each  year  brought  certain  ex- 
aminations to  the  members  of  each  class. 

Commencement  of  the  session  of  1 887-' 88  occurred  at  the 
Academy  of  Music  on  Friday,  April  6,  1888.  The  Valedic- 
tory was  by  Dr.  Pemberton  Dudley.  There  were  48  gradu- 
ates. 

19 


274  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

The  Alumni  Association  held  both  its  business  meeting  and 
banquet  at  Hotel  Boldt,  on  South  Fourth  St.  There  was  a 
Spring  Session. 

In  the  Spring  of  1888  the  College  adopted  the  policy  of  not 
indorsing  the  diploma  of  a  graduate  from  any  college,  bearing 
date  after  1888,  that  did  not  require  a  three  years'  course.  It 
was  in  the  interest  of  advanced  medical  education,  in  which 
Old  Hahnemann  is  and  has  been  in  the  van. 

During  the  summer  of  1888,  Dr.  O.  B.  Gause,  who  had 
held  the  chair  of  Obstetrics,  Puerperal  Diseases  and  Diseases 
of  Infants,  resigned,  and  a  chair  of  Obstetrics  was  formed  and 
accepted  by  Dr.  J.  Nicholas  Mitchell.  Dr.  Gause  removed  to 
Aiken,  S.  C,  was  made  Emeritus  Professor  of  Obstetrics. 

The  session  of  1 888-' 89  opened  the  preliminary  lectures 
on  September  24,  1888,  by  a  lecture  by  Professor  Dudley 
on  "The  A.  B.  C.  of  Therapeutics. "  The  Regular  Course 
opened  on  Monday  evening,  October  ist,  the  Introductory 
being  delivered  by  Dr.  C.  Mohr,  at  8:30  p.  m.  There  were 
198  matriculates. 

The  Commencement  of  the  session  of  1 888-' 89  was  held  at 
the  Academy  of  Music,  Thursday,  April  4,  1889,  at  11  a.  m. 
The  Valedictory  was  by  Dr.  Charles  M.  Thomas.  There 
were  65  graduates. 

The  Alumni  Association  held  a  business  meeting  and  ban- 
quet at  Stratford  Hotel  in  the  evening. 

There  was  a  Spring  Course  that  opened  Monday,  April 
8,  and  continued  to  June  i,  1889. 

Dr.  C.  Stockton  Gauntt,  the  Professor  of  Natural  Philoso- 
phy and  General  and  Medical  Chemistry,  resigned  at  the  end 
of  the  session  of  1889,  and  Dr.  Eugene  L.  Oatley,  who  had 
been  Demonstrator,  took  his  place,  the  chair  being  called  that 
of  Chemistry,  Dr.  J.  H.  Hamer  being  appointed  Demon- 
strator. 

The  Preliminary  Course  of  the  Regular  Session  of  1 889-' 90 
opened  on  Monday,  September  23,  1889,  at  11  A,  m.,  with  a 
lecture  by  Dr.  J.  N.  Mitchell  on  "  Antisepsis  in  Obstetrical 
Practice." 

The  General  Introductory  Lecture  to  the  Regular  Course 
was  delivered  by  Dr.  W.  C.  Goodno,  on  Monday,  September, 

30>  i^ 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  275 

The  Commencement  of  the  session  of  1 889-' 90  took  place 
at  the  Academj'  of  Music,  on  Wednesday,  April  2d,  1890,  at 
II  A.  M.  The  Valedictor}^  was  by  Dr.  John  E.  James.  There 
were  65  graduates.  The  Alumni  Association  met  at  the 
Stratford  Hotel. 

There  was  a  Spring  Course  extending  from  April  7th  to 
May  31st.  Dr.  Wm.  H.  Bigler,  who  had  been  lecturer  on 
Ophthalmology,  became  at  this  time  Associate  Professor  of 
Physiology. 

In  1890  Dr.  Alonzo  P.  Williamson,  who  had  been  lecturer 
on  Psychological  Diseases,  resigned,  as  he  was  about  to  re- 
move to  Minneapolis  to  take  charge  of  an  asylum  for  the 
insane  in  that  city. 

The  Announcement  for  i890-'9i  for  the  first  time  mentions 
the  graded  course  of  four  years,  as  follows: 

The  first  announcemeat  of  a  three-years'  graded  course  of  medical 
study  in  this  country  was  made  by  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  in 
1869.  Since  that  time  the  plan  has  been  adopted  by  most  of  the  better 
medical  colleges  in  the  country,  and  soon  must  be  accepted  by  all. 

While  this  course  has  served  an  excellent  purpose  up  to  the  present 
time,  yet  from  the  rapid  advance  being  made  in  medicine  and  the  col- 
lateral branches  the  time  is  rapidly  approaching  when  the  period  of 
study  must  be  extended  to  four  years.  Already  the  didactic  lectures, 
the  extended  laboratory  work,  with  the  increased  amount  of  clinical 
study  given  in  this  College,  are  with  difficulty  brought  within  the 
period  of  three  years. 

In  anticipation,  therefore,  of  the  near  approach  of  the  time  when  this 
advanced  step  will  become  necessary,  the  Hahneman  College  offers  the 
following  plan  for  a  four-years''  graded  course  : 

First  Year. 
Anatomy,  Physics,  General  Chemistry,  Physiology,  Botany,  Biology, 
Practical  Anatomy,  Practical  Chemistry,  Practical  Microscopy,  Practi- 
cal Pharmacy,  Practical  Physiology. 

Second  Year. 

Anatomy,  Medical  Chemistry  and  Toxicology,  Physiology,  Outlines 
of  Materia  Medica,  General  Pathology,  Practical  Anatomy,  Practical 
Pathological  Histology,  Practical  Bacteriology,  Practical  Urinary  An- 
alysis, General  Hospital  Clinics. 

Third  Year. 

Practice  of  Medicine,  Surgerj-,  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics, 
Obstetrics,  Gynaecology,  Electrology  and  Neurology,  Ophthalmology 
and  Otology,  Dermatology,  Physical  Diagnosis,  Practical  Surgery, 
Hospital  Clinics. 


276  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

Fourth  Year. 

Practice  of  Medicine,  Surgery,  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics, 
Obstetrics,  Gynaecology,  Ophthalmology  and  Otology,  Hygiene,  Insti- 
tutes of  Medicine,  Medical  Jurisprudence,  Psychology,  Dermatolugy, 
Practical  Obstetrics,  Physical  Diagnosis,  Special  Clinics  in  sections. 

Until  this  course  can  be  made  obligatory,  students  desirous  of  ex- 
tending their  term  of  study  are  recommended  to  devote  a  fourth  year 
to  the  study  of  specialties  and  more  extended  laboratory  and  clinical 
work,  for  which  no  extra  charge  will  be  made. 

Preliminary  lectures  commenced  September  22d,  1890,  with 
a  lecture  by  Prof.  A.  R.  Thomas,  on  the  Comparative  Anat- 
omy of  the  Organs  of  Circulation.  The  General  Introductory 
IvCCture  was  given  by  Prof.  J.  N.  Mitchell,  on  Monday,  Sep- 
tember 29th,  1890,  at  8:30  p.  M. 

The  Commencement  of  the  session  of  i890-'9i  was  held  at 
the  Academy  of  Music  on  April  7,  i8gr,  at  7:30  p.  m.  The 
Valedictory  was  by  Prof.  Charles  Mohr.  There  were  fifty- 
nine  graduates.  This  was  the  first  time  in  the  history  of  the 
College  when  the  Commencement  was  held  in  the  evening. 
During  the  later  years  flowers  had  also  been  abolished,  the 
stage  being  decorated  by  plants.  Much  time  was  thus  saved , 
the  distribution  of  flowers,  lasting  often  for  two  or  more  hours. 

The  Spring  Course  opened  April  9th  and  extended  to  Ma)^ 
31st.  There  was  no  change  in  the  Faculty  except  that  the 
subject  of  Physiology  was  taken  from  Dr.  Dudley's  chair  and 
a  chair  of  Physiology  appointed  with  Dr.  W.  H.  Bigler  as 
professor,  Dr.  Dudley's  chair  now  embracing  Institutes  of 
Medicine  and  Hygiene. 

The  Alumni  Association  met  at  the  Hotel  Stratford.  At 
the  banquet  a  flag,  12x14  ^^^t,  of  the  College  colors.  Blue  and 
Gold,  was  presented  to  the  College  by  the  Alumni  Association. 

The  Preliminary  Course  commenced  September  21st,  189 1, 
bj'  a  lecture  by  Dr.  Pemberton  Dudley  on  Institutes,  at  i  r 
A.  M.  The  Regular  Course  opened  on  Monday,  September 
28th,  at  8:30  p.  M.  The  Introductory  Lecture  was  by  Dr. 
Wm,  H.  Bigler.     There  were  247  matriculates. 

The  Commencement  for  the  session  1 891 -'92  took  place  at 
the  Academy  of  Music  on  Tuesday,  April  12,  1S92,  at  7:30 
p.  M.     The  Valedictory  was  by  Dr.  Wm.  C.  Goodno.     There 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  277 

were  sixty-three  graduates.  Alumni  meeting  at  the  Hotel 
Stratford.  The  Spring  Course  was  from  April  nth  to  June 
4th. 

Dr.  Oatley  died  on  November  i,  1891,  and  Dr.  J.  H. 
Hamer,  who  had  the  previous  year  been  demonstrator  of 
Chemistry,  was  elected  to  the  professorship  in  his  place.  The 
chair  of  Dr.  CM.  Thomas  was  changed  from  Clinical  Sur- 
gery and  Ophthalmology  to  Ophthalmology  and  Otology. 

On  the  inside  of  the  last  leaf  of  the  cover  of  the  Announce- 
ment for  1 892-' 93  the  following  may  be  found: 

Every  young  man  contemplating  taking  up  the  study  of  medicine 
should  not  lose  sight  of  the  following  facts: 

First. — That  hereafter  the  requirements  for  matriculation  in  the 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  will  be  more  exacting 
^nd  the  examination  more  rigid. 

Second. — That  the  term  of  study  has  been  extended  to  four  years; 
one  year  of  which,  for  the  present,  at  least,  may  be  taken  at  home  with 
a  preceptor;  but  that  the  time  is  not  far  distant  when  four  courses  at 
the  College  will  be  made  obligatory  upon  all. 

In  view  of  these  facts,  the  student  who  does  not  hold  a  diploma  or 
certificate  of  some  College,  Academy,  or  High  School,  or  a  teacher's 
certificate,  should  devote  a  year  to  the  study  of  Latin,  Botany,  Ele- 
mentary Chemistry,  Physics,  Biology,  Anatomy,  and  Physiology,  in- 
cluding also  a  review  of  the  English  branches,  and  thus  prepare  himself 
to  secure  credit  for  one  year  of  study,  and  to  enter  the  first  collegiate 
term  under  the  best  conditions  to  pursue  his  medical  studies  to  ad- 
vantage. 

The  Preliminary  Course  of  1 892-' 93  was  opened  on  the  morn- 
ing of  Monday,  September  26th,  at  11  o'clock,  by  a  lecture  by 
Prof.  J.  N.  Mitchell,  on  Obstetrics.  The  regular  session 
commenced  on  Monday  evening,  October  3d,  by  a  lecture  by 
Prof.  A.  R.  Thomas,  at  8:30.     There  were  253  matriculates. 

Sometime  in  1892  a  representative  from  the  Inter-collegiate 
Branch  of  the  Y.  M.  C.  A.,  of  Philadelphia,  visited  a  meeting 
of  the  Hahnemann  Hospital  Association,  and  a  Ladies'  Aux- 
iliary was  organized  ' '  to  co-operate  in  providing  a  pleasant 
room  where  the  students  might  spend  their  evenings  and 
spare  hours,  and  throw  around  them  those  moral  and  religious 
influences  which  will  elevate  and  refine  them."  The  large 
room  in  the  southeast  corner  of  the  basement  of  the  College 
building  was  carpeted  and  provided  with  suitable  furniture, 


278  HISTORY  OF  THK  HAHNEMANN 

and  a  committee  of  the  ladies  secured  a  piano,  games,  maga- 
zines, etc.,  to  make  the  room  attractive.  The}^  soon  after 
gave  a  tea  in  the  room,  serving  light  refreshments,  while  the 
college  boys  entertained  their  generous  guests  with  piano 
music,  college  glees  and  other  songs.  The  use  of  this 
room  was  granted  to  the  students  by  the  College  authori- 
ties at  a  meeting  held  August  4,  1892. 

This  room  is  still  conducted,  and  makes  a  very  pleasant 
parlor  for  the  students. 

The  Commencement  of  the  session  of  1892-93  was  held  at 
the  Academy  of  Music,  Wednesday,  April  19,  1893,  at  7:30 
p.  M.  The  Valedictorian  was  Prof.  J.  N.  Mitchell.  There 
were  seventy-seven  graduates.  Banquet  at  the  Hotel  Strat- 
ford. 

The  Spring  Course  extended  from  April  17th  to  June  loth. 
It  was  the  last  one  held.  There  were  no  changes  in  the 
Faculty. 

The  Announcement  for  the  session  of  1893-94  was  a 
delight  of  artistic  merit.  The  College  catalogue  has  always 
been  an  octavo  in  size.  This  year  full-page  photogravures 
were  published  of  the  main  stairway,  the  histological  labora- 
tory, the  chemical  laboratory,  the  lecture  room  No.  i,  with 
Dr.  Mohr  giving  a  lecture;  lecture  room  No.  2,  the  students' 
Y.  M.  C.  A.  room  in  the  basement,  the  dissecting  room, 
lecture  room  No.  3,  with  Dr.  Thomas  in  the  amphitheatre; 
section  of  clinical  ampitheatre,  with  Dr.  J.  E.  James  operat- 
ing; section  of  the  eye  department  of  the  dispensary;  a  view 
of  the  museum;  and  a  view  of  the  library.  A  smaller  so- 
called  ' '  Columbian  edition ' '  of  this  was  also  issued. 

During  June  23d  a  reception  was  tendered  by  the  Faculty 
and  Trustees  of  the  Hahnemann  College  and  Hospital  to  the 
members  of  the  World's  HomcEopathic  Congress,  which  had 
held  a  meeting  at  Atlantic  City.  The  evening  was  devoted 
to  an  inspection  of  the  buildings.  The  local  committee,  Drs. 
A.  R.  Thomas,  John  E.  James  and  J.  C.  Guernsey,  issued  a 
very  tasty  card  of  invitation,  having  a  picture  of  the  College 
on  the  cover,  which  was  bound  with  the  College  colors. 

The  Preliminary  Course  held  before  the  session  of  1892-93 
was  the  last  held.     The  lectures   of  1893-94  commenced   on 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  279 

October  2d,  the  Introductory  Lecture  being  delivered  by  Dr. 
B.  F.  Betts.     There  were  281  matriculates. 

A  notable  event  of  the  session  of  1893-94  was  the  Hahne- 
mann College  parade.  The  previous  year  there  had  been  a 
street  parade  of  members  of  the  various  medical  colleges  in 
the  city.  This  year  a  union  parade  was  planned,  but  when 
it  became  known  that  the  Hahnemann  Boys  were  to  lead  the 
line,  the  students  from  the  University  declared  that  they 
would  not  march  back  of  the  followers  of  Hahnemann,  and, 
asserting  that  the  parade  in  any  case  lacked  dignity,  sent 
word  they  would  not  parade.  The  Jefferson  Boys  and 
the  Pharmacy  Boys  followed.  A  meeting  was  held  in 
Hahnemann  College,  at  which  it  was  decided  to  parade,  and 
the  Dental  students  also  agreed  to  parade.  So  on  Saturday, 
October  29th,  the  Dental  and  Hahnemann  men  started  from 
the  College,  marching  down  Broad  to  South  St.,  counter- 
marched to  Chestnut,  down  Chestnut  to  Fifth,  to  Arch,  up 
Arch  to  Broad  and  passed  in  review  before  the  College,  which 
was  ablaze  with  red  fire,  with  its  windows  filled  with  pretty 
girls.  An  informal  reception  was  held  in  the  College.  At 
the  close  of  the  parade  the  Hahnemann  Boys  gave  the  '  'College 
Yell,"  for  their  loyal  friends,  the  Dental  students.  A  daily 
paper  thus  describes  the  scene:  Down  Chestnut  St.  came  the 
marchers,  led  by  a  squad  of  mounted  police  and  a  brass  band. 
Hahnemann,  the  men  wearing  mortar  board  caps  and  carry- 
ing canes  decorated  with  the  college  colors,  royal  blue  and 
burnt  orange,  marched  proudly  in  the  lead,  four  men  abreast, 
and  nearly  250  strong.  Philadelphia  Dental,  also  carrying 
their  college  colors  and  flags  inscribed  with  college  and  class 
mottoes,  followed  with  about  the  same  number  of  men. 
When  the  head  of  the  marching  column  reached  and  turned 
down  Broad,  Hahnemann's  familiar  Rah,  rah,  rah.  Rah,  rah, 
rah,  Hahnemann,  Hahnemann,  Sis,  boom,  ah?  rent  the  air, 
while  the  Dental  men  responded  with  deafening  chorus  of — 
Hullaballoo,  Hullaballoo,  Wah!  Hoo!  Wah!  Philadelphia 
Dental,  Rah,  rah,  rah,  T— I— G — E— R.  Meanwhile  the 
crowds  of  men  from  other  colleges  along  the  line  failed  in 
their  endeavor  to  make  the  parade  a  failure,  and  restrained 
from   breaking  it  up  by  main   force  by  the  big  delegation  of 


28o  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

police  who  marched  with  the  paraders,  taunted  the  marching 
medics  and  dentists  with  cries  of 

Sugar  pill,  sugar  pill, 

Never  cured  and  never  will. 

Rickety  roup,  rickety  roup, 

Hahnemann,  Hahnemann, 

In  the  soup. 
After  the  parade  Chestnut  street  was  crowded  with  college 
men,  and  one  party  one  hundred  strong  marched  in  a  compact 
mass  from  Broad  street  to  Sixth,  shouting  at  the  top  of  their 
voices.  In  their  front  rank,  as  a  sort  of  a  mock  captain,  they 
marched  Captain  Clark,  the  life  saver,  attired  in  corduroys, 
a  silk  hat  and  profusely  decorated  with  chrysanthemums. 
It  was  claimed  that  the  Jefferson  Boys  wished  to  lead  the  line 
in  the  union  parade,  and  they  were  the  ones  to  commence  the 
row.  At  any  rate  Hahnemann  Medical  College,  assisted  by  the 
liberal  minded  Dental  men  had  a  glorious  parade,  and  fis 
usual  were  not  downed  by  the  sneers  and  withdrawal  of  the 
rival  schools  of  medicine. 

The  Commencement  of  the  session  of  1893-94  took  place 
on  the  evening  of  Tuesday,  May  8,  1894.  "^^^  Valedictory 
was  by  Prof.  Wm.  H.  Bigler.  There  were  sixty-eight  gradu- 
ates. Banquet  at  the  Stratford  Hotel.  An  interesting 
incident  in  this  Commencement  was  when  Mr.  George  C. 
Thomas  in  an  earnest  address  paid  a  high  tribute  to  the 
worth  of  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas.  He  announced  that  the  Hahne- 
mann Alumni  and  Dr.  Thomas'  friends,  in  recognition  of  his 
forty  years'  service  as  Lecturer  on  Anatomy,  had  raised  the 
sum  of  $5000.00  to  commemorate  his  Jubilee  Anniversary  by 
endowing  in  perpetuity  in  the  Hahnemann  Hospital  a  free 
bed  to  be  named  the  Amos  Russell  Thomas  Bed,  in  his  honor. 
Dr.  Thomas  made  a  brief  and  touching  reply.* 

*See  Hospital. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.         28  I 


CHAPTER  XXXVII. 

1894. 

There  was  no  Spring  Course  (this,  until  1876,  h  p  d 
been  called  the  summer  course)  in  1894,  nor  have  there 
there  been  any  held  since.  We  now  approach  a  very  inter- 
esting innovation  of  the  Old  College;  when  a  Course  extend- 
ing over  Four  Collegiate  Years  became  Obligatory.  In  1890 
the  Intercollegiate  Committee  of  the  American  Institute  had 
recommended  a  four  years'  course  to  all  the  homoeopathic 
colleges  in  the  country,  and  Hahnemann  had  gradually  been 
preparing  to  adopt  this  system.  In  the  announcement  for 
i893~'94  the  statement  was  made  that  after  that  session  the 
four  years'  course  would  become  obligator3^  During  the 
summer  of  1894  the  following  circular  was  issued: 

Hahnemann  Medicai,  College  oe  Philadelphia — Session  of 

1894-95 — Beginning  October  i,  1894— Special 

Announcement. 

In  the  inauguration  of  an  obligatory  four  years'  graded  course  of 
study,  many  changes  have  been  found  necessary  from  the  order  of 
studies  as  presented  in  the  old  three  years'  course.  The  following 
schedule  of  subjects  for  each  year  has  been  carefully  prepared,  and  is 
now  distributed  for  the  information  of  the  profession  and  students. 
Experience  may  lead  to  some  modifications  of  this  plan,  but  no  material 
change  is  likely  to  be  made. 

Attention  is  called  to  the  requirements  of  admission,  as  given  in 
this  circular;  to  the  college  fees  for  tuition;  and  to  the  list  of  text-books 
with  which  students  should  supply  themselves,  if  not  already  in  posses- 
sion of  some  suitable  text-book  on  each  subject. 

The  regular  announcement,  giving  full  details,  will  be  issued  in  June, 
a  copy  of  which  will  be  mailed  to  every  applicant.  Meantime,  any 
further  information  desired  will  be  furnished  by  addressing 

A.  R.  Thomas,  M  D  ,  Dea^i, 

113  S.  Sixteenth  St.,  Philadelphia. 

Studies  of  the  Four  Years'  Graded  Course. 
First  Year. — History  of  Medicine;  Medical  Terminology;  Biology — 
Botany,  Zoology;  Physics — Electricity;  Inorganic  Chemistry;  Anatomy 


282  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

(osteology,  syndesniology,  myolog}'  and  digestive  organs) — Dissections; 
Physiology  (circulation,  respiration,  digestion);  Normal  Histology — 
laboratory  work;  General  Clinics. 

Second  Year. — Organic  Chemistrj^ — laboratory  work,  urinary  analysis, 
etc.;  Anatomy,  completed — Dissections;  Physiology,  completed,  in- 
cluding embryology;  Normal  Histology — laboratory  work;  General 
Pathology;  Materia  Medica — Pharmacy,  Toxicology;  Institutes  of  Med- 
icine; Minor  Surgery — bandaging;  General  Clinics. 

Third  Year. — Bacteriology;  Pathological  Histology;  Surgical  Anat- 
omy; Surgery;  Materia  Medica — Drug  Pathogenesy;  Practice  of  Medi- 
cine; Physical  Diagnosis;  Obstetrics;  Practical  Obstetrics;  Gyneecology; 
Ophthalmology — Otology — Laryngology;  General  Clinics. 

Fotirth  Year. — Materia  Medica — Homoeopathic  Therapeutics;  Prac- 
tice of  Medicine;  Physical  Diagnosis,  including  demonstrations;  Der- 
matology; Syphilology;  Neurology;  Surgery;  Obstetrics;  Paediatrics; 
Hygiene;  Medical  Jurisprudence;  Special  Clinics  and  Bedside  Instruc- 
tion. 

Requirements  for  Admission. 

Each  student  will  be  required  to  present  to  the  Dean,  at  the  time  of 
matriculation,  the  certificate  of  an  accredited  physician  that  he  possesses 
a  good  moral  character,  and  that  he  is  otherwise  qualified  for  the  study 
of  medicine.  He  must  also  present  the  diploma  or  certificate  of  a  liter- 
ary or  scientific  college,  a  high  school  or  academy,  as  evidence  of  poss- 
essing the  required  educational  qualifications.  A  student  without  such 
diploma  or  certificate,  in  order  to  matriculate  and  enter  the  first  year  of 
the  four  years'  course,  will  be  required  to  pass  an  examination  as 
follows: 

I.  English  composition,  by  writing  at  the  time  of  the  examination 
an  essay  of  not  less  than  two  hundred  words,  by  which  may  be  judged 
the  writer's  attainments  in  grammar,  orthography  and  penmanship.  2. 
Arithmetic.  3.  Latin,  sufficient  to  show  a  fair  comprehension  of  scien- 
tific terms  and  formulse. 

Applicants  for  admission  to  the  second  year  of  the  four  years'  course 
must  exhibit  evidence  of  having  passed  the  branches  of  the  first  year, 
as  taught  in  this  College,  in  some  scientific  school  giving  ^preparatory 
medical  course,  or  in  some  accredited  medical  college;  or  else,  in  addi- 
tion to  the  requirements  for  entering  the  first  year,  they  must  pass  an 
examination  in:  i.  Botany,  2.  Biology,  3.  Physics,  4.  Chemistry,  5. 
Anatomy,  6.  Physiology,  as  far  as  taught  in  the  first  year  of  this  College. 

College  graduates  in  Arts  or  Science  who,  during  their  collegiate 
course,  studied  Biology,  Botany,  Zoology,  Physics,  Chemistry,  Histol- 
ogy, Anatomy  and  Physiology  are  admitted  to  the  second  year  without 
an  entrance  examination. 

Graduates  of  Colleges  of  Pharmacy  or  Dentistry  in  good  standing 
may,  upon  presenting  their  diploTias,  matriculate  and  enter  the  second 
year  of  this  College. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  283 

Students  who  have  attended  two  or  more  annual  terms  in  other  ac- 
credited Medical  Colleges  must  bring  satisfactory  certificates  of  qualifi- 
cation, or  else  pass  the  examinations  of  the  corresponding  term  in  this 
College.  They  may  then  matriculate  and  be  admitted  to  the  final  ex- 
amination for  the  degree  upon  completing  in  this  College  the  remaining 
term  or  terms  of  the  required  course. 

Graduates  of  Medical  Colleges  in  good  standing,  in  which  two  years' 
attendance  is  required,  are  admitted  to  the  third  year  without  examina- 
tion; and  graduates  of  Medical  Colleges  in  which  three  years'  attend- 
ance is  required,  are  admitted  to  the  fourth  year  without  examination. 


COi,LEGE  FEES. 

For  Marticulation,  paid  once  only, $    5°° 

For  First  Annual  Term,  including  practical  courses 100  00 

For  Second  Annual  Term,        "                "               "          12500 

For  Third  Annual  Term,          "                "               "          12500 

For  Fourth  Annual  Term,  including  special  clinics,     .    .        .    .  125  00 

Graduation  Fee, 3°  00 

TEXT-BOOKS. 

Medical  Terminology — Campbell's  Language  of  Medicine. 

Biology — Campbell's  or  Piersol's  Biology. 

Botany — Wood's  Botany  and  Florist,  or  Gray's  Manual. 

Zoology — Packard's  Zoology. 

Physics — Avery's  or  Ganot's  Physics. 

Chetnistry — Witthaus'  or  Simon's  Manual  of  Chemistry. 

Anatomy — Gray's  or  Morris'  Anatomy. 

Physiology — Kirkes',  Foster's,  or  Landois  and  Sterling's  Physiology. 

Institutes  of  Medicines — Hahnemann's  Organon,  Dake's  Therapeutic 
Methods. 

Normal  Histology — Klein's  Elements  of  Histology. 

Pathology — Ziegler's  Pathological  Anatomy. 

Bacteriology — Fraenkel's  Bacteriology. 

Minor  Surgery — Wharton's  Minor  Surgery. 

Surgical  Anatomy — Holden's  Practical  Anatomy. 

Surgery — American  System  of  Surgery,  Helmuth's  Surgery,  Moul- 
lin's  Surgery,  Smith's  Operative  Surgery. 

Pharmacy — American  Homoeopathic  Pharmacopoeia. 

Zb^zVo/c^jV— Reese's  Toxicology. 

Materia  Medica — Hahnemann's  Materia  Medica  Pura,  Hering's  Con- 
densed Materia  Medica,  Farrington's  Clinical  Materia  Medica,  Allen's 
Handbook,  The  National  Dispensatory. 

Thetapeuiics — Lilienthal's  Homoeopathic  Therapeutics. 

Practice  of  Medicine — Raue's  Pathology  and  Therapeutics,  Roberts' 
or  Osier's  Practice  of  Medicine. 

Physical  Diagnosis — Flint's  or  Clapp's  Percussion  and  Auscultation . 


284  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

Obstetrics — Leavitt's,  Guernsey's  or  Lusk's  Obstetrics. 

GyncBcology — Skene's  or  Cowperthwaite's  Diseases  of  Women. 

Ophthalmology — Norris  and  Oliver's  Ophthalmology,  Norton's  Oph- 
thalmic Therapeutics. 

Otology — Politzer  on  the  Ear,  Houghton's  Clinical  Otology. 

Laryngology — Ivins'  Diseases  of  Nose  and  Throat. 

Dermatology — Crocker  on  Diseases  of  the  Skin. 

Syphilology — Keyes  on  Syphilis. 

Neurology — Herter's  Diseases  of  the  Nervous  System. 
.    Pcediatrics — J.  Levv^is  Smith's  Diseases  of  Children. 

Hygiene — Edmund  Parkes'  Hygiene. 

Medical  Jut  ispriidence — Reese's  Medical  Jurisprudence. 

Dictionary — Keating's  or  Thomas'  Medical  Dictionary. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  285 


CHAPTER   XXXVIII. 

1894-97. 

During  the  summer  of  1894  some  changes  were  made  in  the 
Faculty.  Dr.  E.  M.  Howard,  who  had  been  lecturer  on 
Botany,  Pharmacy  and  Toxicology,  was  appointed  to  the 
chair  of  associate  professor  of  Materia  Medica.  Dr.  W.  B.  Van 
I^ennep,  who  had  been  lecturer  on  Surgery,  became  associate 
professor  of  Surgery.  Dr.  O.  S.  Haines,  lecturer  on  Clinical 
Medicine,  became  clinical  professor  of  Medicine.  Dr.  H.  L,. 
Northrop  became  adjunct  professor  of  Anatomy.  Dr.  T.  L,. 
Bardford  was  appointed  Librarian. 

The  Introductory  Lecture  to  the  session  of  1894-95  was 
given  by  Dr.  Pemberton  Dudley  in  Clinical  Hall,  on  Mon- 
day evening,  October  ist,  1894.  There  were  265  matricu- 
lates. What  a  change  from  the  old  fashion  in  the  College  on 
Filbert  street,  when  all  the  students  assembled  together  to 
listen  to  lectures!  Now  we  find  lectures  going  on  simultane- 
ously in  several  class  rooms.  The  classes  are  divided  into 
Freshmen,  Sophomores,  Juniors  and  Seniors.  Hahnemann 
has  become  a  graded  school  than  which  no  medical  college 
stands  higher.  The  Commencement  was  held  as  usual  at  the 
Academy  of  Music,  May  2d,  1895.  Dr.  Asa  S.  Couch,  of 
New  York,  delivered  the  Valedictory.  There  were  sixty-one 
graduates.  During  the  summer  of  1895  the  following  changes 
were  made  in  the  Faculty:  Dr.  J.  E.  James,  who  had  been 
professor  of  Surgery,  was  appointed  to  the  chair  of  Gynae- 
cology in  place  of  Dr.  B.  F.  Betts,  who  resigned.  Dr.  W.  B. 
Van  Lennep  was  appointed  professor  of  Surger3^  Dr.  J. 
Nicholas  Mitchell,  who  had  been  professor  of  Obstetrics  and 
Pediatrics,  resigned,  and  the  chair  of  Pediatrics  was  added  to 
that  of  Physiology  under  Dr.  W.  H.  Bigler.  Dr.  Theodore 
J.  Gramm  was  appointed  to  the  chair  of  Obstetrics.  Dr.  J. 
H.   Hamer  resigned  from  the  chair  of  Chemistry  and   Mr. 


286  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

Charles  Piatt,  Ph.  D.,  F.  C.  S.,  was  appointed  in  his  place 
with  Dr.  Raymond  J.  Harris  as  assistant.  On  account  of  the 
illness  of  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas,  Dr.  J.  E.  James,  besides  his 
office  of  Registrar,  became  also  acting  Dean.  Dr  T.  L.  Brad- 
ford was  appointed  lecturer  on  the  History  of  Medicine,  and 
Dr.  W.  K  Rotzell  lecturer  on  Botany  and  Zoology.  Dr. 
Clarence  Bartlett,  who  had  lectured  on  Neurology,  now 
united  with  Neurology  the  subject  of  Insanity. 

The  Introductory  Lecture  of  the  session  of  1895-96  was  held 
in  Clinical  Hall,  September  30th.  Dr,  W.  B.  Van  Lennep 
delivered  the  address.  There  were  275  matriculates.  The 
graded  course  was  now  in  full  operation,  each  class  having  its 
own  curriculum.  It  may  be  mentioned  that  the  graded  course 
in  the  medical  colleges  of  America  points  distinctly  to  one  truth 
— the  student  often  goes  to  the  medical  school  without  suffi- 
cient preliminary  education,  and  the  main  purpose  of  the 
graded  course  is  to  teach  the  scientific  facts  that  should  have 
been  mastered  before  he  attempted  a  medical  course. 

In  October,  1895,  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas,  the  Dean  of  the  Col- 
lege, who  had  been  ill  for  two  years,  died.  The  Faculty  and 
students  attended  his  funeral  in  a  body.  A  memorial  meet- 
ing was  held  at  Association  Hall  on  Friday  evening,  Decem- 
ber 13th,  1895.  No  change  was  made  in  the  Faculty  during 
the  session.  The  Commencement  took  place  as  usual  at  the 
Academy  of  Music,  on  May  5th,  1896.  The  Valedictory  was  by 
Dr.  Pemberton  Dudley.  There  were  seventy-five  graduates. 
During  the  summer  of  1896  certain  changes  were  made  in  the 
Faculty.  Dr.  Pemberton  Dudley  was  chosen  Dean;  Dr. 
Charles  Mohr,  Registrar;  Dr.  H.  L.  Northrop,  professor  of 
Anatomy.  The  chair  of  Toxicology  was  added  to  that  of 
Chemistry. 

The  regular  course  for  1896-97  commenced  with  a  lecture 
by  Professor  Charles  Piatt,  in  Clinical  Hall,  on  Monda)^  eve- 
ning, October  5,  1896.  As  usual,  the  lectures  began  the  next 
day. 

Since  January,  1896,  stated  Faculty  meetings  have  been 
held  on  the  first  Saturday  in  each  month  in  the  Faculty  Room 
at  the  College.  Special  meetings  can  be  called  by  the  Dean 
on  the  written  request  of  three  members  of  the  Faculty. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  287 

The  following  circular  was  issued  at  the  commencement  of 
this  session: 

Philadei^phia,  September  26,  1896. 

The  attention  of  Graduates  in  Medicine  is  respectfully  invited  to  a 
Special  and  unusual  opportunity  for  Courses  of  Clinical  Study  in  this 
College  'during  the  approaching  Session— 1896-97. 

The  Clinics  in  this  institution  are  so  arranged  that  five  different 
courses  are  in  progress  at  one  and  the  same  time,  each  Section  having 
six  vi^eeks  of  daily  attendance  in  each  of  these  clinical  departments. 
The  Sections  are  as  follows:  i.  General  Medical.  2.  General  Surgical. 
3.  Gynaecological.  4.  Eye,  Bar  and  Throat.  5.  Skin,  Nervous  and 
Chest  Diseases.  The  arrangement  is  such  that  each  student  is  brought 
face  to  face  with  hundreds  of  cases  under  the  direction  of  the  several 
clinical  teachers,  and  is  required  to  examine  patients,  apply  instru- 
ments of  diagnosis,  use  mechanical  aids  necessary  in  treatment,  perform 
operations,  apply  dressings,  prescribe  medicines  and  watch  the  progress 
of  cases.  In  these  Sub-clinics  during  the  past  year  over  1,000  opera- 
tions were  performed,  a  large  number  of  which  were  done  by  members 
of  the  class.  v 

To  show  the  vast  amount  of  clinical  material  at  the  disposal  of  the 
College  it  may  be  stated  that  during  the  past  year  there  were  treated  in 
the  several  departments  of  the  hospital  and  dispensary,  both  of  which 
are  laid  under  contribution  in  the  educational  interests  of  the  College — 
4,792  Medical  cases;  6,195  General  Surgical  cases;  1,834  Gynaecological 
cases;  6,248  Eye,  Ear  and  Throat  cases;  2,784  Skin,  Nervous,  Heart  and 
Lung  cases,  besides  4,368  Accident  and  Emergency  cases  Although 
twenty-four  different  Clinics  were  held  each  week  during  the  last  col- 
lege session,  not  half  of  the  material  available  for  educational  purposes 
could  be  used. 

The  last  of  the  students  taking  the  old  Three  Years  Course  were  grad- 
uated in  May,  1896.  The  first  class  under  the  obligatory  Four  Years 
Course  will  not  enter  the  Graduating  Year  until  the  Session  of  1897-98. 
As  a  consequence  of  this  change  in  the  course  of  study  the  graduating 
class  of  the  session  1896-97  will  be  composed  of  those  who  had  pre- 
viously elected  to  take  the  four  years  course,  together  with  those  who 
had  been  admitted  to  "  advanced  standing  "  under  the  college  rules. 
The  total  list  of  those  attending  the  Special  Clinics  will  therefore  be 
much  smaller  than  usual  and  will  afford  unusual  facilities  and  opportu- 
nities for  Physicians  who  ma}-  desire  to  take  advantage  of  these  Clinics 
for  the  purpose  of  personal  improvement.  The  Faculty  has  decided  to 
offer  these  facilities  to  Post-graduates  at  the  following  rates: 

Matriculation  Fee  (not  charged  to  graduates  of  this  college),  .  $  5  00 
For  each  Clinical  Course  of  six  weeks 25.00 

The  Clinical  Courses  will  begin  on  or  about  October  5th,  and  Novem- 
ber i6th,   1896,   and  on  January  4th,  and  February   15th,  1897.     The 


288  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

Clinics  are  held  on  Mondays,  Tuesdays,  Thursdays  and   Fridays  from 
2  to  3.30  o'clock  p.  M. 

A  pamphlet  was  also  published,  entitled  The  Medical  Stu- 
dent :  His  Qualifications,  Course  of  Study,  Expenses  and 
Business  Opportunities  This  gave  the  physical,  mental, 
educational  and  moral  qualifications  necessary  in  order  to  be- 
come a  successful  student  of  medicine.  Outlined  the  course 
of  study,  cost,  and  other  facts. 

Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas,  addressing  the  Alumni  Association  of 
the  College  in  1890,  thus  mentions  the  changes  made  in  the 
methods  of  clinical  instruction.  He  said:  You  no  doubt  have, 
all  of  you,  in  your  college  days  felt  that  clinics  as  generally 
conducted  were  not  all  they  should  be.  Operations  performed 
when  the  student  is  seated  on  the  benches  at  some  distance 
from  the  operator  can  give  him  but  an  imperfect  idea  of  the 
steps  of  the  operation,  consequentl}^  he  can  not  obtain  from 
it  the  same  benefits  he  would  were  he  close  at  hand.  Espe- 
cially is  this  the  case  in  the  eye  and  ear  clinic.  The  changes 
recently  made  consist  in  this:  The  class  is  divided  into  sec- 
tions. Clinics  are  held  daily.  One  month  one  of  these  sec- 
tions will  attend  upon  the  eye  and  ear  clinic,  another  upon  the 
gynaecological  clinic,  a  third  upon  the  surgical,  and  a  fourth 
upon  the  general  medical.  This  latter  clinic  is  subdivided  into 
four  sub-sections — general  medicine,  diseases  of  the  heart  and 
lungs,  dermatology,  and  neurology.  Besides  these  clinics  to 
sections  of  the  graduating  class,  once  a  week  clinics  conducted 
upon  the  old  plan  are  held  in  the  presence  of  the  entire  class, 
one  medical  and  one  surgical. 

As  thoroughly  illustrating  the  present  status  and  future 
needs  of  the  College  it  may  be  of  interest  to  quote  from  the 
report  of  the  Dean,  Dr  Pemberton  Dudley,  made  at  the  meet- 
ing of  the  Alumni,  on  May  12th,  1897.  He  says:  "To-day 
the  degree  of  the  College  is  to  be  conferred  upon  a  class  of 
thirty-seven  candidates.  This  is  the  smallest  class  graduated 
for  more  than  a  score  of  years.  The  smallness  of  the  number 
is  explained  by  the  fact  that  the  college  is  just  completing  its 
transit  from  a  three-year  to  a  four-year  course  of  study.  But 
for  the  facts  that  some  students  accepted  the  four -year  course 
voluntarily;  that    others   did    not    complete    their  prescribed 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  289 

three  years  of  study  last  year,  and  others  were  admitted  to 
advanced  standing,  and  that  still  others  came  into  this 
College  after  having  taken  previous  terms  of  study  in 
other  schools,  we  should  have  had  this  year  no  graduating 
class  at  all.  From  this  time  we  may  consider  the  "Four- 
Year  ' '  method  well  under  way  in  the  College  and  obligatory 
upon  all  its  students.  *  *  >K  *  With  some  regret  we 
we  report  that  the  extension  of  the  curriculum,  the  more 
complete  grading  of  the  course  of  study,  and  the  beginning 
of  the  study-period  have  combined  to  test  to  their  utmost  the 
accommodations  of  the  College  and  Clinical  Buildings.  When 
these  buildings  were  first  occupied,  eleven  years  ago,  it  was 
fully  expected  that  they  would  meet  every  possible  require- 
ment for  at  least  a  quarter  of  a  century.  But  already  we  find 
ourselves  seriously  handicapped  in  certain  departments  for 
want  of  room;  and  if  our  annual  class  should  increase  to  one 
hundred  or  over,  an  event  which  may  occur  at  any  time,  it  is 
difficult  to  see  how  the  work  could  be  carried  on  with- 
out transferring  a  considerable  part  of  it  to  some  other 
locality.  We  should  then  find  nearly  every  part  of  our 
building  too  contracted  to  answer  our  requirements,  and 
its  rooms  far  too  few  in  number.  To-day  we  could  find 
abundant  use  for  fifty  or  one  hundred  per  cent,  more  floor 
space  than  we  have  at  our  disposal;  and  the  demand  for  in- 
creased accommodations  is  becoming  more  imperative  every 
year.  The  librar}^  and  museum  require  large  extension;  the 
laboratories  should  be  doubled  in  size  and  then  doubled  in 
number;  there  should  be  provided  from  two  to  four  additional 
lecture  rooms,  besides  a  large  general  assembly  room;  and 
there  are  needed  several  small  recitation  rooms  and  numerous 
private  rooms  for  the  use  of  teachers.  The  work  is  widening 
every  year,  and  the  conveniences  must  keep  pace  with  it  or 
the  interests  of  the  Institution  and  of  its  students  must  suffer. 
I  am  trying,  Mr.  President,  to  present  the  affairs  and  interests 
of  the  College  to  you  precisely  as  they  force  themselves  upon 
the  consideration  of  your  Faculty.  And  with  the  same  pur- 
pose let  me  direct  your  attention  to  some  of  the  most  impor- 
tant and  vital  features  of  the  college  work.  The  subject  of 
preliminary  qualifications  confronts  us  always,  just  as  it  con- 
20 


2go  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

fronts  all  the  better  classes  of  medical  schools.  That  our  pre- 
matriculate  requirements  are  much  higher  than  they  were 
ten,  or  even  five  years  ago,  will  be  admitted  by  us  all;  but 
that  they  are  still  far  below  the  ideal  standard  is  unquestion- 
able. Our  general  educators,  and  to  an  unseemly  degree  our 
physicians  also,  make  the  mistake  of  confonnd'mg  prelzmmary 
with  preparatory  education;  and  most  of  us  have  fallen  intO' 
the  more  serious  error  of  supposing  that  the  preparatory 
education  of  the  student  of  law  or  of  divinity  and  that  in- 
tended for  the  student  of  medicine  should  be  similar.  Yet  a 
very  little  consideration  would  have  revealed  the  fallacy  of 
such  a  supposition.  Prelimmary  training  proper  may  well  be 
the  same  for  all,  and  this  may  be  described  as  including 
English  Grammar  and  Composition,  Arithmetic,  Geography 
and  the  History  of  our  own  Country,  together  with  a  certain, 
measure  of  Latin.  But  at  this  point  the  profession  part 
company.  The  lawyer  and  the  clergyman  must  pursue  their 
studies  in  history  much  further.  The  lawyer  will  perhaps 
need  a  knowledge  of  Greek,  and  the  clergyman  both  Greek 
and  Hebrew.  Both  of  these  must  delve  deeply  into  the 
mysteries  of  mental  and  moral  philosophy,  the  principles  of 
political  economics  and  of  social  science.  These  studies  bear 
a  preparatory  relation  to  the  professional  training  of  these 
two  vocations;  but  of  what  essential  use  are  they  to  the  stu- 
dent of  medicine?  He,  on  the  other  hand,  needs  a  prepara- 
tion in  the  philosophj^  of  induction  and  deduction  as  they 
apply  to  investigation  of  the  materials  and  forces  of  nature. 
He  must  include  mensuration  in  his  mathematics;  he  requires- 
preparatory  studies  in  General  Physics,  in  which  he  should  be 
a  proficient,  in  General  (not  Medical)  Chemistry,  in  General 
Biology,  Botany  and  Zoology,  though  it  is  not  necessary  that 
he  should  be  an  expert  in  any  of  these  three.  Moreover,  the 
recent  developments  in  public  H  ygiene  are  demanding  element- 
ary studies  in  Geology  and  Climatology.  Add  to  this  list  a 
general  outline  of  the  whole  of  human  Anatomy  and  of  humari 
Physiology  and  we  shall  find  therein  the  preparatory  educa- 
tion of  the  student  of  medicine.  How  and  where  can  we 
obtain  such  an  education  ?  Even  the  so-called  preparatory 
medical  courses  in  our  prominent  universities  do  not  measure 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  29 1 

Up  to  this  standard.  They  usually  embrace  L,atin  with  either 
Greek,  or  German,  or  French,  together  with  extended  didac- 
tic and  laboratory  courses  in  Biology  and  Chemistry,  and  the  <? 
are  about  all.  In  certain  branches  more  time  is  employed  than 
is  necessar}^,  while  other  departments  almost  equally  impor- 
tant are  omitted  entirely.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  the  student 
should  take  the  ' '  Scientific  Course  "  in  a  good  literary  col- 
lege, he  will  require  to  give  a  large  part  of  his  time  to  the 
study  of  I^atin  and  Greek  literature  and  to  other  branches  for 
which  he  will  find  no  more  need  than  does  the  ordinary 
scholar  in  any  other  walk  in  life.  We  here  see  some  of  the 
difficulties  which  confront  the  American  student  of  medicine. 
He  may  either  enter  a  medical  college  imperfectly  equipped 
for  his  technical  studies,  or  he  may  submit  to  spend  three  or 
perhaps  four  years  in  acquiring  the  preparatory  education 
which  under  more  favorable  conditions  he  might  obtain  in 
one  or  two. 

The  studies  adopted  with  the  four  years'  course  in  this  col- 
lege were  not  added  to  the  clinical  end  of  the  course,  nor  to 
its  technical  middle,  but  were  prefixed  at  its  beginning.  The 
boasted  ' '  Fourth  year  "  is  a  first  year,  and  its  studies  are  in 
the  main  preparatory.  The  College  was  literally  compelled 
to  this  plan  by  the  imperfections  of  our  general  educational 
system,  imperfect  so  far  as  that  system  has  any  relation  to 
the  pursuit  of  a  course  in  medicine.  The  subjects  just  men- 
tioned constitute  a  more  valuable  preparatory  course  than  any 
presented  in  any  literary  school  that  I  know  of;  and  it  seems 
quite  certain  that  advances  to  be  hereafter  made  in  prepara- 
tory medical  education  will  have  to  take  the  direction  thus 
indicated.  The  sooner  such  a  course  is  made  to  constitute  a 
special  feature  of  medical  college  enterprise  separated  sharply 
from  the  purely  medical  course  and  called  by  its  proper  name 
— preparatory — the  better  it  will  be  for  Higher  Medical  Edu- 
cation; but  this  means  an  extension  of  the  course  to  five 
years — one  year  preparatory — three  years  devoted  to  the 
purely  medical  branches,  and  one  year  of  exclusively  clinical 
and  practical  work. 

"  From  its  commencement  as  the  Homoeopathic  Medical 
College  of  Pennsylvania  down  to  the  present  time   Hahne- 


292  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

mann  College  has  stood  in  the  van  for  thoroughness  of  teach- 
ing and  for  advancement  of  the  standards  of  medical  educa- 
tion." 

"  The  Forty-ninth  Annual  Commencement  of  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  and  Hospital  was  held  Wednesday,  May 
12, 1897,  7.30  P.  M.,  at  the  Academy  of  Music,  in  the  presence 
of  an  audience  which  filled  the  entire  house,  with  the  exception 
of  the  topmost  gallery.  The  stage,  which  was  occupied  by 
the  officers  and  faculty,  was  prettily  decorated  on  either  side 
with  banks  of  palms,  azaleas,  hydrangeas  and  roses,  and  the 
tall  posts  supporting  lighted  globes  were  twined  with  smilax. 

' '  Previous  to  the  entrance  of  the  trustees,  faculty  and  grad- 
uating class,  a  number  of  selections  were  played  by  the 
orchestra.  The  exercises  opened  with  prayer  by  the  Rev. 
William  L.  McDowell,  D.  D.  This  was  followed  by  a  selec- 
tion, Eilenberg's  '  At  the  Fountain,'  played  b)'-  the  orchestra, 
after  which  the  Valedictory  was  delivered  b}'  Professor  John 
E.  James,  M.  D. 

"  Professor  James's  address  was  greeted  with  enthusiastic 
applause.  After  another  orchestral  selection,  Carl's  '  Musi- 
cal Dream,'  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine  was  conferred 
upon  thirty-seven  students  by  Judge  Hanna,  President  of 
the  College.  As  the  name  of  each  successful  student  was 
announced  by  Pemberton  Dudley,  M.  D.,  Dean  of  the  Col- 
lege, the  graduates  advanced  from  their  seats  in  the  parquet 
amid  the  applause  of  their  relatives  and  friends,  and,  after 
receiving  their  'sheepskins,'  stood  facing  the  audience, 
while  the  formal  words  conferring  the  degree  were  pronounced 
by  Judge  Hanna.  After  the  benediction  had  been  pro- 
nounced the  orchestra  plaj^ed  Sousa's  spirited  march,  '  El 
Capitan.'  " 

During  the  summer  of  1897  there  were  some  changes  made 
in  the  Faculty.  Dr.  T.  J.  Gramm  retired  from  the  chair  of 
Obstetrics,  and  Dr.  E.  W.  Mercer  was  appointed.  Dr.  R.  B. 
Weaver,  who  had  since  1870  been  Lecturer  of  Surgical  Anat- 
omy and  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  was  now  appointed 
Professor  of  Regional  and  Applied  Anatomy  and  Demon- 
strator. Dr.  E.  R.  Snader,  Lecturer  on  Physical  Diagnosis  since 
1887,   was  appointed  Professor  of  Ph3^sical  Diagnosis.     Dr. 


MEDICAL  COLIvEGE  OF  PHIIvADEI^PHIA,  293 

Clarence  Bartlett,  lyecturer  since  1890  on  Neurology,  now 
was  appointed  Professor  of  Neurology  and  Medical  Semeiol- 
ogy.  Dr.  P.  S,  Hall,  who  had  since  1895  been  Lecturer  on  and 
Demonstrator  of  Pathology  and  Bacteriology,  was  now  ap- 
pointed Professor  of  Pathology  and  Director  of  Histological 
lyaboratories.  A  corps  of  assistants  were  appointed  to  the 
following  chairs: 

Physics,  Chemistry  and  Toxicology. 
Charles  Piatt,  Ph.  D.,  F.  C.  S.,  Professor. 
Raymond  J.  Harris,  M.  D.,  Assistant. 

Bioi,oGY,  Histology,  Pathology  and  Bacteriology. 
P.  Sharpies  Hall,  M.  D.,  Professor  and  Director. 

Fred.  W.  Messerve,  M.  D.,  Lecturer  on  Histology  and  Demonstrator. 
H.  Percy  Moore,  Ph.  D.,  Instructor  in  Biology. 
Walter  W.  Maires,  M.  D.,  Demonstrator  of  Histology. 
Alfred  Cookman,  M.  D.,  Demonstrator  of  Pathological  Histology. 
D.  Bushrod  James,  M.  D.,  Assistant  in  Pathological  Histology. 
George  H.  Bickley,  M.  D.,  Assistant  in  Histology. 
W.  Howard  Lyle,  M.  D.,  Assistant  in  Histology. 
Jacob  E.  Bellville,  M.  D.,  Assistant  in  Histology. 
Francis  F.  Archibald,  M.  D.,  Assistant  in  Histology. 

Regional  and  Applied  x\n atomy. 
R.  B.  Weaver,  M.  D.,  Professor  and  Demonstrator. 
J.  W.  Hassler,  M.  D.,  Assistant  Demonstrator. 
T.  H.  Conarroe,  M.  D.,  Assistant  Demonstrator. 
W.  E.  Rotzell,  M.  D.,  Assistant  Demonstrator. 
J.  Lewis  Van  Tine,  M.  D.,  Assistant  Demonstrator, 
W.  C.  Hunsicker,  M.  D.,  Assistant  Demonstrator. 
R.  T.  Hart,  M.  D.,  Assistant  Demonstrator. 

Pharmaceutics,  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics. 
Charles  Mohr,  M.  D.,  Professor. 

Frving  Melville  Howard,  M.  D.,  Associate  Professor. 
Willett  E.  Rotzell,  M.  D.,  Lecturer. 
Thomas  H.  Carmichael,  M.  D.,  Lecturer. 

Practice  of  Medicine. 
William  C   Goodno,  M.  D.,  Professor. 

Edward  R.  Snader,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Physical  Diagnosis. 
Clarence  Bartlett,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Medical  Semeiology. 
William  Culin,  M.  D.,  Assistant  in  Physical  Diagnosis. 
F.  Gray,  M.  D.,  Assistant  in  Physical  Diagnosis. 
F.  Mortimer  Lawrence,  M.  D.,  Assistant. 


294  history  of  the  hahnemann 

Clinical  Medicine. 
Oliver  S.  Haines,  M.  D.,  Professor. 
Oliver  H.  Paxson,  M.  D.,  Clinical  Instructor. 

Surgery — Didactic  and  Clinical. 
Wm.  B.  Van  L,ennep,  M.  D.,  Professor. 
H.  L.  North orp,  M.  D  ,  Clinical  Surgery. 
L.  W.  Thompson,  M.  D.,  Minor  Surgery  and  Emergencies. 
C.  V.  Vischer,  M.  D.,  Surgical  Pathology  and  Clinical  Surgery. 
L.  T.  Ashcraft,  M.  D.,  Venereal  Diseases,  Didactic  and  Clinical. 

F.  C.  Benson,  Jr.,  M.  D.,  Bandaging  and  Clinical  Surgery. 

G.  A.  Van  Lennep,  M.  D.,  Clinical  Orthopaedics. 
J.  W.  Hassier,  M.  D.,  Clinical  Surgery. 

F.  W.  Brierly,  M.  D.,  Clinical  Rectal  Diseases. 

Obstetrics. 
E.  W.  Mercer,  M.  D.,  Professor  and  Demonstrator. 
Augustus  Korndoerfer,  Jr.,  M.  D.,  Assistant. 

Gynecology. 
John  E.  James,  M.  D.,  Professor. 

Isaac  G.  Smedley,  M.  D.,  Lecturer  and  Clinical  Instructor. 
George  P.  Stubbs,  M.  D.,  Assistant. 
Nathaniel  F.  Lane,  M.  D.,  Assistant. 

Neurology. 
Clarence  Bartlett,  M.  D.,  Professor. 
Weston  D.  Bayley,  M.  D  ,  Clinical  Instructor. 

Diseases  of  the  Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat. 
Charles  M.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  Professor. 

Halton  I.  Jessup,  M.  D.,  Lecturer  and  Clinical  Instructor, 
Isaac  G.  Shallcross,  M.  D.,  Lecturer  and  Clinical  Instructor. 
Frederick  W.  Messerve,  M.  D.,  Clinical  Instructor. 
William  M.  Speakman,  M.  D.,  Clinical  Instructor. 

The  requirements  for  admission,  promotion  and  graduation 
as  printed  in  the  fiftieth  announcement  of  the  College  are  the 
best  proof  that  in  no  medical  college  in  the  United  States  is 
the  standard  of  education  higher  than  in  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  of  Philadelphia.  The  following  is  taken 
from  the  announcement  for  1897-98: 

I.  The  student  is  required  to  present,  at  the  time  of  matriculation,  the 
certificate  of  an  accredited  physician  that  he  is  at  least  seventeen  years 
old,  that  he  possesses  a  good  moral  character,  and  that  he  is  otherwise 
qualified  for  the  study  of  medicine.  A  blank  certificate  will  be  found 
at  the  end  of  this  Announcement. 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  295 

2.  He  will  be  required  to  pass  an  examination  in  the  following 
branches:  {a)  English  composition,  by  writing  at  the  time  of  examina- 
tion an  essay  of  not  less  than  two  hundred  words,  by  which  may  be 
judged  the  writer's  attainments  in  grammar,  orthography  and  penman- 
ship, {b)  Arithmetic,  including  vulgar  fractions,  decimals,  percentage, 
proportion,  square  root,  weights  and  measures  and  the  metric  system. 
(c)  Geography,  including  general  outlines,  and  the  physical  geography 
of  North  America,  especially  of  the  United  States,  {d)  History,  includ- 
ing prominent  events  in  the  history  of  the  United  States,  {e)  Latin, 
sufficient  to  show  a  good  knowledge  of  the  grammar,  and  an  ability  to 
analyze  sentences.  A  student  may  be  conditioned  in  Latin  until  the 
beginning  of  the  sophomore  year. 

3.  Students  may  be  exempted  from  the  above  examination  upon  pre- 
sentation of  any  of  the  following  evidences  of  possessing  the  requisite 
qualifications :  ( a )  The  diploma  or  certificate  of  a  literary  or  scientific 
college,  high  school,  normal  school  or  academy,  (d)  A  "  Teacher's  cer- 
tificate "  of  qualification,  {c)  The  certificate  of  the  Examining  Board 
of  an  accredited  Medical  Soci<jty.  (d)  The  certificate  of  a  legally  au- 
thorized Medical  Examining  Board.  Provided  that  no  certificate  will 
be  accepted  except  in  and  for  the  branches  specified  th.Jrein. 

4.  Students  applying  for  "advanced  standing" — i.  e.,  admission  to 
the  second  year  in  this  College — must  exhibit  and  file  documentary 
evidence  (a)  of  having  graduated  in  x\rt  or  Science  in  an  accredited  col- 
lege or  university,  and  of  having  passed,  in  connection  with  the  course 
in  said  institution,  a  satisfactory  examination  in  Biology,  Botany, 
Zoology,  Physics,  Chemistry,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  or  [d)  of  hav- 
ing successfully  passed  the  examinations  of  the  ' '  Preparatory  Medical 
Course  "  in  an  accredited  college  or  university  in  which  course  all  the 
above-mentioned  branches  are  taught  as  part  of  the  regular  curriculum. 

5.  Graduates  of  Colleges  of  Pharmacy,  Dentistry  or  Veterinary  Medi- 
cine in  good  standing,  in  which  the  course  of  study  embraces  all  the 
branches  mentioned  in  regulation  4,  may,  upon  presenting  their  diplo- 
mas, matriculate  and  enter  the  second  year  of  this  College. 

6.  Students  who  have  attended  one  or  more  annual  terms  in  other 
accredited  Medical  Colleges  may,  upon  passing  an  examination  in  the 
branches  taught  in  the  corresponding  term  or  terms  in  this  College, 
matriculate  and  enter  the  following  term.  But  they  will  be  exempted 
from  examination  in  any  or  all  of  these  branches  upon  presentation  of 
documentary  evidence  that  they  have  already  passed  these  examina- 
tions in  the  College  first  attended. 

7.  Graduates  of  Medical  Colleges  in  good  standing,  in  which  two 
years'  attendance  is  required,  are  admitted  to  the  third  year  in  this  Col- 
lege without  examination ;  and  graduates  of  Medical  Colleges,  in  which 
three  or  more  years'  attendance  is  required,  are  admitted  to  the  fourth 
year  without  examination. 


296  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

Requirements  for  Promotion. 

S.  Examinations  are  held  near  the  middle  and  at  the  close  of  each 
College  term.  These  examinations  are  obligatory  upon  all  the  students, 
and  include  all  the  branches  taught  during  the  term.  No  exemptions 
from  these  examinations  will  be  permitted .  The  standing  of  students 
in  laboratory  work  will  be  determined  by  the  regularity  and  proficiency 
of  their  daily  exercises  so  as  to  avoid  unnecessary  final  examinations. 

9.  Examinations  will  be  either  oral  or  written,  or  both,  as  may  be 
decided  by  the  teacher  in  charge  of  each  branch.'^ 

10.  A  student  failing  to  pass  the  term  examination  with  a  general 
average  of  seventy-five  per  cent,  will  be  required  to  repeat  the  studies 
of  that  term  before  further  examination  or  promotion,  or  will  be  condi- 
tioned in  certain  branches,  as  may  be  decided  by  the  Faculty  in  each 
individual  case. 

11.  A  certificate  of  the  result  of  the  examinations,  and  notification  of 
failure  to  make  the  required  averages  for  promotion,  or  of  conditions  to 
be  removed  before  being  allowed  to  take  the  next  succeeding  course  of 
lectures,  will  be  issued  to  each  student. 

12.  Students  to  be  admitted  to  the  graduation  class  must  be  twenty- 
one  years  old  on  or  before  the  next  succeeding  commencement. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR   GRADUATION. 

13.  The  candidate  for  graduation  must  be  at  least  twenty-one  years  of 
age,  and  of  good  moral  and  professional  standing.  He  must  have  ap- 
plied himself  to  the  study  of  medicine  for  four  years,  and  must  have 
attended  at  least  four  full  graded  courses  of  medical  lectures,  of  not  less 
than  six  months  each,  in  four  separate  years,  the  last  of  which  must 
have  been  in  this  College. 

14.  The  candidate  must  have  attended  the  lectures  of  the  course 
regularly,  and  should  not  have  absented  himself  except  on  account  of 
personal  sickness  or  other  reasons  of  an  imperative  character.  To  con- 
stitute a  full  term,  the  absence,  in  any  event,  must  not  have  exceeded 
one  month  in  the  aggregate. 

15.  He  must  file  in  the  office  of  the  Dean  and  Registrar,  on  or  before 
the  1st  of  April,  notice  of  his  intention  to  apply  for  graduation,  and 
must  exhibit  his  tickets  or  other  satisfactory  evidence  of  having  com- 
plied with  the  regulations  of  the  College.  He  must  have  paid  all  fees 
before  the  permit  for  examination  can  be  issued. 

16.  The  final  examination  may  be  written  or  oral,  or  both,  as  may  be 
decided  by  each  professor  or  teacher. 

17.  The  candidate  for  graduation  must  obtain  a  general  average  of 
seventy-five  per  cent,  in  his  senior  examinations;  but  he  will  not  be 
recommended  for  the  College  Degrees  if  the  average  falls  below  seventy 

*  Examinations  had  been  oral  and  in  sections,  or  classes  of  five,  who  went  before 
the  professors  usually  at  their  houses.  There  were  as  early  as  1880  some  written 
exams.    The  mid-term  examinations  are  held  immediately  after  the  holidays. 


Room  in  Histoi^ogicai^  Laboratory. 


MEDICAI.  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  297 

per  cent,  in  any  two  branches,  except  by  special  action  of  the  Faculty, 
taken  after  a  full  consideration  of  his  entire  College  record. 

18.  Successful  candidates  will  be  formally  notified  and  their  names 
reported  to  the  Board  of  Trustees,  so  that,  if  approved  by  said  Board, 
their  order  may  be  issued  for  conferring  the  Degrees  of  the  College 
(viz.,  the  Degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine  and  of  Doctor  of  Homoeopathic 
Medicine)  at  the  Commencement,  which  will  be  held  as  soon  after  the 
close  of  the  examination  as  practicable. 

19.  Each  successful  candidate  will  be  required  to  be  present  at  the 
Commencement  exercises  to  receive  his  diploma  in  person. 

College  Fees.  ♦ 

20.  For  Matriculation,  paid  once  only |5  00 

For  First  Annual  Term,  including  practical  courses 100  00 

For  Second  Annual  Term  .....            125  00 

For  Third  Annual  Term 125  00 

For  Fourth  Annual  Term,  including  special  clinics 125  00 

Graduation  Fee 30  00 

All  fees  are  payable  in  advance,  and  are  not  returnable  nor  transfer- 
able. All  drafts  and  checks  should  be  drawn  to  the  order  of  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College. 

21.  There  are  no  extra  charges  for  instruction  in  any  department  or 
for  laboratory  courses,  except  for  materials  consumed.  Students  who 
do  not  possess  microscopes  will  be  charged  $5.00  annually  for  the  use  of 
a  microscope,  and  are  held  responsible  for  any  damage.  A  deposit  of 
I5.00  with  the  Professor  of  Pathology,  and  I5.00  with  the  Professor  of 
Chemistry,  will  be  required  from  each  student,  as  caution  money  while 
working  in  the  laboratories,  to  be  returned  if  there  are  no  charges 
against  him  for  breakage  or  damage  to  apparatus  or  property. 

22.  Students  who  are  required  to  repeat  a  course  of  lectures  must  pay 
the  regular  fees  again. 

For  several  years  the  increasing  number  of  subjects  taught, 
the  many  branches  of  medical  knowledge  in  which  practical 
demonstration  became  more  and  more  necessary,  the  increase 
in  students,  all  combined  to  make  it  evident  that  the  fine 
Building  that  had  so  short  a  time  before  been  deemed  suffi- 
ciently large  for  years  to  come  was  found  to  be  much  too 
small.  In  all  the  departments  the  teachers  were  cramped  for 
room.  Alteration  became  a  necessity.  So  in  the  Summer  of 
1896  certain  repairs  were  made. 

When  the  College  was  opened  for  lectures  in  the  fall  of 
1886  the  Dispensary  was  placed  in  the  basement  of  the  build- 
ing, in   which  were  several    large   rooms      In    1890   it  was 


2g8  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

removed  to  a  building  in  the  rear  of  the  College  known  as 
Clinical  Hall,  previously  used  as  a  hospital.  After  that  time 
one  large  room  in  the  basement  was  fitted  up  as  a  chemical 
laboratory.  Another  room,  facing  Broad  street,  was  fur- 
nished by  the  Y.  M.  C.  A.  of  Philadelphia  as  a  reading  room 
and  meeting  room  for  the  students,  to  which  use  it  is  still  put, 
there  being  a  college-branch  of  the  Association  in  charge  of 
it.  The  other  large  front  room  was  used  as  a  lunch-room, 
while  the  corridors  were  lined  with  small  closets  known  as 
lockers,  in  which  the  students  keep  their  coats,  books,  etc. 
There  were  also  several  other  basement  rooms  devoted  to 
various  purposes.  In  1896  the  number  of  the  lockers  was 
largely  increased;  they  were  built  around  the  walls  of  the 
lunch-room  and  certain  other  rooms,  and  also  tiers  of  lockers 
were  placed  in  the  centre  of  the  rooms.  On  the  main  floor  in 
the  library  the  shelves  were  continued  about  eight  feet  higher 
to  the  ceiling,  making  about  one-third  more  shelf- room;  more 
shelving  was  placed  in  the  room  used  as  a  pamphlet  room. 
The  large  room  on  the  second  floor  used  as  the  histological 
laboratory  was  enlarged,  a  room  near  being  taken  for  micro- 
scopical purposes,  and  another  room  in  the  rear  of  lecture 
room  No.  2,  previously  used  for  the  preservation  of  botanical 
and  zoological  specimens  and  for  the  teachers  in  these  depart- 
ments, was  now  fitted  up  for  section  cutting,  mounting  and 
other  histological  work,  thus  forcing  the  very  valuable  botan- 
ical specimens  down  stairs  into  the  pamphlet  room,  a  case  con- 
taining some  of  them  even  having  to  be  placed  in  the  corridor. 
Other  alterations  were  also  made,  but  it  was  quite  understood 
that  all  this  was  but  a  makeshift,  and  that  much  more  space 
would  be  required  to  meet  the  increasing  demands  for  more 
roovi,  which  the  increase  of  extended  teaching  absolutely 
required.  The  question  was  very  carefully  considered  dur- 
ing the  Winter  and  Spring  of  1896-7,  and  soon  after  the  close 
of  the  session  in  the  Spring  of  1 897  the  carpenters  were  again 
at  work  On  the  main  floor  the  magazine  room  was  taken 
for  the  use  of  the  professors  and  lecturers  on  Materia  Medica, 
Pharmacy,  Botany  and  Zoology;  the  magazines  were  removed 
to  a  room  on  the  third  story  specially  fitted  up  for  their 
reception  with  shelving,  a  large  table,  etc.,  for  the  reception 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  299 

and  proper  classification  of  the    numerous  donations  to  the 
library  and  for  the  use  of  the  librarian.     In  the  loft,   shelv 
ing  was  placed  sufficient  to  accommodate  the  vast  collection 
of  duplicate  magazines  and  books  kept  by  the  librarian  for 
sale  or  for  use  in  exchanges. 

A  small  library  on  Materia  Medica  and  Pharmacy  was 
placed  in  the  Materia  Medica  room,  together  with  the  collec- 
tions of  botanical,  zoological  and  drug  specimens  used  in 
teaching  these  branches.  Another  room  on  the  main  floor, 
in  the  rear  of  lecture  room  i ,  was  fitted  up  for  the  use  of  the 
Department  of  Hygiene  and  Sanitary  Science,  with  shelves 
for  charts,  books,  etc.,  upon  those  subjects.  On  the  second 
floor  the  most  extensive  alterations  were  made.  Dr.  Oliver, 
the  janitor  of  the  College,  had  with  his  family  occupied  a 
suite  of  rooms  upon  this  floor  as  a  dwelling  since  the  opening 
of  the  College  in  1886.  But  the  increasing  demand  for  more 
room  rendered  it  necessary  that  these  rooms,  five  in  number, 
be  devoted  to  purposes  of  instruction.  Therefore  he  vacated 
them  and  they  were  fitted  for  practical  work  in  Biology,  His- 
tology, Pathology  and  Bacteriology.  These  improvements 
were  made  under  the  personal  supervision  of  Dr.  P.  Sharpies 
Hall,  professor  of  these  subjects.  Several  thousand  dollars 
were  spent  in  remodeling  and  equipping  these  fooms,  and 
these  departments  are  thought  to  be  second  to  none  in  the 
city.  There  are  facilities  for  the  most  advanced  and  exhaust- 
ive study  in  these  branches.  In  addition  to  the  seventy 
valuable  microscopes  previously  belonging  to  the  College, 
thirty  additional  new  ones  of  the  latest  designs  and  finest 
patterns  were  imported.  A  fine  dark  room  for  photographic 
developing  and  for  micro-photograpic  work  was  fitted  up  with 
the  best  of  apparatus.  Microtomes,  projecting-lanterns  and 
all  the  modern  apparatus  for  freezing,  cutting  and  preparing 
specimens  have  been  provided.  The  following  is  quoted  from 
the  50th  announcement: 

The  laboratories  of  this  department  occupy  several  rooms,  and  are 
full)'  equipped  with  suitable  tables,  aud  with  the  necessary  apparatus 
for  section-cutting,  staining,  mounting,  etc.  The  equipment  includes 
seventy  microscopes,  the  section  in  Pathology  and  Bacteriology  having 
been  supplied  with  thirty  fine  instruments  during  the  summer  vacation- 


300  HISTORY  OF  THE  HAHNEMANN 

The  department  is  also  provided  with  a  powerful  arc-light  projecting- 
lantern  for  use  in  demonstrating  to  the  classes,  a  method  which  effects 
an  immense  saving  of  the  student's  time  and  otherwise  greatly  facili- 
tates and  simplifies  his  studies. 

{a)  Biology. 

The  course  in  Biology  is  based  upon  the  requirements  of  the  Royal 
College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  with  such  modifications  as  are 
necessary  to  adapt  it  to  the  needs  of  the  students  in  an  American 
medical  college.  The  subjects  studied  include  typical  forms  of  the 
Protozoa,  Coelenterata  and  Vermes.  Important  groups  of  parasitic 
worms,  including  liver  flukes,  tape-worms,  thread-worms,  etc.,  are  in- 
cluded in  this  course,  a  study  being  made  of  their  structure  and  de- 
velopment, together  with  the  manner  in  which  they  gain  access  to  their 
hosts. 

Certain  of  the  lower  groups  of  plants  are  studied.  Green  plants  and 
fungi  are  compared  structurally  and  physiologically,  and  especial  at- 
tention is  directed  to  the  ferrrients. 

The  instruction  is  partially  by  means  of  lectures,  but  especial  stress 
is  laid  upon  practical  work  upon  actual  specimens,  the  effort  being  to 
induce  the  student  to  observe  for  himself.  In  all  cases  both  the 
morphology  and  physiology  are  discussed,  and  such  general  matters  as 
protoplasm,  cell-division,  reproduction  and  parasitism  are  carefully 
considered. 

{d)  Normal  Histology. 

This  branch  engages  the  attention  of  the  student  during  his  freshman 
year.  His  work  is  mainly  devoted  to  practical  work  in  cutting,  stain- 
ing and  mounting  specimens  of  the  normal  tissues,  and  in  the  study  of 
their  minute  anatomy.  All  the  student's  preparations  become  his  own 
property,  and  he  is  encouraged  to  exercise  such  care  in  his  work  as  will 
make  his  mounted  specimens  useful  to  him  for  subsequent  work  and 
study. 

{c)  Pathology  and  Pathological  Histology. 

This  portion  of  the  department  work  is  assigned  to  the  student  in 
his  sophomore  year.  It  embraces  the  preparation,  cutting,  staining 
and  mounting  of  pathological  specimens  and  their  study  under  the 
microscope.  Especial  attention  is  given  to  the  study  of  abnormal 
growths.  The  same  effort  to  secure  nicety  and  perfection  of  manipula- 
tion is  exerted  here  as  in  the  section  on  normal  histology. 

{d)  Bacteriology. 

In  the  study  of  this  subject  the  work  is  mainly  directed  to  the  invest! 
gation  of  pathogenic  bacteria  and  those  other  forms  which  have  a  known 
relation  to  the  processes  of  disease. 

The  College  commenced  its  fiftieth  year  under  very  favor- 
able conditions.  The  session  opened  on  the  evening  of  Sep- 
tember 30th,  1897,  as  usual,  in  the  amphitheatre  of  Clinical 


MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  30 1 

Hall.  The  address  was  by  Dr.  Herbert  L,.  Northrop.  After 
which  were  some  interesting  talks  by  Drs.  J.  E.  Jones,  Aug. 
Korndoerfer,  J.  N.  Mitchell  and  D.  P.  Maddux.  After  the 
exercises  an  informal  reception  was  held  in  the  Alumni  Hall, 
and  refreshments  were  served,  while  music  was  furnished  by 
an  orchestra  under  the  direction  of  V.  Simon  Hassler. 

A  circular  dated  September  15th  was  issued  stating  that 
this  Introductory  was  designed  as  a  beginning  to  the  celebra- 
tion of  the  College  Semi-Centennial. 

A  full  account  of  this  Jubilee  of  the  Fiftieth  Year  of  the  Old 
College  may  be  found  in  Part  V.  of  this  volume. 

It  may  be  of  interest  to  some  to  note  this  : 

Late  in  January  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Student  Volunteer 
Movement  extended  to  Hahnemann  College,  through  the  Y.  M.  C.  A., 
an  invitation  to  send  representatives  to  the  Third  International  Student 
Volunteer  Convention,  held  at  Cleveland,  Ohio,  on  February  23-27, 
1898. 

The  invitation  was  accepted  by  popular  vote  of  the  student  body,  and, 
because  Hahnemann  was  entitled  to  four  delegates,  it  was  decided  that 
each  class  should  select  and  support  its  own  delegate. 

Four  delegates — full  quota — were  present  at  the  Convention,  which 
was  probably  the  largest  Student  Convention  ever  held  in  the  United 
States. 

The  movement  has  advanced  until  it  is  now  operating  in  i ,  200  of  the 
institutions  of  higher  education  in  United  States  and  Canada.  Most  of 
these  were  represented  bj'  the  2,200  delegates  of  the  Cleveland  Conven- 
tion. 

Hahnemann's  representatives  had  opportunites,  which  were  eagerly 
embraced,  while  traveling  and  at  the  convention,  to  do  missionary  work 
for  Homoeopathy.  They  endeavored,  while  defending  their  own  Insti- 
tution and  her  teachings,  to  show  to  students  of  other  medical  colleges, 
etc.,  the  superiority  of  homoeopathic  principles. 
Additional  Facts. 

Hahnemann  College  Y.  M.  C.  A.  is  the  oldest  professional  college  as- 
sociation on  the  east  side  of  the  Schuylkill,  and  enjo5^s  the  reputation 
of  being  the  most  progressive. 

It  has  been  self-supporting  since  the  Ladies'  Auxilliar}-  withdrew  its 
support,  two  years  ago. 

It  sent  delegates  to  the  Student  Conventions  held  at  Northfield,  Mass., 
in  summers  of  1894-5-6  and  7. 


INDEX  OF  BIOGRAPHIES. 


Arrowsmith,  William  L. 
Ashton,  Adolphus  H. 
Bartlett,  Clarence. 
Beakley,  Jacob. 
Belts,  Benj.  Franklin. 
Brooks,  Silas  Swift. 
Bigler,  William  H. 
Coxe,  John  Redman,  Jr. 
Dake,  Jabez  P. 
Dalton,  E.  G. 
Dudle}^,  Pemberton. 
Farrington,  Albert  Ernest. 
Flanders,  A.  H. 
Foote,  George  Franklin. 
Freedley,  Samuel. 
Frost,  James  H.  P. 
Gardiner,  Richard. 
Gardiner,  William  A. 
Gauntt,  C.  Stockton. 
Gause,  Owen  B. 
Goodno,  William  Colby. 
Gramm,  Theodore  J. 
Guernsey,  Henry  Newell. 
Haeseler,  Charles  H. 
Haines,  Oliver  Sloan. 
Hall,  P.  Sharpies. 
Hamer,  James  Henry. 
Heermann,  Charles. 
Helmuth,  William  Scheall. 
Helmuth,  William  Tod. 
Hempel,  Charles  Julius. 
Hering,  Constantine. 
Hitchens,  Peter  S. 
Howard,  Erving  Melville. 
Humphre5'S,  Frederick. 
James,  John  E. 
Jeanes,  Jacob. 
Koch,  Richard. 


Korndoerfer,  Augustus. 
Lee,  John  K. 
Eippe,  Adolph. 
Loomis,  Joseph  Griswold. 
Macfarlan,  Malcolm. 
Martin,  Henry  Noah. 
Matthews,  Caleb  Bentley. 
McClatchey,  Robert  John. 
McClelland,  James  H. 
Mercer,  Edward  W. 
Mitchell,  J.  Nicholas. 
Mohr,  Charles. 
Moore,  Thomas. 
Morgan,  Alonzo  Richard. 
Morgan,  John  Coleman. 
Neidhard,  Charles. 
Northrop,  H.  E. 
Oatley,  Eugene  Lyman. 
Percival,  George  Oilman. 
Piatt,  Charles. 
Raue,  Charles  G. 
Reed,  William  Ashtin. 
Semple,  Matthew. 
Sims,  Francis. 
Small,  A.  E. 
Smith,  C.  Carleton. 
Snader,  Edward  R. 
Starkey,  George  R. 
Stephens,  Lemuel. 
Stowe,  T.  Dwight. 
Thomas,  Amos  Russell. 
Thomas,  Charles  M. 
Van  Lennep,  William  B. 
Ward,  Isaac  M. 
Weaver,  Rufus  B. 
Williamson,  Walter. 
Wiltbank,  Comley  J. 
Wilson,  Pusey. 


Biographical  Sketches  of  Professors. 


In  the  following  list  of  biographies  it  has  been  thought 
advisable  to  only  include  the  professors.  The  names  of  the 
lecturers  and  demonstrators  may  be  found  in  the  chapter 
entitled  Faculty. 

ARROWSMITH,  WILLIAM  L.— But  very  little  is  known 
of  this  physician.  He  came  to  Philadelphia  from  Canada. 
He  was  elected  Professor  of  Physiology  in  the  old  College  in 
1867,  and  filled  that  chair  during  the  session  1867-68.  A 
letter  appears  in  the  Hahnemannian  Monthly  of  August  > 
1867,  from  him,  describing  the  Paris  Exposition,  which  he 
was  visiting.  He  delivered  the  introductory  lecture  in  1867. 
In  1870  he  was  practising  in  St.  Heliers,  in  the  island  of 
Jersey,  at  which  time  his  address  was  42  Bath  street.  His 
name  appears  in  Turner's  Homoeopathic  Medical  Directory  as 
still  located  at  St.  Heliers,  where  he  is  qualified  as  graduate 
of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.     Registered  in  Canada. 

ASHTON,  ADOLPHUS  H.— Born  in  Philadelphia  on 
May  1 8th,  1826.  Graduated  at  the  Homoeopathic  Medical 
College  of  Pennsylvania  in  1852.  Was,  in  the  spring  of  i860, 
elected  to  the  Chair  of  Obstetrics,  but  withdrew  from  the 
Faculty  without  delivering  a  lecture.  He  was  elected  Curator 
of  the  College  in  1877,  and  continued  in  the  office  until  his 
death.  He  joined  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy  in 
1858.  Was  a  member  of  the  State  Society,  the  County 
Society,  of  which  he  was  one  of  the  reorganizers  in  1868,  and 
the  Treasurer  from  that  time  till  his  death.  He  was  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Hahnemann  Club  of  Philadelphia,  and  one  of  the 
founders  of  the  Children's  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Phila- 
delphia, that  was  originated  by  that  Club  in  1877.  He  died 
of  Bright's  Disease  on  Sunday,  February  17th,  1883. 


304  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

Dr.  Ashton  was  beloved  by  all  for  the  kindness  of  his  dis- 
position. The  writer  of  this  remembers  hearing  him  say  at 
the  occasion  of  the  death  of  Dr.  R.  J.  McClatchey  that  it 
would  be  his  turn  next.  He  did  not  remain  long  after  his 
old  friend. 

BARTlvBTT,  CLARENCE.— Born  in  Brooklyn,  N.  Y., 
May  22d,  1858.  Removed  to  Philadelphia  in  1864.  Entered 
the  Central  High  School  in  187 1,  from  which  he  graduated 
in  1875.  The  same  year  he  matriculated  at  Hahnemann 
Medical  College,  graduating  in  1879,  and  for  the  next  four 
years  was  one  of  the  physicians  in  the  general  medical  depart- 
ment of  the  dispensary  of  that  Institution.  From  1879  to 
1883  he  was  also  assistant  to  Dr.  W.  H.  Bigler  in  the  eye  and 
ear  department  of  the  dispensary.  When  the  department  of 
nervous  diseases  was  created  in  1883,  he  took  charge,  resign- 
ing his  other  positions.  He  lectured  in  the  spring  course  on 
nervous  diseases,  beginning  in  1884.  He  was  appointed  lec- 
turer on  nervous  and  mental  diseases  in  1889,  and  in  1890 
electrology  was  added  to  the  lectureship.  He  was  neurologist 
to  the  Children's  Homoeopathic  Hospital  in  Philadelphia  for 
two  years,  and  since  1890  has  filled  the  same  position  in  the 
Hahnemann  Hospital.  From  1883  to  1885  he  was  recording 
secretary,  and  from  1885  to  1888  corresponding  secretary  to 
the  Homoeopathic  Medical  Society  of  Pennsylvania,  and,  has 
been  chairman  of  various  bureaus  of  the  Society  and  of  the 
American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy.  In  1890  he  was  chosen 
an  honorary  member  of  the  New  York  State  Homoeopathic 
Medical  Society.  Dr.  Bartlett  acted  as  assistant  to  Dr.  Dud- 
ley, editor  of  the  Hahnemannian  Monthly,  from  1883  until 
1888,  when, in  connection  with  Dr.  Van  Eennep,he  took  entire 
charge  of  the  journal.  He  has  contributed  numerous  articles 
of  great  interest  and  value  to  its  columns.  In  1892  he 
abandoned  the  main  work  on  the  journal  to  Dr.  Van  Baun. 
Occasional  articles  from  his  pen  have  appeared  in  other  medi- 
cal journals  and  in  the  Transactions  of  the  American  Institute 
of  Homoeopath5^  In  1885  ^^  was  elected  provisional  secre- 
tary of  the  Alumni  Association  of  Hahnemann  College  in 
Philadelphia,  retaining  the  office  till  1893.     In  1887  he  edited 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  305 

and  published  Farrington's  Clinical  Materia  Medica,  being 
short  hand  notes  of  Dr.  Farrington's  lectures  from  1876  to 
1880.  Dr.  Bartlett  was  married  September  29th,  1885,  to  Miss 
Anna  C.  Miller.  He  is  still  connected  with  Hahnemann  Col- 
lege and  is  in  active  practice.  He  makes  a  specialty  of  nervous 
and  mental  diseases.  In  1897  he  was  appointed  to  the  Chair 
of  Neurology  and  Medical  Semeiology,  a  position  he  now 
holds. 

He  also  contributed  the  sections  on  the  Diseases  of  the  Nerv- 
ous System  to  Dr.  Goodno's  Practice  of  Medicine,  published 
in  1894-96. 

BEAKLEY,  JACOB.— Born  at  Sharon  Springs,  Schoharie 
county,  N.  Y.,  July  20,  18 12.  Studied  medicine  with  Dr. 
James  McNaughton,  of  iVlbany.  Graduated  at  the  College 
of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  Western  District  of  New  York, 
at  Fairfield,  Herkimer  county,  N.  Y.,  March  i,  1834.  He 
practiced  at  Schoharie  Court  House  until  1839,  when  he  went 
to  Albany,  continuing  there  until  1842,  when  he  went  to  New 
York  City.  He  became  a  homoeopath  in  1844.  I^  ^^^  spring 
of  1853  I^r.  F.  Sims  resigned  from  the  Chair  of  Surgery  in 
the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  and  Dr! 
Beakley,  then  a  resident  of  New  York,  was  elected  his  suc- 
cessor. On  September  7,  1858,  he  was  elected  President  of 
the  Faculty,  and  Dr.  Williamson  resigning  from  the  deanship 
November  23,  1858,  Dr.  Beakley  acted  as  Dean  until  April 
26,  1859,  when  he  was  elected  Dean.  At  the  end  of  the 
session  of  1859-60  he  resigned  from  the  Faculty  and  returned 
to  New  York,  where  the  same  j^ear  he  was  instrumental  in 
organizing  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  New  York. 
He  was  Dean  of  the  College  and  Professor  of  Surgery  from 
its  opening  until  the  end  of  the  session  of  1869-70,  when  the 
college  was  reorganized  and  he  retired.  To  this  college  he 
devoted  much  of  his  time  and  means. 

Through  his  association  with  the  two  colleges  he  was  well 
known  in  the  profession.  He  joined  the  x\mericau  Institute 
of  Homoeopathy  in  1847.     Was  secretary  in  i860. 

In   Jul}^,    1872,    while    visiting   his    brother,    Dr.    Henry 

21 


306  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

Beakley,  at  Peekskill,  N.  Y.,  he  had  a  severe  pulmonary 
haemorrhage,  from  the  after-effects  of  which  he  died  on  August 
6,  1872. 

In  1858,  in  conjunction  with  Dr.  C.  J.  Hempel,  he  compiled 
a  manual  of  Homceopathic  Theory  and  Practice;  of  this  he 
wrote  the  surgical  part. 

In  1854,  1859  and  1861,  addresses  he  had  delivered  before 
the  class  were  published. 

BETTS,  BENJAMIN  FRANKEIN.— Bornin  Warminster 
township,  Bucks  county,  Pa.,  December  ist,  1845.  He  was 
educated  at  the  Eellar  Academy  in  Hatboro,  Pa. ,  and  under 
the  tutorship  of  the  Rev.  Samuel  Aaron,  principal  of  the  Mt. 
Holly  Institute  of  New  Jersey.  After  leaving  school  he  for 
a  short  time  engaged  in  mercantile  pursuits,  but  soon  turned 
to  the  study  of  medicine,  choosing  for  his  preceptor  Dr.  Ed- 
ward Reading,  of  Hartboro.  He  entered  the  Homoeopathic 
Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  in  1866.  He  matriculated 
in  the  new  Hahnemann  College  of  Philadelphia,  graduating 
therefrom  in  1868.  In  April  of  the  same  year  he  went  to 
Europe  and  remained  in  Vienna  for  one  year,  devoting  him- 
self to  special  studies.  Then  after  an  extended  tour  of  Italy, 
Switzerland,  Germany,  France  and  England,  he  returned  to 
Philadelphia  where  he  commenced  to  practice  his  profession. 
On  November  14,  187 1,  he  married  Miss  Eucy  C.  Corse,  of 
Baltimore,  Md.  In  1872  he  was  appointed  Quiz- Master  of 
Practice  and  Clinical  Medicine  in  Hahnemann  College,  where 
he  served  for  one  term.  In  the  following  summer,  that  of 
1873,  he  was  appointed  Professor  of  Physiology  and  Micro- 
scopic Anatomy.  He  continued  to  fill  this  chair  until  the  end 
of  the  session  of  1875-76,  w^hen  he  was  elected  to  the  Chair 
of  Gynaecology,  which  he  held  up  to  the  spring  of  1895,  when 
he  resigned.  He  is  still  in  active  practice,  making  a  specialty 
of  Gynaecology. 

BIGEER,  WIEEIAM  H  —Dr.  Bigler  is  the  son  of  Rt. 
Rev.  David  Bigler,  of  the  Moravian  Church,  and  was  born  in 
Philadelphia,  Pa.,  June  loth,  1840.  The  first  seventeen  years 
of  his  life  were  spent  in  New  York  City,  where  his  father  was 
then  pastor  of  a  church.     After  graduating  from  the  Moravian 


BIOGRAPHICAIv  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  307 

College  and  Theological  Seminary  at  Bethlehem,  Pa.,  he 
spent  two  years  in  Europe  at  the  Universities  of  Berlin  and 
Krlangen.  Upon  his  return  to  America  he  was  appointed 
Professor  in  his  Alma  Mater,  which  position  he  filled  for 
eight  years. 

He  married  the  daughter  of  Dr.  Augustus  W.  Koch,  a 
prominent  physician  of  Philadelphia,  and  took  up  the  study 
of  medicine,  graduating  from  Hahnemann  Medical  College  in 
1 87 1,  and  has,  since  that  time,  been  connected  continuously 
with  the  institution  in  some  capacity.  After  graduating  he 
was  appointed  on  the  dispensary  stajff,  and  for  a  number  of 
years  had  charge  of  the  eye  and  ear  department,  lecturing 
also  on  opthalmology  in  the  college,  both  during  the  summer 
course  and  the  regular  winter  sessions  for  several  years.  For 
three  months  after  the  death  of  Dr.  W.  B.  Trites,  he  lectured 
on  the  practice  of  medicine  during  the  absence  of  the  regular 
professor  of  that  branch.  In  1890  he  was  appointed  associate 
professor  of  physiology,  and  in  1891  became  full  professor  of 
that  branch. 

Dr.  Bigler  has  been  treasurer  of  the  Alumni  Association 
since  its  organization.  Has  been  a  member  of  the  Homoeo- 
pathic Medical  Society  of  Pennsylvana  since  1872,  was  first 
vice-president  of  that  society  in  1886,  and,  owing  to  the  death 
of  Dr.  Crowley,  the  president,  served  in  that  office  until  the 
following  annual  meeting.  He  was  president  of  the  County 
Medical  Society  for  two  years,  and  has  been  a  member  of  the 
American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy  since  1876,  having  served 
on  various  bureaus  in  both  organizations.  In  1876  he  was 
co-editor  of  the  American  Journal  of  Homoeopathic  Materia 
Medica,  published  in  Philadelphia.  In  1881  Dr.  Bigler  was 
elected  to  honorary  membership  in  the  Homoeopathico  Insti- 
tutio  Mexican©,  and  in  1893  was  made  one  of  the  editors  of 
the  Hahneniannian  Monthly. 

He  has  read  numerous  papers  before  the  societies  of  which 
he  is  a  member,  and  has  contributed  many  articles  to  medical 
journals,  mostly  on  his  specialty,  opthalmology. 

He  is  still  connected  with  the  College  holding  the  Chair  of 
Physiology  and  Pediatrics. 


308  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

BROOKS,  SIIvAS  SWIFT.— Born  in  South  Scituate,  Mass. , 
May  30th,  1817.  He  was  educated  at  the  Friends'  School,, 
in  Providence,  R.  I.  After  leaving  school  he  removed  with 
his  parents  to  Philadelphia,  where  he  taught  school.  While 
teaching  at  Mullica  Hill,  N.  J.,  he  became  a  student  of  Dr. 
John  Taylor  of  that  place.  He  attended  three  full  courses  at 
Jefferson  Medical  College,  graduating  from  that  Institution, 
Mnrch  20,  1844.  He  at  once  commenced  to  practice  in  Phila- 
delphia. During  the  first  ten  years  of  practice  he  was  three 
years  attached  to  the  Philadelphia  Dispensary,  served  as  a 
vaccine  ph3^sician,  and  delivered  annual  courses  of  lectures 
on  Phj^siology  at  the  Franklin  Institute.  About  1854  he  was 
induced  to  investigate  the  principles  of  Homoeopathy  and  soon 
adopted  that  mode  of  practice  In  i860  at  the  reconstruction 
of  the  Homoeopathic  College  he  was  elected  to  the  Chair  of 
Institute  and  Practice.  The  new  Facult}'  also  elected  him 
Dean  at  a  meeting  held  on  October  5,  i860.  He  was  alsO' 
appointed  to  receive  all  money  paid  for  tuition  and  to  render 
the  same  to  the  treasurer.  He  severed  his  connection  with  the 
College  in  the  spring  of  1854,  having  served  as  Dean  for  the 
entire  four  years.  After  he  resigned  he  made  the  following: 
entry  in  his  diary:  "  I  have  failed  to  meet  the  class  at  my 
regular  lecture  hour  but  four  times  in  four  years,  and  these 
four  lectures  were  delivered  at  other  hours,  so  that  the  classes- 
have  not  missed  a  single  lecture.  I  have  attended  every 
meeting  of  the  Faculty,  and  all  but  two  of  the  Board."  He: 
had  a  very  large  practice  which  he  found  it  difficult  to  reduce 
"and,  though  hardly  able,  he  continued  to  labor  until  in  the 
latter  part  of  May,  187 1,  he  was  attacked  with  haemorrhage 
of  the  lungs,  from  which  he  had  previously  suffered.  He  re- 
tired to  rest  at  a  small  farm  that  he  owned  in  New  Jersej'',. 
not  far  from  the  cit3\  Here  he  had  repeated  attacks  of  haem- 
orrhage, and  he  was  brought  back  to  his  home,  where  he  died 
on  July  2,  1 87 1. 

He  joined  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy  in  i860,, 
and  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  Society  of  Pennsylvania  in 
1868,  being  a  charter  member,  and  a  charter  member  of  the 
Philadelphia  County  Homoeopathic  Society. 

After   Dr.  Brooks  had  become  convinced  of  the  truth  of 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  309 

Homoeopathy  on  June  18,  1855,  he  sent  his  resignation  to 
the  Philadelphia  County  Medical  Society,  of  which  he  had 
long  been  a  member.  In  July,  1855,  he  published  an  article 
in  the  Philadelphia  Jourjial  of  Homoeopathy  entitled:  Reasons 
why  medicines  should  be  used  in  accordance  with  the  law  of 
similia  similibus  curantur.  In  December  the  allopathic 
society  cited  him  to  appear  before  them  to  answer  a  charge 
of  violation  of  the  laws  of  medical  ethics;  he  protested  that 
he  was  not  a  member;  but  in  January  the  society  declared 
that  he  had  forfeited  his  membership  by  adhesion  to  an  ex- 
clusive dogma  in  his  practice.  The  full  account  of  this  may 
be  found  in  the  Philadelphia  Journal  of  Homoeopathy ,  Vol. 
iv,  p.  728. 

Dr.  Brooks  was  a  conscientious,  kindly  man  and  was 
greatly  beloved  for  the  evenness  of  his  temper  and  his  great 
skill. 

COXE,  JOHN  REDMAN,  JR.— Was  born  in  Philadelphia, 
February  19th,  1799.  He  was  the  son  of  the  celebrated 
practitioner  and  writer,  John  Redman  Coxe,  who  was  for  a 
long  time  professor  of  Materia  Medica  in  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  In  1845  he  was  practising  in  Williamsport, 
Pa.,  where  he  remained  until  1850,  when  he  returned  to 
Philadelphia  and  graduated  at  the  Homoeopathic  Medical 
College  in  the  class  of  1850.  In  1857  ^^  succeeded  Dr.  A.  B. 
Small  in  the  chair  of  Practice  in  the  College,  and  was  suc- 
ceeded by  Dr.  S.  S.  Brooks  in  i860.  He  joined  the  American 
Institute  of  Homoeopathy  in  1852;  was  provisional  secretary  in 
1854,  at  the  session  held  in  Albany,  N.  Y.,  in  which  year  he 
made  a  report  on  Hydrophobin.     He  died  May  nth,  1863. 

DAKE,  JABEZ  P.— Was  born  in  Johnstown,  N.  Y.,  April 
2 2d,  1827.  His  father,  Jabez  Dake,  was  an  allopathic  physi- 
cian in  Nunda,  N.  Y.  He  became  a  homoeopath  in  1843. 
Dr.  Dake  was  educated  at  the  Literary  Institute  at  Nunda,  in 
Madison  University  at  Hamilton,  and  in  Union  College, 
Schenectady,  at  which  latter  institution  he  graduated  in 
1849.  In  1848,  while  at  college,  he  read  an  essay  on  Gen- 
eralization of  Medicine,  in  which  he  endeavored  to  show  that 
previous  to  the  advent  of  Homoeopathy  there  was  no  law  in 


3IO  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

therapeutics.  This  was  published  in  a  city  paper  and  caused 
some  controversy.  Dr.  Dake  entered  the  Homoeopathic  Med- 
ical College  of  Pennsylvania  in  1850,  and  graduated  there- 
from at  the  third  session  in  March,  1851.  He  at  once  went 
to  Pittsburg,  where  he  commenced  to  practice.  Not  long 
afterwards  he  associated  himself  with  Dr  Reichhelm.  Dr. 
Dake,  in  1892,  wrote  an  autobiography  for  the  Hahnema^jjian 
Monthly,  from  which  the  following  is  quoted: 

The  urgent  request  of  editorial  friends  is  my  only  apology 
for  appearing  in  the  role  of  an  autobiographist. 

If  I  have  done  anything,  or  had  anything  happen  to  me  in 
the  course  of  life,  the  record  of  which  may  be  of  use  to  others, 
I  suppose  modesty  should  not  forbid  my  furnishing  the  brief 
sketch  that  is  asked  for. 

I  am  a  native  of  New  York,  not  a  bad  state  to  be  born  in. 

My  father  was  a  physician  and,  so  also,  two  of  my  brothers. 
Half  a  century  ago  they  turned  from  the  old  school  to  the 
new,  I  was  kept  at  school  continuously,  with  an  interruption 
of  only  one  year  (while  exercising  as  a  pedagogue  in  Tennes- 
see) ,  till  I  graduated  under  the  celebrated  President  Eliphalet 
Nott  from  Union  College,  Schenectady,  New  York,  in  1849, 
at  the  age  of  twenty-two.  My  study  of  medicine  was  under 
the  preceptorship  of  Dr.  Gustavus  Reichhelm  (from  the  Uni- 
versity of  Halle,  Prussia),  at  Pittsburg,  Pa.,  who  had  the 
honor  of  being  the  first  to  practice  Homoeopathy  west  of  the 
Allegheny  mountains,  beginning  in  1837. 

I  attended  lectures  at  the  Geneva  Medical  College  (old 
school),  and  afterward  at  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College 
of  Pennsylvania  (now  the  Hahnemann),  at  Philadelphia, 
graduating  therefrom  in  185 1. 

While  in  Philadelphia  I  enjoyed  the  friendship  of  Drs. 
Hering  and  Williamson,  and  especially  of  Dr.  Neidhard,  with 
whom  I  spent  many  hours  of  profitable  conversation. 

Returning  to  Pittsburg  after  graduation,  I  soon  became  a 
partner,  and  in  1853,  the  successor  of  Dr.  Reichhelm. 

The  first  of  my  writing  on  the  merits  of  the  new  system  of 
therapeutics  was  an  essay,  read  before  the  senior  class  at 
Union  College  in  1848,  and  afterwards  published  in  a  Sche- 
nectady paper  by  Dr.  Swits.  It  was  entitled  ' '  Generalization 
in  Medicine,"  written  to  illustrate  logical  methods. 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  311 

In  1849,  while  3"et  a  student,  I  took  a  hand  in  the  fight  with 
Asiatic  cholera  at  Pittsburg,  and  also  in  the  controversy  that 
sprung  up  in  the  newspapers  in  regard  to  its  treatment.  I 
was  so  imbued  with  a  high  conception  of  the  scientific  char- 
acter of  a  system  of  therapeutics  based  on  a  natural  law,  I 
was  ready  to  contend  with  the  biggest  allopathic  Goliatb, 
however  mighty  he  might  be  in  wielding  the  lancet  or  the 
pen. 

In  April,  1855,  I  was  invited  to  deliver  one  of  the  orations 
at  the  centennial  celebration  of  Hahnemann's  birthday  in 
Philadelphia.  I  was  pleased  to  meet  there  as  my  fellow- 
orators,  Dr.  Joslin,  the  senior,  and  Dr.  Bayard,  of  New  York, 
both  of  them  my  fellow  alumni  from  Union  College.  In  the 
autumn  of  the  same  year,  I  was  called  to  the  chair  of  Materia 
Medica  in  my  Alma  Mater  at  Philadelphia.  I  took  the  chair 
with  no  little  misgiving,  in  view  of  ni}^  youthfulness,  and  the 
importance  of  the  teaching  demanded.  And  my  embarra.ss- 
ments  were  not  lessened  (I  must  now  confess),  upon  subject- 
ing the  literature  of  my  branch  to  a  more  urgent  and  critical 
examination.  Some  of  the  causes  of  my  trouble  I  laid  before 
the  American  Institute,  in  a  paper  I  read  at  Chicago  in  1857. 

In  regard  to  the  Institute  I  should  mention  that  I  first  saw 
it  in  session  at  New  York,  in  184S,  when  it  was  but  four 
years  old.  There  were  present  Drs.  Jeanes,  Williamson, 
Kirby,  Cator,  McManus,  Wells,  Payne,  Gregg,  now  gone  to 
their  rest,  and  Marcy,  Paine,  and  a  few  others  yet  lingering 
among  us.  I  became  its  general  secretary  at  Buffalo  in  1855, 
and-  by  notices  in  the  journals  and  circulars,  succeeded  in 
greatly  increasing  the  attendance  the  following  year  at  the 
City  of  Washington.  I  moved  to  have  the  next  meeting  in 
Chicago,  and  after  an  hour's  debate  succeeded  in  my  purpose. 
Drs.  Williamson  and  Swazey  feared  that  to  go  far  west,  where 
there  were  comparatively  so  few  to  attend,  and  they  so  scat- 
tered in  the  woods  or  over  the  prairies,  the  Society  would  be 
inevitably  ruined.  But  the  Chicago  meeting  was  large  and 
lively. 

I  was  elevated  to  the  presidency  and  Smith  and  Ludlani  led 
the  way  in  giving  the  Institute  the  first  regular  banquet,  with 
toasts  and  the  music  of  a  brass  band,  known  in  its  history. 


312  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

In  such  a  3'oung-,  vigorous  city,  and  with  such  an  enterpris- 
ing local  committee,  to  say  nothing  of  the  young  president, 
why  shouldn't  there  have  been  something  fresh  and  festive? 

As  to  college  work  in  Philadelphia,  my  growing  business  at 
Pittsburg  compelled  me  to  resign  it  after  two  years.  It  was 
a  trial  to  me  to  do  so,  because  I  was  fond  of  teaching  and  of 
being  among  students,  even  though  my  branch  was  the  least 
exact  and  most  trying  of  all 

In  1863  impaired  health  obliged  me  to  retire  to  my  farm  in 
Ohio.  I  turned  my  back  upon  a  clientele,  in  quality  at  least, 
second  to  that  of  no  medical  man  in  the  city  of  Pittsburg. 
Pomology  interested  and  restored  me  to  health. 

Before  passing  I  should  say  that  it  has  always  been  a 
pleasure  to  me  to  encourage  well  educated  young  men  in  the 
study  of  Homoeopathy;  and  that  I  now  look  back  with  some 
degree  of  pride  to  those  who  have  been  under  my  preceptor- 
ship,  at  one  time  or  another.  As  fair  specimens  at  old  Pitts- 
burg I  may  name  Drs.  David  Cowley,  J.  C.  Burgher,  James 
A.  Heron,  J.  S.  Rankin,  William  R.  Childs,  Wilham  I. 
Church,  and  James  H.  McClelland,  some  of  whom  yet  live 
and  enjoy  a  national  reputation. 

In  1869  I  was  compelled  to  seek  a  home  in  a  milder  climate 
for  the  safety  of  my  wife,  and  removed  to  Nashville,  where  I 
announced  myself  as  a  practitioner  of  the  new  school.  Hom- 
oeopathy had  just  fairly  begun  its  work  in  the  south  when  the 
civil  war  came  to  place  a  bar  in  the  way  of  its  progress,  and 
the  in-coming  of  more  practitioners;  so  I  found  myself  almost 
a  pioneer  again,  in  an  attractive  field  and  among  a  most  hos- 
pitable people.  Business  rolled  upon  my  hands,  till  in  a  few 
years  I  was  again  broken  in  health. 

In  1873  I  was  in  a  hard  fight  with  the  old  enemy  of  1849, 
Asiatic  cholera.  When  the  smoke  cleared  up  and  a  count 
was  had.  Homoeopathy  was  found  to  have  won  another  great 
victory.  In  my  list  of  cases  the  loss  had  been  less  than  2 
per  centum. 

In  1875  I  was  compelled  to  leave  my  work  and  go  across 
the  ocean.  Travel  and  new  scenes,  with  my  old  friend  Dr. 
Rush,  restored  me  to  vigor  after  a  few  months  in  Europe. 

The  first  World's  Homoeopathic  Congress  was  opened  in 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OP  PROFESSORS.  313 

Philadelphia  in  1S76.  In  obedience  to  programme,  T  read  a 
paper,  intended  to  be  a  discussion  of  an  essay  by  Dr.  Heriug, 
on  "  Materia  Medica  as  a  Science." 

The  same  year  I  was  called  again  to  a  chair  in  my  medical 
Alma  Mater — this  time  to  the  chair  of  "  Principles  and  Prac- 
tice." I  continued  only  the  one  year,  being  obliged,  by  my 
wife's  inability  to  remain  so  far  north  in  winter,  to  resign  and 
remain  in  Tennessee. 

In  1878  I  was  appointed  and  served  on  the  "  Yellow  Fever 
Commission,"  organized  to  inquire  into  the  treatment  as  well 
as  preventive  measures  resorted  to  during  the  great  epidemic 
along  the  lower  Mississippi  and  in  my  own  state. 

In  1 88 1  I  was  again  in  England  to  attend  the  second 
World's  Congress  of  Homceopathic  Physicians.  By  appoint- 
ment I  read  a  paper  on  "  Drug  Attenuation." 

Soon  after  the  adjournment  of  the  Congress,  in  company 
with  my  friends,  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Talbot,  of  Boston,  I  travelled 
through  Holland,  North  Germany,  Denmark  and  Sweden, 
and  then  with  a  medical  friend  across  into  Finland  and  Russia, 
and  afterward  through  Norway  and  back  to  England. 

Before  passing,  I  should  mention  that  in  Amsterdam  Dr. 
Talbot,  another  medical  friend,  and  m^'self  called  upon  Dr. 
Metzger,  the  celebrated,  as  having  cured  the  Queen  of  Sweden 
and  the  Queen  of  Spain  after  the  failure  of  the  physicians  in 
their  respective  countries.  He  received  us  cordially,  and 
showed  and  explained  to  us  his  mode  of  treatment  in  two 
cases. 

On  inquiry,  he  stated  that  he  depended  httle  upon  drugs; 
chiefly  on  massage  and  lying  movements,  as  called  for  by  the 
pathology  of  each  case,  and  a  knowledge  of  vital  mechanics. 
Patients  were  flocking  to  him  from  all  parts  of  Europe. 

In  1885  I  crossed  the  ocean  again,  chiefly  for  the  benefit  of 
my  third  son,  J.  P.,  Jr.,  whom  I  took  to  Wiesbaden  for  the 
thermal  and  saline  waters.  The  saddest  experience  of  ray 
life  came  the  next  year  in  his  death,  at  the  age  of  thirty  years. 

In  my  several  trips  abroad  I  visited  some  of  the  best  hos- 
pitals to  observe  their  outfit  and  modes  of  management.  I 
must  say  many  of  our  own  hospitals  suffer  nothing  in  a  com- 
parison with  them. 


314  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

Recurring  to  the  American  Institute,  I  should  sa}^  that  I 
have  done  work  on  several  of  its  bureaus,  but  chiefly  on  that 
of  materia  medica  and  pharmacy.  I  there  brought  forward 
criticisms  upon  the  inexact  and  insufiicient  provings  of  drugs 
as  commonly  made,  and  the  consequent  unreliable  character 
of  our  pathogenesy,  and  recommended  plans  for  improvement. 

As  chairman  for  two  successive  years,  I  had  the  whole 
bureau  at  work  upon  the  objects  and  results  of  drug  attenua- 
tion. For  the  lyondon  Congress  of  1881,  as  already  men- 
tioned, I  prepared  a  paper  summarizing  the  results  of  our 
inquiries. 

I  attended  the  great  World's  Congress  at  Atlantic  City 
and  took  part  in  its  proceedings.  I  delivered  one  of  its 
special  addresses,  my  subject  being  "  Civil  Government  and 
the  Healers  of  the  Sick. ' ' 

I  have  written  a  great  deal  in  my  time  on  medicine,  begin- 
ning, as  I  have  mentioned,  when  I  was  an  undergraduate  at 
a  literary  college.  The  files  of  our  leading  journals  and  the 
Transactions  of  our  national  society,  covering  a  period  of 
more  than  forty  years,  show  much  of  my  work,  as  well  as  my 
view^s,  on  current  medical  topics.  In  conclusion  of  my  out- 
line narrative,  submitted  wnthout  embellishments,  I  must 
make  mention  of  some  of  the  leading  thoughts  and  purposes 
that  have  generally  led  me  on: 

Besides  my  other  writings,  in  1886  I  gave  to  the  world  a 
volume,  entitled  Therapeutic  Methods,  embracing  the  sub- 
stance of  my  course  in  Philadelphia  on  the  principles  of  med- 
icine, and  showing  especially  the  scientific  character  of  the 
homoeopathic  therapeutics.  I  am  quite  willing  to  be  judged 
by  the  teachings  of  that  work  in  all  the  years  to  come. 

I  have  been  an  earnest  advocate,  by  pen  and  tongue,  of  the 
rights  of  our  school  of  practice,  as  against  unfair  legislation, 
instigated  by  members  of  the  old  school.  And,  more — I 
have  been  unalterably  opposed  to  State  censorship  as  to 
modes  and  means  of  healing,  denying  the  right  of  the  civil 
power  to  dictate  in  the  premises. 

I  believe  in  the  utmost  freedom  of  the  citizen  while  not  a 
soldier,  a  convict,  a  lunatic,  nor  a  pauper,  to  choose  his  own 
minister  and  means  of  relief  from  physical  suffering,  without 


BIOGRAPHICAIv  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  315 

governmental  restriction  or  interference;  and  equally  do  I 
believe  in  the  impossibility  of  any  legally  fixed  standard  of 
qualifications  to  be  erected  and  enforced  by  police  govern  - 
ment.  Each  college  and  each  societ}^  or  all  the  colleges  and 
all  the  societies  of  any  particular  school,  may  have  require- 
ments and  regulations  to  govern  their  own  members,  and  to 
be  respectfully  regarded  by  their  adherents;  but  let  any  or 
all  forever  abstain  from  a  seizure  of  the  legal  arm,  the  gov- 
erning power,  to  coerce  and  limit  human  efforts  for  the  cure 
of  the  sick. 

Among  the  greatest  contributions  made  by  me,  aided  by  a 
faithful  wife,  to  the  cause  of  human  healing  has  been  in  four 
sons,  graduates  in  medicine — namely,  William  C,  Walter 
M.,  Charles,  and  Frank  B. — the  first  two  now  associated 
with  me,  the  third  located  at  Hot  Springs,  Ark.,  and  the 
fourth  lately  at  Chicago,  now  on  leave  for  his  health — all 
members  of  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy. 

That  brilliant  word  painter,  William  Tod  Helmuth,  thus 
writes  of  Dr.  Dake:  "Ah,  what  a  portrait  painter  is  mem- 
ory !  It  seems  but  yesterday  that  I  saw  him — rather  small  in 
stature,  with  a  large  head  and  commanding  brow,  coal  black 
hair  always  carefully  brushed  with  a  curl  at  the  top,  and 
with  eyes  so  earnest  and  so  brilliant  that  they  gave  character 
to  his  face. ' ' 

DAIvTON,  E.  G. — This  gentleman  was  elected  to  the  chair 
of  Physiology  in  the  old  College  on  October  9th,  1868.  He 
lectured  until  the  holidays. 

DUDLEY,  PEMBERTON.— Is  an  all  round  man.  It  has 
been  said  of  him  that  he  requires  a  large  Saratoga  trunk  in 
which  to  protect  the  many  diplomas  of  which  he  is  the 
modest  possessor. 

The  following  is  from  the  Hahnemannian  Monthly: 
Pemberton  Dudley,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Institutes  of 
Medicine  and  Hygiene  in  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College,  of 
Philadelphia,  was  born  near  Torresdale,  Philadelphia, 
October  17,  1837.  His  father,  William  Dudley,  belonged  to 
the  New  England  family  of  that  name,  whose  ancestors  fol- 
lowed the  Mayflower  pilgrims  in   1630.     The  family  traces 


3l6  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OP  PROFESSORS. 

its  lineage  through  several  of  the  most  interesting  chapters  of 
English  history  to  a  period  antedating  the  Norman  conquest, 
and  is  known  to  be  of  Saxon  origin.  His  mother,  Elleanor 
Wood,  was  descended  from  Sir  Richard  and  Alice  Wood 
through  their  son  Robert,  who  emigrated  from  Gloucester, 
England,  in  1699,  and  settled  at  Newtown,  E.  I.,  and  whose 
posterity  migrated  to  Newtown,  Bucks  county,  Pa.,  about 
1750.  Dr.  Dudley  obtained  his  early  education  in  the  public 
schools  and  at  an  academic  institution,  supplemented  by  care- 
ful reading  and  study  while  at  work  on  his  father's  farm. 
He  taught  school  two  years  and  at  the  same  time  read  medi- 
cine under  Dr.  David  James,  then  attended  lectures  in  Jeffer- 
son Medical  College  for  one  year  and  then  in  the  Homoeopathic 
Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  graduating  in  the  class  of 
'61,  since  which  time  he  has  practiced  in  Philadelphila.  Dr. 
Dudley  assisted  to  organize  the  Philadelphia  County  Medi- 
cal Society  in  1866,  joined  the  Pennsylvania  State  Medical 
Society  in  1867,  and  has  been  president  of  both.  He  became 
a  member  of  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy  in  1869, 
has  regularly  participated  in  its  general  and  scientific  busi- 
ness, was  for  seven  years  its  general  secretary  and  editor  of 
its  annual  volume  of  "Transactions,"  and  in  1896  was  its 
president. 

At  the  session  of  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy 
of  187 1  he  initiated  the  movement  which  led  to  the  holding  of 
the  World's  Homoeopathic  Convention  in  Philadelphia  in 
1876,  and  was  a  member  of  the  committee  appointed  to  perfect 
its  preliminary  arrangements.  This  convention  led  to  a  .series 
of  similar  congresses  in  various  parts  of  the  world.  The 
fourth  one  was  held  at  Atlantic  City,  N.  J.,  in  1892,  when 
Dr.  Dudley  was  again  a  member  of  its  committee  of  arrange- 
ments, and  was  elected  its  recording  secretary.  He  was  Hon- 
orary Secretary  of  the  World's  Congress  of  Homoeopathic 
Physicians  and  Surgeons  in  Chicago,  held  in  connection  with 
the  Columbian  Exposition  of  1893.  He  holdshonorary  member- 
ship in  the  Maryland  State  Homoeopathic  Medical  Society,  in 
the  Southern  Homoeopathic  Medical  Association  in  the  British 
Homoeopathic  Society,  and  in  the  Homoeopathic  Institute  of 
Mexico.     In  1868  Dr.  Dudley  was  chosen  to  the   Chair  of 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  317 

Chemistry  and  Toxicology  in  his  Alma  Mater.  In  1876  he 
was  called  to  the  Chair  of  Physiology  and  Microscopic  Anat- 
omy, which  he  filled  until  1890,  when  he  was  transferred  to 
his  present  position,  that  of  Professor  of  Institutes  of  Medicine 
and  Hygiene.  He  was  a  member  of  the  building  committee 
appointed  to  superintend  the  erection  of  the  new  college  and 
hospital  buildings,  and  entered  with  great  zeal  into  the  pre- 
parations of  the  plans  of  these  structures.  As  a  member  of 
the  Hahnemann  Club  of  Philadelphia,  Dr.  Dudley  aided  in 
organizing  the  Children's  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Phila- 
delphia, and  became  a  director  and  member  of  its  medical 
staff.  This  club  of  physicians  having,  in  1880,  become  the 
proprietors  of  the  Hahnemannian  MontJily,  appointed  him  its 
editor,  which  position  he  held  until  18S8.  During  these  eight 
years  the  journal  easily  maintained  its  position  among  the 
leading  homoeopathic  periodicals  of  the  world.  Dr.  Dudley 
was  appointed  by  Governor  Pattison  one  of  the  seven  mem- 
bers of  the  State  Board  of  Health  upon  its  organization  in 
1885,  was  reappointed  by  him  in  1891  for  a  second  term  of 
six  years  and  in  1897  received  the  honor  for  a  third  term  at 
the  hands  of  Governor  Hastings.  Dr.  Dudley  has  been  a 
prolific  writer,  and  he  is  now  engaged  in  the  preparation  of 
a  work  upon  Institutes  of  Medicine,  designed  for  the  use  of 
medical  students  and  for  physicians  seeking  a  knowledge  of 
the  science  of  therapeutics.  Dr.  Dudley  claims  that  the 
subject  lies  at  the  foundation  of  a  course  of  medical  study 
and  is  necessary  to  a  correct  understanding  and  adequate  ap- 
preciation, not  only  of  Homoeopathy,  but  of  all  modes  of 
treating  diseases  and  injuries.  On  December  25,  1867,  Dr. 
Dudley  married  Sarah  K.,  daughter  of  Rev.  John  Perry 
Hall,  who  was  formely  a  well-known  Baptist  clergyman  of 
Philadelphia  and  vicinity.  They  have  two  children,  a  son 
and  a  daughter.  The  former,  Dr.  Perry  Hall  Dudley,  is  a 
graduate  of  the  class  of  '92  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  Col- 
lege, Philadelphia. 

On  January  11,  1886,  Dr.  Dudley  was  appointed  Dean  of 
the  College,  to  succeed  Dr.  A.  R,  Thomas,  who  had  passed 
to  his  rest  in  November,  1895. 


3l8  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

FARRINGTON,  ERNEST  ALBERT.— Was  born  Jan- 
uary ist,  1847,  at  Williamsburg,  L.  I.,  New  York.  During 
bis  early  years  the  family  removed  to  Philadelphia.  He  was 
educated  at  the  Philadelphia  High  School,  graduating  at  the 
head  of  his  class.  He  spent  the  following  summer  in  and 
about  New  York.  In  the  fall,  under  the  preceptorship  of  his 
brother,  Dr.  H.  W.  Farrington,  he  entered  the  Homoeopathic 
Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  attending  the  session  of 
1 866-' 67.  When  the  College  split  occurred  he  went  with 
the  new  College,  graduating  therefrom  in  March,  1868.  He 
at  once  entered  practice  in  Philadelphia,  at  16 16  Mount 
Vernon  street,  at  his  father's  home.  In  the  summer  of  1869 
the  condition  of  his  health  caused  him  to  take  a  short  trip  to 
Europe,  from  which  he  returned  much  benefited.  On  Sep- 
tember 17,  1 87 1,  he  was  married  to  Miss  Elizabeth  Atkin. 
He  lectured  in  the  Summer  Course  of  this  College  in  1869  on 
Forensic  Medicine.  During  the  sessions  of  18 70-'7r,  i87i-'72 
and  1 872-' 73  he  was  elected  Lecturer  on  Forensic  Medicine. 
In  the  summer  of  1873  he  was  elected  to  the  chair  of  Special 
Pathology  and  Diagnosis,  which  he  filled  for  the  session  of 
i873-'74,  when  on  the  retirement  of  Dr.  H.  N.  Guernsey  in 
1874  he  was  elected  to  the  chair  of  Materia  Medica  that  he  so 
worthily  filled  the  remainder  of  his  life.  It  was  the  right 
man  in  the  right  place.  He  delivered  the  Introductory  Lec- 
ture to  this  session.  In  December,  1879,  he  was  chosen  by 
the  Hahnemannn  Club  sole  editor  of  the  Hahne^nannian 
Monthly,  but  ill  health  prevented  his  acceptance.  His  last 
illness  began  December  14,  1884.  He  had  suffered  from  a 
cold,  but,  from  necessary  exposure  in  his  professional  duties, 
laryngitis  intervened.  He  nevertheless  delivered  several 
lectures,  until  during  a  lecture  prior  to  the  Christmas 
Holidays  aphonia  set  in,  precluding  further  lecturing.  He 
did  not  lecture  in  January,  but  in  February  insisted  upon 
resuming  his  duties,  which  he  continued  until  after  the  spring 
examinations  The  disease  now  invaded  the  bronchia,  devel- 
oping into  severe  bronchitis.  At  this  time  the  most  careful 
examination    did  not    reveal    any    lung   disease.     A  trip  to 


Dr.  Earnest  A.  Farrington. 


BIOGRAPHICAL   SKETCHES    OF   PROFESSORS.  319 

Europe  was  now  projected,  and  on  Ma}^  9,  1886,  with  his 
wife,  he  sailed.  In  Paris  Dr.  Heerman  sent  him  to  Baden- 
Weiler  in  the  Black  Forest,  but  the  wet  season  set  in  and  he 
did  not  improve.  A  stay  of  some  weeks  in  Brighton,  Eng- 
land, afforded  no  relief.  Discouraged,  he  sailed  for  home. 
He  gradually  but  surely  failed  until  on  December  17,  1885, 
the  end  came.  Dr.  Hering  used  to  name  him  as  his  own 
successor  in  the  Materia  Medica  studies;  he  was  beloved  by 
all  who  knew  him  and  his  lectures  were  masterly  in  analysis 
and  clearness.  He  became  a  member  of  the  American  Insti- 
tute in  1S72;  was  also  a  member  of  the  Pennsylvania  State 
and  the  Philadelphia  County  Society.  Was  in  1884  ap- 
pointed a  member  of  the  Editorial  Consulting  Committee  of 
the  "  Cyclopaedia  of  Drug  Pathogenesy."  In  1874  he  pub- 
lished many  articles  on  his  favorite  study  in  the  medical  jour- 
nals. In  1874  he  published  as  an  Appendix  to  the  American 
Journal  of  Homoeopathic  Materia  Medica,  a  supplement  to 
Gross'  "  Comparative  Materia  Medica."  He  edited  in  1877 
Hering' s  "  Condensed  Materia  Medica."  After  his  death  Dr. 
Clarence  Bartlett,  who  had  phonographically  reported  his 
lectures,  edited  them  from  the  lecturer's  manuscript;  they 
were  revised  by  Dr.  Lilienthal,  and,  with  a  memorial  sketch 
by  his  friend  Dr.  Korndoerfer,  were  published  in  a  large  octavo 
volume.  The  sale  of  this  book  has  been  very  large  and  in 
1890  there  was  a  second  edition,  and  in  1896  a  third  edition, 
edited  by  his  son.  Dr.  Harvey  Farrington.  It  has  also  been 
published  in  Germany.  Dr.  Farrington  was  in  faith  a  Sweden- 
borgian. 

FLANDERS,  A.  H.— The  College  records  show  that  at  a 
meeting  held  on  August  6th,  1858,  Dr.  A.  H.  Flanders,  of 
Danville,  Ky.,  was  nominated  for  the  chair  of  Chemistry  and 
Toxicology  vacated  by  Dr.  Semple,  and  at  the  next  meeting 
he  was  elected.  Every  effort  was  made  to  enable  him  to  fit 
himself  with  proper  apparatus.  In  his  letter  of  acceptance 
he  mentions  the  fact  that  he  had  studied  his  profession  in 
Philadelphia.  Dr.  Flanders  sent  in  his  resignation  from  New 
York,  on  June  7th,  1859.     He  lectured  but  the  one  session. 


320  BIOGRAPHICAL   SKETCHES    OF    PROFESSORS. 

It  is  known  that  he  settled  in  WilHamsburgh,  N.  Y.,  in  1859, 
remaining  there  but  one  year.  No  further  data  has  been 
obtainable. 

FOOTE,  GEORGE  FRANKEIN.— Was  born  in  Albany, 
N.  Y.,  March  13,  1817.  He  acquired  his  education  in  the 
public  schools  and  was  for  a  year  or  two  a  student  of  Ober- 
lin  College,  Ohio.  At  intervals  he  engaged  in  teaching  and 
afterwards  learned  the  trade  of  carpenter.  In  1838,  having 
obtained  means,  he  commenced  to  study  medicine,  attending 
a  course  of  lectures  in  the  Cincinnati  Medical  College.  He 
then  removed  to  New  York,  becoming  a  student  under  Dr. 
Wheeler  Rutledge,  and  matriculated  in  the  University  Medi- 
cal College  of  New  York.  He  graduated  in  the  spring  of 
1848.  He  practised  Allopathy  for  a  year,  when,  having  a 
severe  attack  of  typhoid  fever  with  a  long  convalescence,  he 
became  so  disgusted  with  ' '  heroic ' '  treatment  that  he 
turned  toward  Homoeopathy.  After  investigation  he  gave 
his  adhesion  to  that  system.  In  1842  he  married  and  located 
at  Eyons,  N.  Y.  He  also  practised  in  Buffalo,  and  in  Water- 
tow^n,  and  in  New  York  city.  In  April,  1866,  he  was  invited 
to  fill  the  Chair  of  Surgery  in  this  College.  He  delivered  the 
Introductory  at  the  opening  of  the  session.  He  only  lec- 
tured the  one  session  of  1 866-' 67,  resigning  in  September, 
1867,  on  account  of  ill  health.  Dr.  Foote  became  much  in- 
terested in  the  homoeopathic  treatment  for  the  insane,  and  in 
1869,  with  the  aid  of  Dr.  Dunham  and  some  others,  set 
about  the  establishment  of  such  an  institution  in  New  York 
State.  For  three  years  he  labored  with  the  result  that  an 
appropriation  from  the  State  of  $150,000  was  obtained  and 
the  first  buildings  of  the  Middletown  Asylum  for  the  Insane 
were  erected.  Owing  to  differences  with  the  Trustees  he  re- 
signed and  opened  a  private  home  for  the  insane  and  in- 
ebriates at  Stamford,  Conn.,  which  he  conducted  for  fifteen 
years,  until  his  health  compelled  him  to  give  it  up.  In  1887 
he  began  to  suffer  from  heart  disease,  and  to  relieve  himself 
from  care  he  removed  to  Marlborough,  N.  Y.,  where  he  re- 
mained a  year,  going  thence  to  California,  where  he  seemed 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  32 1 

to  improve.  He  passed  the  last  winter  of  his  Hfe  in  Chicago 
with  a  married  daughter.  His  disease  increased,  and  after 
considerable  suffering  he  paSvSed  away,  on  May  8,  1889,  aged 
72  years.  He  became  a  member  of  the  American  Institute 
in  1850,  and  was  one  of  the  organizers  of  the  International 
Hahnemannian  Association. 

FREEDIvEY,  SAMUEIv.— Was  born  near  Conshohocken, 
Pa.,  February  2,  1799.  He  studied  with  Dr.  Cleve,  a  physi- 
cian and  botanist  of  repute,  and  graduated  in  medicine  at  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania  in  1821,  being  at  the  time  of 
his  death  the  oldest  American  medical  graduate.  It  was 
through  Dr.  Cleve  that  Dr.  Freedley  became  interested  in 
Botany.  He  became  a  convert  to  Homoeopathy  in  1836 
or  1837.  When  the  College  was  organized  in  1848,  Dr. 
Freedley  was  elected  to  the  Chair  of  Botany,  which  the  next 
year  was  supplemented  with  Medical  Jurisprudence.  He 
continued  to  serve  until  the  end  of  the  session  of  185 1-' 52, 
when  he  resigned,  and  the  Chair  of  Botany  was  abolished 
and  that  of  Jurisprudence  united  with  that  of  Physiology. 
From  1854  to  1859  he  held  the  position  of  Professor  of 
Botany  in  the  Penn  Medical  University.  Dr.  Freedley  re- 
sided for  fifty  years  at  the  southeast  corner  of  Marshall  and 
Green  streets,  although  spending  portions  of  his  time  at  his 
farm  at  Conshohocken,  Pa.  He  was  an  enthusiastic  botanist, 
having  collected  an  herbarium  of  ten  thousand  specimens, 
which  were  destroyed  by  fire  about  1880,  at  his  country  resi- 
dence. He  had  also  a  large  and  valuable  botanical  library 
that  was  scattered  at  auction.     He  died  in  December,  1885. 

FROST,  JAMES  H.  P.— The  eldest  son  of  the  Rev. 
Charles  Frost,  was  born  in  Bethel,  Me.,  May  24,  1825.  He 
entered  Bowdoin  College,  at  Brunswick,  Me.,  in  1842,  and 
spent  his  junior  and  senior  years  at  Amherst,  Mass.,  where 
he  graduated  with  honors  in  1846.  On  leaving  College  he 
devoted  himself  to  literary  labor  and  teaching,  chiefly  in 
Philadelphia.  But  becoming  interested  in  Homoeopathy,  he, 
in  1847,  began  the  study  of  medicine  with  Dr.  H.  N.  Guern- 
sey, then  in  practice  at  Frankford,  Pa.  He  attended  the  first 
two  courses  in  this  College,  and  graduated  in  1850.  After 
22 


32  2  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

spending  several  years  in  the  South  on  account  of  ill  health, 
he  established  himself  in  practice  at  Bangor,  Me.  But  the 
climate  was  too  rigorous  for  him,  and  in  1865  he  accepted 
the  chair  of  Physiology  in  this  College  and  removed  to  Phila- 
delphia. When  the  Hahnema7inian  Monthly  was  established 
in  1865  he  became  one  of  its  editors.  Soon  after  the  close  of 
the  session  of  1 866-' 67  Dr.  Frost  resigned  from  the  Chair  of 
Physiology  and  previous  to  the  opening  of  the  session 
1 867-' 68  a  Chair  of  Pathology  was  created,  to  which  he  was 
elected.  In  the  spring  of  1868  he  resigned  from  the  editor- 
ship of  the  Hah7iema?tnian  Monthly  and  from  the  Chair  of 
Pathology  on  account  of  his  feeble  health.  He  now  retired  to 
the  country  and  spent  some  time  in  traveling,  devoting  his 
spare  time  to  literary  work,  reports  to  the  American  Institute 
of  Homoeopathy  and  the  Homoeopathic  Societies  of  Pennsyl- 
vania and  New  York,  and  in  contributing  to  the  homoeopathic 
medical  press.  Having  partially  recovered  his  health,  he  lo- 
cated at  Bethlehem,  Pa.,  soon  afterwards  removing  to  Dan- 
ville, Pa.  Here  he  soon  gained  a  large  practice,  but  physical 
weakness  soon  conquered  him.  He  died  at  Danville,  Pa., 
January  21,  1875,  in  his  50th  year.  His  last  literary  work, 
an  article  of  much  research,  on  "  Mysticism  in  Medicine." 
was  completed  but  a  few  days  before  his  death,  and  appeared 
in  the  same  number  of  the  Hahnetnannian  Mo?ithly  that  con- 
tained his  obituary  notice, 

GARDINER,  RICHARD.— Was  born  in  Darby,  Delaware 
County,  Pa.,  February  2rst,  1793,  and  died  in  Philadelphia, 
March  22d,  1877,  in  his  eighty-fifth  year.  He  practised  med- 
icine for  more  than  sixty  years.  He  obtained  his  early  edu- 
cation at  the  public  schools,  and  commenced  the  study  of 
medicine  in  his  father's  office.  His  father.  Dr.  William 
Gardiner,  was  a  prominent  physician,  and  the  only  one  at 
that  time  resident  in  the  town.  In  the  same  year  he  entered 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania  to  attend  the  regular  course 
of  lectures,  driving  from  Darby,  a  distance  of  ten  miles,  in  the 
morning  and  back  again  in  the  evening.  In  the  spring  of 
1814  he  succeeded  his  father  in  Darby,  continuing  there  until 
1835,  when  he  removed  to  Philadelphia,  and,  settling  in  the 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OP  PROFESSORS.  323 

lower  part  of  the  city,  soon  gained  a  large  practice.  The 
year  following  he  was  induced  to  investigate  Homoeopathy, 
being  joined  by  his  friend  Dr.  Gideon  Humphrey.  After  a 
careful  test  of  its  merits  he  yielded  to  the  pressure  of  evidence, 
and  in  1850  graduated  from  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  Col- 
lege of  Pennsylvania.  He  was  married  June  26th,  18 14,  to 
Miss  Rice,  of  Darby,  who  died  in  1863.  He  was  the  father 
of  Drs.  William  A.  Gardiner  and  Daniel  R.  Gardiner;  he 
gave  to  the  profession  two  sons  and  five  grandsons.  He  con- 
tinued in  active  practice  until  1870,  when  he  removed  to 
Baltimore.  He  remained  there  but  a  short  time  when  he 
returned  to  Philadelphia,  where  he  continued  in  active  prac- 
tice until  within  a  few  days  of  his  death.  His  final  illness 
was  pneumonia.  At  a  special  meeting  of  the  Philadelphia 
County  Homoeopathic  Society,  called  shortly  after  the  decease 
of  this  venerable  member,  a  memorial  service  was  held,  reso- 
lutions of  sorrow  and  respect  were  adopted,  and  a  delegation 
of  its  members  appointed  to  act  as  pall  bearers  at  the  funeral. 

He  was  one  of  the  original  members  of  the  American  In- 
stitute of  Homoeopathy  and  of  the  State  and  County  Societies. 

Dr.  Gardiner  was  Professor  of  Institutes  and  Practice  dur- 
ing the  latter  part  of  the  session  of  i868-'9,  taking  the  place 
of  Dr.  T.  D.  Stowe.  He  signed  the  diplomas  of  1869  as  pro- 
fessor of  Institutes  and  Practice. 

He  was  a  man  loved  and  respected  by  all  with  whom  he 
associated. 

GARDINER,  WIIvLIAM  A.— Was  the  son  of  Richard 
Gardiner.  Was  born  in  Philadelphia  in  1823.  At  the  organ- 
ization of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania 
he  was  called  to  fill  the  Chair  of  Anatomy,  which  he  occu- 
pied most  honorably  for  a  number  of  years;  it  has  been  said 
that  in  comparison  with  Pancoast,  and  other  able  teachers  of 
Anatomy  in  Philadelphia,  he  suffered  nothing.  He  was  de- 
servedly popular  with  his  class.  As  an  operator  in  surgery 
he  was  careful  and  expert.  The  very  last  year  of  his  life 
was  spent  in  the  army  as  a  surgeon,  in  which  capacity  he 
attracted  great  attention.  His  goodness  of  heart  and  great 
kindness  of  manner  in  the  army  won  for  him  friends  on  every 


324  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

hand.  He  served  one  year  as  General  Secretary  of  the 
American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy.  He  graduated  from  the 
Jefferson  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia.  He  died  after  a 
brief  illness  in  Philadelphia,  April  29,  1863,  in  the  40th  year 
of  his  age.  He  was  for  some  years  sole  editor  and  afterwards 
assistant  editor  of  the  Philadelpkia  Journal  of  Homceopathy . 
He  was  also  Dean  of  the  Faculty  of  this  College  from  1 85 1  to 
1856.  He  occupied  the  Chair  of  Surgery  for  two  years,  from 
i860  to  1862.  He  held  the  Chair  of  Anatomy  for  nine  years, 
from  1848  to  i856-'7. 

GAUNTT,  C.  STOCKTON.— Was  the  son  of  the  late  Com- 
modore Charles  Gauntt,  of  the  U.  S.  Navy,  and  a  native  of 
Pennsylvania.  He  graduated  in  the  Medical  Department  of 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania  in  1844.  Visiting  Europe 
afterwards,  he  attended  the  Clinics  at  Guys'  and  St.  Thomas' 
Hospitals,  in  London,  and  the  lectures  on  Chemistry  delivered 
by  Professor  Farraday  in  the  Royal  Institution  of  Great 
Britain.  In  1846  he  returned  to  Philadelphia  and  entered 
the  laboratorj^  of  Dr.  James  Bi  Rogers,  late  Professor  of 
Chemistry  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  where  he 
studied  Practical  Chemistry,  assisting  Prof  Rogers  during 
several  courses  of  lectures  on  Chemistry  which  he  gave  in 
the  Franklin  and  Medical  Institutes.  In  1849  Dr.  Gauntt 
was  appointed  to  the  Chair  of  Chemistry  and  Natural  Philos- 
ophy in  Burlington  College,  N.  J.,  which  position  he  filled 
for  three  years.  After  this  he  practised  medicine  until  1856, 
when  he  was  appointed  to  the  Chair  of  Chemistry  and 
Natural  Philosophy  in  Furman  University,  Greenville,  S.  C. 
He  remained  there  several  years  and  was  elected  a  member 
of  the  Philosophian  and  Adelphian  Societies.  After  the 
battle  of  Gettysburg  he  obtained  an  appointment  from  the 
United  States  Government  as  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  at 
Camp  Letterman,  General  Hospital,  Gettysburg,  Pa.,  where 
he  remained  for  several  months. 

Dr.  Gauntt  was  a  member  of  the  Faculty  of  Girard  College 
for  two  years,  and  filled  the  Professorship  of  Chemistry  in 
Villanova  College,  Pa.,  for  twenty-three  years. 

In  1885  he  was  appointed  to  the  Professorship  of   Natural 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  325 

Philosophy,  General  and.  Medical  Chemistry  in  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  which  position  he 
tilled  during  the  sessions  of  1885,  '86,  '87,  '88,  '89.  During 
the  school  term  of  1893-95  he  filled  the  Professorship  of 
Physics  and  Astronomy  in  the  Girls'  High  School  of  Phila- 
delphia.    He  still  resides  in  Philadelphia.* 

GAUSE,  OWEN  B.— Was  born  at  Wilmington,  Del., 
June  22,  1825.  He  entered  the  Cleveland  Homoeopathic 
Medical  College  in  1855,  but  remained  there  but  a  few- 
months,  the  same  year  entering  at  the  Homoeopathic  Medical 
College  of  Pennsylvania,  graduating  in  the  spring  of  1857. 
He  at  once  began  to  practice  at  Trenton,  N.  J.,  where  he  re- 
mained until  1862.  When  the  Faculty  of  this  College  was 
reorganized  at  the  end  of  the  session  of  i859-'6o,  Dr.  Gause 
was  elected  to  the  Chair  of  Physiology.  In  1862  this  chair 
also  embraced  Pathology.  At  the  end  of  the  session  1863-64 
he  resigned.  When  the  new  College  was  organized  in  1867, 
Dr.  Martin  was  appointed  to  the  Chair  of  Midwifery,  Diseases 
of  Women  and  Children,  but  he  resigned  before  the  end  of 
the  session  and  Dr.  Gause  was  elected  to  fill  his  place.  He 
was  Professor  of  Midwifery  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  In- 
fants until  the  end  of  the  session  of  1 887-' 88,  when  he  re- 
signed, removing  to  Aiken,  S.  C.  He  then  was  made 
Emeritus  Professor  of  Obstetrics.  He  joined  the  American 
Institute  in  1869.  Was  president  of  the  Pennsylvania 
Homoeopathic  Society  the  same  year.  He  was  also  an  active 
member  of  the  County  Homoeopathic  Society.  He  for  some 
years  made  Aiken  his  home  during  the  winter,  living  at 
Asbury  Park  during  the  summer  months.  He  died  after  an 
illness  of  four  months  at  the  Hahnemann  Hospital  in  Phila- 
delphia, on  January  11,  1895.  He  donated  his  entire  library 
to  Hahnemann  College,  and  gave  his  instruments  to  hospital 
physicians  who  had  cared  for  him  in  the  hospital  in  his   last 

*Dr.  Gauutt  mentions  in  a  note  to  the  compiler:  My  father,  Commo- 
dore Chas.  Gauntt,  U.  S.  N.,  was  a  midshipman  during  the  war  of  1812, 
and  was  present  during  the  action  between  the  U.  S.  Ship  Wasp  and 
the  English  vessel  Frolic.  My  grandfather,  George  A.  Baker,  held  a 
commission  under  General  Washington  and  was  present  in  the  battles 
of  Brandywine,  Germantown  and  Monmouth. 


3  26  BIOGRAPHICAI,  SKETCHES  OF  PROEKSSORS. 

illness.  When  Dr.  Dake  died  Dr.  Gause  sent  a  letter,  which 
was  read  at  the  Memorial  Meeting  in  Alumni  Hall,  regretting 
he  could  not  be  present  to  honor  the  memory  of  his  old 
friend.  He  was  a  very  interesting  lecturer  and  was  greatly 
respected  by  those  whom  he  taught. 

GOODNO,  WIIvIvIAM  COI.BY.— Was  born  in  Kenosha, 
Wis.,  during  a  temporary  residence  of  his  parents  in  that 
city.  His  father,  Rev.  W.  S.  Goodno,  a  Baptist  clergyman, 
was  born  in  New  York  State,  of  Welsh  ancestry.  His 
mother  was  a  native  of  Vermont.  Dr.  Goodno  obtained  his 
preliminary  education  in  the  high  schools  of  Dixon,  111.,  and 
Jersey  City,  N.  J.  He  entered  Geneva  Medical  College  where 
he  spent  two  years,  and  then  matriculated  at  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  from  which  he  was  gradu- 
ated in  1870.  After  serving  as  demonstrator  of  surgery  sev- 
eral years  in  Hahnemann  College,  he  was  appointed  lecturer 
on  microscopy  histology,  and  pathological  anatomy.  In  this 
position  he  attracted  attention  and  met  with  great  success  on 
account  of  the  clearness  and  force  with  which  he  presented 
the  subject  matter  upon  which  he  gave  instruction.  He  de- 
vised means  of  illustrating  his  lectures  in  order  to  more  deeply 
impress  the  information  imparted  on  the  minds  of  students. 
He  acquired  a  practical  knowledge  of  photography,  and  for 
demonstrating  purposes  as  well  as  for  his  professional  work 
did  a  large  amount  of  photographing  from  the  microscope.  In 
1885  he  was  elected  to  the  chair  of  Pathology  and  Practice  of 
Medicine,  in  the  college,  which  he  now  holds.  Dr.  Goodno 
has  also  won  an  excellent  reputation  as  a  surgeon.  He  now 
devotes  himself  to  office  practice.  Dr.  Goodno  has  done  a 
large  amount  of  original  work  of  a  practical  kind  inpatholog-^ 
ical  histology.  He  was  one  of  the  first  of  his  profession,  if 
not  the  first,  to  study  the  supposed  development  of  blood 
corpuscles  in  the  spleen.  A  few  years  ago  he  published  in 
the  Hahnemannian  Monthly  a  series  of  200  unselected  cases 
of  typhoid  fever  in  which  the  mortality  was  only  two  and 
one-half  per  cent.,,  which  is  the  lowest  mortahty  rate  ever 
published  for  a  similarly  unselected  group.  His  contribu- 
tions  to  pathology  and    clinical  medicine    in  journals   have 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROEESSORS.  327 

been  very  numerous,  and  he  also  wrote  the  section  on  dis- 
eases of  the  spleen  in  Arndt's  "  System  of  Medicine."  After 
five  years  of  careful  preparation  he  published  in  1894  ^  Sys- 
tem of  Medicine,  in  two  octavo  volumes,  which  is  a  scholarly 
work.  Dr.  Goodno  is  a  member  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medi- 
cal Society  of  Pennsylvania,  The  Philadelphia  County  Ho- 
moeopathic Society,  the  Clinical  Society  of  Philadelphia, 
and  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy.  He  is  physi- 
cian to  Hahnemann  Hospital,  and  was  the  originator  and  for 
eight  years  physician  to,  the  Pennsylvania  Homoeopathic 
Hospital  for  Children  until  it  was  united  with  Hahne- 
mann Hospital.  Dr.  Goodno  is  still  (r8y8)  a  valued  mem- 
ber of  the  faculty  of  Hahnemann  Medical  College. 

GRAMM,  THEODORE  JULIUS.— Was  born  in  Phila- 
delphia on  March  3d,  i86r.  He  received  his  early  educa- 
tion in  the  public  schools,  and  then  for  three  years  attended 
a  private  academy,  where  a  thorough  English  and  classical 
education  was  obtained. 

In  1878  he  entered  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of 
Philadelphia,  and  passed  his  final  examinations  in  188 1.  He 
did  not  at  once  begin  the  practice  of  medicine,  but  matricu- 
lated for  a  post-graduate  course  in  the  Hahnemann  College. 
Thereafter,  he  devoted  particular  attention  for  several  5^ears 
to  the  public  clinics  of  the  city  A  service  of  two  years 
in  the  Medical  Department  of  the  Hahnemann  Hospital  Dis- 
pensary was  also  discharged.  He  then  succeeded  to  the  for- 
mer practice  of  his  father. 

The  attention  of  Dr.  Theodore  J.  Gramm  was  attracted 
to  the  subject  of  gynecology,  and  residing  near  Professor 
Howard  A.  Kelly,  M.  D.,  later  of  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital, 
he  had  exceptional  opportunities  for  the  study  of  Gynecology 
both  in  private  practice  and  at  the  Kensington  Hospital  for 
Women.  The  abundant  pathological  material  thus  presented 
induced  him  to  take  up  the  study  of  microscopy  and  pathol- 
ogy, which  he  did  under  Professor  M.  L,.  Coplin,  M.  D.,  now 
of  Jefferson  College. 

His  further  studies  in  gynecology  were  continued  amid  ex- 
ceptional opportunities  at  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital,  where  he 


328  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

spent  a  number  of  months  under  the  friendly  guidance  of 
Professor  Kelly,  M.  D.,  and  Professor  Hunter  Robb,  M.  D. 
The  Philadelphia  Polyclinic  likewise  contributed  to  his  pursuit 
of  allied  medical  studies. 

In  1 89 1  he  was  appointed  Clinical  Chief  in  the  Gyneco- 
logical Department  of  the  Hahnemann  Hospital,  and  he  dis 
charged  the  duties  of  that  office,  both  in  the  Dispensary  and 
Hospital  clinics,  for  five  years.  During  this  time  he  was  also 
engaged  for  one  year  in  the  Department  of  Normal  and 
Pathological  Histology  of  the  College. 

In  the  Spring  Course  of  1893,  at  the  request  of  the  faculty, 
he  delivered  a  course  of  lectures  on  "  Gynecological  Pathol- 
ogy," illustrated  by  an  extended  series  of  original  photo- 
micrographs. 

In  the  summer  of  1895  he  was  appointed  Pathologist  ad- 
interim  of  the  Hahnemann  Hospital,  at  which  time  he  in- 
troduced there  the  freezing  microtome  and  other  methods  of 
rapid  microscopic  diagnosis  previously  used  in  his  own  labora- 
tory. 

In  May,  1895,  he  was  elected  Junior  Gynecologist  of 
the  Hahnemann  Hospital  and  Physician-in-charge  of  the 
Obstetrical  Department,  and  at  the  same  time  was  ap- 
pointed Professor  of  Obstetrics,  succeeding  Professor  J. 
N.  Mitchell,  M.  D.,  which  position  he  filled  for  two  years, 
and  then  resigned  to  devote  more  attention  to  his  adopted 
and  recognized  specialty  of  Gynecology 

Current  medical  literature  contains  a  number  of  accept- 
able articles  from  the  pen  of  Dr.  Theodore  J.  Gramm.  He 
is  still  in  active  practice  at  his  chosen  speciality. 

GUERNSEY,  HENRY  NEWEl.Iv  —Was  born  at  Roches- 
ter, Windsor  County,  Vt.,  February  loth,  181 7.  His  educa- 
tion was  in  the  schools  of  his  native  place,  and  was  completed 
at  the  Royalton  Academy  in  Royalton,  Vt.  At  twenty  he 
went  to  Philadelphia  intending  to  study  medicine.  He 
located  in  Darby,  near  Philadelphia,  where  he  taught  school 
for  a  time,  commencing  his  medical  studies  under  the  pre- 
ceptorship  of  Dr.  A.  E.  Small,  who  was  then  located  at 
Darby.     He  entered  the  Pennsylvania  College  of  Philadelphia 


Dr.  Hknrv  N.  Guernsey. 


PIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  329 

in  November,  1842,  attending  the  session,  but  the  next  fall 
he  entered  the  medical  department  of  the  University  of  New 
York,  from  which  he  graduated  in  the  spring  of  1844.  In 
1846  he  married  Miss  Statira  Collourn,  of  Boston,  by  whom 
he  had  a  daughter  and  two  sons.  During  the  summer  of 
1844  he  located  at  Frankford,  Pa.,  where  he  remained  for 
thirteen  years.  In  1857  he  removed  to  Philadelphia.  At 
a  meeting  held  July  29th,  1861,  he  was  elected  to  the  Chair 
of  Obstetrics  in  the  College,  taking  the  place  of  Dr.  Moore. 
This  position  he  held  for  eight  years,  serving  the  last 
four  years  as  Dean.  In  1862  he  received  an  honorary  degree 
from  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania. 
When  the  two  colleges  united  Dr.  Guernsey  withdrew  from 
the  faculty.  He  was  instrumental  in  the  union  of  the  col- 
leges. In  1 87 1  he  was  elected  to  the  Chair  of  Institutes  and 
Materia  Medica,  which  position  he  held  for  three  years,  until 
the  end  of  the  session  of  i873-'74;  and  again  was  Dean.  His 
name  appears  on  the  catalogue  of  1 874-' 75  as  Emeritus  Pro- 
fessor of  Materia  Medica.  His  lectures  on  the  Key-notes 
were  published  as  a  supplement  to  the  American  Journal  of 
Homoeopathic  Materia  Medica,  being  reported  by  his  son. 
Dr.  J.  C.  Guernsey,  and  later  were  published  by  Dr.  J.  C. 
Guernsey  in  book  form.  After  this  he  devoted  himself  to  his 
large  practice.  His  ability  was  recognized  by  all,  and  his 
great  skill  as  an  obstetrician  commanded  for  him  a  very  ex- 
tensive practice.  He  was  the  promoter  of  the  "Key-note 
System." 

In  June,  1879,  his  health  being  shattered  by  his  thirty-five 
years  of  unremitting  professional  labor,  with  his  wife,  he 
visited  Europe,  making  an  extended  tour  through  the  prin- 
cipal countries,  returning  in  1880.  In  July,  1882,  he  again 
went  abroad,  spending  the  time  in  Germany  until  November, 
when  he  returned.  In  February  of  1883  he  was  attacked 
with  diabetes,  and  he  was  for  some  months  greatly  prostrated, 
but  in  1 88  3-' 4  he  rallied  and  again  attended  to  his  practice 
and  devoted  himself  to  literary  work.  Through  the  winter 
of  1 884-' 5  he  attended  to  his  practice,  going  out  in  all  kinds 
of  weather.  In  the  spring  of  1885  he  became  much  weaker, 
and  on  April  30th  went  to  New  York  to  obtain  some  needed 


330  BIOGRAPHICAI,  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

rest  and  to  visit  his  son.  While  there  he  for  the  first  time 
submitted  to  a  thorough  physical  examination,  which  was 
made  by  Dr.  John  W.  Dowling.  Dr.  Dowling  found  an  ad- 
vanced stage  of  pulmonary  consumption.  He  wrote  privately 
to  his  family  advising  a  return  home  "  before  it  was  too  late." 
This  suggestion  was  followed.  Through  May  and  June  he 
sank  ver)^  rapidly,  being  much  of  the  time  in  a  drowsy  state, 
interrupted  by  severe  neuralgic  pains  in  the  head  and  left  eye. 
He  quietly  passed  away  on  the  morning  of  June  27th,  1885. 
His  funeral  services  were  held  at  the  Church  of  the  New 
Jerusalem,  at  2 2d  and  Chestnut  streets,  of  which  he  was  a 
member,  and  he  was  laid  at  rest  in  West  Laurel  Hill  Ceme- 
tary  in  a  spot  of  his  own  choosing.  He  was  a  member  of  the 
American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy,  Homoeopathic  Medical 
Society  of  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia  County  Homoeopathic 
Medical  Society,  honorary  member  of  Hahnemannian  Insti- 
tute of  Philadelphia,  Cumberland  County  Homoeopathic  Med- 
ical Society,  Hahnemann  Medical  Society  of  Madris  de  Tulio 
of  Spain,  In?tituto  Homoeopatice  Mexicano,  corresponding 
member  of  the  Massachusetts  Surgical  and  Gynaecological 
Society.  He  wrote  much  in  defense  of  his  beloved  Homoeop- 
athy, and  he  taught  the  sort  that  Hahnemann  taught,  and 
his  reverence  for  Hahnemann  was  unbounded.  His  principal 
work  was  a  large  one  on  the  "  Application  of  the  Principles 
and  Practice  of  Homoeopathy  to  Obstetrics  and  the  Diseases 
Peculiar  to  Women  and  Children,"  which  has  passed  through 
several  editions,  and  the  therapeutic  portion  translated  into 
French.  In  this  for  the  first  time  he  promulgated  his  key- 
note theory  that  has  found  many  believers.  He  also  pub- 
lished many  pamphlets  on  subjects  connected  with  obstetrics 
and  materia  medica.  Memorial  meetings  were  held  after  his 
death,  and  the  homoeopathic  profession  of  the  world  did  him 
honor. 

HAESELER,  CHARGES  HERMAN.— Was  born  March 
30th,  1830,  at  Nordheim,  in  the  kingdom  of  Hanover,  Ger- 
many. When  he  was  three  years  of  age  his  parents  emigrated 
to  this  country,  and  after  short  residences  in  various  other 
parts  of  Pennsylvania  located  themselves  in  Pottsville,  where 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  33 1 

his  father,  the  late  Dr.  Charles  Haeseler,  who  was  a  graduate 
of  the  University  of  Goettengen,  engaged  in  the  practice  of 
medicine,  and  in  conjunction  with  Dr.  B.  Becker,  was  the 
first  who  introduced  Homoeopathy  in  that  part  of  the  state. 
The  subject  of  this  sketch  likewise  studied  medicine,  and  after 
graduating  at  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  in  the 
City  of  New  York,  on  March  loth,  1853,  pursued  the  practice 
of  his  profession  in  that  city  for  five  years,  after  which  he 
removed  in  1857  to  Pottsville,  where  he  established  a  large 
and  lucrative  practice  and  an  influential  reputation  as  a  phy- 
sician. During  the  Civil  War  he  twice  entered  the  service  of 
his  country  with  the  militia,  and  for  the  third  time  during 
the  emergency  after  the  Gettysburg  battle,  when  he  served  as 
assistant  surgeon  in  the  20th  Pennsylvania  Cavalry,  a  six 
months  regiment.  At  the  expiration  of  his  term  of  service  he 
was  presented  with  a  sword  in  recognition  of  his  successful 
management  of  an  epidemic  of  diphtheria  which  broke  out  in 
the  regiment. 

In  187 1  having  been  elected  to  the  Chair  of  Practice  of 
Medicine,  Special  Pathology  and  Diagnostics  by  the  Faculty 
of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  he 
removed  to  that  city  in  order  to  perform  the  functions  thus 
devolving  upon  him,  but  on  account  of  private  professional 
business  he  soon  resigned  from  the  professorship.  Dr.  Haese- 
ler lectured  only  from  the  opening  of  the  session  of  i87i-'2  to 
November  of  the  same  session. 

In  1877  his  health,  being  greatly  impaired,  he  removed  to 
Potts /ille  where,  by  a  semi-retirement  from  business,  he  suc- 
ceeded in  regaining  his  former  health. 

Dr.  Haeseler  has  occupied  himself  at  intervals  in  literary 
pursuits.  In  1867  he  spent  the  greater  part  of  the  year  in 
Europe,  where  he  visited  the  hospitals  and  medical  institutions 
of  nearly  all  the  great  cities,  as  lyondon,  Paris,  Berlin,  Vienna, 
Heidelburg,  Rome.  After  his  return  to  America  he  published 
an  account  of  his  travels  in  a  book,  entitled:  "Across  the 
Atlantic,"  i.ssued  by  the  Petersons  of  Philadelphia.  In  1871 
he  read  before  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy  a  very 
humorous  poem — "A  Dream  that  was  not  all  a  Dream" — 
which  was  published.     Dr.  Haeseler  joined  the  American  In- 


332  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

stitute  of  HomoeDpathy  in  1869,  the  Homoeopathic  Medical 
Society  of  Pennsylvania  in  1870;  he  was  also  largely  instru- 
mental in  forming  the  Berks  and  Schuylkill  County  Homoeo- 
pathic Medical  Society,  which  was  organized  in  1869  with  Dr. 
Haeseler  as  its  first  president.  He  is  still  in  active  practice 
in  Pottsville. 

HAINES,  OLIVER  SEOAN.— Was  born  in  Philadelphia, 
i860,  son  of  Samuel  E-  and  Mary  A.  Haines.  He  attended 
the  Friends'  Central  High  School  in  his  native  city,  and 
began  the  study  of  medicine  under  the  preceptorship  of  Dr. 
J.  Nicholas  Mitchell  in  1878.  In  1879  he  maticulated  at  the 
Hahnemann  Medical  College,  and  was  graduated  from  that 
Institution  in  1882.  Immediately  after  obtaining  his  degree 
he  was  appointed  resident  physician  to  the  old  Hahnemann 
College  Hospital.  Upon  the  election  of  Dr.  Mitchell  to  the 
professorship  of  obstetrics.  Dr.  Haines  succeeded  him  as 
demonstrator  of  obstetrics,  which  position  he  occupied  until 
1890,  resigning  it  to  become  lecturer  upon  clinical  medicine. 
He  has  conducted  a  large  private  practice  for  some  years 
past.  He  has  had  charge  of  the  department  of  general  medi- 
cine in  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  since  1890,  and  is 
one  of  the  visiting  physicians  to  the  Hahnemann  Hospital  of 
Philadelphia.  He  is  a  member  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical 
Society  of  Philadelphia,  the  Philadelphia  Medical  Club,  the 
Homoeopathic  Medical  Society  of  Pennsylvania,  and  the 
American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy.  Dr.  Haines  was  mar- 
ried, July  24,  1890,  to  Marie  Florence  Eldridge,  daughter  of 
Mr.  Charles  H.  Eldridge,  of  Wayne,  Pa.  In  1894  he  was 
appointed  Clinical  Professor  of  Medicine,  a  position  he  still 
retains. 

HAEE,  PHIELIPE  SHARPLES.— Wasborn  in  Narbeth, 
Pa.,  October  21,  t866. 

He  received  his  education  at  the  Friends'  Central  School, 
Philadelphia.  He  afterwards  entered  Swarthmore  College 
where  he  graduated  with  the  degree  of  B.  S.  in  Civil  Engin- 
eering. In  1888  he  matriculated  at  Hahnemann  College  from 
which  institution  he  was  graduated  in  1 89 1 .  After  graduation 
he  served  for  one  year  in  Hahnemann  Hospital.     He  passed 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  333 

a  year  from  1894  to  1895  in  study  in  Europe.  He  was  as- 
sistant demonstrator  of  histology  during  1891-92,  1892-3, 
1893-4.  After  his  return  from  Europe  he  became  lecturer 
(1895-96)  on  and  Demonstrator  of  Pathology  and  Bacteriol- 
ogy. At  the  commencement  of  the  session  of  1897-98  Dr. 
Hall  was  elected  professor  of  Pathology,  and  Director  of  the 
Histological  Laboratories.  This  position  he  now  occupies. 
It  is  largely  due  to  the  efforts  of  Dr.  Hall  that  this  depart- 
ment of  the  college  is  so  complete  and  practical  in  its 
methods. 

HAMER,  JAMES  HENRY.— Was  bjrn  at  Skippackville, 
Montgomery  county,  Pa.,  October  i,  1847.  His  father,  Dr. 
James  Hamer,  Jr.,  a  physician,  was  graduated  from  the  medi- 
cal department  of  the  University  of  New  York  in  1844,  and 
his  grandfather,  Dr.  James  Hamer,  Sr.,  was  also  a  physician, 
who  obtained  his  medical  degree  from  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, graduating  in  1 81 2.  When  nine  years  old  he  re- 
moved with  his  parents  to  Oneida,  N.  Y.,  where  they  re- 
mained three  years,  and  then  returned  to  Kulpsville,  Pa., 
and  in  1862  removed  to  Freeland  in  his  native  county. 
Heobtained  his  education  at  Freeland  seminary  now 
Ursinus  College,  taught  public  school  at  North  Wales,  a 
private  school  at  Kulpsville,  was  assistant  teacher  in  Freder- 
ick Institute,  and  was  an  instructor  for  two  years  at  Free- 
land  Seminary  under  Dr.  Fetterolf ,  now  president  of  Girard 
College.  He  went  to  Europe  in  1868  and  spent  most  of  the 
succeeding  four  years  in  Eondon.  Upon  his  return  in  1872 
he  commenced  the  study  of  medicine  under  Dr.  Adolphus 
Fellger,  one  of  the  pioneers  of  homoeopathy,  matriculated  at 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  in  1873,  and  was  graduated  in 
1875,  when  he  received  the  anatomical  prize  for  the  best  dis- 
section. After  graduation  he  practiced  medicine  at  College- 
ville,  until  1888,  when  he  removed  to  Philadelphia,  continu- 
ing the  practice  of  his  profession.  In  1889  Dr.  Hamer  was 
chosen  demonstrator  of  chemistry  in  Hahnemann  Medical 
College;  filled  the  chair  of  chemistry  as  substitute,  during 
the  illness  of  Prof.  E.  E-  Oatley,  during  the  session  of 
1891-92,  and  owing  to  his  efficiency  as  a  lecturer  he  was, 


334  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

after  the  latter' s  death,  chosen  to  the  professorship  in  1892. 
He  is  a  member  of  the  Philadelphia  County  and  the  Pennsyl- 
vania Homoeopathic  Medical  Societies.  He  was  married 
May  5,  1879,  to  Flora,  daughter  of  H.  A.  Hunsicker,  the 
founder  of  Freeland  Seminary.  In  the  spring  of  1894  Dr. 
Hamer  resigned  from  the  chair  of  chemistry.  He  is  in  active 
practice  in  Philadelphia. 

HEERMANN,  CHARLES.— Was  Professor  of  Pharmacy, 
Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics  from  1863-64.  In  1864-65 
was  professor  of  physiology.  In  1870  he  received  the  honor- 
ary degree  of  the  College.  He  is  now  practicing  in  Paris, 
France. 

HEEMUTH,  WIEEIAM  SCHEAFF.— Was  born  in  Phil- 
adelphia in  1 801.  He  entered  the  University  of  Pennsylvania 
in  [815  and  in  18 19  received  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts. 
Eater  the  degree  of  A.  M.  He  at  once  placed  himself  under 
the  tuition  of  Dr.  Thos.  T.  Hewson,  a  distinguished  surgeon 
of  Philadelphia.  He  graduated  from  the  Medical  Depart- 
ment of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  in  1823.  Dr.  James 
Kitchen  and  he  were  students  together  and  became  lifelong 
friends.  Soon  after  his  graduation  he  became  one  of  the 
physicians  to  the  Moyamensing  Almshouse,  which  position 
he  filled  for  several  years.  About  this  time  he  became  sub- 
ject to  a  severe  and  frequently  recurring  neuralgic  affection 
of  the  heart,  which  often  prevented  his  attention  to  busi- 
ness, confining  him  to  the  house  for  days  together.  The 
symptoms  were  great  anxiety,  severe  pain,  with  palpitation 
and  faintness.  None  of  his  brother  physicians  could  give 
him  relief,  though  the  usual  bleeding,  leeching,  cupping  and 
blistering  were  tried.  It  is  said  that  he  often  visited  his 
patients  with  his  chest  raw  from  the  blisters  that  had  been 
applied  for  this  affection.  It  was  about  this  time,  in  the  year 
1839,  that  his  old  friend,  Dr.  James  Kitchen,  who  had  been 
studying  in  Paris,  returned.  During  his  absence  he  had  be- 
come a  follower  of  Hahnemann.  Dr.  Helmuth  consulted 
him,  and  Bryonia  3X  was  prescribed  with  almost  instantaneous 
relief,  and  through  the  rest  of  his  life  when  the  attacks 
threatened  the  same  medicine  would  relieve  him.     Dr.   Hel- 


BIOGRAPHICAIv  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  335 

muth  began  at  once  to  investigate  further  into  the  truth  of 
Homoeopathy,  continuing  his  experiments  for  several  years, 
and  of  course  being  loth  to  give  up  the  opinions  in  which  he 
had  been  born  and  trained.  But  the  result  was  an  open 
avowal  of  Homoeopathy,  followed  by  ostracism  from  his 
former  medical  associates.  But  from  this  time  to  his  death 
he  never  doubted  the  truth  of  the  system. 

At  the  first  meeting  of  the  Corporators  of  the  College  Dr. 
Helmuth  was  present,  being  one  of  the  number.  On  May 
17,  1849,  he  was  appointed  one  of  the  dispensary  physicians 
of  the  new  College  and  when  Dr.  Jeanes  resigned  in  April, 
1849,  from  the  Chair  of  Principles  and  Practice  of  Medicine, 
Dr.  Helmuth  was  appointed  in  his  place.  He  held  this  posi- 
tion until  April  5th,  1853,  when  he  resigned  on  account  of  ill 
health.  After  this  he  devoted  himself  entirely  to  general 
practice.  In  1877  he  was  afflicted  with  a  stroke  of  paralysis, 
which  resulted  in  a  long  and  painful  illness.  He  died  on 
April  8,  1880.     He  joined  the  American  Institute  in   1846. 

HELMUTH,  WILLIAM  TOD.— Was  born  in  Philadel- 
phia, October  30,  1833.  He  was  educated  at  St.  Timothy's 
College,  Baltimore,  Md.  In  1850  he  commenced  the  study 
of  medicine  under  his  uncle.  Dr.  W.  S.  Helmuth,  matricu- 
lating at  the  Horn.  Med.  College  of  Pennsylvania  the  same 
year.  He  graduated  in  1853  and  at  once  began  the  practice 
of  medicine  in  Philadelphia.  In  1854-5  ^^  was  one  of  the 
Dispensary  Physicians  in  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College 
of  Pennsylvania  and  was  also  prosector  of  Surgery  to  Dr. 
Beakley.  On  July  17,  1856,  Dr.  Helmuth  was  elected  to  the 
Chair  of  Anatomy  in  the  Homoeopathic  College  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, but  after  the  session  of  1857-58  he  resigned  on  account 
of  removal  to  St.  Louis,  which  had  occurred  a  short  time  be- 
fore. When  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Missouri 
was  organized  in  1859,  Dr.  Helmuth  was  elected  to  the  Chair 
of  Anatomy.  He  was  also  Registrar  of  the  Faculty.  In 
1865  he  was  appointed  to  the  Chair  of  Theory  and  Practice. 
From  his  student  days  Dr.  Helmuth  evinced  a  taste  for  sur- 
gery. In  1855  he  published  a  book  entitled  "  Surgery  and 
Its  Adaptation  to  Homoeopathic  Practice. ' '   When  he  went  to 


336  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

St.  lyouis  he  was  appointed  Surgeon  to  the  Good  Samaritan 
Hospital,  a  position  which  he  held  during  his  stay  in  the  city. 
In  1868  he  made  a  tour  of  Europe  to  still  further  perfect 
himself  in  surgical  knowledge.  Returning  he  organized  the 
St.  Louis  College  of  Homoeopathic  Physicians  and  Surgeons 
and  became  its  dean  and  professor  of  surgery.  But  in  1870 
he  received  an  urgent  call  from  the  profession  at  New  York 
to  take  the  chair  of  Surgery  in  the  New  York  Homoeopathic 
Medical  College.  He  left  St.  lyOuis  in  December,  1870,  and 
his  departure  was  the  occasion  of  a  large  number  of  his 
friends  and  patients  giving  him  a  complimentary  banquet. 
After  the  dinner  a  set  of  solid  silver  was  presented  to  him, 
each  piece  being  engraved  with  his  monogram  and  the  words, 
"  From  his  friends  at  St.  lyOuis,  Dec.  13,  1870."  He  at  once 
began  to  lecture  in  the  college,  and  also  received  the  appoint- 
ments of  Surgeon  to  the  Hahnemann  Hospital  and  the  New 
York  Surgical  Hospital.  In  1886  Dr.  Helmuth's  surgical 
practice  so  largely  increased  that  he  established  a  private 
hospital  on  Lexington  Avenue,  called  "  Helmuth  House," 
where  he  is  assisted  by  two  physicians  and  a  corps  of  eight 
nurses.  In  1859  he  was  married  to  Miss  Pritchard,  of  St. 
Louis,  by  whom  he  has  two  children. 

To  mention  the  name  of  Dr.  Helmuth  is  to  recall  the  fact 
that  he  has  for  forty  years  been  one  of  the  most  prominent 
and  successful  surgeons  of  the  homoeopathic  school.  He  is 
not  only  known  as  a  brilliant  operator  and  lecturer,  but  also 
as  an  author  and  poet  of  considerable  ability.  His  medical 
writings  have  been  numerous;  his  surgery  has  passed  through 
five  editions,  the  last  published  in  1887  being  a  large  octavo 
volume  of  over  i ,  100  pages.  He  edited  the  Western  Homoeo- 
pathic Observer  from  1863  to  1871,  its  entire  life;  was  co- 
editor  of  the  New  England  Medical  Gazette  in  1871-72; 
North  American  Journal  of  Homoeopathy  from  1862-69; 
New  York  Homoeopathic  Times  from  1875-77;  New  York 
Journal  of  Homoeopathy  from  1873-74.  He  joined  the 
American  Institute  in  1853  and  in  1867  was  its  president.  He 
is  also  a  member  of  many  other  societies.  He  received  hon- 
orary degrees  from  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  San 
Francisco  in  1866;  in  1877  the  Regents  of  the  University  of 


Dr.  Chari^es  J.  Hempkl. 


fn 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  337 

the  State  of  New  York  gave  him  the  degree — Doctor   Medi- 
cinse;  in  1888  Yale  University  conferred  L.  ly.  D.     On  Janu- 
ary 23,  1895,  he  was  appointed  a  manager  and  president  to 
the  New  Collins  Farm  State  Asylum  for  the  Insane. 
He  is  still  in  active  practice  in  New  York  city. 

.  HEMPEL,  CHAREES  JUEIUS.— WasborninSolingen, 
Prussia,  September  5th,  18 11.  He  received  a  University 
education,  repairing  to  France  after  his  examinations.  Here 
he  attended  the  lectures  in  the  University  and  College  of 
France.  He  listened  to  Michelet,  who  succeeded  Guizot  in 
the  Chair  of  History,  resided  for  six  months  in  his  household 
and  assisted  him  in  the  preparation  of  his  History  of  France. 
While  attending  lectures  he  met  many  American  families,  and 
was  by  them  persuaded  to  emigrate  to  America.  He  landed 
in  New  York  on  September  5,  1832,  his  24th  birth- 
day. He  became  the  friend  and  associate  of  a  circle 
composed  of  distinguished  literary  and  musical  people  and 
now  devoted  his  time  to  acquiring  a  knowledge  of  the  English 
language.  His  literary  friends  were  many  of  them  believers 
in  Homoeopathy  and  his  sympathies  were  also  in  its  favor. 
He  became  a  member  of  the  then  newly  organized  University 
of  New  York  and  one  of  its  first  graduates.  He  became  the 
friend  of  the  earlier  homoeopaths,  Gram,  Channing,  Gray, 
Hall,  Hering  and  many  others  in  New  York  and  Philadel- 
phia; they  were  his  friends  and  companions.  He  now  began 
to  translate  into  English  some  of  the  more  important  of  the 
German  books  upon  Homoeopathy,  thus  rendering  the 
English-speaking  profession  an  invaluable  service.  Among 
these  were  translations  of  the  "Materia  Medica  Pura,"  the 
"  Chronic  Diseases,"  "Jahr's  Symptomen  Codex,"  "  Rau's 
Organon  of  Homoeopathy,"  "Teste's  Materia  Medica,"  &c., 
&c.  He  also  practiced  Homoeopathy.  He  became  interested 
in  the  doctrines  of  Swedenborg  at  this  period.  He  married 
the  daughter  of  Mr.  George  Coggeshall,  Mrs.  Mary  E. 
Calder,  of  Grand  Rapids,  Mich.,  a  lineal  descendant  of  Gov- 
ernor Bradford,  of  Massachusetts,  in  1855.  Dr.  Hempel  had 
not  long  been  married,  when,  on  February  10,  1857,  he  was 
elected  to  take  the  Chair  of  Materia  Medica,  from  which  Dr. 
23 


338  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

J.  P.  Dake  had  just  resigned.  He  did  not  commence  to  lec- 
ture until  the  session  of  1857-58.  He  held  this  chair  until 
the  end  of  the  session  of  1859-60,  when,  upon  the  reorganiza- 
tion of  the  College,  he,  with  some  others,  retired.  During 
his  stay  in  Philadelphia  he  published  his  ' '  Materia  Medica 
and  Therapeutics."  But  the  death  of  his  father-in-law  at 
Grand  Rapids,  Mich.,  now  called  him  westward  to  settle  up 
the  estate;  he  settled  at  that  place  and  soon  had  a  large  prac- 
tice; at  this  time  Dr.  Jacob  Reed,  Jr.,  went  from  Philadelphia 
to  become  his  assistant.  Soon  after  he  settled  in  Grand 
Rapids  he  was  recommended  by  the  physicians  of  Michigan 
to  the  Regents  of  the  University  of  Michigan  at  Ann  Arbor 
as  a  proper  person  to  fill  the  Chair  of  Homoeopathy,  but  just 
created  in  the  University  by  an  Act  of  Legislature.  In  1867 
he  was  duly  appointed  and  accepted,  but  the  Regents  of  the 
University  succeeded  in  making  the  law  inoperative  and  the 
appointment  was  thus  made  ineffective.  He  made  a  trip  to 
the  Fatherland  and  to  Italy  in  1872,  on  account  of  failing 
health,  and  gradually  increasing  blindness;  there  the  special- 
ist told  him  that  total  blindness  was  inevitable.  He  returned 
and  from  that  time  he  continued  to  fail  until  he  became 
blind,  paralyzed  and  helpless.  But  his  mind  was  clear,  and 
with  his  devoted  wife  as  amanuensis  he  dictated  a  work  on  the 
principles  of  Homoeopathy  and  dictated  the  Materia  Medica 
and  Therapeutics.  This  was  about  ready  for  the  press  at  his 
death  and  Dr.  H.  R.  Arndt  rewrote  and  edited  it,  publishing 
it  in  1880.  He  died  at  Grand  Rapids,  September  24,  1879, 
aged  68  years.  Dr.  Hem  pel's  literary  work  is  well  known; 
he  may  be  called  the  founder  of  English  homoeopathic  litera- 
ture. He  wrote  and  translated,  not  only  on  medical  works, 
but  also  he  wrote  a  Life  of  Christ  in  the  German  language, 
one  on  the  True  Organization  of  the  New  Church,  and  a 
new  Grammar  of  the  German  Language.  He  translated  a 
part  and  superintended  an  entire  edition  of  Schiller  in 
English.  He  was  a  member  of  many  societies  and  known  to 
all. 

HERING,  CONSTANTINE.  -The  greatness  of  the  man 
has  been  chronicled.     Hering,  the  builder  of  Homoeopathy 


BIOGRAPHICAI,  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  339 

in  America.  He  was  born  in  Oschatz,  Saxony,  January  ist, 
1800.  He  attended  the  classical  school  at  Zittau  in  181 1, 
and  even  at  that  age  followed  his  inclination  and  employed 
his  leisure  hours  in  roaming  the  country  and  studying  the 
natural  sciences  to  the  best  advantage.  He  made  a  large 
and  valuable  collection  of  minerals,  plants  and  skulls  of  ani- 
mals, which,  when  he  went  to  pursue  his  medical  studies  in 
the  Surgical  Academj'  of  Dresden  and  the  University  of  Leip- 
zig, he  left  at  Zittau.  His  preceptor  in  Leipzig  was  J.  Henry 
Robbi,  who  had  been  a  surgeon  under  Napoleon,  and  in  1820 
Hering  became  one  of  his  assistants.  About  this  time  Dr. 
Robbi  was  requested  by  a  founder  of  a  publishing  house, 
where  the  oldest  of  the  homoeopathic  journals  was  published, 
to  prepare  a  work  to  entirely  demolish  Homoeopathy.  Robbi 
referred  him  to  young  Hering  as  one  adapted  to  the  task. 
Hering,  in  two  years,  had  nearly  completed  the  book,  when, 
having  occasion  to  refer  to  Hahnemann's  works  for  a  few 
quotations,  his  attention  was  called  to  some  of  his  statements. 
He  then  undertook  by  experiment  to  test  the  truth  or  falsity 
of  these  statements,  and  the  result  was  such  that  he  began  a 
systematic  study  of  the  new  doctrine,  with  the  result  that  in 
two  years  he  acknowledged  Hahnemann  to  be  right  and 
openly  avowed  his  belief  in  Homoeopathy.  Ostracism  from 
society,  persecution,  poverty  and  want  were  the  penalties.  In 
his  surgical  practice  he  received  a  dissecting  wound,  and  it 
was  thought  that  amputation  must  be  resorted  to.  Applying 
to  a  homoeopathist,  Hering  promised  if  he  would  save  his 
hand  he  would  devote  the  remainder  of  his  life  to  Homoe- 
opathy. The  treatment  was  successful  and  the  pledge  was 
nobly  kept.  Soon  after  graduation  he  accepted  a  position  as 
teacher  of  mathematics  and  natural  sciences  in  an  academy  at 
Dresden  devoted  to  the  education  of  young  noblemen.  Here 
he  remained  all  summer.  In  the  fall  the  president  of  the  in- 
stitution proposed  that  he  go  to  South  America,  especially  to 
Surinam  and  Cayenne,  under  the  protection  of  the  king,  to 
make  researches  and  collections  in  zoology. 

He  accepted,  stipulating  only  that  an  old  and  valued 
friend,  Christophe  Weigel,  should  accompany  him  as  the 
botanist  of  the  expedition.     His  reports  were  satisfactory,  but 


340  BIOGRAPHICAI,  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

he  still  kept  up  his  interest  in  Homoeopathy,  and  some  arti- 
cles which  he  at  that  time  contributed  to  Stapf's  Archiv. 
giving  great  offense  to  the  physician  to  the  king,  he  pro- 
tested, and  at  his  request  the  Minister  of  the  Interior  wrote 
to  Hering,  asking  him  in  future  to  attend  to  his  zoological 
researches  exclusively  and  not  to  publish  anything  that  could 
be  construed  as  objectionable.  Hering  sent  in  his  reports 
next  day  and  closed  his  connection  with  the  mission.  He 
commenced  the  practice  of  medicine  in  Paramaribo,  and  con- 
tinued his  researches  and  collections.  This  valuable  collec- 
tion was  presented  to  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  in 
Philadelphia,  and  he  was  made  a  corresponding  member. 

He  was  shipwrecked  off  the  coast  of  New  England  in  Jan- 
uary, 1833,  and  coming  to  Philadelphia,  located.  He  was  in- 
strumental in  founding  the  Allentown  Academy  of  the  Hom- 
oeopathic Healing  Art.  He  made  his  future  home  in  Philadel- 
phia. He  died  suddenly  July  23d,  1880.  Hering  was  one 
of  the  three  who  met  at  the  house  of  Dr.  Jeanes  in  February, 
1848,  to  discuss  the  feasibility  of  starting  a  homoeopathic 
college.  He  was  always  interested  in  the  college.  He  was 
one  of  the  corporators,  and  was  elected  professor  of  materia 
medica  in  the  first  faculty,  but  before  the  session  commenced 
.he  declined.  In  1864  Dr.  Hering  accepted  the  chair  of  Insti- 
tutes of  Homoeopathy  and  Practice  of  Medicine.  But  at  the 
same  meeting  he  said  that  the  subject  was  too  vast  for  one 
man  to  go  over,  and  suggested  that  the  chair  be  divided.  After 
some  discussion  it  was  decided  that  Dr.  Hering' s  chair  should 
be  Institutes  of  Homoeopathy  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  and 
that  another  chair  be  formed,  entitled  Special  Pathology  and 
Therapeutics;  to  this  latter  chair  Dr.  Charles  G.  Raue  was 
elected.  He  continued  in  the  chair  through  the  sessions  of 
1864-65,  1865-66,  1866-67.  In  the  meantime,  Dr.  Lippe 
controlled  the  stock  of  the  college,  and  at  a  meeting  held 
soon  after  the  close  of  the  session  '66-7  Dr.  Dippe  said  that 
the  homoeopathic  physician  did  not  need  pathology,  and  ad- 
vised abolishing  the  chair.  Dr.  Hering  said  if  this  were  done 
he  would  retire,  and  he  did  so,  and  there  is  no  doubt  that  this 
fact  had  greatly  to  do  with  the  organization  of  the  new  col- 
lege at  that  time.     In  the  meantime,  Dr.  Hering  had  secured 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  34I 

a  charter  and  formed  a  new  college,  known  as  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  of  Philadelphia.  This  was  opened  in 
the  fall  of  1867.  Dr.  Hering  took  the  chair  of  Institutes  and 
Materia  Medica,  which  he  held  during  the  two  sessions  of  the 
college.  He  was  also  Dean  of  the  institution.  During  the 
summer  of  1S69  he  lectured  on  the  History  of  Medicine.  In 
1869  the  colleges  were  united,  and  Dr.  Hering  occupied  the 
chair  of  Institutes  and  Materia  Medica,  holding  it  until  the 
close  of  the  session  of  1870-71,  when  both  himself  and  Dr. 
Raue  resigned.  After  this  time  he  held  no  position  in  the 
college,  but  in  1875  he  was  made  Emeritus  Professor  of 
Materia  Medica.     He  died  July  23,  1880. 

HITCHENS,  PETER  S.— Was  born  at  Dagsboro,  Sussex 
county,  Del.,  Sept.  23d,  1823.  At  the  age  of  13  he  entered  a 
store  at  Dover,  Del. ,  where  he  remained  until  some  time  after 
becoming  of  age,  and  then  went  to  Philadelphia  as  the  trav- 
eling salesman  for  a  dry  goods  house,  afterwards  becoming  a 
member  of  the  firm.  About  1852  he  commenced  to  study 
medicine,  at  the  same  time  maintaining  an  active  part  in 
business,  and  soon  afterwards  attended  a  course  of  medical 
lectures  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  Soon  after  the 
close  of  this  course  he  became  interested  in  Homoeopathy  and 
convinced  of  its  truth  as  taught  by  Hahnemann;  he  matricu- 
lated at  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania 
at  the  session  of  1857-58,  graduating  in  the  spring  of  1858. 
On  August  30,  1 86 1,  he  was  elected  to  the  chair  of  Anatomy 
in  the  place  of  Dr.  Moore.  He  delivered  the  Introductory 
lecture  at  the  session  of  1863-4,  but  relinquished  the  chair 
at  the  end  of  the  same  session.  He  continued  to  attend  to  a 
large  and  lucrative  practice  until  in  1883  ill  health  compelled 
him  to  retire  to  his  country  seat  at  Deakyneville,  Del.  His 
disease,  paralysis;  grew  gradually  worse  until  on  the  evening 
of  May  28,  1887,  after  an  unusually  well  day,  he  was  seized 
with  apoplexy,  and  though  not  totally  unconscious  at  first, 
became  so  about  noon  of  the  following  day,  this  state  contin- 
uing until  the  morning  of  June  1st,  when  he  died.  He  was 
buried  at  the  Odd  Fellows'  Cemetery  in  Smyrna,  Delaware. 


342  BIOGRAPHICAL  FKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

HOWARD,  ERVING  MElvVILIvB.— Was  born  at  Barry, 
Mass.,  September  nth,  1848.  He  began  the  study  of  medi- 
cine in  his  native  town  with  Dr.  A.  E.  Kemp,  in  1868.  Two 
years  later  he  entered  Cornell  University  and  was  graduated 
from  that  institution  in  1873,  and  during  his  college  career 
took  a  special  course  in  comparative  anatomy  under  Prof. 
Burt.  G.  Wilder,  In  1874  he  matriculated  at  Hahnemann  med- 
ical college  of  Philadelphia,  and  received  his  medical  degree  in 
1877.  Immediately  after  his  graduation  he  began  the  prac- 
tice of  his  profession  in  Camden,  N.  J.,  where  he  has  since 
resided.  By  means  of  his  ability,  close  attention  to  his 
duties,  and  successful  experience  as  a  general  practitioner 
for  sixteen  years,  Dr.  Howard  has  become  one  of  the  leading 
physicians  in  New  Jersey.  He  was  appointed  lecturer  on 
Botany  in  his  alma  mater  in  1878,  on  pharmacy  in  188 1,  and 
on  toxicology  in  1886.  In  1894  Dr.  Howard  was  made  asso- 
ciate professor  of  materia  medica,  which  position  he  has  since 
held. 

He  is  surgeon  to  the  Camden  hospital  for  women  and  chil- 
dren and  is  on  the  medical  staff  of  the  eye  and  ear  depart- 
ment of  the  West  Jersey  Dispensary.  He  is  a  member  of  the 
West  Jersey  Homoeopathic  Medical  Society,  American  Insti- 
tute of  Homoeopathy,  the  New  Jersey  State  Sanitary  Associa- 
tion, the  Homoeopathic  Medical  Society  of  Philadelphia,  and 
the  Philadelphia  Medical  Club.  Dr.  Howard  was  married 
August  6,  1874,  to  Angle  L,.,  daughter  of  the  Rev.  Miles 
Sanford,  of  North  Adams,  Mass.  He  is  still  in  active 
practice. 

HUMPHREYS,  FREDERICK.— Was  born  in  Marcellus, 
N.  Y.,  March  11,  18 16.  He  is  the  son  of  Dr.  Erastus  Hum- 
phreys, a  noted  physician  of  that  time.  He  was  educated 
at  Auburn  Academy,  and  at  the  age  of  sixteen  years  went 
with  a  brother  and  uncle  to  engage  in  mercantile  business  in 
the  Southwestern  States.  He  remained  there  for  three  years, 
when  he  returned  North  to  manage  a  farm  for  his  father. 
On  February  14,  1837,  he  married  Miss  Cornelia  Palmer,  of 
Auburn.  They  went  to  Chillicothe,  O.,  where  he  taught 
school  and  read  theology  for  three  years.     His  wife  died  in 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  343 

1840  and  he  returned  to  Auburn,  N.  Y.,  with  an  infant  son. 
He  then  entered  the  ministry  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
church.  In  1843  he  married  Miss  Frances  Maria  Sperry,  of 
Ludlowville,  N.  Y.  In  1844  he  located  with  his  father  at 
Utica  and  began  systematically  the  study  of  medicine,  in 
which  since  1840  he  had  acquired  some  knowledge  both  in 
theory  and  practice.  He  mastered  the  French  and  German 
languages  in  order  the  better  to  study  homoeopathic  liter- 
ature. The  winters  of  1848-49-50  were  passed  in  Phila- 
delphia in  attendance  at  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College 
of  Pennsylvania,  graduating  therefrom  in  1850.  About  this 
time  Dr.  Humphreys  published  several  monograms.  In  1853 
he  removed  to  New  York,  and  soon  after  he  was  offered  the 
chair  of  Homoeopathic  Institutes  and  Pathology  and  the 
Practice  of  Medicine  in  the  Homoeopathic  College  at  Phila- 
delphia. He  lectured  for  the  sessions  of  1853-4,  1854-5, 
when  he  resigned.  He  is  still  living  and  engaged  in  his  very 
extensive  business  of  homoeopathic  specifics. 

JAMES,  JOHN  E.— Was  born  at  Somerton,  Philadelphia, 
January  18,  1844,  the  j^oungest  son  of  David  and  Amanda 
W.  James.  His  father  conducted  a  very  extensive  practice 
at  his  home,  and  in  1855  removed  to  Philadelphia,  where  he 
became  verj-  widely  known  for  his  skill  in  obstetrics  and 
minor  surgery.  Dr.  John  E.  James  was  educated  in  the 
public  schools,  the  Philadelphia  High  School,  and  Edge  Hill 
Seminary  at  Princeton,  N.  J.  He  began  the  study  of  medi- 
cine under  his  father  and  Dr.  James  E.  Garretson,  with  the 
latter  he  spent  two  years  in  a  private  school  of  anatomy  and 
attended  Jefferson  Medical  College  during  the  session  of 
1864-65,  and  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  in  1865-66,  and 
graduated  with  the  degree  of  M.  D.  in  1866,  and  was  ap- 
pointed Assistant  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy  under  Prof.  D. 
Hayes  Agnew  and  served  for  one  year.  The  following  year 
he  took  a  partial  course  of  lectures  at  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  and  then  engaged  in  the  active  duties  of  his  profes- 
sion in  Philadelphia  in  partnership  with  his  father,  and  thus 
early  in  his  career  had  the  advantages  of  the  counsel  and 
wisdom  of  a  successful  physician  of  large  experience.      Upon 


344  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

the  death  of  his  father  iu  1873  he  succeeded  him  in  practice. 
In  1876  Dr.  James  associated  himself  with  the  cHnical  staff  of 
Hahnemann  Medical  College.  In  1877  he  was  elected  Ad- 
junct Professor  of  Surgery  with  Prof.  J.  H.  McClelland,  and 
in  1878  Professor  of  Principles  and  Clinical  Surgery,  dividing 
the  Department  of  Surgery  with  Dr.  Chas.  M.  Thomas,  who 
was  Professor  of  Operative  and  Clinical  Surgery  and  Oph- 
thalmology. In  June,  1889,  upon  the  resignation  of  Dr. 
Thomas  from  the  surgical  portion  of  his  chair,  Dr.  James  was 
given  the  entire  charge  of  the  department  as  Professor  of 
Surgery.  He  continued  in  the  Chair  of  Surgery  through  the 
sessions  of  1889-90,  90-91,  91-52,  92-93.  93-94> 
94-95.  In  1895,  at  his  own  request,  he  was  transferred  to 
the  Chair  of  Gynaecology,  which  he  now  holds.  From  1887 
to  1896  he  was  Registrar  of  the  College.  The  Honorary  De- 
gree of  the  College  was  conferred  upon  him  in  1886.  To  him 
belongs  much  of  the  present  system  of  clinical  instruction  at 
Hahnemann  College,  which  system  gives  to  advanced  stu- 
dents more  bedside  instruction  than  in  any  other  medical 
college.  For  years  previous  to  its  erection  in  1886  Dr.  James 
was  an  earnest  advocate  for  modern  college  and  hospital 
buildings,  and  when  the  movement  was  started  to  purchase 
the  present  site  on  Broad  street  he  was  placed  on  both  the 
Building  and  Finance  Committees  and  continued  on  them 
until  the  buildings  were  finished.  Almost  the  entire  work  of 
Building  Committee  was  entrusted  to  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas,  the 
Dean,  and  Dr.  James,  requiring  very  much  of  their  time  and 
attention,  which  was  given  most  cheerfully,  and  the  present 
commodious  and  well  adapted  buildings  are  the  direct  result 
of  their  joint  labors.  He  was  elected  a  surgeon  to  the  Hos- 
pital in  1878,  and  still  .serves  in  that  capacity.  In  1866  he 
became  a  member  of  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy 
and  was  made  a  senior  in  189 1.  He  joined  the  Homoeopathic 
Medical  Society  of  Pennsylvania  in  1867,  and  served  as  its 
President  in  1885;  has  been  a  member  of  the  Homoeopathic 
Medical  Society  of  Philadelphia  since  its  organization  in  1866; 
was  one  of  the  originators  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  Club 
of  Philadelphia,  served  as  its  Secretary  for  several  years  and 
as  its  president  in  1890;  was  one  of  the  incorporators  of  the 


BIOGRAPHICAIv  SKETCHES  OP  PROFESSORS.  345 

Children's  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,  organized 
by  the  Hahnemann  Club  in  1877,  and  was  a  member  of  the 
Board  of  Managers  and  one  of  the  surgeons  to  the  Hospital 
for  about  ten  years,  when  he  resigned  because  of  the  demands 
made  upon  his  time  by  the  work  in  connection  with  the  Col- 
lege and  Hospital.  He  is  consulting  siirgeon  to  the  Chil- 
dren's Homoeopathic  Hospital.  Dr.  James  is  in  active  prac- 
tice and  still  connected  with  the  Hahnemann  College  and 
Hospital.  Dr.  James  has  performed  some  very  difficuit  oper- 
ations in  surgery,  among  which  may  be  mentioned  the  suc- 
cessful extirpation  of  a  kidney. 

JBANES,  JACOB.— Was  born  in  Philadelphia,  October  4, 
1800.  His  literar}^  education  was  completed  in  Philadelphia 
when  he  was  nineteen  years  old.  He  then  returned  to  the 
old  farm  where  he  remained  for  two  years.  His  father  met, 
on  one  occasion,  his  old  preceptor  upon  the  street,  and  he  said: 
"  It  was  a  pity  to  bury  such  talent  in  the  dirt,"  alluding  to 
the  retirement  of  the  young  man  to  his  country  home.  This 
set  the  father  to  thinking,  and  he  was  soon  after  placed  under 
the  care  of  Dr.  Joseph  Parrish,  one  of  the  faculty  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania,  at  the  time.  He  studied  medicine 
with  him  for  three  years  attending  lectures  also  at  the  Uni- 
versity. He  received  his  diploma  in  1823  from  this  institu- 
tion. During  the  next  twelve  years  he  practiced  allopathy 
and  was  for  several  years  physician  to  the  Almshouse  and 
the  Philadelphia  Dispensary.  In  1835  he  became  interested 
in  homoeopathy  probably  by  hearing  of  it  in  the  circles  of  the 
Friends,  of  whom  he  was  a  member.  So  great  was  his  inter- 
est that  he  began  to  study  the  German  language  so  that  he 
might  study  the  works  of  Hahnemann,  there  being  at  that 
time  but  few  translations  of  the  standard  works  on  homoe- 
opathy. By  degrees  he  became  convinced  of  the  truth  of 
Hahnemann's  law.  He  continued  his  investigations  for  about 
eighteen  months,  when  he  openly  adopted  homoeopathy  as  the 
means  of  curing  the  sick.  In  1838  he  published  a  book  on 
practice.  He  proved  a  great  many  medicines  and  his  prov- 
ings  may  be  found  in  the  volume  of  provings  issued  as  Vol- 
ume I,  b}'  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy  in  1846. 


346  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

It  was  in  Dr.  Jeanes'  house  that  Dr.  Hering  and  Dr.  Wil- 
liamson met  him  and  laid  the  plans  for  the  Homoeopathic 
Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  in  February,  1848.  He  was 
always  a  good  friend  of  the  young  institution.  He  was 
one  of  its  original  incorporators,  helped  to  draft  its  first  con- 
stitution, was  a  member  of  the  committee  to  look  after  its 
finances;  was  professor  of  the  Principles  and  Practice  of  Medi- 
cine at  its  first  session,  1848-49;  helped  to  draft  its  first 
diploma;  and  then,  when  the  College  was  successfully 
started  Dr.  Jeanes  resigned  and  returned  to  the  arduous 
duties  of  his  large  practice  that  he  had  neglected  to  aid  the 
new  venture.  He  was  one  of  the  original  members  of  the 
American  Institute  and  its  president  in  1845.  He  was  also  a 
member  of  its  "  Central  Bureau."  He  was  a  member  of  the 
State  and  County  Societies.  For  many  years  Dr.  Jeanes  had 
been  a  sufferer  from  diabetes,  and  was  about  1874  stricken 
down  with  senile  gangrene  from  which  he  recovered  after 
three  months'  illness;  during  this  illness  he  also  had  an  apo- 
plectic stroke,  but  from  all  these  he  seemingly  recovered. 
The  evening  of  the  day  of  his  fatal  attack  he  passed  in  com- 
fort, health  and  the  best  of  spirits.  His  last  words  were 
ones  of  cheerfulness  to  his  wife.  He  retired,  fell  asleep  and 
his  wife  awoke  to  find  him  unconscious.  He  never  spoke 
again;  lingering  a  few  hours,  and  went  to  the  reward  on  De- 
cember 18,  1877.  McClatchey  touchingly  said:  "He  was 
familiar  to  us  all.  His  homoeopathic  medical  life  embraces 
almost  the  entire  history  of  homoeopathy  in  Philadelphia  and 
in  America,  and  in  all  its  various  epochs  and  phases  he  was  a 
conspicuous  figure.  In  its  early  practice  and  promulgation; 
in  the  establishment  of  its  respectability;  in  the  organization 
of  its  societies,  colleges,  hospitals  and  other  institutions;  in 
the  enlargement  and  development  of  its  Materia  Medica;  in 
the  elevation  of  its  literature;  in  the  instruction  of  its  stu- 
dents; in  the  cultivation  of  amenities  and  ethics  among  its 
practitioners;  in  the  setting  a  good  example  to  his  fellows, 
and  in  fact  in  all  places  where  it  was  honorable  for  him  to 
be,  and  in  all  departments  of  usefulness,  he  was  prominent 
as  a  worker,  although  with  so  much  modesty,  with  so  much 
unobtrusiveness,  with  so  remarkable  an  absence  of  egotism 


BIOGRAPHICAI,  SKETCHES  OP  PROFESSORS.  347 

and  self-love,  that  other  men,  with  less,  much  less,  real  merit, 
but  with  a  larger  share  of  self-assertion,  came  to  occupy  in 
professional  eyes  the  more  conspicuous  place  until  the  work 
of  all  these  early  practitioners  began  to  be  weighed  and 
measured  and  valued,  and  then  that  of  Dr.  Jeanes  was  placed 
at  its  proper  price  and  he  received  the  palm  which  he  had 
earned,  but  not,  indeed,  without  the  powder." 

KOCH,  RICHARD.— Graduated  from  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania  in  1863.  He  became  a  homoeoprthic  physician. 
When  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  was  organized  in 
1867  Dr.  Koch  took  the  chair  of  Physiology,  General  Pathol- 
ogy and  Microscopic  Anatomy.  He  was  also  Registrar  of 
the  Faculty.  He  continued  in  these  positions  through  the 
life  of  this  college  and  after  the  union  of  the  colleges  until 
1873?  when  he  ceased  to  have  any  connection  with  the  in- 
stitution. 

KORNDOERFER,  AUGUSTUS.— Was  born  in  Philadel- 
phia, October  27,  1843.  He  obtained  his  preparatory  educa- 
tion in  the  public  schools  of  his  native  city.  From  early 
boyhood  he  had  in  view  the  study  of  medicine,  and  in  1866 
he  matriculated  at  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of 
Pennsylvania,  and  was  graduated  from  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  in  1868.  He  immediately  began  the  practice  of 
medicine  in  Philadelphia,  making  a  specialty  of  diseases  of 
the  chest  and  throat.  He  became  a  member  of  the  Homoeo- 
pathic Medical  Society  of  Philadelphia  in  1868,  and  was  its 
president  in  1S90;  member  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  So- 
ciety of  Pennsylvania  in  1872,  and  president  in  1890.  Since 
1875  a  member  of  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy. 
He  was  also  one  of  the  founders  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical 
Club  of  Philadelphia,  serving  as  its  president  in  1889.  Dr. 
Korndoerfer  is  a  noted  writer  in  the  homoeopathic  school. 
He  is  also  a  fluent  and  forcible  speaker.  Together 
with  Dr.  E.  A.  Farrington  he  edited  Hering's  "  Condensed 
Materia  Medica."  He  also  translated  from  the  German  and 
published  in  this  country  Boenninghausen's  "  Homoeopathic 
Therapeia  of  Intermittent  and  other  Fevers."     Dr.    Korn- 


348  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

doerfer  held  the  position  in  Hahnemann  College  of  Professor 
of  Clinical  Medicine  from  1876  to  1879.  In  1879  the  chair 
was  made  that  of  Institutes  and  Clinical  Medicine.  He  con- 
tinued to  occupy  this  chair  imtil  1881,  when  he  resigned. 
Dr.  Korndoerfer  is  still  in  active  practice  in  Philadelphia. 
He  is  also  a  member  of  the  State  Board  of  Medical  Exam- 
iners. 

IvEE,  JOHN  K.— Was  born  in  Allegheny  county,  Pa., 
Ma}^  2,  1824;  was  educated  at  Allegheny  College,  Meadville, 
Pa.,  which  institution  he  entered  in  1845,  graduating  in  1849, 
delivering  the  Greek  salutatory  and  receiving  second  honors. 
He  at  once  commenced  the  study  of  medicine  under  Dr. 
Walter  Williamson,  entered  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  Col- 
lege of  Pennsylvania  in  1849,  and  graduated  therefrom  in 
1 85 1.  He  located  in  West  Philadelphia,  practicing  there 
during  his  entire  life.  In  i860,  when  the  college  was  reor- 
ganized, Dr.  Eee  accepted  the  chair  of  Materia  Medica  in  his 
Alma  Mater.  He  held  this  position  through  three  sessions, 
those  of  1860-61,  1861-62,  1862-63,  resigning  on  June  6, 
1863.  His  former  biographies  state  that  he  held  it  but  two 
years,  but  the  college  records  show  that  he  lectured  for  three 
years.  The  last  session  his  chair  embraced  Pharmacy, 
Materia  Medica,  and  Therapeutics.  He  delivered  the  vale- 
dictory in  1862.  He  held  a  high  position  in  the  community 
in  which  he  lived,  and  was  greatly  beloved.  For  more  than 
twenty-seven  years  he  was  a  director  in  the  public  schools. 
In  1885  Governor  Pattison  appointed  him  a  member  of  the 
State  Board  of  Public  Charities,  and  so  well  did  he  exer- 
cise the  duties  of  this  responsible  position  that  he  was  reap- 
pointed by  Governor  Beaver.  He  was  also  a  pension  surgeon. 
He  joined  the  American  Institute  in  i860,  was  a  member  of 
the  State  and  County  Societies,  having  been  president  of 
both.  On  the  evening  of  November  9,  1887,  he  attended  as 
an  invited  guest  the  tenth  anniversary  of  the  Boenninghausen 
Club  of  Philadelphia,  and  sat  at  the  dinner  with  his  hosts 
until  long  past  midnight,  though  before  leaving  the  banquet- 
ing room  he  complained  of  precordial  pain  and  other  discom- 
forts.    After  reaching  home  the  symptoms  became  worse,  but 


Dr.  Ad.  lyiPPE. 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OP  PROFESSORS.  349 

not  suj0&ciently  so  as  to  alarm  his  family  until  a  few  moments 
before  his  death,  which  occurred  at  5:30  on  the  morning  ot 
November  10,  1887.  The  cause  of  death  was  fattj^  degener- 
ation of  the  heart.  He  was  married,  March  20,  1856,  to 
Miss  Hannah  R.  Hoffman,  of  West  Philadelphia,  and  had 
two  sons.  Funeral  services  were  held  on  the  afternoon  of 
November  15  at  his  residence,  at  the  southwest  corner  38th 
and  Chestnut  streets. 

IvIPPE,  ADOI.PH.— On  May  11,  1812,  on  the  family  es- 
tate of  See,  near  Gurletz,  in  Prussia,  there  was  born 
to  Count  lyudwig  and  Countess  Augusta  zur  Lippe,  a 
son,  Adolph  Graf  zur  I^ippe,  Weissenfield.  This  son 
was  destined  for  the  law,  finished  his  academical  prepar- 
ations and  was  graduated  at  Berlin.  But  he  was  at- 
tracted toward  medicine,  and  in  a  year  left  his  legal  studies 
for  it.  He  came  to  America  in  1839,  presented  himself  to 
the  Homoeopathic  Academj^  at  Allentown,  after  a  critical 
examination,  received  from  Dr.  Hering,  his  diploma  on  July 
27,  1841.  He  removed  to  Pottsville,  Pa.,  soon  after  going  to 
Carlisle,  where  he  remained  about  six  years,  when  he  went  to 
Philadelphia,  practicing  there  the  rest  of  his  life.  Dr.  lyippe 
was  elected  to  the  chair  of  Materia  Medica  in  the  College 
May  7,  1864.  He  held  this  position  until  January,  1869, 
when  owing  to  dissensions  he  resigned  in  the  middle  of  the 
session.  After  this  he  devoted  himself  to  practice.  He  was 
one  of  the  ablest  exponents  of  Materia  Medica  in  the  homoeo- 
pathic ranks,  and  besides  a  number  of  essays  he  was  the  au- 
thor of  a  large  volume,  "  Text-Book  of  Materia  Medica," 
which  has  long  been  out  of  print  and  very  scarce.  During 
the  winter  of  i887-'8  his  health  began  to  fail;  he  suffered 
from  rheumatic  troubles,  and  was  at  times  confined  to  the 
house.  In  January,  1888,  he  was  taken  ill  with  typhoid 
pneumonia.  He  was  taken  ill  on  Saturday  morning  at  3 
o'clock,  and  died  on  Monday,  January  23,  1888,  at  9.45  a. 
M.  The  funeral  occurred  on  Thursday,  January  26,  at  St. 
John's  Church,  13th  street  above  Chestnut  street. 

LOOMIS,  JOSEPH  GRISWOLD.— Was  born  in  East 
Haddam,  Ct.,  May  18,  1811.       When   he  was  four  years  of 


350  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

age  his  parents  removed  to  New  York  State,  where  he  re- 
ceived a  good  preliminary  education.  He  entered  upon  the 
study  of  medicine  with  a  distinguished  physician  in  1831, 
when  he  was  twenty  years  of  age,  and  in  1832  entered  Fair- 
field College  in  Northern  New  York,  which  was  then  in  a 
flourishing  condition  and  under  the  supervision  of  one  of  the 
ablest  board  of  professors  in  the  United  States.  He  here 
listened  to  Professor  James  McNaughton,  and  Prof.  Beck, 
the  author  of  many  works  on  medical  jurispru- 
dence. He  received  the  degree  of  M.  D.  in  1834  from  this 
College,  and  at  once  removed  to  Michigan,  where  he  com- 
menced to  practice.  The  climate  not  agreeing  with  him,  he 
returned  to  New  York  and  located  at  Cazenovia,  where  he 
remained  for  six  years.  In  1836,  while  a  resident  of  Michi- 
gan, he  married  Miss  Mary  Root,  who  survived  him.  While 
in  Cazenovia  he  enjoyed  some  reputation  as  a  surgeon  and 
invented  some  surgical  instruments  and  mechanical  and 
obstetric  appliances.  And  long  before  he  became  a  homoeo- 
path he  grew  disgusted  with  the  uncertainty  and  harshness  of 
the  medical  methods  of  the  day.  In  1843,  at  the  time  of 
Hahnemann's  death,  he  was  attracted  by  some  notices  of  that 
event  in  the  journals  of  the  day,  and  at  once  began  to  exam- 
ine the  claims  of  Homoeopathy,  and  with  an  unbiased  mind. 
The  result  was  a  conviction  of  its  truth  and  an  adoption  of  its 
principles  in  his  practice.  In  the  spring  of  1843  he  removed 
from  Cazenovia  to  Syracuse,  and  pursued  the  practice  of 
medicine  entirely  according  to  the  principles  of  Homoeopathy 
until  1849.  Desiring  to  learn  more  about  this  new  doctrine 
he  entered  the  Homoeopathic  College  of  Pennsylvania  for  the 
session  of  1849-50,  receiving  the  degree  of  the  College  in 
1850.  He  then  returned  to  Syracuse.  In  the  spring  of  1852 
the  Chair  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children 
became  vacant  in  this  College  and  Dr.  Loomis  was  elected  to 
fill  the  position.  For  two  sessions  he  filled  this  chair.  He 
joined  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy  in  1846.  On 
May  31,  1853,  in  company  with  his  wife,  he  went  to  Cleve- 
land to  attend  the  meeting  of  the  American  Institute  and 
afterwards  travelled  for  several  weeks,  returning  to  his  prac- 
tice only  to  soon  become  obliged  to  relinquish  it.     In  July  he 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSOKS.  35 1 

became  more  ill,  but  was  able  to  return  to  New  York  to  his 
family.  He  had  a  pulmonary  trouble  and  was  sick  about 
three  months.  On  October  25,  1853,  he  called  his  wife  and 
friends  to  his  bedside  and  told  them  he  was  about  to  enter  a 
world  of  brighter  prospects,  where  he  expected  to  meet  his 
mother  and  brother. 

MACFARLAN,  MALCOLM.— Was  born  June  8,  i84i,in 
Elderslie,  Renfrewshire,  Scotland.  At  the  age  of  five  years 
his  parents  brought  him  to  New  York  city,  where  his  father 
established  a  large  silk  manufactory.  His  elementar}-  educa- 
tion was  acquired  at  home.  Then  came  the  Grammar  schools, 
and  in  1856  he  entered  the  College  of  New  York.  He  there 
remained  for  three  years,  when  an  attack  of  typhoid  fever 
prevented  him  from  finishing  his  course.  On  regaining 
health  he  entered  his  father's  factory  as  bookkeeper,  remain- 
ing two  years.  He  then  commenced  the  study  of  medicine, 
although  opposed  by  his  father,  attending  the  lectures  and 
clinics  in  New  York  with  those  of  his  former  school  com- 
panions who  were  studying  medicine.  In  1862,  unknown  to 
his  family,  he  entered  the  United  States  service  as  hospital 
steward  and  druggist  at  the  large  hospital  at  Camp  Curtin, 
Pa.  Here  he  remained  until  the  hospital  was  abolished, 
when  he  was  sent  to  the  surgical  hospital  at  Wilmington, 
Del.  Here  he  had  access  to  all  the  surgical  operations.  From 
Wilmington  he  went  to  Baltimore,  visiting  the  surgical  hos- 
pitals, and  thence  to  New  York,  where  he  attended  the  lec- 
tures at  Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  College.  In  February, 
1864,  he  passed,  by  permission  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  a 
competitive  examination  before  a  Regular  Army  Board  for 
the  position  of  Medical  Cadet,  United  States  Army.  During 
the  winter  he  attended  clinics  at  the  College  of  Physicians, 
the  large  hospitals,  and  Ward's  Island.  From  New  York  he 
was  ordered  for  duty  to  L,evell  General  Hospital,  Portsmouth, 
R.  I.,  where,  as  an  assistant,  he  was  present  at  all  the  impor- 
tant surgical  operations  during  eight  months.  At  his  own 
request,  and  that  he  might  obtain  his  degree,  he  was  trans- 
ferred to  Knight  General  Hospital,  New  Haven,  Ct.  Having 
matriculated  and  attended  lectures,  he  received  the  degree  of 


352  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

M.  D.  from  the  Medical  Department  of  Yale  College  and 
was  awarded  the  Hooker  Testimonial  for  scholarship  and 
best  examination.  He  then  passed  an  examination  for  Assist- 
ant Surgeon  before  the  Board  in  New  York  city,  he  was  sent 
to  New  Orleans,  La.,  thence  to  Barancas,  Fla.,  and  assigned 
to  duty  with  Steele's  command.  He  was  present  at  all  the 
important  and  many  of  the  minor  engagements  in  this  State. 
Subsequently  he  was  ordered  to  Fort  Morgan,  commanding 
the  entrance  to  Mobile  Bay,  as  sole  quarantine  doctor,  serv- 
ing there  for  three  seasons  and  receiving  extra  pay.  His 
duty  was  to  inspect  the  vessels  from  infected  ports.  In  Au- 
gust, 1866,  while  attending  yellow  fever  patients  on  board 
the  Clio  from  Havana,  he  was  attacked  with  the  disease  and 
brought  to  death's  door.  In  June,  1867,  Dr.  Macfarlan 
quitted  the  service.  He  had  become  interested  in  Homoe- 
opathy from  reading  Hahnemann's  "  Organon "  while  at 
Fort  Morgan.  Provings  of  potentized  drugs  convinced  him 
of  its  truth.  He  located  at  Philadelphia,  and  in  1867  he  was 
appointed  to  the  chair  of  Surgery  in  the  Old  College.  He  at 
once  took  measures  to  establish  a  surgical  clinic,  and  this 
clinic  was  kept  up  throughout  the  entire  year.  He  continued 
to  serve  until  the  union  of  the  two  colleges  in  1869,  when  he 
was  appointed  to  the  chair  of  Clinical  Surgery.  This  posi- 
tion he  held  until  the  end  of  the  session  of  1 875-' 76,  when  he 
resigned.  He  delivered  the  Valedictory  in  1873.  He  joined 
the  American  Institute  in  1868.  He  has  performed  many 
capital  operations  in  surger3\  He  is  still  engaged  in  active 
practice  in  Philadelphia. 

MARTIN,  HENRY  NOAH.— Was  born  in  Albion,  N. 
Y. ,  October  20,  1829.  When  he  was  six  months  old  his  parents 
moved  to  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  where  at  eight  years  of  age  he 
commenced  his  classical  study,  with  a  view  to  a  collegiate 
education  in  this  country  and  Europe.  In  1839  his  parents 
removed  to  Vermont,  and,  having  become  poor,  the  project 
of  education  was  abandoned.  Until  young  Martin  was  19 
years  of  age  he  worked  as  a  clerk  and  on  the  farm  during  the 
summers,  each  winter  finding  him  pursuing  his  studies  at 
the  Caledonia  County  Grammar  School  or  Peacham  Acad- 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  353 

emy.  Having  thus  received  an  academical  education  he  en- 
tered the  office  of  John  Mattocks,  then  Governor  of  the 
State,  to  study  law;  he  remained  one  year,  when  want  of 
money  compelled  him  to  give  it  up.  In  1849,  having  just 
recovered  from  a  severe  illness,  he  met  a  physician  w^ho 
loaned  him  books  and  a  skeleton  with  which  he  commenced 
to  study  medicine.  In  1850  he  returned  to  Buffalo  and  en- 
tered as  student  with  his  uncle,  Dr.  Alden  S.  Sprague.  But 
poverty  and  the  cares  of  family  hindered  him.  He  became 
connected  with  the  Buffalo  Republic  as  an  editorial  writer, 
and  also  acted  as  a  delegate  of  the  New  York  World  to  the 
State  Editorial  Convention  held  in  Buffalo  in  i860.  At  the 
opening  of  the  Rebellion  he  enlisted  as  a  private  in  the  36th 
New  York  Volunteers,  where  he  served  until  honorably  dis- 
charged because  of  serious  illness  contracted  in  the  Chicka- 
hominy  swamps.  On  July  4,  1S61,  he  was  commissioned  as 
Second  Lieutenant.  On  November  ig,  1 861,  he  was  ap- 
pointed by  Gen.  McCIellan  Judge  Advocate  of  Gen.  Couch's 
division,  where  he  served  until  June,  1862.  He  commanded 
a  company  on  the  march  to  Richmond  and  received  commis- 
sion as  First  Lieutenant  under  date  of  October  30,  1862. 
While  in  the  army  he  was  also  correspondent  to  the  New 
York  Herald.  A  serious  illness  followed  his  return  to  Buf- 
falo. Believing  that  Homoeopathy  saved  his  life  he  became 
a  convert.  He  entered  the  office  of  Dr.  R.  R.  Gregg,  of 
Buffalo.  In  the  winter  of  i863-'64  he  took  a  course  of  lec- 
tures in  the  Medical  Department  of  the  University  of  Buffalo, 
and  the  next  winter  attended  lectures  in  the  Homoeopathic 
Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  where  he  graduated  in  the 
spring  of  1865.  He  returned  to  Buffalo  to  practice  his  pro- 
fession, but  in  the  spring  of  1867  he  returned  to  Philadelphia. 
When  in  1867  the  Hahnemann  college  was  organized  Dr. 
Martin  was  appointed  to  the  chair  of  Midwifery,  Diseases  of 
Women  and  Children,  and  Lecturer  on  Clinical  Medicine. 
This  position  he  held  in  the  College  until  1872,  when  the 
chair  was  enlarged  to  that  of  Practice  and  Clinical  Medicine. 
He  did  not  hold  this  position  long,  but  resigned  in 
November  and  continued  to  lecture  only  on  clinical  medicine. 
In  1873  the  chair  was  again  changed  to  that  of  Practice  of 
24 


354  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

Medicine  and  Diseases  of  Children,  and  in  1874  Pathology 
and  Diagnosis  was  added.  At  the  close  of  the  session  of 
1 875-' 76  he  retired  from  the  College  Faculty.  He  joined  the 
American  Institute  in  1868.  Was  also  a  member  of  the  State 
and  County  Societies,  honorary  of  Vermont  State  Ho- 
moeopathic Society,  and  corresponding  member  of  some  other 
societies.  He  was  also  co-editor  of  the  American  Journal  of 
Homceopathic  Materia  Medica  from  1867  to  1870.  His  prac- 
tice was  large  and  he  was  well  known  to  the  profession.  He 
was  a  member  of  the  Boenninghausen  Club  of  Philadelphia. 
His  health  for  eight  years  previous  to  his  death  had  been 
poor.  He  died  of  apoplexy  on  September  ist,  1889,  at  the 
Hahnemann  Hospital,  Philadelphia. 

MATTHEWS,  CALEB  BENTLEY.— Was  born  about 
1 801.  Was  educated  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  from 
which  he  graduated  in  medicine  about  1822.  When  a  student 
he  was  poisoned  while  dissecting,  and  from  this  he  suffered 
through  a  long  illness,  and  his  S3^stem  was  permanently 
weakened.  With  the  exception  of  three  or  four  years'  ab- 
sence in  India,  where  he  went  as  a  ship's  surgeon,  he  passed 
his  life  in  practice  in  Philadelphia.  He  was  at  one  time  a 
member  of  the  College  of  Physicians,  one  of  the  consulting 
physicians  of  the  Frankford  Asylum  for  the  Insane,  one  of 
the  editors  of  the  Medical  Recorder.  About  the  year  1836  he 
was  led  to  investigate  Homoeopathy,  and,  becoming  con- 
vinced of  its  truth,  adopted  it  in  his  practice.  He  was  one  of 
the  original  incorporators  of  the  College,  was  a  member  of 
the  committee  on  Medical  Education,   and  on  September  28, 

1849,  was  appointed  to  the  chair  of  Materia  Medica  in  the 
new  institution.     He  delivered  the  Introductory  lecture  in 

1850,  and  lectured  through  the  session  i850-'5i.  But  he 
was  a  hard  student,  and  even  when  not  able,  after  laboring 
all  day  at  his  professional  duties,  would  sit  up  late  into  the 
night  preparing  his  lecture  for  the  following  day.  He  died 
of  phthisis  pulmonalis,  on  May  27,  1851.  Dr.  Small  said  of 
him:  "  He  possessed  a  sound,  discriminating  mind,  unusual 
sagacity,  and  a  degree  of  acquirements  in  his  profession, 
rarely,  if  ever,  surpassed.     He  was  esteemed  in  the  comrau- 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKKTCHKS  OF  PROFESSORS.  355 

nity  as  an  honest,  upright  man.     He  was  not  only  esteemed 
as  husband  and  father,  but  as  a  colleague,  teacher  and  friend." 

McCIvATCHEY,  ROBERT  JOHN.— Was  born  in  Phila- 
delphia, April  6,  1836.  He  was  educated  in  the  public  and 
private  schools  of  the  city,  followed  by  a  course  of  English, 
Classical  and  Mathematical  training  at  Nazareth  Hall.  He 
commenced  to  study  medicine  with  Dr.  William  S.  Helmuth. 
He  entered  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsyl- 
vania in  the  fall  of  1853,  graduating  therefrom  in  1856.  He  was 
made  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy  the  following  year,  holding 
the  position  for  two  terms.  In  1858  he  located  in  Bethlehem, 
Pa.  When  the  War  of  1861  began  he  assisted  in  raising  a 
company  of  volunteers  and  was  selected  as  lieutenant,  but  on 
account  of  physical  disability  he  was  rejected.  He  then 
travelled  extensively  in  Pennsylvania  delivering  addresses  in 
behalf  of  the  Union.  He  was  a  member  of  the  Union  League 
and  of  the  Secret  League  of  America.  In  the  spring  of  1863 
he  returned  to  Philadelphia,  locating  at  No.  916  North 
Tenth  St.,  above  Poplar,  removing  later  to  918,  where  he 
passed  his  life.  In  1866  he  was  an  enthusiastic  organizer  of 
the  Homoeopathic  Medical  Society  of  the  County  of  Philadel- 
phia and  was  its  secretary  for  nine  years.  On  June  5,  1866, 
the  State  Homoeopathic  Medical  Society  was  organized  and 
Dr.  McClatchey  was  for  six  years  its  corresponding  secretary 
and  also  editor  of  its  transactions.  In  the  autumn  of  1867  he 
was  appointed  to  the  Chair  of  Anatomy  in  the  College,  hold- 
ing the  position  for  two  tempest- tossed  years.  In  1868  he 
was  by  the  faculty  appointed  as  editor  of  the  Hahnemannian 
Monthly,  at  that  time  owned  and  published  by  the  College. 
He  held  this  position  for  ten  years.  In  1871  the  American 
Institute  of  Homoeopathy  elected  him  to  the  general  secre- 
taryship, which  place  he  held  for  eight  years.  In  1871  a 
club  of  twelve  members  called  The  Hahnemann  Club  was 
formed,  largely  through  the  efforts  of  Dr.  McClatchey. 
He  was  the  president  during  the  rest  of  his  life.  It 
was  through  the  efforts  of  this  club  that  the  Children's 
Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadelphia  was  established 
in  1877.     The  writer  of  this  has  often  heard  Dr.  McClatchey 


356  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OE  PROFESSORS. 

tell  how  while  he  was  reading  to  his  wife  from  "  Our  Mutual 
Friend,"  Dickens's  pathetic  account  of  the  death  of  the  poor 
boy  in  the  children's  hospital,  she  suggested  that  a  hospital 
for  the  children  be  established  in  Philadelphia.  Mrs. 
McClatchey  did  not  live  to  see  how  faithfully  her  husband 
carried  out  her  wishes.  Dr.  McClatchey' s  life-work  was  of 
the  laborious  sort;  preparing  the  records  and  publishing  the 
transactions  of  the  Institute  and  the  State  Society,  editing 
the  Hahnemannian.  He  prepared  in  187 1  a  revision  of 
Laurie's  Domestic  Practice;  assisted  in  the  revision  of  the 
second  edition  of  Guernsey's  Obstetrics.  In  1874  ^e  was 
president  of  the  Pennsylvania  Homoeopathic  State  Society, 
and  in  iSyj-'yS  of  the  Philadelphia  County  Homoeopathic 
Society.  He  was  an  honorary  member  of  the  New  York 
State  Homoeopathic  Medical  Society  and  of  the  Mexican 
Institute  of  Homoeopathy.  In  1872  he  was  again  invited  to 
become  a  member  of  the  College  Faculty,  the  Chair  of  Pysi- 
ology  and  Microscopic  Anatomy  being  offered  him.  This  he 
declined.  In  1877  he  was  elected  to  the  Chair  of  Pathology 
and  Practice  of  Medicine,  which  he  held  during  his  life. 
Soon  after  his  graduation  he  married  Miss  Mary  J.  Milner, 
of  Philadelphia,  by  whom  he  had  three  children.  Mrs. 
McClatchey  died  in  1875  and  in  1878  he  married  Miss  Har- 
riet A.  Senseman.  On  the  evening  of  Sunday,  January  14, 
1883,  he  was  sitting  in  the  office  talking  with  a  friend  when 
about  ten  o'clock  he  put  his  hand  to  his  head  and  complained 
of  intense  pain.  This  continued,  being  followed  with  mus- 
cular tremors  and  weakness  with  nausea  and  vomiting.  He 
was  assisted  to  bed,  where  Dr.  J.  E.  James,  his  physician,  found 
him  with  difficult  articulation  and  partial  right  hemiplegia. 
Improvement  ensued  and  he  fell  asleep.  Dr.  James  returned 
to  his  home,  but  was  soon  called,  when  he  found  his  patient 
unconscious  and  presenting  all  the  signs  of  sanguineous 
apoplexy.  The  coma  became  more  and  more  profound  until 
the  end  which  came  at  a  few  minutes  past  noon  on  Monday, 
January  15,  1883. 

He  was  a  member  of  the  First  Moravian  Church,  then  situ- 
ated at  Franklin  and  Wood  Sts. ,  from  which  church  the  funeral 
was  held  on  January  i8th.     It  was  attended  by  his  associates 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  357 

of  the  College,  by  representatives  from  the  State  and 
County  Societies,  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy, 
the  Club  and  the  Hospital.  The  class  of  Hahnemann  Medi- 
cal College  were  present  in  a  body. 

MCCI.ELLAND,  JAMES  H.— Was  born  in  Pittsburg, 
Pa,,  May  20,  1845.  He  attended  the  public  schools  and 
later  the  Western  University  of  Pennsylvania.  In  1862  he 
entered  the  office  of  Dr.  J.  P.  Dake  and  in  1864  matriculated 
at  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  attend- 
ing the  full  course  of  lectures.  In  the  meantime  Dr.  Dake 
had  removed,  so  he  became  the  student  of  Dr.  J.  C.  Burgher. 
He  attended  lectures  at  the  Homoeopathic  College  1 866-' 67, 
graduating  at  the  end  of  the  session.  He  returned  to  Pitts- 
burg where  he  became  the  assistant  of  Dr.  Burgher,  with 
whom  he  practiced  for  three  years.  He  then  opened  an  ofl&ce 
of  his  own.  He  has  always  practiced  in  Pittsburg  where  he 
is  very  widely  known  on  account  of  his  surgical  skill.  He 
has  performed  many  delicate  and  difficult  operations  and 
makes  a  specialty  of  surgery.  On  the  retirement  of  Dr.  J. 
C.  Morgan  from  the  Chair  of  Surgery  in  the  College  Dr.  Mc- 
Clelland was  elected  to  fill  his  place.  He  commenced  to  lec- 
ture with  the  session  of  1 876-' 77  and  continued  until  the  end 
of  the  session  of  iSjj-'jS,  when  he  resigned.  In  1877  he 
delivered  the  Irtroductory  lecture.  He  is  a  corporator  of  the 
Pittsburg  Homoeopathic  Hospital,  a  member  of  its  surgical 
staff,  and  one  of  the  prime  movers  in  that  institution.  He 
joined  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy  in  1867,  and 
was  its  president  in  1894,  when  as  President  of  the  Hahne- 
mann Statue  Committee  he  was  largely  instrumental  in  ensur- 
ing the  object  of  that  plan.  He  is  also  a  member  of  the  State 
and  County  Societies.  He  is  still  engaged  in  active  practice 
in  Pittsburg. 

MERCER,  EDWARD  W.— Was  born  in  Kennett  Square, 
Chester  county,  Pa.,  August  9,  1859.  He  obtained  his  edu- 
cation in  the  High  School  and  Martin  Academy  of  his  native 
town.  He  began  the  study  of  medicine  at  home  under  the 
care  of  Dr.  I.  D.  Johnson,  entered  Hahnemann  College  in 
1 88 1,  and  was  graduated  in  1884.     The   next  year  he  was 


358  BIOGRAPHICAI,  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

resident  physician  at  the  College  Hospital,  then  spent  one 
year  in  Europe,  principally  in  the  hospitals  of  Vienna,  and 
since  his  return  has  practiced  in  Philadelphia,  giving  special 
attention  to  Obstetrics  and  Gynaecology.  He  was  Assistant 
Demonstrator  of  Histology  and  Pathology  from  1887  to  1890, 
when  he  was  appointed  Demonstrator  of  Obstetrics,  a  position 
which  he  held  until  the  summer  of  1897,  when  he  was  ap- 
pointed to  the  Chair  of  Obstetrics.  He  is  clinical  chief  of  the 
Department  of  Obstetrics  in  the  Hahnemann  Dispensary.  He 
is  a  member  of  the  Philadelphia  Medical  Club,  the  County 
and  State  Homoeopathic  Societies,  and  the  American  Institute 
of  Homoeopathy. 

MITCHElvIv,  J.  NICHOLAS.— Was  born  in  Philadelphia, 
April  10,  1847,  son  of  John  C.  and  Rebecca  Nicholas 
Mitchell.  His  father  was  a  prominent  member  of  the  Phila- 
delphia Bar,  and  his  grandfather,  Thomas  Mitchell,  was  one 
of  the  first  persons  to  make  conveyancing  and  real  estate  busi- 
ness a  specialty  in  Philadelphia.  Dr.  Mitchell  obtained  his 
education  at  the  Episcopal  Academy  in  Philadelphia  and  at 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  He  then  engaged  in  busi- 
ness from  1864  to  1870,  when,  while  still  employed  in  the 
Lancaster  Locomotive  Works,  he  began  to  study  medicine 
with  Dr.  Samuel  H.  Metzgar,  of  Lancaster,  Pa.  In  187 1  he 
returned  to  Philadelphia,  and  entered  Hahnemann  College  as 
a  private  student  of  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas.  He  graduated  from 
the  Hahnemann  College  in  1873  and  engaged  in  the  practice 
of  his  profession  in  Philadelphia.  For  the  two  following 
years  he  acted  as  assistant  to  Dr.  Weaver  in  demonstrating 
anatomy.  In  the  summer  course  of  1874  and  1875,  he  gave 
a  course  upon  Diseases  of  Women,  the  first  that  had  been 
given  in  Hahnemann.  In  1 876  he  was  appointed  Demonstrator 
of  Obstetrics  and  instituted  in  Hahnemann  College  the  first 
course  of  Practical  Obstetrics  given  in  Philadelphia,  founded 
upon  the  method  of  teaching  that  subject  in  Vienna.  This 
was  a  voluntary,  not  an  obligatory  course,  and  cost  an 
extra  fee,  but  his  success  was  so  great  that  in  a  few  years 
there  were  but  few  members  of  the  graduating  class  who  did 
not  aviil  themselves  of  this  golden  opportunity. 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  359 

In  1886  Dr.  Mitchell  was  appointed  Adjunct  Professor  of 
Obstetrics  in  the  College,  dividing  the  course  with  Dr.  Gause. 
In  1888  he  was  elected  to  the  full  professorship,  which  chair 
he  held  until  1895,  when  he  resigned,  much  to  the  regret  of 
the  students.  Dr.  Mitchell  is  in  the  active  practice  of  his 
specialty  in  Philadelphia,  and  it  was  owing  to  his  very  ex- 
tensive practice  that  he  was  compelled  to  resign  from  the 
College.  He  has  been  one  of  the  gynaecologists  of  Hahne- 
mann Hospital  and  is  now  the  obstetrician  there.  Of  late  he 
has  been  retiring  more  and  more  from  obstetrical  practice  and 
devoting  himself  more  to  general  and  especially  to  a  large 
consulting  practice.  Dr.  Mitchell  is  a  member  of  the  Amer- 
ican Institute  of  Homoeopathy,  The  Pennsylvania  State 
Society,  he  is  ex-President  of  the  Philadelphia  County 
Homoeopathic  Medical  Society,  is  a  member  of  the  American 
Obstetrical  Society,  and  the  Philadelphia  Clinical  Club.  He 
also  has  membership  in  the  Sons  of  the  Revolution.  Dr. 
Mitchell  was  married  in  1877  to  Florence,  the  only  daughter 
of  A.  R.  Thomas.  The  Hahnemannian  Institute  for  January, 
1897,  thus  mentions  Dr.  Mitchell:  "  No  professor  was  ever 
a  greater  favorite  of  the  students  than  was  our  late  Professor 
of  Obstetrics.  We  think  of  our  professors  as  we  used  to  see 
and  hear  them  in  the  lecture  room,  and  the  mention  of  Dr. 
Mitchell's  name  will  bring  up  to  many  an  old  student  a 
picture  of  him  as  he  stood  in  Room  No.  3,  with  his  hands 
behind  him,  grasping  the  edge  of  the  table,  which  was 
pushed  up  against  the  blackboard,  or  grasping  the  railing  sur- 
rounding the  pit.  Using  no  notes,  and  speaking  so  simply 
and  clearly  that  the  merest  freshman,  who  often  purposely 
wandered  in,  could  understand  him.  No  calls  for  order  or 
attention  were  needed  here,  and  lucky  was  the  man  who 
heard  a  course  of  lectures  from  Dr.  Mitchell  ' ' 

MOHR,  CHARLES.— Was  born  in  Philadelphia  on  May 
2,  1844,  and  attended  the  public  and  private  schools.  He  at 
first  wished  to  enter  upon  the  study  of  medicine,  but  jdelding 
to  the  wishes  of  his  father  who  desired  him  to  follow  mercan- 
tale  pursuits,  he  entered  a  large  importing  and  manufactur- 
ing establishment,  where  he  gave  evidence  of  good  business 


360  BIOGRAPHICAI^  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

qualifications,  and  soon  occupied  a  position  of  trust  and  re- 
sponsibility. But  his  desire  for  medicine  never  left  him  and 
he  devoted  most  of  his  spare  time  to  reading  medical  works. 
In  1872  he  placed  himself  under  the  perceptorship  of  Dr.  K. 
A.  Farrington,  matriculated  at  Hahnemann  College  in  1873, 
entered  the  Philadelphia  School  of  Anatomy  in  1874,  and 
graduated  from  the  Hahnemann  College  in  1875. 

Owing  to  his  natural  abilities  Dr.  Mohr  soon  rose  to  prom- 
inence in  the  profession,  and  his  thorough  business  training 
was  turned  to  good  account  in  the  management  of  existing 
homoeopathic  institutions  and  in  the  organization  of  new 
ones.  He  was  Secretary  of  the  Homoeopathic  County 
Society  of  Philadelphia  from  1878  to  1884.  He  worked  ef- 
fectively in  the  organization  of  the  Hahnemann  College  Dis- 
pensary, having  been  chief  of  stafE  continuously  from  1877 
to  1882,  during  which  time  he  introduced  many  innovations 
which  greatly  facilitated  the  handling  of  the  large  number  of 
patients  without  loss  of  time. 

Dr.  Constantine  Hering  soon  learned  to  value  Dr.  Mohr's 
business  capacity  and  requested  him  to  manage  the  affairs  of 
the  American  Homoeopathic  Publication  Society,  of  which  he 
became  secretary  in  1878.  This  society  began  the  publica- 
tion of  Hering' s  Guiding  Symptoms  of  the  Materia  Medica, 
which  was  completed  in  ten  volumes  in  1891,  Drs.  Mohr, 
Raue,  and  Knerr  taking  up  the  work  where  its  great  author 
left  it  in  1880.  Dr.  Mohr  was  from  1878  to  1881  Lecturer  on 
Pharmacy  in  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadel- 
phia; 1880  to  1882,  Physician  to  the  Pennsylvania  Homoeo- 
pathic Hospital  for  Children;  1881  to  1882  Lecturer  on  Clini- 
cal Medicine  and  Physical  Diagnosis  in  Hahnemann  College; 
1882  Lecturer  on  Hygiene  for  the  New  Century  Club  of 
Philadelphia;  1882  to  1885  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine 
and  Physical  Diagnosis  in  Hahnemann  College;  from  1882 
to  1885  Physician  to  the  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadel- 
phia; 1884  to  1885  Vice  President  of  the  Homoeopathic  Med- 
ical Society  of  Pennsylvania;  1885  to  1886  Professor  of 
Materia  Medica  and  Clinical  Medicine  in  Hahnemann  Col- 
lege, 1894  to  1896  President  of  the  Homoeopathic  Mcoical 
Society  of  the  County  of  Philadelphia,     He  is  a  member  of 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  361 

the  American  Institute  of  Homceopathy;  of  the  Pennsyl- 
vania State  and  Philadelphia  County  Homoeopathic  Societies; 
of  the  Philadelphia  Clinical  Society;  of  the  Medical  Juris- 
prudence Society;  of  the  American  Academy  of  Political  and 
Social  Science;  of  the  Historical  Society  of  Pennsylvania; 
and  honorary  member  of  the  Institutio  Homoeopathico  Mexi- 
cano.  Dr.  Mohr  has  published  the  following  monographs: 
The  Incompatible  Remedies  of  the  Homoeopathic  Materia 
Medica  (1887);  Sanitary  Precautions  in  Measles  (1S80); 
Typhoid  Fever  (1880-1885-1895);  Care  of  the  Mouth  and 
Teeth  in  Infancy  and  Childhood  (18S0);  Carcinoma  of  the 
Breast  vs.  Erysipelas  and  Arsenic  (1888);  Provings  and  their 
Relation  to  Cholera  (1892);  A  Comparative  Study  of  the 
Umbelliferse  (1896).  At  present  he  is  engaged  in  preparing 
for  the  press  a  text  book  of  Materia  Medica  on  which  he  has 
been  engaged  for  fifteen  years,  and  which  will  embody  his 
lectures  at  Hahnemann  College. 

Materia  Medica  is  his  specialty  and  besides  lecturing  on  the 
subject  he  has  identified  himself  with  all  bureaus  in  the  vari- 
ous societies  of  which  he  is  a  member  whose  functions  are  to 
ascertain  drug  action  in  health  and  disease.  He  has  experi- 
mented with  drugs  on  his  own  person  and  conducted  prov- 
ings in  others  to  determine  the  pathogenetic  effects  of  indium 
met.,  natrum  phos.,  zincum  picricum.,  adonis  vernalis  ,  lilium 
tigrinum,  chininum  arsenicosum,  zincum  met.,  stannum  met. 
Many  of  these  provings  are  found  recorded  in  the  Cyclopcedia 
of  Drug  Pathogenesy,  the  Transactions  of  the  American  Insti- 
tute of  Homoeopathy,  and  Transactions  of  the  Homoeopathic 
Medical  Society  of  Pennsylvania.  Dr.  Mohr  recently  organ- 
ized the  Pharmacological  Society  of  Pennsylvania  and  is  its 
President.  He  is  a  trustee  of  the  Hahnemann  Hospital  and 
a  visiting  physician.  He  assisted  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas  in  or- 
ganizing the  Nurses'  Training  School  of  the  Hahnemann 
Hospital.  At  the  close  of  the  session  of  1 895-' 96  Dr.  J.  E. 
James  retired  from  the  office  of  Registrar  of  Hahnemann 
College  and  Dr.  Mohr  was  appointed.  This  position  he  still 
holds.     He  is  also  engaged  in  active  practice. 

MOORE,  THOMAS.— Was  born  in  Philadelphia,  July  2, 
1827.     Was  educated  at  the  Academical  Department  of  the 


362  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

University  of  Pennsylvania  and  at  the  Philadelphia  High 
School.  At  the  age  of  sixteen  he  left  school  with  the  inten- 
tion of  stud5dng  medicine  and  entered  the  drug  and  chemical 
warehouse  of  Alexander  Fullertou  on  Market  St. ,  where  he 
acquired  a  practical  knowledge  of  Materia  Medica  and  the 
properties  of  drugs.  Afterwards,  to  obtain  a  knowledge  of 
practical  pharmacy,  he  became  a  student  of  Prof.  Edward 
Parrish  at  9th  and  Chestnut  Sts.  While  there  he  com- 
pounded the  prescriptions  at  the  Clinic  of  the  Medical  Depart- 
ment of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  attending  at  the 
same  time  a  full  course  of  lectures  at  the  Philadelphia  Col- 
lege of  Pharmacy.  In  1845  he  matriculated  in  medicine  at 
the  University,  graduating  therefrom  on  April  8  1848.  In 
addition  to  the  regular  course  he  received  private  instruction 
at  the  Philadelphia  School  of  Anatomy,  at  that  time  under 
the  care  of  Dr.  James  McClintock,  considered  the  best  teacher 
of  practical  anatomy  in  the  country.  He  was  for  several 
years  a  visiting  physician  to  the  Philadelphia  Dispensary  and 
one  of  the  out-door  physicians  to  the  Guardians  of  the  Poor. 
He  was  very  popular  in  the  Northern  Liberties,  where  he 
was  settled.  In  1852  he  married  Miss  Mediline  Taws.  This 
lady  had,  previous  to  marriage,  been  a  patient  of  Dr.  Hering, 
and  it  was  through  her  influence  that  her  husband  was  in- 
duced to  investigate  the  claims  of  Homoeopathy.  He  soon 
became  an  ardent  disciple  of  that  school  and  so  always  con- 
tinued. Not  long  after  he  became  surgeon  to  the  Northern 
Home  for  Friendless  Children  that  had  but  lately  come  under 
Homoeopathic  influence.  Dr.  Helmuth  resigned  from  the 
Chair  of  Anatomy  in  1858  and  on  the  day  after  the  com- 
mencement of  i857-'58  Dr.  Moore  was  elected  to  fill  his 
place.  He  held  the  position  until  the  end  of  the  session 
i859-'6o,  when  he  resigned.  But  on  October  5th,  but  a 
few  days  before  the  opening  of  the  session  of  i86o-'6r,  Dr. 
Ashton  resigned  from  the  Chair  of  Obstetrics  and  on  October 
6  Dr.  Moore  was  elected  to  fill  the  Chair  of  Obstetrics  and 
Diseases  of  Women  and  Children.  He  delivered  the  Valedic- 
tory at  the  close  of  the  session  and  then  resigned  from  the 
Faculty.  He  became  a  member  of  the  American  Institute  in 
i860,  and  was  also  a  member  of  the  State  and  County  Societies. 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  363 

In  i860  he  removed  to  Germantown,  where  he  passed  the  rest 
of  his  life.  He  estabhshed  a  large  practice  in  this  beautiful 
suburb  of  Philadelphia.  Some  years  before  his  death  he  was 
troubled  with  sciatica,  with  numbness  and  some  atrophy  of 
the  limbs.  Later  he  had  pains  in  the  arm.  The  day  before 
his  death  Dr.  Guernsey  found  his  pulse  to  be  but  fifty  beats 
to  the  minute.  He  was  advised  to  leave  business,  but 
would  not  do  so.  On  Saturday,  March  25,  1882,  about  11 
a.  m.  and  while  he  was  visiting  a  patient  next  door  to  his 
own  house,  he  remarked  that  he  believed  he  felt  worse  than 
the  one  for  whom  he  was  prescribing.  "There,"  he  ex- 
claimed, "  is  that  pain  again  at  my  heart."  As  he  spoke,  he 
fell  back  and  almost  instantly  expired.  He  died  from  fatty 
degeneration  of  the  heart  with  internal  hemorrhage. 

MORGAN,  ALONZO  RICHARD.— Was  born  in  Gouver- 
neur,  St.  Lawrence  County,  N.  Y.,  March  23,  1830.  He  ob- 
tained an  academic  education  and  commeneced  to  study  medi- 
cine, entering  the  Geneva  Medical  College.  He  afterwards 
went  to  Philadelphia,  graduating  from  the  Homoeopathic  Col- 
lege there  in  the  session  of  1 851 -'52.  After  graduation  he  went 
to  Europe,  passing  some  time  in  Paris  in  study.  Returning 
he  located  at  Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  and  soon  secured  a  large  prac- 
tice. He  served  as  city  and  county  physician,  attended  pro- 
fessionally the  Onondaga  County  Orphan  Asylum,  and  was 
surgeon  of  the  51st  Regiment  of  N.  Y.  State  Militia.  In  1867 
he  took  the  Chair  of  Institutes  and  Practice  of  Medicine, 
Pathology  and  Diagnostics  in  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  Col- 
lege of  Pennsylvania.  He  delivered  the  Valedictory  at  the 
close  of  this  session.  He  served  but  the  one  term.  Going  to 
New  York  he  accepted  the  Chair  of  Practice  in  the  New 
York  Homoeopathic  Medical  College,  whidh  he  held  until  the 
end  of  the  session  of  1 869-' 70.  His  failing  health  demand- 
ing rest  from  his  duties  he  relinquished  the  profession  in 
1871.     In  i8g5  he  was  living  at  Waterbury,  Conn. 

MORGAN,  JOHN  COLEMAN.— Was  born  in  Philadel- 
phia in  1 83 1.  After  a  good  preliminary  education  he  passed 
several  years  as  a  drug  clerk  and  in  the  United  States  Navy 
as   Surgeon's   steward,  during  which  time  he  became   pro- 


364  BIOGRAPHICAI,  SKETCHES  OE  PROFESSORS. 

ficient  iu  navigation  and  was  offered  the  position  of  Navigator 
in  the  Liberian  Navy.  Procuring  books  and  a  set  of  bones 
from  a  battlefield  he  began  the  stud}^  of  medicine.  In  the 
autumn  of  1850  he  matriculated  in  the  Pennsylvania  Medical 
College,  serving  in  a  drug  store  the  next  summer.  He  grad- 
uated on  March  4,  1852.  He  at  once  commenced  practice. 
When  the  Penn  Medical  University  was  organized  in  1853 
with  a  graded  course  and  with  chairs  devoted  to  both  Allo- 
pathy and  Homoeopath}^,  Dr.  Morgan  accepted  the  Chair  of 
Materia  Medica,  holding  the  position  until  1856.  This  ostra- 
cised him  from  the  members  of  the  allopathic  profession  and 
he  now  gave  himself  to  the  study  of  Homoeopathy,  gradually 
changing  his  practice.  He  was  married  to  Miss  Sallie 
I^evick,  of  Philadelphia,  on  June  17,  1856,  and  removed  to 
Hamilton,  111.,  but  as  the  field  was  too  limited  he  settled  in 
St.  lyouis.  Here  he  was  instrumental  in  drawing  up  the 
charter  for  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  St.  L<ouis, 
which  was  passed  in  November,  1857.  ^^  the  spring  of  1858 
he  removed  to  Alton,  111.  While  engaged  in  practice  the 
war  broke  out.  He  was  several  times  refused  a  surgeon's 
commission  because  of  his  homoeopathic  belief,  but  he  finally 
succeeded  in  being  appointed  surgeon  of  the  29th  Missouri 
Volunteers,  serving  throughout  the  war,  and  finally  holding 
the  position  of  surgeon  in  chief  of  the  Division,  receiving  the 
most  flattering  testimonials  from  all,  allopaths  included.  In 
July,  1865,  Dr.  Morgan  returned  to  Philadelphia.  The  Col- 
lege in  1865  -received  a  new  charter  and  its  faculty  was  re- 
organized. Dr.  Morgan  was  elected  to  the  Chair  of  Anatomy. 
During  this  session  he  also  lectured  a  few  times  on  Surgery. 
He  continued  to  lecture  until  1867,  when  he  became 
a  member  of  the  new  Hahnemann  College  and  accepted 
the  Chair  of  Surgery.  He  held  this  position  until  the 
end  of  the  session  of  1875-76.  In  1875  he  was  made 
Emeritus  Professor  of  Surgery.  When  in  1875  the  authori- 
ties at  Ann  Harbor  left  to  an  Intercollegiate  Committee 
of  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy  the  vSelection 
of  men  to  fill  the  Chairs  of  Homoeopathy  at  Ann  Arbor, 
Dr.  Morgan  was  selected  for  that  of  Theory  and  Practice. 
He  at  once  removed  to  Ann  Arbor. 


BIOGRAPHICAI.  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  365 

He  remained  several  years  when  he  returned  to  Phila- 
delphia, engaging  in  practice.  Dr.  Morgan  lectured  on  the 
History  and  Institutes  of  Medicine  during  the  session  of 
i886-'87.  He  lectured  on  Institutes  of  Medicine  during  the 
sessions  of  iSSy-'SS,  iSSS-'Sg,  iSSg-'go.  He  has  been  in 
practice  in  Philadelphia  since  that  time.  About  1897  he 
removed  to  Vineland,  N.  J.,  where  he  has  since  resided. 

NEIDHARD,  CH ARISES.— Was  born  in  Bremen,  Ger- 
many, in  1809.  Received  his  early  education  at  Buxweiler 
College,  in  Alsace,  and  the  Gymnasium  at  Stuttgart,  and 
came  with  his  step-father,  Professor  lyist,  an  intimate  friend 
of  lyafayette,  to  America.  He  commenced  the  study  of  medi- 
cine with  Dr.  Isaac  Heister,  of  Reading,  Pa.,  he  took  three  and 
a  half  courses  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  two  sessions 
of  the  Philadelphia  Medical  Institute,  and  attended  the  clin- 
ical lectures  of  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital  for  two  years. 
His  over  application  to  study  made  him  ill  and  he  consulted 
Dr.  Wesselhoeft,  of  Bath,  Pa.,  a  personal  friend  who  had 
embraced  Homoeopathy.  His  recovery  and  his  physician's 
arguments  also  converted  him.  At  this  time  Professor  List 
had  been  made  consul  to  Leipsic  and  Dr.  Neidhard  followed 
him  thither.  He  then  devoted  himself  to  the  careful  study  of 
the  new  method,  becoming  a  member  of  the  Leipsic  Medical 
Society  in  1835.  He  afterwards  graduated  at  Jena.  He  re- 
turned to  the  United  States  in  1836  and  at  once  located  in 
Philadelphia,  which  always  afterwards  was  his  home.  He 
attended  the  Allentown  Academy,  from  which  Institution  he 
received  a  diploma  in  1837.  He  was  a  charter  member  of 
the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy.  He  also  received 
an  honorary  degree  from  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of 
Chicago.  He  was  an  original  corporator  of  the  Homoeopathic 
College  of  Pennsylvania,  his  name  appearing  in  the  Act.  Was 
one  of  the  Committee  to  draft  the  Constitution  and  By-Laws; 
was  Corresponding  Secretary  of  the  Corporators  at  their  first 
meeting;  and  one  of  the  Committee  on  the  Dispensary.  He 
was  also  appointed  to  the  Chair  of  Pathology,  but  resigned 
before  the  lectures  commenced.  Previous  to  the  session  of 
1 849-' 50  he  was  appointed  to  the  Chair  of  Clinical  Medicine 


366  BIOGRAPHICA.I,  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

in  the  College,  which  position  he  held  until  he  resigned  in 
June,  1852. 

Dr.  Neidhard  was  the  prover  of  several  medicines;  he  was 
the  author  of  a  treatise  on  Diphtheria  and  one  on  Crotalus  in 
Yellow  Fever  and  of  several  pamphlets  on  medical  subjects. 
He  translated  Croserio  on  Homoeopathic  Medicine  and  was 
co-editor  of  the  American  Journal  of  Honiceopathia  in  1838, 
and  of  the  North  American  J ojirnal  of  Homoeopathy  from  1862 
to  1868.  He  was  corresponding  member  of  Societies  Homoe- 
opathic in  lycipsic,  Paris,  Munich,  Brazil,  Massachusetts  and 
Rhode  Island. 

He  died  suddenly  on  the  morning  of  April  17,  1895,  at  his 
house,  at  151 1  Arch  street,  in  his  86th  year.  The  funeral 
took  place  from  his  house  on  Saturday  morning,  the  20th,  at 
9  o'clock.  He  had  not  been  in  active  practice  for  several 
years,  but  was  to  be  seen  upon  the  streets  nearly  every  fine 
day  up  to  the  time  of  his  death. 

NORTHROP,  H.  L.— Is  the  son  of  the  Rev.  Dr.  Henry 
Davenport  Northrop  formerly  pastor  of  the  North  Tenth 
Street  Presbyterian  Church,  and  was  born  in  lyondon,  Febru- 
ary ID,  1866,  during  the  temporarj'  residence  of  his  parents 
in  that  city.  He  was  brought  to  this  country  when  about 
one  year  of  age.  He  received  his  early  education  in  the 
schools  of  Hartford,  Conn.,  Birmingham  Academy,  near 
New  Haven,  and  the  Boys'  Central  High  School.  Entering 
the  Hahnemann  College  in  1886,  he  graduated  with  honor  in 
1889,  and  was  immediately  appointed  resident  physician  to 
the  Hahnemann  Hospital,  which  position  he  held  one  year. 
Then  he  became  associated  with  the  distinguished  surgeon 
and  oculist.  Dr.  Charles  M.  Thomas,  Professor  of  Ophthal- 
mologic serving  with  him  for  three  and  a  half  years,  and 
afterwards  with  the  eminent  surgeon  and  Professor  of 
Surgery  in  the  College,  Dr.  William  B.  Van  L,ennep, 
Near  the  close  of  1894  Dean  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas,  Pro- 
fessor of  Anatomy,  became  ill,  and  he  asked  Dr.  Northrop 
to  deliver  lectures  in  his  place  during  his  illness.  His 
work  was  so  satisfactory  that  he  soon  received  the  ap- 
pointment of  Adjunct  Professor  of  Anatomy,  and  continued 


BIOGRAPHICAL   SKETCHES    OF    PROFESSORS.  367 

his  lectures  during  1895.  ^^  January,  1896,  after  Dr, 
Thomas's  death,  he  was  appointed  to  fill  the  Chair  of  Anat- 
omy, and  holds  this  position  at  the  present  time.  Several 
years  ago  while  serving  as  anaesthetist  to  the  Hahnemann 
Hospital  through  his  untiring  energy,  skill  and  perseverance 
Dr.  Northrop  devised  a  method  for  the  production  of  anaes- 
thesia by  the  combination  of  ox5^gen  gas  and  chloroform,  and 
has  demonstrated  its  practical  utility  to  such  an  extent  that 
it  is  now  used  almost  exclusively  in  the  Hahnemann  Hos- 
pital. An  Anaesthetic  Commission  was  suggested  and  inaugu- 
rated b}'  him,  under  whose  auspices  experiments  were  carried 
out  and  which  led  him  to  issue  a  pamphlet,  entitled:  "  Rea- 
sons for  the  Administration  of  Oxygen  with  Chloroform  When 
the  Latter  is  the  Anaesthetic,"  which  was  prepared  for  the 
State  Society.  He  has  also  written  other  valuable  papers, 
among  them:  "The  Treatment  of  Accidents  During  the 
Anaesthetic  State,"  "  Intra- Circulatory  Injections  of  Saline 
Solutions,"  and  "The  Technique  of  Wound  Treatment." 
Professor  Northrop  is  junior  surgeon  of  the  Hahnemann 
Hospital,  member  of  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy, 
Pennsylvania  State  Homoeopathic  Medical  Society,  the  Phila- 
delphia County  Homoeopathic  Society,  and  the  Hahnemann 
Clinical  Club.  Dr.  Northrop  is  a  worthy  successor  of  that 
Nestor  among  anatomists,  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas,  and  is  very  pop- 
ular with  the  students.     He  is  also  a  very  skillful  operator. 

OATLEY,  EUGENE  LYMAN.— Was  born  in  Utica,  N. 
Y.,  October  13,  1859.  Was  educated  at  the  public  schools. 
In  1878  he  obtained  a  scholarship  in  Cornell  University, 
where  he  took  a  preparatory  medical  course,  graduating  in 
1 88 1.  He  was  City  Librarian  in  Utica  and  began  to  study 
medicine  with  Dr.  F.  F.  Laird.  He  entered  Hahnemann 
College  of  Philadelphia  in  1883,  graduating  in  1886.  He  be- 
came associated  in  practice  with  Dr.  O.  B.  Gause  and  retained 
the  position  of  Demonstrator  of  Chemistry,  which  he  had 
held  during  the  last  year  of  his  course.  He  was  appointed 
resident  physician  in  Hahnemann  Hospital  in  1886  and  in 
1889  was  made  Professor  of  Chemistry  in  his  Alma  Mater, 
holding  the  position  until  his  death.     He  joined  the  Ameri- 


368  BIOGRAPHICAL    SKETCHES    OF    PROFESSORS. 

can  Institute  of  Homoeopathy  in  1891.  During  the  holiday 
season  of  1890  he  contracted  a  cold  which  resulted  in  chills 
and  a  fever,  the  latter  of  which  never  left  him  until  he  died. 
He  continued  to  visit  patients  for  weeks  with  a  temperature  of 
from  102  to  103  degrees.  With  a  family  historj^  on  the 
father's  and  mother's  side  of  phthisis  he  still  continued  his 
work.  He  went  to  the  Adirondacks,  from  whence  he  was 
brought  to  Utica,  where  he  died  from  consumption  Novem- 
ber I,  1 89 1.  An  account  of  his  final  illness,  with  the  post 
mortem,  may  be  found  in  N.  Y.  Med.  Times,  December,  1891. 
(Vol.  19,  p.  265.) 

Dr.  J.  C.  Morgan  spoke  thus  about  this  talented  man: 
"  Dr.  Eugene  L,.  Oatley  I  had  known  as  a  student  in  the 
Hahnemann  College.  He  was  then  a  graduate  of  Cornell 
University,  and  a  splendid  chemist;  a  Demonstrator  before 
and  the  Professor  after  graduation.  He  was  most  successful 
during  the  short  time. he  held  the  Chair  of  Chemistry;  was 
one  of  those  rare  teachers  who  interest  and  make  agreeable 
this  subject  to  medical  students.  He  also  obtained  a  large 
practice  and  early  fell  a  victim  to  hard  work  and  faithfulness 
in  professional  life.  A  lovely  character — he  is  widelj'  and 
sincerely  mourned  in  our  city  and  in  the  profession." 

PERCIVAIv,  GEORGE  GIIvMAN.— Was  Professor  of 
Chemistry  in  the  old  college  during  the  session  of  1 867-' 68. 
He  only  lectured  the  one  course.  He  came  from  New  York. 
Nothing  further  is  known  concerning  him. 

PLATT,  CHARLES.— Charles  Piatt,  Ph.  D.,  F.  C.  S., 
London,  was  born  in  Montclair,  N.  J.,  March  16,  1869.  He 
was  educated  at  the  Montclair  High  School,  at  the  Lehigh 
University,  and,  later,  has  taken  post-graduate  courses  at 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  at  the  Sordonne  and  V Ecole  de 
Medecine,  Paris,  and  at  the  University  of  Edinburgh  (Med- 
allist in  Anatomy). 

During  intervals  not  devoted  to  University  work.  Dr.  Piatt 
has  served  as  chemist  for  Thomas  A.  Edison,  at  his  private 
laboratory,  Orange,  N.  J.,  as  chemist  for  the  Cambria  Iron 
Works,  John.stown,  Pa.,  and  as  a  consulting  chemist  at  Buf- 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES   OP   PROFESSORS.  369 

falo,  N.  Y.  In  1894  he  accepted  the  appointment  of  Profes- 
sor of  Chemistry  and  Toxicology  at  the  Hahnemann  Medical 
of  Philadelphia,  which  position  he  still  retains.  In  1897  he 
received  the  additional  appointments  of  Lecturer  on  Toxicol- 
ogy at  the  Hahnemann  Hospital  and  at  the  Children's  Ho- 
moeopathic Hospital.  He  has  acted  as  an  associate  editor  of 
Science,  New  York,  has  contributed  some  eighty  papers  and 
reviews  to  the  chemical  and  medical  journals,  and  is  the 
author  of  a  text-book  on  ' '  Qualitative  Analysis  and  Medical 
Chemistry"  (Philadelphia:  McVey.  2d  edition.  1898),  in 
use  in  a  number  of  medical  colleges.  Dr.  Piatt  is  a  Fellow  of 
the  Chemical  Society  of  London,  a  member  of  the  Societi 
Chimique  de  Paris,  and  a  member  of  the  American  Chemical 
Society. 

RAUE,  CHARLES  GOTTLEIB.— Was  born  in  Nieder- 
Cunnersdorf,  a  village  near  Loebau,  Saxony,  May  11,  1820. 
He  studied  at  the  College  of  Teachers,  at  Bautzen,  from 
1837  to  1 841,  and  taught  school  for  several  years  in  Burkau. 
He,  while  there,  became  attracted  by  the  psychological  views 
of  Prof.  F.  E.  Beneke,  of  Berlin,  and  published  them  in  pop- 
ular form  in  1847.  The  following  year  he  came  to  the  United 
States  at  the  invitation  of  Dr.  Constantine  Hering,  and  began 
the  study  of  Homoeopathy.  He  graduated  from  the  Phila- 
delphia College  of  Medicine  in  1850.  The  following  year  he 
took  the  practice  of  Dr.  Gosewich  of  Wilmington,  Del.,  dur- 
ing the  absence  of  the  latter  in  Europe.  In  1852  he  located 
in  Trenton,  N.  J.,  where  he  remained  until  1858,  when  he 
returned  to  Philadelphia,  where  he  afterward  resided,  contin- 
uing in  active  practice  until  a  few  weeks  before  his  death. 

In  1864  he  was  elected  to  the  chair  of  Special  Pathology 
and  Therapeutics  in  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of 
Pennsylvania,  which  position  he  held  for  two  years.  Two 
years  later  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia 
was  founded.  Dr.  Raue,  in  conjunction  with  Dr.  Hering, 
procuring  its  charter,  and  continuing  in  the  chair  of  Pathol- 
ogy. Two  years  later  there  was  a  junction  of  the  old  college 
and  the  new,  under  the  name  of  the  latter.  In  this  institu- 
tion Dr.  Raue  became  Professor  of  Practice  of  Medicine, 
25 


370  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES   OF   PROFESSORS. 

Special  Pathology  and  Therapeutics,  from  which  he  resigned 
in  the  spring  of  187 1.  Since  that  time  he  took  no  active 
part  in  college  affairs.  For  thirty  years  he  was  the  bosom 
friend  of  Dr.  Constantine  Hering,  and  was  accustomed  to 
visit  the  latter  every  morning  for  a  few  minutes  of  friendly 
converse.  All  his  life  he  was  an  active  contributor  to  the 
literature  of  Homoeopathy  and  mental  philosophy.  The 
first  work  on  psychology  was  published  in  German  in  1847. 
In  188 1  the  same  work  was  published  in  English  in  London. 
From  1870  to  1875  he  was  the  editor  of  Raue's  Annual 
Record  of  Homoeopathic  Literature,  which  was  a  condensation 
of  the  homoeopathic  literature  of  each  year.  In  1880  he 
assisted  in  the  compilation  of  the  ' '  Memorial ' '  volume  to 
Dr.  Hering.  The  book  by  which  he  is  best  known  to  the 
profession,  however,  is  the  "Special  Pathology  and  Diag- 
nostics," the  first  edition  of  which  was  published  in  1868, 
while  he  was  Professor  of  Pathology  and  Diagnostics,  and 
because,  as  he  said,  he  wished  for  a  work  which  would  fur- 
nish students  ' '  the  essential  points  of  these  branches  of  med- 
ical education  with  homoeopathic  therapeutics  in  a  concise 
manner  and  up  to  the  latest  researches. ' '  A  second  edition 
was  issued  in  1882  of  nearly  double  the  size  of  the  former. 
In  [885  a  third  edition  was  issued.  A  still  more  enlarged 
and  elaborate  edition  was  completed  but  a  few  months  ago, 
and  it  is  probable  that  the  arduous  labor  of  rewriting  and 
bringing  up  to  the  present  this  book  and  of  seeing  it  through 
the  press,  during  the  past  winter,  hastened  his  death.  Raue's 
* '  Pathology  ' '  is  known  wherever  there  is  a  student  or  prac- 
titioner of  Homoeopathy,  and  the  new  edition  but  just  pub- 
lished is  a  fitting  testimonial  to  his  love  for  real  homoeopathic 
practice. 

From  the  first  small  book  in  1847  through  all  the  journal 
and  pamphlet  writings  (and  they  are  many)  of  Dr.  Raue, 
may  be  traced  his  great  interest  in  the  subject  of  psychology, 
and  this  culminated,  in  1889,  in  an  exhaustive  and  masterly 
work  on  the  subject,  under  the  title:  "  Psychology  as  a  Nat- 
ural Science  Applied  to  the  Solution  of  Occult  Psychic 
Phenomena. ' '  This  book  has  been  recognized  by  metaphysi- 
cians as  one  of  the  most  profound  in  existence. 


Dr,.  Charles  G.  Raue. 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES   OF   PROFESSORS.  37 1 

Dr.  Raue  was  the  recipient  of  many  honorary  degrees  from 
societies  at  home  and  abroad.  He  became  a  member  of  the 
American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy  in  1869,  and  was  a  char- 
ter member  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  Society  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, and  of  the  Philadelphia  County  Homoeopathic  Medical 
Society. 

For  some  months  Dr.  Raue  had  been  gradually  failing, 
although  he  attended  both  to  practice  and  to  his  literary  work 
until  within  a  few  weeks  of  his  death.  While  at  the  home  o 
his  son  in  New  Jersey  he  became  more  feeble  and  was  brought 
to  his  home  but  a  few  days  before  the  end,  which  was  pain- 
less. 

He  died  at  his.  residence,  121  North  Tenth  street,  Phila- 
delphia, early  on  Friday  morning,  August  21,  1896.  His 
death  resulted  from  the  debility  of  old  age. 

The  funeral  occurred  at  noon,  on  Monday,  August  24th, 
and  was  attended  by  many  of  the  leading  members  of  the  ho- 
moeopathic profession  of  this  and  other  cities.  By  reason  of 
'his  long-expressed  wish,  the  body  was,  immediately  after  the 
services  at  the  house,  taken  to  Cheltenham,  where,  in  the 
presence  of  representatives  from  the  various  bodies  of  the 
medical  fraternity,  it  was  cremated. 

REED,  WILI.IAM  ASHTON.— Was  born  in  Philadel- 
phia June  25,  1827.  He  graduated  from  the  Madison  Uni- 
versity and  the  University  at  Lewisburg.  He  entered  the 
Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  in  the  autumn 
of  1851,  graduating  therefrom  in  1852.  He  was  a  student  of 
Dr.  James  Kitchen.  After  graduating,  he  commenced  prac- 
tice at  Fourth  and  Pine  streets.  He  was  soon  after  appointed 
Demonstrator  of  Anatomy  in  the  college,  which  position  he 
held  for  two  years,  the  sessions  of  i852-'53  and  i853-'54. 
In  the  autumn  of  1855  he  was  elected  to  the  Chair  of  Physi- 
ology, holding  this  position  until  the  end  of  the  session  of 
1859-60.  He  joined  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy 
in  1857.  He  was  also  a  member  of  the  Philadelphia  County 
Homoeopathic  Medical  Society.  During  the  War  of  the  Re- 
bellion he  was  connected  with  the  Christian  Commission  at 
the  front.     He  was  for  manj^  years  a  Vice  President  of  the 


372  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES   OF  PROFESSORS. 

Horticultural  Society  of  Philadelphia.  He  died  January  15, 
1895,  at  the  Rittenhouse  Hotel,  where  he  was  passing  the 
winter.  His  illness  was  short  and  his  disease  was  of  the 
heart. 

SMALL,  ALVAN  EDMUND.— Was  born  March  4,  18 11, 
at  Wales,  Lincoln  County,  Maine.  At  the  age  of  twenty  he 
commenced  to  study  medicine  in. the  office  of  Israel  Putnam, 
and  afterwards  read  with  Dr.  H.  B.  C.  Greene,  of  Saco,  Me. 
In  1 84 1  he  graduated  at  the  Pennsylvania  Medical  College 
after  attending  two  full  courses  of  lectures.  After  receiving 
his  diploma  he  practiced  for  a  time  in  Delaware  county,  Pa., 
but  the  field  was  too  small  for  a  man  of  his  attainments,  and 
he  removed  to  Philadelphia  in  1845.  While  reading  some 
religious  works  of  the  New  Church  (Swedenborgianj  he  be- 
came convinced  of  the  truth  of  homoeopath}^  and  began  to 
practice  and  test  it.  He  soon  became  a  firm  convert.  When 
the  Homoeopathic  College  of  Pennsylvania  was  opened  in 
1848  Dr.  Small  was  elected  to  the  Chair  of  Physiology 
and  Pathology  and  delivered  the  first  course  of  lectures  in 
that  institution  on  that  subject.  He  lectured  during  the  ses- 
sions of  1848-49,  1849-50,  i850-'5i,  i85i-'52;  ini852-'53 
the  Chair  was  Physiology  and  Medical  Jurisprudence;  it  so 
continued  until  the  end  of  the  session  of  1 854-' 55.  In 
1 855-' 56  he  took  the  Chair  of  Homoeopathic  Institutes, 
Pathology  and  the  Practice  of  Medicine;  he  lectured  but  the 
one  term,  resigning  in  August,  1856.  In  1856  he  removed  to 
Chicago,  buying  out  Dr.  D.  S.  Smith,  who  removed  to  Wau- 
hegan.  At  the  organization  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  of  Chicago  he  was  elected  Dean  of  the  Faculty  and 
was  closely  identified  with  the  institution  up  to  the  day  of  his 
death.  He  filled  the  Chairs  of  Practice,  Physiology  and^ 
Chemistry,  all  in  the  same  session.  The  Degree  of  Master 
of  Arts  was  given  him  by  Delaware  College  in  1851.  He 
was  married  in  1834  to  Martha  Mary  Sloan,  of  Bath,  Me. 
He  had  two  sons  who  became  physicians.  He  published  a 
Manual  of  Homoeopathic  Practice  in  1854  which  popular 
Hand-book  has  passed  through  fifteen  editions.  Also  a  vol- 
ume on  Disea.ses  of  the  Nervous  System.     In  1886  a  Sys- 


BIOGRAPHICAL   SKETCHES    OF   PROFESSORS.  373 

tematic  Treatise  on  the  Practice  of  Medicine.  He  is  the 
author  of  quite  a  number  of  pamphlets.  He  dehvered  his 
farewell  lecture  December  24,  1885.  Dr.  D.  S.  Smith  thus 
speaks  of  his  old  friend:  "  I  never  heard  him  say  an  unkind 
word  against  anybody,  and  if  any  one  said  an  unkind  word 
of  him  he  would  always  excuse  it  by  saying  that  every  man 
does  as  kindly  as  he  can,  and  they  were  only  manifesting 
their  feelings  so  far  as  they  knew  him.  He  was  visiting  his 
patients  the  last  day  of  his  life,  the  weather  being  very  cold; 
when  he  returned  home  he  complained  of  exhaustion.  That 
evening  he  entertained  some  friends  at  his  own  home,  went 
with  them  to  the  door,  bidding  them  good  bye,  and  asking 
them  to  come  again.  He  got  up  in  the  morning  as  usual  and 
began  to  dress,  when  the  attention  of  his  wife  was  attracted 
by  a  peculiar  noise,  and  turning  around  she  saw  him  strug- 
gling for  breath.  By  the  assistance  of  his  daughter  he 
w^alked  across  the  room,  settled  into  his  chair,  when  in  a  few 
minutes  he  expired.  Physicians  were  immediately  sent  for 
but  he  was  past  help.  He  died  of  apoplexy,  December  31, 
1886. 

SMITH,  C.  CARIvETON.— Was  born  in  Philadelphia, 
September  27,  1833.  After  receiving  a  good  education  he 
was  left  to  his  own  resources.  His  friends  endeavored  to 
give  him  a  mercantile  education,  but  the  bent  of  his  mind 
was  towards  medicine  and  in  his  leisure  hours  he  studied 
medical  works.  After  manj^  trials  he  graduated  from  the 
New  York  Homoeopathic  College  in  1861.  He  located  at 
Stamford,  Conn.,  where  he  soon  built  up  a  good  practice. 
After  remaining  there  for  four  years  he  was  desirous  of  enter- 
ing a  larger  field,  and  left  that  location  to  take  charge  of  the 
practice  of  Dr.  D.  S.  Smith,  of  Chicago,  111.,  during  his  ab- 
sence in  Europe.  While  there  he  was  duly  elected  Professor 
of  Theory  and  Practice  in  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of 
Chicago.  He  returned  East  in  1870  and  located  in  Phila- 
delphia. In  1872  he  was  elected  to  the  Chair  of  Special 
Pathology  and  Diagnostics  in  Hahnemann  College  of  Phila- 
delphia. He  held  this  chair  until  the  close  of  the  session  of 
1875-6,  when  he  resigned. 


374  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

SNADER,  EDWARD  ROLAND.— Was  born  at  Millport, 
Lancaster  County,  Pa.,  January  lo,  1855.  He  obtained  his 
education  in  the  public  schools  of  Lancaster  and  Har- 
risburg,  and  during  the  earlier  years  of  his  life  occupied  vari- 
ous positions  on  the  ' '  Lancaster  Inquirer  ' '  and  on  the  ' '  Ex- 
press." He  was  graduated  in  medicine  in  1884  from  Hahne- 
mann College,  and  has  since  practiced  in  Philadelphia.  He 
was  resident  physician  at  the  Hahnemann  Hospital  for  two 
years,  and  then  became  Chief  of  the  Dispensary  Staff,  when 
he  commenced  a  systematic  study  of  the  diagnostic  features  of 
diseases  of  the  heart,  lungs  and  abdomen;  was  assistant  in 
the  clinic  for  diseases  of  children;  became  Demonstrator  of 
Physical  Diagnosis  in  1886,  and  in  1888  was  appointed  lec- 
turer on  that  branch,  succeeding  Prof.  A.  R.  Thomas.  He 
is  Clinical  Chief  of  the  Heart  and  Lungs  Department  of  the 
College  Dispensary,  and  of  the  same  department  in  the  Chil- 
dren's Hospital  of  Philadelphia,  and  consulting  phyvsician  to 
the  Harper  Memorial  Hospital.  He  has  filled  the  Chair  of 
Practice  of  Medicine  during  the  absence  of  the  regular  pro- 
fessors, and  has  given  many  of  the  regular  medical  clinics. 
He  is  a  member  of  the  Hahnemann  Clinical,  the  Boenning- 
hausen,  the  Oxford,  and  the  Germantown  Medical  Clubs,  the 
American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy,  the  State  and  County 
Homoeopathic  Medical  Societies  and  was  for  several  years 
corresponding  secretary  of  the  State  Society.  Dr.  Snader 
continued  to  lecture  on  Physical  Diagnosis  from  1886  to  1897; 
during  the  summer  of  1897  he  was  appointed  Professor  of 
Physical  Diagnosis,  which  position  he  now  occupies.  It  is 
doubtful  if  there  is  a  better  diagnostician  in  Philadelphia  than 
Dr.  E.  R.  Snader.  He  is  in  active  practice,  but  his  specialty 
is  diagnosis.  He  has  published  many  important  exhaustive 
papers  on  the  subject. 

STARKEY,  GEORGE  R.— Was  born  in  Vassalboro', 
Kennebec  County,  Me.,  June  2d,  1823.  His  parents  belonged  to 
the  Society  of  Friends.  His  father  died  in  1825  from  a  med- 
ical mistake.  For  some  slight  illness  a  dose  of  Magnesice 
sulph.  (Epsom  salts)  was  prescribed  and  Potas.  nitr.  (Salt- 
petre) was  received  and  taken  instead.  His  mother  died  when 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  375 

he  was  twelve  years  of  age.  His  early  years  were  years  of 
hard  work;  from  the  time  he  was  able  to  lift  a  hoe  until  he 
was  fourteen  years  old  he  was  obliged  to  labor  regularly 
upon  a  farm  with  the  ' '  field  hands  ' '  often  beyond  his 
strength.  At  the  age  of  fourteen  a  benevolent  Quaker  lady, 
who  knew  of  his  eagerness  to  obtain  an  education,  succeeded 
in  interesting  in  his  behalf  Anna  B.  Jenkins,  daughter  of 
Moses  Brown,  a  very  wealthy  citizen  of  Providence,  R.  I,  This 
was  attheFriends'  Yearly  Meeting  at  Newport,  in  1837.  Mrs. 
Jenkins  made  him  her  ward  at  the  Friends'  Boarding  School 
in  Providence,  providing  for  his  wants.  He  remained  there 
for  two  years.  He  then  returned  to  Maine.  By  teaching 
school  in  the  winter  and  working  At  farming — often  sixteen 
hours  a  day — in  summer,  and  occupying  his  leisure  hours  in 
study,  he  fitted  himself  for  college  and  entered  at  Water- 
ville,  Me. ,  at  the  age  of  twenty-one.  By  teaching  school  a 
part  of  each  year  he  worked  his  way  through  college,  gradu- 
ating in  the  first  grade  in  1848.  During  that  time  he  was  for 
six  months  employed  in  his  first  school  in  Providence  as 
teacher  of  the  classics  and  higher  mathematics.  I^eaving 
college,  he  passed  two  j^ears  with  his  cousin,  E.  A.  Brackett, 
the  sculptor,  assisting  him  in  his  art.  Soon  after  this  he  com- 
menced the  study  of  medicine,  and  graduated  at  the  Homoeo- 
pathic Medical  College  of  Pensylvania  in  1855.  He  then  com- 
menced practice  in  Reading,  Pa.,  where  he  remained  nearly 
two  years.  In  January,  1857,  he  removed  to  Philadelphia, 
and  the  following  year  succeeded  to  the  practice  of  Dr.  S.  R. 
Dubs,  who  retired.  In  June,  i860,  he  was  elected  to  the 
chair  of  Anatomy  in  the  Homoeopathic  College  of  Pennsylva- 
nia, and  the  year  following  was  called  to  the  chair  of  Sur- 
gery, which  chair  he  filled  for  four  years.  In  1869  Dr. 
Starkey's  attention  was  called  to  the  Compound  Oxygen 
treatment,  and  he  has  since  made  it  a  specialty.  In  1852  he 
was  married  to  Miss  Caira  Skelton,  of  Lexington,  Mass.  Dr. 
Starkey  is  a  member  of  the  Swedenborgian  Church.  He  is 
still  in  practice  in  Philadelphia. 

STEPHENS,  LEMUEIv.— Was  born  February  22d,  1814, 
at  Plymouth,  Mass.,  where  his  parents  held  a  prominent  posi- 
tion among  the  ad  vanced  thinkers  of  the  time.     He  received 


376  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

the  rudiments  of  his  education  in  his  native  town,  and  in 
1 83 1  he  entered  Harvard  University,  where  he  graduated  in 
1835.  He  continued  his  education  in  the  Universities  of  Got- 
tingen  and  Berhn,  in  Germany,  earning  the  reputation  which 
he  afterwards  enjoyed  of  being  one  of  the  finest  chemists  in 
the  country.  After  his  return  from  abroad  he  taught  five 
years  in  the  University  of  Pittsburgh,  when  he  was  elected 
to  the  chair  of  Chemistry  and  Physics  in  Girard  College. 
For  thirty-six  years  he  not  only  did  vigorous  teaching  there, 
but  with  his  genial  nature  he  supplied  to  the  orphan  boys  of 
that  institution  almost  a  father's  love  and  interest.  Many  of 
them  went  to  him  for  help  and  encouragement  in  after-life. 

In  1863  he  was  appointed  to  the  chair  of  Chemistry  and 
Toxicology  in  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. This  position  he  held  until  the  split  in  the  college  in 
1867,  when  he  became  Professor  of  Chemistrj^  in  the  new  col- 
lege. After  the  colleges  united  he  continued  in  the  chair  of 
Chemistry  until  the  close  of  the  session  of  1885-6.  After 
1867  his  chair  embraced  Natural  Philosoph}^  Chemistry  and 
Toxicology.  He  died  at  his  residence  in  Philadelphia  on 
Friday,  April  i,  1892.  His  remains  were  interred  at  Ply- 
mouth, the  home  of  his  childhood,  where  he  always  spent  his 
vacations. 

STOWE,  TIMOTHY  DWIGHT.— Was  born  at  Elbridge, 
Onondaga  County,  N.  Y.,  September  i6th,  1829.  In  his  sev- 
enteenth year  he  began  to  study  architecture,  continuing 
until  he  was  twenty-five,  working  from  April  to  November 
of  each  year,  pursuing  during  the  other  months  his  medical 
studies.  He  attended  four  courses  of  lectures,  the  last  two 
in  the  Cleveland  Homoeopathic  College,  from  whence  he 
graduated  March  i,  1854.  He  opened  an  office  in  Phelps,  N. 
Y.,  but  seven  months  later  removed  to  Geneva  at  the  solicita- 
tion of  Dr.  L.  de  V.  Wilder.  In  the  fall  of  1855  lie  located 
in  Fulton,  where  he  remained  until  September,  1872.  On 
the  outbreak  of  the  rebellion  he  went  to  Albany  and  passed 
with  honor  an  examination  b}^  the  State  Medical  Board  for 
position  as  surgeon  in  the  volunteers.  But  he  wished  to  test 
Homoeopathy   in    military  practice,    and    this   shut  him  out 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OP  PROFESSORS.  377 

from  the  position  he  sought.  Determined  to  accomplish  his 
purpose,  he  enlisted  as  a  private  in  the  second  Oswego  county 
regiment  then  forming.  Subsequently  he  was  elected  captain 
of  Compan}^  F,  8ist  N.  Y.  Volunteers,  and  with  it  went 
through  the  Peninsular  campaign  in  1862.  He  took  part  in 
nearly  all  the  marches  from  Fortress  Monroe  to  Richmond. 
He  suffered  for  four  months  with  diarrhoea,  and  when  he 
petitioned  for  sick  furlough  was  answered  that  no  officers 
could  be  spared  and  that  he  could  not  be  very  sick  so  long  as 
he  desired  only  homoeopathic  treatment.  Growing  worse, 
he  was  mustered  out  and  returned  home.  During  the  winter 
of  i868-'9  he  held  the  chair  of  Homoeopathic  Institutes, 
Pathology  and  Practice  in  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College 
of  Pennsylvania  from  the  opening  of  the  session  until  Christ- 
mas, when  he  resigned.  He  was  married  while  residing  at 
Geneva. 

THOMAS,  AMOS  RUSSELI.. —The  following  account  of 
the  life  of  this  distinguished  man,  to  whose  efforts  Hahnemann 
College  is  so  largely  indebted,  was  published  in  the  Hahne-, 
mannian  Monthly  for  December,  1895: 

Amos  Russell  Thomas,  M.  D.,  physician,  author,  and 
Dean  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia, 
died  at  Devon,  Pa.,  October  31,  1895,  after  a  lingering  illness, 
in  his  seventieth  year.  He  was  born  at  Watertown,  New 
York,  October  3,  1826,  being  descended  from  Welsh  ances- 
tors who  were  among  the  earliest  settlers  of  Massachusetts. 
Dr.  Thomas  was  the  son  of  Colonel  Azariah  Thomas,  who 
served  under  General  Jacob  Brown  on  the  northern  frontier 
in  the  War  of  18 12. 

Thrown  upon  his  own  resources  at  an  early  age,  Dr.  Thomas 
acquired  his  education,  both  literary  and  professional,  by  his 
unaided  individual  effort.  His  life  was  passed  in  the  country 
until  he  was  nearly  twenty  years  of  age,  and  by  manual  labor 
upon  a  farm  he  acquired  the  robust  and  vigorous  physical 
constitution  which  he  enjoyed  up  to  a  year  or  two  of  the  date 
of  his  death.  Dr.  Thomas's  fondness  for  books  led  him  to 
devote  his  intervals  of  leisure  to  study,  and  in  this  manner  he 
qualified    himself   and   commenced  teaching   school   in   the 


378  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OP  PROFESSORS. 

western  part  of  New  York.  Four  years  after,  in  1850,  he 
engaged  in  mercantile  pursuits  in  Ogdensburg,  New  Yoik, 
but  finding  this  employment  uncongenial,  he  turned  his  at- 
tention once  again  to  professional  life.  By  getting  possession 
of  an  old  Indian  skull,  which  had  been  exhumed  in  making 
an  excavation  near  his  place  of  business  and  borrowing  a 
work  on  anatomy,  for  the  purpose  of  studying  this  skull,  he 
became  so  much  interested  as  to  engage  at  once  in  the  study 
of  medicine.  He  entered  the  Syracuse  Medical  College  in 
1852,  and  graduated  in  February,  1854.  Upon  receiving  his 
degree  Dr.  Thomas  went  to  Philadelphia,  and,  after  attending 
a  course  of  lectures,  he  again  graduated  from  the  Pennsyl- 
vania Medical  University,  His  abilities  had  long  since  met 
recognition,  and  upon  his  graduation  from  this  institution  he 
was  immediately  offered  the  position  of  Demonstrator  of 
Anatomy  by  his  Alma  Mater,  which  he  accepted,  and  made 
Philadelphia  his  home,  holding  the  chair  for  ten  years.  In 
1856  he  was  made  the  Professor  of  Artistic  Anatomy  in  the 
Pennsylvania  Academy  of  Fine  Arts,  occupying  the  chair 
with  credit  to  himself  and  the  institution  for  fourteen  years, 
being  the  first  in  the  history  of  the  world  to  fill  such  a  posi- 
tion. In  186,^  he  was  appointed  to  a  similar  professorship  in 
the  School  of  Design  for  Women,  holding  the  same  for  eight 
years. 

After  the  second  battle  of  Bull  Run,  during  the  War  of  the 
Rebellion,  Dr.  Thomas  volunteered  his  services  as  surgeon, 
and  was  assigned  a  position  in  the  Armor}^  Square  Hospital 
at  Washington,  where  he  remained  in  charge  of  one  of  the 
wards  until  the  wounded  from  that  disastrous  field  were  cared 
for.  He  then  returned  to  Philadelphia  and  resumed  his  prac- 
tice, which  was  lucrative  and  select.  Becoming  interested  in 
an  examination  of  the  merits  of  Homoeopathy  soon  after 
settling  in  Philadelphia,  he  was  finally  led  to  adopt  this  sys- 
tem of  practice,  and  in  1867  he  was  called  to  the  Chair  of 
Anatomy  in  the  Hahnemann  Medical  Collegeof  Philadelphia, 
which  he  acceptably  filled  for  nearly  thirty  years  as  the  loved 
and  honored  professor.  In  1874  he  took  up  the  exacting  and 
responsible  duties  of  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty,  and  fortwent}''- 
one  years,  or  until  his  death,  he  guided  with  wonderful  sue- 


BIOGRAPHICAI,  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  379 

cess  the  destiny  of  the  oldest  and  greatest  educational  institu- 
tion of  Homoeopathy  in  the  world.  On  May  8,  1894,  the 
Alumni  of  the  Hahnemann  College  of  Philadelphia  and  their 
friends  celebrated  the  Jubilee  Anniversary  of  forty  years'  ser- 
vice of  Dr.  Thomas  as  Professor  of  Anatomy,  by  raising  five 
thousand  dollars  and  endowed  in  the  Hahnemann  Hospital  of 
the  same  city  in  perpetuity,  "  The  Amos  Russell  Thomas 
Free  Bed." 

As  a  lecturer  on  anatomy  Dr.  Thomas  was  remarkably 
clear  and  accurate,  and  his  impressive  manner  at  once  at- 
tracted and  retained  the  close  attention  of  the  student.  In 
addition  to  a  large  professional  business  Dr.  Thomas  found 
time  to  contribute  a  large  number  of  important  papers  to  med- 
ical journals;  write  and  deliver  a  number  of  valuable  ad- 
dresses; especially  the  presidential  address  before  the  Homoe- 
opathic Medical  Society  of  the  County  of  Philadelphia  and 
the  Homoeopathic  Medical  Society  of  the  State  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. He  wrote  a  work  on  "  Post-Mortem  Examinations 
and  Morbid  Anatomy,"  which  was  highly  commended  by 
the  medical  press,  and  for  five  years  he  acted  as  general  edi- 
tor of  the  American  Journal  of  Homoeopathic  Materia  Medica. 
For  a  few  months  in  1878  he  was  associate-editor  of  the 
Hahnemannian  Monthly,  with  Dr.  McClatchey. 

Among  his  writings  are:  "Diseases  of  the  Pancreas,"  "Evo- 
lution of  Earth  and  Man,"  "  History  of  Anatomy,"  "  His- 
torj'  of  the  Descendants  of  William  Thomas  of  Hardwick, 
Mass.  (1678-1891),"  "  A  New  Preparation  of  the  Nervous 
System,"  &c.,  &c. 

He  delivered  the  address  at  Pittsburg  at  the  semi-centennial 
celebration  of  the  introduction  of  Homoeopathy  west  of  the 
Allegheny  Mountains,  in  September,  1887. 

Dr.  Thomas  received  the  honorary  degree  of  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  in  1886,  and  was 
unanimously  elected  a  member  of  its  Alumni  Association  im- 
mediately afterwards. 

Dr.  Thomas  was  a  member  of  the  American  Institute  of 
Homoeopathy,  the  Philadelphia  County  and  Pennsylvania 
State  Medical  Societies,  the  Fairmount  Park  Art  Association, 
the    Pennsylvania   Horticultural   Society,    the    Academy    of 


380  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

Natural  Sciences,  the  Historical  Society  of  Pennsylvania, 
and  a  member  of  the  Anatomical  Board  of  the  State  of  Penn- 
sylvania from  July,  1883,  the  date  of  its  organization,  until 
the  time  of  his  death. 

Dr.  Thomas  was  married  early  in  life  to  Miss  Elizabeth 
Bacon,  of  Watertown,  N.  Y,,  who  survives  him,  with  one 
son,  the  distinguished  Professor  of  Ophthalmology  in  the 
Hahnemann  Medical  College,  Dr.  Charles  M.  Thomas,  and 
who  for  a  number  of  years  was  Professor  of  Surgery.  His 
only  daughter,  Florence,  who  became  the  wife  of  Dr.  J. 
Nicholas  Mitchell,  died  in  1880  of  pneumonia. 

Dr.  Thomas  retired  from  practice  on  account  of  his  failing 
health  in  April,  1894,  and  removed  to  his  country  home  at 
Llangollen,  Devon.  In  December  his  trouble  took  an  acute 
form  and  he  went  to  live  with  his  son.  Dr.  C.  M.  Thomas, 
1623  Arch  St.  He  had  been  in  failing  health  since  1892. 
While  standing  on  a  step  ladder  reaching  up  into  a  closet  for 
some  books  he  fell  and  it  is  thought  that  this  fall  had  largely 
to  do  with  his  final  illness.  In  the  spring  of  1893  he  under- 
went an  operation  from  which  he  rallied  and  visited  the 
World's  Fair  in  Chicago  in  the  fall  of  1893.  He  delivered 
his  annual  course  of  lectures  1 893-' 94  and  the  following  term 
until  the  middle  of  November,  when  his  symptoms  reap- 
peared complicated  with  broncho-pneumonia. 

While  at  his  son's  he  was  taken  with  four  different  severe 
attacks,  during  each  of  which  it  v/as  thought  he  would  die. 
On  May  10,  1895,  ^le  was  removed  to  his  home  in  Devon, 
where  he  was  continuously  confined  to  his  bed  until  death 
ended  his  suffering.  Several  operations  at  Devon  afforded 
him  temporary  relief.  His  death  was  due  to  carcinoma  at 
the  base  of  the  bladder,  involving  the  prostate,  as  revealed  by 
a  post-mortem  examination,  which  was  conducted  on  Sunday, 
November  3,  by  Drs.  Van  lycnnep,  James,  Weaver,  and 
Goodno. 

The  funeral  was  held  on  Monday  afternoon,  November  4, 
at  2  p.  m.,  from  the  residence  of  his  son.  Dr.  C.  M.  Thomas, 
and  was  attended  by  the  Board  of  Trustees,  Faculty,  Alumni 
and  students  of  the  College,  members  of  various  societies, 
besides  a  large  number  of  friends.     The  remains  were  sur- 


BIOGRAPHICAI,  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  38 1 

rounded  by  beautiful  floral  offerings  from  the  Nurses' 
Training  School,  Alumni,  Students  and  Faculty,  the  A.  R. 
Thomas  Club  and  individual  friends.  After  the  services  the 
students  marched  in  a  body  from  the  College  and  viewed  the 
remains  of  their  beloved  teacher. 

The  interment  was  in  Woodlands  Cemetery  and  was  pri- 
vate. 

On  Friday  evening,  December  13,  a  Memorial  Meeting 
was  held  in  Association  Hall,  at  Fifteenth  and  Chestnut  Sts. , 
at  which  suitable  services  and  addresses  were  delivered  by 
members  of  the  Faculty  and  by  his  friends. 

An  editorial  in  the  Hahnemann  Monthly  thus  mentions 
his  life  : 

"In  the  death  of  Dr.  Thomas,  Homoeopathy  has  lost  a  great 
and  successful  leader.  His  reputation  and  influence,  through 
the  medical  educational  institution  of  which  he  was  the  head, 
makes  his  loss  world-wide;  but  it  is  at  Philadelphia  and 
vicinity,  where  his  life's  labor  was  centered,  where  his  excep- 
tional qualities  of  head  and  heart  claimed  the  allegiance  of 
every  one,  where  his  extraordinary  fitness  for  his  oflSce  of 
Dean,  commanded  the  universal  respect  of  his  brethren  and 
his  pupils,  here  it  is  that  his  loss  falls  with  greatest  weight, 
and  pulls  painfully  the  heart  strings  of  those  who  loved 
him. 

The  history  of  Dr.  Thomas's  life  is  so  mingled  and  inter- 
woven with  that  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  the 
Philadelphia  profession,  it  is  impossible  to  separate  one  from 
the  other,  and  when  the  sharp  lines  of  demarcation,  and  the 
feelings  of  distrust  and  antagonism  that  divided  the  profes- 
sion of  Philadelphia  twenty  years  ago  are  recalled,  and  it  is 
borne  in  mind  that  it  was  largely  due  to  Dr.  Thomas's  con- 
ciliatory spirit  and  kindly,  courteous  dignity  that  brought 
harmony  in  our  midst,,  and  opened  the  way  for  the  concep- 
tion, the  development,  and  the  realization  of  the  magnificent 
and  powerful  institution,  of  which  the  profession  is  justly 
proud — the  Hahnemann  College  and  Hospital — it  is  natural 
that  all  should  bless  him  and  mourn  his  loss. 

The  younger  leaders,  pressing  forward  earnestly  with  am- 
bitious movements  for  the  school' s  advantage  and  permanency, 


382  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

are  amazed,  on  realizing  the  gravitj"  of  the  questions  con- 
fronting him,  the  enormous  responsibihties  devolving  upon 
him,  and  the  magnitude  of  the  difficulties  he  rose  superior  to 
and  overcome.  To  them  his  life's  history  is  an  inspiration. 
Dr.  Thomas  was  a  man  of  great  practical  sagacity  and 
large  experience,  and  made  few  mistakes;  he  was  always 
safely  conservative,  and  in  the  early  years  of  his  service  as 
Dean,  during  the  struggle  for  ascendency  between  conserva- 
tism and  the  spirit  for  change,  he  wisely  waited  and  for  ten 
years,  from  1874  to  1884,  there  was  no  radical  innovation; 
and,  in  one  sense,  not  much  was  done  for  the  advancement  of 
Homoeopathy  and  the  Hahnemann  College — but  in  another, 
great  things  were  accomplished.  When  present  conditions 
are  beyond  control,  and  the  forecast  of  future  events  is  ob- 
scured, safety  demands  the  arrest  of  aggressive  activity;  this 
is  the  educational  period  of  a  movement.  In  1884,  the  awak- 
ening came;  the  gradual  dying  out  of  party  spirit,  and  the 
yearning  for  unity  for  the  interest  of  the  school,  made  the 
opportunity,  which  his  ripe  leadership  boldly  seized  at  its 
flood  and  turned  to  success.  In  1884  Dr.  Thomas  and  the 
group  of  loyal,  courageous  men  surrounding  him  had 
scarcely  a  name  for  the  Hahnemann  College  to  live  on. 
Their  possession  consisted  solely  of  a  charter  and  a  small 
museum  ;  beginning  thus  with  hardly  anything,  and  fairly 
considering  their  disadvantages,  the  growth  and  success  the 
movement  has  since  met  is  a  crowing  glory  to  Dr.  Thomas's 
splendid  executive  power  and  intellectual  ability.  The 
Hahnemann  Medical  College,  under  his  leadership,  has  ob- 
tained, during  the  past  twelve  years,  a  prestige  and  influence 
far  beyond  that  warranted  by  numbers,  which  is  destined  to 
live  on  and  increase  year  by  year,  owing  to  the  solidity  of  the 
foundation  of  which  he  was  the  builder.  The  decade  of 
preparation  paved  the  way  for  the  constantly  increasing  pros- 
perity of  "  Old  Hahnemann,"  and  to-day  finds  her  magnifi- 
cently housed,  together  with  four  great  buildings  for  hos- 
pital purposes.  The  curriculum  has  been  enlarged,  the 
standard  of  requirements  elevated,  and  the  course  lengthened, 
maintaining  the  leading  position  on  the  question  of  medical 
education. 


BIOGRAPHICAI.  SKETCHES  OE  PROEESSORS.  383 

These  results,  accomplished  by  the  resolute  purpose  of  Dr. 
Thomas,  teach  those  who  are  to  take  up  the  duties  he  so  long 
sustained,  to  move  in  similar  aggressive  lines,  and  to  attempt 
and  obtain  similar  great  results.  So,  then-,  our  greatest  has 
departed.  D3dng,  he  has  left  us  a  priceless  treasure — an  ex- 
ample. A  memory  to  be  cherished,  and  a  work  to  be 
utilized." 

THOMAS,  CHARIvES  MONROE.— Was  born  in  Water- 
town,  N.  Y.,  May  3d,  1849.  He  is  the  son  of  Dr.  A.  R. 
Thomas.  In  1854  he  removed  to  Philadelphia  with  his 
parents,  obtained  his  early  education  in  the  schools  of  that 
city,  and  was  graduated  from  the  Central  High  School  with 
the  degree  of  A.  B.,  in  1868,  receiving  the  degree  of  A.  M. 
in  1874.  After  taking  a  course  of  instruction  at  a  commer- 
cial college  he  commenced  the  study  of  medicine  with  his 
father  in  1869,  and  was  graduated  from  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  in  1871.  He  continued  his 
studies  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  for  one  year,  and  in 
March,  1872,  went  to  Europe,  where  he  devoted  special  at- 
tention to  surgery  and  diseases  of  the  eye  and  ear  for  two  and 
one-half  years  in  the  Universities  of  Heidelberg,  Vienna  and 
Edinburgh.  He  returned  to  Philadelphia  in  1874  to  enter 
upon  the  practice  of  the  especial  department  which  he  had 
elected  for  his  life  work,  viz.,  diseases  of  the  eye,  ear,  nose 
and  throat;  but  the  circumstances  in  the  profession  at  that 
time  were  such  that  the  field  of  surgery  was  open  and  ready 
for  a  competent  operator.  His  skill  as  a  diagnostician  and 
operator  was  at  once  recognized,  and  almost  immediately  he 
won  eminence  in  both  departments,  and  took  rank  with  the 
foremost  surgeons  of  the  country. 

In  1 874-' 7 5  he  was  curator  of  the  Museum,  and  librarian 
in  i874-'75,  at  which  time  he  made  a  catalogue  of  both  de- 
partments, which  was  printed.  In  1875  he  was  appointed 
Demonstrator  of  Surgery  in  his  Alma  Mater,  and  the  follow- 
lowing  year,  1876,  Lecturer  on  Operative  and  Clinical 
Surgery.  In  iS78he  took  the  chair  ol  Operative  Surgery, 
Ophthalmology,  and  Otology;  this  he  held  until  1889,  when 
the  chair  was  changed  to  Clinical  Surgery  and  Ophthalmol- 


384  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

ogy.  In  1892  he  became  Professor  of  Ophthalmology  and 
Otology,  which  position  he  still  holds.  In  1891  Dr.  Thomas, 
on  account  of  lack  of  time,  gave  up  general  surgery  and  de- 
voted himself  exclusively  to  treatment  of  the  eye  and  ear.  He 
has  contributed  numerous  articles  to  medical  literature,  espe- 
cially in  the  departments  of  Surgery  and  Ophthalmology.  He 
holds  the  position  of  Ophthalmologist  and  Otologist  to  Hahne- 
mann Hospital,  is  Consulting  Surgeon  to  the  same  institution, 
and  is  Consulting  Ophthalmologist  to  the  Children's  Homoeo- 
pathic Hospital  of  Philadelphia.  He  is  a  member  of  many  so- 
cieties, among  which  are  the  American  Institute  of  Homoe- 
opathy, and  the  State  and  County  Societies. 

He  was  married,  April  18,  1876,  to  Marion  Elmslie, 
daughter  of  Dr.  Lawrence  Turnbull,  of  Philadelphia,  They 
have  six  children.  He  is  engaged  in  the  practice  of  his 
specialty,  and  is  one  of  the  busiest  men  in  his  profession. 
There  is  no  doubt  that  Dr.  Thomas,  in  1874,  was  largely  in- 
strumental in  placing  surgery  on  a  broad  and  satisfactory 
basis  in  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia. 

VAN  IvENNEP,  WILLIAM  B.— Was  born  in  Constanti- 
nople, Turkey,  December  5,  1853.  He  came  to  this  country 
at  the  age  of  fifteen  years.  His  father,  the  Rev.  H.  J.  Van 
Lennep,  was  for  thirty  years  a  well-known  missionary  to  that 
country,  and  the  author  of  many  standard  works  on  the 
Orient.  Dr.  Van  Lennep  obtained  his  preparatory  education 
at  Sedgewick  Institute,  Great  Barrington,  Mass.,  then  en- 
tered Princeton  College  in  1873,  graduating  from  there  four 
years  later  with  the  degree  of  A.  B.,  subsequently  receiving 
that  of  A.  M.  Deciding  to  enter  the  medical  profession,  he 
matriculated  at  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia 
in  1877,  and  was  graduated  in  1880.  He  was  awarded  the 
gold  medal,  securing  the  highest  average  possible,  100.  For 
six  months  he  was  on  the  staff  at  Ward's  Island,  New  York 
City  Hospital,  and  then  returned  to  Philadelphia,  where  for 
eighteen  months  he  took  charge  of  the  private  practice  of 
several  of  his  professional  friends  during  their  absence  from 
home.  Desiring  to  obtain  a  comprehensive  knowledge  of  sur- 
gery and  pathology,  he  went  to  Europe  in    1882  and  made 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OP  PROFESSORS.  385 

a  practical  study  of  those  departments  of  medical  knowledge 
for  two  years  in  the  hospitals  of  lyOndon,  Paris  and  Vienna. 
Returning  to  this  country  in  March,  1884,  Dr.  Van  Lennep 
began  a  career  at  once  the  wonder  and  admiration  of  his 
social  and  professional  friends.  By  means  of  his  superior 
skill  and  ability  as  a  surgeon  he  soon  took  high  rank  as  an 
operator,  and  now  is  considered  one  of  the  most  skillful 
surgeons  in  Philadelphia.  In  1885  he  took  charge  of  the 
surgical  department  in  the  College  Dispensary.  From  1886. 
to  1890  he  lectured  in  the  College  on  General  Pathology  and 
Morbid  Anatomy;  i890-'9i,  '9i-'92  on  Surgery  and  General 
Pathology;   1 892-' 93,   '93-' 94  he  lectured  on  Surgery.     In 

1894  he  was  appointed  Associate  Professor  of  Surgery  and  in 

1895  accepted  the  chair  of  Surgery,  which  position  he  still 
holds.  In  1886  he  was  appointed  one  of  the  attending 
surgeons  at  Hahnemann  Hospital,  which  position  he  still 
holds.  He  has  also  been  connected  with  the  surgical  depart- 
ment of  the  dispensary,  and  is  now  chief  of  that  department. 
He  acted  as  surgeon  to  the  Pennsylvania  Homoeopathic  Hos- 
pital for  Children  until  its  close;  he  was  for  several  years 
surgeon  to  the  Children's  Homoeopathic  Hospital  on  North 
Broad  street;  Consulting  Surgeon  to  the  Camden  Homoeo- 
pathic Hospital;  to  the  Wilmington  Homoeopathic  Hos- 
pital; to  the  Trenton  Homoeopathic  Hospital;  to  the  Harper 
Memorial  Hospital.  For  several  years  he  has  been  one  of 
the  editors  of  the  Hahnemannian  Monthly,  and  has  exerted  a 
strong  influence  in  building  up  and  maintaining  the  high 
character  of  that  medical  journal.  He  has  been  a  prolific 
writer,  and  has  contributed  valuable  papers  on  abdominal 
surgery,  the  surgery  of  the  bladder,  urethra,  bones  and  joints. 
He  has  made  some  original  experiments  in  abdominal  surgery, 
and  has  performed  some  notable  operations  upon  the  skull. 
He  is  a  member  of  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy, 
the  State  and  County  Homoeopathic  Societies,  and  has  acted 
as  chairman  of  various  surgical  and  pathological  bureaus.  He 
is  also  a  member  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  the 
Franklin  Institute,  the  Union  I^eague,  the  Art  Club,  the 
Bachelors'  Barge  Club  of  Philadelphia,  the  Masonic  Order, 
and  the  Sigma  Phi  College  Fraternity.    He  married,  in  April, 

26 


386  BIOGRAPHICAI,  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

ic^86,  Miss  Clara  R.,  daughter  of  Mr.  Thomas  Hart,  of  Phila- 
delphia, and  has  one  daughter. 

WARD,  ISAAC  MOREAU.— Was  the  oldest  son  of 
Joseph  S.  and  lyUcy  Dodel  Ward.  He  was  born  in  Bloom - 
field,  N.  J,,  October  23d,  1806.  After  a  preparatory  educa- 
tion in  the  Bloomfield  Academy  he  entered  Yale  College, 
graduating  in  1825.  He  studied  medicine  with  Mr.  David 
Hosack,  of  New  York,  graduated  at  Rutgers  Medical  Col- 
lege, New  York,  and  began  practicing  in  his  native  town. 
He  removed  to  Newark  in  1832,  when  he  married  Mary  Og- 
den,  the  oldest  daughter  of  William  Rankin.  He  soon  se- 
cured the  confidence  of  the  community,  being  chosen  to  high 
positions  in  the  County  and  State  Medical  Societies,  and  to 
fill  important  public  trusts.  One  of  these  was  to  study  and 
report  upon  the  Asiatic  cholera  when  first  it  appeared  in  New 
York  City  in  1832,  its  character  and  the  comparative  effects 
of  remedial  remedies.  He  saw  Homoeopathy  and  Allopathy 
tried  side  by  side  in  the  Park  Hospital,  and  the  superior  ad- 
vantages of  the  former  demonstrated  beyond  all  question.  In 
the  early  years  of  his  practice  he  met  Dr.  A.  S.  Ball  at  a  re- 
ligious meeting  at  Newark,  and  invited  him  to  dinner, 
when  the  conversation  turning  upon  the  subject  of  Homoe- 
opathy, then  attracting  public  attention,  he  learned  that  Dr. 
Ball  had  adopted  its  practice,  and  obtained  from  him  a  few 
remedies  with  which  to  make  trial  in  one  or  two  cases.  With- 
out mentioning  at  first  to  his  patients  that  he  had  made  any 
change  in  his  school  of  practice  his  success  was  such  that 
they  were  all  converted  to  the  new  system.  He  was  the  first 
practitioner  of  Homoeopathy  in  New  Jersey,  and  acquired 
considerable  reputation.  In  1841  he  was  induced  by  Drs.  J. 
F.  Gray,  A.  G.  Hull  and  A.  S.  Ball  to  remove  to  Albany, 
N.  Y. ,  where  an  American  physician  was  wanted  to  take  the 
practice  Dr.  Hoffendahl  had  established.  While  practicing 
there  he  was  one  of  the  founders  of  the  American  Institute  of 
Homoeopathy,  in  the  year  1844,  journeying  down  to  New 
York  from  Albany  in  a  sloop  to  attend  the  convention,  which 
was  held  in  the  lyyceum  of  Natural  History. 

On  the  formation  of  the  New  York  State  Homoeopathic 
Medical  Society,  in  1849,   he  was  elected  its  first  president. 


BIOGRAPHICAI.  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  387 

His  health  in  Albany  was  such  that  a  change  became  neces- 
sary, and  June  5,  1849,  he  made  his  last  prescription  in  that 
city,  being  succeeded  by  Dr.  Henry  D.  Paine,  who  for  three 
years  had  been  his  associate.  He  retired  to  a  home  in  the 
suburbs  of  Newark,  where  he  devoted  himself  to  horticul- 
ture, especially  to  the  culture  of  the  pear,  upon  which  he 
publish- d  a  series  of  valuable  papers.  After  several  years  of 
quiet  farm  life  he  again  entered  into  practice.  In  October, 
1853,  he  was  called  to  fill  the  chair  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases 
of  Women  and  Children  in  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College 
of  Pennsylvania,  made  vacant  by  the  death  of  Dr.  I^oomis. 
This  he  filled  until  1859,  with  the  exception  of  1858,  when 
Dr.  Williamson  lectured.  In  1856  Jurisprudence  was  added 
to  the  chair.  He  resigned  in  i860  and  assisted  in  establish- 
ing the  New  York  Homoeopathic  Medical  College,  and  he 
occupied  the  chair  of  Obstetrics  from  i860  until  1864.  He 
was  one  of  the  founders  of  the  New  York  Medical  College  for 
Women,  its  Dean  and  Professor  of  Obstetrics  from  1863  to 
1865,  when  it  was  reorganized  under  a  different  title.  He 
lectured  one  winter  on  the  Practice  of  Medicine.  This  action 
gave  offence  to  some  of  his  colleagues  in  the  New  York  Col- 
lege; he  resigned  and  soon  retired  from  professional  teaching. 
At  one  time  he  w^as  president  of  the  Howard  Mission,  one  of 
the  Five  Points  charities,  and  he  took  a  prominent  part  in 
the  organization  of  religious  meetings  and  in  establishing 
homes  for  the  fallen  and  outcast.  He  retired  again  to  his 
home  at  I^yons  Farm  where  he  practiced  only  among  friends 
and  neighbors,  and  where  he  continued  until  his  death, 
March  24,  1895. 

WEAVER,  RUFUS  B.~Was  born  at  Gettysburg,  Pa., 
January  loth,  1841.  He  obtained  his  academic  education  in 
the  schools  of  his  native  town  after  which  he  was  graduated 
with  the  degree  of  A.  B.  from  Pennsylvania  College  in  1862, 
receiving  therefrom  three  years  later  the  degree  of  A.  M. 
While  a  youth  pursuing  the  studies  belonging  to  preliminary 
education  he  incidentally  came  into  po-session  of  a  text-book 
of  Anatomy  and  Physiolog3^  which  developed  in  his  mind 
such  an  absorbing  interest  in  those  studies  that  it  resulted  in 


388  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

a  determination  on  his  part  to  make  those  departments  of 
science  his  hfe  work.  Completing  his  collegiate  course  he  at 
once  commenced  the  study  of  medicine,  and  entering  Penn- 
sylvania Medical  College  obtained  the  degree  of  Doctor  of 
Medicine  in  1865.  The  spring  session  of  the  same  year  he 
took  a  term  of  Anatomical  Instruction  under  Dr.  Hayes 
Agnew,  and  attended  a  full  course  of  lectures  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania,  in  i867-'8.  With  the  purpose  of  be- 
coming thoroughly  informed  regarding  the  teaching  and 
methods  of  both  the  University  and  Jefferson  Medical  Schools, 
he  matriculated  in  the  latter  and  took  a  course  on  Clinical 
Medicine  in  i868-'9.  In  1870  he  was  appointed  Demonstrator 
of  Anatomy  in  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College,  and  in  1879 
he  was,  in  addition,  appointed  Lecturer  on  Surgical  Anat- 
omy. 

Dr.  Weaver  continued  to  fill  this  position  up  to  1897,  when 
he  was  made  Professor  of  Regional  and  Applied  Anatomy 
and  Demonstrator.  He  has  served  as  a  teacher  for  a  longer 
term  than  anyone  connected  with  the  institution.  His  un- 
ceasing devotion  to  the  interests  of  the  college  and  painstak- 
ing instruction  of  its  students;  his  comprehensive  knowledge 
of  anatomy  and  remarkable  skill  in  dissection  have  placed 
him  in  the  front  rank  of  his  profession.  A  large  proportion 
of  the  anatomical,  surgical  and  pathological  specimens  now 
contained  in  the  college  museum,  one  of  the  most  complete, 
and,  in  some  respects,  unique  collections  in  America,  have 
been  prepared  by  him,  the  result  of  patient  labor  and  unusual 
mechanical  skill.  But  the  most  remarkable  of  the  many 
beautiful  dissections  made  by  Dr.  Weaver  and  which  has 
brought  him  prominently  before  the  medical  and  anatomical 
world  is  his  dissection  of  the  entire  cerebro-spinal  system. 
This  specimen  now  occupying  a  prominent  place  in  the  mu- 
seum is  the  only  successful  accomplishment  of  a  most  difficult 
undertaking,  for  there  is  none  other  known  to  be  in  existence. 
It  was  exhibited  at  the  Columbian  Exposition  in  Chicago  and 
attracted  attention  from  the  medical  profession  of  both  hemi- 
spheres, who  freely  expressed  their  congratulations  on  the 
completion  of  a  work  that  was  classed  among  the  impossibili- 
ties.    It  was  awarded  a  gold  medal  by  the  Bureau  of  Award 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OP  PROFESSORS.  389 

of  the  Columbian  Exposition.  In  1S91  the  Hahnemann  Col- 
lege conferred  upon  Dr.  Weaver  the  honorary  degree  of  Doc- 
tor of  Medicine  in  recognition  of  his  scientific  attainments. 
Since  his  graduation  he  has  devoted  nearly  all  his  time  to 
special  anatomy. 

In  1865  he  made  the  acquaintance  of  Dr.  A  R.  Thomas, 
and  from  that  period  until  Thomas's  death  their  relations  as 
friends  and  co-workers  were  most  intimate.  Dr.  Weaver 
made  all  the  dissections  for  Dr.  Thomas,  who  lectured  on 
Anatomy  for  the  last  twentj^-seven  years  and  has  always  been 
eager  to  contribute  his  time  and  devote  his  best  energies  to 
the  consummation  of  all  measures  promising  increased  ad- 
vantages to  the  student,  and  he  occupies  a  prominent  place 
among  those  whose  services  are  recognized  and  appreciated 
as  having  contributed  in  giving  Hahnemann  Medical  College 
its  high  reputation  of  being  the  most  eminent  and  distin- 
guished institution  in  the  world  teaching  Homoeopathy. 

Dr.  Weaver  was  married,  December  21st,  1869,  to  Medi- 
line  Louise,  daughter  of  Charles  W.  and  Matilda  Bender. 
His  father,  Samuel,  and  mother,  Elizabeth  A.  Weaver,  the 
latter  still  living,  resided  in  the  old  homestead  at  the  time  of 
the  battle  of  Gettysburg,  and  from  its  roof  witnessed  the  des- 
perate charge  and  repulse  of  Pickett's  command,  the  turning 
point  of  the  conflict.  There  were  a  large  number  of  Confed- 
erate soldiers  buried  not  only  in  the  vicinity  of  the  battle-field 
but  in  remote  and  out-of-the-way  places,  where,  in  all  proba- 
bility, their  remains  would  never  be  discovered.  Mr. 
Weaver,  who  had  assisted  Mr.  David  Wells,  agent  for  Gov- 
ernor Curtin,  of  Pennsylvania,  in  removing  the  remains  of 
many  Union  soldiers  to  the  National  Cemetery  at  Gettysburg, 
with  clear  foresight  and  in  charitable  regard  for  the  memory 
of  the  dead  whose  kindred  might  at  some  future  time  desire 
to  ascertain  the  locations  of  their  burial,  undertook  the  task 
of  making  a  record  of  the  graves  and  preserved  the  name  of 
each.  Years  passed  before  the  relatives  of  the  dead  were 
able  to  provide  for  the  removal  of  remains,  but  finally 
memorial  societies  were  organized  for  that  purpose  and  ac- 
complished by  combined  effort  what  could  not  be  done  indi- 


390  BIOGRAPHICAL    SKETCHES    OF    PROFESSORS. 

vidually.  After  his  father's  decease  the  records  of  burials 
came  into  possession  of  Dr.  Weaver,  and  he  having  personal 
acquaintance  with  the  land  owners  and  an  accurate  knowl- 
edge of  the  location  of  individual  graves  and  trenches,  there 
was  no  other  person  possessing  the  information  which  would 
enable  them  to  identify  the  respective  graves.  The  Southern 
societies  solicited  his  assistance  but  he  had  not  then  the  time 
to  engage  in  the  undertaking.  The  Southerners,  in  compli- 
ance with  the  expressed  wish  of  General  Lee,  displa5^ed 
anxious  solicitude  that  the  remains  of  all  the  Confederate 
soldiers  should  find  a  permanent  resting-place  among  their 
kindred,  and  after  frequent  solicitations  Dr.  Weaver  could 
not  with  propriety  resist  their  appeals  and  consented  to  aid 
them  at  such  intervals  as  could  be  spared  from  his  professional 
engagements.  During  the  summers  of  1 87 1-' 72-' 73  he 
superintended  the  work  of  opening  graves,  identifying  the  re- 
mains and  sending  them  to  that  society  representing  the  par- 
ticular section  of  the  South  to  which  the  dead  belonged. 
During  these  three  years  he  forwarded  the  remains  of  sev- 
enty-four to  Charleston,  S.  C,  one  hundred  and  thirty-seven 
to  Raleigh,  N.  C,  one  hundred  and  one  to  Savannah,  Ga. , 
and  two  thousand  nine  hundred  and  thirty-five  to  Richmond, 
Va.  When  there  was  any  clue  to  identification  the  record 
was  sent  with  the  remains  as  well  as  the  various  articles  that 
were  found  interred  with  them. 

Dr.  Weaver  may  be  found  in  his  working  rooms  on  the 
third  floor  of  the  college  surrounded  by  jars  containing  the 
most  exquisite  of  pathological  specimens,  patiently  preparing 
some  new  wonder  of  disease-effect  nearly  every  day  in  the 
year.  It  is  an  education  to  the  average  physician  when  Dr. 
Weaver  (and  he  loves  to  do  it)  explains  the  points  of  interest 
in  a  delicately  prepared  morbid  specimen.  It  is  no  flattery  to 
say  that  Dr.  R.  B.  Weaver  is  one  of  the  most  skillful  anat- 
omists and  demonstrators  in  the  world. 

WILLIAMSON,  WALTER.— Was  born  in  Newtown, 
Delaware  county,  Pa.,  January  4th,  18 11.  His  father  was 
the  third  lineal  descendant  of  Daniel  Williamson,  who  c:ime 
from  England  to  America  with  William  Penn,  in  1682.     The 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  39 1 

family  being  in  membership  with  the  Society  of  Friends,  ever 
since  the  rise  of  Quakerism,  the  family  records  may  be  found 
in  the  books  of  the  Society  so  scrupulously  kept  for  such 
purpose. 

A  family  trait  is  noticeable  through  all  their  generations  in 
this  country — that  of  giving  to  each  member  of  the  family  a 
sound  English  education,  and,  to  those  who  have  entered  the 
professions,  a  sufficient  knowledge  of  the  classics.  Of  all  the 
studies  pursued  by  the  subject  of  this  memorial,  during  his 
scholastic  training,  mathematics  was  to  him  the  most  attract- 
ive. The  ordinary  branches  of  a  plain  English  education, 
including  geography,  grammar,  and  arithmetic,  were  mas- 
tered at  an  early  age,  and,  in  his  eleventh  year,  he  entered 
upon  the  study  of  the  higher  branches.  In  literature,  works 
on  biography,  history,  and  the  natural  sciences  were  his 
favorites.  At  the  age  of  seventeen  years  he  left  school  and 
engaged  in  mercantile  pursuits  with  an  elder  brother.  At 
nineteen  years  of  age  it  became  evident  that  trade  was  not 
likely  to  engage  his  whole  attention,  and  at  this  time  some  of 
the  collerateral  branches  of  medicine,  such  as  botany,  miner- 
alogy, and  materia  medica  were  engaging  his  attention. 
After  one  year  had  been  spent  in  these  preliminary  studies — 
being  then  in  his  twentieth  year — j^oung  Williamson  entered 
upon  the  full  curriculum  of  medical  studies,  in  the  ofl&ce  of 
Benjamin  Rush  Erwin,  M.  D.  In  the  same  year  he  entered 
the  medical  department  of  the  University  of  Penns54vania,and 
soon  after  became  the  private  pupil  of  William  E.  Horner,  M. 
D..  the  distinguished  Professor  of  Anatomy  of  the  University, 
the  oldest  and  most  celebrated  medical  school  in  America.  Dur- 
ing his  pupilage  he  conducted  a  course  of  examinations  on 
Anatomy  with  great  satisfaction  to  the  members  of  his  class, 
and  on  several  occasions  received  evidences  of  the  friendship 
of  his  preceptor,  Dr.  Horner. 

The  Asiatic  cholera,  in  its  first  and  fiercest  epidemic  form, 
visited  Philadelphia  in  the  summer  of  1832,  and,  in  the  alms- 
house, with  a  population  of  three  thousand  inmates,  and  in 
the  numerous  cholera  hospitals,  the  subject  of  our  sketch  en- 
gaged in  the  study  of  this  terrifying  disease  and  its  then 
treatment,  and  has  lelt  it  on  record  that  what  he   then  wit- 


392  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

nessed  of  the  latter  was  not  calculated  to  inspire  confidence 
in  the  known  system  of  therapeutics.  In  addition  to  the  two 
courses  of  instruction  in  the  University,  he  attended  one  year's 
clinical  instruction  in  the  Philadelphia  Almshouse,  a  course 
of  lectures  on  Botany,  Indigenous  Materia  Medica,  Toxicol- 
ogy, etc.,  in  the  "Therapeutic  Institute,"  and  one  year's 
course  of  Lectures  and  Examinations  in  "  Chapman's  Insti- 
tute." 

On  the  27th  of  March,  1833,  he  received  the  degree  of 
Doctor  of  Medicine,  and  on  the  ist  of  April  following  entered 
into  partnership  with  his  former  preceptor,  Dr.  Erwin,  in 
Delaware  county.  This  partnership  continued  for  but  a  sin- 
gle year,  Dr.  Erwin  removing  to  another  locality,  which  re- 
moval left  a  large  practice  in  the  sole  charge  of  Dr.  William- 
son. One  year  afterward.  Dr.  Richard  Gardiner,  wishing  to 
sell  his  beautiful  homestead,  Dr.  Williamson  became  the  pur- 
chaser and  moved  to  it,  in  Newtown  township,  Delaware 
county.  This  change  of  residence  was  not  made  for  the  pur- 
pose of  increasing  the  amount  of  his  business,  for  he  already 
had  sufficient  to  occupy  all  of  his  time,  but  the  new  purchase 
was  but  four  miles  distant  from  his  former  residence,  and  it 
was  his  native  place  and  the  home  of  his  family  for  four  gen- 
erations. Dr.  Gardiner's  practice  was  lucrative  and  exten- 
sive, and,  as  Dr.  Williamson's  new  home  was  within  the  cir- 
cuit of  his  former  practice,  many  families  from  his  old  local- 
ity still  continued  to  employ  him,  and  thus  his  ample  business 
became,  in  1836,  quite  burdensome. 

On  the  loth  of  August,  1833,  Dr.  Williamson  was  married 
to  Mary  Matilda  Massey. 

We  thus  see  the  subject  of  our  memorial  advanced,  in  the 
comparatively  brief  period  of  three  years,  from  a  beginning, 
although  a  very  good  one,  to  a  very  large  field  of  practice, 
embracing  the  circuits  of  two  well-established  practitioners, 
surrounded  and  respected  by  the  friends  and  acquaintances  of 
his  boyhood  and  his  near  relatives  and  their  friends,  a  hus- 
band and  father,  and  the  chief  physician  of  the  neighborhood; 
a  position  which  he  might  contemplate  with  excusable  pride. 

For  two  years  he  had  been  an  active  member  of  the  Dela- 
ware County  Institute  of  Science,  the  monthly  meetings  of 


BIOGRAPHIC AI,  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  393 

which  he  took  great  pleasure  in  attending.  Dr.  George 
Smith  was  president  of  the  Institute,  and  had  been,  the  pre- 
vious year,  a  member  of  the  State  Legislature.  On  one  oc- 
casion he  spoke  of  a  bill  which  had  passed  the  House  of  Rep- 
resent-^ fives,  incorporporating  the  "  Allentown  Academy  of 
the  Homoeopathic  Healing  Art."  The  Rev.  Mr.  Parker, 
another  member  of  the  "  Institute,"  also  knew  something  of 
Homoeopathy.  These  were  the  first  persons  Dr.  Williamson 
ever  heard  speak  of  Homoeopathy,  and  this  occurred  in  the 
spring  of  1836.  In  May  of  that  year  he  met  Dr.  Gardiner  in 
consultation,  and  the  latter  incidentally  mentioned  the  stir 
that  Homoeopathy  was  making  in  Philadelphia,  and  gave  in- 
formation as  to  where  the  scanty  supply  of  publications  on 
the  subject  could  be  obtained.  In  the  latter  part  of  the  same 
month  (May)  he  visited  the  bookstore  of  J.  G.  Wesselhoeft, 
in  Bread  street,  Philadelphia,  and  purchased  copies  of  all 
works  on  Homoeopathy  in  the  English  language  that  were 
then  and  there  for  sale — being  a  few  pamphlets — and  com- 
menced reading  them  with  avidity.  In  the  course  of  the  next 
month,  on  the  occasion  of  another  visit  to  the  city,  he  pro- 
cured Wolf's  Theses.  On  Sunday,  July  3d,  he  was  obliged 
to  remain  at  home  all  day,  and  on  that  occasion  read  Hahne- 
mann's "  Essay  on  Coffee,"  through  the  perusal  and  study  of 
which  he  was  thoroughly  convinced  of  the  truth  of  the  ho- 
moeopathic law  of  cure.  But,  although  satisfied  that  the 
formula  similia  similibus  curanhtr  represented  a  true  law  of 
healing,  he  was  by  no  means  convinced  of  the  efficiency  of 
the  small  doses  proposed  for  the  treatment  of  diseases.  Hav- 
ing a  case  on  hand  that  had  resisted  the  treatment  of  several 
excellent  allopathic  physicians  in  the  county  for  seven  years, 
he  carefully  noted  down  the  symptoms  and  carried  them  to 
Dr.  George  H.  Bute,  in  Philadelphia,  with  the  request  that 
he  would  prescribe.  Medicine  was  received  from  Dr.  Bute, 
which  had  a  very  prompt  and  decided  effect.  In  the  course 
of  a  few  weeks  thereafter,  on  the  occasion  of  his  next  visit  to 
the  city,  he  obtained  several  homoeopathic  medicines,  in  the 
form  of  small  pellets  of  the  decillionth  attenuation,  in  vials 
the  size  of  the  barrel  of  a  crow's  quill,  and  began  to  pre- 
scribe for  his  own   patients.     Among  the  cases  thus  treated 


394  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

were  two  of  irritation  of  the  brain,  cured  by  Belladonna ,  a 
case  of  hemorrhoids,  very  greatly  benefited  by  Alumina  and 
Arnica,  and  a  case  of  rheumatic  pain  in  the  region  of  the 
heart,  reheved  by  Aconite. 

Thus  another  step  was  gained  and  confidence  in  the  efficacy 
of  small  doses  began  to  be  established.  But  another  maxim 
of  the  new  faith,  the  basis  of  the  whole  structure,  yet  remained 
to  be  tested  according  to  the  rules  laid  down  by  Dr.  Samuel 
Hahnemann.  This  was,  that  medicines  when  taken  by  the 
healthy  will  produce  symptoms  similar  to  those  they  are  capa- 
ble of  curing  in  the  sick.  Lobelia  inflata  was  selected  for  the 
trial,  and  its  "  proving  "  immediately  commenced.  There- 
suit  was  most  convincing,  and  the  symptoms  then  obtained 
were  soon  afterward  published,  and  are  now  to  be  found  in- 
corporated with  our  Materia  Medica.  These  investigations 
and  experiments  were  made  by  Dr.  Williamson  while  residing 
in  the  country,  and  were  conducted  without  advice  or  assist- 
ance, save  such  as  he  was  enabled  to  derive  from  the  scanty 
literature  of  that  early  day  of  Homceopathy,  and  from  a  letter 
of  encouragement  from  a  friend  in  Philadelphia.  This  was 
in  the  summer  of  1836,  and  at  that  time  the  Allentown  edi- 
tion of  "Jahr's  Manual"  was  passing  through  the  press, 
being  furnished  to  subscribers  in  numbers,  as  issued.  He 
became  a  subscriber,  and  gave  in  his  full  adherence  to  the 
new  school  of  medicine.  The  very  limited  extent  of  homoeo- 
pathic publications  in  the  English  language  prevented  his  ac- 
quiring sufiicient  practical  knowledge  of  the  system  to  enter 
fully  upon  the  treatment  of  all  cases  as  they  occurred  in  his 
practice;  but,  nothing  daunted,  he  resolutely  set  to  work  to 
acquire  a  knowledge  of  the  German  language,  in  order  to  be 
able  to  prosecute  his  studies  in  the  original  language  of  the 
school,  without  awaiting  the  slow  progress  of  translators. 

The  wear  and  tear  of  close  application  to  books,  hospitals, 
and  lectures  during  his  pupilage,  and  immediately  thereafter 
entering  into  a  large  and  laborious  practice,  without  any 
interim  for  the  recovery  of  lost  energy,  had  impaired  his  pre- 
vious robust  health,  although  he  had  had  a  degree  of  rest 
and  recovery  for  a  year  or  more;  but  now,  the  claims  of  Ho- 
moeopathy, and  the  enthusiasm  with  which  he  entered  upon 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  395 

the  Study  of  the  new  medical  doctrine,  in  addition  to  the  toil 
incident  to  a  large  country  practice,  was  too  much  for  his 
strength.  His  health  began  to  fail  in  September,  1S37,  but 
he  continued  to  practice  through  the  autumn  and  winter, 
until  February,  1838,  when  he  relinquished  the  practice  of 
medicine,  as  he  then  supposed,  forever,  turned  over  his  pro- 
fessional interests  and  location  to  his  former  preceptor  and 
then  brother-in-law.  Dr.  B.  R.  Krwin,  and  engaged  in  a  busi- 
ness in  the  State  of  Maryland,  which  required  but  little  men- 
tal effort,  and  afforded  abundant  opportunity  for  out-door  ex- 
ercise. This  change  of  occupation  was  of  great  advantage  to 
his  health,  and  the  vigor  of  youth  was  fully  restored;  but  it 
failed  to  give  satisfaction  in  other  respects.  A  mind  once  im- 
bued with  the  love  of  science  will  rarely  be  satisfied  with  any 
business  which  deprives  it  of  its  accustomed  food — knowl- 
edge— although  that  business  may  yield  sustenance  for  the 
body  in  abundance.  The  new  relations  he  had  established  in 
Maryland  continued  for  but  one  year,  and  the  i8th  of  March, 
1839,  found  him  located  in  the  city  of  Philadelphia.  A  large 
field  for  practice  was  now  open  before  him,  but  Homoeopathy 
was  in  its  infancy  in  the  city,  and  the  eight  physicians  of  the 
school  already  resident  there  appeared  to  be  sufficient  to 
transact  all  the  business.  Dr.  Williamson  made  the  acquaint- 
ance of  Dr.  Constantine  Hering,  in  February,  1837,  and  that 
gentleman,  with  his  usual  enthusiasm  for  the  cause  of  science 
and  generous  sympathy  for  every  additional  member  of  the 
new  school  fraternity,  invited  the  doctor  to  his  house  and 
favored  him  with  his  friendship.  Other  homoeopathic  physi- 
eians,  particularly  Drs.  Jeanes,  Neidhard,  Gardiner,  Green, 
and  lyingen,  also  gave  him  a  cordial  reception.  lyove  of  the 
cause  of  Homoeopathy  was  in  those  days  a  strong  bond  of 
union  between  the  members  of  the  profession,  and  the  con- 
trast in  success  of  treatment  by  the  new  method  soon 
brought  the  practice  into  notice,  and  introduced  physicians 
rapidly  into  business.  One  circumstance  materially  as- 
sisted Dr.  Williamson  on  his  first  entering  into  practice  in 
this  city.  The  leading  members  of  the  homoeopathic  school 
did  not  attend  to  the  practice  of  midwifery.  The  new  system 
was  rapidly  gaining  popularity,   being  more  particularly  in 


396  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OE  PROEESSORS. 

favor  with  the  intelligent  and  enterprising  part  of  the  com- 
munity.; and  it  was  found  to  be  a  great  drawback  to  progress 
that  its  patrons  were  obliged  to  rely  on  old-school  physicians 
for  accouchers.  Dr.  Williamson,  by  a  previous  large  experience 
and  by  other  circumstances,  was  particularly  adapted  to  the 
position  of  accoucher;  and  his  homoeopathic  brethren  lost  no 
time  in  recommending  him  as  such.  This  was  followed  by 
its  legitimate  consequences,  and  he  was  soon  established  in 
business;  the  good  results  not  being  confined  to  his  interests 
alone,  however,  for  the  superiority  of  homoeopathic  treatment 
of  ladies  in  confinement  and  of  young  children,  over  that  of 
the  old  school,  was  made  apparent,  and  helped  to  gain  popu- 
larity for  the  new  school.  With  the  accession  of  other  prac- 
titioners to  the  homoeopathic  school,  however,  this  special  de- 
partment became  divided  amongst  the  many;  but  by  that  time 
Dr.  Williamson  was  already  established  in  one  of  the  most 
extensive  and  lucrative  practices  in  the  cit5\ 

On  the  loth  of  April,  1844,  a  convention  of  the  "  Practi- 
tioners of  Homoeopathy  of  the  United  States  ' '  was  held  in 
the  city  of  New  York,  in  pursuance  of  a  call  issued  by  the 
"  New  York  Homoeopathic  Physicians'  Society,"  for  the 
purpose  of  considering  the  expediency  of  forming  a  national 
organization.  This  resulted  in  the  formation  of  the  "  Ameri- 
can Institute  of  Homoeopathy,"  the  oldest  national  medical 
association  in  this  country.  Dr.  Williamson  attended  this 
convention,  took  part  in  its  deliberations,  and  assisted  in 
forming  the  national  organization.  He  was  an  active  and 
prominent  member  of  the  Institute  up  to  the  time  of  his  de- 
cease; attended  its  annual  sessions  with  great  regularity;  was 
an  active,  faithful,  and  efficient  committee-man,  and  filled  the 
office  of  president  and  held  other  responsible  and  honorable 
positions  under  its  organization  with  satisfaction  to  his  fel- 
low-members and  credit  to  himself. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  "  Central  Bureau  "  of  the  Institute,  of 
which  he  was  a  member,  held  in  Philadelphia,  in  February, 
1848,  it  was  agreed  to  petition  the  lyegislature  of  Pennsylva- 
nia, then  in  session,  for  a  charter  for  a  homoeopathic  medical 
college,  to  be  located  in  Philadelphia.  Accordingh-,  a  peti- 
tion was  at  once  drawn  up  by  the  doctor,  who  acted  as  secr>- 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  397 

tary,  and  in  the  course  of  a  few  days  a  long  list  of  signatures 
were  obtained  and  the  petition  was  forwarded  to  Harrisburg. 
On  the  8th  day  of  April,  1848,  an  act  to  incorporate  the 
' '  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  in  Phila- 
delphia," was  passed  by  the  lyCgislature.  On  the  organiza- 
tion of  the  College  Dr.  Williamson  was  chosen  to  fill  the  chair 
of  "Obstetrics  and  the  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children," 
and  commenced  lecturing  in  October,  184S,  at  the  opening  of 
the  first  session  of  the  College.  He  filled  the  chair  during 
three  successive  courses  of  lectures.  From  1848  to  1851  he 
was  Dean  of  the  Faculty;  also  from  1856  to  1859.  On  the 
occasion  of  the  death  of  Caleb  Bentley  Matthews,  M.  D.,  a 
member  of  the  College  Faculty,  and  at  the  unanimous  request 
of  his  colleagues,  he  was  transferred  to  the  chair  of  "  Materia 
Medica  and  Therapeutics."  He  delivered  four  courses  of 
lectures  on  this  branch  of  medical  science.  In  the  spring  of 
1856,  on  account  of  ill  health,  he  resigned  his  professorship 
and  went  to  Florida.  After  his  return  to  Philadelphia,  not 
feeling  able  to  perform  the  duties  of  an  active  professorship, 
he  was  elected  Emeritus  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine.  He 
delivered  a  lecture  once  a  week  during  the  two  succeeding 
sessions  of  the  College;  until,  in  the  fall  of  1857,  he  was  re- 
elected to  the  chair  of  Obstetrics,  &c. ,  and  delivered  two 
courses  of  lectures  from  that  chair,  resigning  finally  in  the 
spring  of  1859.  From  this  time  he  ceased  taking  an  active 
part  in  college  affairs,  although  always  deeply  interested  in 
the  education  of  homoeopathic  practitioners,  until  the  or- 
gmization  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadel- 
phia, when  he  again  entered  the  field  as  a  lecturer,  in  the 
capacity  of  Emeritus  Professor  of  Obstetrics,  &c.,  in  the 
new  institution.  During  the  troubled  times  which  followed 
the  organization  of  the  new  college,  he  acted  as  a  peace- 
maker; a  part  he  was  well  fitted  to  fill,  holding,  as  he  did,  the 
respect  and  confidence  of  the  opposing  parties.  He  assisted 
in  bringing  about  the  junction  of  the  two  schools,  and  subse- 
quently lectured  on  Hygiene  in  the  conjoined  institution. 

He  took  great  interest  in  the  organization  and  progress  of 
the  State  Medical  Society  (Pennsylvania)  and  was  elected  its 
president  in  1868.     He  was  likewise  in  active  membership 


398  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKKTCHES  OF  PROFESSORS. 

with  the  various  homoeopathic  medical  societies  formed  in 
Philadelphia,  assisted  in  organizing  this  society,  and  was  its 
honored  president  at  the  time  of  his  lamented  decease.  He 
was  one  of  the  most  faithful  of  attendants  at  the  meetings  of 
all  medical  societies  to  which  he  belonged,  and  always  held 
himself  in  readiness  to  serve  in  any  capacity,  or  to  do  any- 
thing that  gave  promise  of  furthering  their  interests  or  in- 
creasing their  usefulness 

Although  unusually  robust  and  of  vigorous  frame  and  a 
man  of  most  exemplary  habits  of  life,  the  incessant  toil  to 
which  he  subjected  himself  by  his  multifarious  occupations, 
could  not  fail  of  making  inroads  on  his  health.  In  1855  he 
had  a  severe  spell  of  sickness,  which  it  was  feared  would  ter- 
minate fatally,  but  he  was  spared  for  future  usefulness  At 
several  times  afterwards  his  health  failed,  but  he  seemed  to 
be  able  to  shake  off  disease  by  taking  rest,  together  witli 
proper  medication.  He  had  been  ailing  for  some  time  prior 
to  his  last  sickness,  but  care  and  rest  gave  hope  of  recovery 
both  to  himself  and  friends.  After  one  of  these  premonitory 
attacks  he  visited  the  White  Sulphur  Springs  of  Western  Vir- 
ginia, and  on  his  return  seemed  to  have  been  greatly  benefited 
by  the  trip.  At  this  time  he  was  engaged  in  preparing  a  his- 
tory of  Homoeopathy  in  this  city  and  vicinity,  and  likewise 
felt  that  he  had  duties  to  perform  as  the  associate  editor  of  a 
medical  journal,  as  the  president  of  an  active  county  medical 
society,  and  as  a  member  of  a  most  important  committee  of 
American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy.  Unfortunately,  while 
needing  perfect  rest  of  body  and  mind,  he  took  to  work  again, 
with  the  feeling  that  he  must  fulfill  his  obligations  to  his  col- 
leagues and  the  profession;  and  thus,  whatever  he  might 
have  gained  by  relaxation  and  travel,  was  lost.  Although  , 
relieved  in  a  great  measure  of  the  cares  and  labor  of  practice 
by  his  son,  Walter  M.  Williamson,  he  was  led  by  his  kind- 
ness of  heart  to  visit  an  old  friend  and  patient,  on  a  cold  day 
in  the  early  part  of  the  winter,  and  the  exposure  he  was  sub- 
jected to  on  that  occasion  no  doubt  hastened  the  end.  He 
became  worse  rapidly,  and  although  he  thought  he  had  fitful 
glimpses  of  returning  health,  nevertheless  his  strength  wasted, 
he  gradually  sank,  and  quietly  died,  in  the  early  morning  of 


BIOGRAPHICAL   SKETCHES    OF   PROFESSORS.  399 

December  19th,  1870.  His  mental  faculties  were  unimpaired 
until  almost  the  last  moment  of  his  earthly  life. 

The  more  carefully  the  life  and  character  of  Dr.  William- 
son are  studied,  the  more  beautiful  do  they  appear.  He  pre- 
sented, morally  and  mentally,  the  full  measure  of  a  true 
manhood.  Fevently  but  ostentatiously  religious,  the  tenure 
of  his  life  gave  evidence  that  his  guiding  principles  were 
those  of  the  Christian  religion.  Singularly  honest,  his  integ- 
rity of  purpose  and  sentiment  was  of  that  sterling  type  which 
holds  in  contempt  that  measure  of  human  weakness  which 
prompts  men  to  deceive.  He  could  and  did  overlook  and  for- 
give grave  faults,  but  a  person  once  thoroughly  proven  to  have 
deceived  him  or  others  was  never  again  admitted  to  his  con- 
fidence. His  professional  integrity  was  thoroughly  understood 
and  appreciated,  bj^  his  professional  brethren,  and  so  great  was 
their  confidence  that  a  statement  m.ade  b}''  him  was  never 
questioned.  He  was  zealous  in  according  to  his  colleagues  all 
the  honors  they  were  entitled  to,  and  never  withheld  praise 
when  he  deemed  it  justly  due.  In  this  connection  it  may  be 
mentioned  that,  in  the  preparation  of  a  history  of  Homoe- 
opathy in  Philadelphia — the  last  labor  of  his  life — he  was 
anxious  that  each  member  of  the  profession  referred  to 
should  be  made  to  appear  in  his  best  light,  and  he  was  espe- 
cially careful  to  note  that  one  physician,  whose  life  has  now 
reached  beyond  threescore  years  and  ten,  and  who  has,  by 
reason  of  age  and  infirmity,  almost  passed  from  professional 
view,  should  have  full  justice  done  him  as  one  of  the  pioneers 
of  Homoeopathy  in  Pennsylvania. 

Dr.  Williamson  wrote  a  domestic  work  on  ' '  The  Homoeo- 
pathic Treatment  of  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children  ' ' 
(1854),  which  passed  through  several  editions.  Boericke  & 
Tafel  published  a  new  edition  in  1897.*  He  also  wrote  quite 
a  number  of  articles  upon  medical  subjects. 

The  funeral  took  place  December  22d,  1870.  The  re- 
mains were  placed  in  Woodland  Cemetery. 

There  seemed  to  be  no  distinct  disease;  he  did  not  feel 
well,  could  not  sleep  night  or  day,  gradually  became  weaker 
and  weaker,  and  after  the   first  ten  days  kept   his   bed  alto- 

*  See  Horn.  Recorder,  September,  1897. 


400  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OP  PROFESSORS. 

gether.  About  a  week  before  he  died  there  was  occasional 
dehrium  for  a  day  or  two,  and  then  it  became  almost  constant, 
and  he  gradually  sank  away,  no  crisis  making  its  appearance. 
The  College  Faculty  held  a  meeting  at  the  College  on  De- 
cember 2oth,  when  the  following  resolutions  were  adopted  on 
the  death  of  Walter  Williamson,  M.  D.,  Emeritus  Professor 
and  Lecturer  on  Hygiene  : 

Whkreas,  In  the  Providence  of  God,  our  colleague,  Walter  William- 
son, M.  D.,  has  been  taken  from  among  us,  and 

WhkrEAS,  We  desire  to  put  upon  record  our  esteem  for  one  who  for 
many  years  has  been  an  honored  member  of  the  Faculty  of  this  Col 
lege,  as  well  as  a  beloved  friend;  therefore. 

Resolved,  That  in  the  death  of  Dr.  Williamson  one  of  the  founders 
of  this  Institution,  we  have  sustained  the  loss  of  an  eminent  teacher,  a 
wise  counselor,  a  judicious  officer,  and  a  faithful  friend,  who  for  over 
twenty  years  has  assisted  in  guarding  its  interests  and  promoting  its 
welfare. 

Resolved,  That  this  Faculty  wish  to  remember  their  departed  friend 
with  the  regard  inspired  by  long  and  pleasant  association,  and  that  we 
feel  his  death  to  be  a  personal  bereavement. 

Resolved,  That  we  tender  to  his  afflicted  family  our  heartfelt  sympa- 
thy and  condolence,  that  while  he  has  been  removed  from  them  and 
from  us  in  the  maturity  of  his  intellect,  his  high  religious  character 
and  work  afford  the  assurance  that  this  event,  so  sorrowful  to  us,  is 
his  entrance  to  everlasting  joy. 

Resolved,  That  we  will  attend  in  a  body  the  funeral  of  our  departed 
associate. 

Resolved,  That  these  resolutions  be  published  in  the  papers  of  this 
city  and  that  the  registrar  transmit  a  copy  of  them  to  the  family  of  our 
deceased  brother. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  the  success  of  the  College  in  its  first 
years  is  very  largely  due  to  the  disinterested  efforts  of  Dr. 
Williamson.  He  was  always  ready  to  step  in  at  a  moment's 
notice  to  take  the  place  made  vacant  by  the  resignation  of  some 
one — no  matter  what  branch  of  medical  science  it  was.  Always 
conciliating,  of  kindly  disposition,  with  but  the  welfare  of  the 
new  medical  school  at  heart,  he  was  the  keystone  of  the  Fac- 
ulty. 

Dr.  Williamson's  convictions  were  a  part  of  himself.  He 
always  examined  any  question  submitted  to  him  with  minute 
care,  and  when  he  arrived  at  a  decision  he  stood  ready  to  de- 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES  OF  PROFESSORS.  40I 

fend  it  against  all  comers.  Dr.  S.  A.  Jones  thus  mentions 
him:  "  A  homoeopath  with  a  conviction  that  filled  and  willed 
and  killed  him  by  his  devotion  to  its  triumphs  and  its  toils. ' ' 

Men  who  asked  his  opinion  always  received  it  in  such  clear- 
cut  sentences  that  no  doubt  remained  as  to  what  he  meant. 
Throughout  the  Transactions  of  the  American  Institute  of 
Homoeopathy  may  be  found  the  words  of  Dr.  Williamson 
culled  out,  showing  that  his  colleagues  respected  his  opinion. 
He  had  a  deep  love  for  the  truth  and  an  abhorrence  for  the 
untrustworthy.  Anyone  who  attempted  to  mislead  him  would 
receive  such  a  sharp-pointed  expression  that  the  indiscretion 
was  never  repeated.  He  was  devoted  to  his  frienas — home 
and  pocketbook  were  at  their  disposal.  He  contributed  prov- 
ings  to  the  American  Institute  of  Podophyllum,  Eupatormm, 
Triosteum  in  the  first  volume  (Central  Bureau),  Hydrastis  at 
the  20th  session,  and  Ptelea  at  the  23d  session. 

He  introduced  Podophyllum  and  Hydrastis  to  the  profes- 
sion. 

WII.TBANK,  COMI.KY  J.— Was  born  in  Philadelphia. 
He  graduated  in  1868  from  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  Col- 
lege of  Pennsylvania.  In  the  session  of  1868 -'9,  Dr.  Dalton, 
who  lectured  on  Physiology,  resigned  at  the  holidays,  and 
Dr.  Wiltbank  lectured  the  remainder  of  the  term  on  the  same 
branch  of  medicine.  He  died  a  few  years  afterwards.  No 
other  data  has  been  obtainable. 

WIIvSON,  PUSEY.— Was  Professor  of  Anatomy  in  the 
Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  during  the 
session  of  i864-'5.  He  was  appointed  to  the  chair  of  Sur- 
gery the  next  session,  but  became  ill,  and  delivered  but  a  few 
lectures.  Dr.  Wilson  is  still  living  and  has  been  engaged  in 
general  practice  in  Moorestown,  N.  J.  for  many  years. 


27 


Dr.  Matthew  Sempi,!;, 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES   OF  PROEESSORS.  402A 

SEMPIyE,  MATTHEW.  Was  born  in  Philadelphia,  May 
21,  1813.  Being  brought  up  in  a  wholesale  drug  store  in 
Philadelphia,  and  entering  at  an  early  date  the  Philadelphia 
College  of  Pharmacy,  it  was  but  natural  that  he  should  have 
chosen  chemistry  and  pharmacology  for  his  specialty. 

In  his  youth  he  possessed  a  laboratory  of  his  own,  crude 
though  it  was,  and  with  the  aid  of  old  bottles  and  blow  pipes 
he  constructed  rude  retorts  and  performed  experiments  in 
chemistry. 

He  commenced  the  study  of  medicine  in  1830  and  gradu- 
ated from  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  in  1838.  Shortly 
afterwards  he  began  the  practice  of  medicine.  He  was  led  to 
investigate  Homoeopathy  through  reading  a  pamphlet  on  the 
great  success  of  this  school  in  the  French  hospitals.  His  pupi- 
lage in  Homoeopathy  was  under  the  guidance  of  Dr.  Jacob 
Jeanes.  Continuing  his  studies  for  some  time  on  this  subject, 
he  was  about  to  drop  it  entirely  from  his  mind  as  a  visiouarj^ 
thing,  when  an  incident  in  his  practice  led  him  to  give  it 
more  careful  attention.  A  little  scarlet  fever  patient,  whose 
life  he  had  made  every  effort  to  save,  seemed  to  be  almost  a 
hopeless  case.  He  decided  as  a  last  resort  to  try  the  efficacy 
of  a  homoeopathic  remedy.  To  his  surprise  and  delight,  ex- 
cellent results  ensued  and  the  patient  made  a  perfect  recovery. 

He  was  induced  to  assist  in  founding  our  College  and  to 
accept  the  chair  of  Chemistry  and  Toxicology  by  his  per- 
sonal friend.  Dr.  Jacob  Jeanes.  Having  become  identified 
with  the  new  College  as  a  member  of  its  Faculty  his  desire 
for  its  welfare  knew  no  bounds.  At  that  time  the  College  was 
struggling  for  the  money  necessary  to  support  it.  Professor 
Semple's  enthusiasm  was  so  great  that  he  not  only  gave  his 
services  as  an  instructor,  but  was  also  so  great  that  he  gen- 
erously contributed  several  thousands  of  dollars  to  aid  in 
maintaining  the  institution. 

As  a  teacher  he  was  markedly  successful,  being  greatly 
loved  by  his  students. 

It  was  largely  through  his  help  and  council  that  the  Ho- 
moeopathic College  in  New  York  was  founded,  and  he  be- 
came a  member  of  its  Faculty. 

So  great  was  his  faith  in  the  practical  value  of  Homoe- 
opathy that  through  his   efforts  the  Faculty  of  the  Homoeo- 


402B  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES   OF  PROFESSORS. 

pathic  College  proffered  their  services  to  the  Board  of  Guard- 
ians at  Blockley,  in  1859,  asking  one  year's  trial  to  openly, 
publicly,  and  fairly  test  the  merits  of  the  respective  schools  of 
medicine.  They  offered  to  take  charge  of  that  hospital  for 
one  year,  to  maintain  it  free  from  all  cost  to  the  city  for  that 
length  of  time — to  give  their  full,  careful  and  faithful  atten- 
tion to  all  patients  of  that  institution,  and  to  furnish  all 
medicines  at  their  own  expense,  thus  saving  from  ten  to 
fifteen  thousand  dollars  to  the  public  purse.  Dr.  Semple  him- 
self assumed  the  financial  responsibility  that  would  be  incurred 
in  making  this  generous  offer.  The  offer  of  the  Faculty  was  not 
accepted. 

He  was  the  first  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Toxicology  in 
this  Institution,  filling  the  chair  from  1848  to  1858,  and  again 
from  1859  to  1863,  and  for  three  years,  i860  to  1863,  was 
Dean  of  its  Faculty, 

At  the  opening  exercises  of  the  session  of  1 895-' 96  Dr. 
Joseph  C.  Guernsey,  on  behalf  of  the  family  of  Dr.  Semple, 
presented  to  the  College  a  beautiful  portrait,  in  oil,  of  the  late 
Professor  Semple.   (This  portrait  now  hangs  in  Alumni  Hall. ) 

He  was  a  firm  believer  in  the  higher  education  of  women. 
For  several  years  he  filled  the  chair  of  Chemistry  and  Toxi- 
cology in  the  Woman's  Medical  College  of  this  city. 

Dr.  Semple  died  in  Philadelphia,  after  a  very  short  illness, 
of  congestion  of  the  brain,  with  effusion  and  paralytic  mani- 
festations, on  May  17,  1867. 

SIMS,  FRANCIS.  Was  born  in  Philadelphia,  June  23, 
1823,  and  after  receiving  a  complete  school  and  collegiate 
education  entered  the  medical  department  of  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania,  from  which  he  graduated  in  1844.  He  first 
practised  Allopathy,  but  was  soon  led  to  embrace  Homoeopathy. 

Dr.  Sims  assisted  in  the  establishment  of  the  Homoeopathic 
Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  in  1848.  He  was  the  first 
Professor  of  Surgery,  which  chair  he  filled  from  1848  until 
1853.  He  was  also  instrumental  in  founding  the  Homoeo- 
pathic Hospital  of  1852.     He  died  November  29,  1880. 

Dr.  Sims  was  a  remarkably  kind-hearted  and  genial  man, 
who  was  greatly  beloved  and  esteemed  by  all  who  knew 
him. 


PART  II 


H  ospital.  Dispensary. 

Museum.     Library. 


First  HomcEopathic  Hospitai,  in  PennsyIvVANia. 
Chestnut  Street. 


CuTHBERT  Street  Homoeopathic  Hospitai,. 


HOSPITAL 


CHAPTER  I. 


1852-64. 

The  first  record  that  can  be  found  of  a  Homoeopathic  Hos- 
pital in  Philadelphia  occurs  in  the  Philadelphia  Journal  of 
Homceopathy  for  July,  1852,  as  follows:  HoMoeoPATHic 
Hospital  op  Pennsylvania.  ' '  We  are  happy  to  announce 
the  speedy  opening  of  this  Institution.  The  Board  of  Man- 
agers have  procured  a  commodious  edifice,  and  active  meas- 
ures are  being  taken  to  place  it  in  operation.  The  necessity 
for  such  an  Institution  in  Philadelphia  has  been  apparent  and 
its  establishment  is  hailed  as  an  additional  sign  of  the  exten- 
sion and  prosperity  of  Homoeopathy.  In  the  next  number 
we  will  give  a  full  account  of  the  building  and  entire  arrange- 
ments." In  the  North  American  Journal  of  Homoeopathy  for 
August,  1852,  under  an  article  on  hospitals:  "Our  friends 
in  Philadelphia  have  lately  taken  an  active  interest  in  the  es- 
tablishment in  that  city  of  a  hospital,  and  we  learn  with  satis- 
faction that  matters  are  quite  ripe  for  action  and  that  an  insti- 
tution will  soon  be  in  operation." 

In  the  Announcement  for  1 852-' 53  the  new  hospital  is  thus 
mentioned:  "  The  students  of  the  College  will  be  furnished 
with  an  opportunity  of  witnessing  Clinical  Practice  in  the 
Dispensary  connected  with  the  College,  and  also  in  the  Hos- 
pital, which  is  about  going  into  operation.  The  Hospital  is 
a  chartered  Institution,  and  under  a  Board  of  Managers  en- 
tirely separate  and  distinct  from  the  College.  The  building 
is  undergoing  thorough  repairs  and  wi41  be  ready  to  be  occu- 
pied in  a  few  weeks.  It  contains  upwards  of  forty  rooms, 
some  very  large  and  well  suited  for  hospital  purposes.     The 

405 


406  HOSPITAI.. 

Hospital  will  contain  about  thirty  or  forty  beds,  and  students 
will  be  admitted,  on  certain  terms,  to  witness  Clinical  Prac- 
tice in  this  Institution.  The  last  page  of  this  Announcement 
contains  a  wood  cut  of  the  Hospital.  It  was  a  four-storied 
brick  building,  standing  on  the  corner  of  a  street.  There 
was  a  large  double  door  in  the  centre,  with  a  portico,  reached 
by  two  flights  of  steps.  Two  windows  were  on  each  side. 
And  there  was  also  a  basement.  In  the  roof  were  three 
dormer  windows. 

Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas  thus  mentions  this  Institution:* 

A  CHARTER  for  the  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Pennsylvania  was  ob- 
tained at  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas  for  Philadelphia  County,  April 
20th,  1850.  A  large  building  on  Chestnut  Street,  near  the  Schuylkill 
River,  now  used  as  a  hotel,  was  rented,  and,  after  being  fully  organized, 
the  hospital  was  opened  in  1852  for  the  reception  of  patients.  It  con- 
tinued in  operation  about  two  years.  In  the  fall  of  1853  ^  f^i^  ^^^  held 
in  the  Chinese  Museum,  9th  and  Sansom  streets,  for  the  benefit  of  the 
hospital,  at  which  about  I2800  was  raised.  At  the  close  of  its  active 
operations  there  was  some  money  in  the  treasury,  and  also  a  consider- 
able amount  of  furniture  on  hand,  together  with  surgical  appliances. 
All  of  these  were  given  to  the  Soldiers'  Hospital  during  the  war  of  the 
rebellion. 

The  first  official  board  was  as  follows:  President,  R.  Gardiner,  M.  D.; 
Vice-Presidents,  C.  B.  Matthews,  M.  D.,  and  W.  S.  Helmuth,  M.  D.; 
Secretary,  William  A.  Gardiner,  M.  D. ;  Treasurer,  W.  Williamson,  M. 
D.;  Managers,  Drs.  C.  Neidhard,  F.  Sims,  S.  Freedley,  James  Kitchen, 
A.  E- Small,  J.  R.  Coxe,  Jr.,  Matthew  Semple.  There  were  medical, 
surgical,  and  lying-in  wards.  The  first  elected  attending  physicians 
were  Drs.  W.  S.  Helmuth,  J.  Kitchen,  C.  Neidhard.  Surgeons,  Drs.  F. 
Sims,  W.  A.  Gardiner.  Obstetricans,  Drs.  W.  Williamson,  R.  Gardi- 
ner. The  attending  physicians  served  on  alternate  three  months,  at- 
tending daily.  There  was  a  resident  physician  and  superintendent. 
Charity  patients  required  a  certificate  from  the  attending  physician  pre- 
vious to  admission,  but  accident  cases  were  received  at  any  hour.  No 
infectious  or  contagious  diseases  were  admitted.  No  incurable  cases 
were  admitted  without  payment.  The  enterprise  was  pecuniarily  em- 
barrassed, and  though  there  were  plenty  of  patients,  for  want  of  inter- 
est on  the  part  of  the  physicians  it  became  defunct. 

In  the  Report  of  the  Hahnemann  Hospital  for   1889  there 
is  a  historical  retrospect,  prepared  by  Dr.  Charles  Mohr,  that 
thus  mentions  the  Hospital  on  Chestnut  Street: 
The  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Pennsylvania  obtained  a  charter  from 
*  Trans.  World's  Horn.  Convention,  1876,  vol.  2,  p.  949. 


HOSPITAL.  407 

the  Court  of  Common  Pleas  for  Philadelphia  County,  on  April  20th, 
1850.  A  large  building  on  Chestnut  Street,  near  the  Schuylkill  River, 
was  rented,  and  after  organization  of  a  stafiF,  the  hospital  was  opened  in 
1852.  Vincent  h.  Bradford,  who  was  president  of  the  hospital,  said  at 
the  opening:  "  Let,  then,  all  who  regard  Homoeopathy  with  favor, 
unite  in  the  support  of  a  charitable  establishment  in  which  it  shall  at 
once  be  applied  to  the  removal  of  pain  and  sickness  and  practically 
taught  to  a  large  succession  of  learners,  who,  in  after  life,  will  diffuse 
its  benefits  far  and  wide."  In  the  fall  of  1853  a  fair  was  held  in  the 
Chinese  Museum,  Ninth  and  Sansom  Streets,  for  the  benefit  of  the  hos- 
pital, at  which  $2,800  were  raised.  The  hospital  only  remained  in 
operation,  however,  about  two  years,  when  its  doors  were  closed,  and 
all  its  property,  consisting  of  furniture,  surgical  appliances,  and  some 
money,  were  given  to  the  Soldiers'  Hospital  during  the  war  of  the 
rebellion.  Various  efforts  were  made  in  the  time  intervening  to  re- 
establish a  hospital,  but  without  success  till  September  9th,  1862,  when 
a  meeting  of  women  was  held  at  the  college  and  an  association  organ- 
ized for  the  management  of  a  hospital.  The  faculty  fitted  up  suitable 
rooms  in  a  building  belonging  to  the  corporation  in  the  rear  of  the  col- 
lege, for  the  reception  of  sick  and  wounded  soldiers.  Although  the 
United  States  Government  would  not  allow  soldiers  who  preferred 
homoeopathic  treatment  to  become  its  inmates,  much  good  was  done  in 
receiving  and  caring  for  such  soldiers  as  had  been  discharged  uncured 
from  the  United  States  army  hospitals.  Soon  after  the  war  the  hospital 
was  closed. 

There  is  a  record  of  a  Faculty  meeting  held  on  October  5, 
1852,  at  which  it  was  voted  to  loan  two  cases  to  be  used  as 
medicine  cases  to  the  Hospital. 

The  College  Announcements  for  1 853-' 54  and  1 854-' 55 
mention  this  hospital,  but  in  that  for  1 855-' 56  no  allusion  to 
it  is  made.  Dr.  A.  E.  Small,  writing  in  the  Medical  Visitor 
for  February,  1886,  says:  "The  first  homoeopathic  hospital 
in  Philadelphia  was  chartered  in  1850,  and  for  two  j^ears  was 
in  running  order  in  Chestnut  Street,  near  the  Schuylkill 
River.  Owing  to  pecuniary  embarrassment  its  doors  were 
closed." 

Dr.  Hering  says  that  Dr.  George  Bute,  his  first  student, 
had  a  cholera  hospital  in  Cherry  Street,  in  1832.*  This  is 
probably  the  first  hospital  in  the  United  States  in  which  ho- 
moeopathic treatment  was  used.f  that  on  Chestnut  Street  being 

*  N.  A.  J.  Hom.,  vol.  22,  p.  218. 

t  It  should  be  remembered  that  in  1832,  during  the  cholera  epidemic. 
Dr.  Wm.  Channing  made  experiments  with  homoeopathic  remedies  in 
the  city  hospitals  in  New  York. 


408  HOSPITAL. 

the  second.  The  old  building  on  Chestnut  Street  is  still  stand- 
ing, and  is  situated  on  the  southeast  corner  of  Twenty-fourth 
and  Chestnut  Streets,  a  little  way  on  the  eastern  side  of 
the  bridge.  The  street  has  been  in  later  years  raised,  so  that 
the  building  looks  much  lower  than  in  the  old  days  when  its 
picture  adorned  the  College  catalogue. 

At  a  Corporators'  meeting,  held  April  nth,  1859,  Drs. 
Francis  Sims,  John  Redmon  Coxe,  Jr.,  and  Mr.  H.  P.  Lloyd 
were  appointed  a  committee  to  devise  and  execute  some  plan 
for  raising  funds  for  the  establishment  of  a  hospital  in  con- 
nection with  the  College.  There  is  no  further  record  about 
the  matter  and  nothing  came  of  it. 

The  next  homoeopathic  hospital  was  the  Homoeopathic 
Hospital  of  Philadelphia  for  Sick  and  Wounded  Soldiers. 

At  a  Faculty  meeting  held  May  7,  1861,  it  was  stated  that 
a  resolution  had  been  received  from  the  Board  of  Managers 
proffering  the  unoccupied  room  in  the  College  Building  to  be 
used  as  a  Military  Hospital  in  case  of  need.  The  Faculty 
endorsed  the  resolution  and  voted  to  offer  their  services  if  re- 
quired as  physicians  or  surgeons. 

At  a  Faculty  meeting  held  May  15,  1862,  Drs.  Guernsey 
and  Brooks  were  appointed  a  committee  to  confer  with  the 
ladies  of  Philadelphia  concerning  the  establishment  of  a  hos- 
pital and  the  improvement  of  the  dispensary. 

The  following  circular  explains  itself: 

Phii<adei.phia,  June,  1862. 
Dear  Sir:  There  never  has  been  a  time,  in  the  history  of  our  Coun- 
try, when  the  kind  offices  of  the  good  and  charitable  were  more  needed 
than  at  the  present.  Disease  and  misery  meet  us  on  every  hand,  pain 
and  suffering  are  presented  at  almost  every  door,  calling  upon  everyone 
who  has  a  heart  to  feel  and  a  hand  to  relieve,  to  come  forward  in  pity, 
as  "  good  Samaritans, "  and  administer  to  the  wants  of  suffering  hu- 
manity. In  view  of  this  unhappy  state  of  affairs,  the  Board  of  Man- 
agers of  the  "  HoMcEoPATHic  Medicai,  College  of  Pennsylvania," 
in  Philadelphia,  have  concluded  to  construct  a  Hospital  out  of  the  dwell- 
ings on  Cuthbert  Street,  belonging  to  the  College  property,  for  the  pur- 
pose, as  far  as  possible,  of  affording  to  those  who  prefer  the  Homoeo- 
pathic mode  of  treatment,  an  opportunity  of  being  so  treated.  These 
alterations  must  necessarily  involve  considerable  expense,  and  the 
maintenance  of  the  establishment  a  still  greater:  It  is,  therefore,  earn- 
estly desired,  that  such  arrangements  may  be  made  and  such  support 


HOSPITAL.  409 

guaranteed,  as  to  enable  this  institution  to  rank  in  efficiency  and  use- 
fulness among  the  other  good  and  praiseworthy  institutions  of  our  city. 
Yet,  ever  mindful  of  the  wholesome  adage — "be  jicst  before  you  are 
generous  "  and  of  the  fact  that  the  holders  of  "  scrip  "  have  2.  just  claim 
upon  the  institution  and  its  funds,  the  Board  appeal  to  such  scrip  hold- 
ers in  kindness,  and  presuming  upon  their  usual  indulgence,  ask  their 
co-operation  in  this  good  work,  hoping  by  judicious  arrangements,  the 
immediate  pressing  wants  of  the  suffering  many  may  be  relieved,  and 
ere  long  the  just  claims  of  the  already  indulgent  creditors  be  satisfied. 
In  order  that  the  requirements,  arrangements  and  designs  of  this  charity 
may  be  more  fully  understood,  the  Board  have  decided  to  call  a  public 
meeting  of  all  who  feel  an  interest  in  this  cause,  on  at 

o'clock,  in  when   and   where  the  whole  subject 

will  be  properly  and  fully  set  forth  in  a  lecture  prepared  for  the  oc- 
casion. 

Trusting  you  will  co-operate  with  us  in  this  holy  cause, 
We  remain,  in  Bonds  of  Charity, 

Yours,  &c., 

SIMEON  DILLINGHAM, 
HENRY  HOMER, 
RICHARD  A.  LEWIS, 
BENJ.  R.  MILLER, 
JACOB  L.  WALTER, 
BENJ.  E.  GLENN, 
Board  Man.  of  the  H.  M.  Col.  of  Pa. 

On  September  19th,  1862,  a  meeting  of  ladies  was  held  at 
the  College  for  the  purpose  of  organizing  an  association  for 
the  management  of  a  homoeopathic  hospital.  The  ofl&cers 
were:  President,  Mrs.  Jacob  Jeanes;  Vice-President,  Mrs.  S, 
B.  Stitt; ■  Recording  Secretary,  Mrs.  Thomas  Paschall;  Cor- 
responding Secretary,  Mrs.  H.  N.  Guernsey;  Treasurer, 
Mrs.  Enoch  Turley.  The  following  Standing  Committee  to 
act  for  six  months: 

Mrs.  M.  J.  Whitney,  Miss  Mary  Fahnstock,  Mrs.  James  Perry,  Mrs 
O.  C.  Nichols,  Mrs.  W.  H.  Allen,  Miss  J.  Lang,  Mrs.  Silas  S.  Brooks 
Mrs.  Ad.  Lippe,  Mrs.  J.  W.  Scott,  Mrs.  B.  Glenn,  Mrs.  A.  C.  Wenger 
Mrs.  J.  C.  Bunting,  Mrs.  F.  Lasher,  Mrs.  M.  Busch,  Mrs.  Thos.  Allison 
Mrs.  G.  F.  Nagle,  Mrs.  S.  A.  Close,  Mrs.  J.  C.  Hunter,  Mrs.  S.  F.  Rogers 
Mrs.  M.  A.  Wilson,  Mrs.  C.  J.  Tyndale,  Mrs.  G.  R.  Starkey,  Mrs.  J 
Floyd,  Mrs.  J.  F.  Oram. 

The  Board  of  the  College  in  the  meantime  fitted  up  rooms 
in  the  two  buildings  on  Cuthbert  Street,  in  the  rear  of  the 
College,  for  the  hospital.     The  furniture  and  appliances  of  the 


4IO  HOSPITAL. 

Chestnut  Street  Hospital  were  given  to  the  new  institution. 
This  hospital  was  at  No.  1 1 18  Cuthbert  St.  The  upper  story 
of  this  building  was  connected  by  a  covered  passage  with  the 
amphitheatre  of  the  College,  and  thus  patients  could  be  brought 
before  the  class  for  clinical  instruction.  But  the  Government 
would  not  allow  soldiers  who  had  not  been  discharged  to  be 
admitted  to  this  hospital,  and  only  such  as  had  been  dis- 
charged from  the  military  hospitals  could  go.  The  report 
says:  "  The  Board  of  Managers  of  the  Homoeopathic  Col- 
lege had  had  a  suitable  building  comfortably  fitted  up  for  the 
accommodation  of  patients.  And,  in  the  hope  that  the  Gov- 
ernment would  allow  such  soldiers  as  preferred  homoeopathic 
treatment  to  become  its  temporary  inmates,  and  the  recipi- 
ents of  the  inestimable  advantages  to  be  derived  from  the 
rational  and  beneficent  system  of  Homoeopathy,  offered  it  for 
this  use.  These  hopes  proving  fallacious  it  was  resolved  to 
benefit,  to  the  extent  of  our  ability,  those  who  had  suffered 
in  the  righteous  cause  of  Union  and  lyiberty,  by  receiving 
soldiers  who  had  been  discharged  from  the  U.  S.  A,  Hos- 
pitals. ■ '  Quite  a  number  of  patients  were  thus  received  and 
much  good  accomplished. 

The  Announcement  for  1862-63,  thus  mentions  the  Hos- 
pital: "Extensive  and  important  as  the  improvements  in  the 
College  building  really  are,  they  do  not  militate  against  the 
fact  that  the  event  of  the  opening  of  the  Hospital  is  a  marked 
era  in  the  history  of  the  institution.  It  is  the  desideratum 
which  we  have  been  struggling  for  years  to  obtain,  regarding 
it  as  of  immense  value  to  the  profession  and  a  sine  qua  non  to 
the  student." 

On  April  13,  1863,  the  Board  of  Managers  of  the  College 
made  a  long  report.  In  this  occurs  the  following:  "Looking 
to  the  good  of  those  brave,  loyal  and  self-sacrificing  men  who 
left  their  homes  for  the  toils  and  perils  of  the  battlefield,  and 
who  have  sickened  in  the  camp  or  been  stricken  down  by  the 
missiles  of  the  enemy,  it  was  determined  to  alter  the  two 
dwellings  on  Cuthbert  Street,  into  a  hospital,  so  that  those 
who  have  thus  imperilled  their  lives  in  their  country's  cause, 
and  who  in  time  of  sickness  or  injury  might  prefer  the  heal- 
ing effects  of  Homoeopathy,  might  receive  at  least  this  one 


HOSPITAI,.  41 1 

boon  at  the  hands  of  their  approving  countrymen  and 
women. 

'  'Alterations  were  made  which  involved  an  expense  of  about 
$2,000,  including  the  furnishing.  A  I^adies'  Association  was 
formed  to  take  charge  of  and  conduct  the  house,  which  they 
have  done  faithfully  and  satisfactorily.  A  Medical  Corps  was 
appointed,  consisting  of  fourteen  physicians,  seven  surgeons 
and  a  Medical  Steward,  who  have  assiduously  waited  upon 
such  as  have  come  within  their  sphere  of  operation.  To  the 
disappointment  of  the  Board,  however,  there  have  been  but 
few  soldiers  received  compared  with  what  they  had  reason  to 
expect.  The  government  officials  were  applied  to  to  permit 
such  as  desired  to  do  so  to  come  under  the  medical  treatment 
of  their  choice,  but  they  would  not.  Even  the  government 
itself  was  petitioned  to  that  end,  but  no  favorable  response 
came  and  even  the  few  who  came  of  their  own  accord  while 
in  the  service  were  not  permitted  by  the  government  to  re- 
main. Thus  only  those  who  were  discharged  from  the  ser- 
vice could  be  received.  About  fifty  in  all  of  these  were  re- 
ceived, the  average  during  the  last  four  or  five  months 
being  about  twelve.  The  Hospital  was  not  kept  open  long. 
The  contributions  were  sufficient  to  meet  all  the  expenses  of 
the  household,  leaving  a  balance  in  the  hands  of  the  ladies  of 
$147.30.  But  sufficient  was  not  raised  to  pay  off  the  entire 
expense  of  altering  and  furnishing;  this  cost  was  about 
$2,000,  of  which  about  $1,200  has  been  paid,  leaving  about 
$800  unpaid. ' ' 

The  Hospital  in  the  summer  of  1863  sent  out  the  following 
circular  of  appeal : 

A  Public  Appeai,  for  Pecuniary  Aid  to  the  Homceopathic 
HospiTAi.  AND  Dispensary  of  Phii.adei<phia,  No.  11 13  Filbert 
Street,  extending  to  Cuthbert  Street. 

Pressing  necessities  compel  the  Managers  to  invoke  some  pecuniary 
aid  to  this  Institution.  That  it  is  worthy  of  such  aid  they  respectfully 
submit  for  the  information  of  all  who  feel  a  sympathy  therewith,  that 
during  the  year  1863  the  number  of  prescriptions  administered  in  the 
Hospital  and  Dispensary,  to  the  afflicted  and  sick,  exceeds  ten  thou- 
sand; the  average  number  of  patients  daily  seeking  medical  aid  and 
medicines  being  about  twenty-five,  in  addition  to  those  attended  and 
cared  for  at  their  homes,  because  too  sick  to  personally  seek  aid  other- 


412  HOSPITAL. 

wise.  The  amount  of  good  thus  rendered  to  the  sick  and  afflicted  who 
have  and  will  seek  medical  advice  and  aid  at  this  Institution,  cannot 
well  be  measured  or  expressed;  but  the  Managers  can  safely  appeal  to 
all  who  have  been  cognizant  of  its  operations,  or  personally  experi- 
enced its  benefits,  for  proof  that  its  perpetuation  is  a  matter  of  great 
public  interest.  The  facilities  of  the  Hospital,  because  of  our  restricted 
money  resources,  have  been  too  limited  to  allow  our  rendering  the 
amount  of  good  which  we  believe  attainable  if  we  can  properly  enlarge 
the  same;  but  experience  warrants  the  conviction  that,  with  a  moder- 
ately increased  and  reliable  revenue,  its  operations  can  be  so  extended 
as  to  insure  results  that  will  gladden  the  hearts  of  all  aiding  therein. 

In  soliciting  aid  to  sustain  this  Institution,  it  is  proper  to  state,  for 
the  information  of  all,  that  the  Dispensary,  No.  1113  Filbert  street,  is 
open  daily,  except  Sundays,  from  12  m.  to  2  p.  M.,  where  the  sick  can, 
without  charge  for  medicine  or  advice,  enjoy  the  professional  experi- 
ence and  care  of  Dr.  J.  R.  Earhart,  Dispensary  Physician,  who  for  four 
years  has  taken  an  untiring  and  unselfish  interest  in  its  administrations, 
aided  by  the  several  professional  gentlemen  who  so  cheerfully  co-oper- 
ate with  him  in  his  humanitarian  efforts  to  relieve  the  afflicted  who 
seek  their  aid. 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  the  Institution,  so  beneficial  in  its  action,  is 
wholly  dependent  on  individual  contributions  for  its  support,  and  that 
all  of  its  revenue  is  applied  to  and  absorbed  in  the  actual  current  ex- 
penses of  the  Hospital  and  Dispensary  (the  professional  services  re- 
ferred to  being  rendered  without  charge),  the  Managers  respectfully 
ask  from  all  who  feel  an  interest  in  this  Institution,  a  favorable  con- 
sideration of  and  a  liberal  response  to  this  appeal  for  pecuniary  aid, 
with  the  assurance  that  such  favor  and  response  is  needed  to  effectively 
sustain  and  perpetuate  this  great  charity. 

Contributions  will  be  received  by  either  of  the  undersigned  members 
of  the  Board  of  Managers:  John  M.  Kennedy,  No.  1420  Arch  street; 
Henry  Homer,  No.  1305  North  Broad  street;  Simeon  Dillingham,  No. 
734  Arch  street;  Richard  A.  Lewis,  No.  151  North  Fifteenth  street; 
George  Burnham,  No.  2219  Green  street;  Henry  Simons,  No.  323  New 
Market  street;  Benjamin  F.  Glenn,  southwest  corner  Seventeenth  and 
Green  streets.  By  order  of  the  Board — John  M.  Kennedy,  President; 
Benjamin  F.  Glenn,  Secretary. 

In  sending  you  this  I  beg  to  commend  it  to  your  favorable  consider- 
ation. 

About  the  close  of  the  war  the  Hospital  became  an  elemo- 
synary  sort  of  institution,  and  charity  was  very  cold  and  the 
Hospital  languished  sorely,  but  there  was  a  hospital  back  on 
Cuthbert  street,  behind  the  College,  though  it  is  doubtful  if 
there  were  many  patients.  In  the  College  records  there  ap- 
pear, from  time  to  time,  some  minutes  about  it.     Thus:  At  a 


HOSPITAL.  413 

Faculty  meeting,  held  October  ist,  1864,  Dr.  H.  N.  Guernsey 
was  appointed  a  committee  to  have  an  oversight  of  the  Hospital 
and  to  call  any  assistance  he  might  obtain  to  secure  the  object 
for  which  it  was  instituted. 


414  HOSPITAL. 

CHAPTER  11. 

1865-69. 

At  a  Faculty  meeting,  held  December  27tli,  1865,  the  sub- 
ject of  the  Hospital  was  taken  up.  The  Dean  reported  a 
letter  from  the  Trustees  stating  that  they  would  be  pleased  to 
ratify  the  appointment  of  several  lady  Managers,  to  be  nomi- 
nated by  the  Faculty.  Also  that  the  Superintending  Lady 
Manager,  after  years  of  self-sacrificing  labor,  wished  to  be  re- 
lieved from  further  service.  The  President  of  the  Faculty 
was  appointed  a  committee  to  confer  with  the  lady  friends  of 
the  Hospital  with  full  power  to  act. 

At  a  Faculty  meeting,  held  March  3d,  1866,  it  was  decided 
that  the  Hospital  be  kept  open,  and  that  the  Matron  have 
permission  to  receive  students  to  board,  or  others;  and  that 
the  Faculty  place  in  it  such  patients  as  may  seem  proper. 

At  a  Facult3^  meeting,  on  October  13th,  1866,  Dr.  Frost 
was  appointed  a  committee  to  rent  the  Hospital  building  for 
one  year  to  a  suitable  person  for  a  student's  boarding  house  in 
term  time,  and  with  provision  for  the  accommodation  of  such 
surgical  cases  as  should  be  required  by  the  Faculty. 

On  October  20th,  1866,  Dr.  Foote  presented  a  plan  to  call 
a  public  meeting  and  to  devise  a  plan  for  a  hospital.  The  Rev. 
B.  F.  Barrett,  who  was  present,  was  invited  to  take  part  in  the 
discussion.  He  suggested  that  the  homoeopaths  unite  and  raise 
100,000  or  150,000  dollars.  It  was  finally  decided  to  call  a 
meeting  a  week  later  in  the  main  lecture  room  of  the  College, 
each  one  to  bring  such  of  his  friends  as  might  be  induced  to 
take  an  interest  in  a  homoeopathic  hospital  in   Philadelphia. 

In  the  Transactions  of  the  American  Institute  of  Homoe- 
opathy for  1868  is  the  following  about  the  Hospital:  "An 
attempt  is  being  made  to  raise  from  half  a  million  to  a  mil- 
lion dollars  for  this  object.  The  Trustees  have  issued  circu- 
lars,   and  have  received  many  encouraging  replies.     A  hos- 


HOSPITAI,.  415 

pital  of  from  two  hundred  to  four  hundred  beds  is  proposed; 
it  would  be  a  great  advantage  to  the  students,  as  well  as  a 
boon  to  the  sick  poor. 

Nothing  seemed  to  come  of  this.  The  diflSculty  and  split 
of  the  old  college  took  place  in  1867,  and  the  hospital  plan 
was  held  in  abeyance. 

But  while  there  was  no  planning  with  the  members  of  the 
Faculty  of  the  old  college,  yet  there  was  with  the  Faculty  of 
the  new;  for  at  the  annual  joint  meeting  of  the  Boards  of  the 
College,  held  April  14,  t868,  E.  S.  La wrance  being  Chairman , 
it  was  decided  that  the  Chair  appoint  a  committee  of  three  to 
investigate  and  report  the  feasibility  of  securing  a  building 
for  hospital  purposes,  and  whether  money  could  be  raised  for 
the  purpose  of  sustaining  the  same.  Mr.  F.  G.  Smith,  Drs. 
H.  N.  Martin,  and  Richard  Koch  were  appointed.  At  a 
meeting  on  April  17th  this  committee  reported  progress. 

Then  came  the  union  of  the  Colleges  in  the  early  spring  of 
1869.  We  quote  again  from  Dr.  Mohr's  Historical  Retro- 
spect: 

In  the  summer  of  1869,  the  Faculty  feeUng  the  necessity  for  a  hos- 
pital for  the  purpose  of  increasing  the  facilities  for  clinical  instruction, 
originated  a  movement  for  holding  a  large  fair,  and  thus  raise  funds 
for  reopening  the  Homoeopathic  Hospital.  Extensive  preparations 
were  made  during  the  summer  and  fall,  and  in  the  month  of  November 
the  fair  was  held  at  Horticultural  Hall.  With  the  active  co-operation  of 
a  large  number  of  physicians  of  the  city,  and  the  indefatigable  efforts 
of  the  many  ladies  and  gentlemen  interested  in  the  enterprise,  the  fair, 
which  continued  for  two  weeks,  was  a  great  success,  and  resulted  in 
raising  the  sum  of  seventeen  thousand  dollars  (^$17,000).  In  1870  the 
money  thus  secured  was  invested  by  the  Trustees  of  the  Hospital,  who 
were  also  Trustees  of  the  College,  in  the  purchase  of  the  College  prop- 
erty on  Filbert  street,  above  Eleventh  street.  On  the  Cuthbert  street 
end  of  this  property  were  two  dwellings,  the  same  that  had  been  used 
as  a  soldier's  hospital  during  the  war,  which  were  removed,  and  on  the 
lot  was  erected  a  five-storied  brick  hospital  building  with  a  capacit}'  of 
thirty  beds.  This  hospital  was  formally  opened  on  the  9th  of  January, 
1871,  and  remained  in  continuous  operation  until  September  30th, 
1886.     During  this  period  5478  cases  received  treatment. 

The  Ladies'  Homoeopathic  Hospital  Fair  Association  was 
organized  at  a  meeting  held  in  April,  1869. 

Enthusiasm  was  aroused  not  only  in  Philadelphia,  but  in 
the  surrounding  towns.     The  friends  of  Homoeopath}^  were 


41 6  HOSPITAI,. 

resolved  to  at  last  assert  themselves  and  substantially  aid  the 
cause. 

In  the  Hahnemannian  Monthly  for  May,  1869,  appears  the 
following: 

A  HOMCeOPATHIC   HOSPITAI,  IN   PhII.ADE;I.PHIA. 

The  members  of  the  profession  in  Philadelphia  have  determined  that 
a  hospital  for  the  treatment  of  the  sick  poor,  on  homoeopathic  prin- 
ciples, shall  be  erected  in  that  city,  and  endowed.  Regarded  as  a  boon 
offered  to  suffering  humanity;  as  a  means  of  accurately  demonstrating 
the  superiority  of  the  homoeopathic  method  of  treatment  over  all 
others;  as  a  necessity  in  the  education  of  those  who  are  to  enter  in  the 
business  of  healing  the  sick  in  accordance  with  the  maxim  of  Ascle- 
piades,  or,  in  fact,  regarded  in  any  light,  there  can  be  but  one  mind  as 
to  the  importance  and  urgency  of  the  measure. 

The  friends  of  Homoeopathy  in  Philadelphia  constitute  a  power,  and 
that  that  power  has  not  been  heretofore  successfully  wielded  has  been 
owing,  mainly,  to  a  want  of  unity  of  effort  on  the  part  of  the  profession. 
There  is  every  reason  for  believing,  however,  that  now  there  is  not  one 
physician  in  the  city  who  will  not  be  glad  to  do  what  he  can  to  further 
the  noble  enterprise.  We  owe  it  to  those  who  are  to  come  after  us,  in 
the  profession,  to  furnish  them,  during  the  days  of  their  pupilage,  with 
that  best  means  of  instruction  of  which  we  so  greatly  feel  the  need ; 
and  we  owe  it,  as  well,  to  ourselves,  to  erect  some  enduring  memorial 
of  our  appreciation  of  the  work  of  our  great  master,  Hahnemann. 

We  are  informed  that  a  "Grand  Fair"  will  be  held  during  the 
coming  autumn,  and  that  all  homoeopathic  physicians  of  Pennsylvania 
and  neighboring  States  will  be  invited  to  co-operate  with  the  ladies 
and  gentlemen  who  have  it  in  charge. 

The  following  appeared  in  the  Hahnemannian  Monthly  for 
June,  1869: 

We  call  the  the  special  attention  of  our  readers  to  the  following  com- 
munication to  the  editor,  and  with  the  hope  that  it  will  meet  with  a 
suitable  response  from  every  physician  who  has  a  regard  for  the  honor 
of  Homoeopathy,  and  the  elevation  of  the  standard  of  medical  educa- 
tion: 

Phii,adei,phia,  May  31,  1869. 
Editor  Hahnemannian  Monthly. 

Dear  Sir  : — The  ladies  of  the  ' '  Homoeopathic  Fair  Association  ' ' 
gratefully  accept  your  kind  offer  to  make  the  columns  of  your  journal  a 
medium  of  communication  between  them  and  the  members  of  the  pro- 
fession and  the  patrons  of  Homoeopathy. 

The  importance,  not  to  say  the  necessity,  in  Philadelphia,  with  a  pop- 
ulation of  800,000  persons  (a  large  proportion  of  whom,  in  case  of 
disease  or  accident  requiring  hospital  accommodations,  would  prefer 


HOSPITAL.  417 

homoeopathic  treatment),  of  having  a  hospital  dedicated  to  the  cause  of 
Homoeopathy  will  not  be  doubted  by  any  one  acquainted  with  that 
system  of  healing.  Another  point  worthy  of  consideration  is,  that  the 
size  and  number  of  existing  hospitals  in  the  city  are  insufficient  for  the 
wants  of  our  large  and  rapidly  increasing  population.  And  not  only  is 
it  desirable  to  the  citizens  of  Philadelphia  that  a  first-class  hospital 
should  be  established  here,  but  it  becomes  a  matter  of  general  interest, 
in  view  of  the  opportunities  which  such  an  institution  would  afford  to 
those  who  are  studying  for  the  medical  profession. 

In  order  to  create  a  permanent  fund,  the  interest  of  which  alone 
shall  be  used  to  defray  the  current  expenses  of  such  a  hospital,  a  large 
number  of  the  ladies  of  this  city  and  vicinity  are  uniting  their  efforts 
and  influence  to  get  up  a  Grand  Fair,  to  be  held  in  the  latter  part  of 
November  next.  The  ladies  engaged  in  this  enterprise  are  encouraged 
to  find  that  their  efforts  elicit  the  sympathy  of  many  friends  of  the 
cause  who  reside  at  a  distance.  One  lady  proposed  to  fill  a  table  with 
the  contributions  of  her  Brooklyn  friends.  Baltimore  and  Pittsburg 
ladies  each  promise  the  same.  These  and  similar  facts  suggested  to  the 
ladies  that  many  friends  of  the  cause  throughout  the  country  might  be 
glad  to  aid  in  the  good  work,  could  they  be  informed  respecting  the 
plans  and  prospects  of  the  organization. 

It  is  deemed  necessary  to  raise  the  sum  of  at  least  one  hundred  thou- 
sand dollars,  fifty  thousand  dollars  of  which  is  to  be  expended  in  suita- 
ble buildings,  and  leaving  a  permanent  fund  of  fifty  thousand  dollars  to 
commence  with,  for  defraying  the  current  expenses  of  the  institution. 
The  sum  of  $10,000  is  already  guaranteed  for  hospital  buildings,  and  if 
the  homoeopathic  physicians  throughout  the  country  will  aid  the  cause 
by  informing  their  patrons  of  the  enterprise  so  auspiciously  commenced , 
there  is  little  reason  to  doubt  that  a  sum  can  be  raised  sufficient  to  es- 
tablish such  an  institution  as  will  result  in  incalculable  benefit  to  the 
suffering,  of  great  utility  to  medical  students,  and  be  an  honor  to  the 
cause  of  HomcEopathy. 

Contributions  may  be  sent  to  Miss  Lucy  E.  Wadleigh,  1636  Green 
street,  Mrs.  Dr.  C.  Hering,  No.  114  North  Twelfth  street,  or  any  mam- 
ber  of  the  Board  of  Managers. 

On  behalf  of  the  Ladies  "  Homoeopathic  Fair  Association," 

Mrs.  Dr.  G.  R.  Starkly, 

LETiTIA  R.  WiLIvIAMSON. 

Coyntnittee. 

On  Tuesday  evening,  June  2 2d,  1869,  a  "Soiree  Dramati- 
que"  was  given  at  the  Amateur  Drawing  Room,  on  17th 
street,  above  Chestnut  street.  It  was  by  the  "  LurHne 
Coterie,"  and  the  plays  were  "The  Serious  Family,"  and 
"The  Valet  de  Sham." 

On  October  15th,  1869,  another  "  Soiree  Dramatique  "  was 
28 


4l8  HOSPITAL. 

given  in  the  Foyer  of  Horticultural  Hall  for  the  benefit  of  the 
hospital  fund.  The  plays  were:  "  One  Too  Many  for  Him," 
"  The  Day  After  the  Wedding."  and  "  Turn  Him  Out."  A 
Strawberry  Festival  was  held  in  June. 

The  following  letter,  signed  "  Neshaminy,"  appeared  in 
the  Bucks  County  Intelligencer,  of  Doylestown,  on  Tuesday 
morning,  June  ist,  1869:  "  Since  the  time  when  the  Homoeo 
pathic  College  of  Pennsylvania  was  established  in  1854  (?) 
there  has  been  a  struggle  for  admission  of  this  school  of 
medicine  to  practice  in  the  hospitals  in  the  City  and  County 
of  Philadelphia.  The  old  school  set  its  face  like  a  flint  against 
the  application  of  the  homoeopaths,  and  thus  the  war  went  on. 
The  new  school  of  practitioners  gradually  gained  strength 
and  finally  last  year  were  admitted  to  a  limited  extent  to  wit- 
ness the  experiments  and  to  attend  lectures  in  some  of  the 
hospitals.  In  1867  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  was  es- 
tablished here,  with  the  venerable  Dr.  Constantine  Hering  at 
the  head  of  the  Faculty.  By  the  way,  it  was  Dr.  Hering  who 
first  taught  the  principles  of  Hahnemann  in  America  (?)  and 
who  also  founded  the  first  homoeopathic  college  in  the  world, 
erected  at  Allentown,  Pa.,  in  1832  (?)."* 

Among  the  circulars  sent  out  at  this  time  were  the  following: 

Phii^adklphia, 1869. 

Dear  Friend:  It  is  purposed  to  establish  a  Hospital  in  Philadelphia, 
into  which  the  sick  or  injured  poor,  and  those  who  are  able  to  pay  for 
the  accommodation,  may  be  received  and  treated  in  accordance  with 
the  principles  and  practice  of  Homoeopathy. 

With  a  view  to  permanency,  it  is  purposed  to  raise  one  hundred 
thousand  dollars;  one-half  of  which  amount  will  be  invesied,  at  interest, 
for  the  support  of  the  Hospital;  and  one-half  for  the  procurement  of 
grounds  and  the  erection  of  suitable  buildings,  &c. 

The  urgent  necessity  for  such  a  noble  charity  in  our  city  is  apparent. 
It  is  demanded,  in  the  interest  of  humanity,  that  the  poor  shall  have 
the  curative  powers  of  Homoeopathy  within  their  reach;  and  it  is  de- 
manded, in  the  interests  of  our  children,  that  those  who  are  to  be  their 
physicians  shall  enjoy  the  educational  advantages  of  such  an  institu- 
tion: every  lover  of  the  race,  therefore;  everyone  thoughtful  for  the 
future;  every  friend  of  genuine  progress  is  appealed  to  for  aid,  that  the 
Hospital  may  be  established  and  made  permanent;  dispensing  its  bless- 
ings now  and  to  all  future  generations. 

*  The  dates  are  inaccurate. — Ed. 


HOSPITAI,.  419 

The  ladies  of  Philadelphia,  at  the  call  of  Mrs.  Jay  Cooke,  Mrs.  J.  B. 
Morehead  and  Mrs.  Edwin  Greble,  have  taken  the  initiatory  steps  to  a 
Grand  Fair,  to  be  held  in  Horticultural  Hall  in  November  next.  They 
expect  to  raise,  by  this  means,  the  endowment  fund  of  fifty  thousand 
dollars,  provided  the  organized  co-operation  of  all  the  friends  Homce. 
opathy  can  be  secured. 

This  can  only  be  effected  by  your  aid.  I  therefore  urge  you  in  the 
name  of  humanity  and  science  to  do  what  you  can  for  this  cause.  Dona- 
tions of  money,  and  of  useful  and  fancy  articles,  sent  to  my  house,  will 
be  thankfully  received  and  duly  credited. 

Ladies  are  requested  to  unite  with  their  friends  and  organize  working 
and  contributing  "circles"  I  will  cheerfully  furnish  any  other  in- 
formation in  regard  to  the  matter  that  may  be  desired. 

Trusting  that  this  appeal  may  meet  a  cordial  and  liberal  response, 
I  am 

Yours,  most  truly, 


PhiIvADBIvPHIA,   1869. 

De;ar  Sir:  We,  the  undersigned,  officers  of  the  "Ladies'  Homoeo- 
pathic Hospital  Fair  Association,"  of  this  city,  have  been  instructed  by 
the  Association,  to  urge  your  active  co-operation  in  behalf  of  the  Fair, 
to  be  held  November  17th  to  30th. 

Herewith  we  send copies  of  a  circular  to  be  signed  with  your 

own  name,  and  in  your  own  hand  writing,  and  given  or  sent  to  your 
friends  and  patrons.  Additional  copies  can  be  obtained,  if  required, 
from  the  Recording  Secretary. 

The  prospects  of  this  enterprise  are  already  very  bright.  Perfect 
success  must  follow  faithful  and  united  efiFort.  We,  therefore,  confi- 
dently appeal  to  you  to  do  your  part,  that  this  much  needed  institution 
may  be  at  once  secured.     Respectfully, 

Mrs.  J.  B.  Morehead,  President;  Mrs.  Capt.  Turley,  Mrs.  T.  S.  Arthur, 
Mrs.  Mary  Scott,  Mrs.  Walter  H.  Tilden,  Miss  Sarah  Williamson,  Mrs. 
Dr.  J.  G.  Houard,  Vice-Presidents;  Mrs.  Edwin  Greble,  Corresponding 
Secretary;  Mrs.  George  Burnham,  Treasurer. 

Address:  Miss  Lucy  Wadleigh,  Recording  Secretary,  1636  Green 
Street. 

Mrs.  Dr.  Heerman,  of  Baltimore,  issued  the  following 
circular : 

HOMCEOPATHIC   HOSPITAI.   FOR    THE   POOR. 

The  friends  of  Homoeopathy  design  establishing,  gradually,  for  the 
benefit  of  the  poor,  a  hospital  or  dispensary  in  ever}^  city  of  the  Union. 

In  Philadelphia,  where  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  provides 
us  yearly  with  a  number  of  able   practitioners,  the  beginning  will  be 


420  HOSPITAL. 

made,  and  a  Fair  will  be  held  next  November  by  the  ladies  of  Phila- 
delphia, and  the  neighboring  cities.  It  is  hoped  that  a  handsome  table 
will  represent  the  friends  of  the  cause  in  Baltimore. 

The  undersigned,  having  been  elected  one  of  the  Board  of  Managers, 
appeals,  in  that  capacity,  to  the  ladies  and  gentlemen  desiring  to  aid  in 
this  effort,  to  send  contributions  of  money,  goods,  useful  and  fancy 
articles,  to  her  residence.  No.  60  West  Saratoga  Street,  Baltimore, 
where  a  list  is  opened  for  that  purpose. 

The  Fair  was  opened  on  November  17th.  It  was  a  bril- 
liant success. 

The  American  Journal  of  Homoeopathic  Materia  Medica 
published  the  following:  "During  the  last  two  weeks  of 
November -the  Horticultural  Hall  has  been  crowded  to  excess 
by  the  elite  of  the  City,  visiting  the  great  homceopathic  fair. 
Notwithstanding  the  bitter  opposition  of  at  least  one  homoeo- 
pathic doctor,  the  lukewarm  support  of  others  and  the  apathy 
of  a  few,  there  has  been  no  such  display  gince  the  great  Sani- 
tary Fair.  Pittsburgh,  Harrisburg,  Pottsville,  Reading, 
Easton,  Chester,  and  Westchester,  Woodbury,  Norristown, 
Germantown,  Chestnut  Hill,  Camden  and  other  places  in  New 
Jersey,  Wilmington,  Del.,  Baltimore,  New  York  and  Boston 
were  represented  at  its  tables." 

A  Fair  Paper  was  also  issued.  It  was  called  "  The  Globule, 
Published  by  The  Young  Folks."  It  was  in  the  form  of  a 
small  octavo  and  was  sold  at  one  cent.  It  was  devoted  to  a 
description  of  the  tables.  Three  numbers  of  The  Globule 
were  issued. 


HOSPITAI.,  421 


■     CHAPTER  III. 

1870. 

The  Nezv  England  Medical  Gaselte  for  January,  1870,  con- 
tains the  following  letter: 

Philadelphia,  December  8,  1869. 

My  Dear  Editor:  I  take  it  for  granted  that  the  good  doctors  of  the 
"  Hub  "  who  are  of  the  homceopathic  persuasion  are  not  a  little  inter- 
ested in  the  scheme  for  establishhig  a  homceopathic  hospital  in  Phila- 
delphia, and  will,  therefore,  appreciate  a  little  gossip  about  our 
"  Grand  Fair,"  for  the  benefit  of  that  prospective  charity.  I  propose 
to  gratify  the  Boston  brethren  and  your  other  numerous  readers,  and 
shall  plunge  at  once  tJi  inedias  res. 

At  two  different  times  we  have  had  homceopathic  hospitals  in  Phila- 
delphia. Each  began  right  well,  but  died  in  the  struggle  to  live,  prob- 
ably from  excess  of  vitality!  Ever  since  their  untimely  end,  the  profes- 
sion has  talked  about  a  third  attempt,  but  prior  to  last  spring  there  was 
nothing  more  than  talk.  At  that  time,  however,  and  after  the  consoli- 
dation of  the  two  colleges,  there  seemed  to  be  a  fit  opportunity  for  en- 
tering upon  the  work,  inasmuch  as  there  was  a  greater  degree  of  har- 
mony in  our  ranks  than  had  prevailed  for  a  long  time.  So  the  doctors 
met  and  talked,  and  called  in  the  laymen  and  talked  more;  but  finally, 
and  better  than  all  the  rest,  they  called  in  the  ladies,  who,  of  course, 
helped  talk.  But  they  did  more;  for  they  resolved  that  a  grand  fair 
should  be  held  in  the  fall,  and  at  once  set  about  making  preparations 
for  it.  Meeting  after  meeting  was  held  at  the  College;  committees  and 
sub-committees  were  appointed,  and  soon  "  the  fair  "  became  a  matter 
of  general  interest.  Now,  my  dear  doctor,  having  told  you  that  the 
ladies  took  the  ai-fair  in  hand,  it  would  not  be  necessary  to  write 
another  line  to  assure  you  that  it  resulted  in  a  great  success,  but  then  I 
should  not  be  fulfilling  the  promise  I  made  at  starting. 

The  Fair  was  to  be  opened  on  the  evening  of  November  17th.  On 
the  morning  of  that  day  the  unusual  sight  noticeable  in  front  of  Horti- 
cultural Hall  might  have  conveyed  to  the  mind  of  a  stranger  the  idea 
that  Flora,  or  Pomona,  or  some  other  presiding  divinity,  was  very  ill, 
and  that  lots  of  doctors  had  been  summoned  to  consult  in  the  case. 
There  they  were — those  who  roll  in  chariots,  and  those  who  "prefer 
the  more  healthful  "  (and  less  expensive)  and  democratic  method  of 
getting  along.     They  were  hurrying  to  and  fro,  mixed  in  an  apparently 


422  HOSPITAL. 

inextricable  confusion  with  carmen,  porters,  boxes,  bales,  and  bundles — 
all  in  a  pelting  snow-storm.  But  soon  order  came  out  of  chaos,  and  in 
due  time  everything  was  ready  for  effecting  sales. 

From  this  first  evening  until  that  of  November  30th  the  "  Homoeo- 
pathic Fair"  was  the  centre  of  attraction  for  the  intelligence,  wealth, 
and  beauty  of  our  city.  By  day  there  was  usually  a  company  of 
earnest  buyers,  who  made  glad  the  hearts  of  the  patient  ladies  who  had 
charge  of  the  tables;  but  at  night,  when  Philadelphia's  best  gas  was 
lighted  at  a  thousand  jets,  the  coup  d'ceil  was  magnificent.  At  the 
upper  end  of  the  hall,  and  in  front  of  the  stage,  two  large  gilded 
columns  were  erected,  and  springing  from  these  was  an  arch  forming 
in  letters  of  fire  the  familiar  and  beloved  name,  "  Hahnemann."  This 
together  with  the  tables  with  their  domes  and  many-colored  decora- 
tions, the  splendid  goods  displayed  at  every  stall,  the  immense  throng 
of  beautiful  and  beautifully-dressed  promenaders,  often  with  bright 
eyes  sparkling  beneath  the  brims  of  "  Alpine"  and  other  tasty  hats, 
and  every  one  worked  up  to  the  highest  pitch  of  vivacity  by  the 
awfully  wicked  (but  oh!  so  nice)  "jig  tunes"  oi U CEil  Crevt  and  La 
Belle  HeUne  Oifenbached  by  the  grand  orchestra  of  Carl  Sentz,  pre- 
sented such  a  picture  as  is  not  often  equalled  nor  soon  forgotten. 

And  didn't  the  doctors  enjoy  it  all  ?  It  was  to  most  of  us  an  oasis  in 
the  general  professional  Sahara.  How  we  all  shook  hands  with  each 
other  with  a  little  extra  vigor  and  a  little  extra  heart,  having  left  the 
"shop"  at  home!  Most  of  our  pioneers  were  there,  too  (we  are  very 
proud  of  our  veterans  in  this  city) ,  and  their  feelings  must  have  been 
most  enviable.  Dr.  Hering  held  almost  nightly  levees  at  his  wife's 
table,  "the  cynosure  of  neighboring  eyes  "  ;  Williamson  was  there, 
too,  genial,  and  friendly,  and  active,  as  always;  and  Guernsey's  earnest 
face,  though  onlj'  seen  occasionally,  was  wreathed  in  smiles.  But  I 
must  not  permit  m3^self  to  drift  into  personalities,  or  my  letter  will  be- 
come too  long,  and  besides  I  might  be  "  hauled  over  the  coals  "  for  my 
pains. 

Many  good  friends  outside  of  Philadelphia  helped  us  with  the  Fair. 
Camden  and  Woodbury,  N.  J.,  and  Wilmington,  Del.,  were  well  repre- 
sented; Baltimore,  and  our  sister  city,  Pittsburg,  each  had  a  table;  and 
the  Chester  and  Delaware  County  ( Pa. )  Society,  always  ready  to  ad- 
vance the  cause,  did  nobly.  The  Atlantic  Mutual  Life  Insurance 
Company  was  also,  and  very  properly,  represented.  Mr.  William  D. 
Huntly,  the  General  Agent,  offered  twenty  per  cent,  of  all.  premiums 
taken  at  the  Fair.  During  the  closing  week,  Dr.  William  P.  Wessel- 
hceft,  of  Boston,  made  his  many  friends  glad  by  appearing  among 
them,  and  delighted  the  Treasurer  by  handing  her  five  hundred  dollars, 
being  the  donation  of  himself  and  some  of  his  Boston  friends. 

Of  the  incidents  of  the  F'air,  it  is  impossible  for  me  to  speak  in  detail. 
There  was  quite  an  animated  contest  over  a  very  handsome  office-chair, 
which  was  won  by  Dr.  John  G.  Houard,  whose  friends  had  fabulous 
amounts  of    "quarters."     Dr.  James    Kitchen  also  carried    off   a  very 


HOSPITAL.  423 

handsome  afghan,  his  friends  insisting  that  their  "kitchen"  should 
never  be  cold.  There  were,  doubtless,  many  other  nice  things  of  this 
kind,  but  I  have  forgotten  them. 

And  now,  you  are  ready  to  ask,  what  resulted  from  this  great  effort? 
I  will  tell  you.  The  largest  amount  paid  in  by  one  table  was  $2,590.51 ; 
the  smallest,  |i 23. 89.  The  aggregate  gross  receipts  amount  to  nearly 
|i8,ooo,  and  after  making  a  liberal  deduction  for  the  payment  of  bills 
there  remains  upwards  of  $15,000  net  profits,  which  you  will  allow  is  a 
very  handsome  sum,  and  this  especially  when  the  very  "  hard  times  " 
are  taken  into  consideration,  the  mere  talking  about  which  makes  one 
grip  one's  pocketbook  with  forty  panic  power.  It  is  to  be  borne  in 
mind,  too,  that  four  large  fairs  and  innumerable  small  ones  had  im- 
mediately preceded  the  "Homoeopathic,"  and  that  our  people  would 
have  been  excusable  if  they  had  thought  it  hardly  fair  to  tax  them 
further. 

But  besides  realizing  a  large  sum  of  money,  the  Fair  has  otherwise 
done  service  for  the  cause  of  Homoeopathy.  It  was  admitted  to  be  the 
handsomest  held  in  this  city  since  the  great  "  Sanitary."  And  when 
we  consider  the  class  of  people  immediately  connected  with  it,  the  im- 
mense throngs  of  our  best  citizens  who  attended  every  day  and  evening, 
the  encomiums  of  the  entire  newspaper  press,  and  other  circumstances, 
they  all  serve  as  a  wholesome  lesson  to  those  who  are  so  foolish  as  to 
assert  that  "  Homoeopathy  is  going  down."  It  is  going  down,  my  dear 
Doctor,  but  it  is  going  down  to  posterity,  to  bless  it  with  universal 
beneficence. 

With  this  prediction  I  am  content  to  close,  subscribing  myself. 

Yours,  very  truly, 

C.  M.J.  R. 

The    following    was    published     in    the    Hahneman7iian 
Monthly  for  January,  1870: 

The  Philadelphia  Hospital  Fair. — Our  readers  will,  doubtless, 
be  glad  to  learn  something  of  this  enterprise,  and  it  shall  be  our  object 
to  speak  of  what  was  done  rather  than  of  zes'zc  did  it;  for  although 
there  are  many  instances  of  individual  exertion  worthy  of  great 
praise,  it  does  not  become  us  to  particularize.  A  ' '  History  of  the 
Fair  "  is  in  course  of  preparation,  which  will,  no  doubt,  do  full  justice 
to  all  concerned.  The  influence  which  has  gone  out  from  the  Fair,  in 
favor  of  Homoeopathy,  is  very  great.  An  important  element  of  that 
influence  is  the  harmonious  working  of  so  many  hearts  and  hands,  of 
persons  holding  such  varied  relations  of  life,  under  the  bonds  of  benev- 
olence and  of  Homoeopathy; — an  exhibitionof  philanthropy  worthy  the 
city  wherein  it  occurred,  a  city  of  which  institutions  of  charity  a  nd 
benevolence  are  the  chief  ornament. 

' '  The  Ladies'  Homoeopathic  Hospital  Fair  Association  ' '  was  or  gan- 
ized  in  April,  1869,  and   at   that  time  a  full  corps  of  oSicers  and  man. 


424  HOSPITAL. 

agers  were  chosen;  an  executive  committee,  to  conduct  the  business  of 
the  fair,  being  subsequently  selected.  These,  together  with  the  mem- 
bers of  the  Association,  were  all  ladies,  but  an  "advisory  board"  of  gen- 
tlemen, consisting  of  five  physicians  and  ten  laymen,  were  appointed 
by  the  Association.  Meetings  were  held  at  regular  intervals,  except 
during  the  extreme  heat  of  summer,  and  the  enthusiasm  for  the  cause 
steadily  increased  until  the  commencement  of  the  Fair,  which  opened 
on  the  seventeenth  and  closed  on  the  thirtieth  of  November.  There 
were  twenty-two  tables,  besides  several  other  departments.  Each  table 
had  its  own  circle  of  ladies,  and  each  circle  took  charge  of  the  business 
of  its  particular  table,  subject  to  the  by-laws  of  the  Association.  The 
Association  itself  took  charge  of  no  enterprise  connected  with  matters 
of  obtaining  goods  or  selling  them — this  business  being  transacted  by 
the  several  tables,  each  one  independently  of  all  the  others.  The  re- 
turns from  all  the  little  schemes  for  raising  money,  such  as  the  post- 
ofi&ce,  skating  rink,  museum,  art  gallery,  etc.,  were  made  through  the 
tables  with  which  they  were  connected.  The  money  arising  from  the 
sale  of  tickets  at  the  door  was  paid  into  the  treasury  without  passing 
through  the  medium  of  the  tables.  The  restaurant  was  conducted  on 
its  own  responsibility.  The  money  arising  from  tickets  sold  by  the 
ladies  prior  to  the  opening  of  the  Fair  was  credited  to  the  tables  with 
which  the  ladies  were  associated.  The  proceeds  of  each  table,  there- 
fore, comprised  donations  in  money,  cash  received  for  goods  Si.ld,  and 
for  tickets  sold  before  the  Fair. 

Besides  those  organized  by  the  ladies  of  Philadelphia,  there  were 
tables  from  Baltimore,  Md. ;  Wilmington,  Del. ;  Woodbury  and  Cam- 
den, N.  J.,  and  Chester,  West  Chester,  Norristown,  and  Pittsburg,  Pa. 
Handsome  and  valuable  presents  were  received  from  Boston,  Mass.; 
Easton,  Harrisburg,  Eatontown,  Pa.,  and  from  other  places  not  now 
remembered.  The  hall  was  admirably  adapted  to  the  purpose,  the 
music  was  all  that  could  be  desired,  and  everything  passed  off  in  a 
manner  most  satisfactory.  The  gross  receipts  were  $18,000;  net  profits 
more  than  |i5,ooo.  By  common  consent  this  Fair  was  regarded  as  un- 
surpassed, in  regard  of  the  beauty,  costliness,  number  and  variety  of 
goods  exposed  for  sale,  by  any  similar  effort  in  Philadelphia  since  the 
great  Sanitary  Fair  of  1864. 

The  Great  Hospital  Fair  was  a  success.  As  has  been 
stated,  at  that  and  the  various  entertainments  held  during 
the  summer  of  1869,  the  large  sum  of  $17,000  was  raised. 

It  was  the  wish  of  the  people  who  had  been  largely  instru- 
mental in  getting  this  affair  up  that  a  large  and  complete  in- 
stitution should  be  erected  to  cost  $100,000. 

In  the  meantime  it  was  decided  to  invest  the  Hospital  funds 
in  the  purchase  of  the  College  property  on  Filbert  street. 


HOSPITAL.  425 

This  had  been  discussed  by  the  Faculty,  and  at  a  meeting 
held  December  4,  1869,  Drs.  Morgan,  Macfarlan  and  Koch 
were  appointed  a  committee  to  confer  with  the  ladies  on  the 
subject  of  altering  the  Cuthbert  street  building  into  a  hos- 
pital. In  November  6,  1869,  there  is  a  record  of  $50.00 
being  appropriated  and  Dr.  M.  Macfarlan  authorized  to  ex- 
pend it  in  furnishing  a  hospital  ward,  which  he  did  containing 
four  beds.  On  January  8,  1870,  Dr.  Hering  was  appointed  a 
committee  to  devise  plans  for  raising  money  for  a  surgical 
hospital  on  Cuthbert  street. 

A  special  meeting  of  Corporation  Trustees  was  held  on 
March  7,  1870,  at  which  were  present:  E.  S.  lyawrance. 
Chairman;  A.  W.  Sexton,  T.  G.  Smith,  F.  E.  Boericke,  J. 
B.  Read,  A.  Koch,  J.  A.  Marshall,  and  D.  T.  Pratt  as  Sec- 
retary. A  communication  was  presented  from  Dr.  Hering 
and  some  other  members  of  the  Faculty  in  reference  to  pro- 
viding accommodations  for  the  Hospital,  whereupon,  on  mo- 
tion of  J.  A.  Marshall,  it  was  resolved:  That  the  matter  be 
referred  to  a  committee  consisting  of  Trustee  T.  G.  Smith, 
Dr.  J.  C.  Morgan  of  the  Faculty,  and  W.  Williamson  of  the 
Curators. 

At  a  meeting  held  on  May  24,  1870,  E.  S.  Lawrance  being 
Chairman,  and  Messrs.  A.  W.  Sexton,  Koch,  Smith,  Read, 
Dick,  McGeorge,  Pratt  being  present,  a  communication  was 
presented,  signed  by  seven  members  of  the  Board  of  Profes- 
sorial Trustees,  in  which  they  recommended  the  investment 
of  the  funds  belonging  to  the  Hospital  in  the  purchase  of  the 
College  property,  the  alteration  of  the  building  on  Cuthbert 
street  to  suit  the  purposes  of  an  hospital,  and  a  plan  for  its 
subsequent  support.  Mr.  Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr. ,  then  offered 
the  following  resolutions: 

Resolved,  That  under  Sections  V.  and  VI.  of  the  Charter  of  the  Ho- 
moeopathic Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  now  incorporated  into 
and  a  part  of  the  Charter  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Phila- 
adelphia,  we  create  and  establish  a  Hospital  Fund. 

Resolved,  That  the  funds  raised  by  the  L,adies'  Homoeopathic  Hos- 
pital Fair  Association,  and  all  additions  to  be  hereafter  made  thereto, 
and  also  the  funds  of  the  125  shares  of  stock  of  the  late  Homoeopathic 
Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  heretofore  held  in  trust  for  the  bene- 
fit of  a  Homoeopathic  Hospital,  be  declared  to  constitute  a  part  of  said 
fund,  and  further 


426  HOSPITAL. 

Resolved,  That  the  said  fund  and  all  additions  to  be  made  thereto, 
and  all  income  accruing  therefrom,  shall  be  applied  to  the  uses  and  pur- 
poses of  an  hospital,  and  for  no  other  uses  or  purposes,  whatever. 

These  resolutions  were  adopted  unanimously. 
Mr.   McGeorge  then  offered    the   following   preamble  and 
resolutions: 

Preamble:  Whereas,  in  the  judgment  of  this  Board  it  is  expedient 
and  desirable  that  the  monies  belonging  to  the  Hospital  Fund  shall  be 
safely  and  permanently  invested,  and  whereas,  the  present  owners  of 
the  College  buildings  and  premises  on  Filbert  street  have  signified 
their  willingness  to  sell  the  same  for  the  price  or  sum  of  $9,500,  subject 
to  the  two  mortgage  debts  of  |5,ooo  each  now  on  said  premises,  and 
whereas,  we  consider  such  a  purchase  to  be  most  eminently  advanta- 
geous, in  that  it  will  be  a  secure  investment  of  said  fund,  will  produce  a 
liberal  income,  and  will  also  be  the  means  of  ultimating  the  intentions 
of  the  contributors  to  the  said  fund  in  providing  a  building  suitable  for 
and  adequate  to  our  immediate  needs  as  an  hospital,  therefore, 

Resolved,  That  T.  G.  Smith  and  Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr.,  be  a  committee 
on  the  part  of  this  Board  to  act  with  such  committee  as  the  Board  of 
Professional  Trustees  may  select  to  make  the  purchase  of  said  buildings 
and  premises  for  a  price  not  to  exceed  $9,500,  and  to  have  a  good  and 
sufficient  deed  conveying  said  title,  duly  executed  to  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  for  the  benefit  of  the  Hospital  fund. 

This  was  unanimously  adopted.  Is  was  then  further 
Resolved,  That  T.  G.  Smith  and  Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr.,  be  a  committee 
of  the  Board  to  act  with  such  committee  as  the  Board  of  Professional 
Trustees  may  elect  for  the  purpose  of  alterations  of  the  present  build- 
ings in  Cuthbert  street,  to  adapt  them  to  the  purposes  of  the  Hospital, 
and  to  erect,  if  needful,  a  dwelling  for  the  janitor,  as  well  as  to  provide 
furniture,  beds,  bedding,  and  all  things  necessary  for  the  purposes  of 
an  hospital. 

A  meeting  of  Corporation  Trustees  was  held  on  June  1 3 , 
1870,  and  the  committee  was  directed  to  complete  the  pur- 
chase. 

At  a  special  meeting  of  the  Coporation  Trustees,  held  July 
14,  1870,  at  which  were  present,  E.  J.  Lawrance,  Chairman; 
Read,  Smith,  McGeorge,  Dick,  D.  T.  Pratt  being  Secretary, 
the  following  report  was  made  by  the  committee:  That  they 
had  sought  the  advice  of  E.  J.  Price,  Esq.,  as  to  the  title  and 
mode  of  conveyance  to  be  adopted,  and  submitted  the  sugges- 
tions made  by  Mr.  Price  as  to  incorporating  in  the  deed  the 
clause  that  it  is  conveyed  to  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College 


HOSPITAL.  427 

in  trust  for  the  Hospital  Fund,  with  the  proviso  that  out  of 
the  receipts  of  the  College  there  should  be  annually  appro- 
priated a  sum  of  $1,530,  or  such  lesser  or  greater  sum  as  may 
be  needed  to  secure  a  clear  6%  per  annum  interest  on  the  sum 
invested  in  the  purchase,  as  well  as  in  the  improving  the  prop- 
erty to  adapt  it  to  hospital  uses,  to  the  use  and  for  the  benefit 
of  the  Hospital  Fund. 

After  discussion  it  was  decided  that  the  conditions  above 
expressed  the  intentions  and  understanding  very  clearl3%  but 
it  was  deemed  unwise  to  insert  them  in  the  deed  as  tending 
to  make  any  future  sale  of  the  property  difl&cult.  It  was  de- 
cided to  effect  the  understanding  of  the  intention  b}^  having 
both  Boards  to  make  an  explicit  declaration  to  the  same  effect 
and  place  the  same  on  their  minutes.  It  was  then  unani- 
mously resolved:  That  the  committee  be  instructed  to  have 
the  deed  prepared  conveying  the  property  absolutely  and 
without  the  trust  clause  directl}^  to  the  Hahnemann  Medical 
College. 

Three  members  of  the  Faculty,  Drs.  Koch,  Martin  and 
Morgan,  were  present  at  this  meeting  and  assented  to  the  con- 
clusions arrived  at. 

At  a  meeting  held  July  16,  1870,  the  Professovial  Trustees 
passed  the  following  resolution:  That  the  Faculty  of  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  do  hereby  agree 
and  promise  to  pay  to  the  Corporation  Trustees  as  rent  for 
the  use  of  the  College  Building  proper,  at  1105  Filbert  street, 
a  sum  equal  to  six  per  cent,  on  the  amount  of  the  present 
incumbrances,  to  wit. — $10,000  (ten  thousand  dollars),  and 
also  on  the  amount  expended  in  altering  the  rear  building 
into  a  hospital;  provided,  however,  that  the  whole  amount  of 
interest  thus  agreed  to  be  paid  as  a  rent  shall  not  exceed  the 
yearly  sum  of  $1,600,  the  said  sum  so  agreed  to  be  paid  by  us 
to  be  applied  by  the  said  Corporation  Trustees  for  the  use  and 
support  of  the  Hospital. 

On  July  25th,  1870,  Mr.  McGeorge  reported  at  a  meeting 
of  the  Corporation  Trustees  that  the  deed  had  been  properly 
executed,  and  it  was  accepted  by  the  Trustees  from  Mr. 
Dundas  T.  Pratt.     Whereupon  it  was: 


428  HOSPITAIv. 

Resolved,  That  we  hold  said  premises,  and  we  will  apply  the  incfune 
therefrom  and  the  proceeds  thereof  in  case  of  sale  for  the  sole  use  of 
said  Hospital  Fund,  all  of  which  were  unanimously  adopted. 

At  a  meeting,  on  September  30th,  1870,  of  the  Corporation 
Trustees  the  sale  was  reported  as  concluded.  Mr.  Smith,  of 
the  Building  Committee,  reported  that  they  had  made  a  con- 
tract for  the  erection  of  the  Hospital  building,  and  that  the 
same  was  now  in  process  of  erection,  and  that  the  committee 
had  authorized  the  payment  by  the  treasurer  to  the  contractor 
of  the  sum  of  three  thousand  and  four  dollars  on  account 
thereof,  and  that  the  committee  had  effected  ah  insurance 
against  fire  on  the  Hospital  building  of  $3,000,  in  the  Enter- 
prise Fire  Insurance  Company,  the  premium  being  $93.00. 
Certain  repairs  had  also  been  made  to  the  College  building  at 
a  cost  of  $1,500.  The  following  article  appeared  in  the  Phila- 
delphia Evening  Bulletin  in  September:^  "Philadelphia 
Homoeopathic  Hospital.  Many  of  our  readers  will  remember 
the  great  Homoeopathic  Fair  which  was  held  in  Horticultural 
Hall,  in  November  last,  for  the  benefit  of  a  hospital.  The 
large  sum  of  money  then  raised,  together  with  other  sums 
added  to  it,  have  been  appropriated  to  the  purchase  of  the 
Hahnemann  College  building,  and  those  situated  in  the  rear 
and  facing  on  Cuthbert  Street,  for  hospital  uses 

"  From  plans  submitted  by  Mr.  Betts,  the  architect,  a  con- 
tract was  made,  and  on  the  second  inst.  work  was  commenced, 
and  at  our  present  writing  the  buildings  on  Cuthbert  Street 
are  nearly  leveled  to  the  ground,  preparatory  to  laying  the 
foundation  of  the  new  building 

' '  The  main  building  is  to  front  on  Cuthbert  Street  and  run 
back  72  feet  and  connect  with  a  wing  running  parallel  to  the 
rear  of  the  college  building.  35  feet.  It  is  to  be  four  stories 
high  above  the  basement.  In  the  basement  are  the  kitchen, 
matron's  parlor,  dining  room,  etc.  The  first  floor  contains 
the  receiving  ward,  offices,  resident  physician's  rooms,  etc.  In 
the  second  story  are  to  be  two  private  wards  and  one  public 
ward,  the  latter  of  which  is  to  be  72  feet  in  length,  with  two 
rows  of  beds.  The  third  story  is  to  be  the  same  as  the  second. 
The  fourth  story  is  to  be  used  for  laundry,  drying  rooms, 
storerooms,  etc. 

*Am.  Hom.  Observer,  vol.  7,  p.  450. 


HOSPITAL.  429 

' '  A  suitable  number  of  bath-rooms  and  water  closets  will  be 
furnished  to  each  story.  A  dumb  waiter  will  connect  each 
floor  with  the  kitchen,  and  there  will  also  be  an  elevator, 
which  is  considered  of  paramount  importance  to  the  welfare 
and  comfort  of  the  patient.  The  floors  will  be  ten  feet  be- 
tween joists,  and  each  floor  will  communicate  with  the  Col- 
lege building. 

' '  The  College  building  is  having  extensive  repairs, the  centre 
of  the  building  having  settled  somewhat.  A  new  and  spacious 
amphitheatre  is  also  being  put  in,  suitable  for  the  accommo- 
dation of  350  students.  The  friends  of  this  system  of  practice 
will,  of  course,  rejoice  to  know  that  such  excellent  facilities 
are  to  be  afforded  by  this  combination  of  a  hospital  and  col- 
lege. 

' '  The  following  named  gentlemen  are  the  Trustees  of  the 
Hospital  and  are  pushing  it  to  an  early  completion:  Treasurer, 
J.  W.  Sexton;  Secretary,  T.  D.  Pratt;  Trustees,  Rev.  Howard 
Malcom,  D.  D.,  Edward  S.  I^awrance,  Augustus  W.  Koch, 
M.  D.,  James  B.  Reed,  T.  Guilford  Smith,  Byron  Woodward, 
F.  E.  Boericke,  M.  D.,  John  A.  Marshall,  John  T.  Midnight, 
Rev.  B.  F.  Barrett,  Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr.,  John  Dick.  The 
president  of  the  Hospital  was  Charles  F.  Norton,  recently 
deceased,  whose  place  has  not  yet  been  filled." 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Corporation  Trustees,  held  November 
23d,  1870,  the  Treasurer,  Mr.  John  W.  Sexton,  made  the  fol- 
lowing report: 

Receipts  from  all  sources  on  account  of  tlie  Hospital  Fund,  .  $19,862.89 
Purchase  of  property  and  repairs  on  the  College,  .  $11,832.34 
Erection  and  completion  of  Hospital  building,  .    .      8,027.58 

I19.859.92 

The  entire  cost  of  the  property  with  the  Hospital  building  as  now  com- 
pleted and  the  mortgage  loan  secured  thereon, $29,859.92 

Messrs.  Evans  and  Carrow  were  appointed  a  committee  to 
meet  the  Professorial  Trustees  for  the  purpose  of  devising  a 
code  of  rules  for  the  government  of  the  Hospital. 

A  Fair  was  held  in  the  Hospital  building  in  December,  1870. 

At  a  meeting  of  Corporation  Trustees,  held  January  7th, 
187 1,  it  was  reported  that  the  Secretary  of  the  Committee  to 


430  HOSPITAL. 

wait  on  the  Committee  of  the  Ladies'  Association,  had  called 
on  Mrs.  Burnham  and  Miss  Wadleigh,  who  had  taken  action 
and  had  held  a  Fair  in  the  Hospital  building,  which  it  was 
understood  had  realized  some  $800,  the  proceeds  of  sales  there 
and  at  other  places  previously  held  by  the  ladies  interested. 

T.  G.  Smith,  on  furnishing,  reported  that  blankets  carpets, 
china,  brushes,  etc.,  had  been  secured. 

The  Committee  on  Rules  presented  a  form  of  by-laws  for 
the  government  of  the  Hospital. 


HOSPITAI,.  431 


CHAPTER  IV. 

i87i-'72. 

At  the  meeting  held  on  January  7th,  1871,  it  was  voted  to 
invite  the  Professorial  Trustees  to  meet  with  the  Corporation 
Trustees  in  a  joint  meeting,  and  Drs.  Koch,  Thomas,  Martin, 
Macfarlan,  Gause,  and  Morgan  took  seats  with  them. 

At  this  meeting  the  Hospital  was  formally  declared  open 
for  the  admission  of  patients.  A  monthly  committee  of  the 
Board  was  also  appointed  as  follows:  Wm.  Hobart  Brown 
and  T.  G.  Smith,  for  January;  Wm.  Hobart  Brown  and  John 
Carrow,  for  February;  John  Carrow  and  Oliver  Evans,  for 
March.  The  Professorial  Trustees  appointed  a  visiting  com- 
mittee for  the  same  months.  Drs.  Hering  and  Raue  were 
Visiting  Physicians  and  Dr.  Henry  Baethig  was  appointed 
Resilent  Physician.  Dr.  Martin  was  authorized  to  advertise 
the  opening  and  the  officers  appointed. 

According  to  the  reports  the  Hospital  was  formally  opened 
on  the  9th  of  January,  187 1. 

The  following  circular  was  issued  at  this  time: 

Phii,adei.phia,  Feb.  15th,  1871. 

Dear  Sir: — The  Homoeopathic  Hospital,  No.  11 16  Cuthbert  street, 
is  now  open  for  the  reception  of  patients.  It  is  designed  by  its  mana- 
gers to  devote  especial  attention  to  those  suffering  from  accidents  re- 
quiring surgical  aid. 

If  you  will  be  so  kind  as  to  place  the  enclosed  proposition  before 
your  men  in  a  favorable. light,  we  believe  you  will  not  only  render  a 
valuable  service  to  them  and  the  Hospital,  but  to  yourself. 

Our  agent,  with  your  approbation,  will  leave  at  your  office,  for  distri- 
bution among  your  workmen,  as  many  copies  of  the  enclosed  Circular 
as  you  may  suggest. 

Respectfully, 

Oliver  Evans,  729  Spruce  street;  John  Carrow,  1502  Spruce  street; 
John  C.  Morgan,  1700  Chestnut  street;  O.  B.  Gause,  Cor.  12th  and  Arch 
streets;  Henry  Noah  Martin,  635  Spruce  street.  Committee  of  Ways 
and  Means. 


432  HOSPITAL. 

In  the  transactions  of  the  American  Institute  of  Homoe- 
opathy for  1871  is  the  following,  reported  by  Dr.  Henry 
Noah  Martin:  The  Hospital  was  completed  and  ready  for 
occupancy  in  January,  1871.  The  property  was  entirely  free 
from  debt,  with  one  exception,  and  there  remained  some 
money  for  current  expenses.  After  this  had  been  used  ap- 
plication was  made  to  the  benevolent  citizens  of  Philadelphia 
for  aid  to  carry  it  on.  The  ladies  organized  an  aid  association 
and  raised  $40,000.  The  Legislature  at  its  last  session  ap- 
propriated the  sum  of  $5,000  for  its  support.  The  property 
is  now  assessed  at  $50,000  by  the  city  assessor,  and  there  re- 
mains a  mortgage  of  $10,000,  which  may  remain  permanently. 
The  Faculty  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  are  lessees 
of  the  property  and  pay  an  annual  rent  of  $1,600  and  have  the 
medical  charge  of  the  Hospital.  Six  hundred  dollars  of  the 
rental  pays  interest  on  the  mortgage,  and  $1,000  is  appro- 
priated to  the  support  of  the  Hospital. 

The  New  England  Medical  Gazette  for  September,  1871, 
contains  the  following  notice: 

The  Homoeopathic  Hospital  erected  a  year  ago,  and  now  in  full  oper- 
ation, immediately  adjoins  the  college.  The  several  floors  of  the  two 
buildings  communicate,  so  that  the  chemical  and  operating  amphi- 
theatre are  in  convenient  relation  with  the  wards  of  the  hospital.  The 
hospital  building  is  five  stories  high,  with  two  public  wards, — each 
seventy-two  feet  in  length,  having  two  rows  of  beds, — together  with 
several  smaller  private  wards.  The  kitchen,  dining-rooms,  offices,  and 
the  rooms  for  the  resident  physician  and  matron  are  complete  and  con- 
venient. On  each  floor  are  bath-rooms  with  hot  and  cold  water,  water 
closets,  etc. 

By  reference  to  the  clinical  reports  and  those  of  the  Dispensary  and 
Hospital,  we  find  that  there  have  been  treated  during  the  past  year  over 
nine  thousand  cases,  including  fifty  obstetric  cases  which  have  been  at- 
tended mostly  by  second-course  students.  There  have  been  ninetj'- 
eight  surgical  operations.  Among  them  were  harelip,  plastic  and 
orthopsedic  operations,  lithotomy,  the  removal  of  tumors,  resections,  the 
removal  of  polypi,  and  the  treatment  of  fractiires,  dislocations,  obstruc- 
tions of  the  nasal  duct,  strabismus,  cataract,  etc. 

The  class  of  the  last  session  contained  one  hundred  and  thirty-four 
matriculants  and  fifty-five  graduates.  It  was  the  largest  which  ever 
assembled  in  a  homoeopathic  medical  college,  while  that  of  the  coming 
season,  it  is  anticipated,  will  be  still  larger. 

At  a  meeting  held  in  February,  1871,  by  the  Corporation 


HOSPITAL.  433 

Trustees,  it  was  decided  to  ask  the  Professorial  Trustees  to 
vacate  the  rooms  that  the  janitor  of  the  College  occupied  in 
the  new  Hospital.  The  Professorial  Trustees  called  attention 
to  the  fact  that  the  janitor's  rent  was  included  in  the  $i,6oo 
rent  for  the  College.  They  agreed  to  vacate  the  rooms  and 
allow  the  janitor  $300  per  annum  for  his  rent,  provided  the 
Hospital  authorities  deducted  the  $300  from  the  College  rent. 
The  Corporation  Trustees  replied  that  they  did  not  recognize 
any  agreement  by  which  the  janitor  of  the  College  was  enti- 
tled to  rooms  in  the  Hospital.  However,  the  janitor  was 
asked  to  remove  from  his  room.  On  May  27,  1871,  there  was 
another  joint  meeting  of  Trustees,  at  which  it  was  decided 
to  revise  the  By-Laws. 

On  November  nth,  1871,  the  pamphlet  containing  the 
Rules  of  the  Government  of  the  Hospital  was  presented  at 
the  meeting  and  adopted.  At  this  time  the  duty  of  a  steward 
was  assigned  to  the  nurses  in  their  several  wards. 

It  was  decided  to  petition  the  Legislature  for  a  portion  of  the 
Charity  Fund.  A  committee  of  two  was  appointed  to  act  with 
a  committee  of  two  of  the  Professorial  Trustees  to  present 
such  a  petition  to  the  Legislature.  Messrs.  Evans  and  Pratt 
were  appointed. 

At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Corporation  and  Professorial 
Trustees,  held  October  30,  1872,  there  was  some  dispute 
about  the  proper  way  to  appoint  a  Legislative  Committee,  and 
here  the  first  of  the  trouble  manifested  itself  that  was  to  exer- 
cise such  an  unfortunate  influence  on  the  destinies  of  the  In- 
stitution. There  was  diversity  of  opinion  as  to  the  respective 
power  of  the  two  boards. 

It  should  be  remembered  that  before  this  there  had  been 
a  revision  of  the  Statutes  of  the  College. 

On  December  10,  1872,  there  was  a  meeting  (the  first)  of 
the  New  Hospital  Managers.  At  this  they  organized.  The 
Secretary  read  the  following: 

The  Board  of  the  Homoeopathic  Hospital  Managers,  on  this,  their 
first  meeting  under  the  revised  statutes,  deem  it  proper  to  declare  that 
the  funds  contributed  for  and  belonging  to  the  Hospital,  having  been 
invested  in  the  purchase  of  the  property  on  Filbert  street,  west  of 
Eleventh  street,  extending  through  to  Cuthbert  street,  the  main  build- 
ing of  which  has  been  occupied  by  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College 
29 


434  HOSPITAL. 

and  the  Hospital  building  having  been  erected  on  the  rear  of  said  lot,  and 
the  whole  paid  for  with  the  money  belonging  to  the  Hospital  exclu- 
sively, and  that  the  title  to  said  property  being  held  by  and  in  the 
name  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  for  the  rea- 
son that  the  Hospital  not  being  a  body  corporate,  could  not  hold  such 
title  in  its  own  name.  This  Board,  therefore,  desires  to  record  the  fact 
that  the  said  title  is  held  by  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Phila- 
delphia in  trust  for  the  uses  and  purposes  of  the  Hospital  and  for  no 
other  purposes  whatever. 

Resolved,  That  the  Secretary  be  directed  to  enter  this  declaration  at 
length  upon  the  minutes  of  this  Board. 

On  motion, 

Resolved,  That  a  committee  to  consist  of  H.  N.  Guernsey,  J.  C. 
Morgan,  and  J.  Carrow  be  appointed  on  Hospital  extension  with  refer- 
ence to  a  new  location  for  College  and  Hospital. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Managers  held  April  9,  1872,  the  sub- 
ject of  changing  the  name  of  the  Hospital  and  also  of  making 
it  independent  of  the  College  was  first  brought  up.  A  com- 
mittee consisting  of  W.  McGeorge,  Jr.  and  Oliver  Evans 
was  appointed  to  consider  the  position  and  prospects  of  the 
Hospital,  and  whether  any  change  in  its  organization  or  name 
was  advisable.  At  a  special  meeting,  held  March  27,  1873,  of 
the  Managers,  at  which  were  present:  Messrs.  Keehmle, 
Guernsey,  Reed,  Brown,  Morgan,  Stephens,  Thomas, 
Macfarlan,  Pratt,  it  was  resolved,  that 

Whkreas,  It  is  deemed  expedient  to  organize  the  Hospital  as  a  cor- 
porate body,  to  the  end  that  when  so  incorporated  it  may  hold  its  own 
title  to  the  real  estate  now  held  in  the  name  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical 
College,  and  belonging  to  the  Hospital,  as  well  as  secure  greater  influ- 
ence and  usefulness,  therefore, 

Resolved,  That  a  committee  be  appointed  to  apply  to  the  proper 
authorities  for  an  Act  of  Incorporation  for  the  Hahnemann  Medical 
Hospital,  in  which  all  the  members  of  the  Faculty  and  of  the  Board  of 
Corporation  Trustees  of  the  College  shall  be  regarded  as  Corporators. 

Resolved,  That  provision  be  made  in  said  Act  of  Incorporation  for  a 
meeting  of  said  corporators,  within  thirty  days  after  the  obtaining  of 
such  Act  of  Incorporation,  at  which  meeting  an  election  for  seven 
Managers  of  the  Hospital  shall  be  held  to  serve  for  one  year  or  until 
their  successors  be  chosen. 

Resolved,  That  a  meeting  of  Corporators  shall  be  held  on  the  first 
Monday  in  May  in  each  and  every  year  thereafter  to  elect  seven  Man- 
agers to  serve  one  year. 

Resolved,  That  the  benefits  of  the  Hospital  for  clinical  practice  in  all 
respects  will  be  accorded  to  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  as  here- 
tofore. 


HOSPITAI,.  435 

A  special  meeting  of  the  Managers  of  the  Hospital  was  held 
May  14,  1873.  The  Secretary  stated  that  the  object  was  to 
present  a  draft  of  the  Act  of  Incorporation,  to  have  the  ap- 
proval of  the  meeting  and  to  appoint  a  committee  to  apply  to 
the  proper  authorities  for  such  action  as  was  necessary 
thereto,  which  appointment  had  been  overlooked  at  the  last 
meeting;  Mr.  McGeorge  presented  a  draft  of  the  Act  of  In- 
corporation of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  Hospital.  It 
was  decided  to  change  the  name  to  the  Homoeopathic  Hospi- 
tal of  Philadelphia,  Messrs.  Wm.  McGeorge  and  D.  T. 
Pratt  were  then  appointed  a  committee  to  procure  from  the 
Courts  the  Act  of  Incorporation.  On  July  5th,  at  a  special 
meeting,  this  committee  reported  through  the  Secretary. 
After  some  discussion  it  was  decided  that  a  committee  be  ap- 
pointed to  consist  of  two  of  the  Faculty  and  two  of  the  lay 
members  to  provide  Articles  of  Corporation  and  report  at  the 
next  meeting  of  the  Board. 

A  special  meeting  of  the  Managers  was  held  on  September 
18,  1873.  '^he  Secretary,  as  one  of  the  committee  to  present 
and  obtain  from  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas  their  approval 
or  confirmation  of  the  Hospital  Charter,  made  report  that  the 
committee  had  presented  said  Charter,  and  it  was  duly  on  file 
in  the  office  of  the  Prothonotary  of  that  Court,  when  on 
Tuesday  last  they  were  informed  that  a  protest  against  its 
confirmation  had  been  filed  in  the  Prothonotary' s  ofl&ce  by 
Christian  Kneass,  attorney  for  J.  C.  Morgan,  M.  D.,  one  of 
the  Board  of  Managers,  and  requesting  the  instruction  of 
the  Board  of  Managers  as  to  the  course  they  would  wish  the 
committee  to  pursue. 

The  following  resolutions  were  then  adopted  by  the  meet- 
ing: 

Resolved^  That  the  Board  considers  the  application  for  a  separate 
Charter  for  the  Hospital  now  pending  before  the  Court  as  eminently 
right  and  proper,  and  hereby  fully  ratifies  its  action  held  at  the  meet- 
ings of  March  27  and  May  14,  1873,  in  ordering  and  providing  means 
of  making  such  application. 

Resolved,  That  the  committee  heretofore  appointed  by  this  Board  are 
hereby  instructed,  empowered  and  directed  to  take  such  further 
measures  as  may  be  necessary  to  secure  the  confirmation  by  the  Court  of 
Common  Pleas  of  the  Charter  for  the  Hospital  now  pending  in  that 
Court. 


436  HOSPITAI., 

Resolved,  That  the  former  action  of  this  Board  relative  to  said  Char- 
ter having  been  taken  at  very  full  meetings  of  the  Board  called  ex- 
pressly for  that  purpose,  and  after  a  very  full  discussion  and  a  patient 
hearing  of  Dr.  J.  C.  Morgan  (who  now  protests  against  the  granting  of 
said  Charter),  all  the  members  present  on  both  occasions,  Dr.  J.  C. 
Morgan  alone  excepted,  fully  concurring  in  the  action,  therefore  this 
Board  learn  with  regret  the  action  of  said  Dr.  J.  C.  Morgan  in  seeking 
to  annul  and  defeat  the  delibetately  expressed  wish  of  this  Board,  and 
regard  his  action  in  the  premises  as  unwarranted  and  calculated  to  do 
great  injury  to  the  Hospital. 

Resolved,  That  this  Board  hereby  formally  request  Dr.  J.  C.  Morgan 
to  withdraw  his  protest  now  before  the  Court,  that  public  scandal  may 
be  avoided,  and  that  the  interests  of  the  Hospital  may  not  be  com- 
promised. 

These  resolutions  were  adopted  seriatim.  Dr.  Martin  up- 
held Dr.  Morgan's  objection,  saying  that  Dr.  Morgan  did  not 
oppose  the  Charter  in  itself,  but  the  irregularity  of  the  pro- 
posed action  by  the  Board. 

Before  the  action  on  the  3d  resolution  an  attempt  was  made 
to  induce  Dr.  Morgan  to  withdraw  his  objection,  and  Dr. 
Stephens  asked  for  an  explanation  of  the  omission  from  the 
Charter  of  the  provision  to  allow  to  the  College  the  advan- 
tages of  the  Hospital  practice. 

But  the  four  resolutions  were  passed. 

A  committee  of  the  following  four  members  was  appointed 
to  call  on  Dr.  Morgan  and  in  the  kindest  manner  request 
him  to  withdraw  his  protest  and  to  state  to  him  the  action  of 
the  meeting.  The  Chair  appointed  from  the  Faculty  Drs. 
Guernsey  and  Stephens,  and  from  the  Corporation  Messrs. 
Kvans  and  Malcom. 

On  September  26th  this  committee  reported  that  they  had 
failed  to  procure  any  promise  from  Dr.  Morgan,  but  that  he 
had  agreed  within  a  few  days  to  communicate  his  decision  in 
writing.  Ivetters  were  presented  from  members  of  the 
Faculty;  these  were  read  and  discussed  at  length,  and  there 
was  in  the  minds  of  all  present  the  idea  that  there  was  need 
of  a  separate  organization  for  the  Hospital.  Dr.  Guernsey 
then  proposed  that  as  the  committee  had  been  unsuccessful 
with  Dr.  Morgan: 

Resolved,  That  the  instructions  given  at  the  last  meeting  to  the  com- 
mittee having  the  Hospital  Charter  in  charge  are  hereby  reiterated  and 


HOSPITAL.  437 

that  the  said  committee  are  instructed,  empowered  and  directed  to 
take  such  measures  as  will  secure  the  coniirmation  of  the  Hospital 
Charter  by  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas. 

The  matter  came  as  a  case  before  the  Court,  testimony  was 
taken  and  the  plea  argued. 

Dr.  Guernsey  testified  as  follows:  "  I  am  Dean  of  the  Fac- 
ulty, one  of  the  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees  and  a  Man- 
ager of  the  Hospital.  The  Faculty  rent  the  College  from  the 
Hospital,  the  College  building  on  Filbert  Street,  front  of  the 
property  belonging  to  the  Hospital,  for  $i,6oo  per  annum. 

*  *  *  I  have  myself  made  considerable  exertions  to  form 
a  large  and  successful  Homoeopathic  Hospital  in  this  city.  In 
my  intercourse  with  various  parties  from  whom  I  solicited  aid 
and  co-operation  it  was  made  very  manifest  that  the  supposed 
connection  of  the  Hospital  with  the  College  operated  very 
strongly  against  it. 

"  Before  obtaining  help,  either  from  private  individuals  or 
from  the  profession,  it  was  necessary  to  explain  that  the  Hos- 
pital was  a  separate  institution,  but  yet,  as  its  name  would 
seem  to  indicate,  that  it  was  only  a  part  and  parcel  of  the 
College,  it  has  never  received  nor  does  it  now  receive  that 
general  support  from  the  profession  and  community  at  large 
which  it  would  otherwise  receive.  Recognizing  this  state  of 
things,  about  two  years  ago  I  proposed  to  the  Board  of  Man- 
agers of  the  Hospital  that  they  should  apply  for  a  separate 
charter  for  the  Hospital.  This  matter  was  discussed  con- 
siderably, and  at  first  the  proposition  was  received  by  all  the 
Managers,  both  those  and  the  Professorial  Trustees,  with 
very  great  if  not  entire  unanimity.  I  think  all  coincided  in 
this  proposition  when  first  broached.  Committees  were  ap- 
pointed to  carry  out  the  matter  and  at  several  meetings  of  the 
Board  of  Managers,  very  fully  attended  by  members  of  both 
Boards  of  College  Trustees,  it  was  resolved  to  apply  to 
the  proper  Court  for  a  separate  Charter  for  a  Hospital.  A 
draft  of  Charter  was  prepared  and  was  adopted  at  a  meeting 
held  May  14th,  1873,  and  a  committee  was  appointed  to  pre- 
sent this  Charter  to  the  proper  Court.  The  draft  adopted  at 
that  meeting  is  the  draft  of  the  Charter  now  in  question. 
During  the  consideration  of  this  Charter  Dr.  Morgan  was  the 


438  HOSPITAL. 

only  opponent,  and  he  was  patiently  listened  to  in  all  of  his 
arguments  and  objections  against  the  proposed  Charter,  and 
after  hearing  him  the  Managers,  by  a  unanimous  vote,  he 
alone  excepted,  approved  the  Charter  in  question.  After  Dr. 
Morgan  had  entered  his  protest  against  the  granting  of  the 
Charter,  and  the  fact  had  accidentally  come  to  the  knowledge 
of  the  Board  of  Managers,  they  held  a  meeting,  which  was 
the  largest  and  most  fully  attended  of  any  meeting  since  the 
formation  of  the  Hospital.  At  this  the  whole  question  of  the 
Charter  and  the  protest  by  Dr.  Morgan  was  very  fully  con- 
sidered and  debated,  and  by  a  unanimous  vote  the  Charter 
and  all  action  taken  by  the  committee  in  regard  to  it  was 
fully  ratified  and  approved  and  the  committee  were  instructed 
to  proceed  and  take  all  proper  measures  to  secure  the  grant  of 
the  Charter. 

"I  am  still  of  opinion  that  it  is  necessary  for  the  best  interests 
of  the  Hospital  that  it  should  have  a  separate  Charter,  if  for 
no  other  reason,  that  it  might  hold  its  own  property.  The 
money  was  given  for  the  express  purpose  of  founding  a  Hos- 
pital, and  most  sacred  assurances  were  given  that  these  funds 
should  never  be  diverted  from  that  purpose.  I  know  this, 
because  I  took  an  active  part  in  the  Fair  by  which  the  money 
was  raised,  and  know  what  representations  were  made  to  the 
contributors,  and  I  am  still  of  opinion  that  these  purposes  can 
only  be  served  and  the  property  so  given  in  trust  be  preserved 
inviolate  to  the  uses  intended  by  giving  the  Hospital  a  sepa- 
rate existence  and  control  of  its  own  property. 

Henry  N.  Guernsey." 

Dr.  Dudley  says  of  this  period:  ' '  An  effort  begun  in  1869  by 
the  Faculty  and  continued  by  other  friends  of  Homceopathy 
resulted  in  the  sum  of  over  $16,000  being  collected  for  hos- 
pital purposes.  A  year  or  two  later  this  money  was  devoted 
to  the  erection  of  a  small  ill-contrived  Hospital  fronting  on 
Cuthbert  Street,  in  the  rear  of  the  College,  and  by  means  of  a 
covered  corridor  communicating  with  its  amphitheatre.  This 
use  of  the  Hospital  fund  was  not  satisfactory  to  some  of  those 
who  had  assisted  in  collecting  it,  and  a  sentiment  was  created 
which  for  some  years  rendered  it  exceedingly  difficult  to  raise 


HOSPITAL.  439 

further  sums  for  hospital  purposes,  and  almost  alienated  the 
friendship  of  a  portion  of  the  profession  from  the  College. 
This  was  particularly  due  to  the  fact  that  the  Hospital  was 
erected  and  governed  under  the  provisions  of  the  College 
Charter.  Probably  with  a  view  to  remove  this  unfavorable 
sentiment,  as  well  as  for  other  reasons,  it  was  finally  decided 
to  procure  a  suitable  Charter  and  place  the  Hospital  under  a 
separate  organization.  The  new  Charter  declared  in  its  pre- 
amble that  the  object  of  the  new  organization  was  to  promote 
the  usefulness  of  the  Hospital,  and  the  body  of  the  instrument 
declared  one  of  the  purposes  of  the  hospital  to  be  '  to  afford 
to  the  students  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Phila- 
delphia facilities  for  Clinical  Instruction  in  Medicine  and 
Surgery.'  The  Corporators  were  to  be  the  members  of  the 
two  Boards  of  Trustees  of  the  Hahnemann  College. 

This  arrangement  satisfied  nobody.  Those  who  had  ob- 
jected to  the  appropriation  of  the  Hospital  fund  for  a  Col- 
lege Hospital  contended  that  it  was  as  much  a  College 
Hospital  as  ever;  and  the  Faculty  at  the  same  time  claimed 
that  the  educational  privileges  allowed  to  them  were  utterly 
inadequate,  and  were  far  less  than  they  had  a  right  to  demand 
under  the  Charter.  Thus  the  Hospital  was  still  left  to  languish 
for  lack  of  support;  at  the  same  time  a  want  of  harmony 
began  to  be  manifested  between  the  Faculty  and  the  Board  of 
Lay  Trustees,  and  their  discussions  of  Hospital  topics  were  not 
always  of  a  perfectly  agreeable  character. 

In  the  Hahnemannian  Monthly  for  November,  1872,  ap- 
peared the  following: 

Coi<i<EGES  VS.  Hospitals. — The  history  of  Homoeopathy  in  this  coun- 
try might  be  comprised  in  two  contemporary  volumes — one  made  up  of 
private  memoirs,  the  other  of  public  records.  The  numerous  pages  of 
the  former,  could  it  be  com|)iled,  would  glow  with  personal  heroism, 
the  various  fortunes,  and  the  earnest,  self-sacrificing,  and  often  inade- 
quately rewarded  labors  of  those  who,  by  constantly  healing  the  sick, 
and  sometimes  almost  raising  the  dead,  have  made  the  name  of  HOMCE- 
OPATHY  a  cherished  household  word,  and  its  practice  the  greatest  bless- 
ing known  to  humanity — save  one.  The  chapters  of  the  latter  volume 
would  contain,  on  the  contrary,  along  with  the  history  of  a  few  noble 
institutions  securely  established,  "  the  sad  tradition"  of  many  others 
either  totally  destroyed  by  professional  rivalries  and  intense  strife,  al- 


440  HOSPITAI,. 

lowed  to  expire  slowly  from  indifference  and  neglect,  or  still  maintain- 
ing a  feeble  existence  in  spite  of  repeated  reorganization  and  much  re- 
construction. 

The  splendid  success  which  from  the  very  first  has  ever  crowned  the 
labors  of  the  homoeopathic  profession  as  a  whole  must  be  attributed  to 
the  untiring  and  concentrated  exertions  of  individual  physicians,  each 
in  his  own  sphere.  While  the  manifest  want  of  corresponding  success 
in  the  public  enterprises  of  our  school,  the  failure  of  some  of  our  insti- 
tutions, and  the  insufficiency  of  others  to  meet  the  higher  demands  of 
the  present  age,  must  be  ascribed  to  a  lack  of  union  among  the  different 
members  of  the  profession,  and  to  an  evident  and  general  reluctance  to 
show  in  public  affairs  the  same  self-sacrificing  devotion  and  unselfish 
heroism  that  ennobles  the  private  lives  of  multitudes  of  our  practi- 
tioners 

The  exclusive  persecuting  spirit  displayed  by  the  Allopathic  Medical 
Associations  resulted  in  the  formation  of  homoeopathic  societies,  equally 
large  and  numerous,  and  as  much  more  efiicient  as  they  are  less  bigoted. 
The  attempts  made  to  prevent  graduation,  except  under  a  solemn  prom- 
ise to  renounce  Homoeopathy,  of  all  suspected  of  favoring  the  new 
school  of  medicine,  led  to  the  establishment  of  Homoeopathic  Colleges 
in  various  parts  of  the  country.  To  many  persons  the  number  and  situa- 
tion of  these  schools — none  of  them  being  endowed,  few  of  them  well 
supported,  and  some  at  least  officered  by  physicians  of  no  great  stand- 
ing in  the  profession — would  seem  to  render  them  a  curse  rather  than  a 
blessing  to  Homoeopathy  and  humanity.  It  is  true  that  these  schools, 
with  all  their  faults,  have  sent  into  the  field  many  strong  men,  who  are 
doing  noble  service;  and  it  is  true  that  they  were  organized  to  supply 
the  urgent  demand  for  medical  education,  where  necessitv  precluded  a 
too  rigid  scrutiny  of  the  qualit}'. 

But,  now  that  a  much  higher  order  of  medical  instruction  is  required, 
let  us  hope  that  all  these  institutions  will  so  exert  themselves  that  a  cor- 
responding supply  will  be  furnished  to  meet  this  new  demand.  Whether 
too  many  medical  schools  are  already  started,  it  were  of  little  use  to  in- 
quire; but  we  should  greatly  regret  to  see  any  more  making  a  feeble  be- 
ginning. We  earnestly  desire  that  all  should  succeed — if  it  be  possible — 
but  as  an  indispensable  requisite  to  this  they  must  make  themselves 
worthy  of  success.  We  look  to  see  the  professors  making  themselves 
better  teachers  of  the  several  branches  which  belong  to  a  thorough  and 
practical  medical  education.  And  at  the  same  time  we  look  to  see  the 
other  members  of  the  profession,  lay  aside  even  the  memories  of  past 
quarrels,  rise  superior  to  all  narrow  and  merely  personal  considerations, 
display  in  these  public  matters  the  same  far-reaching  and  unselfish  de- 
votion to  Homoeopathy  that  they  always  have  in  their  private  practice; 
and  by  their  patronage,  encouragement,  and  assistance  of  every  kind, 
combine  to  render  our  medical  schools  worthy  of  the  great  profession 
that  nominally  springs  from  them  and  is  virtually  responsible  for  them. 

But  in  respect  to  Hospitals  we  are  worse  off  than  in  the  matter  of 


HOSPITAL.  441 

Colleges.  The  jealousies  of  individual  practitioners,  and  the  extreme 
bitterness  of  opposing  parties,  together  with  a  general  indifference  to 
the  common  advancement  of  Homoeopathy,  and  a  lack  of  proper  esprit 
du  corps,  have  rendered  it  impossible,  hitherto,  to  combine  the  friends 
of  Homoeopathy  in  the  establishment,  in  our  large  cities,  of  general 
hospitals,  whose  extent  and  appointment  should  command  the  respect 
of  the  medical  world,  and  whose  records,  compared  with  similar  allo- 
pathic institutions,  should  prove  the  superiority  of  our  system  with  an 
accuracy  that  could  not  be  denied,  and  on  a  scale  too  important  to  be 
ignored.  The  immense  and  altogether  incapable  of  being  computed 
advantages  to  our  cause  in  public,  and  even  to  our  private  practice, 
which  could  not  fail  to  accrue  from  such  overwhelming  accumulation 
of  public  testimonies,  we  voluntarily  surrender  for  the  pitiable  privilege 
of  quarrelling  among  oui  selves  !     Proh  pudor  ! 

With  the  exception  of  the  admirable  hospital  at  Pittsburg,  where  no 
such  obstacles  were  allowed  to  intervene,  and  where,  in  consequence,  a 
generous  laity  united  to  sustain  a  noble  charity  recommended  and  up- 
held by  a  united  profession,  and  of  the  special  New  York  Ophthalmic 
Hospital,  of  which  we  have  just  made  mention,  the  most  of  our  homoeo- 
pathic hospitals  are  either  too  limited  in  their  means  and  objects  and  too 
much  under  the  control  of  other  organizations  to  promise  much  assist- 
ance to  the  cause  they  represent.  Never  can  our  homoeopathic  hospitals 
rise  superior  to  their  accustomed  and  chronic  condition  of  mediocrity, 
and  attain  the  glory  and  power  of  usefulness  which  belong  to  those  of 
the  old  school,  until  our  physicians  become  manly  enough  to  rise  above 
all  personal  prejudices,  and  are  willing  to  sacrifice  the  present  interests 
of  the  individual,  the  party,  the  clique,  to  the  permanent  well-being  of 
the  whole  profession,  the  honor  and  glory  of  homoeopathy,  and  the 
benefit  of  the  human  race.  A  large  general  hospital  and  special  hos- 
pitals under  homoeopathic  control,  in  every  city  in  the  land,  sending 
out  annual  volumes  of  statistics  showing  the  results  of  homoeopathic 
treatment,  would  be  conclusive  arguments  in  favor  of  Homoeopathy, 
not  only  with  the  public,  but  with  the  allopathic  branch  of  the  medical 
profession  also;  and  until  we  have  thus  demonstrated  the  superior  results 
attainable  from  homoeopathic  medication,  we  are  expecting  too  much 
when  we  ask  the  allopathic  branch  of  the  profession  to  believe  that 
Homoeopathy  is  better  than  Allopathy.     L,et  us,  then,  have  HospiTai^s. 

There  is  a  record  of  a  discussion  at  a  meeting  of  Faculty 
(Professorial  Trustees)  on  March  2 2d,  1873,  concerning  the 
establishment  of  a  large  general  hospital,  independent  of  the 
college  hospital. 


442  HOSPITAL, 


CHAPTER  V. 

i873-'74- 

In  the  the  fall  of  1873  a  circular  was  issued  among  the  pro- 
fession of  Philadelphia  as  follows: 

Important  Notice. 

Dear  Doctor: — A  Mass  Meeting  of  Homoeopatliic  Physicians  of 
Philadelphia  will  be  held  on  Thursday  evening,  October  23d,  1873,  ^t 
9  o'clock,  at  the  College  Building,  1105  Filbert  street,  for  the  purpose 
of  adopting  such  measures  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  to  secure  the 
establishment,  upon  a  secure  basis,  of  a  large  general  Homoeopathic 
Hospital  in  Philadelphia. 

You  are  earnestly  requested  to  attend  on  this  important  occasion  and 
to  be  as  punctual  as  possible. 

Yours  respectfully, 

C.  Hering,  R.  Gardiner,  James  Kitchen,  H.  N.  Guernsey,  C-  Neid- 
hard,  J.  G.  Houard,  D.  M.  Tindall,  Wm.  F.  Guernsey,  D.  T.  Trites, 
Geo.  W.  Malin,  A.  R.  Thomas,  Thos.  Moore,  C.  S.  Middleton,  R.  J. 
McClatchey,  B.  Berens,  J.  K.  Lee,  G.  I.  McLeod,  F.  Sims,  M.  Mac- 
farlan,  Jos.  Berens,  P.  Dudley,  C.  E.  Toothaker,  J.  C.  Morgan,  B.  W. 
James,  J.  I.  Wright,  A.  H.  Ashton. 

An  article  in  the  Medical  Investigator  v.  xi.  p  466,  ap- 
peared as  follows:  A  hospital  in  Philadelphia,  large 
and  prominent  as  the  interests  of  our  system  demand,  has 
slowly  but  surely  assumed  definite  form.  Why  the  Col- 
lege authorities  have  not  ere  this,  with  their  central 
location,  united  the  profession  and  given  us  such  a  hos- 
pital is  a  problem  that  onl}^  professors  understand.  The 
selfishness  of  a  few  men  will  block  tremendous  possibilities. 
We  could  suggest  a  plan,  but  doubt  of  its  acceptance,  or  exe- 
cution, i.  e.,  call  a  general  meeting  of  the  profession,  and  let 
the  College  authorities  turn  over  their  ground  and  buildings 
to  a  Board  of  Trustees  to  be  elected  by  the  whole  profession 
of  Philadelphia,  with  this  mutual  understanding,  that  the 
new  Hospital  building  should  be  so  constructed  as  to  give 
lecture  facilities  to  the  College,  and  at  the  same  time   make 


HOSPITAI,.  443 

the  Hospital  a  public  institution  to  the  whole  Philadelphia 
homoeopathic  profession.  To  do  this  there  needs  to  be  a  fresh 
set  of  men  come  to  the  front  as  Trustees,  and  also  needs  to  be 
a  more  unselfish  manifestation  among  the  profession.  Now 
is  a  glorious  time  to  bury  the  hatchet,  throw  away  the  arrows, 
and  unite  for  the  common  weal,  and  for  the  glory  of  Homoe- 
opathy. Philadelphia  should  learn  a  lesson  from  other  cities. 
It  is  easier  to  start  a  hospital  than  to  run  it.  Now  this  need 
not  be.  Let  there  be  two  classes  of  contributors,  founders, 
and  annual  contributors.  To  these  let  a  neatly  executed 
card  of  suitable  size,  with  appropriate  mottoes,  and  cut  of  the 
proposed  Hospital,  be  presented  as  a  constant  reminder  of 
their  benevolence.  Then  let  there  be  a  public  meeting  held 
annually  of  the  contributors  (during  the  holidays  perhaps), 
at  which  meeting  a  report  of  the  success  of  the  institution 
will  be  presented.  This  will  ensure  its  success.  The  people 
would  in  that  way  feel  that  they  had  and  have  a  personal 
interest  in  the  institution.  Those  who  contributed  $ioo  each 
year  might  be  entitled  to  a  free  bed  for  three  months;  for 
$200,  for  six  months,  and  $300,  for  a  year.  Business  firms 
and  wealthy  persons  would  like  this  plan  because  then  they 
could  send  a  sick  employe  or  a  poor  friend.  This  would  also 
greatly  increase  their  personal  interests  in  the  success  of  the 
Hospital.  Such  a  hospital  should  cost  about  $200,000  when 
completed.  Now  there  are  about  two  hundred  physicians  in 
and  about  Philadelphia,  whose  friends  represent  great  wealth, 
and  who  would  gladly  lend  a  helping  hand  to  so  noble  a 
charity.  The  Philadelphia  profession  should  learn  a  lesson 
from  Pittsburgh.     "  Qui  viVE." 

The  Woman's  Auxiliary  Board  of  the  Hospital  issued  this 
circular: 

Every  believer  in  and  friend  of  Homoeopathy  in  Philadelphia  is 
earnestly  requested  to  set  apart  two  cents  weekly  for  a  Building  Fund 
for  the  Homoeopathic  Hospital,  Cuthbert  street.  Two  cents  a  week 
would  amount  to  a  dollar  a  year  and  the  hundred  thousand  Homoe- 
opaths in  Philadelphia  would  give  a  hundred  thousand  dollars  toward 
a  Building  Fund  which  would  be  ample  in  a  very  few  years  to  place 
Homoeopathy  in  the  position  it  should  occupy  in  this  community. 

Miss  Hunter,  Matron  of  the  Hospital,  iir6  and  11 18  Cuthbert  street, 
npon  notification,  will  cheerfully  supply  all  applicants  with  earthern 


444  HOSPITAL. 

jugs  to  hold  these  savings.  They  will  be  broken  at  the  Hospital,  befora 
the  Board,  January  ist,  next,  at  12  o'clock. 

By  order  of  the  Woman's  Auxiliary  Board. 

Mrs.  W.  C.  Keehmle,  Mrs.  S.  W.  Bailey,  Mrs.  A.  Semple,  Mrs.  Re- 
becca Stokes,  Mrs.  J.  F.  Cummings,  Mrs.  David  Dorman,  Mrs.  Geo.  E. 
Dearborn,  Miss  Kate  M.  Pleis. 

A  great  many  methods  were  resorted  to  for  raising  money 
for  the  Hospital.  At  the  time  the  reconstruction  of  Charter 
was  in  discussion  the  following  blank  was  used  for  subscrip- 
tions: 

Philadelphia,  ,  187 — . 

$ .  I  hereby  promise  to  pay  on  demand  to  the  Homoeopathic  Hos- 
pital of  Philadelphia,  for  one  year,  the  sum  of  dollars,  provided 

that  at  least  twenty- five  hundred  dollars  be  svibscribed  for  this  purpose; 
and  that  the  Trustees  of  the  Hospital  as  at  present  constituted  shall  so 
change  its  Charter  as  to  secure  reconstruction  upon  the  basis  agreed 
upon  at  a  mass  meeting  of  homoeopathic  physicians,  held  in  Philadel- 
phia, January  29,  1877,  and  until  these  conditions  are  fuldlled  no  de- 
mand for  this  subscription  shall  be  made. 


Enthusiasm  was  again  in  a  measure  aroused  for  the  Homoe- 
opathic Hospital.  The  Charter  was  granted  by  the  Court  of 
Common  Pleas  of  Philadelphia  on  March  5th,  1874,  under 
the  title:  "  The  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Pennsylvania  at 
Philadelphia."  It  was  published  in  a  small  pamphlet,  which 
is  quoted  as  follows: 

CHARTER 

OF  THE 

HOMCeOPATHIC  HOSPITAL  OF  PENNSYLVANIA 

AT 

PHILADELPHIA. 


Resolutions. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Homceopathic  Medical  Society  of  the  County  of 
Philadelphia,  held  Thursday,  November  12th,  1874,  the  following 
preamble  and  resolutions  were  unanimously  adopted: 

Whereas,  The  Homoeopathic  Physicians  of  Philadelphia  and 
vicinity,  in  mass  meeting  assembled  on  the  23d  day  of  October,  1873, 
authorized  a  strong  and  concentrated  movement  for  the  establishment 
of  a  large  general  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  a  magnitude  worthy  of  our 


HOSPITAL.  445 

City  and  State  and  appointed  Mr.  A.  B.  Reynell  their  agent  for  carry- 
ing this  purpose  into  practical  effect;  and 

Whereas,  At  a  meeting  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  Society  of 
the  County  of  Philadelphia,  held  October  ist,  1874,  the  Society,  acting 
on  the  report  of  its  Hospital  Committee,  unanimously  added  to  its  offi- 
cial endorsement  by  special  resohitions,  as  follows: 

Resolved,  That  having  recently  in  mass  meeting  authorized  the 
new  enterprise  in  the  hands  of  Mr.  A.  B.  Reynell,  now  ready  to  be 
fully  and  vigorously  pushed,  in  behalf  a  large  general  Homoeopathic 
Hospital,  it  is  our  first  duty,  as  well  as  privilege,  to  concentrate  our 
whole  force  upon  its  immediate  completion. 

Resolved,  That  we  recommend  that  all  Homoeopathic  Physicians  of 
Philadelphia  and  vicinity  be  requested  to  give  every  facility  and  en- 
couragement to  Mr.  Reynell  in  this  behalf. 

Resolved,  That  this  Society  respectfully  but  urgently  requests  of 
the  eminent  gentlemen  composing  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  this  new 
corporation,  their  best  endeavors  for  the  completion  of  the  hospital 
buildings,  with  a  sufficient  endowment,  by  the  time  of  the  opening  of 
the  Centennial  Exhibition,  in  1876;  "  and 

Whereas,  A  corporation  has  been  formed  by  some  of  our  best  citi- 
zens, under  the  name,  style  and  title  of  ' '  The  Homoeopathic  Hospital 
of  Pennsylvania  at  Philadelphia,"  therefore 

Resolved,  That  this  Society  pledges  itself  anew  to  exert  its  influence, 
individually  and  collectively,  to  its  utmost  ability,  in  carrying  the  en- 
terprise, of  which  Mr.  Reynell  is  the  duly  appointed  agent,  to  perfect 
success. 

Resolved,  That  we  renew  to  Mr.  Reynell  the  assurance  of  our  entire 
confidence  and  cooperation,  and  commend  him  to  the  friends  of  Ho- 
moeopathy everywhere;  upon  whom  we  earnestly  urge  the  necessity  of 
concentration  on  this  auspicious  and  benevolent  undertaking. 
Attest, 

Robert  J.  McClatchey,  M.  D., 

Secretary. 

Preambi,e. 

The  treatment  of  disease  by  the  homoeopathic  method  has  been 
thoroughly  tested  in  private  and  hospital  practice,  in  the  mildest  and 
the  most  malignant  cases,  in  the  ordinary  ills  to  which  humanity  is 
heir  and  in  the  most  widespread  and  devastating  epidemics  of  such 
diseases  as  cholera,  yellow  fever,  etc. ;  and  in  all  these  instances  the 
efficiency  of  this  method  has  been  proven,  its  beneficence  has  been  at- 
tested, and,  when  the  results  obtained  have  been  compared  with  those 
of  the  older  methods  of  practice,  its  superiority  as  a  curative  means  has 
been  demonstrated  by  indisputable  statistics. 

Homoeopathy  is,  therefore,  a  blessing  to  suffering  humanity,  and  as 
such  should  be  placed  within  the  reach  of  all.  There  is  now  no  ade- 
quate accommodation  in  Philadelphia  by  and  through  which  the  sick 


446  HOSPITAL. 

and  suffering  poor  may  be  treated  for  their  ailments  and  injuries  in 
accordance  with  the  homoeopathic  method,  and  the  friends  of  Homoe- 
opathy have  therefore  united  to  secure  its  benefits  to  the  needy,  under 
the  annexed  charter,  which  provides  for  the  raising  of  a  sum  of  money 
for  the  estabhshment,  endowment  and  maintenance  of  a  large  general 
Homoeopathic  Hospital  in  Philadelphia,  for  medical,  surgical  and  ob- 
stetrical practice  and  the  treatment  of  the  insane. 

Concentration  of  effort  will  secure  success.  I^arge  sums  are  now 
annually  given  by  friends  of  Homoeopathy  for  the  support  of  hospitals 
in  which  the  older  methods  of  treatment  are  exclusively  resorted  to; 
and  it  is  a  reasonable  inference  that  a  large  proportion  of  these  char- 
itable gifts  would  be  bestowed  by  preference  upon  an  institution  in 
which  the  medical  treatment  approved  by  the  donor  was  practiced  and 
upheld. 

Abundant  evidence  can  be  adduced  to  prove  that  money  expended  to 
secure  homoeopathic  treatment  for  the  sick  and  suffering  in  public 
charitable  institutions  gives  net  results  in  numbers  cured  and  lives 
saved  far  greater  than  can  be  obtained  from  any  other  known  method 
of  medical  practice. 

The  Trustees  of  this  organization  issue  the  accompanying  copy  of  the 
Charter  under  which  they  are  working,  and  earnestly  ask  for  the  hearty 
and  practical  cooperation  of  all,  through  the  duly  accredited  and  sole 
financial  agent  of  the  hospital,  Mr.  A.  B.  Reynell,  that  the  benefits  re- 
sulting from  Homoeopathy  may  be  promptly  and  adequately  secured  to 
the  sick  poor. 

Chas.  Spencer,  President. 
CAI.EB  S.  Mii,NE,  Treasurer. 


The  Homceopathic  Hospital  of  Pennsylvania  at  Philadelphia. 
CONSTITUTION. 

Article  I. — Name. 
The  name,  style  and  title  of  this  corporation  shallbe,  "  The  Homoe- 
opathic Hospital  of  Pennsylvania  at  Philadelphia." 

Article  II. — Object. 
The  object  of  said  corporation  shall  be  to  provide  for  the  care  of  the 
sick  and  injured  in  accordance  with  the  homoeopathic  method,  and  to 
afford  relief  and  succor  to  the  suffering. 

Article  III. — Officers. 
The  officers  of  the  Association  shall  consist  of  a  President,  Vice- 
President,  Secretary  and  Treasurer,  and  Trustees.  The  President, 
Vice-President,  Secretary  and  Treasurer  shall  be  elected  annually  by 
the  Trustees  from  their  own  body,  immediately  after  each  annual 
election  of  Trustees.     The  said  Board  of  Trustees  shall  consist  of  not 


HOSPITAI,.  447 

less  than  nine  members,  of  whom  not  less  than  five  shall  constitute  a 
quorum. 

Said  Trustees  shall  be  elected  on  a  day  to  be  appointed  by  the  Cor- 
porators at  their  meeting,  which  shall  be  as  soon  as  practicable  after 
the  incorporation  of  this  association.  And  thereafter,  at  the  annual 
meetings  of  the  corporation,  one-third  of  the  Board  shall  be  newly 
chosen  to  supply  the  place  of  a  like  number  first  named  on  the  roll  of 
Trustees,  whose  places  shall  be  vacated  annually,  but  nothing  herein 
contained  shall  be  so  construed  as  to  render  any  such  retiring  member 
ineligible  to  re-election.  Only  contributors  (as  hereinafter  defined) 
shall  be  eligible  to  election  to  office,  or  to  vote  at  any  election  of  said 
corporation  for  Trustees.  In  case  of  a  failure  to  elect  any  of  the  ofl&cers 
herein  provided  for,  the  officers  in  place  shall  hold  over  until  such 
time  as  an  election  shall  take  place,  which  shall  be  as  soon  as  possible 
under  the  circumstances  of  the  case.  All  officers  intrusted  with  the 
care  of  money  shall  give  bond,  with  at  least  two  freehold  securities,  for 
the  faithful  performance  of  their  di;ties,  in  such  amounts  as  may  be 
provided  by  the  By-L,aws  of  the  corporation.  The  officers  shall  receive 
such  compensation  for  their  services  as  the  By-Laws  may  direct.  At 
the  annual  meeting  of  the  corporation,  the  Board  of  Trustees  shall 
present  a  report  of  all  the  affairs  of  the  institution. 

ARTICI.E  IV.— By-Laws. 
Said  Board  of  Trustees  may  make  such  By-Laws  as  may  be  necessary 
for  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  the  object  of  the  corporation,  and  for 
the  internal  government  thereof;  Provided,  such  By-Laws  being  not  in- 
consistent with  this  Charter,  the  Constitution  and  laws  of  the  United 
States  or  of  this  Commonwealth. 

Article  V. — Property. 
The  said  corporation  may  hold  and  acquire  all  and  every  kind  of 
property,  real,  personal  and  mixed,  suited  and  necessary  to  the  purpose 
of  its  organization,  and  may  take  the  same  by  gift,  purchase,  bequest 
or  otherwise;  Provided,  that  the  clear  yearly  income  of  the  real  estate 
of  said  corporation  shall  not  exceed  twenty  thousand  dollars  per 
annum.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Trustees  to  secure,  as  soon  as  prac- 
ticable, a  permanent  endowment  fund,  which  shall  be  securely  invested 
to  the  best  advantage,  for  the  purpose  of  building  a  suitable  structure, 
and  for  the  repairing  and  supporting  the  same. 

Article  VI. — Members  and  Contributors. 
All  members  of  this  corporation  shall  be  citizens  of  this  Common- 
wealth. Any  person  who  shall  contribute  one  dollar  and  less  than  one 
hundred  dollars  per  annum  to  the  Hospital  shall  be  deemed  a  con- 
tributor. Any  contributor,  who  shall  not  be  a  practising  physician, 
who  shall  pay  not  less  than  one  hundred  dollars  per  annum,  or  its 
equivalent  in  supplies,  shall  be  entitled  to  one  vote  and  to  be  elected  a 
Trustee.  The  contribution  of  five  thousand  dollars  in  one  or  more  sums, 


448  HOSPITAL. 

by  any  one  who  shall  not  be  a  practising  physician,  shall  entitle  the 
donor  thereafter  to  one  vote  for  Trustees  and  to  election  as  Trustee . 
He  or  she  shall  likewise  be  entitled  to  a  free  bed  for  one  patient  during 
the  lifetime  of  said  donor.  And  the  contribution  or  bequest  of  an  ad- 
ditional sum  of  two  thousand  dollars  shall  continue  a  like  privilege  to 
his  or  her  heirs  forever,  subject  to  the  general  regulations  for  the  ad- 
mission and  discharge  of  patients  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Trustees. 
And  for  every  additional  sum  of  five  thousand  dollars,  subscribed  as 
aforesaid,  a  like  privilege  shall  be  enjoyed.  The  contribution  of 
twenty-five  thousand  dollars  and  upwards,  in  a  single  sum,  shall  en- 
title the  donor  to  a  life-trusteeship  in  the  corporation,  and  shall  give 
control  of  five  free  beds  during  the  lifetime  of  said  donor,  and  three 
beds  to  his  or  her  heirs  forever.  Any  person,  corporation,  town,  city, 
or  county,  subscribing  or  contributing  fifty  thousand  dollars,  in  a  sin- 
gle sum,  shall  be  entitled  to  the  control  of  a  whole  ward,  to  consist  of 
ten  beds,  in  said  institution,  and  to  be  named  by  the  donor. 

Article  Vll. — Patients. 
Patients  shall  be  admitted  without  discrimination  as  to  race,  color,  or 
religion.  Clergymen  of  any  denomination  shall  always  have  access  to 
patients  of  their  own  religious  faith,  subject  to  the  general  rules  for  ad- 
mission of  visitors,  and  a  private  paying  patient,  at  his  option,  shall 
have  the  privilege  of  employing,  at  his  own  expense,  any  physician  in 
good  standing,  who  shall  be  subject  to  the  laws  of  the  institution.  The 
Board  of  Trustees  shall  provide  By-Laws  for  the  admission,  conduct, 
and  discharge  of  patients. 

ARTICI.E  VIII.— Hospital. 

The  said  Hospital  shall  have  separate  departments,  viz:  Medical, 
Surgical  and  Obstetric.  The  last  named  department  shall  include 
lying-in,  and  the  treatmant  of  diseases  peculiar  to  w^onien  and  the 
diseases  of  children.  There  shall  also  be  a  department  for  the  insane. 
All  the  departments  shall  be  conducted  in  conformity  with  sanitary  ar- 
rangements. 

Article  IX. — -Certieicates  of  Study. 

The  corporation  may  confer  Certificates  of  Study  upon  such  persons 
as  shall  faithfully  comply  with  such  requirements  as  may  be  prescribed 
by  the  By-Laws;  Provided,  nothing  herein  contained  shall  be  construed 
to  authorize  the  conferring  of  degrees  in  medicine  and  surgery. 


To  the  Honorable,  the  Judges  of  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas,  for  the 
City  and  County  of  Philadelphia  : 
The  Petition  of  the  undersigned  respectfully  represent,  that  they  are 
citizens  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania,  associated  for  the  pur- 
pose of  establishing  a  hospital  and  thereby  aiding  in  the  relief  of  the 
suffering  and  the  sick,  are  desirous  to  acquire  and  enjoy  the  powers, 
immunities,  and  privileges  of  a  corporation  or  body  politic  in  law,  to  be 


HOSPITAL.  449 

situated  and  have  its  business  transacted  in  the  City  of  Philadel- 
phia; that  they  have  prepared  an  instrument  of  writing,  therein 
specifying  the  objects,  articles,  conditions,  and  name,  style,  and  title 
under  which  they  have  associated,  and  herewith  exhibit  and  present 
the  same  to  this  Court. 

They,  therefore,  pray  the  Court  to  peruse  and  examine  said  instru- 
ment, and  if  the  objects,  articles  and  conditions  therein  set  forth  and 
contained  shall  appear  lawful  and  not  injurious  to  the  community, 
that  the  Court  will  make  such  order  with  regard  to  the  same  as  is  di- 
rected by  the  Act  of  Assembly  in  such  case  made  and  provided,  and  if 
no  sufficient  reason  appear  to  the  contrary,  that  the  Court  will,  decree 
and  declare  that  the  petitioners  shall,  according  to  the  articles  and 
conditions  in  said  instrument  set  forth  and  contained,  become  and  be 
a  corporation  or  body  politic,  and  have  continuance  by  the  name,  style, 
and  title  in  said  instrument  provided  and  declared. 

And  they  will  ever  pray,  &c. 

B.  H.  Bartol,  Caleb  J.  Milne,  Joseph  J.  Gillingham,  Chapman  Free- 
man, Nathan  L.Jones,  Martin  Nixon,  John  Cochran,  J.  Lewis  Crozer, 
Jacob  Bushong,  Horatio  Trexler,  W.  T.  Carter,  B.  E.  Chain,  C.  P. 
Weaver,  Duncan  White,  T.  Elwood  Zell,  George  S.  Fox,  Thomas  T. 
Tasker,  Sr.,  S.  A.  Potter,  Charles  Spencer,  Henry  Thomas,  Theo. 
Hyatt,  George  K.  Crozer,  J.  L.  Stichter,  Wm.  R.  Mcllvain,  Geo.  D. 
Stetzel,  James  Moir,  George  Wright,  A.  B.  Reynell,  Charles  D.  Norton, 
A.  C.  Harmer,  George  Bullock. 


Be  it  remembered,  That,  at  a  Court  of  Common  Pleas,  held  at 
Philadelphia,  on  the  ninth  day  of  February,  A.  D.  1874,  the  above  and 
foregoing  instrument  of  writing  was  presented  to  the  said  Court  on 
behalf  of  the  persons  therein  named,  for  the  purpose  of  their  being  in- 
corporated as  prayed  for  above.  Whereupon  it  was  ordered  that  the 
same  be  filed,  and  that  public  notice  be  given  of  such  application,  ac- 
cording to  law:  And  now,  this  second  day  of  March,  A.  D.  1874,  due 
proof  being  exhibited  to  the  Court  of  the  publication  of  notice  accord- 
ing to  law,  and  the  Court  having  examined  said  instrument  of  writing, 
and  being  satisfied  therewith,  and  no  cause  being  shown  to  the  con- 
trary: 

On  motion  of  P.  T.  Ransford,  Esquire,  and  Christian  Kneass,  Es- 
quire, the  Court  do  order  and  decree  that  the  persons  so  associated 
shall  become  and  be  a  corporation  or  body  politic  in  law,  agreeably  to 
the  articles  and  conditions  in  above  instrument  contained,  and  that  the 
same  be  recorded  in  the  office  for  recording  deeds,  &c. ,  for  the  City  and 
County  of  Philadelphia,  agreeably  to  the  Act  of  Assembly. 

In  Testimony  Whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  the  seal  of 
the  said  Court,  this  fifth  day  of  March,  Anno  Domini  one  thousand 
eight  hundred  and  seventy-four  (1874). 

George  T.  Deiss,  for 
J.  A.  Laughridge, 
[SEAE.]  Prothonotary. 

30 


450  HOSPITAI,. 

Recorded  in  the  Office  for  Recording  Deeds,  &c.,  for  the  City  and 

County  of  Philadelphia,  in  Charter  Book  F.  T.  W.  No.  i,  page  244,  &c. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal  of  office,  this   fifth  day   of  March.  A.  D. 

1874. 

F.  T.  WAI.TON, 
[SEAi,.]  Recorder. 

At  a  meeting  held  March  24th,  1874,  the  following  resolu- 
tion was  offered  by  Dr.  J,  C.  Morgan:  Resolved,  "That  the 
Board  of  Professorial  Trustees  disavow  and  disapprove  the 
attempt  now  pending  before  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas,  to 
separate  the  hospital  of  this  College,  by  a  new  Charter,  from 
this  Corporation,  and  earnestly  protest  against  the  same  as 
without  authority,  illegal  and  damaging  to  the  interests  of 
both  Hospital  and  College. ' ' 

At  a  meeting  of  Faculty,  held  May  23d,  1874,  at  which  D. 
T.  Pratt,  Esq.,  was  present,  he  was  invited  to  give  his  views 
of  the  question  of  a  new  Charter  for  the  Hospital,  and  upon 
which  the  two  Boards  of  College  Trustees  had  not  been  able 
to  agree.  After  hearing  his  views  and  counsel  the  following 
preamble  and  resolutions  were  passed: 

WhKREas,  The  Professorial  Trustees  regret  the  want  of  harmony 
which  has  existed  between  the  two  Boards  of  our  College,  and  being 
desirous  of  doing  all  in  their  power  as  conservators  of  the  educational 
interests  of  the  College  to  bring  about  a  better  understanding;  there- 
fore, 

Resolved,  That  the  Board  of  Professorial  Trustees  do  hereby  agree 
to  leave  the  question  of  a  new  Charter  for  the  Hospital  to  our  attorney, 
D.  T.  Pratt,  Esq.  He  to  draft  a  Charter  which  shall  embody  in  its  pro- 
visions protection  and  perpetuity  to  the  Hospital,  without  destroying 
or  curtailing  the  clinical  advantages  heretofore  enjoyed  by  the  College. 

Proviso:  This  Charter,  when  drawn,  to  be  submitted  to  the  two 
Boards  of  Trustees  for  separate  action,  with  a  view  to  a  final  settlement 
of  all  matters  of  difference  between  the  Boards. 

After  the  passage  of  the  foregoing  Dr.  J.  C.  Morgan  pre- 
sented the  following:  Please  accept  my  resignation  as  Pro- 
fessorial Trustee  in  this  College  with  the  Professorship  of 
Surgery. 

On  July  2d,  1874,  a  draft  for  a  Charter  for  the  Hospital 
was  presented  to  the  Faculty,  without  any  change  of  name, 
but  with  provisions  for  clinical  privileges  for  the  College.  At 
the  next  meeting,  July  9th,  it  was  resolved  that  we  approve 


HOSPITAI,.  451 

of  the  adoption  of  said  Charter,  provided  the  Board  of  Cor- 
poration Trustees  concur  in  our  action. 

Resolved,  That  we  recommend  our  attorney,  D.  T.  Pratt,  Esq.,  to  join 
with  the  attorney  of  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees  in  asking  the 
Court  of  Common  Pleas  to  grant  said  Charter. 

Resolved,  That  we  will  agree  to  unite  with  the  Corporation  Trustees 
in  transferring  the  real  estate  heretofore  held  for  the  Homoeopathic 
Hospital  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  to  the 
Hospital  created  by  said  Charter,  or  to  the  Corporators  thereof. 

At  a  meeting  of  Professorial  Trustees,  held  December  12th, 
1874,  the  following  preamble  and  resolutions  were  read: 

Whe;reas,  At  a  meeting  of  this  Board,  duly  called  and  held  July 
9th,  1874,  the  draft  of  a  new  Charter  for  the  Hospital  was  presented  and 
read,  after  which  it  was 

Resolved,  That  the  Board  will  agree  to  unite  with  the  Corporation 
Trustees  in  transferring  the  real  estate  heretofore  held  by  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  for  the  Homoeopathic  Hospital  to  the  Hospital 
created  by  said  Charter  or  to  the  Corporation  managers  thereof;  and, 

Where;as,  The  said  Charter  has  since  been  presented  to  and  ap- 
proved by  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas  and  has  been  accepted  by  the 
Corporation  therein  named;  and. 

Whereas,  In  pursuance  of  the  above  action  by  this  Board  and  a 
concurrent  resolution  by  the  Board  of  Corporators,  a  Deed  in  due  form 
has  been  prepared  and  executed  by  the  proper  officers,  dated  December 
1st,  1874,  which  said  Deed  has  been  presented  and  read  to  this  Board; 
therefore, 

Resolved  (The  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees  concurring).  That  this 
Board  does  hereby  ratify  and  approve  the  said  Deed  for  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  to  the  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of 
Philadelphia,  dated  this  12th  day  of  December,  1874,  and  that  the 
same  be  delivered  to  the  said  Hospital. 

This  was  unanimously  passed. 

The  following,  appearing  in  the  N.  W.  Med.  Gazette  for 
November,  1874,  explains  itself  : 

Hahnemann  Mkdicai,  Coi^IvKGE  on  the  Homceopathic 
HosPiTAi,. — Our  friends  in  Philadelphia  appear  to  have  no 
difficulty  in  defending  themselves  from  malicious  attacks — as 
may  be  seen  in  the  following  extracts  from  the  Stmday  Press 
and  Mirror: 

"  Phii^adei^phia,  September  4,  1874. 
' '  To  the  Editor  of  the  Sunday  Press< 

"Sir:  In  your  issue  of  the  Sunday  Press,  dated  August  23,  1874 
there  appeared  an  article  headed  'Death's  Highway,'  which  we  con- 
sider as  libellous  in  statement  and  scandalous  in  character. 


452  HOSPITAL. 

"  Its  statements  were  so  glaringly  false  that  we  at  first  thought  they 
needed  no  refutation;  but  as  numerous  persons,  not  knowing  inti- 
mately the  character  of  the  Homoeopathic  Hospital  and  the  gentlemen 
who  control  its  management,  have  asked  the  pertinent  question:  Why 
are  not  these  charges  answered  ?  we  feel  it  to  be  a  duty  now  to  do  so. 

"  As  members  of  the  Faculty  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College,  of 
Philadelphia,  we  are  interested  in  the  welfare  of  the  Hospital,  which  is 
organized  under  the  charter  of  the  College,  but  managed  by  a  distinct 
Board  of  Trustees.  We  therefore  assume  the  duty  seemingly  imposed 
on  us." 

From  the  testimony  of  competent  witnesses  it  is  evident  that 
the  whole  attack  on  the  Hospital  was  inspired  by  partisan 
malice.  Among  the  voluntary  witnesses  are  two  of  the  hos- 
pital patients,  who  indignantly  protest  against  the  statements 
concerning  abuses  in  the  Hospital. 

Dr.  Bullard,  the  house-surgeon,  is  thus  defended  by  Dr. 
Thomas  against  a  ridiculous  charge: 

' '  Our  amiable  late  house-surgeon  is  ferociously  dealt  with  by  your 
reporter  in  the  following  extract: 

"  '  On  the  post-mortem  dissection  the  coroner's  surgeon  discovered  a 
bullet-hole  in  the  skull,  which  had  been  plastered  up  with  lime,  and  the 
bullet  was  found  imbedded  in  her  brain.  The  physician  who  thus  en- 
deavored to  cheat  the  law  (and  the  coroner  out  of  his  fees)  should  have 
been  then  sent  to  keep  company  with  Yetter  in  Moyamensing,  yet  the 
Homoeopathic  Hospital  still  invites  victims  to  its  walls.' 

"  How  does  our  bouse-surgeou,  Dr.  Bullard,  answer  this  charge  ?  He 
says  that  '  after  death,  at  the  request  of  her  parents — the  wound  having 
a  repulsive  look — I  did  fill  it  with  plaster,  and  pasted  a  piece  of  silk 
over  it.  I  also  filled  the  orbit  and  drew  the  lids  together,  thus  making 
a  much  more  presentable  corpse.'  So  much  for  the  attempt  to  show 
that  at  the  Homoeopathic  Hospital  the  surgeons  stuff  wounds  and 
bullet-holes  with  lime  as  a  means  of  treatment." 

We  quote,    finally    Dr.    Thomas's   appreciative   notice   of 
Mayor  Stokley's  conduct  vs.  the  brutal  falsehoods  of  his  sub- 
ordinates, the  police,  and  the  "  Profession." 
"THE  mayor's  moral  courage. 

"  Mayor  Stokley  had  the  moral  courage  to  appoint  a  homoeopathic 
phj'sician  as  a  surgeon  to  the  police  district  in  which  our  Hospital  is 
situated.  This  was  an  unheard-of  innovation  upon  the  hereditary 
rights  of  the  allopaths,  and  they  naturally  have  resented  it,  and  have 
thus  sought  to  find  some  means  by  which  to  bring  Homoeopathy  into 
disrepute.  Whether  he  will  have  the  courage  to  stand  by  his  orders 
after  this  statement  is  read  by  him  remains  to  be  seen. 


HOSPITAI,.  453 

"  His  police  are  evidently  not  favorable  to  Homceopathy  and  would 
not  submit  a  day  to  its  treatment;  but  we  are  happy  to  know  that  there 
are  many  in  this  community  who  are,  at  least,  as  highly  cultured  and 
intelligent  as  our  police  force,  who  are  willing  to  place  themselves  and 
children  under  its  benign  curative  influences. 

"  We  submit  this  statement,  Mr.  Editot,  and  confidently  trust  that 
your  sense  of  justice  will  impel  you  to  publish  it,  and  also  a  retraction 
of  the  statements  published  under  the  head  of  '  Death's  Highway.' 

"By  order  of  the  Faculty  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of 
Philadelphia. 

"A.  R.  THOMAS,  M.  D.,  Dean." 


454  HOSPITAL. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

i875-'8i. 

The  relations  between  the  Hospital  authorities  and  the 
Faculty  of  the  College  were,  from  1874  to  1877,  rather 
strained;  the  Hospital  did  not  flourish;  the  profession  were 
not  pleased  with  its  location — in  a  back  street,  over  a  sewer, 
and  near  a  fish  market,  with  the  hygienic  conditions  of  the 
worst.  It  was  not  felt  to  be  a  great  credit  to  the  doctrines  of 
Hahnemann.  In  1877  a  great  mass  meeting  was  held  and  a 
committee  appointed.  The  following  circular,  issued  at  that 
time,  explains  the  situation: 

The  Homceopathic  Hospitai.  of  Phii,adei.phia. 

Dear  Doctor:  At  an  adjourned  mass  meeting  of  the  homoeopathic 
physicians  of  Philadelphia,  held  on  Monday  evening,  January  15, 
1877,  the  subjoined  report  was  presented  by  a  committee  appointed  at 
a  previous  meeting  to  confer  with  the  Managers  of  the  Homoeopathic 
Hospital  of  Philadelphia  and  report  a  ' '  basis  of  operation  or  plan  by 
which  the  Hospital  can  be  so  popularized  with  the  profession  and  laity 
as  to  make  it  what  it  should  be — a  signal  success." 

Owing  to  the  extraordinary  inclemency  of  the  weather,  the  attend- 
ance at  the  adjourned  meeting  was  not  so  great  as  was  desired,  and, 
with  a  view  to  laying  the  report  before  the  entire  profession  it  was 
ordered  to  be  printed  and  distributed  to  the  profession  of  the  city, 
and  its  consideration  was  postponed  until  Monday,  January  29th, 
1877.  Your  attention  is  particularly  invited  to  the  Report,  and  you 
are  urgently  requested  to  attend  the  adjourned  mass  meeting  of  physi- 
cians, on  Monday,  January  29th,  at  8)4  o'clock,  at  the  College  build- 
ing, 1 105  Filbert  street. 


Report  of  the  Committee. 
To  the  Homoeopathic  Physicians  of  Philadelphia: 

IvADTES  and  GenTi^emen:  There  is,  doubtless,  not  one  physician  of 
our  school  in  this  city  who  will  deny  that  the  establishment  of  a  pros- 
perous and  well-conducted  homoeopathic  hospital  in  our  midst  would 
be  a  great  advantage  both  in  a  humanitarian  and  professional  point  of 


HOSPITAL.  455 

view,  and  your  Committee  know  it  to  be  the  case  that  in  the  minds  of 
a  great  many  of  our  number  the  consummation  is  regarded  not  simply 
as  devoutly  to  be  wished  for,  but  rather  as  a  vital  necessity;  as,  in  their 
opinion,  the  private  prosperity  of  the  school,  i.  e.,  the  position  and 
welfare  of  its  individual  practitioners,  depends  in  a  very  large  degree  on 
the  public  standing  it  is  able  to  take  and  maintain  before  the  calm  and 
unprejudiced  judgment  of  the  public. 

Wherever  is  found  the  greatest  activity,  enterprise  and  esprit  du  corps 
in  the  professional  upholders  of  the  doctrines  and  practice  of  Homoe- 
opathy, there  do  we  find  the  greatest  prosperity  of  the  practitioners  and 
the  greatest  enthusiasm  in  the  minds  of  the  laity,  and  there  also  do  we 
find  the  greatest  respect  for  the  school  in  the  minds  of  the  outside  pub- 
lic and  the  authorities.  In  New  York  the  physicians  have  established 
numerous  hospitals  and  dispensaries,  and  have  wrested  from  the  unwill- 
ing hands  of  the  government  of  the  city  one  of  its  magnificent  chari- 
ties; and  in  all  these  institutions  the  profession  there  have  glorious 
opportunities  for  demonstrating  the  superiority  of  homoeopathic  over 
allopathic  treatment,  which,  if  they  do  not  fail  to  avail  themselves  of, 
will  not  only  redound  to  the  honor  and  power  of  Homoeopathy,  but 
will  confer  personal  standing  and  importance,  to  say  nothing  of  per- 
sonal gain,  upon  the  entire  profession  of  the  city.  In  Brooklyn  are 
established  institutions  under  homoeopathic  control  which  are  a  credit 
to  any  body.  In  Boston  the  homoeopaths  have  not  only  established 
themselves  as  a  part  of  the  great  Boston  University,  the  rival  of  Har- 
vard, but  have  put  into  operation,  and  are  successfully  conducting,  a 
large  and  well-appointed  general  hospital.  In  Pittsburg  a  mere  hand- 
ful of  stout-hearted,  earnest  men,  with  a  determination  to  succeed  by 
standing  like  the  highlanders,  shoulder  to  shoulder,  have  built  and 
paid  for,  and  successfully  conducted  for  a  number  of  years,  a  hospital 
which  stands  in  high  repute  with  the  citizens  of  the  smoky  city,  and  is 
spoken  of  as  the  hospital  of  the  place.  In  the  West  they  are  astir,  and 
with  hospitals  already  established,  or  to  be  established,  are  doing  yeo- 
man service  for  the  cause. 

And  not  only  are  we  to  sing  praises  to  these  workers  and  their  works 
from  a  selfish  and  sectarian  view  of  the  situation;  but,  believing 
as  we  do  that  Homoeopathy  is  a  precious  boon  to  the  sick,  we  must 
regard  their  efforts  and  successes  as  eminently  humanitarian  and 
philanthropic. 

Ivct  us  turn  now  to  our  own  city  and  see  what  is  being  done  for 
Homoeopathy  in  a  public  way.  Alas!  we  can  almost  say — Nothing! 
Philadelphia  once  ranked  high  in  the  homoepathic  school.  It  was  re- 
garded as  the  centre  of  the  school,  the  Athens  Homoeopathise,  the 
Mecca  of  the  profession.  Here  was  the  first  practical  homoeopathic 
college  established,  which  sent  from  its  halls  annually  men  who  went 
forth  throughout  the  land  and  spread  the  name  and  fame  of  Philadel- 
phia homoeopaths  wherever  they  went;  and  here,  too,  lived — and  alas! 
many  of  them  have  died — the  representative  men  of  the  school.     And' 


456  HOSPITAL. 

while  that  College  is  living  and  prosperous  to-day — after  many  vicissi- 
tudes, many  hard  struggles  for  life — and  is  even  more  prosperous  to-day 
than  ever  before,  we  look  around  in  vain  for  any  signs  of  a  public  life 
in  the  homoeopathic  profession  of  Philadelphia.  Not  one  dispensary 
excepting  that  one  which  has  always  been  an  appendage  of  the  Col- 
lege— not  one  hospital  save  one  which  has  been  living  a  dying  life, 
supported  by  a  handful  of  stout  hearts  and  willing  hands  against  the 
most  adverse  fates — the  victim  of  prejudice  and  misunderstanding; 
chilled  to  its  vitals  by  the  freezing  coldness  of  an  indiflferent  profes- 
sion. 

Need  your  Committee  say  to  you  that  such  a  state  of  affairs  is  un- 
wholesome for  Homoeopathy  in  Philadelphia  and  ought  to  be  at  once 
amended  ?  No,  it  is  not  necessary,  for  it  is  a  patent  case  to  every  one 
of  us.  While  Philadelphia  has  been  unfortunate  in  the  creation 
and  maintenance  of  hospitals,  she  has  been  fruitful  in  hospital 
schemes;  but  these,  for  one  cause  and  another,  ingloriously 
failed.  We  need  not  go  into  or  even  refer  to  the  various  causes 
that  have  lei  to  the  defeat  of  the  best-laid  plans  for'  the  estab- 
lishment of  hospitals  in  this  city  heretofore;  nor  need  we  go  into  any 
details  referring  to  the  causes  which  operated  to  alienate  the  profession 
from  the  present  and  existing  hospital.  L^et  us,  on  the  contrary, 
studiously  look  away  from  the  disagreeable  past,  except  in  so  far  as  we 
can  draw  a  lesson  from  it,  and  let  us  look  at  the  present,  and  determine 
to  have  a  bright  and  honorable  future.  We  need  a  hospital.  We  must 
have  it,  and  not  only  one,  but  more  by  and  by.  We  can  have  what  we 
want  if  we  work  together,  uniting  and  harmonizing,  and  combining  all 
the  homoeopathic  elements  and  influence  of  this  great  city  for  these 
great  ends. 

We  have  in  the  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,  in  whose 
building  we  are  now  assembled,  an  already  established  hospital,  in 
working  order,  with  property  and  franchises,  and  only  needing  the 
warm,  hearty,  honest,  and  steadfast  support  of  the  profession  to  make 
it  a  success — a  success  at  once,  and  cause  it,  in  a  short  time,  to  .spread 
to  great  proportions,  and  become — what  we  should  and  must  have — a 
large,  general  homoeopathic  hospital. 

We  will  now  read  to  you  portions  of  a  report  submitted  to  the  County 
Medical  Society  by  William  McGeorge,  Jr.,  Esq.,  on  behalf  of  the  Man- 
agers of  the  Hospital:— 

"  The  money  with  which  the  Hospital  was  purchased  was  raised  by 
the  great  Homoeopathic  Fair,  held  some  years  ago.  Just  about  the 
time  the  money  was  paid  over  an  opportunity  was  presented  for  pur- 
chasing the  present  College  property  at  what  was  deemed  a  very  low 
price.  The  amount  of  money  raised  precluded  the  idea  of  buying  a 
large  piece  of  ground  and  building  a  large  hospital,  and  if  the  money 
raised  was  invested  until  the  accumulations  of  income  would  permit 
the  purchase  of  a  suitable  property,  very  many  years  must  elapse  dur- 
ing which  the  community  at  large  would  have  no  Vjenefit  of  a  homoeo- 


HOSPITAI..  457 

pathic  hospital.  The  college  property  being  offered  just  at  this  time, 
time,  at  a  price  of  about  $9,500,  subject  to  a  mortgage  of  |io,ooo,  a 
property  which  was  then  valued  at  130,000,  and  has  since  been  ap- 
praised for  purposes  of  taxation  as  high  as  |5o,ooo,  the  Managers,  after 
careful  consideration,  determined  to  purchase  it,  the  balance  of  the 
funds  over  and  above  the  purchase  money  being  sufficient  to  build  a 
hospital  on  the  rear  part  of  the  lot  sufficient  for  present  necessities. 
They  accordingly  did  so,  and  by  this  judicious  investment  of  their 
money,  succeeded  in  providing  a  hospital  very  centrally  located, 
together  with  a  permanent  income  for  its  support  of  $1,000  per  annum 
over  and  above  interest  on  mortgage  debt,  which  income  is  equal  to 
interest  on  their  whole  fund,  and  is  derived  from  the  rent  of  the  Col- 
lege part  of  the  building. 

"  Inasmuch  as  the  matter  of  purchase  of  the  College  property  had  to 
be  consummated  at  once,  and  as  there  was  not  time  to  obtain  a  charter 
for  the  Hospital,  it  was  determined  to  purchase  the  property  in  the 
name  of  the  '  Hahnemann  Medical  College,'  as  the  charter  of  that  Col- 
lege permitted  the  establishment  of  a  hospital;  but  before  doing  so  sol- 
emn declarations  and  resolutions  to  the  effect  that  the  property  was 
only  held  in  trust  for  the  hospital  were  made  and  spread  at  large  in  the 
minutes  of  the  College  corporation.  This  action  led  to  the  very  gen- 
eral belief  among  the  profession  that  the  money  obtained  from  the 
Fair  had  been  improperly  applied  and  wrongfully  converted  to  the 
uses  of  the  College.  It  also  led  to  the  conclusion  that  the  College  and 
Hospital  were  one  and  the  same  institution  The  fact  was  that  the 
Corporation  Trustees  always  maintained  and  asserted  the  sole  owner- 
ship of  the  property  by  the  Hospital,  and  finally  a  separate  charter  was 
obtained  for  the  Hospital,  and  the  propert}-  conveyed  to  the  new  cor- 
poration. Still  there  was  no  general  support  of  the  Hospital,  because 
it  was  felt  that  it  was  a  close  corporation,  managed  solely  by  the  officers 
of  the  College,  who  were  life  managers,  and  that  contributors  to  its 
support,  no  matter  how  numerous  or  generous,  had  no  voice  whatever 
in  its  direction.  To  remedy  this  objection,  the  Faculty  of  the  College 
have  of  their  own  motion  agreed  to  withdraw  entirely  from  the  man- 
agement of  the  Hospital,  and  leave  the  same  entirely  in  the  hands  of 
its  lay  managers,  and  these  managers  now  say  to  you  and  to  the  com- 
munity at  large  that  they  are  willing  to  surrender  the  entire  control  of 
the  Hospital  to  its  regular  contributors,  who  shall  choose  their  own 
managers. 

"The  present  Board  of  Managers  feel  that  such  a  hospital  is  an  abso- 
lute necessity,  that  it  is  to  the  interest  of  Homceopathy;  that  it  should 
be  maintained;  and  as  this  is  the  only  institution  of  the  kind  in  the 
city,  and  as  the  believers  in  Homoeopathy  are  among  the  most  intelli- 
gent and  prosperous  of  our  citizens,  there  should  be  no  difficulty  in 
maintaining  it,  and  there  would  have  been  none  but  for  the  feeling  of 
distrust  and  opposition  to  it  for  the  reasons  named. 

"  Believing  that  the  welfare  of  tlje  community  demanded  such  an  in- 


458  HOSPITAL. 

stitution,  a  very  few  of  the  present  managers  have  maintained  it  for 
several  years  at  considerable  personal  expense  and  great  personal  sac- 
rifice of  time — by  their  own  unaided  exertions — in  fact,  against  the  op- 
position of  the  community  at  large.  They  feel  unwilling  and  unable  to 
do  this  any  longer.  If  this  society  and  the  community  at  large  will 
join  hands  in  this  matter  they  will  continue  to  do  their  share  of  the 
work  and  bare  their  share  of  the  expense,  if  desired,  or  they  will  abso- 
lutely retire  to  let  the  new  managers  to  be  chosen  by  the  contributors 
take  their  places.  They  do  not  ask  you  to  take  charge  of  a  bankrupt 
institution — they  have  a  large  and  valuable  property— a  hospital  now 
well  known  and  established,  in  good  working  order,  running  at  a  small 
expense,  and  free  from  debt.  They  feel,  however,  that  this  is  an  enter- 
prise that  should  be  supported  by  the  community  at  large  instead  of  by 
a  few,  and  they  now  ask  you  to  come  forward  and  take  your  part  in 
its  management  and  do  your  share  in  its  support,  knowing  full  well  that 
if  you  will  take  hold  of  this  matter  heartily  and  present  the  claims  of 
this  Hospital  to  your  friends  and  patients,  that  this  Hospital  need  not 
languish,  but  will,  as  it  should,  receive  a  liberal  support  and  be 
enabled  to  accomplish  a  greater  amount  of  good  and  perform  a  more 
important  use  than  now.  Failing  this  harmonious  action  and  support, 
we  state  very  frankly  that  the  Hospital  must  and  will  close  its  doors, 
and  that  very  promptly." 

Acting  on  this  report,  the  County  Society,  having  taken  the  matter 
up,  appointed  a  committee  to  call  a  mass  meeting  of  the  profession, 
which  meeting  was  held,  at  which  a  committee  was  appointed  to  confer 
with  a  committee  of  the  Managers  of  the  Hospital,  and  agree  upon  a 
basis  for  the  re-establishment  of  the  Hospital  so  as  to  secure  the  sup- 
port of  the  entire  profession.  The  meeting  to-night  was  called  by  the 
committee  thus  appointed,  and  we  have  the  honor  to  present  the  re- 
port. Your  Committee,  after  due  consultation  and  deliberation, 
unanimously  agreed  to  submit  the  following  plan,  with  the  view  of  so 
establishing  and  popularizing  the  Hospital  as  to  insure  its  success,  by 
securing  the  support  of  the  entire  profession:— 

1.  Your  Committee  would  suggest  that  each  and  every  physician  in 
the  city  become  a  contributor  to  the  Hospital,  in  larger  or  smaller 
amount  (thus  demonstrating  his  or  her  interest  in  the  institution,  sup- 
plying immediate  wants,  and  gaining  a  powerful  leverage  for  the  rais- 
ing of  contributions  from  friends  and  patients) ;  and  that  they  secure  as 
soon  as  possible  as  many  contributors  as  they  can  from  the  body  of 
laity. 

2.  That  the  corporation  be  reorganized,  under  a  new  charter,  in 
which  it  shall  be  provided  that  the  contributors  in  a  certain  amount 
(say  not  less  than  $25  annually)  shall  be  the  corporators,  and  that  these 
corporators  shall  annually  elect  from  their  number  a  Board  of  Man- 
agers, composed  of  laymen  and  physicians  (say  fifteen  laymen  and  five 
physicians). 


HOSPITAL.  459 

3.  That  the  Board  of  Managers  shall  elect  the  Hospital  staff,  physi- 
cians and  surgeons,  visiting  and  consulting,  and  a  dispensary  staff,  from 
the  homoeopathic  physicians  of  Philadelphia  at  large,  and  that  this 
election  shall  take  place  annually. 

4.  That  a  Board  of  L,ady  Managers  shall  be  chosen  annually,  either 
by  the  corporators  at  their  Annual  Meeting,  or  by  the  Board  of  Man- 
agers elected  by  the  corporators. 

5.  That  an  Annual  Report  shall  be  printed  and  distributed  to  the  cor- 
porators and  other  yearly  contributors;  said  report  to  show  the  finan- 
cial condition  of  the  corporation,  the  medical  and  surgical  workings  of 
the  Hospital,  and  the  Minutes  of  the  Annual  Meeting. 

Your  Committee  respectfully  submit  these  for  your  consideration  and 
action,  and  with  the  hope  that  a  spirit  of  emulation  will  take  posses- 
sion of  us  all,  leading  us  to  strive  to  outdo  each  other  in  the  good  work 
of  establishing  a  hospital  here,  for  the  benefit  of  humanity  and  Ho- 
moeopathy, and  in  the  interest  of  science,  as  a  school  of  practical  in- 
struction for  the  large  body  of  students  who  seek  our  city  to  acquire 
knowledge  regarding  the  art  of  healing. 

Committee—^.  J.  McClatchey,  B.  W.  James,  M.  S.  Williamson,  J.  H. 
McClelland,  Jno.  K.  Lee. 

The  Lady  Managers  issued  the  following  Circular,  July 
24,  1877: 

The  Lady  Managers  of  the  Homoeopathic  Hospital,  11 16  Cuthbert 
street,  propose  holding  a  Fair,  in  the  latter  part  of  October,  to  increase 
the  usefulneas  of  the  Hospital,  which,  in  a  quiet  way,  is  doing  a  great 
deal  of  good. 

The  ladies  earnestly  solicit  the  co-operation  of  all  who  are  interested 
in  this  noble  charity.  Due  notice  will  be  given  where  the  Fair  will  be 
held.  In  the  meantime  all  donations  or  promises  of  the  same  may  be 
sent  to  the  Hospital,  in  care  of  the  matron. 

Mrs.  ConsTanTine  HerinG,  President. 

Mrs.  H.  L.  Gregg,  Secretary. 

The  Hahnenia7i7iian  Monthly  for  November,  1877,  vStates: 
' '  The  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadelphia  recently  held  a 
Fair  in  the  annex  to  the  Academy  of  Fine  Arts,  for  the  ben- 
efit of  the  Hospital." 

During  the  year  1878  the  lyadies'  Auxiliary  held  a  fair  in 
St.  George's  Hall,  13th  and  Arch  streets,  December  9th  to 
14th,  at  which  about  $1,500  was  realized.  During  the  same 
year  Mrs.  Keehmle  had  a  ' '  Calico  Party  ' '  at  the  Academy  of 
Music,  Mrs.  Hering  held  private  theatricals  at  her  home,  and 
the  ladies  of  the  New  Church  held  a  series  of  tableaux. 


46o  HOSPITAL. 

The  year  1879  saw  the  ladies  very  active  for  the  good  of 
the  Hospital.  There  were  four  entertainments  and  a  fair. 
March  12th  there  were  held  a  series  of  "  Mother  Goose 
Soirees"  at  the  Academy  of  Music;  and  in  December  the 
Annual  Fair  was  held  in  St.  George's  Hall. 

In  order  to  raise  money  free  beds  were  given  for  certain 
sums.  Dr.  M.  M.  Walker,  of  Germantown,  issued  a  circular 
addressed  "  To  My  Fellow  Homoeopathic  Practitioners  of 
Philadelphia,"  in  which  he  mentioned  the  good  the  Hospital 
was  doing.  In  this  it  is  stated  that  for  every  $25.00  sub- 
scription sent  the  treasurer  a  person  was  entitled  to  a  free 
bed  for  one  month,  and  that  $300  would  ensure  a  bed  for  a 
year.  He  mentions  sending  patients  under  these  terms  and 
makes  an  appeal  to  the  physicians  to  assist  the  charity. 

The  Hospital  report  for  1879  contains  the  following  inter- 
sting  bit  of  history:  In  aid  of  our  revenues  onr  thanks  are 
due  to  the  various  contributors.  To  the  noble  band  of  work- 
ers in  our  JVomen^s  Auxiliary  Board  of  Majiagers.  To  Isaiah 
V.  Williamson  for  his  generous  additional  donation  of  ground 
rents  of  eighty-six  dollars  ($86)  per  annum,  principal  of  each 
being  $1,433.33.  ^^^  deficit  of  interest  obliged  us  to  sue  out 
these  rents,  and  to  cover  the  principal  we  had  to  purchase  the 
properties  with  the  buildings  thereon,  both  of  which  are  now 
rented,  one  for  $10.00,  the  other  for  $11.00  per  month.  To 
the  memory  of  the  late  Dr.  Jacob  Jeanes,  for  the  collections 
thus  far  made  through  the  kindness  of  his  widow,  amounting 
to  $628.00,  in  accordance  with  the  following  clause  in  his  Will: 
' '  If  after  my  decease  there  are  any  persons  who  think  that 
they  are  pecuniarily  indebted  to  me  for  medical  services  they 
may  cancel  the  debt  by  a  benefaction  of  the  supposed  amount 
to  the  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,  but  not  by  any 
payment  to  my  estate."  And  also  are  we  indebted  to  the  be- 
nevolence of  this  late  friend  for  the  further  legacy  to  our 
Hospital  of  five  thousand  dollars,  payable  at  a  future  period. 
Thanks  were  also  returned  to  the  Medical  and  Surgical  Staff. 

In  January,  1880,  there  were  held  three  entertainments 
called  ' '  The  Masque  of  the  Poets, ' '  at  the  Academy  of 
Music.  In  March  there  was  a  new  means  adopted  for  assist- 
ing the  Hospital,  by  a  "Donation  Day."     It  occurred,  for 


HOSPITAI..  461 

the  first  time,  on  the  12th  of  March  and  resulted  very  well 
in  gifts  of  goods  for  the  institution.  The  Annual  Fair  was 
held  at  St.  George's  Hall,  November  4th  to  the  8th.  In 
the  Report  for  1880  it  is  stated:  "The  need  of  a  new 
hospital  building  with  modern  improvements  and  conveni- 
ences, in  a  location  more  appropriate  to  the  hygienic  require- 
ments of  such  an  institution  becomes  more  apparent,  and  this 
subject  has  given  your  Board  much  anxious  thought.  Our 
effort  to  obtain  funds  from  our  State  Legislature,  at  its  last 
session,  to  meet  this  want  failed,  only,  because  an  impover- 
ished treasury  did  not  warrant  such  an  appropriation,  we  are 
told.  Our  application  was  favorably  recognized  and  as  far  as 
possible  was  favorably  considered,  which  was  thus  far  gratify- 
ing, and  with  this  promising  feature  we  feel  encouraged  to 
renew  our  appeal  at  the  next  lyCgislative  session.  Meanwhile 
with  the  improvement  of  the  times,  hoping  that  some  assist- 
ance might  be  found  among  our  friends  and  patrons  personally, 
to  enable  us,  at  least,  to  lay  a  corner-stone  in  a  foundation 
for  a  new  edifice,  in  anticipation  of  what  may  be  hoped  for 
from  State  aid,  a  subscription  to  a  Building  Fund  has  been 
suggested — a  fund  specially  for  this  purpose.  Your  Board 
are  not  unmindful  of  the  delicacy  of  this  importuning  step, 
but  the  end  would  seem  to  justify  it  as  the  direct  way  to 
reach  such  a  deserving  necessity. 

On  May  19th,  1880,  the  following  gentlemen  met:  Messrs. 
Lemuel  Coffin,  Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr.,  Chas.  Reed,  W.  Hobart 
Brown,  D.  T.  Pratt,  W.  C.  Keehmle,  Chas.  Brown,  Drs.  B. 
W.  James,  A.  Korndoerfer,  M.  M.  Walker,  B.  F.  Betts,  P. 
Dudley,  at  the  residence  of  Mrs.  Jacob  Jeanes,  No.  521  Vine 
street,  in  response  to  the  following  invitation: 

Phii,ade;IvPHIA,  May  17th,  18S0. 

Dear  Sir: — The  necessity  for  a  new  Homoeopathic  Hospital  in  Phil- 
adelphia, so  located  as  to  meet  the  requirements  of  such  an  institution, 
has  induced  a  number  of  the  friends  of  that  School  of  Medicine  to  take 
steps  to  promote  that  object. 

It  would  greatly  gratify  the  undersigned  if  you  as  one  of  the  recog- 
nized friends  of  Homoeopathy  would  make  it  convenient  to  attend  a 
meeting  on  Wednesday  evening  next,  19th  inst.,  at  8  o'clock,  at  the 
house  of  the  late  Doctor  Jacob  Jeanes,  No.  521  Vine  street,  by  the  kind 
courtesy  of  Mrs.  Jeanes,  in  order  that  a  discussion  of  the  project  may 
be  had  and  the  feasibility  of  proceeding  in  the  work  be  considered. 


462  HOSPITAL. 

Respectfully,  A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  P.  Dudley,  M.  D.,  B.  F.  Betts, 
M.  D.,  Wm.  C.  Keehmle,  Richard  A.  Lewis,  W.  Hobart  Brown. 

On  motion  Mr.  Lemuel  Coffin  was  called  to  the  chair  and  Dr. 
Dudley  was  appointed  Secretary.  Dr.  Korndoerfer  said  that 
some  time  previously  Mr.  John  B.  Stevenson  had  a  conver- 
sation with  Mrs.  Jeanes,  during  which  the  extreme  necessity 
for,  and  the  practicability  of,  obtaining  a  new  Homoeopathic 
Hospital,  on  a  scale  commensurate  with  the  needs  of  Phila- 
delphia and  its  vicinity,  were  earnestly  considered.  Subse- 
quently it  was  ascertained  that  the  sympathies  of  other  prom- 
inent friends  of  Homoeopathy  had  also  been  long  enlisted  in 
the  same  direction.  Acting  upon  the  suggestions  of  these  and 
other  friends  of  the  movement,  this  meeting  had  been  called 
by  a  committee  representing  the  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of 
Philadelphia  with  a  view  to  a  careful  discussion  of  the  whole 
subject  and  such  action  as  might  hereafter  be  deemed  best  in 
view  of  all  the  circumstances. 

The  question  of  the  probability  of  obtaining  a  suitable  site 
for  a  new  hospital  building  was  responded  to  by  the  mention 
of  a  number  of  locations,  and  their  respective  advantages  and 
disadvantages  were  discussed  by  several  of  the  gentlemen 
present. 

Mrs.  Jeanes,  in  reply  to  an  invitation  from  the  Chair, 
stated  that  the  first  movement  looking  to  the  establishment 
of  a  Homoeopathic  Hospital  in  Philadelphia  had  been 
inaugurated  in  her  house.  At  that  time  an  organization  of 
about  three  hundred  ladies  was  formed  and  she  had  the  honor 
of  being  its  President.  She  also  said  that  the  first  meetings 
of  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopath}^  the  National  So- 
ciety of  Homoeopathic  Physicians,  now  numbering  nearly  one 
thousand  members  and  having  representatives  in  every  part 
of  the  United  States,  were  also  held  under  her  roof.  She 
urged  as  the  first  and  most  important  step,  in  the  present 
movement,  the  adoption  of  plans  for  the  raising  of  money  to 
secure  the  desired  object,  and  spoke  very  encouragingly  of 
the  prospects  and  probabilities  of  success. 

After  some  discussion  of  the  present  Hospital  organization , 
Mr.  Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr.,  offered  the  following: 

Resolved,  That  this  meeting  recommend  that  the  corporators  of  the 
Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadelphia  call  a  meeting  to  consider  the 


HOSPITAL.  463 

propriety  of  changing  the  Charter  of  said  Institution,  with  a  view  to 
make  it  an  open  body  and  to  place  its  control  in  the  hands  of  its  con- 
tributors. 

On  motion  it  was  ordered  that  an  adjourned  meeting  be 
held  at  the  same  place  at  4  o'clock  p.  m.  on  the  first  Thurs- 
day in  June. 

The  following  circular  was  sent  out  in  December: 

Phii^adelphia,  December  20th,  1880. 
Dear  Sir:  The  Board  of  Managers  of  the  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of 
Philadelphia  desire  to  ask  your  influence  in  furthering  the  application 
they  are  now  about  to  make  to  the  L,egislature  of  the  State,  for  aid  in 
the  erection  of  a  large  general  hospital,  to  be  located  in  this  city.  You 
will  no  doubt  remember  that  a  similar  request  was  made  of  you  at  the 
last  session;  and  we  beg  to  say  that  the  application  then  made  obtained 
the  approval  of  the  Appropriation  Committee,  and  we  believe  would 
have  received  the  approval  of  both  houses  of  the  Legislature  but  that 
the  finances  of  the  State  were  not  in  a  condition  to  justify  any  appro- 
priations for  charitable  institutions.  In  this  connection  we  would  call 
your  attention  to  the  following  Preamble  and  Resolutions  on  the  sub- 
ject, by  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  Society,  of  the  State  of  Pennsylva- 
nia, at  its  last  annual  meeting: 

Whereas,  This  Society  learns,  through  the  report  of  the  Homoeo- 
pathic Hospital  of  Philadelphia,  just  received,  that  the  officers  and 
friends  of  that  institution  contemplate  a  renewal  of  their  application  to 
the  Legislature  for  an  appropriation  for  aiding  in  the  erection  of  a  large 
general  hospital  in  Philadelphia,  provided  with  every  modern  conveni- 
ence, and  in  which  patients  from  every  part  of  the  State,  and  of  every 
color  and  creed,  may  receive  the  advantage  of  homoeopathic  treatment; 
therefore 

Resolved.,  That  this  Societ}^  fully  appreciates  the  importance  of  this 
enterprise;  that  it  feels  the  necessity  for  such  an  institution  in  Phila- 
delphia, both  for  the  purpose  of  maintaining  the  standard  of  Homoe- 
opathy in  the  State  for  the  purpose  of  aff'ording  the  large  and  con- 
stantly increasing  numbers  who  may  desire  homoeopathic  treatment  an 
opportunity  for  receiving  the  same,  and  for  the  purpose  of  affording  to 
our  medical  students  opportunities  for  clinical  instruction,  as  such  an 
institution  only  can  furnish. 

Resolved.,  That  the  liberal  policy  which  the  State  has  heretofore 
manifested  toward  other  hospitals  of  a  different  practice  meets  with  the 
approbation  of  this  Society,  and  encourages  us  to  ask  with  confidence 
for  an  extension  of  the  same  toward  our  own  institution. 

Resolved,  That  this  Society  urge  upon  its  members  and  upon  every 
homoeopathic  physician  of  the  State  the  employment  of  every  honor- 


464  HOSPITAL. 

able  influence  upon  the  members  of  the  Legislature  for  securing  such 
an  appropriation. 

This  is  a  matter  of  vital  importance  to  the  cause  of  Homoeopathy  in 
our  whole  State,  and  we  feel  that  you  will  be  equally  interested  with 
us  in  the  success  of  our  application,  and  to  assure  that  success  we 
earnestly  request  you  to  see  personally,  or  write  to  the  representatives 
from  your  district  in  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  and 
urge  them  to  give  their  support  to  the  appropriation  asked  for,  and 
that  this  may  be  effectual  it  should  be  done  at  once.  We  are,  Very 
Respectfully  Yours, 

Committee—^ .  C.  Keehmle,  W.  McGeorge,  Jr.,  A.  R.  Thomas, 
M.  D.,  D.  T.  Pratt. 

The  Hahneinannian  Monthly  for  January,  188 1,  stated: 
"  The  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadelphia  will  renew  its 
application  to  the  Legislature  of  Pennsylvania,  during  the 
coming  session,  for  an  appropriation  to  enable  its  authorities 
to  erect  new  hospital  buildings.  The  application  made  two 
years  ago  failed,  simply  because  the  unexpectedly  low  condi- 
tion of  the  State's  finances  prevented  appropriations  to  any 
charitable  institution  whatever,  except  those  under  the  State's 
own  control.  There  can  be  little  doubt  of  the  success  of  the 
movement  this  winter,  but  to  make  it  absolutely  certain  two 
things  are  necessary:  First,  the  need  of  such  an  appropria- 
tion and  the  propriety  of  granting  it  must  be  made  apparent 
to  the  members  of  the  Legislature.  This  will  be  done  by  the 
Hospital  authorities.  Secondly,  each  representative  from 
whatever  part  of  the  State  must  be  shown  that  his  own  con- 
stituents are  in  favor  of  the  appropriation.  This  can  be  ac- 
complished if  each  homceopathic  physician  and  prominent 
layman  will  address  letters  to  their  representatives,  urging  a 
favorable  consideration  of  the  application." 

The  only  entertainment  during  the  Hospital  year  ending 
May,  1881,  was  an  Assembly  in  St.  George's  Hall,  in  Janu- 
ary. The  report  for  1881  says  that  there  was  an  appropria- 
tion granted  for  $100,000,  but  that  all  bills  were  lying  dor- 
mant, and  that  their  fate  was  uncertain.  It  also  deplores  the 
divided  homceopathic  elements  in  the  city.  As  has  been 
mentioned  fully  in  the  History  of  the  College,  there  was 
great  lack  of  harmony  between  the  Faculty  and  the  Hospital 
officers.     The  old  grudge  against  building  the  Hospital  in  so 


HOSPITAt.  465 

unsuitable  a  place  and  the  jealousies  of  individual  members 
of  the  different  boards  were  all  hindrances  to  the  growth  of 
the  new  project. 


31 


466  HOSPITAL. 


CHAPTER  VII. 


\2- 


The  following  correspondence  between  the  Hospital  and 
College  Boards,  in  1882,  quite  forcibly  shows  the  feeling  ex- 
isting between  these  two  bodies: 

PhiladeIvPHIA,  May  8th,  1882. 

My  Dear  Sir:  I  duly  received  your  notification  of  a  meeting  of  the 
joint  committee  to  be  held  this  evening,  but  regret  that  it  vpill  not  be 
practicable  for  me  to  be  present.  The  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees 
of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  held  a  meeting  on  29th  ult.  and 
adopted  unanimously  the  preamble  and  resolution  of  which  I  enclose  a 
certified  copy.  And  it  was  made  my  duty  to  send  it  to  you  as  repre- 
senting the  committee,  and  to  Mr.  Allen  as  representing  the  Children's 
Hospital. 

The  language  of  the  resolution  is  clear,  and  ought  to  be  convincing 
that  any  change  in  the  independent  character  of  the  Hospital  will  fail 
to  secure  concurrence  of  the  lay  members  of  the  Board  of  Corporators. 

I  ought  to  add  that  beside  the  attendance  at  the  meeting,  it  was  as  a 
measure  of  precaution  made  my  duty  to  obtain  the  assent  of  those 
members  who  were  not  present,  and  all  have  assented  to  the  restric- 
tions saving  only  three  members,  who  will,  I  am  sure,  do  so  when  in- 
formed fully  as  to  the  question.  Respectfully  yours,  D.  T.  Pratt,  Sec- 
retary Board  of  Corporation  Trustees.  To  A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  1731 
Chestnut  street. 

The  following  are  the  resolutions  mentioned  in  the  letter: 

At  a  special  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Corporation  Trustees 
of  the  Hahnemann  MedicaJ  College  held  on  Saturday,  April 
29  (1882),  at  3  p.  M.,  the  following  preamble  and  resolutions 
were  unanimously  adopted: 

Whereas,  It  is  made  known  to  this  Board  that  since  its  last  meeting 
sundry  meetings  of  the  Corporators  of  the  Homoeopathic  Hospital  have 
been  held,  at  which  the  members  of  the  Faculty  of  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College,  in  their  capacity  as  members  of  said  Corporators,  have 
urged  that  an  important  change  should  be  made  in  the  status  of  the 


HOSPITAL.  467 

Hospital,  making  it  a  clinical  hospital  subject  to  the  control  of  said 
Faculty,  of  which  action  the  Board  was  not  advised  or  consulted,  and 
in  which  we  cannot  concur;  it  is,  therefore, 

Resolved,  That  in  the  opinion  of  this  Board,  the  present  and  the 
future  usefulness  of  this  Hospital  will  be  best  attained  by  preserving 
its  present  free  and  independent  character,  that  it  may  stand  toward 
Homoeopathy  as  does  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital  toward  Allopathy, 
giving  such  facilities  to  the  College  as  it  may  be  practicable  to  give 
towards  the  education  of  students  in  the  same  manner  that  the  Penn- 
sylvania Hospital  contributes  to  the  education  of  students  who  may 
visit  its  clinics,  or  under  proper  precautions  be  permitted  to  visit  at 
its  bedsides. 

Resolved,  That  the  fact  that  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  an  allopathic 
institution,  opens  its  doors  to  students  of  every  faith,  and  that  for  all 
the  years  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  has  existed  its  students 
have  been  welcomed  to  the  Clinics  at  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital  on 
equal  footing  with  those  of  allopathic  schools,  that  at  this  time  Homce- 
opathy  is  urging  the  Almshouse  authorities  to  grant  to  its  students  and 
professors  equal  advantages  with  the  students  and  professors  of  Allo- 
pathy, and  this  on  the  ground  of  equal  rights  and  just  liberality  in  the 
distribution  of  the  advantages  it  offers  to  the  students  of  medicine,  so 
in  fitting  acknowledgment  of  those  privileges  it  would  ill  become  the 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  to  seek  to  restrict  and  curtail  the  facilities 
which  the  Hospital  may  possess  to  any  college  or  school  of  medicine, 
but  that  it  would  emulate  the  noble  example  of  the  Pennsylvania  Hos- 
pital. 

That  we  respectfully  protest  against  the  action  of  the  Faculty  being 
taken  as  the  action  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  we  request 
the  joint  committee  now  discussing  the  terms  of  union  with  the  Chil- 
dren's Hospital  to  conform  their  charter  stipulations  to  maintaining 
this  independent  character,  believing  that  to  be  for  the  best  interest  of 
the  Hospital,  as  we  are  convinced  it  will  prove  to  be  for  the  permanent 
success  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College;  and  it  is  in  the  especial 
interest  of  the  latter  that  we  its  Corporation  Trustees  urge  the  adop- 
tion of  these  views  upon  the  Hospital  authorities. 

A  true  copy  from  the  minutes. 

Attest:  D.  T.  PraTT, 

Secretary. 

Naturally,  this  document  caused  diversity  of  opinion. 
This  was  sent  with  the  letter  quoted  above  by  Mr.  Pratt  to 
Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas. 

Matters  reached  a  crisis,  and  the  College  authorities  with- 
drew from  the  quarrel.  The  College  authorities  took  the 
College  Charter  and  the  College  property,  the  museum, 
library,  and  fixtures,  and  gave  to  the  Hospital  authorities  the 


468  HOSPITAI.. 

Hospital  Charter,  the  Hospital  property  and  the  Hospital 
building,  which  it  will  be  remembered  was  bought  in  1870 
with  the  Hospital  Fair  Fund. 

On  May  ist,  1883,  the  severance  occurred,  whereupon  the 
newly  elected  College  Trustees  appointed  a  committee  to  se- 
cure a  lot  for  a  new  college  and  hospital  buildings.  In  the 
summer  of  1883  a  suitable  site  on  Broad  street  above  Race 
was  found,  and  with  a  faith  born  of  conviction  that  the  project 
must  succeed  the  Faculty  subscribed  $1,000  to  secure  the  re- 
fusal of  the  ground  and  then  appealed  to  friends  for  aid  so 
successfully  that  the  purchase  was  made  September  28th, 
1883,  for  the  sum  of  $103,666.67.  The  Faculty  subscribed 
liberally,  and  when  it  was  known  that  at  last  College  and 
Hospital  buildings  would  be  erected  that  would  be  a  credit  to 
Homoeopathy  money  flowed  in  from  unexpected  sources,  but 
it  was  not  until  July,  1884,  that  the  construction  of  the  new 
College  and  one  of  the  Hospital  buildings  was  commenced. 

In  the  meantime  the  Managers  of  the  Hospital  were  left 
with  a  white  elephant. 

The  corner-stone  of  the  new  College  Structure  was  laid  on 
November  6,  1884.* 

After  the  severance  between  College  and  Hospital  the  Hos- 
pital was  closed,  but  as  the  College  Faculty  agreed  to  make 
up  any  deficiency  in  current  expenses  of  the  Hospital  up  to 
July,  1885,  not  exceeding  $1,000,  the  Hospital  was  reopened. 

Not  long  after  the  separation  between  Hospital  and  Col- 
lege, the  Faculty  learned  that  an  effort  was  being  made  to 
have  the  Hospital,  its  charter,  franchises  and  property,  turned 
over  to  an  institution  in  a  different  part  of  the  city.  The 
Faculty  at  once  sent  to  the  Hospital  Board  a  letter  reminding 
them  that  the  Hospital  had  originally  been  a  part  of  the  Col- 
lege property,  and  had  been  separated  from  it,  in  the  ex- 
pressed hope  of  thus  increasing  its  efficiency.  It  was  sug- 
gested that  if  now,  after  years  of  trial,  its  Managers  were  con- 
vinced that  such  hopes  could  not  to  be  realized,  equity  would 
seem  to  demand  that  the  Hospital  be  restored  to  its  original 
relations  with  the  College,  and  especially  should  this  be  done 
because  the  College  was  the  only  institution  capable  of  carry- 

*  See  page  240  of  this  book. 


HOSPITAL.  469 

ing  out  the  declared  objects  of  the  Hospital.  This  view  of 
the  subject,  it  seems,  had  impressed  itself  also  upon  some  of 
the  Hospital  Managers,  and  the  Hospital  was  therefore  again 
merged  with  the  College  under  certain  conditions,  one  of 
which  was  that  the  new  Hospital,  when  established,  should 
provide  a  training  school  for  nurses. 

During  the  winter  of  1885  no  work  was  done  on  the  build- 
ings, but  when  the  projected  work  of  the  Hahnemann  Medi- 
cal College  was  thoroughly  understood  a  change  took  place 
in  the  views  of  the  Trustees  of  the  Homoeopathic  Hospital, 
who  made  a  proposition  to  again  merge  the  two  institutions 
under  one  corporation.  Meetings  were  held,  and  on  Janu- 
ary 6th,  1885,  a  joint  committee  report  was  adopted,  and 
after  due  process  of  law,  on  the  i6th  day  of  May,  1885, 
the  Court  of  Common  Pleas  No.  2,  for  the  County  of  Phila- 
delphia, approved  the  terms  of  merger  and  decreed  that  the 
two  corporations  shall  merge  and  be  consolidated  under  the 
name,  style  and  title  of  Thk  Hahnemann  Medical  Col- 
lege AND  Hospital  op  Philadelphia.  Under  the  new 
charter  an  organization  was  effected  on  May  20,  1885,  since 
which  harmony  and  good-fellowship  have  prevailed  and 
lay  and  Professorial  Trustees,  Faculty  and  people  have  vied 
with  each  other  to  see  who  could  do  most  for  the  furtherance 
of  the  good  work. 

The  sale  of  the  old  Homoeopathic  Hospital  property  netted 
the  sum  of  $23,414.64,  and  was  invested  in  the  permanent 
hospital  endowment. 

The  Hahnemannian  Monthly  thus  mentions  this  union: 
"  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  has  been 
further  strengthened  recently  by  a  union  or  merger  with  the 
old  Homoeopathic  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,  the  two  institu- 
tions having  had  separate  existences  for  some  years  past. 
Under  the  new  order  of  things  the  College  corporation  becomes 
financially  stronger  to  the  amount  of  some  twenty  or  twenty- 
five  thousand  dollars,  while  the  homoeopathic  interests  and 
influences  of  the  city  are  also  drawn  together  to  the  support 
and  management  of  a  single  institution. 

An  account  of  the  wording  of  the  new  Charter  may  be 
found  in  the  College  History. 


470  HOSPITAL. 

In  the  old  college  a  Woman's  Auxiliary  Association  had 
been  greatly  instrumental  in  aiding  the  usefulness  of  the  Hos- 
pital and  under  the  new  Charter  a  similar  society  was  formed. 

To  quote  from  a  report: 

"  In  the  winter  of  1886  a  new  element  of  great  strength  was 
added.  In  response  to  an  invitation  from  the  Trustees  a  large 
number  of  ladies  assembled  in  the  Young  Men's  Christian 
Association  Building,  January  26,  1886,  and  agreed  to  form 
an  aid  society,  and  on  February  16,  1886,  the  organization 
of  the  Hahnemann  Hospital  Association  was.  perfected,  with 
the  declared  purpose  ' '  to  aid  in  the  erection  and  maintenance 
of  the  Hospital,  and,  as  far  as  possible,  assist  in  providing  for 
the  needs  and  comfort  of  the  patients. ' '  And  nobly  have 
these  good  and  true  women  filled  their  mission.  Receptions, 
teas,  garden  parties  and  fairs  were  held  so  successfully  that 
$5,000  were  paid  toward  the  Hospital  Building  Fund  as 
early  as  December,  1886.  During  the  summer  of  1887 
preparations  went  on  actively  for  a  great  International  Car- 
nival, which  was  held  in  Horticultural  Hall  from  October  28th 
to  November  4th,  1887,  a  week  never  to  be  forgotten  in  the 
annals  of  Homoeopathy  in  Philadelphia.  The  result  was  the 
raising  of  $8,300  for  the  building  fund  of  the  Hospital.  And 
still  these  women  toiled  on,  furnishing  the  Hospital,  raising 
thousands  of  dollars  for  the  support  of  the  sick  and  injured, 
and  personally  superintending  and  managing  its  domestic 
affairs." 

Constitution  and  By-Laws  of  The  Women's  Hospital  Associa- 
tion OF  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College- 
In  response  to  an  invitation  from  the  Trustees  and  Faculty  of  the 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  Hospital,  a  large  number  of  ladies, 
patrons  of  Homoeopathy,  assembled  in  the  lecture  room  of  the  Young 
Men's  Christian  Association  Building,  January  26,  1886.  The  Honora- 
ble Wm.  B.  Hanna,  President  of  the  Corporation,  in  the  chair.  The 
object  of  the  call,  and  the  need  of  an  organization  of  ladies  into  an 
association  for  the  aid  of  the  Hospital,  was  succinctly  stated  in  brief 
and  enthusing  addresses  by  Prof.  A.  R.  Thomas,  Dean  of  the  College, 
and  Mr.  Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr.,  First  Vice-President,  and  others.  President 
Hanna  before  retiring  from  the  chair,  in  a  few  commendatory  words, 
urged  the  ladies  to  at  once  initiate  measures  for  such  an  organization. 
Mrs.  O.  B.  Gause  was  called  to  the  chair,  Mrs.  P.  G.  McCollin  chosen 


HOSPITAI..  471 

Secretary.  To  the  question  by  the  chairman,  shall  we  form  such  or 
ganization,  there  was  an  affirmative  response  without  a  dissenting 
voice.  On  motion,  the  following  fourteen  ladies  were  appointed 
a  committee  on  organization,  with  instructions  to  draft  a  Con- 
stitution, and  nominate  officers:  Mrs.  O.  B.  Gause,  Mrs.  P.  G. 
McCollin,  Mrs.  Constantine  Hering,  Mrs.  G.  L.  Strawbridge,  Mrs.  U. 
Payson  Small,  Mrs.  Israel  Maule,  Mrs.  D.  P.  Posey,  Mrs.  J.  W. 
Burling,  Mrs.  Geo.  C.  Boldt,  Mrs.  J.  R.  Miller,  Miss  E.  C.  McVickar, 
Miss  Kate  Belt,  Mrs.  Wm.  B.  Hanna,  Mrs.  S.  B.  Stitt. 

A  second  meeting  was  held  February  i6th,  in  answer  to  a  call  of  the 
Committee  on  Organization,  in  the  parlor  of  the  Hotel  Bellevue,  ac- 
corded to  us  through  the  kindness  of  Mrs.  G.  C.  Boldt.  Mrs.  Gause  in 
the  chair.  The  Rev.  W.  Neilson  McVickar,  D.  D.,  opened  the  meeting 
by  a  fervent  prayer,  asking  the  divine  benediction  on  the  new  society. 
His  after  words  of  commendation  of  the  work  were  fitly  spoken  and 
very  inspiring.  At  this  meeting  the  Constitution  herewith  printed  was 
read  and  adopted. 

A  Board  of  Managers  and  the  officers  provided  for  in  the  Constitution 
were  elected. 

The  newly-chosen  President,  Mrs.  J.  W.  Burling,  was  then  inducted 
into  office,  and  the  organization  was  completed. 

The  object  of  this  Association,  as  set  forth  in  Article  II.  of  the  Con- 
stitution, shall  be,  to  aid  in  the  erection  and  maintenance  of  the  Hos- 
pital, and,  as  far  as  possible,  assist  in  providing  for  the  needs  and  com- 
fort of  the  patients. 

Surely  such  an  object  must  appeal  to  every  woman's  better  nature. 
Helpfulness  is  an  instinctive  desire  of  her  heart.  The  true-woman  is 
ever  prompted  to  perform  kindly  deeds  and  gentle  ministries  to  the 
sick  and  suffering.  Here  is  a  work  man  cannot  do  alone — let  us  then 
give  to  it  our  best  endeavor — first  in  assisting  to  complete  the  building, 
and  later  seek  to  comfort  and  relieve  in  bodily  suffering  !  The  pros- 
pective efficiency  of  a  public  hospital  may  be  estimated  by  its  financial 
endowment.  The  first  work  that  presents  for  the  consideration  of  this 
Association  is  to  give  the  Trustees  all  the  aid  we  can  in  securing  a 
liberal  endowment  fund.  The  patrons  of  Homoeopathy  in  Philadelphia 
are  numerically  many  thousands — the  wealth  they  control  may  be  esti- 
mated at  many  millions.  The  task  of  securing  from  these  thousands  a 
munificent  support  for  a  grand  Hospital,  such  as  the  Trustees  have  pro- 
jected, ought  not  to  be  either  very  prolonged  or  very  difficult.  As  a 
first  step  we  need  the  co-operation  of  all  women  who  adhere  to  this 
system  of  medicine,  to  the  extent  of  the  annual  sum  of  one  dollar. 
This  will  aggregate  a  handsome  sum  from  year  to  year.  Next  we 
should  endeavor  to  secure  as  many  Life  Members  and  Life  Patrons  as 
possible.     This  ought  to  aggregate  a  much  larger  snm. 

If  every  member  will  aid  us,  the  work  will  be  comparatively  an  easy 
one;  and  our  next  Annual  Report  will  contain  a  list  of  names — and  our 
Treasury  a  bank  account  that  will  be  very  satisfactory. 


472 


HOSPITAL. 


Let  us  see  to  it  that  this  organization,  so  auspiciously  inaugurated, 
be  carried  on  with  unabated  energy,  until  we  have  in  this  city,  so  re- 
nowned for  its  charitable  institutions,  a  Homoeopathic  Hospital  that 
shall  vie  with  any  under  the  control  of  the  heretofore  dominant  school 
of  medicine.  It  is  only  by  the  establishment  of  such  an  institution  that 
our  benign  system  can  demonstrate  its  superior  effectiveness  in  the 
cure  of  disease. 


Officers  of  the  Women's  Hospitai,  Association  of  Hahnemann 
Medical  Coli^ege. 

President — Mrs.  J.  W.  Burling. 

Vice-Presidents — Mrs.  J.  Lewis  Crozer,  Mrs.  Chapman  Biddle,  Mrs. 
Constantine  Hering,  Mrs.  William  Burnham,  Mrs.  William  H.  Barnes, 
Mrs.  John  Mason,  Jr. 

Recording  Secretary — Mrs.  William  B.  Hanna. 

Corresponding  Secretary — Miss  E.  McVickar. 

Treasurer — Mrs.  J.  Rulon  Miller,  1827  Walnut  street. 


Managers. 


Mrs.  V.  L.  Bradford, 
Mrs.  Kate  Belt, 
Mrs.  Geo.  Boldt, 
Mrs.  Isaac  Clothier, 
Mrs.  Lemuel  Cofi&n, 
Mrs.  Geo.  V.  Cresson, 
Mrs.  Wm.  J,  Disston, 
Mrs.  H.  H.  Ellison, 
Mrs.  H.  Fassitt, 
Mrs.  John  Field, 
Mrs.  H.  C.  Gibson, 
Mrs.  J.  C.  Guernsey, 
Mrs.  Chas.  B.  Hart, 
Mrs.  A.  G.  Hetherington, 
Mrs.  H.  H.  Houston, 
Mrs.  E.  J.  Howlett, 
Mrs.  John  Hunter, 
Mrs.  Wm.  E.  Littleton, 
Mrs.  J.  C.  Longstreth, 
Mrs.  J.  S.  Lovering, 
Mrs.  Geo.  I.  McLeod, 
Mrs.  Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr., 
Mrs.  T.  B.  Peterson, 
Mrs.  H.  Rosengarten, 
Mrs.  E.  L.  Scull, 
Mrs.  E.  Payson  Small, 
Mrs.  G.  L.  Strawbridge, 


Mrs. 
Miss 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Miss 
Miss 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 
Mrs. 


D.  Lamott, 
Helen  Hinckley, 
R.  B.  Baker, 
Israel  Maule, 
S.  A.  Russell, 
S.  G.  Morton  Maule, 
J.  E.  Gillingham, 
Stephen  O.  Fuguet, 
Wm.  T.  Carter, 
A.  W.  VanUtassy, 
Edmund  Smith, 
F.  C.  Williams, 
Seth  Caldwell,  Jr., 
John  Roberts, 
M.  S.  Williamson, 
Chrissie  B.  Smith, 
Bella  W.  Semple, 
J.  W.  Calver, 
Chas.  W.  Wharton, 
Chas.  P.  Truitt, 
Joseph  Johnson, 
Chas.  M.  Thomas, 
A.  C.  Roberts, 
P.  G.  McCollin, 
O.  B.  Gause, 
George  F.  McFadden, 
Francis  W.  Kennedy, 


HOSPITAL. 


473 


Mrs.  A.  R.  Thomas, 
Miss  Sail}'  Wain, 
Mrs.  E.  B.  Warren, 
Mrs.  Edmund  Lewis, 
Mrs.  T.  A.  Lan^stroth. 


Mrs.  Wm.  E.  Littleton, 
Miss  M.  C.  Provost, 
Mrs.  J.  G.  Darlington, 
Mrs.  J.  G.  Neafie. 


Mrs.  E.  W.  Clark 
Miss  Annie  Wain, 
Miss  Ella  G.  Wood, 
Miss  Julia  Ludwig, 


IviFE  Patrons. 


Mrs.  John  Roberts, 
Mrs.  Annie  Wain, 
Mrs.  P.  A.  B.  Widener, 


Life;  Members. 


Mrs.  Israel  Maule, 
Mrs.  Edmund  Lewis, 
Miss  Bella  W.  Semple, 
Mrs.  A.  Monges, 
Mrs.  Isaac  Clothier, 
Mrs.  J.  S.  Lovering, 
Mrs.  Thos.  A.  Langstroth, 


Mrs.  M.  J.  Cogley  Reynolds, 
Mrs.  Wm.  E.  Carpenter, 
Mrs.  A.  R.  Thomas, 
Mrs.  A.  W.  VanUtassy, 
Mrs.  Wm.  B.  Hanna, 
Mrs.  Washington  Butcher, 
Mrs.  J.  J.  Mohr. 


MEMBERS  OE  THE  ASSOCIATION. 


Mrs.  C.  C.  Biddle, 
Mrs.  Howard  Roberts, 
Countess  Galli, 
Mrs.  Close, 
Mrs.  W.  Twells  Tiers, 
Mrs.  Money, 
Mrs.  G.  Bergner, 
Mrs.  F.  Haag, 
Mrs.  G.  A.  Fletcther, 
Mrs.  A.  B.  Reed, 
Mrs.  J.  A.  Beck, 
Miss  Bancroft, 
Miss  J.  P.  Ash, 
Miss  Laura  Allen, 
Miss  Ella  Allen, 
Mrs.  M.  J.  Arrison, 
Mrs.  Benj.  Albertson, 
Mrs.  E.  J.  Barnett, 
Mrs.  J.  Bassett, 
Mrs.  Geo.  Boker, 
Mrs.  W.  H.  Blaker, 
Mrs.  J.  E.  Chipley, 
Mrs.  D.  M.  Castle, 


The  Misses  Belt, 
Mrs.  W.  H.  Bines, 
Miss  Hannah  Biddle, 
Mrs.  James  Cook, 
Miss  De  La  Cuesta, 
Mrs.  E.  M.  DeCan, 
Mrs.  J.  R.  C, 
Mrs.  Wm.  S.  Carpenter, 
Mrs.  Jas.  A.  Donnelly, 
Mrs.  E.  Delano, 
Mrs.  Stephen  W.  Dana, 
Miss  Fannie  Elias, 
Mrs.  John  H.  Fassitt, 
Mrs.  Philip  Brice, 
Miss  L.  Bradford, 
Miss  A.  Bradford, 
Mrs.  Wm.  B.  Buck, 
Mrs.  Clarence  Bartlett, 
Miss  Annie  H.  Barnes, 
]\[rs.  T.  H.  Wilson, 
Mrs.  W.  Williamson, 
Miss  S.  M.  Williamson, 
Miss  Lillie  L.  Williamson, 


474 

HOSPITAL. 

Mrs.  H.  H.  Collins, 

Mrs.  S.  M.  Wain, 

Miss  M.  A.  Collins, 

Mrs.  M.  E.  Whittaker, 

Mrs.  W.  Fleck, 

Mrs.  David  S.  Weatherly,  Jr. 

Mrs.  W.  H.  Gardner, 

Mrs.  Alex.  Whilldin,  Jr., 

Mrs.  Chauncey  Giles, 

Miss  M.  H.  Wright, 

Mrs.  W.  C.  Goodno, 

Miss  Lillie  Marshall, 

Mrs.  C.  J.  Gallagher, 

Mrs.  Theo.  F.  Miller, 

Miss  IvOuie  Gallagher, 

Mrs.  A.  Monges, 

Mrs.  Walter  E.  Hering, 

Mrs.  S.  G.  Morton  Maule, 

Miss  Irma  T.  Hering, 

Mrs.  Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr., 

Mrs.  C.  Howell, 

Mrs.  Morton  McMichael, 

Mrs.  W.  H.  Harned, 

Mrs.  A.  M.  Odenheimer, 

Miss  Helmuth, 

Miss  M.  C.  Prevost, 

Miss  Emily  Harrison, 

Miss  Mary  M.  Perot, 

Mrs.  Benj.  Johnson, 

Mrs.  R.  R.  Philips, 

Miss  E.  Iv.  Keen, 

Mrs.  C.  W.  Packer, 

Mrs.  Chas.  M.  Lukens, 

Mrs.  J.  C.  Pechin, 

Mrs.  D.  P.  Leas, 

Miss  Alice  C.  Pickering, 

Mrs.  B.  Ivoebenthal, 

Mrs.  C.  W.  Pickering, 

Mrs.  Edmund  Lewis, 

Mrs.  L.  Russell, 

Mrs.  C.  L.  Lockwood, 

Mrs.  Chas.  Richardson, 

Mrs.  C.  S.  Middleton, 

Mrs.  J.  C.  Reynolds, 

Mrs.  Wm.  Mills, 

Miss  Mary  F.  Ross, 

Mrs.  C.  Mohr, 

Mrs.  Thos.  F.  Wright, 

Mrs.  John  Mason,  Jr., 

Mrs.  H.  B.  Worrell, 

Mrs.  W.  G.  Spencer, 

Mrs.  W.  H.  Wolff, 

Miss  Harriett  R.  Smith, 

Mrs.  J.  C.  Watmough, 

Miss  Mollie  Smith, 

Mrs.  S.  S.  Wager, 

Mrs.  S.  B.  Stitt, 

Mrs.  A.  Wilcox, 

Mrs.  Edmund  Smith, 

Mrs.  Geo.  L.  DeWaele, 

Miss  Alice  W.  Smith, 

Mrs.  J.  A.  Churchman, 

Miss  Mary  B.  Smith, 

Miss  Helen  A.  Hanna, 

Miss  Annie  P.  Townsend. 

CONSTITUTION. 

ARTICI.E   I.  ' 

This  Organization  shall  be  called  The  Women's  Hospital  Association 
of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia. 

Article  II. 
The  object   of  this   Association  shall  be  to  aid  in  the  erection  and 
maintenance  of  the  Hospital,  and  as  far  as  possible  assist  in  providing 
for  the  needs  and  comfort  of  the  patients. 

Article  III. 
Any  woman  may  become  a  member  of  this  Association  by  the  pay- 
ment of  one  dollar  annually. 


HOSPITAL.  475 

Life  Members  may  be  constituted  by  the  payment  of  twenty-five  dol- 
lars at  any  one  time. 

Life  Patrons  by  the  payment  of  fifty  dollars. 

Article  IV. 
The  Officers  of   this  Assocation  shall  be  elected  annually  by  ballot, 
and  shall  consist  of  a  President,   six  Vice-Presidents,    Corresponding 
Secretary,  Recording  Secretary  and  Treasurer. 

ARTICI.E  V. 
The  Board  of  Managers  shall  be  elected  annually,  and  shall  consist  of 
the  Officers  of  the  Association,  together  with  not  less  than  fifty  ladies 
selected  from  the  members  of  the  Association. 

ARTICI.E  VI. 
The  Board  of  Managers  shall  have  the  general  superintendence  and 
control  of  the  Association,  and  shall  have  authority  to  make,  adopt, 
and  amend  such  rules  and  By-Laws  as  shall  be  deemed  expedient  for 
the  government  of  the  Association,  consistent  with  this  Constitution 
and  the  Charter  and  By-Laws  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  Hos- 
pital, and  shall  have  power  to  fill  all  vacancies. 

Artici,e  VII. 

The  annual  meeting  of  the  Association  for  the  election  of  officers 
and  the  transaction  of  other  business  shall  be  held  the  second  Tuesday 
in  April. 

Special  meetings  may  be  called  at  the  request  of  five  Managers,  or 
whenever  the  President  may  direct. 

Fifteen  members  shall  constitute  a  quorum  of  the  Association,  and 
seven  members  a  quorum  of  the  Board  of  Managers. 

ARTICI.E  VIII. 
This  Constitution  may  be  altered  or  amended  at  any  regular  meeting 
of  the  Association,  provided  notice  of  the  proposed  change  shall  have 
been  given  at  a  meeting  of  the  Association  or  Board  of  Managers  three 
months  previous;  and  said  change  shall  require  a  vote  of  two-thirds  of 
the  members  present. 


BY-LAWS. 


Article  I. 
Section  i.  The  regular  meetings  of  the  Board  shall  be  held  on  the 
second  Tuesday  in  every  month,  at  ii  a.  M. 
Sec.  2.  Order  of  Business  shall  be  as  follows: — 

1.  Repeating  the  Lord's  prayer. 

2.  Calling  of  the  roll  or  record  of  members  present. 

3.  Reading  the  minutes. 


476  HOSPITAL. 

4.  Report  of  Treasurer. 

5.  Report  of  Corresponding  Secretary. 

6.  Report  of  Standing  Committees. 

7.  Report  of  Special  Committees. 

8.  Report  of  unfinished  business. 

9.  Report  of  new  business. 

ARTICI.E  II. 

The  President  or  one  of  the  Vice-Presidents,  in  order  of  precedence, 
shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of  the  Board,  preserve  order,  and  appoint 
committees,  as  provided  in  Article  6.  In  all  equal  divisions,  the  pre- 
siding officer  shall  give  the  casting  vote. 

The  President  shall  be  ex  officio  a  member  of  all  committees. 

ArTici^E  III. 

The  Recording  Secretary  shall  be  present  at  the  meetings  of  the 
Board,  keep  the  minutes  thereof,  notify  officers  of  their  election  and 
committees  of  their  appointment,  and  prepare  the  annual  report. 

In  the  absence  of  the  Recording  Secretary,  a  Secretary />r(?  tent,  may 
be  appointed  by  the  meeting. 

ARTICI.E  IV. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  shall  conduct  the  correspondence  of 
the  Board,  and  keep  a  record  of  the  same,  v^hich  shall  be  open  to  the 
President  and  Vice-Presidents. 

Article  V. 

The  Treasurer  shall  receive  and  have  the  custody  of  all  the  funds  of 
the  Association  collected  or  contributed  by  the  members  or  others, 
keep  books  for  the  record  of  the  same,  and  make  disbursements  under 
the  direction  of  the  Board.  All  orders  for  the  payment  of  money  shall 
be  signed  by  the  President. 

The  Treasurer  shall  furnish  the  Recording  Secretary  at  the  end  of 
the  year  with  an  annual  report. 

Article  VI. 

All  Standing  and  Special  Committees  shall  be  appointed  by  the 
President  of  the  Board,  as  may  be  determined,  at  the  regular  or  special 
meetings.  Special  Meetings  of  the  Board  may  be  called  by  the  Presi- 
dent at  any  time,  on  request  of  the  Executive  Committee. 

Article  VII. 

Standing  and  Special  Committees  shall  meet  at  the  call  of  the  chair- 
man thereof,  and  report  their  proceedings  at  subsequent  meetings  of 
the  Board. 


HOSPITAL.  477 

Article  Vlll. 
Executive  Cotmnittee. 
The  officers  of  the  Board,  together  with  the  chairmen  of  Standing 
Committees,  shall  constitute  an  Executive  Committee,  to  suggest  such 
measures  as  they  may  deem  expedient.  Their  proceedings  shall  be 
subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Board.  Five  members  of  the  Committee 
shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business. 

Article  IX. 

These  By-Laws  may  be  altered  or  amended  at  any  regular  meeting  of 
the  Board,  by  a  vote  of  two-thirds  of  the  members  present,  provided, 
however,  that  due  notice  shall  have  been  given  of  such  desired  change 
at  the  regular  monthly  meeting  next  preceding. 


478  HOSPITAL. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


It  is  to  this  organization  that  the  present  usefulness  and 
success  of  the  Hahnemann  Hospital  is  very  largely  due.  It 
is  still  in  active  operation  and  issues  yearly  reports.  The  re- 
ports for  1 88 6-' 8 7-' 8 8  (i,  2,  3)  were  issued  separately.  Since 
then  they  have  been  issued  with  the  report  of  the   Hospital. 

The  Hospital  Report  for  1886  commenced  as  follows: 

The  Trustees  are  pleased  to  report  that  the  last  year  of  the  work  in 
the  old  quarters  on  Cuthbert  street  has  given  satisfactory  results. 
Notwithstanding  the  cramped  wards  and  the  unpleasant  surroundings  of 
the  old  hospital,  the  large  number  of  patients  treated,  and  the  small 
mortality  rate  are  matters  of  surprise,  and  at  the  same  time  cause  for 
congratulation.  There  were  treated  during  the  year  ending  May  ist, 
1886,  in  the  wards  of  the  Hospital  483  cases,  and  in  the  Out-Patient 
(Dispensary)  Department  14,524  cases.     (See  summary  on  page  7*.) 

The  current  expenses  for  the  maintenance  of  the  Hospital  amounted 
to  15,808.96,  of  which  sum  12,893.25  were  received  from  patients  for 
board.  A  detailed  account  of  the  receipts  from  all  sources,  and  expen- 
ditures for  all  purposes,  will  be  found  in  the  Treasurer's  Report  on  page 
12.  In  this  connection  it  may  be  stated  that  the  Building  Fund  Ac- 
count covers  a  period  of  two  years,  and  is  preceded  by  an  abstract  of 
the  financial  statement  of  the  late  Treasurer,  Mr.  John  W.  Sexton,  to 
show  at  this  time  what  moneys  have  been  received  and  paid  out  on  ac^ 
count  of  the  purchase  of  lot  and  for  the  building  operations  on  Broad 
street  above  Race.  The  college  building  is  now  completed,  and  the 
money  invested  in  it  becomes  a  permanent  endowment  for  the  support 
of  the  Hospital,  the  Faculty  of  the  College  having  contracted  to  pay  a 
rental  for  the  use  of  the  same,  equal  to  five  per  cent,  on  its  cost.  The 
first  of  the  series  of  hospital  buildings  has  been  commenced,  and  will 
be  early  completed  at  a  cost  of  about  ^30,000. — In  this  building  the 
work  of  the  Hospital  proper  must  be  conducted  until  the  larger  and 
more  commodious  buildings  are  erected. 

It  is  hoped  that  the  friends  of  Homoeopathy,  and  particularly  of  this 
institution,  will  carefully  study  the  financial  report  here  presented,  and 

*  These  figures  added  to  the  statistics  of  former  years  show,  that  since  the  open- 
iug  of  the  Dispensary  in  1848,  272,174  cases  received  treatment, and  since  the  opening 
of  the  Hospital  in  1S71,  4,963  cases,  mostly  surgical,  received  treatment  in  the  wards, 
making  a  grand  total  of  277,137. 


HOSPITAI,.  479 

then  resolve  to  lighten  the  burdens  of  the  Trustees  to  the  extent  of 
their  ability.  Subscriptions  to  the  endowment  fund  (represented  by 
the  college  building),  or  to  the  building  fund  of  the  hospital  proper, 
will  be  gratefully  received.  For  the  completion  of  all  the  hospital 
buildings  about  $200,000  will  be  required;  there  need  be  no  hesitation, 
therefore,  on  the  part  of  those  able  to  give,  to  do  so  freely  and 
promptly. 

The  Trustees  take  pleasure  in  reporting  that  the  valuable  property  of 
the  Pennsylvania  Homoeopathic  Hospital  for  Children  has  been  trans- 
ferred to  them  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  and  maintaining  a  ward 
for  the  treatment  of  Children,  to  be  named  the  Furness  Ward,  in  honor 
of  the  deceased  wife  of  the  Rev.  W.  H.  Furness,  D.  D. 

It  is  a  likewise  a  pleasure  to  report  that  that  Miss  Rosa  M.  Towne  has 
generously  made  provision  at  her  country  place  at  Ashbourne,  Mont- 
gomery County,  to  care  for  any  convalescent  children  sent  from  the 
Hospital  during  the  summer  season  of  1886. 

The  Trustees  fullj'^  appreciate  the  noble  efforts  of  the  ladies  of  Phila- 
delphia and  vicinity,  in  the  formation,  during  the  year,  of  the  Wo- 
men's Hospital  Association  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of 
Philadelphia.  The  organization  and  object  of  the  association,  which 
will  render  invaluable  assistance  in  the  accomplishment  of  our  great 
work,  is  presented  on  page  27  of  this  report.  Already  several  thousand 
dollars  have  been  raised,  and  with  this  fund  it  is  designed  to  furnish 
the  new  hospital.  Every  homoeopathic  family  in  Philadelphia  should 
have  a  representative  in  this  association  of  ladies. 

The  services  of  all  the  members  of  the  Medical  and  Surgical  Staff  of 
the  Hospital  and  Dispensary  have  been  entirely  gratuitous,  and  the 
Trustees  fail  in  words  to  express  their  sense  of  gratitude  for  the  ardu- 
ous and  pains-taking  care  bestowed  in  the  treatment  of  the  patients. 

Finally  the  hearty  thanks  of  the  Trustees  are  hereby  tendered  to  all 
who  have  aided  the  Hospital  in  any  form,  whether  by  contributions  of 
their  substance,  or  by  words  of  encouragement  only. 

Concerning  the  merger  .of  the  Children's  Hospital  with 
Hahnemann,  the  following  was  published  in  the  Hahne- 
mannian  Monthly  for  May,  1886:  "  A  meeting  of  the  contrib- 
utors of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  Hospital  of 
Philadelphia  was  held  recently  for  the  purpose  of  acting  upon 
a  proposed  merger  of  this  body  with  the  Pennsylvania  Ho- 
mceopathic  Hospital  for  Children.  The  offer  of  merger 
came  from  the  latter  corporation,  which  was  chartered  June 
19,  1880,  and  had  its  hospital  building  at  Forty-third  and 
Oregon  streets.  Its  corporators,  contributors,  and  support- 
ers after  the  death  of  Mrs.  Horace  Howard  Furness,  who  was 
the  main  supporter  of  the  institution,  determined  to  merge 


480  HOSPITAL. 

with  the  older  hospital,  and  adopted  a  resolution  to  that  effect. 
The  Hospital  was  closed  last  January  and  several  children 
transferred  to  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  Hospital  on 
Filbert  street.    • 

"  At  the  meeting  Judge  Wm.  B.  Hanna  presided,  and  Dr. 
Charles  Mohr  was  Secretary,  and,  on  motion  of  Mr.  Hannis,  a 
resolution  was  adopted,  accepting  the  proposed  merger,  and 
the  necessary  legal  steps  were  ordered  to  be  taken  to  obtain 
the  sanction  of  the  Court.  A  ward  in  the  Hospital  will  be 
called  the  "  Mrs.  Furness  Ward,"  in  memory  of  the  late  Mrs. 
Horace  Howard  Furness,  to  whose  liberality  the  said  Penn- 
sylvania Homoeopathic  Hospital  for  Children  owed  its  exist- 
ence, and  Mrs.  Wm.  H.  Furness,  who  was  devoted  to  its 
support." 

ACT  OF  MERGER. 

Merger  of  "  The  Peunsylvania  Homoeopathic  Hospital  for  Children  " 
with  ' '  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  Hospital  of  Philadelphia. " 

To  the  Honorable  the  Judges  of  the  Cotirt  of  Common  Pleas  No.  i  for 
the  City  aud  County  of  Philadelphia: — 

The  Petition  of  "The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  and 
Hospital  OF  Philadelphia"  and  "The  Pennsylvania  Ho- 
moeopathic Hospital  eor  Children," 

Respectfully  Represents : — 

That  by  an  Act  of  Assembly  of  this  State,  approved  the  second  day  of 
May,  A.  D.  1853,  a  certain  other  Act  approved  the  seventeenth  day  of 
February,  A.  D.  1865,  a  Decree  of  the  Court  of  Quarter  Sessions  of  this 
County,  made  the  first  day  of  June,  A.  D.  1867,  a  certain  other  Act  of 
Assembly  appoved  the  second  day  of  April,  A.  D.  1869,  a  certain  other 
Act  of  Assembly  approved  the  eleventh  day  of  March,  A.  D.  1870,  and  a 
Decree  of  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas  No.  2,  for  the  City  and  County  of 
Philadelphia,  made  the  sixteenth  day  of  May,  A.  D.  1885,  recorded  in 
the  office  of  the  Recorder  of  Deeds  in  and  for  this  County  in  Charter 
Book  No.  10,  page  306,  the  said  "  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College 
and  Hospital  "  was  incorporated  as  a  Homoeopathic  Medical  College 
and  Hospital,  and  as  such  is  now  maintaining  and  supporting  such  Col- 
lege and  Hospital  in  this  city. 

That  by  a  Decree  of  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas  No.  2,  for  the  City 
and  County  aforesaid,  made  the  nineteenth  day  of  June,  1880,  and  re- 
corded in  Charter  Book  No.  5,  page  226,  etc.,  the  said  "  The  Pennsyl- 
vania Homoeopathic  Hospital  for  Children"  was  incorporated  and 
opened  and  maintained  a  Hospital  in  West  Philadelphia. 


HOSPITAL.  481 

That  by  an  Act  of  Assembly  approved  the  seventeenth  day  of  April, 
A.  D.  1876,  entitled  a  Supplement  to  an  Act  approved  April  twenty- 
ninth,  A.  D.  1874,  entitled  an  Act  to  provide  for  the  Incorporation  and 
Regulation  of  Certain  Corporations,  it  is  provided  that  corporations  of 
the  character  of  your  petitioners,  if  they  so  desire,  may  "  consolidate 
and  merge  with  each  other,  or  one  or  more  within  the  other,  upon  ap- 
plication to  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas  of  the  County  in  which  the 
corporation  is  situated,  into  which  the  one  or  more  desire  to  merge  or 
become  consolidated,"  upon  which  application  "  the  same  proceedings 
shall  take  place  as  are  required  on  an  application  to  amend;  and  upon 
Decree  being  made  by  said  Court  upon  the  terms  specified  in  said  ap- 
plication, the  said  corporations  with  all  their  rights,  privileges,  fran- 
chises, powers  and  liabilities  shall  merge  and  be  consolidated  into  by 
the  name,  style  and  title  given  to  the  same  in  such  Decree,  and  upon 
the  terms,  limitations  and  with  the  powers  stated  and  conferred  in  said 
application  and  Decree." 

That  the  corporators,  contributors  and  supporters  of  the  said  "The 
Pennsylvania  Homoeopathic  Hospital  for  Children,"  to  wit:  Rev.  Will- 
iam H.  Furness,  D.  D.,  Horace  Howard  Furness,  I/L.D.,  Hon.  John 
Welsh,  Lemuel  Cofifin,  Henry  Winsor,  Charles  D.  Reed,  Lucius  H. 
Warner,  Esq.,  William  C.  Goodno,  M.  D.,  William  K.  Ingersoll,  M.  D., 
Claude  R.  Norton,  M.  D.,  E.  Everett  Davis,  M.  D.,  John  Maguire,  John 
Hunter,  William  H.  Bigler,  M.  D.,  Arabella  Fernie,  Jr.,  Mrs.  O.  H. 
Searle,  Mrs.  W.  H.  Harned,  Mary  Harned,  Mrs.  J.  A.  L.  Wilson,  Rob- 
ert W.  Jacob,  W.  H.  Harned,  S.  H.  Guilford,  Mrs.  William  C  Goodno, 
David  P.  Dear,  F.  H.  Jackson,  E.  W.  Clark  and  Enoch  Lewis,  pre- 
sented their  memorial  in  writing  to  the  Board  of  Managers  of  said  "  The 
Pennsylvania  Homoeopathic  Hospital  for  Children,"  setting  forth  as 
follows:  "Finding  ourselves  unable  to  further  support  and  maintain 
the  institution,  we  desire  to  merge  and  consolidate  it  with  '  The  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  and  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,'  and  to  transfer  to 
the  last-named  Hospital  all  the  property,  real  and  personal,  which  the  said 
'  The  Pennsylvania  Homoeopathic  Hospital  for  Children,'  is  at  present 
the  owner  of,  for  the  use  and  benefit  of  the  merged  and  consolidated 
institutions,  upon  the  condition  that  a  Ward  in  the  Hospital  of  the  said 
merged  and  consolidated  corporations  shall  be  designated  as  the  '  Mrs. 
Furness  Ward,'  in  memory  of  the  late  Mrs.  Horace  Howard  Furness,  to 
whose  liberality  the  said  Hospital  owes  its  existence,  and  of  the  late 
Mrs.  William  H.  Furness,  who  was  devoted  to  its  support." 

That  at  a  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  said  "  The  Penn- 
sylvania Homoeopathic  Hospital  for  Children,"  held  the  second  day  of 
April,  1886,  the  following  resolution  was  adopted: 

"  Where;as,  The  corporators,  contributors  and  supporters  of  '  The 
Pennsylvania  Homoeopathic  Hospital  for  Children  '  have  presented  to 
this  Board  an  instrument  of  writing,  stating  that  they  are  unable  fur- 
ther to  support  and  maintain  the  said  Hospital,  and  expressing  their 
desire  to  merge  and  consolidate  it  with  '  The  Hahnemann  Medical  Col- 
32 


482  HOSPITAL. 

lege  and  Hospital  of  Philadelphia, '  on  condition  that  in  the  merged 
and  consolidated  Hospital  there  shall  be  a  Ward  designated  as  the  '  Mrs. 
Furness  Ward,'  in  the  memory  of  Mrs.  Horace  Howard  Furness,  to 
whose  liberality  the  said  '  The  Pennsylvania  Hospital  for  Children  ' 
owes  its  existence,  and  of  Mrs.  William  H.  Furness,  who  was  devoted 
to  its  support. 

"  Now  it  is  therefore  Resolved,  That  the  proper  officers  of  the  Board 
of  Directors  are  hereby  authorized  and  empowered  to  place  the  Seal 
of  the  Corporation,  attested  by  their  signatures,  to  a  petition  in  the 
Court  of  Common  Pleas  of  this  County,  praying  for  a  Decree  authoriz- 
ing the  merger  and  consolidation  of  this  corporation  with  '  The 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,'  on  condi- 
tion that  a  Ward  in  the  Hospital  of  the  said  merged  and  consolidated 
corporations  shall  be  designated  as  the  '  Mrs.  Furness  Ward  '  in  mem- 
ory of  the  late  Mrs.  Horace  Howard  Furness,  to  whose  liberality  the 
said  '  The  Pennsylvania  Homoeopathic  Hospital  for  Children  '  owes  its 
existence,  and  of  Mrs.  William  H.  Furness,  who  was  devoted  to  its 
support." 

That  in  anticipation  of  the  above  action,  in  the  month  of  January, 
1886,  the  children  undergoing  treatment  in  said  Hospital  were  trans- 
ferred to  the  Hospital  of  "  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  Hos- 
pital," and  were  received  and  given  the  benefit  of  medical  treatment 
and  nursing  by  the  latter  until  they  respectively  recovered  and  were 
discharged. 

That  at  a  meeting  of  the  Contributors  of  ' '  The  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  and  Hospital,"  held  the  thirteenth  day  of  April,  1SS6,  it  was 
"  Resolved,  That  the  proposition  of  '  The  Pennsylvania  Homoeopathic 
Hospital  for  Children,'  to  be  merged  into  and  consolidated  with  '  The 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  Hospital  of  Philadelphia, '  under  the 
name  of  the  latter  corporation,  on  the  condition  that  a  Ward  in  the 
Hospital  of  the  said  merged  and  consolidated  corporations  should  be 
designated  the  '  Mrs.  Furness  Ward,'  in  memory  of  the  late  Mrs.  Hor- 
ace Howard  Furness,  to  whose  liberality  the  said  '  Pennsylvania  Ho- 
moeopathic Hospital  for  Children '  owed  its  existence,  and  of  Mrs. 
William  H.  Furness,  who  was  devoted  to  its  support,  be  accepted,  and 
the  Board  of  Trustees  of  '  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  Hos- 
pital, '  are  hereby  authorized  and  requested  to  take  such  steps  as  may  be 
necessary  to  make  such  merger  and  consolidation  effectual." 

That  at  a  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  "  The  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  and  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,"  held  the  thirteenth  of 
April,  1886,  it  was  Resolved,  That  the  proper  officers  of  the  Board  are 
hereby  authorized  and  empowered  to  place  the  seal  of  the  corporation, 
attested  by  their  signatures,  to  a  petition  to  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas 
of  this  County,  praying  for  a  Decree,  authorizing  the  merger  and  con- 
solidation of  '  The  Pennsylvania  Homoeopathic  Hospital  for  Children  ' 
into  and  with    '  The    Hahnemann   Medical   College   and    Hospital   of 


HOSPITAIv,  483 

Philadelphia '  under  the  name  of  the  latter  corporation,  on  condition 
that  a  Ward  in  the  Hospital  of  the  said  merged  and  consolidated  cor- 
porations shall  be  designated  as  the  '  Mrs.  Furness  Ward, '  in  memory 
of  the  late  Mrs.  Horace  Howard  Furness,  to  whose  liberalility  the  said 
'  The  Pennsylvania  Homoeopathic  Hospital  for  Children  '  owed  its 
existence,  and  of  Mrs.  William  H.  Furness,  who  was  devoted  to  its 
support." 

The  petitioners  therefore  pray  this  Honorable  Court  to  make  a  De- 
cree that  the  said  "  The  Pennsylvania  Homoeopathic  Hospital  for  Chil- 
dren "  be  merged  into  and  consolidated  with  "  The  Hahnemann  Medi- 
cal College  and  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,"  upon  the  terms  that  the 
name,  style  and  title  of  the  merged  and  consolidated  Corporations  shall 
be  "The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  Hospital  of  Philadelphia," 
and  that  in  its  said  Hospital  it  shall  maintain  a  Ward  to  be  designated 
as  the  "  Mrs.  Furness  Ward,"  in  memory  of  the  late  Mrs.  Horace  How- 
ard Furness,  to  whose  liberality  the  said  ' '  The  Penus3dvania  Homoeo- 
pathic Hospital  for  Children  "  owed  its  existence,  and  of  Mrs.  William 
H.  Furness,  who  was  devoted  to  its  support,  and  that  subject  to  these 
terms,  the  said  merged  and  consolidated  corporations  may  have,  enjoy 
and  be  subject  to  all  the  rights,  privileges,  franchises,  powers  and  lia- 
bilities possessed  by  the  said  two  corporations  under  their  respective 
charters  at  this  present  time. 

And  your  petitioners  will  ever  pray,  etc. 

(Signed)  W11.1.IAM  B.  Hanna,  President,     [seai,.] 

Attest  (Signed),  Wm.  C.  Hannis,  Secretary. 

(Signed)  W.  H.  Furne;ss,  President,     [seai,.] 

Attest  (Signed),  Arabe;i,i<a  FkrniE,  Jr.,  Secretary. 


CiXY  OF  Phii.adei.phi A,  ss.: 

This  sixteenth  day  of  April,  A.  D.  1886,  before  me  the  subscri- 
ber, a  notary  public  for  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania,  re- 
siding in  the  City  of  Philadelphia,  personally  appeared  William  C. 
Hannis,  Secretary  of  "The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  Hospital 
of  Philadelphia,"  and  being  duly  sworn,  says  that  he  was  present  at 
the  execution  of  the  above  petition,  and  saw  the  seal  of  the  above  cor- 
porporation  affixed  thereto,  and  that  the  said  seal  so  affixed  thereto 
is  the  seal  of  the  said  corporation,  and  the  above  written  petition  was 
duly  signed  and  sealed  in  pursuance  of  a  resolution  adopted  by  the 
Board  of  Trustees  of  said  corporation  on  the  thirteenth  day  of  April, 
18S6,  and  that  the  name  of  the  Honorable  William  B.  Hanna,  President 
of  said  Corporation,  and  of  this  deponent  as  Secretary  thereof,  sub- 
scribed to  the  same  in  attestation  of  the  due  execution  thereof  is  of 
their  own  proper  and  respective  handwriting. 

(Signed)     Wm.  C.  Hannis. 

Sworn  and  subscribed  before  me  the  day  and  year  aforesaid. 

(Signed)  John  Rodgers, 

Notary  Public, 
[Notarial  Seal.] 


484  HOSPITAIv. 

City  01^  PHii,ADEr<PHiA,  ss.: 

This  sixteenth  day  of  April,  A.  D.  1886,  before  me,  the  subscriber,  a 
notary  pubhc  for  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania,  residing  in  the 
City  of  Philadelphia,  personally  appeared  Arabella  Fernie,  Jr.,  Secre- 
tary of  "  The  Pennsylvania  Homoeopathic  Hospital  for  Children,"  and 
being  duly  sworn,  says  that  she  was  present  at  the  execution  of  the 
above  petition  and  saw  the  seal  of  the  said  "  The  Pennsylvania  Ho- 
moeopathic Hospital  for  Children"  affixed  thereto,  that  the  said  cor- 
poration has  never  adopted  any  special  form  of  seal,  and  that  the  seal 
so  affixed  is  the  seal  of  the  said  corporation,  and  that  the  above  peti- 
tion was  duly  signed  and  sealed  as  and  for  the  act  and  deed  of  the  said 
"  The  Pennsylvania  Homoeopathic  Hospital  for  Children  "  in  pursu- 
ance of  a  resolution  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  said  corpora- 
tion the  second  day  of  April,  1886,  and  that  the  name  of  the  Rev.  Will- 
iam H.  Furness,  D.  D.,  President  of  the  said  Corporation,  and  of  this 
deponent  as  Secretary  thereof  subscribed  to  the  same  in  attestation 
thereof  is  of  their  proper  and  respective  handwriting. 

(Signed)     Arabei^LA  Fernie,  Jr. 
Sworn  and  subscribed  before  me  the  day  and  year  aforesaid. 

(Signed)    John  Rodgers, 
[Notarial  Seal.]  Notary  Public. 

In  the   Court   of    Common    Pleas    No.    i,   for  the   City    and 
County  of  Phii^adeIvPhia. 

And  now,  this  sixteenth  day  of  April,  1886,  the  above  petition  for 
the  merger  and  consolidation  of  ' '  The  Pennsylvania  Homoeopathic 
Hospital  for  Children  "  into  and  with  "  The  Hahnemann  Medical  Col- 
lege and  Hospital  of  Philadelphia  "  as  one  corporation  under  the 
name,  style  and  title  of  "  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  Hos- 
pital of  Philadelphia  "  upon  the  terms  therein  set  forth,  having  been 
presented  to  the  Court,  and  it  appearing  that  such  merger  and  consoli- 
dation as  aforesaid  is  lawful  and  beneficial,  and  that  said  terms  do  not 
conflict  with  the  requirements  of  the  act  of  the  General  Assembly  of 
this  Commonwealth,  entitled  "An  A^t  to  provide  for  the  Incorpora- 
tion of  certain  Corporations,"  approved  the  twenty-ninth  day  of  April, 
1874,  and  the  Supplements  thereto,  nor  with  the  Constitution  of  this 
State,  it  is  hereby  ordered  and  decreed  that  the  said  petition  be  filed 
and  that  notice  thereof  shall  be  given  by  publication  in  accordance 
with  the  statute  in  such  cases  made  and  provided. 

(Signed)    Joseph  A1.LISON. 

President  Judge  of  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas  No.  /,  of  the  First  Judi- 
cial District  of  Pennsylva^iia. 

In    the  Court    of   Common   Pi,eas    No.    i,   for    the    City  and 
County  of  Phii.adei.phia. 

And  now,  this  tenth  day  of  May,  1886,  the  foregoing  application  for 
the  merger  and  consolidation  of  "  The  Pennsylvania  Homoeopathic 
Hospital  for  Children  "  into  and  with   "  The  Hahnemann  Medical  Col- 


HOSPITAL.  485 

lege  and  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,"  as  one  corporation,  having  been 
presented  to  the  Court,  accompanied  by  due  proof  of  publication  of 
notice  thereof,  and  no  cause  having  been  shown  to  the  contrary,  it  is, 
on  motion  of  William  C.  Hannis,  Esq,,  ordered  and  decreed  that  upon 
recording  of  the  same  the  said  two  corporations  shall  merge  and  be  con- 
solidated into  one  Corporation  under  the  name,  style  and  title  of  ' '  The 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,"  on  the 
terms  and  with  the  powers,  privileges  and  liabilities  set  forth  in  the 
foregoing  petition. 

(Signed)    Joseph  Allison  [seal]. 

Recorded  in  the  office  for  Recording  of  Deeds  in  and  for  the  City  and 
County  of  Philadelphia,  in  Charter  Book  No.  11,  page  297,  etc. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal  of  office  this  fourth  day  of  May,  A,  D. 
1886. 

(Signed)     Geo.  G.  Pierie  [seal], 

Recorder  of  Deeds. 

The  Hospital  Report  for  1886  contains  plans  of  the  new 
buildings.  It  gives  the  objects  for  which  the  Institution  was 
carried  on: 

Objects  oe  the  Corporation,  Members,  Meetings,  Etc 


Objects. 

a.  College  Department. — Instruction  in  Medicine,  Surgery,  and 
all  the  branches  appertaining  thereto. 

b.  I.  Hospital  Department. — The  maintenance  of  a  suitable  place 
for  the  care  and  treatment  of  patients  in  accordance  with  the  Homoeo- 
pathic practice  of  Medicine,  and  to  afford  greater  facilities  to  the  Fac- 
ulty in  giving  instruction  in  clinical  medicine  and  clinical  surgery. 

2.  The  maintenance  of  a  training  school  for  nurses. 

Members. 
All  persons  who  may  at  any  time  have  contributed  the  sum  of  at 
least  I250  to  the  funds  of  the  Hospital,  either  for  its  erection  or  for  its 
support,  are  members  and  shall  have  the  right  to  vote  at  all  Annual 
Elections.  All  other  person-;  who  shall  in  any  one  year  contribute  the 
sum  of  f  10,  shall  have  the  right  to  participate  in  the  election  of  that 
year;  Provided,  however,  that  no  person  shall  so  participate  who 
shall  not  have  paid  his  contribution  at  least  three  months  prior  to  the 
time  of  holding  such  election. 

Meetings. 
The  annual  meeting  of  the  contributors  for  the  election  of  Officers 
and  Trustees  and  transaction  of  business  is  held  on  the  first  Monday  of 
May.     The  Board  of  Trustees  holds  an  annual  meeting  on  the  first  Mon- 
day in  May,  and  stated  meetings  on  the  second  Monday  of  October  and 


486  HOSPITAL. 

the  second  Monday  of  January.     Special  meetings   are  called  by  the 
President  or  by  the  Secretary,  by  request  of  the  Trustees. 

The  Visiting  Managers,  consisting  of  five  members  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees,  meet  at  the  Hospital  on  Wednesday  afternoon  of  each  week, 
for  the  purpose  of  transacting  the  current  business  of  the  Hospital,  de- 
ciding upon  applications  for  admission,  auditing  the  accounts,  and  pro- 
viding for  the  current  expenses. 

A  circular  issued  in  1886  of  Contributions  to  the  Hospital 
and  College  building  fund  gives  the  names  of  J.  Lewis  Crozer, 
Lemuel  Cofl&n,  John  F.  Smith  as  donators  each  of  $5,000  for 
a  free  bed  in  perpetuity,  with  contributionsof  nearly  $100,000 
from  laymen  and  physicians  to  the  College  building  fund. 

It  is  to  be  remembered  that  the  College  was  built  first,  and 
that  the  initial  session  was  held  within  its  cheerful  halls  in 
i8S6-'87.  Sometime  in  1885  or  1886  ground  was  broken  for 
a  building  in  the  rear  of  the  College.  This  is  the  building 
now  used  as  a  dispensary  and  for  clinical  teaching  and  known 
as  Clinical  Hall.  It  is  situate  on  a  line  with  and  in  the  rear 
of  the  College.  It  is  built  of  brick,  finished  like  the  College, 
is  fifty  by  seventy-three  feet  in  dimension,  of  three  stories  in 
height,  with  a  very  handsomely  appointed  clinical  and  surgi- 
cal amphitheatre  extending  through  two  stories  at  the  upper 
part  of  the  building  and  having  a  seating  capacity  of  four 
hundred. 

While  the  Hospital  was  in  process  of  erection  the  following 
appeal,  which  explains  itself,  was  sent  to  the  physicians  of 
the  homoeopathic  school: 

Phii,adei.phia,  January  25,  1887. 

Dear  Doctor:  The  Trustees  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College 
and  Hospital  of  Philadelphia  have  applied  to  the  Legislature  for  an  ap- 
propriation of  $150,000  for  the  purpose  of  aiding  in  the  completion  of 
the  new  hospital  buildings  now  being  erected.  The  Board  oF  Public 
Charities  has  recommended  an  appropriation  by  the  Legislature,  but  in 
order  to  secure  the  same,  unusual  and  persistent  efforts  will  be  neces- 
sary, and  every  homoeopathic  practitioner  in  the  State  should  exert 
himself  personally  in  behalf  of  the  passage  of  the  bill. 

We  append  a  list  of  the  names  of  members  of  the  Legislature,  and 
solicit  you,  either  alone  or  in  company  with  some  prominent  layman 
among  your  patrons,  to  seek  an  immediate  interview  with  the  members 
from  your  legislative  district,  and  with  other  members  with  whom  you 
may  be  acquainted,  ani  urge  the  claims  of  the  hospital  to  their  earnest 
and  impartial  consideration.  The  following  points  should  be  promi- 
nently dwelt  upon,  viz.: — 


HOSPITAI..  487 

1.  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  is  the  oldest  homoeopathic  col- 
lege in  the  world,  and  the  only  one  in  the  State;  her  alumni  number 
nearly  1,700  and  her  course  of  study  is  as  extensive  and  thorough  as 
that  of  anv  medical  school  in  the  State,  save  only  in  the  matter  of 
clinical  instruction. 

2.  Her  students,  coming  from  all  parts  of  the  State  to  study  medi- 
cine, should  receive  the  benefit  of  such  clinical  instruction  as  can  be 
afforded  only  by  a  large  hospital. 

3.  Students  of  the  allopathic  schools  of  this  State  are  not  denied  such 
clinical  advantages,  the  State  having  appropriated  large  sums  of  money 
to  the  hospitals  connected  with  the  medical  department  of  the  Univer- 
versity  of  Pennsylvania,  the  Jefferson  Medical  College,  and  the 
"Woman's  Medical  College. 

4.  Several  States  have  aided  in  furnishing  hospital  facilities  for 
clinical  instruction  in  homoeopathic  medical  colleges,  thereby  attract- 
ing students  of  medicine  from  our  State,  who  would  otherwise  prefer  to 
remain  at  home. 

5.  The  site  of  the  hospital  buildings  is  a  large  lot  on  North  Broad  street, 
midway  between  the  termini  of  the  Pennsylvania  and  Reading  Rail- 
roads, purchased  at  a  cost  of  f  103,000.  On  this  lot  stands  the  com- 
pleted college  building,  a  handsome  edifice  which  cost  $85,000,  for  the 
use  of  which  the  Faculty  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  pay  an 
annual  rental  of  about  f  6,000,  thus  securing  a  permanent  income  for 
the  support  of  the  hospital.  Of  the  four  contemplated  hospital  build- 
ings one  is  in  course  of  erection;  for  the  completion  of  these  we  ask 
the  aid  of  the  State. 

6.  The  hospital,  when  ready  for  occupancy,  will  receive  patients 
from  all  parts  of  the  State,  irrespective  of  condition,  creed  or  color. 

7.  Notwithstanding  the  poor  location  and  meagre  facilities  of  the  old 
hospital  which  stood  on  Cuthbert  street,  a  noble,  charitable  work  has, 
nevertheless,  been  done.  In  the  out-patient  department,  which  was 
opened  in  1848,  272,174  cases  have  been  treated,  and  in  the  in-patient 
department,  4,963  cases,  mostly  surgical,  were  cared  for,  making  a 
grand  total  to  date  of  277,137.  With  the  increased  room  and  facilities 
the  new  buildiugs  will  afford,  the  Trustees  can  do-  an  immeasurably 
greater  amount  of  good  to  the  sick  and  injured  of  the  Commonwealth. 

8.  The  lay  Trustees  and  supporters  (contributors)  of  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  and  Hospital  are  men  of  established  professional  and 
business  reputation.  Among  them  may  be  mentioned  the  following, 
to  whom  the  care  and  maintenance  of  a  hospital  supported  by  the  State 
would  be  a  sacred  trust: 

Rev.  Bishop  Henry  \V.  Warren,  D.  D., 

Hon.  Wm.  B.  Hanna,  President  Judge  Orphans'  Court, 

Horace  Hovi^ard  Furness,  IvL.D.,  222  S.  7th  street, 

Wm.  C.  Hannis,  L,Iv.B.,  204  S.  42d  street, 

John  F.  Smith,  of  MacKellar,  Smiths  &  Jordan, 

A.  J.  Drexel,  of  Drexel  &  Co., 


488  HOSPITAL. 

George  C.  Thomas,  of  Drexel  &  Co., 

Lemuee  Coffin,  of  Coffin,  Altemus  &  Co., 

J.  Bareow  Moorhead,  of  J.  B.  Moorhead  &  Co. , 

George  Burnham,  of  Burnham,  Parry,  Williams  &  Co., 

E.  Burgess  Warren,  of  Warren,  Foster  &  Co., 

W.  HOBART  Brown,  of  Burnham,  Parry,  Williams  &  Co., 

George  W.  Chieds,  of  the  Public  Ledger, 

JOEE  Cook,  of  the  Public  Ledger, 

JOEE  J.  Baiey,  of  Joel  J.  Baily  &  Co., 

John  Hunter,  Tax  Receiver  of  Philadelphia, 

J.  Lewis  Crozer,  Chester,  Penna., 

J.  W.  McAllister,  President  Franklin  Fire  Insurance  Co., 

Francis  W.  Kennedy,  President  Spring  Garden  National  Bank, 

Richard  A.  Lewis,  1909  Green  street, 

Joseph  JEANES,  1023  Arch  street, 

Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr.,  Attorney-at-Law,  32  S.  3d  street, 

W.  M.  SiNGERLY,  of  Phe  Record, 

Richard  G.  Oeeeers,  of  Phe  Record, 

Alfred  M.  Collins,  of  A.  M.  Collins  &  Co., 

Charles  D.  Reed,  261  N.  6th  street, 

R.  Horner,  1727  Arch  street, 

Strawbridge  &  Clothier,  N.  W.  Cor.  8th  and  Market  streets. 

Samuel  jEANES,  1023  Arch  street, 
H.  H   Houston,  Germantown, 

John  T.  Morris,  826  Pine  street, 

I.  V.  Williamson,  1901  Chestnut  street. 

We  ask  you  to  endeavor  to  secure  a  promise  of  support  from  any 
member  of  the  Legislature  you  may  be  able  to  see,  or  communicate 
with  by  letter.  Whatever  the  result  of  your  efforts,  please  report  it 
at  once  to  John  E.  James,  M.  D.,  Secretary,  1521  Arch  street,  and 
communicate  any  information  you  may  deem  important.  Thus  you 
may  enable  the  Trustees  to  succeed  in  increasing  the  efficiency  of  the 
homoeopathic  profession,  and  benefiting  the  people  of  the  whole  State. 

Yours  f  rater  nail}', 

rWM.  B.  Hanna,  Chairman, 
I  John  E.  James,  Secretary, 
Committee  :\  Wm.  B.  Trites,  M.  D., 
I  Francis  W.  Kennedy, 
LA.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D. 

This  building  was  opened  as  a  hospital  for  the  inspection 
of  the  public  on  October  3,  1887.  It  contained  five  wards 
and  twentj^-five  beds,  it  being  soon  necessary  to  increase  the 
number  of  beds  to  thirty.  In  the  third  report  of  the  Hospital 
Association,  1 888-' 89,  Dr.  Oatley,  resident  physician,  thus 
mentions  this  opening: 


HOSPITAL.  489 

On  October,  1887,  there  was  thrown  open  for  the  inspection  of  the 
public  a  building  designed  for  a  Dispensarj^,  but  used  temporarily  for  a 
Hospital. 

On  the  following  day  the  first  patient,  a  woman,  was  admitted  for 
treatment.  For  the  first  week  or  two  only  one  or  two  of  the  wards 
were  opened,  but  by  degrees  the  others  began  to  fill,  until  during  the 
past  winter  the  capacity  has  been  severely  tested,  and,  in  fact,  admis- 
sion has  been  refused  on  account  of  lack  of  room.  Six  months  have 
elapsed  since  October  last,  and  during  that  time  over  200  patients 
have  been  treated,  with  but  one  death,  and  that  due  to  the  culmina- 
tion of  a  rapid  and  incurable  disease.  Of  the  number  treated,  Phila- 
delphia has  naturally  furnished  the  greater  share;  Pennsylvania  at 
large  has  credit  for  15,  Delaware  7,  Maryland  2,  Connecticut  i  and  Ohio  i. 
Native-born  Americans  were  in  a  large  majority,  with  those  from 
Ireland  next  and  Germany  a  good  third,  while  England,  Italy,  Poland, 
France,  Scotland,  Wales  and  Russia  were  represented.  The  Romish 
Church  outnumbered  any  other  one  denomination,  but  was  a  small 
majority  when  compared  with  the  united  churches  of  the  Protestant 
belief.  The  Methodist  led  her  sister  churches,  with  the  Presbyterian 
and  Lutheran  following;  the  Episcopalian  next,  while  the  Baptist, 
Universalist,  Swedenborgian,  Reformed,  Russian  and  Society  of 
Friends  had  one  or  more  representatives.  Of  the  patients  treated  only 
8  received  no  benefit,  17  were  improved,  some  greatly,  while  the  rest 
were  cured.  It  may  not  be  amiss  to  mention  a  few  merely  of  the  more 
important  cases. 

Six  people  have  entered  the  house  blind,  yet  have  left  it  with  sight 
regained  sufficiently  to  read;  a  man  in  the  last  stages  of  a  carbuncle 
extending  from  the  crown  of  the  head  to  a  line  on  a  level  with  the 
shoulders,  and  from  ear  to  ear,  is  now  enjoying  life  with  his  family;  a 
woman,  a  morphine  eater  for  six  years,  was  cured  in  three  weeks, 
though  retained  longer  to  perfect  the  cure;  cancers  threatening  the  life 
of  a  patient  have  been  removed  successfully  in  every  case,  and  life  in- 
definitely prolonged;  an  amputation  at  the  knee-joint  saved  the  life  of 
a  man  with  malignant  erysipelas;  abscesses  dangerous  to  important 
organs  were  cured;  a  little  child  who  has  never  walked,  due  to  an  in- 
jury to  the  spine  when  a  babe,  is  now  on  the  road  to  a  fair  recovery;  a 
little  girl,  nine  years,  born  with  the  legs  flexed  on  the  thighs,  necessi- 
tating the  use  of  the  knees  for  feet,  and  pronounced  by  eminent  physi- 
cians of  other  cities  incurable,  can  now  be  seen  in  the  Hospital  with 
the  limbs  very  straight;  on  the  same  day  and  at  the  same  time  of  this 
operation  a  similar  one  was  performed  in  a  neighboring  hospital  of  the 
old  school,  though  on  one  leg  only.  In  some  way  the  artery  and  the 
nerve  were  broken,  hemorrhage  and  paralysis  ensued,  later  mortifica- 
tion set  in,  followed  by  two  amputations  and  then  death. 

Fractures  of  the  arm,  leg  and  knee-cap  have  not  been  overlooked, 
while  crushed  and  lacerated  fingers  have  been  unusually  numerous. 
Cases  of  pneumonia,  gout  and  rheumatism  have  been  cured,  while  those 
of  consumption  have  been  so  benefited  as  to  leave  in  fairly  good  condi- 


490  HOSPITAI.. 

tion.  Not  all  of  the  patients  have  been  objects  of  charity,  for  nearly 
I900  has  been  received  for  board.  With  this  resumi  some  idea  of  the 
work  done  in  the  Hahnemann  Hospital  may  be  formed.  Many  pri- 
vate cases  vi^ould  have  been  admitted  had  rooms  for  such  been  at  our 
disposal,  while  many  others  would  not  have  been  denied  admission  had 
our  facilities  been  equal  to  the  demand.  If  it  is  thought  that  this  Hos- 
pital is  doing  a  deal  of  good,  let  it  not  be  forgotten  that  only  30  patients 
can  be  accommodated  at  one  time;  there  is  room  for  but  one  of  the 
residents,  a  poor  apology  for  one  for  the  matron,  none  for  the  nurses 
nor  for  the  servants,  with  but  one  exception,  in  the  basement.  Of  the 
anxiety,  care  and  trouble  arising  from  this  apparent  lack  of  the  proper 
facilities,  none  of  the  ladies  not  on  the  Board  of  Managers  during  the 
past  winter  will  ever  know. 

Of  the  pressing  need  for  a  suitable  hospital  building,  not  only  for  the 
benefit  of  Homoeopathy,  but  providing  a  place  for  the  medical  and 
surgical  treatment  of  the  rich  as  well  as  the  poor,  a  careful  considera- 
tion of  the  matter  will  justify  the  plea. 

Eugene  L.  Oati^ey, 
Resident  Physician. 

About  this  time  this  circular  appeal  for  aid  was  published: 

Hahnemann  Hospital,  Philadelphia, 
February  12,  1889. 

Dear  Sir:  Since  opening  our  Hospital,  October  3,  1887,  we  have 
treated  752  cases,  over  one-half  being  persons  accidentally  injured 
while  at  their  work.  We  enclose  a  list  of  that  class  of  cases  for  your 
inspection.  Perhaps  some  of  your  own  hands  will  be  found  among  the 
names.  Our  aim  has  been  to  relieve  injured  workmen  quickly,  so  that 
they  could  resume  work  at  the  earliest  possible  day,  thus  in  a  measure 
benefiting  their  employers.  Our  expenditures  in  maintaining  our  Hos- 
pital have  been  $13,423,  and  we  find  our  resources  well-nigh  exhausted. 
With  this  record  we  feel  justified  in  appealing  to  you  for  support. 
Will  you  not  help  us  by  contributing  annually  such  sum  as  you  can 
afford  and  may  be  pleased  to  send  us  ?  Several  firms  have  already 
subscribed  liberally,  but  we  want  aid  from  all  charitably  disposed  per- 
sons, and  in  return  we  will  be  ready  at  any  and  all  times  to  care  for 
those  in  your  employ  who  may  be  injured  while  at  work  or  incapacitat- 
ed by  sickness. 

Please  send  your  name  and  contribution  to  the  Secretary  of  our  Com- 
mittee at  as  early  a  day  as  convenient,  and  oblige. 

Yours  truly, 

f  Mrs.  Wm.  Burnham, 

j  Mrs.  P.  McCoLLiN, 

^  ...        r  n/r  Mrs.  H.  p.  Taylor, 

Committee  of  Managers :  J  ^^^^^  ^^_  ^^^^^^ 

A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D., 

C   MoHR,  M.  D.,  Secretary 

Hahnemann  Hospital, 
Broad  Street  aboveRace. 


HOSPITAL.  491 


CHAPTER  IX. 

1886-97. 

Soon  after  the  College  removed  from  Filbert  street,  the 
Cuthbert  street  Hospital  was  closed.  In  the  second  report  of 
the  Woman's  Hospital  Association,  1887-8,  it  is  stated  that 
"  Owing  to  the  sale  of  the  old  hospital,  and  to  the  fact  that: 
the  new  buildings  are  not  completed,  direct  hospital  work  has 
not  yet  been  inaugurated  and  the  members  have  confined  their 
efforts- chiefly  to  raising  money  in  various  ways. 

"  Through  the  courtesy  of  Mr.  Boldt,  the  meetings  of  the 
Association  were  held  in  the  parlor  of  the  '  Bellevue  '  until 
February  23,  1886;  also  on  the  second  Tuesday  in  April,  the 
day  fixed  for  our  Annual  Meeting.  Subsequently  the  Wo- 
men's Christian  Temperance  Union  very  kindly  tendered  us 
the  use  of  their  parlor  in  'St.  George's  Hall,'  which  offer 
was  gratefully  accepted. 

"  At  a  special  meeting  held  in  March  it  was  suggested  it 
might  be  of  great  advantage  to  us  if  we  could  be  brought  be- 
fore the  public  in  a  popular  manner.  The  ladies  therefore 
decided  to  give  a  'Tea,'  to  which  invitations  should  be  sent 
by  the  managers.  The  parlor  of  the  '  Bellevue  '  was  again 
placed  at  our  disposal  for  a  nominal  sum.  The  date  fixed 
upon  was  Friday,  April  2d,  and  a  committee  of  the  managers 
was  appointed  to  arrange  for  the  entertainment.  The  affair 
proved  very  successful,  not  only  adding  to  the  list  of  associate 
members  and  in  securing  a  number  of  liberal  donations,  but 
also  in  placing  our  Association  more  prominently  before  the 
public.  In  May  an  offer  was  received  from  Miss  L.  S.  Towne, 
one  of  our  managers,  to  take  two  convalescent  children  to 
entertain  at  a  cottage  in  the  country  at  her  own  expense,  for 
two  or  three  weeks  at  a  time,  during  the  months  from  May 
1st  to  the  last  of  October,  inclusive.  This  most  generous 
offer  was  accepted  by  the  Managers,  and  a  resolution  express- 


492  HOSPITAI,. 

ing  the  thanks  of  the  Board  was  sent  to  Miss  Towne.  On 
June  9th,  through  the  generosity  of  Mrs.  J.  S.  Lovering,  and 
the  co-operation  of  a  large  number  of  ladies,  a  very  successful 
'  Garden  Part}' '  was  held  on  her  beautiful  grounds  in  Ger- 
mantown,  and  the  handsome  sum  of  $1,016.70  was  added  to 
our  treasury.  Through  the  efforts  of  Mrs.  Israel  Maule,  a 
package  party  was  held  at  Bryn  Mawr  Hotel  in  July,  which 
realized  $206.25  more. 

"  The  Association  adjourned  in  June  to  meet  the  second 
Tuesday  in  September.  But  during  the  summer  our  man- 
agers were  by  no  means  idle.  As  the  College  was  to  be 
opened  the  week  beginning  September  20th,  the  Faculty  de- 
sired our  Association  should  have  one  or  two  days  specially 
devoted  to  it.  The  24th  and  25th  of  September  were  the 
days  fixed  upon,  and  committees  were  formed  to  obtain  con- 
tributions and  devise  plans  for  making  our  share  in  the  open- 
ing a  success.  These  plans  were  matured  during  the  summer, 
and  the  two  days  appropriated  to  us  resulted  in  the  addition 
of  $1,736.33  to  the  funds  already  in  hand.  In  October  we 
were  again  the  recipients  of  an  offer  of  the  parlor  of  the 
'  Bellevue '  for  an  entertainment  in  aid  of  our  Association. 
Although  so  soon  after  the  opening  of  the  College,  the  ladies 
felt  the  generous  offer  should  be  accepted,  and  in  November 
a  '  Marche  aux  Fleurs  '  was  held.  This  entertainment, 
like  those  preceding  it,  was  successful  socially  and  finan- 
cially. 

"  In  October  a  letter  was  received  from  the  Faculty,  urging 
the  ladies  to  aid  in  securing  an  appropriation  for  the  Hospital 
from  the  Legislature,  and  soliciting  their  influence  with  the 
Board  of  Public  Charities.  A  committee  was  appointed  to  pre- 
pare petitions  to  the  Legislature,  to  be  sent  to  each  member 
of  the  Association,  with  the  request  that  they  should  secure 
as  many  signatures  as  possible.  This  was  done,  and  a  large 
number  of  influential  names  procured.  A  committee  of  the 
officers  was  appointed  to  wait  upon  the  Board  of  Public  Char- 
ities, to  obtain  from  them  favorable  consideration,  and  the 
recognition  of  our  right  to  a  share  in  the  State  appropriations. 
These  petitions  were  sent  to  Harrisburg,  and  the  Board 
recommended  an  appropriation  of  $100,000. 


The  Chii.drens'  Ward  in  Hospital. 


A  Private  Room  in  Hospital. 


^  HOSPITAI,.  493 

"  In  December  a  letter  was  received  from  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas, 
on  behalf  of  the  Faculty  and  Trustees,  suggesting  we  form  a 
I^adies'  Auxiliary  to  act  in  connection  with  the  Board  of 
Trustees  in  the  management  of  the  Hospital.  As  a  new 
By-Iyaw  was  required  to  provide  for  the  formation  of  such  an 
Auxiliary,  due  notice  was  given,  and  the  By-Iyaw  added  as 
Article  9,  providing  for  the  formation  of  such  a  Board,  and 
its  appointment  at  the  Annual  Meeting. 

' '  In  December  the  sum  of  $5,000  was  paid  to  the  Trustees  of 
the  Hospital  from  our  treasury.  During  the  same  month  a 
course  of  free  lectures  on  practical  subjects  was  proposed  b}'  a 
number  of  the  ladies.  The  proposition  was  laid  before  the 
Trustees  and  Faculty,  and  received  their  hearty  approval.  A 
committee  of  arrangements  was  appointed  by  them,  and  it 
was  decided  to  give  a  course  of  five  lectures  on  Saturday  after- 
noon of  each  week,  beginning  January  29th.  They  were  de- 
livered at  the  College  to  large  audiences,  composed  chiefly  of 
ladies;  and  as  they  were  extremely  practical,  and  devoid  as 
far  as  possible  of  technical  terms,  it  is  hoped  they  may  prove 
of  great  benefit  to  all  who  had  the  privilege  of  hearing  them. 

' '  In  concluding  our  Annual  Report,  let  us  be  encouraged  by 
our  success  during  the  past  year,  but  let  us  not  rest  satisfied. 
Much  remains  to  be  done,  which  will  tax  our  energies  to  the 
utmost.  We  should  labor  more  earnestly  the  coming  year  to 
secure  the  great  end  we  have  in  view,  viz. :  the  finishing  and 
furnishing  of  our  Hospital  Buildings.  I^et  us  keep  before  us 
the  sick  and  suffering,  who  are  constantly  in  need  of  our 
tender  sympathy  and  active  ministrations,  and  remember  we 
are  in  this  work  following  the  example  of  Him  to  whom  the 
needy  never  appealed  in  vain,  and  who  will  say  to  us  if  we 
are  faithful,  '  Inasmuch  as  ye  have  done  it  to  one  of  the 
least  of  these,  my  brethren,  ye  have  done  it  unto  Me.' 

"  Mrs.  Wm.  B.  Hanna, 
Recording  Secretary. ' ' 

At  this  period  of  the  history  of  the  Hospital  there  was  a 
persistent  and  untiring  effort  upon  the  part  of  the  charitable 
ladies  of  the  Hospital  Association  to  raise  money  for  the  new 
institution. 

Under  the  auspices  of  the  Woman's  Hospital  Association 


494  HOSPiTAi,. 

lectures  were  given  in  the  College  Building,  from  January  29th 
to  February  26,  1887,  by  the  following  physicians:  Charles 
Mohr,  Pemberton  Dudley,  John  K.  James,  B.  Frank  Betts, 
Owen  B.  Gause. 

In  April,  1887,  ^^  Anniversary  Tea  was  given  in  the  ban- 
queting room  of  the  Bellevue. 

In  May  the  efforts  of  the  ladies  were  directed  towards  plans 
for  an  entertainment  in  aid  of  the  Building  Fund  of  the  Hos- 
pital on  a  much  larger  scale  than  any  heretofore  attempted. 
An  Executive  Committee  was  appointed  and  meetings  were 
held  weekly  during  the  Summer.  Horticultural  Hall  was 
secured  for  fhe  purpose,  and  the  name  adopted  was  "  Inter- 
national Carnival."  Twelve  different  nationalities  were  rep- 
resented, with  characteristic  costumes  and  decorations.  The 
dressing-room  of  the  hall  was  set  apart  as  a  restaurant  of  the 
same  distinctive  character.  The  programme  consisted  of  a 
performance  on  October  27  of  the  operetta  "The  lyovely 
Galatea;  "  from  Friday,  October  28th  to  November  3d,  open- 
ing of  the  Carnival;  every  afternoon  from  four  to  five,  Fairy- 
land Performance  by  Children;  every  evening  from  eight  to_ 
nine,  musical,  literary  and  dramatic  entertainments.  On  Oc- 
tober 31st  a  special  matinee  was  held  at  the  Academy  of 
Music  by  dramatic  and  musical  artists. 

The  lyady  Managers  of  the  Children's  Homoeopathic  Hos- 
pital were  invited  to  unite  with  us  in  this  extensive  undertak- 
ing, and  cordially  responded.  The  general  outline  of  the 
work  having  been  decided  upon,  it  was  deemed  advisable  to 
secure  the  advice  and  co-operation  of  some  of  the  prominent 
gentlemen  of  our  city,  and  a  large  number  responded.  They 
met  at  the  Bellevue  on  the  evening  of  May  23d,  and  gener- 
ously subscribed  the  sum  of  $1,900  to  insure  the  Association 
against  possible  loss.  An  Advisory  Board  of  gentlemen  was 
also  selected  to  co-operate  with  the  Executive  Committee. 
Through  the  energy  of  this  Committee,  the  arrangements 
were  perfected  during  the  summer  and  early  autumn,  and  the 
Carnival  was  held  from  October  28th  to  November  4th, 
1887;  and  after  the  payment  of  all  expenses,  the  sum  of 
$12,504. 15  was  realized,  one-third  of  which  was  paid  to  the 
treasurer  of  the  Children's  Homoeopathic  Hospital,  according 
to  agreement. 


HOSPITAL.  495 

The  Tuesday  before  Thanksgiving  Day  was  fixed  upon  as 
Donation  Day  at  the  Hospital.  A  large  quantity  of  pro- 
visions, clothing  and  other  necessaries  were  received,  with 
the  sum  of  $900  in  money.  A  library  has  been  provided  for 
the  use  of  the  patients,  and  is  a  source  of  comfort  and  amuse- 
ment to  man3^ 

The  details  of  the  work  of  the  Hospital  are  managed  by  a 
Committee  of  twenty-five  ladies  of  the  Board  of  Managers 
who  act  in  rotation,  five  being  on  duty  each  week.  This 
Committee  also  acts  in  conjunction  with  the  Board  of  Visiting 
Managers  from  the  Faculty  and  Trustees  of  the  College. 
They  thoroughly  inspect  the  wards  and  other  parts  of  the 
building,  examine  the  accounts,  consider  the  applications  for 
admission,  and  generally  superintend  the  whole  management 
of  the  Hospital. 

On  Friday  evening,  December  21,  1888,  a  concert  was  held 
at  Musical  Fund  Hall  for  the  benefit  of  the  Hahnemann  Hos- 
pital. A  Circular  was  also  issued  as  to  methods  of  assisting 
the  hospital,  and  in  the  circular  were  forms  for  bequests. 

Methods  of  Assisting  the  Hahnemann  College  Hospital. 

Any  person  can  aid  the  Hospital  by  contributing  in  either  of  the  fol- 
lowing ways  : — 

1.  Donations  of  money  in  any  amount  and  at  any  time,  as  it  is 
always  needed;  also  of  fruit,  flowers,  vegetables,  provisions,  books, 
ornaments,  clothing,  bandages,  old  linen,  and  whatever  is  necessary  or 
useful  for  the  sick. 

2.  Annual  subscription  to  be  paid  at  any  time  during  the  3'ear,  and 
continued  at  the  will  of  the  donor. 

3.  Three  hundred  dollars  for  a  free  bed  for  one  year. 

4.  Five  hundred  dollars  for  a  free  bed  for  one  month  every  year  in 
perpetuity. 

5.  One  thousand  dollars  for  a  free  bed  for  two  months  every  year  in 
perpetuity. 

6.  Twenty-five  hundred  dollars  for  a  free  bed  to  be  used  all  the  time 
during  the  donor's  life. 

7.  Five  thousand  dollars  in  one  payment  for  a  free  bed  m  perpetuity, 
endowed  in  the  name  of  an  individual,  town,  firm,  society,  corporation 
or  other  organization. 

8.  Any  sum  of  money  given  or  collected  for  free  beds,  for  which  a 
certificate  is  issued  which  entitles  the  holder  to  a  free  bed  within  one 
year,  to  the  full  amount  of  the  certificate  at  the  established  Hospital 
rates.  By  this  method  almost  any  person  may  secure  the  control  of  a 
free  bed. 


496  HOSPITAL. 


Form  of  Bequest. 

I  give  and  bequeath  to  the  Trustees  of  the  Hahjiemann  Medical  Col- 
lege and  Hospital  of  Philadelphia^ Dol- 
lar, if  real  estate,  describe  the  property) 
lars  for  them  to  use  in  any  manner  that  may  best  promote  the  objects 
and  interest  of  the  said  corporation. 


James  W.  McAi.lister, 
Treasurer. 

But  there  was  a  debt  on  the  magnificent  buildhigs  on  Broad 
street;  they  covered  a  great  space;  the  Hospital  was  a 
blessing  to  suffering  humanity;  thoroughly  equipped,  but  it 
was  hampered  by  the  lack  of  funds.  An  appeal  was  made 
to  the  Legislature  for  $150,000. 

The  following  is  quoted  from  the  Haluiemannian  Monthly: 

' '  An  Inspection  of  the  Hahnemann  College  and 
Hospital  of  Philadelphia  by  Members  of  the  State 
Legislature. — On  invitation  of  the  Trustees  of  the  Hahne- 
mann College  and  Hospital,  members  of  the  State  Legislature 
from  Philadelphia  and  vicinity  inspected  the  College  and  the 
portion  of  the  new  Hospital  thus  far  completed,  on  December 
28,  1888,  the  object  being  to  furnish  the  legislators  with  in- 
formation as  to  the  condition  and  needs  of  the  institutions. 
At  the  last  session  of  the  Legislature  the  sum  of  $25,000  was 
appropriated,  of  which,  the  Trustees  state,  one-fourth  has 
been  received.  The  new  Hospital  is  expected  to  cost  about 
$175,000,  and  about  $15,000,  it  is  said,  has  thus  far  been  ex- 
pended on  the  work.  The  Board  of  Public  Charities  has 
recommended  an  appropriation  of  $100,000. 

"  The  members  of  the  Legislature  present  were:  Frank  M. 
Riter,  Augustus  Roberts,  William  M.  Kidd,  John  H.  Reibel, 
William  H.  Brooks,  Nathan  Jones,  James  Hasset,  James  D. 
Lee,  and  Benjamin  Jones.  The  Trustees  and  Faculty  of 
the  College  were  also  in  attendance. 

"A  thorough  inspection  of  the  College  and  incomplete  Hos- 
pital was  made,  after  which  an  adjournment  was  had  to  the 
Board  room,  where  Judge  Hanna,  on  behalf  of  the  Trustees, 
spoke  of  the  needs  of  the  institution,  asking  the  attention  of 
the  Legislators  '  to  one  of  the  great  charities  of  the  city  and 


HAHNEMANN   HOSPITAL. 


HOSPITAL.  497 

State.  He  expressed  the  hope  that,  when  the  distribution 
of  State  funds  came  up,  the  Hahnemann  College  Hospital 
would  be  included. 

• ' '  Remarks  favoring  the  matter  of  an  appropriation  were  also 
made  by  Drs.  Thomas  and  Trites,  Mr.  Brooks  and  Mr.  Has- 
sett. 

"  Dr.  Mohr  read  a  financial  statement,  showing  the  receipts 
and  expenditures  for  five  years  past." 

And  about  this  time,  to  illustrate  the  usefulness  of  the  insti- 
tution a  list  of  accident  cases  was  published  for  the  year  end- 
ing September  30,  1888,  giving  the  name  and  address  of  each 
case,  with  the  occupation  in  life.  There  were  326  of  them. 
In  February,  1889,  a  circular  was  published,  in  which  it  was 
stated  that  since  the  opening  of  the  Hospital,  October  3,  1887, 
752  cases  had  been  treated,  over  one-half  being  persons  acci- 
dentally injured  while  at  their  work.  The  circular  states 
that  up  to  that  date  the  expenditures  had  been  $13,423,  and 
it  called  for  help  from  the  charitable. 

Another  circular  was  issued  about  this  time,  as  follows: 

Reasons  why  the  Legislature  of  Pennsylvania  should  appropriate  at 
least  $100,000  to  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  Hospital  of  Phil- 
adelphia, towards  the  erection  and  equipment  of  hospital  buildings. 

I.  The  Board  of  Public  Charities,  after  a  most  careful  examination 
into  the  needs  and  merits  of  the  institution,  recommend  the  appropria- 
tion of  |ioo,ooo. 

2  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  is  the  only  homoeopathic  col- 
lege in  Pennsylvania;  her  alumni  number  over  1,700;  and  her  course  of 
study  is  as  extensive  and  thorough  as  that  of  any  medical  school  in  the 
State,  save  only  in  the  matter  of  clinical  instruction. 

3.  Her  students,  who  come  from  all  parts  of  the  State  to  study  Medi- 
cine, should  receive  the  benefit  of  such  clinical  instruction  as  can  be 
afforded  only  by  a  large  hospital. 

4.  Students  of  other  medical  schools  of  Pennsylvania  are  not  denied 
such  clinical  advantages,  the  State  having  appropriated  large  sums  of 
money  to  the  Hospitals  connected  with  the  medical  department  of  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  the  Jefferson  Medical  College  and  the  Wo- 
man's Medical  College. 

5.  Students  of  Homoeopathy,  who  would  otherwise  pursue  their 
studies  in  the  College  in  our  own  State,  seek  their  medical  education  in 
sister  States,  whose  homoeopathic  colleges  have  secured  proper  hospital 
facilities  through  State  aid,  and  thus  take  out  of  Pennsylvania  money 
which  would  otherwise  benetit  her  own  people. 

33 


498  HOSPITAI,. 

6.  The  site  of  the  Hospital  is  a  large  lot  on  North  Broad  street,  mid- 
way between  the  termini  of  the  Pennsylvania  and  Reading  Railroads, 
purchased  at  a  cost  of  $103,000.  On  this  lot  the  Trustees  have  erected  a 
handsome  college  building,  at  a  cost  of  $85,000.  Of  four  Hospital 
structures,  one  is  finished  and  occupied  with  twenty-nine  beds;  the  aid 
of  the  State  is  needed  to  complete  the  other  buildings. 

7.  The  College  yields  a  yearl 5' revenue  of  $6,000  for  Hospital  support, 
and  a  few  small  endowments  increase  this  sum.  The  liberal  mainte- 
nance of  the  Hospital,  when  all  the  buildings  are  completed,  is  further 
assured  by  a  large  organization,  composed  of  wealthy  and  influential 
women  of  Philadelphia  and  adjoining  counties. 

8.  The  Hospital  will  receive  patients  from  all  parts  of  the  State,  ir- 
respective of  condition,  creed  or  color;  no  case  will  be  refused  as  long 
as  there  is  an  unoccupied  bed.  The  sixty  beds  of  the  public  wards  will 
be  practically  free. 

9.  Notwithstanding  the  poor  location  and  meagre  facilities  of  the  old 
Hospital  which  stood  on  Cuthbert  street,  a  noble,  charitable  work  has, 
nevertheless,  been  done.  In  the  out-patient  department,  opened  in 
1848,  302,654  cases  have  been  treated,  and  in  the  in-patient  department, 
opened  in  1871,  5,478  cases,  mostly  surgical,  were  cared  for,  making  a 
grand  total  to  date  of  308,132.  With  the  increased  room  and  facilities 
the  new  buildings  will  afford,  the  Trustees  can  do  an  immeasurably 
greater  amount  of  good  to  the  sick  and  injured  of  the  Commonwealth. 

Respectfully  submitted,  on  behalf  of  the  Trustees  of  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  and  Hospital. 

Wm.  B.  Hanna,  President. 
Wm.  C.  Hannis,  Secretary. 

On  November  20,  1889,  a  Charity  Ball  was  held  by  the 
Hospital  Association  at  the  Academy  of  Music,  with  a  long 
list  of  fashionable  patronesses  and  prominent  men,  headed  by 
Gov.  Beaver,  as  Managers.* 

In  January  a  concert  was  given  by  the  Boston  Symphony 
Orchestra.     The  net  sum  raised  was  $4,993.31. 

In  December,  1891,  the  homoeopathists  of  Germantown 
held  a  fair  in  aid  of  the  Hospital  at  the  Workingman's  Club. 

During  this  time  the  Dispensary  had  been  located  in  the 
rooms  in  the  basement  of  the  College.  The  Hospital  was 
cramped  for  room.  In  the  report  of  the  Trustees  for  1889  it  is 
stated  that  many  times  the  Managers  had  been  compelled  to  re- 
fuse admission  to  worthy  and  suitable  patients  because  every 
bed  of  the  twenty-nine  had  an  occupant,  and  that  the  Hospital 
buildings,  begun  the  previous  fall  and  well  underway,  were  to 

*See  Hahnemannian  Monthly,  December,  1889. 


HOSPITAI,.  499 

be  pushed  to  completion.  To  quote:  "  These  buildings  must 
be  finished.  Not  only  could  one  hundred  beds  be  kept  filled, 
but  we  should  have  suitable  quarters  for  our  resident  physi- 
cians, matron,  nurses  and  servants.  Some  of  the  nurses  must 
lodge  in  the  College  building  and  the  servants  at  their  own 
homes,  as  we  are  at  present  situated,  and  hence  can  not  expect 
the  best  and  promptest  service  on  the  part  of  these  officials. 

' '  The  buildings  now  being  erected  will  give  us  needed 
room  and  are  here  briefly  described  for  public  information 
and  approval. 

' '  The  main  entrance  will  be  in  the  center  of  the  Fifteenth 
street  front,  with  wide  doors  opening  into  a  large  vestibule  or 
lobby,  which  opens  into  a  corridor  ten  feet  wide,  and  which 
will  extend  through  the  center  of  the  building  to  the  Dispen- 
sary, now  occupied  as  a  Hospital. 

"  The  buildings  are  divided  into  three  sections,  the  front 
building,  on  Fifteenth  street,  being  about  one  hundred  aud 
ten  feet  long  and  having  a  depth  of  forty-four  feet,  with  an 
eight  feet  corridor  in  the  center,  parallel  with  Fifteenth 
street.  On  the  right,  as  one  enters,  will  be  the  reception 
room,  thirteen  by  twenty  feet,  and  South  of  this  the  parlor, 
seventeen  by  twenty-seven  feet.  On  the  left  of  the  entrance 
is  to  be  the  Superintendent's  office,  thirteen  by  twenty  feet, 
and  north  of  this  two  private  rooms.  On  the  east  side  of  the 
corridor,  in  front  of  the  entrance,  the  main  stairway,  con- 
structed of  iron,  is  to  be  located,  and  in  the  center  of  the  stair 
will  be  an  elevator,  running  from  the  basement  to  the  upper 
floor. 

' '  The  rest  of  the  space  on  the  east  side  of  the  corridor  will  be 
divided  into  four  private  rooms,  each  about  fifteen  feet  square, 
and  matron's  room  and  toilet  room.  This  portion  of  the 
building  will  be  finished  in  oak,  with  the  floors  of  the  cor- 
ridors in  tile  and  marble.  Open  fireplaces  and  hard-wood 
mantels  are  to  be  provided  in  all  the  rooms. 

"The  centre  building  is  divided  by  the  central  corridor.  On 
the  right  are  to  be  the  matron's  room,  sixteen  by  sixteen  feet; 
the  chapel,  twenty  by  thirty  feet;  the  resident  physician's 
room,  sixteen  by  sixteen  feet;  and  a  porch,  thirteen  by 
twenty  feet,  to  rear  building.     On  the  left  of  the  corridor  will 


500  HOSPITAL. 

be  first  a  toilet  room;  a  diet  kitchen,  eleven  by  seventeen  feet; 
a  reception  room  for  patients,  eleven  by  seventeen  feet;  a  hall, 
ten  feet  wide,  leading  to  a  side  entrance;  the  oflBce,  eleven  by 
seventeen  feet,  and  a  dining-room,  thirteen  by  twenty  feet. 
There  are  entresol  stories  over  these  rooms  on  the  left  of  the 
corridor,  intended  for  servants'  sleeping-rooms,  store  rooms, 
etc. 

' '  The  rear  building  is  in  two  wings  on  either  side  of  the 
corridor,  forming  two  wards,  each  twenty-five  by  forty-three 
feet,  with  nurses'  rooms,  linen  rooms,  etc.  Adjoining,  be- 
tween the  wards  and  Dispensary  building,  are  to  be  the  bath 
and  toilet  rooms.  In  the  corridor,  convenient  to  the  en- 
trance to  the  wards,  is  to  be  a  second  elevator,  running  from 
the  first  floor  to  the  top  story.  These  elevators  will  be  suffi- 
ciently large  to  admit  a  hospital  bed  and  attendants.  On  the 
second  floor  of  the  front  building  are  arranged  eleven  private 
rooms,  averaging  in  size  fourteen  by  sixteen  feet,  also  store 
rooms,  toilet  rooms,  etc. 

"The  second  floor  of  the  centre  building  will  have  toilet  and 
bath  rooms  for  the  use  of  the  patients  in  the  front  private 
rooms,  two  diet  kitchens,  two  bedrooms  and  a  stair  hall  con- 
tinued up  from  the  first-story  side  entrance.  On  the  right- 
hand  side  are  to  be  the  matron's  room,  sixteen  by  seventeen 
feet,  gynaecological  room  and  officers'  dining-room.  The 
rear  building  is  to  be  arranged  with  wards,  the  same  as  the 
first  story.  The  second  floor  is  to  be  on  a  level  with  the 
operating  room  in  the  clinic  hall  of  the  dispensary,  so  that 
patients  can  be  removed  from  any  floor  directly  to  the  opera- 
tor's table.  The  arrangement  of  the  third  floor  is  practically 
the  same  as  the  second  floor,  excepting  that  the  rooms  in  the 
front  building  are  to  be  devoted  to  the  children's  department 
or  wards.  The  front  portion  of  the  fourth  floor  is  intended 
for  rooms  for  nurses,  and  in  the  center  portion  are  to  be  the 
kitchen,  laundry,  servants'  dining-room,  with  all  the  neces- 
sary appurtenances. 

'  'The  floors  of  the  principal  rooms  are  to  be  constructed  with 
iron  beams  and  concrete,  upon  which  will  be  laid  hardwood 
floors.  In  the  kitchen  and  laundry  the  floors  are  to  be 
cement.      There   will  be  the   necessary    dumb   waiters   and 


HOSPITAL.  501 

clothes  lifts  running  from  each  floor  to  kitchen  and  laundry. 
The  outlets  for  fire  hose  are  on  each  corridor.  There  are 
also  to  be  fire  escapes  and  all  modern  appliances  to  render 
the  fittings  of  the  buildings  complete  in  all  particulars. 

' '  The  building  will  be  heated  throughout  by  steam  and  fan 
system,  insuring  a  perfect  circulation  of  heated  air,  and  the 
air  in  wards  changed  every  ten  or  fifteen  minutes.  Boilers 
are  to  be  located  in  the  present  boiler  room  under  the  dispen- 
sary building,  with  all  the  necessary  pumps  for  supplying  the 
tanks  with  water  and  for  the  elevators,  the  latter  to  be  hy- 
draulic and  inclosed  in  wire  cages. 

' '  The  exterior  of  the  building  will  be  in  the  same  style  as 
the  college  building  on  Broad  street,  with  the  base  of  Hum- 
melstown  stone,  and  the  superstructure  of  brick  with  terra 
cotta  trimmings.  The  roofs  are  to  be  covered  with  slate  with 
terra  cotta  finials.  G.  W.  and  W.  D.  Hewitt  are  the  archi- 
tects of  the  entire  operation.  Kemp  &  Garrison  are  the 
builders. 

"  The  contract  price  made  with  the  builders  is  $138,503,  to- 
ward which  we  confidently  expect  the  State  of  Pennsylvania 
to  appropriate  $50,000.  During  1888  and  1889  work  had 
been  rapidly  progressing  on  the  great  buildings  and  on  Oc- 
tober 21,  1890,  they  were  formally  opened  to  the  public. 
Cards  of  invitation  were  sent  out  inviting  the  public  from  10 
A.  M*to  10  p.  M.  The  dedicatory  exercises  took  place  at  1 2  m.  , 
with  suitable  religious  exercises  in  the  lecture  room.  The 
Secretary  of  the  Hospital  Association  reports:  ' '  We  welcomed 
hundreds  who  came  to  inspect  and  admire,  and  very  early  in 
the  day  all  of  the  remaining  twenty-eight  memorial  bedrooms 
were  appropriated;  besides,  liberal  donations  were  made  for 
furnishing  reception,  office  and  committee  rooms. 

"Six  general  wards  of  ten  beds  each  were  furnished  also  as 
memorials,  one  in  memory  of  Dr.  Constantine  Hering,  the 
Father  of  Homoeopathy  in  Philadelphia,  if  not  America." 

The  following  is  from  the  Hahnemannian  Monthly  for  No- 
vember, 1890:  "  Tuesday,  October  21,  1890,  was  a  red-letter 
day  in  the  homceopathic  history  of  Philadelphia.  It  was  a 
day  of  celebration,  the  occasion  being  the  opening  of  the  New 
Hahnemann  Hospital,   situated  on  Fifteenth  street  north  of 


502  HOSPITAL. 

Race.     This   structure    completes   a   magnificient    group   of 
buildings,  occupying  the  full  length  of  an  old   Philadelphia 
square,    or  what   is  equivalent  to  two     New    York    blocks. 
The  hospital,   practically  three    buildings    in    one,   together 
with  the  structure  which  is   devoted   entirely  to   the   treat- 
ment   of   out-patients,    and  the   college  building   on    Broad 
street  above  Race,  make  up  what  is  conceded  to  be  the  hand- 
somest and  most  completely  appointed  institution  of  its  kind 
in  America.     The  capacity  of  the  hospital  is  one  hundred  and 
fifty  beds,  which  in  an  emergency  can  be  doubled,  as  in  fol- 
lowing the  teachings  and  precepts  of  sanitation  and  hygiene 
twice  the  ordinary  floor  space  has  been  allowed  to  each  bed. 
It  was  eminently  proper  that  celebrated  jurists  and  renowned 
divines  should  join  with  the  physicians  in  the  dedicatory  exer- 
cises, and  help  emphasize  the  lesson  of  the  gala  day — that  a 
handful  of  determined  spirits,  energetic  and  persistent,  with 
an  effective  organization,  can  accomplish  mighty  results  and 
reap  luxuriant  prosperity.     For  thirty -seven  years  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical   College  and  Hospital  occupied  the  old  chuch 
property  and  factory  building  on  Filbert  and  Cuthbert  streets; 
these  served  their  purpose  well  until  the  Centennial  year, 
with  its  inspiration  for  greater  things,   disturbed  the  even 
tenor  of  her  way.     For  eight  years  the  Faculty,  as  a  unit, 
and  a  number  of  the  trustees  endeavored  to  find  ways  and 
means  to  improve  their  condition,  with  a  uniform  lack  of  suc- 
cess.    In  1883  the  college  authorities  suddenly  realized  that 
future  success  demanded  new  and  commodious  accommoda- 
tions and  that  the  one  way  to  secure  them  was  to  go  to  work 
and  build  at  once.     Despairing  of  harmonizing  the  differences 
of   Trustees,   the   Faculty   picked  up  its  valuable  museum, 
tucked  its  charter  under  its  arm  and  with  its  treasury,  with- 
out one  dollar  of  treasure,  shook  the  dust  of  nearly  half  a 
century  from   its  feet  and  started  in  search  of  a  new  home. 
It  took  true  American  grit,  without  one  dollar  in  the  treasury, 
to  contract  for  a  lot  of  ground  costing  $104,000,  and  requir- 
ing an  immediate  payment  of  $1,000,  and  three  weeks  later 
$20,000  in  cash,  to  get  possession,  yet  the  results  have  justi- 
fied the  faith  and  courage  of  these  men.     In  the  first  year 
$23,000  was  collected;    this  was  a  good  starter;  it  showed 


HOSPITAI..  503 

what  could  be  done,  and  it  has  been  constantly  improved  upon; 
during  the  past  ten  months  of  the  present,  or  eighth  year,  over 
$115,000  have  been  gathered  together.  This  speaks  for 
itself,  especially  when  it  is  remembered  that  there  has  been 
no  one  great  contribution,  but  that  it  has  been  made  up  of 
innumerable  comparatively  small  donations.  In  the  past  eight 
years  the  friends  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  and 
Hospital  have  collected  the  vast  sum  of  $345,834,  and  with 
this  money  a  great  college  and  hospital  have  been  erected  that 
reflects  both  honor  and  credit  upon  our  profession. 

"The  appointments  of  this  now  completed  institution,  even 
in  the  most  minute  detail,  show  beyond  any  reasonable  doubt, 
the  greatest  care,  the  most  discerning  judgment  and  an  ex- 
cellence of  good  taste;  and  whereas  great  credit  is  due  to  all 
who  have  worked  for  this  end,  the  honors  rightly  belong  to 
Dean  Thomas  and  Registrar  James;  what  these  men  have 
sacrificed  to  bring  this  immense  undertaking  to  the  finished 
success  it  stands  to-day,  they  alone  know,  and  they  alone  can 
appreciate. 

' '  The  furnishing  of  the  buildings  was  left  entirely  to  the 
Board  of  I^ady  Managers.  The  manner  in  which  this  im- 
portant part  of  the  work  has  been  done  tells  the  story  that 
everything  has  received  their  personal  supervision  and  that 
nothing  has  been  left  to  chance;  the  visitor  is  at  once  im- 
pressed that  here  at  last  is  a  hospital  furnished  in  the  simple 
elegance  and  with  perfect  taste  that  characterizes  the  home  of 
refinement. 

' '  It  will  be  interesting  to  the  profession  to  know  that  thirty 
handsomely  furnished  rooms,  in  a  building  entirely  separated 
from  the  general  wards,  have  been  provided  for  private 
patients.  It  is  the  intention  that  these  rooms  shall  be  under 
the  complete  control  of  physicians  who  may  desire  to  treat 
their  private  cases  at  the  hospital." 

As  soon  as  the  Hospital  was  opened,  in  1890,  the  dispen- 
sary was  removed  to  the  building  formerly  used  as  a  hospital 
and  the  college  was  given  the  very  much  needed  room  in  the 
basement. 

Efforts  were  made  yearly  to  raise  money  by  the  Trustees 
and  the  Ladies'  Association.  In  the  report  for  1894  it  is  stated 


504  HOSPITAL. 

that  a  new  laundry  had  been  built  at  a  cost  of  $5,054.34,  and 
that  two  wings  had  been  added  to  the  dispensary  at  a  cost  of 
$10,847.21.  During  this  year  there  were  also  various  enter- 
tainments. 

The  year  1894  is  especially  noteworthy,  from  the  fact  of  the 
dedication  of  the  A.  R.  Thomas  Free  Bed,  an  honor  sug- 
gested by  Dr.  Charles  Mohr.  In  the  annual  circular  sent  by 
the  Alumni  Association  occurs  the  following:  "  Once  again 
your  attention  is  called  to  the  coming  reunion  of  the  Alumni 
of  Old  Hahnemann,  and  you  are  urged  to  make  a  special 
effort  to  be  present  and  take  an  active  part  in  the  pleasant 
duty  of  celebrating  the  Jubilee  Anniversary  of  Forty  Years' 
Service.  When  forty  consecutive  years  have  been  spent  in  ac- 
tive service  lecturing  on  Anatomy  by  one  whose  life  has  been 
characterized  by  unselfish  devotion  and  loyalty,  by  important 
observation,  conservative  decision  and  resolute  purpose;  labor- 
ing with  indomitable  zeal  and  energy,  conceiving  and  daring 
while  others  faltered  in  uncertainty  and  doubt,  and  directing 
with  unerring  judgment  and  intrepid  courage  to  realization 
a  work  of  marvellous  magnitude;  when  such  a  one  reaches 
the  jubilee  epoch  of  a  life's  labor  well  done  it  is  right  and 
proper  that  those  of  us  who  are  on  the  field  of  life,  with  heart, 
head  and  hand  in  action,  should  honor  the  loyal  one,  should 
honor  the  work  he  has  done. 

Amos  Russell  Thomas,  M.  D. 
"In  1867  he  was  called  to  the  chair  of  Anatomy  in  the 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  which  he  has 
acceptably  filled  for  twenty-seven  years  and  is  still  the  loved 
and  honored  professor.  In  1874  he  took  up  the  exacting  and 
responsible  duties  of  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty,  and  for  twenty 
years  he  has  guided  the  destiny  of  the  oldest  and  greatest 
educational  institution  of  Homoeopathy  in  the  world.  Dur- 
ing the  most  critical  year  of  Old  Hahnemann's  history,  he, 
with  admirable  foresight,  selected  the  present  location  of  the 
College  and  Hospital,  and  it  was  largely  through  his  personal 
efibrts  that  the  new  College  and  Hospital  were  built,  costing 
half  a  million  dollars,  a  silent  witness  of  what  can  be  accom- 
plished in  the  face  of  destructive  opposition  by  a  well  sus- 


HOSPITAL.  505 

tained  systematic  effort.  What  personal  sacrifice  has  been  at- 
tendant upon  this  labor  of  love  he  alone  can  know  and 
appreciate.  The  fruit  of  the  labor  we  all  know.  A  noble 
monument  built  enriching  humanity  and  heralding  a  work 
well  done  by  a  good  and  faithful  servant." 

Attention  was  then  called  to  the  efforts  well  under  way  to 
endow  the  Amos  Russell  Thomas  Free  Bed,  and  subscriptions 
were  solicited  from  the  Alumni.  The  sum  of  $5,000  was  soon 
made  up,  being  contributed  in  sums  of  $500  down  to  $2  by 
the  lay  and  professional  friends  of  Dr.  Thomas,  and  on  the  eve- 
ning of  the  graduation.  May  8th,  1894,  after  the  degrees  were 
conferred,  Mr.  George  C.  Thomas  announced  in  a  heartfelt 
address,  that  Dr.  Thomas'  friends  and  the  Hahnemann 
Alumni  had  raised  the  sum  of  $5,000  for  a  Thomas  Free  Bed. 
Dr.  Thomas  made  a  brief  reply  acknowledging  the  honor  con- 
ferred upon  him,  and  under  date  of  May  12th,  1894  wrote  to 
Dr.  Mohr  as  follows  : 

' '  I  learn  that  you  were  the  originator  and  the  principal 
worker  in  carrying  out  the  movement  by  our  Alumni  and  my 
friends,  complimentary  to  myself  at  our  recent  commence- 
ment. I  wish  to  express  my  appreciation  of  this  very  hand- 
some compliment,  and  to  thank  you  for  unselfish  efforts  in 
carrying  it  through. 

' '  Sincerely  and  truly  yours, 

(Signed)  "A.  R.  Thomas." 

Since  Dr.  Thomas'  death  a  bronze  bust  of  him  and  a  tablet 
have  been  placed  in  the  hall  of  the  hospital  to  his  memory. 

Among  the  many  ways  with  which  the  ladies  have  sought 
to  assist  this  worthy  charity  the  Donation  Day  must  be  re- 
membered. One  day  in  November,  yearly,  is  especially  set 
apart  for  the  reception  of  contributions  of  money,  provisions, 
groceries,  and  articles  of  all  kinds,  and  a  committee  of  ladies 
are  at  the  Hospital  to  receive  these  articles.  Visitors  are  also 
conducted  through  the  Hospital.  Cards  of  invitation  are  sent 
to  the  patrons,  and  a  sign  may  be  seen  hanging  on  the  iron 
fence  on  Broad  street  with  the  legend:  "  Donation  Day  at 
the  Hospital. ' ' 

A  very  great  benefit,  both  in  goods  and  money,  is  the  result 
each  year. 


5o6  HOSPITAL. 

In  1893  the  Ladies'  Auxiliary  was  largely  instrumental  in 
fitting  up  the  room  in  the  College  basement  now  used  by  the 
members  of  the  Intercollegiate  Branch  of  the  Y.  M.  C.  A. 

It  has  been  the  custom  to  hold  religious  services  every  Sun- 
da}^  afternoon  in  the  Hospital  Chapel,  without  preference  of 
denomination,  and  these  are  conducted  by  volunteer  clergy- 
men. 

The  Hospital  has  also  a  small  library  of  about  three  hun- 
dred volumes  for  the  use  of  the  patients.  It  is  governed  by  a 
Library  Committee,  who  distribute  books  and  papers  twice 
weekly. 

In  1895  ^  Diet  Kitchen  was  organized  to  give  nurses  prac- 
tical lessons  in  cooking  for  the  sick.  Each  nurse  spends  a 
month  in  practically  preparing  food  for  the  private  patients. 
They  are  given  a  course  of  lectures  on  the  science  of  food  and 
must  pass  an  examination  on  the  theory  and  practice  of  cook- 
ing. 

In  1895  a  Junior  Auxiliary  Association  was  organized.  It 
is  composed  of  young  ladies  who  meet  once  a  month  and  has 
(1898)  a  membership  of  thirty-six,  active  and  associate.  It 
devotes  itself  especially  to  the  children,  and  to  the  mailing  of 
the  paper,  The  Hospital  Tidings.  This  Association  has  also 
been  active  in  raising  money  by  entertainments. 

In  November,  1895,  a  monthly  magazine  was  issued  by  the 
Hospital  Association.  It  is  called  ''Hospital  Tidi7igs,  devoted 
to  the  interests  of  the  sick  and  suffering  at  the  Hahnemann 
Hospital,  Philadelphia,  Fifteenth  and  Race  streets,  published 
monthly  by  the  Women  Managers  of  the  Hospital.  Editor, 
Miss  I.  W.  Semple.  Associates,  Mrs.  J.  C.  Guernsey,  Mrs. 
Clyde  Edwin  Barton,  Mrs.  W.  S.  How,  Miss  Anna  Thomas. 
Terms,  seventy-five  cents  per  annum.  8vo,,  pp.  16."  It  is 
still  continued. 

During  the  year  1895  the  following  circular  was  sent  to  the 
members  of  the  Legislature: 

Hahnemann  Coi<i.ege  and  Hospital,  ? 

PHIIvADELPHIA.  S 

To  the  Hon 

District  of  Penn'a. 

Sir: 

The  Trustees  of  the  Hahnemann  College  and  Hospital,  desiring  to 
afford  the  members  of  the  Legislature  from  Philadelphia  and  vicinity 


HOSPITAL.  507 

the  fullest  information  as  to  the  conditions  and  needs  of  their  institu- 
tions, respectfully  invite  you  to  meet  them  at  the  Hospital,  on  Broad 
street,  between  Race  and  Vine,  on  Thursday,  December  27th,  at  4 
o'clock  p.  M.,  to  inspect  the  buildings  in  use  and  those  in  course  of 
erection. 

Collation  in  Alumni  Hall  immediately  after  the  inspection. 

Wm.  B.  Hanna,  President,  \     Board 

of 
Wm.  C.  Hannis,  Secretary,  )  Trustees. 

The  year  1896  is  memorable  for  three  very  liberal  legacies, 
the  Walter  Garrett  legacy  of  $50,875.00,  the  Caroline  Jeanes 
bequest  of  $25,000  and  the  gift  of  Anna  T.  Jeanes  for  the  Dr. 
Jacob  Jeanes  Fund  of  $20,000. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  beds  endowed  in  perpetuity,  and 
for  each  of  which  $5,000  has  been  paid  to  the  Hospital  fund: 

Endowed  Beds. 

1890  TO  May,  1898. 
J.  L/C  wis  Crozer, 

Free  Bed  in  Women's  Surgical  Ward. 

I^emuel  Coffin, 

Free  Bed  in  Men's  Surgical  Ward  for  Holy  Trinity  Church. 

John  F.  Smith, 

Free  Bed  in  Men's  Surgical  Ward  in  memory  of  Mrs.  John  F. 
Smith. 

Mrs.  Caroline  M.  Jeanes, 

Free  Bed  in  Men's  Surgical  Ward  in  memory  of  Isaac  Jeanes. 

J.  Lewis  Crozer, 

Two  Free  Beds  in  Men's  Medical  Ward. 

George  Burnham, 

Free  Bed  in  Men's  Medical  Ward. 

Burnham,  Williams  &  Co., 

Free  Bed  in  Men's  Medical  Ward. 

Mrs.  Juliet  S.  Bradford, 

Free  Bed  in  Women's  Ward  in  memory  of  Vincent  L.  Bradford. 

Mrs.  Catharine  A.  Wentz, 

Free  Bed  in  Women's  Surgical  Ward  in  memory  of  Peter  K. 
Emerick. 

J,  Lewis  Crozer, 

Free  Bed  in  Women's  Medical  Ward. 

Jacob  G.  Neafie, 

Free  Bed  in  Gynaecological  Ward. 


508  HOSPITAL. 

A  Friend, 

Free  Bed  in  Women's  Surgical  Ward,  known  as   "The  Jessup 
Bed." 

Mrs.  Chapman  Biddle, 

Free  Bed  in  Women's  Surgical  Ward  in   memory  of  Cliapman 
Biddle. 

Town  of  Haddonfield,  N.  J., 

Free  Bed  in  Women's  Surgical  Ward. 

Misses  Sallie  M.  and  Anna  Wain, 

Free  Bed  in  Men's  Medical  Ward  in  memory  of  Henry  Lisle 
Wain. 

Mrs.  J.  Lewis  Crozer, 

Free  Bed  in  Gynaecological  Ward. 

Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas, 

Free  Bed  in  Ophthalmological  Ward. 

Homoeopathists  of  Germantown, 

Free  Bed  in  Women's  Medical  Ward. 

Simon  Muhr  Estate, 

Free  Bed  in  Men's  Medical  Ward. 

Lucy  Gascoyne  Estate, 

Free  Bed  in  Women's  Medical  Ward. 


,  ■■'f-'i 


HOSPITAL. 


509 


CHAPTER  X. 


Hahnemann  Hospital  is  to-day  an  honor  to  its  founders  and 
to  the  cause  it  represents.  It  is  one  of  the  best-equipped 
Hospitals  in  Philadelphia,  and  is  doing  a  vast  amount  of 
good. 

The  following  are  the  Rules  at  present  governing  the  Insti- 
tution: 

RuLKS  Governing   the   Admission   and   Discharge  of 

Patients. 

I.  Patients  suffering  from  contagious  diseases  shall  not  be 
admitted  to  the  Hospital,  except  cases  of  enteric  fever. 

II.  Persons  having  chronic  or  incurable  diseases  shall  not 
be  admitted  as  charity  patients,  but  may  be  admitted  for  a 
specified  time  by  paying  a  stipulated  amount  for  board  and 
attendance. 

III.  Persons  injured  by  accident  or  emergency  cases 
brought  by  the  Police  Patrol  shall  be  received  at  any  hour. 
An  admission  card  (yellow),  in  form  as  follows,  shall  be 
filled  out  and  signed  by  the  resident  physician  or  surgeon, 
and  immediately  delivered  to  the  superintendent: 


Police.  HAHNEMANN  HOSPITAL, 

Fifteenth  Street  above  Race. 
To  the  Superintendent: 

Please  admit ; 


Age— Residence _ 

Nativity Religion Occupation . 

Married  or  Single Probable  Disease. 

To  occupy  Room  or  Ward  No.... Rate  per  Day 

Payraent  guaranteed  by 

Removal  when  discharged  guaranteed  by  


..M.  D. 


5IO  HOSPITAL. 

IV.  Patients  presenting  at  the  college  clinics  may  be  ad- 
mitted as  in-patients  by  the  clinical  teachers.  An  admission 
card  (red),  in  form  as  follows,  must  be  filled  out  and  signed 
by  the  clinical  teacher  and  delivered  immediately  to  the 
superintendent: 


Clinic.    HAHNEMANN  HOSPITAL, 

Fifteenth  Street  above  Race. 
To  the  Superintendent: 

Please  admit  - 


Age -..  Residence _ 

Nativity Religion Occupation- 
Married  or  Single  ._ Probable  Disease 

To  occupy  Room  or  Ward  No Rate  per  Day  

Payment  guaranteed  by _ 

Removal  when  discharged  guaranteed  by _ — 


V.  Patients  for  the  general  wards  shall  not  be  admitted 
without  the  consent  of  the  visiting  managers,  except  accident 
or  emergency  cases,  as  aforesaid,  or  cases  from  the  College 
clinics;  if,  however,  there  should  be  evident  disadvantage  in 
delay,  the  superintendent  may  admit  such  cases,  subject  to 
the  approval  of  the  visiting  managers  at  their  next  following 
weekly  meeting.  These  admissions  must  be  made  by  a  card 
(white),  in  form  as  follows,  filled  out  and  signed  by  the 
physician  or  surgeon  on  duty: 


Special.  HAHNEMANN  HOSPITAL, 

Fifteenth  Street  above  Race. 

To  the  Superintendent: 

Please  admit 

Age -  Residence 

Nativity - Religion _ Occupation 

Married  or  Single Probable  Disease 

To  occupy  Room  or  Ward  No Rate  per  Day 

Payment  guaranteed  by - - 

Removal  when  discharged  guaranteed  by 


HOSPITAL. 


511 


VI.  Patients  applying  for  admission  to  the  Hospital,  except 
those  paying  for  private  wards  or  rooms,  must  be  examined 
by  the  physician  or  surgeon  on  duty.  In  case  of  necessity, 
the  attending  physician  or  surgeon  may  delegate  a  resident  to 
make  such  examination. 

VII.  Patients  applying  for  admission  to  private  wards  or 
rooms  may  be  attended  by  their  own  physicians,  whether 
members  of  the  Hospital  staff  or  not.  Such  patients  and 
their  physicians  must  in  all  practicable  ways  conform  to  the 
general  rules  of  the  Hospital,  including  the  furnishing  of 
such  records  on  the  Hospital  books  as  may  be  required.  An 
admission  card  (white),  in  form  as  given  under  Rule  V,  must 
be  filled  out  and  signed  by  the  physician. 

VIII.  Patients  desiring  private  rooms  or  wards,  unless  sent 
by  the  physician  who  will  attend  them,  shall  be  informed  by 
the  superintendent  that  they  are  expected  to  pay  for  medical 
attendance.  If  the  board  of  managers  make  the  request,  the 
members  of  the  staff  on  duty  will  treat  such  cases  free  of 
charge. 

IX.  Applications  for  admission,  to  be  presented  for  the 
action  of  the  managers,  must  be  made  on  printed  form,  as  fol- 
lows: 


HAHNEMANN  HOSPITAL. 


Application  for  the  admission  of 

Age Residence 

Nativity Religion Occupation. 

Married  or  Single Probable  Disease 

To  occupy  Room  or  Ward  No _...  Rate  per  Day 

Payment  guaranteed  by _ 

Removal  when  discharged  guaranteed  by 


..Applicant. 


A  ddress.. 


X.  No  patient  shall  be  admitted  to  any  room  or  ward  in 
the   Hospital   without   a   card    of   admission   signed  by  the 


512  ■  HOSPITAL. 

superintendent.  Accident  cases  coming  in  at  night  may  be 
temporarily  placed  in  the  accident  ward,  but  an  admission 
card  must  be  obtained  from  the  superintendent  the  following 
morning.     The  form  of  this  card  shall  be  as  follows: 


Hahnemann  Hospital. 


TO  THE  SUPERVISING  NURSE: 

Admit 

For  Treatment  to 

Ward  or  Room  No 


Super  in  tende?it. 


XI.  No  patient  shall  be  transferred  to  another  ward  or 
room  without  such  an  admission  card  signed  by  the  superin- 
tendent. 

XII.  The  charge  to  general  ward  patients  who  are  able  to 
pay  shall  be  ,$i  per  day,  unless  otherwise  arranged  by  the 
visiting  managers.  Private  ward  or  private  room  patients 
shall  pay  from  $1.50  to  $5.00  per  day,  according  to  location 
of  room  and  service  required.  Security  must  be  furnished 
for  prompt  payment  weekly  or  at  termination  of  stay  at  Hos- 
pital. 

XIII.  Whenever  possible,  security  must  be  obtained  for 
removal  of  patients  when  discharged. 

XIV.  Patients  upon  admission  may  leave  in  the  superin- 
tendent's office,  to  be  deposited  in  the  safe,  any  money  or 
other  valuables.  A  receipt  will  be  given  for  the  same  by  the 
superintendent.  The  Hospital  will  not  be  responsible  for  any 
loss  which  may  occur,  unless  money  or  valuables  are  so  de- 
posited. 

XV.  No  patient  shall  be  allowed  to  remain  in  the  Hospital 
longer  than  three  months  without  special  action  of  the  visit- 
ing managers. 

XVI.  As  soon  as  pronounced  cured  or  incurable  by  the  at- 
tending physician  or  surgeon,  all  patients  must  be  promptly 
discharged  by  the  superintendent. 


HOSPITAI,.  5 1 3 

XVII.  No  patient  shall  be  discharged  from  a  room  or  ward 
without  a  discharge  card  signed  by  the  superintendent. 

XVIII.  If  a  patient  leaves  or  be  removed  from  the  Hospital 
against  the  advice  of  the  attending  physician  or  surgeon, 
there  shall  be  required  from  the  patient  or  those  assuming 
such  responsibility  a  written  statement  to  that  effect. 

XIX.  In  case  of  death,  the  friends  or  relatives  of  the 
patient  shall  be  immediately  notified  thereof,  and  a  proper 
certicate  be  furnished,  signed  by  the  resident  physician.  The 
body  shall  not  be  delivered  without  a  written  receipt  from 
those  authorized  to  remove  the  same. 

RuivEs  Governing  Patients. 

I.  Patients  must  be  in  the  wards  during  the  daily  visits  of 
the  attending  physicians  and  surgeons,  and  always  by  8  p.  m.  , 
unless  specially  excused  by  the  resident  physician. 

II.  Patients  must  not  visit  other  wards,  or  any  department 
of  the  Hospital,  without  the  consent  of  the  resident  physician 
and  superintendent. 

III.  Free  patients  are  expected  to  perform  such  services  as 
their  condition  will  permit. 

IV.  Improper  language  or  conduct  and  incivilty  will  not 
be  tolerated. 

V.  No  liquors,  medicines,  or  provisions  of  any  kind,  ex- 
cept those  allowed  by  the  attending  physicians,  will  be  per- 
mitted in  the  wards  or  private  rooms.  Use  of  tobacco  is 
strictly  prohibited  in  the  wards. 

VI.  No  patient  shall  leave  the  Hospital  without  special 
permission  from  the  attending  physician  or  surgeon. 

VII.  Patients  must  remain  quiet  after  9  p.  m.,  at  which 
time  the  lights  will  be  turned  down. 

VIII.  Patients  are  not  permitted  to  offer  or  promise  any 
bribe  or  reward  to  the  resident  physicians,  nurses  or  servants, 
with  a  view  of  obtaining  particular  attention,  or  for  any  other 
object. 

Rules  Governing  the  Superintendent. 
I.  The   superintendent   of  the   Hospital  is  the  authorized 
means  of  communication  between  the  visiting  managers  and 
the  various  ofi&cers  of  the  Hospital,  whose  duty  it  shall  be  to 
34 


514  HOSPITAI,. 

visit  every  department  regularly,  confer  with  all  officers  re- 
specting the  conduct  and  management  of  their  departments, 
see  that  all  rules  and  regulations  are  carried  into  effect,  and 
make  a  full  report  weekly  to  the  visiting  managers. 

II.  The  superintendent  shall  keep,  for  the  inspection  of  the 
visiting  managers,  a  register  of  the  names  oF  patients,  date  and 
terms  of  admission,  room  or  ward  occupied,  and  shall  report 
at  each  meeting  of  the  visiting  managers  the  length  of  time 
each  patient  has  been  in  the  Hospital. 

III.  The  superintendent  shall  cause  an  inventory  to  be 
kept  of  all  furniture,  instruments  and  other  property  belong- 
ing to  the  Hospital,  and  make  a  monthly  report  of  articles 
injured,  destroyed  or  missing. 

IV.  The  superintendent  shall  hire  and  dismiss  or  authorize 
the  hiring  and  dismissal  of  all  employees,  subject  to  the  ap- 
proval of  the  visiting  managers;  shall  pay  them  their  wages 
monthly,  and  take  a  receipt  therefor  in  the  receipt  book;  and 
shall  discharge  any  who  are  guilty  of  drunkenness  or  any  im- 
moral conduct. 

V.  The  superintendent  shall  supervise  the  purchase  of  pro- 
visions, fuel,  furniture,  medical  and  surgical  supplies,  and  see 
that  all  purchases  have  been  duly  authorized  by  the  visiting 
managers;  shall  keep  books  of  account  of  all  receipts  and 
payments,  examine  all  bills,  certify  their  correctness,  and  pre- 
sent them  for  audit  to  the  auditing  committee  on  Tuesday  of 
each  week. 

VI.  The  superintendent  shall  collect  and  receive  all  dues 
from  patients,  and  shall  deposit  immediately  in  the  safe  all 
moneys  paid  in, and  shall  make  weekly  returns  to  the  treasurer, 
reporting  the  amount  to  the  visiting  managers.  Money  and 
other  valuables  belonging  to  the  patients  shall  be  placed  in 
the  safe,  and  a  receipt  given  to  the  owner. 

VII.  The  superintendent  shall  see  that  no  patient  goes  out 
of  the  Hospital  without  permission;  shall  not  permit  any  per- 
son to  visit  the  patients,  except  at  such  hours  as  may  be  pre- 
scribed, unless  in  cases  of  emergency,  or  by  a  permit  from 
the  attending  physician  or  surgeon;  shall  not  permit  any 
medical  student  or  any  physician  not  a  member  of  the  hos- 
pital staff  to  visit  the  wards  of  the  Hospital  professionally, 


HOSPITAL.  515 

except     when  accompanied   by   an    attending    physician    or 
surgeon. 

VIII.  On  the  death  of  the  patient  the  superintendent  shall 
cause  the  name  and  time  of  decease  of  such  patient  to  be  en- 
tered upon  the  register;  shall  notify  the  relatives  or  friends, 
and  shall  cause  the  body  of  the  deceased  to  be  kept  safely  in 
the  room  provided  for  that  purpose,  and  shall  deliver  the  body 
to  the  authorized  undertaker,  taking  a  receipt  thereof.  The 
superintendent  shall  report  to  the  visiting  managers  whether 
the  deceased  left  any  clothes  or  articles  of  value,  and  shall 
follow  their  directions  relative  to  the  same. 

IX.  The  superintendent  shall  keep  a  press  copy  of  all  im- 
portant official  correpondence,  including  notices  to  the  relatives 
and  friends  of  deceased  patients,  and  shall  file  all  letters, 
papers  and  documents. 

X.  The  superintendent  shall  give  the  newspapers  any  de- 
sired information,  not  inconsistent  with  the  code  of  medical 
ethics,  concerning  the  admission  of  accident  cases  to  the 
Hospital, and  ihall  furnish  a  monthly  report  of  the  number  of 
admissions  of  in-patients,  and  a  summary  of  the  work  done 
in  the  out-patient  department. 

XL  The  superintendent  shall  promptly  acknowledge  do- 
nations made  to  the  Hospital,  and  keep  a  record  of  the  same 
for  publication  in  the  annual  reports. 

XII.  The  superintendent  shall  not  be  absent  from  the  Hos- 
pital except  when  out  on  duty,  without  permission  from  the 
visiting  managers,  who  shall  designate  the  person  to  take 
charge  of  the  Hospital  during  such  absence. 

Rules  Governing  Purchases. 

I.  All  purchases  must  be  made  by  or  authorized  by  the 
superintendent  by  written  order  on  blank. 

II.  No  house  supplies,  nor  medical  or  surgical  supplies 
shall  be  ordered  purchased  by  the  superintendent  unless  the 
requisition  has  been  made  in  due  form  and  has  been  recom- 
mended by  the  Purchasing  Committee. 

III.  The  Purchasing  Committee,  before  recommending  any 
purchase,  must  be  satisfied  that  the  articles  are  actually  re- 
quired. 


5l6  HOSPITAL. 

IV.  The  superintendent  must  see  that  the  blank  memo- 
randum to  be  filled  out  with  items  and  prices  by  the  seller  is 
sent  with  the  articles  purchased,  and  must  be  examined  and 
marked  O.  K.  by  the  receiver  at  time  of  delivery. 

V.  The  Purchasing  Committee  shall  advise  the  superinten- 
dent from  time  to  time  from  whom  purchases  shall  be  made. 

VI.  The  superintendent  must  keep  price  lists  and  rates  of 
discounts  of  all  dealers  on  file,  must  conduct  the  correspond- 
ence and  see  that  all  charges  are  in  accordance  with  price  lists 
or  as  arranged  by  the  contracting  parties. 

VII.  Within  seven  days  after  the  first  of  each  month  the 
superintendent  must  have  all  requisitions,  correspondence  re- 
specting purchases,  and  all  bills  properly  classified,  to  present 
to  the  Purchasing  Committees. 

VIII.  The  Purchasing  Committees  shall  examine  these 
requisitions,  bills,  etc. ,  and  shall  certify  to  them  so  that  orders 
may  be  drawn  for  their  payment. 

IX.  Within  fourteen  days  after  the  first  of  each  month 
the  Auditing  Committee  shall  present  a  report  to  the  man- 
agers of  all  bills  paid  during  the  preceding  month,  along  with 
the  audit  of  the  superintendent's  general  accounts. 

Rules  Governing  the  Resident  Physicians. 

I.  The  resident  physicians  are  elected  annually,  in  May,  by 
the  Trustees  of  the  Hospital;  candidates  for  these  positions 
must  pass  an  examination  by  the  nominating  board,  and  the 
Hospital  staff  will  designate  the  order  of  their  service  in  the 
various  departments  of  the  Hospital. 

II.  The  term  of  service  of  each  resident  shall  be  one  year, 
unless  otherwise  ordered,  during  which  time  he  shall  serve 
three  months  as  junior  physician,  three  months  as  junior  sur- 
geon, three  months  as  senior  physician  and  three  months  as 
senior  surgeon. 

III.  Before  entering  upon  his  duties,  each  resident  shall 
sign,  at  the  office  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Trustees,  a  formal 
obligation  to  remain  in  service  for  one  year,  if  he  gives  satis- 
faction, and  to  conform  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the 
Hospital. 

IV.  The  senior  residents  shall  have  charge  of  their  respec- 


HOSPITAL.  517 

tive  wards,  shall  regularly  visit  the  patients  every  morning 
and  evening,  and  oftener  if  necessity  shall  require,  and  to  the 
best  of  their  skill  administer  to  their  relief.  They  shall  ac- 
company the  attending  physicians  and  surgeons  on  their  daily 
visits,  and  shall  promptly  report  to  them  all  new  admissions 
and  shall  regulate  the  treatment  according  to  their  orders. 
They  shall  be  responsible  for  the  proper  keeping  of  the 
records. 

V.  The  senior  medjcal  resident  shall  have  charge  of  and  be 
responsible  for  the  service  in  the  medical  and  gynaecological 
wards,  under  the  direction  of  the  attending  physicians  and 
gynaecologists;  he  shall  have  charge  of  and  supervise  the 
ambulance  service  and  medical  cases  coming  into  the  receiv- 
ing wards,  and  shall  instruct  and  supervise  the  junior  medical 
resident  in  his  duties. 

VI.  The  senior  surgical  resident  shall  have  charge  of  and 
be  responsible  for  the  service  in  the  surgical  wards,  under  the 
direction  of  the  attending  surgeons,  and  shall  have  charge  of 
and  be  responsible  for  the  service  in  the  receiving  ward,  ex- 
cept in  medical  cases,  and  shall  also  instruct  and  supervise  the 
junior  surgical  resident  in  his  duties.  He  shall  have  general 
supervision  of  the  clinical  amphitheatre  and  operating  room, 
and,  in  the  absence  of  the  clinical  nurse,  he  shall  have  charge 
of  and  be  responsible  for  the  surgical  instruments  and  ap- 
paratus. In  association  with  the  clinical  nurse  he  shall  make 
a  monthly  inventory  of  the  some,  which  shall  be  signed  by 
both  and  presented  to  the  superintendent. 

VII.  The  junior  medical  resident  shall  keep  the  records  of 
the  medical,  neurological  and  gynaecological  cases,  under  the 
supervision  of  the  senior  resident,  accompany  and  assist  him 
in  his  rounds,  and  perform  the  duties  of  the  senior  in  his 
absence;  he  shall  also  attend  to  ambulance  calls  and  medical 
cases  in  the  receiving  ward,  under  the  direction  of  the  senior 
medical  resident. 

VIII.  The  junior  surgical  resident  shall  keep  the  records  of 
the  surgical,  and  eye,  ear  and  throat  cases,  under  the  super- 
vision of  the  senior  resident;  shall  accompany  and  assist  him 
in  his  rounds,  and  perform  the  duties  of  the  senior  in  his 
absence;   he  shall   also  attend   cases  in  the  receiving  ward, 


5l8  HOSPITAL. 

under  the  direction  of  the  senior  surgical  resident,  and,  in  the 
absence  of  the  junior  medical  resident,  answer  ambulance 
calls. 

IX.  On  Tuesday,  Thursday  and  Saturday,  the  senior 
medical  resident  shall  serve  as  "officer  of  the  day."  On 
Monday,  Wednesday  and  Friday,  the  senior  surgical  resident 
shall  serve  in  the  same  capacity.  Each  shall  serve  on  alter- 
nate Sundays.  The  ' '  officer  of  the  day ' '  shall  be  in  the 
office  personally  or  by  representative  constantly.  He  shall 
see  all  visitors  to  general  ward  patients,  and,  if  there  be  no 
objection  to  the  visit,  furnish  them  with  passes  to  the  ward, 
to  be  delivered  to  the  nurse  in  charge.  He  shall  attend  all 
persons  referred  to  the  doctors'  office  by  the  superintendent, 
see  that  accident  cases  are  attended  to;  in  short,  act  as  the 
representative  of  the  resident  staff. 

X.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  residents  to  attend  promptly 
to  the  medical  or  surgical  treatment  of  all  new  cases  admitted 
to  the  general  wards,  and  when  no  treatment  is  urgently  re- 
quired, shall  administer  a  placebo  or  apply  temporary  dress- 
ings until  the  arrival  of  the  visiting  physician  or  surgeon.  As 
soon  as  possible  they  shall  prepare  a  record  of  such  patients, 
according  to  the  printed  schedule,  which  they  shall  present  to 
the  attending  physician  or  surgeon  at  his  next  visit.  Through- 
out the  stay  of  the  patient  they  shall  add  daily  notes  of  the 
symptoms  and  treatment,  with  such  other  items  as  may  be 
directed  by  the  attending  physicians  or  surgeon.  Upon  the 
discharge  or  death  of  a  patient,  the  senior  resident  shall  pre- 
sent the  completed  record  to  the  attending  physician  or 
surgeon  at  his  next  visit,  for  correction,  if  any  be  necessary, 
and  final  diagnosis  and  signature. 

XI.  The  records  shall  be  kept  with  the  "temperature 
charts"  in  the  wards  on  boards  provided  for  the  purpose. 
When  completed  and  signed,  they  shall  be  taken  from  the 
ward  with  the  charts  and  filed. 

XII.  The  senior  and  junior  medical  residents  shall  in  no 
wise  interfere  with  anything  pertaining  to  the  surgical  cases, 
and  the  senior  and  junior  surgical  residents  shall  in  no  wise 
interfere  with  anything  pertaining  to  the  medical  cases.  They 
are  expected,  however,  whenever  necessary,  to  render  each 
other  any  and  every  assistance  in  their  power. 


HOSPITAL.  519 

XIII.  When  a  surgical  complication  arises  in  a  medical 
case,  the  medical  resident  shall  keep  sole  charge  of  the  patient 
until  the  the  arrival  of  the  attending  physician,  and  vice  versa. 

XIV.  After  each  daily  visit,  whether  with  or  without  the 
attending  physician  or  surgeon,  the  resident  physician  or  sur- 
geon shall  give  to  the  supervising  nurse  the  necessary  direc- 
tions as  to  medicines,  diet,  etc.,  in  connection  with  each  in- 
dividual case.  All  prescriptions  for  food,  medicines,  or  other 
articles  necessary  for  the  welfare  of  the  patients,  shall  be 
signed  by  the  seniors,  or,  in  case  of  necessary  absence,  by  the 
juniors  for  them. 

XV.  The  resident  surgeons  shall  perform  no  surgical  opera- 
tion, except  such  as  may  be  designated  by  the  attending  sur- 
geon. 

XVI.  The  resident  surgeons  shall  dress  or  give  their  per- 
sonal supervision  to  the  dressing  of  all  surgical  cases  not 
dressed  by  the  attending  surgeon. 

XVII.  All  cases  of  emergency,  such  as  strangulated  hernia, 
poisoning,  and  all  cases  requiring  immediate  operation  or 
treatment,  shall  be  at  once  referred  to  the  superintendent, 
who  will  take  measures  to  secure  an  attending  physician  or 
surgeon  on  duty,  or,  in  his  absence,  some  other  member  of 
the  hospital  staff. 

XVIII.  No  special  examination  of  females  in  the  Hospital 
shall  be  made  by  any  resident,  except  in  the  presence  of  one 
of  the  attending  staff,  or  a  female  nurse. 

XIX.  The  senior  residents  shall  assist  the  superintendent 
in  making  a  weekly  report  to  the  visiting  managers  of  all  the 
admissions  and  discharges  to  and  from  the  Hospital,  with  the 
number  in  the  Hospital  at  the  time  of  making  such  report, 
and  such  other  matters  connected  with  the  cases  as  may  be  of 
interest. 

XX.  The  senior  residents  shall  enter  in  the  register  of 
diseases,  the  disease,  the  name  of  patient,  date  of  discharge, 
and  result  of  treatment  immediately  after  discharge  or  death 
of  every  patient.  From  this  register  they  shall  compile  the 
annual  tabulated  report  of  cases  treated  from  April  ist  to  the 
following  March  31st,  and  deliver  the  same  to  the  superinten- 
dent. 


52  O  HOSPITAI.. 

XXI.  On  the  death  of  a  patient,  the  resident,  in  the 
absence  of  the  attending  physician  or  surgeon,  must  pronounce 
upon  the  same,  and  having  notified  the  superintendent,  the 
body  must  at  once  be  removed  to  the  room  appropriated  for 
that  purpose.  The  bedclothes  and  all  articles  used  by  the 
deceased  must  at  once  be  removed,  and  the  bedstead  washed 
with  a  disinfectant. 

XXII.  Not  more  than  two  of  the  residents  shall  be  absen^ 
from  the  Hospital  at  the  same  time;  neither  shall  both  physi- 
cians or  surgeons  be  absent  at  the  same  time;  nor  shall  they 
absent  themselves  longer  than  two  hours  at  a  time,  except 
under  conditions  prescribed  by  the  visiting  managers.  They 
must  report  to  the  superintendent  the  time  of  their  leaving 
and  returning.  Vacations  can  be  granted  only  by  the  visiting 
managers. 

XXIII.  The  residents  will  be  held  responsible  for  all  un- 
avoidable loss  or  breakage  of  instruments  and  apparatus  in 
their  respective  departments. 

XXIV.  The  residents  shall  in  no  instance  invite  members 
of  the  Hospital  staff,  not  on  duty,  to  their  wards  to  see 
patients,  unless  in  cases  of  emergency  requiring  immediate 
treatment. 

XXV.  Resident  physicians  and  surgeons  shall  not  visit  out- 
patients during  their  terms  of  service,  except  in  cases  of  ex- 
treme emergency,  and  shall  continue  treatment  only  during 
the  existence  of  the  emergency.  They  are  not  permitted  to 
treat  private  patients  in  private  rooms  or  wards,  but  may  ren- 
der necessary  service  in  an  emergency.  No  fee  shall  be 
charged  for  service  rendered  out-patients  or  in-patients;  but 
if  a  patient  offer  it,  a  donation  for  the  benefit  of  the  Hospital 
may  be  accepted,  and  shall  be  paid  to  the  superintendent. 

XXVI.  The  resident  physicians  and  surgeons  shall  not  en- 
dorse any  proprietary  articles  for  publication. 

XXVII.  All  questions  of  doubt  or  dispute  between  the 
residents  shall  be  referred  to  the  executive  officer  of  the  staff. 

XXVIII.  Any  charge  of  dereliction  of  duty  on  the  part  of 
the  residents  shall  be  made  the  subject  of  investigation 
by  the  Hospital  staff,  and,  if  sustained,  shall  be  reported  to 
the  managers. 


HOSPITAL.  521 

XXIX.  The  relation  of  the  residents  with  the  nurses  or 
other  employees  shall  be  that  of  a  professional  chBracter  only. 

XXX.  In  addition  to  performing  the  duties  specially  pre- 
scribed for  them,  the  residents  are  expected  by  every  means 
in  their  power  to  advance  the  comfort  of  the  patients,  and  the 
order  and  discipline  of  the  Hospital.  To  this  end  they  must 
promptly  report  to  the  superintendent  and  executive  officer  of 
the  medical  staff  any  instance  of  neglect  of  duty  or  insubordi- 
nation which  may  come  to  their  notice,  and  must  freely  com- 
municate with  them  in  relation  to  all  matters  affecting  the  wel- 
fare of  the  Hospital  and  its  inmates. 

RuLKs  Governing  the  Hospital  Staff. 

I.  The  hospital  staff  shall  consist  of  the  attending  physi- 
cians and  surgeons,  who  shall  appoint  one  or  more  of  their 
number  to  visit  and  prescribe  for  the  patients  in  the  Hospital 
at  least  once  daily,  at  as  early  an  hour  as  possible,  and  at 
such  other  times  as  may  be  necessary.  At  each  visit  they  shall 
record  their  names  in  the  register  in  the  superintendent's 
office. 

II.  In  case  an  attending  physician  or  surgeon  be  unable  to 
serve  during  any  part  of  his  term,  he  shall  be  required  to 
procure  a  substitute  from  among  his  colleagues  of  the  hospital 
staff. 

III.  At  the  close  of  his  term  of  service  each  attending 
physician  or  surgeon  shall  notify  his  successor  thereof,  and 
personally  turn  over  to  him  the  cases  under  his  care. 

IV.  The  attending  physicians  and  surgeons  shall  have  the 
privilege  of  introducing  a  limited  number  of  students  at  the 
time  of  their  visits,  to  observe  the  practice  of  the  Hospital. 

V.  The  medical  officers  shall  not  compel  a  patient,  whether 
charity  or  pay,  to  go  before  the  class  for  treatment  or  ex- 
amination. 

VI.  They  shall,  when  in  their  opinion  nurses  are  incom- 
petent, report  to  the  supervising  nurse,  and,  in  case  of  urgency 
or  insubordination,  order  their  suspension,  subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  visiting  managers. 

VII.  No  important  surgical  operation  shall  be  performed 
without   previous   consultation,   of  which   all   the   attending 


522 


HOSPITAL. 


surgeons  shall  have  due  notice,  unless  delay  would  imperil 
the  life  of  the  patient;  and  no  capital  operation  shall  be  per- 
formed contrary  to  the  will  of  the  patient. 

VIII.  As  soon  as  a  patient  is  cured,  or  whenever  the  attend- 
ing physician  or  surgeon  finds  it  advisable,  the  superinten- 
dent shall  be  directed  to  discharge  such  patient.  A  discharge 
card  (blue),  in  form  as  follows,  shall  be  filled  out  and  signed 
by  the  attending  physician: 


Hahnemann  Hospital. 

DISCHARGE;. 

To  the  Superintendent: 


You  are  hereby  requested  to  discharge 


from  the  Hospital. 


IX.  In  case  of  death,  autopsies  may  be  made  by  the  path- 
ologist, in  conjunction  with  the  attending  physician  or  sur- 
geon, when  no  objection  is  made  by  the  relatives  of  the  de- 
ceased. 

X.  The  attending  physician  and  surgeon  on  duty  shall 
attend  the  meetings  of  the  visiting  managers  at  least  once  a 
month. 

XI.  Surgeons  requiring  the  private  operating  room  shall 
notify  the  superintendent  twenty-four  hours  in  advance  when 
possible,  and  try  to  select  such  hours  as  will  not  conflict  with 
hospital  work  or  clinics. 

XII.  Physicians  treating  private  patients  or  using  the 
private  operating  room,  are  expected  to  provide  their  own 
instruments  and  dressings.  If  they  are  obliged  to  use  hospital 
dressings  or  instruments,  they  become  responsible  for  their 
return  or  replacement. 

XIII.  Visiting  physicians  and  surgeons,  except  in  cases  of 
emergency  or  urgency,  will  not  see  cases  between  the  hours 
of  11:30  A.  M.  and  I  p.  M.,  and  between  5  and  6:30  p.  m. 


HOSPITAL.  523 

XIV.  The  medical  staff  will  hold  their  meeting  on  the  first 
Friday  of  every  month. 

XV.  The  Executive  Committee  of  the  medical  board  shall 
consist  of  the  members  of  the  staff  on  duty.  They  shall  elect 
one  of  their  number  chairman,  who  shall  be  known  as  the 
executive  officer  of  the  staff. 

Rules  Governing  Visitors. 

I.  Visitors  to  public  ward  patients  will  be  admitted  on 
Mondays  and  Thursdays,  from  3  to  4:30  p.  m.,  but  for  no 
longer  time  than  half  an  hour  without  special  permission  from 
the  resident  physician;  and  not  more  than  two  visitors  are  to 
be  admitted  at  a  time  to  any  one  patient.  They  are  required 
to  refrain  from  all  noisy  conversation.  They  shall  not  be  al- 
lowed in  any  part  of  the  house  except  that  occupied  by  the 
person  visited,  and  must  present  a  card  of  admission  to  the 
ward  nurse  from  the  resident  physician.  On  other  days  a 
special  order  for  admission  from  the  attending  physician  or 
surgeon  will  be  required. 

II.  Visitors  to  private  ward  patients  will  be  admitted  daily, 
from  3  to  5  p.  M.,  with  the  approval  of  the  attending  physi- 
cian; not  more  than  two  visitors  shall  be  admitted  at  a  time, 
and  onl}^  on  presentation  of  passes  from  the  superintendent  to 
the  ward  nurse.  The  visits  shall  be  for  no  longer  than  half 
an  hour,  without  special  permission  from  the  attending 
physician. 

III.  Visitors  to  private  room  patients  will  be  admitted  until 
8  p.  M. ,  on  any  day,  by  permission  of  the  attending  physician 
and  by  application  to  the  superintendent,  who  will  issue  a 
card  to  the  nurse  in  charge. 

IV.  All  provisions  and  delicacies  brought  by  visitors  must 
under  no  circumstances  be  taken  into  the  wards  or  rooms,  but 
must  be  left  in  charge  of  the  superintendent,  who  will  cause 
the  same  to  be  distributed  to  patients  for  whom  intended  upon 
approval  of  the  attending  physician. 

V.  General  visitors  to  the  hospital  shall  record  their  names 
in  a  suitable  book  when  they  enter,  and,  unless  accompanied 
by  a  trustee  or  visiting  manager,  shall  be  escorted  through 
the  buildings  by  the  superintendent,  or  by  some  person  desig- 
nated by  the  superintendent. 


524  HOSPITAIv. 

VI.  Visitors  to  nurses  shall  be  under  the  control  of  the 
supervising  nurse,  who  shall  see  that  no  neglect  of  duty- 
arises  from  such  visits. 

VII.  Visitors  to  the  servants  shall  be  under  the  control  of 
the  matron,  who  shall  see  that  no  neglect  of  duty  arises  from 
such  visits. 

Rules  Governing  the  Housekeeper. 

I.  The  Housekeeper  shall  have  general  charge  of  the  house- 
hold and  laundry  employees,  and  must  preserve  cleanliness  of 
the  whole  establishment,  and  attend  to  the  collection,  washing 
and  distribution  of  clothing. 

II.  She  shall  make,  with  the  approval  of  the  superinten- 
dent, all  necessary  rules  for  the  proper  conduct  and  efl5cient 
service  of  all  employees  under  her  charge, 

III.  She  shall  inspect  private  rooms  and  private  and  gen- 
eral wards  daily,  and  report  to  the  superintendent  the  condi- 
tion of  the  house. 

IV.  She  shall  make  requisitions  on  the  superintendent  for 
all  household  supplies,  and  shall  be  accountable  to  the  super- 
intendent for  their  proper  keeping  and  disposition. 

V.  She  shall  have  charge  of  the  general  sewing  of  the 
establishment,  and  of  the  manufacture  of  bedding,  clothing, 
etc. 

VI.  She  shall  personally  supervise  the  preparation  of  and 
the  serving  of  meals  from  the  kitchen  to  both  general  ward 
patients  and  private  patients. 

VII.  She  shall  not  absent  herself  from  the  Hospital  with- 
out permission  from  the  superintendent  and  shall  report  time 
of  return.  Vacations  shall  be  granted  only  by  the  managers, 
who  shall  appoint  her  substitute. 

Rules  Governing  the  Pharmacist. 
The  Pharmacist  will  prepare  all  medicines  prescribed  by 
the  physicians  and  surgeons  in  all  departments  of  the  hospital. 
He  shall  deliver  no  medicines  or  other  articles  which  are  not 
regularly  prescribed.  He  shall  exercise  economy  in  every- 
thing relating  to  his  department.  It  shall  be  his  duty  to  pro- 
cure all  supplies  at  the  lowest  market  price,  consistent  with 
the  purchase  of   drugs  of  the  best  quality.     He  shall  exhibit 


HOSPITAI..  525 

his  bills  weekly  to  the  superintendent.  He  shall  make  a 
monthly  report  to  the  superintendent  of  the  number  of  pre- 
scriptions made,  and  a  return  of  the  amount  of  cash  received 
from  out-patients.  He  shall  not  allow  any  person  in  the 
pharmacy  room  during  the  dispensing  hours. 

Rules  Governing  the  Engineer. 
The  care  and  oversight  of  the  engines,  boilers,  filters, 
pumping  apparatus,  machinery,  warming  and  ventilating  ap- 
paratus, water  tanks,  sewers,  water  closets,  lavatories,  waste 
pipes,  steam  cooking  apparatus,  laundry  machinery,  water, 
gas,  electrical  and  steam  distribution  are  committed  to  the 
engineer.  He  is  made  responsible  for  the  proper  conduct  and 
fidelity  of  those  associated  with  him  as  assistants,  and  must 
report  any  neglect  of  duty  to  the  superintendent.  He  is  ex- 
pected to  exercise  strict  economy  in  the  consumption  of  fuel, 
water  and  gas,  and  all  supplies.  He  is  further  expected  to 
regulate  his  hours  of  duty  according  to  the  requirements  of 
his  position. 

Rules  Governing  the  Night  Watchman. 

I.  The  night  watchman  must  present  himself  at  the  super- 
intendent's ofiice  in  the  Hospital  building  not  later  than  7  p. 
M. ,  to  receive  such  instructions  from  the  superintendent  as 
may  be  necessary. 

II.  It  shall  be  his  duty  to  make  the  entire  round  of  the 
Hospital  building  every  hour,  registering  by  the  watch-clocks, 
each  time,  wherever  they  may  be  placed,  between  8  p.  m.  and 
7  o'clock  the  next  morning. 

III.  When  an  emergency  case  is  brought  to  the  Hospital 
during  the  night,  he  shall  at  once  call  the  resident  surgeon,  or 
his  substitute,  who  shall  take  charge  of  the  patient. 

IV.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  watchman  to  at  once  super- 
intend and  assist  in  the  removal  of  the  bodies  of  those  who 
may  die  during  his  hours  of  duty,  to  the  room  provided  for 
their  reception  and  preservation,  but  no  body  shall  be  re- 
moved without  first  having  been  pronounced  dead  by  the 
resident  physician,  who  has  been  in  attendance  upon  the  case. 

V.  It  shall  be  his  duty  to  close  windows  and  turn  out  lights, 
when  no  longer  needed,  call  the  cook  and  other  employees  in 


526  HOSPITAL. 

the  moruing,  if  requested  by  the  superintendent,  and  in  all 
other  respects  further  the  welfare  of  the  institution.  He  will 
receive  his  instructions  from  the  superintendent,  respecting 
the  care  of  the  fire  in  the  kitchen-range  at  night. 

VI.  He  shall  make  a  written  report  each  morning  to  the 
superintendent  on  blanks  furnished  therefor,  (a)  of  all  ad- 
missions of  emergency  cases  during  the  night;  {b)  of  any  un- 
usual occurrences  in  the  Hospital  during  his  service;  (^)  of 
any  requests  or  messages  from  nurses,  physicians  or  surgeons 
in  attendance,  noting  the  time  of  such  occurrences  or  events. 

VII.  He  shall  see  that  the  decorum  of  the  Hospital  is  main- 
tained during  the  necessary  absence  of  the  superintendent  at 
night,  and  report  all  unbecoming  behavior  or  inattention  to 
duty  on  the  part  of  any  of  the  employees  of  the  institution. 

VIII.  He  shall  see  that  the  house  is  kept  as  quiet  as  pos- 
sible so  that  the  sleep  of  the  inmates  is  not  unnecessarily  dis- 
turbed. 

IX.  He  shall  report  each  morning  to  the  superintendent  the 
names  of  all  officers,  nurses  or  employees  who  may  have  been 
out  of  the  Hospital  after  time  of  closing,  lo  p.  m. 

Rules  Governing  Nurses. 

I.  Nurses  are  to  be  prompt  at  meals,  at  lectures,  in  going 
on  and  off  duty,  in  giving  medicine,  taking  temperature,  re- 
cording temperature  of  wards,  which  should  be  between  68° 
and  72°  F. 

II.  The  ward  work,  such  as  bed-making,  sweeping,  listing 
of  soiled  clothes,  and  general  straightening  of  the  ward,  is  to 
be  done  at  g  a.  m.,  if  possible. 

III.  Requisitions  for  ward  supplies,  glassess  for  medicines, 
and  all  bottles  wanting  refilling,  are  to  be  carried  to  their 
proper  places  by  8  a.  m. 

IV.  Nurses  shall  receive  no  medicines  for  patients  unless 
properly  labeled  and  directed. 

V.  Night  nurses  are  not  to  be  in  the  wards,  or  patients' 
rooms,  after  7  a.  m.  • 

VI.  Day  nurses  are  not  to  be  in  the  wards,  or  patients' 
rooms,  after  8  p.  m. 

VII.  Nurses  are  not  to  be  out  after  10  p.  m.  without  per- 
mission from  the  supervising  nurse. 


HOSPITAL.  527 

VIII.  Nurses  are  to  be  in  bed  and  all  lights  out  at  10:30 
p.  M, 

IX.  Nurses  are  not  to  be  out  of  their  wards  during  hours 
of  duty,  without  leaving  word  where  they  have  gone. 

X.  When  on  night  duty,  nurses  shall  remain  in  bed,  and 
sleep,  if  possible,  not  less  than  eight  hours  during  the  day; 
the  hours  to  be  from  8  A.  m.  to  4  p.  m. 

XI.  No  loud  laughing  or  talking  is  to  be  indulged  in,  either 
in  wards,  corridors,  rooms  or  parlor. 

XII.  No  nurse  is  is  to  go  to  the  kitchen  for  any  purpose 
whatever,  without  permission  from  the  supervising  nurse. 

XIII.  Nurses  are  not  allowed  in  the  doctors'  office,  or  in 
the  pharmacy. 

XIV.  Nurses  are  not  to  receive  visitors  in  the  wards,  in 
their  bedrooms,  or  any  place  in  the  Hospital,  except  in  the 
nurses'  parlor,  without  permission  from  the  supervising  nurse; 
neither  are  they  to  leave  their  wards  when  on  duty  to  receive 
visitors,  without  permission. 

XV.  Nurses  are  to  see  that  no  kind  of  food  or  drink  is 
brought  into  the  wards  by  visitors. 

XVI.  Nurses  are  not  to  leave  their  wards  during  visiting 
hours,  and  must  see  that  all  the  visitors  leave  the  wards  at  5 
o'clock,  reporting  at  the  office  all  who  fail  to  do  so. 

XVII.  Nurses  are  to  report  at  once  to  the  supervising  nurse 
any  profanity  or  improper  language  or  behavior  on  the  part 
of  any  person,  whether  patient  or  not,  in  any  ward,  corridor 
or  room. 

XVIII.  Nurses  are  to  see  that  no  games  are  played  on  the 
Sabbath  day. 

XIX.  No  patient  shall  be  permitted  to  go  out  of  the  wards 
to  render  any  service  without  permission  from  the  supervising 
nurse. 

XX.  Any  bottles  found  in  patients'  possession  are  to  be 
brought  at  once  to  the  supervising  nurse,  with  name  of 
patient. 

XXI.  Nurses  are  to  record  each  patient's  temperature, 
pulse  and  respiration  within  half  an  hour,  and  to  see  that  a 
bath  is  taken  (if  the  bath  is  permissible)  within  an  hour  after 
admission. 


528  HOSPITAL. 

XXII.  The  face  and  hands  of  all  patients  shall  be  washed 
each  morning,  and  a  general  bath  given  once  each  week,  if 
practicable,  or  whenever  ordered. 

XXIII.  Nurses  are  to  report  at  once  to  the  supervising 
nurse  any  food  sent  to  the  patients  in  an  improper  condition. 

XXIV.  Day  nurses  are  to  leave  poultice  pans,  pus  pans, 
basins,  bed  pans  and  all  utensils  in  a  neat  and  orderly  condi- 
tion for  the  night  nurses,  and  night  nurses  shall  leave  them 
in  the  same  condition  for  the  day  nurses;  when  not  so  left  the 
failure  shall  be  at  once  reported  to  the  supervising  nurse. 

XXV.  Nurses  are  to  see  that  all  mattresses  in  wards  or 
private  rooms  are  aired  out  of  doors  once  a  week,  when  pos- 
sible, and  that  every  bed  or  bedstead  is  carefully  treated  with 
corrosive  sublimate  as  often  as  once  a  month,  and  oftener,  if 
any  signs  of  vermin  are  seen. 

XXVI.  Nurses  are  to  report  at  once  to  the  supervising  or 
head  nurse  any  unfavorable  change,  or  any  extreme  suffering 
in  their  patients.  When  a  death  occurs  the  nurse  of  the  ward 
shall  immediately  notify  the  resident  physician. 

XXVII.  Nurses  are  prohibited  from  borrowing  or  loaning 
supplies  or  utensils  from  ward  to  ward,  without  permission 
from  the  supervising  nurse. 

XXVIII.  Nurses  must  keep  their  sleeping  rooms  as  well  as 
private  rooms  of  patients  and  their  wards  in  a  clean  and 
orderly  condition. 

XXIX.  Nurses  must  report  to  the  supervising  nurse  any 
defect  in  the  sanitary  condition  of  the  wards  as  soon  as  de- 
tected. 

XXX.  Nurses  are  to  bring  all  worn-out  and  ragged  ward 
clothing  or  bedding  to  the  supervising  nurse  to  be  replaced, 
also  all  clothing  needing  re-marking, 

XXXI.  Nurses  are  to  see  that  mattresses  and  pillows  do 
not  become  soiled  or  stained,  protecting  them  always,  when 
necessary,  by  rubber  sheeting. 

XXXII.  Nurses  will  have  two  weeks'  vacation  given  them 
each  year,  at  such  times  as  they  can  best  be  spared  from  their 
work. 

XXXIII.  Nurses  are  allowed  eighteen  pieces,  including 
bed  linen,  in  the  wash  each  week.     No  elaborately  trimmed 


HOSPITAI,.  529 

clothing  of  any  kind  will  be  allowed.  Everything  put  in  the 
wash  must  be  distinctly  marked  with  the  last  name  of  the 
owner. 

XXXIV.  Nurses  shall  not  accept  any  gift,  bribe  or  special 
compensation  from  any  patient. 

XXXV.  Nurses  in  charge  of  private  patients  must  keep 
the  r  rooms  clean  and  in  good  order,  and,  when  the  floor 
needs  scrubbing,  they  shall  report  to  the  supervising  nurse, 
who  will  immediately  request  the  matron  to  have  it  attended 
to  without  delay. 

XXXVI.  Nurses  must  respond  cheerfull}^  to  any  and  every 
emergency  call;  must  treat  all  patients  kindly,  ever  remem- 
bering that  firmness  in  the  discharge  of  duty  does  not  necessi- 
tate harshness  or  incivility. 

Dietary. 
Can  be  varied  only  by  an  attending  physician  or  surgeon: 

lyiQuiD  Diet. 

During  24.  (    2  pints  milk. 

hours  asX    2     "     barley  water  or  gruel. 
ordered.    (_    i  pint  of  beef  tea  or  mutton  broth. 

Low  Diet. 

Breakfast. — J^  pint  milk. 

1  soft  boiled  or  plated  ^g%. 

2  oz.  bread. 

Dinner. — ^  pint  beef  tea  or  mutton  broth. 

y2,  pint  of  boiled  rice  or  plain  pudding. 
Supper. — Yo,  pint  milk  or  milk  toast. 

^  pint  beef  tea. 

Medium  Diet. 

Breakfast. — y^,  pint  of  milk,  coffee  or  cocoa. 

2  soft  boiled  eggs. 

3  oz.  bread  and  butter. 
Dimier.  —  Y-z  pint  strained  soup. 

2  to  4  oz.  meat. 

4  oz  bread. 

Y2  pint  boiled  rice. 
Supper. — Y^  pi^t  ^^^  o^  milk. 

3  oz.  bread  and  butter. 
Fresh  or  stewed  fruit. 

35 


530  HOSPlTAIv. 

Fuiviv  Diet. 

Breakfast. — i  pint  coffee  or  cocoa. 

2  boiled  eggs  or  fish. 

4  oz.  bread  and  butter. 
Dinner. — i  pint  soup,  occasionally. 

4  to  6  oz.  meat. 

8  oz.  vegetables. 

4  oz.  bread. 

Pudding,  occasionally. 
Stepper. — I  pint  tea  or  milk. 

4  oz.  bread  and  butter. 

Fresh  or  stewed  fruit. 

Rules  Governing  Assistants   and   Nurses   in   Surgi- 
cal Clinics  and  Hospital  Operations. 
The  assistants  shall  be: 

I.  The  junior  attending  surgeon  of  the  Hospital  or  the 
clinical  chief. 

II.  The  house  surgeon  or  physician. 

III.  One  appointed  by  the  clinician  or  operator. 

IV.  A  nurse  from  the  training  school,  if  possible. 

N.  B. — Other  assistants  may  be  selected  from  the  Dispen- 
sary staff  or  training  school. 

Assistants  shall  hold  their  positions  in  rotation  as  much  as 
possible. 

In  the  absence  of  any  assistant  the  next  in  rank  takes  his 
place. 

Duties  of  First  Assistant. 

I.  Having  general  supervision  of  clinic,  under  chief,  who 
will  appoint  and  regulate  time  of  service  of  second  and  third 
assistants. 

II.  Direct  third  assistant  and  clinical  nurse  in  placing 
patient,  pad,  towels,  etc. 

III.  Direct  third  assistant  in  the  preparation  of  the  parts  for 
operation  and  complete  or  direct  the  completion  of  the  dress- 
ings under  the  chief. 

IV.  Cleanse  and  disinfect  hands  and  forearms,  keep  them 
wet  and  surgically  clean,  and  touch  nothing  that  is  not  surgi- 
cally clean. 


HOSPITAL.  531 

V.  Second  and  anticipate  wants  of  chief,  assist  in  operative 
work,  and  direct  the  work  of  all  nurses  and  assistants  under 
chief. 

Duties  of  Second  Assistant. 

I.  Cleanse  and  disinfect  the  hands  and  forearms,  keep 
them  wet  and  surgically  clean,  and  touch  nothing  that  is  not 
surgically  clean. 

II.  Have  care  of  instruments,  needles  and  thread,  during 
the  operation;  see  that  they  are  kept  in  perfect  order,  wiped 
and  immersed  when  returned  from  use,  and  allow  no  hands 
but  his — the  operator's  and  the  first  assistant's — to  touch 
them. 

Duties  of  Third  Assistant. 

I.  Assist  in  placing  the  patient  and  prepare  the  part  for 
operation. 

II.  Have  care  of  irrigation,  pads,  rubber  cloths,  protecting 
towels,  etc. ,  and  see  that  they  are  kept  in  order. 

III.  Hold  the  parts  and  patient  in  position  and  see  that  the 
surrounding  parts  and  clothing  are  kept  protected. 

IV.  Assist  in  the  application  of  the  dressings. 

V.  Accompany  orderh^  to  the  ward  and  assist  in  placing 
the  patient  in  bed  and  remain  until  the  ward  nurse  takes 
charge  of  the  patient. 

Duties  of  Fourth  Assistant. 

I.  Cleanse  and  disinfect  hands,  keep  them  wet  and  surgi- 
cally clean,  and  touch  nothing  that  is  not  surgically  clean. 

II.  See  that  all  dressings  are  ready  in  the  order  in  which 
they  will  be  needed. 

III.  Cleanse  and  hand  sponges,  squeezing  them  dry^  unless 
otherwise  ordered.     Hand  wet  towels,  etc. 

IV.  Watch  for  termination  of  operation  and  present  dress- 
ings: 

i^a)  Tray:  Forceps,  scissors,  probe,  drainage  tubing,  pro- 
tective. 

{]})  Dressings:  Duster,  iodoform  gauze,  sterilized  or 
bichloride  gauze,  sterilized  or  plain  cotton,  adhesive  plaster, 
bandages. 


532  HOSPITAL. 


Duties  of  Ward  Nurse. 

I.  Prepare  the  patient  according  to  the  rules. 

II.  Accompany  and  stay  by  patient  during  the  administra- 
tion of  the  anaesthetic. 

III.  Render  assistance,  as  directed  by  operator,  the  assist- 
ants, anaesthetist  or  cHnical  nurse. 

IV.  Remove  towels,  soiled  dressings,  rubber  sheet,  etc.,  to 
side  room. 

V.  Follow  patient  to  ward  and  take  charge. 

N.  B. — Nurses  in  clinics,  at  operations,  and  in  the  Dispen- 
sary, are  under  the  supervision  and  subject  to  the  orders  of 
the  chief  and  assistants  and  clinical  nurse. 

Duties  of  Clinical  Nurse. 

I.  See  that  the  operating  rooms  are  properly  heated  and 
ventilated  before  and  during  an  operation,  and  that  the  doors 
are  kept  closed. 

II.  Care  for  and  arrange  proper  instruments  for  each  case 
before  the  time  of  operation,  subject  to  the  instructions  of  the 
chief  and  first  assistant. 

III.  Place  tables,  instruments,  dressings,  etc.,  in  proper 
position. 

IV.  Supply  water  for  irrigators  and  basins. 

V.  Assist  in  moving  and  placing  patient,  providing  rubber 
sheets,  towels,  bucket,  etc. 

VI.  Prepare  receptacle  for  soiled  towels. 

VII.  See  that  the  room  is  cleared  and  in  order  between 
cases. 

VIII.  Not  to  go  out  of  room  unless  absolutely  necessary, 

IX.  To  save  all  specimens,  tumors,  etc. ;  present  them  to 
chief  at  close  of  clinic,  and  if  so  ordered,  take  them  to  the 
proper  place  and  party  for  examination  and  preservation. 

X.  Not  to  touch  anything  surgically  clean  except  with 
surgically  clean  hands. 

XI.  Bathe  frequently,  wear  clean  clothing,  and  keep  hands 
and  forearms  clean. 


HOSPITAL.  533 

RuLKS  Governing  the  Matron. 

I.  The  purchase  of  bedding,  dry  goods,  clothing,  house- 
hold and  laundry  supplies,  their  proper  custody  and  economi- 
cal use,  are  assigned  to  the  matron.  She  shall  have  general 
charge  and  oversight  of  the  cleanliness  of  the  whole  estab- 
lishment; of  the  work  of  the  laundry;  of  the  collection,  wash- 
ing and  distribution  of  clothing;  and  of  the  household  and 
laundry  employees. 

II.  She  shall  inspect  private  rooms  and  private  and  public 
wards  daily,  and  report  to  the  superintendent  the  condition  of 
the  house. 

III.  She  shall  make,  with  the  approval  of  the  superinten- 
dent, all  necessary  rules  for  the  proper  conduct  and  eflScient 
service  of  all  employees  in  her  department. 

IV.  She  shall  keep  in  a  book,  suitable  for  the  purpose,  a 
correct  account  of  all  supplies  purchased  and  a  statement  of 
the  amount  of  stock  on  hand.  These  supplies  shall  be  given 
out  upon  requisitions,  and  proper  entries  shall  be  made  there- 
for. She  shall  keep  her  storerooms  in  a  neat  and  orderly 
manner.  She  shall  present  weekly,  to  the  superintendent,  all 
bills  for  purchases  made  by  her. 

V.  She  shall  have  charge  of  the  general  sewing  of  the  es- 
tablishment and  the  manufacture  of  bedding,  clothing  and 
other  supplies. 

VI.  She  shall  have  no  jurisdiction  over  the  nurses,  but 
shall  report  any  observed  irregularities  or  incompetency  on 
their  part  to  the  superintendent,  through  whom  the  matter 
may  be  brought  before  the  visiting  managers. 

VII.  The  matron  shall  require  punctuality  at  all  meals.  At 
the  table  she  shall  prohibit  all  conversation  relating  to  patients 
or  hospital  affairs. 

VIII.  She  shall  not  absent  herself  from  the  Hospital,  ex- 
cept when  out  on  duty,  without  permission  from  the  visiting 
managers  who  shall  designate  the  person  to  take  charge  dur- 
ing her  absence.  She  must  report  time  of  leaving  and  return- 
ing to  the  superintendent. 


534  HOSPITAL. 

RuivES  Governing    the    Supervising  Nurse   and  Prin- 
cipal OP  THE  Training  School. 

I.  The  oversight  of  the  head  nurse,  nurses,  assistant 
nurses,  probationers  and  orderiies  is  committed  to  the  super- 
vising nurse. 

II.  She  is  charged  with  the  responsibility  of  the  instruction 
of  nurses  in  the  training  school,  and  is  authorized  to  prescribe 
courses  of  study,  to  select  and  accept  probationers,  to  keep 
their  accounts,  and  to  make  contracts  with  them  for  their  re- 
spective terms  of  service,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  ex- 
ecutive committee  of  the  training  school,  to  whom  she  must 
report. 

III.  She  is  empowered  to  make,  with  the  approval  of  the 
executive  committee  of  the  training  school,  all  necessary  rules 
for  the  government  of  nurses. 

IV.  She  can  lay  off  or  suspend  incompetent  insubordinate 
nurses,  and  must  report  such  action  to  the  executive  commit- 
tee for  definite  action. 

V.  She  shall  constantly  supervise  all  nursing  work,  and 
shall  observe  carefully  the  manner  in  which  nurses  and  order- 
lies care  for  the  sick;  she  shall  also  see  that  the  proper  entries 
are  made  on  the  patients'  clinical  charts;  and  shall  report  to 
the  superintendent  any  defect  in  the  sanitary  condition  of  the 
wards  as  soon  as  detected. 

VI.  It  shall  be  her  duty  to  approve  of  requisitions  for  ward 
supplies.  She  shall  see  that  proper  economy  is  exercised  in 
the  distribution  of  the  food,  in  the  use  of  all  materials  for 
surgical  operations  and  dressings,  and  in  all  ward  supplies  and 
furnishings,  and  that  the  medicines  are  administered  as 
directed  by  the  attending  or  resident  physicians  and  sur- 
geons. 

VII.  She  shall  make  a  report  of  everything  pertaining  to 
her  department  to  the  executive  committee  of  the  training 
school,  on  the  first  Monday  of  each  month,  and  present  her 
books  of  account  for  audit. 

VIII.  She  shall  not  absent  herself  from  the  Hospital  with- 
out permission  from  the  superintendent  and  shall  report  time 


HOSPITAL.  535 

of  return.  Vacations  shall  be  granted  only  by  the  executive 
committee,  who  shall  approve  of  her  appointed  substitute  dur- 
ing such  vacation. 

RuivKS  Governing  the  Preparation  and  After-treat- 
ment OF  Patients  Undergoing  Surgical 
Operations. 


THE   SEAT  OF   OPERATION. 
If  possible,  the  preparation  of  the  part  should  be  preceded 
by 

(a)  A  full  bath  in  the  tub,  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

(b)  Clean  clothing  and  a  fresh,  clean  bed. 

I.  Soap  and  shave,  in  all  directions,  over  a  wide  area,  around 
the  part  to  be  operated. 

II.  Scrub  the  same  area  throroughly  with  green  soap,  hot 
water  and  a  stiff  brush. 

N.  B. — This  should  be  done  the  day  before,  if  possible, 
and,  if  so  ordered,  a  soft-soap  poultice  should  then  be  applied 
to  the  same  area  and  bandaged  on. 

III.  On  the  morning  of  the  operation  scrub  again,  irrigate 
thoroughly,  and  envelop  the  part  in  a  wet  bichloride  towel; 
cover  this  with  a  dry  one,  and  then  hold  them  in  place  with  a 
bandage. 

IV.  Before  vaginal  operations  administer  a  copious  warm 
water  vaginal  douche  the  night  before  the  operation;  an  anti- 
septic vaginal  douche  the  next  morning,  of  corrosive  sublimate 
solution  1-4000,  followed  by  a  copious  hot  water  vaginal 
douche,  just  previous  to  the  time  for  operation,  unless  other- 
wise ordered. 

BOWELS. 

I.  Unless  otherwise  ordered,  a  purge  of  licorice  powder 
(teasponful)  should  be  administered  the  day  before  the  opera- 
tion to  all  patients  who  are  to  be  anaesthetized.  If  necessary, 
this  should  be  repeated  until  the  bowels  are  freely  moved. 
This  should  always  be  followed  by  a  cleansing  enema  on  the 
morning  of  the  operation. 

II.  In  cases  to  be  operated  about  the  rectum  the  lower 
bowel  should  be  cleansed  by  several  douches,  medicated  or 
not,  as  ordered. 


536  HOSPITAL. 

URINE. 

I.  The  urine  should  be  thoroughly  examined  chemically, 
and,  if  necessary,  microscopically,  in  every  case  to  be  oper- 
ated. The  quantity  passed  in  twenty-four  hours  should  be 
measured. 

N.  B. — The  condition  of  the  urine  must  in  every  case  be 
reported  to  the  operator  and  anaesthetist  before  an  operation. 

II.  The  bladder  should  be  emptied  half  an  hour  before  an 
operation,  unless  otherwise  ordered, 

DIET. 

Patients  who  are  to  be  anaesthetized  must  be  put  on  ' '  ethef 
diet,"  if  possible,  for  twenty-four  hours. 

In  general,  and  particularly  for  capital  and  abdominal  opera- 
tions, this  should  be  as  follows: 

The  day  before  {a)  for  dinner ,  fresh,  rare  beef,  or  mutton, 
with  bread  and  butter  or  soft  milk  toast.  No  dry  toast,  crackers 
or  vegetables.  Masticate  well.  For  supper,  cold,  fresh  meats, 
excepting  pork  and  veal;  soft  eggs,  stewed  fruits  without 
seeds,  baked  apples,  milk  toast,  tea  and  milk.  During  the 
night,  a  glass  of  milk  with  the  white  of  an  ^%%  and  dessert- 
spoonful of  brandy  may  be  administered  if  necessary.  In 
the  mor7iing,  a  bowl  of  clear  beef-tea  or  mutton-broth,  free 
from  fat,  and  a  cup  of  coffee. 

N.  B. — In  afternoon  operations  this  may  be  repeated  four 
hours  before  the  operation. 

N.  B. — Large  draughts  of  water  must  be  avoided  before  an 
operation,  as  the  stomach  should  be  empty. 

SPECIAL    PREPARATIONS. 

I.  For  head. — Blanket  the  body. 

II.  For  face  and  neck. — Cap  of  head;  night-dress  and  under- 
shirt slipped  below  shoulders;  blanket  from  armpits  down. 

III.  For  upper  extremity. — Night-dress  and  undershirt 
slipped  below  affected  shoulders;  blanket  from  waist  down. 

IV.  For  breast. — As  above.     Bandage  arm  of  affected  side. 

V.  For  abdomen. — Night-dress  and  undershirt  slipped  up 
to  arm-pits;  blanket  over  chest;  blanket  around  lower  ex- 
tremities. 


HOSPITAL.  537 

VI.  For  lower  extre^nity. — Night-dress  slipped  above  hips; 
limb  or  limbs  wrapped  in  small  blanket  or  sheet  held  in  place 
by  bandages. 

N.  B. — Hot-water  bag  and  extra  blanket  to  accompany  each 

patient. 

AFTKR  TREATMENT. 

I.  After  an  operation  the  diet  is  to  be  liquid,  unless  other- 
wise ordered,  and  until  ordered  changed.  After  abdominal 
or  intestinal  operations  nothing  but  sups  of  hot  water  or 
cracked  ice  can  be  given  by  the  mouth,  unless  otherwise 
ordered,  until  flatus  is  passed. 

II.  The  bladder  should  be  watched  to  see  that  the  urine  is 
passed  regularly.  When  the  catheter  is  required  it  should  be 
used  three  to  four  times  in  twenty-four  hours;  more  fre- 
quently, if  necessary,  or  so  ordered.  It  must  be  cleaned  and 
disinfected  before  and  after  use. 

III.  Patients  should  not  see  visitors  for  twenty-four  hours 
before  or  forty-eight  hours  after  a  capital  operation,  unless  by 
special  permission.  They  must  be  kept  absolutely  quiet  after 
such  operation  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

NURSES. 

I.  Nurses  in  attendance  on  patients  suflFering  from  infec 
tious  diseases,  or  who  have  been  handling  foul,  suppurating 
wounds,  should  be  excluded  from  surgical  operations,  espe- 
cially clean  capital  ones. 

II.  Nurses  should  bathe  and  put  on  clean  clothing  before  a 
clean  capital  operation. 

III.  The  nurse  in  charge  of  a  patient  must  not  leave  the 
room  for  the  first  few  days  after  a  capital  operation,  unless  a 
competent  substitute  takes  her  place,  to  whom  the  case  is 
fully  explained,  and  then  but  for  a  short  time,  to  obtain 
sleep,  etc. 

IV.  The  nurse  in  charge  of  a  patient  must  take  the  tem- 
perature, pulse  and  respiration,  note  the  bowel  and  urine 
movements,  and  report  these  to  the  surgeon  in  charge  person- 
ally before  an  operation.  She  must  also  report  these  and  all 
important  symptoms,  as  well  as  her  observations,  either  per- 
sonally or  through  her  substitute,  to  the  surgeon  at  the  time 
of  his  visits. 


538  HOSPITAL. 

RuivES  Governing  the  Anesthetist. 

I.  He  shall  be  present  at  the  hospital  promptly  on  clinic 
days. 

II.  He  shall  see  the  report  of  the  urine  analysis,  and,  if  he 
deems  it  necessary,  confirm  it. 

III.  He  shall  examine  the  heart  and  lungs  in  the  ward, 
and,  if  possible,  on  the  day  before  the  operation. 

IV.  He  shall  choose  the  anaesthetic. 

V.  He  shall  report  to  the  operator  any  conditions  contra- 
indicating  operation,  or  complications  that  may  be  expected, 
or  that  may  require  rapid  operating. 

VI.  He  shall  warn  the  operator  on  the  appearance  of 
dangerous  symptoms. 

VII.  He  shall  see  that  the  patient  is  properly  blanketed 
and  supplied  with  hot-water  bags,  and  that  the  anaesthetizing 
and  operating  rooms  are  of  a  proper  temperature. 

VIII.  He  shall  provide  an  attendant  who  shall  see  that 
patients  are  taken  to  the  wards  without  exposure,  put  to  bed 
properly,  etc. 

IX.  He  shall  see  that  the  patient  is  in  good  condition  when 
entrusted  to  this  attendant,  or  to  the  ward  nurse. 

X.  He  shall  see  the  patient  again  before  leaving  the  hos- 
pital. 

XI.  He  shall  instruct  the  junior  residents  and  the  nurses 
in  anaesthetizing. 

XII.  He  shall  never  anaesthetize  except  in  the  presence  of 
a  nurse. 

Rules  Governing  the  Dispensary. 


General  Rules. 

I.  Time  of  Service. — The  dispensary  shall  be  open  for  the 
treatment  of  patients,  daily,  at  i  p.  m.  ,  excepting  Sunday  and 
legal  holidays;  and  the  physicians  shall  report  promptly  at 
that  hour  for  duty,  and  write  their  names  in  the  record  book 
kept  for  that  purpose,  noting  the  time  of  the  beginning  of 
their  service  and  the  termination  thereof. 

II,  Duties  of  Heads  of  Departments  and  Assistants. — The 
dispensary  service  shall  be  under  the  immediate  supervision  of 
the  clinical  teachers  of  the  college. 


HOSPITAL.  539 

The  following  departments  have  been  established,  viz.: 

(a. )   Department  of  General  Medicine. 

(d.)  Department  of  General  Surgery. 

(c.  )   Department  of  Gynaecology. 

(d.)  Department  of  Obstetrics. 

(e.  )  Department  of  Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat. 
The  heads  of  the  several  departments  shall  be  responsible 
to  the  visiting  managers  of  the  Hospital,  and  shall  sign  the 
monthly  reports  submitted  to  the  same.  They  shall  have 
general  supervision  over  their  respective  departments,  espe- 
cially with  reference  to  the  attendance  and  efficiency  of  all 
assistants,  and  shall  have  power  to  remove  delinquents  and 
appoint  such  additional  assistants,  as  may  be  needed,  subject 
to  the  approval  of  the  visiting  managers.  The  first-named 
assistant  or  assistants,  as  required,  shall  be  the  clinical  assist- 
ants during  the  progress  of  a  clinic,  and  the  next  in  rank  shall 
conduct  the  dispensary  service  of  that  department  for  that 
day,  the  rank  to  be  determined  by  the  length  of  time  in  ser- 
vice. 

III.  Duties  of  the  Executive  Officer. — It  shall  be  the  duty  of 
the  executive  officer  to  keep  a  record  of  all  new  cases  making 
application  for  treatment,  and  he  shall  assign  all  cases  to  the 
departments  to  which  they  properly  belong,  in  order  that  the 
several  clinical  teachers  may  be  provided  with  material  for  the 
clinical  instruction  of  students.  He  shall  keep  a  record  of  all 
cases  making  application  for  attendance  during  confinement, 
and  the  obstetrical  department  shall  be  entitled  to  all  such 
cases  from  the  several  departments  of  the  dispensary. 

IV.  Home  Treatment  for  Patients — The  executive  officer 
shall  keep  a  record  of  all  applications  made  to  the  dispensary 
for  home  treatment  of  patients,  and  shall  direct  the  applicant 
to  the  physician  in  charge  of  the  district  in  which  the  patient 
resides.  If  any  such  cases  have  recently  been  in  attendance 
at  the  college  clinics,  the  clinical  teacher  shall  be  notified  of 
the  patient's  illness,  and  if  death  ensues  he  shall  be  requested 
to  superintend  the  autopsy,  if  any  is  made. 

V.  Records. — The  physicians  connected  with  the  different 
departments  shall  keep  a  correct  record  of  the  name,  residence, 
age,   sex   and   symptoms  of  the   patient    treated,   with    the 


540  HOSPITAL. 

history  of  such  treatment  from  the  beginning  to  the  termi- 
nation thereof,  in  a  book  provided  for  that  purpose.  At 
the  end  of  each  month  they  shall,  from  such  records,  fill  up 
the  blanks  furnished  for  the  purpose  of  recording  the  work 
accomplished  in  the  dispensary,  and  submit  the  same,  with  all 
contributions  of  money  from  patients,  to  the  heads  of  their  re- 
spective departments,  and  they  shall  forward  the  same,  with 
their  signatures  appended,  to  the  executive  officer,  who  shall 
prepare  a  summary  report  for  the  superintendent  to  present  to 
the  visiting  managers  of  the  Hospital. 

VI.  Instruments. — Instruments  and  other  articles  needed 
for  the  proper  diagnosis  of  disease  will  be  provided  the  physi- 
cians in  attendance,  upon  requisition  made  to  the  executive 
officer,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  visiting  managers. 

VII.  Hospital  Cases. — Throughout  the  lecture  term  of  the 
college  the  clinical  teachers  shall  have  the  privilege  of  admit- 
ting and  treating  in  the  Hospital  wards  such  cases  as  they 
may  require  for  the  clinical  instruction  of  students,  subject  to 
the  general  rules  of  the  Hospital. 

SPECIAL   RULKS. 

I.  No  patient  shall  be  treated  in  the  dispensary  without  a 
card  issued  by  the  executive  officer. 

II.  No  cards  are  to  be  issued  to  new  patients,  or  to  old 
patients  for  new  diseases,  except  by  the  executive  officer  of 
the  dispensary. 

III.  No  patient  shall  be  treated  in  any  department  other 
than  that  to  which  he  or  she  has  been  assigned  by  the  execu- 
tive officer. 

IV.  When  a  case  has  been  incorrectly  assigned  or  needs 
other  treatment  than  that  provided  in  the  special  department 
to  which  it  has  been  assigned,  it  shall  be  sent  back  to  the 
executive  officer,  with  such  information,  for  reassignment; 
and  whenever  it  is  possible,  the  physician  who  was  last  in 
charge  of  the  case  shall  furnish  the  next  in  charge  with  a 
written  or  verbal  history  of  the  disease  and  treatment  whilst 
under  his  care. 

V.  Patients  returning  with  old  cards  for  new  diseases  must 
be  referred  to  the  executive  officer  for  re-registering  and  a 


HOSPITAL.  541 

new  card  for  the  particular  department  to  which  patient  be- 
longs. 

VI.  Patients  under  treatment  who  require  special  attention 
in  another  department,  may  be  referred  through  the  executive 
ofl&cer  to  such  department  and  treated  there  as  long  as  the 
special  treatment  is  required. 

VII.  When  a  patient  ceases  to  be  a  case  for  the  special  de- 
partment to  which  it  has  been  assigned  and  treated,  and  re- 
quires further  treatment  in  some  other  department,  he  or  she 
may  be  transferred  to  such  department  by  the  executive 
officer. 

VIII.  When  a  case  is  transferred  from  one  department  to 
another,  the  card  must  be  endorsed  by  the  physician  so  trans- 
ferring and  handed  to  the  executive  officer. 

IX.  Transfers  from  one  department  to  another  must  be 
made  through  the  executive  officer. 

X.  Cases  that  develop  conditions  while  under  treatment, 
requiring  attention  at  their  homes,  may  be  treated  by  the 
physician  in  whose  department  the  patient  belongs,  or  re- 
ferred to  the  executive  officer  for  treatment  by  the  district 
physician.  Cases  so  treated,  when  able  to  come  to  the  dis- 
pensary again,  are  to  be  returned  to  the  proper  department. 

XI.  All  obstetrical  cases  arising  in  the  dispensary  are  to  be 
referred  to  the  executive  officer  and  assigned  to  the  obstetri- 
cal department. 

XII.  The  of&ce  address  of  attending  dispensary  physicians 
and  surgeons  must  not  appear  on  dispensary  cards,  prescrip- 
tion blanks,  etc. 

XIII.  Patients  must  not  be  induced  to  leave  the  dispensary 
for  treatment  at  the  physician's  office. 

XIV.  When  the  dispensary  does  not  afford  proper  facilities 
for  examination  or  study  of  a  case,  the  patient  may  be  taken 
to  the  physician's  office  for  this  purpose.  But  in  all  cases  the 
patient  must  be  promptly  returned  to  the  dispe^isary .     This  rule 

applies  particularly  to  the  preparation  of  cases  for  clinical  in- 
struction. 

XV.  When  a  physician  is  obliged  to  be  absent  from  the 
dispensary,  he  should  not  fail  to  give  seasonable  notification 
to  the  executive  officer,  and,  if  possible,  provide  a  satisfactory 
substitute. 


542  HOSPITAL. 

XVI.  Perfect  decorum  must  be  observed  by  all  connected 
with  the  dispensary  service.  Smoking  and  the  use  of  to- 
bacco, and  loud  and  boisterous  talking  are  strictly  prohibited. 

Physicians  in  the  various  departments,  executive  officer 
and  pharmacist  must  not  be  interrupted  during  the  hours  of 
service,  except  for  matters  which  relate  strictly  to  the  dispen- 
sary work. 

XVII.  Each  physician  shall  obligate  himself  to  service, 
regularly,  the  full  time  for  which  he  is  appointed;  and  in  case 
of  violation  of  these  rules  his  place  shall  be  forfeited. 

Rules  Governing  Servants  and  Employees. 

I.  Hospital  servants  and  employees  shall  be  hired,  with  the 
approval  of  the  superintendent,  in  such  numbers  as  the  service 
of  the  Hospital  may  require,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the 
visiting  managers. 

II.  They  shall  be  under  the  control  of  the  superintendent 
and  the  heads  of  the  several  department  where  they  are  em- 
ployed. 

III.  They  shall  have  assigned  to  them  regular  duties,  but 
they  will  be  expected  to  comply  with  any  reasonable  request 
for  unusual  service. 

IV.  They  shall  not  leave  the  Hospital  during  the  hours  of 
duty  without  permission  from  the  heads  of  their  respective 
departments. 

V.  Breakage  or  injury  to  property,  the  result  of  careless- 
ness or  negligence,  must  be  made  good  by  the  employee  caus- 
ing the  breakage  or  injury. 

VI.  Servants  or  other  employees  shall  not  receive  any  com- 
pensation, gift  or  bribe  from  any  patient. 


HOSPITAL.  543 


CHAPTER  XL 


HOSPITAL  STAFF. 

This  list  embraces  the  physicians  and  surgeons  from   the 
opening  of  the  Hospital  in  187 1  to  the  present  time. 

Anesthetist. 
Dock,  Robert  Garrett,  1895  to  1898. 
Grigsby,  Edward  S.,  1895. 
Hassler,  J.  W.,  1894. 
Northrop,  Herbert  L.,  1891. 
Smilie,  Nathan,  1897,  1898. 
Stirk,  James  C,  1892,  1893. 

Consultants.     Consulting  Physicians. 
Dudley,  Pemberton,  1898. 
Earhart,  J.  R.,  1885  to  1891. 
Fellger,  Ad.,  1885,  1886,  1887. 
James,  Bushrod  W.,  1885  to  1898. 
Kitchen,  James,  1886  to  1894. 
Korndoerfer,  Augustus,  1885  to  1898. 
Lee,  John  K.,  1886,  1887. 
McLeod,  George  I.,  1888  to  1898. 
Middleton,  Caleb  S.,  1896,  1897,  1898- 
Mitchell,  J.  Nicholas,  1896,  1897,  1898. 
Neidhard,  Charles,  1885  to  1894. 
Raue,  Charles  G.,  1885  to  1896. 
Reed,  William  A.,  1888  to  1894. 
Thomas,  A.  R. ,  1892,  1893,  1894,  1895. 

Gynecologists.     (Attending.) 
Betts,  B.  Frank,  1885  to  1894. 
Gramm,  Theodore  J.,  1895,  1896. 


544  HOSPITAI,. 

James,  John  E.,  1895,  1896,  1897,  1898. 
Mitchell,  J.  Nicholas,  1887,  1888. 
Smedley,  Isaac  G.,  1887  to  1898. 

Gynecologist.     (Consulting.) 
Betts,  B.  Frank,  1895  to  i! 


IvARYNGOLOGIST. 

Shallcross,  Isaac  G.,  1892  to  1898. 
Masseur. 
Kerkhoff,  W.  A.,  1892,  1893. 

Neurologists.     (Attending.  ) 
Bartlett,  Clarence,  1890  to  1898. 
Bayley,  Weston  D.,  1894  to  1898. 

Obstetricians. 
Mercer,  Edward  W.,  1894  to  1898. 
Mitchell,  J.  Nicholas,  1885,  1886,  1892,  1893,  1894. 
Korndoerfer,  Aug.,  Jr.,  1897,  1898. 

Ophthalmologists  and  Otologists. 
Jessup,  H.  I.,  1893  to  1898. 
Thomas,  Charles  M.,  1 881  to  1884,   1 891  to  1898. 

Pathologists. 

Becker,  Charles,  Jr.,  1895. 
Cookman,  Alfred,  1897. 
Hall,  Philipe  Sharpies,  1895  to  1898. 
Harrington,  GoveS.,  1896. 
Ingersoll,  W.  K.,  1885  to  1890. 
James,  D.  Bushrod,  1898. 
Korndoerfer,  Aug.,  Jr.,  1897. 
Vischer,  Carl  V.,  1 891  to  1894. 

Pharmacist. 
Parrat,  Eugene,  1891  to  1898. 

Physicians.     (Visiting — Attending.  ) 
Bigler,  William  H.,  1881  to  1884,  1896  to  1898. 
Dudley,  Pemberton,  1882. 
Farrington,  Ernest  A.,  1874  to  1884. 


HOSPITAL.  545 

Gause,  O.  B.,  January,  1872,  and  August,  1872;  July, 
1872,  and  February,  1873. 

Goodno,  W.  C,  1885  to  1898. 

Guernsey,  Joseph  C,  1878,  1879,  1885  to  1898. 

Guernsey,  Henry  N. ,  March,  1872,  and  October,  1872; 
April,  1872,  and  November,  1872. 

Haeseler,  C.  H.,  February,  1872,  and  September,  1872; 
March,  1872,  and  October,  1872. 

Haines,  O.  S.,  1890  to  1898. 

Hering,  Constantine,  1871. 

Hosfeld,  G.  S.,  1879,    1880,  1881. 

James,  Bushrod  W.,  1871. 

Koch,  Richard,  May,  1872,  and  December,  1872;  June, 
1872,  and  January,  1873. 

Knerr,  C.  B  ,  1878,  1879,  1880,  1885  to  1898. 

Korndoerfer,  Augustus,  1878  to  1882. 

Karsner,  Daniel,  1885,  1886,  1887. 

Macfarlan,  Duncan,  1880,  188 1. 

Martin,  Henry  N.,  1871. 

McClatchey,  R.  J.,  187 1. 

Mitchell,  J.  N.,  1898. 

Mohr,  Charles,  1882  to  1898. 

Middleton,  C.  S.,  1871. 

Morgan,  John  C,  April,  1872,  and  November,  1872;  May, 
1872,  and  December,  1872;   1888,  1889,  1890. 

Raue,  C.  G.,  1871. 

Reeves,  J.  M.,  1885  to  1898. 

Sargent,  R.,  1878. 

Stephens,  lycmuel,  January,  1872,  and  August,  1872;  July, 
1872,  and  February,  1873;  August,  1872,   and   March,  1873. 

Smith,  Ralph  C,  1885  to  1890. 

Thomas,  A.  R.,  June,  1872,  and  January,  1873;  July, 
1872,  and  February,  1873. 

Van  Baun,  W.  W.,  1891  to  1898. 

Williamson,  M.  S.,  1878  to  1898. 

Williamson,  Walter  M.,  1871. 

Physicians.     (Resident.) 

Baethig,  Henry,  Jr.,  187 1,  1872. 
Barnard,  Frank  S.,  1894. 
36 


546  HOSPITAIv. 

Bickley,  George  H.,  1894,  1895. 
Blackley,  Carl  A.,  1896,  1897. 
Boone,  George  H.,  1895. 
Bronson,  B.  F.,  1874. 
Budlong,  Martin  S.,  1895. 
Bullard,  J.  C,  1873. 
Burnham,  188 1. 
Caley,  Joseph  M.,  1889. 
Chaffee,  Ralph  W.,  1896,  1897. 
Cobb,  Arthur  R.,  1891. 
Corson,  Walter  A.,  1894. 
Cookman,  Alfred,  1895,  1896. 
Campbell,  Duncan,  1895. 
Crichton,  Macpherson,  1898. 
Dobson,  Clarence  H.,  1897. 
Eastman,  Arthur  M.,  1879,  1880. 
Eberhard,  Harry  Martin,  1898. 
Haines,  O.  S.,  1882. 
Hartley,  Arthur,  1898. 
Hartman,  George  Willis,  1898. 
Hassler,  J.  Wyllis,  1892,  1893. 
Hall,  Philipe  Sharpies,  1891. 
Higgins,  Royal  G. ,  1892. 
James,  D.  Bushrod,    1896. 
Lacey,  Henry  L.,  1891, 
Ivieb,  A.  G.,  1888. 
L,azear,  L.  L.,  1891. 
Maguire,  W.  T.,  1882. 
Macdonald,  T.  L.,  1888. 
McDowell,  Charles  H.,  1892,  1893. 
Mercer,  E.  W.,  1884. 
Messerve,  F.  W.,  1885. 
Nichols,  Herberts.,  1895,  il 
Northrop,  Edward  R.,  i8c 
Northrop,  Herbert  h.,  18J 
Oatley,  E.  L.,  1886,  1887. 
Ogden,  B.  H.,  1885. 
Posey,  Ivouis  P.,  1883,  li 
Roman,  Desiderio,  1893. 


HOSPITAL.  547 

Randall,  Edward  G.,  1898. 
Reading,  Charles  L,.,  1891,  1892. 
Robinson,  E.  A.,  1893. 
Sappington,  Samuel  A.,  1897. 
Satterthwait,  Abbott,  1897. 
Smedley,  Isaac  G.,  1880. 
Smiley,  L-  F.,  1875  to  1878. 
Sparhawk,  Samuel,  1893,  1894. 
Snader,  E.  R.,  1886. 
Stewart,  Geo.  W.,  1883. 
Strickler,  D.  A.,  1881. 
Stubbs,  George  P.,  1890. 
Strong,  Walter  M.,  1890,  1891. 
Van  Baun,  W.  W.,  1880. 
Van  Eennep,  Gustav  A.,  1894. 
Wasgatt,  Rowland  J.,  1896. 
Waaser,  J.  E.,  1893,  1894. 
Weaver,  Harry  S.,  1892. 
Westney,  Alfred  W.,  1897. 
Wilbur,  Bertrand  R.,  1892. 

Superintendents. 
Magee,  Mrs.  E.  D.,  1892. 
Shumway,  Orrin  B.,  1894  to  1898. 
Stubbs,  George  P.,  1891. 
Taylor,  Mrs.,  1887. 
Worst,  George  E.,  1893. 

Surgeon.     (Consulting.) 
Thomas,  Charles  M.,  1892  to  1898. 

Surgeons  .     (Visiting — Attending.  ) 
Macfarlan,  Malcolm,  187 1,  1874,  1875. 
McClelland,  J.  H.,    1877,    1878. 
Morgan,  John  C,  1885,  1886,  1887. 
James,  John  E.,  1878  to  1895. 
Northrop,  H.  E.,  1892  to  1898. 
Thomas,  Charles  M.,  1878  to  1891. 
Goodno,  W.  C,  1878  to  1884. 
Vischer,  Carl  V.,  1892  to  1898. 
Van  Eennep,  Wm.  B.,  1886  to  1898. 


548  HOSPITAL. 

CHAPTER  XII. 

CONTRIBUTORS. 


BEQUESTS. 

Among  the  most  liberal  contributors  during  life  were  found 
men  and  women  who  had  made  generous  provision  for  the 
maintenance  of  the  Hospital,  after  their  departure  to  the  life 
beyond,  notably  the  brothers  and  sisters  Jeanes,  whose  bene- 
factions amount  in  the  aggregate  to  nearly  $100,000.  The 
estate  of  Walter  Gariett  paid  into  the  Hospital  treasury  $50,- 
875.  Isaiah  V.  Williamsom  left  by  bequest  $40,000.* 
Leandro  de  la  Cuesta  provided  in  his  last  will  and  testament 
that  the  Hospital  should  receive  one-fifteenth  of  the  net  in- 
come of  his  residuary  estate,  amounting  to  about  $600,000. 
This  bequest  yields  about  $1,600  yearly  for  Hospital  support. 
J.  Lewis  Crozer's  benefactions  amount  to  upwards  of  $35,- 
000.  Besides  very  generous  donations  during  life,  Jacob  G. 
Neafie  left  by  bequest  $25,000,  Lemuel  Coffin  $25,000, 
Charles  J.  Harrah  $10,000,*  Anna  H.  Wilstach  $10,000, 
Alfred  Bamber  $10,000,  Mrs.  Chapman  Biddle  $5,000,  J.  B. 
Moorhead  $5,000,  Joseph  E.  Temple  $5,000,  Lucy  Gascoyne 
$5,000,  and  numerous  others  left  smaller  legacies. 

HONORARY    MEMBERS. 

Honorary  members,   constituted  by  the  payment  of  five 
thousand  dollars  at  any  one  time: 
fMrs.  Chapman  Biddle,  fMrs.  Jacob  Jeanes, 

Mrs. Vincent  L.  Bradford,  fjoseph  Jeanes, 

George  Burnham,  fSamuel  Jeanes, 

^Burnham,  Williams  &  Co.,  Mrs.  Bloomfield  H.  Moore, 

tLemuel  CofSn,  tJ-  B.  Moorhead, 

tJ.  Lewis  Crozer,  fjacob  G.  Neafie, 

Mrs.  J.  Lewis  Crozer,  fCharles  D.  Read, 

*  Bequest  became  inoperative  owing  to  State  law  limit,  wills  having 
been  executed  within  thirty  days  of  decease. 
f  Deceased. 


HOSPITAL. 


549 


^Walter  Garrett, 
Mrs.  Walter  Garrett, 
Miss  Anua  T.  Jeanes, 
*Miss  Mary  Jeanes, 
*Mrs.  Isaac  Jeanes, 


*John  F.  Smith, 
*Joseph  E.  Temple, 
Mrs.  Catherine  A.  Wentz, 
*I.  V.  Williamson, 
*Mrs.  A.  H.  Wilstach. 


LIFE    PATRONS. 

Ivife  patrons,  constituted  by  the  payment  of  fifty  dollars  at 
any  one  time : 


Mrs  William  Adamson, 

Mrs.  H.  E.  Aldrich, 

J,  B.  Altemus, 

Joel  J.  Baily, 
*Miss  Louisa  Baldwin, 

Mrs.  T.  B.  Baldwin, 

Richard  D.  Barclay, 

Mrs.  Richard  D.  Barclay, 

Mrs.  Charles  D.  Barney, 
*B.  H.  Bartol, 

H.  W.  Bartol, 

Mrs.  Clyde  Edwin  Barton, 

H.  Belfield  &  Co., 

T.  B.  Belfield, 
*Mrs.  T.  B.  Belfield, 
*Miss  Bell, 

Miss  H.  S.  Benson, 

Joseph  Berens,  M.  D., 
*Mrs.  Catherine  C.  Bergner, 

Mrs.  Charles  William  Bergner, 

Bergner  &  Engle  Brewing  Co., 

Charles  M.  Betts, 

B.  F.  Betts,  M.  D., 

Bingham  Hotel  Company, 
*Anna  Cresson, 

Croft  &  Allen, 
*Leandro  de  la  Cuesta, 
*Nemesia  de  la  Cuesta, 

Mrs.  Ellen  M.  Dabney. 

Darlington  &  Runk, 

Miss  Helen  Darlington, 

Mrs.  J.  G.  Darlington, 

Mrs.  H.  P.  Darragh, 

Mrs.  Charles  G.  Davis, 

Mrs.  Emma  E.  Davis, 

*Deceased. 


Mrs.  Charles  Blanchard, 
Miss  Blank, 

*Sarah  h.  Boone, 
James  F.  Breuil, 

*Alexander  Brown, 
Mrs.  Catherine  Brown, 
William  K.  Brown,  M.  D., 
J.  A.  Bullard,  M.  D., 
Mrs.  George  Burnham, 
William  Burnham, 
Mrs.  W.  S.  Carpenter, 

*George  W.  Childs, 
Edwin  H.  Coates, 

*Mrs.  Lemuel  Coffin, 

*A.  M.  Collins, 
H.  H.  Collins, 
Mrs.  H.  H.  Collins, 
Mrs.  Mary  A.  Combs, 
Jose  Congosto,  M.  D., 
Joel  Cook, 
Jay  Cooke,  Jr., 
Mrs.  Jay  Cooke,  Jr., 
Mrs.  Mary  Cope, 
Miss  Florence  Crap, 
Mrs.  William  B.  Hanna, 
Miss  Helen  A.  Hanna, 
Charles  J   Harrah, 
William  H.  Harned, 
E.  Harrington,  Son  &  Co., 
Mrs   Constantine  Hering, 
Rudolph  Hering, 
Walter  E.  Hering, 
Mrs.  Walter  E.  Hering, 
Mrs.  J.  R.  Hinkley, 
Anthony  A.  Hirst, 


550 


HOSPITAL. 


Bugene  Delano, 
Mrs.  E.  L.  Drake, 

*A.  J.  Drexel, 
Pemberton  Dudley,  M.  D., 
Mrs.  J.  J.  Dunn, 
Mrs.  Isadore  Dutton, 
William  J.  Barhard,  M.  D., 
Mrs.  J.  S.  Blwell, 
Miss  Rebecca  Bmslie, 
Mrs.  Leopold  Bngelke, 

*Spencer  Brvin, 

*B.  A.  Farrington,  M.  D., 
Horace  Fassitt, 
Mrs.  Horace  Fassitt, 
Stanley  G.  Flagg  &  Co., 
John  Flanigan, 
Mrs.  David  Flemming, 
William  G.  Foulke, 
Mrs.  William  G.  Foulke, 
J.  C.  Fuller, 
Mrs.  H.  B.  Garrett, 

*0.  B.  Gause,  M.  D., 
Mrs.  Isaac  Gerhart, 

*Henry  C.  Gibson, 
Mrs.  J.  B.  Gillingham, 
W.  C.  Goodno,  M.  D., 

*Mrs.  Mina  Goodno, 
Annesley  R.  Govett, 

*Pauline  C.  Graham, 
Bdward  M.  Gramm,  M.  D., 
Miss  Bthel  Greene, 
James  H.  Grier, 
J.J.  Griffith,  M.  D., 
Silas  Griffith,  M.  D., 
Joseph  C.  Guernsey,  M.  D., 
Hahnemann  Institute, 
Hon.  William  B.  Hanna, 
Miss  Theodora  Langstroth, 
Mrs.  H.  M.  Laughlin, 

*Henry  Lewis, 
Howard  W.  Lippincott, 
Amos  R.  Little, 
Miss  Alice  C.  Littleton, 
Mrs.  W.  B.  Littleton, 
Richard  F.  Loper, 

*Deceased. 


Home  for  Aged  Couples, 
Harry  S.  Hopper, 
Mrs.  Harry  S.  Hopper, 
Miss  Rebecca  Horner, 
*H.  H.  Houston, 
Mrs.  H.  H.  Houston, 

B.  M.  Howard,  M.  D., 
W.  K.  Ingersoll,  M.  D., 
Mrs.  B.  B.  Jacobs, 
Bushrod  W.  James,  M.  D., 
John  B.  James,  M.  D., 
Bdward  K.  Jeanes, 

*Miss  Bliza  B.  Jeanes, 

Isaac  W.  Jeanes, 

Joseph  Y.  Jeanes, 

Henry  S.  Jeanes, 
*  William  C.  Jeanes, 

H.  I.  Jessup,  M.  D., 

William  Johnson, 

Miss  Catherine  T.  Johnson, 

Mrs.  J.  W.  Johnson, 

Mrs.  Alexander  H.  Jones, 

John  Kisterbock, 

Daniel  Karsner,  M.  D., 

Mrs.  Daniel  Karsner, 

William  H.  Keim,  M.  D., 

William  Kink, 

T.  B.  Kirkbride, 

Mrs.  M.  G.  Kirkbride, 

C.  B.  Knerr,  M.  D., 
Mrs.  C.  B.  Knerr, 
T.  A.  Langstroth, 
Mrs.  T.  A.  Langstroth, 
Miss  K.  B.  Langstroth, 
James  H.  Langstroth, 
Charles  S.  Langstroth, 
Frank  D.  Langstroth, 
Louis  P.  Posey,  M.  D., 

*Mrs.  Thomas  H.  Powers, 
Presbyterian  S.  S.,  Overbrook, 

*J.  Sergeant  Price, 
Miss  M.  C.  Provost, 
Joseph  M.  Reeves,  M.  D., 
Mrs.  William  C.  Richardson, 
Mrs.  CM.  Richardson, 


HOSPITAL. 


551 


Mrs.  J.  S.  Lovering, 
*Wm.  B.  MacKellar, 

J.  R.  Mansfield,  M.  D., 

Biddle  R.  Marsdeti,  M.  D., 

J.  Willis  Martin, 

Miss  Elizabeth  Marvel, 
*William  Massey, 

J.  W.  McAllister, 
*Mrs.  J.  W.  McAllister, 

Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr., 

A.  A.  McLeod, 

Rev.  W.  N.  McVickar,  D.  D., 

C.  S.  Middleton,  M.  D., 

Midvale  Steel  Works, 

William  Mills, 

I.  Imbrie  Miller, 

Caleb  J.  Milne, 

J.  Nicholas  Mitchell,  M.  D., 

Charles  Mohr,  M.  D., 

C.  D.  Moore, 
*Hosier  L.  F.  Morgan, 

Miss  Lydia  T.  Morris, 

John  T.  Morris, 
*Joshua  H.  Morris, 

Muir  Bros., 
*John  Mundell, 

Nathan  Myers, 

Mrs.  J.  G.  Neafie, 
*C.  Neidhard,  M.  D., 

W.  H.  H.  Neville,  M.  D., 

Mrs.  W.  H.  H.  Neville, 

Claude  R.  Norton,  M.  D., 

James  W.  Paul,  Jr., 

Penna.  Warehousing  Co., 

Mrs.  T.  C.  Percival, 

Miss  Elizabeth  Percival, 

Miss  Katie  Percival, 

Mrs.  Arthur  Peterson, 

Phila.  &  Reading  R.  R.  Co., 
*Mrs.  Martha  A.  Pierson, 
*M.  M.  Walker,  M.  D., 
*W.  G.  Warden, 

E.  Burgess  Warren, 

R.  B.  Weaver,  M.  D., 

Mrs.  F.  D.  Weylman, 

^Deceased. 


Mrs.  Ridley, 

Jane  C.  Ritchie, 

Mrs.  John  Roberts, 

William  Sellers  &  Co., 

Louis  E.  Shriver, 
*William  M.  Singerly, 

Mrs.  E.  Payson  Small, 
*Edmund  Smith, 

Mrs.  Eugene  Smith, 

Monroe  Smith, 
*Ralph  C.  Smith,  M.  D., 

Society  New  Jerusalem  Church, 
*Ivemuel  Stephens,  M.  D., 

E.  T.  Stotesbury, 
*Mrs.  E.  T.  Stotesbury, 

Strawbridge  &  Clothier, 
George  S.  Strawbridge, 
Mrs.  George  S.  Strawbridge, 
Justus  C.  Strawbridge, 
David  R.  Streets,  M.  D., 

F.  Sylvester, 
*A.  J.  Tafel, 
*Mrs.  Lewis  Taws, 

Mrs.  H.  P.  Taylor, 

*A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D., 
C.  M.  Thomas,  M.  D., 

*F.  W.  Thomas,  M.  D., 
George  C.  Thomas, 
Mrs.  George  C.  Thomas, 
George  C.  Thomas,  Jr., 
Mrs.  J.  Edgar  Thompson, 
Mrs.  Hannah  S.  Toland, 
Henry  C.  Townseud, 

*Wm.  Budd  Trites,  M.  D., 
C.  Van  Artsdalen,  M.  D., 
Mrs.  J.  L.  Van  Tine, 
W.  B.  Van  Lennep,  M.  D., 

*Miss  Annie  Wain, 
Miss  Sally  M.  Wain, 
Miss  Helen  Wain, 
Joseph  E.  Widener, 
H.  O.  Wilbur, 
E.  E.  Williams,  M.  D., 
Alonzo  P.  Williamson,  M.  D., 
Matthews.  Williamson,  M.  D., 


552 

Charles  W.  Wharton, 
*Mrs.  Charles  W.  Wharton, 

Mrs.  Joseph  M.  Wharton, 
*Laura  M.  Whitney, 

P.  A.  B.  Widener, 
*Mrs.  P.  A.  B.  Widener, 


HOSPITAL. 


Mrs.  M.  S.  Williamson, 
Mrs.  Walter  Williamson, 
Mrs.  A.  S.  Wolf, 
Miss  A.  L.  Wright, 
Mrs.  Edward  Wright, 
Mrs.  John  A.  Wright. 


Life  Members. 


Life  Members,  constituted 
dollars  at  any  one  time. 

Miss  Ella  Allen, 

Miss  Lanra  Allen, 

George  W.  Allen, 

William  H.  Allen, 

Mrs.  R.  B.  Backer, 

Allen  B.  Barber, 

W.  E.  Barker, 

Mrs.  Thornton  Barnes, 

Mrs.  W.  H.  Barnes, 

Clarence  Bartlett,  M.  D., 

Mrs.  Ivouis  F.  Benson, 

W.  H.  Bigler,  M.  D., 

Mrs.  George  C.  Boldt, 

Mrs.  Henry  Borie, 

Mrs.  J.  H.  Brazier, 

Mrs.  William  Burnham, 

Mrs.  Washington  Butcher, 

Mrs.  Franklin  Byerly, 

Mrs.  J.  W.  Calver, 

Mrs.  W.  T.  Carter, 

Mrs.  J.  Albert  Caldwell, 
*Mrs.  William  E.  Carpenter, 

Miss  Bertha  Clark, 

E.  W.  Clark, 

Mrs.  Charles  D.  Clarke, 

Charles  Fyges  Clarke, 

Miss  Frances  Clarke, 
*Mrs.  Charles  Close, 

J.  H.  Closson,  M.  D., 
*P.  O.  B.  Gause,  M.  D., 
*P.  T.  German,  M.  D., 

Mrs.  I^incoln  Godfrey, 

Miss  Mary  Long  Grier, 

Miss  Jennie  Walker  Grier, 

*Deceased. 


by  the  payment  of  twenty-five 

Mrs.  James  H.  Closson, 
Mrs.  Isaac  H.  Clothier, 
*G.  Morrison  Coates, 
Mrs.  John  F.  Combs, 
Mrs.  Joel  Cook, 
Jay  Cooke, 
J.  F.  Cooper,  M.  D., 
Mrs.  S.  Fisher  Corliss, 
C.  C.  Cresson,  M.  D., 
W.  P.  Cresson, 
George  Vaux  Cresson, 
Mrs.  George  Vaux  Cresson, 
H.  B.  Curran, 

Herbert  Seymour  Darlington, 
John  H.  Dearnley, 
Mrs.  Engene  Delano, 
Jacob  S.  Disston, 
Mrs.  Jacob  S.  Disston, 
*]Mrs.  A.  J.  Drexel, 
Bernard  L,-  Douredoure, 
Mrs.  A.  L.  Ebert, 
Mrs.  Kate  Felton  El  kins, 
Mrs.  H.  H.  Ellison, 
Wm.  P.  Ellison, 
Daniel  Fleming, 
Mrs.   G.  A.  Fletcher, 
Phineas  Freas, 
H.  H.  Furness, 
C.  L-  Garrett, 
Mrs.  G.  S.  Morton  Maule, 
Theo.  F.  Miller, 
Mrs.  Theo.  F.  Miller, 
Col.  George  Mills, 
Mrs.  J.  J.  Mohr, 


HOSPITAL. 


553 


George  Griffiths, 
W.  M.  Griffith,  M.  D., 
Mrs.  J.  C.  Guernsey, 
O.  S.  Haines,  M.  D., 

A.  R.  Hall, 
Mrs.  A.  R.  Hall, 

J.  H.  Hamer,  M.  D., 

Wm.  C.  Hannis, 

Mrs.  Jos.  M.  Harlan, 

Miss  Lillian  P.  Hastings, 

Mrs.  J.  Jackson  Henry, 

Mrs.  Wm.  Hensze}^ 

Carl  Hering, 

Mrs.  J.  J.  Houston, 

Mrs.  Wm.  G.   Hughes, 

M.  Ivens, 

H.  F.  Ivins,  M.  D., 

Mrs.  Chas.  Joly, 

Miss  C.  M.  Jones, 

Mrs.  J.  R.  Jones, 

Edmund  H.  Kase,  M.  D., 

Horace  M.  Kates, 

Mrs.  Daniel  Kendig, 

George  Kearney, 

J.  M.  Kennedy, 

Josiah  Kisterbock,  Jr., 
*John  K.  Lee,  M.  D., 
*Mrs.  Jno.  P.  Levy, 

Mrs.  Emma  Lewis, 

Mrs.  Edmund  Lewis, 

E.  Coleman  Lewis, 

Miss  Elizabeth  V.  Lewis, 

Mrs.  Howard  W.  Lippincott, 

C.  Litchfield, 

Mrs.  Charles  L.  Lockwood, 

B.  Ogden  Loxle}^, 

J.  H.  McClelland,  M.  D., 

Mrs.  Thomas  J.  Magill, 

W.  T.  Maguire,  M.  D., 

Joseph  H.  Mann, 

Frank  I.  Maule, 
*Mrs.  Israel  Maule, 
*Joseph  J.  Solomon, 

Mrs.  Robert  F.  Spencer, 

John  M.  Steffan, 

*Deceased. 


*Mrs.  Ann  Monges, 
James  Moore, 
Mrs.  M.  V.  Moore, 
Mrs.  C.  F.  Moorhead, 
Mrs.  Louise  Drexel  Morrell, 
H.  Muhr  &  Sons, 
John  Mundell  &  Co., 
Mrs.  Mary  H.  Musgrave, 
E.  M.  Needles, 
Mrs.  Claude  R.  Norton, 
Henry  T.  Paist, 
Mrs.  Calvin  Pardee, 
Eugene  Parrat, 
Mrs.  George  Pennock, 
C.  P.  Perkins, 
Miss  Elizabeth  W.  Perot, 
M.  A.  Phillips, 
Mrs.  M.  A.  Phillips, 
Pickering  Spring  Co., 
W.  C.  Powell,  Jr.,  M.  D., 

*Mrs.  John  Prizer, 
Joseph  M.  Reeves,  M.  D., 
Mrs.  M.  J.  Cogley  Reynolds, 

A.  C.  Rembaugh,  M.  D., 
Howard  Roberts, 

Mrs.  Howard  Roberts, 
Mrs.  Rohrman, 
Harriet  Judd  Sartain,  M.  D., 
Mrs.  H.  M.  von  Scheurer, 
Mrs.  Rosa  Schmidt, 
Mrs.  A.  P.  Scull, 
David  Scull, 
Miss  Bella  W.  Semple, 
Isaac  G.  Shallcross,  M.  D., 
*Mrs.  John  R.  Speigel, 

B.  H.  Shivers,  M.  D., 
Mrs.  W.  Knight  Shryock, 
Mrs.  G.  Sibley, 

Miss  Henrietta  Simpson, 
I.  G.  Smedley,  M   D., 
Charles  Smith, 
Miss  Christiana  Smith, 
Mrs.  Edmund  Smith, 
W.  W.  Van  BauD,  M.  D., 
E.  Van  Deusen,  M.  D., 


554  HOSPITAL. 

Edw.  Stern  &  Co.,  Miss  Rebecca  R.  Van  Lennep, 

John  F.  Stoer,  Chas.  W.  Vendig  &  Co., 

Chas.  M.  Swain,  Carl  V.  Vischer,  M.  D., 

Mrs.  A.  R.  Thomas,  Mrs.  E.  Burgess  Warren, 

Mrs.  C.  M.  Thomas,  Miss  C.  P.  Warner, 

Van  R.  Tindall,  M.  D.,  *H.  P.  Wilcox,  M.  D  , 

Mrs.  Henry  Townsend,  L.  H.  Willard,  M.  D., 

Univ.  Church  of  .the  Messiah,  Willett  &  Ouinby, 

Mrs.  A.  W.  von  Utassy.  Mrs.  Wm.  Wright, 

Contributing  Members. 

Contributing  members,  constituted  by  the  payment  of  one 
dollar  or  more  annually. 

A  very  great  many  friends  of  the  Hospital  besides  those 
named  above  give  yearly  for  its  support  from  one  to  five 
dollars.  These  subscriptions  are  collected  by  the  ladies  of 
the  Hahnemann  Hospital  Association. 

The  Donation  Day  contributions  of  articles  of  food  or  of 
comfort  are  a  valuable  aid  to  the  Institution. 

Financial  Exhibit  of  the  Corporation. 
The  following  figures  are  of  interest,  as  they  show  the  vari- 
ous amounts  raised  for  the  specifically  named  objects  of  the 
corporation: 

CONTRIBUTIONS . 

For  Erection  of  Buildings 1169,764  85 

For  Furnishing  the  Hospital 13,211  39 

For  Endowment  of  the  Hospital 121,872  97 

For  Endowment  of  Children's  Ward 13,325  38 

For  Endowment  of  Beds 99,971  02 

For  Maintenance  of  the  Hospital 545,278  68 

For  Support  of  the  Training  School  for  Nurses 20, 148  40 

For  the  Maternity  Department 15,984  63 

For  the  Eye  Department 5, 100  00 

For  the  Surgical  Department 962  18 

For  the  Children's  Department 250  00 

For  the  Payment  of  the  Mortgage  Debt 50,925  00 

Grand  Total      $1,056,79450 

Since  the  organization  of  the  Hospital  19,040  in-patients 
and  507,211  out-patients  have  received  treatment  within  its 
wards  and  dispensary.     To  erect  buildings  and  sustain  this 

*Deceased. 


HOSPITAL.  555 

large  number  of  the  afflicted,  injured  and  unfortunate,  the 
above  figures  show  that  over  one  million  dollars  have  been 
raised  and  expended. 


SPECIAIv  FUNDS  INVESTED   FOR   HOSPlTAIv   MAINTENANCE. 

Homoeopathic  Hospital  Fund $23,414  64 

I.  V.  Williamson  Fund 5.000  00 

Dr.  Jacob  Jeanes  Fund 60,700  00 

Caroline  M.  Jeanes  Fund      25,000  00 

Anna  T.  Jeanes  Fund 6,000  00 

Simon  Muhr  Fund 2,471  02 

Pennsylvania  Homoeopathic  Hospital  for  Children  Fund  .    .  13,325  38 

Anna  Cresson  Fund        350  00 

Endowed  Bed  Fund ■    ■        .  87,500  00 


$223,761  04 

VAI,UE  OF  CORPORATION  PROPERTY. 

Investments  as  above .....  $223,761  04 

Hospital  Property  on  Fifteenth  St.  above  Race  .    376,000  00 

Maternity  Hospital  Property 27,324  81 

Hospital  Furniture  and  Equipment 44,392  00 

College  Museum,  Library  and  Furniture  ....      20,000  00 

Cash  in  Bank  for  Maintenance 10,480  82 

Special  Funds  for  Investment 21,805  07 

, $723,763  74 

CORPORATION   INDEBTEDNESS. 

Mortgages $85,000  00 

Ground  Rents I5)766  66 

Loans 12,000  00 

Accrued  Interest      .        2,232  51 

Floating  Debt  for  Maintenance .    .      22,539  53 

$137,538  70 


Net  Value  of  Corporation  Property $586,225  04 


556  HOSPITAL. 


CHAPTER  XIII. 

TRAINING  SCHOOL  FOR  NURSES. 

The  Training  School  for  Nurses  of  the  Hahnemann  Hos- 
pital, of  Philadelphia,  was  organized  in  October,  1890,  offi- 
cered as  follows: 

Miss  Louise  Kellner,  Principal. 

Executive  Committee. — A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  Chairman;  C.  Mohr, 
M.  D.,  secretary;  C.  M.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  B.  F.  Betts,  M.  D.,  J.  E. 
James,  M.  D. ,  Mrs.  P.  G.  McCollin,  Mrs.  Horace  Fassitt,  Mrs.  H.  P. 
Taylor,  Miss  G.  Harrah. 

Lecturers. — A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  Anatomy;  P.  Dudley,  M.  D., 
Physiology  and  Hygiene;  E.  L.  Oatley,  M.  D.,  Toxicology;  C.  Bartlett, 
M.  D.,  Electricity;  C.  Mohr,  M.  D.,  Medical  Nursing  and  Dietetics;  L. 
W.Thompson,  M.D.,  Surgical  Nursing;  J.  N.  Mitchell,  M.D.,  Obstetrical 
Nursing;  B.  F.  Betts,  M.  D.,  Gynaecological  Nursing. 

The  following  general  statement  and  rules  were  duly  announced: 

In  compliance  with  the  terms  of  its  charter,  the  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  and  Hospital  has  established  a  Training  School  for  Nurses  in 
connection  with  the  Hospital. 

Under  the  Executive  Committee  the  training  school  is  in  the  im- 
mediate charge  of  its  principal. 

Those  wishing  to  obtain  this  course  of  instruction  must  apply  to  the 
principal  of  the  training  school,  at  the  Hospital,  North  Fifteenth  street 
above  Race,  upon  whose  approval  they  will  be  received  into  the  school 
for  one  month  on  probation.  The  most  acceptable  age  for  candidates 
is  from  twenty-one  to  thirty-five  years.  The  applicant  should  send, 
with  answers  to  the  accompanying  list  of  printed  questions,  a  letter  from 
two  reliable  citizens  testifying  to  her  good  moral  character,  and  from  a 
physician  stating  that  she  is  in  sound  health.  Applicants  are  received 
at  any  time  during  the  year  when  there  is  a  vacancy. 

During  the  month  of  probation,  and  previous  to  obtaining  a  position 
in  the  school,  the  applicant  will  be  examined  in  reading,  penmanship, 
simple  arithmetic  and  English  dictation. 

The  principal  has  full  power  to  decide  as  to  their  fitness  for  the  work, 
and  the  propriety  of  retaining  or  dismissing  them  at  the  end  of  the 
month  of  trial.  She  can  also,  with  the  approval  of  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee, discharge  them  at  any  time,  in  case  of  misconduct  or  ineffi- 
ciency. 


A  General  Ward  in  the  Hospital. 


View  of  Nurses'  Parlor. 


HOSPITAI..  557 

During  the  month  of  probation  the  pupils  are.  boarded  and  lodged  at 
the  expense  of  the  school,  but  receive  no  compensation.  Those  who 
prove  satisfactory  will  be  accepted  as  pupil-nurses,  after  signing  an 
agreement  to  remain  two  years,  and  to  obey  the  rules  of  the  school  and 
Hospital. 

They  will  reside  in  the  Hospital  and  serve  for  the  first  year  as  assistant 
nurses  in  the  wards  of  the  Hospital.  The  second  year  they  will  be  ex- 
pected to  perform  any  duty  assigned  them  by  the  principal,  either  to 
act  as  nurses  in  the  Hospital,  or  to  be  sent  to  private  cases  among  the 
rich  or  poor. 

The  pay  for  the  first  year  is  seven  dollars  per  month;  for  the  second 
year,  ten  dollars  per  month.  This  sum  is  allowed  for  the  dress,  text 
books,  and  other  personal  expenses  of  the  nurse,  and  is  in  no  wise  in- 
tended as  wages,  it  being  considered  that  the  education  given  is  full 
equivalent  for  their  services.  They  are  required,  after  the  month  of 
probation,  when  on  duty,  to  wear  the  dress  prescribed  by  the  institution, 
which  is  of  blue  and  white  seersucker,  simply  made,  white  apron  and 
cap,  linen  collar  and  cuffs.  The  wearing  of  jewelry  is  forbidden.  The 
day  nurses  are  on  duty  from  7  a.  m.  to  8  p.  m.,  with  half  an  hour  off 
duty  for  dinner,  and  an  additional  time  for  exercise  and  rest.  They  are 
also  given  an  afternoon  during  the  week,  unless  emergencies  forbid.  A 
vacation  of  two  weeks  is  allowed  each  year.  Night  nurses  are  on  duty 
from  8  p.  M.  to  7  a.  m. 

The  school  is  unsectarian,  but  services  are  held  each  Sunday  after- 
noon, by  the  different  denominations,  in  the  chapel. 

In  sickness  all  pupils  will  be  cared  for  gratuitously,  and  may  be  at- 
tended by  any  member  of  the  Hospital  staff.  Time  lost  in  sickness 
must  be  made  up,  so  that,  at  end  of  course,  two  full  years  have  been 
spent  in  the  school. 

Questions  to  be  Answered  by  Candidates 
And  sent  to  the  Principal  of  the  Training  School  for  Nurses,   Hahne- 
mann Hospital,  Philadelphia. 

1.  Name  in  full  and  present  address  of  candidate  ? 

2.  Age,  last  birthday  ? 

3.  Are  you  single,  married  or  a  widow  ? 

4.  If  a  widow,  have  you  children  ?  How  many  ?  Their  ages  ?  And 
"how  are  they  provided  for  ? 

5.  Your  present  occupation  or  employment? 

6.  State  of  health  ?  Height  ?     Weight  ?     Chest  measure  ? 

7.  Are  your  sight  and  hearing  good  ? 

8.  Give  references  as  to  character  and  general  qualifications.  Send 
the  certificate  of  a  physician  as  to  your  physical  qualifications  for 
work. 

Contract  Signed  by  Pupil  Nurses  on  Entering  the  School. 

I,  the  undersigned,  do  hereby  agree  to  remain  two  years  from  date  a 

pupil  of  the  Training  School  for  Nurses  of  the  Hahnemann  Hospital  of 


558  HOSPITAL. 

Philadelphia,  and  promise,  during  that  time,  to  faithfully  obey  the 
rules  of  the  school  and  of  the  Hospital,  and  to  be  subordinate  to  the 
authorities  governing  the  same. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  hereunto  affix  my  name  this 

day  of i8  .    .    .    . 


Course  of  Training. 

I.  The  instruction  includes  lectures  on  Anatomy,  Physiology,  Hy- 
giene, Dietetics,  Toxicology,  Electricity,  Medical  Nursing,  Surgical 
Nursing,  Obstetrical  and  Gynaecological  Nursing. 

II.  Dressing  of  ulcers,  burns  and  wounds,  the  application  of  fomen- 
tations and  poultices. 

III.  The  administration  of  enemas  and  use  of  catheter. 

IV.  The  management  of  appliances  for  uterine  complaints. 

V.  The  best  method  of  using  massage  and  friction  to  body  and  ex- 
tremities. 

VI.  Management  of  helpless  patients,  making  beds,  moving,  chang- 
ing and  giving  baths  in  bed,  preventing  and  dressing  bed  sores,  and 
managing  positions. 

VII.  Bandaging,  making  bandages  and  rollers,  and  lining  of   splints. 

VIII.  The  preparing,  cooking  and  serving  of  food  for  the  sick.  There 
will  also  be  given  instruction  in  the  best  practical  methods  of  supply- 
fresh  air,  warming  and  ventilating  sick-rooms,  keeping  utensils  clean 
and  disinfected,  making  reports  to  the  physician  of  the  state  of  the  se- 
cretions, pulse,  temperature,  respiration,  sleep,  condition  of  wounds 
and  effect  of  diet  and  medicines. 

The  instruction  will  be  given  by  the  lecture  corps,  and  by  visiting 
and  resident  physicians  and  surgeons  at  the  bedside  of  the  patients,  and 
the  principal  of  the  school  will  give  special  lectures  on  the  conduct 
of  nurses  in  all  their  relations  to  patients,  doctors  and  the  public. 

Examinations  are  held  at  stated  periods.  "When  the  full  term  of 
two  years  is  ended  the  nurses  thus  trained  will  be  at  liberty  to  choose 
their  own  field  of  labor,  whether  in  hospitals  and  private  families  or  in 
district  nursing  among  the  poor.  On  leaving  the  school,  those  qualified 
will  receive  a  diploma  signed  by  the  lecturers  of  the  training  school 
and  by  the  principal. 

Nurses. 

I.  Nurses  are  to  be  in  the  open  air  beyond  the  Hospital  grounds  not 
less  than  fifteen  minutes  each  day,  unless  excused  by  the  supervising 
nurse. 

II.  Nurses  are  to  be  prompt  at  meals,  at  religious  services,  at  lectures, 
in  going  on  and  off  duty,  in  giving  medicine,  taking  temperature,  re- 
cording temperature  of  wards,  which  should  be  between  68°  and  72°  F. 

III.  The  ward  work,  such  as  bed-making,  sweeping,  listing  pf  soiled 
clothes,  and  general  straightening  of  the  ward,  is  to  be  done  by  9  a.  m. 


HOSPITAL.  559 

IV.  Requisitions  for  ward  supplies,  glasses  for  medicines,  and  all 
bottles  wanting  refilling,  are  to  be  carried  to  their  proper  places  by 
8  A.  M. 

V.  Nurses  shall  receive  no  medicines  for  patients  unless  properly- 
labeled  and  directed. 

VI.  Night  nurses  are  not  to  be  in  the  wards,  or  patients'  rooms  after 

7  A.  M. 

VII.  Day  nurses  are  not  to  be  in  the  wards,  or  patients'  rooms,  after 

8  p.  M. 

VIII.  Nurses  are  not  to  be  out  after  8  p.  M.  without  permission  from 
the  supervising  nurse,  and  must  report  immediately  after  their  return. 

IX.  Nurses  are  to  be  in  bed  and  all  lights  out  at  10:30  p.  M. 

X.  Nurses  are  not  to  be  out  of  their  wards  during  hours  of  duty, 
without  leaving  word  where  they  have  gone. 

XI.  When  on  night  duty,  nurses  shall  remain  in  bed,  and  sleep,  if 
possible,  not  less  than  eight  hours  during  the  day. 

XII.  No  loud  laughing  or  talking  to  be  indulged  in,  either  in  wards, 
corridors,  rooms  or  parlor. 

XIII.  No  nurse  is  to  go  to  the  kitchen  for  any  purpose  whatever,  with- 
out permission  from  the  supervising  nurse  . 

XIV.  Nurses  are  not  allowed  in  the  doctors'  rooms,  or  in  the  phar- 
mac5'. 

XV.  Nurses  are  not  permitted  to  do  the  doctors'  sewing  or  mending. 

XVI.  Nurses  are  not  to  receive  visitors  in  the  wards,  in  their  bed- 
rooms, or  any  place  in  the  Hospital,  except  in  the  nurses'  parlor,  with- 
out permission  from  the  supervising  nurse;  neither  are  they  to  leave 
their  wards  when  on  duty  to  receive  visitors,  without  permission. 

XVII.  Nurses  are  to  see  that  no  kind  of  food  or  drink  is  brought  into 
the  wards  by  visitors. 

XVIII.  Nurses  are  not  to  leave  their  wards  during  visiting  hours,  and 
must  see  that  all  visitors  leave  the  wards  at  5  o'clock,  reporting  at  the 
office  all  who  fail  to  do  so. 

XIX.  Nurses  are  to  report  at  once,  to  the  supervising  nurse  any  pro- 
fanity or  improper  language  or  behavior  on  the  part  of  any  person, 
whether  patient  or  not,  in  any  ward,  corridor  or  room. 

XX.  Nurses  are  to  see  that  no  games  are  played  on  the  Sabbath  day. 

XXI.  No  patient  shall  be  permitted  to  go  out  of  the  wards  to  render 
any  service  without  permission  from  the  supervising  nurse. 

XXII.  Any  bottles  found  in  patients'  possession  are  to  be  brought  at 
once  to  the  supervising  nurse,  with  name  of  patient. 

XXIII.  When  a  patient  is  dismissed,  his  or  her  bed  card,  or  record  of 
pulse,  temperature,  respiration,  etc. ,  must  be  brought  to  the  superin- 
tendent. 

XXIV.  Nurses  are  to  record  each  patient's  temperature,  pulse  and 
respiration  within  half  an  honr,  and  direct  that  a  bath  be  taken  (if  bath 
is  permissible)  within  an  hour  after  admission. 


560  HOSPITAL. 

XXV.  The  face  and  hands  of  all  patients  shall  be  washed  each  morn- 
ing, and  a  general  bath  given  once  each  week  if  practicable,  or  when- 
ever ordered. 

XXVI.  Nurses  are  to  report  at  once  to  the  supervising  nurse  any  food 
sent  to  the  patients  in  an  improper  condition. 

XXVII.  Day  nurses  are  to  leave  poultice  pans,  pus  pans,  basins,  bed 
pans  and  all  utensils  in  a  neat  and  orderly  condition  for  the  night 
nurses,  and  night  nurses  shall  leave  them  in  the  same  condition  for  the 
day  nurses;  when  not  so  left,  the  failure  shall  be  at  once  reported  to  the 
supervising  nurse. 

XXVIII.  Nurses  are  to  see  that  all  mattresses  in  wards  or  private 
rooms  are  aired  out  of  doors  once  a  week,  when  possible,  and  that  every 
bed  or  bedstead  is  carefiilly  treated  with  corrosive  sublimate  as  often  as 
once  a  month,  and  oftener,  if  any  signs  of  vermin  are  seen. 

XXIX.  Nurses  are  to  report  at  once  to  the  supervising  nurse  any  un- 
favorable change,  or  any  extreme  suffering,  in  their  patients;  when  a 
death  occurs  the  nurse  of  the  ward  shall  immediately  notify  the  resi- 
dent physician. 

XXX.  Nurses  are  prohibited  from  borrowing  or  loaning  supplies  or 
utensils  from  ward  to  ward,  without  permission  from  the  supervising 
nurse. 

XXXI.  Nurses  must  keep  their  sleeping  rooms  as  well  as  private 
rooms  of  patients  and  their  wards  in  a  clean  and  orderly  condition. 

XXXII.  Nurses  must  report  to  the  superintendent  any  defect  in  the 
sanitar}'  condition  of  the  wards  as  soon  as  detected. 

XXXIII.  Nurses  are  to  bring  all  worn-out  and  ragged  ward  clothing 
or  bedding  to  the  supervising  nurse  to  be  replaced,  also  all  clothing 
needing  re-marking. 

XXXIV.  Nurses  are  to  see  that  mattresses  and  pillows  do  not  become 
soiled  or  stained,  protecting  them  always  when  necessary  by  rubber 
sheeting. 

XXXV.  Nurses  will  have  two  weeks'  vacation  given  them  each  year 
at  such  times  as  they  can  best  be  spared  from  their  work. 

XXXVI.  Nurses  are  allowed  eighteen  pieces,  including  bed  linen,  in 
the  wash  each  week.  No  elaborately  trimmed  clothing  of  any  kind 
will  be  allowed.  Everything  put  in  the  wash  must  be  distinctly  marked 
with  the  last  name  of  the  owner. 

XXXVII.  Nurses  shall  not  accept  any  gift,  bribe  or  special  compen- 
sation from  any  patient. 

Rules  for  Nursks  Going  Out  to  Private  Service. 

I.  Nurses  are  to  attend  the  sick,  both  rich  and  poor,  at  hospitals  or 
private  houses,  as  the  principal  of  the  school  may  direct. 

II.  A  nurse  sent  from  the  Hospital  to  attend  a  patient  will  receive  her 
instruction  from  the  principal,  and  must  not  leave  the  case  without 
communicating  with  her;  this  she  can  do  by  letter  at  any  time. 


HOSPITAI..  561 

III.  While  on  duty  in  private  houses,  the  regulations  of  the  school, 
with  regard  to  dress,  are  to  be  observed  by  the  nurse. 

IV.  Nurses  shall  under  no  circumstance  relate  to  patients  sad  or  ex- 
citing experiences  with  other  patients.  They  must  maintain  a  digni- 
fied reticence  in  regard  to  the  diseases,  their  treatment,  or  the  methods 
of  other  physicians. 

V.  Nurses  shall  not  suggest  or  prescribe  for  a  patient  any  medicines 
not  ordered  by  the  physician. 

VI.  The  nurse  is  always  to  bring  back  with  her,  or  have  sent  to  the 
principal  by  mail,  a  certificate  of  conduct  and  efficiency  from  the  family 
of  her  patient  and  from  the  medical  attendant. 

It  is  expected  that  nurses  will  bear  in  mind  the  importance  of  the  sit- 
uation they  have  undertaken,  and  will  evince  at  all  times  the  self-de- 
nial, forbearance,  gentleness  and  good  temper  so  essential  in  their  at- 
tendance on  the  sick,  and  also  to  their  character  as  Christian  nurses. 
They  are  to  take  the  whole  charge  of  the  sick  room,  doing  everything 
that  is  requisite  in  it,  when  called  upon  to  do  so,  obeying  implicitly  the 
orders  of  the  physician  in  attendance,  without  note  or  comment.  They 
are  also  most  earnestly  charged  to  hold  sacred  the  knowledge  which,  to 
a  certain  extent,  they  must  obtain  of  the  private  affairs  of  the  individ- 
uals they  may  attend. 

g^°  Form  to  be  filled  up  by  the  principal  when  sending  a  nurse  out 
to  private  cases. 

Training  School  for  Nurses,  Hahnemann  Hospital. 

Philadelphia, 18 

To 

I  send  the  bearer,  one  of  our  Training 

School  Nurses,  upon  the  application  of 

The  following  regulations  are  to  be  observed. 
Yours  truly, 

Signed 

Principal. 

Regulations  Concerning  Empi,oyed  Nurses. 

The  charge  for  supplying  a  nurse  is  as  follows:  f  i.oo  from  6  A.  m.  to 
6  P.  M.;  $2.00  from  6  p.  M.  to  10  p.  m.;  $3.00  from  10  p.  m.  to  6  A.  M. 

The  charge  for  the  service  of  a  nurse  is  |2.oo  to  I3.00  per  day,  or  if 
employed  for  one  week  or  more,  |io.oo  to  I15.00  per  week.  Traveling 
expenses  and  washing  to  be  paid  by  the  family  employing  the  nurse. 

All  applications  must  be  made  personally  or  in  writing  to  the  princi- 
pal of  the  training  school. 

The  nurse  is  to  be  allowed  reasonable  time  for  rest  in  every  twenty- 
four  hours;  and,  when  her  services  are  needed  for  several  consecutive 
nights,  at  least  six  hours  in  the  day  out  of  the  sick-room  must  be  given 
her.  • 

It  is  also  requested  that  suitable  refreshments  in  the  way  of  food  be 
furnished  for  nurses  who  are  on  duty  all  night. 
37 


562  HOSPITAL. 

When  on  duty,  the  nurse  is  always  to  wear  the  dress  prescribed  for 
her  by  the  regulations  of  the  school. 

When  it  is  possible,  a  few  days'  notice  of  the  nurse's  return  to  the 
Hospital  should  be  sent  to  the  principal  of  the  school. 

When  the  nurse's  services  are  no  longer  required,  the  accompanying 
blank  form  is  to  be  returned,  sealed  up,  with  a  candid  statement  of  her 
conduct  and  ef&ciency,  both  from  one  of  the  family  and  the  medical  at- 
tendant, together  with  information  of  the  amount  due,  and  whether  it 
is  inclosed,  or  will  be  paid  at  the  office  of  the  school. 

g@°"  Form  to  be  filled  up  and  sent  to  the  principal. 

18 

To Principal, 

Training  School  for  Nurses,  Hahtiemann  Hospital. 

The  services  of  the  Nurse, 

being  no  longer  required,  she  is  this  day  at  liberty  to  return  home,  and 
the  sum  of  ^ ,  being  the  remuneration  for  her  attend- 
ance, is  sent 

Her    conduct    and    efficiency    during    the    attendance    have     been 


Signature  of  member  of  famil}"  _ 

Signature  of  Doctor 

COMMKNCEMENTS   OP   NuRSE   SCHOOL. 

The  First  Annual  Commencement  of  the  Hahnemann  Hos- 
pital Training-School  for  Nurses  was  held  on  the  evening  of 
March  i6th,  1893,  ^^^  was  attended  by  a  large  audience  of 
interested  friends  and  physicians.  The  Rev.  Dr.  McVickar 
opened  the  meeting  with  prayer  and  a  short  address  of  en- 
couragement and  appreciation  to  the  thirty-six  interesting 
women  seated  directly  in  front  of  him  in  their  neat  and  at- 
tractive nurse's  uniform. 

Mr.  Geo.  C.  Thomas  was  next  introduced  by  Mr.  Mc- 
George,  the  chairman  of  the  evening,  as  one  of  the  oldest 
and  warmest  friends  of  the  Hospital.  Mr.  Thomas  spoke  of 
his  especial  interest  in  this  department  of  the  hospital  work, 
and  gave  a  happy  and  appropriate  address. 


HOSPITAL.  563 

The  Dean  of  the  College,  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas,  gave  a  short 
account  of  the  growth  of  the  school,  and  alluded  to  the  gen- 
erosity of  one  friend,  a  member  of  our  Association,  in  pro- 
viding for  the  expenses  of  a  competent  Directress  at  its  head, 
for  the  first  three  years,  so  that  we  were  not  embarrassed  by 
the  question  of  expense  in  the  starting  of  this  most  important 
branch  of  hospital  work.  We  have  been  able  to  secure  the 
services  of  Miss  Alice  Brownlee  as  Directress  of  Nurses,  who 
is  a  graduate  of  the  Belfast  School.^ 

The  Dean  then  proceeded  to  distribute  the  diplomas  to 
twenty  (20)  women,  who  rose  to  receive  them.  At  the  same 
time  he  called  attention  to  the  interesting  fact  that  a  large 
portion  of  the  country  was  represented  by  the  members  of 
this  class,  viz.,  eight  (8)  from  Canada,  Florida,  Virgina,  New 
Jerse)^  Delaware,  New  Hampshire,  while  (12)  were  from 
Pennsylvania. 

Already  some  of  the  nurses  have  become  so  interested  in 
their  subject  that  their  ambition  is  aroused  to  go  on  into  the 
study  and  practice  of  medicine. 

A  band  of  music  discoursed  cheerful  selections  during  the 
intermissions.  At  the  close  of  the  meeting  Mr.  George  C. 
Thomas  presented  the  Hospital  with  a  most  excellent  portrait 
in  oil  of  the  beloved  Dean,  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas,  the  artistic 
and  satisfactory  work  of  our  excellent  portrait  painter  and 
fellow-citizen,  Mrs.   Darrach. 

The  second  commencement  was  held  on  Monday,  April  9, 
1894,  at  8  p.  M.,  in  the  Clinical  Amphitheatre  of  the  Hos- 
pital. The  Executive  Committee:  A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D., 
Chairman;  Mrs.  H.  P.  Taylor,  Secretary;  Drs.  C.  M.  Thomas, 
B.  F.  Betts,  J.  E.  James,  C.  Mohr,  Mrs.  J.  Eewis  Crozer, 
Mrs.  Horac  Fassitt,  Mrs.  J.  J.  Mohr,   Mrs.  Geo.  C.  Thomas. 

Lecturers:  A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  Anatomy  and  Physi- 
ology; P.  Dudley,  M.  D.,  Hygiene;  J.  H.  Hamer,  M.  D., 
Toxicology;  C.  Bartlett,  M.  D.,  Electricity;  C.  Mohr,  M.  D., 
Medical  Nursing  and  Dietetics;  E.  W.  Thompson,  M.  D., 
Surgical  Nursing;  J.  N.  Mitchell,  M.  D.,  Obstetrical  Nurs- 
ing; B.  F.  Betts,  M.  D.,  Gynaecological  Nursing;  Miss  Alice 
Brownlee,  Principal. 

*Tlienameof  Miss  Louise  Kellner  appears  in  the  annual  circular 
published  in  1890,  but  she  remained  but  a  short  time. 


564  HOSPITAI,. 

The  exercises  were  opened  with  prayer  by  Rev.  Ur.  W.  H. 
Furness.  Mrs.  Mary  E.  M.  Mumford  delivered  the  address 
to  the  nurses.  Judge  Hanna  then  made  a  few  remarks,  re- 
gretting Dr.  Thomas'  unavoidable  absence,  and  said  a  few 
words  about  the  profession  of  nurse.  After  this  he  presented 
the  diplomas.     Mr.  George  C.  Thomas  then  made  an  address. 

The  following  is  from  the  Picblic  Ledger  for  April  9,    1895: 

Third  Annual  Commencement  of  the  Training  School  of 
Hahnemann  Hospital.  There  was-  a  quiet  air  of  happiness 
pervading  the  Hahnemann  Hospital  last  evening,  the  occa- 
sion being  the  third  annual  commencement  of  the  Nurses' 
Training  School.  At  eight  o'clock  the  College  Alumni  and 
all  the  attaches  of  the  Hospital  gathered  in  the  Clinical  Amphi- 
theatre, which  was  beautifull)^  decorated  with  flowers  and 
potted  plants.  Dr.  John  E.  James,  in  the  absence  of  the 
chairman  of  the  Executive  Committee,  presided,  and  on  one 
side  of  him  sat  Judge  Hanna  and  on  the  other  ex- City  Treas- 
urer McCreary. 

The  graduating  class  numbered  thirteen,  and  as  they  sat  in 
a  row  attired  in  the  regulation  blue  dress,  white  apron  and 
lace  cap,  with  their  happy  young  faces  smiling  and  blushing 
alternately,  they  presented  a  charming  picture. 

As  soon  as  they  had  been  seated  the  Rev.  H.  L  Duhring 
offered  a  prayer,  and  as  he  concluded  Hassler's  orchestra  ren- 
dered some  lively  music.  As  the  last  notes  died  away  Judge 
Hanna  arose  and  delivered  an  address,  after  which  he  pre- 
sented each  of  the  graduates  with  a  diploma.  Then  there  was 
more  music  and  an  address  by  Mr.  McCreary,  after  which 
congratulations  were  showered  upon  the  graduates.  This 
over  the  graduating  class  was  invited  to  the  banquet  hall, 
which  had  been  provided  in  their  honor  by  the  Nurses 
Alumni  Association. 

The  Fourth  Annual  Commencement  was  held  on  the  even- 
ing of  Monday,  April  13,  1896,  as  usual  in  Clinical  Hall. 
The  officers  were  as  follows: 

Executive  Committee. — C.  M.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  Chairman; 
Mrs.  H.  P.  Taylor,  Secretary;  Drs.  B.  F.  Betts,  J.  E.  James, 
C.  Mohr,  Mrs.  J.  E.  Crozer,  Mrs.  Horace  Fassitt;  Mrs.  J. 
J.  Mohr,  Mrs.  Geo.  C.  Thomas. 


HOSPITAL.  565 

lyccturers. — P.  Dudley,  M.  D.,  Hygiene;  J.  E.  James,  M. 
D.,  Gynaecological  Nursing;  J.  C.  Guernsey,  M.  D.,  Medical 
Nursing,  Dietetics  and  Urinalysis;  C.  Bartlett,  M.  D.,  Neuro- 
logical Nursing  and  Massage;  h.  W.  Thompson,  M.  D., 
Surgical  Nursing;  H.  L.  Northrop,  M.  D.,  Anatomy  and 
Physiology;  T.  J.  Gramm,  M.  D.,  Obstetrical  Nursing;  J. 
H.  Hamer,  M.  D.,  Chemistry  and  Toxicology;  Miss  Alice 
Brownlee,  Principal. 

There  was  instrumental  music,  followed  by  the  entrance  of 
the  Executive  Committee,  lyccturers  and  Graduating  Class. 
Prayer  was  offered  by  Rev.  W.  N.  McVickar.  D.  D.  An  ad- 
dress was  delivered  by  Mrs.  Edward  Longstreth.  There  was 
a  song  by  Miss  Halchen  H.  Mohr.  Hon  W.  B.  Hanna  then 
presented  the  diplomas.  Dr.  Charles  Mohr  delivered  an  ad- 
dress, and  after  Miss  Mohr  had  again  sung  there  was  an  in- 
formal reunion. 

The  Ledger  thus  mentions  this  Nurse  School:  The  Hospital 
Training  School  for  Nurses  was  organized  in  1890  on  the  day 
of  the  opening  of  the  completed  building,  and  through  the 
generosity  of  a  lady  of  the  Hospital  Association  who  placed 
$1,500  annually  for  a  time  at  the  disposal  of  the  committee, 
the  work  has  been  greatly  assisted.  Miss  Alice  Brownlee,  a 
graduate  of  the  Royal  Hospital,  at  Belfast,  Ireland,  is  at 
present  the  Directress  of  Nurses,  and  her  kindness  of  heart 
and  general  efficiency  is  appreciated  by  the  nurses  and  Ex- 
ecutive Committee  alike.  The  discipline  maintained  and  the 
course  of  study  followed,  as  well  as  the  three  years  course, 
place  this  school  in  the  foremost  rank  among  the  training 
hospitals  of  the  country.  A  director}^  of  homoeopathic  nurses 
was  opened  recently,  with  headquarters  in  the  superinten- 
dant's  office  of  the  hospital,  where  physicians  and  others  may 
secure  the  service  of  thoroughly  trained  and  efficient  nurses, 
and  this  has  become  very  popular  and  is  largely  patronized. 
Considerable  revenue  is  already  derived  from  the  engagement 
of  nurses  at  private  houses,  and  graduates  of  the  Hahnemann 
Hospital  Training  School  are  in  demand  constantly.  The 
success  of  the  enterprise  is  exceedingly  gratifying  to  the 
founders.  Already  some  of  the  nurses  have  become  so  inter- 
ested in  their  subject  that  their  ambition  is  aroused  to  go  into 
the  study  and  practice  of  medicine. 


566  HOSPITAL. 

The  Fifth  Commencement  occurred  on  Monday,  April  12, 
1897,  at  the  New  Century  Drawing  Room,  The  exercises 
consisted  of  music  by  the  Misses  Jean  H.  and  Halchen  H. 
Mohr  and  Mr.  David  Novinsky;  an  address  by  Mrs.  Rachel 
Foster  Avery;  the  presentation  of  diplomas  by  Hon.  Wm.  B. 
Hanna,  D.  C.  h.,  and  the  presentation  by  Dr.  Charles  Mohr 
of  a  gold  class  badge  to  each  graduate.  The  prayer  and 
benediction  were  offered  by  Rev.  W.  N.  McVickar,  D.  D. 

As  the  training  school  adopted  a  three  years'  obligatory 
course,  there  were  no  graduating  exercises  in  1898. 


List  of  Nurse  Graduates. 
1893. 

Beistle,  Nana,  Germantown. 
Boyd,  Ivouisa,  Fort  Meade,  Fla. 
Boyd,  Maggie,  Fort  Meade,  Fla. 
Clay,  Dora  P.,  Burton's  Creek,  Va. 
Cornman,  Miriam,  Altoona. 
Frambes,  Selina  A.,  Atlantic  City. 
Gaunt,   Carrie  H.,  Mullica  Hill,  N.  J. 
Gibson,  Mary  E.,  Tyrone,  Pa. 
Hayden,  Vienna  V.,  New  Milford,  Pa. 
Jarrett,  Anna,  Davis  Grove,  Pa. 
Killian,  Lena  E  ,  Dover,  Del. 
Leech,  Elizabeth  E.,  Southampton,  Pa. 
Nicholas,  Sarah  A.,  Philadelphia. 
Steckel,  Lizzie  E.,  Riegelsville,  Pa. 
Stone,  Evanga  M.,  Claremount,  N.  H. 
Whitaker,  Mary  M.,  Philadelphia. 
Williams,  Effie  M.,  Tamaqua,  Pa. 
Williams,  Ida  M.,  Forty  Fort,  Pa. 
Williamson,  Sarah  R.,  Toronto,  Canada. 
Ziegler,  Laura  E.,  Philadelphia. 

1894. 
Dyer,  Nellie,  Philadelphia. 
Ervpin,  Ella  M.,  Forty  Fort,  Pa. 
Hoffman,  Elizabeth  L.,  Oil  City,  Pa. 
Johnson,  Margaret,  Philadelphia. 
Makinson,  Mary  Luella,  West  Pittston,  Pa. 
Potter,  Alice  Edith,  Philadelphia, 
Pressler,  Marie,  Philadelphia. 
Shoemaker,  Amanda  M.,  Philadelphia. 
Wright,  Elizabeth  T.,  Doylestown,  Pa. 


HOSPITAIv.  567 


1895- 
Delp,  Mary  C,  Norristown,  Pa. 
Denniston,  Jesse,  Forty  Fort,  Pa. 
Donaldson,  Jennie,  L,ahaska,  Pa. 
Haws,  Mary  E.,  Reading,  Pa. 
Maurice,  Mary  E.,  Carlisle,  Pa. 
Merwarth,  Laura  I.,  Easton,  Pa. 
Nelson,  Minnie,  Germantown. 
Parker,  Mabella  A.,  Vineland,  N.  J. 
Prough,  Bertie  E.,  Huntingdon,  Pa. 
Rodgers,  Margaret,  Mount  Holly. 
Smith,  Susan  J.,  Fern  Rock. 
Webb,  Martha,  Philadelphia. 
Williams,  Carrie  R.,  Philadelphia. 


Carrick,  Abbie,  Philadelphia. 

Casselberry,  Ethel,  Philadelphia. 

Chambers,  Josephine  H.,  Dover,  Del. 

Cornish,  Louzetta  E.,  Philadelphia. 

Davis,  Laura  M.,  Phoenixville,  Pa. 

Harman,  Gertrude  H.,  Asbury  Park. 

Helms,  Carrie  C,  Riegelsville,  Pa. 

Johnson,  Aleine  P.,  Milford,  Del. 

Kiefer,  Mary  H.,  Germantown. 

Mauer,  Annie  J.,  Philadelphia. 

Neiswanger,  Laura  A.,  Mechanicsburg,  Pa. 

Rich,  Florence,  Woodbourne,  Bucks  county.  Pa. 

Sears,  Mary,  Thurlow,  Pa. 

Thomas,  Anna  J.,  Camden,  Kent  county,  Del. 

1897. 
Boj^er,  LucyM.,  St.  Clair,  Pa. 
Breyster,  Bessie,  Huntingdon,  Pa. 
Bunker,  Sara  E.,  Hollidaysburg,  Pa. 
Goudy,  Maud  M.,  Poughkeepsie,  N.  Y. 
Gunther,  Lucy  C,  Morris  villa,  Pa. 
Hagenbuch,  Stella,  Huntingdon,  Pa. 
Hall,  Jennie,  Deckertown,  N.  J. 
Hendrie,  Anna  C,  Paterson,  N.  J. 
Hermann,  Sophia,  Frederick,  Md. 
Maurer,  Lila,  Ashland,  Pa. 
Moore,  Lida,  Huntingdon,   Pa. 
Robinson,  Viola,  Bristol,  Pa. 
Romig,  Kate  A.,  Independence,  Kansas. 
Rommel,  Emily,  Philadelphia. 
Sanner,  Anna,  Wiconisco,  Pa. 


568  HOSPITAL. 

Smith,  Grace  E.  M.,  Biiighamtou,  N.  Y. 
Spieltnan,  Alice,  Greencastle,  Pa. 
Weber,  Gena,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 
Wood,  Anna  S.,  Smyrna,  Del. 
Yardley,  Minnie,  Narbeth,  Pa. 
Zaner,  Sara  E.,  Washingtonville,  Pa. 

The  Training  School  is  at  present  governed  as  follows: 

EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE. 
Charles  Mohr,  M.  D.,  Chairman. 
Charles  M.  Thomas,  M.  D.  Mrs.  Horace  Fassitt. 

B.  Frank  Betts,  M.  D.  '  Mrs.  George  C.  Thomas. 

John  E.  James,  M.  D.  Mrs.  J.  Lewis  Crozer. 

John  C.  Guernsey,  M.  D.  Mrs.  Henry  P.  Taylor,  Secretary. 

IvECTURE  ^OURSE. 
Lectures  are  given  Monday  and  Friday  nights  at  8  o'clock,  beginning 
October  i. 

Anatomy  and  Physiology, Dr.  H.  L.  Northrop. 

Chemistry  and  Toxicology, Dr.  Charles  Piatt. 

Hygiene, Dr.  Pemberton  Dudley. 

Medical  Nursing,  Urinalysis,  Dietetics, Dr.  Jos.  C.  Guernsey. 

Eye  and  Ear  Nursing, Dr.  Chas.  M.  Thomas. 

Neurological  Nursing  and  Massage, Dr.  Clarence  Bartlett. 

Gynaecological  Nursing, Dr.  John  E.  James. 

Obstetrical  Nursing Dr.  Edw.  W.  Mercer. 

Surgical  Nursing, Dr.  Landreth  W.  Thompson. 

Paediatric  Nursing Dr.  Wm.  H.  Bigler. 

REGULATIONS  GOVERNING  TRAINING  SCHOOI<. 

Under  the  Executive  Committee  the  Training  School  is  in  the  im- 
mediate charge  of  its  principal. 

Any  woman  wishing  to  obtain  this  course  of  instruction  must  send 
application  in  her  own  handwriting  and  over  her  own  signature,and  when 
possible  appear  in  person.  If  the  applicant  receives  the  approval  of  the 
Executive  Committee  she  will  be  received  into  the  school  for  two  months 
on  probation. 

During  the  first  month  of  probation,  and  previous  to  acceptance  as  a 
pupil  in  the  school,  the  applicant  will  be  examined  in  reading,  simple 
arithmetic  and  English  dictation. 

During  the  probationary  period  the  pupils  are  boarded  and  lodged  at 
the  expense  of  the  school,  but  receive  no  compensation.  Those  who 
prove  satisfactory  will  be  accepted  as  piipil-nurses,  after  signing  an 
agreement  to  remain  three  years,  and  to  obey  the  rules  of  the  school 
and  hospital. 

The  pay  is  from  seven  dollars  to  ten  dollars  per  month.  This  sum  is 
allowed  for  the  dress,  text-books  and  other  personal  expenses  of  the 


HOSPITAL.  569 

nurse,  and  is  in  nowise  intended  as  wages,  as  the  education  given  is 
considered  a  full  equivalent  for  services  rendered. 

In  sickness  all  pupils  will  be  cared  foi  gratuitously. 

Applications  for  admission  to  the  school  must  be  sent  to  Miss  Alice 
Brownlee,  Principal,  Hahnemann  Hospital,  North  15th  Street  above 
Race,  Philadelphia. 


570  HOSPITAL. 


CHAPTER  XIV. 


MATERNITY   HOSPITAL. 

For  some  years  it  had  been  evident  that  in  connection  with 
the  usefulness  of  Hahnenemann  Hospital  a  Maternity  Hos- 
pital was  a  necessity.     The  following  circular  explains  itself: 

Philadelphia,  March  20,  1897. 

Dear  Friend:  A  suitable  tract  of  land  having  been  secured  by  the 
purchase  of  a  number  of  dwelling  sites  adjoining  the  Hahnemann  Hos- 
pital on  Fifteenth  street,  it  is  proposed  to  erect  thereon  a  Maternity  Hos- 
pital and  a  Dormitory  for  Nurses,  which  shall  be  under  the  manage- 
ment of  the  existing  Institution. 

As  the  resources  at  the  disposal  of  the  Corporation  are  taxed  to  the 
utmost  to  meet  the  ever-increasing  demand  for  charitable  work  in  the 
departments  already  established,  it  will  be  necessarj'  to  raise  additional 
funds  for  the  erection  and  maintenance  of  the  Maternity  Hospital. 

The  Board  of  Public  Charities  has  recommended  an  appropriation  of 
$50,000  by  the  State  for  this  purpose,  and  it  may  be  possible  to  secure 
this  amount  through  legislative  appropriation,  but  probably  f  roo.ooo 
will  be  needed  before  the  buildings  can  be  finished  and  equipped  in  the 
best  possible  manner. 

The  care  of  indigent  women  during  child-birth  has  been  a  part  of  the 
out-patient  service  in  this  Institution  for  a  number  of  years,  but  as 
homoeopathic  physicians  have  been  denied  the  opportunity  to  treat  such 
cases  in  the  Lying-in-Hospital  under  Municipal  control,  the  service  has 
been  necessarily  restricted  to  the  medical  supervision  of  patients  in 
their  own  homes 

The  numerous  hospitals  in  this  city  afford  ample  facilities  for  the  care 
of  almost  all  classes  of  patients  requiring  assistance  when  sick  or  in- 
jured, yet  there  are  but  a  few  lying-in  charities  to  which  parturient 
women  may  repair  for  the  necessary  medical  attention  and  nursing  dur- 
ing the  lying-in  period.  During  the  latter  months  of  gestation  such 
women  become  incapacitated  from  the  performance  of  manual  labor  to 
a  considerable  extent,  so  that  they  are  unable  as  heretofore  to  assist  in 
the  support  of  themselves  and  their  families.  In  some  instances  they 
are  abandoned  by  their  husbands  until  they  can  be  again  classed  as 
wage-earners.  They  are  therefore  obliged  to  seek  shelter  in  an  institu- 
tion such  as  we  propose  to  establish. 


HOSPITAL.  571 

Whilst  the  needs  of  these  patients  appeal  in  an  especial  manner  to  the 
sympathies  of  the  community,  the  new  Maternity  Hospital  will  be 
available  as  a  means  of  benefiting  a  still  larger  class  of  women  through 
the  facilities  afforded  medical  students  under  the  careful  supervision  of 
skilled  obstetricians  for  acquiring  a  practical  knowledge  of  their  duties 
as  accoucheurs,  and  it  will  also  afford  our  nurses  suitable  training  in 
the  care  of  women  and  infants  during  the  lying-in  period. 

We  ask  you,  therefore, 

1.  To  make  an  earnest  appeal  to  members  of  our  State  Legislature 
in  behalf  of  the  appropriation  to  the  Hahnemann  Hospital  of  Phila- 
delphia. 

2.  We  solicit  your  contributions  in  money  or  bequests  for  the  main- 
tenance and  support  of  the  Maternity  Hospital  and  Nurses'  Dormitory 
in  connection  with  the  Hahnemann  Hospital  of  Philadelphia. 

3.  We  solicit  your  co-operation  in  securing  contributions  and  be- 
quests from  your  friends  and  all  interested  in  this  enterprise,  so  that  the 
erection  and  equipment  of  the  Maternity  Hospital  and  Dormitory  for 
Nurses  may  be  speedily  effected. 

Wm.  G.  Foulke,  Chairman;  Mrs.  Horace  Fassitt,  Secretary;  B.  F. 
Betts,  M.  D.,  Wm.  C.  Hannis,  Harry  S.  Hopper,  Mrs.  Helen  L.  Deacon, 
J.  E.  James,  M.  D.,  Mrs.  Robert  S.  Spencer,  C.  Mohr,  M.  D. 

Unfortunately  the  efforts  to  secure  State  aid  from  the  Leg- 
islature in  session  during  1897  were  unavailing.  Money,  how- 
ever, was  raised  through  efforts  of  the  Trustees  and  the 
Hahnemann  Hospital  Association  sufficient  to  establish  a 
temporary  maternity  in  a  large  four-story  house  at  17 13  Vine 
street,  containing  fourteen  rooms.  There  is  accommodation 
for  twenty  patients.  This  was  formally  opened  on  January, 
1898,  and  is  in  active  operation.  It  is  the  intention  to  build 
in  the  immediate  future  on  the  ground  to  the  north  of  the 
Hospital  on  Fifteenth  street. 


THE  DISPENSARY. 


CHAPTER  I. 


The  Dispensary  was  opened  with  the  College. 

At  a  Corporators'  meeting,  held  August  31,  1848,  it  was 
decided  that  a  Dispensary  be  established  and  that  a  committee 
of  seven  persons  be  appointed  from  the  standing  committees, 
and  that  it  be  called  the  Committee  of  Arrangements  in  Rela- 
tion to  the  Dispensary. 

The  following  were  appointed  by  the  Chair:  Jacob  Jeanes, 
C.  Hering,  W.  Williamson.  C.  Neidhard,  E.  M.  Lewis,  C.  G. 
Sower,  H.  P.  Lloyd. 

Each  physician  in  the  College  was  requested  to  officiate  at 
the  Dispensary,  and  the  Secretary  was  asked  to  notif  themy 
of  this  and  to  report  their  answers. 

C.  L.  Rademacher  was  appointed  apothecary  to  the  Dis- 
pensary. 

On  September  28,  1848,  the  Corporators  decided  that  the 
Committee  of  Arrangements  be  authorized  to  put  the  Dispen- 
sary in  operation  and  transact  any  business  necessary  to  its 
organization. 

During  the  first  years  of  this  organization  there  were 
various  plans  adopted  for  its  advantage. 

It  was  called  "  The  Dispensary  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medi- 
cal College  of  Pennsylvania,  in  Philadelphia,"  and  the  fol- 
lowing regulations  were  adopted  : 

Its  object  to  afford  all  indigent  sick  persons  medicine  and  advice 
gratuitous!}-.  Application  for  the  same  to  be  made  at  the  Dispensary 
by  themselves  or  their  friends.  To  afford  students  of  Homceopathy  an 
opportunity  of  studying  disease,  and  of  witnessing  the  practical  appli- 
cation of  homoeopathic  medicijne  in  its  treatment. 

The  prescribing  physician  shall  have  authority  to  appoint  qualified 
students  of  the  College  to  assist  him  in  the  examination  of  patients,  and 
the  dispensing  of  the  rejiedies. 


THE    DISPENSARY,  573 

Any  physician  to  the  Dispensary  shall  have  the  privilege  of  deliver- 
ing gratuitous  lectures  on  any  subject  of  scientific  interest  connected 
with  medicine  (not  specially  lectured  on  in  the  College),  at  such  hours 
as  will  not  conflict  with  the  regular  course  of  instruction  therein. 

Patients  who  are  too  sick  to  attend  at  the  Dispensary  may  be  visited 
and  prescribed  for  at  their  homes  by  the  advanced  students  of  the  class, 
or  junior  physicians,  under  the  supervision  of  the  prescribing  physi- 
cians of  the  Dispensary  for  the  time  being. 

Accurate  records  of  the  name,  age,  sex,  residence  and  occupation, 
duration  of  the  disease  and  previous  treatment  of  the  patients,  together 
with  the  symptoms  and  their  homoeopathic  treatment,  shall  be  kept  in 
a  book,  or  on  blank  sheets  prepared  for  that  purpose.  A  detailed  re- 
port of  the  cases  treated  in  the  Dispensary  shall  be  annuall}'  reported  to 
the  managers  for  publication. 

The  expenses  of  the  Dispensary  shall  be  defrayed  from  life  subscrip- 
tions, annual  subscriptions,  donations,  legacies  and  such  other  sources 
of  finance  as  the  Board  of  Managers  shall  direct. 

Life  subscriptions  shall  be  twenty-five  dollars,  and  annual  subscrip- 
tions at  least  two  dollars.  An  annual  subscriber  may  have  one  patient 
always  under  treatment,  and  the  same  provision  to  apply  to  Corpora- 
tors who  pay  under  the  constitution.  A  subscriber  of  four  dollars,  two 
patients;  a  subscriber  of  five  dollars,  three  patients;  and  a  life  subscri- 
ber of  twenty-five  dollars,  five  patients. 

All  subscribers  shall  have  access  to  the  Dispensary  Records,  and  be 
entitled  to  a  copy  of  the  Annual  Report. 

There  were  eighteen  physicians  appointed  to  the  Dispen- 
sary, one  of  whom  was  obstetric  physician.  They  were 
elected  annually  by  the  Board  of  Managers,  were  classified 
into  groups  of  three,  each  group  serving  two  consecutive 
months  and  each  physician  serving  two  days  in  a  week  during 
his  term. 

The  prescribing  physician  was  allowed  to  appoint  students  to 
assist  him.  The  Dispensary  was  open  every  day  except  Sun- 
day from  12  to  I  o'clock.  One  day  in  the  week  was  devoted 
to  surgical  diseases. 

At  Faculty  meeting,  September  10,  1850,  the  Dean  was  in- 
structed to  confer  with  the  Board  of  Managers  and  suggest 
the  propriety  of  having  the  Dispensary  open  on  Wednesday 
and  Saturday  from  12  to  2  o'clock.  It  was  decided  at  the 
next  meeting,  and  after  conferring  with  the  Trustees,  to  keep 
it  open  every  day  except  Sunday,  for  advice  and  prescription. 

During  the  winter  of  i850-'5i,  the  professors  each  attended 
on  some  day  of  the  week. 


574  '^HK   DISPENSARY. 

New  plans  were  also  suggested  and  a  committee  reported  as 
follows: 

To  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Hom(KOpathic  Medical  College: 

Gentlemen:  Your  Committee  on  Dispensary  respectfully  report  the 
two  annexed  plans  for  the  Dispensary. 

1st.  That  the  Faculty  take  charge  of  it  during  the  session  of  the  Col- 
lege and  that  the  Board  employ  a  physician  for  the  balance  of  the 
year. 

2d.  That  the  Board  employ  one  or  more  physicians  for  the  entire 
year  at  a  cost  not  exceeding  $300  per  annum,  whose  duty  it  shall  be  to 
give  their  attention  every  day  on  which  the  Dispensary  shall  be  open. 

Your  committee  are  of  the  opinion  that  the  latter  plan  is  decidedly 
preferable. 

All  of  which  is  respectfully  submitted. 

B.  R.  Miller,  Hecter  Tyndale,  S.  Dillingham. 

October  3,  1850. 

Five  thousand  Diet  papers  were  printed  this  year  to  be  given 
to  the  patients.  These  contained  rules  in  accord  to  the  ho- 
moeopathic system  of  medicine. 

At  Faculty  meeting,  November  25,  1851,  Dr.  Toothaker, 
the  Dispensary  Physician,  was  instructed  to  procure  as  many 
high  dilutions  for  the  use  of  the  Dispensary  and  clinic  as  were 
necessary. 

On  January  27,  1852,  the  Faculty  voted  Drs.  Neidhardand 
Loomis  a  committee  to  draft  a  paper  of  regulations  for  the  Dis- 
pensary patients. 

Mr.  R.  Titsworth  was  then  appointed  physician  to  the  Dis- 
pensary from  March  1 5  to  October  15,  for  which  service  he 
was  to  receive  a  course  of  lectures  free  of  charge. 

This  salary  of  $100  for  six  months  for  the  Dispensary 
physician  was  decided  on  at  a  meeting  of  the  Faculty  held 
February  25,  1S51. 

This  report  was  made  regarding  medicines: 

Board  of  Managers  HoMceopATHic  College: 

Gentlemen:  Your  Committee  on  Dispensary  beg  leave  to  report 
that  having  obtained  an  interview  with  the  committee  appointed  by 
the  Faculty  on  the  19th  of  February,  we  learn  that  so  far  as  the 
arrangement  of  medicines,  etc..  are  concerned  the  Dispensary  is  in  bad 
condition  and  needs  attention.  They  recommend  that  some  com- 
petent physician  be  employed  to  attend  the  Dispensary  at  a  stated  sal- 
ary for  six  months,  or  until  the  commencement  of  the  next  course  of 
lectures,  when  other  arrangements  may  be  entered  into  if  it  shall  be 
deemed  advisable. 


THE    DISPENSARY.  575 

The  said  physician  to  be  subject  to  such  rules  as  may  be  adopted. 

And  to  be  under  the  Supervision  of  the  Committee  on  Dispensary  of 
the  Board  of  Managers.  All  of  which  is  respectfully  submitted  by 
your  Committee. 

B.  R.  Miller,  S.  Dillingham,  Hector  Tyndale. 

Philadelphia,  February  19,  1851. 

On  April  12,  1853,  it  was  voted  to  pay  Edward  R.  John- 
stone $100  for  the  same  time  of  service. 

At  a  Faculty  meeting,  held  October  21,  1856,  a  committee, 
consisting  of  Drs.  Helmuth,  Reed  and  Dake,  was  appointed 
to  secure  the  gratuitous  services  of  a  physician  for  the  Dis- 
pensary. 

The  next  meeting,  October  28th,  this  committee  reported 
that  they  had  secured  the  services  of  Dr.  R.  J.  McClatchey 
for  that  purpose,  and  gratuitously. 

September  22,  1857,  Dr.  Alexander  R.  Shaw  appointed 
dispensary  physician;  he  resigned  October  28,  1857. 

October  28,  1857,  decided  that  one  member  of  the  Faculty 
be  present  every  day  to  superintend  and  select  patients  for 
College  clinics. 

November  17,  1857,  B.  W.  James  was  appointed  Dispensary 
physician;  next  meeting  he  was  instructed  to  get  a  book  for 
clinical  purposes. 

Bill  for  Dispensary  of  $29.44  was  ordered  paid  December 

15,  1857- 

December  15,  1857,  voted  that  rules  be  drafted  to  govern 
the  Dispensary.  Drs.  Coxe  and  Hempel  were  appointed  the 
committee. 

B.  W.  James  resigned  as  dispensary  physician  on  March 
23,  1858,  and  Drs.  Hempel,  Reed  and  Beakley  were  ap- 
pointed a  committee  to  devise  a  plan  for  better  conduct  of  the 
Dispensary.  The  same  meeting  Dr.  Shaw  was  elected  Dis- 
pensary physician  with  a  salary  of  $50.00  a  year. 

The  following  is  a  copy  of  the  card  first  used  in  the  Dispen- 
sary: 

No ,  Clinic  of  the  Homoeopathic  College. 

College  Building,  back  of  229  Arch  street. 

This  entitles to  medical  advice. 

,  Contributor. 

Philadelphia, ,  18 

Hours  of  attendance  from  12  to  i  o'clock  every  day  (Sundays  ex- 
cepted ) . 


576  THE   DISPENSARY. 

As  the  same  physicians  prescribe  on  Mondays  and  Thursdays,  and 
others  on  Tuesdays  and  Fridays,  and  others  on  Wednesdays  and  Satur- 
days, it  will  be  necessary,  to  avoid  change  of  physicians,  for  patients  to 
confine  their  attendance  to  the  prescribing  days  of  the  physician  under 
whose  care  they  are  placed. 

This  ticket  is  to  be  shown  at  the  Clinic  whenever  the  patient  is  pre- 
scribed for;  and  when  attendance  on  the  Clinic  is  discontinued  it  is  to 
be  returned  to  the  Contributor. 

The  size  of  this  pasteboard  was  3}^  by  5  inches. 

At  Faculty  meeting,  February  12,  1856,  the  Dean  was  re- 
quested to  issue  a  circular  to  the  homoeopathic  physicians 
previous  to  the  next  session,  asking  them  to  send  as  many 
surgical  cases  to  the  surgical  clinic  as  possible. 

In  1857  the  physicians  or  students  must  have  been  making 
free  of  the  Dispensary  medicines,  of  which  a  lot  had  just  been 
laid  in.  On  the  Faculty  records  is  a  vote,  December  15,  1857, 
advising  a  note  to  be  sent  to  Dr.  B.  W.  James,  Dispensary  phy- 
sician, requesting  him  to  forbid  the  use  of  medicines  belong- 
ing to  the  Dispensary  except  for  the  benefit  of  the  Dispensary 
patients. 

December  20,  1858,  it  was  reported  at  a  Faculty  meeting 
that  several  gentleman  of  the  profession  proposing  to  estab- 
lish another  Dispensary  in  the  southeastern  part  of  the  city 
desired  a  committee  of  superintendence  to  be  appointed  by  the 
Faculty.  The  following  committee  were  appointed:  Drs.  R. 
Gardiner,  James  Kitchen,  J.  G.  Houard,  A.  H.  Ashton,  D. 
M.  Tindell. 

This  Dispensary  was  established  and  was  in  operation  for 
several  years. 

October  5,  1858,  Drs.  John  L.  Goodman  and  L.  Lewis 
Coxe  were  elected  Dispensary  physicians,  with  Dr.  D.  R. 
Posey  as  assistant. 

December  13,  1858,  Drs.  Coxe,  Goodman  and  D.  R.  Posey 
referred,  in  a  letter  to  the  Faculty,  to  certain  charges  made 
against  their  management  of  the  Dispensary,  and  the  Faculty 
instructed  its  President,  then  acting  as  Dean  of  the  College, 
to  assure  them  that  the  members  of  the  Faculty  had  ' '  the 
most  perfect  confidence  in  their  professional  integrity  and 
honor." 

Dr.  L,.  Lewis  Coxe  resigned  on  May  3,   1859. 


THE    DISPENSARY.  577 

At  this  meeting  of  May  3,  1859,  it  was  decided  that  the 
Dispensary  should  be  supervised  for  the  succeeding  twelve 
months  by  the  following  professors: 

May,  Dr.  Flanders;  June,  Dr.  Coxe;  July,  Dr.  Moore; 
August,  Dr.  Henipel;  September,  Dr.  Reed;  October,  Dr. 
Beakley;  November,  Dr.  Flanders;  December,  Dr.  Ward; 
January,  Dr.  Coxe;  February,  Dr.  Moore;  March,  Dr. 
Hempel;  April,  Dr.  Reed. 

On  May  10,  1859,  Drs.  James  and  L.  Lewis  Coxe  sent  a 
letter  to  the  Faculty  offering  to  the  College  clinical  patients; 
to  this  the  Dean  was  instructed  to  reply.  At  the  next  meet- 
ing, on  Ma)^  17th,  the  Dean  was  instructed  to  return  the  com- 
munication to  D.  Dewis  Coxe  without  note  or  comment. 

On  November  i,  1859,  Dr.  Goodman  resigned  from  the 
Dispensary.  Dr.  Earhart  was  elected  in  his  place.  At  the 
next  Faculty  meeting  a  vote  of  thanks  to  Dr.  Goodman  was 
extended. 

At  a  Faculty  meeting,  September  3,  1 861,  it  was  decided 
to  place  a  box  in  the  Dispensary  for  contributions  to  be  used 
in  its  maintenance. 

On  July  8,  1862,  the  Faculty  decided  to  ask  the  Board  of 
Managers  to  revise  the  Constitution  so  that  the  affairs  of  the 
Dispensary  be  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  Faculty,  or  at  least 
that  the  Faculty  be  allowed  to  select  the  prescribing  phy- 
sicians and  their  assistants. 

Dr.  J.  R.  Earhart  was  Dispensary  physician  from  November 
1859,  to  June  17,  1863,  when  he  resigned.     In  his  place  was 
appointed  Dr.  E.  J.  Records,  chief  Dispensary  physician.  Dr. 
Records,  however,  declined  and  Dr.  Earhart  was  reappointed 
physician-in-chief  on  September  23d. 

Dr.  Earhart  resigned  October,  1867,  and  Dr.  M.  Macfarlan 
was  appointed  (October  4,  1867). 

During  the  two  years,  from  1867  to  1869,  of  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  a  dispensary  was  con- 
ducted in  connection  with  that  institution.  It  was  opened 
soon  after  the  opening  of  the  College.  In  a  letter,  dated  Oc- 
tober I,  1867,  Dr.  W,  J.  Earhart  is  informed  that  he  has 
been  appointed  physician-in-chief  to  the  Hahnemann  College 
Dispensary  under  supervision  of  the  Faculty.  A  branch  dis- 
38 


578  THE   DISPENSARY. 

pensary  was  conducted  from  June  to  September,  1867,  when 
it  was  discontinued.  It  was  the  first  dispensary  started,  and 
was  open  from  2  to  4  p.  m.  On  November  6,  1868,  Dr.  Kar- 
hart  resigned  and  Dr.  E.  A.  Small  was  appointed. 

There  are  many  who  will  remember  that  dingy  room  in  the 
basement  of  the  old  College,  where  students  were  allowed  to 
prescribe  for  the  sick.     The  table,  the  stove,  the  benches. 

It  was  the  fashion  in  the  old  College  to  hold  clinics  at  noon 
in  the  lower  lecture  room,  medical  clinics,  where  usually  high 
potencies  were  prescribed.  In  1877  the  Dispensary  was 
removed  to  the  third  floor,  the  waiting  rooms  being  under  the 
amphitheatre. 

Prior  to  1879  much  diflSculty  was  encountered,  owing  to 
lack  of  system  in  the  management.  In  that  year  the  Trus- 
tees and  Faculty  reorganized  the  Dispensary  department  and 
elected  Dr.  Charles  Mohr,  Chief  of  Staff.  Under  his  direction 
various  measures  were  adopted  which  resulted  in  a  continu- 
ously successful  administration. 

Under  the  successive  Executive  Officers,  Drs.  O.  S.  Haines, 
E.  R.  Snader,  J.  Rodes,  C.  A.  Ayers,  and  E.  H.  Kase  the 
Dispensary  departments,  as  emergencies  arose,  were  gradually 
enlarged  and  increased  in  utility,  until  at  the  present  day  it 
is  doubtful  whether  there  is  a  better  conducted  out-patient  de- 
partment in  the  country. 

In  1886,  when  the  College  removed  to  the  new  building  on 
Broad  street,  the  Dispensary  was  located  at  first  in  the  basement 
of  the  new  College,  the  entrance  being  from  the  side  door, 
under  the  steps  or  side  entrance  of  the  College.  Here  it  remained 
until  the  new  Hospital  was  opened,  in  1890,  when  it  was  re- 
moved to  its  present  building,  which  had  been  opened  as  a 
temporary  hospital  in  1887,  and  which  is  in  the  rear  of  the 
College.  The  announcement  for  1890  describes  the  Dispensary 
as  back  of  the  College  building,  fifty  by  seventy  feet,  three 
stories  in  height,  with  a  clinical  amphitheatre  occupying  the 
upper  floor,  with  a  seating  capacity  of  four  hundred. 

Dispensary  at  Johnstown. 

A  very  interesting  chapter  in  the  history  of  the  Hahne- 
mann Hospital  Dispensary  is  the  account  of  the  branch  estab- 


THE   DISPENSARY.  579 

lished  at  Johnstown,  Pa.,  immediately  after  the  terrible  flood 
of  June,  1889. 

The  following  is  quoted  from  the  Philadelphia  Ledger  of 
June,  2r,  1889: 

"  A  HOMCEOPATHIC   PHYSICIAN   SENT    TO    JOHNSTOWN   IN 

Answer  to  the  Appeal  of  Her  Citizens. — Dr.  Wm.  B. 
Trites,  President  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  Society,  has 
received  a  letter  from  prominent  citizens  of  Johnstown,  ask- 
ing that  a  homoeopathic  physician  be  sent  there,  and  that  a 
free  Dispensary  be  opened  for  the  care  of  the  destitute  suffer- 
ers who  prefer  that  treatment,  which  was  substantiated  by  a 
communication  from  Mr,  Cyrus  Elder,  Solicitor  of  the  Cambria 
Iron  Works,  urging  the  imperative  need  of   a  homoeopathist. 

' '  Both  letters  were  laid  before  the  L,adies'  Auxiliary  Board 
of  the  Hahnemann  Hospital.  It  was  at  once  decided  to  open 
a  free  Dispensary  in  Johnstown  as  a  branch  of  the  Hahne- 
mann Hospital. 

"  Dr.  Horace  K.  Kistler  has  been  selected  to  take  charge  of 
the  movement  and  left  Philadelphia  this  morning  with  a  full 
stock  of  medicines,  instruments  and  stores.  Persons  desiring 
to  aid  in  the  support  of  the  Dispensary  may  send  contribu- 
butions  of  money  to  Dr.  Charles  Mohr,  No.  555  North  i6th 
street,  and  goods  to  the  Hahnemann  Hospital,  Broad  street, 
between  Race  and  Vine.  Dr.  John  K.  I,ee,  the  only  ho- 
moeopathic physician  in  Johnstown,  was  swept  away  in  the 
flood.  Many  of  the  homoeopathic  physicians  of  Philadelphia 
volunteered  their  services  at  the  time  of  the  calamity,  but 
were  informed  that  there  were  no  need  of  physicians.  This 
appeal,  coming  directly  from  the  citizens  of  Johnstown,  shows 
that  the  authorities  were  mistaken  in  their  statement,  in  so  far 
as  it  applies  to  homoeopathic  physicians. ' ' 

Dr.  Kistler  arrived  in  Johnstown  on  June  22d,  and  after 
some  trouble  found  quarters  at  the  Cambria  Club  House.  In 
a  letter  to  Dr.    Mohr,  dated  June   25th,  Dr.    Kistler  writes: 

' '  The  little  house  I  have  rented  for  our  charitable  work  is 
two  doors  from  the  State  Board  of  Health  office  and  right 
amongst  the  other  charities.  Mr.  Cyrus  Elder  advised  me  to 
secure  it.  It  was  saved  from  the  flood  and  is  now  receiving 
its  finishing  touches,  and  when  completed,  with  sign  out,  will 


580  THE   DISPENSARY. 

be  the  freshest  and  neatest  small  building  in  Johnstown.  It 
measures  10x12  feet  inside,  has  a  door  and  window  in  front 
and  a  window  in  the  rear,  a  peaked  roof,  which  projects  three 
feet  in  front.  I  am  having  a  partition  put  in,  4^  feet  from 
the  rear  end,  as  I  desire  to  give  these  people  as  good  attention 
as  they  could  get  in  any  private  office.  My  building  will  be 
the  first  in  Johnstown  that  has  been  put  on  its  foundation,  re- 
paired and  painted  and  made  fit  for  occupancy.  My  landlord, 
Mr.  Charles  Leffier,  and  I  tramped  about  for  two  hours  hunt- 
ing a  sign  painter,  and  when  we  found  one  the  best  he  could 
do  was  to  have  me  a  sign  ready  by  next  week;  I  wanted  a 
sign  at  once,  and  I  noticed  some  ajax  paint  in  a  demolished 
hardware  store  and  I  purchased  a  can  of  it,  and  hunted  a  half 
hour  in  the  debris  of  the  store  and  was  rewarded  by  finding 
several  brushes.  By  this  time,  2  p.  m.,  it  was  raining  hard, 
so  having  gotten  a  board  10  feet  long  and  15  inches  wide  I 
cleaned  it  off  and  sandpapered  it,  and  getting  into  the  base- 
ment of  a  house  near  the  Dispensary  I  got  to  work.  The 
legend  will  read:  Branch  Dispensary  of  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  and  Hospital  op  Philadel- 
phia. The  letters  of  the  first  line  being  4  x  5  inches,  and  those 
of  the  second  and  third  lines  2^  X3  inches.  This  sign  will 
reach  from  the  house  to  the  curb  and  will  be  lettered  on  each 
side.  Being  here  makes  me  feel  just  as  I  used  to  when  I  was 
a  boy  when  there  was  a  circus  in  town  and  I  had  no  money 
to  get  in.  How  I  used  to  wait  and  wait  for  a  chance  to  crawl 
under  the  curtain,  and  the  waiting  was  the  hardest  of  all,  but 
I  usually  got  there  ! 

"  I  have  not  slept  in  the  same  bed  twice  and  don't  know 
where  I  shall  sleep  to-night.  *  *  *  *  j  am  getting  ac- 
quainted with  the  people  and  all  with  whom  I  have  conversed 
are  glad  that  our  Hospital  has  afforded  those  who  desire  it 
homoeopathic  treatment.  Dr.  Benjamin  Lee,  of  the  State 
Board  of  Health,  admires  my  quarters  very  much." 

In  the  Johnstown  Tribune  for  June  2g,  1889,  was  the  fol- 
owing: 

"  Notice. — Free  Homoeopathic  Dispensary.  A  branch  of 
the  Hahnemann   Medical  College  of  Philadelphia.     Is   now 


THE   DISPENSARY.  58 1 

open  at  57 }4  Adams  street  for  the  treatment  of  the  sick  and 
injured  of  Johnstown  and  vicinity.  Hours,  8  to  11  A.  m.; 
2  to  5  P.  M. 

"Dr.  Horace  E.  Kistler, 

"  Physician  in  Charge." 

On  August  13th  Dr.  WilHam  K.  L,ee,  of  Bryn  Mayr,  went 
to  Johnstown  as  Dr.  Kistler's  assistant. 

This  Dispensary  was  closed  on  December  31,  1889.  In  the 
Johnstown  T^ibiine  the  following  report  was  published: 

"  Closing  of  the  Hahnemann  Dispensary.  Report  of  the 
branch  Dispensary  of  the  Hahneman  Medical  College  and 
Hospital  of  Philadelphia  for  the  quarter  ending  December  31, 
1889:  Number  of  patients  treated,  1,044;  number  of  visits 
made  to  homes  of  patients,  1,3)2;  number  of  prescriptions, 
2,763;  surgical  cases,  84;  obstetrical  cases,  2;  no  deaths. 

"  The  Dispensary  closed  with  the  year.  The  work  done 
since  its  establishment,  June  27,  1889,  is  as  follows:  Whole 
number  of  patients  treated,  2,340;  prescriptions  made,  6,055; 
visits  made  to  homes  of  patients,  2,791;  surgical  cases,  226; 
obsetrical  cases,  5;  deaths,  6. 

"Horace  E.  Kistler,  M.  D., 
"  WiiviviAM  E.  Lee,  M.  D., 

"  Physicians  in  Charge." 

Dr.  Charles  Mohr,  treasurer  of  the  Dispensary  fund,  col- 
lected from  the  Society  of  the  New  Jerusalem  Church  $412.62; 
from  various  persons  $238.00,  the  balance  of  the  cost  of 
maintainance  from  the  opening  to  the  close  being  paid  out  of 
the  general  Hospital  treasury.  Medicines,  books,  instruments 
and  surgical  appliances  were  freely  contributed  by  interested 
people,  and  the  railroad  officials  provided  free  transportation. 

The  actual  cash  outlay  in  all  was  $755.72,  an  evidence  that 
great  economy  was  exercised  by  those  in  charge. 

Although  for  a  time  in  the  history  of  the  Dispensary  the 
students  were  allowed  to  prescribe  for  patients,  yet,  as  a  rule, 
recent  graduates  have  been  appointed  to  attend.  In  1882  a 
note  was  printed  in  the  Hahnemannian  Monthy: 

Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia. — 
This  institution  has  adopted  the  plan  of  assigning  all  the  Dis- 
pensary visiting  to  such  members  of  the  third  year  of  the 


582  THE   DISPENSARY. 

graded  course  as  give  satisfactory  evidence  of  reasonable  pro- 
ficiency in  diagnosis  and  therapeutics.  Bach  student  is  re- 
quired to  keep  detailed  and  complete  notes  of  his  cases  and  of 
their  treatment,  and  report  fully  in  writing  to  the  clinical  pro- 
fessor. In  case  of  necessity,  and  also  at  other  times,  the 
professor  visits  the  patient  in  company  with  the  attendant  for 
the  purpose  of  securing  to  him  the  largest  possible  benefit 
from  his  experience  with  the  case.  This  plan  offers  some  ad- 
vantages even  over  hospital  practice,  as  it  brings  the  student 
into  direct  and  responsible  relation  with  the  same  classes  of 
patients  which  he  may  expect  to  meet  with  in  private  prac- 
tice, while,  at  the  same  time,  all  his  clinical  studies  and  prac- 
tice are  under  the  immediate  supervision  and  suggestion  of 
an  experienced  instructor. 

From  the  opening  of  the  Hospital,  in  1871,  the  staff  of  the 
Dispensary  has  been  constantly  increased,  until  from  four 
Dispensary  physicians  in  1871  the  roster  gives  in  1898  sixty- 
two  Dispensary  physicians  and  surgeons. 

The  patient  who  ascends  the  iron  steps  of  Clinical  Hall  at 
twelve  o'clock,  in  search  of  relief,  first  passes  into  a  room  on 
the  left  side  of  the  entrance,  which  is  filled  with  wooden 
settles,  or  benches,  and  here  waits  his  turn  to  approach  the 
desk  of  the  Executive  Officer,  who  examines  him  and,  giving 
him  a  card,  assigns  him  to  some  one  of  the  ten  departments  into 
which  the  Dispensary  is  divided.  He  then  passes  out  into 
the  hall  and  down  a  corridor  until  he  reaches  the  door  of  the 
department  to  which  his  card  is  to  admit  him.  In  the  cor- 
ridor are  more  benches,  where  he  waits  his  turn.  It  is  not 
unusual  to  see  not  only  the  benches  but  the  corridor  filled 
with  rows  of  waiting  patients.  Over  the  door  of  each  depart- 
ment is  its  name.  When  the  patient  is  prescribed  for  he  re- 
ceives a  card  for  the  pharmacist,  whose  room,  completely 
fitted  up  as  a  pharmacy,  is  on  the  same  floor,  to  the  north. 
Here  the  patients  pass  in  line  before  the  window,  and  as  fast 
as  they  receive  their  medicine  pass  out  a  door  at  the  north 
side  of  the  building,  from  whence  they  reach  the  street  through 
a  walk  on  the  upper  side  of  the  College.  There  is  no  medi- 
cine dispensed  in  the  departments,  nor  is  any  one  prescribed 
for  until  he  or  she  has  received  an  initial  card  from  the  Ex- 


THE    DISPENSARY.  583 

ecutive  Chief.  As  the  members  of  the  staff  enter  each  is  re- 
quired to  sign  his  name,  with  the  time  of  his  entrance,  and 
also  when  he  departs,  with  the  time  he  has  served.  Down 
stairs  are  the  surgical  and  orthopoedic  departments.  The 
corridors  on  each  floor  connect  with  the  Hospital.  On  the 
second  story  are  the  rooms  devoted  to  clinical  teaching  for 
the  students.  Above  is  the  great  amphitheatre,  where  the 
operations  are  performed  before  the  class. 

The  following  is  quoted  for  the  College  announcement  for 
1898: 

dviNiCAi,  Instruction. 

One  of  the  special  and  important  features  of  this  College  is  the 
method  and  amount  of  clinical  instruction  offered  its  students;  this 
being  rendered  possible  by  the  many  thousand  patients  treated  annually 
in  the  several  departments  of  its  large  Hospital. 

All  clinical  work  is  conducted  in  one  of  the  Hospital  buildings  known 
as  Clinical  Hall,  located  directly  in  the  rear  of  the  College,  each  floor 
connecting  by  corridors  with  the  General  Hospital. 

The  clinical  amphitheatre  in  this  building  extends  through  two 
stories,  and  is  admirably  lighted  by  sky  and  side  light  by  day,  and 
incandescent  electric  and  gas  light  by  night.  The  room  has  a  seating 
capacity  of  400.  The  operating  arena  is  provided  with  every  conveni- 
ence for  the  employment  of  antiseptic  measures  in  operations,  and  with 
rooms  for  the  ansesthetization  and  recovery  of  the  patients. 

In  the  amphitheatre  the  daily  clinical  lecture  is  a  special  feature  of 
the  course.  Each  week  there  will  be  two  clinical  lectures  on  General 
Medicine,  one  on  General  Surgery,  one  on  Diseases  of  Children,  one  on 
Nervous,  Skin  or  other  special  diseases,  and  one  particularly  designed 
to  set  forth  the  "Diagnosis  of  the  Homoeopathic  Remedy."  Besides 
these,  there  will  be  an  operative  clinic  in  gynaecological  cases  every 
Wednesday  at  3:30  p.  M.,  and  an  operative  clinic  in  surgical  cases  every 
Saturday  at  3:30  p.  M. 

The  basement,  first  and  second  stories, furnish  some  twenty  rooms,  in 
which  are  conducted  the  special  clinics  in  sections  in  each  of  the  sev- 
eral departments,  including  Medical,  Surgical,  Gynaecological,  Eye, 
Ear,  Nose,  Throat,  Skin,  Genito-urinary,  Nervous  and  Chest  diseases. 
The  arrangement  is  such  that  each  student  in  turn  is  brought  face  to  face 
with  hundreds  of  cases  under  the  direction  of  the  several  clinical  teach- 
ers, and  is  enabled  thus  to  get  a  thorough  practical  knowledge  of  dis- 
eases and  injuries  of  the  ordinary  kind,  as  well  as  the  class  of  cases 
usually  applying  to  specialists.  The  student  is  required  to  examine 
patients,  apply  instruments  of  diagnosis,  use  mechanical  aids  necessary 
in  treatment,  perform  operations,  apply  dressing,  prescribe  medicines, 


584  THE    DISPENSARY. 

and  watch  the  progress  of  the  cases.  In  the  sub-clinics  during  the  past 
year  over  1,000  operations  were  performed,  a  large  number  of  which 
were  done  by  students. 

In  the  basement  story  is  also  a  well-appointed  mortuary.  Here  post- 
mortem examinations  are  conducted  before  classes,  and  means  are  pro- 
vided for  the  preservation  of  pathological  specimens  to  be  submitted 
for  microscopical  examination  in  the  histological  department. 

The  following  are  the  present  rules  governing  the  Dis- 
pensary: 

Dispensary  Rules. 

I.  Time  of  Service. — The  Dispensary  shall  be  open  for  the  treatment 
of  patients,  daily,  at  12  o'clock  noon,  excepting  Sunday  and  legal  holi- 
days; and  the  Dispensary  physicians  shall  report  promptly  at  that  hour 
for  duty,  and  write  their  names  in  the  record  book  kept  for  that  pur- 
pose, noting  the  time  of  the  beginning  of  their  service  and  the  termina- 
tion thereof. 

II.  Duties  of  Heads  of  Departtnents  and  Assistants. — The  Dis- 
pensary service  shall  be  under  the  immediate  supervision  of  the  clinical 
teachers  of  the  College  Faculty. 

The  following  departments  have  been  established,  viz. : 

1.  Department  of  General  Medicine. 

2.  Department  of  Skin  Diseases. 

3.  Department  of  Nervous  Diseases. 

4.  Department  of  Heart  and  Dungs. 

5.  Department  of  Surgery. 

6.  Department  of  Gynaecology. 

7.  Department  of  Obstetrics. 

8.  Department  of  Ophthalmology  and  Otology. 

9.  Department  of  Laryngology  and  Rhinology. 
10.  Department  of  Pediatrics. 

The  heads  of  the  several  departments  shall  be  responsible  to  the  visit- 
ing managers  of  the  Hospital,  and  shall  sign  the  monthly  reports  sub- 
mitted to  the  same.  They  shall  have  general  supervision  over  their 
respective  departments,  especially  with  reference  to  the  attendance  and 
efficiency  of  all  assistants,  and  shall  have  power  to  remove  the  delin- 
quents and  appoint  sach  additional  assistants  as  may  be  needed,  subject 
to  the  action  of  the  visiting  managers.  The  first  named  assistant  or 
assistants,  as  required,  shall  be  the  clinical  assistants  during  the 
progress  of  a  clinic,  and  the  next  in  rank  shall  conduct  the  Dispensary 
service  of  that  department  for  that  day,  the  rank  to  be  determined  by 
the  length  of  time  in  service. 

III.  Duties  of  the  Chief  of  Staff.— It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  chief 
of  the  Dispensary  staff  to  keep  a  record  of  all  new  cases  making  appli- 
cation for  treatment,  and  he  shall  assign  to  their  respective  depart- 
ments, all   suitable   cases   belonging   to   these   departments,  in    order 


THE   DISPENSARY.  585 

that  the  several  clinical  teachers  may  be  provided  with  material 
for  the  clinical  instruction  of  students.  When  a  case  has  been 
incorrectly  assigned,  or  needs  other  treatment  than  that  provided  in 
the  special  department  to  which  it  has  been  assigned,  it  shall  be  sent 
back  to  the  chief  of  staff,  with  such  information  for  reassignment;  and 
whenever  it  is  possible,  the  physician  who  was  last  in  charge  of  the 
case  shall  furnish  the  next  in  charge  with  a  written  or  verbal  history  of 
the  disease  while  under  his  care. 

The  chief  of  staff  shall  keep  a  record  of  all  cases  making  application 
for  attendance  during  confinement,  and  the  obstetrical  department 
shall  be  entitled  to  all  such  cases  from  the  several  departments  of  the 
Dispensary. 

IV.  Uotne  Treatment  for  Patients. — The  chief  of  staff  shall  keep  a 
record  of  all  applications  made  to  the  Dispensary  for  home  treatment 
of  patients,  and  shall  direct  the  applicant  to  the  physician  in  charge  of 
the  district  in  which  the  patient  resides.  If  any  such  cases  have 
recently  been  in  attendance  at  the  College  clinic,  the  clinical  teacher 
shall  be  notified  of  the  patient's  illness,  and  if  death  ensues  he  shall  be 
requested  to  superintend  the  autopsy,  if  any  is  made. 

V.  Records. — The  physicians  connected  with  the  different  depart- 
ments shall  keep  a  correct  record  of  the  name,  residence,  age,  sex,  and 
symptoms  of  the  patients  treated,  with  the  history  of  such  treatment 
from  the  beginning  to  the  termination  thereof,  in  a  book  provided  for 
that  purpose.  At  the  end  of  each  month  they  shall,  from  such  records, 
fill  up  the  blanks  furnished  for  the  purpose  of  recording  the  work  ac- 
complished in  the  Dispensary,  and  submit  the  same,  with  all  contribu- 
tions of  money  from  patients  for  the  Hospital,  to  the  heads  of  their 
respective  departments,  and  they  shall  forward  the  same  with  their 
signatures  appended  to  the  chief  of  staff,  who  shall  prepare  a  summary 
report  for  the  visiting  managers  of  the  Hospital. 

VI.  Instruments. — Instruments  and  other  articles  needed  for  the 
proper  diagnosis  of  disease  shall  be  provided  the  physicians  in  attend- 
ance, upon  requisition  made  to  the  chief  of  staff,  subject  to  the  ap- 
proval of  the  visiting  managers. 

VII  Hospital  Cases. — Throughout  the  lecture  term  of  the  College 
the  clinical  teachers  shall  have  the  privilege  of  admitting  and  treating 
in  the  Hospital  wards  such  cases  as  they  may  require  for  the  clinical  in- 
struction of  students,  subject  to  the  general  rules  of  the  Hospital. 

VII.  Decorum. — Perfect  decorum  must  be  observed  by  all  connected 
with  the  Dispensary  service.  Smoking  and  the  use  of  tobacco,  and 
loud  and  boisterous  talking  are  strictly  prohibited. 


586  THE   DISPENSARY. 

PHYSICIANS  AND  SURGEONS   TO   THE   DIS- 
PENSARY. 

Chiefs,  Executive  Officers,  Managers,  Supervisors. 

Ayers,  Charles  A.,  1890. 
Beakley,  J.,  1858. 
Betts,  B.  F.,  1883,  1884. 
Coxe,  J.  R.,  Jr.,  1858. 
Flanders,  A.  H.,  1858. 
Hempel,  C.  J.,  1858. 
James,  John  E.,  1883  to  1885. 
Kase,  Edmund  H.,  1891  to  1898. 
Mohr,  Charles,  1879  to  1885. 
Moore,  Thomas,  1858. 
Reed,  W.  A.,  1858. 
Rodes,  Joseph,  1889. 
Thomas,  C.  M.,  1883  to  1885. 
Ward,  Isaac  M.,  1858. 
Snader,  E.  R.,  1885  to  1888. 

Dentae  Department. 

E.  Morton  Eong,  D.  D.  S.,  1885,  1886. 

District  Physicians. 

Ayers,  Charles  A.,  1890,  1895  to  1898. 

Bryant,  E.  R.,  1889. 

Bartlett,  Clarence,  1881. 

Clegg,  Thomas  D.,  1889. 

Congosto,  Jose,  1889. 

Gardiner,  William  H.,  1889. 

Garrison,  Jos.  S.,  1889. 

Haines,  Oliver  S.,  1891. 

Kase,  Edmund  H.,  1891  to  1898. 

Myers,  Charles,  1889. 

Northrop,  Herbert  L.,  i< 

Paxson,  O.  H.,  1892  to  li 

Roman,  Desiderio,  1894. 

Tomlin,  R.  Elmer,  1889. 


THE   DISPENSARY.  587 

Van  Deusen,  Isaac,  i88g. 
Van  Gunten,  F.,  1889. 

Department  of  General  Medicine. 

Ackley,  W.  S.,  1891,  1892. 

Aldrich,  H.  E.,  1883  to  1885. 

Archibald,  Francis  E.,  1896. 

Ayers,  Charles  A.,  1889. 

Arrowsmith,  W.  L.,  1 868-' 69. 

Baker,  Alfred  F.,  1880. 

Bainbridge,  Benj.  H.,  Jr.,  1895. 

Bartlett,  Clarence,  1879  to  1880, 

Barton,  Clyde  Edwin,  1898. 

Betts,  B.  F  ,  1872. 

Bickley,  George  H.,  1896  to  1898. 

Bieling,  Theodore  J.,  1886. 

Bigler,  W.  H.,  187 1  to  1877. 

Bryant,  E.  R.,  1889. 

Burns,  John  C,  1886.  * 

Caley,  Jos.  M.,  1895  to  1897. 

Castle,  D.  M.,  1876,  1877. 

Cowperthwait,  Edwin  G.,  1895. 

Coxe,  L.  Eewis,  1858. 

Dedrick,  Thomas  S.,  1896. 

Denman,  C.  H.,   1893. 

Deacon,  E.  M.,  1894. 

Dubs,  Samuel  R.,  1849-50. 

Dudley,  Pemberton,  1866-67. 

Douglass,  Fullerton  J.,  1896. 

Eaches,  W.  D.,  1894. 

Eaton,  Fred.  M.,  1889. 

Ealer,  P.  H.,  1890  to  1892. 

Earhart,  J.  R.,  1858  to  1867. 

Earhart,  W.  J.,  1867. 

Finney,  E.  R.,  1888. 

Freedley,  Samuel,  i849-'50. 

Garrison,  J.  S.,  1889. 

Gieser,  W.  R.,  i892-'98. 

Griffith,  Lewis  B.,  1880,  1882,  1883,  1884. 


588  THE   DISPENSARY. 

Gramm,  K.  M.,  1881. 

Gramm,  Th.  J.,  1881  to  1883. 

Gilbert,  Irwin  B.,  1883,  1884. 

Gardiner,  William  A.,  i849-'50. 

Gardiner,  Richard,  1 849-' 50. 

Goodno,  William  C,  in  charge  from  1887  to  li 

Goodman,  John  ly.,  1858. 

Griggs,  William  B.,  1896,  1897. 

Griggs,  W.  O.,  1871  to  1877. 

Haines,  E.  S.,  1891. 

Haines,  O.  S.,  1883,  1884;  in  charge  from  1890  to  i! 

Hallowell,  James,  1895. 

Hamer,  J.  H.,  1876. 

Home,  Frederick  Victor,  1895. 

Hosfeld,  George,  Jr.,  1871,  1872,  1876. 

Helmuth,  W^illiam  S.,  i849-'50. 

James,  E.  W.,  1890. 

James,  H.  E-,  1884. 

Jones,  Edward  W.,  1891  to  1894. 

Johnston,  D.  H.,  1885. 

James,  Bushrod  W.,  1857, 

Johnstone,  Edward  R. ,  1853. 

Knerr,  C.  B.,  1872. 

Knerr,  Levi  J.,  1880  to  1882. 

Keim,  W.  H.,  1871,  1872. 

Kistler,  E.  H.,  1885  to  1887. 

Koch,  Augustus,  1 849-' 50. 

Kaercher,  William,  1885,  1887. 

Kitchen,  James,  1 849-' 50. 

Litchfield,  H.,  1892  to  1895. 

Langer,  P.  J.,  1883,  1884. 

Long,  F.  Morton,  1883,  1884. 

Long,  H.  W.,  1878. 

Macfarlan,  Malcolm  (chief),  1867. 

Manson,  C.  F.,  1879. 

Mount,  F.  D.,  1881. 

Matthews,  Caleb  B.,  1 849-' 50. 

McCullough,  J.  H.,  1892. 

McClatchey,  Robert  J.,  1856. 


THE    DISPENSARY.  589 

McFadyen,  W.  S.,  1893. 

Maires,  Walter  W.,  1894. 

Morozzi,  A.  C,  1894. 

Mohr,  Charles,  1876  to  1886;  in  charge  from  1887  to  1889. 

Merriam,  F.  E.,  1888,  1889. 

Neidhard,  Charles,  1 849-' 50. 

Parke,  G.  T.,  1877  to  1878. 

Paxson,  Oliver  H.,  1890;  clinical  chief,  from  1891  to  1898. 

Paxson,  R.  Randolph,  1896  to  1898. 

Pines,  J.  D.,  1892. 

Posey,  D.",  R.  1858. 

Pehrson,  John  G.,  1 849-' 50. 

Reading,  C.  L.,  1893. 

Rembaugh,  A.  C,  1872. 

Richardson,  A.  J.,  1882. 

Rogers,  W.  T.,  1885. 

Records,  E.  J.,  1863. 

Riehle,  "William  B.,  1849-' 50. 

Spencer,  William,  1887. 

Schoonmaker,  A.  T.,  1894. 

Semple,  Matthew,  1 849-' 50. 

Smith,  G.  W.,  1877,    1878. 

Smith,  Edward  M  ,  1 849-' 50. 

Suplee,  William  Z.,  1897,  1898. 

Sharp,  J.  G.,  1878,  1879. 

Shinn,  C.  T.,  1891. 

Sims,  Francis,   1 849-' 50. 

Starr,  Samuel,  1872. 

Stenger,  C.  F.,  1882. 

Shaw,  Alexander  R.,  1857,  1858. 

Schwenk,  C.  S.,  1882. 

Small,  Alvan  E.,  1 849-' 50. 

Small,  E.  A.,  1868. 

Snader,  E.  R.,  1884. 

Stambach,  H.  L. ,  1879. 

Strong,  J.  W.,    1879,  1880. 

Thomas,  J.  S.,  1879. 

Tegtmeier,  C.  F.,  1885, 

Trites,  Charles  S.,  1896. 


590  THE  DISPENSARY. 

Trites,  W.  B.,  1887,  1888. 
Toothaker,  C.  E.,  1851. 
Titsworth,  R.,  1852. 
Van  Gunten,  F.,  i{ 
Van  Deusen,  K.,  i< 
VanBaun,  W.  W.,  1880. 
Waite,  Oliver  B.,  1896. 
Ward,  John  D.,  1888. 
Ward,  Walter,  1 849-' 50. 
Widman,  F.  H.,  1898. 
Wilcox,  H.  T.,  1881. 
Wrisley,  J.  A.,  1881. 
Wiltbank,  R.  T.,  1891. 
Whinna,  E.  G.,  1891,  1892. 

Williams,  ,  1872. 

Wilson,  J.  Connor,  1893,  1894. 
Williamson,  Walter,  1 849-' 50. 
Zerns,  William  M.,  1878. 

Department  of  Skin  Diseases. 
Ashcraft,  ly.  T.,  1891,  1892. 
Ayers,  Charles  A.,  1896  to  1898. 
Conard,  George  M.,  1895. 
Dock,  R.  G.,  1894. 

Douglass,  Fullerton  J.,  Jr.,  1897,  1898. 
Fischer,  J.  A.,  1896. 
Fryer,  N.  W.,  1891. 

Gramm,  E.  M.,  1882  to  1890;  chief,  from  1891  to  1898. 
Grif&th,  L.  B.,  1885  to  1887,  1889,  1890. 
Harris,  R.  J.,  1894,  1895. 
Jones,  E.  W.,   1895. 
Maires,  W.  W.,  1895. 
Norris,  A.  A.,  1890. 

Souder,  C.  F. ,  1893,  1896,  1897;  clinical  chief,  1898. 
Van  Tine,  J.  W.,  Jr.,  1893. 
Widman,  Frank  H.,  1894. 

Department  of  Nervous  Diseases. 
Bartlett,  Clarence,  1882  to  1890;  clinical  chief  from  1891  to 
1898. 

Bayley,  W.  Dod,  1889  to  1898. 


THE  DISPENSARY.  59 1 


Cowperthwait,  E.  G.,  1896. 
Ealer,  P.  H.,  1893,  1894. 
Kendell,  M.  W.,  1895. 
Lawrence,  F.  Mortimer,  1894  to  li 
Locke,  M.  J.,  1891,  1892. 
Lyle,  W.  Howard,  1897,  1898. 
Rodes,  Joseph,  1888. 
Tuller,  John  J.,  i! 


Department  of  Heart  and  Lungs. 

Culin,  W.  D.,  1894  to  1898. 

Clarke,  F.  C,   1896. 

Fries,  C.  J.  V.,  1894. 

Fischer,  J.  A.,  1895. 

Gray,  F.  C,  1897,  1898. 

Harvey,  C,  1893. 

Henshall,  John  E.,  1895. 

Kurtz,  A.  J.,  1893,  1894. 

Lichtenwalner,  A.  B.,  1891,  1892. 

Merriam,  F.  E.,   1890. 

Redman,  John  E. ,  1896. 

Snader,  E.  R.,  1889,  1890;  clinical  chief  from  1891  to  i< 

Ward,  John  D.,  1889,  1890,  1891. 

Department  op  Surgery, 

Ashcraft,  E.  T.,  1895,  1896. 
Arthur,  A.  B.,  1897,  1898. 
Baker,  W.  D.,  1898. 
Benson,  F.  C,  1894  to  1898. 
Brierly,  F.  W.,  1896. 
Cookman,  A.,  1897. 
Crock,  George  W.,  1889. 
Cullen,  J.  T.,  1890  to  1895. 
Carter,  W.  D.,  1896. 
Fleming,  W.  J.,  1897. 
Gause,  Percy  O.  B.,  1882. 
Giles,  J.  W.,  1886  to  1889. 
Graham,  W.  T.,  1893. 
Grace,  H.  H.,  1896. 


592  THE    DISPENSARY. 

Gregg,  E.  R.,  1892. 
Hallowell,  James,  1897. 
Harrington,  G.  S.,  1896. 
Hart,  R.  T.,  1896. 
Hassler,  J.  W.,  1895  to  1898. 
Hunsicker,  W.  C,  1897. 
Hammond,  W.  N.,  i89'8. 
Harrison,  J.  A.,  1892. 
Hudson,  L.  A.,  1892. 

James,  John  E. ,  in  charge,  from  1887  to  1894 
Keelor,  J.  G.,  1898. 
Knerr,  Bayard,  1898. 
Kuhnel,  G.  A.,  1893. 
Middleton,  W.  H.,  1892  to  1895. 
McG^rrah,  O.  K.,  1895. 
Millen,  J.  C,  1888  to  1891. 
Miller,  M.  L.,  1898. 
McFayden,  W.  L.,  1895. 
McCarty,  R.  H.,  1895,  1896. 

Northrop,  Herbert  L.,  clinical  chief,  from  1892  to  1896. 
Pines,  J.  D.,  1893,  ^894. 
Robbins,  W.  J.,  1898. 
Ruffell,  J.  B.,  1898. 
Raue,  J.  Ferdinand,  1891,  1892. 
Smedley,  Charles  D.,  1888. 
Stewart,  A.  W.,  1893,  i894- 
Tomlin,  R.  Elmer,  1889,  1890,  1891. 
Trinkle,  W.  W.,  1893  to  1895. 
Thomas,  C.  M.  (in  charge),  1887,  1888, 
Thompson,  L.  W.,  1887  to  1890. 
Vischer,  Carl  V.,  clinical  chief,  from  1891  to  i^ 
Van  Gunten,  F.,  1890. 
Van  Lennep,  Gustav  A.,  1896. 

Van  Lennep,  W.  B.,  1882  to  1885  in  charge,  from   1892  to 
1898. 
Ward,  J.  McE.,  1891. 
Wilbur,  B.  K.,  1891. 
Whelin,  J.  J.,  1893. 


the  dispensary.  593 

Surgery  (Genito-Urinary). 

Ashcraft,  h.  T.,  1897,  1898, 
Abele,  R.  J.,  1897,  1898. 
Clover,  S    W.,  1898. 
Hart,  R.  T.,  1897. 
Hunsicker,  W.  C,  1898. 

Surgery  (Orthopedic). 

Carter,  W.  D.,  1897,   1898. 

Hart,  R.  T.,  1898. 

Hill,  John  B.,  1898. 

Van  lyennep,  G.  A..  1897,  1898. 

Surgery  (Rectal). 
Brierly,  F.  W.,  1897,  1898. 
Belleville,  J.  E.,  1897. 
Hubbs,  E.  S.,  1898. 

Venereal  Diseases. 
Bonnet,  G.  E.,  1886. 
Maguire,  W.  T.,  1883  to  1885. 
Millen,  J.  C,  1889. 
Rodes,  Joseph,  1887. 
Stafford,  C.  S.,  1889,  1890. 
Trites,  W.  B.,  1886. 
Van  I^ennep,  W.  B.,  1887. 
Vischer,  Carl  V.,  1890. 

Department  of  Gyn^cglogy. 
Archibald,  F.  E.,  1898. 
Ballentine,  A.  deB.,  1886. 

Betz,  B.  F.,  1877  to   1879,1880,    1881,    1887.     In  charge 
from"  1888  to  1894. 

Campbell,  Duncan,  1896. 
Caley,  Joseph  M.,  1890. 
Chase,  T.  E.,  1892. 
Furman,  H.  S.,  1889. 

Gramm,  Th.  J.,  Clinical  chief  from  1891  to  1894. 
Handy,  H.  D.,  1893. 
James,  D.  Bushrod,  1897,  1898. 
39 


594  THE    DISPENSARY. 

James,  John  E.,  in  charge  from  1895  to  i! 

Kase,  E.  H.,  1890. 

Kehler,  B.  Frank,  1893. 

Korndcerfer,  A.,  Jr.,  1897,  i^ 

Kirk,  P.  N.,  1891,  1892. 

Lane,  N.  F.,  1891  to  189 

Mercer,  E.  W.,  1887  to  1891,  1895,  i! 

Mertzmann,  B.,  1885. 

Raue,  C.  Sigmund,    1895,  1896. 

Smedley,   I.  G.,  1882  to  1889  in  charge,  1890,  1891,    i^ 

Chnical  chief  from  1895  to  1898. 
Stubbs,  George  P.,  1891  to  1897. 
Van  Tine,  J.  L.,  Jr.,  i'< 


Department  of  Obstetrics. 

Esrey,  W.  P.,  1 849-' 50. 

Gramm,  Th.  J.,  in  charge  1895,  1896. 

Haines,  O.  S.,  1886  to  1889. 

Korndcerfer,  A.,  Jr.,  1897,  1898. 

Mercer,  Ed.  W.,  1890.     Chnical  chief  from  1891  to  1898. 

Mitchell,  J.  N.,  1879  to  1886.   In  charge  from  1887  to  1894. 

Weaver,  H.  S.,  1893,  li 


PATHOIvOGIST. 

Goodno,  W.  C,  1882. 

Department  op  Ophthalmoi^ogy  and  Otology. 

Abbott,  Charles  S.,  1892. 
Bartlett,  Clarence,  1881. 
Bigler,  W.  H.,  1S79  to  1887. 
Brown,  C.  S.,   1896. 
Christine,  G.  Maxwell,  1891. 
Cooper,  Peter,  1894,  1895, 
Dudley,  Perry  H.,  1892. 
Fischer,  J.  A.,  1897. 
Gardiner,  W.  G.,  1890. 
Gause,  Percy  O.  B.,  1883,  1884,  i 
Gerhart,  Joseph  M.,  Jr.,  1898. 
Hinson,  J.  M.,  1894. 


THE    DISPENSARY.  595 

Hood,  Joseph  R.,  1898. 

Hopkins,  W.  M.,  1892. 

Hubbard,  Charles  H.,  1893  to  1895. 

Huber,  Wm.  H.,  1898. 

Hughes,  Francois  L,.,  1898. 

Jessup,  H.  J   1886101890.  Clinical  chief  from  1 89 1  to  1898, 

Lyle,  W.  H.,  1895,  1896. 

Mackenzie,  G.  W.,  1893  to  1895. 

Messerve,  F.  W.,  18S6  to  1898. 

Morris,  W.  S.,  1890  to  1892. 

Nevinger,  Martin  J.,  1898. 

Parr}^  H.  E.,  1893. 

Pines,  E.  Darwin,  1895  to  1898. 

Spahr,  C.  E.,  1885. 

Speakman,  William  W.,  1889  to  1894,  i897>  1898. 

Spencer,  WiMiam,  188S  to  1897. 

Smilie,  Nathan,  1895-1896, 

Thomas,  Charles  M.,  1877.      In  charge  from  1887  to  1898. 

Wasserman,  Flora  E.,  1893  to  1898. 

Wessels,  E.  C,  1893,  1894. 

Whinna,  E.  G.,  1893,  1894. 

Department  op  Laryngology  and  Rhinology. 

Black,  A.  B.,  1896. 

Cuthbert,  R.  B.,  1895. 

Haerer,  F.  J.,  1892  to  1894. 

Harris,  R.  J.,  1896  to  1898. 

Harris,  W.  E.,  1897  to  1898. 

Ivins,  Horace  F. ,  1881  to  1891. 

Knowlton,  William  K.,  1894. 

Morris,  W.  S.,  1887  to  1889. 

Perkins,  Theodore  E.,  1895. 

Reading,  C.  E.,  1896,  1897. 

Shallcross,  I.  G. ,  1890  to  1892.  In  charge  from  189310  1898. 

Simmons,  C.  W.,  1896. 

Spahr,  C.  E.,  1883,  1888,  1889. 

Van  Baun,  W.  W.,  1S85  to  1887. 

Van  Deusen,  E.,   1889,  1890. 

Weaver,  H.  S.,  1895  to  1898. 

Weaver,  W.  A.,  1897,  1898. 


596  the  dispensary. 

Department  of  Pediatrics. 

Bigler,  W.  H.  (in  charge),  iSqs-'qS. 
Boericke,  O.  E.,  1898. 
Baler,  P.  H.  (clinical  chief),  i895-'97. 
Foster,  A.  L.  W.,  1897,  1898. 
Fries,  C.  J.  V.,  1895,  1896. 
Livezey,  Frank  B.,  1898. 


THE  MUSEUM. 


Almost  from  the  commencement  of  the  College  it  was  the 
aim  to  establish  a  Museum.  The  first  entry  to  be  found  in 
the  minute-book  in  regard  to  specimens  for  a  medical  museum 
appears  in  the  minutes  of  the  first  Faculty  meeting  recorded, 
that  of  September  3,  1850.  It  is  there  stated  that  the  thanks 
of  the  Faculty  were  presented  to  Dr.  Neidhard  for  specimens 
of  Natural  History,  and  the  Dean  was  authorized  to  procure 
the  necessary  jars  and  alcohol  for  their  preservation.  In  the 
third  announcement,  1850,  mention  is  made  of  a  large  room 
for  the  Museum  and  reading-room.  In  the  announcement 
for  185 1  (4th)  is  the  following:  The  Museum  of  the  College, 
though  yet  in  its  infancy,  contains  ample  materials  for  study, 
in  wax  models,  anatomical  preparations,  morbid  and  healthy 
specimens,  both  in  a  dry  and  wet  state,  a  very  large  collec- 
tion of  anatomical,  surgical  and  obstetrical  plates  of  the  size 
of  life,  a  cabinet  of  minerals,  specimens  of  the  materia  medica, 
philosophical  instruments,  etc. 

At  a  Faculty  meeting  held  November  26,  1850,  Dr.  A.  K. 
Small  presented  a  double  foetus,  which  was  recommended  to 
the  attention  of  the  Board  of  Managers  in  the  following  letter: 

Phii^adeIvPhia,  November  27,  1850. 
To  the  Board  of  Managers  of  the  Homoeopathic  College: 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Faculty  this  evening  Dr.  Small  presented  to  the 
College  a  valuable  and  interesting  specimen,  being  a  double  foetus,  or 
rather  twin  children  firmly  united  by  the  cartilage  of  ribs  and  sternum. 
The  limbs  and  head  of  each  are  perfectly  formed,  and  also  the  bodies, 
excepting  the  attached  part.  This  specimen  is  unique  amongst  the 
various  Anatomical  Museums  of  Philadelphia,  and  warrants  a  small 
outlay  for  its  proper  preservation.  Therefore  the  Faculty  would  ask  of 
the  Managers  an  appropriation  for  the  purpose  of  procuring  a  wax 
model  to  be  placed  in  the  Museum  of  the  College  for  the  inspection  of 
students  and  visitors.     The  expense  will  be  about  forty  dollars. 

William  A.  Gardiner, 

Register. 


598  THE   MUSEUM. 

This  double  babj^  seems  to  have  created  much  interest.  A 
report  of  the  case  was  made  in  the  Philadelphia  Journal  of 
Homoeopathy,  Vol.  I,  page  225,  and  also  a  cut  of  the  mon- 
strosity. It  is  still  in  the  Museum.  On  April  10,  185 1,  the 
Dean  reported  that  Dr.  Dufresne  had  placed  in  the  College 
the  model  of  the  double  foetus,  and  that  his  bill  of  $60  had 
been  paid. 

The  Museum-room  comprised  the  second  story  of  the 
College  building.  It  was  large,  well-lighted,  and  extended 
over  the  entire  second  floor.  At  a  meeting  held  August 
26,  1 85 1,  the  Dean,  Dr.  W.  A.  Gardiner,  was  instructed  to  em- 
ploy a  person  for  $10.00  per  week,  for  one,  two,  or  more 
weeks,  to  fit  up  the  Museum  and  do  such  other  things  about 
the  College  as  might  be  required.  In  the  announcement  for 
i852-'53  it  is  described  as  follows: 

The  second  story,  the  Museutn-rootn,  the  largest  in  the  building,  is 
amply  filled  with  choice  specimens  illustrative  of  Osteology,  Myology, 
Neurology  and  Angeiology;  Pathological  and  Physiological  diagrams, 
obstetric  plates,  manikins,  morbid  specimens,  etc.,  surgical  specimens 
and  plates,  illustrations  of  the  eye,  ear,  extremities;  mineral  and 
medicinal  specimens,  chemicals,  etc.;  while  interspersed  through  the 
whole  may  be  seen  many  specimens  of  natural  curiosities,  and  anom- 
alies of  the  human  species.  In  short,  the  Museum  is  a  creditable  col- 
lection of  means  for  scientific  demonstrations,  connected  with  every 
branch  taught  in  the  College. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Faculty,  December  9,  1856,  Dr.  Hel- 
muth  was  given  charge,  with  authority  to  purchase  siich 
fixtures  as  were  needful  for  the  preservation  and  arrangement 
of  specimens. 

On  February  2,  1857,  the  Dean  reported  having  renewed 
the  insurance  on  the  Museum  and  contents,  of  $3,500,  so  that 
even  at  that  early  day  the  collection  must  have  been  of  some 
value.  At  this  time  quite  a  number  of  additions  were  made, 
as  in  the  announcment  for  i858-'59  we  find  mention  of  many 
models,  manikins,  representations  in  papier  mache,  wax,  etc., 
of  disease,  dried  specimens  of  the  plants  of  the  materia  med- 
ica,  etc. 

Each  professor  was  provided  with  a  key  to  the  door. 
Throughout  the  record  book  of  the  Faculty  there  are  notes  of 
repairs,  additions,  the*purchase  of  new  specimens,  etc.  The 
welfare  of  the  Museum  was  considered  from  the  first. 


THE    MUSEUM.  599 

At  a  meeting  on  September  2,  iS158,  the  College  voted  to 
buy  Dr.  Arrowsmith's  manikin  and  pelvis  for  $342  in  gold,  to 
be  paid  for  in  three  payments.  This  manikin  was  a  very 
elaborate  affair.  All  the  muscles  could  be  taken  off  sep- 
arately; the  internal  organs  also  removed.  The  writer  well 
remembers  the  delight  of  taking  apart  an  arm  and  then  trying 
to  get  the  muscles  back  again.  This  is  also  still  in  the 
Museum,  but  it  is  probable  that  the  College  paid  its  full  value 
for  this  French  paper  man. 

When  the  new  College  was  formed  in  1867  efforts  were 
made  to  establish  a  Museum  and  also  a  library  in  connection 
with  it.  And  quite  a  creditable  number  of  specimens  were 
collected. 

At  a  meeting  on  June  i,  1867,  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas  reported 
that  a  good  anatomical  museum  could  be  bought  for  $400, 
and  he  was  by  the  Faculty  instructed  to  buy  it,  which  he  did 
for  $380.     He  was  also  instructed  to  fit  up  a  Museum. 

Among  the  circulars  asking  for  donations  is  the  following: 

Philadelphia,  Jidy  i^,  i86y. 
Dear  Sir: 

The    FACUI.TY    OF   THE    HAHNEMANN    MEDICAI.  COLLEGE 

OF  Philadelphia  are  gratified  to  announce  the  large  degree 
of  success  which  has  thus  far  attended  the  steps  taken  in 
forming  the  Museum  and  Library  of  the  College. 

It  is  believed  that  the  Anatomical  Department  is  already  as 
well  provided  as  in  the  most  favored  of  our  colleges;  but  desir- 
ing to  know  no  standard  short  of  perfection,  we  have  decided 
to  issue  this  circular  to  physicians  favorable  to  our  cause. 

Many  have  books,  and  pathological  and  other  specimens, 
plates  and  apparatus  which  are,  to  them,  a  source  of  incon- 
venience from  the  space  they  occupy,  but  who  would  be  glad 
to  deposit  them  in  a  safe  place,  such  as  our  Museum  affords. 

All  such  will  be  cordially  accepted  by  us,  and  preserved  in 
the  name  of  the  contributors,  who  will  please  state  whether 
each  article  is  designed  as  an  absolute  donation,  or  only  as  a 
deposit.  All  will  be  made  subservient  to  the  great  end  we 
have  in  view — the  elevation  of  the  standard  of  homoeopathic 
education  and  the  thorough  preparation  of  the  rising  genera- 
tion of  homoeopathic  physicians. 


6oO  THE    MUSEUM. 

It  is  also  believed  thaf  within  the  range  of  practice  of  the 
physicians  in  this  vicinity  large  numbers  of  surgical  cases 
may  be  found,  sufficient  to  secure  a  creditable  surgical  clinic 
to  the  students,  and  especially  to  elevate  the  surgical  fame  of 
our  school. 

We  confidently  ask  your  co-operation. 

In  regard  to  surgical  cases,  please  communicate  names  and 
addresses  of  patients  to  J.  C.  Morgan,  M.  D.,  Professor  of 
Surgery,  17  Chestnut  street.  Books  and  specimens  will  be 
received  by  C.  Hering,  M.  D.,  114  North  Twelfth  street,  or 
R.  Koch,  M.  D.,  33  North  Twelfth  street. 

The  announcement  for  1 869-' 70  thus  mentions  the 
Museum: 

Museum. — By  the  union  of  the  two  Colleges  we  are  in  possession  of 
a  very  finely  appointed  Museum.  In  addition  to  an  extensive  variety 
of  dried  and  wet  specimens — embracing  every  department  of  the  body — 
we  have  a  large  collection  of  Pathological  specimens.  These,  together 
with  plates  and  charts,  enable  us  to  bring  before  the  student  almost 
every  phase  of  disease;  but,  in  order  to  meet  every  exigency,  we  have 
ordered  some  of  the  most  important  papier  mache  models  from  Paris. 
Our  cabinet  of  medical  substances  is  full,  and  our  library  contains  over 
600  volumes.  We  can,  therefore,  say  to  the  profession  that,  with  our 
increased  facilities  and  appliances,  we  shall  be  able  to  afford  those  who 
seek  our  halls  the  very  best  opportunity  of  obtaining  a  full  and  thor- 
ough insight  into  every  department  connected  with  the  subject  of 
medicine. 

A  full  descriptive  catalogue  of  the  Museum  will  be  published  for  dis- 
tribution soon. 

During  the  summer  of  1869, 'after  the  union  of  the  Col- 
leges, Dr.  C.  M.  Thomas,  then  a  student,  placed  the  contents 
of  the  united  Museums  and  libraries  in  order,  classified  them 
and  issued  a  printed  catalogue  containing  44  octavo  pages. 
The  Museum  and  the  Library  were  both  placed  in  the  Museum 
room  of  the  College,  the  second  story  of  the  building. 

The  summary  of  the  Museum  collection  was  as  follows: 

13  Human  skeletons,  adult  and  others. 
15  Skeletons  of  inferior  animals. 
204  Dried  preparations,  arterial,  venous,  nervous,  etc. 
68  French  Clastic  anatomical  preparations. 
12  Models  in  wood. 
23  Papier  mache  pathological  models. 


THE    MUSEUM.  6or 

124  Wax  preparations,  anatomical  and  pathological. 

547  Osteological  specimens. 

128  Specimens  of  comparative  anatomy  and  natural  history. 
237  Patholog-ical  and  anatomical  specimens,  in  glass  jars. 
720  Plates,  diagrams,  etc. 

428  .Materia  Medica  specimens. 
1000  Mineralogical  specimens. 
600  Dried  plants  in  Herbarium. 

There  were  801  volumes  and  about  600  pamphlets  in  the 
lyibrary. 

In  the  announcement  for  i87i-'72   appears  the  following: 

Museum. — By  the  accumulations  of  twenty-three  years,  we  are  in 
possession  of  a  very  finely  appointed  Museum.  In  addition  to  an  ex- 
tensive variety  of  dried  and  wet  specimens— embracing  every  depart- 
ment of  the  body — we  have  a  large  Pathological  collection.  These, 
together  with  plates  and  charts,  enable  us  to  bring  before  the  student 
almost  every  phase  of  disease;  but.  in  order  to  meet  every  exigency, 
we  have  imported  the  most  important  papier  mache  models  from  Paris. 
Our  cabinet  of  medical  substances  is  full,  and  our  library  contains  over 
800  volumes.  We  can,  therefore,  say  to  the  profession  that,  -with  our 
increased  facilities  and  appliances,  we  shall  be  able  to  afford  those  who 
seek  our  halls  the  very  best  opportunity  of  obtaining  a  full  and  thor- 
ough insight  into  every  department  connected  with  the  subject  of 
medicine. 

In  every  announcement  while  the  College  remained  in  Fil- 
bert street  there  is  a  notice  of  the  Museum,  with  a  table  of 
its  contents. 

Mention  should  be  made  of  the  donation  from  Dr.  A.  R. 
Thomas,  in  1889,  of  twenty-seven  models  of  all  the  important 
organs  of  the  body,  manufactured  by  Bach  &  Steger,  of 
Leipzig. 

But  from  1880,  when  Dr.  Rufus  B.  Weaver  assumed  the 
charge  of  the  Museum,  it  took  on  new  life.  Dr.  Weaver 
began,  even  in  the  old  College,  to  take  means  to  render  the 
Museum  a  practical  affair,  to  gradually  get  rid  of  the  useless 
specimens.  It  was  in  a  state  of  general  decay.  In  many  cases 
the  alcohol  had  dried  out  from  the  jars  containing  the  speci- 
mens, and  the  specimens  were  thus  rendered  worthless. 

During  the  summer  of  1886  the  contents  of  the  Museum 
were  removed  to  the  new  College  building. 

The  announcement  for  1 886-' 87  tells  us- 


6o2  THE    MUSEUM. 

The  College  Museum  is  one  of  the  most  extensive  and  complete  of 
its  kind  in  the  country.  Its  contents,  almost  without  exception,  are  of 
such  character  as  to  be  useful  for  the  purposes  of  medical  instruction, 
and  are  not  mere  "Curiosities."  It  embraces  the  accumulations  of 
nearly  forty  years  aud  covers  the  whole  field  of  Anatomy,  Physiology, 
Materia  Medica,  Pathology,  Surgery,  Obstetrics,  etc.  According  to  the 
Catalogue  issued  in  1869  the  shelves  and  cases  contained,  at  that  time, 
nearly  600  Osteological  Specimens,  including  Articulated  and  Disarticu- 
lated Skeletons,  over  200  Dried  Preparations,  arterial,  venous,  nervous, 
muscular,  visceral,  etc.,  nearly  250  Wet  Preparations,  Anatomical  and 
Pathological,  15  Skeletons  of  Inferior  Animals,  128  Specimens  of  Com- 
parative Anatomy  and  Natural  History,  68  French  Clastic  Anatomical 
Preparations,  160  Models  in  Wood,  Wax  and  Papier-mache,  1,000 
Mineralogical  Specimens,  1,000  Dried  Plants  and  other  Materia 
Medica  Specimens,  and  nearly  1,000  Charts,  Diagrams,  Plates,  etc. 
During  the  last  fifteen  years  this  list  has  been  largely  increased  in  all 
departments.  Further  additions  are  solicited  from  physicians  who  may 
desire  to  have  used  for  purposes  of  instruction  such  specimens  as  may 
come  into  their  possession.  A  new  catalogue  is  in  course  of  prepara- 
tion, in  which  all  contributions  will  be  duly  accredited. 

The  room  devoted  to  the  present  Museum  is  situated  on  the 
third  floor  and  is  a  large  room,  25  x  34  feet  in  size  and  24  feet 
high,  at  the  northeast  angle  of  the  building.  The  room  extends 
upward  through  the  fourth  floor,  a  gallery  extending  around  it 
on  a  level  with  the  fourth  floor,  and  it  is  also  provided  with  a 
skylight.  This  gallery  is  reached  by  an  iron  stairway.  The  gal- 
lery is  largely  devoted  to  a  collection  of  skulls  and  to  dried 
anatomical  preparations.  The  same  cases  used  in  the  old 
Museum  are  placed  around  the  walls  and  a  double  set  extend 
down  the  middle  of  the  lower  floor;  these  have  glass  doors,  are 
kept  locked  and  are,  except  in  point  of  space  for  specimens, per- 
fectly suitable  for  their  purpose.  On  the  tops  of  these  cases  are 
placed  the  skeletons  of  the  horse,  camel,  dog,  alligator,  a  cock, 
leopard,  monkies  and  a  cat,  with  a  variety  of  bird  skeletons. 
In  comparative  anatomy  there  is  a  large  collection  of  papier- 
mache  specimens  of  the  organs  of  different  animals. 

On  the  same  floor  as  the  museum  and  directly  adjoining  it 
is  the  room  of  the  curator,  and  further  on,  at  the  northwest 
corner  of  the  building,  there  is  a  large  room  with  two  smaller 
rooms,  devoted  to  the  uses  of  the  curator  in  his  preparation 
of  specimens  and  other  necessary  labors  of  practical  anatomy. 
A  door  opens  from  this  large  room  into  the  pit  of  the  anatomi- 
cal amphitheatre. 


THE    MUSEUM.  603 

The  Museum  of  to-day  is  a  very  different  thing  from  the  old- 
time  collection  of  papier  mache  organsof  the  body,  and  crudely- 
colored  anatomical  plates  and  diagrams.  The  Museum  of  the 
present,  and  it  may  be  truly  called  Dr.  Weaver's  collection, 
for  he  has  made  it  what  it  is,  contains  real  specimens,  wet  and 
dried,  illustrating  the  cruel  ravages  of  disease  and  the  intricate 
mechanism  of  the  human  body. 

From  the  time  Dr.  Weaver  took  charge  it  has  been  his  con- 
stant endeavor  to  do  away  with  the  specimens  of  little  value, 
substituting  others  of  practical  use.  And  justly  believing 
that  anatomy  and  pathology  can  be  more  profitably  taught, 
and  the  student  made  more  familiar  with  the  subjects  by  look- 
ing at  actual  preparations  and  dissections  of  the  body,  both 
in  health  and  disease,  Dr.  Weaver  has  devoted  a  great  part  of 
his  time  for  the  past  twenty  years  to  preparing  a  most  marvel- 
lous collection  of  exquisite  anatomical  preparations. 

To  quote  his  own  words:  "  When  there  w^as  a  demand  for 
any  portion  of  the  body  to  illustrate  a  lecture  I  have  prepared 
such  a  specimen  in  such  a  manner  as  to  be  of  the  most  use  to 
the  student,  and  this  has  replaced  in  the  Museum  some  speci- 
men of  less  practical  value,  so  that  now  the  Museum  con- 
tains comparatively  little  of  the  old  collection  of  papier-mache 
and  plates  and  musty  anatomical  preparations.  But  we  have 
not  room  enough  to  properly  display  our  collection." 

It  can  truthfully  be  said  that  to-day  there  is  not  a  branch 
of  medicine  taught  in  this  College  that  cannot  be  properly 
and  amply  illustrated  by  means  of  specimens  from  the  Museum 
— Anatomy,  Surgery,  Physiology,  Obstetrics,  Ophthalmology 
and  Otology,  Gynaecology,  Practice,  Zoology,  Comparative 
Anatomy.  The  material  for  properly  teaching  these  branches 
is  all  to  be  found  in  the  cases  of  the  Museum. 

Entering  the  door  one  sees  on  the  right  filling  the  long  case, 
extending  from  the  door  to  the  front  of  the  room,  a  very  com- 
plete collection  illustrating  pathological  and  surgical  oste- 
ology; no  plaster  casts  here,  no  paper  models,  real  bones,  de- 
formed by  breakage  or  other  injury  and  well  showing  Nature's 
wonderful  attempts  to  restore  continuity. 

Beginning  with  skulls  showing  the  mark  of  the  trephine  or 
fatal  bullet  hole,  one  passes  slowly  before  the  case  and  sees 


6o4  THE   MUSEUM. 

every  bone  in  the  human  body  carefully  arranged,  each  bear- 
ing the  marks  of  some  injury  or  disease  growth.  >!<  *  * 
Fractures  of  the  jaw,  radius,  scapula,  humerus,  ulna, 
phalanges,  ribs,  femur,  skull,  pelvis,  etc.,  etc.,  in  fact,  fracture 
of  every  bone  in  the  human  body  is  here  to  be  seen.  It  is 
interesting  to  note  several  cases  in  whicli  after  dislocation 
the  bone  has  worn  for  itself  a  false  joint  whose  approximating 
surfaces  are  worn  smooth.  The  collection  of  femurs  illustrat- 
ing fracture  of  the  neck  is  very  fine;  several  heads  of  the 
femur  have  been  sawn  longitudinally  through  and  hinged  and 
mounted  on  a  long  rod  inserted  into  a  block.  These  are 
standing  open  in  the  case  and  one  sees  the  interior  structure 
of  the  bone  with  the  result  of  the  fracture  and  nature's  effort 
at  repair. 

Further  on  in  the  case  is  an  extensive  collection  of  calculi 
taken  from  the  bladder  by  Drs.  C.  M.  Thomas,  W.  B.  Van 
Lennep  and  J.  B.  James. 

Standing  on  the  broad  ledge  of  the  front  windows  of  the 
room  are  several  wet  specimens  of  the  entire  brain.  One 
shows  the  membranes,  another  the  cranial  nerves,  another  the 
ganglias  and  cavities  of  the  brain;  a  section  showing  the 
fissures;  every  point  of  interest  in  these  preparations  is  care- 
fully labelled  by  name.  In  an  adjoining  case  there  is  an 
entire  brain  with  the  convolutions  and  fissures  all  carefully 
marked  and  the  names  given.  Two  other  round,  glass- 
covered  boxes  on  the  window  sill  contain  respectively  the 
antero-posterior  section  of  the  head,  and  the  naso-pharyngo 
laryngeal  view  of  the  head;  in  this  the  head  is  divided  exactly 
longitudinally  in  the  middle  and  the  half  of  every  organ  in 
the  head  and  face  is  exposed. 

In  another  case  are  twelve  bottles  containing  beautiful  dis- 
sections of  a  human  eye.  We  have  the  eye  in  its  socket  with 
the  muscles  carefully  dissected  out.  Then  the  different  parts 
of  the  eye,  the  retina  with  the  optic  nerve  attached  suspended 
in  the  preserving  fluid  like  floating  gauze,  the  iris  with  its 
delicate  filaments,  the  ciliary  process,  the  different  coats  of 
the  eye,  and  marvel  of  all,  the  cornea  set  like  a  watch  crystal 
in  the  sclerotic  coat,  entirely  transparent  and  stiff  as  if  petri- 
fied.    Dr.  Weaver  said:   "This  was  at  the  World's  Fair,  and 


THE    MUSEUM.  605 

I  overheard  some  opticians  or  oculists  wondering  how  did  the 
man  keep  the  cornea  and  sclerotic  from  shrivelling?  Ah,  that 
is  the  secret."  He  continued:  "  I  went  into  the  Museum  of 
the  Royal  College  of  Physicians  in  London  some  years  since 
and  asked  one  of  the  attaches  to  look  at  the  eye  specimens. 
He  directed  me  to  an  alcove  in  which  were  dissections  of  the 
whole  eye  showing  its  muscles,  etc. ,  but  not  so  complete  a  set 
of  dissections  as  those  in  our  own  Museum. 

"  I  asked  where  the  rest  of  the  preparations  were.  '  Man, 
how  much  do  you  expect  ? '  I  want  to  see  dissections  of  the 
more  minute  anatomy  of  the  eye.  '  We  have  none  here,  nor 
is  it  possible  to  make  them.'"  Said  Dr.  Weaver:  "They 
have  them  in  the  States."  But  our  genial  doctor  added: 
"  The  man  did  not  believe  me." 

Another  noteworthy  wet  collection  in  the  Museum  is  that 
designed  to  illustrate  the  ravages  of  typhoid  fever  on  the 
Peyer's  glands,  showing  ulceration  and  perforation  of  the 
intestines.  These  sections  of  the  intestines  are  beautifully 
injected  and  rendered  transparent  showing  the  tiny  mesenteric 
arteries  and  veins. 

Among  many  other  interesting  preparations  are  the  collec- 
tion of  dried  dissections  of  the  whole  body  and  of  the  ex- 
tremities, showing  muscles,  arteries,  veins,  etc.,  all  in  their 
relative  positions. 

These  dried  specimens  of  the  great  blood  vessels,  arteries, 
veins,  nerves  and  muscles,  are  neatly  mounted  on  boards 
painted  black.  The  arteries  are  painted  yellow,  the  veins 
blue,  the  nerves  are  painted  white.  By  the  contrast  of  color 
between  the  yellow  and  the  black  background,  the  student  at 
the  rear  of  the  class  room  is  able  to  more  plainly  distinguish 
the  different  vessels  than  if  the  arteries  were  painted  red. 
This  is  but  one  of  the  many  little  ways  the  Doctor  has  of 
making  it  easy  for  the  student. 

This  Museum  is  noted  for  its  remarkable  collection  of  dried 
visceral  specimens,  Dr.  Weaver  considers  this  one  of  its  strong 
points,  these  having  superseded  the  old  fashion  of  colored 
plates. 

In  the  last  ten  years  there  have  been  nearly  500  practical 
specimens    placed   in   the    Museum,    all    the    result    of    Dr. 


6o6  THE    MUSEUM. 

Weaver's  unequalled  skill  and  patience.  He  is  now  at  work 
on  a  unique  dried  specimen  of  the  head  and  neck  that  makes 
a  complete  expose  of  the  muscular,  vascular  and  nervous 
contents  of  the  ptery go-maxillary  region. 

Small  sections  of  bone  can  be  removed,  showing  plainly  the 
relative  positions  of  the  muscles  and  other  organs  in  this 
part.  The  trachea,  with  its  muscles,  arteries,  veins  and 
nerves,  is  also  fully  displayed.  By  the  judicious  use  of  dif- 
ferent colors  on  the  different  parts  each  is  made  to  stand  out 
in  relief.  There  is  probably  not  another  such  a  specimen  in 
existence,  and  although  it  is  not  yet  finished  it  is  already  a 
thing  of  beauty  to  the  fine  eye  of  the  anatomist  and  surgeon. 

It  may  without  vanity  be  said  that  the  Museum  of  Hahne- 
mann College  of  Philadelphia  under  the  fostering  skill  of  Dr. 
Weaver  stands  to-day  one  of  the  foremost  in  the  world  in  its 
collection  of  dried  and  wet  specimens  applicable  for  practical 
use  in  teaching  anatomy  and  making  clear  its  dark  places  to 
the  student. 

And  that  this  is  no  idle  boast,  it  may  be  mentioned  that  a 
great  anatomical  authority  and  writer,  a  man  who  has  visited 
the  principal  anatomical  collections  in  the  world,  in  a  visit  to 
this  Museum  said  to  Dr.  Weaver:  "You  have  one  of  the 
finest  collections  for  practical  use  that  I  have  ever  seen." 

There  are  in  the  collection  at  present  at  least  forty  skulls, 
each  one  having  some  feature  that  characterizes  it.  There 
are  four  natural  or  ligamentous  skeletons,  and  thirty  artificial 
or  wired  skeletons.  One  could  profitably  spend  hours  in  ex- 
amining this  collection.  In  every  case  may  be  seen  something 
of  interest.  The  collection  of  monstrosities  is  large  and  very 
interesting,  and  the  double-headed  baby  of  the  first  years  of 
the  Museum  occupies  a  place  of  honor.  In  one  jar  there  is 
a  uterus  entire,  in  the  lower  part  is  a  large  tumor,  and  through 
a  circular  opening  in  the  walls  one  may  see  a  six  months' 
baby  curled  up,  the  cord  around  his  neck,  the  head  showing, 
the  flesh  fair  and  natural  and  through  another  opening  at  the 
other  side  of  the  uterus,  the  uterine  face  of  the  placenta  can 
be  seen.  Strange  to  say,  the  lady  from  whom  this  was  taken 
is  still  living. 

But  the  chef  d'oeuvre,  the  masterpiece  of   Dr.   Weaver's 


Dissection  of  Nervous  System,  by  Dr.  R.  B.  Weaver 


THE    MUSEUM.  607 

trained  and  dainty  touch,  is  the  world-famous  dissection  of  the 
entire  cerebro-spinal  nervous  system.  It  is  placed  in  a  closed 
glass  case  to  the  left  of  the  door.  Dr.  Weaver  relates  this 
story:  When  in  Europe  he  was  telling  a  medical  gentle- 
man about  it  and  the  man  said:  "  It  is  impossible,  there  is  no 
such  thing  in  all  this  United  Kingdom,  and  if  it  had  been 
possible  it  would  have  been  done  by  some  one."  "So  it 
has,"  Dr.  Weaver  quietly  said,  "  by  some  one  in  the  States." 
Dr.  Alfred  Heath  thus  writes  of  it  for  the  Homoeopathic 
I^F(?r/^  (August,  1892): 

The  dissection  of  the  entire  sympathetic  and  cerebro-spinal  nervous 
system  by  Dr.  R.  B.  Weaver,  demonstrator  of  anatomy  to  the  College, 
the  preparation  and  mounting  of  which  cousumed  fully  six  months  of 
industrious  labor,  is  a  marvel  of  patience  and  skill  in  dissection,  the 
like  of  which  has  never  before  been  seen.  Photogravures  of  this  vvon- 
derful  work,  bearing  Dr.  "Weaver's  name  as  demonstrator  of  anatomy 
of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  were  accepted 
from  me  with  pleasure  by  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons,  London,  and 
the  Council  of  Medical  Registration  of  Great  Britain. 

In  the  Hahnemannian  Monthly  for  February,  1889,  there 
is  an  interesting  article,  from  the  pen  of  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas, 
about  this  unique  dissection,  with  a  picture,  which  is  as  fol- 
lows: 

Since  the  revival  of  the  study  of  anatomy  by  Andreas  Vesalius  (born 
in  1514,  died  in  1564),  during  the  sixteenth  century,  many  vauable 
and  carefully  prepared  dissections  have  been  made  by  different  anat- 
omists. From  the  plates  accompanying  the  early  anatomical  works,  as 
that  of  Spigelius,  published  in  1632,  it  is  evident  that  the  dissections  of 
those  early  days  were  coarse,  imperfect  and  unsatisfactory.  None  of 
the  vessels  being  injected  it  is  difficult  to  distinguish  veins,  arteries  or 
nerves  one  from  the  other.  A  little  later,  however,  Swammerdam  (born 
in  1637,  died  in  1680)  devised  the  plan  of  injection  of  vessels.  This  at 
once  gave  a  new  impetus  to  dissection,  and  some  of  the  specimens  pre- 
pared by  this  anatomist  are  said  to  be  still  in  existence,  and  are  un- 
doubtedly remarkable  considering  the  time  of  their  production. 

The  improvements  in  the  microscope  made  about  this  time  and  its 
adaptation  to  the  study  of  anatomy  during  the  seventeenth  century 
led  to  increased  interest  in  the  pursuit  of  this  science,  and  the  many 
discoveries  of  Swammerdam,  Loewenhoeck,  Malpighi,  Borelli  and 
others  may  be  said  to  have  created  the  science  of  histology,  and  to 
have  done  more  for  anatomy  and  physiology  than  the  discoveries  of 
any  or  all  of  their  predecessors. 


6o8  THE    MUSEUM. 

During  the  following  century  (the  eighteenth)  the  methods  of  in- 
jecting and  preserving  specimens  were  improved,  and  many  remark- 
able dissections  made;  among  the  most  celebrated  of  which  were  those 
of  John  and  William  Hunter,  those  of  the  sympathetic  nervous  system, 
made  by  the  latter,  never  before  having  been  equalled,  nor  probably 
since  excelled. 

From  improved  methods  of  mounting  and  preserving  wet  specimens, 
the  latter  part  of  the  present  century  has  produced  many  new  and  beau- 
tiful specimens,  while  the  models  of  Auzeaux,  Boch,  Stuegeland  others, 
have,  to  a  degree,  superseded  dried  anatomical  specimens  in  teaching 
anatomy,  and  have  thus  diminished  the  labors  of  the  dissector. 

The  attention  of  dissectors  in  the  past  has  been  mainly  devoted  to 
special  organs,  the  muscular  and  vascular  systems,  and  to  special 
surgical  regions  of  the  body.  Careful  dissections  of  different  portions 
of  the  nervous  system  have  been  made  from  time  to  time,  but  any  at- 
tempt to  expose  the  entire  cerebro-spinal  nervous  system  in  a  single 
specimen,  detached  from  all  other  parts,  appears  never  before  to  have 
been  made.  The  great  labor  and  delicacy  of  the  work  required  for 
making  such  a  dissection  with  the  difficulty  of  properly  mounting  for 
preservation  when  once  completed,  has  apparently  deterred  anatomists 
in  the  past  from  attempting  such  a  work. 

To  Dr.  R.  B.  Weaver,  Demostrator  of  Anatomy  in  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  has  been  reserved  the  honor  and 
credit  of  overcoming  all  difficulties,  and  in  having  produced  a  speci- 
men, the  like  of  which  has  never  before  been  seen. 

The  idea  of  this  project  had  for  several  years  been  gradually  shaping 
itself  in  Dr.  Weaver's  mind.  From  his  acquaintance  with  anatomical 
collections  in  this  country,  supplemented  by  an  examination  of  the 
more  celebrated  museums  of  Great  Britain  in  the  summer  of  1887,  he 
was  well  satisfied  that  no  such  specimen  as  he  contemplated  had  ever 
been  made.  He  was  at  the  same  time  fully  impressed  with  the  diffi- 
culties of  accomplishing  the  work.  Yet,  guided  by  the  experience  of 
over  twenty  years  in  the  dissecting-room,  he  considered  the  plan 
feasible  and  finally  decided  to  make  the  attempt. 

Accordingly,  early  in  March  of  1888,  he  selected  a  female  subject, 
about  thirty-five  years  old,  with  moderate  adipose  development,  and 
previously  injected  with  chloride  of  zinc,  and  on  the  9th  of  the  month 
commenced  his  task. 

Late  in  June  the  dissection  was  fully  completed,  and  now  the  problem 
of  properly  mounting  the  same  became  one  of  great  difficulty.  After 
nmch  study  and  experiment,  however,  this  question  was  most  success- 
fully solved,  and  about  the  15th  of  September  the  specimen  was  finally 
and  most  satisfactorily  completed.  Thus  over  six  months,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  a  two  weeks'  vacation,  with  from  eight  to  ten  hours  a  day, 
were  consumed  in  the  dissecting  and  mounting  of  this  specimen. 

A  reference  to  the  photo-collotype  plate  inserted  in  this  number  of 
the  journal  will  give  a  good  idea  of  the  appearance  of  the   specimen. 


THE    MUSEUM.  609 

With  the  exception  of  the  intercostal  nerves  and  chain  of  sympathetic 
nerves,  all  the  branches  have  been  preserved  to  their  terminal  filaments. 
The  impossibility  of  spreading  the  two  latter  out  on  the  board,  or  of 
giving  them  their  natural  curve  over  the  spinal  cord,  led  to  their  final 
sacrifice,  although  each  had  been  dissected  to  its  terminal  filaments. 
The  twelve  pairs  of  cranial  nerves  have  been  carefully  preserved  and 
supported  as  nearly  as  possible  in  their  natural  position  and  relation  by 
fine  wires. 

The  difficulties  to  be  overcome  in  the  execution  of  this  piece  of  dis- 
section were  numerous  and  perplexing.  In  the  first  place,  as  the  sev- 
eral nerves  were  dissected,  each  had  to  be  most  carefully  preserved 
from  injury,  and  kept  in  a  moist  condition.  This  was  effected  by  roll- 
ing each  nerve  first  in  thin  gauze  and  then  in  a  wad  of  cotton  and 
keeping  the  same  saturated  in  a  solution  of  chloride  of  zinc  and 
covered  by  rubber  cloth.  The  base  of  the  skull  had  to  be  laboriously 
and  carefully  chipped  away,  piece  by  piece,  the  greatest  care  being  re- 
quired to  prevent  the  injury  of  the  nerves,  or  their  detachment  at  the 
point  of  exit  through  the  dura  mater.  Nearly  two  weeks  were  con- 
sumed in  this  work.  The  same  painstaking  care  was  necessitated  in 
the  chipping  away  of  the  vertebra  and  the  removal  of  the  cord  with  the 
attached  nerves. 

The  removal  of  the  skull  left  the  dura  mater  entire  and  uninjured.  It 
is  now  opened,  the  brain  removed  and  the  cavity  filled  with  curled  hair 
and  carefully  closed  with  stitches.  The  eyes  were  left  attached  to  the 
optic  nerves,  the  coats  being  distended  with  a  hard  injection. 

While  in  the  plate  the  nerves  appear  as  if  resting  directly  upon  the 
board;  in  fact,  not  a  single  nerve  is  in  contact  with  the  surface,  each 
being  supported  by  small  pins  at  a  distance  of  about  one-fourth  of  an 
inch  from  the  surface,  and  to  which  they  are  tied  by  minute  ligatures. 
Every  nerve  is  perfectly  clean  and  free  from  all  extraneous  tissues  and 
smooth  as  threads  of  silk.  The  sheath  of  the  spinal  cord  is  laid  open, 
showing  the  roots  of  all  the  nerves  as  well  as  their  points  of  escape 
through  the  membranes. 

In  the  experimental  mounting  of  the  specimen  over  2,000  pins  were 
employed,  of  which  as  the  nerves  dried  and  became  fixed  in  their  posi- 
tion a  great  number  were  removed,  those  remaining  being  scarcely 
noticeable. 

In  conclusion,  this  dissection  of  the  nervous  system  is  a  monument  of 
enduring  patience,  unremitting  care  and  manipulative  skill  never  be- 
fore excelled  in  the  history  of  practical  anatomy. 

The  preparation  has  been  placed  in  a  specially  prepared  case  in  the 
Museum  of  the  Hahnemamann  College  of  Philadelphia,  exposed  to  a 
good  light,  and  will  be  shown  with  pleasure  to  visitors  on  any  day  and 
at  all  hours. 

In  the  College  announcement  for  1 893-' 94  there  is  a  full- 
page  illustration  of  the  Museum,  showing  the  position  of  this 
40 


6lO  THE    MUSEUM. 

dissection,  and  in  a  small  edition  of  the  same  announcement  a 
separate  picture  is  given,  a  reproduction  from  which  is  here 
published. 

Dr.  Weaver  took  this  specimen,  with  some  others,  to  the 
World's  Fair  of  1893,  where  the  exhibit  received  a  diploma 
and  medal.  The  medal  award  ribbon  may  be  seen  in  the  case 
containing  the  nervous  system. 

The  following  is  copied  from  the  diploma:  "Exhibit  of 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  at  the  World's 
Fair. 

' '  There  are  exhibited : 

"  I  St.  Dissection  of  the  heart  and  great  blood-vessels,  the 
thoracic  duct,  the  pharynx,  the  larynx,  the  trachea  and 
bronchii,  the  thyroid  gland,  the  oesophagus,  and  portions  of 
the  spinal,  cranial  and  sympathetic  nerves. 

' '  2d.  Dissections  of  head  and  neck,  showing  cranial,  spinal 
and  sympathetic  nerves. 

' '  3d.  Dissections  of  head  and  neck,  showing  nerves  entering 
the  orbit,  the  eyeball  and  its  nerve  supply,  the  trifacial  nerves 
with  division  and  distribution.  Meckel's  ganglion,  and  the 
lachrymal  gland. 

"4th.  Two  dissected  human  hearts,  the  one  showing  its 
great  vessels  and  the  other  showing  the  closure  of  the  tri- 
cuspid and  mitral  valves,  the  aorta,  coronary,  and  pulmonary 
arteries. 

"5th.   A  dessicated  human  brain. 

"6th,  Two  specimens  of  sections  of  the  intestines,  the 
arteries  and  the  veins  injected,  and  the  tissues  rendered  trans- 
parent. 

' '  7th.   Eight  dissections  of  an  eye,  showing  all  its  structures. 

' '  8th.  An  AWARD  IS  GRANTED  for  the  number  and  variety 
of  specimens,  and  the  skill  and  patience  demanded  in  their 
preparation;    especially  of    the    cerebro-spinai,    nervous 

SYSTEM  OF  A  HUMAN  BODY,  THE  ONI^Y  ONE  OF  ITS  KIND 
IN   EXISTENCE." 

The  medal  reads:  "World's  Columbian  Exposition,  in 
commemoration  of  the  400th  anniversary  of  the  landing  of 
Columbus,  1 892-' 93.  To  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College." 
On  the  reverse  is  the  figure  of  Columbus. 


THE   MUSEUM.  6ll 

Dr.  Weaver  is  at  present  at  work  upon  the  preparation  of 
brain  specimens  designed  to  fully  illustrate  topographical 
surgery  of  the  brain,  or  cerebral  localization.  One  very  re- 
markable specimen  shows  cranio-cerebral  topography,  the 
bone  has  been  cut  out  from  one  side  of  the  skull,  leaving  the 
sutures  in  position,  and  lying  under  these  narrow  bands  of 
bone  may  be  seen  the  brain  lobes.  There  are  also  sections  of 
brain  showing  the  principal  structures  of  the  interior  both 
healthy  and  diseased.  Jar  after  jar  is  filled  with  brain  sec- 
tions illustrating  the  various  forms  of  brain  lesion.  In  one 
may  be  seen  a  tumor  with  ulceration  on  one  of  the  lobes; 
another  also  contains  an  abscess;  in  another  section  may  be 
seen  the  black  lines  marking  cerebral  haemorrhage;  blood  clot 
is  shown,  and  other  brain  diseases. 

In  one  basin  are  slices  through  the  brain  substance,  looking 
like  slices  of  pineapple,  but  clearly  showing  the  effect  of 
blood  clot  and  haemorrhage  on  the  brain  tissues. 

The  design  of  the  doctor  is  to  have  a  collection  of  speci- 
mens illustrating  the  localization  of  brain  disease  and  injury. 
"With  numerous  preparations  of  the  carefully  prepared  nor- 
mal brain  showing  its  different  parts,  and  with  other  speci- 
mens showing  brain  clot,  abscess,  ulceration,  tumor,  etc.,  and 
the  other  fatal  brain  diseases,  real  specimens,  the  brain  har- 
dened and  preserved,  all  easy  of  inspection  in  their  bottles  of 
Formalin,  it  is  certain  that  the  student  can  at  Hahnemann 
College  learn  all  that  is  at  present  known  of  cerebral  localiza- 
tion. 

To  the  surgeon  and  physician  this  subject  is  becoming  daily 
of  more  importance.  But  as  has  been  the  constant  policy  of 
Dr.  Weaver,  "  When  I  found  a  specimen  was  needed  to  illus- 
trate some  practical  point,  I  made  it." 

The  long  table  in  the  work-room  where  these  brain  sections 
are  under  treatment  is  covered  with  strange  results  of  dis- 
ease. Here,  in  a  huge  jar,  is  an  hour  glass  contraction  of 
the  stomach;  in  another  is  a  beautiful  ectopic  pregnancy; 
in  another  jar,  containing  a  gallon  and  a  half,  is  an 
immense  spleen,  completely  filling  the  jar;  aneurisms  in 
plenty;  all  sorts  of  heart  diseases  illustrated;  tumors,  etc.  A 
very  interesting  specimen  is  a  tiny  foetal  body  prepared  in 


6l2  THE   MUSEUM. 

horizontal  sections  to  show  the  organs  at  various  points  in 
situ. 

The  doctor  takes  down  a  shp  of  glass,  and  holding  it  to  the 
light  one  sees  the  mesenteric  arteries  of  a  section  of  the  intes- 
tine, showing  quite  plainly  the  anastomosis  of  artery  and  vein. 
"  But  how  did  you  make  it  so  transparent,  how  preserve  it  so 
beautifully?"  "I  will  tell  you" — and  in  a  confidential 
voice  adds: 

"  Ah  !  there's  the  secret  !" 

But  the  secret  of  Dr.  Weaver's  marvellous  collection  is  un- 
tiring patience,  a  consummate  knowledge  of  anatomy,  and 
love  for  his  life-work,  with  never-failing  zeal  for  the  good  of 
the  College. 


THE  LIBRARY. 


Previous  to  the  union  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College 
of  Philadelphia  and  the  original  College  there  is  no  record  of 
any  attempt  to  collect  a  library.  In  the  announcement  of 
1 868-' 69  it  is  stated  that  the  lyibrary  contains  a  number  of 
volumes  useful  to  the  student,  and  that  it  is  intended  for  the 
use  of  the  class.  Also  that  in  it  there  is  a  reading-room  well 
supplied  with  papers,  medical  and  other  scientific  journals, 
accessible  outside  of  lecture  hours.  The  writer  of  this  does 
not  remember  of  ever  seeing  this  reading-room,  however, 
although  at  that  time  a  student. 

The  first  account  of  anything  like  an  effort  to  collect  and 
preserve  for  a  Library  we  find  recorded  at  a  meeting  held 
February   19,    1866,  when  it  is  voted  to  make  the   College 
Museum  a  depository  for  all  printed  matter  for  future  refer- 
ence, such  as  cards,  announcements,  notes  of  invitation,  etc. 
In  the  old  College  on  Filbert  street,  the  Museum  occupied  the 
whole  second   floor  of  the  building,  and  such  books  as  were 
there  were  kept  in  the  Museum.   After  the  establishment  of  the 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  in  1867  an  effort  was  at  once 
made  to  form  a  lyibrary.     On  July  20,  1867,  Drs.  Raue  and 
Martin   were   appointed  a  Library    Committee  with   recom- 
mendations to  employ  Dr.  J.  M.  Habel  as  librarian  without 
salary.     An  appeal  was  made  for  books  and  there  is  a  record 
in  the  faculty  books  of  many  donations  from  physicians  to 
the  new  Library .     On  September   10,  1867,  this  committee 
reported  having  received  about  500  volumes.  After  the  union 
of  the   Colleges  in  1869  Dr.  C,  M.  Thomas,   then  a  student, 
catalogued  the   Museum  and  Library,  making  a  catalogue  of 
forty-five  printed  pages.     At  this  time  the  books  arranged  by 
subjects  in  this  catalogue  amounted  to  801   volumes,  with 
about  600  pamphlets.     The  donor's  name  is  given  opposite  to 
the  title  of  the  volume.     In  the  announcement  for   i870-'7i 
the  following  rules  for  the  Library  appear: 


6l4  THK   LIBRARY, 

The  Museum  and  Ivibrary  will  be  open  for  examination  by  students 
every  day — except  Sunday — from  3  to  4  o'clock. 

Students  may  avail  themselves  of  the  use  of  the  Library  upon  the 
following 

Regulations. 

1 .  Students  attending  the  lectures  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College 
of  Philadelphia  may  take  books  from  the  Library  during  the  course 
b}^  depositing  Five  Dollars  with  the  Librarian. 

2.  The  Librarian  will  be  present  every  Wednesday  and  Saturday, 
from  3  to  4  o'clock,  for  delivering  and  receiving  books. 

3.  Two  volumes  may  be  taken  at  a  time,  and  kept  two  weeks,  or  re- 
turned sooner  if  desired.  Twenty-five  cents  a  week  will  be  charged  for 
each  volume  that  is  kept  beyond  that  time;  and  when  a  fine  is  incurred, 
it  must  be  paid  before  any  more  books  can  be  taken  out. 

4.  If  a  volume  be  lost  or  injured,  the  price  of  the  book,  or  the  amount 
necessary  to  repair  the  injury,  as  the  case  may  be,  will  be  deducted  from 
the  sum  deposited;  otherwise  the  whole  amount  will  be  returned  to  the 
depositor,  when  he  ceases  to  use  the  Library. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Philadelphia  County  Homoeopathic 
Medical  Society,  held  September  12,  1872,  a  Committee  on 
a  Medical  lyibrary  reported  that  measures  be  taken  for  a 
charter  for  the  Society  and  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College 
of  Philadelphia  be  petitioned  to  turn  over  its  books  as  the 
nucleus  of  a  Library  to  be  lodged  in  the  College  and  to  be 
under  the  control  of  the  Society.  Nothing  further  seems  to 
have  been  done  about  this  matter. 

In  the  announcement  for  187 1-' 72  we  find  the  name  of 
Matthew  S.  Williamson  as  lyibrarian.  He  held  this  position 
until  1877.  In  1878  the  number  of  volumes  in  the  Library 
had  increased  to  2,000.  There  was  no  Librarian.  There  is 
but  little  in  regard  to  the  Library  in  the  announcements  of  this 
period. 

In  November,  1881,  the  homoeopathic  physicians  of  Phila- 
delphia organized  a  library  which  was  known  as  the  Homoeo- 
pathic Library  and  Reading  Room  Association  of  Philadel- 
phia. The  first  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Directors  was  held 
at  the  office  of  Dr  A.  R.  Thomas  on  November  3d.  During 
the  next  few  months  the  various  homoeopathic  societies  and 
physicians  of  the  city  donated  books  and  journals.  And 
many  journals  were  also  subscribed  for.  Rooms  were  secured 
at  Thirteenth  and  Market  streets. 


THE   I.IBRARY.  615 

Dr.  Constautine  Hering  died  in  1880,  and  his  valuable  col- 
lection of  books,  many  of  them  very  rare  German  editions  of 
of  the  early  homoeopathic  classics,  including  the  most  com- 
plete collection  in  the  world  of  the  works  of  Paracelsus  and 
commentaries  upon  them,  was  offered  to  the  Association. 
On  May  24,  1882,  it  was  voted  that  the  "Association  is 
willing  to  accept  the  custodianship  of  the  Hering  Medical 
lyibrary  should  it  be  deposited  with  the  Association. ' ' 

Mrs.  Hering  wished  a  certain  sum  to  be  given  ($500.00) 
for  the  Paracelsian  lyibrary  and  proposed  to  donate  the  Miscel- 
laneous Medical  lyibrary.  The  sura  was  raised  and  the 
Library  came  into  the  possession  of  the  Library  Association. 
In  1883  Dr.  R.  J.  McClatchey  died  and  Mrs.  McClatchey  sold 
his  Library  to  the  Association  for  $550.00,  Dr.  B.  W.  James 
advancing  the  money  and  taking  pay  in  installments.  Mrs. 
McClatchey  donated  the  bookcase  to  the  Association. 

The  Reading  Room  and  Library  Association  was  abandoned 
in  1884  and  Hahnemann  College  took  the  books  and  journals 
of  the  Association,  advancing  $600.00  to  the  Association,  with 
the  proviso  that  if  the  debt  be  paid  the  books  should  again 
come  into  the  custody  of  the  Association. 

Dr.  Hering' s  Micellaneous  Medical  Library  was  transferred 
to  the  rooms  of  the  Library  Association,  but  the  Paracelsian 
collection  was  taken  from  the  Hering  residence  to  the  Hahne- 
mann College  Library  Room  in  the  new  building  on  its  open- 
ing. 

At  a  meeting  on  May  12,  1884,  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas  reported 
that  a  Committee  from  the  College  would  meet  a  Library 
Committee  to  discuss  the  advisability  of  uniting  the  Library 
of  the  Reading  Room  Association  with  the  Library  of  the 
College.  As  has  been  said,  this  was  done  and  the  Reading 
Room  Association  disbanding  in  1884,  the  books  were  re- 
moved to  the  College  Museum  on  Filbert  street. 

On  September  21,  1886,  the  new  College  building  on  Broad 
street  was  dedicated  and  lectures  commenced  there.  The 
books  were  removed  from  the  old  College  Museum  and  were 
placed  in  a  capacious  room  on  the  southeast  corner  of  the 
lower  floor.  This  room  is  25x34  feet  in  dimensions  and  14 
feet  high.     It  is  finished  in  hard  wood  and  there  is  an  orna- 


6l6  THK   LIBRARY. 

mental  fireplace  opposite  the  door.  On  the  broad  mantel 
stands  a  bust  of  Hering.  An  arch  rises  above  the  mantel.  In 
the  center  at  the  top  stands  the  heroic  bronze  bust  of  Hahne- 
mann, made  by  David  and  sent  by  Madame  Hahnemann  to 
the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy  in  1S76.  On  the 
side  of  the  arch  stands  a  bust  of  Dr.  H.  N.  Guernsey,  on  the 
other  side  a  bust  of  Dr.  J.  K.  Lee. 

The  shelves  extend  from  the  wall  toward  the  centre  of  the 
room  and  consist  of  eight  double  cases.  At  the  time  of  open- 
ing the  College  these  cases  did  not  extend  to  the  top  of  the 
room  but,  owing  to  the  rapid  increase  of  books,  during  the 
summer  of  1896  an  extension  of  shelving  was  made,  and  on 
the  top  of  each  case  new  shelving  was  added,  so  that  now 
the  shelves  extend  from  the  floor  to  the  ceiling. 

Numerous  pictures  of  prominent  homoeopathic  physicians 
hang  upon  the  walls  and  the  ends  of  the  cases  In  the  centre 
of  the  room  is  a  long  table  with  compartments  where  current 
medical  journals  are  kept. 

The  announcement  for  1886  thus  mentions  this  room: 

The  CoIvIvEGE  Library  has  also  increased  in  size  and  importance, 
and,  when  properly  arranged  in  the  new  building,  will  be  more  available 
for  daily  use  than  heretofore.  An  arrangement  has  been  perfected  with 
"  The  Homoeopathic  Library  and  Reading  Room  Association  of  Phila- 
delphia," by  which  their  large  and  valuable  Library  of  standard  and 
other  books,  and  journals,  will  be  placed  in  the  College  Building,  and, 
under  proper  regulations,  will  be  open  to  the  use  of  students  and 
teachers.  This  Library  includes  the  collections  of  the  late  Dr.  Constan- 
tine  Hering,  and  the  late  Dr.  R.  J.  McClatchey.  Dr.  Hering's  cele- 
brated Paracelsian  collection — the  largest  in  existence — for  which  the 
V.  S.  Governtment  offered  a  large  sum,"  is  also  included  in  the  Library, 
besides  a  large  number  of  medical  works  of  general  reference. 

On  October  23,  1886,  application  was  made  by  the  Hahne- 
mann Club  for  permission  to  deposit  their  journals  and  books 
for  review  in  the  College  Library  Room  with  the  privilege 
of  using  them  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  club,  pro- 
vided said  rules  did  not  conflict  with  the  rules  of  the  Library, 

Since  its  removal  from  the  old  College  the  Library  has  been 
constantly  increasing  in  the  number  of  volumes  and  pam- 
phlets. Quite  a  number  of  libraries  have  been  donated.  Dr. 
A.  R.  Thomas  in   1894  gave  his  entire  anatomical  library, 


THE    LIBRARY.  617 

consisting  of  a  very  rare  collection  of  old  anatomical  books  and 
folios.  It  contains  about  250  volumes.  This  was  placed  by 
Dr.  Thomas  in  a  case  in  the  Alumni  Hall,  but  in  1896 
it  was  removed  to  the  I^ibrary  room  and  now  occupies 
an  entire  case.  In  1896  Mrs.  Neidhard  donated  the  en- 
tire library  left  by  her  husband,  consisting  of  several  hun- 
dred volumes.  In  1896  Dr.  O.  B.  Gause  bequeathed  his 
large  collection  of  books  to  the  College  I^ibrary.  Dona- 
tions from  many  physicians  are  constantly  being  received  of 
books  and  journals.  Duplicates  are  kept  and  stored  on 
shelves  in  the  loft  and  used  as  exchanges.  On  the  third  floor 
is  a  room  where  incomplete  volumes  of  journals  of  the  ho- 
moeopathic school  and  the  more  valuable  journals  of  the  allo- 
pathic school  are  kept.  As  soon  as  a  volume  is  completed  it 
is  laid  to  one  side,  and  once  a  year  the  accumulated  volumes 
are  sent  to  the  bindery  and  from  thence  are  placed  on  the 
Library  shelves.  No  journals  are  placed  unbound  in  the 
Library  proper.  All  pamphlets,  college  announcements, 
society  transactions,  etc.,  are  also  carefully  bound.  A  record 
book  is  kept  in  which  is  placed  the  names  of  all  donors  to  the 
the  Library,  with  the  number  of  books  and  journals  donated 
by  each  person. 

From  1887  to  1894  Mr.  Theodore  L.  Chase  was  Librarian. 
In  1894  Dr.  T.  L.  Bradford  was  appointed  Librarian,  a  posi- 
tion he  still  holds. 

It  has  been  the  aim  to  make  this  Library  especially  rich  in 
everything  pertaining  to  Homoeopathy  or  homoeopathic  his- 
tory. It  already  contains  almost  complete  sets  of  every 
journal  published  by  the  homoeopathic  school.  There  are 
some  200  bound  volumes  of  pamphlets,  catalogued  so  that 
any  one  pamphlet  can  readily  be  found.  There  is  an  alpha- 
betical catalogue,  not  only  of  the  bound  books,  but  of  the 
journals,  society  transactions,  Hospital  and  Dispensary  re- 
ports, college  announcements,  etc.,  and  as  soon  as  a  set  is 
completed  it  is  sent  to  be  bound.  The  books  are  classified 
alphabetically  under  the  different  branches  of  medical  science. 
Over  each  compartment  is  a  printed  name  of  the  class  of 
volumes  to  be  found.  It  is  the  intention  in  the  near  future 
to  adopt  the  Dewey  system  of  cataloguing.  The  following 
description  appeared  in  the  announcement  of  189 7-' 98: 


6l8  THE    LIBRARY. 

The  College  Library  has  greatly  increased  in  size  and  importance, 
containing  at  present  15,000  volumes,  which  are  available  for  daily  use 
by  the  profession  and  students,  iinder  special  regulations.  The  large 
and  valuable  collection  of  The  HomcKopathic  Library  and  Reading 
Room  Association  of  Philadelphia  has  been  placed  in  the  College  build- 
ing. This  collection  includes  the  libraries  of  the  late  Drs.  Constantine 
Hering  and  R.  J.  McClatchey.  Dr.  Hering's  celebrated  Paracelsian 
collection — the  largest  in  existence — for  which  the  U.  S.  Government 
offered  a  large  sum,  is  also  included  in  the  Library.  During  the  past 
year  the  Librarj'  has  been  enlarged  by  many  valuable  additions.  In 
addition  to  280  volumes  presented  to  the  general  Library,  the  late  Dr. 
A.  R.  Thomas  donated  a  rare  and  valuable  collection  of  works  on 
Anatomy  and  Physiology,  which  has  been  placed  in  a  special  case,  and 
is  known  as  the  "A.  R.  Thomas  Library  of  Anatomy  and  Physiology. ' ' 
Many  valuable  books  have  also  been  contributed  from  the  earlier 
pioneers  of  Homoeopathy,  including  Drs.  Jacob  Jeanes,  James  Kitchen, 
Charles  Neidhard  and  others. 

The  Library  is  in  possession  of  a  very  large  number  of  pamphlets  on 
medical  subjects,  indexed  and  bound,  and  contains  also  a  complete  file 
of  college  announcements,  hospital  reports,  etc.,  etc.  It  is  probably  the 
most  complete  Homoeopathic  Library  in  the  world. 

Dr.  Thomas  Lindsley  Bradford,  the  Librarian,  has  re-arranged  the 
Library,  and  is  using  every  means  to  add  to  the  large  number  of  works 
already  accumulated,  every  book  and  pamphlet  published  in  the  inter- 
est of  Homoeopathy.  Contributions  of  books,  papers  and  journals  are 
solicited,  for  which  due  credit  will  be  given  in  a  record  book  kept  in 
the  Library  for  that  purpose. 

The  anatomical  library  of  Dr.  Thomas,  now  placed  in  a 
case  near  the  entrance,  is  an  exceedingly  valuable  collection 
of  books  on  Anatomy  and  Physiology.  Among  the  rare  tomes 
and  vellums  are  Albini's  "  Anatomes  et  Chirurgise  in  Acad- 
emic Batava  quae  Leidse  est,  1737,"  40,  vellum;  "  Bartholini 
Casp.  F.  Anatomia  ei  Caspar!  Bartolini  parentis  Institu- 
tionibus  imniumque  Recentiorum  et  propriis  observationibus 
tertium  ad  sanguinis  circulationem  reformata."  Adriani 
Vlaco.  1655;  Sir  Charles  Bell  on  "  Anatomy  of  Expression 
in  Painting."  I^ondon.  1809.  40.;  Gerardi  Blasii's  rare  book, 
"  Fortunius  lyicetus  de  Monstris."  Amstelodamii.  1665, 
profusely  illustrated  with  curious  plates  of  monstrosities; 
"  Cheselden's  Anatomy."  lyondon.  1730,  and  the  first 
American  edition,  Boston.  1795;  his  "  Osteographia."  lyon- 
don.  1733;  William  Cowper,  "  Myotomia  Reformata,  or  an 
Anatomical  Treatise  on  the  Muscles  of  the  Human  Body." 


THE    LIBRARY.  619 

London.  1724.  Folio;  James  Douglas's  "  Comparative  Myog- 
raphy." Dublin.  1777;  Gabrielis  Fallopii — "  Medici  Muti- 
nensis  Observationes  Anatomicae  ad  Petrum  Mannam  Medi- 
cum  Cremonensem."  (Aldus)  Parisiis.  1562;  Andrew  Fyfe's 
"  Compend  of  Anatomy,"  in  four  volumes.  Edinburgh. 
1819;  Gulielmo  Hunter's  "  Anatomia  Uteri  Humani  Gravidi 
Tab ulis  111 u strata."  London.  Folio;  "Medical  Commentaries." 
London.  1762;  Andreas  Laurentius,  "  Historia  Anatomica 
Humani  Corporis  et  Singularum,  etc."  Francoforti.  1599- 
Vellum.  40.;  Simonis  Paulli,  "  Julii  Csesarii  Placentini  Anat- 
omische  Tafeln  mit  Derselben  welche  Daniel  Bucretius  hiuze- 
gethan  und  aller  begefugten  Erklarung."  Frankfurt-am- 
Mayn.  1656.  Vellum.  40.;  Antonio  Scarpa,  "  Anatomicse 
Disquisitiones  de  Auditu  Olfactu.  Mediolani."  1795.  Folio; 
Adriani  Spigelii,  "  De  Humani  Corporis  Fabrica.  Libri 
Decem."  Francofurti.  1632.  Vellum.  40.;  Andriae  Vesalii, 
Bruxellensis,  Invictisimi  Caroli  V.  Imperatoris  Medici  de 
Humani  Corporis  Fabrica.  Libri  Septem.  Cum  Csesarese 
Maiest  Galliarum  Regis  ac  Senatus  Venati  Gratia.  Basilise 
per  lo  Anne  M.  Oporinum.  1542.  Folio.  Vellum.;  and  the 
Epitome  annotated  by  Nicolai  Fontani  of  Amsterdam.  1642- 
Folio.  Vellum.  These  are  to  be  found  in  this  fine  collection. 
Nearly  all  the  prominent  modern  works  on  Anatomy  and 
Physiology  are  also  there. 

In  another  closed  case  are  the  works  of  Paracelsus,  (queer 
old  Theophrastus  Bombastus, )  once  owned  by  Dr.  Constantine 
Hering,  and  by  him  greatly  valued.  It  is  the  most  complete 
collection  of  Paracelsus' s  own  writings  and  commentaries  of 
other  writers  thereon  that  is  anywhere  to  be  found ,  It  in- 
cludes also  a  large  collection  of  pictures  of  the  famous  Von 
Hohenheim.  Here  may  be  found  everything  he  wrote  and 
about  everything  written  about  him.  Dr.  Hering  was  fifty 
years  making  this  unique  collection  in  the  old  bookstores  of 
Europe.  There  are  twenty  great  folios,  curiously  bound  in 
vellum  and  having  antique  clasps,  forty-seven  quartos,  ninety- 
seven  octavo  and  eighty- five  duodecimos.  There  are  also  a 
number  of  essays  on  Paracelsus  in  the  handwriting  of  Dr. 
Hering.  There  are  three  photographs  of  the  skull,  showing 
the  fracture  at  the  base,  a  photograph  of  his  study,  and  of 


620  THE   LIBRARY. 

the  house  in  which  he  Hved.  While  there  is  a  great  discrep- 
ancy in  the  portraits  of  this  remarkable  man,  yet  that  famous 
sword  is  to  be  found  in  most  of  the  prints,  and  there  is  a  gen- 
eral resemblance  in  all  the  likenesses. 

Of  the  folios,  the  oldest  bears  date  1520  and  is  the  Ortus 
Sanitatis,  printed  in  low  German,  there  is  the: 

Spiegel  der  Artzney;  gemacht  durch  den  hochgelehrten 
Laurentium  Phriesen.    141  leaves.     Strassburg.    1529.   Folio. 

Philippi  Aureoli  Theophrasti  Paracelsi  Chirurgia  Magna  in 
duos  tomos  digest.  Pp.  223,  249,  263.  Folio.  Argentorati, 
MDLXXIII. 

Aureoli  Philippi  Theophrasti  Bombast  von  Hohenheim 
Paracelsi  Opera.  Biicher  and  Schriften.  Durch  loannem 
Huserum  Briggium.  Strassburg.  Anno  MDCIII.  Pp.  1127. 
Foho.     Erster  Theil. 

Aur.  Philip.  Theoph.  Paracelsi  Bombast  ab  Hohenheim. 
Opera  Omnia  Medico-Chemico-Chirurgia,  Tribus  Volumini- 
bus  Comprehensa.  Folio.  Geneva.  MDCIyXII.  3  vols,  bound 
in  one.  Vol.  I  has  828  pp.;  vol.  II  has  718  pp.;  vol.  Ill  has 
212  and  1 19-18  pp.     Two  copies. 

Wahrhaftige  Beschreibung  der  Wundartzney  des  Hochgel- 
ehrten, u.  s.  w.,  Theophrasti  Paracelsi  von  Hohenheim, 
Krster  Theil.  Pp.444.  Folio.  Titelfehlt;  Vorrede  unvoll- 
standig.   Der  andere  Theil.     Pp.  286.   Basel,  1586.     Folio. 

Opus  Chirurgicum  des  Weitberiimten,  Hochgelehrten,  und 
Ernarnen  Aureoli  Theophrasti  Paracelsi  Wund  und  Artzney 
Buch.     Pp.  706.     Frankfurt-am-Main,  1565.     Folio. 

Astronomia  Magna;  oder  die  ganze  Philosphia  saga  der 
grossen  und  kleinen  Welt  des  von  Gott  erleuchteten,  u.  s.  w., 
Philosophi  und  Medici  Philippi  Theophrasti  Bombast.  165 
Blatter.     Strassburg,  1571.     Folio. 

Chirurgische  Biicher  und  Schriften  dess  Edelen,  Hochge- 
lehrten, u.  s.  w.,  Philosophi  und  Medici,  Philippi  Theophrasti 
Bombast  von  Hohenheim  Paracelsi  genannt.  Durch  Jon. 
Hussorum  Brisgorium.  Pp.  680  and  691.  Strassburg,  1605. 
Folio. 

And  among  the  many  commentaries: 

Metaah    Xymia   Vel  Magna    Alchymia.     Eeonhart  Thur- 


THE    LIBRARY,  62  I 

neyssers  zum  Thurn.  144  und  188  pp.  Gedruckt  zu  Berlin. 
Anno,  1583.     Folio. 

Bassler  Chronick.  Von  Christian  Wurstisen.  Pp.  1155. 
Basel,  1580.     Folio. 

Tomos  Herbain  Orlionis  Bronfelsii  III.  Pp.  240.  Illus- 
trated.     1536.     Folio. 

The  Opus  Chirurgicum  of  1565  is  a  very  rare  book,  and 
contains  many  curious  engravings,  a  hospital  of  the  period, 
operations  in  the  field  and  in  private  houses,  operation  for 
stone,  the  use  of  the  actual  cautery,  the  use  of  the  bath,  and 
a  picture  showing  the  abdomen  opened  and  a  surgeon  demon- 
strating the  viscera  on  the  cadaver.  One  picture  is  of  the 
interior  of  a  pharmacy,  the  bottles  are  on  the  shelves  and  the 
surgeon  and  his  assistant  are  tying  up  a  broken  head,  while 
two  men  are  carrying  away  in  a  sort  of  a  hand  litter  another 
poor  victim,  and  an  old  fellow  is  entering  the  room  on 
crutches.  The  illustration  of  the  opening  of  the  cadaver  is 
probably  the  earliest  picture  of  the  subject  known.  Among 
the  curious  quartos  are: 

Biicher  und  Schrifften  des  Kdlen,  Hochgelehrten  und  Be- 
wehrten  Philosophi  und  Medici,  Philippi  Theophrasti  Bombast 
von  Hohenheim  Paracelsi  genannt.  425,  280,  262,  208  Seiten 
im  Ersten  Theile;  242,  247,  239,  258,  491  Stein  im  Zweiten 
Theile.  Franckfort  m  Meyn,  Anno  MDCIII.  2  Bande, 
4to. 

Avreoli  Philippi  Theophrasti  Bombast  ab  Hohenheim, 
Dicti  Paracelsi  Opera  Medico-Chimica.  303,  272,  354,  326 
pp.  in  ist.;  272,  324,  209,  299  pp.  in  2d  vol.  Francocofurti, 
Anno  MDCIII.     2  vols.,  4to. 

D.  Theophrasti  Paracelsi  von  Hohenheim  Archidoxa  ex 
Theophrastia.  Sampt  den  Biichern  Praeparationum,  de 
Tinctura  Physicorum.     Miinchen,  1570.     4to. 

Erster  Theil  der  grossen  Wundartzeney  dess  weitberiihmten, 
bewerten,  erfarnen  Theophrasti  Paracelsi  von  Hohenheym, 
s.  1.,  s.a,     Franckfurt  a.  M.,  1536. 

Erster  Theil,  115  Blatter.  Zweite  Theil,  120  Blatter. 
Dritter  Theil  nicht  paginirt.     In  einem  Bande.     4to. 

Philosophia  Mystica.  Darin  begriffen  Eilff  audi  verchie- 
dene  Theologico  Philosophische,  doch  teutsche  Tracktalein, 


622  THE    LIBRARY. 

zum  theil  auss  Theophrastus  Paracelsus.  Pp.  272.  Neustadt, 
Lucas  Jennis.     Anno  MDCXVIII.     4to. 

Archidoxorum,  Dess  Hochgelelirten  und  weit  beriimptesten 
Herren  D.  Theophrasti  Paracelsi.  X.  Biicher.  1572.  184 
leaves.     4to. 

Drey  Bucher  Durch  den  Hochgelehrten  Herrn  Theophras- 
tum  von  Hohenheim  Paracelsum  genant.  Coin,  Anno  1564. 
292  pp.     4to. 

Des  Hocherfarnen  und  Hochgelehrten  Herrn  Theophrasti 
Paracelsi  von  Hohenheim,  beider  Artzney  Doctoris  Philoso- 
phiae  ad  Athenienses  drey  Biicher.  Coin,  Anno  1564.  Nicht 
paginirt.  Von  Ursachen  und  Cur  Kpilepsise,  das  ist,  des 
Hinfallenden  Siechtagen  vor  in  Truck  nie  ausgegangen.  In 
einem  Bande.     Klein  4to.     Three  copies. 

The  Great  and  Little  Surgery  are  in  octavo: 

La  Grande  Chirurgie  De  Philippi  Aureole  Theophraste  Pa- 
racelse.  Traduite  en  Francoise.  Par  M.  Claude  Dariot. 
Pp.  394.     Lion,  MDXCIIL     Large  8vo. 

La  petite  Chirurgie,  De  Philippe  Aureole  Theophraste  Pa- 
racelse,  grand  Medicine  et  Philosophe.  Pp.  750.  Paris, 
MDCXXIII.     Bvo. 

Paracelsus  was  an  earnest  searcher  after  the  Philosopher's 
Stone  and  the  Elixer  of  Life,  and  in  this  collection  may  be 
found  many  books  on  these  subjects  both  in  Latin,  German 
and  English.  There  are  also  books  containing  biographies  of 
this  man.     Among  the  curious  books  on  Alchemy  are: 

Remarks  upon  Alchemy  and  the  Alchemists.  An  Attempt 
to  Rescue  from  Undeserved  Opprobrium  the  Reputation  of  a 
Class  of  Extraordinary  Thinkers  in  Past  Ages.  Pp.  304. 
New  York,  1865.     8vo. 

History  of  Magic  by  way  of  Apology  for  all  the  wise  men 
who  have  unjustly  been  reported  magicians.  From  the 
French  of  G.  Naudaeus,  late  library-keeper  to  Cardinal  Maz- 
arin.  Englished  by  J.  Davies.  London,  1657.  Pp-  336. 
i2mo. 

Magnalia  Medico  Chymica,  oder  Artzney-  und  Feur- 
kiinstige  Geheimnisse  (zwar  aus  Paracelsi  Handschrift). 
Johanne  Hiskia  Cardilucio.  Pp.  409.  Niirnberg,  1676. 
i2mo. 


THE    IvIBRARY.  623 

Mercury's  Caducean  Rod.  Cleidophorus  Mystagogus.  Pp. 
76.     London,  1702.     i2mo. 

Magikon.  Wunderbare  Prophezeihungen  iiber  Das  Papst- 
thum  und  dessen  baldigen  Untergang,  nebst  Weissaguniiber 
Amerika.  Mit  24  magischen  Figuren  von  Dr.  Paulus.  Pp. 
147.     New  York,  1869.     Small  8vo. 

A  new  light  of  Alchymy,  to  which  is  added  a  Treatise  of 
Sulphur.  Also  nine  books  of  the  Nature  of  Things,  by 
Paracelsus.  Also  a  Chymical  Dictionary,  explaining  the 
Writings  of  Paracelsus;  translated  from  the  Latin  by  J.  F., 
M.  D.     London,  1674.      i2mo.     Pp.  150.     2  copies. 

Paracelsus,  By  Robert  Browning.  Pp.  216.  London, 
MDCCCXXXV.      i2mo. 

Paracelsus,  of  the  Supreme  Mysteries  of  Nature.  Englished 
by  R.  Turner.     Pp.  158.      i2mo. 

Deutsches  Theatrum  Chemicum  der  beriihmtesten  Philo- 
sophen  und  Alchemisten.  Von  Friederich  Roth-Scholtzen. 
Pp.  680.      1728.      i2mo. 

Congeries  Paracelsicae  Chemiae  De  Trausmutationibus  Me- 
tallorum.  Gerard o  Doneo  interprete.  Pp.  151.  Francofurti, 
MDLXXXI.     Small  8vo. 

Zwey  Reden  von  der  Charlataneria  oder  Marckschreyerey 
der  Gelehrten,  von  J.  B.  Mencken.     S.  A.   n.  d.    Small  8vo. 

Haus-Kunst  und  Wunder-Buch.  Christian  Paganius  Sonst 
Rautner  genannt.   Pp.990.   Niirnberg,  1680.  Small  8vo. 

Chymical  Collections  out  of  the  Most  Famous  Authors. 
James  Hasolle.     Pp.  268.     London,  1650.      i2mo. 

Many  of  these  books  contain  bookplates  with  the  coats  of 
arms  and  ornaments  of  nobles  and  royal  families,  and  the 
most  of  them  are  in  the  original  bindings,  embossed  and  orna- 
mented with  clasps  and  with  brass  and  other  metal  work. 

All  Hahnemann's  writings  in  the  origtnal,  are  to  be 
found  on  the  shelves,  many  of  them  being  enriched  by  anno- 
tations from  the  blue  pencil  of  Dr.  Hering.  There  are  nearly 
complete  sets  of  all  the  homoeopathic  magazines  published  in 
this  and  other  countries;  sets  of  announcements  of  homoeo- 
pathic colleges,  reports  of  hospitals,  dispensaries,  transactions 
of  homoeopathic  societies. 

The  journals  occupy  a  separate  space  from  the  books,  as 


624  THE    LIBRARY. 

do  the  transactions  of  societies.  There  are  some  two  hun- 
dred bound  volumes  of  medical  pamphlets  in  English,  Ger- 
man and  French,  many  of  them  being  old  and  rare. 

On  March  9,  1895,  Mrs.  Hering  donated  the  honorary  di- 
plomas received  by  her  husband  to  the  library. 

Among  the  curious  books  are  ' '  A  Short  Discourse  of  the 
Secrets  of  the  Most  Famous  Knight  and  Excellent  Physician 
and  Chirurgeon,  lyOrd  Phioravante.  lyondon.  1610"  "  A 
Treatise  on  Chirurgery.  Published  with  Many  Excel- 
lent Experiments  and  Secrets.  I^ondon.  1652."  "The 
Excellence  of  Physick  and  Chirurgerie,  Collected  out  of  Ap- 
proved Practises  and  lycarned  Observations  of  Many  Expert 
Men  in  Both  Faculties.  Eondon.  1652."  "  One  Hundred 
and  Fourteen  Experiments  and  Cures  of  the  Famous  Phy- 
sician, Theophrastus  Paracelsus.  Eondon.  1680."  "A 
Rich  Closet  of  Physical  Secrets.  Collected  by  the  Elaborate 
Pains  of  Four  Several  Students  of  Physick.  London."  "  A 
Treatise  Concerning  the  Plague  and  the  Small-pox,  Discover- 
ing as  Well  the  Means  How  to  Preserve  from  the  Danger  of 
These  Infectious  Contagions,  as  Also  How  to  Cure  Those 
Which  are  Infected  with  Either  of  Them.  Eondon.  1632." 
"  A  Complete  Body  of  Chemistry,  Comprehending  in  General 
the  Whole  Practice  Thereof  and  Teaching  the  Most  Exact 
Preparation  of  Animals,  Vegetables  and  Minerals  so  as  to 
Preserve  their  Essential  Virtues,  by  Nicasius  le  Febure,  Royal 
Professor  to  His  Majesty  of  England.  Eondon.  1670."  This 
book  informs  us  that  the  mummy  prepared  from  the  flesh  of 
man  is  one  of  the  noblest  of  remedies. 

There  are  many  other  rare  and  quaint  volumes  in  this  col- 
lection. 


PART  III. 

Alumni  Association. 

Hahnemannian  Institute. 

Alpha  Sigma  Chapter. 

Complete  List  of  Graduates. 

Graduates  who  are  teachers 
in  medical  schools. 


41 


V:ew  of  Ai.umni  Hai^i<. 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION. 


CHAPTER  I. 

1857  to  1883. 

The  first  attempt  to  organize  an  association  of  the  gradu- 
ates of  the  College  was,  as  nearly  as  can  be  determined,  in 

1857- 

The  next  effort  at  organization  was  in  1865.  The  following 
report  of  this  meeting  was  published  in  the  Western  Homoeo- 
pathic Observer  and  in  the  Medical  Investigator^  (the  meetings 
that  occurred  at  this  time  were  not  general  meetings  of  the 
Alumni,  but  meetings  of  the  classes,  the  first  being  in  1865): 
"  An  Agreeable  Reunion. — The  Class  of  i860,  graduates  of 
the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  had  a 
class  meeting  and  dinner  March  3,  1865,  at  the  Continental 
Hotel,  Philadelphia,  the  occasion  being  the  fifth  anniversary 
of  their  graduation. 

"  The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  class  secretary,  J. 
Lester  Keep,  M.  D.,  of  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  whereupon  John 
Malin,  M.  D.,  of  Germantown,  Pa.,  was  elected  president.  A 
permanent  organization  was  decided  upon  and  his  term  of 
ofl&ce  voted  to  continue  for  five  years.  After  a  sumptuous 
repast,  a  report  was  listened  to  from  each  member  of  the  class 
of  his  personal  and  professional  history  during  the  five  years 
past,  and  many  interesting  items  of  medical  experience  were 
narrated.  Those  necessarily  absent  reported  through  the 
secretary.  Four  had  passed  that  bourne  from  whence  no 
traveller  returns,  and  interesting  memorials  of  their  sad  his- 
tory were  also  presented.  Their  names  are  Dr.  Ira  R.  Adams, 

*Med.  Inves.,  Vol.  2,  p.  85,  April,  1865;  West.  Horn.  Obs.,  V.  2,  p. 
74- 


628  AI^UMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

of  Lowville,  N.  Y.;  Dr.  Moses  Bulkley,  of  Cambridge,  N.  Y.; 
Dr.  lyevi  Judson  Pierce,  of  Keene,  N.  H.,  and  Dr.  Joseph  W. 
Smith,  of  Kinderhook,  N.  Y.  Resolutions  of  condolence  and 
sympathy  were  passed,  which  the  secretary  was  requested  to 
forward  to  the  friends  of  each.  Two  of  the  number  died  from 
an  epidemic  with  which  they  were  heroically  battling  until, 
overcome  by  the  fatigue  and  exposure  of  their  profession, 
they  themselves  fell  victims  to  the  fatal  scourge.  The  two 
others  died  of  consumption,  suddenly  at  last,  but  which  fatal 
termination  had  for  some  time  been  anticipated  by  their 
friends. 

"  The  Faculty  of  the  College  in  i860  having  been  invited  to 
'be  present.  Prof.  Semple,  of  Philadelphia,  in  their  behalf, 
spoke  with  his  usual  eloquence  of  the  gratification  it  afforded 
him  to  be  present,  and  the  interest  with  which  he  had  listened 
to  the  varied  medical  experience  of  the  class.  The  alma 
mater  was  always  proud  to  recognize  and  do  honor  to  sons 
who  had  proved  faithful  to  their  trust,  and  the  record  of  the 
class  of  '  60  was  an  honor  to  any  institution.  These  reunions 
are  always  profitable,  as  well  as  a  source  of  pleasant  memories, 
reviving  and  renewing  former  intimacies  and  friendships.  He 
desired  the  custom  should  become  universal,  and  compli- 
mented the  class  upon  having  taken  the  initiatory.  His 
touching  allusion  to  the  '  vacant  chairs '  brought  many  a  sad 
recollection  of  companionship  with  the  departed  classmates  in 
those  happy  days  of  college  life,  when  all  were  filled  with 
hope  and  bright  anticipations  which  many,  alas  !  were  not  to 
realize. 

"Resolutions  thanking  the  secretary  for  his  successful  efforts 
in  effecting  this  reunion  were  passed,  and  he  was  re-elected 
to  the  office.  Members  of  the  class  changing  their  residence 
were  requested  to  notify  him  of  the  change.  The  different 
reports  and  memorials  of  the  deceased  were  ordered  to  be 
entered  in  full  upon  the  minutes  and  a  report  of  the  meeting 
sent  to  each  homoeopathic  journal  for  publication.  After  the 
transaction  of  other  minor  business  the  class  adjourned  to 
meet  in  Philadelphia  in  March,  1870. 

"  J.  lyKSTKR  Keep,  M.  D., 

Class  Secretary.''^ 


AI.UMNI    ASSOCIATION.  629 

Dr.  Keep,  under  date  of  December  8,  1897,  writes:  "The 
Class  of  i860  never  had  but  one  reunion,  the  one  at  the 
Continental  Hotel,  Philadelphia,  in  1865.  We  adjourned  to 
meet  in  1870,  but  the  effort  to  accomplish  a  second  meeting 
was  unsuccessful.  There  were  an  unusual  number  of  deaths 
in  the  first  ten- years.  Dr.  O.  S.  Wood,  of  Omaha;  Dr.  A. 
H.  Worthington,  of  Trenton,  N.  J.,  and  myself,  I  believe, 
are  the  only  members  living." 

A  meeting  of  the  graduating  class  of  1866  was  held  of 
which  the  following  account  appeared  in  the  Hahnemannian 
Monthly  (June,  1866): 

' '  The  Alumni  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of 
Pennsylvania.  At  a  meeting  of  the  graduating  class  of  1866 
of  the  Homceopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  an 
Alumni  Society  was  formed  for  the  mutual  benefit  of  the  said 
class,  in  fostering  those  ties  of  friendship  that  have  grown  up 
among  them  whilst  engaged  together  in  the  pursuit  of  knowi- 
edge,  and  for  the  purpose  of  improvement  in  medical  science, 
and  the  maintenance  of  a  lively  interest  in  their  Alma  Mater. 

"  A  Constitution  and  By-L,aws  for  the  government  of  said 
Society  were  adopted,  and  the  following  named  gentlemen 
were  elected  officers  for  the  first  three  years:  President,  A. 
Shepherd,  M.  D.,  of  Springdale,  O. ;  Vice-Presidents,  David 
Packer,  M.  D.,  of  Peacham,  Vt.,  and  J.  G.  Streets,  M.  D.,of 
Smyrna,  Del.;  Corresponding  Secretary,  Thomas  H.  Smith, 
M.  D.,  of  Philadelphia,  Pa.;  Recording  Secretary,  Charles  S. 
Wilson,  M.  D.,  of  Hockessin,  Del.;  Treasurer,  E.  P.  Small, 
M.  D.,  Portland,  Me.  For  Orator  for  next  stated  meeting, 
Harry  Williams,  M.  D.,  of  New  York  City,  was  elected. 

"The  Society  will  meet  in  Philadelphia,  on  the  second 
Wednesday  of  January,  1869.  Any  members  of  the  gradu- 
ating class  above  named,  who  are  not  already  members  of  said 
Society,  can  become  so  by  requesting  the  Corresponding  Sec- 
retary to  sign  their  names  to  the  Constitution,  and  then  com- 
plying with  its  requirements,  the  nature  of  which  they  can 
learn  by  addressing  Thomas  H.  Smith,  M.  D.,  No.  805  North 
Tenth  street,  Philadelphia. ' ' 

There  is  no  record  of  any  such  meeting  having  taken  place, 


630  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

but  the  Class  of  1867    also  organized  an  Alumni  Associa- 
tion. 

The  following  report  is  from  the  Hahnemannian  Monthly^ 
July,  1867,  V.  2,  p.  570: 

"At  a  meeting  of  the  graduating  class,  on  the  evening 
of  February  27  (1867)  it  was  agreed  to  form  an  Alumni  As- 
sociation and  hold  meetings  in  Philadelphia  at  regularly 
stated  times  for  the  purpose  of  reunion  and  mutual  confer- 
ence. Accordingly  a  committee  was  appointed  to  draft  a  con- 
stitution and  by-laws.  On  the  following  day  (Feb.  28,  1867), 
a  meeting  was  convened  at  three  o'clock  p.  m.  and  called  to 
order  by  C.  B.  Dreher,  M.  D.,  on  whose  motion  C.  C. 
Slocomb,  M.  D.,  was  appointed  president  and  I.  S.  Hall,  M. 
D.,  as  secretary /r(?  tern. 

' '  The  report  of  the  committee  was  accepted.  The  constitu- 
tion and  by-laws  were  read  and  adopted.  The  election  of 
ofl&cers  resulted  as  follows:  President,  C.  C.  Slocomb,  M.  D.; 
Vice-Presidents,  C.  B.  Dreher,  M.  D.,  and  J.  H.  McClelland, 
M.  D.;  Recording  Secretary,  Rev.  G.  E.  Gramm,  M.  D.; 
Corresponding  Secretary,  M.  M.  Walker,  M.  D.;  Treasurer, 
J.  R.  McClure,  M.  D.;  Orator,  F.  T.  Haines,  M.  D. 

"  According  to  the  constitution,  the  next  meeting  will  be 
held  in  five  years  from  this  time,  on  the  third  Thursday  in 
February,  at  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  in  Philadel- 
phia, while  special  annual  meetings  will  be  held  regularly 
each  February  for  the  admission  of  members. 

"I.  S.  Hall,  M.  D., 

Secretary  pro  tern. 

' '  Those  who  have  graduated  heretofore  and  all  those  who 
may  graduate  hereafter,  are  cordially  invited  to  send  in  their 
names  as  members.  The  annual  dues  are  twenty-five  cents, 
which,  with  the  name,  may  be  sent  to  the  Corresponding 
Secretary. 

"  M.  M.  Walker,  M.  D., 
Corresponding  Secretary. 

^^  ^262  Main  st.,  Germantown,  Pa.^' 

As  will  be  seen  while  the  Class  of  1866  only  admitted  their 
own  members,  the  effort  in  1867  was  to  create  a  general 
organization  of  the  graduates  of  the  College. 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION.  63 1 

In  1868  or  1869  an  association  was  formed  known  as  the 
Society  of  the  Alumni  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College 
of  Philadelphia.  This  also  held  stated  meetings  but  once  in 
five  years.  In  1871,  the  following  Constitution  was  pub- 
lished: 

Constitution. 

PrEambi^E. — The  object  of  this  Association  shall  be  to  sustain  and 
advance  the  interests  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadel- 
phia and  to  cherish  feelings  of  brotherhood  and  amity  among  its 
graduates. 

Art.  I. — Of  the  Name. — The  name  of  this  Association  shall  be  "The 
Society  of  the  Alumni  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadel- 
phia." 

Art.  11.— 0/  the  Officers. — Sec  i. — The  officers  of  this  Society  shall 
be  a  President,  three  Vice  Presidents,  a  Corresponding  Secretary,  a 
Recording  Secretary,  a  Treasurer  and  a  Board  of  Managers. 

Sec  2. — The  President,  or  in  his  absence,  one  of  the  Vice  Presidents, 
in  the  order  of  seniority,  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of  the  Society, 
and  decide  all  questions  of  order. 

Sec  3. — It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Corresponding  Secretary  to  answer 
all  letters  addressed  to  this  Society,  and  to  open  and  maintain  a  yearly 
correspondence  with  all  its  members,  and  to  maintain  such  other  cor- 
respondence as  may  tend  to  advance  its  interests,  and  to  keep  a  record 
thereof,  subject  to  the  direction  of  the  Society,  also,  to  receive  the 
annual  dues  of  the  members  and  to  place  the  same  in  the  hands  of  the 
Treasurer. 

Sec  4. — The  Recording  Secretary  shall  keep  correct  minutes  of  the 
proceedings  of  all  meetings  of  the  Society,  and  give  notice  of  the 
stated  and  special  meetings. 

Sec  5. — The  Treasurer  shall  receive  all  monies  of  the  Society,  keep 
correct  accounts  of  the  receipts  and  expenditures,  pay  all  orders  signed 
by  the  President  and  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Managers,  exhibit  an 
accurate  statement  of  his  receipts  and  payments  at  the  stated  meetings, 
and  whenever  called  upon  by  the  Managers. 

Sec  6. — The  Board  of  Managers  shall  consist  of  not  more  than 
twelve  members,  of  whom  seven  are  to  be  chosen  at  each  stated  meet- 
ing of  the  Society,  and  one  member  from  each  of  the  five  succeeding 
graduating  classes,  who  shall  serve  until  the  next  stated  meeting.  At 
least  three  members  of  the  Board  of  Managers  shall  be  residents  of 
Pennsylvania. 

Sec  7. — The  duties  of  the  Board  of  Managers  shall  be  to  execute  all 
measures  which  may  be  confided  to  them  by  the  Society,  and  to  make 
the  necessary  arrangements  for  the  meeetings.  They  shall  have  charge 
of  all  matters  of  finance  and  all  business  of  the  Society  not  otherwise 
provided  for.     They  shall  keep  regular  minutes  of  their  proceedings. 


632  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

whicti  shall  be  open  at  all  times  to  the  inspection  of  the  officers  or 
members,  and  shall  make  report  thereof  at  the  regular  stated  meetings 
of  the  Society. 

They  shall  have  power  to  make  rules  for  their  own  regulation,  and  may 
supply  all  vacancies  which  may  occur  in  their  body  between  the  tim.es 
of  meetings. 

Sec.  S. — The  officers  of  the  Society  shall  be  ex  officio  members  of  the 
Board  of  Managers. 

Sec.  9. — At  the  regular  stated  meeting  of  this  Society,  an  Orator  and 
an  Alternate  from  among  the  members  shall  be  elected  for  the  ensuing^ 
meeting. 

Art.  III. — Of  Elections. — Sec.  i. — The  first  election  for  officers  shall 
be  held  immediately  after  the  adoption  of  this  Constitution,  and  subse- 
quent elections  shall  be  held  at  the  stated  meetings  hereinafter  pro- . 
vided  for. 

Sec.  2. — The  election  for  ofi&cers  shall  be  by  ballot,  unless  by  unan- 
imous consent  of  the  members  present  the  Society  may  agree  to  elect 
them  viva  voce. 

Art.  IV. — Of  Members. — Sec.  i. — Any  graduate  of  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  or  of  the  Homceopathic  Medical  Col- 
lege of  Pennsylvania,  prior  to  the  session  of  i867-'68  who  shall  have 
matriculated  at  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College,  may  become  a  mem- 
ber of  this  Society  by  signing  the  Constitution  and  paying  to  the 
Treasurer  the  sum  of  one  dollar. 

Sec.  2. — Honoary  m^embers  may  be  elected  at  any  stated  meeting  of 
the  Society. 

Sec.  3. — The  Faculty  and  Board  of  Curators  of  this  College  shall  be 
Honorary  members  of  this  Society. 

Sec.  4. — Any  Homoeopathic  Physician  of  good  standing  may  become 
an  Honorary  member,  upon  the  concurrence  of  two-thirds  of  the  mem- 
bers present  at  any  stated  meeting. 

Art.  V. — Of  Meetings. — SEC.  i. — The  stated  meetings  of  this  Society 
shall  be  held  every  five  years. 

Sec.  2. — Special  meetings  may  be  called  by  the  President  on  applica 
tion  of  any  five  members  of  the  Board  of  Managers. 

Sec.  3. — Ten  members  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction 
of  business. 

Sec.  4. — At  the  stated  meetings  of  the  Society,  an  oration  shall  be 
delivered,  to  be  followed  by  such  other  celebration  as  may  be  decided 
upon  by  the  Board  of  Managers. 

Art.  VI. — Of  Payments. — SEC.  i, — Every  member  shall,  on  his  sign- 
ing the  Constitution,  pay  into  the  hands  of  the  Treasurer  the  sum  of  one 
dollar. 

Sec.  2. — There  shall  also  be  an  annual  contribution  of  one  dollar 
assessed  upon  each  member  of  the  Society,  payable  to  the  Correspond- 
ing Secretary.* 

*  It  is  proposed  to  reduce  the  yearly  subscription  at  the  next  stated  meeting  if  the 
Society  should  so  decide. 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  633 

Art.  VII. — Of  Disbursefnents. — Sec.  i. — No  money  of  this  Society 
shall  at  any  time  be  expended  for  festivities. 

Sec.  2.^At  least  one-third  of  the  monies  accruing  to  the  Society 
shall  be  set  aside  annually  as  a  Beneficiary  Fund,  for  assisting  poor  but 
worthy  young  men  obtaining  a  Medical  Education  in  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College.  Applicants  for  the  benefits  of  this  fund  must  be 
between  the  ages  of  eighteen  and  thirty  years,  and  shall  furnish  a  satis- 
factory recommendation  in  writing,  in  the  certificate  of  any  County 
Homoeopathic  Medical  Society,  or  of  two  members  of  this  Society, 
testifying  to  his  need  of  help,  his  unexceptional  moral  character,  and 
that  he  has  a  good  common  English  education.  He  must  furthermore 
give  good  secured  notes  or  bonds,  that  the  money  shall  be  returned  to 
the  Beneficiary  Fund  of  the  Society  within  three  years  from  the  time  of 
his  graduation,  with  annual  interest  at  six  per  cent,  on  the  same. 
Should  he,  however,  die  within  the  three  years,  and  leave  a  widow  or 
children,  then  shall  the  widow  or  children  be  relieved  from  all  obliga- 
tions, and  the  notes  or  bonds  returned  the  same  as  if  canceled.  The 
remaining  funds  shall  be  disposed  of,  first,  for  the  benefit  of  the  Society 
itself;  secondly  for  the  advancement  of  the  interests  of  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  of  Philadelphia. 

Art.  VIII. — Of  Amendinents. — Sec.  i. — Amendments  may  be  made 
to  this  Constitution  at  any  stated  meeting  of  the  Society  by  the  concur- 
rence of  two-thirds  of  the  members  present. 

In  the  American  Journal  of  Homceopathic  Materia  Medico. 
for  February,  1873,  the  following  notice  may  be  found:  "The 
regular  (five  year)  meeting  of  the  Alumni  of  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  will  be  held  at  the  College 
building  March,  1873.  The  appointed  oration  will  be  de- 
livered by  Dr.  E.  A.  Farrington.  To  commemorate  the 
occasion  a  social  supper  is  proposed,  to  which  all  the  gradu- 
ates are  invited.  Invitation  is  also  extended  to  graduates  of 
the  Homoeopathic  College  of  Pennsylvania,  who  may  become 
members  by  matriculating  in  the  Hahnemann  College  as  re- 
quired by  the  Constitution.  Name,  address  and  $3.00  must 
be  forwarded  to  the  Corresponding  Secretary  before  February 
20th.  , 

"A  ticket  showing  date,  programme,  etc.,  will  be  returned, 
or  in  case  of  failure,  the  money  will  be  refunded.  By  order 
of  Managers,  E.  A.  Farrington,  M.  D.,  Corresponding  Sec- 
retary, 1 616  Mount  Vernon  street,  Philadelphia." 

During  the  next  ten  years  no  record  of  any  meetings  can 
be  found. 


634  AIvUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 


CHAPTER  II. 

1884  to  1886. 

In  1884  it  was  thought  by  a  number  of  the  Alumni  of  the 
College,  that  a  permanent  organization  of  the  graduates 
ought  to  formed.  A  circular  was  sent  out  dated  October  20, 
1884,   as  follows: 

"Dear  Doctor — You  are  requested  to  meet  a  number  of  the 
graduates  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  and 
of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  at  the  rooms  of 
the  Homoeopathic  Library  Association,  No.  1009  Arch  street,  Philadel- 
phia, on  Thursday,  October  23,  1884,  at  9  p.  m.  For  the  purpose  of 
taking  into  consideration  the  organization  of  an  Alumni  Association, 
the  object  of  which  shall  be  to  promote  the  interests  and  extend  the 
influence  of  our  Alma  Mater;  to  advance  a  higher  medical  education, 
and  to  secure  intellectual  and  social  benefit. 

The  influence  of  your  presence  and  advice  is  needed  to  make  the 
miovement  a  success.     Fraternally  yours,  W.  W.  Van  Baun. 

On  the  evening  of  October  23,  1884,  this  meeting  was 
held,  at  the  rooms  of  the  Library  Association.  The  follow- 
ing physicians  were  present:  Drs.  R.  C.  Allen,  class  of  1868; 
Clarence  Bartlett,  1879;  William  H.  Bigler,  1871;  Edward  M. 
Gramm,  1880;  Joseph  C.  Guernsey,  1872;  Horace  F.  Ivins, 
1879;  Clavin  B.  Knerr,  1869;  Augustus  Korndoerfer,  1868; 
John  K.  Ivce,  1851;  H.  Noah  Martin,  1865;  George  F. 
Parke,  1876;  Alonzo  C.  Rembaugh,  1869;  Isaac  G.  Smedley, 
1880;  George  W.  Smith,  1876;  William  W.  Van  Baun,  1880; 
William  B.  Van  Lennep,  1880.  Dr.  John  K.  Lee  was  made 
president,  pro  tem.  and  Dr.  W.  W.  Van  Baun  secretary 
pro  tem.  Dr.  J.  C.  Guernsey  then  offered  the  following 
motion:  Resolved,  That  we,  the  graduates  of  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  and  of  the  Homoeopathic 
Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  here  assembled,  do  hereby 
resolve  and  constitute  ourselves  an  Alumni  Association. 
This  motion  was  freely  discussed  by  Drs.  Korndoerfer,  Van 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  635 

Baun,  Allen,  Martin,  Smith,  Van  Lennep  and  Smedley, 
Considerable  diversity  of  opinion  existed  as  to  whether  or 
not  an  Alumni  Association  formed  in  the  spring  of  1868,  and 
which  met  in  1869,  '70  and  '76,  and  not  since,  should  be  con- 
sidered defunct.  In  order  to  arrange  the  matter  the  follow- 
ing preamble  was  offered  as  an  amendment,  which  being  ac- 
cepted, the  amended  motion  was  unanimously  adopted: 
Whereas,  the  Alumni  Association  formed  in  March, 
1868,  from  lack  of  interest  on  the  part  of  its  members,  and 
inasmuch  as  it  has  not  held  a  meeting  for  eight  years,  or 
since  1876,  is  virtually  dead;  and  whereas,  the  members  of 
the  Alumni  here  assembled  are  anxious  that  the  present 
movement  shall  not  be  hampered  by  the  former  Association; 
therefore,  we,  the  graduates  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  of  Philadelphia,  and  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical 
College  of  Pennsylvania,  here  assembled,  do  hereby  resolve 
and  constitute  ourselves  an  Alumni  Association. 

The  chair  then  appointed  Drs.  Guernsey,  Van  lycnnep  and 
Van  Baun  a  committee  of  three,  to  draft  a  constitution  and 
by-laws.  Dr.  Van  Baun  was  chairman.  The  committee 
.were  instructed  to  invite  all  the  Alumni  within  reach. 

A  postal  card  notice  was  issued,  dated  December  i,  1884, 
calling  attention  to  the  preliminary  meeting,  and  stating  that 
a  general  meeting  would  be  held  in  the  lower  lecture  room  of 
the  College,  No.  1 105  Filbert  street,  on  Thursday  evening, 
December  4,  1884,  at  9  o'clock. 

On  December  4,  1884,  at  9:15  p.  m,,  the  Alumni  Associa- 
tion was  convened  in  the  lower  lecture  room  of  the  old  Col- 
lege. The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  Dr.  J.  C.  Guern- 
sey. Dr.  J.  K.  IvCe  being  absent  Dr.  H.  N.  Martin  was 
called  to  the  chair.  The  Committee  on  Constitution  and  By- 
lyaws  made  the  following  report: 

Preamble. — Whereas,  the  Akimni  Associations  formed  in  1857  and 
1868,  not  having  held  meetings  for  a  number  of  years,  from  lack  of 
interest  on  the  part  of  their  members,  virtually  cease  to  exist, 

And  Whereas,  v^e  the  members  of  the  Alumni  here  assembled  de- 
sire to  advance  the  profession  and  to  perpetuate  our  collegiate  associa- 
tions by  annual  re-unions;  therefore.  We  the  graduates  of  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  (Homoeopathic  Medical  College 
of  Pennsylvania)   do  hereby  resolve   and   constitute   ourselves  a  per- 


636  AI.UMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

nianent  organization  to  meet  annually  as  may  hereafter  be  determined, 
for  the  purpose  of  accomplishing  effectually  the  objects  for  which  we 
have  combined. 

The  organization  shall  consist  of  the  Parent  Organization,  with  head- 
quarters in  Philadelphia,  and  of  Associate  local  organization  in  the  dif- 
ferent states  and  countries  where  members  of  the  Alumni  reside. 

Any  ten  members  of  this  Association  can  form  a  local  organization 
in  any  city,  county,  state  or  country. 

Constitution. 

ArTici^e  I. — Name. — This  Association  shall  be  known  as  the  Alumni 
Association  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia. 
Art.  II. — Objects. — The  objects  of  this  Association  shall  be: 

1.  To  promote  the  interests  and  extend  the  influence  of  the  Alma 
Mater; 

2.  To  advance  a  high  medical  education; 

3.  To  secure  intellectual  and  social  benefit. 

Art.  3. — Members. — i.  Any  physician  on  whom  has  been  regularly- 
conferred  the  degree  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsyl- 
vania or  The  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  or  who  has 
received  the  honorary  degree  of  said  Institution,  shall  be  eligible  to 
election  to  membership  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Executive 
Committee. 

2.  Any  one  so  recommended  may  become  a  member  upon  paying  the 
initiation  fee,  after  having  received  two-thirds  of  the  votes  of  the 
members  present  at  an  annual  meeting. 

3.  Any  member  found  guilty  of  unprofessional  conduct  may  be  ex- 
pelled.    (See  By-Laws,  No.  3.) 

Art.  IV.- — Quorum-. — Fifteen  members*  present  at  any  meeting  shall 
constitute  a  quorum,  but  ten  members  shall  constitute  a  quorum  to 
adopt  or  table  reports  of  the  Executive  Committee. 

Art.  V .— Officers. — i.  The  Officers  of  this  Association  shall  be  a 
President,  three  Vice-Presidents,  a  Permanent  and  a  Provisional  Sec- 
retary, a  Treasarer,  and  an  Executive  Committee  of  thirteen  members, 
including  the  President,  the  two  Secretaries,  and  the  Treasurer,  as  ex~ 
officio  members. 

2.  The  above  named  Officers  shall  be  elected  by  ballot  at  the  Annual 
Meeting,  excepting  the  Executive  Committee,  three  of  whom  shall  be 
elected  annually,  holding  their  office  for  a  term  of  three  years,  or  until 
their  successors  are  duly  elected  provided,  however,  that  at  the  first 
annual  election  of  said  committee,  three  shall  be  chosen  to  serve  one 
year,  three  for  two  years,  and  three  for  three  years. 

3.  Should  a  vacancy  occur  in  any  of  the  Offices,  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee shall  have  the  power  to  fill  the  same,  if  not  otherwise  provided 
for,  until  the  time  of  the  next  annual  meeting. 

*  In  the  original  draft  twenty-five  constituted  a  quorum. 


AI^UMNI    ASSOCIATION,  637 

4.  Any  member  holding  office  in  the  Alma  Mater  as  Professor,  Dem- 
onstrator or  permanent  Ivecturer,  shall  dnring  such  time  be  ineligible 
to  any  office  in  the  Association. 

Art.  VI. — Duties  of  Officers. — i.  It  shall  be  the  duty  qf  the  Presi- 
dent to  preside  at  all  meetings  of  the  Association,  and  to  call  the  same 
when  necessary,  or  when  he  shall  be  requested  to  do  so  in  writing  by 
ten  members,  or  by  the  Executive  Committee.  He  shall  preserve,  in 
strict  exercise,  the  rules  established  by  parliamentary  i:sage.  He  shall 
nominate  all  special  committees,  except  a  majority  of  the  members 
present  direct  otherwise.  He  shall  present  at  each  annual  meeting  a 
report  of  the  operations  of  the  Association  during  the  year,  with  such 
information  relating  to  its  condition  and  prospects,  together  with  such 
suggestions  for  its  future  government  as  may  seem  to  him  proper. 

2.  The  Vice-Presidents  shall,  in  the  temporary  absence  or  inability 
of  the  President,  preside  and  perform  his  duties,  according  to  order  of 
their  election. 

3.  The  Permanent  Secretary  shall  keep  a  correct  record  of  the  pro- 
ceedings of  all  the  meetings  of  the  Association,  and  carefully  preserve 
and  file  all  reports,  essays  and  papers  of  every  description  received  by 
the  Association,  and  furnish  such  copies  or  extracts  as  may  be  required 
for  publication.  He  shall  furnish  the  Chairman  of  every  special  Com- 
mittee with  a  list  of  its  members,  and  a  draft  of  the  business  sub- 
mitted, and  shall  publish  the  time  and  place  of  each  annual  meeting 
in  the  Homoeopathic  journals. 

4.  The  Provisional  Secretary  shall,  under  the  direction  of  the  Execu- 
tive Committee,  conduct  all  correspondence  of  the  Association.  He 
shall  keep  in  a  book  (provided  for  him)  copies  of  all  letters  written  by 
him  relating  to  the  affairs  of  the  Association,  and  file  all  received  by 
him  in  reference  to  its  concerns 

5.  The  Treasurer  shall  collect  all  moneys  due  the  Association.  He 
shall  pay  no  moneys  unless  by  order  of  the  Executive  Committee, 
countersigned  by  the  President;  and  shall  keep  a  correct  and  full  ac- 
count of  his  transactions,  and  report  to  the  Committee  when  required, 
and  to  the  Association  at  its  annual  meeting. 

6.  The  Executive  Committee  shall  take  general  supervision  of  the 
Association  during  the  recess,  and  shall  meet  on  the  first  Tuesday  in 
March  and  November,  and  as  much  oftener  as  necessary.  The  Com- 
mittee shall  keep  a  record  of  its  proceedings,  and  report  the  same  at 
any  meeting  of  the  Association  when  called  for.  They  shall  make, 
keep,  and,  when  necessary,  revise  a  roll  of  members  of  the  Association; 
their  action  in  such  regards  to  take  effect  only  upon  report  to  and  rati- 
fication by  the  Association,  which  roll  shall  be  the  Official  Register  of 
the  Association. 

Art.  Yll.— Meetings.— 1.  The  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Association 
shall  be  held  in  Philadelphia,  on  commencement  night. 

2.  In  the  absence  of  the  Permanent  Secretary,  the  President  shall 
appoint  a  Secretary /ro  tern.. 


638  ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

Art.  VIII. — Disbanding. — A  proposition  to  disband  the  Association 
may  be  presented  in  writing  at  any  special  meeting  called  for  that  pur- 
pose, or  at  the  annual  meeting;  each  member  shall  be  notified  of  the 
fact  by  the  Permanent  Secretary.  The  proposition  shall  lie  on  the 
table  until  the  next  annual  meeting,  when  action  maybe  taken  thereon ; 
if  ten  members  vote  against  the  proposition,  the  Association  shall  not 
be  dissolved.  This  article  shall  not  be  altered,  suspended,  repealed  or 
amended  if  ten  members  object. 

Art.  IX. — Amendments. — This  Constitution  (with  the  exception  of 
Article  VIII )  may  be  altered,  suspended,  repealed  or  amended,  by  a 
vote  of  two-thirds  of  the  members  present  at  any  annual  meeting;  pro- 
vided, that  notice  of  such  proposed  alteration,  abrogation  or  amend- 
ment, shall  have  been  given  through  the  Executive  Committee  in  the 
call  for  the  meeting. 

By-IvAWS. 
.  Order  of  Business. 

1.  Reading  of  Minutes. 

2.  Reading  of  President's  Annual  Report,  and  the  proper  action 
thereon. 

3.  Reading  Report  of  Faculty. 

4.  Appointment  of  a  Committee  to  nominate  Ofi&cers  for  the  ensuing 
year.  Said  committee  to  consist  of  from  one  each  class  represented, 
and  to  report  at  the  meeting. 

5.  Treasurer's  Report. 

6.  Report  of  Committee  on  Nominations. 

7.  Election  of  Officers. 

8.  Reading  of  Correspondence  from  absent  members. 

9.  Report  of  Committees. 

10.  Unfinished  Business. 

11.  New  Business. 

12.  Adjournment. 

No.  2. 

Notice  of  the  annual  and  other  meetings  shall  be  given  by  the  Per- 
mant  Secretary  to  all  members,  at  least  two  weeks  prior  to  the  date  of 
meeting. 

No.  3. 

When  any  charge  or  charges  of  unprofessional  conduct  shall  be  made 
against  any  member,  the  Executive  Committee  shall  give  said  member 
due  notice  of  such  charge  or  charges,  with  the  name  or  names  of  the 
accusers,  that  he  may  appear  and  make  defence.  If  the  charge  or 
charges  shall  have  been  sustained  by  the  evidence,  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee shall  then  report  the  case  to  the  Association  at  its  next  annual 
meeting,  when  such  member  may  be  expelled  by  a  vote  of  two-thirds 
of  the  members  present. 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  639 

No.  4. 

The  admission  fee  of  each  member  of  the  Association  shall  be  one 
dollar,  but  the  Executive  Committee  shall  have  power  to  levy  addi- 
tional assessments  as  required;  such  assessments  not  to  exceed  two  dol- 
ars  in  any  one  year. 

Recent  graduates,  of  one  year  or  less,  shall  be  exempt  from  assess- 
ments. 

At  a  meeting  of  December  4,  at  which  the  Constitution  was 
adopted,  the  first  election  of  ofiicers  was  held.  * 

A  special  meeting  was  held  after  the  meeting  of  the  Phila- 
delphia County  Homoeopathic  Medical  Society  on  the  even- 
ing of  January  8,  1885,  in  which  some  slight  alterations  in 
the   Constitution  and  By-I^aws  were  recommended. 

A  tasty  circular  on  note  paper  was  issued,  bearing  the 
legend,  "  Hahnemann  Alumni,"  and  which  is  as  follows: 

"  The  honor  of  your  company  is  requested  at  the  First  Annual  Meet- 
ing of  the  Alumni  Association  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of 
Philadelphia,  which  will  be  held  in  Parlor  C,  Hotel  Colonnade,  Chest- 
nut and  Fifteenth  streets,  Philadelphia,  on  Thursday  evening,  April  2, 
1885,  at  eight  o'clock. 

Under  the  order  of  business,  two  amendments  to  the  Constitution 
will  be  brought  up  for  action,  ist.  To  change  the  time  of  meeting 
from  the  night  before  Commencement  to  the  night  of  Commencement. 
2d.  A  proposition  to  strike  out  Section  4,  Article  5,  of  the  Constitution. 

After  adjournment  of  the  business  meeting  a  collation  will  be  served 
in  the  adjoining  dining  hall.  Tickets  for  the  banquet  can  be  secured 
by  those  desiring  them,  from  the  undersigned  committee,  at  ^2  each. 
R.  S.  V.  P. 

You  are  invited  to  become  a  member  of  the  organization.  Frater- 
nally, 

Wm.  W.  Van  Baun,  M.  D., 

Permanent  Secretary. 

Committee — Jos.  C.  Guernsey,  M.  D.,  1923  Chestnut  street;  Isaac  G. 
Smedley,  M.  D.,  34  N.  19th  street;  H.  Noah  Martin,  M.  D.,  1218  Wal- 
nut street;  Wm.  W.  Van  Baun,  M.  D. ,  205  Catherine  street. 

This  meeting  was  held  at  8:45  p.  m.,  at  the  Colonnade 
Hotel.  Dr.  Horace  F.  Ivins,  Second  Vice-President,  called 
the  meeting  to  order  and  introduced  the  President,  Dr.  Au- 
gustus Korndoerfer,  who  delivered  an  address.  The  Execu- 
tive Committee  presented  the  names   of  136  gentlemen  who 

*  See  tabulated  list  of  officers. 


640  ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

had  applied  for  membership  since  the  meeting  of  December  4, 
1884.  These,  with  the  present  membership,  made  a  total  of 
179  members.  This  meeting  adjourned  to  meet  the  next 
day  (April  ~).  It  was  called  to  order  immediately  after  the 
Commencement,  April  3d,  at  1:45  p.  m.,  on  the  stage  of  the 
Academy  of  Music,  when  the  graduating  class  were  made 
members. 

The  circular  for  the  Second  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Associa- 
tion was  issued  March  10,  1886,  as  follows: 

The  annual  meeting  of  the  Alumni  Association  will  be  held  on  the 
evening  of  Commencement  day,  March  31,  1886,  at  St.  George's  Hotel 
(Walnut  and  Broad  streets),  Philadelphia.  The  president,  Dr.  William 
Tod  Helmuth,  '53,  will  preside.  Dr.  J.  L,ester  Keep,  '60,  by  appoint- 
ment, will  act  as  necrologist. 

The  following  resolution  will  be  presented  for  consideration  and  for 
final  action: 

Resolved,  That  the  president  appoint,  every  third  year,  to  serve  for 
three  years,  one  member  from  each  class  which  has  graduated  from  the 
Homoeopathic  College  of  Pennsylvania  or  the  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  of  Philadelphia,  who  shall  be  styled  class  se  retaries,  whose 
duties  shall  be  to  find  the  addresses  of  all  members  of  their  respective 
classes;  to  correspond  with  these  members,  and  endeavor  to  get  all  in- 
terested in  the  Alumni  Association;  to  collect  money  from  the  gradu- 
ates of  their  year  to  help  liquidate  the  indebtedness  incurred  by  the 
Faculty  in  erecting,  finishing  and  equipping  the  new  College  and  Hos- 
pital. 

These  secretaries  are  under  the  direction  of  the  Permanent  Secretary, 
and  are  to  report  to  him  in  writing,  annually,  by  the  loth  of  March. 
From  these  communications  the  Permanent  Secretary  is  to  make  a 
general  report  to  the  Association  at  its  annual  meeting.     *     *     * 

Those  desiring  to  attend  the  banquet — and  it  is  sincerely  hoped  all 
will — can  do  so  by  sharing  the  expense.  Cards  of  admission,  at  four 
dollars  each,  can  be  secured  from  the  committee. 

Dr.  Wm.  Tod  Helmuth  also  issued  the  following  circular, 
dated  March  10,  1886,  and  which  was  sent  out  with  the 
Alumni  circular: 

My  Dear  Brothers:  As  we  advance  in  years  and  reputation  and 
daily  pass  further  away  from  the  earlier  scenes  of  our  lives;  as  many  of 
us  become  conscious  that  the  greater  part  of  our  work  has  been  accom- 
plished, and  calmly  look  forward  to  the  inevitable  end;  and  as  we  cast 
a  backward  glance  over  the  past  and  behold  the  gradual  fading  of  "  the 
old ' '    and    the    rapid    accession    of    ' '  the    new ' '     it  seems    indeed 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  64 1 

advisable  that  the  older  Alumni  of  the  Hahnemann  College  of  Phila- 
delphia should  seek  to  strengthen  the  bonds  of  fellowship  and 
love  which  unite  them  to  those  whom  inexorable  Time  has  spared, 
and  to  cultivate  the  friendship  and  affection  of  the  younger  sons  of  the 
College  who  are  bravely  fighting  for  success  and  reputation  under  the 
banner  of  our  Alma  Mater.  On  the  other  hand,  there  can  be  no  doubt 
that  there  are  hundreds  of  our  more  recent  graduates  who  desire  to 
grasp  hands  with  their  older  brothers,  and  with  the  energy  of  their 
youth  and  talents  assist  in  promoting  the  welfare  of  the  College. 

It  is  to  these  youthful  scions  of  our  house  that  I  earnestly  appeal,  for 
as  the  older  props  of  the  Institution  are  weakened  or  swept  away  by 
age,  infirmity  or  death,  on  them  we  must  rely  for  our  permanent  sup- 
port, and  the  prolongation  of  her  usefulness. 

For  the  accomplishment  of  such  desirable  purposes,  as  the  president 
of  the  Alumni  Association,  I  call  upon  every  Alumnus  of  that  dear  old 
College 

Who  first  of  her  race  did  dare  proclaim 

Similia  in  the  Master's  name; 

First  of  the  schools  who  to  the  world 

The  banner  of  our  Truth  imfurled, 
to  unite  together  for  her  proper  maintenance;  to  join  hands  in  erecting 
an  edifice  to  her  glory;  to  aid  in  extending  her  usefulness  throughout 
the  land;  to  afford  the  proper  facilities  for  the  complete  medical  educa- 
tion of  our  brothers  yet  to  come,  and  to  assist  in  perpetuating  the  mem- 
ory of  those,  who  in  the  years  of  trial  and  persecution,  by  their  devoted 
adherence  to  the  cause  of  truth,  laid  the  foundation  of  an  institution  of 
learning  which  stands  to-day  an  honor  to  the  HomcEopathic  School  of 
Medicine.     Faithfully  yours, 

Wm.  Tod  Hei^muth, 

Class  of  S3- 

On  the  evening  of  March  31,  1886,  the  president,  Dr.  Wm. 
Tod  Helmuth,  called  this  Second  Reunion  to  order  at  nine  p. 
M.,  at  the  St.  George  Hotel.  After  the  usual  routine  of 
business  the  resolution  in  regard  to  class  secretaries  was 
adopted.  The  names  of  130  alumni  were  presented  and  duly 
elected  to  membership.  After  election  of  officers,  the  meet- 
ing adjourned  to  the  banqueting  hall.  President  Helmuth 
occupied  the  chair,  while  at  his  right  sat  Governor  R.  E. 
Pattison,  of  Pennsylvania,  and  on  his  left  Hon.  E.  A.  Arm- 
strong, speaker  of  the  New  Jersey  House  of  Representatives. 
Dr.  W.  B.  Trites  was  Toastmaster.  Response  was  made  to 
the  following  toasts: 

"  Our  Alma  Mater,"  by  Dr.  Pemberton  Dudley,  Philadel- 
phia." 

42 


642  AIvUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

"  Our  Trustees,"  by  Hon.  Wm.  B.  Hanna,  D.  C.  L., 
Philadelphia. 

"  Class  of  '86,"  by  Dr.  Eugene  L.  Mann,  Philadelphia. 

' '  Our  Sister  Alumni  Association. ' '  A  letter  of  regret 
and  congratulation  was  read  from  Dr.  S.  H.  Talcott  of  Mid- 
dletown,  N.  Y. 

"The  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania,"  by  Gov.  Robert 
K.  Pattison. 

"  The  Press,"  by  Hon.  Francis  Wells,  editor  of  the  Phila- 
delphia Bulletin. 

"  Woman,"  by  Dr.  J.  W.  Dowling,  New  York  City. 

"  Medical  lyegislation,"  by  Hon.  B.  A.  Armstrong,  New 
Jersey. 

"State  Charities,"  by  Dr.  J.  H.  McClelland,  Pittsburgh, 
Pa. 

Then  followed  some  impromptu  toasts. 

Dr.  H,  N.  Martin,  in  a  neat  speech,  presented  Dr.  Hel- 
muth  with  a  cane  made  from  wood  taken  from  the  old  College 
building,  to  which  Dr.  Helmuth  responded  by  reciting  the 
following  poem: 

Thk  Ai^umni  Pokm. 

[Composed  by  Prof.  W.  Tod  Helmuth,  M.  D.,  and  recited  by  him  srt: 
the  Second  Annual  reunion  of  the  Alumni  Association  of  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  of  Philadelphia.]* 

Our  lives  are  likened  unto  books; 

The  fleeting  moments  tell 
The  words,  the  thoughts,  the  acts,  the  looks, 

That  in  the  story  dwell. 
A  passion  glooms  athwart  the  page, 

A  pleasure  flashes  bright, 
A  noble  act  that  lives  to  age, 

A  deed  that  shrinks  from  sight, 
A  yearning  for  the  highest  spheres 

Of  God's  eternal  Truth, 
A  sinking  to  the  vice  that  smears 

The  golden  days  of  youth. 
The  struggle  when,  by  tempest,  tossed, 

The  sinking  in  the  mire. 
The  striving  to  regain  the  lost 

And  rise  to  regions  higher. 

*Hahn.  Monthly,  May,  1886. 


AI^UMNI    ASSOCIATION,  643 

These  are  the  themes  that  day  by  day 

Crowd  thickly  o'er  life's  pages, 
And  history  repeats  the  play 

Down  through  the  lapse  of  ages. 
Oh!  Time,  why  runnestthou  so  fast 

Towards  that  mystic  sea 
Whose  endless  waves  convey  the  past 

On  to  Eternity  ? 
Oh!  Time,  it  seems  so  short  a  space 

Since  I  within  the  halls 
Of  Alma  Mater  took  my  place. 

That  Memory  recalls 
(As  lightning  flashing  in  the  night, 

Far  o'er  a  dark  expanse. 
Discloses  with  a  brilliant  light 

The  landscape  at  a  glance) 
Each  kindly  act,  each  word,  each  look. 

Of  those  who  then  began 
To  people  pages  in  my  book. 

That,  though  a  gray -haired  man, 
I  feel  again — Oh!  let  it  last 

To-night  without  alloy — 
The  bounding  pulses  of  the  past, 

The  pleasures  of  a  boy. 
I  sit  again  and  list  once  more 

To  Matthews'  earnest  tones; 
Hear  Semple  filled  with  classic  lore, 

And  Gard'ner  on  the  bones. 
Dear  Williamson,  with  cheerful  face, 

And  thoughtful  Small  appear. 
Botanic  Freedley  in  his  place, 

Yea,  all  of  them  are  here; 
My  dear  old  uncle — Father  mine 

Throughout  my  student  days — 
And  Kitchen,  for  the  auld  lang  syne 

Delight  me  now  to  praise. 
Clinician  Neidhard  stands  to  view, 

With  Ivoomis,  Sims  and  Dake; 
To  Alma  Mater  always  true, 

I  love  them  for  her  sake. 

Again  I  turn  a  leaf,  and  then 

Rejoice  I  saw  that  time, 

For  then,  our  great  of  greatest  men, 

Lived  Hering  in  his  prime. 
Young  was  our  Alma  Mater  then , 

Her  scions  then  were  few; 


'644  AI^UMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

Are  these  old,  wrinkled,  care-worn  men 

The  laughing  boys  I  knew  ? 
As  retrospection  opens  wide 

The  page  I  dimly  see, 
For  overwhelming  is  the  tide 

That  floods  my  memory. 
Let  Silence  reign,  'tis  quite  as  well 

That  I  should  hold  my  tongue, 
'Twere  bootless  now  the  tale  to  tell, 

The  song  need  scarce  be  sung. 
For  many  friends  have  gone  to  rest, 

Some  whom  I  loved  full  well. 
The  brightest,  noblest  and  the  best 

In  youthful  triumph  fell. 
In  vain  we  call  them  from  the  gloom; 

God  bless  them  as  they  sleep! 
But  mem'ry  green  around  their  tomb 

Let  each  Alumnus  keep. 

And  as  my  book  its  story  true 

Unwinds  the  tangled  thread, 
And  thoughts,  and  acts,  and  actors,  too, 

Are  numbered  with  the  dead; 
"Undaunted  mem'ry  lingers  yet 

O'er  stories  sweet  and  old. 
Or  ponders  with  a  vain  regret 

As  destinies  unfold, 
And  show  how  blind  with  selfish  light 

We  oft  misjudged,  condemned,   ' 
Those  very  acts  now  seem  aright 

We  glory  to  defend. 
But  tears  are  worthless  to  the  dead. 

Why  contemplate  our  sorrow  ? 
Some  pages  still  remain  unread. 

The  present  and  to-morrow. 
The  Present,  yes,  this  leaf  we  hold. 

Let  friendship  rule  the  hour, 
For  friends  are  dearer,  far,  than  gold. 

When  clouds  and  tempests  lower. 
The  Present,  let  it  linger  yet 

With  fragrant  mem'ries  dear; 
It  soon  shall  fade;  its  sun  shall  set; 

Its  eventide  appear. 
The  mystic  time  e'en  now  is  fixed. 

The  shadows  deepen  fast; 
Few  fleeting  moments  lie  betwixt 

To-morrow  and  the  past. 


AI.UMNI    ASSOCIATION.  645 

To-morrow !  Who  is  here  to-night 

Would  dare  to  shift  the  scene, 
Or  gifted  with  weird  second  sight, 

Would  see  the  dark  unseen  ? 
What  spirit,  be  it  e'er  so  bold,  ^ 

Would  dare  its  fate  to  see  ? 
Who  could  unshrinkingly  behold 

His  own  futurity  ? 
We  know  enough;  both  thorns  and  flowers 

Are  strewn  o'er  paths  we  trod; 
The  Past  has  fled;  the  Present  ours; 

The  Future  leave  to  God. 

The  records  state  that  the  assembly  dispersed  at  a  late  hour 
(3  A.  M.)  delighted  with  the  evening's  entertainment. 

During  the  week  of  the  dedication  of  the  new  College  the 
Alumni  Association  held  a  reunion.  It  took  place  on  the 
evening  of  September  22,  1886,  in  the  new  College  building, 
lecture  room  No.  i  (the  large  amphitheatre  on  the  lower 
floor).  The  president,  Dr.  J.  H.  McClelland,  of  Pittsburg, 
introduced  the  Dean  of  the  College,  Prof.  A.  R.  Thomas, 
who  delivered  the  address  of  welcome,  urging  the  members 
of  the  Association  to  put  forth  every  effort  to  influence  the 
State  Board  of  Charities  and  the  State  Legislature  to  secure 
to  the  homoeopathic  school  of  practice  a  fair  share  of  the 
State  aid  which  is  extended  to  the  hospitals  of  other  schools. 
Dr.  McClelland  made  response.  Dr.  Pemberton  Dudley  then 
read  a  paper  by  Dr.  J.  P.  Dake,  of  Nashville,  Tenn.,  relating 
to  the  past  of  the  College,  its  early  history,  and  its  influence 
on  Homoeopathy  all  over  the  world.  Prof.  I.  T.  Talbot  then 
spoke  upon  the  present  of  the  College.  And  a  paper  by 
T.  G.  Comstock,  M.  D.,  of  St.  L,ouis,  was  then,  read  by  Dr. 
Van  Baun,  on  the  future  of  the  Institution.  Prof.  J.  W. 
Dowling,  of  the  New  York  Homoeopathic  College,  then  in 
his  felicitous  manner,  spoke  of  his  early  student  days,  of  his 
first  meeting  with  his  life-long  friend  Dr.  Helmuth,  and  gave 
other  interesting  reminiscences  of  the  past.  President  Mc- 
Clelland then  proposed  three  cheers  for  the  new  College, 
which  were  given  with  a  will,  after  which  those  assembled 
adjourned  to  Alumni  Hall  for  refreshments. 


646  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 


CHAPTER  III. 


to    II 


The  secretary's  letter  announcing  the  third  meeting  was 
issued  March  21,  1887.  In  it  the  Executive  Committee 
recommended  that  Sec.  4,  reading  as  follows: 

Art,  V,  of  the  Constitution,  be  amended  by  striking  out: 
Any  member  holding  office  in  the  Alma  Mater,  as  professor, 
demonstrator,  or  permanent  lecturer,  shall,  during  such  time 
be  ineligible  to  any  office  in  the  Association. 

It  was  suggested  that  a  new  and  revised  edition  of  the 
Constitution  and  By-Laws  be  published. 

The  committee  unanimously  decided  that  all  speeches  shall 
be  limited  to  twelve  minutes,  and  that  a  bell  be  tapped  at  the 
expiration  of  ten  minutes  to  warn  the  speaker  of  his  ap- 
proaching doom. 

The  sub-committee  has  arranged  to  hold  the  reception  on 
the  night  of  the  annual  meeting,  April  7,  1887,  at  10  p.  m.,  in 
Alumni  Hall,  situated  on  the  first  floor  of  the  new  College. 
To  meet  expenses  the  cards  of  admission  to  the  reception 
were  fixed  at  $2.00. 

At  this  time  the  secretary  reported  the  total  membership 
to  be  341. 

The  third  annual  meeting  of  the  Association  was  held  in 
the  new  College  building,  in  lecture  room  i,  at  8:30  p.  m., 
April  7,  1887,  the  president,  Dr.  J.  H.  McClelland,  of 
Pittsburg,  in  the  chair.  After  the  president's  usual  address.  Dr. 
A.  R.  Thomas,  for  the  College,  said  that  the  furniture  in  the 
College  building  had  been  fully  paid  for,  but  that  there  still 
remained  about  $10,000  unpaid  on  the  College  building.  Dr. 
Van  Baun,  for  the  Executive  Committee,  reported  that  with 
the  valuable  assistance  of  the  class  secretaries  many  a  miss- 
ing alumnus  had  been  found,  that  over  300  errors  had  been 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION.  647 

corrected  in  the  alumni  roll,  and  that  a  large  number  of 
names  had  been  added  to  the  list  of  applicants  for  member- 
ship. 

During  the  meeting  ninety-eight  new  members  were 
elected. 

The  recommendations  of  the  committee  were  acted  on  as 
follows:  To  change  the  Constitution  so  as  to  strike  out  all  of 
Section  4,  Art.  V.,  which  reads — Any  member  holding 
of&ce  in  the  Alma  Mater,  as  professor,  demonstrator,  or 
permanent  lecturer,  shall,  during  such  time,  be  ineligible  to 
any  office  in  the  Association. 

The  Executive  Committee  were  authorized  to  publish  a 
new  edition  of  the  Constitution  and  By-Iyaws. 

It  was  decided  that  it  would  be  a  happy  idea  to  give  the 
babies  a  reception  on  the  completion  of  their  collegiate  course 
and  by  this  means  afford  our  members  an  opportunity  to 
salute  and  welcome  our  new  brothers  on  the  very  threshold 
of  their  professional  career. 

The  committee  decided  not  to  receieve  any  charge  or 
charges  of  unprofessional  conduct  against  a  member  or  mem- 
bers of  the  Association,  unless  the  said  charge  or  charges  be 
made  by  a  member  or  members  of  the  Association  in  good 
standing. 

The  president  called  for  an  expression  of  opinion  respect- 
ing the  expediency  of  appointing  an  Alumni  Trustee.  Dr. 
A.  R.  Thomas  said  that  the  method  of  electing  the  College 
trustees  would  prevent  the  appointment  of  the  Alumni 
Trustee  without  changing  the  regulations  of  the  Institution. 
Dr.  J.  F.  Cooper  thought  it  better  for  the  College  authorities 
to  make  the  overtures  looking  to  the  appointment. 

The  reception  was  held  in  Alumni  Hall,  with  the  follow- 
ing programme:  Music.  Supper.  Address  by  the  presi- 
dent, J.  H.  McClelland,  M.  D.,  '67;  subject,  "Welcome  to  the 
Class  of  '87,  and  remarks  on  his  twentieth  anniversary." 

Address  by  Charles  W.  Benedict,  M.  D.,  '87,  "  For  the 
Babies.     Including  a  word  or  two  about  his  birthday." 

Address  by  John  W.  DowHng,  M.  D.,  '57,  "Balance  of 
Reminiscences  and  some  eloquence  on  having  reached  his 
thirtieth  milestone." 


648  AIvUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

Address  by  C.  E.  Toothacher,  M.  D.,  '51,  "  On  Behalf  of 
the  Dear  Old  Veterans. ' ' 

The  secretary's  letter  for  the  fourth  meeting  was  isssued 
March  15th,  1888,  as  follows:  "You  are  cordially  invited  to 
attend  the  annual  meeting  and  banquet  of  the  Alumni  Asso- 
ciation of  the  Hahnemann  College  of  Philanelphia,  to  be  held 
Friday  evening,  April  6,  1888,  at  Hotel  Boldt,  Bullitt  build- 
ing, Nos.  131  to  143  South  Fourth  street.  On  entering  the 
marble  hallway  take  one  of  the  north  side  elevators  and  it  will 
carry  you  to  the  entrance  of  the  auditorium. 

"  The  meeting  will  be  called  to  order  at  8:30  p.  m.  by  the 
president.  Dr.  John  W.  Dowling,  '57,  New  York  City. 
After  the  presidential  address  the  Executive  Committee  will 
report  progress,  and  will  hand  to  each  member  of  the  Alumni 
a  revised  copy  of  the  Constitution  and  By-Laws,  together 
with  a  list  of  the  names  and  addresses  of  the  Association. 

"Dr.  A.  P.  Williamson,  '76,  Middletown,  N.Y.,by  appoint- 
ment of  the  president,  will  deliver  an  address  in  memoriam 
of  our  fallen  comrades  of  the  past  year.  Dr.  John  K.  Lee, 
'51,  Philadelphia;  Dr.  Percy  O.  B.  Gause,  '81,  Aiken,  S.  C; 
Dr.  John  A.  Burpee,  '54,  Maiden,  Mass.;  Dr.  Titus  L. 
Brown,  '53,  Binghampton,  N.   Y. 

"At  9:30  o'clock,  to  the  accompaniment  of  Bastert's 
Orchestra,  the  members  and  their  guests  will  pass  into  a 
handsome  dining  hall  and  sit  down  to  an  ideal  banquet  by 
"  Boldt,"  the  caterer  of  the '"  Clover  Club."  At  the  close 
of  the  menu  three  or  four  five  minute  addresses  will  be  made, 
the  banquet  closing  with  "  Auld  Lang  Syne." 

"  The  Faculty  of  the  College,  ever  zealous  of  the  comfort 
and  pleasure  of  its  students,  has  claimed  the  right  and 
privilege  of  entertaining  the  class  of  '88,  and  will  present  to 
each  member  of  the  class  a  card  to  the  Alumni  supper.  The 
College  and  Hospital  will  be  thrown  open  all  day  for  the  in- 
spection of  the  Alumni  and  their  friends. 

"  Five  hundred  graduates  of  old  Hahnemann,  representing 
the  most  prominent  and  influential  members  of  the  homoeo- 
pathic profession  of  the  world,  are  members  of  the  Alumni 
Association." 

The  fourth    annual  meeting  was  convened  at  the   Hotel 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  649 

Boldt  at  8:30  p.    M.,  the  Second  Vice  President,   Dr.  J.  F. 
Cooper,  being  in  the  chair. 

At  this  meeting  the  revised  constitution  was  adopted. 

Dr.  h.  de  V.  Wilder,  '55,  moved  that  each  alumnus  of  the 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  be  requested  to 
present  to  his  Alma  Mater  a  photograph  of  himself  with  his 
autograph  attached,  also  the  year  when  he  received  his  medi- 
cal degree,  to  be  deposited  in  the  Archives  of  the  College. 
An  amendment  was  offered  that  a  short  biographical  sketch 
be  added.     The  original  motion  was  carried.* 

It  had  been  the  yearly  custom  to  present  to  each  guest  at  the 
banquet  a  tastefully  arranged  book,  containing  the  menu  and 
the  name  of  the  toast  master,  with  the  names  of  the  various 
toasts  and  the  members  who  responded,  but  the  menu  book 
of  this  Assembly  is  particularly  dainty.  It  is  in  gold  letters 
on  fine  white  paper,  tastefully  bound  with  blue  ribbon.  It 
contains  the  menu  page,  one  devoted  to  the  toasts  as  follows: 
"The  Alumni,  J.  W.  Dowling,  M.  D.,  '57;  The  Trustees, 
Hon.  Wm.  B.  Hanna,  D.  C.  L. ;  The  Old  Welcomes  the 
New,  Iv.  B.  Hawley,  M.  D.,  53;  Class  of  1888,  J.  C.  Clarke, 
Jr.  M.  D.,  '88;  Squibs."  The  next  page  contains  a  list  of 
oflficers.  Dr.  Dowling  was  not  present,  owing  to  serious  ill- 
ness in  his  family,  and  Dr.  W.  B.  Trites,  '69,  responded  to 
The  Alumni."  The  meeting  ended  with  singing  Auld 
Lang  Syne.  At  this  meeting  there  were  58  new  members 
elected. 

The  secretary's  letter  for  the  Fifth  Annual  Session  of  the 
Association  is  dated  March  15,  1889.  As  usual  its  invitation 
was  cordial.  Members  were  asked  to  send  photographs  of 
themselves  and  also  any  alumni  news  possible.  The  price  of 
banquet  tickets  was  set  at  $3.50. 

This  Reunion  was  called  to  order  by  the  President,  Dr. 
John  C.  Budlong,  '63,  of  Providence,  R.  I.,  on  the  evening 
of  Thursday,   April  4,  1889,   at  8  o'clock,  at  the  Stratford, 

*  It  may  be  stated  that  since  that  time  each  member  of  the  graduat- 
ing class  has  from  year  to  year  given  a  cabinet  photograph  with  auto- 
graph to  the  Colleg"e,  and  that  these  pictures  are  preserved  in  albums 
and  are  deposited  in  the  library.  There  is  as  yet  no  collection  of  the 
older  alumni. 


650  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION, 

corner  of  Walnut  and  Broad  streets.  Seventy-five  new  mem- 
bers were  elected.  The  necrologist,  Dr.  P.  Dudley,  '61, 
Philadelphia,  reported  that  five  had  passed  beyond  since  the 
last  meeting:  Drs.  Oliver  Perry  Baer,  '67,  Richmond,  Ind.; 
James  Kemble,  '80,  Philadelphia;  William  R.  Childs,  '63, 
Pittsburgh;  Henry  T.  Wilcox,  '81,  Youngstown,  O.; 
Edward  Reading,  '53,  Hatboro,  Pa. 

The  Association  adopted  the  following:  ''Resolved,  That 
the  Alumni  Association  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College 
of  Philadelphia  heartily  approves  of  the  Medical  Examiners' 
Bill  as  equitably  amended  by  the  House  of  Representa- 
tives, and  further,  that  we  will  favor  any  extension  of  the 
course  of  study  prior  to  examination  by  said  Board  that 
the  wisdom  or  the  Legislature  shall  approve." 

On  motion  of  Dr.  W.  B.  Trites  a  vote  of  thanks  was  ten- 
dered to  those  members  of  the  Legislature  of  Pennsylvania 
who  by  their  voices  and  votes  decreed  that  liberty  in  medical 
thought  should  be  held  sacred  in  Pennsylvania;  and  that  the 
protection  of  minorities  was  to  be  as  carefully  considered  as 
are  the  rights  of  majorities. 

Two  hundred  members  and  guests  sat  down  to  the  beauti- 
fully decorated  tables.  The  menu  cards  were  tied  in  the  left 
upper  corner  with  a  charming  bow  of  the  new  college  colors 
— bronze  green  and  old  gold — and  were  ornamented  with  a 
steel  engraving  of  the  college  building. 

The  banqueters  were  entertained  by  music  and  songs  by 
the  College  quartette  of  1889  composed  of  Dr.  George  W. 
Crock,  Philadelphia;  Dr.  Frederick  Van  Gunten,  Philadel- 
phia; Dr.  Herbert  L.  Northrop,  Seymour,  Conn.,  and  Dr. 
Clarence  J.  Wallace,  Camden,  N.  J.*  Dr.  J.  C.  Budlong,  '61, 
responded  to  "  The  Alumni;"  Judge  William  B.  Hanna  an- 
swered for  "The  Trustees;"  Dr.  Wm.  B.  Trites,  '69  answered 
for  "  Higher  Medical  Education,"  recalling  the  fact  that 
Hahnemann  College  was  the  first  to  adopt  the  three  years' 
course  of  medical  lectures.  Dr.  Hugh  Pitcairn,  '80,  presi- 
dent-elect, responded  to  "Medical  Legislation."  A  serious 
event  now  occurred.    Dr.  W.  H.  Bishop,  of  the  Class  of  '89, 

*An  original  "  Class  Song  of  '89  "  was  published.  The  words  are  by 
Dr.  H.  L.  Northrop,  the  music  by  Dr.  G.  W.  Crock. 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  65 1 

was  with  impressiveness  conducted  to  a  chair  upon  which 
he  was  assisted  to  stand;  an  empty  champagne  bottle,  alle- 
gorical of  bygone  days  of  "pap,"  was  placed  in  his  right 
hand,  and  the  poor  baby  alumnus  was  made  to  answer  for  his 
class. 

Dr.  J.  C.  Morgan  talked  on  "Glimpses  of  Medical  Progress, ' ' 
Dr.  Van  lycnnep  made  an  able  address,  and  Dr.  George  W, 
Smith  recited  an  original  poem — "  Our  College  and  Cause," 
after  which — Auld  Lang  Syne. 

The  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Alumni  Association  for  i8go 
(The  Sixth),  was  held  in  the  lower  lecture-room  at  the  Col- 
lege at  4:45  p.  M.  The  president.  Dr.  Hugh  Pitcairn,  '80, 
was  in  the  chair.  After  his  usual  address,  the  Executive 
Committee  reported  that  there  were  567  members.  Eighty- 
nine  were  elected. 

Although  the  menu  of  1889  was  tied  with  colors  stated  to 
be  College  colors,  bronze,  green  and  old  gold,  yet  at  this 
meeting  it  was  decided  to  make  the  College  colors  cardinal 
and  orange.  On  motion  of  Dr.  Wm.  H.  Malin,  '57,  it  was 
voted  that  cardinal  and  orange  constitute  the  Alumni  colors. 
Dr.  E.  M.  Howard,  '77,  presented  the  Necrologist's  report, 
mentioning  in  particular  the  sad  death  of  Dr.  John  K.  lyce, 
'69,  in  the  Johnstown  flood,  May  31,  1889.  The  following 
appears  on  the  minutes  in  regard  to  Dr.  William  B.  Trites: 

' '  Inasmuch  as  Dr.  Trites  was  a  member  and  officer  of  this 
Association,  and  was  identified  with  all  its  interests,  and  so 
often  the  jovial  and  always  welcome  speaker  at  its  banquets, 
and  having  been  so  actively  interested  in  all  matters  pertain- 
ing to  the  welfare  of  the  public  profession,  it  is  but  fitting 
that  we  should  place  upon  our  records  special  reference  to  his 
untimely  death.  Therefore,  Resolved,  That  we  hereby  pay 
our  tribute  to  the  memory  of  William  B.  Trites,  M.  D.,  Class 
of  '69,  and  place  on  our  minutes  a  statement  of  the  fact  that 
this,  our  departed  alumnus,  was  a  true-hearted  Christian  gen- 
tleman, an  able  and  forcible  teacher,  a  liberal  and  energetic 
worker,  an  honor  to  our  Alma  Mater,  a  potent  factor  in  the 
promotion  of  public  weal,  being  an  eminent  example  of  the 
true  physician  who  was  willing  to  sacrifice  himself  either  to 


652  ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

defend  the  cause  he  loved  from  its  enemies,  or  to  save  his 
patient's  life."  * 

It  will  be  noticed  that  this  year  the  Alumni  Association,  in- 
stead of  meeting  in  the  evening  at  the  hotel,  met  at  the  Col- 
lege at  4:30  p.  M.  This  change  was  necessitated  by  the  fact 
that  the  Commencement,  instead  of  occurring  in  the  middle 
of  the  day,  was  held  in  the  evening.  The  secretary's  letter 
for  1890  thus  announces  this:  "The  business  meeting  will 
convene  at  4:30  p.  m.  in  the  lower  lecture  room  of  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College,  Broad  street  above  Race,  and  the 
banquet  will  be  served  at  10:30  p.  m.  at  the  Stratford,  corner 
of  Broad  and  Walnut  streets.  This  departure  from  the  By- 
Laws  of  the  Association  is  rendered  necessary  by  the  inaug- 
uration of  a  new  policy  by  the  Faculty  in  holding  the  Com- 
mencement exercises  at  8  p.  m." 

At  10:30  p.  M.  about  two  hundred  members  and  guests  as- 
sembled at  the  Stratford  for  the  banquet.  The  menu  cards 
were  exquisite  in  design.  The  card  was  in  the  form  of  a 
crescent,  and  the  covers  were  of  white  celluloid  with  serrated 
edges,  the  front  cover  having  the  .words  "  Alumni  Associa- 
tion Hahnemann  College,  Philadelphia,  1890,"  in  gold  letter- 
ing. The  four  pages  inclosed  were  of  parchment  printed  in 
the  College  colors.  The  cards  were  fastened  together  with  a 
silk  bow  of  the  Alumni  colors,  cardinal  and  orange. 

Dr.  Hugh  Pitcairn,  the  president,  '80,  presided.  Dr.  J.  C. 
Guernsey,  '72,  was  toastmaster.  There  were  but  three  toasts 
responded  to:  "  The  Alumni,"  by  Dr.  Pitcairn;  "The  Col- 
lege," by  Judge  Wm.  B.  Hanna:  and  "Our  Babies,"  by  a 
member  of  the  graduating  class;  after  which,  by  requests, 
Dr.  A.  Korndcerfer  made  some  remarks.  There  was  or- 
chestral music  and  songs  by  the  College  Glee  Club. 

As  usual  the  members  of  the  graduating  class  were  invited 
guests. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  according  to  the  preamble  of 
the  Constitution  of  1885  it  was  permitted  any  ten  resident 
members  of  any  city,  county,  State  or  country  to  form  an 
auxiliary  association.     According  to  this  right  the  alumni  of 

*  Every  word  in  this  resolution  rings  true  to  those  who  had  the  honor 
to  know  Dr.  Trites. — Ed. 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  653 

Washington,  D.  C,  on  the  evening  of  November  28,  1890, 
met  and  organized  the  Washington  City  Auxihary  of  the 
Alumni  Association  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of 
Philadelphia.  It  was  stated  that  the  objects  are  to  more 
closely  unite  the  physicians  who  are  practicing  in  the  City  of 
Washington  who  are  members  of  the  parent  association,  and 
to  further  the  cause  of  the  Alma  Mater  in  every  way  possible. 
The  annual  meeting  will  be  held  in  March  of  each  year.  The 
following  officers  were  elected:  President,  T.  S.  Verdi,  M.D., 
'56;  Vice-President,  C  B.  Gilbert,  M.  D.,  '76;  Secretary, 
Wm.  R.  King,  M.  D.,  '81;  Treasurer,  L.  B.  Swormstedt, 
M.  D.,  '77.  The  Constitution  and  By-I,aws  of  the  parent 
organization  are  to  govern  the  auxiliary  when  not  impracti- 
cable. Much  enthusiasm  was  expressed  by  those  present,  and 
it  is  hoped  great  good  may  come  from  the  organization.  The 
following  members  have  been  enrolled:  T.  S.  Verdi,  M.  D., 
'56;  C.  B.  Gilbert,  M.  D.,  '76;  I..  B.  Swormstedt,  M.  D.,  '77; 
Malcoln  Cameron,  M,  D.,  '81;  Wm.  R.  King,  M.  D.,  '81; 
Edgar  Janney,  M.  D.,  '83;  Chas.  A.  Davis,  M.  D.,  '84;  B. 
Frank  Gibbs,  M.  D.,  '85;  G.  W.  N.  Custis,  M.  D.,  '88;  T.  h. 
Macdonald,  M.  D.,  '88;  C.  W.  Roberts,  M.  D.,  '89;  Marvin 
A.  Custis,  M.  D.,  '90. 

W.  R.  King,  M.  D.,  '81, 

Secretary. 

The  Washington  Alumni  has  a  very  tasteful  badge  of  blue 
ribbon  with  Washington  City  Auxiliary  Alumni  Association 
of  Hahnemann  College,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  upon  it,  and  orna- 
mented with  a  fringe  of  bullion  at  the  bottom. 

The  Secretary's  letter  for  1891  has  on  the  first  page  the 
new  pennon  of  the  College,  with  the  new  colors,  blue  and  old 
gold.  The  flag  is  in  the  form  of  three  triangles;  from  the 
staff  extends  one  of  old  gold;  on  this  is  the  word  "  Hahne- 
mann;" the  other  two  triangles  are  of  dark  blue  and  are  so 
placed  on  the  inner  as  to  form  a  double-pointed  pennon. 
Dark  blue  and  old  gold  have  been  the  colors  of  the  College 
and  Alumni  Association  since  1891.  The  envelopes  used  in 
sending  out  the  annual  letter  also  bear  crossed  pennons  in  the 
upper  left  corner.  And  on  the  banquet  cards,  in  the  upper 
corner,  they  have  since  been  printed;  while  the  single  pennon, 


654  AI^UMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

bearing  the  word  "  Hahnemann,"  has  become  the  emblem  of 
the  outer  page  of  the  letter. 

The  business  meeting  of  the  Alumni  Association  for  1891  met 
at  Alumni  Hall,  in  the  College  building,  on  Tuesday  afternoon, 
April  7,  1 89 1,  at  4:30.*  In  the  absence  of  the  president,  Dr. 
J.  P.  Dake,  of  Nashville,  Tenn.,  the  first  vice-president.  Dr. 
C.  B.  Adams,  New  Haven,  Conn.,  presided.  The  secretary 
read  a  letter  from  Dr.  Dake,  expressing  regret  and,  with  the 
following  kindly  words: 

' '  I  cannot  permit  the  occasion  to  pass  without  sending  you 
a  message  with  assurance  of  continued  loyalty  to  the  old  Col- 
lege and  of  sincere  esteem  for  those  who  may  be  assembled  to 
do  her  honor. 

' '  Looking  back  over  the  four  decades  I  realize  the  value  of 
the  start,  the  worth  of  the  right  impulse  given  me  by  in- 
structors, all  of  whom  save  one  are  now  resting  from  all 
earthly  labors.  I  still  cherish  their  memory  and  think  of 
their  efforts  in  my  behalf  with  feelings  of  gratitude.  On  the 
long  road  I  have  travelled,  in  the  many  combats  with  ignor- 
ance and  prejudice  in  the  general  profession,  and  in  the  many 
trying  times  on  the  field  of  practice — days  of  toil  and  nights 
of  anxious  watching — I  have  been  cheered  by  the  remem- 
brance of  words  uttered  by  those  devoted  professors.  I  trust 
the  noble  Neidhard,  the  single  survivor,  may  be  with  you  at 
your  Alumni  banquet. 

' '  The  retrospection  of  this  occasion  leads  me  to  say  to  you 
that  I  have  never  had  a  moment's  regret  that  I  entered  the 
old  College,  then  in  its  infancy,  and  that  I  took  her  diploma 
as  the  proof  of  my  qualification  for  the  practice  of  the  heal- 

*Since  1891  the  business  meetings  have  been  held  in  the  Alumni  Hall. 
For  some  years  the  Faculty  have  been  collecting  portraits  of  former 
members,  and  these  are  hung  on  the  walls  of  Alumni  Hall.  There  is  a 
fine  oil  painting  of  Hahnemann,  formerly  the  property  of  Dr.  H.  N. 
Guernsey,  and  presented  to  the  college  by  his  son,  Dr.  J.  C.  Guernsey, 
on  the  evening  of  September  21,  1886,  at  the  dedication  of  the  new  col- 
lege building.  There  are  oil  paintings  of  Constantine  Hering,  Jacob 
Jeanes,  Walter  Williamson,  Matthew  Semple  and  large  crayon  pictures 
of  Drs.  E.  A.  Farrington,  W.  B.  Trites,  O.  B.  Gause.  It  is  the  intention 
to  increase  this  collection. 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  655 

ing  art.     At  no  time,  in  no  country  and  in  no  presence  have 
I  been  ashamed  of  that  document. 

*  *  *  *  "  And  the  old  College  has  not  remained  in 
her  infancy;  she  has  been  growing  with  the  lapse  of  years, 
extending  the  term  of  her  sessions,  and  broadening  the  sweep 
of  her  curriculum,  so  as  to  stand  among  the  foremost  schools 
in  the  land.  *  *  *  *  In  closing  allow  me  to  offer  a 
sentiment  to  be  responded  to  by  my  venerable  friend.  Dr. 
Neidhard,  if  present,  or  in  his  absence  by  Dean  Thomas: 
'  Our  Alma  Mater,  may  she  continue  to  grow,  and  long  live  to 
bless  the  world  with  light  for  the  healer  and  comfort  for  the 
sick.'" 

At  this  meeting  it  was  decided  to  print  a  new  edition  of  the 
Constitution  and  By-Laws,  together  with  lists  of  names  and 
addresses  of  the  members.  It  was  also  decided  to  hold  a  re- 
union at  the  coming  International  Congress,  to  be  held  at  At- 
lantic City  during  the  next  summer. 

The  secretary  was  instructed  to  send  a  letter  of  congratula- 
tion to  Dr.  Charles  Caleb  Cresson,  '55,  on  his  arrival  at  his 
seventy-fifth  milestone  of  life,  and  to  express  to  him  the  hope 
of  the  Association  that  he  would  enjoy  many  happy  returns 
of  the  day. 

At  this  meeting  Drs.  T.  Y.  Kinne,  of  Paterson,  N.  J.,  and 
T.  Franklin  Smith,  of  New  York  City,  dropped  in  on  the 
services,  enlivening  them  with  apropos  remarks,  after  which 
Dr.  Thomas  spoke  upon  the  prosperity  of  the  College,  espe- 
cially in  clinical  work. 

Dr.  T.  M.  Johnson,  necrologist,  reported  the  death  of  seven 
members  during  the  year:  Drs.  C.  S.  Roberts,  '91;  L.  B. 
Hawley,  '53;  M.  M.  Slocum,  '55;  A.  A.  Roth,  '70;  Thomas 
Nichol,  '57;  D.  E.  Gardiner,  '57;  C.  E.  Toothacher,  '57. 

As  usual  election  of  officers  followed. 

After  the  College  Commencement,  in  the  evening,  the  mem- 
bers of  the  Alumni  Association  met  in  the  parlors  of  the 
Stratford  Hotel  for  an  informal  talk,  with  music.  At  10  p.  m. 
the  banqueters  entered  the  luxurious  dining  hall  of  the  hotel ; 
draped  across  the  wall,  near  the  head  of  the  table,  was  the 
mammoth  flag  of  the  Alumni,  in  blue  and  gold,  with  the 
word  Hahnemann  on  the  yellow  field.     Dr.  C.  B.  Adams, 


656  ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

Vice-President  of  the  Association,  occupied  the  seat  of  honor. 
After  the  coffee,  at  midnight,  the  company  was  called  to  order 
with  the  announcement  that  Dr.  Koerndoerfer,  who  had  been 
elected  second  vice-president  in  the  afternoon,  declined  to 
serve.  Dr.  Clitus  S.  Hoag,  '77,  was  elected  in  his  place. 
The  secretary  then  stated  that  it  was  necessary  to  establish  a 
date  for  the  term  of  service  for  officers,  and  proprosed  that  it 
should  commence  with  the  College  year,  October  ist,  and  end 
with  September  30th,  officers  holding  over  until  their  suc- 
cessors were  elected.     This  was  adopted. 

On  motion  of  the  Secretary,  Rufus  B.  Weaver,  M.  D., 
'honorary  graduate  of  the  Class  of  'gi,  the  founder  of -the 
Museum  of  Modern  Specimens  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  of  Philadelphia,  was  unanimously  elected  a  member 
of  the  Association.  He  received  an  ovation  and  responded 
in  a  happy  vein.  Dr.  Joseph  C.  Guernsey,  toastmaster  then 
took  the  chair.  Dr.  C.  B.  Adams,  in  the  name  of  the  Alumni 
Association  and  to  the  toast,  "Our  Alumni  Association," 
presented  to  the  Trustees  and  Faculty  of  the  College  the  large 
bunting  flag,  12  x  24  feet,  in  blue  and  gold,  the  College  colors, 
that  had  been  previously  draped  upon  the  wall.  The 
flag  was  received  by  William  C.  Hannis,  I^L.  D.,  in  a  neat 
speech  in  behalf  of  the  Trustees  and  Faculty,  to  the  toast, 
"  Our  College."  Dr.  Clarence  Jarrett  Lewis,  '91,  responded 
to  the  toast,  "  Our  Baby  Brothers."  President  Theodore  Y. 
Kinne  answered  to  ' '  The  American  Institute  of  Homoe- 
opathy." Dr.  Eldrige  C.  Price  was  to  have  sponken  to  "  Our 
Southern  Alumni, ' '  but  was  called  to  respond  to  ' '  The  Infant 
College  of  Baltimore,"  which  he  did  in  a  delightful  im- 
promptu effort.  Dr.  TuUio  Suzzara  Verdi,  president  of  the 
Washington  Auxiliary  Association,  spoke  for  "The  First 
Auxiliary,"  and  referred  touchingly  to  his  position  of  loyalty 
to  his  Alma  Mater  and  to  America.  Dr.  Wm.  Tod  Helmuth, 
the  poet-surgeon,  recited  an  original  poem,  "  Memories  of 
Commencement."  The  menu  card  this  year  was  bound  with 
the  new  colors — blue  and  gold — and  a  fine  steel  engraving  of 
the  College  graced  the  cover. 

In  June,   1891,  the  International  Homoeopathic   Congress 
met  in  connection  with  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  657 

at  Atlantic  City,  and  a  meeting  of  the  Association  was  also 
held.  The  Atlantic  City  Reunion  of  the  Alumni  Association 
met  on  Friday  evening,  June  19,  1891,  at  9  o'clock,  in  the 
ball  room  of  the  United  States  Hotel,  at  Atlantic  City.  The 
room  was  tastefully  decorated  with  bunting  and  plants.  Cov- 
ering the  wall  back  of  the  platform  was  the  immense  blue  and 
gold  flag  of  the  College.  Between  six  and  seven  hundred 
people  were  present  at  the  reunion.  Dr.  J.  P.  Dake,  the  Presi- 
dent, presided.  Addresses  were  made  by  Drs.  Dake,  Thomas, 
McClelland,  Hughes,  Kinne,  Talbot,  Cowperthwaite,  Fisher 
and  Pratt,  of  Chicago,  and  poems  were  recited  by  Drs.  Monroe 
and  Helmuth.  The  speeches  were  interspered  with  music 
from  the  band  drawn  from  the  Marine  Band  of  Washington 
City,  D.  C.  The  addresses  were  able  and  brilliant,  awaken- 
ing much  enthusiasm.  The  Alumni  and  their  friends  spent 
a  very  enjoyable  and  pleasant  evening.  There  was  a  large 
attendance  of  the  Alumni  from  other  colleges,  and  the  spirit 
of  good  fellowship  displayed  at  the  reunion  will  go  far  in 
cementing  together  in  close  friendship  and  brotherhood  the 
Alumni  of  all  our  colleges. 


43 


658  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 


CHAPTER  IV. 


i«9i. 

The  following  is  Dr.  Helmuth's  poem: 
MY  FIRST  PATIENT. 

BY  WM.  TOD  HEI.MUTH,  M.  D.,  OF  NEW  YORK. 

Recited  at  the  reunion  of  the  Alumni  Association  of  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  held  at  Atlantic  City,  N.  J.,  June  19, 
1891. 

What  can  I  say,  when  all  my  friends  to-night, 

Have  blazed  in  such  a  galaxy  of  light  ? 

What  could  I  sing  when  all  around  me  here, 

Is  redolent  with  music  in  the  air  ? 

What  can  I  do  to  raise  my  name  to  glory  ? 

With  your  permission,  may  I  tell  a  story  ? 

'Tis  not  a  story  such  as  doctors  tell 

A  dying  patient,  that  "  he'll  soon  be  well  " 

If  he — (all  medication  being  vain) 

Will  seek  the  dry  pure  air  of  distant  plain. 

Nor  such  an  one,  where  on  a  rainy  night 

The  door-bell's  rung  by  some  unlucky  wight. 

Who  cries  aloud,  "  Sir,  is  the  doctor  in  ?  ' 

To  tell  a  story  then  is  not  a  sin. 

This  story  then,  believe  me,  is  a  true  one, 

And  happened  to  myself  some  years  ago; 

It  therefore  is  most  certainly  a  new  one, 

I  never  having  mentioned  it  to  friend  or  foe. 

'Twas  when  I,  fresh  from  halls  of  learning, 

Believed  myself  a  great  receptacle  of  knowledge. 

As  most  young  men,  whose  eager  minds  are  burning 

With  lore,  all  medical,  received  at  college; 

I  thought  that  I  could  all  diseases  cure, 

Could  dish  out  medicines  for  aches  and  ills, 

That  no  one  need  a  single  pang  endure, 

If  I  stood  by  with  homoeopathic  pills.  \ 

It  was  in  Philadelphia — city  fair, 

I  lectured  once  and  practiced  physic  there, 

Sowed  my  wild  oats,  from  which,  dear  me,  I'm  reaping 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  659 

Disastrous  fruits,  more  bitter  for  their  keeping; 

'Twas  there  a  student  in  long  years  gone  by, 

Those  days  of  pleasant  memory  when  I 

Heard  from  dear  Matthew's  lips  the  truths  that  fell 

Of  our  great  system,  which  he  knew  so  well. 

Where  Gardiner  taught  us  on  a  simple  plan, 

"The  noblest  study  of  mankind  is  man;" 

Unfolded  to  our  wondering  gaze  each  hour. 

The  last  great  work  of  God's  creative  power. 

Go,  search  your  colleges  for  learned  men, 

Who  teach  anatomy  to  students  eager; 

List  well  to  their  instruction  and  e'en  these, 

To  Gardiner's  'twill  be  commonplace  and  meagre. 

There  gentle  Loomis  toiled  from  day  to  day, 
While  swept  the  golden  sands  of  life  away. 
Caught  the  last  twining  of  the  silver  chord, 
To  pour  out  knowledge  from  his  ample  hoard. 
Oh!  let  us  stop  and  drop  a  silent  tear, 
For  those  fond  memories  we  hold  so  dear. 
Let  recollection  tune  our  hearts  once  more, 
To  friends  forgotten  which  we  knew  of  yore. 
But  there  were  fellow-students  also  there. 
Who  now  have  grown  in  years  and  reputation; 
Who've  married  ladies  who  were  wondrous  fair, 
And  done  right  nobly,  every  man  his  share. 
To  medicate  the  nation, 

I  have  my  eye  on  one  whom  I  could  name, 

Who'd  slip  a  quiz  at  any  time  to  go 

And  exercise  the  muscles  of  his  fame 

By  rolling  ten  pins  in  a  street  below. 

I  see  another  who  on  clinic  days  would  be 

So  weary  with  his  labors  and  so  pale, 

That  he  would  fain  entice  a  company 

To  eat  fried  oysters  and  throw  dice  for  ale. 

But,  lo  !  I  see  the  blushes  on  these  doctor's  faces. 

And  worse  than  all  their  ladies  make  grimaces; 

Therefore,  although  what  I  have  said  is  truth, 

I'll  not  repeat  more  memories  of  my  youth. 

Well,  in  that  city  fair  of  which  I  tell, 
Amid  the  cares  of  life  there  once  did  dwell 
A  lady  of  the  far-famed  Emerald  Isle, 
Rheumatic  and  dyspeptic;  full  of  bile. 
Cross  as  two  sticks  and  with  a  temper  sour, 
The  doctors  having  tested  well  the  power 
Of  senna  and  of  salts  and  pills  and  blisters, 


66o  ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

Salves,  plasters,  cholagogues  and  clysters 
To  kill  or  cure  her — but  had  been  defeated. 
By  strength  of  constitution  being  cheated. 
She  sent  for  me  in  haste  to  come  and  see 
What  her  conditions  for  a  cure  might  be. 

I  tried  to  don  a  very  learned  look, 

Placed  'neath  my  arm  a  symptom-codex  book, 

A  fashion  which  in  Philadelphia  then 

Was  followed  by  most  scientific  men, 

But  which,  adopted  in  New  York,  would  be 

Considered  proof  of  insufficiency. 

It  was  a  bitter  cold  December  day, 

And  as  I  paced  the  hard  and  frozen  ground. 

The  winter  wind  with  icicles  at  play, 

Strew'd  glittering  fragments  everywhere  around. 

I  reached  the  house  in  expectation  rare, 
And  found  the  patient  seated  on  a  stool. 
From  which  she  turned  a  concentrated  stare. 
As  though  I'd  been  a  thief,  or  knave,  or  fool. 

I  drew  my  chair  quite  gently  to  her  side, 

And  to  her  wrist  my  finger  I  applied, 

Counted  her  pulse  and  with  a  cheerful  air. 

Said  quite  professionally,  "Hem!  quite  fair." 

With  soothing  accents  then  the  dame  I  asked: 

"  Will  you  allow  me  to  inspect  your  tongue?" 

She  blurted  out — not  liking  to  be  tasked — 

^'  Arrah  !  me  darlint,  but  ye're  moighty  young. 

I've  got  a  misery  in  me  side,  och  dear  ! 

It's  throubled  me  for  nearly  fifteen  year. 

Cure  me  o'  that,  me  darlint  honey, 

You'll  get  a  dollar  in  the  best  of  money." 

I  asked  each  symptom  and  observed  each  look, 

Wrote  them  secundum  arteni  in  my  pocket-book: 

Talked  more  about  her  rheums  and  aches  and  pains 

Than  Allen's  'Cyclopaedia  contains. 

And  then  requested  as  a  single  boon. 

That  she  would  bring  a  tumbler  and  a  spoon. 

T^here's  not  a  lady  or  a  doctor  here 
Who  does  not  know  these  scientific  facts. 
That  oftentimes  are  suddenly  made  clear, 
That  heat  expands  and  cold  contracts. 
That  if  we  bring  a  glass,  a  jug  or  pot. 
From  freezing  atmosphere  to  air  that's  hot, 
Then  the  attraction  called  "  cohesive  "  ceases, 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  66 1 

And  ten  to  one  the  glass  will  split  to  pieces. 
Now  this  old  lady's  crockery  was  kept 
In  a  cold  hall  adjoining  where  she  slept, 
And  as  she  brought  the  tumbler  to  her  seat, 
She  suddenly  exposed  it  to  the  heat. 

I  drew  my  tiny  vial  from  its  place. 
And  counting  dropped  "one,  two,  three,  four," 
When  suddenly,  oh  !  most  unlucky  case, 
The  tumbler  split  and  fell  upon  the  floor. 

The  Irish  dame  grew  purple  with  her  ire, 
She  started  from  her  seat  fornest  the  fire, 
There  swiftly  drew  the  poker  from  its  place 
And  screaming  brandished  it  right  in  my  face. 
"  Out  of  me  house,  ye  murthering  villain, 
Is  it  meself  that  you'd  be  killen. 
Them  pisen  drops  that  burst  yon  glass  in  twain 
Would  kill  me,  ere  they  eased  me  pain. 
Och  !  'twas  a  mercy  that  the  stuff  was  spilt^ 
Before  I'd  been  blowed  up  and  kilt." 

How,  when,  or  where  I  made  retreat, 

I  do  not  now  remember, 

I  found  myself  far  up  the  street. 

That  day  in  cold  December. 

I  felt  just  as  I  did  one  day, 

When  all  my  love  was  jilted, 

I  felt,  as  western  people  say, 

(Expressive  adverb)  "  Wilted.' ' 

But  every  rose  will  have  its  thorn, 
And  every  thorn  its  rose, 
There's  cob  in  every  ear  of  corn, 
There's  nightmare  in  the  doze. 
Our  lives  we  know  are  all  made  up 

Of  pleasure  and  of  pain. 

But  gall  and  wormwood  in  the  cup 

May  turn  to  sweets  again. 

And  so  what  then  o'erwhelmed  me  quite. 

And  gave  my  pride  a  fall, 

I  now  with  smiles  rehearse  to-night 

A  little  joke, — that's  all. 


662  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION. 


CHAPTER  V. 

1892  to  1893. 

The  secretary's  letter  of  March,  1892,  contains,  besides  the 
usual  announcement  of  the  alumni  meetings,  the  following 
enthusiastic  essay:  "  In  this  age  of  intense  activity,  competi- 
tion in  the  overcrowded  profession  of  medicine  is  keener  and 
fiercer  than  ever,  and  the  graduate  of  '92,  not  yet  conscious 
of  the  vastl}^  different  condition  about  to  confront  him  in 
changing  from  the  study  of  medicine  to  the  practice  thereof, 
will  find  the  need  of  all  the  moral  support  that  can  be  given 
to  sustain  him  in  that  trying  and  depressing  period  of  his 
medical  existence  between  commencement  day  and  the  day 
when  the  income  is  sufficient  to  meet  the  necessary  expenses 
of  life. 

' '  One  of  the  most  pleasant  duties  of  the  Alumni  Association 
of  *  Old  Hahnemann '  is  to  do  by  its  graduates  the  right 
thing,  in  the  right  way,  at  the  right  time.  Commencement 
day  is  an  epoch  in  the  life  of  the  medical  man,  marking  the 
beginning  of  his  practical  experience  in  medicine;  on  this  day 
he  joins  the  army  of  practitioners  and  becomes  one  of  the 
initiated — a  doctor  of  medicine.  It  has  been  the  custom  for 
years  for  the  Alumni  of  '  Old  Hahnemann '  to  assemble  on 
this  day,  in  Philadelphia,  at  the  old  College  home,  to  greet 
the  baby  alumni,  to  bid  them  welcome  to  the  professional 
ranks,  and  to  cheer,  stimulate  and  inspire  them  with  the 
spirit  of  true  enthusiasm  at  the  commencement  of  their  race 
over  a  course  not  strewn  with  roses,  murmuring  the  heart- 
wish  that  it  will  carry  them  to  a  successful  finish. 

"  Intimately  associated  with  this  duty  to  the  young  sons  of 
Hahnemann  is  the  opportunity  afforded  on  this  festive  oc- 
casion for  indulging  in  the  delightful  pleasure  of  being  once 
again  '  one  of  the  boys  '  and  join  the  college  songs,  and  lend 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  663 

a  voice  in  praise  for  the  magnificent  advance  made  in  late 
years  by  our  vigorous  Alma  Mater.  It  is  a  curious  fact  quite 
noticeable  in  those  whose  privileges  it  has  been  to  attend  one 
of  these  annual  reunions,  and  who  enter  into  the  spirit  of  the 
occasion,  strengthening  the  '  babies  '  with  words  of  encourage- 
ment and  assurances  of  continued  sympathy  and  support,  that 
the  lines  of  care  in  their  faces  became  softer,  that  the  wrinkles 
grew  smoother,  and  that  they  go  about  more  and  more  en 
rapport  with  their  daily  labor.  Come  and  try  the  experience 
yourself. ' ' 

The  business  meeting  of  the  Association  was  convened 
April  12,  1892,  at  4:30  p.  m.,  at  Alumni  Hall.  It  was  called 
to  order  by  the  president.  Dr.  T.  Griswold  Comstock,  '51,  of 
St.  lyouis,  Mo.  After  the  address  the  Executive  Committee 
reported  that  the  Association  was  flourishing  like  a  green 
bay  tree,  with  a  membership  of  735,  with  a  probable  increase 
to  over  800  with  the  day's  admissions.  There  were  eighty- 
two  new  members  admitted.  Dr.  Thomas  reported  for  the 
Faculty;  he  mentioned  the  importance  of  the  graduates  using 
their  special  degree  of  H.  M.  D.  in  addition  to  the  M.  D.  He 
said  that  bacteriology  had  been  for  the  first  time  added  to  the 
curriculum  of  study,  that  the  histological  and  physiological 
laboratories  had  been  improved,  and  additions  made  to  the 
Museum.  He  mentioned  the  coming  four  years'  compulsory 
course.  He  called  the  attention  of  the  Alumni  to  the  fact 
that  while  the  Trustees  empower  to  grant  the  degree  of 
doctor  of  medicine  and  also  of  doctor  of  homoeopathic  medi- 
cine, and  the  degrees  are  thus  conferred  at  the  public  com- 
mencements, M.  D.  and  M.  H.  D.,  yet  it  does  not  so  appear 
on  the  diploma.*^  An  expression  of  opinion  was  asked  by  the 
Faculty  as  to  the  advisability  of  so  changing  the  diploma. 
The  deaths  of  two  members  of  the  Faculty,  Profs.  Lemuel 
Stephens  and  C.  S.  Gauntt,  were  reported.  Dr.  G.  W. 
Smith;  necrologist,  reported  six  deaths. 

At  ten  o'clock  in  the  evening  the  members  assembled  at 
the  Stratford  for  the  social  reunion  and  banquet.    Towards  the 

"Both  titles  appear  on  the  diplomas  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical 
College  of  Pennsylvania.     Mine  dated  1S69,  has  M.  D.  and  M.  H.  D. — 


664  AIvUMNI   ASSOCIATION, 

close  of  the  banquet  the  table  was  called  to  business  order  and 
fifty- two  babies  of  the  year  '92  were  elected  to  membership. 
On  special  motion,  Dr.  Charles  G.  Raue,  upon  whom  had  been 
conferred  the  honorary  degree  of  the  College,  was  unani- 
mously elected  to  membership  in  the  Association  by  a  rising 
vote.  Dr.  Raue  replied  gracefully  to  this  honor.  There 
was  the  usual  orchestral  music  interspersed  by  songs  by  the 
College  Glee  Club,  with  an  occasional  escape  of  the  College 
cry. 

After  the  banquet  the  table  was,  to  quote  Van  Baun's 
account,  "  turned  over  to  the  tender  mercies  of  the  toast- 
master.  Dr.  Joseph  C.  Guernsey."  After  a  happy  intro- 
duction, T.  G.  Comstock,  M.  D.,  '51,  of  St.  I^ouis,  delivered 
the  President's  Annual  Address.  It  was  an  earnest,  faith- 
ful and  eloquent  appeal  to  the  physician,  and  especially  to 
the  young  physician,  to  make  his  life  an  example  of  progress, 
to  use  every  talent  for  the  advancement  of  medical  science,  to 
reach  to  an  ideal  nothing  short  of  the  most  perfect  methods  of 
cure. 

Dr.  J.  Nicholas  Mitchell  responded  to  "  The  Single  Rem- 
edy." It  fell  to  the  lot  of  Thompson  R.  Rice,  M.  D.,  '92,  to 
respond  to  "  Our  Baby  Alumnus."  To  see  that  towering 
form,  that  grave  and  medical  look,  that  six  feet  three  of  dig- 
nity, placed  on  a  high  chair  and  made  to  wear  a  cap!  His 
brother  babies  seemed  to  like  it,  however,  and  he  wagged  a 
ready  tongue.  And  "  Ex  Nihilo  Nihil  fit "  was  the  text  of 
an  exceedingly  happy  address  by  Dr.  W.  H.  Bigler,  '71.  Dr. 
T.  Y.  Kinne,  Paterson,  N.  J.,  president  of  the  American  In- 
stitute of  Homoeopathy,  responded  to  "  Our  Sweethearts  and 
Wives."  Dr.  Verdi,  president-elect,  gave  the  Association  a 
most  cordial  invitation  for  every  one  to  come  to  Washington. 
And  with  memories  of  Auld  I^ang  Syne  and  with  the  sweet 
melody  upon  their  lips  the  members  of  the  Alumni  Associa- 
tion each  went  his  way. 

Way  out  in  Oregon,  on  the  same  evening  of  April  12, 
1892,  there  met  at  the  house  of  Drake,  of  '73,  certain  alumni 
of  old  Hahnemann.  To  quote:  "  The  alumni  of  '  Old  Hahne- 
mann '  who  live  in  Portland,  Oregon,  had  a  little  celebration 
of  their  own   on   April    12,  the  same  evening  chosen   by  the 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  665 

Alumni  Association  for  its  meeting  in  Philadelphia.  They 
assembled  by  the  invitation  of  Harlow  B.  Drake,  '73,  at  his 
residence,  and  spent  a  most  delightful  evening.  The  meeting 
was  entirely  informal;  no  business  was  transacted,  no  papers 
read,  no  speeches  made,  but  each  one  present  tried  for  this 
occasion  to  forget  the  cares  of  professional  life  and  to  enjoy 
the  others  as  congenial  professional  men.  During  the  deli- 
cious supper,  which  occupied  most  of  the  evening,  reminis- 
cences of  college  life  Were  exchanged  and  stories  of  '  what 
I  did  when  I  was  in  college  '  made  the  time  pass  so  quickly 
that  it  was  midnight  before  the  alumni  bid  farewell  to  their 
genial  host  and  parted  with  regrets  that  such  occasions  do  not 
come  more  often.  Those  present  were  Harlow  B.  Drake, 
'73;  A.  S.  Nichols,  '76;  H.  P.  Ustich,  '83;  C.  L.  Nichols, 
'85;  Henry  C.  Jefferds,  '85." 

Dr.  Van  Baun,  permanent  secretary,  is  responsible  for  the 
following  postal  card,  dated  Philadelphia,  June  9,  1892: 
"  The  Alumni  Association  of  old  Hahnemann  will  hold  a 
special  meeting  at  Willard's  Hotel,  in  the  City  of  Washing- 
ton, D.  C,  on  Tuesday  evening,  June  14,  1892,  at  9  p.  m. 
All  Association  men  are  expected  to  attend  and  all  members 
of  the  Alumni  are  invited  to  be  present  and  to  join  the  Asso- 
ciation." The  genial  secretary  thus  chronicles  the  result  of 
that  postal  card: 

Ai,UMNi  Association  of  the  Hahnemann   Medicai^   College  of 
Philadelphia. 

The  Alumni  Association  of  "  Old  Hahnemann  "  held  a  special  meet- 
ing in  the  parlors  of  the  Association  at  Willard's  Hotel  in  the  City  of 
Washington,  D.  C,  on  Tuesday  evening,  Jnne  14,  1892,  the  Associa- 
tion being  the  guest  of  "  The  Washington  City  Auxiliary  of  the  Alumni 
Association  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia."  The 
meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  president,  T.  Griswo'd  Comstock, 
M.  D.,  '51,  St.  lyouis,  Mo.,  in  a  happy  little  address.  He  was  followed 
by  the  president-elect,  T.  S.  Verdi,  M.  D.,  '56,  Washington,  D.  C,  who 
is  also  the  president  of  the  Washington  City  Auxiliary  Association,  in 
an  address  of  welcome.  The  Washington  physicians  had  already  made 
everybody  feel  so  perfectly  at  home  that  anyone  else  than  Dr.  Verdi» 
who  is  always  happy  in  his  remarks,  would  have  had  great  difficulty  in 
holding  an  audience  with  this  subject.  He  was  more  than  equal  to  the 
occasion.  Dean  Thomas  responded  to  the  Alma  Mater;  and  in  response 
to  renewed  and  prolonged  calls    ' '  Secretary  ' '   Dudley  dwelt  upon  the 


666  ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

educational  requirement  of  our  colleges.  The  secretary  of  the  Associa- 
tion then  presented  the  names  of  four  gentlemen  who  applied  for  mem- 
bership, and  on  motion  Drs.  A.  I^.  Monroe,  '79,  lyouisville,  Ky.;  Amos 
D.  Krewson,  '89,  Philadelphia;  Upton  A.  Sharetts,  '83,  Frederick,  Md., 
and  A.  A.  Bancroft,  '69,  Staunton.  Va.,  were  unanimously  elected 
members  of  the  Association.  The  Washington  Auxiliary,  through  L. 
B.  Swormstedt,  M.  D.,  '77,  with  the  endorsement  of  the  Executive 
Committee  of  the  Alumni  Association,  recommended  to  the  Association 
for  adoption  as  its  ofl&cial  button  an  enamel  and  gold  button  with  back- 
ground of  white,  bearing  the  crossed  flags  of  the  Association  in  yellow 
and  blue  enamel  with  the  letters  "  H.  A.  A."  in  gold.  After  some  con- 
sideration the  button  was  unanimously  adopted.  (No  other  insignia  is 
recognized  by  the  Association.  The  button  is  a  very  attractive  one  and 
by  purchasing  them  in  large  lots  can  be  secured  for  one  dollar  each. 
Dr.  Swormstedt  has  very  kindly  consented  to  take  charge  of  securing 
the  first  two  hundred.  Members  of  the  Association  wishing  a  button 
should  send  their  natne,  address  and  07te  dollar  immediately  to  Dr.  Iv. 
B.  Swormstedt,  1455  14th  street,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C,  and  he  will 
mail  them  a  button  as  soon  as  they  are  made. ) 

Dr.  Wm.  R.  King,  '81,  at  this  point  of  the  proceedings,  on  behalf  of 
the,"  Washington  Auxiliary,"  invited  the  members  of  the  Alumni  As- 
sociation and  their  guests  to  adjourn  to  Parlor  L,.  On  motion  the 
meeting  adjourned  to  a  sumptuous  collation  and  did  full  justice  to  the 
abundant  good  things  spread  for  their  pleasure.  The  table  was  elab- 
orately decorated  with  cut  flowers  and  ferns,  and  an  excellent  band 
added  greatly  to  the  pleasure  of  the  occasion.  After  regaling  them- 
selves to  their  hearts'  content  they  unanimously  extended  a  vote  of 
thanks  to  the  prince  of  entertainers — the  Washington  Auxiliary. 

It  has  been  the  custom  since  1892  for  the  secretary  to  send 
a  printed  notice  of  the  meeting,  with  a  list  of  the  ofl&cers,  to 
the  editors  of  the  homoeopathic  journals,  asking  them  to  in- 
sert the  notice  in  their  journals. 

The  following  application  to  membership  has  also  been  in- 
closed with  the  secretary's  letter  each  year: 

[If  you  are  not  a  member  of  the  Association,  fill  up  the  inclosed  ap- 
plication blank;  if  you  are,  then  have  some  other  graduate  of  "Old 
Hahnemann  "  fill  it  up  and  join.] 

Alumni  Association 

OF  THE 

Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia. 

Membership  Fee,  |i.oo. 
No  Dues. 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  667 

Application  for  Membership. 

The  undersigned,  a  graduate  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of 
Philadelphia  {Homoeopathic  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania),  of  the 

year ; ,  and  practicing  Medicine  at 

,  hereby  makes  application  for 

membership  i7i  the  Alumni  Association  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  of  Philadelphia,  and  agrees  to  abide  by  the  Constitutiott  a7id 
By-Laws  if  elected  a  member. 

M.  D. 

Inclose  Membership  Fee  with  Application  and  Forward  to 
Permanent  Secretary, 
Wm.  W.  Van  Baun,  M.  D.,  1402  Spruce  St.,  Phila. 

Date. 


Philadelphia, i8g 

Received  of M.  D., 

One  Dollar,   Mem.bership  Fee,   for  the  Alumni  Association   of  the 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia. 

M.  D., 

Perm,anent  Secretary. 

The  Ninth  Anntial  Business  Meeting  of  the  Alumni  Asso- 
ciation was  held  in  Alumni  Hall  on  the  afternoon  of  April 
19,  1893,  at  4:30  p.  M.,  President  Tullio  de  Suzzara  Verdi  of 
Washington,  D.  C,  in  the  Chair.  After  a  few  graceful  re- 
marks, the  president  called  for  the  report  of  the  Executive 
Committee.  The  Association  was  said  to  be  in  a  flourishing 
condition,  with  a  membership  of  815  and  with  70  applicants 
for  membership,  making  the  complete  roll  885.  It  was  de- 
cided to  print  a  new  edition  of  the  Constitution  and  By-Laws, 
with  a  list  of  members,  with  addresses,  together  with  a  list  of 
•oSicers,  past  and  present.    (This  appeared  in  1894.) 

Prof.  John  E.  James,  Registrar  of  the  College,  in  the 
absence  of  Dean  Thomas,  spoke  for  the  Faculty,  reporting 
that  during  the  year  past  the  dispensary  department  had  been 
enlarged;  by  the  aid  of  private  subscriptions  the  north  base- 
ment room  of  the  Hospital  building  was  fitted  up  for  the  sur- 
gical department,  at  a  cost  of  $1,000,  and  now  gave  very 
greatly  increased  facilities.  That  ground  had  been  bought 
for  $3,500,  and  plans  nearly  completed  for  adding  a  greatly 
needed  maternity  department.  That  many  changes  and  im- 
provements in  the  already  too  small  dispensary  building  were 


668  AI^UMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

projected.  He  asked  physicians  to  see  that  only  good  men 
were  sent  to  the  College  and  warned  them  not  to  be  offended 
if  their  students  were  rejected  for  not  being  able  to  reach  the 
standard  of  examination  and  alluded  to  the  coming  four 
years'  course. 

Dr.  E.  C.  Price,  necrologist,  reported  the  death  of  but  two 
members,  George  A.  Hall,  '56,  and  Dr.  E.  E.  Davis,  '81, 
Resolutions  of  respect  were  passed. 

After  the  Commencement,  10  o'clock  found  the  members 
assembled  as  usual  at  the  Stratford.  Two  hundred  and  five 
sat  down  to  dinner.  At  the  close  President  Verdi  made  an 
excellent  address,  resigning  to  Dr.  W.  H.  Bigler,  toastmaster. 
Many  brilliant  speeches  were  made.  During  the  banquet  ex- 
Governor  Curtin,  the  famous  old  war  Governor  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, was  escorted  to  the  room.  Dr.  Verdi,  rising  to  intro- 
duce him,  said  that  in  1861  when  this  country  was  in  a  turmoil 
and  all  affairs  were  uncertain,  he  resided  in  Washington.  He 
decided  to  take  his  wife  to  Harrisburg,  Pa. ,  for  safety.  Hav- 
ving  done  so,  he  retired  to  his  hotel  for  rest,  but  was  shortly 
disturbed  by  the  Hon.  Thomas  A.  Scott,  late  president  of  the 
Pennsylvania  Railroad,  who  then  and  there  informed  him  that 
all  communication  with  Washington  was  destroyed  and  that 
he  (Verdi)  must  go  there  at  once  to  carry  a  message  from 
Governor  Curtin  to  the  then  Secretary  of  War,  Simon 
Cameron.  Dr.  Verdi  then  introduced  Governor  Curtin  in 
appropriate  words,  detailing  in  none  too  glowing  colors  the 
illustrious  services  rendered  by  him  to  his  country  in  its  hour 
of  peril. 

Governor  Curtin,  in  responding,  expressed  his  delight  at 
meeting  the  physicians  present.  As  to  his  services  to  the 
State  and  National  Government,  he  said  that  he  had  only 
done  his  duty.  His  only  wish  was  that  he  could  have  done 
much  more.  He  regretted  his  feebleness  of  voice.  Of  the 
War  Governors  he  was  the  only  one  living;  he  was  a  standing 
monument  of  God's  mercy.  He  enjoined  his  hearers  to  work, 
to  work  until  the3^  decayed.  He  himself  was  now  a  poor  old 
fossil.     He  retired  amidst  a  tumult  of  enthusiastic  applause. 

See  chapter  on  Hospital. 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  669 

The  set  toasts  of  the  evening  were:  ' '  The  Alumni, ' '  responded 
to  by  Dr.  Verdi;  "The  Trustees,"  by  Hon.  W.  B.  Hanna, 
D.  C.  L.;  "Samuel  Hahnemann,"  by  Dr.  J.  H.  McClelland; 
so  eflfective  was  this  address  that  Dr.  McClelland  received  two 
$100  subscriptions  to  the  Hahnemann  monument  at  the  close 
of  the  speech;  "The  Class  of  '93,"  was  responded  to  by 
(Baby)  S.  Sparhawk,  M.  D.;  "Medical  Progress,"  by  J.  C. 
Guernsey.  Addresses  were  also  made  by  Mr.  Geo.  C. 
Thomas  and  Mr.  Joel  Cook.  The  menu  cards  were  in  white, 
with  the  College  flags  in  embossed  colors,  with  the  letters 
"H.  A.  A."  beneath. 


670  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 


CHAPTER  VI. 


1894. 

The  secretarj^'s  letter  for  1894,  after  giving  the  usual 
announcements,  calls  attention  to  the  fact  that  it  is  proposed 
to  commemorate  the  anniversary  of  the  forty  years  devoted  to 
practice  and  teaching,  by  Dr.  Amos  Russell  Thomas,  by  rais- 
ing the  sum  of  $5,000  to  found  a  free  bed  in  perpetuity  in  the 
Hahnemann  Hospital,  to  be  known  as  "  The  Amos  RusseU 
Thomas  Free  Bed."* 

The  business  meeting  of  the  Association  took  place  at 
Alumni  Hall  on  Tuesday,  May  8,  1894.  The  president.  Dr. 
I.  T.  Talbot,  '53,  of  Boston,  was  in  the  chair.  The  Execu- 
tive Committee  reported  874  members  with  76  applicants,  a 
total  of  950  members.  Dr.  J  E.  James,  registrar,  reported 
for  the  Faculty  as  to  the  prosperous  condition  of  the  College. 
Dr.  Mohr  reported  that  the  amount  for  the  Thomas  Free  Bed 
•had  all  been  raised  in  three  weeks.  The  necrologist  reported 
eight  deaths  of  members  and  gave  short  biographical  sketches. 

The  following  by  Dr.  Van  Baun,  is  quoted  from  the 
Hahm.  Monthly: 

The  Banquet. 

The  two  hundred  places  of  the  banquet  board  were  filled.  The  room 
was  heavily  draped  with  the  blue  and  gold  bunting  and  flags  of  "  Old 
Hahnemann."  The  guests  were  entertained  with  old  College  tunes  and 
popular  airs  by  the  orchestra  and  frequent  songs  by  the  quartet  of  the 
Class  of  '94,  Drs.  Edward  S.  Grigsby,  San  Francisco,  Cal.;  David 
LeRoy  Merriman,  Lewisburg,  Pa.;  George  Hughes  Boone,  St.  Clair,  Pa., 
and  Frank  Walter  Brierly,  New  Brighton,  Pa. 

The  banqueters  were  called  to  business  for  a  few  minutes,  and  64 
members  of  the  Class  of  1894  were  elected  to  membership  in  the  Asso- 
ciation. The  evening's  exercise  partook  largely  of  an  ovation  to  Prof. 
A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  Dean  of  the  College,  in  honor  of  his  forty  years 

*  See  History  of  Hospital. 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  671 

of  service  as  a  lecturer  on  anatomy.  The  menu  consisted  of  a  brochure 
of  cardboard,  6x8  j^  inches,  tied  with  wide  white  satin  ribbon,  the  cover 
being  white  embossed,  the  words  "  Hahnemann  Alumni  Association" 
in  gold,  decorations,  the  College  flags  in  blue,  yellow  and  gold.  On 
one  leaf  was  a  handsome  steel  engraving  of  Dean  Thomas. 
Speeches  being  in  order,  the  president.  Dr.  I.  T.  Talbot,  '53,  presided 
and  opened  with  a  response  to  the  "Alumni,"  speaking  as  follows: 
Friends  and  Associates: 

We  come  together  to-night  not  in  any  spirit  of  pride,  boastfulness  or 
self-glorification,  but  rather  with  feelings  of  thankfulness,  gratitude  and 
joy. 

1st.  We  are  all  physicians.  When  we  speak  that  word  in  its  highest, 
holiest  associations,  what  is  there  in  hamanity  that  excels  it  ?  The  Son 
of  God  in  his  human  relations  had  no  title  which  more  endeared  him  to 
the  hearts  of  men  than  "The  Great  Physician."  When  he  made  the 
blind  to  see  and  the  lame  to  walk,  how  mankind  bowed  down  in  thank- 
ful adoration.  We,  too,  are  most  nearly  approaching  the  Master  when 
we  humbly,  earnestly,  faithfully  strive  to  follow  his  divine  example. 
To  those  of  us  who  even  now  are  looking  toward  the  sunset  of  life, 
what  moments  of  our  lives  have  been  more  completely  filled  with  grati- 
tude and  thankfulness  and  joy  than  when  by  our  efforts  death  has  been 
beaten  back  from  his  seeming  victim  and  loving  lives  have  been  con^ 
tinned  to  loving  hearts. 

To  those  now  in  the  morning  of  their  professional  career  what  can 
be  more  soul-stirring  than  the  opportunities  which  open  to  them.  The 
ever-expanding  pathway  of  life  rightly  followed  will  be  replete  with 
joy.  Have  we  not  reason  for  thankfulness,  one  and  all,  that  we  are 
physicians  ? 

2d.  The  times.  What  a  sense  of  gratitude  that  we  are  permitted  to 
be  here  at  this  period  of  the  world.  There  have  been  times  when 
medicine  at  its  best  was  but  a  jumble  of  ignorance,  mysticism  and 
superstition,  when  deception  was  practiced  and  many  a  life  was 
cruelly  stamped  out  by  attempts  to  exorcise  devils  which  nature,  left 
to  herself,  would  easily  have  removed. 

The  centuries  of  increasing  enlightenment  brought  more  of  wisdom 
and  knowledge  to  our  own  art,  and  science  came  in  to  lift  the  clouds 
of  mystery  and  superstition.  Have  we  not  great  cause  for  thankful- 
ness that  so  much  once  unknown  is  now  well  understood  and  that 
facts  have  largely  displaced  mystery  ? 

3d.  The  cause.  Have  not  we  special  reason  to  be  thankful  here  to- 
night that  we  are  homoeopathists ?  We  have  been  told  of  the  "cur- 
rents and  countercurrents  of  medical  opinion,"  how  medical  truths  go 
floating  on  the  changing  surface  of  the  ocean  of  speculation,  until, 
perchance,  landed  on  some  desert  island,  lost,  perhaps,  forever  or  for- 
sooth drowned  in  the  vortex  of  destructive  error.  This  coming  ai;d 
going  of  medical  fashions  or  opinions  has  been  compared  to  the  swino-. 


672  ALUMNI    AISOCIATION. 

ing  of  the  pendulum,  now  near,  now  far;  old  and  discarded  theories  be- 
come new  and  are  once  more  accepted.  Not  many  years  ago,  one  of 
the  distinguished  physicians  of  this  city  predicted  that  again  bloodlet- 
ting would  be  resumed  with  all  its  blind  infantuations.  How  often  the 
men  who  should  know  better  delve  into  the  past  and  endeavor  to  re- 
suscitate some  forgotten  or  exploded  medical  notion. 

We  are  now  fast  approaching  the  closing  of  a  century  at  the  begin- 
ning of  which  appeared  a  man  who  swept  aside  the  medical  errors  then 
rife  and  upon  darkness  and  superstitions  opened  wide  the  door  for 
the  light  of  truth  and  science  to  enter.  That  man  was  Samuel 
Hahnemann  ! 

The  advent  of  Hahnemann  was  not  a  mere  synchronism  with  ad- 
vancing knowledge.  By  his  patient  investigation  he  discovered  a 
great  and  guiding  principle  in  medicine  which  demolished  many 
vague,  harmful  and  false  ideas.  This  has  led  to  a  complete  revolution 
in  the  prevailing  notions  and  practices  of  the  times.  So  sweeping  have 
been  its  changes  that  it  is  not  strange  that  it  aroused  violent  opposi- 
tion and  bitter  denunciation.  But  through  the  century  homoeopathy, 
which  in  a  word  embraces  the  great  reform  in  medicine,  has  main- 
tained its  steady  progress  in  spite  of  all  opposition,  has  spread  the 
world  over  and  modified  and  greatly  changed  all  medical  thought. 
"  The  currents  and  countercurrents  "  have  not  diverted  its  principles, 
but,  like  the  river  flowing  to  the  sea,  they  have  swept  on  with  steadily 
increasing  force.  The  very  earliest  remedies  of  homoeopathy  are  un- 
changed. Aconite  to-day  relieves  the  same  symptoms  which  it  has 
relieved  through  the  entire  century.  So,  too,  of  Belladonna,  Nux 
vomica,  Phosphorus,  Mercury,  Arsenicum,  Sulphur  and,  in  fact,  the 
whole  Materia  Medica;  time  changes  not  their  value  and  efficacy. 

For  all  of  this  and  the  power  and  influence  which  belongs  to  it,  for 
all  we  are  and  all  that  has  been  given  to  us,  have  we  not  a  right  to  be 
more  than  thankful  here  to-night  ? 

We  are  here  as  physicians,  but  let  us  not  forget  likewise  that  we  are 
here  as  homoeopathic  physicians.  The  time  has  not  yet  come  when  we 
can  cease  to  emphasize  the  great  law  of  cure.  It  is  not  yet  universally 
accepted.  Old  prejudices  are  still  alive;  the  Octogenarians  have  not  all 
passed  away  and  sometimes  the  bitter  prejudices  are  instilled  into 
callow  minds.  Until  these  have  subsided  and  the  profession  calmly 
seeks  for  truth  alone  the  term  homoeopathy  must  remain  a  watchword 
for  the  truth. 

May  we  for  a  moment  in  looking  to  the  future  consider  our  in- 
dividual duties. 

We  need  not  dwell  upon  our  duties  to  ourselves — if  self-love  and  in- 
stincts of  safety  are  not  a  sufficient  protection,  words  from  any  source 
will  not  save  us;  to  our  patients — the  long,  watchful,  anxious  hours, 
the  minute-man's  service  by  day  and  by  night,  the  anxiety  of  friends, 
responsibility,  ambition,   reputation,   all  render  intense,  hours  of  the 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  673 

physician's  life;  to  the  community  whose  health  and  life  we  are  bound 
to  protect  from  danger.  All  these  duties  are  so  often  impressed  upon 
us  that  one  must  be  very  dull  if  he  does  not  recognize  them;  however, 
he  may  and  may  not  perform  them. 

But  there  is  one  other  theme  which  we  may  profitably  consider.  It 
is  our  duty  to  the  profession.  Public  and  private  charitable  institu- 
tions receive  our  fostering  care;  we  give  to  them  our  time,  our  skill  and 
often  our  money;  we  beg  for  them,  we  work  for  them  and  we  rejoice 
when  they  are  successful  and  the  poor  and  suffering  are  relieved  by 
them.  How  is  it  when  it  comes  to  the  profession  itself  and  the  insti- 
tutions which  tend  to  improve  it^the  medical  societies  and  colleges? 
Are  we  not  often  too  busy  to  devote  our  time,  too  tired  to  work  for 
them,  too  poor  to  give  our  money,  sometimes  a  little  too  jealous — but 
no,  we  will  rule  out  that  point.  What  physician  is  there  but  should 
contribute  of  his  time  and  thought  to  make  our  societies  more  valuable  ? 
If  they  are  not  what  they  should  be,  ask  yourself  if  it  is  not  partly 
your  fault.  Two  physicians  cannot  come  together  in  a  friendly  spirit 
without  both  being  benefited.  Sometimes  I  have  had  hard  feelings  to- 
wards an  associate  which  a  warm  clasp  of  the  hand,  a  few  friendly 
words,  or  even  a  toothsome  dinner  dissipated  forever.  Who  here  to- 
night bears  enmity  towards  any  living  being?  Let  us  then  cultivate 
the  warmest  friendship  in  the  profession  and  make  our  societies  a 
strength  instead  of  a  weakness. 

What  shall  I  say  of  colleges  ?  Is  there  anything  in  which  the  medi- 
cal profession  should  take  a  deeper  interest  than  our  medical  colleges  ? 
In  them  professionally  we  were  nurtured  and  raised;  from  them  we 
gained  our  medical  knowledge;  tons  they  gave  that  diploma  commend- 
ing us  to  the  world.  These  colleges  have  received  the  tender  title  of 
Alma  Mater.  But  what  have  we  done  for  our  Alma  Mater  ?  Have  we 
watched  with  sympathy  her  struggles  ?  Have  we  always  had  a  good 
word  for  her  to  strengthen  her  reputation  ?  Have  we  helped  her 
pecuniarily  by  founding  new  and  needed  departments  ?  Have  we  sent 
in  a  bank  check  occasionally  to  eke  out  the  scanty  recompense  given 
her  professors  ?  Have  we  interested  our  rich  patients  to  contribute  of 
their  wealth  to  the  improvement  of  a  profession  which  benefits  all 
humanity  ?  If  to  our  greatest  ability,  we  have  done  even  this,  then 
we  have  not  proved  an  entirely  graceless  son  to  a  tender  mother.  If 
we  have  not,  is  it  not  time  for  us  to  reform  ? 

The  spirit  is  now  abroad,  in  this  country  especially,  for  the  improve- 
ment of  medical  instruction.  The  low  standard  which  biit  a  few  years 
ago  the  profession  accepted  shoiild  bring  the  blush  of  shame  to  our 
cheeks.  But  it  should  make  our  hearts  bound  with  joy  that  the  future 
daily  brightens;  that  beginning  in  the  united  action  of  the  medical 
colleges  of  our  own  school  sustained  by  the  American  Institute  of 
Homoeopathy  we  have  taken  long  strides  in  raising  that  standard  of 
education. 

44 


674  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

To  us  here  tonight  it  should  be  our  greatest  joy  that  our  own  college, 
our  own  Alma  Mater,  the  mother  of  all  our  homoeopathic  colleges, 
should  have  taken  such  great  strides  of  improvement  and  have  come  to 
the  front  in  the  extent  and  thoroughness  of  her  instruction.  Long 
may  she  live  and  advance  until  she  shall  become  the  leading  medical 
college  in  the  world,  and  may  we  each  one  of  us  have  the  joy  and  the 
honor  of  having  assisted  her  in  her  glorious  triumph! 

After  the  applause  had  died  away,  President  Talbot  hap- 
pily introduced  Dean  Thomas;  calling  for  three  cheers  and 
a  tiger;  they  were  given  with  a  will.  The  class  of  94  rent 
the  air  and  made  night  joyous,  tinging  it  red,  with  a 
syren  accompaniment  of 

"  Rah!  rah!  rah! 
Rah!  rah!  rah! 
Hahnemann,  Hahnemann 
Sis,  boom,  ah." — Thomas! 

After  the  ovation  had  expended  itself  the  Dean  responded 
to  "  Forty  Years'  Service." 

Mr.  President,  Frietids  and  Fellow  Alumni: 

This  evening  has  been  to  me  one  of  such  astonishing  surprises,  and 
of  such  unexpected  expressions  of  appreciation  on  the  part,  of  my 
friends,  that  I  find  myself  quite  overwhelmed,  and  almost  powerless 
for  giving  expression  to  the  feelings  that  have  been  thus  induced.  I 
would  be  glad,  indeed,  were  I  able  to  find  words  fitting  for  such  an 
occasion,  but  fear  I  shall  utterly  fail  in  any  such  attempt.  That  I 
have  been  highly  gratified  as  well  as  surprised,  by  the  words  to  which 
I  have  listened,  I  hardly  need  say.  But  I  would  that  I  could  feel  that 
I  am  really  deserving  the  many  compliments  that  have  been  uttered, 
or  that  I  am  entitled  to  so  much  credit  as  has  been  given  me  both  in 
the  language  of  the  circular  sent  out  as  well  as  in  the  remarks  to  which 
I  have  listened.  But,  Mr.  President,  whatever  I  may  have  done  to  aid 
in  the  accomplishment  of  the  great  work  referred  to  to-night,  others 
are  deserving  of  equal  praise  and  credit.  It  is  true  that  what  my 
hands  found  to  do  was  done  with  might,  yet  iu  witnessing  the  accom- 
plishment and  completion  of  our  purpose  I  have  experienced  all  the 
happiness  and  received  all  the  reward  that  I  ever  anticipated  or 
deserved. 

I  have  felt,  Mr.  President,  that  the  young  men  of  the  class  of  '94, 
from  whom  I  have  been  so  much  separated  during  the  past  session, 
might  expect  me  to  address  some  remarks  especially  to  them,  and  say 
something  that  they  might  remember  of  the  occasion.  We  are  all  gen- 
erally interested  in  hearing  from  men  who  have  acquired  what  might 
perhaps  be  considered  as  success  in  life,  something  in  relation  to  the 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  675 

circumstances  which  led  to  their  career,  or  anything  which  might  have 
contributed  to  that  success. 

In  many  instances  I  think  it  will  be  found  that  trifling  incidents,  as 
they  appeared  at  the  time,  have  tended  to  divert  or  direct  the  stream 
of  events,  in  the  end  bringing  about  results  never  anticipated;  such,  at 
least,  has  been  the  fact  in  my  case. 

Quite  early  in  life  I  was  led  to  entertain  a  strong  predilection  for  the 
medical  profession.  This  was  greatly  increased  by  having  spent  a  sea- 
son in  the  family  of  my  uncle  Dr.  A.  R.  Avery,  while  attending  an 
academy  in  his  village  in  western  New  York.  Dr.  Avery  was  a  man  of 
position  and  influence  in  his  town.  He  was  much  respected  by  the 
whole  community,  and  became  my  beau-ideal  of  a  man  and  a  physi- 
cian. His  neat  white  cottage  with  its  green  blinds,  his  tasteful  and 
well  kept  grounds,  his  ample  library  and  noble  profession,  all  com- 
bined to  form  a  picture  of  life,  than  which  nothing  appeared  to  me  so 
desirable  or  so  worthy  of  aspiration.  My  path,  however,  appeared  to 
lead  me  in  another  direction,  and  at  the  age  of  25  I  found  myself  mar- 
ried, the  father  of  what  I  thought  a  fairly  promising  son,  and  as  I 
thought  settled  in  business  for  life,  as  a  member  of  the  firm  of  Spauld- 
ing  &  Thomas,  dealers  in  general  merchandise,  in  Ogdensburgh, 
N.  Y. 

The  business  of  Spaulding  &  Thomas,  however,  was  not  a  very 
flourishing  one.  Times  were  hard,  money  scarce,  profits  small,  and 
the  end  of  the  year  found  them  with  but  a  small  balance  on  the  right 
side  of  the  ledger. 

A  consultation  was  held,  which  resulted  in  an  offer  from  Spaulding 
to  either  buy  my  interest,  or  sell  his  for  a  certain  sum.  The  offer  was 
held  under  advisement.  The  diflSculties  of  arriving  at  a  conclusion 
seemed  to  increase  daily;  I  hesitated,  until  one  day  the  matter  was  set- 
tled in  a  most  unexpected  manner.  Having  occasion  to  visit  a  place  of 
business  two  squares  away,  I  could  reach  the  point  (our  store  standing 
on  a  corner)  either  by  turning  to  the  right  and  passing  down  Water 
street,  or  the  left,  passing  down  Ford  street.  I  stood  a  moment  in  the 
door  hesitating,  but  finally  turned  to  my  left,  passing  down  Ford 
street,  which  road  led  ultimately  to  Philadelphia,  and  to  this  time  and 
place  Had  I  turned  to  the  right,  I  should  in  all  probability  to-day 
have  been  selling  groceries  and  dry  goods  under  the  firm  name  of 
Thomas  &  Son. 

Thus  the  destiny  of  two  persons  at  least  was  settled  by  a  simple 
turning  to  the  left  instead  of  to  the  right. 

You  would  inquire,  how  did  all  this  happen?  It  was  in  this  wise.  In 
passing  down  the  street  I  found  some  laborers  engaged  in  excavating- 
for  the  foundations  of  a  new  building  intently  examining  something 
apparently  discovered  in  their  operations.  My  curiosity  led  me  to  go 
down  and  see  what  it  was,  when  I  found  they  had  exposed  an  old 
Indian  skeleton  with  various  trinkets  identifying  its  character.  I 
secured  the  skull,  took  it  home,  cleaned  it  up  and  examined  it  with  the 


676  AI.UMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

greatest  interest  and  satisfaction.  My  early  vision  of  the  country 
doctor  with  the  white  cottage  and  green  blinds  was  at  once  revived.  I 
soon  made  up  my  mind  that  my  opportunity  had  arrived,  and  the  next 
day  announced  that  I  would  take  instead  of  giving,  and  the  firm  of 
Spaulding  &  Thomas  was  immediately  dissolved. 

Six  months  later  found  me  a  student  in  the  Syracuse  Medical  Col- 
lege, from  which  I  graduated  in  March,  1854,  at  the  end  of  the  second 
course  of  lectures.  There  were  no  four  years'  courses  in  those  days, 
and  no  seven  months'  terms.  Not  a  medical  college  in  the  country  at 
this  time  required  more  than  two  courses  of  four  or  five  months  each. 

Just  here  a  little  explanation  becomes  necessary;  you  have  read  in 
the  circular  sent  out  that  immediately  after  graduating  I  came  to 
Philadelphia  and  commenced  lecturing  on  anatomy,  and  such  was  the 
facts  of  the  case,  and  this  was  the  way  it  came  about. 

The  students  of  the  college,  like  those  of  our  own,  had  an  organiza- 
tion by  which  different  members  of  the  class  were  appointed  to  quiz 
upon  the  several  branches.  Anatomy  fell  to  my  lot.  The  subject  of 
the  liver  was  one  day  up  for  consideration;  I  was  provided  with  ample 
means  for  illustration,  and  being,  as  I  felt,  thoroughly  prepared  on  the 
subject,  I  spent  the  hour  more  in  a  demonstration  than  in  a  quiz. 
"While  in  the  midst  of  my  subject,  who  should  enter  the  room  but 
Prof.  Newton,  of  the  chair  of  pathology  and  practice,  for  his  2  o'clock 
lecture.  He  took  a  seat  and  became  an  attentive  listener;  I  continued 
with  my  demonstration  under  some  embarrassment,  and  concluded 
just  at  the  tap  of  the  bell. 

As  the  professor  passed  me  in  coming  forward  to  the  lecture  stand, 
lie  said:  "Thomas,  I  wish  you  would  call  at  my  house  this  evening.  I 
would  like  to  see  you."  I  was  struck  with  astonishment!  What  could 
lie  want  to  see  me  for;  evidently  he  had  detected  some  error  in  my 
demonstration,  and  preferred  to  correct  me  privately  than  publicly. 
I  got  but  little  benefit  from  his  lecture  or  others  which  followed.  My 
mind  was  busy  trying  to  discover  where  my  blunder  had  been.  The 
day  finally  passed  and  eight  o'clock  in  the  evening  found  me  in  an 
expectant  state  of  mind  at  the  professor's  door.  The  doctor  received 
me  pleasantly,  and  after  a  little  conversation  said:  "Thomas,  you  ex- 
pect to  graduate  at  the  end  of  the  course;  have  you  any  plans  for  the 
future?"  "Yes,  I  had  in  view  a  small  village  in  the  western  part  of 
the  State,  where  I  hoped  to  settle  and  build  up  practice."  The  picture 
of  the  country  doctor  in  the  white  cottage  with  green  blinds  was  still 
in  my  mind. 

"But,"  says  the  doctor,  "don't  you  think  you  could  find  a  wider 
and  more  useful  field  in  some  of  the  cities  or  larger  towns?" 

I  did  not  know  about  that;  and  expressed  my  satisfaction  with  my 
present  plan. 

"  Have  you  never  thought  you  would  like  to  teach  some  branch  of 
medicine?"  inquired  the  doctor. 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  677 

"  That  was  something  I  had  never  thought  of,  and  felt  such  a  posi- 
tion quite  beyond  my  reach." 

"  I  listened  to-day,"  said  the  doctor,  "  with  interest  to  your  demon- 
stration of  the  liver,  and  it  struck  me  that  you  had  the  faculty  of  mak- 
ing a  difficult  subject  clear  and  plain,  and  that  you  would  succeed  as  a 
teacher  of  anatomy,  at  least. ' ' 

Our  conversation  ended  in  the  Professor  advising  me  not  to  be  sat- 
isfied with  my  then  present  plans,  but  endeavor  to  take  an  additional 
course  in  New  York  or  Philadelphia  and  prepare  myself  for  whatever 
might  offer. 

I  left  the  Professor's  office  with  a  lighter  heart;  my  favorite  picture 
of  a  white  cottage  and  green  blinds,  with  a  practice  in  the  country,  had 
wonderfully  faded.  But  how  was  so  high  a  mark  as  the  Professor  had 
set  me,  and  one  so  very,  vety  far  away,  ever  to  be  reached  ? 

But  a  few  days  subsequent  to  this  I  had  occasion  to  call  at  the  office 
of  another  member  of  the  faculty.  I  took  a  seat  in  his  waiting-room, 
as  he  was  busy  in  his  private  office.  I  carelessly  picked  up  from  his 
table  a  pamphlet.  It  proved  to  be  an  announcement  for  the  spring 
course  of  the  Penn  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia.  I  immediately 
became  interested.  In  looking  over  the  list  of  the  faculty  I  noticed 
that  the  position  of  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy  was  vacant.  Here  was 
an  opportunity,  and  it  must  not  be  lost;  I  must  apply  for  the  situation 
at  once.  I  consulted  with  Professor  Newton,  and  he  approved  of  my 
plan.  Could  I  secure  this  position  it  would  give  me  the  desired  oppor- 
tunity for  continuing  my  studies,  while  the  emoluments  of  the  position 
might  be  sufficient  for  meeting  my  expenses,  which  was  an  important 
consideration. 

I  secured  the  recommendation  of  several  members  of  the  faculty, 
made  my  application,  and  in  a  few  days  received  news  of  my  appoint- 
ment. 

Upon  my  arrival  in  Philadelphia  I  learned  that  the  Professor  of 
Anatomy,  Dr.  Hershka,  of  Brooklyn,  was  ill,  and  would  not  be  able  to 
assume  the  duties  of  his  position  for  a  short  time.  A  couple  of  weeks 
passed,  and  he  was  no  better.  It  was  now  suggested  that  I  should  give 
the  course  on  Osteology.  With  some  hesitation  I  consented.  I  well 
remember  with  what  feelings  I  appeared  before  the  class  for  the  first 
time.  My  entrance  to  the  lecture  room  was  without  the  usual  profes- 
sor's applause.  I  well  knew  that  I  was  on  trial,  and  that  a  verdict  of 
approval  or  disapproval  would  follow  the  close  of  the  lecture.  The 
verdict  came  in  a  good  round  of  applause,  and  from  that  day  I  never 
failed  to  receive  a  similar  recognition. 

The  course  on  Osteology  was  completed,  and  the  health  of  Professor 
Hershka  was  in  a  still  less  favorable  condition.  I  was  invited  to  com- 
plete the  course  on  Anatomy,  and  did  so,  and  at  its  close  received  the 
appointment  of  adjunct  professor  of  Anatomy. 

At  the  opening  of  the  fall  course  of   [854  the  condition  of  Professor 


678  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

Hershka  was  such  as  to  give  no  hope  of  his  assuming  the  duties  of  his 
position.  I  gave  the  introductory  lecture,  and  again  gave  the  course 
on  Anatomy.  Before  its  close  Professor  Hershka  died,  and  I  received 
the  full  professorship.  Through  the  force  of  circumstances,  therefore, 
more  than  from  any  special  qualifications,  I  commenced  teaching 
anatomy  the  year  of  my  graduation,  and  have  so  continued  since. 

Gentlemen  of  the  Class  of  '94,  if  there  is  any  lesson  to  be  learned  by 
the  recital  to  which  you  have  listened,  it  might  be  put  into  these  words: 
Let  your  aim  be  high,  whatever  your  hands  find  to  do,  do  it  with  your 
might;  seek  for  opportunities,  and  as  you  find  them  make  the  most  of 
them.  Success  surely  awaits  him  who  has  thoroughly  prepared  him- 
self for  it,  and  who  avails  himself  of  every  opportunity  as  it  arises. 

But  I  am  detaining  you  too  long.  In  closing,  let  me  thank  you  for 
the  many  expressions  of  good-will  I  have  received  from  you;  and  may 
success  and  happiness  crown  your  efforts.  To  my  colleagues  and  friends 
in  the  profession,  and  others,  I  must  express  my  appreciation  of  the 
great  honor  done  me  this  day.  While  I  live,  the  occasion  shall  remain 
as  a  bright  spot  in  my  life,  the  lustre  of  which  can  never  be  dimmed. 
May  you  all  experience  heaven's  richest  blessings,  and  may  our  beloved 
Alma  Mater  rise  in  usefulness  and  glory,  until  her  light  shall  illumine 
the  most  distant  lands. 

The  Hon.  Boies  Penrose,  of  Philadelphia,  was  the  next 
speaker.  He  recalled  many  pleasant  incidents  of  the  homoeo- 
pathic campaign  at  Harrisburg  in  maintenance  of  our  rights 
as  citizens  and  for  the  establishment  of  medical  liberty.  AU 
present  knew  of  the  valuable  assistance  of  the  fair-minded 
Senator,  and  he  was  warmly  applauded  in  stating  that  Penn- 
sylvania believed  in  equal  rights  for  all  classes.  Then  came 
the  infant's  speech,  after  the  lullaby  by  the  quartette,  with 
its  words  of  encouragement  to  Cooper.  Dr.  Wm.  H.  Cooper, 
of  Allentown,  Pa.,  spoke  for  the  "  Class  of  1894  "  in  a  strong, 
manly  address,  winning  the  smiles  and  commendations  of  his 
elder  brothers,  and  rousing  the  enthusiasm  of  his  classmates 
to  an  intensity  that  relieved  itself  by  seizing  and  placing  upon 
their  shoulders  the  speaker,  shouting  to  their  hearts'  content 
the  College  cry  so  dear  to  the  boys  of  "  Old  Hahnemann." 
It  is  only  on  such  occasions  that  one  realizes  the  wonderful 
"  college  spirit  "  and  the  intensity  of  the  devotion  and  affec- 
tion for  Old  Hahnemann  by  her  "  sons."  The  toast,  "  The 
American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy,"  was  ably  handled  by 
its  president,  Dr.  J.  H.  McClelland,  '67,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.  He 
clearly  demonstrated  the  reason  why  the  Class  of  '94  should 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION.  679 

follow  in  the  footsteps  of  its  elder  brothers  and  join  the  Insti- 
stute  as  a  class  in  June  next.  Dr.  McClelland's  effort  was 
greatly  appreciated. 

"  Medical  Journalism  "  called  from  Dr.  Charles  E.  Fisher, 
of  Chicago,  the  able  and  accomplished  editor  of  the  Medical 
Century,  a  speech  of  remarkable  brilliancy  and  effectiveness. 
The  recital  of  his  early  struggles  in  journalism  and  practice 
awakened  a  lively  interest,  and  showed  the  Class  of  '94  what 
hustling  can  accomplish.  Towards  the  close  of  his  speech 
the  speaker  gracefully  poured  a  broadside  into  his  auditors, 
complimentary  to  the  splendid  achievements  of  ' '  Old  Hahne- 
mann." Round  after  round  of  applause  greeted  him,  and 
above  the  din  came  the  old  familiar  "  Rah!  rah!  rah!  "  with 
a  ' '  Fisher ' '  attachment.  It  was  an  ovation  a  man  might 
well  be  proud  of. 

The  last  toast,  "  Our  Sister  Alumni  Associations,"  was  most 
acceptably  responded  to  by  the  genial  and  successful  editor 
of  the  North  American  Journal  of  Homoeopathy.  Handling 
his  subject  in  a  quiet,  scholarly  manner,  he  suddenly  lapsed 
into  reminiscence  of  the  previous  twenty-four  hours,  causing 
the  presidential  occupant  and  a  Western  editor  to  become  in- 
tensely appreciative  listeners,  deeply  absorbed  in  what  might 
possibly  be  said  next.  Resolving  itself  simply  into  a  question 
of  beauty,  the  Class  of  '94,  conscious  of  its  personal  merit, 
was  wildly  sympathetic.  The  speaker,  breathing  the  spirit  of 
goodfellowship,  brought  words  of  good- will  and  congratulation 
from  old  Manhattan  friends,  and  "Old  Hahnemann  "  united  in 
pledging  helpful  comradeship.  The  early  hours  of  morning 
were  beginning  to  grow  when  the  parting  came  with  Auld 
Lang  Syne. 

The  guests  of  the  evening  were  Judge  Wm.  B.  Hanna,  D. 
C.  I^.,  Geo.  C.  Thomas,  Hon.  Boies  Penrose,  Rev.  Dr.  James 
S.  Stone,  of  Philadelphia;  Dr.  Charles  K.  Fisher,  Chicago, 
editor  Medical  Century;  Dr.  Eugene  H.  Porter,  New  York 
City,  editor  7V(?r/A  American  Journal  of  Homoeopathy;  M.  W. 
Van  Denburg,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  Fort  Edward,  N.  Y.;  J.  B. 
Gregg  Custis,  M.  D.,  Washington  City,  D.  C. 

The  menu  card  of  this  red-letter  banquet  of  1894  is  an 
octavo   of   plain  white    bristol    board,   fastened   with    white 


68o  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

riband,  having  the  crossed  flags  on  the  cover,  with  "  Hahne- 
mann Alumni  Association  of  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of 
Philadelphia,  1894."  The  next  page  contains  a  beautiful 
steel  engraving  of  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas  with  his  signature.  On 
the  next  page  "  1 854-1 894.  The  Jubilee  Anniversary  of 
Forty  Years'  Practice."  The  three  following  pages  contain 
respectively  the  menu,  the  toasts,  and  a  list  of  ofl&cers. 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  68 1 


CHAPTER.  VI. 

1895   TO    1897. 

In  the  secretary's  letter  for  1895,  after  noting  former 
Alumni  Associations,  mention  is  made  as  follows  of  the 
growth  of  the  present  Association  of  the  Alumni:  "In  1884, 
immediately  after  the  College  authorities  decided  that  the  old 
Filbert  street  buildings  were  antiquated  and  unfit  for  the  pro- 
posed changes  made  necessary  in  adapting  the  curriculum  to 
a  four  years'  graded  course,  and  secured  the  Broad  street  site 
of  the  present  College,  sixteen  members  of  the  Alumni  met 
together  on  October  23,  1884,  and  discussed  measures  to 
revive  the  dormant  association  to  a  living  activity.  Avoiding 
previous  errors  a  plan  of  organization  of  the  utmost  flexibility 
was  adopted.  The  association  was  pleged  to  promote  the 
interests  and  extend  the  influence  of  the  Alma  Mater,  to  use 
every  effort  to  advance  the  cause  of  medical  education,  and 
to  reach  out  for  mutual,  intellectual  and  social  benefit.  A 
small  membership  fee  of  $1.00  was  required.  The  reunion 
and  social  expenses  were  so  arranged  that  they  should  fall 
equally  upon  the  members  participating,  thus  doing  away 
with  taxing  those  not  able  to  attend.  Ten  annual  meetings 
have  been  held,  with  an  ever  increasing  interest,  attracting 
the  Alumni  from  all  parts  of  the  world.  The  growth  of  the 
Association  has  been  of  a  sturdy  character,  rapidly  increasing, 
until  at  present  950  members  have  been  enrolled.  Death  has 
claimed  56,  thus  leaving  nearly  an  even  900  active  members." 

The  business  meeting  of  1895  was  called  to  order  on  Thurs- 
day, May  2,  at  Alumni  Hall,  at  4:30  p.  m.,  the  president  with 
Dr.  Asa  S.  Couch,  '55,  Fredonia,  N.  Y.,  in  the  chair.  Re- 
ports were  made  as  usual  by  the  Executive  Committee;  the 
Faculty,  by  Dr.  J.  E.  James;  the  Eibrary,  by  Dr.  Bradford; 
the  necrologist  reported  seven  deaths,  among  them  being  the 


682  ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

venerable  Dr.  Kitchen,  Dr.  O.  B.  Gause,  Dr.  William  A.  Reed 
and  Dr.  Charles  Neidhard.  Under  new  business  the  following 
telegram  was  ordered  sent  to  the  Alumni  Association  of  the 
New  York  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  and  Hospital,  in  ses- 
sion at  Delmonico's,  New  York  City:  "  The  Alumni  of  Old 
Hahnemann,  at  its  forty-seventh  annual  celebration,  pauses  in 
its  festivities  and  sends  greeting  and  goodfellowship  to  the 
Alumni  Association  of  the  New  York  Homoeopathic  Medical 
College  and  Hospital,  wishing  a  long  continuance  of  the 
prosperous  and  successful  career  of  our  sister  institution  and 
regretting  that  distance  alone  prevents  us  from  passing  the 
loving  cup  at  a  united  festive  board. ' '  Sixty-nine  new  mem- 
bers were  elected. 

A  letter  of  kindness  was  received  from  the  veteran  Dr.  T. 
S.  Verdi. 

On  motion  Mr.  Theodore  L,.  Chase,  superintendent  of 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  and  the  good  friend  of  all  her 
graduates,  was  unanimously  invited  to  attend  the  banquet  at 
the  Hotel  Stratford  as  the  guest  of  the  association. 

Two  hundred  members  and  guests  sat  down  at  the  beauti- 
ful banquet  tables,  the  hall  being  heavily  festooned  with  blue 
and  yellow  bunting  and  the  flags  and  pennons  of  ' '  Old  Hahne- 
mann." There  was  music,  and  there  were  songs.  The  glee 
club  was  there. 

The  committee  appointed  in  the  afternoon  to  take  action  on 
the  illness  of  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas  presented  the  following 
etter: 

"Philadelphia,  May  2,  1895.  Professor  A.  R.  Thomas, 
M.  D.,  Dean — Honored  and  Dear  Sir — The  Alumni  of  the 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  at  the  annual 
meeting  of  this  Association  held  this  day,  have  instructed  us 
to  tender  to  you,  on  their  behalf,  their  deep  sympathy  with 
you  in  your  illness,  and  their  profound  regret  at  your  enforced 
absence  from  the  exercises  of  the  annual  commencement. 

' '  We  desire  to  say  to  you  that  your  presence  at  these  fes- 
tivities is  greatly  missed  and  to  assure  you,  with  all  the 
warmth  that  words  can  express,  of  the  affectionate  regard  and 
good  wishes  of  the  whole  body  of  Alumni  of  the  noble  insti- 
tution over  which  you  have  presided  so  long,  so  wisely  and  so 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  683 

efficiently,  and  to  which  you  have  given  so  many  years  of 
distinguished  service.  That  your  health  and  strength  may  be 
speedily  restored  is  our  earnest  hope  and  prayer. 

"  AsaS.  Couch, 
"  Pemberton  Dudley, 

"  L.   H.   WiLLARD, 

"  Committee.'''' 

This  report  was  adopted  by  a  rising  vote. 

The  president  read  the  following  from  the  New  York 
Alumni:  "  The  Alumni  of  the  New  York  Homoeopathic  Med- 
ical College  and  Hospital  send  greetings  to  '  Old  Hahnemann, ' 
and  would  join  in  the  sentiment  to  our  brethern,  '  in  one  cause, 
with  one  leader  and  one  motive.'  J.  B.  Gregg  Curtis, 
Eugene  H,  Porter,  F.  H.  Boynton,  Committee^ 

Dr.  Joseph  C.  Guernsey,  toast  master,  then  introduced  the 
president,  Dr.  Couch,  who  responded  for  "  Our  Alumni  Asso- 
ciation." Judge  Hanna,  President  of  the  Board  of  Trustees, 
responded  to  "  Trustees,"  congratulating  the  graduating  class 
upon  the  happy  termination  of  their  labors.  H.  H.  Carter, 
'95,  assumed  the  responsibility  of  "  The  Class  '95,"  and  of  this, 
Van  Baun  says,  the  graduates  tried  to  look  unconscious  and 
succeeded  in  looking  warm.  Prof.  B.  F.  Betts  made  a  touch- 
ing farewell  address  as  retiring  prefessor.  He  was  followed 
by  Dr.  J.  E.  James.  And  then  Dr.  Bigler,  who  had  been 
made  the  butt  of  a  number  of  remarks,  now  ably  defended 
himself  to  the  dismay  of  his  adversaries.  Dr.  Theodore  J. 
Gramm,  who  had  been  appointed  to  the  chair  of  Obstetrics, 
responded  to  "The  new  Professor  of  Obstetrics,"  Prof.  Mohr, 
was  happy  in  reminiscences  and  President-elect  Willard  made 
an  eloquent  appeal  for  the  Hahnemann  monument.  Then, 
"Auld  Lang  Syne." 

The  Secretary's  letter  for  1896  reads  as  follows: 

Philadei,phia,  April  loth,  1896. 

Dear  Doctor:  The  Annual  Reunion  and  Banquet  of  the  Alumni 
Association  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia  will  be 
held  Tuesday,  May  5th,  1896. 

Your  Executive  Committee  would  respectfully  report  that  they  have 
unanimously  agreed  upon  a  radical  departure  for  the  banquet  of  this 
year.  As  usual  the  business  meeting  will  be  held  at  4:30  p.  m.  in 
Alumni  Hall,  Hahnemann  Medical  College,  Broad  street  above  Race, 
Philadelphia. 


684  ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

Your  committee,  appreciating  the  difficulties  experienced  by  many 
members  owing  to  the  late  hour  of  convening  the  banquet,  considered 
it  advisable  to  wait  upon  the  Faculty,  explain  the  situation  and  invite 
their  assistance  in  overcoming  this  objectionable  feature  by  changing 
the  hour  of  commencement  from  the  evening  to  one  during  the  day, 
thus  enabling  the  Alumni  to  again  enjoy  the  early  evening  for  ban- 
queting purposes.  The  Faculty,  after  considering  this  request,  reported 
that  such  change  was  inexpedient  at  the  present  time.  This  decision 
rendered  it  impossible  to  arrange  an  earlier  hour  for  the  banquet  than 
9:45  P.  M. 

Having  long  since  out -grown  the  capacity  of  our  former  banqueting 
hall,  the  committee  has  taken  advantage  of  the  accommodations  offered 
by  the  new  "  Hotel  Walton,"  situated  at  the  south-east  corner  of  Broad 
and  Locust  streets,  opposite  the  Academy  of  Music,  and  have  made  the 
hotel  the  headquarters  of  the  Alumni  for  the  day,  and  will  hold  the 
banquet  there  on  the  evening  of  Commencement  Day,  May  5th, 
1896,  at  9:45  sharp.  The  cost  per  plate  will  be  fo.50.  Each  mem- 
ber is  privileged  to  invite  one  guest,  either  physician  or  laymen,  for 
whose  expenses  he  shall  be  responsible.  Please  advise  the  Secretary 
at  your  earliest  convenience  whether  or  not  you  will  be  present, 
giving  in  full  the  name  of  the  gentleman  whom  you  intend  to  in- 
vite, if  any,  and  at  the  same  time  remitting  the  amount  necessary. 
Replies  withheld  after  Saturday,  May  second,  cannot  be  considered. 
Cards  for  the  Banquet  will  be  mailed  on  receipt  of  request;  they  can 
also  be  secured  from  any  member  of  the  committee ;  you  are,  however, 
requested  to  send  your  name  and  that  of  your  guest  to  the  Secretary 
so  that  he  may  have  ample  time  to  arrange  a  correct  list  of  names  for 
publication. 

The  Faculty  will  entertain  at  the  Banquet  the  Trustees  and  the  class 
of  '96,  and  they  extend  to  you  and  your  friends  a  cordial  invitation 
to  attend  the  Forty-eighth  Annual  Commencement,  to  be  held  on  the 
same  evening,  at  eight  o'clock,  at  the  Academy  of  Music,  south-west 
corner  Broad  and  Locust  streets. 

In  order  to  sit  down  to  the  Banquet  promptly  at  9:45  p.  m.  you  are 
asked  as  soon  as  possible  after  the  Commencement  to  cross  over  to  the 
"  Hotel  Walton  "  and  take  an  elevator  to  the  floor  of  the  banqueting 
hall.  The  cloak  room  will  be  found  convenient  to  the  assembly  rooms 
on  this  same  floor.  Please  present  your  banquet  card  for  admission  to 
the  assembly  rooms,  as  the  hotel  officials  have  been  instructed  to  admit 
no  one  to  these  rooms  without  a  card.  The  members  of  the  class  of 
'96  will  assemble  in  a  room  especially  provided  and  designated  for 
their  use.  Members  and  guests  are  requested  not  to  enter  this  room. 
The  Committee  frankly  states  that  these  measures  have  been  taken  to 
simplify  and  facilitate  arrangements  necessary  to  avoid  the  delay  that 
in  the  past  has  been  so  annoying  and  tiresome. 

Inclosed   please  find  a  copy  of  the  new  edition  of  the  Constitution 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  685 

and  By-Laws,  together  with  a  list  of  members  with  their  addresses.  In 
looking  over  the  same,  on  noting  an  error,  or  omission,  kindly  send 
-word  to  the  Secretary,  so  that  correction  can  be  made  in  the  next 
edition,  and,  in  case  of  removal,  send  your  new  address.  If  you  are 
not  a  member  of  the  Association  fill  up  the  inclosed  application  blank, 
if  you  are  then  have  some  other  graduate  of  "  Old  Hahnemann  "  to 
fill  it  up  and  join  with  us. 

Trusting  you  will  make  a  special  effort  to  be  present  at  the  reunion 
of  '96,  and  that  you  will  take  advantage  of  the  privilege  of  bringing  a 
^uest  with  you,  and  by  your  presence  indicate  to  the  new  officers  of 
the  Faculty  your  continued  interest  in  the  welfare  and  success  of  the 
old  Alma  Mater, 

I  am  yours  faithfully, 

Wm.  W.  Van  Baun,  M.  D.,  '80, 

Secretary. 

The  business  meeting  for  1896  convened  as  usual  in  Alumni 
Hall,  at  4:30  P.  M.,  Tuesday,  May  5th.  In  the  absence  of 
the  president  and  first  and  second  vice-presidents,  Wm.  H. 
Mahn,  M.  D.,  Class  '58,  Chestnut  Hill,  Philadelphia,  the 
third  vice-president,  presided.  A  letter  of  regret  from  the 
president,  h.  H.  Willard,  M.  D.,  '66,  Allegheny  City,  Pa., 
was  received  and  read. 

The  Executive  Committee  reported  the  Alumni  Association 
membership  to  be  1,110,  81  new  members  being  added  this 
meeting;  that  the  new  edition  of  the  Constitution  and  By- 
Laws  had  been  completed  and  distributed;  and  reported 
progress  on  other  work. 

The  Faculty  reported_,  through  Dean  Dudley,  as  follows: 

The  subject  taking  precedence  in  this  report  is  the  formal 
announcement  of  the  death  of  our  late  dean.  Dr.  Amos  Rus- 
sel  Thomas.  After  a  distinguished  service  of  twenty-one 
years  in  the  deanship,  he  departed  this  life  on  October  31, 
1895.  Though  he  had  just  passed  his  sixty-ninth  birthday 
anniversary,  he  had  retained  a  remarkable  degree  of  physical 
vigor  until  attacked  by  the  illness  that  terminated  his  honored 
and  useful  life.  His  loss  to  the  College  and  Hospital  can 
only  be  understood  by  those  who  knew  of  his  wise,  faithful 
and  long-continued  service,  and  especially  his  labors  in 
Tjringing  the  School  through  almost  unheard-of  difficulties  to 
its  present  exalted  position. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Faculty,  held  January  11,    1896,  the 


686  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

undersigned  was  elected  to  occupy  the  vacant  office  for  the 
remainder  of  Prof.  Thomas's  term,  which  will  expire  in  May, 
I  goo.  At  the  same  meeting,  Prof.  J.  B.  James,  who  had 
served  the  College  most  faithfully  and  efficiently  for  more 
than  ten  years,  expressed  his  wish  to  be  relieved  from  further 
service  in  the  position  of  registrar.  Prof.  James  had  months 
before  expressed  his  desire  to  be  relieved,  but  consented  to 
continue  his  service  at  the  urgent  request  of  Dean  Thomas, 
who  had  greatly  desired  to  retain  him  in  official  association. 
It  was  with  much  regret  that  the  Faculty  accepted  Dr. 
James's  withdrawal.*  Prof.  Charles  Mohr  was  unanimously 
elected  his  successor,  and  the  new  officials  entered  at  once 
upon  their  duties. 

It  is  gratifying  to  report  that  the  establishment  of  the  four 
years'  course  is  being  so  encouragingly  fostered  and  supported 
by  the  profession.  There  has  been  no  perceptible  diminution 
in  the  attendance  of  students,  and  the  Faculty  begins  to  ob- 
serve indications  that  a  little  further  increase  in  the  size  of 
the  annual  classes  will  begin  to  test  the  capacity  of  some  of 
the  departments  of  college  work.  Sooner  or  later  means  and 
methods  must  be  devised  for  the  extension  of  the  College  ac- 
commodations in  every  one  of  its  departments,  especially  in 
its  laboratory  work  and  in  its  library. 

The  classes  in  attendance  during  the  term  just  closed  were 
as  follows:  Freshmen,  77;  sophomores,  70;  juniors,  30;  seniors, 
83;  total  in  the  regular  course,  260.  Besides  these  there 
were  taking  partial  courses,  mainly  post-graduate  studies  in 
the  clinics,  13,  making  a  grand  total  of  272.  The  graduating 
class  numbers  75.  Total  Alumni,  including  the  graduates 
of  1896,  2,267. 

This  report  was  supplemented  by  that  of  the  Librarian, 
Dr.  T.  Iv.  Bradford. 

The  necrologist,  Dr.  Isaac  Crowther,  reported  that  there 
had  been  14  deaths  during  the  year. 

The  Bayiquet  was  held  at  the  close  of  the  Commencement 
exercises.     The  Association  having  long  since  outgrown  the 

*  It  should  be  stated  here  that  during  the  illness  of  Dr.  Thomas,  Dr. 
James  not  only  fulfilled  his  office  of  Registrar,  but  also  was  Acting 
Dean  of  the  College. 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  687 

capacity  of  its  former  banqueting  hall,  advantage  was  taken 
of  the  accommodations  offered  by  the  new  Hotel  Walton, 
situated  opposite  the  Academy  of  Music.  Two  hundred  and 
forty-six  men  sat  down  to  the  handsome  tables.  Lyman  B. 
Swormstedt,  M,  D.,  class  '77,  Washington,  D.  C,  presided, 
and  after  dinner,  in  an  exceedingly  graceful  speech,  he 
handed  the  table  and  its  guests  over  to  the  mercies  of  the 
Toast  Master,  Joseph  C.  Guernsey,  M.  D.,  '71,  Philadelphia, 
and  the  following  toasts  were  responded  to:  "  The  Trustees," 
Hon.  W.  B.  Hanna,  D.  C.  I..  "The  Class  of  '96,"  John  R. 
Redman,  M.  D.,  '96.  "  Homoeopathy  in  Municipal  Affairs," 
Hon.  Edwin  S.  Stuart,  ex- Mayor  of  Philadelphia. 

Drs.  J.  Nicholas  Mitchell,  William  H.  Bigler,  WiUiam  C. 
Goodno  and  William  B.  Van  Lennep  were  then  called  upon 
in  turn.  "  Retrospection,"  by  Weston  Dod  Bayley,  M.  D., 
was  responded  to  in  verse.  The  Hon.  Jacob  J.  Seeds  then 
spoke  to  "The  City  Fathers  and  Homoeopathy."  "The 
Dean,"  by  Pemberton  Dudley,  M.  D.  "  The  Perils  of  New 
York,"  by  Wm.  W.  Van  Baun,  M.  D.  "The  American 
Institute  of  Homoeopathy,"  by  Eugene  H.  Porter,  M.  D., 
of  New  York,  editor  of  the  North  American  Journal  of 
Homoeopathy  and  Secretary  of  the  American  Institute.  ' '  The 
Registrar,"  by  Charles  Mohr,  M.  D.,  and  "  The  Washington 
Auxiliary  ' '  was  responded  to  in  a  strong  and  happy  manner 
by  William  R.  King,  M.  D.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

The  Banquet  adjourned  with  singing  "  Auld  Lang  Syne." 
Among  the  gentlemen  present  were  the  "  babies,"  who  were 
very  much  in  evidence,  fresh  from  the  commencement  exer- 
cises at  the  Academy  of  Music;  they  were  the  pet  guests, 
and  the  diners  did  their  best  to  show  the  youngsters  how 
jolly  and  bright  real  doctors — with  practices — could  be.  The 
guests  who  sat  down  at  the  President's  table  were  Hon. 
Edwin  S.  Stuart,  John  E.  Baird,  George  C.  Thomas,  Dr. 
Eugene  H.  Porter,  New  York;  William  D.  Kelley,  President 
of  St.  lyuke's  Hospital,  Philadelphia;  George  S.  Strawbridge, 
Cadwallader  Biddle,  Mahlon  H.  Dickinson,  Rev.  Allen  B. 
Philputt,  D.  D.,  William  G.  Foulke,  James  C.  Mcx\llister, 
WiUiam  C.  Hannis,  Dr.  George  W.  Roberts,  New  York,^of 
the  North  Am^erican  Journal  of  Homoeopathy ;  Dr.  George  I, 


688  ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

Mcl/eod,  Richard  F.  Loper,  Harry  S.  Hopper,  J.  Park  Pos- 
tles,  Wilmington;  Charles  Piatt,  Ph.  D.,  F.  C.  S.,  John  B. 
Garrison,  M.  D.,  of  New  York,  Treasurer  of  the  Alumni 
Association  of  the  New  York  Homoeopathic  Medical  College 
and  Hospital;  Walter  E.  Hering,  John  H.  Deamly,  G. 
Kuemmerle,  Albert  H.  Coombs,  Elmer,  N.  J.;  James  T. 
Lang,  Hon.  Jacob  J.  Seeds,  Hartman  K.  Gilgore,  E.  M. 
Wallington,  Vineland,  N.  J. 

The  menu  card  for  this  year  is  a  tastefully  decorated  de- 
sign in  white  bearing  the  flags  and  fastened  with  white 
riband.     It  contains  a  steel  plate  of  Samuel  Hahnemann. 

The  letter  for  1897  calls  attention  to  the  Jubilee  Year  of 
1898,  as  follows: 

Your  attention  is  especially  invited  to  the  Fiftieth  Anniversary 
OF  THE  Hahnemann  Medicai,  Coli^EGE  which  will  occur  in  the 
spring  of  1898.  The  wealth  of  college  history  of  the  half  century  be- 
ing too  valuable  to  be  lost  and  the  Ai^umni  Association  desiring  to 
fittingly  celebrate  in  a  distinctive  manner  the  Golden  JubilEE  of  the 
College  has  undertaken,  with  your  assistance,  to  publish  a  historical 
hand-book  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  from  its  organization  in 
1848  to  1898,  and  to  th's  end  the  Executive  Committee  has  secured  the 
valuable  services  of  Historian  Bradford,  of  the  Class  of  '69,  who  is  the 
I/ibrarian  of  the  College,  and  I^ecturer  on  the  History  of  Medicine, 
author  of  the  "  Life  of  Hahnemann,"  "  The  Early  Provers,"  etc.  Dr. 
Thomas  L.  Bradford  for  years  has  been  accumulating  data  for  such  a 
history  and  he  has  undertaken  to  prepare  and  have  ready  for  delivery 
in  1898  A  History  of  Hahnemann  Medicai.  ColIvEGE  of  Philadel- 
phia, a  prospectus  of  which  will  be  found  inclosed.  In  order  to  assure 
the  publication  of  the  book,  an  illustrated  volume  of  500  to  600  pages, 
in  an  edition  of  one  thousand  copies  at  $3.50  per  copy,  it  will  be  neces- 
sary to  have  beforehand  750  subscriptions.  Of  this  number  the  College 
Faculty  has  subscribed  for  100  copies  for  distribution  among  the  college 
and  public  libraries  of  the  world.  Such  a  book  wiil  undoubtedly  in- 
terest you  and  claim  your  assistance,  which  will  be  most  practically 
shown  by  filling  up  the  inclosed  Subscription  Blank  for  one  or  more 
copies  and  sending  it  at  once  to  the  Secretary.  The  time  for  prepara- 
tion being  short,  it  is  necessary  to  decide  immediately  if  the  work  is  to 
be  published. 

If  you  are  the  possessor  of  any  old  cherished  scrap  of  history — suit- 
able for  incorporation  in  the  text  of  the  work — you  are  solicited  to  for- 
ward it  to  the  Secretary  for  the  use  of  Dr.  Bradford. 

Hoping  to  receive  your  subscription  for  the  "  History  "  and  to  have 
the  pleasure  of  seeing  you  at  the  reunion  and  banquet, 
I  am  yours  respectfully, 

Wm.  W.  Van  Baun,  M.  D..  '80, 

Secretary. 


AIvUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  689 

The  business  meeting  of  the  Alumni  Association  for  1897 
was  held  in  Alumni  Hall  on  Wednesday,  May  12th,  at  the 
usual  hour,  the  president,  Dr.  C.  B.  Adams,  '72,  New 
Haven,  Conn.,  in  the  Chair.  The  Executive  Committee  re- 
ported an  active  membership  of  1,200  and  advised  a  new  edi- 
tion of  Constitution  and  By-Laws  for  1898.  Forty-three  new 
names  were  presented  for  election.  It  was  decided  to  hold  a 
reunion  in  Buffilo  during  the  meeting  of  the  American  Insti- 
tute of  Homoeopathy  in  June. 

The  Faculty  Report  was  then  made  by  Dean  Pemberton 
Dudley,  M.  D.  He  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  class 
just  graduating  completes  the  transit  of  the  College  from  the 
three  to  the  four  years'  course  of  study.  The  College  Li- 
brary, he  said,  has  been  greatly  improved  during  the  pasl 
summer.  The  shelves  have  been  extended  to  the  ceiling, 
and  the  books  have  been  reclassified  and  the  name  of  the  sub- 
ject placed  over  each  compartment.  The  alumni  were  urged 
to  donate  journals,  reports  of  hospitals,  etc  ,  to  it  for  future 
reference. 

Improvements  have  been  mide  in  the  accommodations  and 
equipment  of  the  College,  particularly  in  the  departments  de- 
voted to  practical  work  in  histology,  pathology,  and  bacteri- 
ology. The  present  laboratory  has  been  enlarged,  and  a  new 
and  powerful  projecting  microscope  procured.  Still  further 
enlargement  of  the  laboratory  facilities,  as  well  as  an  impor- 
tant extension  of  clinical  work  for  the  graduating  class,  is  in 
contemplation.  These  additions  will  test  to  the  utmost  the 
accommodations  of  the  College  and  clinical  buildings,  which 
it  was  expected  would  meet  every  possible  requiremeat  for  at 
least  a  quarter  of  a  century. 

The  subject  of  the  preliminary  qualifications  confronts  us 
always,  the  Dean  continued,  just  as  it  confronts  all  the  better 
classes  of  medical  schools.  The  student  of  medicine  needs 
preparation  in  the  philosophy  of  induction  and  deduction  as 
they  apply  to  investigation  of  the  materials  and  forces  of 
nature.  He  must  include  mensuration  in  his  mathematics. 
He  requires  preparatory  studies  in  general  physics  (in  which 
he  should  be  a  proficient),  in  general  chemistry,  in  general 
biology,  botany  and  zoology.  The  recent  developments  in 
45 


690  ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

public  hygiene  demand  elementary  studies  in  geology  and 
climatology.  Add  to  this  list  a  general  outline  of  the  whole 
of  human  anatomy  and  of  human  physiology. 

The  field  from  which  nearly  all  the  students  of  the  College 
come,  and  to  which  they  nearly  all  return,  includes  the  States 
of  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey  and  Delaware.  There  are  now 
practicing  in  this  field  1,260  homoeopathic  physicians,  or,  ap- 
proximately, I  to  every  6,000  of  population.  In  order  to 
keep  up  this  proportion  of  i  physician  to  every  6,000  of  pop- 
ulation we  must  furnish  42  new  men  to  cover  those  lost  by 
death,  and  25  in  addition  to  cover  the  increase  of  population. 
In  these  three  States  600  towns  exist,  with  a  population  of 
600  and  upwards,  in  which  Homoeopathy  has  no  representa- 
tive. 

The  report  was  accepted  with  the  thanks  of  the  Associa- 
tion. 

Dr.  William  H.  Keim,  in  view  of  the  contemplated  retire- 
ment of  Dr.  Van  Baun  as  secretary,  offered  the  following 
resolution,  which  unanimously  carried: 

Resolved,  That  a  unanimous  vote  of  thanks  be  tendered  to 
Dr.  William  W.  Van  Baun,  the  retiring  secretary,  for  the 
able,  courteous,  and  indefatigable  manner  in  which  he  has 
performed  the  duties  of  secretary  of  this  Association  from  its 
organization  to  the  present  time,  a  period  of  twelve  years. 

We  desire  to  record  that  we  believe  the  success  of  this 
organization  has  been  largely  due  to  his  unceasing  devotion 
to  its  interests;  and  we  deeply  regret  his  determination  to 
retire  from  the  office  he  has  filled  so  honorably  and  satisfac- 
torily. 

Dr.  Albert  S.  Atkinson,  '93,  Baltimore,  moved  that  the 
class  secretaries  be  instructed  to  furnish  the  permanent  secre- 
tary with  a  corrected  list  of  addresses  of  the  members  of  their 
class.     Carried. 

The  annual  dinner  of  the  Hahnemann  Alumni  Association 
was  held  at  10  p.  m.  in  the  large  dining-room  on  the  tenth 
floor  of  the  Hotel  Walton,  where  two  tables,  running  the  en- 
tire length  of  the  room,  and  another  L-shaped  board,  extend- 
ing around  the  sides  of  the  room,  were  occupied  by  the  grad- 
uates of   Hahnemann.       The  tables  were  prettily  decorated 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  69 1  - 

with  clusters  of  Jacqueminot  roses,  pinks,  and  other  flowers. 
President  C.  B.  Adams,  '72,  New  Haven,  Conn.,  presided. 
Seated  on  either  side  of  him  were  the  invited  guests.  The 
latter  included  Judge  Hanna,  William  G.  Foulke,  George  C. 
Thomas,  William  D.  Kelley,  James  W.  McAllister,  George 
Straw-bridge,  George  Burnham,  Hon.  H.  D.  Heller,  Heller- 
town;  Dr.  Eugene  H.  Porter,  New  York  City;  Dr.  J.  B.  Gregg- 
Custis,  Washington,  D.  C,  President  American  Institute  of 
Homoeopathy;  Rev.  William  L,  McDowell,  D.  D.,  WilHam 
McGeorge,  A.  B.  Norton,  M.  D.,  New  York  City;  Hon.  H. 
C.  Chisolm,  M.  D.,  Huntingdon;  Harry  S.  Hopper  and 
Richard  T.  Loper. 

While  the  various  courses  were  being  served,  a  number  of 
selections  were  pla5'ed  by  the  orchestra,  the  rendition  of  the 
more  popular  airs  serving  as  an  accompaniment  for  the  chorus 
of  the  younger  men,  who  sang  together  with  fine  effect  such 
melodies  as  "Annie  Rooney,"  "  There'll  Come  a  Time  Some 
Day,"  etc. 

A  number  of  favorite  college  songs  were  also  sung  in 
chorus  without  accompaniment.  When  coffee  and  cigars  had 
been  served  Dr.  Guernsey  called  the  gathering  to  order,  and, 
after  a  brief  address,  introduced  those  who  were  to  respond  to 
the  toasts,  as  follows: 

"The  Trustees,"  Judge  Hanna;  "The  Class  of  '97,"  John 
L,.  Bacon,  M.  D.,  '97,  Brimfield,  Mass.;  "The  American  In- 
stitute of  Homoeopathy,"  President  Custis,  M.  D.,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C;  "  Manhattan  Friends,"  A.B.  Norton,  M.  D.,  New 
York;  "  The  Faculty,"  Dean  Dudley,  M.  D.,  '61;  "The 
State,"  H.  C.  Chisolm,  M.  D.,  '88,  Huntingdon;  "  The  New 
England  Alumni,"  Charles  A.  Gale,  M.  D.,  '80,  Rutland, 
Vt.;  "The  Alumni,"  Retiring  President  Adams,  M.  D.,  '72, 
New  Haven,  Conn. 

In  response  to  ' '  The  American  Institute  ' '  President  Custis 
made  a  stirring  appeal  for  the  Institute  and  the  unity  of  the 
homoeopathic  school. 

The  entire  company  then  arose  and  sang  ' '  Auld  I^ang 
Syne,"  closing  the  banquet.  The  meeting  adjourned  sz?te 
die. 

Those  participating  in  the  banquet  were:    C.  B.   Adams, 


692  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

New  Haven,  Conn.;  T.  lycwis  Adams,  Albert  S.  Atkinson, 
Baltimore;  Myron  H.  Adams,  Rochester,  N.  Y  ;  Leon  T. 
Ashcraft,  Alexander  B.  Arthur,  William  H.  Bigler,  Thomas 
Iv.  Bradford,  B.  Frank  Betts,  Charles  Brooks,  Clarence 
Bartlett,  J.  W.  Brooke,  A.  W.  Baily,  Atlantic  City;  A.  M. 
Barnes,  William  K.  Brown,  C.  Henry  Bickley,  Frank  C.  Ben- 
son, F.  W.  Brierly,  Weston  D.  Bayley,  J.  L.  Bacon,  Jr., 
Brimfield,  Mass.;  D.  J.  Baker,  A.  William  Ball,  Clyde  E. 
Barton,  Frank  L.  Bateman,  San  Francisco;  William  B.  Bog- 
gess,  Middleport,  O.;  W.  K.  Browning,  Camden;  Thomas  A. 
Burneson,  Monaca,  Pa. ;  Wilda  E.  Butler,  Easton,  Md. ;  Z. 
Babbitt,  Washington,  D.  C;  F.  Buchman. 

Hon.  Henry  Clay  Chisolm,  Huntingdon,  Pa.;  J.  B.  Gregg 
Custis,  Washington,  D.  C,  Isaac  Crowther,  Chester;  Peter 
Cooper,  Wilmington;  J.  h.  Casselberry,  Morgantown,  W. 
Va.;  Duncan  Campbell,  Woodbury,  N.  J.;  G.  Maxwell 
Christine,  Thomas  H.  Carmichael,  Woodward  D.  Carter, 
Theodore  ly.  Chase,  Edward  P.  Clark,  Honesdale;  Henry 
Chandlee,  Esq.,  Vineland;  W.  A.  Corson,  Atlantic  City; 
Alfred  Cookman,  W.  D.  Curlin,  Mr.  John  W.  Cornell,  James 
H.  Closson,  Geo.  W.  Crosby,  Atlantic  City,  N.  J. 

Pemberton  Dudley,  Thomas  S.  Dunning,  Clarence  H. 
Dobson,  Baltimore;  Dr  Douglass. 

Percy  H.  Ealer,  Thomas  W.  Embley,  Fishkill-on-Hudson, 
N.  Y.;  Harold  R.  Edwards,  Toronto;  Jacob  F.  Erwin,  Mr. 
Harry  T.  Eschringer. 

J.  M.  Flinn  and  E-  W.  Flinn,  Wilmington;  M.  R.  Faulk- 
ner, Vineland;  Howard  R.  Farringer,  College ville.  Pa.;  Wm. 
J.  Fleming,  Arthur  E  W.  Foster,  Wm.  E.  Franck,  Jr.,  H. 
A.  Fenner,  John  R.  Flemming,  Atlantic  City. 

Charles  A.  Gale,  Rutland,  Vt.;  Joseph  C.  Guernsey,  W. 
C.  Goodno,  Ed.  S.  Grigsby,  Williarasport;  Edward  M. 
Gramm,  J.  R.  Gillette,  Theodore  J.  Gramm,  F.  C.  Gray, 
Hamilton  Graham  and  A.  W.  Gregg,  Kennett  Square;  J.  B. 
Given,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.;  H.  G.  Griffith,  I.  B.  Gilbert,  Wm. 
G.  Gardiner. 

Hon.  H.  D.  Heller,  Hellertown;  Oliver  S.  Haines,  E.  Mel- 
ville Howard,  Camden;  P.  Sharpies  Hall,  James  Hoffman, 
Jersey  City;    J.   W.  Hassler,    Clitus  S.   Hoag,    Bridgeport, 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  693 

Conn.;  Joseph  Hancock,  C.  H.  Hubbard,  Chester;  R.  T. 
Hart,  H.  C.  Harney,  Evan  J.  Hackney,  Atlantic  City,  N.J.; 
George  C.  Haller,  Jr.,  James  M.  Heimback,  Allentown; 
Austin  I.  Harvey,  Newport,  Me.;  Mr.  Thomas  B.  Hammer, 
William  B.  Holcomb,   C.  H.  Harvey,  William  C.  Hunsicker. 

John  E.  James,  Ralph  Jenkins,  Washington,  D.  C;  David 
Bushrod  James,  Theodore  M.  Johnson,  Pittston;  H.  I.  Jessup, 
H.  B.  Justice. 

Augustus  Korndoerfer,  Sr.,  Edmund  H.  Kase,  William  H, 
Keim,  William  R.  King,  Washington,  D.  C;  Daniel  Kars- 
ner,  Mr.  Arthur  I.  Keegan,  Augustus  Korndoerfer,  Jr.,  C.  B. 
Knerr,  Charles  W.  Karsner. 

John  Paul  Eukens,  Wilmington;  Herbert  P.  Eeopold,  New 
York  City;  N.  F.  Lane,  F.  Mortimer,  Lawrence;  Henry  S. 
Liddie,  Schenectady;  A.  B.  Lichtenwalner,  A.  Layman. 

E-.  W.  Mercer,   D.  P.  Maddux,    Chester;    J.  R.  Mansfield, 

C.  S.  Middleton,  Charles  Mohr,  John  Black  McClelland, 
Pittsburg;  J.  W.  Martin,  Pittsburg;  Linnaeus  E.  Marter,  H. 

D.  Moore,  Naugatuck,  Conn.;  Fred  W.  Messerve,  J.  Percy 
Moore,  George  I.  McLeod,  T.  L.  Macdonald,  Washington,  D. 
C;  Niles  M.  Miller,  R.  P.  Mercer,  C.  F.  Manson,  M.  L. 
Munson,  Atlantic  City;  Charles  E.  Myers, 

A.  B.  Norton,  New  York  City;  Herbert  L.  Northrop. 

L.  A.  Opdyke,  Jersey  City. 

Old  Hahnemann's  Buffalo  Kneipe. — Carrying  out 
the  instructions  of  the  Alumni  Association  of  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  given  May  12,  1897, 
to  hold  a  reunion  at  Buffalo  during  the  sessions  of  the  Amer- 
ican Institute  of  Homoeopathy,  arrangements  were  made  for 
a"Kneipe,"  Saturday  night,  June  26,  1897, 'in  the  great 
English  dining-hall  of  the  Hotel  Iroquois,  the  committee 
in  charge  being  Drs.  King,  '81,  Swormstedt,  '77,  Smedley, 
'80,  Closson,  '86,  Blair,  '89,  Gregg,  '92,  Perrine,  '93,  and 
others.  The  first  and  greatest  difficulty  met  in  the  road  to 
success  was  to  secure  possession  of  the  Grand  Dining  Hall. 
The  barriers  seemed  insurmountable  until  one  of  the  old 
guard  was  called  to  command,  when  under  the  leadership 
of  the  brilliant  and  eloquent  son  of  Old  Hahnemann,  Asa 
S.  Couch,  '55,    Fredonia,    N.  Y.,  the  assault  carried  every- 


694  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

thing  before  it,  and  the  proprietors  surrendered  the  hotel  into 
his  hands. 

A  large  wooden  platform  was  erected  which  was  furnished 
with  an  ample  chair,  a  great  beer  tun,  and  a  gavel  of  suffi- 
cient dimensions  to  slay  the  obstreperous  and  irrepressible 
Green,  if  the  wielder  thereof  had  known  that  his  gun  was  in 
Arkansaw.  Hanging  gracetuUy  on  the  wall  behind  the 
throne  were  the  rich,  full  folds  of  the  blue  and  gold  standard 
of  old  Hahnemann,  while  on  the  opposite  wall  was  the  pride 
and  glory  of  New  York  draped  in  quiet  testimony  of  the 
united  and  fraternal  bonds  grappling  together  in  generous 
rivalry  these  two  institutions.  With  this  paraphernalia  and 
a  ready  tongue  Vice-President  Gale,  '80,  of  Vermont,  reigned 
supreme,  and  wielded  exalted  noisiness. 

The  tables  were  grouped  around  in  artistic  profusion,  and 
' '  steins  '  '•  to  accommodate  three  hundred  were  at  command, 
and  the  stock  was  soon  exhausted.  In  a  cosy  nook  under  a 
great  archway  was  screened  a  captured  theatrical  orchestra, 
which  dispensed  sweet  harmony  appropriate  to  the  occasion, 
but  it  was  not  classical,  even  to  a  riot-run  imagination. 

When  well  under  way,  information  was  brought  to  the  sons 
of  the  ' '  Mother  of  Colleges  ' '  that  her  namesake  of  Chicago 
and  the  Chicago  Homoeopathic  College  were  ' '  reunioning ' ' 
it  also.  As  every  other  college  in  the  country  was  already 
well  represented  at  her  board,  this  information  produced  a 
spasm  of  vociferous  yearning  for  the  balance  of  her  grand- 
sons. A  large  delegation  was  sent  to  them,  with  instructions 
to  bring  them  willing  captives  to  her  fortress.  The  seductive 
strains  of  the  Rogue's  March  soon  heralded  their  approach, 
and  the  entire  board  rose  to  receive  them  with  deafening 
cheers  and  the  College  cry  of  "  Old  Hahnemann,"  and  the 
unity  of  colleges  was  completed.  Benjamin  F.  Bailey,  '81, 
of  Lincoln,  Nebraska,  took  charge  as  xM aster  of  Toasts,  and 
brilliantly  maintained  his  position  amidst  a  bombardment  of 
wit  and  repartee  seldom  met  with  and  never  excelled.  With 
the  quartette  of  Forster,  Walton,  Gatchell  and  St.  Clair  Smith 
shoulder  to  shoulder,  and  a  sprinkling  of  Kinne,  the  adopted, 
Park  Lewis,  Dudley,  Wright,  Deschere,  Ludlam,  Mitchell, 
J.  S.,    Hanchett,    Sheers,  Smedley,  Thompson,  Korndoerfer, 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  695 

MacLachlan,  James,  J.  E.,  McClelland,  Foote,  Comstock, 
Fisher,  McElwee,  Van  Norman,  Porter,  O'Connor,  Wilcox, 
Rumsey,  Price,  Couch,  Custis,  Richardson,  Norton,  Goodno, 
Van  Eennep,  and  hosts  of  others,  under  the  splendid  inspira- 
tion of  the  environment  of  this  night,  impromptu  efforts  be- 
came a  revelation  of  sparkling  witticism,  scintillating  with 
smart  sayings  brimful  of  the  facetious,  the  whimsical,  the 
humorous,  and  the  waggish;  epigrammatic  and  full  of  point 
at  times,  then  blending  into  the  pleasantly  wise,  yet  always 
merry,  and  with  never  a  trace  of  buffoonery.  One  needed, 
indeed,  nimble- wittedness  to  repel  the  terrific  assaults  of  the 
startling  sallies  and  conceits  of  the  "A.  I.  H."  quartette — 
Forster,  Walton,  Gatchell  and  Smith.  The  poignant,  deli- 
cate wit  of  this  senate  of  humorists  set  the  standard,  and  the 
lower  house  followed  nobly  the  lead,  and  amidst  the  "  stine  " 
quenching  of  thirst,  life's  dull,  wearisome  monotony  was 
brightened  in  the  sunshine  of  the  espHt  of  jollity,  and  with 
the  return  of  the  heyday  of  youth  small  hours  were  devoid 
of  panic  even  to  the  most  sedate  of  seniors.  Philadelphia 
will  never  forget  nor  cease  to  love  her  guests  of  this  night 
"  till  life's  current  runs  dry." 

W.  W.  Van  Baun,  Hahnemannian  Monthly,  July,  1897. 

The  x\lumni  Reunions. — "Those  were  joyous  occa- 
sions." In  point  of  time  the  "  Knickerbockers  "  led.  The 
large  parlors  of  the  "Iroquois"  held  a  merry  crowd.  A 
generous  invitation  made  us  all  "  sons  of  New  York  "  just 
for  a  night.  The  punch-bowl  was  of  ample  dimensions.  The 
"smokers"  were  fine  and  fragrant.  Custis  was  a  genial 
host.  Smith  (St.  Clair)  was  in  his  element,  which  is  speech- 
making.  Forster  and  Walton  were  brimming  with  wit  and 
repartee.  Take  it  all  in  all,  it  was  a  glorious  affair.  Life  is 
full  of  regrets.  We  have  had  our  share.  But  now  they  all 
fade  into  nothingness. 

Of  all  regrets,  hereafter 

My  sole  regret  shall  be 
That  I'm  not  a  born  Alumnus 
Of  the  N.  Y.  H.  M.  C. 
Next  night  the  "  Quakers  "  followed.     They  outdid  them- 


696  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

selves  and  ever3'body  else.  Such  a  unique  entertainment 
never  before  was  seen.  The  alumni  of  "  Old  Hahnemann," 
mother  of  colleges,  took  all  under  her  ample  wing.  The 
grand  dining-room  of  Buffalo's  chief  hotel  was  given  over  to 
fun  and  "steins,"  which  were  frequently  replenished  with 
nerve  tonic.  On  the  platform  Gambrinus  Gale,  of  Vermont, 
with  mallet  of  wood,  vigorously  pounded  the  beer  keg,  and 
in  the  midst  of  disorder  called  .for  order.  Nebraska  Bailey,  as 
toastmaster,  did  things  up  brown.  Van  Baun  made  himself 
numerous,  and  appeared  to  be  in  all  parts  of  the  hall  at  one 
and  the  same  time,  excepting  while  seated  on  the  platform 
alongside  the  B.  K.  Forster  again  proved  himself  to  be  a 
fellow  of  infinite  wit,  while  Walton  was  a  "daisy."  But 
there  were  no  flies  on  Kinne,  or  Deschere,  or  Foote,  or 
Gatchell  (Ed.),  or  Mitchell,  or  Custis,  or  L,udlam,  or  King, 
or  Lewis,  or  Green,  or  Smith,  or  Dudle}^  or  Swormstedt,  or 
Van  Lennep,  or  any  of  the  host  of  merrymakers. 

It  was  a  grand  success,  and  inspired  all  with  one  sentiment, 
which  may  be  expressed  in  the  words: 

Long  live  the  Phi-la-del-phi-ans ! 

Ch.  Gatchell,  Medical  Era,  July,  1897. 

The  Alumni  Associations. — The  colleges  had  a  great 
time  at  Buffalo.  That  is,  NewYork  Homoeopathic  and  Hahne- 
mann of  Philadelphia  did.  Other  colleges  had  quiet,  little  times 
of  their  own,  but  the  two  named  had  their  colors  spread  and 
their  alumni  put  in  their  respective  nights  in  a  manner  duly 
becoming  loyal  sons  of  great  institutions.     Perhaps! 

New  York  took  the  parlors  of  the  Iroquois,  spread  her 
luncheon,  passed  her  punch,  and  under  the  chairmanship  of 
President  Custis — who  is  this  year  president,  also,  of  the 
New  York  Alumni  Association — uttered  her  toasts,  applauded 
the  responses  thereto,  and  generally  enjoyed  herself,  as  did 
her  numerous  guests,  in  most  delightful  fashion.  It  was  good 
to  have  been  there.  But  as  after  Walton  came  Cowperthwait 
so  after  New  York  came  Philadelphia.  Philadelphia  is  re- 
puted to  be  slow.  It  is  a  mistake.  Philadelphia  is  not 
slow.  No  one  who  put  in  that  memorable  Saturday  night  at 
her  Kneippe  will  longer  contend  that  she   is  slow.      On  the 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  697 

contrary,  she  will  bear  watching.  There  are  other  midways. 
If  Omaha  gives  us  a  typical  "  Alkali  Ike  "  festival,  she  will 
find  some  excuse  in  Philadelphia's  Kneippe.  From  the 
moment  that  Anheuser  Gale,  of  Vermont,  sledged  the  head 
of  the  barrel  with  his  rail-maul  until  the  wee>  sma'  hours  of 
Sunday  morn  the  boys  were  boys  again.  Gray  hair  turned 
black;  wrinkled  foreheads  smoothed  their  furrows  for  the  oc- 
casion; dignified  seniors,  who  hadn't  smiled  since  the  meeting 
opened,  forgot  their  dignity  and  shouted  with  merriment;  the 
great  dining-rooms  resounded  with  college  songs  and  garbled 
symphonies  as  the  merrymakers  tried  to  accompany  the  or- 
chestra. The  "  hot  time  in  the  old  town  to-night  "  had  got 
there.  If  it  was  very  good  to  have  been  at  New  York  the 
night  before,  it  was  doubly  enjoyable  to  have  been  at  that 
quiet  little  Quaker  gathering  the  next  night.  If  Custis,  and 
Norton,  and  Porter,  and  Roberts,  and  Townsend,  and  Shelton, 
and  the  rest  had  furnished  fun  for  New  York,  what  may  be 
termed  the  nature  of  the  evening  given  by  Smedley,  Gale, 
Van  Baun,  King,  and  their  lieutenants  on  that  never-to-be- 
forgotten  Saturday  night  ?  Quakerdom  was  aroused  and  on 
fire.  And  so  were  some  of  the  guests  before  the  curtain  was 
rung  down. 

Nothing  but  an  Alkali-Ike  festival  will  do  at  Omaha.  The 
West  has  a  reputation  to  preserve.  It  will  take  the  men  with 
their  boots  and  spurs  from  the  plains;  the  gold  diggers  of 
Cripple  Creek  and  the  Klondike;  the  scout  and  the  frontier 
doctor  with  his  saddle  bags;  the  mountaineer  and  the  cow- 
boy who  know  each  other  but  to  shoot  each  other;  the  Mexi- 
can mescal  and  the  fermented  juice  of  the  mustang  grape  to 
begin  to  make  even  with  that  Kneippe.  'Tis  well  the  old 
man's  dead!  He  would  have  stood  on  his  head  in  wet  grass 
next  morning. 

C.  E.  FiSHKR,  M.  D.,  Medical  Century,  August,  i8g8. 


698  ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 


CHAPTER  VII. 


The  following  is  an  account  of  the  Golden  Jubilee  Alumni 
Meeting  of  1898  quoted  from  the  Hahnemannian  Monthly: 

The  Alumni  Reunion. — The  business  meeting  convened 
May  i2th,  at  5  p.  m.,  on  the  first  floor,  assembly  room,  of  Hor- 
ticultural Hall.     President  W.  W.  Van  Baun  in  the  chair. 

The  Executive  Committee  made  the  following  report: 

Philadelphia,  May  12,  1898. 
Your  Executive  Committee  begs  leave  to  report  the  following: 
In  pursuance  of  a  resolution  passed  September  29,  1897,  a  new  edition 
of  the  Constitution  and  By-Laws  has  been  published,  and  a  copy  of  the 
same  sent  to  each  member  of  the  Association,  and  also  one  to  each  liv- 
ing graduate  of  the  College. 

On  May  12,  1897,  the  membership  of  the  Association  was  1117;  since 
then  90  members  have  joined,  making  a  total  of  1207  members. 

In  order  to  fitly  celebrate  the  Golden  Jubilee  of  the  College,  your 
Executive  Committee  has  provided  a  banquet  which  will  be  held  in 
this  building,  on  the  floor  above,  at  7  o'clock  this  evening. 

W.  D.  Carter, 

Secretary. 

The  following  new  members  were  elected,  the  secretary 
being  instructed  to  cast  the  ballot: 

Geo.  Nichols,  '61,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.;  James  G.  Gilchrist, 
'63,  Iowa  City,  Iowa;  John  N.  Clark,  '69,  Rosiclare,  Ills.; 
E.  F.  Hoyt,  '70,  New  York;  Thos.  A.  Capen,  '72,  Fall  River, 
Mass.;  D.  W.  Bartine,  '72,  Ocean  City,  N.  J.;  L.  W.  Webb, 
'78,  Philadelphia;  E.  Iv.  Kirk,  '80,  Philadelphia;  J.  C.  Un- 
gle,  '81,  Middletown,  Pa.;  W.  H.  Dewing,  '82,  Clayville,  N. 
Y.;  J.  H.  Sandel,  '82,  Plymouth,  Pa.;  N.  G.  Reiff,  '83,  Al- 
bion, Ind.;  J.  P.  Iliff,  '83,  Philadelphia;  E.  W.  Brickley, 
'83,  York,  Pa.;  Geo.  W.  Stewart,  '83,  Philadelphia;  Wm.  L. 
De  Lap,  '86,  Gloucester,    N.  J.;    E.  K.  Esrey,  '88,  Philadel- 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  699 

phia;  J.  D.  Lawrence,  '93,  Merchantville,  N.  J.;  J.  E. 
Waaser,  '93,  Mauch  Chunk,  Pa.;  J.  Stearns,  '96,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C.  And  the  Class  of  '98:  Lewis  B.  Amsbry,  Will- 
iam F.  Baker,  Oscar  E.  Boericke,  William  T.  Bond,  Charles 
T.  Cutting,  Jr.,  Harry  M.  Eberhard,  Joseph  M.  Gerhart,  Jr., 
Henry  B.  Harper,  John  B.  Hill,  Joseph  R.  Hood,  EUwood  S. 
Hubbs,  Francois  L-  Hughes,  Bayard  Knerr,  Richard  W. 
lyarer,  Frank  B.  Eivezey,  Thomas  H.  McWhorter,  Martin  L. 
Miller,  Martin  J.  Nevinger,  Herbert  E.  Riddel,  Walter  J. 
Robins,  Norman  Roberts,  Charles  E.  Roth,  John  Ruffell, 
Albert  A.  Appel,  Russel  B.  Armor,  Alexander  C.  Blair, 
Samuel  B.  Challinor,  George  R.  Critchlow,  William  D. 
Gates,  Joseph  R.  T.  Gray,  Jr.,  Charles  E.  Greason,  George 
H.  Harry,  George  W.  Hartman,  John  K.  Hedrick,  William 
H.  Huber,  Harry  S.  Meily,  Frederick  L.  Muth,  George  S. 
Ogden,  William  N.  Rodgers,  Charles  C.  Allen,  Walter 
I.  Baker,  Edgar  Clement,  Samuel  W.  Clover,  Biddle  H. 
Garrison,  Mitchell  Greenwood,  Charles  T.  Haines,  Arthur 
Hartley,  Llewellyn  E.  Hetrick,  Theodore  H.  HolHnshead, 
Nathan  Thorne,  Albert  B.  Twitchell,  Jr.,  J.  Bonnar  Bates, 
William  E.  Daka,  Stuart  J.  Fairbank,  Merton  R.  Skinner, 
Frank  L.  Richards,  Charles  V.  Webb.  Harry  S.  Wetzel,  Bur- 
dett  S.  Adams,  Edwin  R.  Northrop,  Daniel  E.  Chase,  Jr., 
Frederick  L.  Lanphear,  George  E.  Houck,  Ruliff  L.  Truitt, 
Edward  Gove  Randall,  Macphersou  Crichton,  William  T. 
Chamberhn,  Richard  Haehl,  and  J.  S.  Bender,  M.  D.,  '62, 
Carlisle,  Pa. 

Prof.  Pemberton  Dudley,  the  dean,  reported  verbally  for 
the  Faculty. 

The  president  then  appointed  the  following  committee  to 
nominate  officers  for  the  ensuing  year: 

A.  M.  Cushing,  '56;  B.  W.  James,  '57;  Pemberton  Dud- 
ley, '61;  Van  R.  Tindale,  '64;  Samuel  Starr,  '69;  W.  H. 
Keim.'yi;  W.  M.  Griffith,  '72;  S.  H.  Quint,  '73;  Charles 
Mohr,  '75;  J.  P.  Lukins,  '78;  J.  P.  Cheeseman,  '79;  I. 
Crowther,  '80;  Clark  Burnham,  '81;  D.  P.  Maddux,  '83;  E. 
W.  Mercer,  '84;  B.  R.  Marsden,  '85:  A.  W.  Baily,  '86;  Wm. 
W.  Speakman,  '87;    E.  H.  Kase,  '88;    F.  Van   Gunten,  '89; 


700  ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

M.  L.  Munson,  '90;  C.  F.  Souder,  '92;  J.  J.  Thompson,  '93; 
A.  T.  Schoonmaker,  '94. 

After  the  retirement  of  the  committee  to  make  nominations, 
the  meeting  continued  with  the  report  of  the  Necrologist, 
Clitus  S.  Hoag,  M.  D. : 

Deceased  Members  Since  Last  Anmcal  Meeting. — 1853, 
George  B.  Clay  M.  D.,  January  20,  1898,  1857,  William  H. 
lyougee,  M.  D.,  November  18,  1897.  1877,  George  Allen, 
M.  D.,  November  14,  1897.  1879,  Clarence  G.  Abbott,  M. 
D.,  October  27,  1897.  1883,  Edgar  O.  Janney,  M.  D.,  Jan- 
uary 3,  1898.  1890,  L.  ly.  I^azear,  M.  D.,  January  9,  1898. 
1893,  J.  Connor  Wilson,  M.  D.,  January  27,  1898.  1897, 
William  J.  Flemming,  M.  D.,  December  11,  1897. 

The  Treasurer   reported    a    balance    in    the    treasury  of 

$336.30. 

The  Nominating  Committee  reported  the  following,  and 
they  were  unanimously  elected,  the  secretary  being  instructed 
to  cast  the  ballot: 

President,  William  R.  King,  '81,  Washington,  D.  C. ;  Vice- 
Presidents,  A.  M.  Cushing,  '56,  Springfield,  Mass.;  J.  S. 
Hoffmann,  '85,  Jersey  City;  Charles  Cresson,  '55;  Treasurer, 
W.  H.  Keim,  '71;  Permanent  Secretary,  Woodward  D.  Car- 
ter, '94;  Provisional  Secretary,  F.  Walter  Brierly,  '94; 
Necrologist,  T.  EHwood  Parker,  '80,  Woodbury.  Executive 
Committee  to  serve  three  years,  J.  N.  Mitchell,  '72;  A.  W. 
Baily,  '86;  E.  H.  Kase,  '88;  to  serve  two  years,  Carl  V. 
Vischer,  '87;  Edward  W.  Mercer,  '84;  James  H.  Closson, 
'86;  to  serve  one  year,  Isaac  G.  Smedley,  '80;  Daniel  P. 
Maddux,  '83;  Joseph  C.  Guernsey,  '72. 

Eetters  of  greeting  and  regret,  which  follow,  were  read 
from  C.  B.  Adams,  '72;  C.  C.  Cresson,  '55;  O.  S.  Wood,  '68: 

New  Haven,  Conn.,  May  11,  1898. 
Classmates  of  1872: 

Greeting:  On  account  of  physical  inability,  I  most  regretfully  forego 
attending  the  Golden  Jubilee  Reunion  and  Alumni  Meeting  of  the 
Class  of  1872  at  grand  old  Hahnemann. 

This  year's  gathering  is  of  more  than  ordinary  interest  to  me,  as  my 
only  son  is  to  receive  his  degree. 

Wishing  our  Alma  Mater  a  long  and  honorable  career, 

I  am  yours  truly, 

C.  B.  Adams. 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  70  I 

GermanTown,  4th  mo.,  29th,  1898. 
Woodward  D.  Carter,  M.  D.,  Secretary,  No.  1533  S.  Fifteenth  st.: 

Respected  Friend:  The  printed  circular,  concerning  the  Golden 
Jubilee  Reunion  on  5th  mo.  (May),  12th,  1898,  of  the  Alumni  of  the 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  came  safely  to  hand  on 
the  14th  instant,  with  the  By-Laws  and  Names  and  addresses  of  the 
members,  for  which  I  feel  much  obliged. 

Enclosed  please  find  ten  dollars  as  my  contribution  towards  the  ex- 
penses of  the  banquet,  or  any  other  expenses  of  the  reunion.  On  ac- 
count of  age  and  infirmity  I  cannot  be  present,  but  desire  that  you  may 
have  an  enjoyable  and  agreeable  time. 

The  plan  of  bringing  together  those  who  graduated  together  is  new 
to  me;  it  seems  excellent,  and  will  probably  become  increasingly 
agreeable  and  interesting  as  the  years  go  by. 

In  the  year  1885  eight  members  were  graduated.  Thomas  C.  Bunt- 
ing, Asa  S.  Coiich  and  C.  C.  Cresson  survive. 

T.  C.  Bunting  I  met  at  Mauch  Chunk,  Pennsylvania,  many  years 
ago,  I  remember  him  very  distinctly  aud  very  agreeably.  Asa  S. 
Couch;  I  remember  the  name  but  cannot  recall  his  face.  I  can  remem- 
ber that  he  was  a  hard  and  earnest  student. 

If  thou  should'st  see  either  of  them,  please  give  them  my  best  re- 
spects.    J.  R.  Earhart  and  Mortimer  Slocum  I  can  also  remember. 

Respectfully, 

CharIvEs  CaivEb  Cresson. 

Omaha,  Neb.,  5,  9,  '98. 
W.  D.  Carter,  M.  D.,  Per.  Secretary: 

Dear  Doctor:  Please  convey  to  the  members  of  the  old  class  present 
my  warmest  fraternal  love  and  boundless  regrets  for  my  inability  to  be 
present  on  this  Jubilee  occasion.  I  have  my  hands  full  to  make  ready 
for  the  American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy,  which  meets  June  23d  to 
30th,  and  to  which  we  trust  all  will  come,  when  I  will  give  each  the 
Fraternal  Hand-Shake.  My  spirit  will  be  with  you  around  the  ban- 
queting board.     Remember  me  then. 

Yours  fraternally, 

O.  S.  Wood,  M.  D., 

1868  Class  Secretary. 

Under  the  head  of  new  business,  on  motion  of   Dr.  Clark 
Burnham,  the   following  despatch  was  ordered   sent  to   the 
Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Brooklyn  Homoeopathic  Hospital: 
To  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Brooklyn  Homoeopathic  Hospital 

of  Brookly7i,  N.   Y.: 

The  Alumni  Association  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  Col- 
lege and  Hospital,   of   Philadelphia,    sends   greetings  to  the 


702  ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Brooklyn  Homoeopathic  Hospital, 
and  express  the  earnest  hope  that  the  means  will  be  found  to 
continue  the  great  work  done  in  the  oldest  homoeopathic  hos- 
pital in  our  sister  State  of  New  York. 

W.  W.  Van  Baun,  M.  D., 
Woodward  D.  Carter,  M.  D.,  President. 

Permanent  Secretary. 

Dr.  Allen  moved  that  a  committee  be  appointed  to  draft  a 
letter  of  sympathy  to  be  sent  to  Dr.  C.  B.  Adams,  New 
Haven,  Conn.  The  committee  accordingly  presented  the  fol- 
lowing letter,  which  was  sent: 

PHiivAr)Ei.PHiA,  May  12,   1898. 
To  C.  B.  Adams,  M.  D.,  Class  of '72,  New  Haven,  Conn.: 

The  Alumni  Association  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Phila- 
delphia, in  session  to  celebrate  the  Golden  Jubilee,  having  heard  of 
your  inability  to  be  present  with  us  by  reason  of  your  present  illness, 
hereby  tender  our  sincere  sympathy,  and  hope  for  your  speedy  recov- 
ery. Richard  C.  A1.1.EN,  '68, 

E  E.  Snyder,  '72, 
W.  G.  Steei:<E,  '86, 

Committee. 

The  chair  then  appointed  the  class  secretaries  for  the  com- 
ing three  years,  and  the  meeting  adjourned. 

Woodward  D.  Carter,  M.  D., 

Secretary. 

The  Alumni  Jubilee  Banquet. 

(Stenographically  reported  by  Mr.  Francis  E.  Wessels. ) 
One  of  the  most  pleasant  reunions  that  have  taken  place  in 
Philadelphia  for  many  a  year  was  the  banquet  at  Horticul- 
tural Hall  of  the  Alumni  Association  of  Hahnemann  College, 
with  the  president,  Dr.  Wm.  W.  Van  Baun,  presiding,  and 
Dr.  Wm.  H.  Keim  as  master  of  ceremonies.  Over  400  grad- 
uates of  former  years  were  present  to  celebrate  the  fiftieth 
anniversary  of  their  Alma  Mater. 

The  front  of  the  platform  was  set  with  palms,  and  behind 
them  was  a  Bohemian  orchestra.  A  military  band  stationed 
in  the  marble  lobby  at  the  opposite  end  of  the  hall  played 
patriotic  airs  at  intervals.     The  Alumni  assembled   on   the 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  703 

lower  floor,  and,  while  awaiting  the  signal  to  march  into  the 
hall,  broke  into  their  class  yells,  one  after  another,  giving  a 
variety  and  a  sequence  quite  instructive  in  the  evolution  of 
this  peculiar  form  of  enthusiasm.  When  all  other  classes 
were  seated  the  graduating  Class  of  '98  marched  in,  68  in 
number,  and  encircled  the  hall,  amid  great  cheers,  and  took 
their  seats  at  the  centre  table. 

The  patriotism  of  these  5'oung  men  was  bubbling  over,  and 
when  the  band  struck  up  ' '  The  Star  Spangled  Banner  ' '  they 
left  their  dinner  and  rose  to  cheer  the  strain,  and  were  joined 
by  the  entire  Alumni.  "Dixie"  also  got  an  uproarious 
cheer. 

Seated  at  the  main  table  with  President  Van  Baun  were 
Judge  Wm.  B.  Hanna,  D.  C.  L. ,  President  of  the  Board  of 
College  Trustees;  Hon.  Chas.  E.  Warwick,  Mayor  of  Phila- 
delphia; Hon.  Jacob  J.  Seeds,  Professor  William  B.  Van  Len- 
nep;  Professor  C.  E.  Fisher,  Chicago;  Professor  Eugene  H. 
Porter,  New  York;  Dr.  J.  B.  G.  Custis,  Washington,  D.  C; 
Professor  A.  B.  Norton,  New  York;  Joel  Cook,  Esq.,  Dr.  W. 
D.  Carter,  Dr.  F.  W.  Brierly,  Dr.  E.  H.  Kase,  Dr.  W.  H. 
Keim,  Professor  J.  E.  James,  Professor  Pemberton  Dudley, 
Dean  of  Hahnemann  College;  Dr.  J.  C.  Guernsey,  Professor 
W.  H.  B  gler,  Professor  C.  M.  Thomas,  Professor  Wm.  C. 
Goodno,  Professor  William  Tod  Helmulh,  Dean  of  the  New 
York  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  and  Hospital;  William 
G.  Foulke,  Esq.,  William  McGeorge,  Jr.,  Esq.;  Isaac  W. 
Jeanes,  Harry  S.  Hooper,  Esq.,  G.  S.  Strawbridge,  Professor 
C.  E.  Walton,  Cincinnati;  Professor  J.  C.  Wood,  Cleveland, 
Ohio;  Horace  F.  Whitman,  Edward  E.  Davis,  Rev.  Alpha  G. 
Kynett,  Dr.  C.  A.  Yocum,  Hon.  WilHam  H.  Brooks,  Dr. 
Clitus  S.  Hoag,  Bridgeport,  Conn.;  Dr.  I.  G.  Smedley,  Hon. 
John  F.  Keator,  Dr.  Charles  W.  Karsner,  Mr.  Wm.  Ivins, 
Mr.  James  Pollock,  Mr.  William  D.  Kelley,  Dr.  J.  Nicholas 
Mich  ell  and  Dr.  H.  B.  Harper. 

After  the  cigars  and  coffee  were  served,  Dr.  Van  Baun 
rapped  for  order  and  said: 

Before  commencing  the  post-prandial  exercises  I  want  to 
say  to  the  members  of  the  Class  of  1898  that  to-day  you 
have  reached  the  parting  of  the  ways.     You  have  left  the 


704  ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

tender,  solicitous  care  of  our  Alma  Mater,  and  it  is  our  pleas- 
ant duty  to  welcome  you  this  evening  to  the  ranks  of  the  pro- 
fession. You  are  now  one  with  us,  and  we  congratulate  you 
on  the  successes  that  await  you,  and  we  sympathize  with  you 
in  the  failures  that  will  surely  overtake  you.  It  will 
strengthen  you  to  know  that  we  have  all  survived,  so  far, 
similar  experiences.  Gentlemen  of  the  Class  of  '98,  we  wel- 
come you  to  the  Alumni  of  Old  Hahnemann,  and  we  bid  you 
Godspeed  (applause). 

Recently,  I  received  from  far-off  Italy  a  communication 
from  a  former  president  of  our  Alumni  Association.  Ill- 
health  forced  him  from  his  home  in  the  city  of  Washington 
to  artistic  Florence.  He  has  not  forgotten  us,  nor  have  we 
forgotten  him.  I  will  ask  our  secretary.  Dr.  Woodward  D. 
Carter,  to  read  this  letter  from  Dr.  TuUio  de  Suzzara  Verdi, 
Class  of  '56,  and  president  of  this  Association  in  1893. 

Dr.  Carter  read  as  follows: 

Fi,ORENCE,  March  23,  1898. 
W11.1.IAM  W.  Van  Baun,  M.  D., 

President  Alumni  Association  H.  M.  C,  Philadelphia: 

Dear  Colleague:  From  beautiful  classical  Florence  I  hear  an  echo; 
it  comes  from  afar,  through  the  mountains  and  the  sea,  but  it  is  no  less 
sweet;  it  is  from  my  "  Alma  Mater."  It  is  from  that  grand  nursery  of 
homoeopathists  at  whose  breast  I  drank  my  milk  when  in  the  embry- 
onic state  of  my  psychical  and  professional  growth.  It  is  a  sweet  echo, 
like  the  distant  music  of  a  loving  song  of  long  ago.  Its  beloved  notes 
and  rhythm  awaken  all  the  memories  of  the  heart,  but  slightly  covered 
with  the  ashes  of  time,  Hering,  Williamson,  Dake,  Small,  Gardiner, 
Ward,  Reed,  Semple,  Beakly  rise  before  me  now  as  they  were,  learned, 
gentle,  kind  teachers.  The  little  home  on  Filbert  street,  the  mother  of 
mothers;  and  the  legion  of  stalwart,  good  physicians  who  followed, 
some  of  whom,  I  hope,  are  at  your  table  to-night,  and  to  whom  I  send 
my  greeting,  as  well  as  the  young  Medicos,  flushed  with  hope  and  well 
prepared  for  the  battle  of  professional  life.  I  presided  over  them  once. 
God  bless  the  boysll  was  your  college-mate,  boys,  only  forty-two  years 
ago. 

Bad  health  and  old  age  have  brought  me  back  to  my  mother-coun- 
try; she  had  not  forgotten  me,  she  killed  the  fatted  calf,  and  I  got  well 
and  strong,  but  as  I  feel  better  and  stronger.  I  think  of  and  long  for 
America,  the  home  of  my  manhood,  where  my  success,  my  friendships 
and  love  interwove  into  a  happy  life,  where  my  memories  rest. 

Adieu!  adieu,  old  friends!   I  still  hope  we  may  meet  again,  and  then. 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  705 

you  bet!  I  shall  be  one  of  your  guests,  and  drink  a  bumper,  though 
you  forbid  it,  to  the  health  and  prosperity  of  the  Alumni  Association  of 
the  Hahnemann  Medical  College,  and  don't  you  forget  it! 

T.  S.  Verdi,  M.  D., 

Class  1856. 

Dr.  Van  Baun  then  spoke  as  follows: 

Gentlemen:  It  is  the  unwritten  law  of  the  Alumni  Association  of 
*' old  Hahnemann  "  for  the  occupant  of  your  executive  chair  to  speak 
at  the  annual  banquet  for  the  Association,  and  to  respond  to  the  senti- 
ment "  The  Alumni,"  and  I  gladly  accept  the  duty.  I  have  been  inti- 
mately connected  with  our  Association  from  its  earliest  infancy  of  re- 
construction to  its  present  development  to  full  maturity,  and  I  have  ac- 
quired many  ideas  as  to  the  proper  sphere  of  such  an  Association,  and 
particularly  as  to  the  responsibilities  of  our  own  Alumni. 

Archimedes  needed  a  fulcrum  before  he  could  lift  the  world,  and 
Homoeopathy  needed  this  alumni  before  she  could  enter  upon  her 
splended  posessions  of  to-day.  Her  fame,  influence  and  prestige  now 
reaches  unto  the  four  corners  of  the  globe,  and  it  penetrates  even  to 
the  sacred  household  fireside  of  our  enemy  of  old,  the  allopath;  for, 
consciously  or  unconsciously,  willingly  or  unwillingly,  even  he  himself 
is  tinctured  with  Homoeopathy,  and  were  it  not  for  prejudice — that 
dreadful,  dreadful  affliction  of  humanity,  prejudice — he  himself  would 
say  so. 

The  Alumni  of  old  Hahnemann  has  grown  from  six  in  '49  to  2372,  in- 
cluding the  fiftieth  class  of  '98.  The  golden  era  of  '49  witnessed  our 
birth,  and  the  Klondike  is  with  us  at  our  Golden  Jubilee,  for  the  year 
'98  brings  with  it  the  semi-centennial  of  our  Alma  Mater,  and  it  is  our 
duty  and  privilege  to  come  together  to-night  and  celebrate  in  fitting 
manner  the  jubilee  anniversary  of  her  activities.  She  has  been  prolific 
and  her  sons  and  her  sons'  sons  have  entered  upon  the  possession  of 
the  land. 

The  ceaseless  activity  of  the  family  homoeopathic  has  yielded  golden 
fruit,  and  the  liberty  of  thought,  action  and  being  vouchsafed  to  all 
living  under  the  sacred  folds  of  "  Old  Glory  "  has  enabled  us  to  reach 
out  and  attain  recognition  and  position  from  the  people  and  the  gov- 
ernment, in  marked  contrast  to  that  enjoyed  by  our  confreres  who  are 
citizens  of  empires  on  the  other  side  of  the  broad  Atlantic. 

But  what  of  the  past,  and  of  the  present,  and  of  the  future  of  "  old 
Hahnemann?"  Thus  gazing  back  through  the  long  vistas  of  the  past  and 
forward  to  the  bright  visions  of  the  future,  what  have  we?  Retrospec- 
tion brings  the  glow  of  love  and  admiration  for  those  workers — now 
resting — who  with  undying  faith  and  unselfish  devotion  labored  with 
indomitable  energy  and  zeal,  and  with  unerring  judgment  and  intrepid 
courage  conceived,  dared  and  brought  to  realization  a  work  of  marvel- 
lous magnitude — our  Alma  Mater.  God  bless  and  prosper  her! 
46 


7o6  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

Her  sons,  stimulated  and  inspired  by  lier  magnificent  example,  with 
a  rare  warming  of  the  heart  and  good  confidence  anticipated  the  devel- 
opment of  the  future  and  went  out  into  other  centers,  and  strengthened 
and  extended  our  empire  by  likewise  building,  greater  even  than  the 
Alma  Mater  of  their  day.  Thus  we  behold  the  work  of  the  progeny  of 
the  mother  of  colleges,  and  its  contemplation  brings  the  thrill  of  en- 
thusiasm, which,  sweeping  o'er  us,  eats  into  our  heart's  core  and  into 
onr  brain,  endangering  the  exercise  of  sober  and  dispassionate  judg- 
ment. 

But  the  Alumni!  The  fact  is,  the  Alumni  of  old  Hahnemann  is  so 
largely  and  so  intricately  a  part  of  our  cause  that  it  would  take  the  pa- 
tience and  the  skill  of  a  "  Weaver  "  to  dissect  it  out,  and  even  he  could 
not  do  it  in  a  night.  Be  that  as  it  may,  it  does  me  good  to  come  into 
the  midst  of  a  body  of  men  like  I  find  here  to-night,  men  actuated  by  a 
definite  purpose  and  governed  by  the  principles  of  liberty,  equality  and 
fraternity. 

The  human  race  impresses  me  as  being  divided  into  two  great  classes: 
first,  those  who  go  ahead  and  do  something,  and  secondly,  those  who  sit 
idly  by  inquiring,  ' '  Why  is  it  not  done  the  other  way  ?"  These  latter  are 
doubtless  good  people,  but  they  are  stupidly  tiresome  and  barren  in  the 
world's  action.  Fortunately  we  are  of  the  first  class,  and,  in  addition, 
I  know  that  we  are  possessed  of  the  real  catholic  spirit  of  toleration,  for 
every  shading  of  medical  faith  is  represented  here  to-night  by  men  who 
loyally  support  the  objects  of  our  Association. 

Here  faction  and  friction  cannot  enter,  for  he  who  sups  with  us  is  our 
brother  and  our  friend.  Here  internecine  strife  is  barred  out.  Here 
liberty  of  thought  and  speech  prevail.  Here  equality  of  opportunity  is 
for  him  who  seeks  it.  And  here  fraternity  clasps  the  mantle  of  charity 
around  each  other's  faults  and  foibles,  and  the  hot  blood  of  our  mater- 
nity welds  us  together  in  solid  front  to  opposition. 

'Tis  such  comradeship  that  brings  the  triumph  of  victory  to  the  cause 
we  represent.  We  know  that  our  cause  is  sound  in  principle  and  cor- 
rect in  practice,  and  we  know  that  the  only  stable  foundation  of  achieve- 
ment is  in  principle,  in  character  and  in  judgment,  and  it  is  this  con- 
sciousness that  enables  us  at  these  reunions  to  reach  out,  clasp  hands, 
and  gather  force  and  faith  from  each  other,  and  lines  us  up,  shoulder 
to  shoulder,  in  a  common  cause  against  a  common  enemy. 

This  is  history!  What  of  time  to  come?  The  future  still  holds  for  us 
responsibilities.  As  in  the  past  and  the  present,  so  in  the  future  we 
will  pledge  the  Alma  Mater  our  support  in  promoting  her  interests  and 
extending  her  influence.  L,oyalty  cannot  dwarf  us,  and  it  certainly  will 
lead  those  of  us  who  are  now  on  the  field  of  life,  with  heart,  head  and 
hands  in  action,  to  a  larger  measure  of  usefulness  to  our  brethren. 

What,  then,  is  before  us?  The  defence,  maintenance  and  develop- 
ment of  Homoeopathy  is  a  responsibility  we  accept  as  a  willing  duty  to 
the  full  limit  of  our  individual  capability. 

We  all  stand  subject  to  call  for  the  preservation  of  our  legal    and 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION,  707 

equitable  rights,  and  let  us  here  to-night  highly  resolve  to  see  to  it  that 
liberty  of  medical  thought  shall  be  held  free  and'sacred  in  these  great 
United  States,  and  that  the  protection  of  the  minorities  shall  be  as 
carefully  considered  as  are  the  rights  of  the  majorities. 

As  members  of  the  homoeopathic  profession  we  are  all  deeply  inter- 
ested in  the  earnest  struggle  now  going  on  in  the  critical  review  of  the 
sources  of  our  materia  medica.  It  would  be  hasty  and  inconsiderate  to 
require  of  any  science,  at  present,  data  which  is  final  and  complete,  for 
this  is  not  the  final  century  of  human  progress;  there  is  something  yet 
to  come,  and  while  we  naturally  crave  an  authoritative  standard  of 
knowledge,  we  should  not  be  content  with  what  has  been  handed  down 
to  us,  but  with  a  wider  horizon  for  observation  we  should  systematically 
and  scientifically,  review  the  achievements  of  the  past  century  of  Ho- 
moeopathy, and  sweeping  away  the  mists  of  ignorance  and  prejudice, 
acquire  a  fuller  and  more  comprehensive  understanding  of  the  subject 
itself. 

It  is  absurd  to  dogmatically  assert  that  all  the  accumulated  wealth  of 
material  of  the  past  is  infallible  authority.  If  we  do  we  will  be  cher- 
ishing faults  as  if  they  were  virtues,  and  will  continue  in  error.  The 
writings  of  Hahnemann  and  the  old  masters  possess  no  intrinsic  right 
to  absolute  authority.  Let  us  then  break  through  narrow  limitations; 
let  us  examine  the  sources  for  ourselves;  let  us  gain  a  truer  and 
more  adequate  comprehension  of  the  real  value  of  our  material,  and 
let  us  do  our  share  by  adding  to  and  enlarging  its  scope;  and  if,  as  a 
result,  we  have  nothing  else,  it  will  surely  be  a  gain  to  realize  our  situ- 
ation. 

I  have  no  fear  in  encouraging  a  free  and  honest  inquiry,  for  truth 
will  prevail,  and  there  is  but  one  truth,  absolute  and  eternal.  The  dif- 
ficulty is  with  ourselves;  we  see  it  differently  or  partially,  as  we  are  oc- 
cupied with  one  aspect  or  another,  and  we  fail  to  see  it  all. 

A  larger  and  better  conception  of  our  materia  medica  and  its  appli- 
cation is  the  duty  of  every  alumnus  of  old  Hahnemann,  and  if  ac- 
cepted it  will  lead  ns  to  higher  appreciation  and  regard  for  the  original 
sources,  for  the  winnowing  will  bring  out  in  bold  relief  the  reliable 
from  the  unreliable. 

As  long  as  our  purpose  as  a  school  is  governed  by  principle,  so  long 
will  we  be  truly  worthy  of  the  dignity,  the  honor  and  the  privilege  of 
a  separate  organization  in  the  profession  of  medicine,  and  no  longer. 
There  is  no  danger  of  loss  of  principle,  but  this  is  the  day  of  alli- 
ance, and  in  alliance  there  is  danger  of  destructive  entanglement. 
Our  old-school  brethren  are  fishing  for  us  with  baited  hook;  they  have 
tried  all  things  else  to  detroy  our  organization,  and  they  are  now  invit- 
ing us  to  be  one  with  them  again,  promising  to  make  it  easy  for  us. 
Is  the  fable  of  the  lion  and  the  lamb  fated  to  be  re-enacted,  with  us  as 
the  victim  ?  And  yet  we  must  deal  with  this  question  in  a  broad  spirit, 
and  whatsoever  we  can  do  with  honor  and  with  a  wise  consideration  for 


7o8  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

the  welfare  of  our  own  school,  based  upon  the  rules  of  safety  and  of 
prudence,  we  should  hold  ourselves  ready  to  do,  and  do  ungrudgingly^ 
Still,  we  must  remember  that  all  over  this  broad  land  of  ours  we  stand 
as  one  school,  with  one  training,  one  cause,  one  purpose,  and  with  one 
great  bond  of  sympathy,  and  this  should  certainly  be  superior  to  any 
other  combination. 

The  one  hundred  homoeopathic  physicians  of  1849  have  increased 
to  fifteen  thousand  in  1898. 

History  has  never  been  favorable  to  coalition,  and  it  will  not  sanction 
the  union  of  the  old  and  the  new. 

Gentlemen,  we  want  no  entangling  alliance.  Let  us  keep  the  sword- 
arm  free;  let  us  know  our  law,  have  the  courage  to  assert  it  and  the 
character  to  maintain  it,  and  all  will  be  well  with  us. 

These  are  our  responsibilities,  and  we  accept  them.  But  a  truce  with 
our  duty  and  with  ourselves.  Fill  up  your  glasses,  fill  to  the  brim,  and 
join  me  in  a  bumper  to  our  Alma  Mater. 

Our  Alma  Mater.     Long  life  and  prosperity  to  her,  her  sons,  and  her 
sons'  sons.     May  she  continue  to  grow,  blessing  the  world  by  bringing 
knowledge  and  light  to  her  candidates,  and  succor  and  help  to  the  sick« 
"  Our  hearts,  our  hopes  are  all  with  thee; 
Our  hearts,  our  hopes,  our  prayers,  our  tears, 
Our  faith  triumphant  o'er  our  fears, 
Are  all  with  thee — are  all  with  thee." 

At  the  close  of  Dr.  Van  Baun's  address  a  beautiful  basket 
of  flowers  was  presented  to  him  by  the  members  of  the  Class 
of  '80,  to  which  he  briefly  responded.  The  Class  of  '98  fol- 
lowed with  a  rollicking  song,  excellently  rendered,  "In  the 
Wild  wood."  Dr.  Van  Baun  then  arose  and  said:  Gentlemen 
of  the  Alumni,  we  have  with  us  to-night,  in  official  capacity, 
one  who  has  served  us  long  and  faithfully,  and  who  so  will- 
ing responds  to  all  burdens  cast  upon  his  sturdy  shoulders 
that  we  are  sometimes  in  danger  of  failing  to  appreciate  the 
time  and  labor  he  so  freely  gives  to  our  interests.  To-night 
we  royally  welcome  him,  and  I  have  great  pleasure  in  intro- 
ducing to  you  as  our  toast-master,  Dr.  Joseph  C.  Guernsey, 
of  the  Class  of '72. 

Dr.  Joseph  C.  Guernsey:  In  accordance  with  the  custom  that  is 
observed  at  these  banquets,  our  first  toast  to-night  will  be  in  memory 
of  Samuel  Hahnemann. 

"While  searching  through  my  father's  papers  recently  I  found  a  very 
beautiful  tribute  to  the  memory  of  Samuel  Hahnemann  that  was  ad- 
dressed to  Hahnemann's  widow,  his  children  and  his  grandchildren. 
I  do  not  know  positively  the  origin  of  this  beautiful  tribute;  it  was  evi- 


AI<UMNI   ASSOCIATION.  709 

dently  adopted  by  the  first  Faculty.  To  my  knowledge  this  tribute 
has  never  been  in  print,  and  is  wholly  unknown,  and  I  wish  to  present 
it  to-night  to  this  Association. 

"To  Melaine  Hervilly,  widow  of  Samuel  Hahnemann,  and  to  his 
Children  and  Grandchildren :  Fully  sensible  that  to  you,  who  stood 
nearest  to  the  venerable  Hahnemann,  the  sorrow  occasioned  by  his 
death  must  be  the  severest,  we  desire  to  send  you  a  word  of  condolence 
from  this  far-away  land.  You  will  receive  this  expression  of  our  sym- 
pathy as  a  token  also  that  he  lives,  still  lives,  not  only  in  the  world  to 
which  he  has  gone,  but  here  also,  where  he  was  and  where  we  yet  are. 
He  lives  in  the  great  principle  which  he  asserted;  he  lives  in  the  faith- 
ful regard  of  the  great  multitude  whom  he  has  relieved;  he  lives,  for 
he  is  still  ministering  to  human  infirmities,  still  alleviating  human  suf- 
fering, and  he  will  live,  so  long  as  the  healing  art  continues  to  be  a 
blessing  to  the  world!" 

The  words  "  golden  anniversary  "  and  the  word  "jubilee  "  are  full 
of  happy  significance,  because  they  mean,  first,  fully  fifty  years 
rounded  out  in  honor,  in  youth  and  in  success;  and  secondly,  the  very 
word  jubilee,  taken  from  a  loud-sounding  trumpet,  calls  for  a  racket 
and  a  hurrah,  and  we  are  here  to-night  to  have  a  jolly  good  time  in 
memory  of  our  dear  Alma  Mater,  who  is  fifty  years  old  to-night. 

No  speech  has  been  more  earnestly  de.sired  and  more  earnestly 
sought  after  than  the  speech  on  behalf  of  our  Faculty  to  respond  to 
our  Alma  Mater.  I  have  received  information  through  a  private 
source  that  the  competition  was  so  keen  among  our  worthy  professors 
to  respond  to  this  toast  that  they  were  in  continuous  session  for  many 
continuous  hours. 

Our  College  Registrar — you  all  know  him,  "my  private  room,  12 
o'clock,  noon  " — opened  the  ball  by  saying  that  he  thought  he  ought 
to  make  the  speech  to-night,  and  he  proved  himself  up  to  the  spirit  of 
the  times  by  saying:  "  I  handled  all  the  money  of  the  students  for  the 
year,  and  I  can  afford  to  pay  7nore  for  it!"  He  said:  "  Some  men  are 
willing  to  pay  for  the  privileges  of  United  Gas,  and  some  are  willing  to 
pay  for  the  privilege  of  water  filtration;  now,  I  am  willing  to  pay  for 
making  this  speech  to-night — '  The  Alma  Mater.'  " 

Then  our  honest  ex-Registrar  James  severely  said:  "Of  speeches 
from  that  source,  let  us  have  no  more."     (Cries  of  "  Oh!") 

Then  I  am  told  that  Dean  Dudley  got  up  and  said  that  he  did  not 
believe  in  bribery,  but  thought  that  fair  exchange  was  no  robbery,  and 
he  was  willing  that  each  of  his  colleagues  should  take  turns  in  being 
Dean  for  three  months  each,  if  they  would  vote  for  him  to  be  orator 
of  the  Faculty. 

Quite  a  number  of  faces  brightened  at  the  prospect  of  taking  turns 
at  being  Dean,  but  Prof.  Charles  Thomas  sat  down  on  him  by  saying: 
"  Pooh,  who  wants  to  be  Dean  ?  I  would  not,  if  the  office  were  offered 
tome." 


yiO  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

Then  our  eager  Prof.  Bigler  jumped  up  and  said:  "  That  speech  be- 
longs to  me  for  a  scientific  reason.  I  have  always  taught  the  students 
that  all  progress  is  in  the  line  of  the  least  resistance,  and  there  will  be 
less  resistance  on  my  part  to  make  the  speech  than  on  the  part  of  any- 
one else."  For  a  minute  or  two  it  looked  as  if  that  argument  was  go- 
ing to  win,  but  Prof.  Van.  Lennep  said:  "  The  conservation  of  knowl- 
edge is  a  great  thing,  Bigler,  and  you  need  to  conserve  all  your  knowl- 
edge to  teach  physiology."     That  killed  Bigler. 

And  then  Prof.  Mercer  said  he  thought  he  ought  to  have  that  speech, 
that  he  had  done  more  than  anyone  else  to  make  these  Alumni  ban- 
quets a  success  by  selling  more  tickets  and  getting  more  names  of  men 
to  join  the  Association,  but  Prof.  Howard  brushed  away  his  hopes  by 
saying  that  Mercer  was  too  fresh. 

Then  our  professor  of  practice  remarked  in  a  very  quiet  tone  that  he 
would  like  to  have  the  speech. 

Then  Prof.  Northrop  very  scornfully  said:  "  Why  should  you  have 
this  speech  ?     Are  you  any  good  ?     No. ' ' 

At  this  pun  on  his  name  Goodno  was  so  hurt  that  he  burst  into  tears, 
and  the  Faculty,  out  of  sheer  pity  at  his  distress,  unanimously  voted 
that  he  should  respond  to  the  toast  of  "  Our  Alma  Mater."  Now  that 
you  are  all  through  with  Prof.  Goodno's  lectures,  we  would  like  to 
know  what  you  are  going  to  do. 

Before  Dr.  Goodno  arose  Dr.  A.  B.  Twitchell,  Jr.,  '98, 
called  upon  his  class  to  sing  "The  Pill-Box  Song,"  which 
brought  out  great  applause. 

Dr.  W.  C.  Goodno:  Gentlemen:  After  all  that  has  been  said  regard- 
ing this  speech,  I  shall  have  to  take  the  advice  of  a  man  in  a  Western 
audience.  The  orator  appeared,  rubbed  his  hands,  and  said:  "  Gentle- 
men, what  shall  I  talk  about?"  A  lanky  fellow  in  the  audience  rose 
up  and  said:  "Just  about  a  minute."  I  will  try  not  to  exceed  this 
time  very  much. 

I  feel  that  I  am  a  victim  of  circumstances;  I  trust  you  may  not  find 
that  you  are  victimized.  I  am  a  victim  of  circumstances  because,  at  a 
recent  Faculty  meeting — which  has  not  been  accurately  reported — I 
was  the  only  absentee,  and  it  was  voted  that  I  should  occupy  this  very 
responsible  position  and  reply  for  the  Faculty. 

Now,  at  the  risk  of  being  a  little  tedious,  and  perhaps  at  the  risk  of 
being  rejected,  I  want  to  say  a  very  few  words  seriously  regarding  an 
important  subject,  namely,  the  reciprocal  relations  which  exist  between 
medical  colleges  and  their  graduates.  What  does  the  college  owe  to 
the  Alumni  ?     What  do  the  Alumni  owe  to  the  college  ? 

First,  what  does  the  College  owe  to  the  Alumni  ?  In  a  very  general 
way  it  may  be  said  that  we  owe  to  the  graduates  of  this  Institution,  as 
does  the  Faculty  of  every  institution  owe  to  its  graduates,  unqualified 
support  along  all  normal  professional  lines.  But  what  can  we  do 
specifically   for  our  graduates  ?     If  we  could,  I  can   tell   you   what  I 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  7 II 

should  like  to  do  first  for  these  young  men  who  have  just  gone  out, 
that  is,  demolish  our  State  Board  of  Examiners  (great  applause).  I 
suppose  that  you  take  it  that  this  Board  of  Examiners  has  been 
established  for  the  public  good.  Nothing  could  be  further  from  the 
truth.  It  may  sound  a  little  severe  when  I  say  "demolish  this 
board."  I  would  not  hurt  a  single  individual  on  this  board,  if  I  could. 
I  have  great  respect  for  very  many  of  them.  As  long  as  we  have  to 
have  a  board,  and  the  positions  have  to  be  filled,  I  am  very  happy  that 
we  have  on  this  board  such  men  as  we  have — particularly  our  genial 
toast-master  who  is  such  a  "  pee-tik-i-lar  "  man.  The  fact  is  that  this 
board  has  grown  out  of  rivalry  for  place,  out  of  the  effects  of  wire- 
pulling politicians,  out  of  college  rivalries.  If  you  think  it  has  done 
anything  to  advance  medicine,  you  are  mistaken  (applause).  It  is  a 
direct  indignity  to  the  college  faculties.  We  are  told  that  a  college 
faculty  is  not  fit  to  decide  whether  a  man  shall  be  received  to  study 
miedicine.  We  are  told  that  we  are  not  fit  to  decide  whether  a  man  is 
fit  to  practice  medicine.  We  are  not  honest  men!  If  we  are  not 
honest,  is  the  State  Board  honest  ?  What  is  the  logical  outcome  of 
this  ?  Why,  as  human  nature  is  the  same  the  world  around,  we  shall 
have  to  have  a  second  State  Board  to  watch  the  first  (applause).  The 
latest  indignity  is  this,  that  we  cannot  examine  men  for  entrance  into 
medical  colleges.  While  the  Faculty  of  this  Institution,  of  any  well- 
established  school  of  medicine,  any  medical  college,  cannot  do  this, 
yet  any  little  academy  or  university  can  do  so,  and  such  a  certificate 
will  be  accepted.  But  this  is  enough  of  this  matter.  I  hope  the  time 
will  come  when  the  true  status  of  these  boards  will  be  understood. 
The  State  Boards  do  not  stand  for  progress  in  medicine. 

What  can  we  do  specifically  for  our  alumni  ?  Very  little  has  been 
done  in  this  direction.  Much  can  be  done,  and  I  want  to  make  these 
suggestions  in  order  that  they  be  accepted,  not  merely  as  talk.  We 
ought  to  have  a  Bureau  of  Information  made  up  of  college  members 
and  alumni  members,  to  select  openings  for  graduates — men  who  shall 
look  over  the  fields,  tell  the  young  men  who  want  locations  where  they 
can  find  them.  This  could  be  done  very  satisfactorily  indeed.  We 
ought  to  have  peopled  the  field. 

What  else  can  we  do  ?  A  great  deal.  One  suggestion  I  would  like  to 
make.  We  can  establish  a  method  of  improved  studv  of  medical  edu- 
cation carried  on  in  a  quiet  way — improve  the  alumni  by  following  such 
a  plan  as  that  adopted  by  the  Chautauqua  or  University  Extension. 
There  is  no  reason  why  this  cannot  be  done,  and  very  satisfactorily  in- 
deed. We  ought  to  adopt  measures  to  keep  up  the  interest  of  gradu- 
ates in  the  institution.  This  can  be  done  by  acquainting  the  graduates 
of  the  college  with  what  is  going  on,  letting  them  become  interested  in 
our  affairs,  in  our  progress.  There  is  no  reason  why  each  graduate  of 
the  college  should  not  have  something  to  say  in  regard  to  great  and 
improved  steps  in  medical  education  carried  by  the  institution. 


712  AI^UMNI  ASSOCIATION. 

What  can  the  alumni  do  for  the  college  ?  In  the  first  place,  the  gradu- 
ates of  the  medical  college  owe  us  unbounded  loyalty.  You  owe  it  to 
us  to  send  us  your  students  ;  but  above  all,  you  owe  it  to  us  to  care- 
fully select  a  better  educated  class  of  students.  No  one  can  look  upon 
this  class,  which  we  turn  out  to-day,  and  say  a  better  class  was  ever 
turned  out  of  Hahnemann  Medical  College  (great  applause).  But  no 
class  can  be  so  well  qualified  but  what  it  can  be  improved.  And  it  is 
your  important  duty  to  select  carefully  from  the  proper  sources  men 
well  qualified  to  enter  Hahnemann  College.  If  you  are  determined  in 
this  direction,  you  will  give  us  an  entrance  class  of  200  next  fall.  But 
I  have  promised  not  to  talk  much.  There  are  a  great  many  to  be  heard 
this  evening.  We  have  gone  on  now  for  many  years  in  this  institution. 
When  I  first  began  the  practice  of  medicine  here,  twenty- five  years 
ago,  it  reminded  me  of  the  time  when  Juno  and  her  progeny  took  in- 
terest in  the  affairs  of  this  sphere,  but  the  gods  took  sides — every 
man's  hand  was  against  every  other  man.  There  was  continual  con- 
flict; but  now  we  stand  like  brothers,  shoulder  to  shoulder  in  the  work 
of  treating  the  sick  and  educating  medical  men.  But  with  this  success 
there  comes  the  danger  of  absorption,  of  disappearance.  Our  old- 
school  brethren  would  take  us  in  as  the  phagocyte  does  the  parasite, 
and  cause  us  to  disappear.  Do  not  permit  this,  but  remember  the 
struggles,  the  sufferings  of  our  fathers  in  medicine  here — the  names 
of  the  men  you  have  heard  this  evening — of  Hering,  of  Raue,  of 
Lippe,  of  Thomas,  and  others.  Keep  them  in  mind,  and,  in  the  lan- 
guage of  him  who  uttered  that  memorable  statement,  "  Remember  the 
Maine,"  "  O  Ivord  of  Hosts,  can  we  forget!" 

Dr.  J.  C.  Guernsey:  We  extend  a  hearty  welcome  to  one 
of  the  ablest  managers  of  that  morning  paper,  of  which 
every  Philadelphian  is  proud.   The  Public  Ledger. 

Mr.  Joel  Cook:  I  want,  in  a  preliminary  way,  to  thank 
you,  it  seems,  for  a  first-class  notice  of  the  Public  Ledger,  and 
in  the  second  place,  I  find  to-night  that  the  cue  for  the  prac- 
ticed orator  is  to  be  apologetic.     Therefore  am  I  apolegetic? 

I  rise  here,  Mr.  Toast-master,  with  some  hesitation  and  with  some 
trepidation  to  attempt  to  represent  on  this  august  occasion  that  great 
body  known  as  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  Col- 
lege and  Hospital  (applause).  I  do  not  believe  that  any  of  you  fellows 
ever  knew  I  was  a  trustee  in  this  college  !  The  Board  of  Trustees  of  the 
Hahnemann  Medical  College,  it  should  be  explained  on  this  occasion, 
consists  of  two  classes  of  members — one  class  who  do  the  work,  and  the 
other  class  who  think  that  they  do  it.  The  leading  members  in  your 
faculty  are  all  trustees,  and  they  run  the  college  and  hospital.  The 
rest  of  us  are  purely  and  entirely  ornamental.  In  fact,  so  ornamental 
are  we  that  if  we  attempted  to  do  anything   we  would  be  set  down  and 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  713 

put  out,  and  we  are  getting  gradually  into  that  condition  of  some  of 
those  rare  old  pieces  of  ancient  bric-a-brac  that,  as  they  get  older  they 
become  mellow  and  have  a  peculiar  coloring.  So  our  representative, 
as  he  sits  here,  as  he  grows  mellow  and  as  he  comes  along  with  the  ad- 
vance of  age,  represents  us  in  that  gradual  coloring  that  we  are  all  get- 
ting. So  much  for  the  trustees.  Why  I  was  made  a  trustee  I  have 
never  been  able  to  find  out.  Why  I  was  expected  to  respond  for  the 
trustees  I  am  still  at  a  loss  to  know,  unless  it  was  to  come  here  to- 
night and  show  you  that  the  process  of  evolution  and  selection  goes 
still  on.  I  presume  that  some  other  trustee  declined  and  I  was  the 
only  one  who  was  left;  but  possibly  it  might  have  been — and  this 
thought  comes  to  me  because  here  is  an  assembly  of  doctors  and  I  am 
one  of  a  very  few  who  are  here  who  come  under  the  designation  of  a 
patient — I  am  here  as  a  patient  to  be  prescribed  for  and  pitied,  as  I 
stand  up  here,  by  all  this  grand  assembly.  Now,  Mr.  Toast-master,  I 
ought  not  to  have  been  a  homoeopath.  If  I  had  been  let  alone,  I 
would  not  have  been.  "  I  am  here  as  a  patient,"  as  the  great  Daniel 
Webster  said.  I  think  they  were  his  last  words.  "  I  am  here  as  a 
patient  for  these  many  years  under  this  school  of  treatment,  and  still 
live!"  But  I  started  on  the  other  side.  I  can  recollect  the  treatment  I 
used  to  get.  I  can  recollect  the  castor-oil  and  applications  of  goose- 
grease;  and  then  that  treatment  modified  as  I  got  a  little  older,  and 
was  instructed  not  only  by  the  physician — but  by  physicians  nearer 
home — that  the  great  sovereign  remedy  for  every  disease  was  a  little 
good  whiskey,  and  I  think  that  remedy  runs  through  all  the  schools  of 
medicine  (applause).  I  knew  I  would  strike  a  sympathetic  chord  at 
last — it  runs  through  the  faculty.  Gentlemen,  let  me  say  this:  that  is 
the  way  I  was  started  and  was  brought  up,  until  there  came  into  our 
house  the  other  school  of  medicine  for  the  baby  and  the  children — 
the  school  of  medicine  that  was  soothing,  kind,  pleasant  and  potential 
with  them;  that  is  the  reason  it  came  to  treat  me;  it  was  the  process  of 
revolution  and  development.  I  was  taught,  by  that,  the  advantages 
and  the  benefits  of  what  I  have  heard  well  described  as  the  beneficent 
system  of  medicine. 

The  trustees  of  this  college — very  few  of  them  now,  I  do  not  think 
any  of  them — can  go  back  in  the  dim  past  and  recall  the  time  of  its 
origin  fifty  years  ago,  when  the  three  grand  masters  met  and  started 
your  Homoeopathic  College  of  Pennsylvania — Dr.  Hering,  Dr.  Jeanes 
and  Dr.  Williamson  (applause) — in  1848;  and  think  of  what  that  means 
in  the  development  not  only  of  your  school  of  medicine,  but  of  the  de- 
velopment of  the  world.  In  the  day  when  that  College  was  started 
and  chartered,  the  place  where  this  magnificent  temple  is  erected  was 
an  open  common,  and  yet  now  it  is  the  center  of  the  City  of  Philadel- 
phia. At  that  time  the  United  States  had  just  emerged  from  its  first 
war  for  the  acquisition  of  territory.  The  war  against  France  then  first 
touched  the  threshold  of  a  revolution  for  a  republic,  which  resulted  in 


714  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

the  second  Emperor,  Louis  Napoleon.  Prussia  was  then  a  third-rate 
European  power,  and  had  not  grown,  as  it  has  since,  into  the  great  em- 
pire of  Germany.  But  one  of  these  nations  then  existed,  and  still  ex- 
ists, as  it  did  then — the  great  Queen,  the  English  Victoria,  sitting  on 
the  thorne  as  she  does  now  (applause);  the  best  friend  the  United 
States  has  outside  of  its  own  boundary. 

Your  College  began  in  a  small  way,  and  your  College,  like  everything 
else  that  ever  began,  had  its  quarrels  and  disputes,  which  resulted  in 
two  colleges;  but  they  concluded  to  come  together,  and  it  produced  the 
College  as  you  know  it.  Your  great  stride  in  success  began  fifteen 
years  ago,  for  I  can  remember  the  first  meeting  that  was  held  in  a 
house  on  Chestnut  street,  when  the  matter  was  talked  over  as  to 
whether  the  corporation  of  the  Hahnemann  College  should  acquire  the 
land  on  Broad  street  and  build  this  great  institution.  That  meeting 
was  held  in  the  house  of  the  grandest  man,  the  greatest  physician  in 
the  United  States,  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas.  (Great  and  tremendous  applause, 
with  college  "  yell.")  That  meeting  was  held  to  discuss  whether  they 
should  take  an  option  on  the  land  and  go  on  with  the  erection  of  the 
building,  and  it  was  decided  that  they  should  do  it.  There  was  a  dona- 
tion of  ten  thousand  dollars,  and  upon  that  it  was  started. 

It  has  grown  into  this  great  college;  it  has  lifted  you  to  the  front 
rank  of  your  school  in  the  whole  round  world.  And  what  have  you 
done?  Your  president  told  you  to-night  of  the  2,372  graduates  who 
have  been  turned  out  of  this  college  to  practice  the  beneficent  art,  and 
within  their  ranks  they  have  included  men  of  all  races  and  all  lands  in 
the  globe;  they  have  carried  the  flag  of  your  school  everywhere,  and 
carried  it  with  success! 

As  a  patient  and  a  layman,  let  me  say  that  the  best  doctrine  in  these 
days,  in  this  time  of  your  high  success,  is  the  doctrine  that  your  presi- 
dent preached'  to-night,  the  catholic  spirit  of  toleration.  What  have 
you  accomplished  ?  The  State  of  Pennsylvania  recognizes  you,  for  your 
hospitals  are  upon  the  charity  roll,  the  same  as  all  the  other  hospitals, 
and  they  occupy  the  front  rank  in  this  grand  old  Commonwealth  of 
Pennsylvania!  (Applause.)  The  City  of  Philadelphia  recognizes  you, 
for  you  have  your  school  in  the  city's  possession^the  medical  exam- 
iners and  the  Board  of  Health;  and  the  chief  of  the  municipality  sits 
at  your  table  to-night.  Mayor  Warwick.  (Great  applause.)  The  edu- 
cational organization  of  Philadelphia  recognizes  you,  for  the  Board  of 
Education  at  its  meeting  last  Tuesday  unanimously  passed  a  resolution 
accepting  the  offer  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  to  present 
scholarships  to  the  pupils  of  the  High  School  and  the  Manual  Training 
School,  if  they  are  accepted. 

And  now  let  me  say,  in  conclusion,  that  we  had  in  Philadelphia  at 
one  time,  as  her  leading  citizen,  a  man  who  carried  out  the  idea  of  the 
true  Philadelphian,  William  Welsh,  who  was  at  the  head  of  the  Cen- 
tennial Exposition  in  1876;  he  was  American  Minister  to  London  in 


AI.UMNI   ASSOCIATION.  715 

1878;  he  put  up  on  that  grand  and  beautiful  gorge  in  the  Wissahickon 
the  statue  of  William  Penn,  and  on  the  base  of  the  statue  he  carved  the 
single  word,  "TOLERATION."  And  let  toleration  be  your  watch- 
word! You  are  strong  enough,  you  are  grand  enough,  you  are  power- 
ful enough  to  let  the  others  do  what  they  please.  You  have  passed  the 
period  of  neglect,  you  have  passed  the  period  of  criticism,  you  have 
triumphed  over  the  period  of  open  opposition,  and  now  go  on  and  fol- 
low the  admonition  of  the  Prince  of  Peace  and  the  Divine  Healer. 
Let  your  case  be  to  alleviate  the  misery  of  humanity  and  become  the 
healer  of  all  human  ill.     (Great  applause.) 

The  Class  then  sang  "  Rosey  O' Grady,"  the  orchestra 
joining. 

The  Class  of  '98  being  introduced,  Dr.  H.  B.  Harper  re- 
sponded. 

Mr.  Toast-master,  Gentlemen  of  the  Faculty  and  of  the  Alumni  and 
Class  of  '98:  After  what  has  been  said  about  the  "  baby,"  I  am  sure 
we  can  throw  ourselves  at  once  upon  your  kindness,  your  gentleness 
and  your  quietness.  For  four  years  I  have  been  called  the  "  'pop  '  of 
the  class."     To-night  you  call  me  the  "baby." 

It  is  not  often,  gentlemen,  that  a  class  of  young  men  will  receive  a 
man  who  has  climbed  to  the  top  of  the  hill  of  life  and  treat  him  as  one 
of  themselves.  This  the  Class  of  '98  has  done.  All  along  these  four 
years,  when  the  race  has  been  swift,  when  the  load  has  been  heavy, 
when  the  hill  has  been  steep  and  hard  to  climb,  some  friendly  hand  of 
one  stronger  and  swifter  than  myself  has  helped  me  over  the  hard 
places,  and  I  am  here  to-night,  not  because  of  "  cribs  "  that  have  been 
given  or  used,  but  because  they  have  helped  me  with  a  kindly  word  all 
along  the  years  we  have  been  together. 

We  have  heard  a  good  deal  about  the  Jubilee  Year.  This  is  the 
fiftieth  year,  the  Class  of  '98  is  the  fiftieth  class,  and  I  am  fifty-two. 
And  perhaps  you  think,  "  Well,  your  days  are  numbered  ;"  so  may  this 
be.  How  is  that  ?  I  have  a  boy;  some  of  you  know  him.  He  was  a 
baby  a  little  while  ago.  To-day  in  the  Academy  he  said  to  me,  after 
the  session  was  over,  "  Pa,  I  will  be  a  doctor."  I  will  live  in  heaven 
if  he  lives  and  can  carry  on  the  work  that  I  am  soon  to  lay  down.  That 
is  for  Hahnemann!     That  is  for  our  Alma  Mater!     There's  one!  ! 

Time  would  fail  to  speak  of  our  Class.  We  shall  soon  separate — not 
part — because  we  shall  never  part.  We  have  met  and  we  have  written 
each  other's  names  on  each  other's  hearts;  and  no  matter  where  we 
may  go — we  may  live  in  foreign  climes,  live  north  or  south,  or  east  or 
west — but  again  and  again,  where  the  battle  rages  most  of  the  year,  faces 
will  come  up  in  our  memory  and  we  shall  be  charged  onward  to  the 
foe! 

We  have  sworn,  not  by  word,  but  by  action,  to  help  each  other,  and 
that  is  our  motto  to-day.     Listen!     Out  of  seventy  men,  there  was  not 


7l6  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

one  in  that  seventy  who  has  been  a  stone  in  my  path  since  the  day  we 
first  entered  as  strangers  in  yonder  hall.     This  for  '98! 

Where  is  the  Alumni  ?  You  have  invited  us  to  come  in  with  you. 
We  are  here.  We  are  here  to  stay — provided  you  treat  us  as  one  of 
yourselves.  If  you  do  not,  we  will  get  oat  on  our  own  hooks.  It  was 
said  during  the  war  when — perhaps  there  may  be  some  here  to  night 
who  tramped  in  the  night  air — as  men  marched  on  to  meet  the  gray, 
when  they  could  scarcely  see  each  other,  "  Stand  out,  comrades;  touch 
my  elbow!"  You  have  invited  us  to  be  with  you;  will  you  allow  us  to 
touch  your  elbows  as  we  march  on  ?  We  know  your  faces,  we  know  by 
the  words  you  have  uttered,  we  know  by  the  actions  you  have  already 
done,  that  we  are  one  of  yourselves.  We  may  not  be  brilliant,  but 
brilliant  men  do  not  always  reach  the  goal.  It  is  sometimes  the  shaft- 
horse,  the  wheel-horse,  the  steady  man,  who  wins  after  all. 

We  thank  you  for  your  cordial  welcome.  Now  for  the  professors. 
Four  years  ago  we  met  as  strangers.  Perhaps  the  majority  of  us  had 
never  met  before,  and  these  professors  had  never  seen  us  at  all.  The 
first  year  we  were  together  they  charged  us;  the  second  year  they  re- 
charged us;  the  third  year  they  surcharged  us,  and  the  fourth  year 
they  discharged  us!     (Applause.) 

Just  another  word  and  I  am  done.  I  am  not  a  prophet,  neither  am  I 
the  son  of  a  prophet,  but  our  future  depends  upon  ourselves.  I  read 
somewhere,  "  Behold  I  have  set  before  thee  an  open  door  which  no 
man  can  shut."  No  man  can  shut  that  door  but  ourselves,  and  if  we 
are  true  to  our  principle,  to  our  Alma  Mater,  God  himself  will  close  that 
door.  He  sets  the  whole  land  before  us,  and  the  Prophet  is  just  as  true 
to-night  as  He  was  3000  years  ago.  ' '  Go  in  and  possess  the  land  if  ye 
are  able."  Somebody  said  to  me  the  other  day,  "You  are  living  in 
the  twilight,"  and  I  know  it  was  in  his  miad  that  the  night  was  fast 
coming  on.  I  said,  ' '  Yes,  we  are  living  in  the  twilight,  but  as  the  twi- 
light before  the  rising  sun,  and  not  before  the  setting  of  the  same!" 

A  great  privilege  is  ours,  and  let  us  be  true  to  that  privilege.  Let  us 
be  true,  and  let  others  be  false  if  they  will.  We  should  be  true  to  our 
principles,  true  to  our  privileges,  true  to  our  opportunities,  forgetting 
self  and  not  living  for  filthy  lucre,  but  living  because  God  has  placed  us 
here  in  this  world  for  a  purpose.  What  is  that  purpose?  To  bless  the 
world  in  which  we  live,  carrying  the  sunshine  in  either  hand  and  scat- 
tering that  sunshine,  so  that  some  day,  somewhere,  wlien  the  grass 
covers  our  faces,  some  little  heart  will  say,  "This  doctor  was  my  doctor, 
and  he  helped  me  and  blessed  me  when  I  was  sad."  Oh,  that  is  a 
monument.  And  I  remember  one  other  thing.  It  was  the  Great  Phy- 
sician who  said,  "Inasmuch  as  ye  do  it  unto  the  least  of  these  my  breth- 
ren ye  do  it  unto  me."  And  what  next — everlasting  life  for  being  good 
and  doing  good  and  following  in  the  steps  of  that  wondrous  Nazarene! 
(Prolonged  applause.) 


AI^UMNI  ASSOCIATION.  717 

Music. 

Dr.  J.  NiCHOivAS  MiTCHEi,!,  spoke  to  "Homoeopathy"  in  part  as 
follows:  Mr.  Toast-master  and  Fellow-Members  of  the  Alumni  Associa- 
tion: There  has  been  a  great  deal  of  reference  to-night  to  the  great  men 
of  the  past,  to  the  men  who  made  the  history  of  homoeopathy  at  its  be- 
ginning, the  men  who  laid  the  foundation  of  the  school  and  practice  we 
all  follow.  There  has  been  one  intimation  that  in  these  early  days 
there  used  to  be  a  considerable  amount  of  difference  of  opinion  amongst 
the  different  members  of  the  profession,  but  I  think  at  the  same  time 
it  should  be  emphasized  that  at  that  time  all  had  one  common  cause, 
and  all  worked  for  one  common  cause.  Whatever  their  individual  dif- 
ference of  opinion  may  have  been,  they  were  united  for  the  cause  of 
homoeopathy,  and  believed  in  it  absolutely,  and  they  were  all  in  the 
"broadest  sense  of  the  word  specialists  in  medicine,  specialists  in  ther- 
apeutics. We  never  should  allow  ourselves,  no  matter  how  much  in 
the  course  of  time  we  may  differ  with  those  men  of  the  early  days,  we 
should  n-ever  allow  ourselves  to  forget  the  immense  debt  that  we  owe 
to  them.  In  the  course  of  time  I  believe,  without  any  doubt,  the  ma- 
jority of  them  seeking  always  in  the  one  line  of  specialism  neglected 
by  degrees  the  other  branches  of  medicine,  and  at  last  got  so  wedded  to 
the  thought  of  their  symptomatology  that  they  may  possibly  have  car- 
ried the  thing  to  an  extreme.  The  pendulum^swung  too  far,  the  spe- 
cialist and  specialism  carried  the  thing  too  far. 

I  want  to  draw  a  particular  point  to  this  idea  of  specialism.  I  believe, 
as  deeply  as  I  believe  anything  else,  that  one  of  the  reasons  why  the 
pendulum  used  to  swing  too  far  in  those  early  days  was  because  of  the 
excess  of  specialism.  I  think  in  these  latter  days  we  have  yet  to  stop 
and  think  somewhat  whether  specialism  is  not  likely  to  swing  it  too  far 
in  the  other  direction.  In  the  early  days  when  we  needed  counsel, 
when  we  found  it  was  necessary  to  educate  men  of  our  school  in  special- 
isms, we  turned  to  the  old  school,  with  the  expectation  that  they  would 
ielp  us  as  general  practitioners  to  understand  the  totality  of  the  symp- 
toms. Is  that  the  case  ?  Has  not  the  time  come  for  us  to  stop  and  think 
seriously?  Has  that  been  fulfilled  by  the  specialist?  I  read  recently 
that  gynaecology  and  laparotomy  were  synonymous  terms.  What  is 
there,  then,  in  the  development  of  all  these  symptoms  that  we  get  from 
our  forefathers?  What  has  become  of  the  study  of  these  symptoms  ?  I 
say  where  has  specialism  helped  us  to  the  full  development  of  our 
tnateria  medica? 

Homoeopathy  of  necessity,  gentlemen,  is  a  specialism.  All  the  out- 
side specialisms  that  come  into  it  are  simply  aids,  and  nothing  but  aids. 
I  have  nothing  against  the  specialist ;  they  are  all  friends  of  mine  ;  but 
it  seems  to  me  that  it  is  well  for  us  to  stop  right  here,  and  take  into 
consideration  somewhat  whether  we  are  not  perhaps  neglecting  to  a 
very  marked  degree  the  gift  of  the  materia  medica  that  was  given  to  us 
l)y  our  forefathers  of  homoeopathy,  whether  we  are  not  getting  to  a  cer- 


7l8  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

tain  degree  careless,  whether  we  have  not  reached  that  point  where  we 
are  apt  to  make  wrong  judgments  with  regard  to  the  past. 

I  want  to  raise  my  voice  to-night  to  the  idea  that  if  we  are  to  continue 
as  a  school  we  are  to  beware  of  that  tendency  of  which  Dr.  Goodno 
spoke — to  be  absorbed  by  the  old  school;  that  tendency  to  fly  away 
from  the  stonemarks  of  homoeopathy;  that  tendency  to  fail  to  take  our 
remedies  from  the  proven  remedies,  and  to  take  the  hearsay  of  this 
man,  that  man  and  the  other  man  who  recommends  some  drug  as  use- 
ful in  his  experience. 

Music. 

Hon.  Chas.  F.  Warwick,  Mayor  of  Philadelphia,  responded  to 
"Our  Country." 

"Our  Country" — God  bless  her!  God  keep  her  in  His  goodness  and 
His  kindness!  God  watch  over  her!  and  so  weave  it  in  the  web  and 
woof  of  time  that  she  may  be  a  shining  light  to  all  the  nations  of  the 
earth — to  hold  the  lamp  that  will  lead  all  people  to  liberty,  justice  and 
law.     (Applause. ) 

Cuba  for  half  a  century  has  been  lying  prostrate  under  the  power  of 
Spain,  and  almost  at  the  threshold  of  the  republic.  She  has  appealed 
to  us  for  aid  and  assistance.  She  has  writhed  under  the  most  cruel  and 
bitter  tyranny.  Spain,  not  actuated  by  toleration,  moderation,  justice 
or  humanity,  has  used  that  isle — which  is  called  the  Gem  of  the  An- 
tilles— simply  as  a  source  of  revenue  for  her  coffers.  Her  captain-gen- 
erals have  been  severe  and  brutal;  they  have  set  up  the  stake;  they 
have  touched  with  fire  the  fagots;  they  have  made  the  dungeon  damp; 
they  have  made  the  scaffold  hell.  But  poor  Cuba's  appealing  is  reach- 
ing the  dome  of  a  brighter  day;  her  appeals  have  been  heard,  and  they 
have  touched  our  hearts.  I  was  in  favor  of  averting  war;  I  prayed  to 
the  God  of  Nations,  that  in  His  judgment  he  might  not  weave  it  into 
our  destiny  that  war  should  come.  He  pressed  to  our  lips  the  bitter 
cup  of  war.  War  is  direful;  it  is  dreadful;  it  means  tears,  blood,  anguish 
and  sorrow;  it  means  separation  of  mother  and  child;  it  means  all  that 
is  worse  in  life — more  than  history  or  fiction  can  describe;  it  means  the 
charge,  it  means  the  crush,  the  crash  of  battle;  it  means  the  desolation 
of  homes,  and  ashes  upon  the  hearthstone.  There  is  nothing  that  comes 
to  a  nation  worse  than  war.  Pestilence  may  be  the  handmaid  of  war, 
but  there  is  nothing  worse  than  war.  There  may  have  been  a  reason 
in  the  minds  of  some  why  war  should  not  have  come  upon  this  nation, 
but  that  has  gone  by.  We  are  face  to  face  with  our  foe,  and  it  behooves 
every  man  who  has  a  patriotic  impulse  to  stand  by  the  republic  to-night 
in  this  conflict  that  is  being  waged.  (Great  applause. )  The  argument 
and  the  discussion  have  ceased,  and  now  it  is  only  at  the  point  of  the 
cannon  that  a  settlement  can  be  made.  Arbitration  is  not  in  consider- 
ation. It  is  a  struggle,  a  hand-to-hand  conflict,  face  to  face,  looking 
into  the  stern  and  wicked  eyes  of  war.  We  have  an  enemy  relentless 
and  vindictive;  an  enemy  that  has  forgotten  the  principles  and  rules 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  719 

that  govern  humanity  and  civilization.  The  judgment  of  history  will 
be — no  matter  whether  or  not  war  could  have  been  averted — that  no 
nation  ever  went  into  battle  for  a  holier  cause;  that  no  nation  ever  call- 
ed together  her  resources  to  strike  a  blow  for  humanity  as  this  nation 
has  done  to-day.  That  will  be  the  judgment  of  history.  Mistakes  may 
have  been  made,  but  our  impulses  are  honest,  our  motives  are  humane. 
And  in  that  little  brown  book,  carried  close  to  the  breast  of  Dr.  Harper 
(referring  to  the  Bible),  together  with  the  diploma  of  his  ahna  mater, 
if  he  will  turn  the  pages,  will  be  found  a  text  that  applies  to  this  cause 
— "Greater  love  hath  no  man  than  this,  that  he  lay  down  his  life  for 
his  brother."  Cuba  is  our  brother.  We  are  striking  the  blow  for  our 
brother.  Greater  love  than  this  no  nation  has  ever  shown  for  another. 
(Great  applause.) 

Music. 

Dr.  "WUvWam  H.  Hanchett,  Omaha,  Nebraska,  responded  to  the 
American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy:  Mr.  Toast-master,  Members  of 
the  Alumni  of  Old  Hahnemann  College,  and  Fellow-Practitioners  of 
Medicine  of  Whatever  School  You  May  Represent:  It  gives  me 
pleasure  to  be  here  to-night,  coming  half-way  across  the  continent  to 
meet  you.  This  is  one  of  the  happiest  and  pleasantest  evenings  of  my 
life.  I  feel  highly  honored  to  be  able  to  speak  to  you  for  a  few 
moments  at  this  late  hour.  I  know  you  are  weary,  that  you  have 
heard  the  eloquence  of  your  honorable  Mayor  who  has  just  addressed 
you,  being  one  of  the  most  eloquent  speeches  to  which  it  has  been  my 
pleasure  to  listen. 

I  have  listened  to  your  speakers  with  the  greatest  pleasure,  and  I 
feel  that  it  is  really  an  intrusion  for  me  to  offer  a  single  word  to-night 
at  this  very  late  hour;  but,  as  you  will  remember,  the  American  Insti- 
tute of  Homoeopathy  is  to  meet  in  the  extreme  West,  far  beyond  the 
Alleghenies,  far  beyond  the  great  Mississippi,  and  far  beyond  the  beau- 
tiful territory  lying  in  the  Missouri  Valley,  on  the  bluflfs  and  banks  of 
that  noble  stream,  the  longest  and  greatest  river  of  our  globe.  It  has 
been  my  pleasure  to  be  a  member  of  this  great  American  Institute  for 
the  past  twelve  or  fourteen  years,  and  it  has  been  my  pleasure  to  at- 
tend every  session  since  I  have  been  a  member.  I  have  travelled  from 
the  far  West  to  the  extreme  Atlantic  coast,  Newport,  Boston,  New 
York,  Philadelphia,  and  your  eastern  cities,  and  I  have  met  the  grand 
Alumni  of  old  Hahnemann  College  year  after  year  until  your  faces 
have  become  familiar  and  your  name  seemed  like  a  familiar  name  to 
me.  Many  of  your  honored  presidents  of  this  great  Association  have 
been  my  friends  and  associates  in  years  gone  by.  I  felt  for  many 
years  that  our  grand  and  noble  cause,  that  of  Homoeopathy,  would  be 
benefited  by  having  our  National  Medical  Society  meet  in  the  West 
next  year.  To  this  end  we  made  great  efforts  to  induce  the  members 
of  the   American  Institute  of  Homoeopathy  to  come  to  the  far  West 


720  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION. 

next  year.  You  have  decided  upon  this  place  for  your  next  meeting, 
and  on  June  23d  our  national  organization  will  convene  in  Omaha. 
Many  of  you  have  never  been  so  far  west,  and  feel  that  the  journey  is 
great,  that  the  undertaking  will  be  large  and  expensive;  but  let  me  as- 
sure you  that,  as  an  alumni  and  faculty  of  the  first  homoeopath  college 
in  the  world,  you  can  render  no  grander  or  nobler  act  than  for  each 
and  every  one  of  you  at  this  early  day  to  begin  to  make  your  plans  to 
take  this  westward  journey.  You  will  not  be  astounded  by  the  learning, 
the  literature  and  dignity  of  the  West,  but  you  will  find  that  the 
western  homoeopathic  physicians  will  grant  you  a  cordial  and  royal 
western  welcome.  You  will  find  that  the  old  Hahnemann  College  of 
Philadelphia  has  ramified  through  every  section  of  this  grand  country, 
of  which  we  are  all  citizens  and  of  which  your  Hon.  Mayor  has  so 
loyally  spoken.  You  will  find  that  your  college  will  be  benefited  by 
coming  out  there  and  helping  us  to  more  firmly  establish  and  take  root 
in  the  soil  of  the  western  country,  and  to  establish  the  tenets  of 
homoeopathy  in  the  far  West! 

To-day  it  is  my  pleasure  to  say  that  one  of  the  members  of  this 
alumni.  Dr.  Charles  McDowell,  is  now  in  charge  of  my  practice 
while  I  am  in  the  East.  Many  of  you  will  remember  that  name.  He 
is  one  of  your  graduates.  He  has  established  himself  there  in  the 
West. 

And  I  want  to  say  to  these  young  men  that  there  are  opportunities  in 
the  West  of  which  you  little  dream.  I  honor  the  East.  My  ancestry 
came  from  the  East.  My  father  was  a  New  England  man  and  my 
mother  was  born  in  New  York,  and  although  I  was  born  in  the  West, 
in  the  great  and  grand  city  of  Chicago,  I  have  that  respect  and  defer- 
ence for  the  old  Hahnemann  College  and  for  the  East  that  is  past  ex- 
pression. We  must  go  back  to  our  Pilgrim  fathers  and  remember  that 
only  a  few  years  ago,  comparatively,  on  the  banks  of  a  New  England 
stream,  settled  a  few  tried  and  true  and  worthy  people  who  have  made 
this  grand  republic,  of  which  the  Honorable  Mayor  has  just  spoken. 
When  you  think  that  westward  the  march  of  empire  has  taken  its 
course,  that  from  Plymouth  Rock  to  Philadelphia,  from  Philadelphia 
to  Chicago,  and  so  on  to  San  Francisco,  this  great  country  has  grown, 
let  us  remember  that  we  are  one  people,  and  that  it  is  only  a  few 
years  that  all  of  us  were  here  in  this  locality,  and  that  our  ancestry 
were  simply  the  progeny  of  a  people  of  which  the  Mayor  has  spoken, 
the  great  and  grand  Britons  who  are  standing  by  bur  country,  and 
from  every  soil  has  come  the  mingled  blood  that  has  made  the  United 
States   of   America   what   they   are  to-day! 

I  beg  and  beseeeh  of  you,  Mr.  Toast-master,  as  a  representative  of 
old  Hahnemann  College,  which  is  the  mother  college  of  all  homoe- 
pathic  colleges  in  this  country,  that  you  all  try  to  come  to  our  Ameri- 
can Institute  of  Homoeopathy,  and  become  members,  if  you  are  not. 
I  know  all  your  faculty  are  members,  and  I  want  to  urge  on  these 
young  men  who  have  just  graduated  that  if  you  are  notable  to  take 


AIvUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  72  I 

this  western  trip  this  summer,  join  the  American  Institute  of  Homoe- 
opathy and  become  members  of  that  great  and  dignified  body  of  which 
many  of  your  representatives  here  to-night  have  been  honored  as 
presidents. 

In  the  West  we  are  feeble.  I  reside  in  a  city,  a  small  town  of  200,000 
people.  Omaha,  on  the  banks  of  the  Missouri,  is  a  western  town,  and 
sparsely  settled  by  homoeopathic  physicians.  There  is  room  to-day  for 
fifty  homceopathic  physicians,  and  it  would  give  me  pleasure  to  wel- 
come any  of  these  young  students  who  leave  the  old  Hahnemann  Col- 
lege to-night  to  our  splendid,  young  and  thriving  city.  I  wish  to  urge 
upon  you  the  importance  of  joining  this  grand  national  homceopathic 
body.  Your  old  Hahnemann  College  takes  all  the  glory  and  credit  for 
the  establishment  of  this  national  body,  as  it  was  the  mother  of  all  the 
homoeopathic  colleges;  and  as  I  have  been  initiated  many  times  in 
your  alumni  at  the  different  meetings  of  our  American  Institute,  I  pro- 
pose this  year  that  we  have  one  night  during  the  medical  convention 
devoted  to  the  alumni  of  all  medical  colleges  instead  of  having  a  night 
that  shall  be  devoted  to  any  one  particular  college,  that  the  alumni  of 
all  the  colleges  meet,  and  that  the  chairman  of  the  banquet  which  we 
expect  to  hold  in  Omaha  shall  be  a  Philadelphia  man,  and  a  man  who 
is  a  graduate  of  old  Hahnemann  College.  We  will  welcome  you,  and 
I  hope  that  your  honorable  Mayor  will  be  there.  I  know  that  the 
Mayor  of  Omaha  would  welcome  him.  We  are  all  heart  and  sympathy 
with  these  questions  of  our  national  protection  and  the  good  that  we 
hope  may  come  from  this  war,  which  we  are  sure  will  come  from  it. 
Our  Nebraska  boys  will  be  side  by  side  with  those  of  Pennsylvania  in 
this  struggle  of  right. 

Music. 

The  following  telegrams  were  received  and  read,  and  the 
Banquet  then  adjourned: 

From  ' '  The  Alumni  Association  of  the  New  York  Homoe- 
opathic Medical  College  and  Hospital:" 

"  Congratulations  and  best  wishes  to  old  Hahnemann;  may 
she  in  the  future,  as  in  the  past,  steadily  increase  in  pros- 
perity, honor  and  fame." 

SigJied,         EuGKNE  H.  Porter,   M.   D., 
Geo.  G.  SheivTon,  M.  D., 
Fred.  J.  Knott,  M.  D. 

From  "The  Minneapolis  Auxiliary  of  the  Alumni  Associa- 
tion of  Old  Hahnemann:" 


47 


722  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

' '  The  Alumni  send  greetings  and  congratulations  to  the 
Alma  Mater." 

Signed,         H.  C.  Aldrich,  M.  D,, 

A.    P.    WlIvLIAMSON,    M.    D., 

J.  A.  Steels,  M.  D., 
G.  K.  RiCKER,  M.  D., 

W.  E.  lyEONARD,  M.  D., 
R.  D.  Matchan, 

H.  S.  IvIDDLE,  M.  D. 

From  "  The  California  State  Medical  Society:" 
' '  The  California  State  Medical  Society  sends  greetings  and 
congratulations.     May  God  bless  the  pioneer  school  of  homoe- 
opathy." 

Signed,         E.  R.  Bryant,  M.  D., 

William  Boericke,  M.  D., 
C.  A.  Wayland,  M.  D.,  Committee. 
From  Dr.  T.  Griswold  Comstock,  St.  lyouis,  Mo.: 
"  I  sincerely  regret  I  cannot  be  present.     With  highest  re- 
gards and  kind  memories  for  my  fellow-alumni  who  will  be 
present  at  the  fiftieth  class  reunion." 

From  Benj.  F.  Bailey,  M.  D.,  Lincoln,  Nebraska: 
* '  Filial  congratulations  to  Faculty  and  fraternal  greetings 
to  Alumni." 

Among  the  gentlemen  present  were: 

Louis  D.  Adams,  A.  B.  Arthur,  Judge  E.  A.  Armstrong, 
Camden;  E.  S.  Adams,  New  Haven;  C.  C.  Allen,  Bridgeton; 
L.  B.  Amsboy,  A.  A.  Appel,  Collegeville;  R.  B.  Armour, 
Harrisburg;  Joshua  Allen,  R.  A.  Adams,  Rochester;  F.  M. 
Abbott,  T.  S.  Adams,  G.  S.  Adams. 

Prof.  W.  H.  Bigler,  W.  D.  Bayley,  F.  C.  Benson,  G.  H. 
Boone,  Pottsville;  S.  G.  A.  Brown,  Shippensburg;  J.  A. 
Bullard,  J.  A.  Brook,  Wilkesbarre;  J.  E.  Bellville,  F.  W. 
Brierly,  A.  W.  .Bailey,  Atlantic  City;  W.  F.  Baker,  W.  I. 
Baker,  Camden;  J.  B.  Bates,  Binghamton;  A.  C.  Blair,  Pitts- 
burg; O.  E.  Boericke,  W.  T.  Bond,  J.  P.  Birch,  W.  Bartine, 
Z.  T.  Babbitt,  Clark  Burnham,  Brooklyn;  C.  L.  Bonnell, 
Brooklyn;  A.  W.  Ball,  L.  D.  Balliet,  Atlantic  City;  Alonzo 
Barnes,  C.  M.  Brooks,  John  Boileau,  Wilson  H.  Brown,  G. 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  723 

H.  Bickley,  W.  K.  Brown,  J.  S.  Barnard,  G.  F.  Baier,  J.  W. 
Branin,  Mt.  Holly. 

Mr.  Theo,  I..  Chase,  T.  H.  Carmichael,  B.  L.  Clark, 
Media;  Duncan  Campbell,  Woodbury;  Thomas  A.  Capen, 
Fall  River;  W.  D.  Culin,  W.  D.  Carter,  J.  H.  Closson,  G. 
H.  Carmichael,  T.  O.  Cooper,  Peter  Cooper,  S.  B.  Challinor, 
Pittsburg;  W.  T,  Chamberlin,  Ottawa,  Canada;  D.  B.  Chase, 
Jr.,  Somerville,  Mass.;  Bdgar  Clement,  Haddonfield;  S.  W. 
Clover,  Palmyra;  Macpherson  Crichton,  Washington,  D.  C; 
G.  R.  Critchlow,  New  Brighton,  Pa.;  C.  T.  Cutting,  Jr.,  A. 
M.  Cushing,  Springfield,  Mass.;  Prof.  J.  B.  G.  Custis,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C;  B.  G.  Cowperthwait,  Theo.  L.  Chase,  W.  A. 
Corson,  Atlantic  City;  H.  H.  Carr,  Mullica  Hill;  G.  M. 
Christine,  G.  M,  Conard,  Joel  Cook,  Bsq.,  J.  P.  Cheesman, 
N.  H.  Chaffe,  D.  C.  Campbell,  J.  W.  Crumbaugh. 

Mr.  B.  B.  Davis,  Prof.  Pemberton  Dudley,  F.  Douglass, 
T.  S.  Davis,  Plainfield;  W.  B.  Dake,  Rochester;  Mr.  C.  A. 
Diamon,  P.  H.  Dudley,  Thos.  Dunning,  R.  G.  Dock,  Wm. 
F.  Doyle,  H.  M.  Bberhard,  T.  M.  Bmbeley,  J.  A.  Bvans, 
Baltimore;  P.  H.  Baler,  A.  L.  W.  Foster,  B.  K.  Fletcher, 
A.  S.  Fell,  Trenton;  A.  B.  Frantz,  Wilmington;  H.  S.  Fur- 
man,  I.  M.  Flinn,  Wilmington;  B.  W.  Flinn,  Wilmington; 
S.  J.  Fairbank,  Utica,  N.  Y.;  Prof.  C.  B.  Fisher,  Chicago; 
Mr.  Wm.  G.  Foulke,  W.  L-  Frank,  Jr.,  Olney;  J.  A.  Fischer, 
M.  R.  Faulkner,  Vineland;  W.  H.  A.  Fitz. 

Joseph  C.  Gray,  Bsq.,  J.  B.  Given,  B.  B.  Griscomb, 
Camden;  Prof.  W.  C.  Goodno,  B.  M.  Gramm,  F.  C.  Gray. 
J.  C.  Guernsey,  B.  H.  Garrison,  Blmer;  W.  D.  Gates,  Sayre; 
J.  M.  Gerhart,  J.  R.  T.  Gray,  Jr.,  Chester;  C.  B.  Greason, 
CarHsle;  M.  Greenwood,  Millville;  C.  F.  Goodall,  Frederick, 
Md.;  William  Griffith,  Silas  Griffith,  Bonis  Griffith,  W. 
Geiser,  T.  J.  Gramm,  Oliver  Grimshaw,  M.  D.,  Swedesboro; 
I.  B.  Gilbert,  W.  T.  Gardner. 

H.  B.  Hall,  Riverton;  B.  M.  Howard,  Camden;  O.  S. 
Haines,  P.  S.  Hall,  Morris  Hughes,  Kennett  Square;  James 
Hoffman,  Jersey  City;  W.  C.  Hunsicker,  J.  W.  Hassler,  R. 
T.  Hart,  Joseph  Hancock,  C.  S.  Hoag,  Bridgeport;  Dr.  Wm. 
H.  Hanchett,  Omaha,  Nebraska;  Richard  Haehl,  Kirchheim- 
unter-Teck,  Germany;  C.  T.  Haines,  Clarksboro;  H.  B.  Har- 


724  -  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

per,  G.  H.  Harry,  Bradysville,  Pa. ;  Arthur  Hartley,  Palmyra; 
G.  W.  Hartman,  Littlestown,  Pa.;  J.  K.  Hedrick,  Perkasie; 
Iv.  E.  Hetrick,  Asbury  Park;  J.  B.  Hill,  T.  H.  Hollinshead, 
Moorestown,  N.  J.;  J.  R.  Hood,  G.  E.  Houck,  Frederick, 
Md.;  E.  S.  Hubbs,  W.  H.  Huber,  Glenside,  Pa.;  F.  L. 
Hughes,  E.  Humphrys,  G.  H.  Haas,  Allentown;  H.  F. 
Heilner,  Scranton;  C.  H.  Hubbard,  Chester;  Hon.  W.  B. 
Hanna,  Mr.  H.  S.  Hopper,  F.  J.  Haerer,  F.  C.  Holler,  W. 
B.  Holcombe,  J.  B.  Heritage,  I.  W.  Heysinger,  Mr.  William 
Ivins,  W.  I.  IngersoU.  D.  H.  Johnson,  John  E.  James,  H. 
I.  Jessup,  D.  B.  James,  E.  W.  Jones,  Mr.  Isaac  W.  Jeanes, 
H.  B.  Justice,  Ironton,  O.;  G.  C.  Jenkins,  Mr.  William  D. 
Kelley,  Rev.  A.  G.  Kynett,  W.  D.  Kennedy,  Lansdowne; 
E.  H.  Kase,  Charles  W.  Karsner,  W.  R.  King,  Washington, 
D.  C;  A.  E.  Kistler,  Allentown;  Bayard  Knerr,  Danie  IKars- 
ner,  T.  Y.  Kinne,  Paterson;  August  Korndoerfer,  August 
Korndoerfer,  Jr.,  Hon.  J.  F.  Keator,  E.  A.  Krusen,  College- 
ville;  C.  B.  Knerr,  O.  A.  Koch,  A.  J.  Kurtz,  D.  C.  Kline. 

I.  C.  Eeedon,  Bordentown;  W.  F.  Lee,  Manoa,  Pa.;  A.  G. 
Eayman,  M.  S.  Lyon,  Haddonfield;  J.  P.  Lukens,  Wilming- 
ton; F.  L.  Lanphear,  Boston;  R.  W.  Larer,  F.  B.  Livezey, 
N.  F.  Lane,  H.  W.  Leopold,  New  York;  J.  D.  Lawrence, 
Merchant ville,  N.  J.;  A.  B.  Lichtenwalner,  H.  Litchfield,  F. 
M.  Lawrence,  W.  H.  Lyle,  T.  W.  Lange. 

L.  E.  Marter,  Prof.  Charles  Mohr,  F.  W.  Messerve,  Mr.  J. 
P.  Moore,  ,H.  K.  Mansfield,  J.  R.  Mansfield,  NJVL_Miller, 
D.  P.  Maddux,  Chester;  E.  W.  Mercer,  G.  B.  Moreland, 
Pittsburg;  T.  H.  McWhorter,  H.  S.  Meily,  Lebanon;  F.  L. 
Muth,  East  Mauch  Chunk;  W.  J.  Martin,  Pittsburg;  T.  L- 
Macdonald,  Washington;  J.  N.  Mitchell,  R.  P.  Mercer, 
Chester;  Mr.  William  McGeorge,  Jr.,  Mr.  James  W.  Mc- 
Allister, C.  S.  Middleton,  M.  L.  Munson,  Atlantic  City;  J. 
H.  McClelland,  Pittsburg;  C.  E.  Myers,  B.  R.  Marsden, 
Duncan  Macfarlan,  W.  H.  Malin,  F.  A.  Mullen,  West 
Chester;  A.  C.  Marozzi,  Honeybrook;  C.  F.  Manson,  Wal- 
lace McGeorge,  Camden. 

Prof.  H.  L.  Northrop,  E.  T.  Negendank,  Wilmington;  M. 
J.  Nevinger,  E.  R.  Northrop,  Seymour,  Conn.;  Professor  A, 
B.  Norton,  New  York;  C.  R.  Norton;  G.  S.  Ogden,   York; 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  725 

W.  B.  Ormsby,  Brooklyn;  L/.  P.  Posey,  Professor  K.  H. 
Porter,  New  York;  W.  A.  D.  Pierce,  Mr.  Charles  Piatt,  C. 
R.  Palmer,  West  Chester;  Mr.  James  Pollock,  K.  T.  Prizer, 
Lancaster;  C.  W.  Perkins,  Chester;  F.  Powell,  Chester;  R. 
R.  Paxson,   O.  H.   Paxon,  J.  W.  Pratt,   W.   C.   Powell,   Mr. 

C.  Pope. 

C.  S.  Raue,  D.  J.  Roberts,  W.  S.  Roney,  Ksq.,  W.  E. 
Rotzell,  J.  H.  Reading,  h.  W.  Reading,  C.  W.  Roberts, 
Scranton;  B.  G.  Randall,  Poultney,  Vt.;  F.  h.  Richards, 
Oswego;  H.  E.  Riddell,  W.  J.  Robbins,  Norman  Roberts, 
W.  N.  Rogers,  Media,  Pa.;  C.  E.  Roth,  J.  B.  Ruffell,  J.  I.. 
Redman,  Atlantic  City;  J.  Harmer  Rile,  Wilmington;  J.  R. 
Reeves,  E.  F.  Rink,  Burlington;  F.  Roberts,  O.  Ritch. 

C.  W.  Simmons,  Walter  Strong,  I.  H.   Sandel,  Plymouth; 

E.  R.  Snader,  I.  G.  Shallcross,  W.  W.  Speakman,  A.  T. 
Schoonmaker,  Westfield,  Mass.;  W.  G.  Steele,  G.  W.  Stew- 
art, D.  W.  Shoemaker,  W.  Spencer,  I.  G.  Smedley,  J.  F. 
Slough,  Allentown;  M.  R.  Skinner,  EeRoy,  N.  Y.;  Profes- 
sor E.  B.  Swormstedt,  Washington,  D.  C;  E.  E.  Snyder, 
Binghamton;  S.  Starr,  Chester;  E.  P.  Swift,  Pleasant ville; 
Mr.  George  S.  Strawbridge,  G.  S.  Stubbs,  J.  G.  Streets, 
Bridgeton;  G.  W.  Smith,  Mr.  Jacob  Seeds,  C.  D.  Smedley, 
Wayne;  J.  C.  Stirk,  Horace  Still,  Norristown;  G.  T.  Stew- 
art, N.  Y.;  S.  S.  Stearns,  Washington;  W.  A.  SRarretts,  N. 
H.  Somerville,  Mr.  Walter  Scott,  N.  SmiHe,  E.  S.  Sharpless, 

D.  Steinmetz. 

Professor  CM.  Thomas,  E.  Thompson,  N.  Thorn,  Woods- 
town;  R.  L.  Truitt,  Wilmington;  A.  B.  Twitchell,  Newark; 
Dr.  Thompson,  Scranton;  J.  J.  Tuller,  C.  S.  Trites,  E.  C. 
Thomas,  J.  J.  Thompson,  Carbondale;  D.  B.  Umstead;  Pro- 
fessor W.  B.  Van  Eennep,  G.  A.  Van  Eennep,  J.  L.  Van 
Tine,  W.  W.  Van  Baun,  C.  V.  Vischer;  Mr.  F.  E.  Wessels, 
H.  S.  Weaver,  F.  E-  Williams,  George  D.  Woodward,  Cam- 
den, N.  J.;  A.  H.  Worthington,  Trenton,  N.  J.;  H.  R. 
Worthington,  Trenton,  N.  J.;  R.  B.  Weaver,  H.  K.  Weiler, 
Delanco,  N.  J.;  R.  T.  Wiltbank,  W.  A.  Weaver,  Mr.  Horace 

F.  Whitman,  J.  M'E.  Ward,  Mayor  Warwick,  C  V.  Webb, 
H.  S.  Wetzel,  H.  B.  Ware,  Scranton;  Professor  Charles  E. 
Walton,    Cincinnati;    George  Webster,   Chester;   Mr.  E.   B. 


726  AI^UMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

Warren,  M.  S.  Williamson,  Professor  J.  C.  Wood,  Cleveland; 
W.  P.  Weaver,  Bristol;  Mr.  C.  F.  Warnick,  John  D.  Ward, 
Professor  George  Wheeler,  Mr.  John  J.  Wilson,  M.  D. 
Youngman,  Atlantic  City;  C.  A.  Yocum,  Pottstown;  A.  F* 
Ziegenfus. 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 


727 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

Complete  I^ist  op  Officers  and  Members  op  the 
Association, 


PRESIDENTS. 


FIRST  VICE   PRESIDENTS. 


891 
892 
893 
894 
895 
896 
897 


Augustus  Korndcerfer,  M.  D.,  '68. 

William  Tod  Helmuth,  M.  D.,  '53. 

J.  H.  McClelland,  M.  D.,  '67. 

John  W.  Dowling,  M.  D.,  '57. 

J.  C.  Budlong,  M.  D.,  '63. 

Hugh  Pitcairn,  M.  D.,  '80. 

J.  P.  Dake,  M.  D.,  '53. 

T.  Griswold  Comstock,  M.  D.,  '51. 

Tullio  deSuzzara  Verdi,  M.  D.,  '57. 

I.  Tisdale  Talbot,  M.  D.,  '57. 

Asa  S.  Couch,  M.  D.,  '55. 

L.  H.  Willard,  M.  D.,  '66. 

C.  B.  Adams,  M.  D.,  '72. 

W.  W.  Van  Baun,  M.  D.,  '80. 


William  B.  Trites,  M.  D.,  '69. 

Edward  S.  Breyfogle,  M.  D.,  '75. 

George  A.  Hall,  M.  D.,  '56. 

J.  C.  Budlong,  M.  D.,  '63. 

L.  B.  Hawley,  M.  D.,  '63. 

Samuel  Starr,  M.  D.,  '69. 

C.  B.  Adams,  M.  D.,  '72. 

E.  Melville  Howard,  M.  D.,  '76. 

E.  I..  Mann,  M.  D.,  'S6. 

C.  S.  Middleton,  M.  D.,  '61. 

L.  H.  Willard,  M.  D..  '66. 

Lyman  B.  Swormstedt,  M.  D.,  '77. 

C.  A.  Gale,  M.  D.,  '80. 

C.  W.  Roberts,  M.  D.,  '89. 


SECOND   VICE   PRESIDENTS. 


THIRD   VICE  PRESIDENTS. 


1885 

Horace  F.  Ivins,  M.  D.,  '79 

J.  H.  McClelland,  M.  D.,  '67. 

1886 

Horace  F.  Ivins,  M.  D.,  '79. 

J.  H.  McClelland,  M.  D.,  '67. 

1887 

J.  W.  Dowling,  M.  D.,  '57. 

J.  Lester  Keep,  M.  D.,  '60. 

1888 

J.  F.  Cooper,  M.  D.,  '53. 

H.  Noah  Mai-tin,  M.  D.,  '65. 

1889 

Charles  H.  Lawton,  M.  D., 

'71. 

Alonzo  P.  Williamson,  M.  D.,  '76 

1890 

J.  Heber  Smith,  M.  D.,  '66. 

Allen  Noxen,  M.  D.,  '66. 

I89I 

C.  M.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  '74. 

J.  C.  Burgher,  M.  D.,  '54. 

1892 

Clitus  S.  Hoag,  M.  D.,  77. 

Tullio  deSuzzara  Verdi,  M.  D.,  '56 

1893 

E.  E.  Snyder,  M.  D.,  '72. 

T.  S.  Dunning,  M.  D.,  '70. 

1894 

Asa  S.  Couch,  M.  D.,  '55. 

William  J.  Hawkes,  M.  D.,  '67. 

I89.S 

Wallace  McGeorge,  M.  D,, 

'68. 

Frederick  W.  Lange,  M.  D.,  '90. 

1896 

W.  B.  Van  Lennep,  M.  D., 

80. 

William  H.  Malin,  M.  D.,  '58. 

1897 

J.  B.  McClelland,  M.  D.,  '79. 

J.  P.  Lukins,  M.  D.,  '78. 

1898 

A.  W.  Baily,  M.  D.,  '86. 

L.  deV.  Wilder,  '55. 

YEAR.    PERMANENT   SECRETARY.     PROVISIONAL   SECRETARY. 


TREASURER. 


1885 
1886 
1887 
1888 
1889 
1890 
I89I 
1892 

1893 
1894 

1895 


W.  W.  Van  Baun,  M.D., ' 


W.  D.  Carter,  M.  D.,  '94 


Clarence  Bartlett,M.D.,'79 


Geo.  W.  Smith,  M.  D.,   '79 
Edmund  H.Kase,  M.D.,'88 


F.  W.  Brierly,  M.  D.,  '94 


Wm.  H.  Bigler,  M 


D.,  '71 


Wm.  H.  Keim,  M.  D.,  '71 


ACTING  PRESIDENTS. 


J.  F.  Cooper,  M.  D.,  '53. 


1891  C.  B.  Adams,  M.  D.,  '72. 


728 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 
EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE. 


ONE   YEAR. 


TWO    YEARS. 


THREE    YEARS. 


W.  T.  Helmuth,  M.  D.,  '53IJ.  C.  Budlong,  M.  D.,  '63 
A.  Cowperthwait,  M.D./eglC.  H.  Lawton,  M.  D.,  '71 
Isaac  G.Smedley,M.D., 'So  jW.B.Van  Lenncp.M.D  ,'80 


H.  Noah  Martin,  M.  D.,'65 
John  K.  Lee,  M.  D.,  '51. 
J.  C.  Guernsey,  M.  D.,  '72 


J.  C.  Budlong,  M.  D.,  '63 
Chas.  H.  Lawton,  M.D.,  '71 
W.B.  Van  I^ennep,M.D.,'8o 


H.  Noah  Martin,  M.D.,  '65 
John  K.  Lee,  M.  D.,  '51 
J.  C.  Guernsey,  M.  D.,  '72 


A.  P.Williamson,  M.D.,'76 
Lsaac  G.  Smedley,  M.D.,'8o 
Richard  C.  Allen,  M.  D.,'68 


H.  Noah  Martin,  M.  D.,  '65 
John  K.  Lee,  M.  D.,  '51 
Jos.  C.  Guernsey,  M.D.,  '72 


A.  P.Williamson,  M.D.,  '76 
I.  G.  Smedley,  M.  D.,  '80 
Richard  C.  Allen,  M. D.,'68 


W.B.VanLennep,  M.D.,'8o 
.M.  S.  Williamson,  M  D.,'72 
Horace  F.  Ivins,  M.D.,  '79 


Isaac  G.  Smedley, M.D., '80 
Richard  C.  Allen,  M. D.,'68 
A.  P.  Williamson, M.D., '79 


W.B. Van  Lennep,M.D.,'8o 
M.S.Williamson,  M.D.,  '72 
Horace  F.  Ivins,   M.D.,  '79 


John  K.  Lee,  M.  D.,  51 
Samuel  Starr,  M.  D.,  '69 
J.  C.  Guernsey,  M.  P.,  '72 


W.B. Van  Lennep,M.D.,'So 
M.S.  Williamson, M. D.,'72 
Horace  F.  Ivins,  M.  D.,  '79 


J.  L.  Seward,  M.  D.,  '73 
Samuel  Starr,  M.  D.,  '69 
J.  C.  Guernsey,  M.  P.,  ' 


Isaac  G. Smedley,  M.P.,'8o 
Daniel  Karsner,M.D.,'87 
Richard  C.  Allen,  M.P  ,'68 


J.  L.  Seward,  M.  P.,  '73 
M.  S.  Williamson,M.P.,'72 
J.  C.  Guernsey,  M.  P.,   '72 


Isaac  G.  .Smedley, M.P.,' 
Daniel  Karsner,  M.  D.,  ' 
Richard  C.  Allen,  M.D.,' 


W.B.VanLennep,  M.D. 
J.  N.  Mitchell,  M.  D.,  ' 
F.  W.  Messerve,  M.  P. 


,,'80 
73 
■  '85 

,'72 
'71 
,  '72 


Isaac  G.Smedley,  M.P.,'So 
Paniel  Karsner,  M.  P.,  '88 
Richard  C.Allen,  M.P.,  '68 


W.B.VanLennep,M.P.,'8o 
J.  N.  Mitchell,  M.  P.,  '73 
F.  W.  Messerve,  M.  P.,' 85 


M.S.Williamson,  M.P 
Wm.  H.  Keim,  M.  P., 
J.  C.  Guernsey,  M.  P. 


W.B. Van  Lennep,M.P.,'So 
J.  N.  Mitchell,  M.  P.,  '73 
F.  W.  Messerve,  M.  P.,  '85 


M.  S.  Williamson,  M.P. ,'72 
Wm.  H.  Keim,  M.  P.,  '71 
Jos.  C.  Guernsey,  M.D.,  '72 


Carl  V.  Vischer,  M.  D., 
T.H.Carmichael,  M.D., 
Edw.  W.  Mercer.  M.D,, 


M.S.Williamson,  M.P.,  '72 
Wm.  H.  Keim,  M.  P.,  '71 
J.  C.  Guernsey,  M.  P.,  '72 


Carl  V.  Vischer,  M.  P.,  '8 
T.H.Carmichael,  M.  P.,  '8 
Edw.  M.  Mercer,  M.  P.,  '8 


W.B. Van  Lennep,M.P.,'8o 
Isaac  G.Smedlev,  M.P.,'8o 
Wm.  R.  King,  M.  P.,  '81 


Carl  V.  Vischer,  M.  P.,  '87 
T.  H.Carmichael,  M.P.,'86 
Edw.  W.  Mercer,  M.P. ,'84 


W.B. Van  Lennep,M.P.,'65 
Isaac G.  Smedley,M.P.,'8o 
Wm.  R.  King,  M.  P.,  '81 


M.S.Williamson,  M.D.,  '72 
Wm.  H.  Keim,  M.  P.,  '71 
J.  C.  Guernsey,  M.  P..  '72 


W.B.VanLennep,  M.P. ,'80 
Isaac  G.Smedley,  M.P. ,'80 
Wm.  R.  King,  M.  P.,  '81 


M.  S.Williamson,  M.P.,'72 
Wm.  H.  Keim,  M.  P.,  '71 
J.  C.  Guernsey,  M,  P.,  ,72 


Carl  V.  Vischer,  M.  P.,  '87 
Edw.  W.  Mercer,  M.P.,  '84 
E.  R.  Snader,  M.  P.,  '84 


M.  S.Williamson,  M.D.,'72 
Wm.  H.  Keim,  M.  D.,  '71 
Jos.  C.  Guernsey,  M.P.,  '72 


Carl  V.  Vischer,  M.  P.,  '87 
Edw.  W.  Mercer,  M.P.,'84 
E.  R.  Snader,  M.  P.,  '84. 


Wm.  R,  King,  M.  D.,  '81 
Peter  Cooper.  M.  P.,  '81 
J.  H.  Reading,  M.  P.,  '78 


Carl  V.  Vischer,  M.  P.,  '87 
Edw.  R.  Snader,  M.  P.,  '84 
Edw.  W.  Mercer,  M.  P.,  '84 


W.  H.King,  M.  P.,  '81 
Peter  Cooper,  M.  P.,  '81 
J.  H   Reading,  M.  P.,  '7? 


Wm.  H.  King,  M.  P.,  '81 
Peter  Cooper,  M.  P.,  '81 
J.  H.  Reading,  M.  P.,  '8r 


I.  G.  Smedley.  M.  P.,  '80 
P.  P.  Maddux.  M.  P.,  '83 
J.  C.  Guernsey,  M.  P.,  '72 


Isaac  G.  SmedIey,M.P.,'8o 
P.  P.  Maddux,  '83 
J.  C.  Guernsey,  M.  P.,  '72 
I C.  V .^Vischer,  M.  P.,  '87 
lEdw.W. Mercer,  M.  P.,  '84 
J.  H.  Closson,  M.  P.,  '86 


NECROLOGISTS. 


1886 

J.  Lester  Keep,  M.  P..  '60 

1893 

Eldridge  C.  Price,  M.  P.,  '75 

T887 

I.  Tisdale  Talbot,  M.  P.,  '53 

1894 

Alfred  W.  Baily,  M.  P.,  '86 

1888 

Alonzo  P.  Williamson,  M.  P.,  '76 

1895 

Peter  Cooper,  M.  P.,  '81 

l88q 

Pemberton  Pudley,  M.  P.,  '61 

1S96 

Isaac  Crowther,  M.  P.,  '80 

1890 

E.  M.  Howard.  M   P.,  '76 

1897 

Horace  B.  Ware,  M   P..  '86 

189 1 

T.  M.  Johnston,  M.  P.,  '78 

1898 

Clitus  S.  Hoag,  M.  D..  79 

1892 

George  W.  Smith,  M.  P..  76 

TOAST-MASTERS. 


NAME 

PLACE  OF  MEETING 

DATE 

Augustus  Korndoerfer,  M.  P.,  '68, 

Colonnade  Hotel, 

April  2,  1885 

William  B.  Trites,  M.  P.,  '69, 

St.  George  Hotel, 

March  31,  1886 

J.  H.  McClelland,  M.  P.,  '67, 

Alumni  Hall, 

April  7,  1887 

Joseph  C.  Guernsey,  M   P.,  '72 

Bullitt  Building, 

April  6,  1888 

!!                    ;; 

The  Stratford, 

April  4,  1889 
April  2,  1890 
April  7,  1891 
April  12,  1892 

William  H.  Bigler,  M.  P.,  '71, 

April  19,  1893 

Joseph  C.  Guernsey,  M.  P.,  '72, 

May  8,  1894 
May  2,  1895 

ii                            t' 

The  Walton, 

May  5,  1896 
May  12,  1897 

"                             " 

Horticultural  Hall, 

May  12,  1898 

ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  729 


IS49. 

CtASS  R01.1.. 

1896. 

'49—  I 

'59—  I 

'69—27 

79-31 

'89-51 

'50—  3 

'60 —  4 

'70—17 

'80 — 42 

'90—54 

'51-8 

'61—  6 

'71 — 20 

'81-39 

'91—43 

'52—  7 

'62-  3 

'72—13 

82—27 

'92—57 

'53—17 

'63—  4 

'73-18 

'83—24 

'93—59 

'54—  5 

'64—  3 

'74—  7 

'84—19 

'94 — 60 

'55-8 

'65—  6 

'75—22 

'85-30 

'95—59 

'56—  9 

'66 — 14 

'76 — 21 

'86-38 

'96—71 

'57—11 

'67-13 

'77—16 

'87-35 

'97—37 

'58-5 

'68—20 

'78—16 

'88-35 

'98—88 

Total 

membership  of  Alumni  Association,  1,242. 

Honorary  Degree  Members. 

1856.  tJames  Kitchen,  M.  D.  715  Spruce  street,  Philadelphia. 

1865.  flvsmuel  Stephens,  M.D.,  1717  Master  street,  Philadelphia. 

1870.  T.  F.  Allen,  M.  D.,  10  East  36th  street,  New  York  City. 

1886.  John  E.  James,  M.  D.,  152 1  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 

1886.  John  C.  Morgan  M.  D.,  1015  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 

1886.  fA.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  113  S.  i6th  street,  Philadelphia. 

1891.  Rufus  B.  Weaver,  M.  D.,  844  N.  loth  street,  Philadelphia. 

1892.  tCharles  G.  Raue,  M.  D.,  121  N.  loth  street,  Philadelphia. 


Ci^Ass  Secretaries. 

1849.  fDaniel  R.  Gardiner,  Woodbury,  New  Jersey. 

1850.  Barton  Muusey,  Gilford  Village,  New  Hampshire. 

185 1.  John  C.  Henry,  Montgomery,  Alabama. 

1852.  H.  A.  Houghton,  12  Cardis  street,  Boston,  Mass. 

1853.  G.  E.  E.  Sparhawk,  Burlington,  Vermont. 

1854.  J.  C.  Burgher,  860  Penn  avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 

1855.  Louis  deV.  Wilder.  227  W.  34th  street.  New  York  City. 

1856.  Tullio  deSuzzara  Verdi,  Florence,  Italy. 

1857.  Horatio  M.  Hunter,  Lowell,  Massachusetts. 

1858.  William  H.  Malin,  Chestnut  Hill,  Philadelphia.  . 

1859.  fVarney  L.  Moore,  Waukesha,  Wisconsin. 

i860.  J.  Lester  Keep,  460  Clinton  avenue,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

1861.  R.  P.  Mercer,  Chester,  Delaware  county.  Pa. 

1862.  F.  P.  Slough,  Allentown,  Lehigh  county,  Pa. 

1863.  John  C.  Budlong,  Providence,  Rhode  Island. 

1864.  Van  R.  Tindall,  323  Reed  street,  Philadelphia. 

1865.  William  Willits,  Williamsport,  Pennsylvania. 

1866.  Jacob  G.  Street,  Bridgeton,  New  Jersey. 

t  Deceased. 


730 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 


1867.  W.  J.  Hawkes,  Central  Music  Hall,  Chicago,  111. 

1868.  O.  S.  Wood,  Omaha,  Douglass  county,  Nebraska. 

1869.  Samuel  Starr,  Chester,  Delaware  county,  Pa. 

1870.  Thomas  S.  Dunning,  1328  N.  15th  street,  Philadelphia. 

1871.  C.  F.  Bingaman,  922  Penn  avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 

1872.  J.  Arthur  BuUard,  Wilkes-Barre,  Luzerne  county,  Pa. 

1873.  Chas.  H.  Thomas,  66  E.  Baltimore  street,  Baltimore. 

1874.  Wm.  B.  Kenyon,  84  W.  Mohawk  street,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

1875.  Edw.  S.  Breyfogle,  14  Dupont  street,  San  Francisco. 

1876.  George  S.  Adams,  Westborough,  Pa. 

1877.  L.  B.  Swormstedt,  1455  14th  street,  N.  W.,  Wash.,  D.  C. 

1878.  J.  Paul  Lukins,  911  Washington  street,  Wilmington,  Del. 

1879.  Wm.  E.  Leonard,  425  2d  Ave.,  Minneapolis. 

1880.  Lrwaence  C.  Wilberton,  Winona,  Minnesota. 

1881.  Clark  Burnham,  182  Clinton  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

1882.  Oliver  E.  Janney,  837  N.  Eutaw  street,  Baltimore,  Md. 

1883.  Henry  Chandlee,  1019  Linden  avenue,  Baltimore. 

1884.  R.  W.  McClelland,  5th  and  Wilkins  avenue,  Pittsburg. 

1885.  J.  William  Giles,  Nyack,  New  York. 

1886.  Alfred  W.  Bailey,  1618  Pacific  avenue,  Atlantic  City. 

1887.  Joseph  Rodes,  San  Diego,  California. 

1888.  Charles  A.  Ayers,  15 13  Morris  street,  Philadelphia. 

1889.  George  W.  Crock,  Vicksburg,  Mississippi. 

1890.  Oscar  L,  Gumbrecht,  Cramer  Hill,  Camden,  N.  J. 

1891.  William  E.  Sherwood,  Wilmington,  Delaware. 

1892.  J.  Wyllis  Hassler,  729  N.  17th  street,  Philadelphia. 

1893.  Frank  W.  Hardenstein,  Memphis,  Tennessee. 

1894.  William  D.  Culin,  4028  Parrish  street.  West  Philadelphia. 

1895.  William  C.  Hunsicker,  21 11  N.  29th  street,  Philadelphia. 

1896.  William  A.  Weaver,  1537  Master  street,  Philadelphia. 

1897.  William  E.  Suplee,  1509  Porter  street,  Philadelphia. 

NECROLOGICAL  LIST. 


ADDRESS 


DATE  OF  DEATH 


1879 

Abbott,  Clarence  G. 

Woodbury,  N.  J. 

October  27,  1897. 

1877 

Allen,  George, 

Collins,  N.  Y. 

November  14,  1897. 

1857 

Angell,  Samuel  M., 

New  Orleans,  La. 

October  5,  1895. 

1867 

Baer,  Oliver  Perry, 

Richmond,  Ind. 

August  17,  1888. 

188 1 

Barnes,  William  H., 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

August  I,  1895. 

1889 

Bashore,  Elmer  E-, 

Pine  Grove,  N.  J. 

1870 

Blackwood,  T.  R  , 

Camden.  N.  J. 

July  30,  1895 

1853 

Brown,  Titus  L., 

Binghampton,  N.  Y. 

August  17,  1887. 

1854 

Burpee,  John  A., 

Maiden,  Mass. 

November  10,  1887, 

1863 

Childs,  Wm.  Riddle, 

Pittsburg,  Pa. 

November  11,  1888. 

1853 

Clay,  George  B., 

Moorestown,  N.  J. 

January  20,  1898. 

I882 

Clowe,  J.  Bruce. 

San  Jose,  Cal. 

December  11,  1885. 

1853 

Cowley,  David, 

Pittsburg,  Pa. 

October  30,  1886. 

1851 

Dake,  Jabez  P., 

Nashville,  Tenn. 

October  28,  1894. 

i88i 

Davis,  E.  Everett, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

April  II,  1892. 

1880 

Dean,  S.  Eugene, 

Minneapolis,  Minn. 

February  8,  1894. 

1890 

Doane,  George  M., 

Wilmington,  Del. 

March  19,  1896. 

1857 

Dowling,  John  Wm., 

New  York  City,  N.  Y. 

January  14,  1892. 

1855 

Earhart,  Jacob  R., 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

June  23,  1891. 

1876 

Earl,  Frank  M., 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

December  xi,  1893, 

1868 

Farrington,  Earnest  A., 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

December  17,  1885. 

1856 

Felti,  Cethe  C, 

East  Providence,  R.  I. 

February  4,  1896. 

1897 

Fleming,  WilliamJ., 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

December  11,  1897 

AIvUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 


731 


NECROLOGICAL  LIST. 


ADDRESS 


DATE  OF  DEATH 


1887 

Fortiner,  George  R., 

Camden,  N.  J. 

November  29,  1894. 

1858 

Freligh,  Martin, 
Gardiner,  Daniel, 

Kingston,  N.  Y. 

August  31,  1889. 

1849 

Woodbury   N.  J. 

June  30,  1889. 

1857 

Gardiner.  David  E., 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

July  8,  1890. 

1857 

Gause,  O.  B., 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

January  11,  1895. 

I88I 

Gause,  Percival  O.  B., 

Aiken,  S.  C. 

November  10,  1897. 

1856 

Griffith,  Jethro,  J., 

Manayunk,  Phila. 

July  25,  1893. 

1856 

Hall,  George  A  , 

Chicago,  111. 

April  4,  1893. 

1853 

Hawley,  L.  B:, 

Phcenixville,  Pa. 

March  20,  1890. 

1864 

Hunt,  Henry  F., 

Camden,  N.  J. 

October  3,  1895. 

1882 

Janney,  Edgar  O., 

Washington,  D.  C. 

January  3,  1898. 

1854 

Jones,  Elijah  Utley, 

Taunton,  Mass. 

November  18,  1894. 

1880 

Kemble,  James, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

August  3,  1888. 

1856 

Kitchen,  James, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

August  19,  1894. 

I87I 

Lawton,  Charles  Henry, 

Wilmington,  Del. 

July  6,  1894. 

1890 

Lazear,  L,.  L., 

Pittsburg,  Pa. 

January  9,  1898. 

I85I 

I,ee,  John  K., 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

November  10,  1887. 

1869 

Lee,  John  K., 

Johnstown,  Pa. 

May  31,  1889. 

1857 

Louge,  William  H., 

Lawrence,  Mass. 

November  18,  1897. 

1852 

Lungren  Samuel  S., 

Toledo,  0. 

March  7,  1892. 

i860 

Malin,  John, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

November  29,  1889. 

1865 

Martin,  H.  Noah, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

September  i,  1889. 

1886 

Mercer,  C.  Sharpless, 

Media,  Pa. 

February  8,  1891. 

1883 

Mickle,  Frank  B., 

Baltimore,  Md. 

,  1897. 

1853 

Minton,  Henry 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

June  I,  1895. 

1859 

Moore,  Volney  L., 

Waukeska,  Wis. 

April  3,  1885. 

1887 

Morris,  William  S., 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

January  30,  1S95. 

1853 

Musgrave,  John  F., 

Swedesboro,  N.  J. 

June  20,  1 89 1. 

IS94 

NefF,  Henry  S., 

Philadelphia,  Pa, 

June  22,  1895. 

1857 

Nichol,  Thomas, 

Montreal,  Can. 

June  14,  1890. 

1886 

Oatley,  Eugene  I^., 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

November  I,  1891. 

1854 

Pierce,  Levi, 

Everett,  Mass. 

April  28,  1891. 

I86I 

Preston,  Mahlon, 

Norristown,  Pa. 

October  2,  1895. 

1870 

Roth,  Amos  A., 

Frederick,  Md. 

June  24,  1890. 

1852 

Reed,  Wm.  Ashton, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

January  15,  1895. 

1853 

Reading,  Edward, 

Hatboro,  Mon'y  Co.,  Pa. 

March  3,  1889. 

1856 

Rosman,  John  Gaul, 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

January  28,  1892. 

1852 

Sargeant,  Rufus, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

April  10,  1886. 

1855 

Slocum  Mortimer, 

San  Antonio,  Tex. 

May  25,  1890. 

1869 

Smith,  Ralph  C, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

February  20,  1895. 

1867 

Svs^an,  Samuel, 

New  York  City,  N.  Y. 

October  18,  1883. 

1865 

Stephens,  Lemuel, 

Philadelphia,  Fa. 

April  I,  1892. 

1893 

Stewart,  Allen  W., 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

April,  1895. 

1886 

Thomas,  Amos  Russell, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

October  31,  1895. 

1855 

Thomas,  Henry, 

Llandudno,  N.  W.,  G.  B. 

February  6,  1894. 

1856 

Thorne,  Joshua, 

Kansas  City,  Mo. 

June  9,  1893. 

1890 

Tindall,    Harry  Brooks, 

Philadel)>hia,  Pa. 

January  16,  1892. 

1853 

Titsworth,  Ranaall, 

Plainfield,  N.  J. 

March  13,  1890. 

185 1 

Toothaker,  Chas.  E., 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

October  5,  1890. 

1869 

Trites,  Wm.  Budd, 

Manayunk,  Phila. 

November  29,  1890. 

1853 

Turner,  John, 

New  York  City,  N.  Y. 

i8s8 

deVorona,  Adolfo  A., 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

February  10,  1888. 

1882 

Wade,  John  K., 

Pasadena,  Cal. 

August  16,  1889. 

1881 

Wilcox,  Henry  T., 

Youngstown,  O. 

November  26,  1888. 

1850 

Williams,  Theodore  S., 

Haddonfield,  N.  J. 

June  29,  1889. 

1893 

Wilson,  J.  Connor, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

1854 

Wood,  J.  Bayard, 

West  Chester,  Pa. 

April  15,  1889. 

CONSTITUTION. 


Art.  I. — Name. — Tliis  Associatiota  shall  be  known  as  the  Alumni 
Association  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia. 
Art.  II. — Objects. — The  objects  of  this  Association  shall  be: 

1.  To  promote  the  interests  and  extend  the  influence  of  the  Alma 
Mater; 

2.  To  advance  a  higher  medical  education; 

3.  To  secure  intellectual  and  social  benefit. 


732  ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

Art.  III. — Members. — i.  Any  ph3^sician  on  whom  has  been  regu- 
larly conferred  the  degree  of  the  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  or 
Pennsylvania  or  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  of 
who  has  receiv'='d  the  honorary  degree  of  said  institution  shall  be 
eligible  to  election  to  membership  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Bx- 
ecutive  Committee. 

2.  Any  one  so  recommended  may  become  a  member  upon  paying  the 
initiation  fee,  after  having  received  two-thirds  of  the  vc^tes  of  the  mem- 
bers present  at  an  annual  meeting. 

3.  Any  member  found  guilty  of  unprofessional  conduct  may  be  ex- 
pelled.     (See  By-Law,  No.  3). 

Art.  IV. — Quorum. — Fifteen  members  present  at  any  meeting  shall 
constitute  a  quorum,  but  ten  members  shall  constitute  a  quorum  to 
adopt  or  table  reports  of  the  Executive  Committee. 

Art.  V. — Officers. — i.  The  officers  of  this  Association  shall  be  a 
President,  three  Vice-Presidents,  a  Permanent  and  a  Provisional  Secre- 
tary, a  Treasurer  and  an  Executive  Committee  of  thirteen  members, 
including  the  President,  the  two  Secretaries  and  the  Treasurer,  as  ex- 
officio  members. 

2.  The  above  named  officers  shall  be  elected  by  ballot  at  the  Annual 
Meeting,  excepting  the  Executive  Committee,  three  of  whom  shall  be 
elected  annually,  for  a  term  of  three  years,  or  until  their  successors  are 
duly  elected.  The  term  of  office  shall  commence  October  ist  of  each 
year. 

3.  Should  a  vacancy  occur  in  any  of  the  offices,  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee shall  have  power  to  fill  the  same,  if  not  otherwise  provided  for, 
until  the  time  of  the  next  annual  meeting. 

4.  The  President  shall  appoint  every  third  year,  to  serve  for  three 
years,  one  member  from  each  class,  who  shall  be  styled  "  Class  Secre- 
taries." Their  duties  shall  be  to  find  the  address  of  all  members  of 
their  respective  classes;  to  correspond  with  their  members  and  to  en- 
deavor to  get  all  interested  in  the  Alumni  Association,  and  to  collect 
money  from  the  Alumni  to  help  liquidate  the  indebtedness  incurred  by 
the  College  Trustees.  The  Class  Secretaries  are  to  report  to  the  Per- 
manent Secretary. 

Art.  VI.— Duties  of  Officers. — i.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
President  to  preside  at  all  meetings  of  the  Association,  and  to  call 
Special  meetings  when  requested  to  do  so,  in  writing,  by  ten  members 
or  by  the  Executive  Committee.  He  shall  preserve,  in  strict  exercise, 
the  rules  established  by  parlimentary  usage.  He  shall  nominate  all 
special  committees,  except  a  majority  of  the  members  present  direct 
otherwise.  He  shall  present  at  each  annual  meeting  a  report  of  the 
operations  of  the  Association  during  the  year,  with  such  information 
relating  to  its  condition  and  prospects,  together  with  such  suggestions 
for  its  future  government  as  may  seem  to  him  proper. 

2.  The  Vice-Presidents  shall,  in  the  temporary  absence  or  inability  of 


AI.UMNI   ASSOCIATION.  733 

the  President,  preside  and  perform  his  duties,  according  to  the  order  of 
their  election. 

3  The  Pernament  Secretary  shall  keep  a  correct  record  of  the  pro- 
ceedings of  all  the  meetings  of  the  Association  and  carefully  preserve 
and  file  all  reports,  essays  and  papers  of  every  description  received  by 
the  Association,  and  furnish  such  copies  or  extracts  as  may  be  required 
for  publication.  He  shall  furnish  the  Chairman  of  every  special  Com- 
mittee with  a  list  of  its  members,  and  a  draft  of  the  business  submitted 
and  shall  publish  the  time  and  place  of  each  annual  meeting  in  the 
homoeopathic  journals. 

4.  The  Provisional  Secretary  shall,  under  the  direction  of  the  Ex- 
ecutive Committee,  conduct  all  correspondence  of  the  Association.  He 
shall  keep  in  a  book  (provided  for  him)  copies  of  all  letters  written  by 
him  relating  to  the  affairs  of  the  Association,  and  file  all  received  by 
him  in  reference  to  its  contents. 

5.  The  Treasurer  shall  collect  all  moneys  due  the  Association.  He 
shall  pay  no  moneys  unless  so  ordered  by  the  Executive  Committee. 
He  shall  keep  a  correct  and  full  account  of  his  transactions,  and  report 
to  the  Committee,  when  required,  and  to  the  Association  at  its  annual 
tneeting. 

6.  The  Executive  Committee  shall  take  general  supervision  of  the 
Association  during  the  recess,  and  shall  meet  when  necessary.  The 
Committee  shall  keep  a  record  of  its  proceedings,  and  report  the  same 
at  any  meeting  of  the  Association  when  called  for;  they  shall  make, 
keep,  and,  when  necessary,  revise  a  roll  of  the  members  of  the  Associa- 
tion, such  roll  to  be  the  official  register  of  the  Association  only  after  hav- 
ing been  reported  to,  and  ratified  by,  the  Association. 

Art.  VII. — Meetings. — i.  The  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Association 
shall  be  held  in  Philadelphia,  on  commencement  night. 

2.  In  the  absence  of  the  Permanent  Secretary,  the  President  shall 
appoint  a  Secretary  pro  tern. 

Art.  VIII. — Disbanding. — A  proposition  to  disband  the  Association 
may  be  presented  in  writing  at  any  special  meeting  called  for  that  pur- 
pose, or  at  the  annual  meeting;  each  member  shall  be  notified  of  the 
fact  by  the  Permanent  Secretary.  The  proposition  shall  lie  on  the  table 
until  the  next  annual  meeting,  when  action  may  be  taken  thereon;  if 
ten  members  vote  against  the  proposition,  the  Association  shall  not  be 
dissolved.  This  article  shall  not  be  altered,  suspended,  repealed  or 
amended,  if  ten  -members  object. 

Art.  IX. — Amendments. — This  Constitution  (with  the  exception  of 
Article  viii. )  may  be  altered,  suspended,  repealed  or  amended  by  a  vote 
of  two-thirds  of  the  members  present  at  any  annual  meeting;  provided, 
that  notice  of  such  proposed  alteration,  abrogation  or  amendment  shall 
have  been  given  through  the  Executive  Committee  in  the  call  for  the 
meeting. 


734  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

-     BY-LAWS. 
Order  ov  Business. 

1.  Reading  of  the  President's  Annual  Report  and  the  proper  action 
thereon. 

2.  Report  of  Executive  Committee. 

3.  Election  of  New  Members. 

4.  Report  of  Faculty. 

5.  Appointment  of  a  Committee  to  nominate  Ofl&cers  for  the  ensuing 
year.  Said  committee  to  consist  of  one  member  from  each  class  repre- 
sented. 

6.  Necrologist's  Report. 

7.  Treasurer's  Report. 

8.  Report  of  Committee  on  Nominations. 

9.  Election  of  Ofi&cers. 

10.  Reading  of  Correspondence  from  absent  members. 

11.  Report  of  Committees. 

12.  Unfinished  Business. 

13.  New  Business. 

14.  Adjournment. 

No.  2.  Notice  of  meetings  shall  be  given  to  all  members  by  the 
Permanent  Secretary,  at  least  two  weeks  prior  to  the  date  of  meeting. 

No.  3.  Whan  any  charge  or  charges  of  unprofessional  conduct  shall 
be  made  against  any  member,  the  Executive  Committee  shall  give  said 
member  due  notice  of  such  charge  or  charges  with  the  name  or  names 
of  the  accusers,  that  he  may  appear  and  make  defence.  If  the  charge 
or  charges  shall  have  been  sustained  by  the  evidence,  the  Executive 
Committee  shall  then  report  the  case  to  the  Association  at  its  next 
annual  meeting,  when  such  member  may  be  expelled  by  a  vote  of 
two-thirds  of  the  members  present. 

No.  4.  The  admission  fee  to  the  Association  shall  be  one  dollar.  The 
Executive  Committee  shall  have  power  to  levy  assessments  as  required; 
such  assessments  not  to  exceed  two  dollars  in  any  one  year. 

Recent  graduates  of  one  year,  or  less,  shall  be  exempt  from  assess- 
ments. 

Members. 

1849. 
tDaniel  R.  Gardiner. 

1850. 
*Barton  Munsey,  Gilford  Village,  New  Hampshire. 
Thomas  Pierce,  Winona,  Minnesota. 
fTheodore  8.  Williams. 

1851. 
Smith  Armor,  Columbia,  Lancaster  Co.,  Penna. 

*Class  Secretary.     fDeceased. 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION,  735 

Thomas  Armor,  Emporia,  Kansas. 

*T.  Griswold  Comstock,  3401  Washington  avenue,  St.  L,ouis,  Mo. 

tJ.  P.  Dake. 

John  C.  Henry,  Montgomery,  Alabama. 

t  John  K.  Lee. 

J.  C.  Raymond,  Oakland,  California. 

tCharles  E.  Toothaker. 

1852. 
fHenry  B.  Clarke. 

*H.  A.  Houghton,  12  Cardis  street,  Boston,  Mass. 
fS.  S.  Lungren. 

Alonzo  R.  Morgan,  Waterbury,  Conn. 
Leonard  Pratt,  520  N.  Second  street,  San  Jose,  Cal. 
fWm.  A.  Reed. 
fRufus  Sargeant. 

1853. 
fTitus  L   Brown. 

M.  L.  Casselbury,  Morgantown,  W.  Va. 
fGeorge  B.  Clay. 
fDavid  Cowley. 

J.  F.  Cooper,  105  Arch  street,  Allegheny  City,  Pa. 
B.  B.  Gumpert,  840  Franklin  street,  Philadelphia. 
tL.  B.  Hawley. 

Wm.  Tod  Helmuth,  504  Fifth  avenue.  New  York  City. 
Stacy  Jones,  120  Eighth  street,  North  Fargo,  North  Dakota. 
fHenry  Minton. 
t  John  T.  Musgrave. 
Lester  M.  Pratt,  Albany,  New  York. 
fEdward  Reading,  Hatboro,  Penna. 
*G.  E.  E.  Sparhawk,  Burlington,  Vermont. 
I.  Tisdale  Talbot,  685  Boylston  street,  Boston,  Mass. 
fRandolph  Titsworth. 
t  John  Turner. 
Thomas  C.  Williams,  567  North  Fifth  street,  Philadelphia. 

1854. 
*J.  C.  Burgher,  960  Penn  avenue,  Pittsburgh,  Penna. 
t  John  A.  Burpee. 
tE.  U.  Jones. 
fLevi  Pierce. 
tJ.  Bayard  Wood. 

1855. 
Thomas  C.  Bunting,  East  Mauch  Chunk,  Pa. 
Asa  S.  Couch,  Fredonia,  New  York. 
Chas.  Caleb  Cresson,  5009  Green  street,  Germantown,  Pa. 

*Class  Secretary.     fDeceased. 


736  AI.UMNI    ASSOCIATION, 

t  J.  R.  Earhart. 

Perry  E.  Johnston. 

fHenry  Thomas. 

tMortimer  Slocum. 

*IvOuis  de  Valois  Wilder,  1286  Broadway,  New  York  City. 

1856. 
H.  C.  Bradford,  Lewiston,  Maine. 
James  C.  Burbank,  Freeport,  Stephenson  county,  111. 
A.  M.  Gushing,  Springfield,  Mass. 
t  Jethro  J.  Griffith, 
t  George  A.  Hall, 
t  James  Kitchen  (Hon.). 
t  J.  Gaul  Rosman. 
t  Joshua  Thorne. 
*Tullio  Suzzara  Verdi,  Florence,  Italy. 

1857. 
fS.  M.  Angell. 
tj.  W.  Bowling. 
fDavid  E.  Gardiner, 
to.  B.  Gause. 

Horatio  M.  Hunter,  Lowell,  Mass. 
David  R.  Hindman,  Marion,  Ohio. 

Bushrod  W.  James,  Eighteenth  and  Green  streets,  Philadelphia. 
fWilliam  H.  Lougee. 
fThomas  Nichols. 

Alex.  R.  Shaw,  902  Susquehanna  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
Joseph  B.  Ward,  Lyons  Farm,  Netv  Jersey. 
Monroe  L.  Van  Sant,  1122  Vine  street,  Philadelphia. 

1858. 
Edgar  S.  Evarts,  Cato,  Cayuga  county,  New  York. 
fMartin  Freligh. 

*  William  H.  Malin,  Chestnut  Hill,  Philadelphia. 
Wilson  Peterson,  656  Madison  avenue,  New  York  City. 
tA.  A.  DeVarona. 

1859- 

*  fVolney  L.  Moore. 

i860. 
*J.  Lester  Keep,  460  Clinton  avenue,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
f  John  Manlin. 

Ward  C.  Pardee,  86  Monroe  avenue,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
O.  S.  Wood,  Omaha,  Douglass  county,  Nebraska. 

1861. 
Pemberton  Dudley,  1405  North  Sixteenth  street,  Philadelphia. 
Alex.  H.  Laidlaw,  137  West  Forty-first  street;  New  York  City. 

*Class  Secretary.     fDeceased. 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION,  737 

W.  D.  McAffee,  102  West  State  street,  Rockford,  111. 
*R.  P.  Mercer,  Chester,  Delaware  county,  Penna. 
Robert  Etnmett  Miller,  Oxford,  Chenango  county,  N.  Y. 
fMahlon  Preston. 

1862.  '  .      . 

George  W.  Bailey,  Elizabeth,  New  Jersey. 
Caleb  S.  Middleton,  1523  Girard  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
*F.  J.  Slough,  Allentown,  Ivehigh  county,  Penna. 

1863. 

F.  B.  Boericke,  Hammondsport,  New  York. 

*John  C.  Budlong,  604  Westminster  street.  Providence,  R.  I. 

tWilliam  R.   Childs. 

Leonard  Kittenger,  Wilmington,  Delaware. 

1864. 
William  J.  Earhart,  1904  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 
fHenry  F.  Hunt. 
*Van  R.  Tindall,  323  Reed  street,  Philadelphia. 

1865. 
C.  H.  Gundelach,  3900  Westminster  Place,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Levi  R.  Lentz,  Fleetwood,  Berks  county,  Pa. 
fH.  Noah  Martin. 

William  H.  H.  Neville,  1833  Wallace  street,  Philadelphia. 
tLemuel  Stephens  (Hon.). 
*William  Willits,  Williamsport,  Pa. 

1866. 
Edwin  S.  Anderson,  Dover,  Delaware. 
Samuel  H.  Boynton,  Los  Angeles,  California. 
CI.  E.  Campbell,  327  Queen  avenue,  London,   Ontario. 
J.  J.  Currie,  Beverly,  New  Jersey. 
Silas  Griffith,  1431  Girard  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
James  S.  Sheppard,  Petaluma,  Cal. 

Edward  Payson  Small,  iii  N.  i6th  street,  Philadelphia.         • 
J.  Heber  Smith,  279  Dartmouth  street,  Boston,  Mass. 
T.  Hart  Smith,  1313  Girard  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
*Jacob  G.  Street,  Bridgeton,  N.  J. 
Z.  D.  Walker,  Marietta,  Ohio. 

J.  Max  Werder,  36  Geary  street,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
L.  H.  Willard,  236  Western  avenue,  Allegheny  City,  Pa. 
fL.  Younghusband. 

1867. 
tOliver  P.  Baer. 

David  J.  Chaffee,  8  South  Clinton  street,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 
C.  B.  Dreher,  Tamaqua,  Pennsylvania. 

G.  E.  Gramm,  Ardmore,  Montgomery  county.  Pa. 

*Class  Secretary.     fDeceased. 


738  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

fW.  D.  Hall. 

M.  H.  Harpel,  Shamokin,  Pennsylvania. 
*W.  J.  Hawkes,  loo  State  street,  Chicago,  Illinois. 
J.  P.  Johnson,  Hightstown,  N.  J. 

J.  H.  McClelland,  5th  and  Wilkins  avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 
John  R.  McClure,  Portsmouth,   Ohio. 
Edmund  H.  Packer,  Lowell,  Massachusetts. 
R.  A.  Phelan,  3419  Morgan  street,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
fSamuel  Swan. 
fMahlon  M.  Walker. 

1868. 
Reuben  A.  Adams,  Rochester,  New  York. 
Richard  C.  Allen,  Frankford,   Philadelphia. 

B.  Frank  Betts,  1609  Girard  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
S.  T.  Birdsall,  Glen's  Fall,  New  York. 

IE.  A.  Farrington. 

Joseph  M.  Gerhart,  1127  Mt.  Vernon  street,  Philadelphia. 

Wm.  M.  Gwynn,  Throopsville,  Cayuga  county,  N.  Y. 

W.  N.  Kneass,  looi  W.Lanvale  street,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Augustus  Korndcerfer,  1728  Green  street,  Philadelphia. 

George  Loelkes,  Belleville,  Illinois. 

Melbourne  F.  Middleton,  425  Market  street,  Camden,  N.  J. 

Wallace  McGeorge,  521  Broadway,  Camden,  N.  J. 

C.  C.  Miller,  31  Winder  street,  Detroit,  Michigan. 
Frederick  Wm.  Payne,  162  Boylston  street,  Boston,  Mass. 
Christian  P.  Seip,  636  Penn  avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 
Scott  W.  Skinner,  LeRoy,  Genessee  county,  N.  Y. 
James  A.  West,  Genesee,  N.  Y. 

*0.  S.  Wood,  Omaha,  Douglass  county,  Nebraska. 
J.  U.  Woods,  8  Park  street,  New  Haven,  Conn. 

1869. 
A.  Aijgustine  Bancroft,  Stanton,  Virginia. 
Francis  W.  Boyer,  Pottsville,  Schuylkill  county.  Pa. 
S.  Hastings  Brown,  1408  N.  12th  street,  Philadelphia. 
Edward  P.  Brunner,  1108  Spring  Garden  street,  Philadelphia. 
W.  W.  Braden,  Penn  Yan,  New  York. 

Thomas  L.  Bradford,  1862  Frankford  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
A.  C.  Cowperthwait,  188  Warren  avenue,  Chicago,  111. 
John  Mitchell  Curtis,  Wilmington,  Delaware. 
Hiram  R.  Fetterolf. 

W.  Biddle  Oilman,  837  Reed  street,  Philadelphia. 
Chas.  H.  Goodman,  3329  Washington  avenue,  St.  Louis. 
H.  B.  Hall,  Riverton,  Burlington  county.  New  Jersey. 
W.  F.  Hathway,  Weymouth,  Massachusetts. 

*Class  Secretary.     fDeceased. 


AIvUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  739 

Walter  M.  James,  1231  Locust  street,  Philadelphia. 

Julian  Henry  Jones,  Bradford,  Vermont. 

Calvin  B.  Knerr,  corner  12th  and  Spruce  streets,  Philadelphia. 

tjohn  K.  Lee. 

W.  F.  Marks,  Reading,  Berks  county,  Pennsylvania. 

Allen  Noxen,  344  Bathurst  street,  Toronto,  Canada. 

William  A.  D.  Pierce,  2004  Mt.  Vernon  street,  Philadelphia. 

A.  C.  Rembaugh. 

William  C.  J.  Slough,  Emaus,  Lehigh  county,  Pa. 

tRalph  C.  Smith. 

*Samuel  Starr,  Chester,  Delaware  county.  Pa. 

H.  Knox  Stewart,  1627  Fairmount  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

fWilliam  B.  Trites. 

Matthew  Thomas  Wilson,  824  Ellis  street,  San  Francisco. 

1870. 
Myron  H.  Adams,  Rochester,  New  York. 
T.  F.  Allen  (Hon.),  10  E.  36th  street.  New  York  City. 
Henry  Bsethig,  350  Pennsylvania  street,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 
J.  Marcus  Barton,  Worcester,  Massachusetts, 
J.  P.  Birch,  3801  Powelton  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
IT.  R.  Blackwood. 

*Thomas  S.  Dunning,  1328  N.  15th  street,  Philadelphia. 
William  C.  Goodno,  1724  Chestnut  street,  Philadelphia. 
Alfred  K.  Hills,  669  Fifth  avenue,  New  York  City. 
Jacob  Iszard,  Glassboro,  Gloucester  county,  N.J. 
Henry  M.  Lewis,  171  Remsen  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
George  W.  Parker,  1404  South  6th  street,  Philadelphia. 
James  H.  Patton. 

C.  W.  Perkins,  Chester,  Delaware  county.  Pa. 
N.  A.  Pennoyer,  Kenosha,  Wisconsin. 
T.  Pratt,  Media,  Delaware  county,  Pennsylvania. 
fAmos  A.  Roth. 
William  G.  Taylor,  Columbia,  Lancaster  county  Pa. 

1871. 
William  H.  Bigler,  118  North  17th  street,  Philadelphia. 
*C.  F.  Bingaman,  922  Penn  avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 
C.  L.  Bonnell,  3  Hansom  Place,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Charles  D.  Crank,  2405  Auburn  avenue,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 
W.  F.  Edmundson,  1321  Fifth  avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 
James  A.  Fechtig,  951  Madison  avenue,  Baltimore,  Md. 
A.  L.  Fisher,  315  Pigeon  street,  Elkhart,  Indiana. 
William  H.  Keim,  1716  North  i8th  street,  Philadelphia. 
J.  W.  Klein,  Louisville,  Kentucky. 
George  J.  W.  Kirk,  1613  Girard  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
tC.  H.  Lawton. 

*Class  Secretary.     fDeceased. 


740  AI^UMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

Thomas  Mathison,  1413  Salisbury  street,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

George  H.  McLin,  Huntingdon,  Indiana. 

George  B.  Morgan,  2024  Madison  avenue,  New  York  City. 

F.  H.  Packer,  Virginia  City,  Nevada. 

Elijah  P.  Rogers,  Pendleton,  Indiana. 

Frank  H.  Rorkvpith,  West  Saginaw,  Michigan.    ■ 

J.  W.  Thatcher,  3500  Hamilton  street,  Philadelphia. 

Charles  M.  Thomas,  1623  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 

William  K.  Williams,  1330  South  4th  street,  Philadelphia. 

1872. 

C.  B.  Adams,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. 

*J.  Arthur  Bullard,  Wilkes-Barre,  Luzerne  county,  Pa. 

H.  W.  Fulton,  5949  Penn  avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 

William  M.  Griffith,  1827  North  17th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Joseph  C.  Guernsey,  1923  Chestnut  street,  Philadelphia. 

Chas.  D.  Herron,  3505  Butler  street,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 

Robert  Murdock,  Wilkes-Barre,  Pa. 

Edwin  Simmer,  612  North  38th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Edward  E.  Snyder,  Binghamton,  N.  Y. 

George  D.  Streeter,  Waco,  McLennon  county,  Texas. 

Samuel  M.  Trinkle,  1641  North  nth  street,  Philadelphia. 

Theodore  R.  Waugh,  St.  Albans,  Vermont. 

M.  S.  Williamson,  13 11  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 

1873. 
B.  F.  Bromson,  Bridgeport,  Connecticut. 

D.  M.  Castle,  2017  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 
J.  B.  Chantler,  Sewickley,  Pennsylvania. 

Charles  D.  Clawson,  Montour  Springs,  Havana,  N.  Y. 

George  E.  Davis,  730  Sutter  street,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

Harlow  B.  Drake,  512  Oregonian  Building,  Portland,  Oregon. 

Edward  P.  Gregory,  Bridgeport,  Connecticut. 

J.  G.  Grosscup,  Reading,  Pennsylvania. 

Frederick  Hiller,  Jr.,  33  Dupont  street,  San  Francisco,  California. 

Robert  K.  Kneass,  looi  West  Lanvale  street,  Baltimore,  Maryland. 

J.  Nicholas  Mitchell,  113  South  i6th  street,  Philadelphia. 

S.  H.  Quint,  633  Market  street,  Camden,  N.  J. 

John  W.  Pratt,  Coatesville,  Pennsylvania. 

J.  V.  Roberts,  Beverly,  New  Jersey. 

Samuel  S.  Salisbury,  Los  Angeles,  California. 

*J.  L.  Seward,  Orange,  Essex  county.  New  Jersey. 

Charles  H.  Thomas,  123  South  Broadway,  Baltimore,  Md. 

George  U.  Van  Derveer,  Mt.  Holly,  Burlington  county,  N.  J.      . 

1874.  ■■;./; 

W.  N.  Bahrenburg,  1240  Washington  street,  St,  Louis,  Mo. 


*Class  Secretary. 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  •  74I 

Robert  W.  B.  Cornelius,  2512  N.  6th  street,  Phila. 
Henry  Hutchinson,  Manheimer  Block,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 
James  R.  Humes,  Hollidaysburg,  Blair  county,  Pa. 
Charles  W.  Karsner,  316  S.  12th  street,  Philadelphia. 
*Wm.  B.  Kenyou,  86  W.  Mohawk  street,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 
C.  Van  Artsdalen,  Ashbourne,  Pennsylvania. 

1875. 
*Edwin  S.  Breyfogle,  213  Geary  street,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
John  Li.  Capen,  907  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 
John  S.  Crawford,  Greensburg,  Pa. 
K.  W.  Dean,  Bradford,  Pennsylvania. 
J.  B.  S.  Egee,  2045  N.  8th  street,  Philadelphia. 
J.  H.  Hamer,  1600  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 
Monroe  Jacob  Holben,  Slatington,  Pennsylvania. 
J.  Cresswell  Lewis,  4536  Paul  street,  Frankford,  Pa. 
Duncan  Macfarlan,  3924  Chestnut  street,  Phila. 
J.  W.  Metcalf,  1287  Herkimer  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Charles  Mohr,  1823  Green  street,  Philadelphia. 
Reuben  Owen,  2024  N.  20th  street,  Philadelphia. 
J.  Elwood  Peters,  Jenkintown,  Pennsylvania. 
Eldridge  C.  Price,  1012  Madison  avenue,  Baltimore,  Md. 
B.  B.  Rossiter,  Pottstown,  Montgomery  county,  Pa. 
Wm.  P.  Sharkey,  20th  and  Girard  avenue.  Phila. 
J.  G.  Sharp,  1418  Christian  street,  Philadelphia. 
Lewis  F.  Smiley,  1106  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 
P.  G.  Souder,  Woodstown,  New  Jersey. 

Wm.  H.  Tomlinson,  33  E.  Walnut  Lane,  Germantown,  Phila. 
James  W.  Thomson,  149  W.  48th  street,  New  York  City. 
James  Utley,  Newton,  Massachusetts. 
Henry  W.  Webner,  723  W.  Lombard  street,  Baltimore,  Md. 

1876. 
*George  S.  Adams,  Westbrough,  Massachusetts. 
George  T.  Borden,  Caledonia,  New  York. 
M.  J.  Buck,  805  North  Charles  street,  Baltimore,  Md. 
William  Cunningham,  Bay  City,  Michigan. 
J.  W.  Dehoff,  York,  Pennsylvania. 
G.  W.  Dungan,  Tremont,  Pennsylvania. 
fFrank  M.  Earle. 

Samuel  Eden,  1340  Bushwick  Boulevard,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
William  E.  Fellows,  Bangor,  Maine. 
George  W.  Gardiner,  162 1  Columbia  avenue,  Phila. 
Chas.  B.  Gilbert,  1403  H  street,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Horace  G.  Griflfith,  173  Green  Lane,  Manayuuk,  Pa. 
Charles  H.  Hall,  Madison,  Wis. 

*Class  Secretary.     fDeceased. 


742  ALUMNI   ASSOCIA'TION. 

C.  Franklin  Manson,  2040  North  7th  street,  Phila. 
Robert  W.  Mifflin,  402  Cathedral  street,  Baltimore,  Md. 
A.  S.  Nichols,  DeKurn  Building,  Portland,  Oregon. 
George  T.  Parke,  1505  South  Broad  street,  Philadelphia. 
George  W.  Smith,  806  North  Broad  street,  Philadelphia. 
William  L.  Shoemaker,  2248  Howard  street,  Philadelphia. 
Alonzo  P.  Williamson,  602  Nicollet  avenue,  Minneapolis. 
John  B.  Wurtz,  2431  North  5th  street,  Philadelphia. 

1877. 

fGeorge  Allen. 

John  F.  Beaumont,  103  State  street,  Chicago,  111. 

Charles  H.  Brace,  Cumberland,  Maryland. 

Bugene  R.  Corson,  Savannah,  Georgia. 

Walter  M.  Dake,  Nashville,  Tennessee. 

William  Erwin,  Walter's  Park,  Pennsylvania. 

Clitus  S.  Hoag,  321  Lafayette  Place,  Bridgeport,  Conn. 

E.  M.  Howard,  401  Linden  street,  Camden,  N.  J. 

Calvin  Lockrow,  Roxana,  Mich. 

Franklin  O.  Lyford,  Farmington,  Maine. 

W.  J.  Martin,  1712  Carson  street,  Pittsburg,  Penna. 

E.  C.  Parsons,  Meadville,  Pennsylvania. 

Fred.  L.  Preston,  Chester,  Delaware  county,  Pen^na. 

Joseph  M.  Reeves,  1609  Mount  Vernon  street,  Philadelphia. 

E.  F.  Rink,  Burlington,  Burlington  county,  N.  J. 

Horace  Still,  409  Cherry  street,  Norristown,  Pa. 

*Lyman  B.  Swormstedt,  1455  14th  street,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 


Charles  M.  Brooks,  1613  North  loth  street,  Philadelphia. 

J.  M.  A.  Cannon,  Kidder,  Caldwell  county,  Missouri. 

Joseph  Hancock,  1639  Columbia  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

A.  J.  Harvey,  Newport,  Maine. 

Theo.  M.  Johnson,  200  Susquehanna  avenue,  Pittston,  Pa. 

H.  A.  Klock,  Mahanoy  City,  Pennsylvania. 

F.  P.  Lefferts,  Belvidere,  New  Jersey. 

*J.  Paul  Lukins,  911  Washington  street,  Wilmington,  Del. 

George  W.  Marter,  1631  Race  street,  Philadelphia. 

Wm.  G.  McCoUough,  213  Perry  street,  Trenton,  N.  J. 

F.  P.  McKinstry,  Washington  City,  N.  J. 

J.  Herbert  Reading,  1811  Green  street,  Philadelphia. 

C.  C.  Rinehart,  Centre  and  Aiken  avenues,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 

D.  Lafayette  Snyder,  1635  Girard  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
Henry  C.  Sheppard,  21 10  N.  nth  street,  Philadelphia. 
D.  B.  Umstead,  6928  Tulip  street,  Tacony,  Philadelphia. 


■*Class  Secretary.     fDeceased. 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  743 

1879. 
IClarenceG.  Abbott. 

Clarence  Bartlett,  1506  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 
|Frank  Buchman. 

Harry  M.  Bunting,  521  Swede  street,  Norristown,  Pa. 
Willard  B.  Carpenter,  Columbus,  Ohio. 
F.  F.  Casseday,  401  Century  Building,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 
John  P.  Cheeseman,  Elmer,  New  Jersey. 
John  Cooper,  54  Arch  street,  Allegheny  City,  Pa. 
Arthur  M.  Eastman,  299  Endicott  Arcade,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 
M.  Edgerton,  1106  Main  street,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 
J.  G.  Fickel,  Carlisle,  Pennsylvania. 
John  L.  Person,  137  Wylie  avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 
M.  Gutierrez  Gonzales,  191 7  Montgomery  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
William  H.  Gardiner,  152 1  Oxford  street,  Philadelphia. 
Walter  E.  Harvey,  10  Magazine  street,  Cambridge,  Mass. 
Horace  F.  Ivins,  1621  Chestnut  street,  Philadelphia. 
*Wm.  E.  Leonard,  1809  Portland  avenue,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 
George  Maxon  Lamb,  Hoosac  Falls,  New  York. 
J.  Robert  Mansfield,  5620  Germantown  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
J.  B.  McClelland,  411  Penn  avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pa 
F.  D.  Mount,  1207  Spruce  street,  Philadelphia. 
S.  A.  Mulin,  West  Chester,  Pennsylvania. 
A.  Leight  Monroe,  Louisville,  Kentucky. 
William  C.  Powell,  Bryn  Mawr,  Pennsylvania. 
Max  J.  Reinhold,  Wflliamsport,  Pennsylvania. 
J.  Harmer  Rile,  Wilmington,  Delaware. 
Samuel  F.  Shannon,  Dennison  Building,  Denver,  Col. 
J.  W.  Strong,  2049  North  13th  street,  Philadelphia. 
J.  Ross  Swartz,  Harrisburg,  Dauphin  county,  Penna. 

Chandler  Weaver,  Fox  Chase,  Pennsylvania. 

Frank  E.  Williams,  Haddonfield,  New  Jersey. 

A.  E.  Ziegenfuss,  11 24  Wallace  street,  Philadelphia. 

1880. 

T.  Louis  Adams,  600  Chestnut  street,  Philadelphia. 

E.  O.  Anderson,  Braddock,  Pennsylvania. 

William  H.  Baker,  Lynn,  Massachusetts. 

L.  D.  Balliet,  Atlantic  City,  New  Jersey. 

Wm.  Boericke,  181 2  Washington  street,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

J.  R.  Boynton,  103  State  street,  Chicago,  111. 

Frank  E.  Caldwell,  151  Henry  street,  Brooklyn. 

Isaac  Crowther,  Chester,  Delaware  county,  Pa. 

Walter  H.  Curtis,  109  Webster  aveuue,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

|S.  Eugene  Dean. 

*Class  Secretary.     fDeceased. 


744  AIvUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

M.  E.  Douglass,  Danville,  Virginia. 

Wm.  M.  DuFour,  Williamsport,  Lyconiing  county,  Pa. 

Eduardo  Fornias,  1229  Spruce  street,  Philadelphia. 

Charles  A.  Gale,  Rutland,  Vermont. 

Edward  M.  Gramm,  1883  Chestnut  street  (Room  710),  Philadelphia. 

lycwis  B.  Griffith,  2526  Ridge  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

Francis  O.  Gross,  1504  North  7th  street,  Philadelphia. 

S.  W.  Hurd,  Lockport,  New  York. 

Augustus  B.  Kehrer,  935  N.  Y.  avenue,  N.  W.,  Washington. 

tjames  Kemble. 

Enos  Iv.  Kirk,  1704  North  iSth  street,  Philadelphia. 

Wm.  E.  Kunkle,  Newburj',  Lycoming  county.  Pa. 

F.  F.  Laird,  Utica,  New  York. 

Alfred  S.  Mattson,  Moorestown,  New  Jersey. 

John  McDonald,  2005  Jefferson  street,  Philadelphia. 

E.  K.  Magill,  2240  North  20th  street,  Philadelphia. 
Franklin  F.  Marsh,  St.  Augustine,  Florida. 

T.  Elwood  Parker,  Woodbury,  New  Jersey. 

Hugh  Pitcairn,  206  State  street,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 

L.  Willard  Reading,  1629  Green  street,  Philadelphia. 

F.  C.  Richardson,  i  Saratoga  street.  East  Boston,  Mass. 
Christian  B.  Sanders. 

Norman  A.  Saylor,  1940  Diamond  street,  Philadelphia. 

Charles  W.  Schwartz,  Ticonderoga,  New  York. 

Edward  S.  Sharpless,  915  North  nth  street,   Philadelphia. 

Horace  J.  Shinkle,  129  Mechanic  street,  Philadelphia. 

S.  H.  Simon,  115  Bergen  street,  Jersey  City,  N.  J. 

Isaac  G.  Smedley,  1705  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 

C.  S.  W.  Thompson,  Helena,   Montana. 

William  W.  Van  Baun,  1402  Spruce  street,  Philadelphia. 

William  B.  Van  Lennep,  142 1  Spruce  street,  Philadelphia. 

Benjamin  P.  Wall,  Berkeley,  California. 

George  E.  White,  Sandwich,  Barnstable  county,  Mass. 

*Lawrence  G.  Wilburton,  Winona,  Minn. 

i88r. 
Henry  C.  Aldrich,  313  Medical  Block,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 
John  V.  Allen,  4637  Frandford  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
Jerome  L.  Artz,  Cramer  Hill,  New  Jersey. 
Benjamin  F.  Bailey,  1347  L,  street,  Lincoln,  Neb. 
fWilliam  H.  Barnes. 

Charles  H.  Beebe,  173  W.  Cumberland  street,  Philadelphia. 
F.  C.  Bowman,  Duluth,  Minnesota. 
*Clark  Burnham,  182  Clinton  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Malcolm  Cameron,  1027  22d  street,  N.  W.,  Washington. 

*Class  Secretary.     fDeceased. 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  745 

Peter  Cooper,  "Wilmington,  Delaware. 

H.  P.  Christman,  Washington,  Washington  county,  Pa. 

E.  A.  Dakin,  497  Beacon  street,  Boston,  Mass. 

tE.  Everett  Davis. 

Franz  B.  Erwein,  Mainz,  Germany. 

H.  J.  Evans,  loi  N.  Carey  street,  Baltimore,  Md. 

George  D.  Fay,  Atlantic  Highlands,  New  Jersey. 

fPercy  O.  B.  Gause. 

Joaquin  Gonzalez,  Mexico  City,  Mexico. 

Theodore  J.  Gramm,  846  North  Broad  street,  Philadelphia. 

A.  O.  Hardenstein,  Vicksburg,  Mississippi. 

J.  H.  Hazfield,  Pottstown,  Montgomery  county,  Pa. 

J.  P.  Hershberger,  Lancaster,  Ohio. 

Edward  Humphrey,  Somerton,  Philadelphia. 

E.  R.  Jackson,  Dubuque,  Iowa. 

C.  B.  Jennings,  135  South  8th  street,  Reading,  Pa. 
H.  P.  Johnson,  Preble,  Courtland  county,  New  York. 
Wm.  R.  King,  1422  K  street,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Leonard  A.  Kittenger,  Wilmington,  Delaware. 

F.  L.  Mcintosh,  Newton,  Massachusetts. 
William  P.  Mullin. 

F.  Powell,  Chester,  Delaware  county,  Pa. 

D.  Webster  Shoemaker,  1925  Green  street,  Philadelphia. 
W.  H.  Somerville,  1214  Hanover  street,  Philadelphia. 

C.  F.  Stenger,  2413  North  loth  street,  Philadelphia. 

D.  A.  Strickler,  705  14th  street,  Denver,  Colorado. 

E.  P.  Swift,  Pleasantville,  West  Chester  county,  N.  Y. 
Willet  W.  Whitehead,  Mount  Holly,  New  Jersey. 
Alpha M.  Whiton,  South  Byron,  Genessee  county,  N.  Y. 
tHenry  T.  Wilcox. 

William  Yearsley,  1636  Susquehanna  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

1882. 
J.  Wylie  Anderson,  12  Steele  Block,  Denver,  Col. 
James  S.  Barnard,  21 12  N.  Charles  street,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Thomas  M.  Bulick,  Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania. 
.J.  G.  Becker,  Bethlehem,  Pennsylvania. 
Frank  T.  Chaplain,  324  Summer  avenue,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
tj.  B.  Clowe. 

Edwin  T.  Davis,  Sayreville,  Middlesex  county,  N.  J. 
John  S.  Fleming,  1903  Pacific  avenue,  Atlantic  City,  N.  J. 
A.  E.  Franz,  Wilmington,  Delaware. 
W.  H.  Follmer,  Milton,  Pennsylvania. 
Irwin  B.  Gilbert,  2027  Columbia  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
Oliver  S.  Haines,  137  North  15th  street,  Philadelphia. 

fDeceased. 


746  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

Walter  S.  Hatfield,  802  Madison  avenue,  Covington,  Ky. 
Henry  Jackson,  Salem,  New  Jersey. 

Oliver  Edward  Janney,  637  Eutaw  street,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Alfred  Layman,  1630  North  iSth  street,  Philadelphia. 
William  T.  Maguire,  Darby,  Delaware  county.  Pa. 
Willis  H.  Middleton,  1704  Girard  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
N.  M.  Miller,  4101  Chestnut  street,  Philadelphia. 

A.  J.  Richardson,  1227  E.  Susquehanna  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
J.  T.  Ridge,  1617  North  7th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Charles  S.  Rounsevel,  Nashua,  New  Hampshire. 

John  C.  Shaw,  New  Bedford,  Massachusetts. 

Clayton  S.  Schwenk,  1319  Jefferson  street,  Philadelphia. 

D.  F.  Shipley,  Westminster,  Carroll  county,  Maryland. 

Geo.  Taylor  Stewart,  Metropolitan  Hospital,  B.  I.,  N.  Y.  C.    ' 

tJohn  K.  Wade. 

W.  Lawrence  Woodruff,  Phoenix,  Arizona. 

1883. 
Herbert  E.  Aldrich,  1645  South  Broad  street,  Philadelphia. 

B.  F.  Books,  Altoona,  Pennsylvania. 

J.  Monroe  Beyer,  Bustleton,  Philadelphia. 

*Henry  Chandlee,  1019  Linden  avenue,  Baltimore,  Md. 

N.  M.  Collins,  Rochester,  New  York. 

Charles  F.  Goodell,  Frederick,  Maryland. 

William  A.  Haman,  Reading,  Berks  county,  Pa. 

Charles  H.  Hubbard,  1637  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 

fEdgar  Janney. 

D.  Howard  Johnson,  4504  Chester  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

David  C.  Kline,  Reading,  Berks  county.  Pa. 

A.  Lincoln  Kistler,  Allentown,  Pennsylvania. 

F.  Morton  Long,  2729  Columbia  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

Daniel  P.  Maddux,  Chester,  Delaware  county.  Pa. 

Albert  McWayne,  Honolulu,  Hawaiian  Islands. 

fFrank  B.  Mickle. 

F.  Pfefferkorn,  Lawrence,  Massachusetts. 

Louis  P.  Posey,  1435  Walnut  street,  Philadelphia. 

Upton  A.  Sharetts,  Frederick,  Maryland. 

Amos  Ogden  Taylor,  1415  Twelfth  avenue,  Altoona,  Pa. 

George  Willis  Titman. 

Willis  P.  Weaver,  Bristol,  Bucks  county.  Pa. 

H.  K.  Weiler,  Riverside,  New  Jersey. 

John  W.  Walter,  Altoona,  Pennsylvania. 

1884. 
William  Berkenstock,  1639  Girard  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
W.  J.  Burleigh,  31 17  Franklin  avenue,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

*Class  Secretary.     fDeceased. 


AI^UMNI    ASSOCIATION.  747 

John  W.  Cooper,  Jr.,  Blkton,  Maryland. 

Chas.  A.  Davis,  loio  15th  street,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

T.  S.  Davis,  Plainfield,  New  Jersey. 

Alfred  E.  Heritage,  Jenkintown,  Pennsylvania. 

J.  S.  Hoverder,  Atco,  New  Jersey. 

Morris  Hughes,  Kennett  Square,  Pennsylvania. 

T.  C.  Imes,  518  South  15th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Horace  E.  James,  1240  South  Broad  street,  Philadelphia. 

Halton  I.  Jessup,  1829  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 

William  B.  Pryor  Jones,  Petersburg,  Virginia. 

WilUam  D.  King,  1046  Fifth  avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 

*R.  W.  McClelland,  411  Penn  avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 

Edward  W.  Mercer,  157  North  Fifteenth  street,  Philadelphia. 

J.  Reed  Osman,  Bristol,  Bucks  county,  Pennsylvania. 

Hibbard  S.  Philips,  326  Fifth  avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 

Edward  R.  Snader,  140  North  Twentieth  street,  Philadelphia. 

George  D.  Woodward,  211  Broadway,  Camden,  N.  J. 

1885. 
R.  Bauer,  1514  Fairmount  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

A.  J.  Becker,  Catasaqua,  L,ehigh  county,  Penna. 
Henry  M.  Car,  Mullica  Hill,  New  Jersey. 

William  H.  A.  Fitz,  819  North  Twenty-fifth  street,  Philadelphia. 
Geo.  B.  McC.  Focht,  Myerstown,  Lebanon  county,  Pa. 

B.  Frank  Gibbs,  2934  Fourteenth  street,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
*J.  William  Giles,  Nyack,  N.  Y. 

Alfred  Graham,  85  Miami  avenue,  Detroit,  Mich. 

William  D.  Garvin,  Bethlehem,  Pennsylvania. 

Elmer  E.  Hancock,  1443  North  Seventeenth  street,  Philadelphia. 

E.  S.  Harrington,  224  South  Broad  street,  Philadelphia. 

James  Hoffman,  461  Jersey  avenue,  Jersey  City,  N.  J. 

William  F.  Kaercher,  1452  North  Eleventh  street,  Philadelphia. 

H.  Edwin  Kistler,  Johnstown,  Cambria  county.  Pa. 

Carl  J.  Luyties,  2816  Lafayette  avenue,  St.  Louis,  Mo, 

H.  K.  Mansfield,  130  West  Chelton  avenue,  Germantown,  Phila. 

Antonio  J.  Marquez,  Barrinquilla,  U.  S.  Col.,  S.  A. 

Biddle  R.  Marsden,  8328  Germantown  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

Louis  A.  Melze,  132  Dearborn  street,  Chicago,  111. 

Fred.  W.  Messerve,  1607  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 

Eugene  P.  Mitchell. 

John  M.  Prilay,  Bangor,  Maine. 

Walter  D.  Rink,  295  Halsey  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

J.  S.  Rittenhouse,  Reading,  Berks  county,  Penna. 

Wm,  T.  Rodgers,  225  Perry  street,  Trenton,  N.  J. 

L.  A.  Schollenberger,  Reading,  Pennsylvania. 

*Class  Secretary. 


748  AI^UMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

Charles  D.  Sinedley,  Wayne,  Delaware  county,  Pa, 
Charles  E.  Spahr,  Pork,  Pennsylvania. 
Carl  A.  Schutze,  49  East  Main  street,  Columbus,  Ohio. 
C.  A.  Yocum,  Pottstown,  Montgomery  county.  Pa. 

1886. 
*Alfred  W.  Baily,  Atlantic  City,  New  Jersey. 
Theodore  G.  Bieling,  Atlantic  City,  N.  J. 
Richard  Bewley,  116  Queens  Falls,  Philadelphia. 
Gustave  E.  Bonnet,  606  North  Eleventh  street,  Philadelphia. 
Thomas  H.  Carmichael,  7127  Germantown  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
Douglass  Cauklin,  Knoxville,  Tennessee. 

James  H.  Closson,  70  West  Chelten  avenue,  Germantown,  Phila. 
Edw.  H.  Condon,  1403  West  Fayette  street,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Persifor  M.  Cooke,  1290  Race  street,  Denver,  Col. 
James  R.  Cooper,  211  East  State  street,  Trenton,  N.  J. 
William  Cowley,  6412  Penn  avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 
Robert  Fraley,  Phoenixville,  Pennsylvania. 
fCethe  C.  Feltz. 

W.  Furman  Fryer,  Middleboro,  Massachusetts. 
Jacob  M.  Hinson,  391  Boylston  street,  Boston,  Mass. 
George  Hipkiss,  218  Columbia  avenue,  Boston,  Mass. 
John  E.  James  (Hon.),  1521  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 
F.  Harry  Kirby,  2540  North  Sixteenth  street,  Philadelphia. 
Greenwood  H.  Knight,  Dexter,  Maine. 
Martin  N.  Lehmayer. 
John  W.  lyeSeur,  Batavia,  New  York. 
Eugene  L,.  Mann,  681  Endicott  Arcade,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 
George  A.  Martin,  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 
fC.  Sharpless  Mercer. 
E.  Delmont  Merrill,  Dover,  Maine. 
John  C.  Morgan  (Hon.),   Millville,  N.  J. 
J.  Wesley  Mullin,  Wilmington,  Delaware. 
fEugene  L,.  Oatley. 

Byron  M.  Peters,  Doylestown,  Bucks  county,  Penna. 
C.  Albert  Reger,  725  North  Forty-fourth  street,  Philadelphia. 
William  G.  Steele,  1431  Girard  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
Joseph  A.  Stegman,  4632  East  Thompson  street,  Philadelphia. 
Henry  St.  G.  Strouse,  Belgrade,  Nance  county,  Neb, 
William  Tonkin,  Lancaster,  Pennsylvania. 
fA.  R.  Thomas  (Hon.). 

Horace  Bacon  Ware,  Scranton,  Pennsylvania. 
Frederick  P.  Wilcox,  21 16  Columbia  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
Henry  R,  Worthington,  Trenton,  New  Jersey. 

1887. 
Joseph  DeB.  Abbott,  Bristol,  Bucks  county,  Penna. 
Millsen  R.  Allen,  118  West  Main  street,  Norfolk,  Va. 


^Class  Secretary.     fDeceased. 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  749 

GharlesW.  Benedict,  Findlay,  Ohio. 

John  D.  Boileau,  804  Lehigh  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

Irvine  M.  Flinn,  409  West  Eighth  street,  Wilmington,  Del. ' 

Lewis  W.  Flinn,  909  Washington  street,  Wilmington,  Del. 

fGeorge  R.  Fortiner. 

Charles  A.  Geiger,  Rose  well,  Georgia. 

George  H.  Haas,  434  Turner  street,  Allentown,  Pa. 

Herbert  F.  Heilner,  Scranton,  Pennsylvania. 

Lafayette  H.  Horter,  4161  Westminster  avenue.  West  Philadelphia. 

Robert  B.  Johnstone,  2159  North  Nineteenth  street,  Philadelphia. 

Dan.  Karsner,  205  Tulpohocken  street,  Germantown,  Philadelphia. 

Edward  A.  Krusen,  CoUegeville,  Pennsylvania. 

G.  M.  Kuhry,  638  North  Fourth  street  Philaelphia. 

Orville  Wilbur  Lane,  Great  Barrington,  Mass. 

Horace  Lindsley. 

Chas.  H.  McDowell,  1121  Shackamaxon  street,  Philadelphia. 

Jesse  C.  Millen,  Denver,  Colorado. 

Will  F.  Minard,  Waterbury,  Connecticut. 

t William  S.  Morris. 

F.  F.  Negendenk,  901  Washington  street,  Wilmington,  Del. 

Albert  A.  Norris,  4818  Chester  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

William  R.  Powell,  Erie,  Pennsylvania. 

William  M.  Pulsifer,  Waterville,  Maine. 

t*  Joseph  Rodes. 

fClarence  M.  Selfridge,  Oakland,  California. 

Isaac  G.  Shallcross,  161 7  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 

William  W.  Speakman,  1623  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 

William  Spencer,  161 7  Chestnut  street,  Philadelphia. 

William  S.  Taylor,  Malvern,  Pennsylvania. 

L.  W.  Thompson,  1701  Green  street,  Philadelphia. 

Carl  V.  Vischer,  1429  Poplar  street,  Philadelphia. 

Jos.  M.  Walborn,  Missouri  Valley,  Harrison  county,  Iowa. 

John  D.  Ward,  806  South  Third  street,  Philadelphia. 

1888. 
*Charles  A.  Ayers,  1643  South  Broad  street,  Philadelphia. 
George  F.  Baier,  Norwood,  Pennsylvania. 
Weston  D.  Bayley,  1438  Poplar  street,  Philadelphia. 
Henry  Bierman,  Bloonisburg,  Pennsylvania. 
John  D.  Brannin,  Mount  Holly,  New  Jersey. 
Henry  C.  Chisolm,  Huntingdon,  Pennsylvania. 
James  C.  Clarke,  Jr.,  1307  Madison  avenue,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Herbert  B.  Coy,  2724  Girard  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
George  W.  N.  Curtis,  112  East  Capitol  street,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Frank  C.  Drain,  looi  West  Lanvale  street,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Everett  B.  Finney,  Lincoln,  Nebraska. 

*Class  Secretary.     fDeceased. 


750  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

Horace  D.  Furman,  1705  Tioga  street,  Philadelphia. 

Wilham  G.  Gardiner,  Wayne,  Delaware  county,  Pa. 

Samuel  G.  Goodshall,  Edge  Hill  P.  O.,  Montgomery  county.  Pa. 

John  Philip  Haag,  Williams  port,  Pennsylvania. 

Gustav  Ernst  Hanig,  Thompsontown,  Pennsylvania. 

Wm.  H.  Heron,  1214  Sixth  street,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

E.  H.  Hill,  Tunkhannock,  Wyoming  county,  Penna. 

Edmund  H.  Kase.  1325  Girard  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

Harvard  Lindley,  3129  Lucas  avenue,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

T.  L.  MacDonald,  1402  Massachusetts  avenue,  N.  W.,  Wash.,  D.  C. 

Stoddard  S.  Martin,  Woodsville,  New  Hampshire. 

Finley  McPherson,  Lyons,  New  York. 

Franklin  E.  Merriam,  3009  Kensington  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

Samuel  W.  Price,  1830  North  Fourth  street,  Philadelphia. 

Thomas  H.  Reading,  Hatboro,  Pennsylvania. 

W.  C.  Seitz,  Glen  Rock,  York  county,  Pennsylvania. 

Lewis  Lippincott  Sharp,  Palmyra,  New  Jersey. 

Bowman  H.  Shivers,  Haddonfield,  New  Jersey. 

James  S.  Shoemaker,  31 12  Frankford  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

Adam  S.  Sierer,  Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania. 

S.  Bryan  Smith,  233  Broadway,  Camden,  N.  J. 

A.  Emile  Tortat,  3727  Ridge  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

John  K.  Tretton,  Rochester,  New  York. 

Wilmer  W.  Trinkle,  1641  North  Eleventh  street,  Philadelphia. 

Robert  Walter,  Walters  Park,  Berks  county,  Pa. 

Wm.  S.  S.  Young,  Lehman  P.  O.,  Luzerne  county.  Pa. 

18S9. 
Charles  M.  AUmond,  Newark,  Delaware. 
Herbert  A.  Anderson,  391  West  avenue,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 
J.  Stowe  Ballard,  205  Powell  street,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
fElmer  E.  Bashore. 

Wm.  H.  Bishop,  119  East  47th  street,  New  York  City. 
William  W.  Blair,  406  Penn  avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 
Thomas  B.  Bradley,  952  North  6th  street,  Philadelphia. 
Edwin  R.  Bryant,  317  Powell  street,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Joseph  M.  Caley,  15 13  Green  street,  Philadelphia. 
Thomas  D.  Clegg,  2038  North  39th  street,  Philadelphia. 
Allison  A.  Clokey,  2d  &  Chestnut  streets,  Louisville,  Ky. 
Jose  Congosto,  222  South  3d  street,  Philadelphia. 
Guy  Coulter,  1013  High  street,  Columbus,  Ohio. 
"George  W.  Crock,  Vicksburg,  Mississippi. 
Harry  Lee  Dodd,  Chesterton,  Maryland. 
Frederick  M.  Eaton,  1709  Broadway,  Camden,  N.  J. 
Nevins  W.  Fryer,  1426  Snyder  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
Charles  R.  Fulmer,  2040  North  6th  street,  Philadelphia. 

*Class  Secretary.     -j-Deceased. 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  75 1 

Frank  A.  Garis,  227  Broad  street,  "West  Bethlehem,  Pa. 

Joseph  S.  Garrison,  Easton,  Maryland. 

James  A.  George,  438  Pine  street,  Camden,  N.  J. 

Theodore  P.  Gittens,  1716  Diamond  street,  Philadelphia. 

Alpheus  W.  Gregg,  Kennett  Square,  Pennsylvania. 

Charles  E.  Grove,  Spokane,  Washington. 

Horatio  B.  Hollifield,  Sandersville,  Georgia. 

Geo.  M.  Hoover,  153  West  Maine  street,  Mechanicsburg,  Pa. 

Nathan  M.  Humphrey,  Springwater,  New  York. 

Amos  D.  Krewson,  4613  Paul  street,  Frankford,  Philadelphia. 

Grant  M.  Kistler,  Lansford,  Carbon  county.  Pa. 

John  A.  Kressly,  Nevs^  Tripoli,  Pennsylvania. 

Alonzo  S.  Ivarkey,  1168  Washington  street,  Oakland,  Cal. 

William  F.  Lee,  823  North  40th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Samuel  P.  Ivov^^,  Santa  Barbara,  California. 

Melvern  S.  Lyon,  Haddonfield,  Nevs^  Jersey. 

Granville  R.  Markle,  Union  Bridge,  Maryland. 

Horace  W.  McKenzie,  Duncannon,  Pennsylvania. 

William  S.  Moslander,  837  Penn  street,  Camden,  N.  J. 

Charles  E.  Myers,  3840  Terrace  street,  Wissahickou,  Philadelphia. 

Herbert  L.  Northrop,  1729  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 

John  J.  Oeschsle,  239  E.  Thompson  street,  Philadelphia. 

William  S.  Rambo,  Rochester,  New  York. 

George  Rhoads,  Springfield,  Massachusetts. 

C.  Wesley  Roberts,  Scranton,  Pennsylvania. 

Grant  Selfridge,  145  Croker  Building,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

Charles  A.  Shephard,  Bristol,  Connecticut. 

Charles  S.  Stafford,  2015  North  19th  street,  Philadelphia. 

George  Alson  SuflFa,  229  Berkeley  street,  Boston,  Mass. 

Robert  S.  Summers,  2610  North  12th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Richard  E.  Tomlin,  2057  North  8th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Frederick  H.  Van  Gunten,  2407  N.  17th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Clarence  J.  Wallace,  899  Warren  avenue,  Chicago,  111. 

1890. 
William  J.  Arlitz,  Hoboken,  New  Jersey. 
Leon  T.  Ashcraft,  1318  Spruce  street,  Philadelphia. 
Zeno  B.  Babbitt,  810  nth  street,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
John  M.  Barthmaier,  2731  North  5th  street,  Philadelphia. 
Charles  A.  Bigler,  1919  North  13th  street,  Philadelphia. 
C.  Corson  Burnley,  Williamsport,  Pennsylvania. 
C.  Gray  Capron,  Utica,  New  York. 
George  F.  Clark,  Hightstown,  New  Jersey. 
Charles  F.  Cooper,  130  Shonnard  street,  Syracuse,  N.  Y. 
James  F.  Cullin,  3623  Hamilton  street,  Philadelphia. 
Arthur  L.  Cunningham,  1168  Washington  street,  Oakland,  Cal. 
Marvin  A.  Custis,  631  E.  Capitol  street,  Washington,  D.  C. 


752  ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

fGeorge  M.  Doane. 

George  I.  S.  Cudley,  4521  Frankford  avenne,  Philadelphia. 

Percy  H.  Ealer,  815  North  24th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Richard  H.  Edmondson,  Gallup,  New  Mexico. 

James  B.  Given,  315  nth  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Oliver  Grimshaw,  Swedesboro,  New  Jersey. 

*Oscar  L.  Gumbrecht,  Mount  Holly,  New  Jersey. 

"Walter  V.  Hansconi,  Rockland,  Maine. 

Martin  H.  Haines,  Ellsworth  Falls,  Maine. 

Edw.  A.  Heath,  114  Ebury  street,  London,  S.  W.,  Eng. 

Edw.  W.  Jones,  2731  Columbia  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

Oscar  J.  Jordan,  Coopersburg,  Pennsylvania. 

Frederick  W.  Lange,  Scranton,  Pennsylvania. 

tLyttleton  L.  Lazear. 

Albert  A.  Lindaburg,  Scranton,  Pennsylvania. 

Francisco  M   Lucena. 

Howard  S.  Mace,  910  N.  41st  street,  West  Philadelphia. 

Guy  E.  Manning,  754  Oak  street,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

James  I.  McDonald,   Ellsworth,  Maine. 

Robert  S.  Marshall,  424  Shady  avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 

Edward  M.  McCency,  1243  Blufif  street,  Dubuque,  Iowa. 

Peter  J.  McPherson,  Millport,  New  York. 

Richard  Wallace  Montgomery,  48  W.  94th  street,  New  York  City. 

Milton  Lavelle  Munson,  1307  Pacific  avenue,  Atlantic  City,  N.  J. 

Oliver  H.  Paxson,  123  North  i6th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Milton  Powell,  163  W.  76th  street.  New  York  City. 

J.  Ferdinand  Raue,  121  North  loth  street,  Philadelphia. 

Charles  L.  Rumsey,  819  Park  avenue,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Walter  Strong,  2049  North  13th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Georcre  P.  Stubbs,  4012  Haverford  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

Jacob  H.  Sherman,  Manchester,  Maryland. 

Bradford  W.  Sherwood,  Syracuse,  New  York. 

William  Sonneborn,  231 1  East  York  street,  Philadelphia. 

W^illiam  C.  Sooy,  Atlantic  City,  New  Jersey. 

tHarry  B.  Tindall. 

Sylvester  Ulrich,  Elizabethtown,  Pennsylvania. 

Clarence  M.  Ustick,  709  Neave  Building,  Cincinnati,  O. 

Samuel  C.  Webster,  Westerley,  R.  I. 

Daniel  A.  Wilson,  Norristown,  Pennsylvania. 

Joseph  R.  Witzel,  4037  St.  Vincent  street,  Tacony,  Philadelphia. 

George  B.  Wix,  Williamsport,  Pennsylvania. 

William  E.  Wright,  Burlington,  New  Jersey. 

1891. 
Francis  Iv.  Abbott,  3039  North  15th  street,  Philadelphia. 
William  S.  Ackley,  2336  North  29th  street,  Philadelphia. 

*Class  Secretary.     jDeceased. 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  753 

Johannes  Arschagouni,  745  Lexington  avenue,  New  York  City. 

George  W.  Brose,  York,  Pennsylvania. 

Theodore  L.  Chase,  Jr.,  1687  North  54th  street,  Philadelphia. 

G.  Maxwell  Christine,  2043  North  12th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Frank  R.  Clarke,  Berwick,  Pennsylvania. 

Arthur  R.  Cobb,  3720  Spring  Garden  street,  Philadelphia. 

"Walter  B.  Fraley,  Berwyn,  Chester  county,  Pennsylvania. 

J.  B.  Griffith,  L,ewistown,  Pennsylvania. 

Edward  S.  Haines,  Morton,  Pennsylvania. 

Phillipe  Sharpies  Hall,  1604  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 

Charles  R.  Haman,  Reading,  Pennsylvania. 

J.  B.  Heritage,  Langhorne,  Bucks  county,  Pennsylvania. 

fPeter  Hally  Kirk. 

Henry  A.  Lacy,  741  North  17th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Nathaniel  F.  Lane,  1435  Poplar  street,  Philadelphia. 

Abbot  B.  Lichtenwalner,  2435  North  7th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Frederick  M.  Miller,  Wilkesbarre,  Pa. 

T.  Addison  McCaren,  Dayton,  Ohio. 

Edward  M.  Morgan,  Perth,  Ontario,  Canada. 

Frank  F.  Pierson,  Wilmington,  Delaware. 

Charles  L.  Reading,  1423  Porter  street,  Philadelphia. 

Stanley  M.  Rinehart,  293  Western  avenue,  Allegheny,  Pa. 

Henry  F.  Schantz,  Reading,  Pa. 

*W.  E.  Sherwood,  813  Washington  street,  Wilmington,  Del. 

Charles  T.  Shinn,  Norristown,  Pennsylvania. 

Samuel  M.  Shirk,  New  Holland.  Pennsylvania. 

Albert  Clement  Shute,  Connellsville,  Pennsylvania. 

Robert  Steudel,  Johnstown,  Cambria  county,  Pennsylvania. 

James  C_  Stirk,  4700  Chester  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

Eugene  Talmadge,  Canton,  Ohio. 

Bartus  Trew,  1827  Guilford  avenue,  Baltimore,  Md. 

John  McE.  Ward,  1915  Susquehanna  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

Charles  A.  Wayland,  San  Jose,  California. 

Rufus  B.  WeaverJ(Hon.),  1553  Park  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

Chas.  H,  Wells,  1482  North  55th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Elmer  G.  Whinna,  320  North  41st  street,  Philadelphia. 

Bertrand  K.  Wilbur,  Sitka,  Alaska. 

tjohn  C.  Williams. 

Lewis  D.  Wilson,  316  B  street,  S.  E.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Rutledge  T.  Wiltbank,  1410  South  5th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Wells  Woodward,  1114  N.  Y.  avenue,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

1892. 
Charles  Showell  Abbott,  Bristol,  Pennsylvania. 
Arthur  Norman  Allen,  Clearmont,  New  Hampshire. 
William  R.  Andrews,  Rockville,  Maryland. 

*Class  Secretary.     fDeceased. 
49 


754  ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

Morris  Cavileer  Ashley,  Middletown,  New  York. 
George  Andrews  Barrows,  1608  Mt.  Vernon  street,  Philadelphia. 
Samuel  G.  A.  Brown,  Shippensburg,  Pa. 
John  Godfrey  Campbell,  Elmer,  New  Jersey. 
Newton  T.  Chaffee,  Chesterfield,  New  Jersey. 
James  H.  Darby. 

Charles  E.  Dennis,  422  N.  Green  street,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Perry  Hall  Dudley,  1405  North  i6th  street,  Philadelphia. 
William  R.  Geiser,  322  New  street,  Philadelphia. 
John  R.  Gillette,  1808  North  15th  street,  Philadelphia. 
Hamilton  Graham,  Trenton,  N.  J. 
Edward  R,  Gregg,  Dawson  City,  Alaska. 
Frederick  J.  Haerer,  1410  North  Broad  street,  Philadelphia. 
Edward  F.  Harpel,  Shamokin,  Pennsylvania. 

Gove  Saulsbury  Harrington,  487  West  45th  street.  New  York  City. 
J.  Allen  Harrison,  3703  North  5th  street,  Philadelphia. 
*J.  Wyllis  Hassler,  1503  Poplar  street,  Philadelphia. 
James  S.  Hickey,  183 1  North  nth  street,  Philadelphia. 
Royal  G.  Higgins,  Princeton,  Indiana. 
William  L.  Hill,  Dallas,  Texas. 

William  Milby  Hopkin,  2620  North  5th  street,  Philadelphia. 
Leonard  A.  Hudson,  Milford,  Delaware. 
Noah  Jackson,  Norfolk,  Virginia. 
Milton  S.  Kistler,  Shenandoah,  Pennsylvania. 
William  N.  Leedom,  1232  North  5th  steet,  Philadelphia. 
Harry  Litchfield,  1409  North  19th  street,  Philadelphia. 
George  W.  Mays,  1221  West  Somerset  street,  Philadelphia. 
John  H.  McCullough,  213  Perry  street,  Trenton,  N.  J. 
Charles  H.  McDowell,  3001  Olive  street,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Charles  S.  Means,  Columbus,  Ohio. 
Caleb  S.  Middleton,  Jr.,  Jackson,  Mississippi. 
Harry  W.  Moore,  1308  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 
Clarence  Nichols,  1429  East  Eagle  street,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Winfred  W.  Nuss,  3614  Howell  street,  Wissinoming,  Pa. 
Lewis  R.  Palmer,  1025  Madison  avenue,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Alfred  C.  Pedrick,  Jr.,  Passaic,  New  Jersey. 
W.  H.  Phillips.  Cape  May,  IsTew  Jersey. 
J.  Darwin  Pines,  2161  North  19th  street,  Philadelphia. 
Robert  L.  Piper,  Tyrone,  Pennsylvania. 
Willett  E.  Rotzell,  Narberth,  Montgomery  county.  Pa. 
fCharles  G.  Raue  (Hon.). 

H.  M.  Sanger,  1040  Westminster  street.  Providence,  R.  I. 
Charles  F.  Souder,  1607  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 
Albert  G.  Stevens,  Cape  May,  New  Jersey. 
Charles  E.  Tegtmeier,  1237  Shackamaxon  street,  Philadelphia. 

*Class  Secretary.     fDeceased. 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  755 

Edward  C.  Thomas,  711  North  33d  street,  Philadelphia. 
John  J.  Tuller,  1931  Chestnut  street,  Philadelphia. 
James  M.  Tyson,  222  East  Chelten  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
William  M.  Vaughn,  Dover,  Delaware. 
Charles  Wagner,  Hanover,  York  county.  Pa. 
Fowler  Alfred  Walters,  Lockport,  New  York. 
Harry  S.  Weaver,  1621  Chestnut  street,  Philadelphia. 
Lewis  C.  Wessels,  1914  North  22d  street,  Philadelphia. 
Edmund  L,.  Yourex,  1138  Druid  Hill  avenue,  Baltimore,  Md. 

1893. 
William  S.  Ambler,  4448  Germantown  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
Alvin  W.  Atkinson,  Trenton,  New  Jersey. 
Albert  S.  Atkinson,  1037  Caroline  street,  Baltimore,  Md. 
B.  G.  Arnold,  Downingtown,  Pennsylvania. 
Albert  M.  E.  Baker,  McEwensville,  Pennsylvania. 
Charles  Becker,  Jr.,  1828  Tioga  street,  Tioga,  Philadelphia. 
William  F.  Beggs,  399  Seventh  avenue,  Newark,  N.  J. 
G.  John  Berlinghof,  Scranton,  Pennsylvania. 
Charles  S.  Brown,  3036  Frankford  avenue,  Philadelphia, 
Charles  B.  Burnett,  New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey. 
Thomas  W.  Byerly,  I,aurel,  Maryland. 
Ernest  Labose  Clark,  no  Mercer  street,  Jersey  City,  N.  J. 
Thomas  H.  Conarroe,  872  North  Twenty-sixth  street,  Philadelphia. 
Edward  O.  Cyphers,  Belleville,  New  Jersey. 
O.  Herbert  Evans,  Cheswold,  Delaware. 
Elmer  E.  Fuller,  Plymouth,  Massachusetts. 

William  T.  Graham,  2463  North  Eighteenth  street,  Philadelphia. 
John  O.  Griffith,  1336  South  Thirteenth  street,  Philadelphia. 
Harrie  D.  Handy,  Brockton,  Massachusetts. 
*  Frank  W.  Hardenstein,  Memphis,  Tennessee. 
Charles  H.  Harvey,  4821  Lancaster  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
Charles  E.  Hewitt,  Meridian,  Connecticut. 
Clarence  A.  Hull,  Dunmoie,  Pennsylvania. 
Joseph  F.  Hurff,  21 17  Market  street,  Galveston,  Texas. 
J.  Lewis  Ireland,  Erie,  Pennsylvania. 
Lewis  Johnston. 

Walter  Jones,  Mount  Vernon,  New  York. 
B.  Frank  Kehler,  1708  North  Eighth  street,  Philadelphia. 
William  W.  Knowlton,  620  Benson  street,  Camden,  N.  J. 
Gustav  A.  Kuhnel,  Adelaide,  Australia. 

Alfred  J.  Kurtz,  1531  South  Thirteenth  street,  Philadelphia. 
John  W.  Leckie,  Jr.,  Hazleton,  Pennsylvania. 
William  Lillienthal,  i  West  Eight-third  street.  New  York. 
George  W.  MacKenzie,  Somerton,  Pennsylvania. 
Walter  W.  Maires,  123 1  Fairmount  avenue,  Philadelphia. 


*Class  Secretary. 


756  AIvUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 

George  W.  Maust,  lyock  Haven,  Pennsylvania. 

William  G.  McComas,  Frederick,  Maryland. 

W.  S.  McFadyen,  4502  Baker  street,   Manayunk,  Philadelphia. 

George  B.  Moreland,  132 1  Fifth  avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 

H.  D.  Moore,  Naugatuck,  Connecticut. 

Emile  R.  Paillon,  119  North  Seventh  street,  St.  Ivouis,  Mo. 

Charles  Rees  Palmer,  West  Chester,  Pennsylvania. 

Emil  Reith,  Nineteenth  and  Parrish  streets,  Philadelphia. 

Edward  Ames  Robinson,  6505  Germantown  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

Desiderio  Roman,  Jinotepe,  Nicaragua,  C.  A. 

Charles  W.  Scarborough,  Madison,  New  Jersey. 

John  H.  Schall,  Jr.,  Homoeopathic  Hospital,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Frederick  R.  Smith,  400  East  Main  street,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

Harry  S.  Snyder,  Allentown,  Pennsylvania. 

Samuel  Sparhawk,  Burlington,  Vermont. 

t  Allen  W.  Stewart. 

James  J.  Thomson,  Rockaway,  New  Jersey. 

Eugene  Underbill,  224  South  Broad  street,  Philadelphia. 

J.  Lewis  Van  Tine,  1613  Girard  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

Ernest  M.  Vaughn,  Royersford,  Pennsylvania. 

William  Rankin  Ward,  Jr.,  Lyons  Farms,  New  Jersey. 

George  C.  Webster,  Chester,  Pennsylvania. 

John  J.  Whelin,  4353  Paul  street,  Frankford,  Philadelphia. 

Frank  H.  Widman,  Wyncote,  Montgomery  county,  Pa. 

Harry  H.  Wilford,  Bangor,  Pennsylvania. 

t  J.  Conner  Wilson. 

I.  N.  Woodman,  Morrisville,  Bucks  county,  Pennsylvania. 

Frank  Aylmer  Woods,  Holyoke,  Massachusetts. 

1894. 
Mahlon  B.  Ballard,  Troy,  Pennsylvania. 
Frank  Steele  Barnard,  Los  Angeles,  California. 
Willis  L.  Barris,  3042  Berks  street,  Philadelphia. 
John  Strickler  Behm. 

Frank  C.  Benson,  Jr.,  153  North  Fifteenth  street,  Philadelphia. 
George  Henry  Bickley,  1512  South  Tenth  street,  Philadelphia. 
Daniel  C.  Bohn,  Lickdale,  Lebanon  county,  Pennsylvania. 
George  H.  Boone,  Pottsville,  Pennsylvania. 

Frank  W.  Brierly,  B.  S.,  2109  W.  Susquehanna  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
George  R.  Carmichael,  805  West  street,  Wilmington,  Delaware. 
Woodward  D.  Carter,  1533  South  Fifteenth  street,  Philadelphia. 
Walter  A.  Corson,  716  Atlantic  avenue,  Atlantic  City,  New  Jersey. 
William  H.  Cooper,  Oakmont,  Pennsylvania. 
Mark  H.  Cornish,  6949  Hagerman  street,  Tacony,  Philadelphia. 
*  William  D.  Culin,  4028  Parrish  street,  Philadelphia. 
Edward  M.  Deacon,  HoDJceopathic  Hospital,  Reading,  Pa. 

*Class  Secretary.     fDeceased. 


AI.UMNI   ASSOCIATION.  757 

Robert  G.  Dock,  236  School  Lane,  Germantown,  Philadelphia. 

William  DeHaven  Eaches,  Phoenixville,  Pennsylvania. 

William  L,.  Edgar,  Masonic  Block,  Athol,  Massachusetts. 

Robert  Y.  Fechtig,  Cumberland,  Maryland. 

Howard  A.  Fehr,  22:  North  Ninth  street,  Allentown,  Pa. 

Alton  S.  Fell,  923  South  Clinton  avenue,  Trenton,  N.  J. 

David  E.  Fitzgerald,  3044  Frankford  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

Charles  J.  V.  Fries,  1933  Bainbridge  street,  Philadelphia. 

George  W.  Gann,  Dubois,  Pennsylvania. 

George  J.  Ganow,  Smithville  Flats,  Chenango  county,  N.  Y. 

Howard  Chew  Garrison,  419  N.  Fifth  street,  Camden,  N.  J. 

Thomas  W.  Gebhard,  Wilmington,  Delaware. 

William  B.  Griggs,  1534  N.  Thirteenth  street,  Philadelphia. 

Edward  S.  Grigsby,  Williamsport,  Pennsylvania. 

Lemuel  D.  Hardy,  222  Parke  avenue,  Norfolk,  Va. 

Raymond  J.  Harris,  1300  S.  Sixth  street,  Philadelphia. 

David  G.  Harvey,  Maple  Lane,  Holmesburg,  Pennsylvania. 

William  M.  Hillegas,  934  North  Forty-third  street,  Philadelphia. 

James  HoUowell,  Bryn  Mawr,  Pennsylvania. 

Frank  S.  Jewett,  64  Jackson  street,  Providence,  R.  I. 

Harry  B.  Justice,  Ironton,  Ohio. 

Henry  Klopp,  Westboro,  Massachusetts. 

Fred.  M.  Lawrence,  1601  Girard  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

George  F.  Lazarus,  6  Caton  avenue,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Simon  S.  Mann,  Columbia,  Pennsylvania. 

Emerson  P.  McGeorge,  1740  Broadway,  Camden,  N.  J. 

Alfred  C.  Mills,  Norristown,  Pennsylvania. 

Carl  W.  Moffitt,  19  Rossdale  street,  Dorchester,  Boston,  Mass. 

Albert  C.  Morozzi,  Cassville,  Huntingdon  county,  Pa. 

Alpheus  B.  Morrill,  Concord,  New  Hampshire. 

t  Henry  S.  Neff. 

Joseph  F.  Norwood,  68  Main  street.  Auburn,  Maine. 

William  F.  Roth,  Wilkes-Barre,  Pennsylvania. 

Arthur  T.  Schoonmaker,  Westfield,  Massachusetts. 

Frank  W.  Seidel,  362  North  Front  street,  Reading,  Pa. 

Arthur  P.  Seligman,  Mahanoy  City,  Pennsylvania. 

Nathan  Smilie,  4624  Chester  avenue,  West  Philadelphia. 

Henry  B.  Strock,  Bedford,  Pennsylvania. 

Frederick  Traganza,  2210  North  Twelfth  street,  Philadelphia. 

Joseph  C.  Tripp,  Saxon,  Pennsylvania. 

Gustav  A.  Van  Lennep,  142 1  Spruce  street,  Philadelphia. 

Edward  R.  Walters,  61 17  Penn  avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 

George  P.  Weaver,  Arendtsville,  Pennsylvania. 

Frank  E.  Yerkes,  Ambler,  Pennsylvania. 

t  Deceased. 


758  AIvUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

1895- 
Robert  J.  Abele,  718  South  21st  street,  Philadelphia. 
Benjamin  H.  Bainbridge,  Jr. ,  2305  Cedar  street,  Philadelphia. 
William  A.  Barnes,  Hagerstown,  Maryland. 
Charles  A.  Betts,  Reading,  Pennsylvania. 
Martin  S.  Budlong,  Providence,  Rhode  Island. 
Duncan  Campbell,  Woodbury,  New  Jersey. 
Herbert  H.  Carter,  Jacksonville,  Illinois. 
Marsden  T.  Cleckley,  Augusta,  Georgia. 
Franciso  V.  Colon,  Porto  Rico,  West  Indies. 
Alfred  Cookman,  Williamsport,  Pa. 
George  Mc.  Conard,  323  Berks  street,  Philadelphia. 
George  M.  Cooper,  527  Marshall  street,  Philadelphia. 
Edwin  C.  Cowperthwaite,  3343  N.  Seventeenth  street,   Philadelphia. 
Robert  B.  Cuthbert,  Hahnemann  Hospital,  New  York. 
S.  Ashen  Dieffenderfer,  Mazeppa,  Pennsylvania. 
Louis  M.  Diemer,  1900  E.  Allegheny  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
George  N.  Dolbeck,  Portchester,  New  York. 
Atwater  L,.  Douglass,  Ellsworth,  Maine. 
John  A.  Evans,  1837  Pennsylvania  avenue,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Morris  R.  Faulkner,  Vineland,  New  Jersey. 
John  A.  F'ischer,  319  Green  street,  Philadelphia. 
Benj.  K.  Fetcher,  Maternity  Hospital,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Albert  W.  Gernert,  Lebanon,  Pa. 
Jnanendra  Narayan  Ghose,  Calcutta,  India. 
Lee  E.  Griscom,  919  S   Third  street,  Camden,  N.  J. 
Samuel  B.  Hanlin,  Middleport,  Ohio. 
John  E.  Henshall,  1129  Diamond  street,  Philadelphia. 
Harry  Henshillwood,  243  North  Sixth  street,  Philadelphia. 
William  B.  Holcombe,  1509  Girard  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
Frank  V.  Home,  Toledo,  Ohio. 

*Wm.  C.  Hunsicker,  2111  N.  Twenty-ninth  street,  Philadelphia. 
Edward  J.  Kendall,  54  Elizabeth  street.  West  Detroit,  Mich. 
Cephas  D.  Kinsley,  Cheshire,  Massachusetts. 
William  D.  Kinsloe,  Masonic  Temple,  Denver,  Col. 
Joseph  V.  Klock,  Mahanoy  City,  Pennsylvania. 
Wm.  Krause,  4813  Beaumont  avenue. 
William  H.  Lyle,  1833  Master  street,  Philadelphia. 
Alexander  R.  Mackenzie,  Tunkhannock,  Penna. 
Robert  H.  McCarthy,  loio  N.  44th  street,  West  Philadelphia. 
Olin  K.  McGarrah,  Altoona,  Pennsylvania. 
Bertrand  O.  Morse,  Atlantic,  Iowa. 
Herman  A.  Newbold. 
Herbert  S.  Nichols,  Portland,  Oregon. 

*  Class  Secretary. 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  759 

Gilbert  J.  Palen,  Philadelphia. 

Theodore  E.  Perkins,  1831  Park  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

Roy  C.  Pitcairn,  Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania. 

How^ard  J.  Powelson,  Middletown,  Nevi^  York. 

Charles  S.  Raue,  141  North  Tenth  street,  Philadelphia. 

Maitland  W.  Rendell,  1533  Morris  street,  Philadelphia. 

Charles  A.  Ritchie,  Middletown,   Delaware. 

John  F.  Rowell,  Stamford,  Connecticut. 

Edward  S.  Sheldon,  Collingswood,  New  Jersey. 

John  R.  Shetter,  1423  North  i6th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Zuber  N.  Short,  Memphis,  Tenn. 

Byron  D.  Spencer,  Bangor,  Maine. 

Deacon  Steinmetz,  2541  North  17th  street,  Philadelphia. 

William  H.  Taylor,  Macon,  Georgia. 

Charles  J.  Wendt,  Pittsburg,  Pennsylvania. 

Carl  A.  Williams,  Mystic,  Connecticut. 

1896. 
Francis  E.  Archibald,  2553  North  i6th  street,  Philadelphia. 
Alexander  B.  Arthur,  1705  Filbert  street,  Philadelphia. 
William  H.  Armstrong,  Rockland,  Maine. 
Allan  B.  Black,  Swedesboro,  New  Jersey. 
Edwin  C.  Blackburn,  Altoona,  Pennsylvania. 
Carl  A.  Blackley,  Lockport,  New  York. 
John  A.  Brooke,  Wilkes- Barre,  Pennsylvania. 
John  L,.  Casselbury,  Morgantown,  West  Virginia. 
John  G.  Chadwick,  262  Delaware  avenue,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 
Ralph  W.  Chaffee,  Syracuse,  New  York. 
Chas.  DeD.  Chandler,  1710  D  street,  N.  W.,  Lincoln,  Neb. 
Thomas  W.  Clarke,  1721  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 
William  C.  Comstock,  Lockport,  New  York. 
Thomas  O.  Cooper,  Wilmington,  Delaware. 
Lemuel  E.  Davies,  Scranton,  Pennsylvania. 
Thomas  S.  Dedrick,Jr.,  Lafayette,  New  Jersey. 
Fullerton,  J.  Douglass,  35  South  19th  street,  Philadelphia. 
John  A.  Douglass,  Lykens,  Dauphin  county.  Pa. 
William  F.  Doyle,  Pottsville,  Pennsylvania 
Thomas  W.  Embley,  Fishkill-on-Hudson,  New  York. 
Howard  M.  Engle,  Mount  Joy,  Pennsylvania. 
Howard  J.  Evans,  Atlantic  City,  New  Jersey. 
Harvey  Farrington,  1738  Green  street,  Philadelphia. 
George  S.  Fisher,  Lebanon,  Pennsylvania. 
Maurice  M.  Fleagle,  Hanover,  York  county,  Pennsylvania. 
Harry  H.  Grace,  309  Market  street,  Camden,  N.  J. 
Frederick  C.  Gray,  1211  Arch  street,  Philadelphia. 
Russell  T.  Hart,  41  Harvey  street,  Germantown,  Philadelphia. 
Earl  G.  Heaton,  Syracuse,  New  York. 


76o  ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

Harvey  P.  Hess,  Lickdale,  Pennsylvania. 

Raymond  P.  Higgins,  Nat.  Horn.  Hos.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Harrison  W.  Howell,  724  "King  street,  Wilmington,  Del. 

David  B.  James,  2005  North  12th  street,  Philadelphia. 

George  C.  Jenkins,  6226  Hancock  street,  Germantown,  Philadelphia. 

Clarence  Klaer,  Florida,  Orange  county.  New  York. 

Augustus  Korndoerfer,  Jr.,  112  North  17th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Herbert  P.  Leopold,  Allentown,  Pennsylvania. 

Linnaeus  E.  Marter,  1631  Race  street,  Philadelphia. 

Archibald  S.  McDowell,  Reading,  Pennsylvania. 

William  A.  McDowell,  Reading,  Pennsylvania. 

William  R.  Mesick,  Georgetown,  Delaware. 

Harvey  D.  Miller,  Myerstown,  Lebanon  county,  Pa. 

William  B.  Morford,  Red  Bank,  New  Jersey. 

Harry  S.  Nicholson,  Pittsburg,  Pennsylvania. 

William  B.  Ormsby,  Wyoming,  Ohio. 
■   Richard  R.  Paxson,  4816  Baltimore  avenue,  Philadelphia. 

Ernest  L.  Peet,  Skinners  Eddy,  Pennsylvania. 

Wm.  A.  Plaucher,  5915  Walker  street,  Wissinoming,  Philadelphia. 

Elmer  T.  Prizer,  Lancaster,  Pennsylvania. 

John  L.  Redman,  Atlantic  City,  New  Jersey. 

John  T.  Robinson,  South  Bound  Brook,  New  Jersey. 

Victor  M.  Roman,  JinotefFe,  Nicaragua,  C.  A. 

Joseph  H.  Romig,  Bethel,  Koskoquin  River,  Alaska. 

Clarence  W.  Simmons,  1628  North  i8th  street,  Philadelphia. 

El  wood  S.  Snyder,  Watsontown,  Pennsylvania. 

Ralph  L.  Souder,  Woodstown,  New  Jersey. 

Charles  F.  Smalley,  corner  Delaware  and  Madison  streets,  Wilming- 
ton, Delaware. 

Clinton  S.  Straughn,  Matawan,  New  Jersey. 

J.  W.  Stitzel,  Hollidaysburg,  Pennsylvania. 

Leon  M.  Thurston,  Pittsburg,  Pennsylvania. 

Charles  S.  Trites,  4500  Baker  street,  Philadelphia. 

Geo.  L.  Van  Duersen,  Meriden,  Connecticut. 

Gilbert  E.  Wallace,  Muncie,  Indiana.  1 

Francis  V.  Ware,  Millville,  New  Jersey. 

Rowland  J.  Wasgatt,  Union,  Maine. 

Daniel  W.  Weaver,  Greensburg,  Indiana. 

*William  A.  Weaver,  1537  Master  street,  Philadelphia. 

James  L.  Whiteman,  716  Franklin  street,  Wilmington,  Delaware. 

Herbert  F.  Williams,  Woodbury,  New  Jersey. 

Albert  F.  Woll,  2439  North  6th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Robert  C.  Woodman,  Lambertville,  New  Jersey. 

1897. 

John  L.  Bacon,  Jr.,  Hahnemann  Hospital,  Philadelphia. 

Daniel  J.  Baker,  1436  Hanover  street,  Philadelphia. 

*Class  Secretarv. 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION.  76 1 

Arthur  W.  Ball,  4445  Frankford  avenue,  Philadelphia. 
Clyde  E.  Barton,  West  Coulter  street,  Germantown,  Philadelphia. 
Frank  Iv.  Bateman,  Polyclinic  Hospital,  Philadelphia. 
William  B.  Boggess,  615  Spring  Garden  street,  Philadelphia. 
W.  Kempton  Browning,  Plainfield,  New  Jersey. 
Thomas  A.  Burneson,  Monoca,  Beaver  county.  Pa. 
Wilda  E.  Butler,  Grace  Hospital,  New  Haven,  Conn. 
Edward  P.  Clark,  Homceo.  Hospital,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Clarence  H.  Dobson,  Hahnemann  Hospital,  Philadelphia. 
Harold  R.  Edwards,  615  Spring  Garden  street,  Philadelphia. 
Jacob  F.  Erwin,  53  Lincoln  avenue.  Providence,  R.  I. 
Howard  Reiner   Faringer,  Metropolitan  Hospital,  Black  well's  Island, 
New  York. 

tWilliam  John  Fleming. 

A.  Iv.  W.  Foster,  6338  Woodbine  avenue,  Overbn^ok,  Pa. 

William  L.  Franck,  Jr.,  Overbrook,  Pennsylvania. 

Evans  J.  Hackney,  1617  Vine  street,  Philadelphia. 

George  C.  Haller,  Jr. ,  Hulmeville,  Pennsylvania. 

James  M.  Heimbach,  M.  E. ,  Kane,  Pennsylvania, 

Henry  S.  Liddle,  2201  Lyndale,  avenue,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

J.  Lyman  Peck,  M.  S.,  Metropolitan  Hospital,  N.  Y. 

Benejah  B.  Powell,  Ph.  G.,  1925  Wallace  street,  Philadelphia, 

David  J.  Price,  Shenandoah,  Pennsylvania. 

Geo.  W.  Ramsey,  2436  Nicholas  street,  Germantown,  Philadelphia. 

Wesley  H.  Rennie,  Metropolitan  Hospital,  B.  I.,  N.  Y. 

Frederick  W.  Roberts,  St.  Luke's  Hom.  Hos.,  Philadelphia. 

Samuel  W.  Sappington,  1826  N.  13th  street,  Philadelphia. 

Abbott  Satterthwait,  Crosswicks,  New  Jersey. 

Walter  H.  Steel,  Newark,  Delaware. 

Francis  W.  Sunanday,  2945  Diamond  street,  Philadelphia. 

*William  Zerns  Suplee,  A.  B.,  1509  Porter  street,  Philadelphia. 

William  F.  Ward,  Homoe.  Hospital,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

Franklin  Watson,  Langhorne,  Pennsylvania. 

Harry  Adalbert  Watts,  Portland,  Maine. 

Alfred  W.  Westney,  A.  B.,  Hahnemann  Hospital,  Philadelphia. 

Harry  D.  Wilson,  Children's  Homoeopathic  Hospital,  Philadelphia. 

1898. 
Burdett  Sheriden  Adams,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. 
Charles  Clifford  Allen,  Bridgeton,  New  Jersey. 
Lewis  Brownson  Amsbry,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 
Albert  Alphonse  Appel,  Ph.  G.,  CoUegeville,  Pennsylvania. 
Russell  Bigler  Armor,  Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania. 
William  Franklin  Baker,  A.  B.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvana. 
Walter  Isaac  Baker,  Camden,  New  Jersey. 
D.  W.  Bartine,  Ocean  City,  N.  J. 

*Class  Secretary.     fDeceased. 


762  ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION. 

J.  Bonnar  Bates,  Binghamton,  New  York. 

Alexander  Chambers  Blair,  Pittsburg,  Pennsylvania. 

Oscar  Eugene  Boericke,  A.  B.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

William  Thomas  Bond,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

E.  W.  Brickley,  York,  Pa. 

Thomas  A.  Capen,  Fall  River,  Mass. 

Samuel  Boyd  Challinor,  A.  B.,  Pittsburg,  Pennsylvania. 

William  Taylor  Chamberlin,  Ottawa,  Canada. 

Daniel  Emery  Chase,  Jr.,  Somerville,  Massachusetts. 

John  N.  Clarke,  Rosiclare,  111. 

Edgar  Clement,  Haddonfield,  New  Jersey. 

Samuel  Williams  Clover,  Palmyra,  New  Jersey. 

Macpherson  Crichton,  Washington,  District  of  Columbia. 

George  Read  Critchlow,  A.  B.,  New  Brighton,  Pennsylvania. 

Charles  Theo.  Cutting,  Jr.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

William  Embury  Dake,  Rochester  New  York. 

Wm.  L,.  Delvap,  Gloucester,  N.  J. 

W.  H.  Dewing,  Clayville,  N.  Y. 

Harry  Martin  Eberhard,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

L.  N.  Esrey,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

Stuart  John  Fairbank,  Utica,  New  York. 

Biddle  Hiles  Garrison,  Elmer,  New  Jersey. 

William  Dunn  Gates,  Sayre,  Pennsylvania. 

Joseph  Milton  Gerhart,  Jr.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

James  G.  Gilchrist,  215  College  street,  Iowa  City,  Iowa. 

Joseph  Rea  Taylor  Gray,  Jr.,  Chester,  Pennsylvania. 

Charles  Edwin  Greason,  M.  E.,  Carlisle,  Pennsylvania. 

Mitchell  Greenwood,  Millville,  New  Jersey. 

Richard  Haehl,  Kirchheim,  Germany. 

Charles  Tomlinson  Haines,  Clarksboro,  New  Jersey. 

Henry  Benjamin  Harper,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

George  Harry  Harry,  Bradysville,  Pennsylvania. 

Arthur  Hartley,  Palmyra,  New  Jersey. 

George  Willis  Hartman,  I/ittlestown,  Pennsylvania. 

John  Krupp  Hedrick,  Perkasie,  Pennsylvania. 

Llewellyn  E.  Hetrick,  Asbury  Park,  New  Jersey. 

John  Bruce  Hill,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

Theodore  Higbee  Hollinshead,  Moorestown,  New  Jersey. 

Joseph  Robinson  Hood,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

George  Emory  Houck,  Frederick,  Maryland. 

E.  F.  Hoyt,  New  York  City,  N.  Y. 

Ellwood  Samuel  Hubbs,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

William  Henry  Huber,  Glenside,  Pennsylvania. 

Francois  Louis  Hughes,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

J.  P.  Iliff,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

E.  L.  Kirk,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION.  763 

Bayard  Knerr,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

Frederick  Leonard  Lanphear,  Boston,  Massachusetts. 

J.  D.  Lawrence,  Merchantville,  N.  J. 

Richard  White  Larer,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

J.  C.  Lingle,  Middletown,  Pa. 

Frank  Barrett  Livezey,  A.  B.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania, 

Thomas  H.  McWhorter,  M.  D.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

Harry  Seltzer  Meily,  Lebanon,  Pennsylvania. 

Martin  Luther  Miller,  B.  S.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

Frederick  Lucius  Muth,  E.  Mauch  Chunk,  Pennsylvania. 

Martin  J.  Nevinger,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

George  Nichols,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Fdward  Raymond  Northrop,  Seymour,  Connecticut. 

George  Stewart  Ogden,  York,  Pennsylvania. 

Edward  Gove  Randall,  A.  B.,  Poultney,  Vermont. 

N.  G.  Reiff,  Albion,  Ind. 

Frank  Llewellyn  Richards,  A.  B.,  Oswego,  New  York. 

Herbert  Ewing  Riddel,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

Walter  John  Robbins,  M.  D.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

Norman  Roberts,  A.  B.,  M.  D.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

William  Norwood  Rogers,  Media,  Pennsylvania. 

Charles  Edward  Roth,  A.  B.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

John  Benjamin  RufFell,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

J.  H.  Sandel,  Plymouth,  Pa. 

Merton  Rcss  Skinner,  Ph.  B.,  LeRoy,  New  York. 

J.  Stearns,  Washington,  D.  C. 

George  W.  Stewart,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Nathan  Thorne,  Woodstown,  New  Jersey.  ' 

Ruliff  Lawrence  Truitt,  Wilmington,  Delaware. 

Adelbert  B.  Twitchell,  Jr.,  Newark,  New  Jersey. 

J.  E.  Waaser,  Mauch  Chunk,  Pa. 

L.  W.  Webb,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Charles  Valores  Webb,  Salem,  Ohio. 

Harry  Stephenson  Wetzel,  Dayton,  Ohio. 


THE  WASHINGTON  CITY  AUXILIARY   OF   THE  ALUMNI  AS- 
SOCIATION OF  THE  HAHNEMANN  MEDICAL 
COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA. 


Meetings,  Annual,  Third  Monday  in  April.   Specials  at  call  of  President. 


Officers. 

President,  L.  B.  Sw^ormstedt,  M.  D.,  '77. 
Vice-President,  Edgar  Janney,  M.  D.,  'S3. 
Secretary,  W.  R.  King,  M.  D.,  '81. 
Treasurer,  Chari,es  B.  GiIvBERT,  M.  D.,  '76. 


764  AIvUMNI   ASSOCIATION. 


President,  B.  F.  Gibbs,  M.  D.,  '85. 
Vice-President,  C.  A.  Davis,  M.  D.,  '84. 
Secretary,  H.  W.  Woodward,  M.  D.,  '91. 
Treasurer,  L.  D.  Wilson.  M.  D.,  '91. 


•  Members. 

T.  S.  Verdi,  M.  D.,  Florence,  Italy. 

C.  B.  Gilbert,  M.  D.,  '76,  loii  H  street,  N.  W. 

L.  B.  Swormstedt,  M.  D.,  '77,  1455  Fourteenth  street,  N.  W. 

Malcolm  Cameron,  M.  D.,  '81,  1027  Twenty- second  street,  N.  W. 

Wm.  R.  King,  M.  D.,  '81,  1422  K  street,  N.  W. 

Edgar  Janney,  M.  D.,  '83,  12  Iowa  Circle. 

C.  A.  Davis,  M.  D.,  '84,  loio  Fifteenth  street,  N.  W. 

B.  F.  Gibbs,  M.  D.,  '84,  2934  Fourteenth  street,  N.  W. 

G.  W.  N.  Custis,  M.  D.,  '88,  120  E.  Capitol  street,  N.  W. 

T.  I/.  Macdonald,  M.  D.,  '88,  1402  Massachusetts  avenue. 

Wm.  H.  Herron,  M.  D.,  '88,  1016  9th  street,  N.  W. 

Marvin  A.  Custis,  M.  D.,  '90,  631  East  Capitol  street. 

Z.  B.  Babbitt,  '90,  810  Eleventh  street,  N.  W. 

L.  D.  Wilson,  M.  D.,  '91,  316  B  street,  S.  E. 

H.  Wells  Woodward,  '91,  11 14  New  York  avenue,  N.  W. 

R.  H.  Higgins,  M.  D.,  '96,  Nat.  Homoeopathic  Hospital. 


HAHNEMANNIAN  INSTITUTE. 


Hahnemann  College  has  the  honor  to  have  a  student's 
society  as  old  as]  itself,  one  which  has  continued  amid  the 
vicissitudes  of  the  College  to  regularly  hold  meetings  during 
every  College  session,  and  to  hold  graduating  exercises  and 
issue  diplomas,  signed  by  its  officers,  each  spring.  The  Hahne- 
mannian  Medical  Institute  was  organized  during  the  session  of 
1 849-' 50.  Its  original  name  was  the  Williamsonian  Institute, 
but  by  request  of  Dr.  Walter  Williamson,  in  whose  honor  the 
name  was  orginally  bestowed,  the  name  was  in  1854  changed 
to  the  present  name,  which  it  has  ever  since  held.  Its  meet- 
ings were  at  first  held  semi-weekly.  Of  late  years  meetings 
have  only  been  held  monthly  during  the  College  session.  In 
'CiVQ.  Philadelphia  Journal  of  Homoeopathy  iox  March,  1853,  we 
find  this  society  mentioned  as  follows:  "  This  Association  is 
composed  of  students  attending  the  lectures  in  the  Homoeo- 
pathic College  of  Pennsylvania.  The  design  of  the  organiza- 
tion is  the  mutual  improvement  of  its  individual  members. 
Examinations  on  all  the  branches  taught  in  the  College  are 
held  regularly  by  members  chosen  from  the  society,  and  who 
receive  as  an  incentive  to  the  faithful  performance  of  their 
duties  the  title  of  professors.  At  the  close  of  each  session 
they  have  adopted  the  plan  of  holding  a  commencement  at 
which  they  have  an  annual  oration  and  valedictory,  and  all 
those  who  have  been  sufficiently  successful  to  become  passed 
candidates  for  the  degree  of  doctor  of  medicine  in  the  College 
are  rewarded  with  a  diploma  from  this  Institute  also,  pro- 
vided they  have  complied  with  the  rules  and  regulations." 

The   following   is   the   constitution  of  1891,  the   last  one 

adopted: 

Constitution. 
Art.  I. — Name  and  Object. — Sec  i.  This  Association  shall  be  known 
as  THE  HAHNEMANNIAN  MEDICAL  INSTITUTE,  of  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  of  Philadelphia. 


766  HAHNEMANNIAN   INSTITUTE. 

Sec.  2.  The  object  of  the  Institute  shall  be  the  mutual  improvement 
of  its  members,  and  the  increase  of  their  facilities  for  acquiring  medical 
knowledge. 

Art.  II. — Membership. — Sec.  i.  Any  person  may  become  an  active 
member  of  the  Institute  who  is  a  regular  student,  in  good  standing,  in 
the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia. 

Sec.  2.  No  person  shall  become  a  member  of  the  Institute  until  he 
has  paid  his  initiation  fee  and  signed  the  Constitution  and  By-Laws. 

Sec.  3.  All  active  members  of  the  Institute  become  honorary  mem- 
bers after  graduation  from  the  College. 

Art.  III. — Officers. — The  officers  of  the  Institute  shall  consist  of  a 
President,  Vice-President,  Secretary,  Treasurer,  Critic  and  Quaesitors 
corresponding  to  each  chair  in  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of 
Philadelphia. 

Art.  IV. — Term  of  Officer. — Sec.  i.  The  term  of  office  of  the  Pfesi- 
dent,  Vice-President,  Secretary,  Treasurer  and  Quaesitors  shall  be  one 
year. 

Sec.  2.  The  Critic  shall  be  appointed  by  the  President  at  each  regular 
meeting,  to  serve  until  the  appointment  of  his  successor. 

Art.  V. — Duties  of  the  Officers. — Sec.  i.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
President  to  preside  at  all  meetings  of  the  Institute,  enforce  a  rigid  ob- 
servance of  the  Constitution  and  By-Laws,  sign  all  orders  for  payment 
of  bills  which  have  been  approved  by  the  Institute;  appoint  committees, 
unless  otherwise  ordered,  appoint  Critic,  Essayist,  and  supply  all  tem- 
porary vacancies  in  office. 

Sec.  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Vice-President  to  preside  at  all 
meetings  in  the  absence  of  the  President. 

Sec.  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Secretary  to  keep  an  accurate 
record  of  the  proceedings  and  business  of  the  Institute,  register  of  the 
names  of  the  members,  call  the  roll,  keep  correct  account  of  absentees, 
take  charge  of  all  papers  of  the  Institute  and  file  the  same  for  future 
reference;  record  the  report  of  the  Treasurer,  purchase  all  books  and 
stationery  for  the  use  of  the  Institute,  and  at  the  close  of  his  ofiicial 
term  of  service  deliver  all  books  and  papers  to  his  successor  in  ofiice. 

Sec.  4.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Treasurer  to  collect  and  take 
charge  of  the  funds  of  the  Institute,  pay  all  bills  accepted  by  the  Insti- 
tute and  bearing  the  indorsement  of  the  presiding  officer,  exhibit  to  the 
Finance  Committee  for  audit  a  full  statement  of  all  receipts  and  ex- 
penditures, with  vouchers  of  the  same.  It  shall  also  be  his  duty  to 
make  a  report  at  each  regular  meeting  of  moneys  received  and  paid 
out,  and  to  report  all  members  who  have  been  indebted  to  the  Institute 
for  a  period  of  two  mouths;  at  the  close  of  his  term  of  office  deliver  to 
his  successor  all  property  in  his  hands  belonging  to  the  Institute. 

Sec.  5.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Critic  to  correct  and  criticise  all 
errors  of  the  members,  either  in  decorum,  in  the  style  of  quiz,  in  the  an- 
swers thereof,  or  in  the  literary  exercises;  also  any  point  in  general  de- 
corum or  proceedings  which  he  may  deem  worthy  of  notice. 


HAHNEMANNIAN    INSTITUTE.  767 

Sec.  6.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  Qugesitor  to  quiz  one-half  hour 
or  more  a  week,  on  his  particular  branch,  at  such  time  and  place  as  may- 
be determined  by  the  Institute. 

Art.  VI. — Removal  from  Office  or  Membership. — Sec.  i.  Any  mem- 
ber may  withdraw  from  the  Institute  after  one  week's  notice  in  writing, 
provided  a  certificate  of  non-indebtedness  from  the  Secretary  accotn- 
panies  the  notification. 

Sec.  2.  A  complaint  against  any  officer  or  member  of  a  committee  for 
failure  to  discharge  the  duties  of  his  office,  shall  be  referred  to  a  com- 
mittee for  investigation,  and,  if  substantiated,  a  vote  of  two-thirds  of 
the  members  present  shall  remove  the  delinquent. 

Sec.  3.  Should  any  member  be  guilty  of  indecorous  behavior  he  shall 
be  dealt  with  as  prescribed  hereafter  in  the  By-L,aws. 

Sec.  4.  Should  any  member  neglect  or  refuse  to  pay  his  dues  or  fines 
he  shall  be  reported  to  the  Institute  by  the  Treasurer,  and  the  Presi- 
dent, unless  otherwise  directed  by  the  Institute,  shall  declare  such  per- 
son suspended  until  said  dues  or  fines  be  paid. 

Art.  VII. —  Vacancies  in  Office. — SEC.  i.  Should  a  vacancy  occur  in 
any  ofl&ce  by  death,  resignation,  or  otherwise,  the  President  shall  order 
an  election,  to  fill  said  vacancy,  within  one  week  of  its  occurrence. 

Sec.  2.  Should  a  vacancy  occur  in  a  committee  it  shall  be  filled  by  an 
appointment  by  the  President. 

Art.  VIII. — Diplomas — Sec.  i.  Each  member  of  the  Institute,  upon 
graduation  from  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College,  shall  receive  the 
diploma  of  the  Institute. 

Sec  2.  All  diplomas  shall  be  signed  by  the  President,  Vice-President, 
Secretary,  Treasurer,  and  Ouaesitors. 

Art.  IX. — Aviendments. — Any  amendment  to  the  Constitution  or  By- 
Laws  may  be  adopted  at  any  regular  meeting  by  a  concurrence  of  two- 
thirds  of  the  members  present,  provided  that  written  propositions  of 
such  amendments  have  been  submitted  to  the  Instittue  at  the  regular 
meeting  preceding. 

By-Laws. 

Art.  1.— Meetings. —Snc.  i.  Regular  meetings  of  the  Institute  shall 
be  held  on  the  first  Wednesday  after  the  beginning  of  the  regular  Col- 
lege course,  and  on  the  first  Wednesday  in  each  month  thereafter  dur- 
ing the  course. 

Sec.  2.  The  members  of  the  Institute  shall  meet  for  quiz  at  such  time 
and  place  as  may  be  determined  by  them. 

Sec.  3.  Special  meetings  may  be  called  at  any  time  by  the  President 
upon  application  in  writing  by  six  members  in  good  standing,  and  notice 
of  the  time  and  the  object  of  this  meeting  shall  be  given  at  least  one 
day  before,  and  no  other  business  can  be  legally  transacted  in  it,  except 
that  specified  in  the  notice. 

Art.  11.— Quorum. — One-third  of  the  active  members  in  good  stand- 
ing shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business  at  any 
meeting. 


768  HAHNEMANNIAN    INSTITUTE. 

Art.  III. — Propositions  for  Membership. — Any  student  of  the  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College,  wishing  to  become  a  member  of  the  Institute, 
shall  present  his  name  to  the  Secretary  in  writing,  and  upon  election 
shall  pay  the  initiation  fee  of  two  dollars  and  fifty  cents  (I2.50),  and 
sign  the  Constitution  and  By-Laws,  before  he  shall  be  entitled  to  the 
privileges  of  the  Institute. 

Art.  YM .—Elections. — Sec.  i.  The  President,  Vice-President,  Secre- 
tary and  Treasurer  shall  be  chosen  at  the  regular  meeting  in  March. 

Sec.  2.  The  Quaesitors  shall  be  chosen  at  the  first  regular  meeting  of 
the  College  term. 

Sec.  3.  The  oflScers  shall  be  elected  in  the  following  order:  President, 
Vice-President,  Secretary,  Treasurer.  The  Qusesitors  shall  be  elected 
in  alphabetical  order  of  the  chairs. 

Sec.  4.  In  balloting  for  officers  the  Secretary  shall  call  the  roll,  the 
members  casting  their  ballots  as  their  names  are  called. 

Art.  V. — Fees  a^id  Taxes. — Sec.  i.  For  defraying  expenses  of  the 
Institute  and  for  such  other  purposes  as  the  Institute  may  see  proper, 
there  shall  be  an  initiation  fee  of  two  dollars  and  fifty  cents. 

Sec.  2.  If  the  funds  shall  at  any  time  become  exhausted  or  inade- 
quate to  meet  the  current  or  special  demands,  an  equal  tax  shall  be 
levied  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the  members  of  the  Institute  upon  each 
and  every  active  member  to  make  up  the  deficiency. 

Art.  VI. — Certificate  a7id  Badge  of  Membership. — Sec.  i.  The  cer- 
tificate of  the  Hahnemannian  Medical  Institute  shall  be  the  same  as 
that  adopted  by  the  classes  of  1856  and  1875,  and  shall  be  issued  to 
those  active  members  only  who  have  received  from  the  Hahnemann 
Medical  College,  of  Philadelphia,  notices  of  successful  final  examina- 
tion, and  are  clear  on  the  books  of  the  Institute. 

Sec.  2.  The  badge  of  the  Hahnemannian  Medical  Institute  shall  be 
the  monogram  badge  as  adopted  by  the  class  of  187 1,  and  any  member 
will  be  entitled  to  wear  the  same  by  individual  purchase. 

Art.  VII. — Finance  Committee. — There  shall  be  a  committee  of  three, 
known  as  the  Finance  Committee.  They  shall  be  appointed  at  the  first 
regular  meeting  of  each  session  and  their  duty  shall  be  to  audit  the  ac- 
count of  the  Treasurer  and  report  the  same  to  the  Institute  at  the  De- 
cember and  February  meetings. 

Art.  VIII. — Punishment  for  Misdemeanor. — Any  member  who,  by 
indecorous  language  or  action,  shall  interrupt  parliamentary  order 
at  a  meeting,  shall  upon  the  first  offense  be  reprimanded  by  the  Chair, 
and  upon  continued  offense  shall  be  suspended  and  so  remain  until  a 
majority  vote  of  the  members  present  shall  reinstate  him. 

Art.  IX. — Essays  and  Valedictory. — Sec.  i  One  member  of  the  In- 
stitute shall  be  appointed  by  the  President  at  each  regular  meeting  to 
read  an  essay  at  the  second  succeeding  regular  meeting;  such  essay  to 
be  upon  some  subject  connected  with  the  science  of  medicine,  and  the 
reading  thereof  shall  not  occupy  more  than  fifteen  minutes. 


HAHNEMANNIAN    INSTITUTE.  769 

Sec.  2.  A  Valedictorian  may  be  elected  at  the  regular  meeting  in  De- 
cember, by  ballot,  from  among  those  members  in  good  standing,  who 
are  candidates  for  graduation,  at  the  close  of  that  session;  the  valedic- 
tory to  be  delivered  at  such  time  and  place  as  the  members  of  the  In- 
stitute may  decide  upon. 

Art.  X. — Disputed  Questions. — Any  disputed  question  or  point  of 
order  not  provided  for  by  these  By-Laws  shall  be  decided  by  Robert's 
Rules  of  Order. 

Art.  XI. — Privileges  of  Members. — The  rules  may  be  suspended  at 
any  time  during  a  regular  meeting  on  a  vote  of  two-thirds  of  the  mem- 
bers present. 

Art.  XII. — Order  of  Business. — The  Order  of  Business  of  the  In- 
stitute shall  be  as  follows: 

1.  Calling  of  Institute  to  order. 

2.  Roll-call 

3.  Reading  of  the  minutes  of  the  preceding  regular  and  special 
meetings. 

4.  Reading  of  essay. 

5.  Fifteen  minutes  for  discussion  of  essay. 

6.  Lecture. 

7.  Propositions  for  membership. 

8.  Balloting  on  applications  for  membership. 

9.  Five  minutes  intermission. 
ID.  Correspondence. 

11.  Reports  of  Officers  and  Committees. 

12.  Unfinished  business. 

13.  New  business. 

14.  Elections. 

15.  Appointment  of  Essayist,  Critic  and  Committees. 

16.  Adjournment. 

The  commencements  of  the  Institute  have  always  been  con- 
ducted with  dignity.  In  many  cases  the  address  has  been  by 
a  member  of  the  Faculty,  and  quite  a  number  of  these  ad- 
dresses by  the  Faculty  and  the  Institute  members  have  been 
printed.  In  some  cases  there  has  been  a  poem  delivered. 
Many  of  the  Alumni  will  recall  with  feelings  of  pleasure  the 
meetings  of  the  Institute,  the  quizzes,  the  debates  and  the 
elections.  The  former  professors  are  now  called  quaesitors. 
While  the  scope  of  the  meeting  may  have  broadened,  it  is  still 
the  same  old  Institute,  the  one  Society  of  the  Old  College. 

In  1886  a  College  journal  was  commenced,  published  by 
the  Institute.  It  was  called  "The  Medical  Institute  of 
Philadelphia,"  and  was  issued  monthly  during  the  College 
50 


770  HAHNEMANNIAN  INSTITUTE. 

session,  the  editor  being  chosen  from  the  members  of  the 
Senior  Class.  This  was  discontinued  with  the  March  num- 
ber, 1889  (Vol.  4,  No.  3).  With  Vol.  3,  No.  4,  called  "The 
Medical  Institute  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Phila- 
delphia." In  November,  1893,  it  was  again  revived  under 
the  title,  "  The  Institute."  With  Vol.  2,  No.  i,  called  "  The 
Hahnemannian  Institute,"  which  title  it  still  bears.  It  has 
been  a  small  4to,  but  with  the  initial  number  of  Vol. 
(November,  1897)  it  became  an  8vo.  It  is  still  published 
under  the  auspices  of  the  Institute. 

As  early  as  1857  there  is  record  of  a  commencement  held  in 
the  evening  at  the  College  building.  During  the  session  of 
1867  steps  were  taken  to  procure  a  charter. 

The  twenty-first  commencement  was  held  in  the  Assembly 
Buildings,  southwest  corner  Tenth  and  Chestnut  streets,  and 
was  quite  an  elaborate  affair.  Here  in  the  list  of  professors 
the  name  Ouizitor  is  used.  There  was  music,  a  valedictory 
addeess,  and  Dr.  O.  B,  Gause  conferred  the  degrees.  The 
Valedictory  was  by  C.  D.  Crank  of  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  and  was 
afterwards  published  in  pamphlet  form. 

The  programme  of  the  Commencement  of  1878  is  quite 
elaborate.  The  meeting  was  at  Association  Hall.  There 
were  the  usual  conferring  of  diplomas,  addresses,  etc.,  but  it 
is  especially  noteworthy  b>"  the  fact  that  there  was  an  Insti- 
tute orchestra  which  furnished  the  music.  It  consisted  of  L/. 
J.  Knerr,  ist  violin;  Harry  Ellis,  2d  violin;  H.  F.  Ivins, 
flute;  Harry  Long,  ist  cornet;  James  Bryan,  2d  cornet;  Wal- 
ter Bell,  clarionette;  Clarence  Bartlett,  piano;  Joseph  Lever, 
bass      Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas  conferred  the  diplomas. 

There  have  been  commencements  yearly,  but  the  above  are 
given  to  show  the  general  scope  of  this  important  society. 
The  compiler  has  an  old  diploma  of  the  Institute  granted 
years  ago,  signed  by  names  some  of  which  now  "Are  writ 
upon  the  tomb,"  and  it  is  a  pleasure  to  take  out  that  parch- 
ment chart — for  it  is  on  parchment  and  has  a  grand  seal  on 
fine  blue  riband — and  go  backward  to  the  college  days,  the 
care-free,  happy,  student  days.  Prosper  the  Institute!  May 
it  wax  strong  as  the  years  go  by,  even  as  has  the  College! 

Of    course    Hahnemann    College   has   its    College   colors. 


HAHNEMANNTAN    INSTITUTE.  77 1 

Colors  were  first  adopted  in  1889,  at  which  year  the  Alumni 
Association  used  ribands  of  these  hues  to  fasten  banquet  cards, 
and  they  were  to  be  the  College  colors.  At  the  Alumni  meet- 
ing in  1890,  on  motion  of  Dr.  Malin,  it  was  decided  to  adopt 
cardinal  and  orange  as  the  Alumni  colors.  The  secretary's 
letter  to  the  Alumni  for  1891  has  on  the  outside  the  new  pen- 
non of  the  College  with  the  colors  blue  and  old  gold.  At  this 
meeting  Dr.  C.  B.  Adams,  on  behalf  of  the  Alumni  Associa- 
tion, presented  to  the  College  Trustees  and  Faculty  a  large 
flag,  12x24  feet,  with  these  colors.  It  is  the  flag  now  in 
use  on  festal  occasions.  And  blue  and  old  gold  are  the 
colors  of  Hahnemann  College  of  Philadelphia. 


ALPHA  SIGMA  ORDER. 


Beta  Chapter  of  Alpha  Sigma  Fraternity  was  instituted 
at  Hahnemann  in  January,  1897,  and  was  the  only  fraternity 
of  more  than  local  import  existing  in  the  College  at  that 
time.  This  organization  marked  the  consummation  of  an 
effort  on  the  part  of  a  few  students  to  enter  into  association 
for  mutual  benefit  and  advancement.  Its  inauguration  was 
not  in  the  nature  of  an  innovation,  however,  but  the  further 
extension  of  a  successfully  established  project  at  the  New 
York  Homoeopathic  College,  where  the  initial  chapter  was 
founded  in  1892. 

Gamma  Chapter,  in  the  Baltimore  Homoeopathic  College, 
was  the  third  to  be  established,  increasing  the  sphere  of  activ- 
ity of  the  Fraternit}^  and  reflecting  credit,  by  their  staunch 
support  of  its  precepts,  to  the  name  of  Alpha  Sigma,  while 
' '  Delta, ' '  in  the  Boston  University  School  of  Medicine,  welded 
more  strongly  the  links  of  the  bonds  of  fellowship  uniting 
Alpha  Sigma  men,  whether  situated  in  New  England  or  Cali- 
fornia. 

The  fraternity  aims  not  only  to  develop  the  abilities  of  its 
members  in  every  way  possible,  but  also  to  increase  the  re- 
spect and  attachment  in  which  they  hold  their  profession  and 
its  noble  founder.  Its  social  influence  serves  to  engender 
firm  and  lasting  friendships.  The  active  members  are  under- 
graduates, it  being  the  accepted  policy  to  place  more  depend- 
ence on  inherent  worth  than  on  reflected  light  from  honorary 
or  half  members.  Many  of  the  alumni  of  Alpha  Sigma  have 
demonstrated  the  wisdom  of  this  policy  by  distinctions  already 
won,  and  its  active  members  constantly  fill  positions  of  honor 
with  a  thoroughness  that  aims  to  leave  no  room  for  criticism. 

The  members  of  Beta  Chapter  are:  O.  E.  Boericke,  J.  B, 
Bates,  W.  T.  Chamberlin,  M.  Crichton,  S.  J.  Fairbank,  E-  E. 
Hetrick,  G.  E.  Houck,  E.  S.  Hubbs,  F.  E.  Hughes,  B.  Knerr, 


AI,PHA  SIGMA   ORDER.  773 

R.  W.  I^arer,  F.  B.  Uvezey,  '98;  J.  H.  Ackerman,  E.  D. 
Brumback,  C.  E.  Paxon,  E.  E.  Rowell,  E.  E.  Rowell,  Jr.,  E. 
H.  Stoll,  H.  W.  Taylor,  '99;  J.  G.  Blackwell,  A.  D.  Ells- 
worth, A.  P.  Hallo  well,  S.  h.  Hetrick,  P.  T.  Hoffmann,  W. 
H.  Padgett,  A.  W.  Shaw,  E.  B.  Smith,  A.  Spooner,  J.  K. 
Weatherby,  1900,  R.  J.  McNeill,  W.  F.  Satchell,  E.  T. 
Tripp,  1 90 1, 

Alumni  Members  are:  J.  ly.  Bacon,  D.  E.  Baker,  W.  E. 
Butler,  A.  E.  W.  Foster,  W.  E.  Franck,  F.  W.  Roberts,  W. 
H.  Steel,  W.  T.  Ward. 

The  development  of  fraternities  in  Hahnemann  College  is 
in  full  accord  with  the  spirit  of  progression  characterizing  the 
institution  in  the  last  decade,  and  will  doubtless  prove  an  im- 
portant factor  in  its  history. 


LIST  OF  GRADUATES. 


Complete;  List  of  the   Graduates  of    the    Homceo- 
PATHic   Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  and 
THE  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Phila- 
delphia, FROM  1848  TO  1898,  Inclusive. 

Abele,  Robert  Jones,  Pa., 1895 

Abell,  Daniel  T.,   Pa i860 

Abbott,  Amos,  Rev., India                1871 

Abbott,  Charles  Shewell,  Pa.,  1892 

Abbott,  Clarence  G., N.  J.,  (d.  1897)  .  .  .  1879 

Abbott,  Francis  L., Pa.,  1891 

Abbott,  Joseph  de  Benneville,  .  .  .     Pa., 1887 

Ackley,  William  S., Pa.,   1891 

Adams,  Burdett  Sheriden,   Conn., 189S 

Adams,  Clifford  Burdett,  Conn., 1872 

Adams,  Edward  C.  (A.  M.), 111.,    1886 

Adams,  George  Smith,  Mass., 1876 

Adams,  Henry  F.  (M.  D.), N.  Y.,  (d.)    1868 

Adams,  Ira  R., N.  Y.,  (d.  1862)  .  .  i860 

Adams,  Myron  Howell, N.  Y.,    1870 

Adams,  R.  A., N.  Y.,   1868 

Adams,  Theodore  Louis,   Pa.,  1880 

Adreon,  Harrison  C, Pa., 1886 

Adriance,  Frank  W.,  N.  Y.,    1877 

Alabone,  Edwin  George  (Sp.),   .  .  .  Eng., 1864 

Alday,  John  H.  (M.  D.), Pa., 1856 

Aldrich,  Henry  C, Minn., 1881 

Aldrich,   Herbert  E., Pa., 188,3 

Alexander,  Anson  C, N.  H.,   1881 

Alexander,  Victor  Felix, Md., 1870 

Allcutt,  David  J., Pa., 1888 

Allen,  Arthur  Norman, Vt.,  1892 

Allen,  Charles  Clifford,  N.  J.,   1898 


I.IST   OF   GRADUATES.  775 

Allen,  Edmund  T.  (A.  M.,  M.  D.),  •  O., 1886 

Allen,  George,   N.  Y.,  (d.  1897),  .  .  1877 

Allen,  John  V.,    Pa., 1881 

Allen,  Joshua,    Pa.,  1878 

Allen,  Millson   R., Va., 1887 

Allen,  Richard  Cox,    Pa., 1868 

Allen,  Samuel  E., Del,   1869 

Allen,  Timothy  F.  (M.  D.,  Hon.)  .  N.  Y., 1870 

Allen,  W.  Carey, N.  Y., 1883 

Allmond,  Charles  M., Del., 1889 

Allshorn,  George  E.  (Sp.) Eng.,  (d.  1870.),  .  1857 

Ambler,  William  Stroud,   Pa.,   1893 

Ames,  Charles  Edwin,  Mass., 1886 

Armsbry,  Lewis  Brownson, Pa.,   1898 

Amthor,  Robert  J.,  Jr., Md.,  (d.  1884).  .  . .  1881 

Anderson,  Daniel  M., Pa.,  1878 

Anderson,  Edward  Logan, 1867 

Anderson,  Edwin  O., Pa.,  (d.  1897), 1880 

Anderson,  Edwin  S., O., 1866 

Anderson,  Herbert  A.,  N.  Y., 1889 

Anderson,  John  Wylie, O.,   1882 

Andrews,  P.  Alfred,    Pa., 1886 

Andrews,  Purnell  W.,    N.  J., 1867 

Andrews,  William   R.,    D.  C, 1892 

Angell,  Edwin  P.,  (M.  D.), Tex., 1868 

Angell,  Henry  C,   R.  L,   1853 

Angell,  Samuel  Minter, La.,  (d.  1895), 1857 

Appel,  Albert  Alphonse  (Ph.  G.),  .  Pa.,   1898 

Apthorp,  Harrison  O.,   Mass., 1856 

Aragon,  Jose  Maria  (M.  D.), Cuba, 1854 

Archibald,  Francis  Edward, Pa.,   1896 

Arlitz,  William  J., Pa.,   1890 

Armor,  Russell  Bigler, Pa.,   1898 

Armor,  Smith,    Del.,    185 1 

Armor,  Thomas,   Del.,   185  r 

Armstrong,  James  Monroe, O.,    1871 

Armstrong,  William   Havelock,    .  .  Me.,    1896 

Arnold,  Burt  G.,   N.  Y., 1893 

Arrowsmith,  William  L.  (M.  D.),..  Can., 1866 


776  LIST    OF   GRADUATES. 

Arschagouni,  Ohannes,    Turkey,    1891 

Arthur,  Alexander  Beck, Pa.,   1896 

Arthur,  Charles, Pa.,  1866 

Artz,  Jerome  L., O.,   1881 

Ashcraft,  Leon  T.  (Ph.  B.), Pa., 1890 

Ashley,  Maurice  Cavileer, N.  Y., 1892 

Ashton,  Adolphus  H.,   Pa.,  (d.  1883), 1852 

Atkinson,  Albert  S.  (M.  D.), Md.,    1893 

Atkinson,  Alvan  W.  (A.  B.),   ....  N.  J., 1893 

Austin,  Alexander  G.,   N.  Y., 1853 

Avers,  Charles  A., Pa.,  . i\ 


Babbitt,  Zeno  B., Vt.,  1890 

Bablot,  J.  L.  Lorenzo  V Cuba, .  1857 

Bacmeister,  Theodore,    Pa.,  (d.), 1856 

Bacon,  Ebenezer  H., Me.,    1850 

Bacon,  John  L.,  Jr., Mass.,    1897 

Baer,  Ohver  Perry  (A.  M.,  M.  D.),.  Ind.,  (d.  1888),  . . .  1867 

Baethig,  Henry,  jr.,   N.  Y., 1870 

Bahrenburg,  William  Nast, Mo., 1874 

Baier,  George  F.,    Pa., 1888 

Bailey,  Alfred  William, N.  J.,   1886 

Bailey,  George  W.,   N.  Y., 1862 

Bailey,  Benjamin  F., N.  H.,    1881 

Bainbridge,  Benjamin  H.,  Jr.,  ....  Pa., 1895 

Baker,  Albert  M.  E.  (B.  E),  ....  Pa., 1893 

Baker,  Alfred   E.,    Pa., 1880 

Baker,  Barton  L.,   Wash.  Terr., 1887 

Baker,  Daniel  Jenks, Pa., 1897 

Baker,  Ellwood,  Pa.,  (d.  1896), 1861 

Baker,  Joseph  C,   N.  H.,  (d.  1865),  . .  1856 

Baker,  Joshua  T.,   Pa.,  1855 

Baker,  Origen  M., N.  J.,  (d.), i860 

Baker,  Walter  Isaac, N.  J.,   1898 

Baker,  William  Franklin, Pa., 1898 

Baker,  William  Henry,    Pa.,  1880 

Baldwin,  Alva  Morse,   N.  Y., 1880 

Ball,  Arthur  William, Pa.,  1897 

Ballard,  J.  Stow,  (Ph.  B.), Cal.,  • 1889 


LIST  OP   GRADUATES.  777 

Ballard,  Mahlon  Blakeslee, Pa.,   1894 

Ballentine,  Allen  de  Bow, Pa., 1886 

Balliet,  Lorenzo  D., Pa., 1880 

Bancroft,  Augustine  A., Mich., 1869 

Bancroft,  Ephraim  K.,   Pa., 1865 

Banks,  James  O.  H., Pa.,   1873 

Barber,  Isaac  Ambrose,   N.  J.,   1872 

Barbour,  Nathan  R., Cal,    1881 

Barden,  Oliver  P., Pa.,  (d.  1892),  ....  1868 

Barden,  William  Wallace  (M.'  D.),.  N.  Y., 1869 

Barnaby,  John  Easom, Pa.,  (d.  1869), 1866 

Barnard,  Frank  Steele, Minn., 1894 

Barnard,  James  S.,  N.  Y., 1882 

Barnart,  Newton  H., N.  J.,   1888 

Barnes,  George  L.,  Jr., R.   I.,    . 1862 

Barnes,  William  Allen, Md., 1895 

Barnes,  William  H.,   Ill,  (d.  1895), 1881 

Barthmaier,  John  M.,   Pa.,   1890 

Bartine,  David  Wesley  (A.  M.),  .  .  Pa., 1872 

Bartlett,  Clarence,    Pa., 1879 

Bartlett,  Horace  C, Vt.,  (d.  1884),  ....  1864 

Barton,  Clyde  Edwin,  Pa., 1897 

Barton,  Jedediah  Marcus, Mass., 1870 

Barton,  Joseph,    Pa.,   185 1 

Barr,  Benjamin,   Pa.,  1855 

Barrett,  Charles  B., Pa.,  (d.  1871), 1867 

Barris,  Willis  L.,   Pa.,   1894 

Barrows,  George  Andrew  (Ph.  B., 

LL.  B.), Pa.,  1892 

Barrows,  George  (M.  D.), Mass.,  (d.  1878),  .  .  1852 

Barrows,  William  Ezra,   R.  I., 1871 

Bashore,  Elmer  E.,   Pa.,  (d  1897), 1889 

Bateman,  Frank  L.  (M.  D.), Cal.,    1897 

Bates,  J.  Bonnar, N.  Y., 1898 

Bauer,  George  Joseph,   O., 1851 

Bauer,  Rudolph  F., Pa., 1885 

Bayley,  Weston   D.,    Pa., 1888 

Bayne,  Archibald,    Barbadoes,  (d.),  .  ..  1879 

Baynum,  William  Robert, Me.,  (d.  1879), 1874 


778 


LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 


Beakley,  George  (Hon.), 

Beakley,  Henry    

Beal,  Samuel  A., 

Beaumont,  John  F., 

Bechtel,  John  Wesley,  Jr., 

Beckett,  Albert  Turner,   

Becker,  Alfred  J.,    

Becker,  Benjamin,   

Becker,  Chas.,  Jr.,   

Becker,  Fred.  J.,  (M.  D.), 

Becker,  John  G.,   

Bedford,  Lyman,    

Beebe,  Charles  H., 

Beebe,  G.  D.  W., 

Beggs,  William  F.,   

Behm,  John  Strickler, 

Belding,  Rufus  E., 

Bell,  James  Bachelder,   

Beltz,  Franklin  M.,  (M.  D.,  Ph.  G.), 

Bender,  Jacob   S.,    

Bender,  Jonathan  J., 

Benedict,  Charles  Winchester,  .  .  .. 

Benham,  Charles  M., 

Benson,  Frank  C,  Jr., 

Berkenstock,  William  F.  (Ph.  G.),. 

Berlinghof,  George  John, 

Berridge,  Edward  William  (M.  B. 

B.  S.), 

Berry,  Freeman,  Jr.,   

Betts,  Benjamin  Franklin,   

Betts,  Charles  Allen,    

Bewley,  Richard 

Beyer,  J.  Monroe,   

Bickley,  George  Henry  (A.  B.),  .  . 

Bieling,  Theodore  G.,   

Bierman,  Henry 

Bigelow,  Franklin, 

Bigelow,  Joshua  Gregory,   

Bigler,  Charles  A., , 


N.  Y 

N.  Y 

Pa., 

Ill, 

Pa., 

Pa., 

Pa., 

Pa., 

Pa., 

la., 

Pa., 

N.  Y 

Pa., 

N.  Y 

N.  J. 

Pa., 

N.  Y 

Me., 

Pa., 

Pa., 

Pa., 

N.  Y 

N.  Y 

Pa., 

Pa., 

Pa., 


Eng., 
R.  I., 
Pa.,  .  . 
N.  Y., 
Eng., 
Pa.,  .  . 
Pa.,  .  . 
Pa.,  .  . 
Pa.,  .  . 
N.  Y., 
N.  Y., 
Pa.,  .  , 


,  (d.  1879), 
,  (d.), 


,  (d 


(d. 


877) 


(d 
(d.), 


879) 


1855 
1857 
1890 

1877 
1875 
1873 
1885 
1866 

1893 
1887 
1882 
1865 
1881 
1857 
1893 
1894 
1866 

1859 
1885 
1862 
1858 
1887 
1891 
1894 
1884 
1893 

1869 
1870 
1868 

1895 
1886 
1883 
1894 
1886 
1888 

.1853 
1851 
1890 


LIST   OP   GRADUATES.  779 

Bigler,  George  W.,   Md.,  (d.  1871),  .  .  .  1850 

Bigler,  William  Howard  (A.  M.),  •  Pa., 1871 

Bilisoly,  Antonio  Leon,    Va., 1857 

Bilisoly,  L.  Augustus, Va., 1855 

Billingsley,  Joseph  Henry, Ky., '.  1858 

Bingaman,  Charles  Francis, Pa.,   187 1 

Birch,  John  Palmer  (A.  M.), Pa.,   1870 

Bird,  Orpheus  Brainard  (B  .E.),  .  .  Pa.,  1869 

Birdsall,  Asahel  Houghton, N.  Y., 1873 

Birdsall,  Steven  T.,   N.  Y., 1868 

Bishop,  David  Fowler,   N.  Y.,  (d.  1885),   .  1854 

Bishop,  Frank  Adelbert, .  N.  Y., 1876 

Bishop,  Francis  M., N.  Y., 1884 

Bishop,  William  H.,   N.  Y., 1889 

Black,  Allan  Brown,   N.  J.,   1896 

Black,  James  E.,  Can.  W.,.(d.  1864),.  1858 

Blackburn,  Edwin  Clyde, Pa., 1896 

Blackburn,  William  G., Pa.,   1891 

Blackley,  Carl  Alvin, N.  Y., 1896 

Blackwood,  Thomas  Rakestraw,  .  .  N.  J.,  (d.  1895),  .  . .  1870 

Blair,  Alex.  Chambers, Pa., 1898 

Blair,  William  W., Pa., 1889 

Blaisdell,  John  M., Me.,    1852 

Blake,  Edmund  H.  (Sp.), Tex., 1858 

Blake,  James  Dore  (Sp.), Eng.,  (d.   1874),   .  .  .  1853 

Blake,  James   Harris,    Tex., 1870 

Blakely,  William  James, Pa.,  (d.  1877), 1861 

Blakt  sly,  James  Manning, N.  Y.,  (d.), 1853 

Blinn,  Elmer  Philo, O., 1874 

Bloede,  Gustavus,    Germany, 1852 

Boericke,  Francis  E., Pa., 1863 

Boericke,  Oscar  Eugene  (A.  B.),  .  .  Pa.,   1898 

Boericke,  William, Cal.,    1880 

Boger,  Cyrus  M.,  Jr.,  (Ph.  G.),  .  .  .  Pa.,  1888 

Boggess,  William  Benjamin, O.,   1897 

Bohn,  Daniel,    Pa.,   1894 

Boileau,  John  D., Pa.,  1887 

Boley,  Albert, Pa., 1877 

Bollinger,  William  Dee, Pa., 1867 


ySo  LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 

Bond,  William  Thomas, Pa., 1898 

Bonnell,  Charles  Lewis  (A.  B.),  •  •  N.  Y., 1871 

Bonnet,  Gustav  Eugene, Pa.,  1886 

Bonschur,  Gustave  A.,  Pa.,  1885 

Books,  Benjamin  F.,   Pa.,  1883 

Boone,  George  Hughes,   Pa.,  1894 

Borden,  George  Thomas, N.  Y., 1876 

Borland,  William  C., Pa.,  (d.), i860 

Bosley,  Samuel  Clement,  Pa.,  1872 

Bowers,  Josiah,  Jr., N.  Y.  (d.  1868),  . .  .  1854 

Bowker,  Charles  H., N.  H., 1892 

Bowman,  Fred  C, Minn., 1881 

Boyce,  C.  W.  (M.  D.,  Sp.), N.  Y., 1865 

Boyer,  Francis  William  (M.  D.),  .  .  Pa.,  1869 

Boyle,  Edward  Luke,  N.  Y., 1853 

Boynton,  F.  M., Tex., 1868 

Boynton,  John  R., Mass., 1880 

Boynton,  Sumner  Hamilton, Me.,    1866 

Brace,  Charles  H., Md.,    1877 

Bradford,  Herbert  C, Me.,    1856 

Bradford,  Martin, O.,  (d.  1869),   ....  1868 

Bradford,  Thomas  Lindsley,   N.  H.,   1869 

Bradley,  Daniel  Hiester, Pa.,   1872 

Bradley,  Thomas  B., Pa.,  1889 

Bragdon,  Merritt  C.  (A.  B.), 111.,    1873 

Branen,  Frank,    O.,   1891 

Branin,  John  Walter, Pa., 1888 

Bratt,  Benj.  Richard, Pa.,  (d.  1872), 1858 

Bratt,James  D.,  Pa.,  (d.  1855), 1852 

Breyfogle,  Charles  Wesley  (A.  M.),  O.,  (d.  1895),   ....  1868 

Breyfogle,  Edwin  Solomon, O.,   1875 

Breyfogle,  WiUiam  L.,   O.,    1868 

Brickley,  Edward  William, Pa., 1883 

Brickley^  Jeremiah  W., Pa.,  (d.  ?), 1863 

Brickley,  Obediah  C, Pa.,  1855 

Bridge,  James  H.  A., Pa.,  1857 

Brierly,  Frank  Walter  (B.  S.), Pa., 1894 

Brobst,  Francis  H.   (M.  D.),    Pa., , 1889 

Bronson,  Benjamin  F., N.  Y., 1873 


LIST   OF   GRADUATES.  78 1 

Bronson,  Miles  H.,  N.  Y., 1861 

Brooke,  John  Alfred  (A.  B.), Pa.,  1896 

Brooks,  Charles  A., N.  H.,  (d.  1889),  .  .    1857 

Brooks,  Charles  M.,   Pa., 1878 

Brose,  George  W., Pa.,  1891 

Brouse,  Henry  Kelsay, Pa.,  1862 

Brown,  Charles  C, N.  J.,  (d.  1893),  •  •  •    1887 

Brown,  Charles  Sheble, Pa., 1893 

Brown,  Daniel  E., Me.,    1886 

'  Brown,  Edward  W.,  O.,   1879 

Brown,  John,    Pa.,  (d.  1869), 1861 

Brown,  Joseph  R.  (M.  D.), Tex.,  (d.  1854),  .  .  .    1853 

Brown,  Louis  R., Pa., 1864 

Brown,  Samuel,    Pa.,  (d.  1892),  ....    1858 

Brown,  Samuel  Alexander,   Pa.,  1875 

Brown,  Samuel  G.  A., Md.,    1892 

Brown,  S.  Hastings,  Pa.,  1869 

Brown,  Titus  Lonsen, N.  Y.,  (d.  1887),  .  .    1853 

Brown,  William,   Pa.,  (d.  1887), 1852 

Brownell,  Clarence  M., N.  Y., 1883 

Brownell,  H.  Tudor, Ct.,    1853 

Browning,  W.  Kempton, N.  J., 1897 

Bruce,  William  Thomas,  Pa., 1876 

Brunner,  Edgar  Pennypacker,  ....  Pa.,   i86q 

Bruns,  Frederick,    Mass., 1876 

Bryant,  Benjamin,   Me.,    1852 

Bryant,  Edgar  R.   (Ph.   M.),    ....  Cal, 1889 

Bryant,  James,    N.  Y., 1854 

Bryant,  J.  Kemper, Pa.,  1856 

Buck,  Abijah  O., Vt.,   1890 

Euck,  John, Eng.,  (d.),   1865 

Buck,  Michael  Joseph  (M.  D.), Pa., 1876 

Buckley,  Moses, N.  Y.,  (d.  1863),  .  .    i860 

Euchman,  Francis, Del,  (d.  1898),  .  . .    1879 

Budlong,  John  C,   R.   I.,    1863 

Eudlong,  Martin  Salisbury  (A.  M.),  R.  I., 1895 

Bullard,  Juhus  Arthur,  Pa.,  1872 

Bulick,  Thomas  M.,  Pa.,  1882 

Eumstead,  Lucius  J., Neb., 1881 


782 


LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 


Bumstead,  Samuel  J., 111.,    . 

Bunting,  Harry  M., Pa.,  . 

Bunting,  Thomas   Crowell,    Pa.,  . 

Burbank,  James  C, Pa.,  . 

Burck,  Francis  Thomas Md., 

Burdick,  Joseph  A., Pa.,  (d.  1859) 

Burd,  Thomas  B.  J., N.  J., 

Burgher,  John  C,   Pa.,   . 

Burleigh,  William  J.  (M.  D.),  ....  Mo., 

Burneson,  Thomas  Armer, Pa.,  . 

Burnett,  Charles  B., N.  J., 

Burnham,  Frederick  L, Mass., 

Burnham,  N.  Clark,  Pa.,  (d.    1890), 

Burnley,  George  Corson, Pa.,  , 

Burns,  John  C,   Pa.,  (d.  1887), 

Burpee,  Jno.  H., Mich.,  (d.  1887), 

Burr,  Charles  Hartwell, Me.,  (d.  1885) 

Burroughs,  George  W.  (Sp.), N.  Y 

Buswell,  Albert  (M.  D.), Mass.,  (d.   1873), 

Butler,  Charles  F., N.  Y.,  (d.  i860), 

Butler,  Wilda  Edwin, Md., 

Byerly,  Thomas  W.,   Md., 


Caldwell,  Frank   E.,    Minn., 

Caley,  Joseph  Morse,   Pa.,  .  . 

Caley,  Samuel,  Jr., Pa.,  .  . 

Cameron,  Hugh   Angus,    Scotland 

Cameron,  Malcolm,  N.  Y.,  . 

Campbell,  Clarence  T.  (M.  D.),  .  . .  Can.,  W 

Campbell,  Duncan  (A.  B.), N.  Y.,  . 

Campbell,  John  Godfrey,  N.  J.,   . 

Campbell,  William  F.  (M.  D.), Pa.,  .  .  . 

Cannon,  J.  M.  Wilson, Wis.,  .  . 

Capron,  C.  Gray,   N.  Y.,  . 

Capen,  John  Lemuel,   Pa.,  .  .  . 

Capen,  Thomas  Allyn,   Mass.,    . 

Cards.  Samuel  (M.  D.),  N.  J.,   . 

Carmichael,  George  Robert,   Del.,   .  . 

Carmichael,  Thomas  H.  (A.  B.),  .  .  Pa.,  .  .  . 


1862 
1879 

1855 
1856 
1876 

1859 
1871 

1854 
1884 
1897 

1893 
1882 
,1881 
1890 
1885 
1854 
1859 
1857 
1869 

1859 
1897 

1893 

1880 
1S89 
1878 
1896 
i88t 
1866 

1895 
1892 

1882 

1878 

1890 

1875 
1872 

1855 
1894 
1886 


LIST  OF   GRADUATES. 


783 


Carpenter,  Horace  H.,   

Carpenter,  Willard  B.,    

Caruthers,  Robert  Ewing,   

Carr,  Henry  H., 

Carrique,  Richard, 

Carter,  Herbert  H.  (A.  B.), 

Carter,  Woodward  Davis, 

Castle,  Asbury  B., 

Castle,  David  M.,   

Casanova,  Antonio,    

Casseday,  Frank  F., 

Casselberry,  John  Logan, 

Casselberry,  Melville  L.,    

Cate,  Harry  H.,   

Caulkins,  Douglass  (A.  B.), 

Cayce,  Eugene  Genius, 

Chace,  Nathaniel  Ray,   

Chadwick,  John  Gartside, 

Chadwick,  Sylvester,    

Chafifee,  David  J.  (M.  D.), 

Chaffee,  Newton  H.  (Ph.  G.),  .... 

Chaffee,  Ralph  Waldo, 

Challenger,  Harry  P., 

Challinor,  Samuel  Boyd,  

Chalker,  Abraham  Pollock  (A.  B.), 
Chamberlain,  C.  R.  (M.  D.,  Sp.),  .  . 

Chamberlain,  Charles  H., 

Chamberlin,  William  Taylor, 

Chambers,  William  C, 

Chandlee,  Henry  (M.  D.), 

Chandler,  Charles  DeLong  (B.  S.), 

Chantler,  Israel  B.,   

Chaplain,  Francis  T., 

Chapin,  Solomon  (A.  M.), 

Chase,  Daniel  Emery,  Jr., 

Chase,  Durfee,    

Chase,  Irah  E.  (M.  D.), 

Chase,  Theodore  Livingston,  Jr.,  . 
Cheesman,  John  P.,    


Vt.,  (d.  1871),  . . 

..  1854 

0.,  

..  1870 

Pa.,  (d.  1885),  •  • 

..  1873 

N.  J.,  

..  1885 

Mass., 

..  1856 

111.,  

. .  1895 

Pa., 

..  1894 

Pa.,  

. .  1880 

Pa.,  

..  1873 

Cuba,  

. .  1869 

111.,  

..  1879 

W.  Va.,  

. .  1896 

Pa 

••  1853 

N.  J.,  

..  1888 

Tenn., 

..  1886 

Ky., 

..  1872 

R.  L, 

. .  1872 

Pa.,  

..  1896 

Del,  

. .  1880 

N.  Y., 

..  1867 

N.  J.,  

. .  1892 

N.  Y., 

. .  1896 

Del.,  (d.  1891),  . 

..  1880 

Pa.,  

..  1898 

N.  T.,  

. .  1870 

Pa..(d.), 

••  1853 

Vt,  (d.  1881),  .  . 

..  1863 

Canada 

..  1898 

Pa.,  (d.), 

..  1863 

Md.,  

..  1883 

Neb., 

. .  1896 

Pa., 

..  1873 

Pa., 

..  1882 

Mass., 

. .  1869 

Mass., 

. .  1898 

N.  Y.,  (d.  1872), 

..  1852 

Mass., 

••  1853 

Pa.,  

. .  1891 

N.  J.,  

..  1879 

784  LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 

Chew,  Edmund,   N.  J.,   1876 

Cheyney,  Howard,     Pa., 1875 

Child,  Nelson  N., N.  Y., 1863 

Childs,  William  Riddle, Pa.,  (d.  1888),  ....    1863 

Chisolm,  Henry  Clay, Pa.,   1888 

Chittenden,  George  W., Wis., 1850 

Christine,  G.  Maxwell  (M.  D.),   .  .  Pa.,   1891 

Christman,  G.  H.  Percy, Pa.,   1881 

Church,  WilHam  Irwin, Pa.,  (d.  1862),  ....    1859 

Clare,  William  (Sp.), England,    1857 

Clark,  Edward  Perry, Pa.,   1897 

Clark,  Ernest  Labose, N.  J.,    1893 

Clark,  Frank  R., Pa.,   1891 

Clark,  James  C,  Jr.,  Pa., 1888 

Clark,  George  F.  (A.  B.), N.  J.,   1890 

Clark,  George  Henry,    Pa., 1872 

Clark,  John  Newton, 111.,    1869 

Clark,  Joseph  K.,    Mass.,  (d), 1849 

Clarke,  Henry  Bradford,    R.  I.,  (d.  1888),   .  .    1852 

Clarke,  John  Lewis, R.  I.,  (d.  1880),   .  .    1854 

Clarke,  Peleg  (M.  D.,  Sp.), R.  I.,  (d.  1875),  .  .  .    1853 

Clarke,  Robert  Correy  (Sp.), Pa.,  1859 

Clarke,  Thomas  Walter, Pa.,   1896 

Clawson,  Charles  D.  (M.  D.), N.  Y., 1873 

Clay,  George  Bolton  L., Pa.,  (d.  1898),  ....    1853 

Claypool,  John  Blayney, O.,   1893 

Clayton,  Abram  H., Pa.,   1865 

Cleckley,  Francis  V., Ga., 1881 

Cleckley,  Marsden  A.,  Ala.,    1856 

Cleckley,  H.  M.  (Sp.), Ga.,  (d.  1898),   .  .  .    1859 

Cleckley,  Marsden  Treutlen, (A.'B.),  Ga., 1895 

Clegg,  Thomas  D.,   Pa.,  . 1889 

Clement,  Edgar, N.  J.,   1898 

Clements,  Thomas  O., Md.,    1880 

Cleveland,  Saml.  McCoskey  (A.M.)  Pa.,  1875 

Cleveland,  Woodbury  F., Me.,    1881 

Chft,  Alva,   Pa.,  (d.  1895  or  '96),  1881 

Clift,  Walter  David, Md.,  (d.  1878),  .  .  .    1874 

Climenson,  Benjamin,    Pa.,   1873 


LIST   OF   GRADUATES.  785 

Clokey,  Allison  A.,   Ind.,    1889 

Closson,  James  Harwood, Pa.,   1886 

Cloud,  Charles  Reeves, N.  J.,  (d.  1876),  .  .  .  1867 

Clowe,  William  Benson, Wash.  Terr., 1883 

Clover,  Samuel  Williams, N.  J.,   1898 

Clow,  J.  Bruce,  Cal.,  (d.  1885),  •  •  •  1882 

Cobb,  Arthur  R.  (A.  B.), Pa., 1891 

Colburn,  Samuel  Hubbard,   Vt.,   1870 

Coleman,  Francis  D.,   Me.,  1876 

Collins,  Newton  Morse,  N.  Y., 1883 

Colon,  Francisco  Vasquez,  (M.  D.),  W.  Ind., 1895 

Compton,  Cornelius  B., N.  J.,   1854 

Comstock,  Gates  Samuel  (B.  P.),  .  N.  Y., 1874 

Comstock,  T.  Griswold  (M.  D.),   .  Mo., 1851 

Comstock,  William  Carpenter,  ....  N.  Y., 1896 

Conant,  Newton  Colby,   N.  Y., 1893 

Conard,    George    McClellan    (Ph. 

G.), Pa., 1895 

Conarroe,  Thomas  Henry, Pa., 1893 

Condon,  Edward  H.,  Md.,    1886 

Congosto,  Jose,    Spain, 1889 

Conlyn,  Edward  S.,   Pa., 1880 

Connell,  Benjamin  F., Pa.,   1869 

Conner,  David  Wilmot, Pa., 1880 

Conover,  Charles  Haight, Pa.,  1880 

Conover,  Theodore  F., Pa., 1879 

Constable,  Charles  B.  (M.  D.),  ....  Md.,    1884 

Constans,  Frank  Elmore, Minn., 1889 

Conway,  Thomas,  N.  J.,  (d.  1871),  .  .  1858 

Cooke,  Nicho  Francis,   R.  I.,  (d.  1885),  .  . .  1854 

Cooke,  Persifor  Marsden, Pa., 1886 

Cookman,  Alfred  (A.  B.), Pa., 1895 

Cook,  Isaac  Elmer,  Pa.,  1867 

Cooley,  George  Pithin  (Sp.), Ct.,   1862 

Coombs,  E.  Hoffman,   Va., i860 

Coon,  David  (M.  D.), C.  W., 1866 

Cooper,  Charles  N., W.  Va., 1885 

Cooper,  Charles  S.,   N.  Y., 1890 

Cooper,  Clark  J.,   N.  J.,    1868 

51 


786  LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 

Cooper,  George  Madison,  ........  O., 1895 

Cooper,  Isaac, .  N.  J.,   1868 

Cooper,  James  R.  (M.  D.), Pa., 1886 

Cooper,  John, Pa., 1879 

Cooper,  John  F., Pa., 1853 

Cooper,  John  W.,  Jr., Del.,   1884 

Cooper,  Joseph  E.  (M.  D.),  ......  Minn., 1881 

Cooper,  Peter, Del,   ............  1881 

Cooper,  Thomas  Oliver, Del.., 1896 

Cooper,  William  Henry  (A.  B.),  .  .  Pa., 1894 

Cooper,  William  Morris  (M.  D.),.  .  Pa., 1856 

Cornelius,  Robert  WiUiam^  B.,  ....  N.  J., 1874 

Cornish,  Mark  Harpel, ; .  .  Pa., 1894 

Corson,  Eugene  Rollin, N.  Y., 1877 

Corson,  Walter  Adelbert,  ........  N.  J., .  1894 

Corwin,  William  Henry  (A.  M.),  ..  O.,  (d.  1880),,  ....  1871 

Couch,  Asa  S.,  Vt, 1855 

Coulter,  Guy,  O.,   1889 

Coutant,  George  Ferguson, Pa., 1872 

Cowell,  Joshua   Matthew,   (M.    D., 

jjqj-^  ■)    New  Zealand,  ....    1876 

Cowgill,  Walter  H., Pa., 1882 

Cowley,  David,    Pa.,  (d.  1886),  ....  1853 

Cowley,  William,   Pa., 1886 

Cowperthwait,  Allen  Corson, I^^-'    ^°^9 

Cowperthwait,  Edwin  C, Pa., 1895 

Coxe,  Lorenzo  Lewis, Pa-,  (d.  1866),  ....  1858 

Coxe,  John  Redman,  Jr., Pa-,  (d.   1863),   ....  1850 

Coy,  Herbert  B.,   ^^ass., 1888 

Craddock,  William  Louis, Pa-  ^^79 

Cragin,  Frank  M., 'N.H., i860 

Crank,  Charles  Dake, Pa-' 1^71 

Crater,Henry,    N.  J.,  (d.  1886),  .  .  .  1872 

Crawford,  John  Shoenberger,   ....  Pa., J875 

Cresson,  Charles  C,   Pa-;- io5S 

Crichton,  Macpherson, D.  C, 1898 

Criley,  John  Michael, O.,   1869 

Crippen,  John  Howard,   N.  Y., 1872 

Critchlow,  George  Read  (A.  B.),  .  Pa.,  1898 


LIST  OF  GRADUATES.  787 

Crock,  George  W., Pa., 1889 

Crocker,  Isaac  Senter,    R.  I.,  (1866), 1851 

Crooks,  James  Palmer, Pa.,  (d.   1870),    ....  1869 

Cropper,  Thomas  E., Md.,    1861 

Croskey,  Harry,   Pa., 1878 

Crow,  William  Henry,   Del.,  (d.), 1870 

Crowtl^er,  Isaac, Pa., 1880 

Culin,  William  Davis, Pa.,   1894 

Cullen,  James  F., Pa.,  .  . ; 1890 

Cunningham,  Arthur  L.,   Cal.,    1890 

Cunningham,  William, Mich., 1876 

Currie,  Charles   Clark,    N.  J.,  (d.  1874),  .  .  .  1869 

Currie,  Joseph  J., N.  J.,   1866 

Curry,  George  H.,    N.  J.,  (d.), 1880 

Curtis,  John  Mitchell  (A.  M.),  ....  Del,   1869 

Curtis,  Walter  H.,  . N.  Y., 1880 

Gushing,  Alvin  M.,   Vt,   1856 

Gushing,  Eugene  Bonaparte,  .....  Mass., 1871 

Gushing,  John  J., R.  I.,  (d.  1879),  .  . .  1851 

Custis,  George  W.  N.  (A.  M.,  M. 

D.),   D.  C, 1888 

Custis,  Marvin  A., D.  C, 1890 

Cuthbert,  Elmer  Paul  (M.  D.),  .  .  .  Pa.,  1894 

Guthbert,  Robert  Bennett Pa., 1895 

Gutting,  Charles  Theo.,  Jr., Pa.,  189S 

Cyphers,  Edward  O., N.  J.,   1893 

Dailey,  Richard  C,  Gal.,    1886 

Dake,  Charles  A.,   N.  Y., 1855 

Dake,  Ghauncey  M.  (M.  D.,  Sp.),  .  N.  Y.,  (d.  1872),  .  .  1856 

Dake,  Jabez  Philander  (A.  B.),  .  .  .  Pa.,  (d.  1894), 1851 

Dake,  Walter  M., Tenn., 1877 

Dake,  William  Embury, N.  Y., .♦.  1898 

Dakin,  E.  Arthur,  Nova  Scotia, 1881 

Darby,  James  Henry,   N.  H., 1892 

Dare,  Charles  Virgil,   N.  J.,  (d.) 1854 

Darling,  Charles  B.,  (M.  D.), Vt.,'  (d.  i860),  ....  1852 

Dartt,  Robert  Leroy, Pa.,  (d.  1897), 1875 

Dashiell,  Robert  Denison,  Md.,    1875 


788  LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 

Davenport,  Addington  K., R.  I.,  (d.  1864),  .  .  .  1855 

Davies,  Alfred  R.,  Pa.,  (d.), 1857 

Davies,  Lemuel  E.,  Pa., 1896 

Davis,  Charles  A.  (M.  D.), D.  C,  1884 

Davis,  Edward  Everett,   R.  I.,  (d.  1892),  .  .  .  1881 

Davis,  Edwin  T.,  N.  J.,  (d.  1896),  .  . .  1882 

Davis,  Frederick  A.,  Me.,    1884 

Davis,  George  Eugene  (A.  B.),  .  . .  Cal.,    1873 

Davis,  Henry  F O.,  (d.),   1849 

Davis,  Joseph  Dressor, Nova  Scotia, 1859 

Davis,  Thomas  S., Del.,   1884 

Davis,  William,  N.  J.,   1893 

Deacon,  Edward  Magee, Pa., 1894 

Deacon,  Thomas  Eayre, N.  J.,   1884 

Dean,  Edward  Williams,   Pa., 1875 

Dean,  S.  Eugene, Minn.,  (d.  1894),  .  .  1880 

Deardorff,  Jacob  H., Pa.,  1876 

Dedrick,  Thomas  Scott,  Jr., N.  J.,   1896 

Dehoff,  John  Wesley,  Md.,    1876 

Delap,  William  L.,  Pa., 1886 

Denman,  Claire  H.  (A.  B.), N.  J.,   1893 

Denman,  Horace  Bradford N.  J.,   1894 

Dennett,  George  William, Mass., 1857 

Dennis,  Charles  Edwin,   N.  J., 1892 

Detweiler,  Isaac  C, Pa., ,  1861 

Dever,  Isaiah  (M.  D.), O.,   1866 

Dewing,  William  H., N.  Y., 1882 

Dexter,  Byron  P.,   Me.,  (d.  1880),  . . .  1880 

Dickerman,  Silas  Barnet, N.  H.,    1870 

Dickerson,  Chas.  Sept'mus  Allen, .  France, 1868 

Diefifenderfer,  Samuel  Asher,  Pa.,  1895 

Diehl,  Howard  Luther, Pa., 1876 

D-emer,  Louis  Merrien,  Pa.,  1895 

Dietz,  William  George,  Pa.,  1875 

Dinsmore,  J.  Pitman, R.  I., 1853 

Dinsmore,  Samuel  Winfield  Scott,  Pa., 1876 

Doan,  Edward  H., Pa., i88t 

Doane,  George  M., Mass.,  (d.  1896),  .  .  1890 

Dobson,  Qarence  Henry, Md.,    1897 


LIST   OF  GRADUATES.  789 

Dock,  Robert  Garrett, Pa.,  1894 

Dodd,  Harry  Lee  (A.  B.), Md.,    1889 

Dodge,  Lewis,    Mich.,  (d.  1890),  .  .  1850 

Dolbeck,  George  Nelson, Pa., 1895 

Doolittle,  Willard,   N.  Y., 1877 

Doran,  Charles  R.  (M.  D.), Md.,    1866 

Douglass,  Atwater  L., Me.,    1895 

Douglas,  Fullerton  Johnson, Pa., .  1896 

Douglass,  John  Allen, Pa., 1896 

Douglass,  M.  Eugene,   Me.,    1880 

Dowdall,  P.  Bower, Va., 1851 

Dowling,  John  William, N.  Y.,  (d.  1892),  .  .  1857 

Downing,  John  C.  Clark, N.  Y., 1859 

Doyle,  George  H.,  . N.  Y., 1852 

Doyle,  William   Francis,    Pa., 1896 

Drake,  Harlan  B.,  Mich., 1873 

Drake,  OHn  Milton, Mass., 1870 

Drake,  Thomas  N., Me.,    1884 

Drane,  Frank  C, Pa.,   1888 

Dreher,  Charles  B., Pa., 1867 

Dreher,  Edward  C, Pa., 1893 

Dreibelbis,  D.  Frank,  .  ., Pa.,  1890 

Dreibelbis,  David  L.  (M.  D.), Pa.,  (d.  1872), 1866 

Dreibelbis,  Samuel  L., Pa., 1871 

Driggs,  H.  C.  (M.  D.), Mich., 1854 

Drum,  John  Marcellus, Pa., 1895 

DuBois,  William  G., N.  J.,   1880 

Dudley,  Evan,  N.  J.,~(d.  1871),  .  .  1867 

Dudley,  George  L  S.  (A.  B.), Pa., 1890 

Dudley,  Pemberton,  Pa., 1861 

Dudley,  Perry  Hall, Pa., 1892 

Duffield,  Henry, Pa.,  (d.  1865),  ....  1852 

DuFour,  William  M., Pa.,  1880 

Dunbar,  Elwin  Eugene,   Pa.,  (d.), 1873 

Dungan,  George  Washington,  ....  Pa., 1876 

Dunham,  Carroll  (M.  D.,  Hon.),  .  .  N.  Y.,  (d.  1877),  •  •  1870 

Dunham,  William  Nelson  (M.  D.), .  Ct.,    1854 

Dunning,  Thos.  Stevenson  (A.  B.),  Del.,    1870 

Durand,  Joseph  P.  (Sp.), France, 1857 


790  LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 

Eaches,  William  DeHaven, Pa.,  1894 

Ealer,  Percy  H., Pa., 1890 

Earhart,  Jacob  R., O.,  (d.  1891), 1855 

Earhart,  William  J., Pa.,  1864 

Earle,  Frank  Marsland, .  Pa.,  (d.  1893),  ....  1876 

Eastman,  Arthur  M., Minn., 1879 

Eastman,  Frank,    Tenn., 1877 

Easton,  David  J., N.  Y., 1852 

Eaton,  Frederick  M.,   Me., 1889 

Eberhard,  Harry  Martin, Pa., 1898 

Eden,  Samuel,  Pa., 1876 

Edgar,  William  L., R.  L,   1894 

Edgerton,  Mark,    Minn.,   1879 

Edmundson,  Richard  H.,  Jr., Tex., 1890 

Edmundson,  Walter  Fletcher,  ....  Pa., 1871 

Edwards,  Harold  Romney, Canada,    1897 

Edwards,  Thomas  George, Tex., 1859 

Egee,  John  Benton  S.,  Pa., 1875 

Ege,John, Pa., 1883 

Ehrman,  Albert  H.  (M.  D.), O.,   1865 

Ehrman,  Christian,  Pa.,  (d.   1892),   ....  1852 

Ehrman,  Hahnemann  Francis  (M. 

D.,  Sp.),    O.,  (d.), 1861 

Ehrman,  Louis  Philip, Ky., 1859 

Eisenbrey,  Edward  Hartley, Pa.,  1870 

Eliot,  J.  W.,  Cal.,    1868 

Elwin,  John  F.  (Sp.), Eng.,  (d.), 1857 

Ely,  Jairus  Robert, Pa.,  (d.  1880), 1865 

Embley,  Thomas  William, N.  Y., 1896 

Engel,  Adolph  Otto  (Rev.), Prussia,    1874 

Engle,  David  Frank, Pa., 1881 

Engle,  Howard  Missiner, Pa., 1896 

Engle,  Nathan  S.,   N.  J.,  (d.  1850),  . .  .  1849 

Erwein,  Franz  B., Germany,   1881 

Erwin,  William,   111.,    1877 

Erwin,  Jacob  Frishmuth, Pa., 1897 

Esrey,  Lewis  K., Pa., tS88 

Eustace,  Andrew,   Pa., 1853 

Evans,  Albert  Job, N.  Y., 1871 


I.IST   OF   GRADUATES.  791" 

Evans,  Charles  Horace, Pa.,  1869 

Evans,  George  Addison, Minn.,  (d.  1875),  .  .  1875 

Evans,  Henry  J., Pa.,  1881 

Evans,  Howard  J.,  .  .  . N.  J., 1896 

Evans,  John  Absalom,  . Pa., 1895 

Evans,  Owen  Herbert, Del., 1893 

Everts,  Edgar  S.,  .....  .  .  ........  N.  Y.,  . 1858 

Fairbank,  Stuart  John, N.  Y., 1898 

Fair,  Benjamin  F., Pa., 1886 

Fair,  Hezekiah  W.,  Pa.,  .  .  .....  ... .  . .  1880 

Falligant,  Louis  A., Ga., 1858 

Fanning,  E.  Burrell, N.  Y., . .  .  1885 

Faringer,  Howard  Reiner, Pa.,  . 1897 

Farley,  Robert, Pa.,  ..... . .  ......  1886 

Farley,  Walter  B., Pa.,  .............  1891 

Farley,  William  C.  (M.  D.), Mass.,  .... .  .  i . :  . .  1894 

Farnsworth,  Floyd  S., N.  Y.,  ...........  1885 

Farrington,  Ernest  A.  (A.  B.), Pa.,  (d.  1885), 1868 

Farrington,  Harvey  (A.  B.), Pa., 1896 

Farrington,  Harvey  Walter, Pa.,  (d,  1886), 1864 

Faulkner,  Morris  Ritner, Pa., 1895 

Fay,  George  D., N.  J., 1881 

Fechtig,  George,    Md.,    1861 

Fechtig,  James  Amos, Md., 1871 

Fechtig,  Robert  Yoe, *. Md.,    1894 

Fegely,  Malarius  B., Pa.,  (d.  1879), 1874 

Fehr,  Howard  A.,  (B.  S.), Pa., ..;....  1894 

Felch,  Albert  Huntington, N.  Y.,  ...........  1876 

Fellger,  Adolphus  (Sp.), Pa.,  (d.  1888),  ....  1869 

Fellows,  William  E., Me.,    . 1876 

Fell,  Alton  S., N.  J.,   1894 

Feltz,  Cethe  C.  (Rev.),  ..........  Pa.,  (d.  1896),  . . . .  1886 

Person,  John  L., Pa.,  (d.  1896), 1879 

Fetherolf,  James  Allen  (M.  D.),  . .  .  Pa., 1883 

Fetterhoff,  Hiram  Reichard, Pa., . .  1869 

Fetterhoff,  Ira  L.  (M.  D.),  .......  Md., 1886 

Fetterman,  George  W., Pa.,  (d.), 1857 

Fetterman,  Wilford  Washington,  .  Pa., 1872 


792  LIST  OF   GRADUATES. 

Fickel,  James  G., Pa., 1879 

Finch,  Lemuel  E., Pa., 1879 

Finney,  Everett  B.,   Neb., 1888 

Fischer,  Charles,   Australia,  (d.  1893)  1869 

Fischer,  Jacob,  Germany, 1885 

Fischer,  John  Adolph, Pa., 1895 

Fish,  Charles  Frederic, N.  J.,  (d.  1875),  •  •  1855 

Fisher,  Albert  Le  Roy, N.  Y., 1871 

Fisher,  Ebenezer  Everett, N.  Y., 1869 

Fisher,  George  Singer,  Pa., ; 1896 

Fitch,  George  W.  Horton  (M.  D.),  D.  C, 1891 

Fitz,  William  H.  A.,  Pa.,  1885 

Fitzgerald,  David  Edwin, Pa., 1894 

Fitz  Hugh,  John  A.  (M.  D.),  .  . .  .  O., 1881 

Fitzmatthew,  Joseph  N.,  Eng., 1875 

Flanders,  George  Tyler, Vt., 1870 

Fleagle,  Maurice  Monroe, Pa., 1896 

Fleming,  John   R., N.  Y., 1882 

Fleming,  Richard  K.,  Pa.,  1882 

Fleming,  William  John, Pa.,  (d.  1897), 1897 

Fletcher,  Benj.  Kennard  (Ph.  G.),.  Pa.,  1895 

Fletcher,  Samuel  M.,  Pa., 1856 

Flinn,  Irvine    Moore    (A.    M.,    M. 

D.),   Del., 1887 

Flinn,  Lewis   Wesley   (A.    M.,    M. 

D.),   Del., 1887 

Focht,  George  B.  McClellan, Pa., 1885 

Follmer,  William  H., Pa., 1882 

Fornias,  Eduardo,   .  .  Cuba, 1880 

Fortiner,  George  Roseman  (M.D.),  N.  J.,  (d.  1894),  .  .  .  1887 
Foster,  Arthur    Livingstone    Wil- 
son,    Pa., 1897 

Foster,  Ebenezer  Johnson Vt.,  1869 

Foster,  George  S. Pa.,  (1867  or  '68),  .  1859 

Foster,  Henry  L., N.  H.,  (d.  1867),  .  .  1857 

Foster,  Jeremiah  Campbell, Ky., 1892 

Foster,  John  M., Tenn., 1882 

Foss,  Charles  M., Me., 1868 

Fox,John,   ,....N.Y., 1854 


LIST  OF   GRADUATES.  793 

Frame,  Benjamin  G.,   Pa.,   1882 

Franck,  William  L.,  Jr., Pa.,   1897 

Frantz,  Abraham  E.,  .  .  . Pa., 1882 

Frantz,  Frank  F.  (M.  D.), Pa., 1875 

Frantz,  Jacob  F.,   Del.,   1876 

Freeman,  Roscoe  E., Mass., 1886 

Freeman,  Warren,   Ga.,  (d.  1880),  ....  1854 

Freeman,  William  W., O.,   ....    1881 

Freligh,  Martin  (Sp.), N.  Y.,  (d.  1889),   .  .  1858 

French,  Benjamin  F., Ind.,  . 1880 

French,  Edward  E.,   N.  J.,   1887 

Fries,  Charles    Joseph    Valentine, 

(Ph.  G.),   Minn., 1894 

Friese,  Michael,  Jr., Pa.,  (d.  1880}, i860 

Frost,  James  H.  P., Me.,  (d.  1875), 1850 

Frye,  Moses  M.,  N.  Y., 1870 

Fryer,  Nevins  W., Pa., 1889 

Fryer,  Winsor  Farnham, N.  Y., 1886 

Fuerbringer,  Gustavus  H.  (A.  M.),.  Mich.,    . 1874 

Fuller,  Elmer  Ellsworth, Mass., 1893 

Fuller,  Eugene  Sue, Wis.,  (d.  1876),  .  . .  1875 

Fulmer,  Charles  R:, Pa., 1889 

Fulton,  Henry  W.,    Pa., 1872 

Furman,  Horace  S., Pa.,  .  . . .  ; 1888 

Gale,  Charles  A.,  Vt., 1880 

Gale,  George  Goldsworthy, Can., 'i6.  . .  1876 

Gallagher,  Joseph  H., Pa.,  (d.),  .... ;  . .  .'.  1855 

Gann,  George  Willard, Pa., . .  1894 

Gantenbien,  John,  Switzerland,   .  . .  ...  1868 

Ganow,  George  Jesse, N.  Y.,  .  . ...  . .  .-.  .  .1894 

Gardiner,  Daniel  R., Pa.,  (d.  1889),  .....  1849 

Gardiner,  David   E.,    Pa.,  (1890), 1857 

Gardiner,  George  Washington,  .  .  .  Pa.,  .............  1876 

Gardiner,  Richard  (M.  D.), Pa.,  (d.  1877), 1850 

Gardiner,  Richard,  Jr.,   N.  J., 1870 

Gardiner,  Thomas  U.  Walter,  ....  Pa., 1875 

Gardiner,  William  G., Pa., 1888 

Gardiner,  William  H Pa., 1879 


794 


I.IST   OF   GRADUATES. 


Garis,  Frank  A.,  

Garrison,  Biddle  Hiles,  . , 

Garrison,  Howard  Chew, 

Garrison,  Joseph  S., 

Garrow,  George  Jesse, 

Garvin,  John  J., , 

Garvin,  WilHam  D., , 

Gaskill,  Asa  Shreve, . 

Gates,  Alfred,   '. , 

Gates,  WilHam  Dunn,  .....  ... .  .  . 

Gause,  Owen  Beverly, 

Gause,  Percival  O.  B.,  

Gaylord,  Edward  P., 

Geary,  John  Fitzgibbon, 

Gebhart,  Thomas  Willard, 

Geib,  William, 

Geiger,  Charles  A.,  Jr., 

Geiger,  Charles  A.  (A.  B.,  M.  D.),, 
Geiger,  Theodore  S.,  ............ 

George,  James  A., 

Gerberich,  Daniel  P., . 

Gerberich,  Morris  B., 

Gerhart,  Joseph  M.,    

Gerhart,  Joseph  Milton,  Jr., 

Gerhart,  Weber  L.,  

Gerhart,  Wilfred, 

Gernert,  Albert  William, 

Getze,  George  M., 

Gbose,  Jnanendra  Narayan, 

Gibbs,  B.  Frank,  . 

Gieser,  Wm.  R., , 

Giffin,  Leverett  W., 

Gififord,  Gilbert  L., 

Gilbert,  Charles  Badger, , 

Gilbert,  Irwin  B., 

Gilbert,  Samuel  T., 

Gilbert,  William  L., 

Gilborne,  Henry   

Gilchrist,  James  G., 


1863) 


Pa.,  . . 

N.  J., 

N.  J., 

N.  J., 

N.  Y., 

Pa.,  (d.  1893), 

Pa.,  . 

N.  J., 

Pa.,  . 

Pa. 

0.,'(d.  1895), 

Pa.,  (d.  1887), 

N.  Y., 

Pa.,  (d.  1883), 

Del., 

Pa., 

Ga., 

Md., 

Md.,  (d 

N.  J., 

Pa.,  . 

Pa.,  . 

Pa.,  . 

Pa.,  . 

Pa.,  . 

Pa.,  . 

Pa.,  . 

Pa.,  . 

India,  , 

N.  J., 

Del.,   . 

N.  Y., 

N.  Y., 

Me.,    . 

Pa.,  .  . 

Pa.,  .  . 

Va.,  .  . 

N.  Y., 

Pa.,  .  . 


[88q 
[898 

[894 
[889 
[894 
[864 
[885 
[870 
[890 
[898 

[857 
[881 

[854 

[855 
[894 
[854 
[887 

[851 
[854 
[889 
[881 
[887 
[868 
[,89s 
[887 
[879 
[895 
[877 

[895 
[885 
[892 

[877 
[863 
[876 
[882 
[879 
[885 
[872 
[863 


I.IST   OF   GRADUATES.  795 

Giles,  Charles  Henry,   Pa., 1883 

Giles,  John  William,  Pa., 1885 

Gillett,  John  R., Pa., 1892 

Gilliam,  Edward  W., Md.,    1889 

Gilman,  Willard  Biddle, Pa., . .  1869 

Gilman,  William  L., O.,   1865 

Gilson,  Eli  D., O.,   1853 

Gittens,  Theodore  P.,  Pa., 1889 

Given,  James  B., N.  J., 1890 

Glidden,  Charles  Henry, Vt., 1876 

Glover,  William  A., N  J., 1876 

Godshall,  Samuel  George, Pa.,  ..'..... 1888 

Gonzalez,  Joaquin,    Mexico, '. .-  ;>i88i 

Gonzalez,  Manuel  de  J.  G., Cuba,. .1879 

Goodell,  Charles  F.  (M.  D.), Mass., .^883 

Goodhue, Walter  S.,  O., 1872 

Goodman,  Chas.  Holmes  (A.  B.),  .  Mo.,    ■. .  1869 

Goodman,  John  R., S.  America,    1857 

Goodno,  William  Colby,  Pa., .  1870 

Goodrich,  Asa  F., Minn.,   .  1889 

Gorgas,  Charles  R.,  O., 1853 

Gosewich,  Edgar  W., Tenn.,  (d.  1883),  .  .  1877 

Gourlay,  George  (M.  D.), Pa.,  .............  1854 

Grace,  Harry  Hoard, N.  J.,   1896 

Graham,  Alfred  (A.  M.), Mich., 1885 

Graham,  David  M.  (M.  D.), Pa., 1877 

Graham,  Hamilton,   Pa.,   1892 

Graham,  Walter  S., Pa.,  1884 

Graham,  William  T.  (A.  B.), Pa.,  .  . . .'.  ........  1893 

Gramm,  Edward  Marion Pa.,  .....;...  . . . .  1880 

Gramm,  Gustavus  E.  (Rev.), Pa.,  .  .'.  ......  . . . .  1867 

Gramm,  Theodore  J.,   Pa., 1881 

Gray,  Frederick  Charles,   N.  J.,   1896 

Gray,  John  FrankHn  (M.  D.,  Hon.),  N.  Y.,  (d.  1882),  .  .  1876 

Gray,  Joseph  Rea  Taylor,  Jr.,  ....  Pa., 1898 

Greason,  Charles  Edwin  (M.  E.),  .  Del., 1898 

Gregg,  Alpheus  W., Del.,  1889 

Gregg,  Rollin  Robinson, N.  Y.,  (d.  1886),  .  .  1853 

Gregg,  Edward  Rollin, N.  Y., 1892 


796 


LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 


Gregory,  Edward  P., Ct.,    .... 

Greenbank,  John,    Pa.,  (d.), 

Greenwood,  Mitchell,    N.  J., 

Green,  E.  Hadley  (M.  D.), N.  C., 

Griffith,  Horace  Greeley, Pa.,  .  . 

Griffith,  John  B.,  N.  J., 

Griffith,  John  Q.  (Ph.  D.), Pa.,  .  . 

Griffith,  Jethro  Johnson,  ........  Pa.,  (d. 

Griffith,  Lewis  B.,   Pa., 

Griffith,  Silas,   Pa., 

Griffith,  William  Henry  Gesner,  .  .  Can., 

Griffith,  William  Mullen,   Pa., 

Griggs,  William  Bentley, Pa., 

Grigsby,  Edward  Shepard, Cal., 

Grimshaw,  Oliver, N.  J., 

Griscom,  Lee  Eaton, N.  J., 

Grosscup,  Joseph,    Pa.,  .  , 

Gross,  Francis  O.,   Pa.,  .  . 

Gross,  James  E., Me.,    . 

Groth,  H.  Heinrich,  Pa.,  .  . 

Grove,  Charles  E., Pa.,  .  . 

Grumbein,  William,   Pa.,  (d." 

Grumbrecht,  Oscar  L., Pa.,  .  . 

Guernsey,  Joseph  Colburn  (A.  B.),  Pa.,  .  . 

Guernsey,  William  Fuller, Vt.,  (d 

Guernsey,  William  Jefferson, Pa.,  .  . 

Gumpert,  B.  Barton, . .  Pa.,  .  . 

Gundelach,  Charles  H.  (V.  S.),  .  .  .  111.,    .  . 

Gushee,  Frank  A., . .  Me.,    . 

Guy,  Harry  Perry, N.  Y., 

Gwynn,  William  M.,  N.  Y., 

Haag,  John  B., Pa.,  .  . 

Haas,  George  H., Pa.,  .  . 

Habel,  John  M.,   Germany 

Hackett,  George  Herbert, N.  H., 

Hackney,  Evan  Jeffries, N.  J., 

Haehl,  Richard,    Germany, 

Haerer,  Frederick  Joseph, Pa.,  .... 


893). 


877), 


1873 
1853 
1898 
1879 
1876 
1891 

1893 
1856 
1880 
1866 
1872 
1872 
1894 
1894 
1890 
1895 
1873 
1880 
1850 
1879 
1889 
i860 
1890 
1872 
1852 
1875 
1853 
1865 
1881 

1875 
1868 

1888 
1887 
1867 
1871 

1897 
1898 
1892 


LIST   OF   GRADUATES.  797 

Haeseler,  Henry  Augustus, Pa.,  (d.  1857),  ....  1856 

Haines,  Charles  Tomlinson, N.  J.,  -. 1898 

Haines,  Edward  S., Pa.,   1891 

Haines,  Franklin  T., N.  J.,   1867 

Haines,  Oliver  S., .  .    Pa.,   1882 

Haines,  Walter  M., Me.,  (d.  1897),  .  . .  1877 

Hall,  Charles  Henry,  . Wis., 1876 

Hall,  Ellis  Bently,  N.  J.,  (d.   1875),    .  1849 

Hall,  George  Alexander, N  Y.,  (d.   1893),    .  1856 

Hall,  Harrison  B., N.  J.,   1869 

Hall,  Irving  S., Me.,  (d.  1897),  .  . .  1867 

Hall,  James  Branyan,   O.,   1871 

Hall,  James  Walter, N.  Y., 1869 

Hall,  Phillipe  Sharpies  (B.  S.),  . .  .  Pa., 1891 

Hall,  William  D.,  Pa.,  (d.  1897),  ....  1867 

Hall,  William  S.  (Rev.,  Hon.),  .  . .  Pa.,  (d.  1867),  ....  1867 

Haller,  George  Christian,  Jr., Pa.,  1897 

Haman,  Charles  R., Pa.,  1891 

Haman,  William  A.,   Pa., 1883 

Hambright,  Edwin  Atlee, Pa., 1874 

Hamer,  James  Henry,   Pa.,   1875 

Hamilton,  William  C, Pa.,  1861 

Hammond,  Albert,   Md.,  (d.  1879),  •  •  •  1871 

Hancock,  Elmer  E., N.  J.,   1885 

Hancock,  Joseph,   N.  J.,   1878 

Handy,  Harrie  Delmar,   Mass., 1893 

Hanlin,  Samuel  Bradbury, O.,   1895 

Hanscom,  Walter  V.,   Me.,    1890 

Hanzig,  Gustav  E.,  Pa.,  1888 

Harbison,  William  C,  Ct.,  (d.), i860 

Hardenstein,  A.  Otto, Miss.,    -.  .  .  1881 

Hardenstein,  Frank  W., Tenn., 1893 

Harding,  Wilbur  F.,  N.  Y., 1857 

Hardy,  James  Ebenezer,  (M.  B.,  C. 

M.),  Va., 1869 

Hardy,  Lemuel  Denby, Va., 1894 

Hardy,  Thomas  J.  (M.  D.), Va.,  (d  1886), 1853 

Harlan,  John,   Del.,  (d.  1873),  .  .  .  1872 

Harley,  M.  P.  (M.  D.), Pa.,  1869 


798  IvIST   OF   GRADUATES. 

Harman,  George  W., Pa.,  1884 

Harman,  Richard  T.,  . Pa.,  1866 

Harpel,  Edward  F.,  Pa.,  1892 

Harpel,  Francis  Eugene, ^.,. .  Pa.,  (d.  1879), 1871 

■Harpel,  George  W.,    Pa.,  (d.  1894),  ....    1881 

Harpel,  M.  H., Pa., 1867 

Harper,  Henry  Benj., Pa.,   1898 

Harrington,  Edwin  S., Del., 1885 

Harrington,  Gove  Saulsbury, Del.,    1892 

Harris,  David  R., Va., 1878 

Harris,  Handy, Mass.,  (d.  1880),  .  .    1855 

Harris,  John  T., Mass., 1853 

Harris,  Raymond  J.  (A.  M.), Pa., 1894 

Harris,  Sylvanus,   Eng.,  (d.),   ... 1861 

Harrison,  J.  Allen, Pa., 1892 

Harry,  Francis  M., Pa.-,  1878 

Harry,  George  Harry, Pa., 1898 

Hart,  Russell  Thayer, Pa.,  1896 

Hartman,  George  Willis, Pa.,  1898 

Hartley,  Arthur,    N.  J., 1898 

Hartranft,  Joseph  M., N.  J.,   1879 

Harvey,  Austin  I.,   Me.,    1878 

Harvey,  Charles  Henry, Pa.,   1893 

Harvey,  David  Gaston, Pa., 1894 

Harvey,  Joseph  Franklin, Pa.,  (d.), 1855 

Harvey,  Joseph  P.,   Pa.,  (d.  1866),  ....    1865 

Harvey,  Walter  Emerson,   . Me., 1879 

Hassler,  J.  Wyllis  (A.  M.), Pa.,  1892 

Hatch,  Louis  Gene, Minn.,  (d.  1874),  .  .    1874 

Hatfield,  Walter  S., Ind., 1882 

Hathaway,  William  E.,  N.  Y., 1876 

Hathaway,  William  Fales,   Pa.,   1869 

Hatzfield,  Joseph  A., Pa.,  1881 

Havens,  Felix  M., Can.,  W., 1856 

Hawkes,  William  J., Pa.,  1867 

Hawley,  Liverus  B., N.  Y.,  (d.  1890),   .    1853 

Haylett,  James, Vt.,   1869 

Haynes,  Martin  H., Me., 1890 

Hayward,  Milton  P., Ct.,    1857 


LIST   OF   GRADUATES.  799 

Heath,  Edward  Alfred  (F.  L.  S.),  •  Eng-., 1890 

Heaton,  Earl  Gates, .  .  N.  Y., 1896 

Hedger,  Frank  S., . .  .  Wash.  Ten, 1883 

Hedrick,  John  Krupp, .  .    Pa.,  1898 

Heerman,  Charles  (M.  D.,  Hon.),  .  France,    1870 

Heilner,  Herbert  F.,   Pa.,   1887 

Heimbach,  A.  Eugene, Pa.,   1890 

Heimbach,  James  Michael  (M.  E.),  Pa., .-.  1897 

Hclffrich,  Calvin  E.,  Pa.,  . .  .  1880 

Helfifrich,  John  A.  Henry, Pa.,  1875 

Helmuth,  William  Tod, Pa., 1853 

Helmuth,  Wm.  Sheaff  (M.D.,Hon.)  Pa.,  (d.  1880),  ...,.  .  1857 

Henry,  John  H.  (M.  D.), Ala.,  ...;.;'.,.  ....  .  1851 

Henshall,  John  Eastwood, Pa.,  ,.  . ... .,  . :.....  1895 

Herb,  Charles  K., .  Pa.,  :.:.........  1880 

Herbert,  Rev.  Charles  D.  (A.  M.;,.  N.  H., 1866 

Heritage.  Alfred  C, Pa.,  .  .  .  . . . .  . 1884 

^Heritage,  Joseph  B., Pa., 1891 

Hering,  Constantine  (M.  D.,  Hon.),  Pa.,  (d.  1880), 1876 

Herman,  Valentine  Z.,   France, 1882 

Heron,  William  H.  (M:  D.),   ....  D.  C, 1888 

Herron,  Charles  D.,  . Pa.,  .............  1872 

Herron,  James  A.,   Pa.,  (d.  1868), 1856 

Hershberger,  Joseph  P., O.,   .  .  .  . 1881 

Hess,  Harvey  Peter  (B.  E.), Pa., 1896 

Hetrick,  Jacob  Adam  Werner,  .  .  .  Pa., 1876 

Hetrick,  Llewellyn  E.,    N.  J.,   1898 

Hewitt,  Charles  E.,  Pa., 1893 

Hewitt,  H.  T., Ct,   1862 

Hickey,  James  S., Pa., 1892 

Hickman,  Lawrence  M.,   Pa., 1878 

Hicks,  Thomas  H.  (M.  D.), Tenn., 1882 

Higgins,  Raymond  Power,    D.  C, 1896 

Higgins,  Royal  G., Me.,    1892 

Hill,  Charles  Judson, N.  Y.,  (d.  1891),  .  .  1859 

Hill,  E.  Hart, N.  J.,   1888 

Hill,  John  Bruce, Pa.,  1898 

Hill,  Merrill  Washington, Vt.,   1871 

Hill,  William  L., Tex., 1892 


8oo  LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 

Hiller,  Fred,  Jr., Cal.,    1873 

Hilleg-as,  William  Muthard, Cal., 1894 

Hills,  Alfred  Kimball, Mass., 1870 

Hindman,  David  R., Pa., 1857 

Hines,  Frank,   N.  C, 1873 

Hinshillwood,  Harry,    Pa.,   1895 

Hinson,  Jacob  Miller,  Jr., Pa.,  1886 

Hipkiss,  George, .  .  Mass., 1886 

Hitchens,  Peter  S., Pa.,  (d.   1887), 1858 

Hoag,  Clitus  S., Vt.,  1877 

Hoffman,  James, N.  J.,   1885 

Hoffman,  Lewis  A., Pa., 1880 

Hoffmeier,  Richard  Lee,  ....      ...  Md.,    1873 

Holben,  Monroe  Jacob, Pa.,  1875 

Holcombe,  William  Buckman,  .  .    .  Pa.,  1895 

Hollett,  Arthur  P., N.  Y.,  (d.  1887),  .  .  1869 

Hollifield,  Horatio  B.  (M.  D.),  .  . .  Ga., 1889 

Hollinshead,  Theodore  Highbee,  . .  N.  J.,   1898 

Hollowell,  James, Pa.,  1894 

Holman,  George  M., Mass., ...  1881 

Holmes,  William  H.,  O., 1851 

Holsberg,  William  H., Pa.,   1878 

Homer,  Horace, ...  Pa.,  (d.  1883),  ....  1863 

Hood,  Joseph  Robinson, Pa.,  1898 

Hoopes,  Levi, Pa.,  1871 

Hoover,  George  M.,   Pa.,  1889 

Hopkin,  William  Milby, Pa., 1892 

Hoppin,  Washington,   R.  L,  (d.  1867),   .  .  1850 

Home,  Frank  Victor, Pa., 1895 

Horning,  Charles  S., Pa.,   1881 

Horter,  Lafayette  H.,  Pa.,  1887 

Hosfeld,  George,  Jr.,   Pa.,  (d.  1884), 1871 

Houard,  John  Gustavus, Pa.,  (d.  1878),  ....  185 1 

Houard,  Louis  L,  Pa.,  (d.), 1858 

Houck,  George  Emory, Md.,    1898 

Houghton,  Henry  Arvin, Vt.,   1852 

Houghton,  J.  Harrison,   Pa.,  (d.  1877), 1858 

Houghton,  John  S.  (M.  D.), Pa.,  (d.), 1856 

Houghton,  Milo  G.,   Vt.,  (d.  1885), 1856 


LIST   OF   GRADUATES.  8oi 

Hoverder,  James  I., Pa.,   1884 

Howard,  Erving  Melville,   Mass., 1877 

Howard,  John  R., Ala., 1855 

Howe,  William  S.  (M.  D.),  . Me.,  (d.), 1884 

Howell,  Harrison  Worthington,  .  .  Del.,   1896 

Howell,  Stephen  Y.  (A.  M.,  M.  D.).  N.  Y., 1882 

Hoy,  Franklin  Pierce, Pa.,   1879 

Hoy,  Harvey  K., Pa.,  1881 

Hoyt.  Eugene  Frederick,  . N.  Y., 1870 

Hubbs,  Ellwood  Samuel,  Pa.,  1898 

Hubbard,  Charles  H., N.  Y., 1883 

Huber,  William  Henry, Pa.,   1898 

Hudson,  Leonard  A.  (Ph.  G.),  ....  Del,    1892 

Huebener,  O.  T., Pa., 1869 

Hughes,  Alfred,   Va., 1853 

Hughes,  Francois  Louis,   Pa.,   1898 

Hughes,  Morris,    Pa., 1884 

Hughes,  Richard  (M.  D.,  Hon.),  .  Eng., 1877 

Hull,  Clarence  A., N.  Y., 1893 

Hults,  Eugene  Arthur,  N.  J.,   1886 

Humes,  James  Randolph, Pa., 1874 

Hummel,  H.  Richard,  .    .......    .  Pa.,   1887 

Humphrey,  Charles  R., N.  Y.,  (d.), 1877 

Humphrey,  Nathan  M., N.  Y., 1889 

Humphreys,  Edward, Pa.,   " .  .  1881 

Humphreys,  Frederick,   N.  Y., 1850 

Hunsicker,  William  Cosgrovt,  ....  Pa., 1895 

Hunt,  Henry  Francis, R.  L,  (d.  1895),  . .  .  1864 

Hunter,  George, Pa., 1886 

Hunter,  Horatio  M., Vt.,   1857 

Hurd,  S.  Wright, N.  Y., 1880 

Hurff,  Joseph  F., N.  J.,   1893 

Hutchinson,  Henry,   Minn., 1874 

Hutchinson,  Thomas  C, Del., 1878 

Hyde,  Erastus  C, Pa.,   1884 

Hyde,  Damon  Y.,   Vt.,   18=^5 

Iliff,  J.  Pearson, Pa., 1883 

Imes,  Thomas  C,    Pa.,   1884 

52 


802  LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 

Ingerson,  H.  H.,   Vt.,  (d.  1883),  ....  i860 

Ingham,  George  W., Pa., 1853 

Ireland.  John  Lewis, N.  Y., 1893 

Irons,  Alexander, .  Pa., 1856 

Ironside,  Allan  Smith, Can., 1889 

Irving,  Alpheus  V.  D.,    Pa.,  (d.  1883),  •  •  •  •  1883 

Isett,  Joseph  Frederic,  Pa.,   1876 

Iszard,  Howard, N.  J., _.  1886 

Iszard,  Jacob,   N.  J.,   1870 

Ivins,  Horace  F., Pa., 1879 

Jackman,  Charles  Augustus,  .  .  .       Vt.,  (d.  1879), 1875 

Jackson,  Edward  R.  (M.  D.),  .  .    .  la.,  1881 

Jackson,  Henry,   N.  J.,   1882 

Jackson,  Noah,    Va., 1892 

Jahr,  G.  H.  G.  (M.  D.,  Hon.),  ....  Germany,  (d.  1875)  1870 

James,  Bushrod  Washington,   ....  Pa., 1857 

James,  David  Bushrod,    Pa.,  1896 

James,  Horace  E., Pa., 1884 

James,  John  E.  (M.  D.,  Hon.),  .  .  ,  Pa., 1886 

James,  Richard  S.  (A.  M.), Pa., 1855 

James,  Walter  M., Pa., 1869 

James,  Wilmer,   Pa., 1869 

Janney,  Daniel  (M.  D.), Va.,  (d.  1859)   1850 

Janney,  Edgar,  (M.  D.), D.  C,  (d.  1898),  .  .  1883 

Janney,  O.  Edward  (M.  D.), Md.,    1882 

Jeanes,  Jacob  (M.  D.,  Hon.), Pa.,  (d.  1877)   ....  1856 

Jefferds,  Henry  Clark, Me.,    1885 

Jenkins,  George  Chapin, Pa., 1896 

Jenks,  George  Henry, Cal.,    1875 

Jenner,  Andrew  J.  B., Australia, 1866 

Jennings,  Chester  B., Pa.,   1881 

Jermon,  N.  Theodore,  Jr., Del.,    1873 

Jessup,  Halton  I., Pa.,  1884 

Jewell,  Henry  E., Vt.,   1884 

Jewett,  Frank  Sylvanus  (A.  M.),  . .  Pa., 1894 

Johnson,  Harry  W.,    N.  J.,    1882 

Johnson,  Howard  P.,   N.  Y., 1881 

Johnson,  Isaac  D., Pa.,  1852 


I,TST   OF   GRADUATES.  803 

Johnson,  Irving  W.,   111.,    1856 

Johnson,  Joseph  P.  (M.  D.), Pa., 1867 

Johnson,  Lewis,   N.  Y., 1893 

Johnson,  Theodore  M., Pa., 1878 

Johnston,  D.  Howard, Pa., 1883 

Johnston,  Edward  R.,   Pa.,   1853 

Johnston,  James  C.  (M.  D.), Pa., 1875 

Johnston,  Perry  O.  (M.  D.), Ill,    1855 

Johnstone,  Robert  Bruce,  Pa.,  , .  1887 

Jones,  Albert  Budd, Pa.,  (d.), 1863 

Jones,  Daniel  Lee, Vt., 1869 

Jones,  Edward  W., Pa., :  . .  1890 

Jones,  Edwin  H., ,.  N.  J.,    1889 

Jones,  Elijah  Utley,   N.  H.,  (d.  1894),  .  .  1854 

Jones,  Henry  Guernsey, Pa.,  (d.  1897),  ....  1883 

Jones,  John  Aten, Pa., 1859 

Jones,  Julian  Henry, Vt.,   1869 

Jones,  Samuel  Arthur  (M.  D.,  Sp.),  N.  Y., 1861 

Jones,  Stacy, Pa.,   1853 

Jones,  Walter,    N.  Y., 1893 

Jones,  William  B.  Pryor, Va., 1884 

Jordan,  Oscar  J.,  Pa., 1890 

Joslin,  Benjamin  Franklin  (M.  D., 

LL.  D.,  Hon.), N.  Y.,  (d.  1861),  .  .  1857 

Judkins,  Charles  W., Me.,    1881 

Justice,  Harry  Brick,   N.  J.,   1894 

Kaercher,  William  Frederick,   ....  Pa., 1885 

Kalopothakes,  Michael   Demetrius,  Greece,  (d.), 1857 

Karsner,  Charles  Waugh  (M.  D.),.  Pa., 1875 

Karsner,  Daniel  (M.  D.), Pa.,   1887 

Kase,  Edmund  Harris,   Pa.,   il 

Kaufman,  John,   Pa.,  i{ 

Keen,  George  Ira, .  .  .  Pa., 1892 

Keep,  J.  Lester, Ct.,   i860 

Kehler,  B.  Frank, Pa.,   1893 

Kehrer,  Augustus  B.,  Pa.,  1880 

Keim,  William  Henry,   Pa., 1871 

Keller,  Henry  Schwartzbach,  Pa.,  (d.  1884),  ....  1871 


8o4  LIST  OF  GRADUATES. 

Keller,  John  David,  Pa., 1874 

Kelley,  Lewis  E., la.,    1876 

Kelliher,  Mayville  S., Me.,    1891 

Kellogg,  Edwin  S., W.  T., 1878 

Kemble,  James,    Pa.,  (d.,  1888),   .  .  .  1880 

Kendall,  Edward  James  (Ph.  G.),.  Can., 1895 

Kennedy,  James  Clifford, Pa., 1871 

Kennedy,  Robert,  Jr., Pa.,  (d.    1894),    .  . .  1881 

Kennedy,  Samuel,   Pa.,  1870 

Kennedy,  William  Frank, Del,    1873 

Kenyon,  William  Benham, N.  Y., 1874 

Kern,  Elmer  G.,   N.  Y., 1881 

Kern,  George  W., Pa.,  1878 

Kern,  William  Henry  H., Pa.,   1874 

Keyes,  Alvah  E.,  N.  Y., 1857 

Kiefer,  James  D.  (M.  E.), Pa., 1890 

Kiefer,  W.  Jonathan,  Pa.,  1890 

King,  Barrington  S.,   Ga., 1859 

King,  William  D.,    Pa.,  1884 

King,  William  H., Can.,  W.,  (d.),  ....  1858 

King,  WilHam  N.  (M.  D.), Ga., 1857 

King,  William  R.,  ., Pa., 1881 

Kingsbury,  Edward  N., N.  H.,   1880 

Kinsley,  Cephas  Daniel, N.  Y., 1895 

Kinsloe,  Wm.  Doughmann,  Pa.,  1895 

Kirby,  Edmund  Wesley  (Rev.),  .  .  Pa.,  1874 

Kirby,  Frank  Henry, Pa., 1886 

Kirby,  George  Stewart, Pa., 1882 

Kirby,  Russell  B., Pa.,  (d.  1889), 1879 

Kirk,  Enos  L.,  Pa., 1880 

Kirk,  George  Jacob  Washington,.  .  Pa., 1871 

Kirk,  Isaac  E., N.  Y.,  (d.  1859),  .  .  1857 

Kirk,  Peter  Hally, Pa.,  (d.), 1891 

Kirkland,  Edward,   Vt.,   1886 

Kirkpatrick,  Alexander  (Sp.),   ....  N.  J.,   1861 

Kirkpatrick,  Horace  B., N.  J.,   1876 

Kistler,  Abraham  Lincoln, Pa.,  1883 

Kistler,  Douglas  S.,  Pa.,  1893 

Kistler,  Grant  M., Pa.,  i88q 


IJST  OP   GRADUATES.  805 

Kistler,  Horace  Edwin, Pa.,  1885 

Kistler,  John  S., Pa., 1879 

Kistler,  Milton  S.,  Pa., 1892 

Kistler,  William  Frank, Pa.,   1874 

Kitchen,  James  (M.  D.,  Hon.),  .  . .  Pa.,  (d.  1894), 1856 

Kittenger,  Leonard,   N.  J.,   1863 

Kittenger,  Leonard  A., Del.,    1881 

Klaer,  Clarence,   Pa., 1896 

Klein,  John  Wesley, Ky.,   1871 

Kline,  David  C, Pa., 1883 

Klink,  Frederick, Pa.,  (d.), 1881 

Klock,  Henry  A., Pa., 1878 

Klock,  Joseph  Victor, Pa.,  1895 

Klopp,  Calvin  L.,  Pa., 1887 

Klopp,  Henry  Irwin, Pa., 1894 

Knapp,  Theodore  P., N.  Y., 1854 

Kneass,  Nicholas  W.,  Pa.  (d.  1896), 1868 

Kneass,  Robert  K., Pa., 1873 

Knerr,  Bayard,  Pa.,  1898 

Knerr,  Calvin  Brobst, Pa.,  1869 

Knerr,  Levi  J., Pa., 1880 

Knight,  George  Reese, Pa.,  (d.  1877), 1873 

Knight,  Greenwood  H., Me.,    1886 

Knowles,  William  Kelley, Me.,    187 1 

Knowlton,  William  W., N.  J.,   1893 

Knox,  Joseph  H., Me.,    1877 

Koenig,  Max  J., '. Pa., 1878 

Koons,  Tilghman  D.,   Pa., 1878 

Korndoerfer,  Augustus,  Jr., Pa., 1896 

Korndoerfer,  Augustus, Pa., 1868 

Krause,  William,    Pa., 1895 

Kreiss,  Peter  L., Pa., 1883 

Kressly,  John  A.  (D.  D.  S.), Pa.,  1889 

Krewson,  Amos  D., Pa.,  1889 

Krusen,  Edward  A.,   Pa., 1887 

Kuestner,  John,   Pa.,  1887 

Kuhnel,  Gustav  A.,  (M.  D.), Australia, 1893 

Kuhry,  George  M.,   Can., 1887 

Kulp,  Horace  Landes, Pa., 1895 


8o6  LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 

Kunkel,  William  E., .  Pa.,  . 1880 

Kurtz,  Alfred  J.,  Pa., 1893 

Kurtz,  Charles  G., Pa., 1881 

Lacy,  Henry  A., N.  J.,   1891 

Laidlaw,  Alexander  H.  (Sp.), Pa.,  i86t 

Laird,  Frank  F.,   N.  Y., 1880 

Lamb,  George  Mason,   N.  Y., 1879 

Lanphear,  Frederick  Leonard,    .  .  .  Mass., 1898 

Lancaster,  Joseph  J.  (Sp.),  Can.,  W., 1857 

Landis,  Daniel  M., Pa., 1889 

Lane,  Charles  Franklin, Mass., 1876 

Lane,  Charles  L, N.  H.,  (d.  1883),  .  .    1878 

Lane,  Nathaniel  F., N.  J.,   1891 

Lane,  Orville  W., Vt.,   1887 

Lange,  Frederick  W.  (Ph.  B.),  .  .  .  Pa.,  1890 

Langer,  Philip  Joseph,  '.  Pa.,  (d.  1887), 1883 

Lansing,  Taylor,   N.  Y.,  (d.  1883),  .  .    1871 

LaPlant,  Hiram  D., Pa.,  1891 

Larer,  Richard  White, Pa.,  189S 

Larkey,  Alonzo  Sanford  (Ph.  B.),  .  Cal.,    1889 

Latick,  Charles  B., Pa.,  (d.  1879), 1878 

Laurie,  Joseph  (M.  D.), Eng.,  fd.  1865),  . .  .    1851 

Lawrence,  Frederick  Mortimer,  .  .  N.  Y., 1894 

Lawrence,  Joseph  Ditman, Pa.,   1893 

Lawton,  Charles  Henry, R.  L,  (d.  1894),  . . .    1871 

Layman,  Alfred, :  .  Pa.,   1882 

Lazarus,  George  Frederick, Pa.,  1891 

Lazear,  Lyttleton  L..  Pa.,  (d.  1898),  ....    1890 

Lear,  John  Thomas, La,, 1859 

Leavitt,  Forrest,    Vt.,   1890 

Leckner,  John  Davis, Pa.,   1873 

Leckie,  John  W.  (Rev.), Pa.,  1883 

Leckie,  John  W.,  Jr., Pa., 1893 

Lee,  Charles  H., Pa., 1864 

Lee,  John  K., Pa.,  (d.  1887),  ....    1851 

Lee,  John  Kidd, Pa.,  (d.  1889), 1869 

Lee,  William  F.,  Pa.,  1889 

Leech,  William  C, O.,   ,  1867 


LIST   OF   GRADUATES.  807 

Leedom,  William  Nathaniel, Pa., 1892 

Lefevre,  John  R., Pa.,   1884 

Lefferts,  Frank  P.,    Pa.,   1878 

Lehmayer,  Martin  N., Pa., 1886 

Leland,  Clarence  H.,  Mass., 1873 

Lentz,  Henry  S., Pa.,  (d.), 1854 

Lentz,  Levi  R., Pa., 1865 

Leonard,  Ezra, N.  Y., 1850 

Leonard,  Hursey  K., N.  Y., 1881 

Leonard,  Henry  C, Minn.,  . 1878 

Leonard,  William  Edwin, Minn., 1879 

Leopold,  Herbert  Preston  (A.  B.),.  Pa., 1896 

LeRoy,  Elmore  W., N.  Y.,  . 1883 

LeSeur,  John  Wesley, N.  Y., 1886 

Levanway,  William  A., N.  Y., 1854 

Lewis,  Clarence  Jarrett,  Pa., 1891 

Lewis,  Henry  Minton, Nevada,   1870 

Lewis,  Hiram  L.  (M.  D.), Md.,    1883 

I^ewis,  Joseph  Cresswell, Pa.,  1875 

Lewis,  Richard, Pa.,  (d.  1883),  ....  1861 

Lichtenwalner,  Abbott  B., Pa.,   1891 

Lichtenwalner,  Milton  D., Pa.,   1866 

Liddle,  Henry  Sanford, N.  Y., 1897 

Lieb,  Andrew  G., Pa., 1888 

Light,  George  Washington, O.,   1869 

Lilliendahl,  William,   N.  Y., 1893 

Lindaburv,  Albert  A.  (M.  D.),  ....  Pa., 1890 

Lindley,  Havard, Md.,    1888 

Lindsay,  Albert, Mass.,  (d.  1886),  .  .  1851 

Lindsley,  Horace,   Utah,    1887 

Lingle,'john  C, Pa.,  i88t 

Lippe,  Constantine  (M.  D.), Pa.,  (d.  1885),  ....  1866 

Lippincott,  Aquila  B., N.  J.,  (d.), 1866 

Lippincott,  Eldridge,    N.  J.,   1873 

Lippitt,  Louis  D., R.  L,   1889 

Liscomb,  D.  P.  (Sp.), Pa., 1867 

Litchfield,  Harry, N.  J.,   1892 

Livezey,  Frank  Barrett,   Pa.,   1898 

■  Locke,  Melvin  J., Pa., 1891 


8o8  LIST  OF   GRADUATES. 

Locke,  William  E.,   Vt,   1884 

Lockrow,  Calvin,   N.  Y., 1877 

Loelkes,  George, Prussia,    .  ., 1868 

Long,  F.  Morton  (D.  D.  S.), Pa.,  1883 

Long,  Howard  W.,  Pa.,  1877 

Long,  Samuel,    Pa.,   1873 

Long-street,  A.  O., O.,  (d.  1879), 1867 

Loomis,  Joseph  Griswold  (M.  D.),.  N.  Y.,  (d.  1853),   .  1850 

Loucks,  John,  Jr.  (M.  D.), N.  Y., 1854 

Lougee,  William  H., N.  H.,  (d.  1897),  .  1857 

Lovett,  Alfred  Augustus, O.,   1876 

Low,  Samuel  Percy,   Cal.,    1889 

Lowry,  Charles, N.  J., 1863 

Lucena,  Francisco  M.,  S.  America, 1890 

Lufkin,  Harry  M., 111.,    1883 

Lukens,  J.  Paul, Del.,   1878 

Lungren,  Samuel  Smith  (M.  D.),.  .  Md.,  (d.  1892),  .  . .  1852 

Luyties,  Carl  J.  (M.  D.), Mo., 1885 

Luyties,  Diedrich  Reinhard, Pa.,  (d.  1879), 1850 

Lyford,  Franklin  O., Me.,    1877 

Lyle,  William  Howard, Pa.,  1895 

Lyon,  Melvern  S.,   N.  J.,   1889 

Lytle,  Randal  M.  (M.  D.), Tenn.,  (d.  1876),  .  .  1870 

Macdonald,  John,   Pa., 1880 

Macdonald,  Thomas  L., Mass., 1888 

Mace,  Howard  S.,  Pa., 1890 

Macfarlan,  Duncan, N.  Y., 1875 

Macfarlan,  Malcolm  (M.  D.,  Sp.), ..  Pa.,  1868 

Mackenzie,  Alexander  Ross, Nova   Scotia,    ....  1895 

Mackenzie,  George  W.,  Jr.,  (A.  B.),  Pa., 1893 

MacMahon,  Walter  G., Pa., 1884 

Macomber,  William  S., Mass.," 1892 

Maddux,  Daniel  Parish, Pa., 1883 

Maguire,  William  T., Pa.,  1882 

Mahorney,  John  C, Ind.,   1878 

Mahr,  Edward, Ky.,  (d.  1872), 1872 

Maires,  Walter  W.,  Pa., 1893 

Malford,  Clarence  W.  (Sp.), N.  J.,   1864 


LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 


809 


Malin,  John, Pa.,  (d.    1889),    . 

Malin,  William  H., Pa., 

Mann,  Eugene  L., Minn., 

Mann,  Simon  Seitz, Pa.,   

Manning,  Guy  E., Nevada,    

Mansfield,  Harry  K., Pa., 

Mansfield,  Job  Robert, Pa.,   

Manson,  C.  Franklin,   Pa., 

Marcy,  Anson  Liswell, 111.,    

Markel,  Granville  R., Pa.,   

Marks,  William  Fink, Pa., 

Marquez,  Antonio  J., S.  America,  .  .  . . 

Marsden,  Biddle  R., Pa., 

Marsden,  George  F., Pa,    

Marsh,  Franklin  F.,    .  . . N.  H., 

Marshall,  Perry, Vt.,   

Marshall,  Robert  S.,  Pa., 

Marter,  George  W., Pa.,  

Marter,  Linnaeus  Esher, Pa., 

Martin,  Alden   Edwards,    . Pa., 

Martin,  George  A.,  N.  H., 

Martin,  Henry  Noah,  N.  Y.,  (d.  1889), 

Martin,  Robert  W., Pa.,  

Martin,  Stoddard  Sprague,   Pa,    

Martin,  Thomas  D.,   Ga.,  (d.), 

Martin,  William  J.,   Pa., 

Mason,  Chas.  H., N.  J.,  (d.),  . 

Masser,  Frank  B.  (M.  D.), Pa., 

Alatchan,  Robert   D.,    Minn., ., 

Mathison,  Thomas,    La., 

Mattson,  Alfred  S., Pa.,  

Maurer,  Joseph  Morgan,   Md.,    

Maust,  George  W.,   Pa.,  

Mays,  George  W., Pa.,   

McAffee,  Edwin  M.,   Pa.,   

McAfifee,  William  Durham, 111.,    

McAlhster,  James  Mairs,   Pa,,  (d.), 

McCann,  T.  Addison,   O.,    

McCants,  Archibald  C.,   Fla.,    


[860 
[858 
1886 
[894 
[890 
[885 
[879 
[876 

[873 
[889 
[869 
[885 
[885 
[866 
[880 
[871 
[890 
[878 
[896 
[876 
[886 
[865 
[865 
[888 
[860 
[877 

[859 
5i 
[870 
[871 
[880 

t875 
[893 
[892 

t855 
[861 

^856 
[891 

[855 


8lO  LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 

McCarty,  Robert  Henderson, Pa.,  1895 

McCeney,  Edward  M.  (M.  D.),  •  •  .  la.,    1890 

McChesney,  A.  B.  (M.  D.), Ill,    1856 

McClatchey,  Robert  John, Pa.,  (d.  1883),  ....    1856 

McClelland,  James  H.,  Pa.,  1867 

McClelland,  John  Black, Pa., 1879 

McClelland,  Robert  W.,  (B.  S.),  . .  Pa., 1884 

McClure,  John  B., Ky.,   . 1867 

McComas,  William  G., Md.,    1893 

McCullough,  John  H., N.  J,    1892 

McCullough,  William  G., Pa., 1878 

McDonald,  James  T.,   Me., 1890 

McDonough,  Charles  M., Pa., 1878 

McDowall,  John,   Eng., 1851 

McDowell,  Archibald    Sewell    (A. 

B.), Pa., 1896 

McDowell,  Charles  H., la.,    1892 

McDowell,  Charles  H., Pa., 1887 

McDowell,  William  Archibald,  .  .  .  Pa., 1896 

McDowell,  William  C,  la.,    1878 

McDuffee,  J.  W., La.,  (d.), i860 

McFadyen,  Walter  Scott, Pa.,  1893 

McFarland,  M.,   Mass., 1854 

McGarrah,  Olin  K., Pa., 1895 

McGeorge,  Emerson  P.,    N.  J., 1894 

McGeorge,  Wallace,    Pa.,  1868 

McGill,  Edward  Knight, Pa., 1880 

McGranaghan,  William  Henry,  Jr.,  Ky.,   1876 

McGregor,  John  L.  (D.  D.  S.),  ....  N.  H., 1883 

Mcllroy,  William  P.,   Pa.,  1886 

Mclntire,  Robert  L., Pa., 1870 

Mcintosh,  Frederick  L., Me.,    1881 

McKenzie,  Horace  W.  (A.  B.),  .  .  Pa.,  1889 

McKinstry,  Frank  P., Pa.,  ^1878 

McLaren,  David  C.  (M.  D.), Can., ■. .  .    1881 

McLin,  George  Henry  (M.  D.),  .  .  Mich., 1871 

McNulty,  Peter  R., Minn., 1882 

McPherson,  Donald,  N.  Y., 1878 

McPherson,  Finley, N.  Y., 1888 


IvIST   OF   GRADUATES. 


8ll 


McPherson,  John  Clinton, 

McPherson,  Peter  J., 

McPherson,  WilHam  H., 

McWayne,  Albert, 

McWhorter,  Thos.  Henry  (M.  D.), 

Means,  Charles  S.  (M.  D.), 

Meily,  Harry  Seltzer, 

Melze,  Louis  A.  (D.  D.  S.), 

Mera,  Harry   P.   (M.   D.),    

Mercer,  Caleb  Sharpless, 

Mercer,  Edward  W., 

Mercer,  Robert  P., 

Merrell,  Albert  F., 

Merrell,  E.  Delmont, 

Merriam,  Franklin  Ealer, 

Merriman,  Charles  L., 

Merriman,  David  LeRoy, 

Mertzmann,  Bernard  F., 

Messerve,  Frederick  W., 

Messick,  William  Rodney, 

Metcalf,  Jewett  W., 

Metcalfe,  Wilham  (Sp.),   

Metzger,  Samuel  H.,  

Mickle,  Frank  B.  (M.  D.), 

Middleton,  Caleb  S., 

Middleton,  Caleb  Scattergood,  Jr.,. 

Middleton,  M.  T.,   

Middleton,  Willis  H., 

Mifflin,  Robert  W.,  

Millen,  Jesse  C, 

Miller,  Alexander  C, 

Miller,  Alvin  Isaac, 

Miller,  C.  C, 

Miller,  Charles  R.  (M.  E.), 

Miller,  Frederick  M., 

Miller,  Harvey  Donmeyer  (B.  S.),. 

Miller,  Niles  M.  (M.  D.), 

Miller,  Martin  Luther  (B.  S.), 

Miller,  Robert  Emmett, 


N.  Y., 

•  1873 

N.  Y., 

.  1890 

N.  J.,  (d.),  

•  1859 

Honolulu, 

•  1883 

Pa., 

.  1898 

o.,   

.  1892 

Pa., 

.  1898 

Pa.,  

.  1885 

N.  Y., 

.  1870 

Pa.,  (d.  1891),  .  .  . 

.  1886 

Pa.,  

.  1884 

Pa.,  

.  1861 

N.  Y., 

.  1888 

Me., 

.  1886 

Pa., 

.  1888 

Mich., 

.1851 

Pa., 

.  1894 

Pa., 

.  1885 

N.  J., 

.  188s 

Del.,  

.  1896 

Cal.,  

•  1875 

Pa.,  (d.  1862),  .  . . 

.  1852 

Pa., 

.  1861 

Md.,(d.  1897),  ... 

.  1883 

N.  J., 

.  1862 

Miss.,  

.  1892 

N.  J.,  

.  1868 

Pa., 

.  1882 

Pa.,  

.  1876 

Pa.,  

.  1887 

N.  J.,  

•  1853 

Pa., 

.  1872 

N.  Y., 

.  1868 

Pa., 

.  1887 

Pa.,  (d.),  

.  1891 

Pa.,  

.  1896 

Pa.,  

.  1882 

Pa., 

.  1898 

N.  Y., 

.  1861 

8l2 


IvIST  OP  GRADUATES. 


Miller,  Zachary  T., 

Mills,  Alfred  Cookman, 

Mills,  James  Porter  (M.  D.), 

Milson,  Charles  E.,  

Minard,  William  Frank,   

Minier,  William  S., 

Minton,  Henry, 

Mitchell,  Eugene  Poore, 

Mitchell,  George  W.  (M.  D.), 

Mitchell,  John  Nicholas,  

Moat,  William  Steele,  

Moffitt,  Carl  Walmer, 

Mohr,  Charles,  Jr., ^ 

Moke,  Joseph  Anton, 

Moncure,  W.  Peyton, 

Monell,  John  F., 

Monroe,  Andrew  Leight, 

Montgomery,  Richard  Wallace,  .  . 
Moore,  Charles  Aristides  Russel,  . 

Moore,  Francis  R.,   

Moore,  Harry  W., 

Moore,  Howard  D., 

Moore,  John  (M.  D.), 

Moore,  John  D.  (M.  D.), 

Moore,  Thomas  (M.  D.,  Sp.), 

Moore,  Thomas  C, 

Moore,  Volney  L.,    

Moreland,  George  B., 

Morford,  William  Brown, 

Morgan,  Alonzo  R., 

Morgan,  Edwd.  M.  (M.  D.,  C.  M.), 

Morgan,  George  Evelyn,  

Morgan,  John  C.  (M.  D.,  Hon.),  .  . 

Morozzi,  Albert  Cruse, 

Morrill,  Alpheus  Baker  (B.  S.),  .  .  . 

Morris,  Madison  Bayard, 

Morris,  William  Smith, 

Morrison,  Benjamin  Duncan,   .... 
Morrison,  Charles  C, 


Pa.,  

1877 

Pa.,  

1894 

111.,  

1874 

Pa,  

1884 

Vt.,  

1887 

N.  Y., 

1851 

N.  Y.,  (d.  1895),  . 

1853 

111.,  (d.  1895),  .  . . . 

1885 

111.,  

1868 

Pa., 

1873 

Pa,  

1876 

Me., 

1894 

Pa.,  

1875 

Prussia,  

1870 

Va., 

1882 

Pa., 

1862 

Ky.,  

.  1879 

N.  Y., 

1890 

Va.,  

.  1870 

Pa., 

1853 

N.  J.,  

1892 

Ct,  

1893 

Eng., 

1869 

N.  J.,  (d.  1867),  .  . 

1856 

Pa.,  (d.  1882),  .  . . 

1868 

Del.,  

1884 

Wis.,  (d.  1885),  . . 

1859 

Pa., 

1893 

N.  J.,  

1896 

N.  Y., 

1852 

Can., 

1891 

N.  Y., 

1871 

Pa.,  

1886 

Pa., 

1894 

N.  H., 

1894 

Pa.,  

1871 

Pa.,  (d.  1895),  .  . . 

1887 

W.  Va., 

1888 

Me.,  

1883 

LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 


813 


Morrison,  George  H., 

Morrison,  Stanvers  (F.  R.  C.  S.), 

Morse,  Asa  W.,   

Morse,  Bertrand  Osborne, 

Morse,  Calvin  Emory, 

Morse,  George  S.,  

Morse,  Lucius  Daniel, ^ 

Morton,  Edward  W., 

Mosher,  Byron  D., 

Mosher,  Elmer  E., 

Moslander,  William  S., 

Mount,  Frederick  D., 

Mower,  M.  P.,   

Mowry,  Samuel  Robinson, 

Moyer,  Samuel  Clymer, 

Mueller,  Clotar  (M.  D.,  Hon.),  .  . . 
Mulford,  Clarence  H.  (M.  D.),  .  . 

Mulford,  Joseph  L., 

Mullen,  Sheppard  A.,   

Mullin,  John  Wesley,   

MulHn,  William  P., 

Munsey,  Barton,   

Munson,  Milton  Lavelle, 

Murdoch,  Robert,    

Murphey,  Francis  E., 

Murphy,  William,    

Murray,  Arthur  S., 

Murray,  George  E., 

Musgrave,  John  Freedley, 

Muth,  Frederick  Lucius 

Myers,  Charles  E., 


N.  H., 
Eng.,  , 
N.  Y., 
la.,    .. 
Mass., 
N.  Y., 
Tenn., 
Me.,    . 
N.  Y., 
N.  Y., 
N.  J., 
Pa.,  .. 
la.,  .  .  . . 
R.  L,  (d 
Pa 


Germany 
N.  J., 
N.  J., 
Pa.,  .  . 
Pa.,  .  . 
Pa.,  .. 
N.  C, 
N.  Y., 
Pa.,  .. 
N.  Y., 
Pa.,  .  . 
Vt.,  .  . 
Md.,  . 
Pa.,  (d 
Pa.,  .  . 
Pa.,  .. 


Neeld,  Charles  M., Pa.,  .  . 

Nefif,  Henry  Sagendorf Pa.,  (d. 

Negendank,  Egmont  T., Del.,    . 

Neville,  William  H.  H., Pa.,  .  . 

Nevinger,  Martin  J.,  Pa.,  .  . 

Newbold,  Herman  Alexander,  ....  N.  J., 
Newton,  Charles  (M.  D.), N.  J., 


1876), 


,(d.  I 


877) 


1891), 


1881 
1869 

1853 
1895 
1856 

1854 
1872 
1856 
1879 
1885 
1889 
1879 
1868 

1873 
1872 

,  1877 
1883 
1851 
1879 
1886 
1881 
1850 
1890 
1872 

1873 
1854 
1882 
1882 

1853 
1898 
1889 


895), 


1886 
1894 
1887 
1865 
1898 

1895 
1867 


8 14  LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 

Newton,  Samuel  Elwell, ,.  N.  J.,   1872 

Nichol,  Thomas,   '..  Can.,  W.,  (d.  1890),  1857 

Nichols,  Anni  Sibley, Minn.,   1876 

Nichols,  Clarence,    Md.,    1892 

Nichols,  Clarence  L., Ore., 1885 

Nichols,  Frank,    Mass., 1861 

Nichols,  George,    Mass., 1861 

Nichols,  Herbert  Strong, Ore., 1895 

Nicholson,  Harry  Schuyler, Pa.,  1896 

Nog-ueira,  Diego  Puyso, S.  America, 1876 

Norris,  Albert  A.,   Pa., , 1887 

Northrop,  Edward  Raymond,  .  . .  .  O.,   1898 

Northrop,  Herbert  L., Ct.,    1889 

Norton,  Frank  Russell, N.  Y., 1872 

Norwood,  Joseph  Frederick, Me.,    1894 

Nottingham,  John, N.  J.,  (d.  1897),  .  .  .  1870 

Nowell,  John  Fletcher, Md.,    1875 

Noxon,  Allen  (M.  D.), Can.,  W., 1869 

Nunez,  Marquis  de  (M.  D.,  Hon.),  Spain,  (d.  1879),  •  •  1867 

Nuss,  Winfred  W., Pa.,  1892 

Oatley,  Eugene  Lyman, N.  Y.,  (d.  1891),   .  .  1886 

Oberhalser,  Martin  H., Pa., 1891 

Oechsle,  John  J., Pa.,  1889 

Ogden,  Benjamin  Harvey  (B.  A.),  Minn.,   1885 

Ogden,  George  Stewart, Pa.,   1898 

O'Harra,  John, N.  J.,   1885 

Olds,  Charles  Louis, N.  Y., 1893 

OHver,  Andrew  S., Mass.,    1881 

Orenga,  Francisco  (M.  D.), Porto  Rico, 1866 

Ormsby,  William  Bert, N.  Y., 1896 

Osborn,  James  Ames, Pa.,  1875 

Osman,  J.  Reed,  Pa., 1884 

Ostander,  Walter  S.,  McL, Pa.,  (d.  1881), 1864 

Owens,  James  B.  (M.  D.), O.,   1866 

Owen,  Reuben  (Rev.), Pa.,   1875 

Packer,  Rev.  David, Pa., 1866 

Packer,  Edmund  H Vt., 1867 


LIST  OF   GRADUATES. 


815 


(d 


Packer,  Frederick  Herbert, Vt., 

Pahl,  Henry  F.  (A.  M.), Tex 

Paillou,  Emile  R.,   Mo. 

Paine,  Bartlett  L.  (M.  D.),  .......  O., 

Paine,  Joseph  P., Me. 

Palen,  Gilbert  Joseph  (A.  B.), Pa., 

Palmer,  Charles  Rees, Pa., 

Palmer,  Frederic  Niles, Me.,  (d 

Palmer,  Lewis  Rufus, N.  Y., 

Pardee,  Ward  C, N.  Y., 

Parke,  George  Taylor, N.  Y., 

Parker,  George  Washington, Pa.,   . 

Parker,  H.  C.  (M.  D.), Tex., 

Parker,  Thomas  Elwood, Pa.,   . 

Parry,  Edward  H.  (B.  S.), Ill,    . 

Parsell,  George  H.,  N.  Y., 

Parsons,  Arthur  Lincoln, Me.,    . 

Parsons,  Edgar  C., 111.,    . 

Patch,  Albert  E.,   Me 

Patton,  James  H.  (Sp.), Va.,  .  . 

Paxson,  Oliver  H., Pa.,   .  . 

Paxson,  Richard  Randolph,   Pa.,   .  . 

Payne,  Frederick  W  (M  D.), Me.,    . 

Peacock,  Thomas  H.,   Pa.,   .  . 

Peacock,  Robert  H., N.  J., 

Peacock,  William,    Pa.,   .  . 

Pearce,  Clarence  Johnson  (M.  D.),  Ky.,  (d 

Pearce,  Robert  W.  (M.  D.), Ky.,  .  . 

Peirce,  Thomas  A.,   Me.,    . 

Pearman,  Sylvan  (A.  M.,  M.  D.),  .  Col.,    . 

Pearsall,  Samuel  J., N.  Y., 

Pearre,  Walter  (M.  D.), Md.,    . 

Peck,  John  Lyman  (M.  S.), Pa.,   .  . 

Peckham,  Allen  Gifford, N.  Y., 

Peckham,  John  J., N.  Y., 

Pedrick,  Alfred  C,  Jr., Pa.,  .  . 

Peet,  Ernest  Leland,  Pa.,   .  . 

Peltzer,  Alexander,    Germany, 

Pemberton,  Harry  H.  (M.  D.), N.  J.,   .  . 


1886) 


1892), 


1871 
1868 
1893 

1877 
1852 

1895 
1893 
1853 
1892 
i860 
1876 
1870 
1868 
1880 

1893 
1866 
1891 
1877 
1868 
1870 
1890 
1896 
1868 
1868 
1881 
1879 
1877 
1877 
1850 
1891 
1858 
1885 
1897 
1871 
1874 
1892 
1896 
1869 
1873 


8l6  LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 

Pennock,  T.  L.  (M.  D.), 1867 

Pennoyer,  Nelson  Alonzo,  . , Wis., 1870 

Perkins,  Charles  Williamson, N.  J.,    1870 

Perkins,  Daniel  C,   Me.,    1868 

Perkins.  Edward  R.,   Minn.,   1878 

Perkins,  Robert  Shield, Va., 1872 

Perkins,  Theodore  Edward, Pa., 1895 

Perrine,  James  K.  M Pa., 1893 

Peterman,  John  Frank, Md.,    1886 

Peterson,  Alfred  C, Pa.,   1877 

Peterson,  Orton  W., N.  Y., 1859 

Peterson,  Wilson,   N.  Y., 1858 

Peters,  Byron  M.  E., Pa.,   1886 

Peters,  Isadora  L.,    Pa.,  1888 

Peters,  John  Elwood, Pa., 1875 

Peters,  M.  Rutherford, Pa.,  1881 

Peters,  William  C,   Fa.,  1881 

Pfefiferkorn,  Ferdinand  C.  L., Mass., 1883 

Pfeiffer,  George  S.  F.  (M.  D.),  ....  Pa.,  (d.  1883),  ....  1856 

Phelan,  Richard  A.  (A.  B.), Mo.,    1867 

Philbrick,  Charles  S., Me.,    1881 

Phillips,  E.  H.  (M.  D.), N.  J.,   1868 

Phillips,Hibbard  S.  (A.  M.), Pa., 1884 

Phillips,  Walter  H., N.  J.,   1892 

Pierce,  Levi,   Mass.,  (d.  1891),  .  .  1854 

Pierce,  Levi  Judson, N.  H.,  (d.  1863),  .  .  i860 

Pierce,  Wm.  Appleton  Drown,  .  . .  Pa.,  1869 

Piersol,  Jeremiah  M.,   Pa.,  (d.),    1857 

Pierson,  Frank  F.,   Del.,   1891 

Pines,  Jacob  Darwin, Pa.,   1892 

Piper,  Robert  Lawrence, Pa.,   1892 

Pitcairn,  Hugh,    Pa.,   1880 

Pitcairn,  Roy  Campbell, Pa.,   1895 

Pitcher,  Alfred  O la.,    1867 

Piatt,  Joseph  Hall,   N.  Y., 1856 

Pleasanton,  George  W., Del.,   1887 

Ploucher,  William  Allen, .  Pa.,  1896 

Poe,  Robert  W., Ala.,   1854 

Pollock,  Joseph  Robert,  111.,    1871 


LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 


817 


Pope,  Alfred  Crosby,  (Sp.), 

Porter,  Edward,   

Porr,  Frederick  M,, 

Posey,  Louis  Plumer, 

Potter,  Franklin  W.,  

Pounds,  William  H.-, 

Powel,  Franklin,   

Powel,  Howard,  

Powel,  Milton  (D.  D.  S.), 

Powel,  William  R.,   

Powell,  Benajah  Butcher  (Ph.  G.), 

Powell,  William  C,  Jr., 

Powelson,  Howard  Jackson, 

Powers,  Merrit  L.,   

Pratt,  David  S., 

Pratt,  Davis  R.,  

Pratt,  Henry  C,   

Pratt,  Joseph  W., 

Pratt,  Leonard,    

Pratt,  Marcus  L.,    

Pratt,  Theodore  L.,    

Pratt,  Trimble,   

Preston,  Coates,   

Preston,  Frederick  L., 

Preston,  Mahlon,   

Price,  David  John,   

Price,  Eldridge  C.  (M.  D.), 

Price,  Ferris  T., 

Price,  Samuel  W.,   

Prilay,  John  M., 

Prince,  Francis  G.,    

Prish,  William  J., 

Prizer,  Elmer  Towers, 

Proctor,  WilHs  H.,  

Puente,  Francisco  Donado, 

Pulsifer,  Horatio  B.,   

Pulsifer,  Ralph  H.  (A.  B.), 

Pulsifer,  Thomas  Benton, 

Pulsifer,  William  M.  (M.  D.),  .... 
53 


Y. 


Eng.,  

111.,  (d.  1879), 

Pa.,  (d.  1865), 

Pa. 

N.  Y.,  (d.). 

Pa. 

Pa. 

Pa. 

Pa. 

Pa. 

Pa. 

Pa. 

N. 

Vt. 

Pa. 

Pa. 

Pa. 

Pa. 

Pa. 

N. 

Pa. 

Pa. 

Pa. 

Pa. 

Pa. 

Pa. 

Md 

Pa. 

Pa. 

Me 

Pa 

N  Y., 


(d.), 


Y., 


(d.  1881), 
(d.  1895), 


Pa.,  

N.  H.,    . .  . . 
S.  America, 

Me.,    

Me.,    

Me.,    

Me.,    


[852 
[869 
[860 
[883 

^857 
[886 
[881 
[886 
[890 
[887 
[897 
[879 
t895 
[877 
^851 
[861 
[863 

^873 
[852 

[854 

t853 
[870 

[853 
[877 
[861 
[897 
[875 
[879 
[888 
[885 
[882 
[885 
[896 
[880 
[872 
[861 
[890 
[872 
[887 


8l8  LIST  OF  GRADUATES. 

Pursel,  Jacob  E., Pa.,  (d.  1885), 1877 

Pusey,  Edgar  John, Pa.,  (d.),   1871 

Putnam,  Charles  M., Mich., 1868 

Putnam,  Thomas,   N.  Y., 1857 

Quackenbush,  Arnley,   Can., 1891 

Quick,   Theodore, N.  Y.,  (d.  1877),  •  •  1855 

Quinby,  Courtland  F.,   Del,   1877 

Quint,  Silas  Hurd,  Jr., N.  J.,   1873 

Rambo,  William  S.,    Pa.,  1889 

Ramsey,  George  William, Pa.,  1897 

Randall,  Howard  E.  (B.  S.), Pa., 1889 

Randall,  Edward  Gove  (A.  B.),  . .  Vt.,  189S 

Randel,  John  Massey, Md.,  (d.  1858), 1852 

Rankin,  John  S., Pa., 1858 

Ranson,  WilUam  C,  Jr., Pa., 1882 

Raue,  Charles  G.  (M.  D.,  Hon.),  . .  Pa.,  (d.  1896), 1892 

Raue,  Charles  Sigmund, Pa., 1895 

Raue,  J.  Ferdinand, Pa.,  1890 

Rauterberg,  Arthur  Chas.  (M.  D.),  D.  C, 1896 

Rawson,  Edward,   111.,    1859 

Ray,  Wm.  (M.  R.  C.  S.  E.), Eng., 1869 

Raymond,  Jonas  C, N.  Y., 1851 

Read,  Edward  Wayland, N.  Y.,  (d.  1897),  . .  1884 

Reading,  Charles  L., Pa.,  1891 

Reading,  Edward, Pa.,  (d.  1889),  ....  1853 

Reading,  J.  Herbert, Pa.,  1878 

Reading,  L.  Willard, Pa., 1880 

Reading,  Thomas,   Pa., 1888 

Redman,  George  A., N.  Y.,  (d.), 1858 

Redman,  John  Leifried,   Pa,, 1896 

Reed,  Jacob,  Jr.,  (Sp.), Pa., ...  1861 

Reed,  John  N., Mass.,    1855 

Reed,  Ru/us, N.  J.,   1871 

Reed,  Thomas  E., O.,   1872 

Reed,  Theodore  N., N.  J.,  (d.), i860 

Reed,  William  Ashton, Pa.,  (d.  1895), 1852 

Reeves,  Joseph  M., Pa.,  1877 


LIST   OF   GRADUATES.  819 

Reger,  Charles  Albert, Pa., 1886 

Reich,  Benjamin  Franklin  (M.  D.),  Pa.,   1870 

Reifif,  Nathan  G.  (A.  B.), Pa.,  1883 

Reinhold,  Hahnemann  Etzler,  ....  Pa.,  (d.  1879),  •  •  •  •  1869 

Reinhold,  Max  J.,   Pa.,   1879 

Reith,  Emil  (M.  D.), Pa., 1893 

Rembaugh,  Alonzo  Clark, Pa., 1869 

Remington,  Stephen,  Jr., N.  Y., 1853 

Rendell,  Maitland  W.  (A.  B.),  ....  Pa.,  1895 

Rennie,  Wesley  Hartmann, Pa.,  1897 

Reud,  Wm.   Robert,   Pa., 1869 

Reynolds,  Herbert,  Jr., Pa.,   1865 

Reynolds,  William  Benjamin, Pa., 1870 

Rhoads,  George,   Vt.,   1889 

Rice,  Alfred,  O., 1880 

Rice,  Hyland  Washington, 111.,  (d.  1884),  ....  1870 

Rice,  Thompson.  R., Ind.,  (d.), 1892 

Richards,  Frank  Llewellyn  (A.  B.),  N.  Y., 1898 

Richards  John  C.  (M.  D.), Pa., 1866 

Richards,  Rosanna  Scott, Nova  Scotia, 1868 

Richardson,  Aubrey  J., Pa., 1882 

Richardson,  Frank  C.  (M.  D.),   .  .  Mass.,    1880 

Richtstine,  Frank  B.,   Pa., 1878 

Ricker,  George  E., Minn., 1878 

Riddel,  Herbert  Ewing, Pa., 1898 

Riddick,  Nathaniel  Henley, Va., 1879 

Ridge,  Jonathan  1 .,    Pa., 1882 

Ridgway,  Philip  R.  (M.  D.,  Sp.),  .  .  Mass.,  1858 

Ridings,  James  H., Pa., 1868 

Riegal,  Adam  J.,   Pa., 1887 

Riehle,  Charles  B.,    Pa.,  (d.), t86i 

Rile,  James  Harmer, Del.,   1879 

Rinehart,  Clarence  C,    Pa., 1898 

Rinehart,  Stanley  M.  (Ph.  B.),  ....  Pa.,  1891 

Ring,  Hamilton, Md.,  (d.  1884),  .  . .  1851 

Rink,  Eugene  F., Pa., 1877 

Rink,  Walter  S., N.  J.,   1885 

Ritchie,  Charles  Archibald,   O.,   1895 

Rittenhouse,  Jacob  S Pa., 188; 


820  LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 

Robbins,  Walter  John  (M.  D.),  .  •  Pa.,  1898 

Roberts,  C.  Wesley, D.  C, 1889 

Roberts,  Charles  S., Me.,  (d.  1890),  .  .  .  1890 

Roberts,  Frederick  Walter, N.  J.,   1897 

Roberts,  James  V., Pa.,  1873 

Roberts,  Lemuel  M., O., 1883 

Roberts,  Norman  (A.  B.,  M.  D.),  .  Pa.,  1898 

Roberts,  Osmore  O.,  Vt.,  (d.), 1853 

Roberts,  R.  Ross,   Pa.,  (d.  1875), 1858 

Robertson,  Thomas  William,   ....  Mich.,  1872 

Robinson,  Edward  Ames, Pa., 1893 

Robinson,  James  B., Minn.,   1881 

Robinson,  John  Turner, N.  J.,   1896 

Robinson,  John  W., Pa.,  1877 

Roby,  George  F.,  N.  H., i88t 

Rockafellow,  Lavergne  Lambert,  .  N.  Y.,  (d.),  1876 

Rockwell,  Almon  F.,   N.  Y., 1858 

Rockwith,  Frank  A.  (M.  D.,  Hon.),  N.  J.,   . 1871 

Rodes,  Joseph,   Pa.,  (d.  1896),  ....  1887 

Rogers,  Elijah  Pennypacker, Ind.,   1871 

Rogers,  William  F., Pa., 1885 

Rogers,  William  Norwood,   Pa., 1898 

Roman,  Desiderio,    Nicaragua,   1893 

Roman,  Victor  Manuel,  Nicaragua,   1896 

Romig,  George  M.  (M.  D.), Pa.,  1870 

Romig,  Joseph  Herman, Kann., 1896 

Romig,  William  Henry  (M.  D.),  .  .  Pa.,  (d.  1884),  ....  1871 

Roome,  Edward  (A.  M.,  M.  D.),  .  D.   C,    1889 

Rose,  John  F., Pa., 1865 

Rosenberger,  Henry  D., Pa., ,  1875 

Rosman,  John  Gaul,  N.  Y.,  (d.  1892),  .  .  1856 

Rossiter,  Edwin  Bowen, Pa., 1875 

Roth,  Amos  Ashenfelter,  Pa.,  (d.  1890), 1870 

Roth,  Charles  Edward  (A.  B.),   .  .  Pa.,  1898 

Roth,  William  F.,   Pa., 1878 

Roth,  William  Fritchey, Md.,    1894 

Rothermel,  Felix  D., Pa., 1891 

Rotzell,  Joseph  Milton, Pa.,  (d.),    1870 

Rotzell,  Willett  Enos, Pa.,  1892 


LIST   OF   GRADUATES.  82 1 

Rounseval,  Charles  S.,    Vt.,   1882 

Rowell,  James  Frederick, Ct., 1895 

Rowland,  Joseph  G., Ill,    1852 

Riibini,  Rocco  (M  .D.,  Hon.), Naples, 1867 

Rtieckert,  Theodore  J.  (M.D.,Hon.)  Germany,  (d.  1885),  1866 

Ruffell,  John  Benjamin,   Pa.,   1898 

Rumsay,  Charles  L.  (A.  B.), Pa., 1890 

Rupp,  Aristides  Beza  Calvin, Pa.,  (d.), 1872 

Rush,  John  Calvin,   N.  J.,   1896 

Rush,  Stephen  Yarger, Pa.,  (d.  1876),  ....  1874 

Rutter,  Everett  Webster, Pa., 1874 

Rutter,  John  C, Pa., 1855 

.  Ryder,  John  C,  O.,   ,  .  1894 

Sabas,  Y  Castillo,  Francisco, Cuba,   1889 

Sackett,  Edgar  W.,  Pa.,  (d.),   1882 

Sager,  Cyril  Wickfield  (M.  D.),  .  .  O.,   1894 

Salisbury,  Samuel  S.,    111.,    1873 

Sampson,  Allen  W.,    Me.,    1880 

Sampson,  Franklin  S., Me., 1882 

Sandel,  John  H.,   Pa.,  1882 

Sanders,  Abraham  B., Mass.,  (d.  1854),  . .  1854 

Sanders,  Christian  B., Tex., 1880 

Saunders,  Charles  F., R.  I.,  (d.  i860),  .  . .  1855 

Sanford,  Enoch  W.,   Mass.,  (d.  1875),  . .  1857 

Sanger,  Henry  Mortimer, R.  I.,  . 1892 

Sanger,  Thaddeus  E.,  N.  H., 1868 

Sappington,  Samuel  Watkin, Pa.,  1897 

Sargent,  Charles  S., Cal.,    1881 

Sargent,  Rufus  (M.  D.), Mass.,  (d.  1886),  .  .  1852 

Satterthwait,  Abbott, N.  J.,   1897 

Satterthwait,  Joseph  H.,  Jr., Pa., 1883 

Savage,  Charles  Maury,  O., 1870 

Savage,  William  J.,  Va., 1864 

Sawtelle,  George  B.,   Me.,    1866 

Saylor,  George  W.  (M.  D.),  Pa.,  (d.),   1876 

Saylor,  Norman  A., la.,    . 1880 

Saxton,  Dana  F.,   N.  J.,  (d.  1878),  .  .  .  1878 

Scarborough,  Charles  W., N.  J., 1893 


822  LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 

Schall,  John  Hubley,  Jr., Pa., 1893 

Schantz,  Henry  F.  (A.  B.),  ......  Pa.,  189T 

Scheliha,  Paul  W.  von  (M.  D.),  .  . .  Pa.,  1889 

Scherzer,  William, Ga.,  (d.  1882),  ....  1859 

Scheurer,  Emanuel  Melancthon,  . .  Pa.,  1871 

Schmidt,  Jacob  (M.  D.), Md.,  (d.  1880),  . . .  1868 

Schmits,  Gustavus  Adolphus,   ....  Germany,  (d.  1867),  1867 
Schmucker,  Elhanan  Zook,  .  . .  .^  .  Pa.,  (d.   1894),   ....  1870 

Schollenberger,  Lewis  A.,   Pa., 1885 

Schoonmaker,  Arthur  Twing,  ....  Mass.,    1894 

Schulz,  Richard, Germany, 1870 

Schulze,  Carl  A.  (A.  M.), O.,   1885 

Schwartz,  Charles  W., Pa., 1880 

Schwenk,  Clayton  S., Pa.,  1882 

Scott,  Chester  Walter,    Vt.,  1854 

Scott,  Fremont  W., N.  Y.,  . 1880 

Scott,  James  L., Pa.,  (d.  1876), i860 

Scott,  John  P.,  Pa.,  (d.  1879), 1877 

Scott,  Samuel   C,    Pa., .  1878 

Scott,  William  R.,  Jr., Pa.',  (d.), .  1869 

Scudder,  Nelson  C, N.  Y., 1879 

Scudder,  Samuel  O.,   N.  Y.,  (d.  1895),  , .  1849 

Seavey,  Marcian, Me.,    1S69 

Seidel,  Frank  Wesley, Pa., 1894 

Seip,  Charles  L.,   Pa., 1882 

Seip,  Christian  P.,  Pa.,  1868 

Seitz,  William  Clinton, Pa.,  . 1888 

Selfridge,  Clarence  M., Cal.,    1887 

Selfridge,  Grant, Cal.,    1889 

Sellen,  Theodore  B., N.  Y.,  (d.), 1859 

Seligman,  Abram  Pott  (M.  D.),  .  .  Pa., 1804 

Severinghaus,  Edwin  A.  (M.  D.),  .  Ind., 1891 

Seward,  John  Leddel  (M.  D.),  ....  N.  J.,   1873 

Shaffer,  George  Wesley, Md., 1877 

Shallcross,  Isaac  G., Pa., 1887' 

Shannon,  Samuel  F.,    Pa., 1879 

Sharetts,  Upton  A., Md.,    1883 

Sharkey,  William  Penn  (M.  D.),  .  .  Pa.,  1875 

Sharp,  Anthony  H., Pa.,  (d.  1864), 1864 


LIST  OF  GRADUATES.  823 

Sharp,  Edgar  Barzillai, N.  Y., 1876 

Sharp,  Lewis  Lippincott,  N.  J.,   1888 

Sharp,  Jacob  Gordon, N.  J.,   1875 

Sharpless,  Edward  S., Pa., 1880 

Shaw,  Alexander  R., Pa., 1857 

Shaw,  John  Cook, Mass.,    1882 

Shaw,  Samuel  M.  (M.  D.), HI-, 1869 

Shearer,  Thomas,  Pa.,  1^5^ 

Shearer,  John  H., Pa., 1852 

Sheek,  Jacob  Fred., Pa.,  (d.  1858),  ....  1850 

Sheetz,  Henry  Augustus,  Jr., Pa.,  (d.  1884), 1875 

Sheldon,  Edward  Schock, N.  J.,   1895 

.  Shemp,  Parker  D.,   Pa., 1879 

Shepard,  George  Andrew  (M.  D.),.  Conn.,   1889 

Sheppard,  Alfred  (M.  D.), O.,  (d.  1891,)  ....  1866 

Sheppard,  Henry  C, Pa., 1878 

Sheppard,  James  S.  (M.  D.), Cal,    1866 

Sheppard,  William  R., N.  J.,  (d.), i86j 

Sherman,  Jacob  H., Md.,    1890 

Sherwood,  Bradford    Wyckoff   (A. 

M.),  N.  Y., 1890 

Sherwood,  William  E., Del.,   1891 

Shelter,  John  Rumbaugh, Pa., 1895 

Shields,  Edward  W., Pa., 1892 

Shineman,  Henry  L.  (M.  D.),  ....  Pa., 1886 

Shinkle,  Horace  J., Pa., \ 1880 

Shinn,  Charles  Tiel, Pa., , 1891 

Shipley,  Daniel  F., Md.,    1882 

Shirk,  Samuel  M.,  Pa., 1891 

Shivers,  Bowman  H.  (M.  D.),  ....  N.  J.,   1888 

Shoemaker,  Daniel  Webster, Pa., 1881 

Shoemaker,  James  Singleton,   ....  Pa.,  1888 

Shoemaker,  William  L., Pa., 1876 

Short,  Zuber  Nathaniel,  Arkansas, 1895 

Shower,  Edmund  G., Md.,    1878 

Shower,  George  T., Md-,   1882 

Shultz,  Jonas  Y.,  Pa., 1850 

Shurick,  Christopher  G., Pa.,  (d.),   1857 

Shute,  Albert  Clement, N.  J.,   1891 


824  WST   OF   GRADUATES. 

Sierer,  Adam  L., Pa.,  li 

Simon,  Samuel  H.,   Pa., 1880 

Simons,  Washington  Jackson,   ....  N.  J.,  (d.), 1853 

Simmer,  Edwin,   Germany,  ........  1872 

Simmons,  Clarence  Wright, Pa.,  1896 

Sisson,  Edward  R.  (M.  D.), Mass., 1854 

Sisson,  William  H.  H., Mass.,  (d.   1873),   •  1863 

Skeels,  Alfred  P.,    111.,  (d.  1872), 1867 

Skillman,  George  M.,   N.  J.,   1881 

Skinner,  Merton  Ross  (Ph.  B.),  .  .*.  N.  Y., 1898 

Skinner,  Scott  W., N.  Y., 1868 

Slay,  John  Qark, Del.,   1870 

Sleght,  Bevier  H.  B., N.  Y., 1882 

Slocomb,  C.  C.,   Mass.,    1867 

Slocum,  Marshall  C., O.,  (d.  1885), 1879 

Slocum,  Mortimer,   N.  Y.,  (d.  1890),  . .  1855 

Slough,  Franklin  J., Pa., 1862 

Slough,  Granville  B.  (M.  D.,  U.  S. 

N.), Pa.,  1865 

Slough,  William  Chester  J., Pa.,  1869 

Small,  Edward  Payson,   Me., 1866 

Smalley,  Charles  Fisher, N.  J., 1896 

Smedley,  Charles  D., Pa., 1885 

Smedley,  Isaac  G.,   Pa.,  1880 

Smedley,  Robert  C,   Pa.,  (d.  1883),  ....  i860 

Smiley,  Louis  Francis,  Pa., 1875 

SmiHe,  Nathan, Vt., 1894 

Smith,  Charles  Ed., Pa., 1873 

Smith,  Charles  H.  (A.  B.), Pa., 1876 

Smith,  Darwin   Crawford,    Pa., 1869 

Smith,  Eugene  R.  (M.  D.), Tenn., ..  1873 

Smith,  Francis  Schuyler,   Pa., 1882 

Smith,  Frederick  R., N.  Y.,  ." 1893 

Smith,  George  B., Ct.,   1863 

Smith,  George  Washington, Pa., 1876 

Smith,  J.  Heber,  .  .  .  ■ Mass.,    1866 

Smith,  John  M., Del.,   1880 

Smith,  John  T.  S.  (Sp.), N.  Y.,  (d.  1876),  .  .  1857 

Smith,  John  W.,  Jr.,  N.  Y.,  (d.  1864),  . .  i860 


LIST   OF   GRADUATES.  825 

Smith,  Linnaeus  Alexander, Pa., 1876 

Smith,  Ralph  C, Pa.,  (d.  1895),  ....  1869 

Smith,  S.  Bryan,  Jr., N.  J.,   1888 

Smith,  Thomas  Hart,   Pa., 1866 

Smith,  Truman  Kellogg,   N.  Y,, 1872 

Smith,  William,  Eng.,  (d.),   .......  1855 

Smith,  William  Henry, .  Pa.,  (d.  1880), 1864 

Smith,  William  Parker, Pa., 1880 

Snader,  Edward  R.,  Pa., 1884 

■Snyder,  D.  Lafayette,  Pa., 1878 

Snyder,  Edward  Eugene  (M.  D.),.  N.  Y., 1872 

Snyder,  Elwood  Shellenberger,  . . .  Pa., 1896 

Snyder,  Harry  S.  (A.  M.),  Pa., 1893 

Snyder,  Leon  Alfred,   Pa., 1875 

Somerville,  William  H.,  Pa.,  1881 

Souder,  Charles  F., N.  J., 1892 

Souder,  Phillip  George, Pa., 1875 

Souder,  Ralph  L.,   N.  J.,   .  . . .: 1896 

South,  Ephraim  W Del.,  (d.  1888),  .,.  .  1869 

Southwick,  A.  B.  (A  M.), .  N.  Y., 1867 

Southwick,  David  E.,   N.  Y., 1857 

Sonneborn,  William, Pa., 1890 

Sooy,  Walter  C, Pa., 1890 

Spahr,  Charles  E., Pa.,  .  . 1885 

Sparhawk,  George  E.  E., Vt,  1853 

Sparhawk,  Samuel  (A.  B.), Vt.,  1893 

Speakman,  William  W., Pa., 1887 

Spencer,  Byron  DeLess, Me., 1895 

Spencer,  William, Pa., 1887 

Spooner,  George  Robert, Mass.,    1870 

Sprague,  William  M., N.  Y., 1868 

Springsteed,  David, N.  Y.,  (d.  1894),  .  .  1854 

Stackhouse,  A.  M., N.  J., 1868 

Stafford,  Charles  S.,   N.  J.,   1889 

Stambach,  Henry  Laing, Pa., 1879 

Starkey,  Daniel  T., Mass., 1863 

Starkey,  David  W O.,   1869 

Starkey,  George  Rodgers,  Mass.,    1855 

Starr,  Samuel,    Pa., i86q 


826  LIST   OF  GRADUATES. 

Starritt,  Simon  P.,    Minn.,  (d.  1883),  .  .  1878 

Stearns,  George  W.,  Mass.,    1858 

Stearns,  John  Sargent  (M.  D.),. ...  D.  C, 1896 

Steck,  John  H., Pa., 1852 

Steckle,  Ellwood  K.,  Pa., 1884 

Steddom,  Charles,    O.,   1871 

Steel,  Walter  Hassinger, Del.,   1897 

Steele,  John  A.  (M.  D.),  Vt., 185S 

Steele,  William  G., Pa., 1886 

Stegman,  Joseph  A., Pa., 1886 

Stehman,  Jacob  G.,  Pa.,  (d.), 1857 

Stein,  Louis  M.  (Hon.), Va., 1858 

Steinmetz,  Deacon, Pa., 1895 

Stenger,  Charles  F., Pa.,  •.  18S1 

Stephens,  Edmund  B., Pa., 1873 

Stephens,  Lemuel  (Hon.), Pa.,  (d.  1892),  ....  1867 

Sterner,  Lewis  H., Pa.,  1889 

Steudel,  Robert  (B.  D.), Tenn., 1891 

Stevens,  Albert  Gallatin, N.  J.,   1892 

Stevenson,  Thomas  Collins, Pa.,  (d.  1879), 185 1 

Stewart,  Allan  W., Pa.,  (d.  1895),  ....  1893 

Stewart,  Ben.  Byram  (M.  D.),  .  .  .  Ind.,   1874 

Stewart,  George  Taylor  (A.  M.),  .  .  N.  Y., 1882 

Stewart,  George  W., Pa., 1883 

Stewart,  Henry  Knox,   Pa.,  1869 

Stiles,  John  A.,    Ct.,   1858 

Stiles,  William,  Jr.,   Pa., 1875 

Still,  Horace,   Pa., 1877 

Stirk,  James  C, Pa.,  1891 

Stilson,  Edward  Henry, 111., 1871 

Stilson,  Willard  C, Me.,    1880 

Stitzel,  Jonas  Wakefield  (M.  E.),  .  Pa., 1896 

Stoddart,  Alfred  P., Pa., 1880 

Stokes,  Hiram  M., Md.,    1884 

Stone,  Joshua,   N.  Y.,  (d.  1859),  .  .  1852 

Stoufifer,  David  Ryder, Pa.,  (d.  1874), 1871 

Stout,  Henry  V.  S.,    Del.,   1893 

Straube,  Rudolph,   Pa., 1878 

Straughn,  Clinton  Clement, Pa., 1896 


LIST   OF   GRADUATES.  827 

Straup,  David  W., Pa., 1877 

Strayer,  Robert  F., Pa., 1881 

Streeter,  George  Dallas, Neb., 1872 

Streets,  David  R.  (M.  D.), N.  J.,   1881 

Streets,  Jacob  G., Del,   1866 

Stretch,  Joshua  B., Pa.,  (d.  1865),  ....  1853 

Strickler,  David  A., Pa.,  1881 

Strock,  Henry  Borrell, Pa., 1894 

Strong,  J.  Wilmer,  Pa.,   1879 

Strong,  Walter,  Pa., 1890 

Strouse,  Henry  St.  George, Pa.,  1886 

Struck,  D.  Felix  (Sp.), Havana,  1861 

Stubbs,  George  P.,   Pa., 1890 

Sturgus,  John  J.,  Ky.,  (d.  i860), 1856 

Sturgus,  John  J.,   D.  C., 1883 

Suess,  Henry  C.  (M.  D.), Mo., 1878 

Suffa,  George  A.  (M.  D.), R.  I., 1889 

Summers,  Robert  S., Pa., 1889 

Sumner,  Charles, N.  Y.,  (d.  1888),  . .  1856 

Sumner,  Thomas  F., Mass.,  (d.  1888),  .  .  1863 

Sunanday,  Francis  Wesley,  Pa., : 1897 

Suplee,  William  Zerns  (A.  B.),  . . .  Pa., 1897 

Sutphen,  John  Thomas, O.,   187 1 

Sutton,  J.  L.  (M.  D.), Pa.,  (d.  1863),  ....  1856 

Swan,  Frank  Salisbury, N.  Y., 1876 

Swan,  Samuel,  N.  Y.,  (d.  1893),  .  .  1867 

Swartz,  J.  Ross,  Pa., 1879 

Swinney,  Curtis  O., N.  J.,   1878 

Swinney,  John  Gillette, N.  J.,  (d.  1894),  .  .  1872 

Swormstedt,  Lyman  B., Md.,    1877 

Swift,  Edward  Pease,   N.  Y., .  1881 

Sykes,  John  Wesley, N.  Y., 1855 

Taber,  John  Duncan, Mass.,    1859 

Tabor,  John  M., Vt,  1880 

Taft,  George  H.,   R.  I., 1857 

Tait,  Alexander, Eng.,  1875 

Talavera,  Ismael  (M.  D.), Mexico., 1882 

Talbot,  I.  Tisdale, Mass., 1853 


828  LIST  OP   GRADUATES. 

Talmage,  Eugene,   O.,   1891 

Tantum,  James  D.  (M.  D.), N.  J., 1879 

Tantum,  Joseph  R., N.  J., ,  1865 

Tatem,  Jeptha  William, N.  J.,  (d.  1870),  .  . .  1870 

Taxil,  L.  V.  M.  (Sp.), La.,  (d.  1864),  ....  1858 

Taylor,  Amos  Ogden,    Pa., 1883 

Taylor,  Richard  G., Pa.,  (d.  1872),  ....  1862 

Taylor,  William  Gardiner,  Pa.,  1870 

Taylor,  Wm.  Henry, Pa., 1895 

Taylor,  William  S.,  N.  J.,   ...........  1887 

Teague,  James  P.,  Can.,  W.,  ........  1859 

Tebo,  Levi  D.,  Pa., 1873 

Tegtmeier,  Charles  Edwin,   Pa., , .  1892 

Tegtmeier,  Christian   F.,    Pa.,   1885 

Terry,  Jose  Antonio, Cuba,   1871 

Thacher,  George  Hoover, Pa., 1892 

Thatcher,  Jesse  Williams, F'a., 1871 

Thayer,  H.  Reidel, Pa.,  .......... . . .  1855 

Thomas,  Amos     Russell     (M.     D., 

Hon.), Pa.,  (d.  1895),  .  .' .  .  1886 

Thomas,  Albert   D.,    Pa., 1881 

Thomas,  Charles  H., Md.,    1873 

Thomas,  Charles  Monroe  (A.  B.),.  Pa.,  . 1871 

Thomas,  Edward  C,  . Pa., 1892 

Thomas,  Edwin  R.  (M.  D.), Pa.,  (d.  1882),  ....  1882 

Thomas,  Frank  William,   Pa.,  (d.), 1871 

Thomas,   Henry,   Eng.,  (d.  1894),     . .  1855 

Thomas,  John  Sperry,    Pa.,  (d.  1893), 1879 

Thompson,  Augustine, Me., 1867 

Thompson,  Charles  H., N.  Y., 1867 

Thompson,  Charles  S.  W.,   O.,   1880 

Thompson,  Eugene  C,  O., 1870 

Thompson,  George  F.,  N.  J.,   1877 

Thompson,  James  Gilmore, Pa., 1872 

Thompson,  James  J.,    N.  J.,   1893 

Thomson,  James  William,  Pa., 1875 

Thompson,  Jos.  Marshall  (M.  D.),.  R.  L, .  1879 

Thompson,  Landreth  W., Pa.,  1887 

Thompson,  William  L., Mass.,  (d.  1894),  .  ..  1857 


LIST   OF   GRADUATES.  829 

Thompson,  William  M., Pa., 1877 

Thorne,  Joshua,   Md.,  (d.  1893),  .  1856 

Thorne,  Nathan,   N.  J.,   1898 

Thurston,  Leon  M., Va., 1896 

Tindall,  Charles  L., Pa., 1888 

Tindall,  Harry  Brooks  (A.  B.),  .  . .  Pa.,  (d.  1892),  ....  1890 

Tindall,  Van  Room  R., Pa.,  . 1864 

Titman,  George  Willis, N.  J.,   . 1883 

Titsworth,  Randolph,  N.  Y.,  (d.  1890),  .  .  1853 

Tomlin,  Richard  Elmer, Pa., ....:..  1889 

Tomlinson,  William  Hains, Pa., 1875 

Tonkm,  William, Pa., 1886 

Toothaker,  Charles  Everett, Vt,  (d.  1890), 185 1 

Torre  y  Alphonso,  John  de  la  (Sp.),  Cuba, 1858 

Torres,  Peter  Joseph  de  (Sp.),  .  ,  .  Cuba, 1859 

Tortat,  A.  Emile, Pa., 1888 

Towner,  Enoch,  Jr., Pa.,  (d.),  .  . , .  1856 

Townsend,  John  Shortwell,  Md., 1874 

Trafiford,  Alfred  Freeman, N.  J.,  (d.  1895),  .  . .  1877 

Traganza,  Frederick,    Pa., 1894 

Trego,  Edwin  H.  (M.  D.), Pa.,  (d.), 1866 

Tretton,  John  Kelliper, Pa., 1888 

Trew,  Bartus  (M.  D.),  Md., 1891 

Trinkle,  Samuel  Myers, Pa., 1872 

Trinkle,  Wilmer  W.,    Pa., 1888 

Tripp,  Joseph  Charles,  Pa., 1894 

Trites,  Charles  Sutton,   Pa., 1896 

Trites,  William  Budd  (A.  B.),  ....  Pa.,  (d.  1890),  ....  1869 

Troyer,  Jacob  Mast,   Ill,    1861 

Truitt,  Rulifif  Lawrence, Del.,   1898 

Tucker,  Samuel  G., R.  I.,   1865 

Tudor,  Robert  M.,  Pa., 1893 

TuUer,  John  J., N.  J.,   1892 

Tuller,  Malcolm  Bacon,   N.  J.,   1873 

Tullis,  Eli,  N.  J 1879 

Turner,  John, Mich.,  (d.), 1853 

Turner,  William  B.  (M.  D.),    Md.,    1879 

Twinn,  Clark  H., N.  Y., 1879 


830  LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 

Twitchell,Adelbert  B.  Jr., N.  J.,   1898 

Tyson,  James  M.,  Pa.,  1892 


Ulrich,  Sylvester,  Pa., 1890 

Umstead,  David  B.,    Pa., 1878 

Underbill,  Eugene,    Pa.,  1893 

Underwood,  Benoni  W  F.,  Pa., 1868 

Underwood,  F.  H.  (M.  D.) Mass.,  (d.  1879),   .  1867 

Underwood,  H.  A., Pa., 1873 

Ure,  Walter  (A.  M.,  M.  D.), Pa., 1868 

Urie,  James  William, Md.,    1886 

Urie,  Wm.  Thomas  (A.  B.,  M.  D.),  Md.,  (d.  1897),  .  .  .  1867 

Ustick,  Clarence  M.  (A.  B.), O., 1890 

Ustick,  H.  Page, O., 1883 

Utley,  James  (M.  D.),   Mass.,    1875 

Van  Artsdalen,  Christopher  (A.B.),  Pa., 1874 

Van  Baun,  William  W.,   Pa., 1880 

Van  Derveer,  George  U., N.  J.,   1873 

Van  Duerson,  George  L,  (D.  D.  S.),  Tex., 1896 

Van  Fleet,  Walter,  Pa., 1880 

Van  Gunten,  Fredk.  J.,  Jr.  (A.  B.),.  Pa., 1889 

Van  Lennep,  Gustav  A., Pa., 1.894 

Van  Lennep,  William  B., Mass., 1880 

Vansant,  Monroe  L.,    Pa., 1857 

Van  Tine,  John  Lewis,  Jr., Pa., 1893 

Varona,  Adolph  A.  de, Cuba,  (d.  1888),  .  .  .  1858 

Vastine,  Thomas  Jefferson  (M.  D.),  Mo.,  (d.  1873),  .  .  .  1851 

Vaughn,  William  Lewis, Del.,   1892 

Vaughan,  Ernest  M., Pa., 1893 

Verdi,  Tullio  Suzzara,    Italy, 1856 

Vernon,  Thomas,  R.  L, 1853 

Virgin,  William  T.,  la.,    1867 

Vischer,  Carl  V.,  Pa., 1887 

Voak,  J.  Benson, N.  Y., 1866 

Voak,  J.  Emery  (M.  D.), Pa.,  (d.), 1866 

Von  Gerhardt,  Adolph  (M.  D.),  .  ..Pa.,  1868 

Von  Tagen,  Charles  Henry, Pa.,  (d.  1880),  ....  1858 


LIST   OF   GRADUATES.  83 1 

Waaser,  J.   Edward,    Pa.,  1893 

Wade,  John  K.,  Pa.,  (d.  1889),  ....  1882 

Wadsworth,  Robert,    N.  Y., 1876 

Waggoner,  George  J.,    la.,    1855 

Wagner,  Charles,  Pa., 1892 

Wakeman,  John  A.  (M.  D.), O.,  (d.  1887),  ....  1853 

Walborn,  Mathias,    Md.,    1887 

Waldmann,  Paul  B.,  Cal.,    1884 

Walker,  Charles  E., Mass.,    1873 

Walker,  Charles   Henry,    N.  H.,  (d.  1887),  .  .  1853 

Walker,  Mahlon  M.,  Pa.,  (d.  1896),  ....  1867 

Walker,  William  E.,   Me., 1891 

Wall,  Benjamin  P., Cal.,    1880 

Wallace,  Clarence  J.,   N.  J.,   1889 

Wallace,  Gilbert  Edward, N.  J.,  1896 

Wallace,  J.  W.  (Sp.), C.  W.,  (d.), 1862 

Wallens,  Miles  W.,   Pa.,  (d.   1874),   ...  1862 

Walley,  Louis  Plette,   Pa., 1883 

Walter,  Charles  Henry, Del.,   1894 

Walter,  Jacob  A.,   Pa.,  1887 

Walter,  John  P.,   Pa.,  1883 

Walter,  Joseph  S.,   Pa., 1855 

Walter,  Robert,  Pa.,  1888 

Walter,  Ziba  D.,  Del,  1866 

Walters,  Edward  Reginald, Pa., 1894 

Walrad,  Caleb  Beakley, N.  Y., 1871 

Wandell,  James,  Pa.,  (d.),   1873 

Ward,  Edward  Rufus,    Pa.,  (d.  1888), 1864 

Ward,  John     Augustine     (M.     D., 

Hon.), N.  Y.,  (d.  1880),  .  .  1855 

Ward,  John  D.,   Pa.,  1887 

Ward,  John  McE., Pa., 1891 

Ward,  Joseph  B.,   N.  J.,   1857 

Ward,  Walter  (M.  D.,  Hon.), N.  J.,  (d.  1888),  .  .  .  1855 

Ward,  William  Ford, NY., 1897 

Ward,  William  Rankin,  Jr., N.  J., 1893 

Wardwell,  Percival  G.,  Mass.,  1869 

Ware,  Francis  Vernon, N.  J.,   1896 

Ware,  Horace  Bacon, N.  J.,   1886 


832  LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 

Wareheim,  William  W., Md.,  (d.  1892),  .  .  .  1878 

Warner,    N.  H.  (M.  D.,  Hon.),  .  .  N.  Y., 1856 

Warren,  Erastus  B.,   N.  Y.,  (d.  1897),  .  .  i860 

Warren,  Solomon  C,  N.  Y., 1855 

Warrington,  Joseph  H.,  Pa.,  (d.  1887),  ....  1877 

Wasgatt,  Rowland  John,   Me., 1896 

Waters,  Harry  Lee, Fa., 1877 

Watson,  Franklin, Pa., 1897 

Watson,  William  Henry,   R.  L, 1854 

Watters,  Fowler  Alfred,  N.  Y., 1892 

Watts,  Harry  Adelbert,  N.  H., 1897 

Watigh,  Theodore  Rogers,  N.  Y., 1872 

Way,  Jacob  Heald  (M.  D.),  ......  Neb.,  (d.  1887),  .  . .  1872 

Wayland,  Charles  A., Cal.,    1891 

Weaver,  Chandler, Pa.,  1879 

Weaver,  Charles  W., Pa., 1884 

Weaver,  Daniel  Witwer,  Pa.,  1896 

Weaver,  George  Philip, Pa.,  1894 

Weaver,  Harry  S., Pa.,   1892 

Weaver,  Rufus  B.  (M.  D.,  Hon.),  .  Pa.,  1891 

Weaver,  Sylvester  Bachman, Pa., 1872 

Weaver,  William  Arthur, Pa., 1896 

Weaver,  Willis   P.,    N.  Y., 1883 

Webb,  Charles  Valores, O., 1898 

Webb,  Lanphear  W.,   O., 1878 

Webner,  Henry  William,   Md.,    1875 

Webster,  Frank  P.  (M.  D.), Va.,  1879 

Webster,  George  C.  (Ph.  G.),  ....  Pa.,  1893 

Webster,  Samuel  C.  (Ph.  G.),  ....  Pa., 1890 

Weed,  Theodore  J., Pa.,   1854 

Weeks,  Robert  D.,   Pa.,  (d.  1888),  ....  1861 

Wehrmann,  Ernest  Augustus,  ....  O., 1872 

Weiler,  Harry  K., N.  J.,   1883 

Wells,  Charles  H.  (D.  D.  S.),  ....  Pa.,  1891 

Wells,  Thompson  M.,   O., 1875 

Wendt,  Charles  I., Pa.,  1895 

Werder,  Maximilian,    Pa.,   1866 

Wessels,  Lewis  C,   Pa.,  1892 

West,  James  A., N.  Y., 1868 


I,IST   OF   GRADUATES.  833 

West,  Seymour,    N.  Y.,  (d.),   1853 

Westney,  Alfred  W.  (A.  B.),   ....  N.  J.,   1897 

Wetzel,  Harry  Stephenson,   O., 1898 

Wheeler,  William  A., N.  Y.,  (d.  1891),  .  .  1880 

Whelin,  John  J.,   Pa.,   1893 

Whinna,  Rev.  Robert,   Pa.,   1891 

Whinna,  Elmer  G.,   Pa.,   1891 

White,  George  E., Me.,    1880 

White,  Joseph  B.,   Pa.,  1854 

Whitehead,  Wm.  M.  (A.  M.),  ....  Pa.,  (d.  1874),  ....  1872 

Whitehead,  Willett  W.,  N.  J.,   1881 

Whiteman,  James  Leonard,  Del.,    1896 

Whiton,  Alpha  M., N.  Y., 1881 

Widman,  Frank  H.,    Pa.,   1893 

Widmayer,  William  C, Pa., 1889 

Wiest,  Harry   George,    Pa., 1876 

Wiggin,  Nathan  (M.  D.),  Me.,    1866 

Wilbur,  Bertrand  R.,    Pa., 1891 

Wilberton,  Lawrence  G.,   N.  Y., 1880 

Wilcox,  Asa  S.,   Minn., 1885 

Wilcox,  Franklin  Samuel, Pa.,  1894 

Wilcox,  Frederick  P., Pa., 1886 

Wilcox,  Henry  T.,   Pa.,  (d.  1888), 1881 

Wilcox,  William  B.,   Pa., 1857 

Wilder,  Daniel, Mass., 1851 

Wilder,  Louis  de  Valois, N.  Y., 1855 

Wiley,  Edward  B.,  N.  J.,  1882 

Wilford,  Harry  H., Pa.,   1893 

Wilkinson,  James  John  Garth  (Sp.),  Eng.,    1853 

Wilkinson,  Ross  M.,    Pa.,  (d.), 1853 

Willard,  Ephraim  S.,   Mass.,  (d.  1873),  .  .  i860 

Willard,  Lewis  H.,  Pa., 1866 

Williams,  Alban,   Pa.,  (d.  1887), 1858 

Will'iams,  Carl  Alonzo  (D.  D.  S.),.  Ct.,   1895 

Williams,  Edwin  C,   Pa.,  (d.  1881),  ....  1878 

Williams,  Franklin  E.  (M.  D.),   .  .  N.  J.,   1879 

Williams,  George  Cushman, Pa.,  (d.  1870),  ....  1851 

Williams,  George  Washington,  .  .  .  Kan.,  (d.  1888),  .  .  1872 

Williams,  Harry  Eldridge, Pa 1866 

54 


834  I-IST   OF    GRADUATES. 

Williams,  Herbert  Forest, Pa.,   1896 

Williams,  John  C,   Vt,  (d.), 1891 

Williams,  John  Henry, Pa.,   1856 

Williams,  Theodore  S., Pa.,  (d.  1889),  ....  1850 

Williams,  Thomas  C,   Pa.,   1853 

Williams,  William  C,   N.  J.,   1877 

Williams,  William  Kennedy, Pa., 1871 

Williamson,  Alonzo  Potter, Pa.,   1876 

Williamson,  Matthew  Strong, Pa.,   1872 

Williamson,  Waher  Martin, Pa.,  (d.  1874), 1857 

Willets,  William,   Pa.,  1865 

Wilmot,  Ephraim  F.  (M.  D.), N.  Y., 1854 

Wilson,  A.   J.,    Del.,   1865 

Wilson,  Charles  S., Del,   1866 

Wilson,  Daniel  A., Pa.,   1890 

Wilson,  David  (M.  R.  C.  S.,  Sp.),  .  Eng.,  (d.  1889)  .  .  .  1865 

Wilson,  Frank,   O., 1891 

Wilson,  George  W.  S.  (M.  D.),  .  .  Pa.,  1868 

Wilson,  Harry  Deacon, Pa.,  1897 

Wilson,  J.  Conner,  Pa.,  (d.  1898),  ....  1893 

Wilson,  J.  Theodore N.  J.,  (d.  1882),  ..  .  1881 

Wilson,  Lewis  D.  (B.  S.,  M.  D.),  .  .  D.  C, 1891 

Wilson,  M.  T.,  Ill,    1869 

Wilson,  Pusey,   Del,    1862 

Wilson,  Thomas  J.,    N.  Y., 1877 

Wiltbank,  Comly  J.,   Pa.,  (d.), 1868 

Wiltbank,  Rutledge  T., Pa.,  1891 

Winne,  Frank  A.,    N.  Y., 1878 

Winslow,  William  H.  (M.  D.),  ....  Pa.,  1877 

Wismer,  Gabriel  F., N.  Y., 1855 

Witzel,  Joseph  R.,  Pa.,  1890 

Wix,  George  B., Pa.,  1890 

Wolfe,  George, Pa.,  (d.), 1855 

Woll,  Albert  Frederick,   Pa.,  1896 

Wood,  Henry  C, Pa.,  1867 

Wood,  James  Bayard, Pa.,  (d.  1889), 1854 

Wood,  John  Gage, N.  H.,  (d.  1859),  . .  1852 

Wood,  Orlando  S., Ct.,   i860 

Wood,  O.  S.  (M.  D.), Pa.,  1868 


I,IST   OP   GRADUATES.  835 

Wood,  Theodore  Frelinghuysen,  ,  .  Pa., 1872 

Woodbury,  B.  C, Me.,    1866 

Woodman,  Isaac  N., Pa.,   1893 

Woodman,  Robert  Carlile, Pa., 1896 

Woodruff,  William  Lawrence,   ....  N.  J., 1882 

Woodward,  George  D.,   N.  J.,   1884 

Woodward,  Lewis, Del.,  (d.  1883),  .  .  .  1871 

Woodward,  Wells,  O., 1891 

Woods,  Frank  Aylmer, Mass., 1893 

Woods,  Jarvis  U.,   Me., 1868 

Woods,  Stephen, Pa.,   1875 

Wootten,  William,   N.  J.,   1882 

Worthington,  Anthony  H., Pa.,   i860 

Worthington,  Henry  R.,   N.  J.,   1886 

Wright,  Albert,   Pa.,  (d.  1874), 1874 

Wright,  Augustus  S.,   O., 1850 

Wright,  Charles  Edwin, Pa.,   1883 

M^right,  George  (M.  D.), N.  J., 1868 

Wright,  Joseph  E.,   Pa., 1884 

Wright,  S.  B.  (M.  D.), Mich.,  (d.  1886),  .  .  1867 

Wright,  William  E., N.  J.,   1890 

Wrigley,  Jonathan  Kay, Pa.,   i877 

Wrisley,  John  A.,  N.  H., 1881 

Wurtz,  Charles  B.,  Pa.,  1880 

Wurtz,  John  B., Pa.,   1876 

Yeagley,  John  M.,   Pa.,   1878 

Yeagley,  James  M.,  Pa., 1884 

Yearsley,  William,  Pa.,  1881 

Yerkes,  Erank  Edgar,   Pa.,   1894 

Yocum,  Charles  Alvin, Pa.,   1885 

Young,  Charles  B.,  Pa., 1881 

Young,  James  A.,   Ky., 1868 

Young,  John  William  (A.  M.), O., 1893 

Young,  William  S.  S.,  .' Pa., 1888 

Younghusband,  Lancelot   (A.    M., 

M.  D.), Mich.,  (d.  1898),  .  .  1866 

Yourex,  Edmund  L.,  Canada 1892 


836  LIST   OF   GRADUATES. 

Zantzinger,  Alfred,   Pa.,  (d.  1873),  ....  1861 

Zeitler,  Augustus  E., Pa.,   1867 

Zerns,  William  Maurice, N.  J.,  (d.  1887),  .  .  1872 

Zoller,  William,    N.  Y., 1878 

Ziegenfuss,  Abram  Frank, Pa.,  1879 

Zimmerman,  Solomon  (D.  D.  S.),  .  Canada 1877 

Zurzunegui,  Sanchez  (M.  D.),  ....  Cuba,  (d.), 1856 


Total  Number, 2372 


GRADUATES  WHO  ARE  TEACHERS. 


Graduates  of  Hahnemann  who  are  now  Teaching  in  Medicai, 

Coi,i.EGES. — With  Name,  Year  of  Graduation,  Present 

ConEGE,  Office,  Chair. 

Adams,  G.  S.,  1876,  Boston  University,  Instructor  in  Mental  Diseases. 

Anderson,  J.  W.,  1882,  Denver  Horn.  Med.  College,  Surgery. 

Ashcraft,  I^eon  P.,  1890,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Ivecturer  on 
Venereal  Diseases. 

Babbitt,  Zeno  B.,  1890,  Southern  Homoeopathic  College,  Baltimore, 
Medical  Diseases  of  Women. 

Barnard,  J.  S.,  1882,  Southern  Homoeopathic  of  Baltimore,  Gynae- 
cology. 

Bartlett,  Clarence,  1879,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Mental  and 
Nervous  Diseases. 

Bayley,  W.  D.,  1880,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Insanity  and 
Clinical  Instructor  in  Neurology. 

Beaumont,  J.  F.,  1877,  Dunham  College  of  Chicago,  Ophthalmology 
and  Otology. 

Benson,  Frank  C,  Jr.,  1894,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Demon- 
strator of  Surgery. 

Bigler,  W.  H.,  1871,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Physiology  and 
Pediatrics. 

Bishop,  W.  H.,  1889,  New  York  Horn.  Med.  College  and  Hospital, 
Fractures  and  Dislocations. 

Boericke,  William,  1880,  Hahnemann  of  San  Francisco,  Materia 
Medica  and  Therapeutics. 

Bradford,  T.  L,.,  1869,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  History  of 
Medicine. 

Braner,  F.,  1891,  Dunham  College  of  Chicago,  Pathology. 

Bryant,  F.  E.,  1889,  Hahnemann  of  San  Francisco,  Surgery  and 
Descriptive  and  Surgical  Anatomy. 

Burleigh,  W.  J.,  1883,  Missouri  Hom.  Med.  College,  St.  Ivouis, 
Clinical  Diagnosis. 

Campbell,  Duncan,  1895,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Ivecturer  on 
Medical  Terminology. 

Carmichael,  T.  H.,  1886,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Pharmaceutics. 

Clokey,  A.  A.,  1889,  Southwestern  Hom.  College,  Louisville  (Dean), 
Physiology. 

Comstock,  T.  G.,  1851,  Missouri  Hom.  Med.  College,  St.  Louis, 
Emeritus  of  Obstetrics. 


838  GRADUATES   WHO   ARE  TKACHERS. 

Condon,  E.  H.,  1886,  Southern  Homoeopathic  of  Baltimore,  Anatomy. 

Cookman,  Alfred,  1895,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Demonstrator 
of  Pathology. 

Cowperthwait,   A.    C,  1869,    Chicago  Horn.   Med.   College,    Materia 
Medica. 

Dudley,  P.,  1861,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,   (Dean)   Institutes  of 
Medicine  and  Hygiene. 

Edgerton,  Mark,   1879,  Kansas  City  Homoeopathic  Medical   College, 
Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics. 

Gilchrist,   J.  G.,   1869,    Iowa    University   Hom.    Dep't.    (Registrar), 
Surgery  and  Surgical  Gynaecology. 

Goodrich,  A.  F.,  1889,   Hom.  Dep't.,  University  Minnesota,  Skin  and 
Genito-Urinary  Diseases. 

Goodno,  W.  C,  1870,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Practice. 

Gramm,  E.  M.,  1880,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Dermatology. 

Haines,  O.  S.,  1882,   Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Clinical  Professor 
of  Medicine. 

Hall,  P.  Sharpies,   1891,  Hahnemann   of  Philadelphia,   Professor  of 
Pathology  and  Director  of  Histological  Laboratories. 

Harris,  R.  J.,  1894,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Ass't.  in  Chemistry. 

Hawkes,    W.    J.,    1867,    Hering   of   Chicago,    Materia   Medica    and 
Clinical  Medicine. 

Helmuth,  William  Tod,  1853,  New  York  Hom.  Med.  College  (Dean), 
Surgery. 

Howard,  E.  M.,   1877,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Associate  Pro- 
fessor of  Materia  Medica. 

James,  J.  E.,  1886,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia  (Honorary),  Gynae- 
cology. 

Janney,  O.  E.,  1882,   Southern  Hom.  College  of  Baltimore,  Diseases 
of  Children. 

Jessup,  H.  I.,   1884,   Hahnemann,   Lecturer   on   Ophthalmology  and 
Otology  and  Clinical  Instructor. 

King,  W.  R.,    1881,  Southern  Hom.  College  of  Baltimore,   Ophthal- 
mology and  Otology. 

Leonard,   W.  E.,   1879,    Hom.  Dep't.,  University  of  Minnesota,    Ma- 
teria Medica. 

Lufkin,  H.  M.,  1884,  Hom.  Dep't.,  University  of  Minnesota,  Diseases 
of  Children. 

Luyties,  C.  J.,  1885,  Missouri  Homoeopathic  College,  St.  Louis.   Clin- 
ical Pedagogy. 

Maires,  W.  M.,  1893,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,   Demonstrator  of 
Histology. 

Mann,  E.  L.,   1886,   Hom.  Dept.,  University  of  Minnesota,    Diseases 
of  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat. 

Matchan,  R.  D.,  1879,   Hom.   Dep't.,  University  of  Minnesota,    Sur- 
gery. 

McDonald,  T.  L.,  1888,  Southern  Hom.  Med.  College  of  Baltimore, 
Surgery. 


GRADUATES  WHO  ARK  TKACHERS.  839 

Mercer,  E.  W.,  1884,  Hahnemann  of  Phila.,  Obstetrics. 

Messerve,   F.  W.,  1885,   Habinemann  of  Philadelphia,   Ivecturer  and 
Demonstrator  in  Histology  and  Instructor  in  Ophthalmology. 

Mifflin,  R.  W.,    1876,  Southern  Horn.  Med.   College    of    Baltimore, 
Practice  of  Medicine. 

Mohr,  Charles,  1875,   Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia  (Registrar),    Ma- 
teria Medica  and  Therapeutics. 

Monroe,   A.  L.,     1879,    Southwestern    Horn.    College    of    Louisville 
(Dean),  Gynaecology. 

Nichols,  C,  1892,    Southern   Horn,    of   Baltimore,    Demonstrator   in 
Ophthalmology  and  Otology. 

Northrop,  H.  L.,  1889,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Anatomy. 

Ogden,  B.   H.,  1885,   Hom.  Dep't,  University  of  Minnesota,  Obstet- 
rics. 

Palmer,  L.  R.,  1892,  Southern  Hom.  College  of  Baltimore,  Demon- 
strator of  Obstetrics. 

Pearce,  R.  W.,  1877,  Southwestern  Hom.  College  of  lyouisville,  Ob- 
stetrics. 

Peterson,  A.  C,  1877,  Hahnemann  of  San  Francisco,  Diseases  of  the 
Throat  and  Anatomy  of  the  Eye  and  Ear. 

Price,  E.  C,   1875,  Southern  Hom.   College   of   Baltimore,    Materia 
Medica. 

Ricker,  G.  E.,  1878,  Hom.  Dep't,   University  of  Minnesota,  Clinical 
Medicine  and  Physical  Diagnosis. 

Rotzell,  W.  E.,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Lecturer  on  Botany  and 
Zoology. 

Rumsey,  C.  L.,  1890,  Southern  Hom.  College  of  Baltimore,   Clinical 
Ophthalmology. 

Severinghaus,    E.  A.,  1891,   Southwestern  Hom.  College   Louisville, 
Minor  Surgery. 

Shallcross,  I.   G.,   1887,   Hahnemann,   of   Philadelphia,  Lecturer  on 
Rhinology  and  Laryngology  and  Clinical  Instructor. 

Smedley,  I.  G.,  1880,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Lecturer  on  Gynae- 
cology and  Clinical  Instructor. 

Smith,  J.  Heber,  1866,  Boston  University,  Materia  Medica. 

Snader,  E.  R.,  1884,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Professor  of  Physi- 
cal Diagnosis. 

Speakman,  W.  W.,  1887,   Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,   Clinical  In- 
structor in  Otology. 

Strickler,  D.  A.,  1881,  Denver  Hom.  Med.  College,  History  of  Medi- 
cine, Organic  and  Medical  Terminology. 

Talbot,  I.  T.,  1853,  Boston  University  (Dean),  Surgery. 

Thomas,  C.  H.,  1873,  Southern  Hom.  College  of  Baltimore,   Clinical 
Medicine  and  Physical  Diagnosis. 

Thomas,  C.  M.,  1871,   Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,   Ophthalmology 
and  Otology. 

Thompson,  L-  W.,    1887,   Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,   Lecturer  on 
Minor  Surgery  and  Emergencies. 


840  GRADUATES   WHO   ARK   TEACHERS. 

Trew,  B.,  1891,  Southern  Horn.  College  of  Baltimore,  Demonstrator 
of  Diseases  of  Children. 

Van  Lennep,  W.  B.,  1880,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Surgery. 

Vischer,  Carl  V.,  1887,  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Surgical 
Pathology. 

Weaver,  R.  B.,  1891  (Honorary),  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  Pro- 
fessor of  Regional  and  Applied  Anatomy  and  Demonstrator. 

Williamson,  A.  P.,  1S76,  Horn.  Dep't,  University  of  Minnesota 
(Dean),  Mental  and  Nervous  Diseases  and  Medical  Jurisprudence. 

Yourex,  B.  L.,  1892,  Southern  Horn.  College  of  Baltimore,  Chief  of 
Clinic. 


PART  IV. 

Complete  List  of  Officers  of  the  College. 
Complete  List  of  the  Faculty  and  Lecturers. 
Synopsis  of  Commencements. 

Dates  of  Introductory  Lectures. 
Rosters. 


Complete  List  of  Officers  of  the  College. 


Advisory  Board. 

Bartol,  B.  H.,  i89i-'95. 

Belfield,  T.  Broom,  iSgo-'QS. 

Berens,  Joseph,  M.  D.,  iSSs-'gS. 

Bergner,  C.  William,  1889-98. 

Church,  W.  A.,  i887-'98. 

Clothier,  Isaac  H.,  1890-' 98. 

Collins,  Alfred  M.,  i883-'96. 

Cook,  Joel,  1883-93. 

Crozer,  J.  I^ewis,  1 883-' 97. 

Day,  Conrad  B.,  1887-98. 

Dick,  John,  1888-98. 

Downing,  R.  H.,  i885-'98. 

Duhring,  Rev.  Herman  C,  i89i-'98. 

Fassitt,  Horace,  1 896-' 98. 

Furness,  Horace  Howard,  Ph.  D.,  LXi.  D.,  i887-'( 

Furness,  Rev.  W.  H.,  D.  D.,  i887-'96. 

Garrett,  Caspar,  1 887-' 98. 

Hanna,  Hon.  Wm.  B.,  1883-86. 

Harrah,  Charles  J.,  Jr.,  1 885-' 87. 

Hart,  William  H.,  Jr.,  i890-'98. 

Houston,  H.  H.,  i89i-'96. 

Houston,  Samuel  F.,  1 896-' 98. 

Hunter,  John,  i883-'85. 

Hurley,  W.  H.,  i89i-'98. 

Hey,  Emanuel,  1 88.5-' 92. 

Ingersoll,  Wyllys  K.,  M.  D.,  1893-98. 

James,  Bushrod  W.,  M.  D.,  i883-'84,  '85  to  '98. 

Jeanes,  Joseph,  i887-'95. 

Karsner,  Daniel,  M.  D.,  1887,  1890. 

Kennedy,  Francis  W.,  i883-'85. 

Kitchen,  James,  M.  D.,  1883-95. 


844  OlfFICERS   OF  THB  COLLEGE. 

I,ee,  J.  K.,  M.  D.,  i883-'88. 

lyoper,  Richard  F.,  1 893-' 95. 

Martin,  Henry  Noah,  M.  D.,  i885-'9o. 

McLeod,  G.  I.,  M.  D.,  i885-'98. 

Milne,  Caleb  J.,  1885-98. 

Moorhead,  J.  Barlow,  1 883-' 90. 

Morris,  John  T.,  i89i-'92. 

Neidhard,  Charles,  M.  D.,  i883-'95. 

Price,  J.  Sergeant,  Esq.,  i890-'9i. 

Reed,  Charles  D.,  i887-'89. 

Sellers,  Coleman,  i883-'9i. 

Stetson,  JohnB.,  i896-'98. 

Strawbridge,  Justus  C,  i890-'98. 

Stevenson,  John  B.,  1 883-' 84. 

Smith,  Charles  Emory,  1 896-' 98. 

Smith,  JohnF.,  i887-'89. 

Sweetser,  Rev.  Edwin  C,  D.  D.,  i895-'98 

Thomas,  George  C,  i889-'95. 

Townsend,  Henry  C,  1883-98. 

Warren,  Rev.  Bishop  Henry  W.,  i883-'9S 

Worcester,  Wilham  L^.,  1895-98. 

Corporation  Trustees. 

Barrett,  Rev.  B.  F.,  187 1-' 76. 
Boericke,  F.  E.,  1867,  i882-'83. 
Brown,  W.  Hobart,  1871,  i882-'83. 
Burnham,  George,   i87i-'83. 
Butler,  Bayard,  i876-'78. 
Carrowjohn,  i87i-'83. 
Coffin,  Lemuel,  i88o-'83. 
Cooke,  Jay,  Jr.,  i87i-'83, 
Dick,  John,  i87i-'83. 
Davis,  Hon.  William  Morris,  i87i-'75. 
Evans,  Oliver,  i87i-'83. 
Fennimore,  Jason  L. ,  1 867-' 69. 
Fleck,  William  A.,  i878-'83. 
Gregg,  Henry  L.,  i878-'83. 
Keehmle,  William  C,  187 1-' 82. 
Kennedy,  Francis  W.,  i876-'83. 


OFFICERS   OF   THE   COLLEGE.  845 

Knight,  Edward  C,  187 1-' 73. 

Koch,  Augustus  W.,  1 867-' 76. 

Lawrance,  Edward  S.,  i867-'78  (Chairman). 

Lewis,  Richard  A.,  1876-84. 

Marshall,  John  A.,  1 867-' 76. 

Malcom,  Howard,  D.  D.,  1 867-' 79. 

McGeorge,  William,  Jr.,  1871-83. 

Midnight,  John  T.,  1 867-' 73. 

Norton,  Charles  F.,  1869-71. 

Pratt,  D.  T.,  i869-'7i-'73. 

Potts,  Horace  I.,  1 876-' 83. 

Richardson,  George  J.,  i87i-'75. 

Ramborger,  William  K.,  i878-'83. 

Reed,  James  B.,  1 867-' 80. 

Sexton,  John  W.,  1867-71,  t873-'84. 

Smith,  Pemberton,   i87i-'73. 

Smith,  T.  Guilford,  1 867-' 74. 

Stoddart,  Joseph  M.,  i87i-'84. 

Simons,  George  W.,  1876-83. 

Stevenson,  John  B.,  i88o-'83. 

Troutman,  George  M.,  1867-71. 

Woodward,  Byron,  1 867-' 75. 

Warren,  E.  Burgess,  1 878-' 83. 

Whittaker,  William  M.,  i878-'83. 

Curators. 

Ashton,  A.  H.,  1877  to  i882-'83. 
Earhardt,  J.  R.,  i868-'77. 
Gause,  O.  B.,  1867. 
Gardiner,  Richard,  i867-'7i. 
Houard,  J.  G.,  i867-'78. 
James,  Bushrod  W.,  1 877-' 83. 
Kitchen,  James,  i867-'83. 
Eee,  J.  K.,  i868-'83. 
Lentz,  H.  S.,  i867-'7i. 
McClatchey,  Robert  J.,  i869-'77. 
Neidhard,  Charles,    i867-'83. 
Williamson,  Walter,  i867-'7i. 


846  OFFICERS   OF  THE   COLI.EGE. 


Deans. 

Beakley,  Jacob,  1 859-' 60. 
Brooks,  Silas  S.,  1861-62,  i863-'64. 
Dudley,  Pemberton,  1896-98. 
Gardiner,  William  A.,  i85i-'52  to  i855-'56. 
Guernsey,  H.  N.,  i865-'6to  i868-'9,  i87i-'72  to  i873-'74. 
Heermann,  Chas.,  1 864-' 65. 
Hering,  Const.,  1867-68,  1868-69,  i87o-'7i. 
James,  John  E.,  Acting  Dean  from  1894  to  1896. 
Semple,  Matthew,  i860-' 61. 
Thomas,  Amos  R.,  1874-75  to  1 894-' 95. 
Williamson,    Walter,    1848-49    to    iS^o-'si,    i856-'57    to 
i858-'59. 

Managers. 

Agnew,  W.  G.  E.,   185 1-' 60. 

Bishop,  Stillwell  S.,  i849-'50. 

Boiler,  Henry  J.,  i849-'5o. 

Burnham,  George,  1863  to  1865. 

Coxe,  Alfred,  1858. 

Davis,  Edward  M.,  1849-51. 

Deal,  Daniel,  i849-'5i. 

Dillingham,  Simeon,  1850-65. 

Garrigues,  James  R.,  1864  to  '65. 

Glenn,  Benjamin  F.,  1 862-' 64. 

Hoeckley,  T.  H.,  1851. 

Homer,  Henry,  1 855-' 64, 

Johnson,  Eawrence,  1 849-' 50. 

Kennedy,  John  M.,  1849,  and  1863-1864. 

King,  Francis,   1 849-' 50. 

Kelly,  Hon.  William  D.,  1862. 

I^ewis,  E.  M.,   1850. 

Lewis,  Richard  A.,  1 862-' 64. 

I^loyd,  Henry  P.,  1849  to  '60  and  1864. 

Mcintosh,  W.  C,  1851. 

Mehan,  J.  C,  1864. 

Miller,  Benjamin  R.,  1848  to  '52,  i86o-i862-'3. 


OFFICERS  OF  THB   COIvIvEGE.  847 

Milligan,  William  C,  1855-58. 
Moore,  William  H.,  1851-55. 
Peterson,  Thomas  K.,  1851. 
Peterson,  George,  i85o-'57. 
Price,  Joseph  N.,  1861. 
Reeves,  I.  Cooper,  1858-62. 
Sartain,  John,  1849-52. 
Simons,  Henry,  1 863-' 65. 
Tindale,  Hector,  1850  to  1857. 
Townsend,  Henry  C,  186  r. 
Waterman,  Isaac  S.,  i850-'55. 
Waterman,  Isaac  I.,  1849. 
Wetherald,  Haworth,  1 849-' 52. 
Walter,  Jacob  S.,  1862. 
Woodward,  Gavin  H.,  185 9-' 62. 

Presidents. 
Fennimore,  Jason  Iv. ,  1 867-' 69. 
Townsend,  Henry  C,  1861. 
Hanna,  William  B.  Hon.,  1 885-' 98. 
Kennedy,  John  M.,  1863-65. 
Kelly,  Hon.  William  D.,  1862. 
Malcom,  Howard,  D.  D.,  i87i-'79. 
McGeorge,  William,  Jr.,  1 879-' 85. 
Norton,  Charles  F.,  1 869-' 71. 
Parsons,  Hon.  Anson  V.,  1848-61. 
Potter,  Alfred  R.,  1 865-' 69. 

Vice-Presidents. 
Broom,  James  M.,  1848. 
Brown,  Charles,  1848. 
Geisse,  William,  1848. 
McGeorge,  William—.,  1885-98. 
Snider,  Jacob,  Jr. ,  1848. 

Professorial  Trustees. 
Betts,  B.  F.,  1874-83. 
Dudley,  Pemberton,  1876-83. 
Farrington,  E.  A.,  1874-83. 
Gause,  O.  B.,  i87i-'83. 


848  OFFICERS  OF  THE   COLI.EGE. 

Guernsey,  Henry  N.,  i87i-'74. 
Haeseler,  Charles  H.,  M.  D.,  187 1. 
James,  John  E.,  M.  D.,  1879-83. 
Koch,  Richard,  M.  D.,  1871-73. 
Korndoerfer,  Augustus,  M.  D.,  1 876-' 80. 
Martin,  Henry  Noah,  M.  D.,  1871-76. 
Macfarlan,  Malcolm,  M.  D.,  i87i-'76. 
McClatchey,  R.  J.,  M.  D.,  1 877-' 83. 
Morgan,  John  C,  i87i-'75. 
Stephens,  L/emuel,  iSji-S^. 
Thomas,  A.  R.,  i87i-'83. 
Thomas,  Charles  M.,  i879-'83. 

Registrars. 

Frost,  J.  H.  P.,  1865,  1866,  1867. 
Gardiner,  Wm.  A.,  1850-185 1. 
Gause,  O.  B.,  i873-'74  to  i887-'88 
Helmuth,  Wm.  Tod,  1857. 

James,  John  E. ,  1 888-' 89  to  1 895-' 96,    (Acting  Dean  and 
Registrar,  1894  to  1896. 

Koch,  Richard,  1 867-' 68  to  1 872-' 73. 
Loomis,  J.  G. ,  1851  to  1854. 
Macfarlan,  Malcolm,  i867-'68,  i868-'69. 
Mohr,  Charles,  1896-97,  i897-'98. 
Reed,  W.  A.,  i856-'57  to  i858-'59. 
Small,  A.  E.,  i854-'55  to  i855-'56. 
Starkey,  G.  R.,  i860-' 61  to  1 863-' 64. 
Wilson,  Pusey,  1864,  1865. 

Secretaries. 

Coxe,  John  Redman,  Jr.  (Corresp. ),  i86o-'6i. 
Foulke,  William  G.,  1 892-' 98. 
Griffith,  Jethro  J.  (Recording),  i86i-'65. 
Hannis,  William  C,  LL.  B.,  i883-'92. 
Hempel,  Charles  J.  (Corresp.),  1859. 
Keene,  Henry  E.,  i865-'69. 
Kitchen,  James  (Corresp.),  i862-'65. 
Marshall,  John  A.,   1 867-' 68, 
Neidhard.  Chas.  (Corresp.),  1848. 


OFFICERS   OF  THE   COLIvEGE.  849 

Pratt,  D.  T.,  1 869-' 83. 

Reed,  W   A.  (Recording),  1 855-' 60. 

Semple,  Matthew  (Recording),  i860. 

Sims,  Francis  (Recording),  1 848-' 55. 

Williamson,  Walter,  M.  D.,  (Corresp.),  1849-59. 

Treasurers. 

Brock,  Richard  S.,  1865-67. 
Madeira,  Louis  C,  1 867-' 69. 
Homer,  Henry,  1 858-' 65. 
Rhoads,  William,  1 848-' 58. 
Sexton,  John  W.,  1867,  i869-'84. 
McAllister,  J.  W.,  1 884-' 98. 
Marshall,  John  A.,  1868. 

Trustees. 

Arthur,  T.  S.,  1865. 
Baldwin,  M.  W.,  1865. 
Baily,  JoelJ.,  i883-'85. 
Barclay,  Richard  D.,  1888-90. 
Barrett,  Rev.  B.  F.,  1867. 
Betts,  B.  F.,  M.  D.,  1883-1900. 
Bigler,  William  H.,  M.  D.,  1 893-' 98. 
Brock,  John  Penn,  i865-'69. 
Brown,  W.  Hobart,  1 885-' 87. 
Burnham,  George,  1 885-' 98. 
Coffin,  Lemuel,  i883-'95. 
Cook,  Joel,  1 894-' 99. 
Dick,  John,  i885-'88. 
Dudley,  Pemberton,  i883-'92,  1896-1900. 
Farrington,  E.  A.,  1 883-' 85. 
Foulke,  William  G.,  18 88-' 98. 
Furness,  H.  H.,  i883-'85. 
Gause,  O.  B.,  1883-85. 
Goodno,  William  C,  1883-85. 
Guernsey,  Joseph  C,  1 885-' 98. 
Harrah,  Charles  J.,  Jr.,  1887-1900. 
Hannis,  William  C,  LL.  B.,  i883-'98. 
55 


850  OFFICERS   OF   THE   COLLEGE. 


Hanna,  W.  B.,  Hon.,  li 

Hopper,  Harry  S.,  1890-98. 

Hill,  Thomas  C,  i887-'94. 

Hunter,  John,  i885-'9i. 

James,  John  E.,  M.  D.,  1883-1901. 

Jeanes,  Isaac  W.,  1897-1900. 

Krasner,  Daniel,  1 890-1 901. 

Kennedy,  Francis  W.,  1 885-' 92. 

Keene,  Henry  K.,  1 866-' 69. 

Lewis,  Richard  A.,  1883-87. 

I/Oper,  Richard  F.,  1 895-1900.     " 

Lucas,  John  C,  i883-'85. 

Madeira,  Louis  C,  1 865-' 69. 

Morgan,  S.  Rodman,  1865. 

McGeorge,  William,  Jr.,  1 883-1 901. 

Morris,  John  T.,  1 892-' 94. 

McAllister,  J.  W.,  1884-1902. 

McKellar,  William  B.,  i890-'95. 

McVickar,  Rev.  William  N.,  1 891-1902. 

Middleton,  C.  S.,   i885-'99. 

Mohr,  Charles,   i883-'99. 

Oellers,  Richard  G.,  1 883-' 88. 

Parker,  J.  Brown,  i866-'69. 

Ritter,  A.,  i868-'69. 

Ramborger,  William  K.,  1885. 

Sexton,  John  W.  1883. 

Stoddart,  J.  M.,  Jr.,  i883-'84. 

Stephens,  Lemuel,  1 883-' 85. 

Stevenson,  John  B.,  1884-87. 

Strawbridge,  Geo.  S.,  1891-1901. 

Smith,  Ralph  C,  1 885-' 96. 

Smith,  John  F.,  1889. 

Smith,  Frank  W.,  1 887-1 900. 

Thouron,  Nicholas  E.,  1865-69. 

Thomas,  A.  R.,  1 883-' 95. 

Thomas,  Chas.  M.,  i883-'85,  i89i-'98. 

Thomas,  George  C,  1 883-' 99. 

Trites,  Wm.  B.,  i885-'90. 

Watts,  Henry  M.,  1 866-1868. 


OFFICERS   OF  THE   COIvLEGE.  85 1 

Warriner,  H.  Ryland,  1 866-' 68. 
Warren,  E.  Burgess,  1 883-1 901. 
Williamson,  Matthew  S.,  1885-1901. 

Changes  in  Names  of  Boards  of  Officers. 

Advisory  Board,  1 883-1 898. 

Corporation  Trustees,  1 867-' 82. 

Curators,  1 867-' 82, 

Managers,  1 849-' 64. 

Presidents,  1 849-' 98. 

Vice  Presidents,  1848  and  1 885-' 98. 

Secretaries,  1 849-' 98. 

Treasurers,  1 849-' 98. 

Trustees,  1865  to  1868,  1883  to  1898. 


Complete  List  of  Faculty  and  Lecturers. 


Arrowsmith,  W.  L.,  Physiology,  i867-'68. 

Ashcraft,  Leon  T.,  Lecturer  on  Venereal  Diseases,  iSgy-'gS;  Lecturer 
on  Venereal  Diseases  and  Clinical  Instructor,  iSgS-'gg. 

Ashton,  A.  H.,  Obstetrics,  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children  and 
Medical  Jurisprudence,  i86o-'6i.  (Dr.  Ashton  resigned  on  October  5, 
and  Dr.  Thomas  Moore  was  elected.) 

Bartlett,  Clarence,  Lecturer  on  Neurology,  iSgo-'gi;  Lecturer  on 
Medical  Electricity  and  Neurology,  iSgi-'ga;  Lecturer  on  Neurology, 
i892-'93,  i893-'94,  i894-'95;  Lecturer  on  Neurology  and  Insanity, 
i895-'96,  i896-'97;  Professor  of  Neurology  and  Medical  Semeiology, 
iSgy-'gS,  i898-'99. 

Bayley,  Weston  D.,  Lecturer  on  Insanity  and  Clinical  Instructor  in 
Neurology,  iSgy-'gS,   i898-'99. 

Beakley,  Jacob,  Surgery,  i853-'54  to  i858-'59;  Institutes  and  Prac- 
tice of  Surgery,  i859-'6o.     Dean,  i859-'6o. 

Benson,  Frank  C,  Demonstrator  of  Surgery,  i897-'98;  Demonstrator 
of  Surgery  and  Clinical  Instructor,  i898-'99. 

Betts,  B.  Frank,  Physiology  and  Miscroscopic  Anatomy,  1 873-' 74, 
1874-75,  i875-'76;  Gynaecology,  iSjS-'jj,  iHy^-'jS,  iSjS-'j^  to  i885-'86; 
Gynsecology  and  Paedology,  i886-'87to  i893-'94;  Gynaecology,  i894-'95. 

Bigler,  William  H.,  Lecturer  on  Diseases  of  Eye  and  Ear  (spring 
course),  i88o-'8i,  i88i-'82,  i882-'83;  Lecturer  on  Ophthalmology, 
i886-'87,  i887-'88,  1888-89,  i889-'9o;  Associate  Professor  of  Physiol- 
ogy, i890-'9i;  Professor  of  Physiology,  i89i-'92,  i892-'93,  i893-'94, 
i8o4-'95;  Physiology  and  Pediatrics,  i895-'96,  i896-'97,  i897-'98, 
i898-'99. 

Boericke,  F.  E.,  Lecturer  on  Homoeopathic  Pharmaceutics,  i868-'69. 
Lecturer  on  Homoeopathic  Pharmaceutics,  i869-'7o,  i87o-'7i. 

Bradford,  T.  L.,  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  1868-^69  (took  Dr.  Wilt- 
bank's  place  after  the  holidays)  Librarian,  i894-'95  to  i898-'99;  Lec- 
turer on  History  of  Medicine,  1 895-' 96  to  1 898-' 99. 

Brooks,  Silas  S.,  Homoeopathic  Institutes  and  the  Practice  of  Medi- 
cine, i86o-'6i,  i86i-'62;  Institutes  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  i862-'63^ 
1 863-' 64.     Dean,  1861  to  1864. 

Campbell,  Duncan,  Medical  Terminology,  i895-'97,  i897-'98,  i898-'99. 

Carmichael,  Thomas  H.,  Lecturer  on  Pharmaceutics,  i897-'98, 
i898-'99. 


FACULTY   AND    LECTURERS.  853 

Chase,  Theodore  Iv.,  Librarian,  and  Secretary  to  the  Dean,  1887  to 
1894;  Secretary  to  the  Dean,  1894  to  1898. 

Conarroe,  Thomas  H.,  Instructor  in  Biology,  i898-'99. 

Cookman,  Alfred,  Demonstrator  of  Pathology,  i897-'98. 

Couch,  Asa  B.,  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  i855-'56,  i856-'57. 

Cowperthwait,  A.  C,  Lecturer  on  Diseases  of  the  Mind  and  Nervous 
System,  i877-'78. 

Coxe,John  Redman,  Jr.,  Homoeopathic  Institutes,  Pathology  and  the 
Practice  of  Medicine,  i857-'58,   i858-'59,  i859-'6o. 

Dake,  Jabez  P.,  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics,  i855-'56,  i856-'57; 
Pathology  and  Principles  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  iSjS-'jy. 

Dalton,  E.  G.,  Physiology  and  Pathology,  i868-'69.  (Only  lectured 
until  the  holidays,  after  which  Dr.  Wiltbank  took  his  place.) 

Davies,  Alfred  R.,  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  i858-'59. 

Dudley,  Pemberton,  Chemistry,  1 868-' 69;  Physiology  and  Microscopic 
Anatomy,  i876-'77,  i877-'78,  i878-'79,  i879-'8g;  Physiology  and  Sani- 
tary Science,  i88o-'8i  to  i889-'9o;  Physiology,  Institutes  of  Medicine 
and  Hygiene,  i890-'9i;  Institutes  of  Medicine  and  Hygiene,  i89i-'92 
to  i898-'99.     Dean,  1896  to  1898. 

Farrington,  Ernest  A.,  Lecturer  on  Forensic  Medicine,  i87o-'7i 
i87i-'72,  i872-'73;  General  and  Special  Pathology  and  Diagnosis, 
i873-'74;  Materia  Medica,  i874-'75,  i875-'76;  Institutes  and  Materia 
Medica  iSyS-'-jj,  1877-78,  i878-'79;  Materia  Medica,  i879-'8o,  i88o-'8i; 
Institutes  and  Materia  Medica,  i88i-'82,  i882-'83,  i883-'84,  i884-'85, 
i885-'86. 

Flanders,  A.  H.  Chemistry  and  Toxicology,  i858-'59. 

Foote,  George  F.,  Surgery,  i866-'67. 

Freedley,  Samuel,  Botany,  i848-'49;  Botany  and  Medical  Juris- 
prudence, 1849-50,  i850-'5i,  1851-52. 

Frost,  J.  H.  P.,  Physiology,  i865-'66,  i866-'67;  General  Pathology, 
i867-'68.     Registrar,  1865-1867. 

Gardiner,  Richard,  Homoeopathic  Institutes,  Pathology  and  Practice 
of  Medicine,  i868-'69.  (Finished  Dr.  Stowe's  course  from  the  holidays 
and  signed  the  diplomas.) 

Gardiner,  William  A.,  Anatomy,  i848-'49,  i849-'5o,  i85o-'5i,  i85i-'52, 
i852-'53.  i853-'54,  i854-'55,  i855-'56;  Surgery,  i86o-'6i.  Dean  from 
1851  to  1856.     Registrar,  1850  to  1851. 

Gardiner,  W.  H.,  Assistant  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  i883-'84  to 
i886-'87. 

Gauntt,    C.    Stockton,    Natural   Philosophy,    General    and    Medical 
^Chemistry,  i88&-'87,  i887-'88,  i888-'89. 

Gause,  O.  B.,  Physiology,  i86o-'6i,  i86i-'62;  Physiology  and  Path- 
ology, i862-'63,  i863-'64;  Midwifery,  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children, 


854  FACULTY  AND  LECTURERS. 

i868-'69;  Midwifery  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children,  i869-'7o, 
iSyo-'yi,  i87i-'72,  i872-'73,  i873-'74,  i874-'75,  i875-'76;  Obstetrics, 
Puerperal  Diseases  and  Diseases  of  Infants,  i876-'77,  iSyj-jS,  1878-79, 
i879-'8o,  i8So-'8i,  i88i-'82,  1882-83,  i883-'84,  i884-'85,  i885-'86, 
i886-'87,  i887-'88,  Emeritus  of  Obstetrics,  1888-89,  i889-'9o,  i890-'9i 
to  i894-'95.     Registrar,  1873  to  1888. 

Giles,  J.  William,  Demonstrator  of  Surgery,  iSSg-'go,  i890-'9i. 

Goodman,  John  R.,  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  i859-'6o,  i86o-'6i. 

Goodno,  W.  C,  Demonstrator  of  Surgery,  i878-'79,  i879-'8o;  Lec- 
turer on  Microscopy,  Histology  and  Morbid  Anatomy,  i88o-'8i,  i88i-'82, 
i882-'83;  Professor  of  Pathology  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  i883-'84  to 
i895-'96.     Practice  of  Medicine,  i896-'97,  i897-'98,   i898-'99. 

Gramm,  Edward  M.,  Decturer  of  Dermatology,  i889-'90,  i890-'9i; 
Lecturer  on  Dermatology  and  Syphilology,  i89i-'92;  Lecturer  on 
Dermatology,  i892-'93,  i893-'94,  i894-'95  to  i897-'98,  i898-'99. 

Gramm,  Theodore  J.,  Obstetrics,  i895-'96,  i896-'97. 

Griffiths,  Jethro  J.,  Dental  Clinic,  i86o-'6r. 

Guernsey,  Henry  N.,  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Chil- 
dren, i86i-'62,  i862-'63,  i863-'64,  i864-'65,  r865-'66,  i866-'67,  i867-'68, 
i868-'69;  Institutes  and  Materia  Medica,  i87i-'72,  i872-'73,  i873-'74; 
Emeritus  of  Materia  Medica,  i874-'75.     Dean  from  1865  to  1874. 

Haeseler,  Charles  H.,  Practice  of  Medicine,  Special  Pathology  and 
Diagnostics,   i87i-'72. 

Haines,  O.  S.,  Demonstrator  of  Obstetrics,  i886-'87,  i887-'88, 
i888-'89,  i889-'9o;  Lecturer  on  Clinical  Medicine,  i890-'9i,  i89i-'92, 
i892-'93,  i893-'94;  Clinical  Professor  of  Medicine,  i894-'95,  to  i898-'99. 

Hall,  P.  Sharpies,  Lecturer  on  and  Demonstrator  of  Pathology  and 
Bacteriology,  i895-'96,  i896-'97;  Professor  of  Pathology  and  Director  of 
Histological  Laboratories,  i897-'98,  i898-'99. 

Hamer,  J.  H.,  Demonstrator  of  Chemistry,  i889-'90,  i890-'9i, 
i89i-'92,  i892-'93,  i893-'94;  Professor  of  Chemistry,  i892-'93,  to 
i893-'94,  i894-'95. 

Hamilton,  W.  C,  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  i862-'63,  i863-'64. 

Harris,  Raymond  J.,  Assistant  in  Chemistry,  i895-'95,  i896-'97, 
i897-'98;  Demonstrator  of  Chemistry,  i898-'99. 

Heermann,  Charles,  Pharmacy,  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics, 
i863-'64;  Physiology,  i864-'65.    Dean,  i864-'65. 

Helmuth,  William  S.,  Homoeopathic  Institutes  and  the  Practice  of 
Medicine,  i849-'5o,  i85o-'5i;  Homoeopathic  Institutes,  Pathology  and 
the  Practice  of  Medicine,  i852-'53. 

Helmuth,  William  Tod,  Anatomy,  iS56-'57,  i857-'58.  (Dr.  W.  A. 
Gardiner's  name  appears  on  the  printed  announcement  for  i856-'57, 
but  he  resigned  in  July,  1856,  and  Dr.  Helmuth  was  elected  to  take  his 
place.)     Registrar,  1857, 


FACULTY   AND   LECTURERS.  855 

Hempel,  Charles  Julius,  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics,  iSsj-'sS, 
i858-'59.   1859-60. 

Hering,  Constantine,  Institutes  of  Homoeopathy  and  Practice  of 
Medicine,  i864-'65;  Institutes  and  Practice,  i865-'66,  i866-'67;  Insti- 
tutes and  Materia  Medica,  i867-'68,  i868-'69;  Institutes  and  Practice 
of  Medicine,  iSSg-'yo;  Institutes  and  Materia  Medica,  iSyo-'yi;  Emer- 
itus of  Institutes  and  Materia  Medica,  iSjG-'jj,  iS^j-'jS,  i878-'79, 
i879-'8o.     Dean  from  1867  to  1871. 

Kitchens,  Peter  S.,  Anatomy,  i86i-'62;  Anatomy  Descriptive  and 
Surgical,  i862-'63,  i863-'64. 

Howard,  E.  M.,  Lecturer  on  Botany  (Spring  Course),  i88o-'8i; 
(Regular  Course)  lyecturer  on  Botany  and  Pharmacy,  i88i-'82,  i882-'83, 
i883-'84,  i884-'85,  i885-'86;  Lecturer  on  Pharmacy  and  Toxicology, 
i886-'87,  Lecturer  on  Pharmacy,  Toxicology  and  Materia  Medica, 
i887-'88  to  i892-'93;  Lecturer  on  Botany,  Pharmacy  and  Toxicology, 
i893-'94;  Associate  Prof,  of  Materia  Medica,  i894-'95,  i895-'96,  1896- 
'97,  i897-'98,  i898-'99. 

Humphreys,  Frederick,  Homoeopathic  Institutes,  Pathology  and  the 
Practice  of  Medicine,  i853-'54,  i854-'55. 

Ingersoll,  W.  K.,  Lecturer  on  Microscopy,  Histology  and  Morbid 
Anatomy,  i883-'84,  i884-'85,  i885-'86;  Microscopy  and  Histology, 
i886-'87;  Lecturer  and  Demonstrator  of  Microscopy  and  Histology, 
i887-'88,  i888-'89,  i889-'90. 

Ivins,  Horace,  S.,  Lecturer  on  Laryngology  and  Otology,  i886-'87  to 
1891-' 92;  Lecturer  on  Laryngology,  1 892-' 93;  Lecturer  on  Laryngology 
and  Otology,  i893-'94,  i894-'95,  i895-'96. 

James,  John  E.,  Adjunct  to  Chair  of  Surgery,  1 877-' 78;  Principles  of 
Surgery  and  Clinical  Surgery,  i878-'79,  i879-'8o;  i88o-'8i,  i88i-'82, 
i882-'83  to  i888-'89;  Surgery,  1 889-' 90  to  i894-'95;  Gynaecology,  1895- 
'96,  i896-'97,  t897-'98,  i898-'99.  Registrar,  from  1888  to  1896.  Acting 
Dean,  1894  to  1896. 

Jeanes,  Jacob,  Principles  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  i848-'49. 

Jessup,  Halton  I.,  Lecturer  on  Ophthalmology  and  Otology  and 
Clinical  Instructor,  i897-'98,  i898-'99. 

Keim,  William  H.,  Assistant  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  i873-'74; 
Demonstrator  of  Surgery,  i878-'79,  i879-'8o,  i88o-'8r,  i88i-'82,  1882- 
'83,  i883-'84,  i884-'85.  i885-'86,  i886-'87,  i887-'88,  i888-'89 

Kneass,  N.  W.,  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  i869-'7o. 

Knerr,  Calvin  B.,  Lecturer  on  Physical  Diagnosis  and  Laryngoscopy, 
i875-'76. 

Koch,  Richard,  Physiology,  General  Pathology  and  Microscopic 
Anatomy,  i867-'68,  i868-'69;  i869-'7o,  i87o-'7i,  i87i-'72,  i872-'73. 
Registrar,  from  1867  to  1873. 

Korndoerfer,  Augustus,  Clinical  Medicine,  i876-'77,  i877-'78, 
i878-'79;  Institutes  and  Chnical  Medicine,  i879-'8o,  i88o-'8r. 


856  FACULTY   AND   LECTURERS. 

Lawrence,  F.  Mortimer,  Assistant  in  Practice  of  Medicine,  iSgS-'gg. 

Lee,  J.  K.,  Materia  Medica,  i86o-'6i,  i86i-'62;  Pharmacy,  Materia 
Medica  and  Therapeutics,  1 862-' 63. 

Lippe,  Ad.,  Materia  Medica,  i864-'65,  1865-66,  i866-'67,  i867-'68, 
i868-'69. 

Long,  F.  Morton,  Lecturer  on  Medical  Dentistry,  i886-'87. 

Loomis,  J.  G.,  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children, 
i85i-'52,  1852-53,  i853-'54.  (Dr.  Loomis  died  October  25,  1853,  and 
Dr.  I.  M.  Ward  took  his  chair.)      Registrar,  1851-1853. 

Macfarlan,  Malcolm,  Surgery,  i867-'68,  i868-'69;  Clinical  Surgery, 
i869-'7o,  i87o-'7i,  i87i-'72,  1872-73,  i873-'74,  i874-'75,  i875-'76. 
Registrar,  i867-'68,  i868-'69. 

Maires,  Walter  W.,  Demonstrator  of  Histology,  i897-'98,  i898-'99. 

Martin,  Henry  Noah,  Midwifery,  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children, 
and  Lecturer  on  Clinical  Medicine,  i867-'68;  Clinical  Medicine,  1868- 
'69;  Clinical  Medicine,  i869-'70,  i87o-'7i,  i87i-'72;  Practice  and  Clin- 
ical Medicine,  i872-'73;  Practice  of  Medicine  and  Diseases  of  Children, 
i873-'74;  Practice  of  Medicine,  General  and  Special  Pathology  and 
Diagnostics,  i874-'75,  i875-'76. 

Matthews,  Caleb,  B.  Materia  Medica,  i848-'49;  Materia  Medica  and 
Therapeutics,  i849-'5o,  i85o-'5i. 

McClatchey,  Robert  J.,  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  i857-'58;  Anat- 
omy, i867-'68,  i868-'69;  Pathology  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  i877-'78 
to  1 882-' 83. 

McClelland,  J.  H.,  Principles  of  Surgery  and  Clinical  Surgery, 
i876-'77,  i877-'78. 

Mercer,  E.  W.,  Demonstrator  of  Obstetrics,  i890-'9i,  i89i-'92, 
i892-'93,  i893-'94  to  i896-'97;  Professor  of  Obstetrics,  i897-'98, 
i898-'99. 

Messerve,  F.  W.,  Demonstrator  of  Normal  and  Pathological  His- 
tology, i89o-'9i,  i89i-'92;  Demonstrator  of  Normal  Histology,  i892-'93, 
to  1 896-' 97,  Lecturer  and  Demonstrator  in  Histology  and  Instructor  in 
Ophthalmology,  i897-'98;  Instructor  in  Clinical  Ophthalmology, 
i898-'99. 

Middleton,  Caleb  S.,  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  i864-'65. 

Mitchell,  J.  Nicholas,  Assistant  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  i873-'74, 
1874-75,  i875-'76;  Demonstrator  of  Obstetrics,  i^-jG-jj,  i^'j'j-'jS, 
i878-'79;  Demonstrator  of  Obstetrics  and  Instructor  in  Microscopy, 
i879-'8o;  Demonstrator  of  Obstetrics,  i88o-'8i,  i88r-'82,  i882-'83, 
i883-'84,  i884-'55,  i885-'86;  Adjunct  Professor  of  Obstetrics,  i886-'87, 
i887-'88;  Professor  of  Obstetrics,  i888-'89,  i8S9-'90,  i890-'9i,  i89i-'92, 
i892-'93,   i893-'94;  Obstetrics  and  Pediatrics,  i894-'95. 

Mohr,  Charles,  Lecturer  on  Pharmacy,  i879-'8o,  i88o-'8i;  Lecturer 
on  Clinical  Medicine  and  Physical  Diagnosis,    i88i-'82,   i882-'83;  Pro- 


FACULTY  AND  LECTURERS.  857 

fessor  of  Clinical  Medicine  and  Physical  Diagnosis,  i883-'84,  i884'-85, 
i885-'86;  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics,  i886-'87,  to  i898-'99.  Regis- 
rar  from  1896  to  1898. 

Moore,  H.  F.,  Instructor  in  Biology,  i893-'94,  i894-'95,  i895-'96, 
i896-'97. 

Moore,  J.  Percy,  Instructor  in  Biology,  1 897-' 98. 

Moore,  Thomas,  Anatomy,  i858-'59;  General  Descriptive  and  Surgi- 
cal Anatomy,  i859-'6o. 

Morgan,  A.  R.,  Institutes  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  i867-'68. 

Morgan,  John  C,  Anatomy,  i865-'66,  r865-'67;  Surgery,  i867-'68, 
i868-'69;  Surgery.  i869-'7o,  i87o-'7i,  r87r-'72,  i872-'73,  i873-'74,  1874- 
'75;  Emeritus  of  Surgery,  i875-'76;  Lecturer  on  History  and  Institutes  of 
Medicine,  i886-'87;  Institutes  of  Medicine,  i887-'88,  i888-'89,  i889-'90. 

Neidhard,  Charles,  Clinical  Medicine,  i849-'5o,  i850-'5i,  i85i-'52. 

Northrop,  Herbert  L.,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Anatomy,  i894-'95, 
i895-'96;  Professor  of  Anatomy,  i895-'97  to  i898-'99. 

Oatley,  E.  L.,  Demonstrator  of  Chemistry,  i886-'87,  i887-'88;  Demon- 
strator of  Chemistry  and  Lecturer  on  Urinary  Analysis,  1 888-' 89;  Pro- 
fessor of  Chemistry,  iSSg-'go,  i890-'9i,  i89i-'92. 

Paxson,  Oliver  H.,  Instructor  in  Clinical  Medicine,  i898-'99. 

Percival,  Geo.  G.,  i867-'68. 

Petherbridge,  J.  B.,  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  i850-'5i,   i85i-'52. 

Piatt,  Charles,  Chemistry,  i895-'96  to  i898-'99. 

Piatt,  J.  T.,  Lecturer  on  Forensic  Medicine,  1873-74,  i874-'75. 

Raue,  Charles  G.,  Special  Pathology  and  Diagnosis,  i864-'65,  1865- 
'66,  i866-'67;  Practice  of  Medicine,  Special  Pathology  and  Thera- 
peutics, i867-'68;  Practice  of  Medicine,  Special  Pathology  and  Diag- 
nosis, i868-'69,  1869-70,  i87o-'7r. 

Reed,  W.  Ashton,  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  i852-'53,  i853-'54 
Physiology  and  Medical  Jurisprudence,  i855-'56;  Physiology,  1856- 
'57,  i857-'58,  i858-'59,  i859-'6o;  Registrar,  i856-'57,  i858-'59. 

Reeves,  Joseph  M.,  Assistant  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  i879-'8o, 
i88o-'8r. 

Roney,  W.  S. ,  Demonstrator  of  Chemistry  and  Lecturer  on  Medical 
Jurisprudence,  iS79-'8oto  iS85-'86;  Lecturer  on  Medical  Jurisprudence, 
i886-'87  to  i898-'99. 

Rotzell,  Willett  Enos,  Lecturer  on  Botany  and  Zoology,  iS95-'96  to 
i898-'99. 

Semple,  Matthew,  Chemistry,  i848-'49;  Chemistry  and  Toxicology, 
i849-'5o,  ]85o-'i5,  i85i-'52,  i852-'53,  i853-'54,  i854-'55,  i855-'56, 
i856-'57,  i857-'58,  1859-60,  i86o-'6i;  Chemistry,  i86i-'62,  1862-63; 
Dean,  i86o-'6i. 


FACULTY   AND    LECTURERS. 

Shallcross,  Isaac  G.,  Lecturer  on  Rhinology  and  Laryngology  and 
Clinical  Instructor,  iSgj-'gS,  iSgS-'gg. 

Sims,  Francis,  Surgery,  1848-49,  i849-'50,  i850-'5'i,  i85r-'52,  1852-53. 

Skeels,  A.  P.,  Prosector  of  Surgery,  i856-'67. 

Small,  Alvan  E.,  Physiology  and  Pathology,  i848-'49,  i849-'50,  1850- 
'51,  i85i-'52;  Physiology  and  Medical  Jurisprudence,  i852-'53,  i853-'54, 
i854-'55;  Homoeopathic  Institutes,  Pathology  and  the  Practice  of 
Medicine,  i855-'56,  i856-'57.  (Dr.  Small  resigned  in  August,  1856,  Dr. 
Williamson,  taking  his  place. )  Registrar,  i854-"55,  i855-'56. 

Smedley,  Isaac  G.,  Demonstrator  of  Gynaecology,  i89i-'92;  Lecturer 
on  Gynaecology  and  Clinical  Instructor,  i897-'98,  i898-'99. 

Smith,  C.  Carleton,  Special  Pathology  and  Diagnostics,  i872-'73, 
Institutes  and  Clinical  Medicine,  1873-74,  i874-'75,  1875-76. 

Snader,  E.  R.,  Demonstrator  of  Physical  Diagnosis,  i887-'88;  Lec- 
turer and  Demonstrator  of  Physical  Diagnosis,  i888-'89,  i889-'90,  1890- 
'91,  i89i-'92;  Lecturer  on  Physical  Diagnosis,  i892-'93,  i893-'94,  1894- 
'95.  i895-'96,  i896-'97;  Professor  of  Physical  Diagnosis,  i897-'98,  1898- 
'99. 

Speakman,  William  D.,  Clinical  Instructor  in  Otology,  i897-'98> 
i898-'99. 

Starkey,  G.  R.,  Anatomy,  i86o-'6i;  Surgery,  i86i-'62,  i862-'63,  1863- 
'64,  i864-'65;  Registrar,  i86o-'6i  to  i863-'64. 

Stephens,  Lemuel,  Chemistry  and  Toxicology,  i863-'64;  Chemistry, 
i864-'65,  i865-'66,  1866-67;  Natural  Philosophy,  Chemistry  and  Toxi- 
cology;  i867-'68,    1868-69,  i869-'7o,  to  i885-'86. 

Stowe,  T.  Dwight,  Homoeopathic  Institutes  and  Pathology  and 
Practice,  i868-'69.  (After  holidays  Dr.  Stowe  resigned  and  Dr.  Richard 
Gardiner  finished  the  course  and  signed  the  diplomas). 

Talcott,  Selden  H.,  Lecturer  on  Insanity,  i882-'83,  i883-'84,  i884-'85. 

Thomas,  Amos  Russell,  Anatomy,  i867-'68,  i868-'69,  i869-'70  to  1895, 
Dean  from  1874  to  1895. 

Thomas,  Charles  M. ,  Assistant  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy  and  Curator 
of  the  Museum,  i87i-'72;  Curator  of  the  Museum,  i872-'73,  i873-'74, 
i874-'75;  Demonstrator  of  Surgery,  i875-'76;  Lecturer  on  Operative  and 
Clinical  Surgery,  i876-'77;  Lecturer  on  Operative  Surgery  and  Oph- 
thalmology, i877-'78;  Professor  of  Operative  and  Clinical  Surgery  and 
Ophthalmology,  i878-'79,  i888-'89;  Clinical  Surgery  and  Ophthalmology, 
i889-'90,  i890-'9i,  i89i-'92.  Ophthalmology  and  Otology,  i892-'93, 
i893-'94,  i894-'95,  i895-'96,  i896-'97,  i897-'98. 

Thompson  L.  W.,  Demonstrator  of  Surgery,  i89i-'92,  to  i894-'95; 
Lecturer  on  and  Demonstrator  of  Surgery,  i895-'96,  i896-'97;  Lecturer 
on  Minor  Surgery  and  Emergencies,  i897-'98,  i898-'99. 

Trego,  C,  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  i865-'66. 

Trites,    W.    B.,    Lecturer    on    Venereal    Diseases  (Spring   Course), 


FACULTY   AND   IvECTUREjRS.  859 

i88o-'Si,  i88i-'82,  i8S2-'83,  Lecturer  on  Clinical  Medicine,  iSSy-'SS. 
i888-'89,  i889-'90. 

Van  Lennep,  Gnstav  A.,  Lecturer  on  Orthopaedic  Surgery  and  Clini- 
cal Instructor,  i898-'99. 

Van  Lennep,  W.  B.,  Lecturer  on  General  Pathology  and  Morbid 
Anatomy,  i886-'87,  i887-'88,  i888-'89,  i889-'9o;  Lecturer  on  Surgery  and 
General  Pathology,  iSgo-'gi,  i89i-'92;  Lecturer  on  Surgery,  i892-'93, 
i893-'94;  Associate  Professor  of  Surgery,  i894-'95;  Professor  of  Surgery, 
i895-'96,  i896-'97,  i897-'98,  i898-'99. 

Vischer,  Carl  V.,  Lecturer  on  General  Pathology  and  Demonstrator 
of  Pathological  Histology,  i892-'93,  i893-'94,  i894-'95;  Lecturer  on 
Surgery,  i895-'96,  i896-'97;  Lecturer  on  Surgical  Pathology,  i897-'98; 
Lecturer  on  Surgical  Pathology  and  Clinical  Instructor,  i898-'99. 

Von  Tagen,  C.  H.,  Lecturer  and  Demonstrator  of  Surgical  Anatomy, 
i867-'68,  i868-'69. 

Ward,  Isaac  M.,  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children, 
i854-'55,  i855-'56;  Obstetrics  and  Medical  Jurisprudence,  i856-'57;  Ob- 
stetrics, Diseases  of  Women  and  Children  and  Medical  Jurisprudence, 
i857-'58  (Dr.  Ward  resigned  on  October  29,  1857,  and  Dr.  Williamson 
was  chosen  to  lecture  on  Obstetrics  in  his  place),  i859-'6o. 

Warriner,  Mr.  H.  Ryland,  Lecturer  on  Medical  Jurisprudence, 
i86o-'6i,  i862-'63;  Lecturer  on  Forensic  Medicine,  i867-'68,  i868-'69. 

Warrington,  J.  H.,  Demonstrator  of  Chemistry,  i876-'77,  i877-'78, 
i878-'79- 

Weaver,  Rufus  B.,  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  i870-'7i,  i87i-'72, 
i872-'73,  i873-'74,  i874-'75,  i875-'76,  i876-'77,  i877-'78,  i878-'79; 
Demonstrator  of  Anatomy  and  Lecturer  on  Surgical  Anatomy,  1879- 
'80  to  i896-'97;  Professor  of  Regional  and  Applied  Anatomy  and  Demon- 
strator,   i897-'98,   i898-'99. 

Willard,  L.  H.,  Lecturer  on  Surgery,  i865-'66;  Demonstrator  of 
Anatomy,  i866-'67. 

Williamson,  Alonzo  P.,  Lecturer  on  Psychological  Medicine,  i886-'87, 
1887-88,  i888-'89,  i899-'90. 

Williamson,  Matthew  S.,  Librarian,  1871  to  1877. 

Williamson,  Walter,  Midwifery  and  Diseasesof  Women  and  Children, 
i848-'49;  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children,  i849-'50, 
i85<>'5i;  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics,  i852-'53,  i853-'54,  i854-'55; 
Emeritus  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine,  i856-'57,  i857-'58;  Obstetrics, 
Diseases  of  Women  and  Children  and  Medical  Jurisprudence,  i858-'59; 
Emeritus  Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children, 
i869-'7o,  i870-'7i;  Dean,  1848  to  1851,  1856  to  1859. 

Wilson,  Pusey,  Anatomy,  i864-'65;  Surgery,  i865-'66.  (Soon  after  the 
opening  of  the  session  Dr.  Wilson  became  ill  and  on  October  16,  1865, 


86o  FACUIvTY   AND    I.ECTURERS. 

Dr.  J.  C.  Morgan  was  invited  to  lecture  temporarily  on  Surgery.  On 
December  27,  1865,  Dr.  Wilson  was  relieved  from  lecturing  the  rest  of 
the  session,  and  Dr.  L.  H.  Willard  was  invited  to  give  the  lectures  the 
remainder  of  the  term.)     Registrar,  1864  to  1865. 

Wiltbank,  Comley  J.,  Physiology,  i868-'69  (Dr.  Dalton resigned  at  the 
holidays  and  Dr.  Wiltbank  lectured  on  Physiology  the  rest  of  the  term, 
signing  the  diplomas.) 


Synopsis  of  the  College  Commencements. 


[It  is  to  be  regretted  that  more  complete  accounts  of  the  earlier 
Commencements  were  not  published  in  the  journals  of  the  time.  The 
compiler  has  been  unable  to  make  the  tables  more  complete,  although 
careful  search  has  been  made  for  data.] 

1849.  1st.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  Thursday,  March  15,  1849.  De- 
gree conferred  by  Hon.  A.  V.  Parsons.     Graduates,  6. 

1850.  2d.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  March  2  1850.  Valedictory  by 
Prof.  William  S.  Helmuth.  Chaplain,  Rev.  Mi.  Burrows.  Degree  con- 
ferred by  Hon.  A.  V,  Parsons.  Music  by  Johnson's  Band.  Graduates 
20. 

1851.  3d.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  March  3,  1851.  Valedictory  by 
Prof.  Walter  Williamson.     Degree  conferred  by  Hon.  A.  V.  Parsons. 

Graduates,  29. 

1852.  4th.  Musical  Fund  Hall,  March  i,  1852.  Valedictory  by 
Prof.  Alvan  B-  Small.  Degree  conferred  by  Hon.  A.  V.  Parsons. 
Graduates,  31. 

1853.  5th.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  Tuesday,  March  i,  1853,  noon. 
Valedictory  by  Prof.  Matthew  Semple.  Degree  conferred  by  Hon.  A. 
V.  Parsons.     Graduates,  55. 

1854.  6th.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  Monday,  March  i,  1854.  Vale- 
dictory by  Prof.  Jacob  Beakley.  Degree  conferred  by  Hon.  A.  V. 
Parsons.     Graduates,  39. 

1855.  7th.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  March  i,  1855,  noon.  Vale- 
dictorian, Prof.  William  A.  Gardiner.  Degree  conferred  by  Hon.  A. 
V.  Parsons.     Graduates,  41. 

1856.  8tb.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  March  i,  1856,  noon.  Vale- 
dictory by  Prof.  Isaac  M.  Ward.  Degree  conferred  by  Hon.  A.  V. 
Parsons.     Graduates,  37.     Honorary  degrees,  3. 

1857.  9th.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  February  27,  1857.  Valedictory 
by  Prof.  Jabez  P.  Dake.  Chaplain,  Rev.  Henry  Darling.  Music  by 
Germania  Orchestra.  Degree  conferred  by  Hon.  A.  V.  Parsons.  Gradu- 
ates, 40.  Special  degrees,  6.  Honorary  degrees,  2.  Entertainment 
given  to  students  by  Faculty  February  26,  at  4  o'clock  p.  m.,  at  the 
Girard  House. 

1858.  10th.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  March  2,  1858,  noon.  Vale- 
dictorian, Prof.  William  A.   Reed.     Chaplain,  Rev.   E.   B.  Newberry. 


862  COLLEGE   COMMENCEMENTS. 

Degree  conferred   by   Hon.    A.    V.    Parsons.     Graduates,  27.     Special 
degrees,  5;  honorary,  i. 

1859.  nth.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  March  3,  1859,  noon.  Vale- 
dictorj^  by  Prof.  John  Redman  Coxe,  Jr.     Degree  conferred  by  Hon.  A. 

V.  Parsons.     Graduates,  23.     Special,  3. 

1860.  12th.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  March  i,  i860.  Valedictory 
by  Prof.  Matthew  Semple.  Degree  conferred  by  Hon.  A.  V.  Parsons. 
Graduates,  26. 

1861.  13th.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  March  i,  1861.  Valedictory 
by  Prof.  Thomas  Moore.  Chaplain,  Rev.  R.  A.  Garden.  Music  by 
Hassler's  Band.  Degree  conferred  by  Dr.  Richard  Gardiner.  Gradu- 
ates, 25.     Special,  6. 

1862.  14th.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  March  3,  1862,  noon.  Vale- 
dictory by  Prof.  J.  K.  Lee.  Chaplain,  Rev.  J.  H.  Alday.  Degree  con. 
ferred  by  Richard  Gardiner,  M.  D.     Graduates,  12. 

1863.  15th.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  March  3,  1863,  noon.  Vale- 
dictory by  Prof.  Silas  S.  Brooks.  Chaplain,  Rev.  J.  Hyatt  Smith. 
Music  by  Davis'  Band.     Graduates,  18. 

1864.  16th.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  March  2,  1864.  Valedictory 
by  Prof.  Henry  N.  Guernsey.  Chaplain,  Rev.  J.  Hyatt  Smith.  De- 
gree conferred  by  John  M.  Kennedy,  Esq.     Graduates,  15. 

1865.  17th.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  on  March  4,  1865.  Valedic- 
torian, Prof.  G.  R.  Starkey.  Chaplain,  Rev.  B.  F.  Barrett.  Music  by 
Carl  Gaertner.  Degree  conferred  by  John  M.  Kennedy,  Esq.  Gradu- 
ates, 19. 

On  March  3d  the  Class  of  i860  met  at  the  Continental  Hotel  and  or- 
ganized an  Alumni  Association,  which  was  to  meet  every  five  years. 
(See  Section  on  Alumni.) 

1866.  18th.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  March  i,  1866.  Valedictory 
by  Prof.  Ad.  Lippe.  Chaplain,  Rev.  Geo.  D.  Boardman.  Music  by 
Johnson's  Brass  Band.  Degree  conferred  by  John  M.  Kennedy,  Esq. 
Graduates,  43.     Honorary  degree,  i.     Special  degree,  i. 

1867.  19th.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  March  2,  1867.  Valedictorian, 
Prof.  John  C.  Morgan.  Chaplain,  Rev.  B.  F.  Barrett.  Music  by  Carl 
Gaertner.  Degree  conferred  by  the  President,  A.  R.  Potter.  Graduates, 
42;  and  three  honorary  degrees. 

1868.  20th.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  February  28,  1868,  noon. 
Valedictory  by  Prof.  A.  R.  Morgan.  Degree  conferred  by  Mr.  A.  R, 
Potter.     Graduates,  27.     Special  degrees,  2. 

1869.  21st.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  Saturday,  February  27,  1869, 
noon.  Valedictorian,  Prof.  Pemberton  Dudley.  Music  by  Liberty 
Military  and  Orchestra  Band,  No.  i.  Degrees  conferred  by  Wm.  Mc- 
George,  Esq.     Graduates,  30.     Special  degree,  i. 


COIvLEGE    COMMENCEMENTS.  863 

Hahnemann  CoIvI<ege,  i867-'68,   i868-'69. 

1868.  1st.  At  Musical  Fund  Hall,  March  4,  1868,  noon.  Vale- 
dictory by  Prof.  O.  B.  Gause.  Chaplain,  Rev.  Howard  Malcom,  D.  D. 
Music  by  Carl  Gaertner  Degree  conferred  by  the  President  of  Trustees, 
Mr.  Bdward  S.  Lawrance.     Graduates,  26. 

1869.  2d..  At  Academy  of  Music,  Wednesday,  March  3,  1869, 
noon.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  Henry  Noah  Martin.  Chaplain,  Rev.  B. 
F.  Barrett.  Music  by  Carl  Gaertner.  Degree  conferred  by  Mr.  Fdward 
S.  Dawrance.     Graduates,  35 


1870.  22d.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Wednesday,  March  9,  1870, 
noon.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  C.  G.  Raue.  Chaplain,  Rev.  Edward  W. 
Appleton.  Music  by  Carl  Gaertner.  Degree  conferred  by  Mr.  Edward 
S.  Ivawrance.  Graduates,  41.  Honorary,  2.  Special,  i.  Banquet  in 
Parlor  C  of  Continental  Hotel  in  the  evening. 

1871.  23d.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Friday,  March  10,  1871,  at 
11:30  A.  M.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  Richard  Koch.  Chaplain,  Rev.  E.  G. 
Brooks.  Music  by  Hassler's  Orchestra.  Degree  conferred  by  Mr. 
Edward  S.  Ivawrance.  Graduates,  54.  Honorary  Degree,  i.  Dife- 
sized  portrait  in  oil  of  Walter  Williamson,  M.  D.,  was  presented  by  the 
Graduating  Class  to  the  College.  Dr.  Geo.  H.  Hackett,  of  New 
Hampshire,  for  the  Class;  accepted  for  the  Institution  by  Prof.  O.  B. 
Gause.  It  now  hangs  in  Alumni  Hall.  Banquet  at  the  Continental 
Hotel  in  the  evening. 

1872.  24th.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Monday,  March  11,  1872,  at 
11:30  A.  M.  Valedictorian,  Prof.  A.  R.  Thomas.  Chaplain,  Rev.  Geo. 
Dana  Boardman.  Music  by  Hassler's  Orchestra.  Degree  conferred 
by  Howard  Malcom,  D.  D.,  I^Iv.  D.  Graduates,  51.  Distinguished 
mention  made  of  certain  graduates. 

1873.  25th.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Monday,  March  10,  1873, 
noon.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  M.  Macfarlan.  Music  by  Hassler's  Orches- 
tra. Degree  conferred  by  Howard  Malcom,  D.  D.,  L,!,.  D.  Gradu- 
ates, 47. 

1874.  26th.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Tuesday,  March  10,  1874,  at 
II  A.  M.  Valedictory  by  Dr.  John  C.  Morgan.  Chaplain,  Rev.  H.  W. 
Warren,  D.  D.  Degree  conferred  by  Howard  Malcom,  D.  D.,  DD.  D. 
Graduates,  27.  Music  by  Hassler.  Banquet  at  the  Continental  Hotel 
in  the  evening. 

1875.  27th.  At  the  Academy  of  Music,  Wednesday,  March  10, 
1875,  at  II  o'clock  A.  M.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  O.  B.  Gause.  Chaplain, 
Rev.  A.  A.  Willits.  Music  by  Hassler's  Orchestra.  Degree  conferred 
by  Edward  S.  Ivawrance.  Graduates,  51.  Banquet  in  the  evening  at 
the  Continental  Hotel. 


864  COLLEGE   COMMENCEMENTS. 

Prizes  first  offered:  First  prize,  a  microscope,  presented  to  George  W. 
Dietz,  of  Prussia;  second  prize,  a  medicine  case  for  the  office,  presented 
to  George  A.  Evans,  of  Minnesota;  third  prize,  a  case  of  surgical 
instruments  to  Dr.  Robert  L.  Dartt,  of  Pennsylvania.  Prof.  Gause  pre- 
sented obstetrical  forceps  for  excellent  written  examinations  in  obstet- 
rics to  Drs.  Samuel  M.  Cleveland,  of  Philadelphia,  George  A.  Evans,  of 
Minnesota,  and  Robert  L.  Dartt,  of  Pennsylvania.  Prof.  Martin's  prize 
for  the  best  thesis  on  Bright's  disease  to  E.  S.  Breyfogle,  M.  D.,  Ohio. 
Prof.  Thomas  for  the  best  anatomical  dissection  presented  a  case  of 
instruments  to  Dr.  J.  H.  Hamer,  of  Philadelphia. 

1876.  28th.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Thursday,  March  9,  1876,  at 
ir  A.  M.  Valedictorian,  Prof.  E.  A.  Farrington.  Chaplain,  Rev.  R.  D. 
Harper.  Music  by  Hassler.  Degree  conferred  by  Edward  S.  I/awrancc. 
Graduates,  54,  and  three  honorary.  Hahnemann  Gold  Medal  to  Geo. 
S.  Adams,  of  Massachusetts.  Hahnemann  Silver  Medal  to  Francis  T. 
Burck,  of  Maryland.  Hahnemann  Bronze  Medal  to  Frank  A.  Bishop, 
of  New  York.  For  best  dissection  a  case  of  surgical  instruments  to 
Horace  G.  Grifi&th,  of  Pennsylvania.  Reception  in  the  evening  at  house 
of  Dr.  Henry  Noah  Martin. 

1877.  29th.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Thursday,  March  8th,  at  11 
o'clock.  Valedictorian,  Prof.  B.  F.  Betts.  Chaplain,  Rev.  J.  A.  Kunkel- 
man.  Music  by  Hassler's  Orchestra.  Degree  conferred  by  Edward  S. 
L,awrance.  Graduates,  51,  and  two  honorary.  Hahnemann  Gold  Medal 
to  E.  R.  Corson.  Hahnemann  Silver  Medal  to  George  Allen.  Hahne- 
mann Bronze  Medal  to  E.  M.  Howard. 

1878.  30th.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Monday,  March  11,  1878,  at 
II  o'clock.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  Augustus  Korndoerfer.  Chaplain, 
Rev.  J.  A  Kunkelman.  Music  by  Germania  Orchestra.  Degree  con- 
ferred by  Wm.  McGeorge,  Esq.  Graduates,  53.  Hahnemann  Gold 
Medal  to  David  R.  Harris,  of  Virginia.  Hahnemann  Silver  Medal  to 
Frank  P.  McKinstrey,  of  Pennsylvania.  Hahnemann  Bronze  Medal  to 
Simon  P.  Starrett,  of  Minnesota.  Reception  at  residence  of  Dr.  O. 
B.  Gause. 

1879.  31st.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Monday,  March  10,  1879,  at  11 
o'clock.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  Pemberton  Dudley.  Chaplain,  Rev. 
Chas.  H.  Tucker.  Music  by  Germania  Orchestra.  Degree  conferred 
by  Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr.,  Esq.  Graduates,  61.  Hahnemann  Gold 
Medal  to  John  L,.  Person,  of  Pittsburg,  Pa.  Hahnemann  Silver  Medal 
to  J.  Robert  Mansfield,  of  Philadelphia.  Hahnemann  Bronze  Medal  to 
Willard  B.  Carpenter,  of  Washington  C.  H.,  Ohio.  A  banquet  was 
given  by  the  graduating  class  to  the  Faculty  on  March  7th  at  the  Conti- 
nental Hotel. 

1880.  32d.  Academy  of  Music,  Wednesday,  March  10,  1880,  at  11 
A.  M.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  R.  J.  McClatchey.  Degree  conferred  by 
Wm,  McGeorge,  Jr.,  Esq.  Graduates,  75.  Gold  Medal  to  William  B. 
Van  Lennep,  of  Massachusetts.  Silver  Medal  to  Frank  F.  Laird,  of 
New  York.     Bronze  Medal  to  William  H.  Baker,  of  Pennsylvania. 


COLIvEGE   COMMENCEMENTS.  865 

1881.  33d.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Thursday,  March  10,  at  11 
o'clock.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  O.  B.  Gause.  Chaplain,  Rev.  O.  H. 
Tiffauy,  D.  D.  Music  by  Germania  Orchestra.  Degree  conferred  by 
Wm.  McGeorge,  Esq.  Graduates,  83.  Hahnemann  Gold  Medal  to 
Anson  C.  Alexander,  of  Lancaster,  N.  H.  Hahnemann  Silver  Medal  to 
John  C.  Lingle,  of  Harrisburg,  Pa.  Bronze  Medal  to  Percival  O.  B. 
Gause,  of  Philadelphia  A  Surgical  Prize  of  Erichson's  Surgerj',  in  two 
volumes,  was  presented  to  Wm.  H.  Barnes,  of  La  Fox,  111.,  for  the  best 
examination  in  practical  surgery.  P.  O.  B.  Gause  presented,  on  behalf 
of  the  class,  a  portrait  in  oil  of  Dr.  Constantine  Hering  to  the  College. 
Dr.  A.  R  Thomas  responded.     The  portrait  is  in  Alumni  Hall. 

1882.  34tli.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Tuesday,  March  14,  at  11 
A.  M.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  Charles  M.  Thomas.  Chaplain,  Rev.  Wm. 
N.  McVickar.  Music  by  Germania  Orchestra.  Degree  conferred  by 
Wm  McGeorge,  Esq.  Graduates,  57.  No  medals,  custom  abolished. 
Prize  of  fco.oo  given  by  Dr.  S.  H.  Talcott  for  best  report  of  his  Lectures 
on  Insanity  during  College  course  won  by  O.  E.  Janney,  of  Baltimore. 
Prize  of  Erichson's  Surgery,  given  by  W.  H.  Keim,  Demonstrator  of 
Surgery,  for  best  examination  in  Practical  Surgery;  won  by  George  E. 
Murray,  of  Hagerstown,  Md. 

1883.  35th.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Tuesday,  March  13,  1883,  at 
II  o'clock.  Valedictory  by  Prof .  John  E.  James.  Chaplain,  Rev.  Jacob 
Todd.  Music  by  Germania  Orchestra.  Degree  conferred  by  Wm.  Mc- 
George, Jr.,  Esq.  Graduates,  52.  Dr.  Talcott  prizes  for  best  synopsis 
of  his  Coarse  on  Insanity:  ist,  of  |;30.oo,  to  Daniel  P.  Maddux,  of 
Chester,  Pa.;  2d,  of  |20.oo,  to  J.  Pearson  Iliff,  of  Kennett  Square,  Pa. 
Dr.  Maddux  requested  his  prize  to  be  given  to  the  father  of  Mr.  Elbert 
J.  Owen,  of  Philadelphia,  who  was  drowned  in  the  summer  of  1882, 
and  who,  "  had  he  lived,"  as  said,  "  would  have  secured  the  prize,  since 
his  synopsis  last  year  was  superior  to  any  other."  Mr.  Maddux,  after 
Mr.  Owen's  death,  worked  for  the  prize  with  the  intention  of  thus  dis- 
posing of  it,  in  honor  of  the  memory  of  his  unfortunate  friend.  Dis- 
tribution of  flowers  abolished. 

1884.  36tli.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Wednesday,  April  2,  1884,  at 
II  A.  M.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  Chas.  Mohr.  Chaplain,  Rev.  E.  C. 
Sweetser,  D.  D.  Music  by  Hassler's  Orchestra.  Degree  conferred  by 
Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr.,  Esq.  Graduates,  41.  Stage  decorations  by  Hugh 
Graham  &  Co. 

1885.  37th.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Thursday,  April  3,  1885,  at 
II  A.  M.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  William  C.  Goodno.  Chaplain,  Rev.  A. 
J.  Gregory.  Degree  conferred  by  Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr.,  Esq.  Graduates, 
48.  Alumni  meeting  held  Wednesday,  April  2,  evening,  at  Colonnade 
Hotel.     Banquet  after  business  meeting. 

1886.  38th.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Wednesday,  March  31,  1886, 
at  II  A.  M.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  A.  R.  Thomas.  Chaplain,  Rev.  Chas. 
D.  Cooper,  D.  D.     Music  by  Bastert's  Orchestra.     Degree  conferred  by 

56 


866  COLI.EGE    COMMENCEMENTS. 

Hon.  Wm.  B.  Hanna,  D.  C.  L,.  Graduates,  58.  Honorary,  3.  Alumni 
Association  met  on  Wednesday  evening,  March  31,  at  the  St.  George 
Hotel.     Business  meeting  and  banquet. 

1887.  39th.     At  Academy  of  Music,  Thursday,  April  7,  1887,  at  ir 

A.  M.  Valedictory  by  Prof .  B.  F.  Betts.  Chaplain,  Rev.  A.  Spaeth,  D.D. 
Music  by  Bastert's  Orchestra.  Degree  conferred  by  Hon.  Wm.  B. 
Hanna  D.  C.  L.  Graduates,  48.  Alumni  Association  held  its  third 
meeting  in  New  College  Building,  at  8:30  p.  M.  After  the  business  meet- 
ing a  reception  was  given  to  the  graduating  class  in  the  Alumni  Hall. 

1888.  40th.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Friday,  April  6,  1888,  at  11 
A.M.     Valedictory  by  Prof .  Pemberton  Dudley.     Chaplain,  Rev.  John 

B.  Gough  Pidge.  Music  by  Bastert's  Orchestra.  Degree  conferred  by 
Hon.  William  B.  Hanna,  D.  C.  Iv.  Graduates,  48.  Alumni  Association 
held  business  meeting  and  banquet  at  Boldt's  Restaurant,  Friday  even- 
ing, April  6th. 

1889.  41st.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Thursday,  April  4,  1889,  at  11 
A.  M.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  Charles  M.  Thomas.  Chaplain,  Rev.  Henry 
Baker,  D.  D.  Music  by  Bastert's  Orchestra.  Degree  conferred  by  Hon. 
Wm.  B.  Hanna,  D.  C.  Iv-  Graduates,  65.  Alumni  meeting  for  business 
held  on  the  evening  of  April  4th,  at  the  Stratford  Hotel.  Banquet 
after  the  business. 

1890.  42d.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Wednesday,  April  2,  1890,  at 
7:30  P.M.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  John  E.James.  Chaplain,  Rev.  James  T. 
Satchell.  Music  by  Bastert's  Orchestra.  Degree  conferred  by  Hon. 
Wm.  B.  Hanna,  D.  C.  D.  Graduates,  64.  Decorations  by  Evans  &  Bat. 
ties.  Altimni  Association  held  business  meeting  in  Alumni  Hall  on  the 
afternoon  of  April  2d.     Banquet  at  10:30  p.  M.  at  Hotel  Stratford. 

1891.  43d..  At  Academy  of  Music,  Tuesday,  April  7,  1891,  at  7:30 
p.  M.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  Charles  Mohr.  Chaplain,  Rev.  Edwin  C. 
Sweetser.  Music  by  Ba.stert's  Orchestra.  Degree  conferred  by  Hon. 
Wm.  B.  Hanna,  D.  C.  L.  Graduates,  59.  Honorary,  i.  Stage  decora- 
tions by  Evans  &  Battles.  Alumni  Business  Meeting  at  4:30  at  Alumni 
Hall.  Banquet  at  10  p.  m.  at  Hotel  Stratford.  The  Alumni  Associa- 
tion presented  to  the  College,  through  Dr.  C.  B.  Adams,  a  flag,  12x14  feet, 
in  blue  and  gold,  the  College  colors;  received  by  Hon.  Wm.  C.  Han- 
nis,  DL.D. 

1892.  44th.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Tuesday,  April  12,  1892,  at 
7:30  p.  M.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  William  C.  Goodno.  Chaplain,  Rev. 
John  T.  Beckley,  D.  D.  Music  by  Bastert.  Degree  conferred  by  Hon. 
Wm.  B.  Hanna,  D.  C.  L.  Graduates,  64.  Honorary,  C.  G.  Raue. 
Decorations  by  Battles.  Alumni  Business  Meeting  at  Alumni  Hall  at 
7:30 p.  M.     Banquet  at  10  p.  m.  at  Flotel  Stratford. 

1893.  45th.  At  the  Academy  of  Music,  Wednesday,  April  19, 
1893,  at  7:30  p.  M.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  J.  Nicholas  Mitchell.  Chaplain, 
Rev.  Samuel  E.  Appleton,  D.  D.  Music  by  Bastert.  Degree  conferred 
by  Hon.  Wm.  B.  Hanna,  D.  C.  D.    Graduates,  77.    Decorations  by  Bat- 


COLIvEGE   COMMENCEMENTS.  867 

ties.  Alumni  Association  Business  Meeting  at  Alumni  Hall,  7:30  p.  M. 
Banquet  at  10  o'clock  at  the  Hotel  Stratford.  Ex-Gov.  Curtin  present. 
Ofl&cial  buttons  first  used. 

1894.  46th.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Tuesday,  May  8,  1894,  at  7:30 
P.  M.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  William  H.  Bigler.  Chaplain,  Rev.  James 
S.  Stone,  D.  D.  Music  by  Bastert.  Degrees  conferred  by  Hon.  Will- 
iam B.  Hanna,  D.  C.  L,.  Graduates,  68.  Decorations  by  Battles. 
Alumni  Business  Meeting  at  4:30  at  Alumni  Hall.  Banquet  at  10 
o'clock  at  the  Hotel  Stratford.  Honors  to  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas,  |5,ooo 
having  been  raised  to  dedicate  a  bed  in  the  hospital,  to  be  called  the  A. 
R.  Thomas  bed. 

1895.  47th.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Thursday,  May  2,  1895,  at 
7:30  p.  M.  Valedictory  by  Dr.  Asa  S.  Couch.  Chaplain,  Rev.  Dr.  Dow- 
ney. Music  by  Bastert.  Degrees  conferred  by  Hon.  Wm.  B.  Hanna, 
D.  C.  L.  Graduates,  61.  Decorations  by  Battles.  Alumni  Meeting 
at  4:30  at  Alumni  Hall.     Banquet  at  the  Stratford  in  the  evening. 

1896.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Tuesday  May  5,  at  7:30  o'clock.  Vale- 
dictory by  Prof.  Pemberton  Dudley.  Chaplain,  Rev.  Allen  B.  Phillpott. 
Music  by  Germania  Grchestra.  Degrees  conferred  by  Hon.  William  B. 
Hanna.  Graduates,  75.  Alumni  Meeting  in  Alumni  Hall  at  4:30.  Ban- 
quet at  Hotel  Walton  at  9:45. 

1897-  At  Academy  of  Music,  Wednesday,  May  12,  at7:30  p.  M.  Vale- 
dictory by  Prof.  J.  E.  James.  Chaplain,  Rev.  William  L,.  McDowell. 
Music  by  Hassler's  Orchestra,  Degrees  conferred  by  Hon.  Wm.  B. 
Hanna.  Graduates,  37.  Alumni  Meeting  at  4:30  in  Alumni  Hall.  Ban- 
quet at  Hotel  Walton  at  9:45.  • 

1898.  GoLDiSN  Jubilee;  Year.  At  Academy  of  Music,  Thursday, 
May  12,  at  2  p.  m.  Valedictory  by  Prof.  Charles  M.  Thomas.  Degrees 
conferred  by  Hon.  Wm.  B.  Hanna.  Music  by  Germania  Orchestra. 
Chaplain,  Rev.  J.  R.  Taylor  Gray.  Jubilee  Oration  by  Prof.  William  Tod 
Helmuth.  Alumni  Meeting  in  Assembly  room  of  Horticultural  Hall  at  5 
p.  M.     Banquet  at  Horticultural  Hall  at  7  p.  M.     (See  Part  V.) 


Dates  of  Introductory  Lectures. 


1848. ,  October  16,  1848. 

1849.  Alvan  Edmund  Small,  Monday,  October  i,  1849. 

1850.  Caleb  Bentley  Matthews,  Monday,  November  4. 

1851.  William  A.  Gardiner,  Monday,  October  16. 

1852.  William  S.  Helniuth,  Monday,  October  11. 

1853.  William  A.  Gardiner,  Monday  October  12. 

1854.  Alvan  E.  Small  (Oration  on  Dr.  Loomis),  January  12,  1854. 

1854.  Jacob  Beakley,  October  9,  1854. 

1855.  Jabez  P.  Dake,  October  10. 
1856. ,  October  13. 

1857.  Chas.  J.  Hempel,  October  12. 

1858.  John  R.  Coxe,  Jr.,  October  14. 

1859.  Jacob  Beakley,  October  14. 

i860.   (By  different  professors),  October  8. 

1861.  O.  B.  Gause,  October  14. 

1862.  George  R.  Starkey,  October  13. 

1863.  Peter  S.  Kitchens,  October  12. 

1864.  Charles  Heerman,  October  10. 

1865.  J.  H.  P.  Frost,  October  10. 

1866.  Geo.  E.  Foote,  October  8. 

1867.  W.  L.  Arrowsmith,  October  14. 

1868.  R.  J.  McClatchey,  October  12. 

Hahnemann  Coi.i,e;gk,  1867-1868. 

1867.  Richard  Koch,  Monday,  October  13,  noon. 

1868.  A.  R.  Thomas,  Monday,  October  12,  noon. 

1869.  Lemuel  Stephens,  Monday,  October  11,  noon. 

1870.  J.  C.  Morgan,  Monday,  October  10. 

187 1.  Chas.  H.  Haeseler,  Monday,  October  9. 

1872.  C.  Carleton  Smith,  Monday,  October  14. 

1873.  O.  B.  Gause,  Monday,  October  13. 

1874.  E.  A.  Farrington,  Monday,  October  12,  noon. 

1875.  B.  Frank  Betts,  Monday,  October  11,  noon. 

1876.  J.  P.  Dake,  Monday,  October  2,  8  p.  M. 

1877.  J.  H.  McClelland,  Monday,  October  i,  8:30  p.  M. 

1878.  R.  J.  McClatchey,  Monday,  September  31,  8  p.  M. 

1879.  Chas.  M.  Thomas,  Monday,  September  29,  8  P.  M. 

1880.  John  E.  James,  Monday,  September  27,  8:30  p.  M. 

1881.  Pemberton  Dudley,  Monday,  October  3,  8:30  p.  M. 


DATES   OF   INTRODUCTORY   I.ECTURES.  869 

1882.  Lemuel  Stephens,  Monday,  October  i,  8:30  P.  m. 

1883.  A.  R.  Thomas,  Monday,  October  i,  8:30  p.  m. 

1884.  O.  B.  Gause,  Monday,  September  29,  8:30  p,  M. 

1885.  B.  F.  Betts,  Monday,  October  5,  8:30  p.  m. 

1886.  Pemberton  Dudley,  Monday,  September  27,  8:30  P.  M. 

1887.  Charles  M.  Thomas,  Monday,  October  3,  8:30  P,  M. 

1888.  C.  Mohr,  October  i. 

1889.  W.  C.  Goodno,  September  30. 

1890.  J.  Nicholas  Mitchell,  September  30, 

1891.  Wm.  H.  Bigler,  September  28. 

1892.  A.  R.  Thomas,  October  3. 

1893.  B.  Frank  Betts,  October  2. 

1894.  Pemberton  Dudley,  October  i. 

1895.  W.  B.  Van  Lennep,  September  30. 

1896.  Chas.  Piatt,  October  5. 

1897.  Herbert  L,.  Northrop,  September  30. 


Syo 


ROSTERS. 


^3  C 
S  O 
o  -55 


S   a 


o  ■£    bJO 


J^    ^  O 


a  a 


<u    i-,    O 


^"^-§1 

•^   fi    Ss'^ 

ear, 
whe 
obli 
ve  a 

cyo 

^1  si 

M 

coll  eg 
first,  ji 
.  time  : 
er  to  re 

i 

H 

O 

r  for  e 
en.     ' 

se,  at 
ars  in 

CO 

n 

^ 

2  P  ^  h 

f^ 

ft 

u 

m 

<u 

2 

)-i 
a! 
<V 

is 

,Q 

UJ 

? 

o 

(U 

bcM 

0-1 

!> 

cfl 

-4-1 

4J 

Tl 

(1) 

tn 

c3 

i2 

^ 

y 

g 

'^ 

tu 

<+-! 

T-l 

;^ 

O 

J3 

(U 

t>. 

Tl 

h 

ct: 

O 

o 

^ 

<J3 

S 

is 

C  ,)-i  'T3  13 


^■.  -3  -r*. 


b/3 


1 

__;, 

■d 

'S 

^ 

o 

rt 

4J 

><■ 

<! 
P 
Si 
P 
h 
< 

p.rt 

m  g  05 
tig  n 

1-2  2 

ojH 

.  0 

fl  11 

o 

u 

td 
4-1 

fia 

w  tj 

Pa 

_■      o 

> 

>> 

5..I 

-d 

ii^s 

'i 

< 

"i  fc 

sx 

.-.    cd 

PI  cd       v^ 

a 

6m 

^i« 

Oj       K. 

as 

.2  tfl  o.t: 

■^5 

OS 

S  3 

iL»  g^rt 

t/3  O    . 

.— (    U            rH 

o!  d 

fe 

tc 

o  >> 
.2  M 

SI 

03    Clj    .H 

^  CI  ni 
O 

o< 

o 

■d 

mson. 
and    Dis- 
f    Women 
dren. 

.1 

< 

to 

PL| 

-d 

.-J  n 

02  O     . 

.2E2 

X.  0 

it 

"d    . 

.  lU  CI 

11  '^  rt 

^H                CI 

'd'd.Q 

Pi 
p 

Eh 

^8 

1^ 

Willia 
bstetrics 
eases     o 
and  Chil 

73  *J 

t^    OJ 

ci  d 

ij  d  3 
?J  cvi  d 

.2  3 

u 

Pi 

O 

cq 

•■-1  qj 

tn  C 

oa 

>< 

M    tJ 

o 

0 

<«  V 

Helmuth. 
tnoeopathic 
utes  and  Pra 

_o 

O  C^  CI 
0)  rt       t. 

^i 

0 

w 

tJQ  3 

a 

William 
stetrics 
ases     of 
nd  Child 

•^1 

^ 

Oi^ 

/3  CI   oj 

W 

O 

o 

-d 

mson. 
and     Dis- 
f     Women 
dren. 

1 

1>J 

a 

curt 

CLi 

■d 

_•  S3 

tc  o   , 

.2  M 

li 

■d   . 
.  n  u 
>>S  2 

i;"^  d 

-d-d-S 

01 

a 
P 

Willia 
stelrics 
ases     o\ 
nd  Chil. 

OJ  d 

H  d  3 

11 

.S  " 

.d  o 

^  CI  ca 

o'-' 

o 

CM 

O 

M 

13  o 

.d 

Ifl  ••-* 

_sl 

CM 

6 

.  d 

><■ 

<! 
0 

O 

elmuth, 
ipathic 
and  Pr 
dicine. 

T3 

S    CU 

d  e 

w  3 

03  O     . 

Cl_ 

^dS 
t;  03 

S 

t« 

M   ni   ,„   "" 

o  h 

II 

2 
'a 

o< 

Oi 

o 

OS 

s 

a 

s 

S 

a 

g 

P 

o 

•<■ 

<<■ 

N 

Pi' 

pj 

P^ 

W 

o 

M 

" 

'-' 

Ti- 

U1 

:. n 

ROSTERS. 


871 


872 


ROSTEES. 


-d 

u 

S  " 

< 

D 

!-  .£■•"  Q. 
'-'  "rt  *n  .ti  B" 

S      0     tH      g 

< 
'Si 

< 
0 

S  0 

<1^ 

_<U 

S 

11 

0 
CO 

0 

0 

CQ 

i-f 

nJ  rt 

CO 

KK 

>.a 

0 

a 

2'S? 

6S 

0 

03 

^  N 

^0^ 

M 

t^ 

•^      -  >,"*-' 

2 

0 

5o 

rt"C 

c  0 

In 

Q 

0  0 

T) 

^ 

fqN 

c 

'\ 

CO 

a 

"5 

"3 
0 

U) 

0 

44 

•j3  11 

>> 

a 

Q 
tn 

z 

Q 

0 
0 

3  ca 

0  l- 

0 

cd 
C 
< 

M 

_C 

a  ni 

^ 

.s 

^ 

5 
0 

fr( 

0 

rt 

■^■S 

"cS 

;«' 

^* 

>> 

0 

< 
0 

0 

"*-»  'O  ^ 

tfi  M  ii 

1^ 

t! 

to 

0 

CO  .— ( 

N.s  be 

11 

H 

tc 

to 

I'M 

■S  0 

Pu 

0  0 

cpn 

t 

>,^ 

to 

S  1;  c 

>< 

tfl'r- 

Mo  0 

Q 

0 

•-  S  S 
f5(/3  bioE 

AU^ 

S 

f^r 

0 

•gw- 

CO 

0 

w 

N   0   r^ 

.o_0  u. 

ROSTERS. 


873 


y 

s  °  °  g 

w 

0 

en  JoJ 

w  s-M 

"°"g 

B> 

g 

•t3 

p 

a- 

W2 
0  2. 

p  •> 
3  i^ 

S 

0 

0 

art 

Ki 

*< 

& 
0' 

p 

7) 

3 

•-t 

0  3 

1^ 

^p 

K     p  c  "-^ 

0) 

M 

II 

B"            U) 

n 

o' 
3 

0 
> 

05 

0 

P 

C? 

n 

i 

0' 

3 

a 

[0 

0 

^> 

3' 

0  3 
■IP 

5?" 

> 

3 
p 

0 

m 

5' 
n 

33 

'"rSB 

0 

Vi 

D 

•C^! 

3 
0' 

> 

n 

V! 

p 

3 

p 

B 

S 

3 

D4 

p 

►fl 

" 

i-d 

H 

B 

3* 

W  '^ 

p 

K 

2? 

0  2. 

0 

c! 
?2 

C 
-1 

"2. 
0" 

p.n> 

0 

in 
D 
> 

f-i 

J-' 

p 

D" 
0 
"-t 
P 

0 

05 

3 

0           >t3 

-1 

1) 
S 

0 
2_ 

rt        r^  W       3^ 

l-^s'^^l 

0 

n' 

-1  3*2.  P  3*0  " 

2  p  S^  tip  ?r 

-1  i-MO       ■-"TO 

0  3^  "^  a.  -r  i:  M 
S'^wSTP  B 

?  r-'p'^i  s;?r 

3*           " 

0 

n' 

0) 

S 
> 

§ 

0             T3 

2^-S„ 
p  0  rt 
So  3 

05 

> 

H 

0 

1  jj-rt  P  tfO  "^ 

0 

^   >-tiO         "-"TO 

q« 

> 

t«      V) 

|<! 

1 

>-^ 

CO 

o 

w 
o 

O 

W 
>< 


874 


ROSTERS. 


Pi 
< 

Pi 

o 

I— I 

0 


>< 
< 

Q 

H 
< 

xn 

o 

3 

Gynsecology 

James 

2 

Physical 

Diagnosis 

Siiader 

o 

■;i  ft 

02 

w 

< 

0 

S 

t/3 

o 

Si 

3 
^^- 

_  bo 

a 

CI 

U 

r-    ILI 

.S   3 

o  " 

a 
o 

"2 

3 

.Is 

bo-r 
.2  0 

i2 

5.1 

.2° 
tj  - 
11 

03 

< 

« 

B 

ft 
oJ  S  oj  Crt 

> 

be 

O  V 

O 

t!  0 

H-i-d 
-^  o 

CS   0 

< 

Q 

01 

W 

^; 

0 

w 

1s^ 

bcol  ii 

5fom 

o 

bO 

.  2  bo2 

^  PL,  g_o  g 
"  lOrtO  o 

^ft 
o 

< 
a 
ill 

M 
P 

(/3 

ii  o 

Mil  1) 

o 

3 

o 

"J  I. 

^  o 
u 

"3 
o 

•  S  3 

p 

c 
o 

tj 

u 
02 

"2 
5 

"3  ,„ 
.2S 
bo-r 

•-•  "in 

|o 

o 
<u 
03 

< 
p 

o 

a 

S  5^  "1  "  re 

r^  he  5 -c  1J  ,i5 

•- j:  jj  >-' 

> 

o 

u 
3 

.s 

0 

S     o     0     " 

M       °       ^ 

S    „    0    „ 

..     0     ?> 

o 

en 

fl 

W 

U 

g 

-0 

fi 

O 

1- 

a 

3 

11 

<J 

3 

ILI 

n< 

i-r 

C 

g 

.a 
o 
11 

3H 

ROSTERS. 


875 


5 1 


0      0 

-1^    rt-W 
di  Ow 

0     0 

"0"g               ^?^ 

> 

M     0     0     g 

W 
0 
a 

v 

•0 

aft" 

0  ft 

w 

0  0 

Q 

5" 

ft  n> 
tn  0 

H 

0  f"j^ 

n> 
P- 

p 

p  c 

S3" 

fto 

0 
a 
0 
> 

1? 

M  1 

o5 
0  3 

aft" 

0  rp 

0 

5" 
^ft 

c 
■-t 

1 
n 

^Sft 

s-^g 

III 

™  M  fe- 
rn n  ^ 

SB- 
n 

p 

rH 

M 
tn 

0 
> 
<< 

2 

4  to  5  p.  M. 

Insanity 
Bayley 

0 
B  5  0 -^ 

ft 
ftcn 

SiG 

5b; 
■-1 

0 

W 
tn 

a 
<< 

3 

ELfTg 

05 

n 
ftm 

0  0 

0 

5' 

0   p 
0   — 

°ft 

c 
■-t 
n 

p 
S2. 

OP*. 

n> 

&. 
n' 
p 

b 

P  P  1.% 
la 

Bo 

w 
d 
to 

tn 

0 
> 

k! 

si 

2  2. 

(0 

n 

5" 

^ft 

c 

3 

0 

a* 

re 

^•fD 

jnSft 

2^" 

2 

3 

m  1  M 

J- 

0 

ft  C5 
0*0 

ft 

in 

C 

03 

> 

H 

a 

0 
> 

I— I 
o 


PARX  V. 

GOLDEN  JUBILEE. 

Being  the  Semi-Centennial  Celebration  of 

tlie  Halinemann  Medical  College  of 

Philadelphia,  May,  1898. 


Golden  Jubilee  of  1898. 


At  the  time  of  the  Commencement  in  May,  189S,  Hahnemann  College 
celebrated  its  Fiftieth  Anniversary.     Its  Golden  Jubilee. 

For  some  years  the  subject  had  been  discussed.  In  the  Medical 
Century  of  September  i,  189S,  Dr.  Fisher  very  well  voiced  the  senti- 
ment of  the  Alumni  and  friends  of  Homoeopathy  as  follows: 

Fifty  years  a  College.  The  "  Mother  of  Homoeopathic  Colleges," 
Old  Hahnemann  of  Philadelphia,  will  next  celebrate  the  fiftieth  anni- 
versary of  her  founding.  The  early  years  of  Hahnemann  College  were 
characterized  by  determined  efforts  to  overcome  the  opposition  con- 
fronting its  founders  and  thus  make  it  possible  for  those  who  might 
wish  to  adopt  the  homoeopathic  system  to  do  so  and  become  educated 
therein  without  having  to  meet  with  the  prejudices  existing  in  allo- 
pathic institutions,  and  without  having  first  to  learn  and  then  unlearn 
the  less  successful  and  less  scientific  methods  in  vogue  in  old  school 
practice  and  institutions.  So  well  did  they  succeed  that  they  laid  deep 
and  strong  the  foundation  upon  which  has  arisen  the  magnificent  and 
successful  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  the  present  day. 

It  required  courage,  devotion  and  confidence  in  Homoeopathy  and 
themselves  to  succeed  iu  this  momentous  undertaking  in  the  day 
in  which  those  men  lived.  Now  medical  colleges  are  born  in  a  night. 
Then  hard  work,  and  plenty  of  it,  confronted  the  courageous  hearts 
which  struggled  against  the  most  intolerable  and  intolerant  opposition 
imaginable.  There  were  but  a  handful  of  them  and  the  student  possi- 
bilities of  the  yet  pioneer  profession  were  unknown.  But  they  went 
ahead,  guided  by  their  convictions  and  their  boundless  faith  in  Homoe- 
opathy, and  made  the  first  homoeopathic  college  of  the  world  a  living, 
educating,  sustaining  success.  All  honor  to  them  and  those  who  came 
after  them. 

Fifty  years  of  honorable  record  as  a  homoeopathic  college  is  some- 
thing of  which  to  be  proud.  Hahnemann  College  will  celebrate  the 
event  in  fitting  manner  at  sometime  during  the  winter  term.  The 
nature  of  the  jubilee  has  not  yet  been  determined,  but  it  should  be 
made  commensurate  with  the  importance  of  the  event.  The  whole  pro- 
fession should  join  with  the  college  and  its  friends  in  celebrating  the 
semi-centennial  of  our  first  educational  institution.  Its  founding 
marked  an  epoch  in  our  history  which  is  of  the  greatest  importance  to 
us  all,  whether  we  be  alumni  of  this  splendid  institution  or  not.  It  is 
the  event  we  should  celebrate.  Fifty  years  of  educational  effort  in  our 
own  colleges,  where  our  students  have  been  receiving  instruction  and 


GOLDEN  JUBILEE   OP    1 898. 

training  how  to  cure  the  sick  in  the  best  possible  manner  known  at  the 
present  day,  without  having  had  their  minds  poisoned  by  the  bigotries, 
prejudices  and  ignorances  of  old  school  faculties,  who  know  Homoe- 
opathy only  to  deride  it,  is  an  event  of  the  greatest  importance  and  we 
may  all  join  in  the  celebration  that  Hahnemann  College  shall  prepare 
with  the  utmost  zeal  and  satisfaction.  L,et  us  congratulate  "Old 
Hahnemann"  and  rejoice  with  her.  Her  past  is  ours;  her  celebration 
is  ours;  her  joys  are  ours;  her  future  is  ours.  She  is  not  her  own  first 
homoeopathic  college,  but  our  own.  We  rejoice  with  her  and  bid  her 
God-speed  as  she  goes  on  in  the  splendid  work  her  early  heroes  so  well 
and  safely  founded. 

In  April,  1898,  the  following  circular  was  issued: 

Hahnemann   Mkdicai.   C01.LEGE   and   Hospitai,,  Broad  Street, 
Between  Race  and  Vine. 

Phii,adei,phia,  April  12,  1898. 
Dear  Colleague :  This  year  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Phila- 
delphia, in  connection  with  her  Annual  Commencement,  will  celebrate 
her  Semi-Centennial.  Beginning  Wednesday  morning,  May  nth,  there 
will  be  a  conference  of  homoeopathic  college  workers  for  the  discussion 
of  a  number  of  subjects  of  collegiate  interest,  among  them  being  the 
following: 

1.  The  Use  and  Abuse  of  the  Didactic  Lecture. 

2.  The  Province  and  Value  of  the  Laboratory  in  the  Medical  Course. 

3.  How  can  the  Teaching  of  the  Specialties,  in  the  Undergraduate 
Course,  be  made  to  serve  its  Best  Purpose — the  Qualification  of  the 
Student  for  General  Practice  ? 

4.  The  Proper  Place  and  Period  of  Clinical  Work  in  a  Four  Years' 
Course. 

5.  Preparatory  Studies  and  Preparatory  Departments  in  Medical  Col- 
leges. 

The  Relation  between  the  Literary  School  and  the  Medical  College 
will  also  be  made  the  subject  of  discussion  at  a  Public  Meeting,  to  be 
held  on  the  evening  of  May  nth.  Addresses  will  be  delivered  by  repre- 
sentative educators  from  both  classes  of  institutions,  and  those  having 
special  interest  in  educational  work  will  probably  constitute  the  main 
portion  of  the  audience.  The  College  Commencement  will  be  held  in 
the  Academy  of  Music,  on  Thursday  afternoon,  May  12th,  at  which  the 
Valedictory  will  be  given  by  Prof.  Charles  M.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  and  an 
address  delivered  by  Prof.  W.  Tod  Helmuth,  M.D.,  of  New  York,  in 
commemoration  of  the  Fiftieth  Anniversary  of  the  College.  The 
Alumni  Banquet,  with  the  Class  Reunions,  will  be  on  Thursday  even- 
ing, and  will  be  made  specially  attractive. 

We  earnestly  solicit  your  attendance  and  participation  in  the  Con- 
ference of  College  Teachers,  and  we  invite  your  presence  at  the  Com- 
mencement and  Banquet.     We  are  extremely  desirous  that  the  occasion 


GOLDEN   JUBILEE    OF    1898.  881 

shall  bring  together  the  representative  homoeopathic  educators  of  the 
entire  country  as  well  as  the  whole  body  of  the  College  Alumni. 

Kindly  inform  me  at  an  early  day  if  we  may  have  the  pleasure  of  ex- 
pecting you;  and,  if  so,  please  indicate  to  us  on  which  of  the  subjects 
above  mentioned  you  would  like  to  participate  in  the  discussion. 
Fraternally  yours, 

PEMBERTON  Dudi^ey, 
Chairman  Committee  oti  Progratnme. 

This  programme  was  very  fully  carried  out.  Lack  of  space  forbids 
the  publication  of  the  various  papers  presented  at  the  Medical  Confer- 
ence meetings.  The  following  careful  account,  by  Dr.  W.  W.  Van  Baun, 
of  the  celebration  is  quoted  from  the  Hahnemamiian  Monthly  for 
June,  1898.*  The  proceedings  of  the  Alumni  Association  may  be  found 
in  the  section  devoted  to  that  organization,  page  698. 

Golden  Jubilee  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  oe  Phii,a- 
DELPHiA. — "Medical  College  Conference." 

In  the  presence  of  a  distinguished  assemblage  of  physicians  and 
teachers  of  the  homoeopathic  system  of  medical  science,  representative 
of  all  parts  of  the  United  States,  the  celebration  of  the  completion  of 
half  a  century  in  the  history  of  Hahnemann  Medical  College  was  in- 
augurated with  fitting  ceremonies  and  enthusiasm  on  May  11,  1898,  at 
the  College,  Broad  street,  above  Race,  Philadelphia.  This  golden 
jubilee  in  the  annals  of  an  institution  that  ranks  high  among  advocates 
of  the  "New  School"  of  medicine,  and  is  honored  as  the  loved  alma 
mater  of  2,400  devoted  sons,  marked  an  epoch  in  the  progress  and  de- 
velopment of  Homoeopathy  in  this  country. 

It  was  the  occasion  for  a  gathering  of  the  clans  whose  members  are 
the  men  of  learning  and  of  practical  works  for  the  alleviation  of  suffer- 
ing in  many  cities  and  towns  in  many  States,  who  returned  to  the  foun- 
tain of  knowledge  whence  they  drew  the  learning  and  inspiration  that 
are  their  open  sesame,  and  made  them  welcome  guests  in  thousands  of 
stricken  homes. 

Some  of  them  were  back  for  the  first  time  since  graduation — perhaps 
forty  or  fifty  years  ago.  All  of  them  were  tremendously  enthusiastic. 
There  was  much  hearty  handshaking  and  glad  greeting  on  the  part  of 
classmates  who  rubbed  elbows  in  lecture  halls  ten,  twenty,  forty  years 
ago;  there  was  a  bounteous  overflow  of  good-fellowship;  there  was  a 
liberal  reminiscent  outpour  of  the  marvellous  jokes  that  were  new  and 
the  tricks  that  were  played  in  the  good  old  days  when  "  Umpty-Ump  " 
was  an  "undergrad."  It's  a  way  these  honored  "  grads  "  have,  this 
reminiscent  flow  of  soul,  whereat  the  callow  freshman  grows  wide- 
eyed  and  marvels. 

The  formal  recognition  of  the  completion  of  fifty  years  by  the  Col- 

*The  compiler  has  taken  the  liberty  to  add  quotations  from  the  MSS.  of  some  of 
the  addresses. 

57 


882  GOIvDEN  JUBILEE   OF    1898. 

lege  was  emboiied  in  an  elaborate  programme,  lasting  through  two  days 
and  nights. 

Wednesday. 

Morning  Session. — At  this  session,  which  began  at  10  a.  m.,  the  pre- 
siding officer  was  Professor  John  E.  James,  M.  D.,  of  Hahnemann  Col- 
lege, Philadelphia,  who  cordially  welcomed  the  distinguished  visitors. 
A  paper  on  "  The  Use  and  Abuse  of  the  Didactic  Lecture"  was  then 
presented  by  Eldridge  C.  Price,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and 
Therapeutics  at  the  Southern  Homoeopathic  Medical  College,  Balti- 
more.* 

Dr.  Price  said  in  part: 

The  question  of  how  best  to  convey  ideas  to  those  desirous  of  learn- 
ing was  answered  by  the  various  nations  of  antiquity  according  to  their 
necessities  as  nations.  The  methods  of  education  in  use  at  the  present 
time  are  probably  due  to  the  influence  of  Froebel.  He  taugh  the  ab- 
solute necessity  of  individual  observation  to  secure  the  best  results. 
From  the  kindergarten  it  is  but  a  step  to  the  modern  laboratory  of  the 
advanced  student,  and  the  influence  of  Froebel  was  not  limited  by  the 
kindergarten,  but  his  system  was  intended  to  illuminate,  to  ilhistrate 
and  to  teach  the  pupil  observation  through  "self-activity,"  so  this  sys- 
tem became  the  foundation  for  laboratory  work. 

The  object  of  all  study  is  to  learn  facts.  To  do  this  it  is  not  only  neces- 
sary to  submit  the  subject  of  study  to  the  five  special  senses,  but  it  is 
as  necessary  to  reason  about,  to  investigate  its  possibilities,  its  proba- 
bilities and  its  certainties.  Such  a  system  of  study  includes  both  what 
is  known  as  didactic  instruction  and  individual  observation,  "self- 
activity." 

We  find  two  methods  which  are  used  in  educational  institutions  for 
securing  the  desired  end:  the  didactic  method  of  instruction,  and  the 
observational  and  "self-activity  "  method.  The  first  method  is  applied 
in  the  lecture  room,  and,  to  a  limited  extent,  in  the  laboratory  and  at 
the  bedside,  and  the  second  method  is  utilized  in  the  laboratory  and  at 
the  bedside. 

I  question  if  to-day  didactic  lecturing  is  abused;  in  the  past  it  is 
certain  that  it  was.  Laboratory  and  clinical  work  may  be  neglected, 
but  I  doubt  if  the  didactic  lecture  is  abused  to  any  serious  extent. 
There  are  those  who  believe  we  should  wholly  abandon  the  didactic 
lecture  and  put  into  its  place  the  laboratory  and  the  hospital,  but  these 
persons  have  either  not  considered  the  case  in  all  its  bearings  or  they 
only  remember  the  lecture  room  of  the  days  of  old.  The  didactic  lec- 
ture is  just  as  necessary  to  a  thorough  medical  education  as  are  the 
commonly  accepted  practical  adjuncts  to  the  lecture  room. 

The  past  and  the  present  are  not  the  same;  they  belong  to  two 
entirely  different  periods  of  growth  of  the  human  race.  At  the  present 
time,  show  me  a  college  without  clinics  and  laboratories  and  I  will 
show  you  an  alumni  of  dreamers,  careless  observers  and  impractical  ex- 

*Am.  Med.  Monthly,  June,  1898. 


GOIvDKN  JUBILEE   OP    1 8 98.  883 

perimenters.  Show  me  a  college  without  didactic  teaching  and  I  will 
show  you  an  alumni  of  materialists,  drudges,  unphilosophical  men  of 
detail.  Combine  the  two,  balance  well  the  lecture  room  with  the  clinic 
and  the  laboratory,  and  from  them  is  evolved  the  philosopher  with  a 
reason  for  the  faith  that  is  in  him,  and  an  ability  to  rationally  apply 
knowledge  which  in  time  may  grow  into  erudition.  The  men  of  un- 
philosophical detail  practice  medicine  with  drugs;  the  medical  philoso- 
pher practices  medicine  with  brains.  Didactic  teaching  and  laboratory 
work  resemble  the  theologian's  comparison  of  faith  and  works;  neither 
is  complete  without  the  other.  The  abuse  of  didactic  teaching  is  simply 
the  improper  use  of  didactic  teaching,  the  remedy  for  all  of  which 
abuse  is  thought,  use  of  brains.  Didactic  and  clinical  instruction  go 
hand  in  hand  in  the  process  of  education,  and  for  the  best  results  we 
can  part  with  neither.  It  is  not  enough  that  the  pupil,  whether  in 
medicine  or  any  other  walk  of  life,  shall  alone  observe  the  process  from 
which  results  are  secured,  or  the  results  which  are  secured  from  the 
process,  or  both;  he  must  know  the  reason  why  the  given  result  follows 
the  given  cause,  if  it  is  possible.  He  must  know  something  of  the 
antecedents  of  his  work,  of  his  preference  for  this  method  or  that 
method.  He  must  know  the  why  of  his  work;  he  must  have  faith  in 
his  work;  for  without  this  faith  he  cannot  do  the  best  for  his  patient, 
for  his  art,  or  for  himself.  And  this  faith,  whence  comes  it  ?  Not  alone 
from  observing,  but  in  part  because  of  a  knowledge  of  the  mainsprings 
of  action  by  which  the  results  are  accomplished. 

From  the  didactic  lecture  are  drawn  the  motive,  the  theory  of  action, 
the  plan  of  campaign,  the  higher  aspirations  for  progress,  the  glimpses 
of  future  possibilities,  and  the  step  in  advance  of  the  multidude  which 
keeps  medicine  and  surgery  from  drifting  back  among  the  relics  of 
barbarism,  and  being  numbered  with  things  useless. 

The  discussion  which  followed  was  to  have  been  opened  by  Professor 
A.  C.  Cowperthwait,  M.  D.,  of  the  Chicago  Homoeopathic  Medical 
College,  but  as  he  was  not  present.  Professor  Pemberton  Dudley,  of 
Hahnemann  College,  led  in  discussing  Professor  Price's  paper. 

Of  late  years,  Dr.  Dudley  said,  there  has  been  much  criticism  of  the 
didactic  lecture  as  a  mode  of  imparting  instruction,  much  of  which 
criticism  has  arisen  out  of  a  misconception  of  what  the  didactic  lecture 
of  to-day  really  is,  the  critics  having  been  unfortunately  familiarized 
with  the  didactic  teaching  of  a  quarter  of  a  century  ago.  The  latter 
was  very  different  from  that  observable  in  the  medical  colleges  of  to- 
day. The  principal  use  of  the  didactic  lecture  of  to-day  is  to  convey  to 
the  student's  mind  briefly  and  tersely  that  information  which  otherwise 
can  be  obtained  only  from  laborious  perusal  of  the  text-books.  It 
takes  the  place  of  the  text-book,  corrects  its  errors,  simplifies  and  classi- 
fies its  facts  and  supplements  its  subjects  by  the  experience  and  obser- 
vation of  the  teacher  himself.  But  when  it  is  allowed  to  take  the  place 
of  laboratory  and  other  work  illustrative  of  methods  it  certainly  may  be 
said  to  be  abused,  and  the  charge  of  such  abuse  is  not  without  some 
measure  of  justification,  even  to-day. 


884  GOLDEN   JUBII.ee    OE    I 

Dr.  Dudley  concluded  by  heartily  thanking  Professor  Price  for  his 
paper,  which  was  further  discussed  by  Professor  George  F.  Laidlaw, 
M.  D.,  of  the  New  York  Homoeopathic  Medical  College;  Professor 
Charles  E.  Walton,  M.  D.,  of  Pulte  Medical  College,  Cincinnati;  Pro- 
fessor Charles  E.  Fisher,  M.  D.,  of  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of 
Chicago,  editor  of  the  Medical  Century;  Professor  W.  B.  Van  Lennep, 
M.  D.,  of  Hahnemann  College  of  Philadelphia,  and  Professor  E.  M. 
Howard,  of  Camden. 

The  second  paper  was  written  by  Professor  Joseph  P.  Cobb,  M.  D., 
of  Hahnemann  Medical  College,  Chicago.  In  his  absence  it  was  read 
by  Professor  Charles  Mohr,  M.  D.,  Registrar  of  Hahnemann  College, 
Philadelphia.  Its  subject  was:  "The  Province  and  Value  of  the 
I,aboratory  in  the  Medical  Course."* 

"  The  value  of  the  laboratory  to  medical  science  is  recognized  by  all," 
the  writer  said,  "  and  its  importance  cannot  be  over-estimated.  It  is 
not,  however,  within  the  limits  of  human  possibilities  that  all  physi- 
cians should  become  experts  with  the  microscope,  the  balance  and  the 
retort;  neither,  if  it  were  possible,  is  it  necessary  for  the  advancement 
of  medical  science  that  all  students  should  master  the  intricacies  of 
modern  investigations.  The  province  of  the  laboratory  in  the  medical 
course  is  not  completely  defined  in  answering  the  questions  of  its  value. 
Here  we  have  to  consider  two  fundamental  conditions,  viz.,  the  student's 
training  before  he  enters  the  medical  college  and  how  much  time  a  just 
division  of  the  course  will  allot  to  a  purely  scientific  training.  There 
can  be  no  question  that  laboratory  drill  tends  to  inculcate  precise 
methods;  that  it  gives  a  mental  bent  toward  exactness  that  is  desirable 
in  a  phvsician.  For  these  reasons  the  laboratory  drill,  to  produce  the 
best  results,  should  come  early  in  the  course.  It  should  not  crowd  out 
of  the  last  years  the  opportunity  for  extensive  clinical  work,  but  neither 
should  much  clinical  work  be  given  to  the  first  years  of  the  course  at 
the  expense  of  the  laboratory." 

Professor  Laidlaw,  in  the  discussion  which  followed,  spoke  of  the  im- 
portance of  laboratory  work,  and  said  that  one  of  the  reasons  why  some 
of  the  colleges  had  failed  in  it  was  the  cost  which  it  entailed.  He  ap- 
proved of  spending  money  for  such  work. 

Professor  H.  D.  Northrop  said:  "  Laboratory  work  is  invaluable  and 
has  come  to  stay.  How  can  we  get  the  best  results  out  of  it  ?  Each 
college  must  answer  that  question  for  itself.  I  feel  we  are  going  to 
leave  out  some  studies;  that  we  are  going  to  drop  botany  and  biology, 
and  demand  a  better  preliminary  education  of  students.  Chemistry 
will  take  a  less  conspicuous  place."  Speaking  of  the  tendency  to  ex- 
perimental research.  Dr.  Northrop  said  the  laboratory  in  a  medical 
college  was  not  the  place  for  such  work. 

Professor  W.  H.  Bigler  said:  "  We  want  to  make  healers  of  the  sick 
rather   than   medical   scientists.       Our  instruction   should   be   largely 


*  Am.  Med.  Monthly,  August,  1898. 


GOLDEN   JUBIIvKK    OF    1 898.  885 

kindergarten  instruction.  The  province  of  all  this  laboratory  work  is 
merely  illustrative  of  what  the  students  study  in  the  college." 

Professor  C.  E.  Fisher  said  there  was  not  a  day  in  his  life  that  he  was 
not  made  heartily  ashamed  of  his  lack  of  knowledge  of  laboratory 
work.  "  In  these  days  we  don't  look  at,  but  into  a  patient.  For  cor- 
rect diagnosis  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to  have  a  laboratory  knowledge. 
I  look  on  laboratory  work  as  one  of  the  most  necessary  things  in  medical 
education  to-day.  If  there  is  any  one  thing  that  has  put  Homoeopathy 
to  the  front  it  is  the  work  being  done  in  our  colleges." 

He  believed  that  the  first  and  second  year  could  be  put  in  profitably 
in  laboratory  and  experimental  work,  and  agreed  with  Dr.  Rufus  B. 
Weaver,  who,  in  discussing  the  subject,  had  spoken  of  the  evils  arising 
from  the  use,  or  rather  the  abuse,  of  compendiums  by  students.  Dr. 
Fisher  said  compendiums  "are  an  abomination  in  the  sight  of  the 
Lord." 

Before  adjourning  the  morning  session  Professor  James  said  that  if 
the  departments  for  practical  work  in  colleges  were  endowed  the  prob- 
lem regarding  the  laboratory  would  be  largely  solved. 

The  Afte7'noo7i  Session. — At  this  session  two  more  addresses  were  pre- 
sented. Prof.  Chas.  B.  Fisher,  of  Chicago,  ex-President  of  the  Ameri- 
can Institute  of  Homoeopathy,  presided.  Dr.  Charles  FJ.  Walton,  Pro- 
fessor in  Pulte  Medical  College,  Cincinnati,  read  an  able  paper  on  "  The 
Place  and  Period  of  Clinical  Work  in  the  Four  Years'  Course,"*  which 
precipitated  considerable  discussion,  among  those  participating  being 
Professor  William  B.  Van  Lennep,  of  the   Faculty  of  Hahneman  Col- 


Professor  James  C.  Wood,  of  the  Cleveland  (O. )  Homoeopathic  Medi- 
cal College,  spoke'on  the  subject  "How  Can  the  Teaching  of  the  Special- 
ties in  the  Undergraduate  Course  be  Made  to  Serve  its  True  and  Best 
Purpose — the  Qualification  of  the  Student  for  General  Practice?" 

Dr.  Wood  advocated  that  the  student  should  be  taught  something  of 
the  history  and  evolution  of  medicine,  the  growth  of  its  vast  literature 
and  its  numerous  systems.  Medicine  embraces  many  of  the  sciences — 
Microscopy,  Biology,  Chemistry,  Bacteriology,  Pathology,  Physiology 
and  Anatomy  are  now  comprehended  under  the  term  medicine.  The 
uncertainties  characterizing  medicine  should  be  presented  to  the  stu- 
dent early  in  his  career  that  he  may  not  be  turned  loose  from  college 
with  a  sublime  faith  in  all  that  has  been  taught  him.  The  medicine  of 
to-day  is  but  a  consummation  of  nearly  all  that  is  good  (and  much  that 
is  bad)  of  the  medicine  of  six  thousand  years  ago.  No  school  or  sect  has 
a  monopoly  of  it.  There  is  an  advantage  in  specialties.  Humanity  has 
been  greatly  benefited  by  them.  Yet  the  specialists  should  have  a 
general  knowledge  of  all  diseases.  Each  lecturer  usually  seeks  to  give 
to  his  department  exaggerated  importance.  But  the  medical  student 
can  usually  distinguish  the  really  usefiil,  the  genuine  from  the  spuri- 
ous. How  shall  we  avoid  in  dealing  with  graduates  this  one-sided  teach- 

*Ain.  Med.  Monlhly,  August,  1898. 


886  GOI.DEN  JUBIIvEE   OP    1 898. 

ing  ?  The  student  should  be  taught  from  the  inception  of  his  medical 
course  to  its  very  end  that  there  is  a  totality  of  the  organism  as  well  as 
a  totality  of  symptoms;  that  there  is  no  organ  of  the  body  independent 
of  its  fellow  or  fellows;  that  all  are  connected  anatomically  and  physio- 
logically, and  that  disease  or  lesion  of  any  one  may,  and.  frequently 
does,  disturb  other  and  distant  organs.  The  mission  of  the  physician 
is  to  prevent  disease  or  cure  it  as  easily  and  safely  as  possible.  The 
student  should  be  given  an  abiding  faith  in  therapeutics,  but  he  should 
be  taught  the  limitations  of  the  internal  remedy.  The  specialist  should 
so  teach  his  branch  that  the  student  may  understand  its  relation  with 
other  branches  of  medicine.     This  paper  was  extensively  discussed. 

Evening  Sessio?i. — At  the  evening  session  William  MeGeorge,  Jr., 
Vice-President  of  the  College,  presided.  About  him,  on  the  platform, 
were  grouped  members  of  the  trustees  and  faculty  and  prominent  guests. 
Two  papers  of  uncommon  interest  were  presented,  one  by  Dr.  Pemberton 
Dudley,  Dean  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College,  and  the  other  by  Dr. 
George  G.  Groff,  Professor  in  Bucknell  University,  and  President  of  the 
Pennsylvania  State  Board  of  Health.  The  subject  of  Dean  Dudley's 
address  was  "The  Preparatory  Educational  Needs  of  the  American 
Medical  Student."* 

In  speaking  on  "  The  Relation  of  General  and  Higher  Education  to 
the  Training  of  the  Physician,"  after  briefly  describing  the  more 
thorough  methods  of  teaching  now  adopted  by  the  University,  Dr. 
Groff  said: 

How  shall  the  young  man  be  prepared  to  enter  upon  the  studies  re- 
quired for  admission  to  so  noble  and  responsible  a  profession  as  medi- 
cine? 

In  the  light  of  the  experience  of  all  ages  we  plead  for  the  continu- 
ance of  a  measure  of  scholastic  culture  in  the  preparation  of  the  young 
medical  student. 

The  medical  student  shotild  go  with  Caesar  in  his  Gallic  campaigns, 
with  Virgil  in  his  pastoral  lays,  with  Cicero  in  his  forensic  flights  and 
his  philosophic  discourses.  He  should  know  German  and  French,  be- 
cause of  the  scientific  discoveries  he  will  come  in  contact  with  in  the 
reading  of  those  languages.  It  is  a  great  power,  to  think  in  two  lan- 
guages. It  gives  a  man  double  power.  But  most  important  of  all  is 
science. 

Arithmetic  is  indispensable.  Geometry  trains  the  reasoning  powers 
as  nothing  else  can  do.  The  medical  man  certainly  should  be  taught  to 
reason  correctly.  Algebra  is  like  a  foreign  tongue,  it  enables  a  man  to 
reason  in  a  new  language.  And  science  study?  It  develops  the  per- 
ceptive powers  which  are  not  needed  by  linguistic  or  mathematical 
studies.     It  acquaints  us  with  the  forces  of  nature. 

The  student  should  study  chemistry  because  it  lies  at  the  foundation 
of  all  other  sciences;  it  is  at  the  basis  of  all  modern  life;    Natural  Phil- 

*Hahn.  Monthly,  June,  1898. 


GOLDEN  JUBILEE   OF    1 898.  887 

osophy  or  Physics,  treating  of  heat,  light,  etc. ;  Biology,  Zoology  and 
Botany. 

We  certainly  cannot,  as  yet,  demand  the  baccalaureate  degree  for 
entrance  to  the  medical  college.  The  time  may  never  come  when  we 
can  demand  it.  Yet  we  must  demand  all  the  training  of  intellect  and 
all  the  culture  possible.  The  existing  requirements  of  a  good  common- 
school  education  is  entirely  too  low.  The  medical  student  should  have 
some  of  the  higher  education,  in  order  that  his  intellect  may  be  trained. 
If  we  cannot  require  the  A.  B.  degree,  I  would  suggest  that  we  adopt  a 
system  whereby,  at  the  end  of  three  years,  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Medicine  be  conferred  by  our  medical  colleges;  at  five  years  the  degree 
of  Doctor  of  Medicine,  and  at  eight  years  the  rank  of  general  practi- 
tioner. 

A  pleasant  feature  of  the  evening  session  was  the  presentation  of  a 
handsome  oil  painting  of  the  late  Dr.  A.  R.  Thomas,  for  many  years 
Dean  of  Hahnemann  Medical  College.  It  was  the  work  and  gift  of  one 
of  Dean  Thomas's  devoted  students.  Dr.  R.  M.  Tudor,  who  was  an  art- 
student  of  the  Academy  of  Fine  Arts  when  Prof.  Thomas  lectured  on 
Artistic  Anatomy  in  the  late  fifties;  and  he  is  also  an  alumnus  of  the 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  1893.  The  painting  was  presented  by 
Prof.  Charles  Mohr,  Registrar  of  the  College,  to  the  Board  of  Trustees, 
and  Vice-President  McGeorge  graphically  accepted  the  handsome  gift. 

Two  hundred  physicians  were  in  attendance  at  this  meeting. 

Thursday. 

Morning  Session. — The  session  was  held  at  10:30  o'clock,  Dr.  John 
B.  James  presiding. 

The  principal  address  of  the  session  was  given  by  Timothy  Field 
Allen,  M.  D.,  LL.  D.,  of  the  New  York  Homceopathic  Medical  College. 
His  subject  was  "  Preparatory  Studies  and  Preparatory  Departments  in 
Medical  Colleges."  He  said  that  a  thorough  preparatory  education  is 
not  only  necessary,  but  greatly  to  the  advantage  of  any  man  entering 
upon  a  career.  It  has  been  said  that  many  a  good  doctor  has  been 
spoiled  by  too  much  Latin  and  Greek,  but  no  good  man  was  ever 
injured  by  too  much  education.  When  a  student  who  is  deficient  in 
early  education  competes  with  one  highly  educated,  the  difference  is 
clearly  defined.  To-day,  more  than  ever  before,  it  is  necessary  for  a 
physician  to  be  educated  in  literature,  the  fine  arts  and  a  knowledge  of 
the  world.  Some  of  the  most  brilliant  men  in  the  profession  in  the  past 
never  entered  a  medical  school,  but  that  time  is  almost,  if  not  quite, 
past. 

The  policy  of  the  medical  schools  is  in  the  direction  of  endorsing 
thorough  preparation.  What  the  country  needs  is  greater  restriction 
in  the  number  of  physicians  annually  turned  out.  Medical  schools  are 
turning  out  too  many  doctors.  No  preparatory  studies  should  be 
taught  in  medical  colleges.  The  man  should  come  to  the  medical  col- 
lege prepared  at  all  points  to  study  medicine. 


888  GOLDEN   JUBILEE    OF    1 898. 

Professor  William  H.  Bigler,  of  Hahnemann  College,  followed  Dr. 
Allen.  He  said  that  it  is  not  so  much  the  subject  taught,  as  the  manner 
of  teaching  it.  Much  as  we  all  desire  that  physicians  shall  be  educated 
gentlemen,  we  cannot  ignore  the  trend  of  education  toward  the  practi- 
cal. The  whole  educational  tendency  should  be  to  make  students  prac- 
tical practitioners.  Preparatory  studies  shoiild  be  taught  to  medical  stu- 
dents in  a  different  wa}'  than  they  are  taught  in  other  schools.  How  can 
this  necessary  course  be  gained  and  retained  by  medical  colleges?  Only 
in  preparatory  schools  or  departments  under  their  exclusive  and  direct 
supervision.  "  Recognizing  the  present  imposibility  of  such  schools," 
said  Dr.  Bigler,  "  I  have  advocated,  as  the  next  best  thing,  seeking  to 
gain  some  influence  in  institutions  already  established  whereby  the 
medical  colleges  could  in  a  measure  control,  or  at  least  shape,  the  pres- 
entation of  subjects  in  a  department  which  should  be  preparatory  to 
their  own  courses." 

In  conclusion.  Dr.  Bigler  spoke  of  the  "'  unwarranted  and,  in  my  opin- 
ion, illegal  encroachments  upon  the  powers  and  immunities  of  medical 
colleges  made  by  irresponsible  and  ofttimes  ignorant  legislators,  and 
aided  by  ambitious  and  disgruntled  members  of  our  own  profession. 
First  they  began  by  declaring  that  the  faculties  of  medical  colleges 
were  unworthy  or  unable  to  decide  upon  the  fitness  of  their  graduates 
to  practice  medicine.  Then  they  set  to  work  at  the  other  end,  and 
virtually  declared  them  equally  incompetent  to  decide  upon  the  fitness 
of  students  to  begin  the  study  of  medicine;  and  I  seem  to  see,  looming 
up  in  the  near  distance,  a  further  encroachment  in  the  shape  of  deny- 
ing to  medical  colleges  the  right  to  include  in  their  four  years'  course 
the  preliminary  branches.  What  the  next  step  after  that  will  be  I  can- 
not foretell,  but  that  there  will  be  no  end  of  this  meddlesome  legisla- 
tion until  the  profession  at  large  comes  to  realize  how  its  own  liberties 
are  in  danger,  and,  rising  up  in  its  united  strength,  asserts  its  inde- 
pendence of  politics  and  political  log-rolling,  I  do  not  doubt.  That  re- 
form was  necessary,  I  grant;  that  the  shape  it  has  assumed  was  also 
necessary,  I  emphatically  deny." 

Professor  Charles  Mohr,  who  followed  Dr.  Bigler,  objected  to  the 
statement  that  too  many  physicians  are  "  being  turned  loose  on  the 
community,"  as  Dr.  Allen  expressed  it.  Dr.  Mohr  believed  that  there 
are  not  too  many  homoeopathic  physicians.  Of  115,000  physicians  in  the 
country,  there  are  about  100,000  of  the  old  school.  So  long  as  there 
are  many  towns  in  Pennsylvania  that  have  no  homoeopathic  physicians, 
there  is  still  room  in  this  State,  whatever  may  be  the  condition  in  New 
York. 

Dr.  Aug.  Korndoerfer,  President  of  the  Board  of  Medical  Examiners, 
took  exceptions  vigorously  and  warmly  to  the  remarks  made  by  Dr. 
Bigler.  He  said  that  the  Board  is  not  inimical  to  the  medical  colleges, 
and  that  it  is  not  made  up  of  disgruntled  physicians.  He  said  that  when 
applicants  came  before  the  Board  who  speak  of  the  "  elementary  canal," 


GOLDEN  JUBILEE   OF    1 898.  889 

and  who  spell  heart  without  an  e,  in  whose  papers  are  found  not  one, 
but  many,  misspelled  words,  the  need  of  the  Board  is  seen.  The  mem- 
bers intend  to  treat  fairly  those  who  come  before  it.  One  of  his  own 
friends  was  disappointed,  and,  when  he  took  his  examinations  a  year 
later,  expressed  himself  as  knowing  thoroughly  why  he  was  not  ac- 
cepted in  the  first  place.  In  conclusion.  Dr.  Korndoerfer  said:  "The 
medical  colleges  are  giving  larger,  more  complete  and  more  satisfactory 
courses  than  they  gave  when  the  Board  was  organized." 

Dr.  Bigler  said,  with  reference  to  Dr.  Korndoerfer's  remarks,  that 
what  was  said  was  not  intended  as  a  criticism  of  the  present  administra- 
tion. He  meant  to  criticize  the  origin,  aud  said  that  the  movement  was 
originated  probably  to  crowd  out  homoeopathic  physicians. 

Dr.  A.  M.  Gushing,  Springfied,  Mass  ;  Dr.  C.  W.  Roberts,  Scranton; 
and  Professor  J.  C.  Wood,  Cleveland,  also  spoke. 

The  Medical  College  Conference  then  adjourned  sine  die. 

Graduating  Exercises  at  the  Academy  of  Music. 

The  great  auditorium  of  the  Academy  of  Music  was  packed  to  the 
roof  with  alumni,  faculty,  trustees,  families  and  friends  of  the  members 
of  the  graduating  class,  who  rejoiced  both  in  the  completion  of  a  half 
century  of  the  college's  career  and  the  completion  of  its  course  of  study 
by  sixty-eight  young  men  about  to  enter  upon  their  professional  careers. 

On  the  stage  were  assembled  men  who  stand  at  the  summit  of  their 
profession,  many  from  other  States  who  came  to  join  with  the  people 
of  Philadelphia  in  generous  recognition  of  Old  Hahnemann's  great  day. 

Judge  William  B.  Hanna,  D.  C.  ly.,  and  William  McGeorge,  Jr., 
president  and  vice-president,  respectively,  of  the  college,  led  the 
academy  procession  onto  the  stage.  They  were  followed  by  trustees, 
faculty,  alumni  and  graduating  class  in  turn.  Beside  Judge  Hanna  and 
Mr.  McGeorge,  seated  in  the  centre  of  the  platform,  were  Dr.  Pember- 
ton  Dudley,  dean  of  the  college;  Dr.  William  B.  Van  Lennep,  Dr. 
Charles  M.  Thomas,  Dr.  Charles  Mohr,  and  other  members  of  the 
Hahnemann  Faculty;  the  trustees.  Dr.  W.  Tod  Helmuth,  LL.  D.,  of  New 
York;  Dr.  Chas.  E.  Walton,  of  Cincinnati,  O.;  Dr.  Chas.  E.  Fisher,  of 
Chicago,  111.;  Dr.  James  C.  Wood,  of  Cleveland;  Dr.  George  F.  Laidlaw, 
of  New  York;  Dr.  T.  F.  Allen,  LL.  D.,  of  New  York,  and  numerous 
other  invited  guests,  besides  an  impressive  array  of  physicians  promi- 
nent in  this  and  other  cities,  many  of  them  distinguished  alumni  of 
Hahnemann. 

Rev.  Dr.  J.  R.  Taylor  Gray  pronounced  the  invocation.  Professor 
Charles  M.  Thomas,  of  the  Hahnemann  Faculty,  delivered  the  valedic- 
tory address  to  members  of  the  graduating  class. 

Dr.  Thomas  sketched  the  history  of  the  Hahnemann  College,  show- 
ing its  intimate  association  with  the  rise  and  development  of  the  doc- 
trine of  Homoeopathy  in  this  country,  and  outlining  the  remarkable 
progress,  against  a  stern  and  unrelenting  opposition,  of  the  thera- 
peutical law  of  "  similia  similibus  curantur." 


890  GOLDEN  JUBILEE   OF    1 898. 

He  spoke  of  the  wonderful  growth  of  Homoeopathy  as  follows:  Fifty 
years  ago,  upon  the  opening  of  this  College,  there  was  not  another  in 
this  country  in  which  Homceopathy  had  a  representation.  Since  that 
period  they  have  sprung  up  in  various  localities,  until  now  there  are 
twenty-one  in  active  operation. 

Fifty  years  ago  there  were  but  fifteen  students  of  homoeopathic 
medicine  in  the  United  States.  To-day  the  classes  of  our  twenty-one 
colleges  aggregate  more  than  2,000  students,  while  the  alumni  of  all 
our   colleges  a  year  ago  showed  a  total  of  11,997. 

Fifty  years  ago  there  was  not  a  single  hospital  and  but  few  dispen- 
saries in  the  United  States  where  the  patient  could  receive  homoeo- 
pathic treatment,  now  we  have  sixty-six  general  and  seventy-four 
special  hospitals,  a  total  of  140,  with  an  aggregate  of  10,000,  beds  be- 
sides large  numbers  of  dispensaries  in  which  hundreds  of  thousands  re- 
ceive annually  gratuitous  medical  and  surgical  treatment. 

In  1848  the  number  of  homoeopathic  physicians  in  Philadelphia 
scarcely  reached  thirty,  while  in  the  whole  country  there  were  not  more 
than  400.  To-day  we  number  400  in  Philadelphia  alone,  and  more  than 
12,000  in  the  United  States. 

When  he  pronounced  the  valedictory  to  the  graduating  class  a  hush 
fell  over  the  vast  assemblage.     He  spoke  in  part  as  follows: 

You  are  to-day  to  be  dedicated  to  one  of  the  most  honorable,  one 
of  the  most  benevolent,  one  of  the  most  responsible  professions  in  which 
it  is  possible  for  men  to  engage.  In  behalf  of  my  colleagues  and  your 
many  friends  here  assembled,  permit  me  to  congratulate  you  on  this 
happy  consummation  of  your  diligent  and  patient  labor. 

The  life  of  a  conscientious  physician  can  never  be  a  selfish  one.  It 
must,  from  very  necessity,  be  one  of  continual  concessions  to  his  fellow- 
men.  In  no  other  profession  is  there  required  of  its  members  greater 
sacrifices,  more  complete  self-abandonment,  than  in  that  of  medicine. 
The  cry  of  the  weak  and  suffering,  from  disease  or  accident;  of  the 
helpless  infant,  of  the  old  and  decrepit,  must  be  responded  to  at  any 
cost.  By  night  as  well  as  by  day,  through  the  heat  of  summer  and  the 
storms  of  winter,  must  the  doctor  ever  stand  ready  to  hasten  to  the  side 
of  the  afflicted  in  all  stations  of  life  and  apply  judiciously  the  means 
of  cure. 

Though  plague  and  pestilence  are  plying  their  deadly  work  on  all 
sides,  the  physician  is  never  to  falter  in  his  merciful  ministrations.  His 
task  is  the  care  of  priceless  human  health  and  life,  and  no  persona^ 
comfort  or  interest,  no  coveted  pleasure,  must  stand  in  the  way  of  the 
discharge  of  his  responsible  duties. 

Gentlemen,  you  have  indeed  chosen  a  profession  of  the  most  ex- 
alted  dignity.  Be  worthy  of  it.  See  to  it  that  the  correctness  of  your 
habits  and  the  purity  of  your  lives  are  such  as  to  place  examples  before 
others  worthy  of  their  emulation. 

You  are  about  to  sever  relations  which  in  the  nature  of  things  can- 
not be  interrupted  with  indifference.  The  friendships  which  have  grown 


GOLDEN  JUBILEE   OP    1 898.  89I 

up  among  yourselves,  the  respect  and  kindly  feeling  which  we  hope 
may  have  been  acquired  for  your  instructors  during  our  long  associa- 
tion, must  have  created  ties  that  cannot  be  surrendered  without  a  pang 
of  regret.  While  we  shall  observe  with  eager  interest  evidences  of 
your  future  progress  and  success,  may  you  forget  not  your  alma  mater. 
May  you  ever  bear  her  in  kind  remembrance,  and  may  your  honorable 
career  in  life  prove  you  deserving  sons  and  worthy  her  maternal  pride. 

Gentlemen,  in  behalf  of  my  colleagues,  I  reluctantly  but  sincerely 
bid  you  a  hearty  Godspeed. 

The  ceremony  of  conferring  the  degrees  on  the  graduates  was  marked 
with  grave  formalities  on  the  part  of  the  authorities  and  recipients,  and 
continuous  and  boundless  enthusiasm  on  the  part  of  the  fond  parents 
and  joyously  admiring  friends.  Standing  at  one  side  of  the  stage,  with  a 
heavy  oflScial  document  whose  import  gave  authority  for  the  conferring 
of  sixty-eight  degrees,  was  Dean  Dudley,  who  read  the  names  of  the 
graduating  class,  whereat  each  man  responded  and  walked  to  the  plat- 
form as  his  name  was  pronounced,  bowed  gravely  to  Judge  Hanna,  stand- 
ing on  the  opposite  side  of  the  stage,  and  passed  on  to  join  the  crescent 
of  new  medical  practitioners  which  formed  across  the  stage. 

Judge  Hanna  said:  By  the  authority  conferred  on  me  by  the  sov- 
ereign Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania,  I  have  the  honor  of  conferring 
upon  you  the  degree  of  doctor  of  medicine,  and  in  addition  thereto  the 
degree  of  doctor  of  homoeopathic  medicine,"  and  other  things  to  the 
same  import,  and  the  men  of  '98  filed  past  their  president,  and  each 
received  from  his  hand  a  ribbon-tied  bit  of  sheepskin,  whose  contents 
represented  to  each  the  reward  of  a  long  and  arduous  course  of  study. 

Hahnemann  is  joyously  proud  of  the  record  of  her  graduates,  for  in 
all  the  fifty  years  of  her  history  no  alumnus  of  Hahnemann  has  failed 
to  pass  the  examinations  of  the  State  Medical  Board. 

President  Hanna  had  a  kindly  word  of  congratulation  for  each  new 
alumnus  who  received  a  diploma  from  his  hand,  and  from  the  galleries 
came  tumultuous  applause  as  each  man  stepped  into  his  place  in  the 
line. 

Prof.  Wm.  Tod  Helmuth,  a  graduate  of  the  class  of  1853,  Dean  of  the 
New  York  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  and  Hospital,  delivered  the 
final  address  of  the  Commencement  celebration.*  Dr.  Helmuth  was 
delightfully  reminiscent.  He  is  the  popularly  recognized  Poet  Laureate 
of  the  Hahnemann. 

After  some  introductory  remarks  he  lauded  his  alma  mater  in  this 
original  verse: 

Here,  where  my  Alma  Mater  proudly  rears 
Her  noble  head,  the  pride  of  fifty  years 
In  glory  sitting  on  her  radiant  brow, 
I  stand  to  offer  willing  homage  now. 
First  of  her  race  who  fearless  dared  proclaim 
Similiain  the  Master's  mighty  name; 

*See  Hahn.  Monthly,  June,  1898. 


892  GOLDEN   JUBILEE   OP    1 898. 

First  of  the  schools  who  to  the  startled  world 
The  banner  of  our  simple  truth  unfurled; 
I  love  her  yet,  and  may  affection  grow, 
That  budded  here  some  fifty  years  ago. 

Dr.  Helmuth  then  gave  a  sketch  of  the  Allentown  Academy,  holding 
in  his  hand  the  original  pamphlet  containing  its  Constitution  and  By- 
Laws,  published  in  1835.     Continuing  he  said: 

I  am  an  Alumnus,  with  several  others  (alas  !  not  many)  on  this 
platform,  of  the  Homoeopathic  College  of  Pennsylvania.  I  was  ma- 
triculated in  the  year  1850  and  graduated  in  1853,  and  was  elected  to 
the  Professorship  of  Anatomy  in  1856.  My  uncle,  the  late  William  S. 
Helmuth,  was  the  Professor  of  Theory  and  Practice  during  my  student- 
ship. I  had  removed  from  Philadelphia  when  the  colleges  became 
united  and  knew  nothing  of  the  circumstances,  excepting  that  the 
competition  that  always  arises  when  two  medical  colleges  are  situated 
in  same  city  or  town  resulted,  and  it  was  thought  advisable,  as  '  in 
union  there  is  strength.'  to  amalgamate  the  two  institutions;  neces- 
sarily, therefore,  all  my  memories  cluster  round  the  old  college  in 
Filbert  street.  Ah  !  how  well  I  remember  it — with  its  winding  stairs 
on  each  side  of  the  hall,  presided  over  by  an  old  janitor  who  majesti- 
cally handled  a  bell  of  most  discordant  clang  at  the  beginning  and  end 
of  each  hour.  Glad  were  we  to  hear  at  the  end  of  the  sixty  minutes — 
it  meant  temporary  freedom — hateful  was  its  sound  to  us  at  the  begin- 
ning, it  meant  another  'grind.'  I  may  mention,  however,  en  passant, 
that  this  consequential  old  and  rotund  janitor,  who  had  his  den  under 
the  staircase  in  the  hall  to  the  right  side  of  the  entrance,  from  which 
he  viewed  the  incomings  and  outgoings  of  the  students  from  a  glass- 
door  in  his  cubby-hole — could  'write  himself  M.  D.'  His  name  was 
Martin  Derr.  He  never  smiled  save  at  the  end  of  the  term,  when  in 
exchange  for  a  five-dollar  gold  piece  he  handed  to  each  graduate  a 
round,  oblong,  green,  japanned  tin  box,  containing  the  long-coveted 
parchment.  I  have  my  own  now,  dented,  and  scratched,  and  worn — 
but  to  be  tranferred  to  my  children  when  the  proper  time  shall  come.  I 
can  see  distinctly,  even  at  this  moment,  the  lower  lecture-room,  and 
Prof.  Semple  standing  forth  with  his  long  hair  behind  his  ears,  demon- 
strating the  production  of  hydrogen  in  a  simple  way  from  a  pneumatic 
trough  made  out  of  an  ordinary  washing-tub  and  retorts  constituted  of 
pipe-stems  and  old  bottles.  The  hobby  of  Dr.  Semple  was  that  an  ex- 
perienced chemist  needed  little  apparatus  that  he  could  not  prepare  for 
himself  with  the  exercise  of  a  modicum  of  ingenuity  and  mechanical 
skill.  But  chemistry  has  become  a  vast  and  comprehensive  science  since 
then. 

In  the  same  room  Prof.  Small — whose  name  belied  him  both  from  a 
mental  and  physical  point  of  view,  for  he  was  great  both  as  to  his  cor- 
poreal and  mental  attributes — poured  out  his  ponderous  words  on  physi- 
ology,   especially  that  of  sleep,    until   their   weight   of   wisdom   o'er- 


GOLDEN   JUBILEE   OP    1898.  893 

powered  the  sensibilities  of  his  hearers.  Often  the  subject  of  his  lecture 
was  practically  demonstrated  before  him  by  the  somnolence  of  his  class. 
There  also  my  revered  uncle  and  preceptor,  a  second  father  to  me,  a 
conscientious  student  of  Homoeopathy  and  a  painstaking  phj'sician, 
lectured  upon  the  institutes  and  practice  of  medicine — orthodox, 
rhetorical,  precise  and  scientific  were  his  words;  good,  oh  !  how  good, 
but  dry  as  the  sands  of  the  Desert  of  Sahara.  I  may  recite  here  a  truth, 
never  vouchsafed  the  public  before,  and  that  is,  I  never  paid  any  great 
degree  of  attention  to  these  lectures,  because  I  lived  with  my  respected 
relative  during  those  years  of  student  life.  I  knew  just  in  what  desk 
the  lectures  were  kept,  and  where  the  prepared  questions,  accurately 
numbered  for  the  coming  quiz,  could  be  found — who  can  blame  me  ? — 
think  of  it,  forty-eight  years  ago  ! 

Passing  up  the  winding  stair  to  the  second  floor  the  museum  was 
reached.  It  occupied  the  whole  area  of  the  building,  and  was  really  a 
fine,  spacious  apartment.  Even  in  those  days  it  possessed  the  nucleus 
of  its  present  excellent  collection  of  specimens,  which  had  been  pur- 
chased from  the  late  Dr.  Paul  B.  Goddard,  Professor  of  Anatomy  and 
Surgery  in  the  old  Pennsylvania  College,  by  Prof.  Francis  Sims,  our 
then  Professor  of  Surgery.  They  stand  to-day  in  the  museum.  Chief 
among  them  are  the  beautiful  and  complete  wax  preparations  of  dis- 
eases of  the  eye,  and  many  well-colored  plates  of  fractures  and  disloca- 
tions. 

Over  the  museum  was  the  little  amphitheatre  with  a  professor's 
Toom  on  the  left  and  a  private  dissecting  room  on  the  right,  wherein  I 
have  spent  many  happy  hours  preparing  anatomical  lectures.  There, 
in  the  semicircle,  I  have  heard  dear  old  Matthews,  blown  and  breath- 
less from  the  ascent  of  the  long  and  winding  stairs,  exhibiting  too 
plainly  the  ravages  of  that  incurable  disease  which  was  soon  to  close 
the  scene  of  his  labors  on  earth,  seated  in  a  chair  (he  was  too  weak  to 
stand)  and  unfolding  to  us  Materia  Medica  with  an  energy  and  en- 
thusiasm that  exhausted  him.  There  also  did  Walter  Williamson,  in 
the  earnestness  of  perfect  faith  and  with  the  courage  of  his  convictions, 
interweave  the  knowledge  of  the  law  of  cure  into  all  his  teachings  of 
obstetrics.  There  also  from  Gardiner  I  received  the  anatomical  knowl- 
edge that  rendered  me  fitted  in  two  years  afterwards  to  stand  in  his 
place  in  that  self-same  lecture  room  and  to  endeavor  to  emulate  the 
lucidity  of  his  teachings.     It  was  in  that  same  amphitheatre  that 

I  crammed  for  each  quiz,  applauded  with  my  feet, 
And  cut  my  name  upon  my  chosen  seat, 
The  right-hand  corner  of  the  second  row; 
I  cut  it  there  near  fifty  years  ago. 

Oh!  how  much  we  thought  we  knew  in  those  old  days!  Never 
have  I  since  had  such  an  overwhelming  sense  of  my  unerring  judgment, 
wisdom  and  knowledge,  as  I  sat  in  the  Filbert  street  lecture-room,  and 
criticized  the  teachings  of  those   men   whose   acquirements   rendered 


894  GOLDEN  JUBILEK   OF    1 898. 

them  as  modest  as  my  ignorance  and  inexperience  proclaimed  me 
both  conceited  and  impertinent.  I  think  most  medical  students  are 
affected  iu  this  manner — why,  I  cannot  tell.  I  remember  once  when 
that  revered  pioneer  of  Homoeopathy,  James  Kitchen,  a  clear-headed 
thinker,  and  among  the  first  in  Philadelphia  to  embrace  Homoeopathy, 
stated  in  a  clinical  lecture  that  in  a  case  of  unlimited  green  apples  in 
the  stomach  of  a  young  robber  of  orchards  he  had  ventured  to  suggest 
that  perhaps  a  good  old-fashioned  dose  of  castor  oil  might  prove  effica- 
cious, the  whole  class  of  inexperienced  youngsters  rose  in  rebellion  be- 
cause he  had  dared  to  express  a  sentiment  so  disastrous  to  the  progress 
of  Homoeopathy.  Think  of  a  dose  of  old-fashioned  castor  oil  adminis- 
tered with  such  good  intent  impeding  the  progress  of  a  great  scientific 
truth!  As  a  matter  of  history  I  would  like  to  read  to  you  the  advertise- 
ment of  the  first  course  of  lectures  of  the  old  college.  It  is  one  of  my 
most  precious  mementos.  It  is  taken  from  the  American  Journal  of 
Homoeopaihy^  edited  by  Dr.  S.  R.  Kirby,  and  published  in  New  York 
in  1848.* 

This  was  the  public  announcement  of  a  great  fact,  viz. ,  that  Homoe- 
opathy was  to  be  taught  in  a  legally  chartered  and  fully  equipped  insti- 
tution, to  all  those  who  desired  a  medical  education.  No  one  at  that 
time  could  imagine  the  immense  significance  of  such  an  announcement. 
It  marked  an  era  from  which  in  all  time  to  come  the  progress  of  our 
school,  as  a  school  of  medicine,  would  be  dated.  The  statement  is 
verified  to-day  in  the  computation  and  celebration  of  our  first  half  a 
century.  The  foundation  of  the  first  college  to  teach  Homoeopathy 
was  an  epoch  in  the  progress  of  its  science.  It  was  a  focus  from  which 
has  radiated  streams  of  knowledge  in  every  direction.  When  the  posi- 
tion of  Homoeopathy  in  those  days  is  considered  and  a  comparison  is 
made  with  its  present  status,  I  can  boldly  say  that  no  new  science  ever 
introduced,  no  innovation  in  medicine  ever  announced,  no  system  of 
therapeutics  ever  inaugurated  since  the  time  of  the  80th  Olj'mpiad  has 
spread  with  such  amazing  rapidity  and  settled  itself  so  permanently 
among  the  intelligent  and  educated  portions  of  the  community  as  Ho- 
moeopathy. The  opposition  that  it  encountered,  the  ostracism  it  re- 
ceived, the  ridicule  that  was  showered  upon  it,  the  persecution  its  early 
upholders  were  called  upon  to  evidence,  the  fanaticism,  bigotry  and  in- 
tolerance of  the  old  school  in  those  times  are  matters  of  history,  and 
need  not  be  repeated  here.  I  was  only  cognizant  of  the  latter  portion 
of  this  fierce  and  demoralizing  ebullition  of  sentiment;  but  even  then 
I  can  recall  friendships  estranged,  social  relations  sundered,  kinship 
ignored,  expulsion  from  societies  and  ejection  from  hospitals  frequent 
— so  deep  was  the  feeling  of  the  dominant  school  toward  those  who 
believed  they  saw  in  the  law  of  Similia  Similibus  Curatitur  a  better, 
safer,  and  more  reliable  method  of  curing  the  sick.  To-day  there  are 
in  the  United  States: 

*See  p.  16  of  this  book. 


GOIvDEN   JUBILEE   OP    1 898.  895 

Nine  National  Homoeopathic  Medical  Societies;  2  Sectional  Homoeo- 
pathic Medical  Societies;  33  State  Homoeopathic  Medical  Societies;  85 
I,ocal  Homoeopathic  Medical  Societies;  39  Homoeopathic  Medical  Clubs; 
66  General  Homoeopathic  Hospitals;  74  Special  Homoeopathic  Hos- 
pitals; 57  Homoeopathic  Dispensaries;  20  Homoeopathic  Medical  Col- 
leges; 31  Homoeopathic  Medical  Journals. 

These  statistics  are  perfectly  authentic,  have  been  prepared  with 
great  care,  and  are  taken  from  the  Report  (1897)  of  the  Committee  of 
Organization,  Registration  and  Statistics,  presented  to  the  American 
Institute  of  Homoeopathy  at  its  last  meeting. 

It  would  seem  especially  appropriate  in  this  connection  and  upon  this 
Commencement  Day,  which  celebrates  the  first  half  century  of  the 
existence  of  the  College,  that  allusion  should  be  made  to  its  first  public 
Commencement,  which  took  place  in  this  city  at  the  Musical  Fund 
Hall,  on  March  15,  1849. 

The  Philadelphia  Inquirer  for  March  16,  1849,  gives  a  detailed  ac- 
count of  the  function.*  *  *  *  * 

I  can  show  to  the  audience,  also,  as  matters  of  antiquarian  interest, 
the  tickets  for  many  other  commencements,  which  I  have  care- 
fully preserved  and  which  appear  to  possess  a  peculiar  significance 
on  this  our  Fiftieth  Anniversary.  Little  did  your  speaker  conceive, 
when  he  preserved  these  mementos  of  his  college  life,  that  they  would 
be  produced  on  such  an  occasion  and  with  such  surroundings.  As  I 
look  at  these  faded  and  time-discolored  bits  of  parchment,  each  one 
turns  a  page  in  the  volume  of  the  past,  and  by  their  mnemonic  influence 
incidents  of  time  and  place,  faces  that  had  faded  from  memory,  environ- 
ments that  had  been  entirely  forgotten,  rise  before  me  with  such  sharp- 
ness of  outline  that  I  can  scarcely  believe  they  belong  to  the  days  that 
are  gone,  but  have  only  been  hidden  by  the  daily  and  hourly  duties  and 
responsibilities  of  an  arduous  professional  life.  Here,  for  instance,  are 
two  of  these  tickets,  one  yellow  and  one  white;  both  were  issued  for 
the  same  Commencement  Day,  viz.,  February  27,  1857.  The  yellow 
one  was  devised  by  one  member  of  the  Faculty,  the  white  one  by 
another  respectable  member  of  the  same  body.  Those  two  tickets 
were  the  cause  of  such  a  hot  contention  at  a  certain  Faculty  meeting 
that  an  estrangement  existed  between  the  parties  for  some  time  there- 
after. I  would  now  recall  an  incident  that  took  place  at  one  of  the 
final  examinations  in  the  early  days  of  my  Alma  Mater,  and  finally  say 
a  few  words  to  these  fortunate  young  doctors  who  to-day  commence 
their  professional  careers,  premising  that,  after  an  experience  of  forty- 
two  years  in  the  amphitheatre,  I  may  lay  claim  to  the  proper  under- 
standing of  the  tastes,  the  sentiments  and  the  aspirations  of  applicants 
for  the  doctorate.  My  whole  life  has  been  interwoven  with  that  of 
medical  students,  my  hair  has  turned  white  in  their  service,  the 
wrinkles  have  come  upon  my  forehead,  the  crows'  feet  have  gathered 

*  Dr.  Helmuth  quotes  from  the  Inquirer. 


896  GOLDEN  JUBILEE   OF    1898. 

about  my  eyes;  the  spectacles  have  become  an  integral  part  of  the  man; 
temper  begins  to  wane,  and  muscularity  abates;  but  I  find  no  diminution 
in  my  attachment  to  the  medical  student,  and,  what  is  more,  I  think 
my  classes  know  it.  Therefore,  I  feel  I  have  acquired  the  right  to  ad- 
dress a  few  words  in  conclusion  to  these  young  men.  I  have  taken  the 
liberty  to  put  them  into  verse: 

Once  in  the  springtide  of  a  year  long  pass'd 
A  student  sat,  wrapt  in  profound  surmize; 

Now  that  the  Ides  of  March  had  dawn'd  at  last, 
Would  he  be  call'd  for  honors  or  a  prize  ? 

For  three  long  terms  this  ^^sculapian  son 

Had  deeply  delved  in  Hippocratic  soil, 
Had  "  rushed  "  the  Freshmen  and  the  battles  won, 

And  lavishly  had  burned  the  midnight  oil. 

This  was  his  last  "  exam  " — the  hour  had  come. 

Now  for  the  bright-eyed  girl  he  held  so  dear. 
Now  for  the  love  of  those  old  folks  at  home, 

Now  must  his  memory  shine  bright  and  clear. 

The  "  oral  "  was  the  method  in  those  days; 

"Cribbing,"  that  wretched  subterfuge,  unknown; 
A  manly  student,  howe'er  wild  his  ways. 

Should  scorn  to  stand  by  knowledge  not  his  own. 

But  desultory  dreaming  soon  did  pass. 
When,  ever  eager  for  the  student's  weal, 

The  old  professor,  idol  of  the  class, 
Thus  introduced  Anatomy's  ordeal: 

"  On  the  fourth  ventricle's  anterior  wall 

A  groove  is  found;  now  give  its  name  tome." 
The  youth  flushed  bright;  he  knew — he  could  not  fall. 
"The  Calamus  scriptorius,''''  said  he. 

"  Describe  the  pharynx,"  said  this  quiet  man; 
' '  Then  give  to  me  its  muscles  and  detail 
The  number  of  its  op'nings — if  you  can. 

Remember,  boy,  there's  no  such  word  as  fail." 

"  The  pharynx,"  said  the  youth,  his  own  so  full 
That  scarce  a  syllable  would  deign  to  flow, 

"  Extends  by  its  constrictors  from  the  skull. 
And  touches  the  oesophagus  below. 

"  Its  openings  are  seven — two  are  wide. 

Mouth,  nares  and  oesophagus  make  four. 
A  Tube  Eustachian  on  either  side. 

One  for  the  larynx,  and  there  are  no  more. 


golde;n  jubii^ee  of  1898.  897 

The  questioner  arose;  his  hand  he  laid 

Upon  the  shoulder  of  the  trembling  youth; 
"  Well  done,  my  boy,"  with  gentleness  he  said, 
All  creeds  may  fail,  Anatomy  is  truth. 

And  that  dear  man,  a  learned  professor  then, 

Long  since  has  pass'd  to  his  eternal  joy. 
Facile  princeps  'mong  his  fellow  men. 

And  I — well,  yes — I  was  that  beardless  boy. 

And  why  do  these  old  scenes  arise  again 

Out  of  the  past  and  colors  fair  display  ? 
By  what  peculiar  fantasy  of  brain 

Do  college  days  return  to  me  to-day  ? 

Sometimes  a  strain  of  music  can  exhume 

Sweet  reminiscences  of  days  long  fled; 
The  faintest  breath  of  flowerets  in  bloom 

Can  bring  to  life  the  faces  of  the  dead. 

So  when  Commencement  time  again  rolls  round, 

.  And  "  crams  "  and  "  quizzes  "  fill  collegiate  air, 
When  students  always  in  their  seats  are  found. 

And  "  rushes,"  "  choruses  "  and  "yells  "  grow  rare. 

The  very  atmosphere  that  time  recalls, 
When  all  my  life  sf^os  forward  to  my  gaze; 

Then  do  I  start — the  present  so  appalls, 
For  backward  now  I  look  through  haze. 

Then  list  to  one  now  far  upon  his  way 
Along  the  lines  in  which  his  life  was  cast; 

This  is  the  lesson  that  he  would  convey. 
That  work  in  youth  brings  harvest  at  the  last. 

Now  is  the  time,  while  youth  and  strength  abide; 

Now,  while  the  current  of  your  blood  runs  free. 
Now,  when  the  world  stands  open  to  you  wide, 

Join  hands  to  battle  for  humanity. 

Now  is  the  time  to  face  your  secret  foe. 

Now,  when  your  self-reliance  rises  high. 
Now  is  the  time  to  vanquish  as  you  go. 

Now  is  the  time  to  conquer  or  to  die. 

No  memory  freighted  with  the  lapse  of  years. 

No  sweet  momento  graven  on  the  brain. 
No  heart's  remorse  all  sodden  with  your  tears. 

Can  call  these  youthful  days  to  life  again. 


58 


GOLDEN  JUBILEE   OF    1 898. 

So  buckle  on  your  armor  for  the  fight, 

With  knowledge  rivet  it  at  every  pore; 
The  pestilence  that  vv^alketh  in  the  night 

May  spring  upon  you  ere  the  day  is  o'er. 

Disease  and  death  are  lurking  by  the  way, 

In  secret  ambush  dire  contagion  lies; 
Up,  men  !  and  smite  them  while  ye  may, 

With  valor  that  e'en  destiny  defies. 

Then,  when  the  time  shall  come  to  lay  you  down 
The  battered  armor  which  your  fame  has  won, 

And  silver  hair  shall  deck  you  with  its  crown, 

While  Conscience  whispers  in  your  ear  "  Well  Done  !' 

Hark  to  the  strain  that  steals  upon  your  ear  ! 

What  tune  is  that  resounding  far  away? 
What  is  that  melody  so  sweet  and  clear  ? — 

"  The  band  is  playing  on  Commencement  Day.'''' 


Semi-Centennial  Celebration. 


The  following  is  the  official  programme  of  the  Jubilee  Commence- 
ment; it  is  a  booklet,  its  pages  held  by  a  silken  cord  of  old  gold  and 
blue.  On  the  cover  are  pictures  of  the  Filbert  street  College,  and  the 
present  College  and  Hospital.  The  last  page  of  the  cover  contains  por- 
traits of  Hering,  Jeanes  and  Williamson,  the  founders. 


OFFICERS. 
Presidknt.  Vice-Pre;side;nt. 

Hon.  Wm.  B.  Hanna,  D.  C.  L,.  William  McGeorge,  Jr. 

Secretary.  Treasurer. 

William  G.  Foulke.  Jas.  W.  McAllister. 

Trustees. 

Terms  Expire  May,  1899. 

Charles  Mohr,  M.  D. 

Caleb  S.  Middleton,  M.  D.  George  Burnham, 

Joel  Cook.  George  C.  Thomas. 

Terms  Expire  May,  1900. 

Pemberton  Dudley,  M.  D. 

B.  Frank  Betts,  M,  D.  Charles  J.   Harrah. 

Isaac  W.  Jeanes. 

Terms  Expire  May,  1901. 

John  E.  James,  M.  D. 

Daniel  Karsner,  M.  D.  Wm.  McGeorge,  Jr. 

Geo.  S.  Strawbridge.  E.  Burgess  Warren. 

Terms  Expire  May,  1902. 

Charles  M.  Thomas,  M.  D. 

Matt.  S.  Williamson,  M.  D.  Hon.  Wm.  B.  Hanna,  D.  C.  L. 

Jas.  W.  McAllister. 

Terms  Expire  May,  1903. 

W.  H.  Bigler,  M.  D. 

Jos.  C.  Guernsey,  M.  D.  William  C.  Hannis. 

Harry  S.  Hopper.  William  G.  Foulke. 

Advisory  Board. 
Bishop  H.  W.  Warren,  D.  D.  Horace  H.  Furness,  I/L,.  D., 

Conrad  B.  Day.  C.  William  Bergner. 

Bushrod  W.  James,  M.  D.  Joseph  Berens,  M.  D. 

Richard  H.  Downing.  William  A.  Church. 

Caleb  J.  Milne.  John  Dick. 


900  SEMI-CENTKNNIAL  CELEBRATION. 

Casper  Garrett.  T.  Broom  Belfield. 

William  H.  Hart,  Jr.  Justus  C.  Strawbridge. 

Isaac  H.  Clothier.  Wyllys  K.  Ingersoll,  M.  D, 

Rev.  Herman  I,.  Duhring.  Rev.  Edwin  C.  Sweetser,  D.  D. 

Rev.  William  L.  Worcester.  Samuel  F.  Houston. 

William  H.  Hurley.  Charles  Emory  Smith. 

Henry  C.  Townsend.  Horace  Fassitt. 

George  I.  McLeod,  M.  D.  John  B.  Stetson. 

COLLEGE  FACULTY. 
Dean.  Registrar. 

Pemberton  Dudley,  M.  D.  Charles  Mohr,  M.  D. 

Pemberton  Dudley,  M.  D.  .  .  Prof,  of  Institutes  of  Med.  and  Hygiene 
Charles  M.  Thomas,  M.  D.    .    Professor  of  Ophthalmology  and  Otology 

John  E.  James,  M.  D Professor  of  Gynecology 

Charles  Mohr,  M.  D.  .  .  Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics 
William  C.  Goodno,  M.  D.  .  .  ■  Professor  of  the  Practice  of  Medicine 
William  H.  Bigler,  M.  D.  .    .    .  Professor  of  Physiology  and  Paediatrics 

William  B.  Van  Lennep,  M.  D Professor  of  Surgery 

Herbert  L.  Northrop,  M.  D Professor  of  Anatomy 

Additionai,  Professors  and  Instructors. 

Charles  Piatt,  Ph.  D.,  F.  C.  S.    .    .   Prof,  of  Chemistry  and  Toxicology 

Edward  W.  Mercer,  M.  D Professor  of  Obstetrics 

Rufus  B.  Weaver,  M.  D.  .  Professor  of  Regional  and  Applied  Anatomy 
Erving  Melville  Howard,  M.  D.    .    .   Associate  Prof,  of  Materia  Medica 

Oliver  S.  Haines,  M.  D Clinical  Professor  of  Medicine 

Edward  R.  Snader,  M.  D Professor  of  Physical  Diagnosis 

Clarence  Bartlett,  M.  D.  .  Prof,  of  Neurology  and  Medical  Semeiology 
P.  Sharpies  Hall,  M.  D.,  Prof,  of  Pathology  and  Director  of  Laboratories 
William  Shippen  Roney,  A.  M.    .    .  Lecturer  on  Medical  Jurisprudence 

Edward  M.  Gramm,  M.  D Lecturer  on  Dermatology 

Fred'k  W.  Messerve,  M.  D.,  Lecturer  on  Histology  and  Ophthalmology 
Landreth  W.  Thompson,  M.  D.— 

Lecturer  on  Minor  Surgery  and  Emergencies 

Carl  V.  Vischer,  M.  D Lecturer  on  Surgical  Pathology 

Isaac  G.  Shall  cross,  M.  D.  .  .  Lecturer  on  Rhinology  and  Laryngology 
Thomas  Lindsley  Bradford,  M.  D.  .    .  Lecturer  on  History  of  Medicine 

Willett  Enos  Rotzell,  M.  D Lecturer  on  Botany  and  Zoology 

Duncan  Campbell,  M.  D Lecturer  on  Medical  Terminology 

Halton  I.  Jessup,  M.  D.  .  .  Lecturer  on  Ophthalmology  and  Otology 
Isaac  G.  Smedley,  M.  D.— 

Lecturer  on  Gynaecology  and  Clinical  Instructor 

J.  Percy  Moore,  Ph.  D Instructor  in  Biology 

Weston  D.  Bayley,  M.  D.  .  Lecturer  on  Insanity  and  Clinical  Neurology 
William  W.  Speakman,  M.  D Clinical  Instructor  in  Otology 


SKMI-CENTSNNIAL  CELEBRATION.  90I 

Ivcon  T.  Ashcraft,  M.  D Lecturer  on  Venereal  Diseases 

Frank  C.  Benson,  Jr.,  M.  D Demonstrator  of  Surgery- 
Thomas  H.  Carmichael,  M.  D Lecturer  on  Pharmaceutics 

Raymond  J.  Harris,  M.  D Assistant  in  Chemistry 

Walter  W.  Maires,  M.  D Demonstrator  of  Histology 

Alfred  Cookman,  M.  D Demonstrator  of  Pathology 

PROGRAM 

Medicai,  Coi,r,E;GE  Conference  Hahnemann  Medicai,  Coi,i.ege, 

Broad  Street  above  Race. 

Wednesday  Morning,  May  ii,  Ten  0'Ci,ock. 

Prof.  John  E.  James,  M.  D.,  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Phila- 
delphia, presiding. 

Address  by  Eldredge  C.  Price,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Materia  Medica 
and  Therapeutics,  Southern  Homoeopathic  Medical  College,  Baltimore, 
Md.,  subject,   "  The  Use  and  Abuse  of  the  Didactic  Lecture." 

Discussions  by  Prof.  A.  C.  Cowperthwaite,  M.  D.,  Chicago  Homoeo- 
pathic Medical  College;  Prof.  Pemberton  Dudley,  M.  D.,  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  and  others. 

Address  by  Joseph  P.  Cobb  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Physiology  and  Bac- 
teriology, Hahnemann  Medical  College,  Chicago,  111.,  subject,  "The 
Province  and  Value  of  the  Laboratory  in  the  Medical  College  Course." 

Discussions  by  Prof.  John  S.  Adriance,  A.  M.,  Ph.  D.,  New  York  Ho- 
moeopathic Medical  College;  Prof.  Geo.  F.  Laidlaw,  M.  D.,  New  York 
Homoeopathic  Medical  College;  Prof.  H.  L.  Northrop,  M.  D.,  Hahne- 
mann Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  and  others. 

Wednesday  Afternoon,  May  ii.  Three  O'Clock. 

A.  R.  Wright,  M.  D.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  President  of  the  American  In- 
stitute of  Homoeopathy,  presiding. 

Address  by  Charles  E.  Walton,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Operative  and 
Clinical  Surgery  and  Gynaecology,  Pulte  Medical  College,  Cincinnati,  O. , 
subject,  "The  Place  and  Period  of  Clinical  Work  in  the  Four  Years' 
Course." 

Discussions  by  Prof.  Allison  Clokey,  M.  D.,  Southwestern  Homoeo- 
pathic Medical  College,  Louisville.  Ky. ;  Prof.  William  B.  Van  Lennep, 
M.  D.,  Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  and  others. 

Address  by  James  C.  Wood,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Gynecology,  Cleve- 
land Homoeopathic  Medical  College,  Cleveland,  O.,  subject,  "How 
Can  the  Teaching  of  the  Specialties,  in  the  Undergraduate  Course,  be 
Made  to  Serve  its  True  and  Best  Purpose — the  Qualification  of  the  Stu- 
dent for  General  Practice  ?" 

Discussions  by  Prof.  Henry  M.  Dearborn,  M.  D.,  New  York  Homoeo- 
pathic Medical  College;  Prof.  Chas.  L.  Rumsey,  M.  D.,  Southern  Ho- 
moeopathic College  of  Baltimore;  Prof.  Chas.  M.  Thomas,  M.  D., 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  and  others. 


902  SEMI-CENTENNIAI,   CEIvKBRATlON. 

Wednesday  Evening,  May  ii,  Bight  O'Ci^ock.      (In  the  Cini- 
CAi<  Amphitheatre.) 

Hon.  W.  B.  Hanna,  D.  C.  L,.,  President  of  the  College,  in  the  Chair, 

Address  by  Pemberton  Dudley,  M.  D.,  Dean  of  the  Hahneman  Medi- 
cal College  of  Philadelphia,  subject,  "The  Preparatory  Educational 
Needs  of  the  American  Medical  Student." 

Address  by  Geo.  G.  Groff,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Organic  Sciences  in 
Bucknell  University;  President  of  the  State  Board  of  Health,  subject, 
' '  The  Relation  of  General  and  Higher  Education  to  the  Training  of 
the  Physician." 

During  Wednesday  evening  from  8  to  lo  o'clock  an  informal  recep- 
tion will  be  held  in  the  College  Building,  and  the  various  lecture  rooms 
and  laboratories  will  be  open  for  inspection.  The  festivities  will  be  en- 
livened by  music,  including  College  songs  by  members  of  the  College 
class. 

Thursday  Morning,  May  12,  Ten  0'Cr,ocK. 

T.  Y.  Kinne,  M.  D.,  Paterson,  N.  J.,  Ex-President  of  the  American 
Institute  of  Hymoeopathy,  presiding. 

Address  by  Timothy  Field  Allen,  M.  D.,  Iih.  D.,  Professor  of  Materia 
Medica  and  Director  of  the  L/aboratory  of  Experimental  Pharmacology, 
New  York  Homoeopathic  Medical  College,  subject,  "  Preparatory 
Studies,  and  Preparatory  Departments  in  Medical  Colleges." 

Discussions  by  Prof  Wm.  H.  Bigler,  M.  D.,  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  of  Philadelphia;  Prof.  Chas.  Mohr,  M.  D.,  Hahnemann  Medi- 
cal College  of  Philadelphia,  and  others. 

During  Thursday  morning.  Class  Reunions  will  be  held  in  the  Col- 
lege Building. 

Fiftieth  Annual  Commencement  American  Academy  of  Music, 
Broad  and  L,ocust  Streets,  Thursday  After- 
noon, May  12TH,  AT  2  O'Ci^oCK. 
Overture — "Festival"         -.-.._.         Leutner 
Operetta — ' '  Beggar  Student "        -        -        -        -        -        -  Millocker 

March — ' '  Stars  and  Stripes "       -        -        -        -        -        -        -     Sousa 

Entrance  of  Trustees,  Faculty  and  Graduating  Class. 
Opera — "  Prelude  and  Intermezzo  "         _____  Mascagni 

Prayer 

Rev.  J.  R.  Taylor  Gray,  D.  D., 

of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 

Song — "Parting"        -... Julien 

Valedictory 
Professor  Charles  M.  Thomas,  M.  D. 

Selection — "Carmen" -_.i    Bizet 

Conferring  of  the  Degrees, 

Hon.  William  B.  Hanna,  D.  C.  L., 

President  of  the  College. 


SEMI- CENTENNIAIv  CELEBRATION.  903 

Operetta — "  Heart  and  Hand  "         ..._--        Lecocq 

Address, 

W.  Tod  Helmuth,  M.  D., 

Dean  of  the  New  York  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  and  Hospital. 

Waltz — "Au  Re  voir" Walteufel 

Benediction. 
March — "  E)  Pluribus  Unum  "      ------  Fehling 

Music  by  the  Germania  Orchestra,  Mr.  William  Stoll,  Jr.,  Director. 
Floral  Decorations  by  H.  H.  Battles,  108  South  Twelfth  street. 

GRADUATES,  CIvASS  OF  1898. 
Burdett  Sheriden  Adams,  New  Haven,  Conn. 
Charles  Clifford  Allen,  Bridgeton,  N.  J. 

Ivewis  Brownson  Amsbry,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Albert  Alphonse  Appel,  Ph.  G.,  CoUegeville,  Pa. 
Russell  Bigler  Armor,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 

William  Franklin  Baker,  A.  B.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Walter  Isaac  Baker,  Camden,  N.  J. 

J.  Bonnar  Bates,  Binghamton,  N.  Y. 
Alexander  Chambers  Blair,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 

Oscar  Eugene  Boericke,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
William  Thomas  Bond,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Samuel  Boyd  Challinor,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 

William  Taylor  Chamberlin,  Ottawa,  Canada. 
Daniel  Emery  Chase,  Jr.,  Somerville,  Mass. 
Edgar  Clement,  Haddonfield,  N.  J. 

Samuel  Williams  Clover,  Palmyra,  N.  J. 
Macpherson  Crichton,  Washington,  D.  C. 

George  Read  Critchlow,  A.  B.,  New  Brighton,  Pa. 

Charles  Theo.  Cutting,  Jr.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

William  Embury  Dake,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

Harry  Martin  Eberhard,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Stuart  John  Fairbank,  Utica,  N.  Y. 

Biddle  Hiles  Garrison,  Elmer,  N.  J. 
William  Dunn  Gates,  Sayre,  Pa. 
Joseph  Milton  Gerhart,  Jr. ,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Joseph  Rea  Taylor  Gray,  Jr.,  Chester,  Pa. 

Charles  Edwin  Greason,  M.  E.,  Carlisle,  Pa. 
Mitchell  Greenwood,  Milville,  N.  J. 

Richard  Haehl,  Kirchheim  unter  Teck,  Germany. 
Charles  Tomlinson  Haines,  Clarksboro,  N.  J. 
Henry  Benj.  Harper,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
George  Harry  Harry,  Bradysville,  Pa. 
Arthur  Hartley,  Palmyra,  N.  J. 

George  Willis  Hartman,  Littlestown,  Pa. 
John  Krupp  Hedrick,  Perkasie,  Pa. 

L,lewellyn  E.  Hetrick,  Asbury  Park,  N.  J. 
John  Bruce  Hill,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


904  SKMI-CENTENNIAI.  CKI.KBRATION. 

Theodore  Higbee  Hollinshead,  Moorestown,  N.  J. 
Joseph  Robinson  Hood,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
George  Emory  Houck,  Frederick,  Md. 
Ellwood  Samuel  Hubbs,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
William  Henry  Huber,  Glenside,  Pa. 

Francois  Louis  Hughes,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Bayard  Knerr,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Frederick  Leonard  Lanphear,  Boston,  Mass. 
Richard  White  Larer,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Frank  Barrett  Livezey,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Thomas  Henry  McWhorter,  M.  D.  (U.  of  P.),  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Harry  Seltzer  Meily,  Lebanon,  Pa. 

Martin  Luther  Miller,  B.  S.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Frederick  Lucius  Muth,  East  Mauch  Chunk,  Pa, 
Martin  J.  Nevinger,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Edward  Raymond  Northrop,  Seymour,  Conn. 
George  Stewart  Ogden,  York,  Pa. 
Edward  Gove  Randall,  A.  B.,  Poultney,  Vermont. 
Frank  Llewellyn  Richards,  A.  B.,  Oswego,  N.  Y. 
Herbert  Ewing  Riddel,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Walter  John  Robbins,  M.  D.  (U.  of  P.),   Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Norman  Roberts,  M.  D.   (U.  of  P.),  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
William  Norwood  Rogers,  Media,  Pa. 

Charles  Edward  Roth,  A.  B.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
John  Benjamin  Ruffell,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Merton  Ross  Skinner,  LeRoy,  N.  Y. 
Nathan  Thorne,  Woodstown,  N.  J. 

Ruliff  Lawrence  Truitt,  Wilmington,  Del. 
Adelbert  B.  Twitchell,  Jr.,  Newark,  N.  J. 
Charles  Valores  Webb,  Salem,  Ohio. 

Harry  Stephenson  Wetzel,  Dayton,  Ohio. 


Goi.de;n  Jubii^ee  Reunion,  Horticui^turai,  Hai,!,,  Broad  Street 
BE1.0W  Locust. 

Thursday  Afternoon,  May  12,  4:30  o'clock. 

The  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Alumni  Association  for  the  transaction 
of  business  and  the  election  of  Officers  will  be  held  at  Horticultural 
Hall  immediately  after  Commencement. 

Thursday  Evening,  May  12,  7  0'' clock. 
Annual  Banquet. 
Music  by  Military  and  Hungarian  Bands.     Choruses  by  Graduates  ot 
1898.     Response  to  toasts,  by  his  Honor  the  Mayor,  Charles  F.  War- 
wick, Esq.,  Mr.  Joel  Cook  and  Drs.  Van  Baun,  Goodno,  Harper,  Mitchell 
and  Laird.     Toast-master,  Dr.  Joseph  C.  Guernsey. 


ii 


i^^i-iil 


Mi 


i:*;.a; 


%^«!S:'' 


■'Vit>!«